Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 9, 2018.

Registration No. 333-221560

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2

TO

FORM S-11

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

FOR REGISTRATION UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

OF SECURITIES OF CERTAIN REAL ESTATE COMPANIES

 

 

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Governing Instruments)

 

 

10 Glenlake Parkway

South Tower, Suite 600

Atlanta, Georgia 30328

(678) 441-1400

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Fred Boehler

President and Chief Executive Officer

10 Glenlake Parkway

South Tower, Suite 600

Atlanta, Georgia 30328

(678) 441-1400

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

with copies to:

C. Spencer Johnson, III

Keith M. Townsend

Gibbs P. Fryer

King & Spalding LLP

1180 Peachtree Street, N.E.

Atlanta, GA 30309

(404) 572-4600

 

Edward F. Petrosky

J. Gerard Cummins

Sidley Austin LLP

787 Seventh Avenue

New York, NY 10019

(212) 839-5300

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer   ☒  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the Registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

 

 

Title of each class of securities to be registered

  Amount to be
Registered (1)
  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price Per Share (2)
  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price (1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee (1)

Common Shares of Beneficial Interest, $0.01 par value per share

  27,600,000   $16.00   $441,600,000   $54,979.20 (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes common shares issuable upon the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common shares. See “Underwriting.”
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3) Previously paid $1,245.00.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities, in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion

Preliminary Prospectus Dated January 9, 2018

PROSPECTUS

24,000,000 Shares

 

LOGO

Common Shares

 

 

This is Americold Realty Trust’s initial public offering. We are selling 24,000,000 common shares.

We expect the initial public offering price to be between $14.00 and $16.00 per share. Currently, no public market exists for our common shares. Our common stock has been approved for listing, subject to official notice of issuance, on the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE, under the symbol “COLD.”

We are a Maryland real estate investment trust and have elected to be treated as a real estate investment trust, or REIT, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Our amended and restated declaration of trust, or our declaration of trust, will contain a restriction on ownership of our common shares that prevents any person or entity from owning, directly or indirectly, more than 9.8% (in value) of our outstanding shares of beneficial interest, subject to certain exceptions. These restrictions, as well as other share ownership and transfer restrictions contained in our declaration of trust, are designed to enable us to comply with the restrictions imposed on REITs by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. See “Description of Shares of Beneficial Interest—Restrictions on Transfer.”

Investing in our common shares involves risks. See “ Risk Factors beginning on page 41 of this prospectus.

 

 

 

     Per Common Share        Total  

Initial public offering price

   $        $  

Underwriting discount (1)

   $        $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $        $  

 

  (1) For a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters, see “Underwriting.”

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional 3,600,000 common shares from us at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount, at any time or from time to time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state or other securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver our common shares on or about                 , 2018.

 

 

Joint Book-Running Managers

 

BofA Merrill Lynch   J.P. Morgan   RBC Capital Markets

Co-Managers

Rabo Securities

 

Baird   Citizens Capital Markets   Raymond James   SunTrust Robinson Humphrey
BB&T Capital Markets               BTIG

The date of this prospectus is                 , 2018.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LOGO


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LOGO


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LOGO


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     41  

Forward-Looking Statements

     79  

Use of Proceeds

     81  

Distribution Policy

     82  

Capitalization

     87  

Dilution

     90  

Selected Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial and Operating Data

     93  

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     101  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     111  

Industry Overview

     168  

Temperature-Controlled Warehouses Cushman & Wakefield Report

     177  

Business and Properties

     179  

Management

     229  

Principal Shareholders

     268  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     273  

Policies with Respect to Certain Activities

     276  

Description of Shares of Beneficial Interest

     281  

Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of our Constituent Documents

     289  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     299  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

     302  

ERISA Considerations

     331  

Underwriting

     334  

Legal Matters

     342  

Experts

     342  

Where You Can Find More Information

     342  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may specifically authorize to be delivered or made available to you. Neither we nor the underwriters (nor any of our or their respective affiliates) have authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different information. Neither we nor the underwriters (nor any of our or their respective affiliates) take any responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of, any additional or different information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, our common shares only to investors in jurisdictions where such offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus or any applicable free writing prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or the time of any sale of common shares. Our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

 

 

 

i


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

ii

MARKET DATA AND FORECASTS

We use market data and industry forecasts and projections throughout this prospectus. We have obtained portions of this information from market research reports prepared for us by The Global Cold Chain Alliance, or GCCA, and Cushman & Wakefield of Illinois, Inc., or Cushman, in connection with this offering. Such information is included herein in reliance on each of GCCA’s and Cushman’s authority as an expert on such matters. See “Experts.” In addition, we have obtained portions of this information from publications of the International Association of Refrigerated Warehouses, or IARW, an industry organization comprising approximately 1,200 member companies in 75 countries, according to GCCA, and from other publicly available industry publications. The data, forecasts and projections contained in these materials are based on industry surveys and the preparers’ experience in the industry, and there is no assurance that any of the forecasts or projections will be achieved. We believe that the surveys and market research performed by others, including GCCA, Cushman and IARW, are reliable, but we have not independently investigated or verified this information or any of the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein. The forecasts and projections presented herein involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.”

TRADEMARKS

This prospectus includes our trademarks, such as Americold and Americold Realty, which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of Americold Realty Trust and its subsidiaries. We have also registered the Internet domain name: www.americold.com. Solely for convenience, trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® , but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, service marks and trade names. In addition, this prospectus contains trademarks of other companies, which we do not own. Such inclusion is for illustrative purposes only. We do not intend the use or display of other companies’ trademarks herein to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other companies.

CERTAIN METRICS

In this prospectus, unless otherwise stated herein, when we refer to “cubic feet” in one of our temperature-controlled facilities, we refer to refrigerated cubic feet (as opposed to total cubic feet, refrigerated and otherwise) therein.

CERTAIN TERMS

“fully diluted basis” refers, unless the context otherwise requires or indicates, to the (i) 133,037,685 common shares outstanding immediately after this offering, (ii) the issuance of 1,926,734 common shares assuming a cashless exercise of all outstanding stock options under our Equity Incentive Plan adopted in 2008, or our 2008 Plan, and our Equity Incentive Plan adopted in 2010, or our 2010 Plan, as of September 30, 2017 at a share price of $15.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), (iii) 844,595 common shares issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units outstanding as of January 8, 2018 under our 2010 Plan (including 87,664 restricted stock units that will settle into common shares in connection with this offering with respect to certain of our resigning trustees), and (iv) 783,333 common shares issuable under the Americold Realty Trust 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2017 Plan (which we will adopt in connection with this offering), upon the vesting of restricted stock units granted to certain of our non-employee trustees and certain employees upon the completion of this offering. Our definition of “fully diluted basis” is not the same as the meaning of “fully diluted” under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. The term “fully diluted basis” excludes, unless the context otherwise requires or indicates, 3,600,000 common shares issuable under the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common shares.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SUMMARY

This summary provides an overview of selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus, but does not contain all of the information that you should consider before making a decision to invest in our common shares. You should carefully read this entire prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part in their entirety before making a decision to invest in our common shares, including the information discussed under Risk Factors, ” “ Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the information presented in our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus. As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to we, ” “ us, ” “ our and our company refer to Americold Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust, and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and the subsidiary through which we conduct our business, which we refer to as our operating partnership, and references to common shares refer to our common shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value per share.

Our Company

We are the world’s largest owner and operator of temperature-controlled warehouses. We are organized as a self-administered and self-managed REIT with proven operating, development and acquisition expertise. As of September 30, 2017, we operated a global network of 160 high-quality warehouses encompassing 945.3 million cubic feet, with 142 warehouses in the United States, six warehouses in Australia, seven warehouses in New Zealand, two warehouses in Argentina and three warehouses in Canada. Upon the completion of this offering, we will be the first publicly traded REIT focused on the temperature-controlled warehouse industry.

We consider our temperature-controlled warehouses to be “mission-critical” real estate in the markets we serve from “farm to fork” and an integral component of the temperature-controlled food infrastructure supply chain, which we refer to as the “cold chain.” The cold chain is vital for maintaining the quality of food producers’, distributors’, retailers’ and e-tailers’ temperature-sensitive products, protecting brand reputation and ensuring consumer safety and satisfaction. Our customers depend upon the location, high-quality, integration and scale of our portfolio to ensure the integrity and efficient distribution of their products. Many of our warehouses are located in key logistics corridors in the countries in which we operate, including strategically critical U.S. and international metropolitan statistical areas, or MSAs, while others are connected or immediately adjacent to customers’ production facilities. We believe our strategic locations and the extensive geographic presence of our integrated warehouse network are fundamental to our customers’ ability to optimize their distribution networks while reducing their capital expenditures, operating costs and supply-chain risks. Many of the warehouses in our real estate portfolio have been modernized to reduce our power costs and increase their competitive position through reliable temperature-control systems and processes.

We consider ownership of our temperature-controlled warehouses to be fundamental to our business, our ability to attract and retain customers and our ability to achieve our targeted return on invested capital. We believe that the ownership of our real estate provides us with cost of capital and balance sheet advantages, stemming from the attractive financing options available to real estate owners and the tax advantages of being a REIT. We also believe that consolidation of the ownership and operation of our portfolio significantly enhances the value of our business by allowing us to provide customers with our complementary suite of value-added services across one integrated and reliable cold chain network. Ownership of our integrated cold chain network enhances our ability to efficiently reposition customers and undertake capital improvements or other modifications on their behalf without the need to obtain third-party approvals. Our decision to own, rather than lease, a significant majority of our warehouses provides us with better control over the specialized nature of our

 



 

1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

assets and greater influence over our warehouse locations on a long-term basis, which is crucial to meeting our customers’ “mission-critical” cold chain needs.

We view and manage our business through three primary business segments—warehouse, third-party managed and transportation.

Our core business is our warehouse segment, where we provide temperature-controlled warehouse storage and related handling and other warehouse services. In our warehouse segment, we collect rent and storage fees from customers to store their frozen and perishable food and other products within our real estate portfolio. We also provide our customers with handling and other warehouse services related to the products stored in our buildings that are designed to optimize their movement through the cold chain, such as the placement of food products for storage and preservation, the retrieval of products from storage upon customer request, blast freezing, case-picking, kitting and repackaging and other recurring handling services. We refer to these handling and other services as our value-added services.

Under our third-party managed segment, we manage warehouses on behalf of third parties and provide warehouse management services to several leading food retailers and manufacturers in customer-owned facilities, including some of our largest and longest-standing customers. We believe using our third-party management services allows our customers to increase efficiency, reduce costs, reduce supply-chain risks and focus on their core businesses. We also believe that providing third-party management services to many of our key customers underscores our ability to offer a complete and integrated suite of services across the cold chain.

In our transportation segment, we broker and manage transportation of frozen and perishable food and other products for our customers. Our transportation services include consolidation services ( i.e. , consolidating a customer’s products with those of other customers for more efficient shipment), freight under management services ( i.e. , arranging for and overseeing transportation of customer inventory) and dedicated transportation services, each designed to improve efficiency and reduce transportation and logistics costs to our customers. We provide these transportation services at cost plus a service fee or, in the case of our consolidation services, we charge a fixed fee.

We believe our transportation services, together with our value-added services, provide our customers with a comprehensive solution for storing and transporting their products through the cold chain. We also believe that this comprehensive solution ultimately enhances the value of our real estate by differentiating us from our competitors, enhancing customer retention and driving warehouse storage and occupancy.

Our global footprint enables us to efficiently serve over 2,600 customers consisting primarily of producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers of frozen and perishable food products, such as fruits, vegetables, meats, seafood, novelties, dairy and packaged foods. We believe the creditworthiness and geographic diversity of our customer base provide us with stable cash flows and a strong platform for growth. The weighted average length of our relationship with our 15 largest customers in our warehouse segment exceeds 35 years. The total warehouse segment revenues generated by our 15 largest customers in our warehouse segment have been steady over the last three years, representing 48%, 51% and 52% of our total warehouse segment revenues for the years ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. Each of these 15 largest customers has been in our network for the entirety of these periods.

We believe we are entering a new growth period for our company. In 2010, we solidified our position as the largest owner and operator of temperature-controlled warehouses in the world with our acquisition and integration of 74 temperature-controlled warehouses (representing 416 million cubic feet) from Versacold

 



 

2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

International Corporation, or Versacold. Over the last five fiscal years and the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we have:

 

    assembled a new and talented senior management team based on their real estate, food and logistics industry expertise and ability to bring best practices from outside the temperature-controlled storage industry to our operations;

 

    invested over $680 million to grow and maintain our warehouse business and optimized our real estate portfolio by relocating customers within our network to consolidate occupancy, reduce costs and increase profitability;

 

    utilized a strategic approach to recurring maintenance capital expenditures and repair and maintenance expenses to maintain the high quality and operational efficiency of our warehouses;

 

    implemented new commercial business development and underwriting standards and processes;

 

    transitioned a significant portion of our rent and storage revenues generated on an as-utilized, on-demand basis to a fixed storage commitment basis, as evidenced by the annualized committed rent and storage revenues attributable to our fixed storage commitment contracts and leases as of September 30, 2017 equaling 38.4% of our total warehouse segment rent and storage revenues for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017;

 

    invested approximately $61 million on our information technology platform and customer interface to create an integrated and scalable information technology system;

 

    enhanced our operating and financial results and realized strong same store contribution ( i.e ., net operating income (NOI)) growth in our warehouse segment of 13.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2.1% and 3.2% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 or, on a constant currency basis, 13.1% for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2.9% and 6.1% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, in each case, compared to the corresponding prior period;

 

    repositioned our balance sheet to provide flexibility for expansion and growth of our portfolio;

 

    implemented a strategic effort to exit or sell non-strategic warehouses; and

 

    established a substantial expansion and development pipeline built around disciplined and consistent internal underwriting parameters designed to generate strong risk-adjusted returns.

We believe these initiatives, combined with our size, scope, experience and status as the first publicly-traded REIT focused on the temperature-controlled warehouse industry, will position us to grow our warehouse portfolio, expand our customer base, enhance our market share and create value for our shareholders.

Our Warehouse Portfolio

As of September 30, 2017, our 160 warehouses contained approximately 945.3 million cubic feet and approximately 3.2 million pallet positions. We believe that the volume of cubic feet in our warehouses and the number of pallets contained therein provide a more meaningful measure of our storage space than warehouse surface area expressed in square feet as customers generally contract for storage on a pallet-by-pallet basis, not on a square footage basis. Our warehouses feature customized racking systems that allow for the storage of

 



 

3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

products on pallets in horizontal rows across vertically stacked levels. Our racking systems can accommodate a wide array of different customer storage needs. The following table provides summary information regarding the warehouses in our portfolio that we owned, leased or managed as of September 30, 2017.

 

Country / Region

  # of
warehouses
    Cubic feet
(in millions)
    % of
total
cubic
feet
    Pallet
positions

(in thousands)
    Average
physical
occupancy (1)
    Revenues (2)
(in millions)
    Applicable
segment

contribution
(NOI) (2)(3)

(in millions)
    Total
customers (4)
 

Owned / Leased (5)

               

United States

               

Central

    34       241.3       27     874.3       74   $ 231.8     $ 78.1       862  

East

    24       166.0       19     540.2       76     247.3       65.4       752  

Southeast

    38       178.2       20     575.6       77     203.1       56.3       674  

West

    38       223.8       25     972.6       80     256.8       98.1       755  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

United States Total / Average

    134       809.4       91     2,962.8       77   $ 939.0     $ 297.9       2,365  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

International

               

Australia

    5       47.6       5     142.7       94   $ 153.3     $ 35.5       85  

New Zealand

    7       22.8       3     72.9       84     32.9       9.8       98  

Argentina

    2       9.7       1     21.6       83     13.8       3.4       30  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

International Total / Average

    14       80.2       9     237.2       90   $ 200.1     $ 48.7       204  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Owned / Leased Total / Average

    148       889.5       100     3,200.0       78   $ 1,139.1     $ 346.6       2,612  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Third-Party Managed

               

United States

    8       41.5       74     —         —       $ 216.7     $ 10.3       8  

Australia

    1       —   (6)      —         —         —         8.1       2.2       1  

Canada

    3       14.3       26     —         —         18.2       1.7       3  

Third-Party Managed Total / Average

    12       55.8       100     —         —       $ 243.0     $ 14.2       12  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Portfolio Total / Average

    160       945.3       100     3,200.0       78   $ 1,382.0     $ 360.7       2,633  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) We define average physical occupancy as the average number of occupied pallets divided by the estimated number of average physical pallet positions in our warehouses for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017. We estimate the number of physical pallet positions by taking into account actual racked space and by estimating unracked space on an as-if racked basis. We base this estimate on the total cubic feet of each room within the warehouse that is unracked divided by the volume of an assumed rack space that is consistent with the characteristics of the relevant warehouse. On a warehouse by warehouse basis, rack space generally ranges from two to three feet depending upon the type of facility and the nature of the customer goods stored therein. The number of our pallet positions is reviewed and updated quarterly, taking into account changes in racking configurations and room utilization.
(2) Last twelve months ended September 30, 2017.
(3) We use the term “segment contribution (NOI)” to mean a segment’s revenues less its cost of operations (excluding any depreciation, depletion and amortization, impairment charges and corporate-level selling, general and administrative expenses). The applicable segment contribution (NOI) from our owned and leased warehouses and our third-party managed warehouses is included in our warehouse segment contribution (NOI) and third-party managed segment contribution (NOI), respectively. See “—Summary Selected Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data and Operating Data” for more information.
(4) We serve some of our customers in multiple geographic regions and in multiple facilities within geographic regions. As a result, the total number of customers that we serve is less than the total number of customers reflected in the table above that we serve in each geographic region.
(5) As of September 30, 2017, we owned 112 of our U.S. warehouses and ten of our international warehouses, and we leased 22 of our U.S. warehouses and four of our international warehouses. As of September 30, 2017, seven of our owned facilities were located on land that we lease pursuant to long-term ground leases.
(6) Constitutes non-refrigerated, or “ambient,” warehouse space. This facility contains 330,527 square feet of ambient space.

 



 

4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We own, develop and manage multiple types of temperature-controlled warehouses, which allows us to service our customers’ needs across our network. Our warehouse portfolio consists of five distinct property types:

 

    Distribution . As of September 30, 2017, we owned or leased 59 distribution centers with approximately 463.1 million cubic feet of temperature-controlled capacity and 1.5 million pallet positions. Distribution centers typically house a wide variety of customers’ finished products until future shipment to end users. Each distribution center is located in a key distribution hub that services a distinct surrounding population center in a major market.

 

    Public . As of September 30, 2017, we owned or leased 46 public warehouses with approximately 205.5 million cubic feet of temperature-controlled capacity and 823.3 thousand pallet positions. Public warehouses generally store multiple types of inventory and cater to small and medium-sized businesses by primarily serving the needs of local and regional customers.

 

    Production Advantaged . As of September 30, 2017, we owned or leased 39 production advantaged warehouses with approximately 203.1 million cubic feet of temperature-controlled capacity and 864.6 thousand pallet positions. Production advantaged warehouses are temperature-controlled warehouses that are typically dedicated to one or a small number of customers. Production advantaged warehouses are generally located adjacent to or otherwise in close proximity to customer processing or production facilities and were often build-to-suit at the time of their construction.

 

    Facility Leased . As of September 30, 2017, we had four facility leased warehouses with approximately 17.9 million cubic feet of temperature-controlled capacity. We charge our customers that are party to these leases rent based on the square footage leased in our warehouses. Our facility leased warehouses are facilities that are leased to third parties, such as retailers, e-tailers, distributors, transportation companies and food producers, that desire to manage their own temperature-controlled warehousing or carry on processing operations generally in warehouses adjacent, or in close proximity, to their retail stores or production facilities. The majority of our facility leased warehouses are leased to third parties under “triple net lease” arrangements.

 

    Third-Party Managed . As of September 30, 2017, we managed 12 warehouses on behalf of third parties. We manage warehouses on behalf of third parties and provide warehouse management services to several leading food retailers and manufacturers in customer-owned facilities, including some of our largest and longest-standing customers. Our third-party managed segment provides a complete outsourcing solution by managing all aspects of the distribution of our customers’ products, including order management, reverse logistics, inventory control and, in some instances, dedicated transportation services for temperature-controlled and ambient ( i.e. , non-refrigerated) customers.

 



 

5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following map shows the locations of our temperature-controlled warehouses in North America by property type as of September 30, 2017.

United States and Canada

 

LOGO

The following maps show the locations of our temperature-controlled warehouses in Australia, New Zealand and Argentina by property type as of September 30, 2017.

 

Australia            New Zealand                        Argentina

 

LOGO

Investments in Our Warehouses

We employ a strategic investment approach to maintain a high-quality portfolio of temperature-controlled warehouses to ensure that our warehouses meet the “mission-critical” role they serve in the cold chain.

 



 

6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We have successfully modernized many of our warehouses to reduce our power costs and increase their competitive position through reliable temperature-control systems that can implement distinct temperature zones within the same warehouse. In addition, we use LED lighting, motion-sensor technology, variable frequency drives for our fans and compressors, third-party efficiency reviews and real-time monitoring of energy consumption, rapid close doors and alternative-power generation technologies to improve the energy efficiency of our warehouses. We believe that our warehouses are well-maintained and in good operating condition.

We believe that our comprehensive suite of value-added services and integrated information technology platform provide us with a significant competitive advantage. Over the last five fiscal years and the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we have invested approximately $61 million on our integrated and standardized information technology platform across our network, including a proprietary consolidated customer interface system we call “i-3PL.” We believe that the cost of developing and integrating our information technology platform and customer interface in the years following our acquisition of Versacold is now complete. We will continue to invest in our information technology platform and customer interface as warranted to maintain or expand our competitive advantage. Our information technology platform provides us with the ability to streamline our warehouse operations and the data necessary to evaluate opportunities in our portfolio and guide business decisions. Our information technology platform, coupled with our customer interface, provides our customers with what we believe is a “best-in-class” experience in managing the products they store with us. In addition, we designed our operating systems to be scalable, which we believe allows us to integrate acquired or newly-developed properties in an efficient manner while retaining customers.

We actively seek opportunities to expand our warehouse portfolio through targeted expansions and developments in order to serve customer-specific needs and take advantage of favorable market conditions supported by demonstrable customer demand. We seek to expand on land parcels that we own when possible. We currently own more than 600 acres of land adjacent to more than 60 of our temperature-controlled warehouses, which is in addition to land we own adjacent to our warehouses that is either currently under development or in our future development pipeline. This land has the potential to support future expansions of existing temperature-controlled warehouses and the development of new temperature-controlled warehouses aggregating approximately 500 million cubic feet and 1.7 million pallet positions (based on standard warehouse configurations consistent with our existing network). We generally consider land adjacent to our temperature-controlled warehouses to be more readily available for development than outside development opportunities, including acquisitions, as we avoid costs and other impediments associated with land acquisitions, and in certain cases the land adjacent to our facilities is already fully entitled for use as temperature-controlled storage. We refer to growth opportunities that involve the development of land we already own as expansion opportunities and opportunities that involve the acquisition of land for development as development opportunities.

Since 2014, we have completed three expansion and development opportunities totaling approximately $41 million in costs and aggregating 9.9 million cubic feet and approximately 23,000 pallet positions. As of September 30, 2017, we had three expansion and development opportunities under construction with an estimated total cost of approximately $132.0 million and with scheduled completion dates ranging from the fourth quarter of 2017 (which is now completed) to the fourth quarter of 2018. We expect these expansion and development opportunities to include approximately 26.7 million cubic feet and approximately 108,000 pallet positions. No assurance can be given that the actual cost or completion dates of any expansions and developments will not exceed our estimates.

Based on market conditions, we anticipate commencing an average of two to three expansion or development opportunities annually representing anticipated invested capital of between approximately $75 million and $200 million. As of September 30, 2017, we had identified and were either actively underwriting or otherwise evaluating a range of expansion and development opportunities with an estimated total investment in excess of $1.2 billion, including potential expansion opportunities on more than 85 acres of land adjacent to nine temperature-controlled warehouses in our existing real estate portfolio. We intend to focus the expansion of

 



 

7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

our warehouse capacity primarily in the production advantaged and distribution property types. We believe these property types are the most critical points in the cold chain and most directly align with supporting the growth of our customers. These future pipeline opportunities are at various stages of discussion and consideration and, based on historical experiences, many of them may not be pursued or completed as contemplated or at all. For additional information regarding the actual and projected returns on our expansion and development opportunities and the calculation methodology and assumptions related thereto, please see “Business and Properties—Investments in Our Warehouses.”

Industry Overview

Under “Industry Overview,” we have included a market report prepared by GCCA and a market report prepared by Cushman. Except for information pertaining to our company, the following is a summary of GCCA’s market report and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, GCCA’s report.

Revenue Growth Forecasts

GCCA forecasts, beginning in 2018, owners and operators of U.S. temperature-controlled warehouses as a whole will show a five year compound annual growth rate in revenues of 4%. This forecast is based on GCCA’s view that U.S. demand from food producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers exceeds currently available temperature-controlled capacity in the United States. Expectations regarding revenue growth are largely tied to demand side considerations that vary across regions, including population trends, consumer preferences and regional food safety concerns. Revenue growth rates in developing countries vary considerably and are highly dependent upon location, rate of expansion of temperature-controlled warehouse space, existence and scope of requisite infrastructure and other local factors.

Market Opportunities

In the United States, the combination of tight warehouse capacity, increased demand for a range of handling and other warehouse services and the stable and relatively inelastic demand for frozen and perishable food products should fuel steady demand for temperature-controlled warehouse space and drive growth in related revenues. In other developed countries, demand for temperature-controlled warehouse space should remain relatively steady in the coming years based on the stable and relatively inelastic demand for frozen and perishable food products. GCCA believes that an owner with a large-scale network of high-quality temperature-controlled warehouses will be well-positioned to take advantage of these trends by capturing customer demand for warehouse space and enhancing the value of the cold chain to its customers by allowing consolidation of storage needs onto a single integrated platform or network. An owner with the ability to provide value-added services to supplement its network would further support its ability to capitalize on this market opportunity.

GCCA also believes that the underdeveloped nature of the temperature-controlled warehouse industry in many developing countries—particularly those with an expanding middle class and increasing appetite for frozen and perishable foods like meat, dairy and produce—should benefit owners and operators of temperature-controlled warehouses with the financial wherewithal to take advantage of the market opportunity.

Temperature-Controlled Warehouses Cushman & Wakefield Report

Under “Temperature-Controlled Warehouses Cushman & Wakefield Report,” we have included a market report prepared by Cushman. The following is a summary of that report and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, Cushman’s report. Because of the highly specialized and custom-designed nature of many temperature-controlled warehouses, there are relatively few sale transactions in the cold storage sector relative to the ambient warehouse sector. The thin market activity associated with temperature-controlled

 



 

8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

warehouses limits Cushman’s ability to definitively establish a general temperature-controlled warehouse capitalization rate or detail sector-wide changes based solely on empirical temperature-controlled warehouse transaction data. Cushman believes, however, that capitalization rates in the ambient warehouse sector represent a basis for analyzing the capitalization rates applicable to temperature-controlled facilities because of the baseline similarities between these assets and the mission-critical role each type of asset plays in commerce. Using ambient warehouse capitalization rates and taking into account the temperature-controlled sale transactions of which Cushman is aware, Cushman’s general market experience and industry knowledge, and Cushman’s discussions with its regional brokers across the United States that cover relevant sectors, Cushman’s observation is that, as of the date of its report, market capitalization rates in the temperature-controlled warehouse sector for triple net leased temperature-controlled facilities ranged from 6.25% to 7.25% and for owner-operated temperature-controlled facilities ranged from 7.50% to 8.25%, in each case, as of the date of the Cushman report. The higher capitalization rates attributable to the owner-operated facilities are attributable to the net operating income derived from the handling and other services provided by the owner to customers at the facility. Cushman believes that temperature-controlled facilities have benefited from the same capitalization rate compression that has helped drive values in the ambient warehouse sector since the global financial crisis, which is also supported by the limited empirical data available on temperature-controlled sale transactions.

Please see “Temperature-Controlled Warehouses Cushman & Wakefield Report” for additional detail regarding capitalization rates applicable to temperature-controlled warehouses.

Occupancy of our Warehouses

Physical occupancy of an individual warehouse is impacted by a number of factors, including the type of warehouse ( i.e. , distribution, public, production advantaged, or facility leased), specific customer needs in the markets served by the warehouse, timing of harvests or protein production for customers of the warehouse, the existence of leased but unoccupied pallets and the adverse effect of weather or market conditions on the customers of the warehouse. On a portfolio-wide basis, physical occupancy rates and warehouse revenues generally peak between mid-September and early December in connection with the holiday season and the peak harvest season in the United States. Physical occupancy rates and warehouse revenues on a portfolio-wide basis are generally the lowest during May and June.

Our target occupancy across our warehouse portfolio varies by warehouse and warehouse type because our warehouses are configured to accommodate the individual needs of our customers. In contrast to standard ambient warehouses that typically target an occupancy rate of 95%, we generally regard approximately 85% average physical occupancy across our temperature-controlled warehouse portfolio as optimal, subject to relevant local market conditions and individual customer needs. We do not believe that a 100% occupancy rate is an ideal target for utilization of our warehouses because optimizing pallet throughput and efficient delivery of relevant value-added services require a certain amount of free pallet position capacity at all times in order to be able to efficiently place, store and retrieve products from pallet positions, particularly during periods of greatest occupancy or highest volume.

Throughput at our Warehouses

The level of throughput at our warehouses is an important factor impacting our warehouse services revenues in our warehouse segment. Throughput refers to the volume of pallets that enter and exit our warehouses. Higher levels of throughput drive warehouse services revenues in our warehouse segment as customers are typically billed on a basis that takes into account the level of throughput of the goods they store in our warehouses.

 



 

9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we distinguish ourselves as the global market leader in the temperature-controlled warehouse industry through the following competitive strengths:

Global Market Leader in Temperature-Controlled Warehousing

We are the largest global and U.S. owner and operator of “mission-critical” temperature-controlled warehouses. As of September 30, 2017, our global network consisted of 160 high-quality warehouses, 122 of which we owned, and encompassed 945.3 million cubic feet of temperature-controlled storage space. Based on information from IARW and our management, as of October 2017, our network represented approximately 20.5% of the total estimated cubic footage of temperature-controlled warehouse storage in the United States and approximately 4.5% globally. As of October 2017, we owned, leased or managed significantly more temperature-controlled warehouse storage space than any of our competitors, as reflected in the following graphs:

Estimate of U.S. Temperature-Controlled Market Share (as of October 2017)

LOGO

Source: IARW Top Companies in USA and North America, October 2017 and USDA National Agricultural Statistics Service, “Refrigerated Space: By Type of Warehouse” chart. Company figures provided by our company.

Estimate of Global Temperature-Controlled Market Share (as of October 2017)

LOGO

Source: GCCA and IARW Top Companies in USA and North America, October 2017. Company figures provided by our company.

We believe that our position as the global and U.S. market leader in the ownership and operation of temperature-controlled warehouses helps us realize economies of scale that reduce our operating costs and lower our overall cost of capital, which positions us well to compete for customers and external growth opportunities. The scope and breadth of our real estate portfolio and the flexibility of our information technology platform allows us to efficiently onboard customers into additional facilities across the full footprint of our network, which results in reduced onboarding and operating costs and increased revenues as compared to competitors with less extensive platforms. In addition, the size of our real estate portfolio allows us to efficiently reposition customer products and goods across our warehouses to meet changing customer needs.

 



 

10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Extensive Integrated Network of Strategically-Located, “Mission-Critical” Warehouses

We consider our temperature-controlled warehouses to be “mission-critical” real estate in the markets we serve from “farm to fork” and an integral component of the cold chain. The cold chain is vital for maintaining the quality of food producers’, distributors’, retailers’ and e-tailers’ temperature-sensitive products, protecting brand reputation and ensuring consumer safety and satisfaction. Our customers depend upon the location, high-quality, integration and scale of our temperature-controlled warehouse network to ensure the integrity and efficient distribution of their products. Many of the warehouses in our portfolio have been modernized to reduce our power costs and increase their competitive position through reliable temperature-control systems and processes, and we believe that our warehouses are well-maintained and in good operating condition. Many of our warehouses are located in key logistics corridors in the countries in which we operate, including strategically critical U.S. and international MSAs, while others are connected or immediately adjacent to customers’ production facilities.

We believe our strategic locations and the extensive geographic presence of our integrated warehouse network are fundamental to our customers’ ability to optimize their distribution networks while reducing their capital expenditures, operating costs and supply-chain risks. For example, customers at our production advantaged facilities are able to minimize their logistics costs by leveraging our network of distribution warehouses servicing MSAs such as New York, Los Angeles, San Francisco, Seattle, Washington D.C., Boston, Chicago, Dallas, Atlanta and Philadelphia when moving their products through the cold chain. As the largest owner and operator of temperature-controlled warehouses in the world, we believe our extensive integrated network of strategically located warehouses is unrivaled and, together with our substantial expertise and comprehensive suite of value-added services, make us an attractive provider of temperature-controlled storage solutions to leading food producers and retailers.

Long-Standing Relationships with Our Largest Customers and Strong Credit-Quality Customer Base

We believe our long-standing relationships with our largest customers and the strong credit quality of our customer base represent two important competitive strengths. Many of our customers entrust us with the management of their cold chain from production to end user. The weighted average length of our relationship with our 15 largest customers in our warehouse segment exceeds 35 years. The total warehouse segment revenues generated by our 15 largest customers in our warehouse segment have been steady over the last three years, representing 48%, 51% and 52% of our total warehouse segment revenues for the years ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. Each of these 15 largest customers has been in our network for the entirety of these periods. The scope and scale of our warehouse portfolio coupled with our global brand and our long-standing relationships with top frozen food companies positions us well to grow market share as our customers continue to grow organically and through acquisitions.

Many of our customers are leading participants in the food industry, including nine of the ten largest frozen food companies based on 2015 global sales according to information from Refrigerated Frozen Foods (the latest date as of which information is available). Of our 15 largest customers in our warehouse segment, seven are rated investment grade, two are rated Ba2/BB and the remainder consist of established private companies that we believe are creditworthy. Our bad debt expense in our warehouse segment constituted only 0.09% and 0.10% of our total warehouse segment revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017, respectively. The integral role our warehouses play for our customers’ cold chain has allowed us to qualify as a “critical vendor” in certain bankruptcies involving our customers in the past and we believe it should allow us to qualify in the future, which, in turn, would enhance our ability to fully collect on our accounts receivable during the pendency of the bankruptcy proceeding.

 



 

11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Differentiated Operating Systems and Information Technology Deployed Across Warehouse Network

The reliability and efficiency of our temperature-controlled warehouses have material implications for our customers’ respective businesses. Over the last five fiscal years and the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we have invested approximately $61 million to create what we consider to be an industry-leading integrated and standardized information technology platform and a consolidated customer interface across our warehouse portfolio. Our information technology platform provides us with the ability to streamline our warehouse operations and the data necessary to evaluate customer performance and contract compliance by comparing contract terms to actual contract performance and by identifying business trends and guiding business decisions. Our information technology platform, coupled with our customer interface, provides our customers with what we believe is a “best-in-class” experience in managing the products they store with us. We believe this level of service is critical not only in assisting our customers to optimize their logistics operations, but also in meeting their regulatory obligations under various food safety laws and regulations. In addition, we provide our customers with many key services through our “i-3PL” customer interface system, such as inventory visibility and rotation, documentation of chain of temperature custody, order management, and access to key performance indicators, all on a real-time basis, across our integrated network of high-quality warehouses. Our operating systems are designed to be scalable, which we believe allows us to integrate acquired or newly-developed properties in an efficient manner while retaining customers. We believe that our comprehensive suite of value-added services and integrated information technology platform are superior to our competition and provide us with a significant competitive advantage.

Ownership of Our Real Estate Increases Our Financial Flexibility and Enhances the Value of Our Business

Historically, we have owned a significant majority of the temperature-controlled warehouses in our portfolio as opposed to leasing those warehouses or entering into warehouse management arrangements with third-party owners. We believe that the ownership of our real estate provides us with cost of capital and balance sheet advantages, stemming from the attractive financing options available to real estate owners and the tax advantages of being a REIT. In addition, in an acquisition, we would have the ability to utilize our “UPREIT” operating partnership structure to provide attractive tax-advantaged consideration ( i.e. , interests in our operating partnership) to potential sellers. We also believe that consolidation of the ownership and operation of our portfolio significantly enhances the value of our business by allowing us to provide customers with our complementary suite of value-added services across one integrated and reliable cold chain network. Ownership of our integrated cold chain network enhances our ability to efficiently reposition customers and undertake capital improvements or other modifications on their behalf without the need to obtain third-party approvals. Our decision to own, rather than lease, a significant majority of our warehouses provides us with better control over the specialized nature of our assets and greater influence over our warehouse locations on a long-term basis, which is crucial to meeting our customers’ “mission-critical” cold chain needs and allows us to enhance our suite of value-added services. For instance, each of our 15 largest customers stores goods in multiple sites across our real estate portfolio, ranging from three sites for one of these customers to more than 20 sites for seven of these customers. By storing goods in multiple sites across our real estate portfolio, our customers can track network-wide inventory levels and efficiently move goods from rural production-advantaged sites to metropolitan distribution centers without leaving our network.

Strong Cash Flows from Stable Demand for Frozen Food and Diverse Revenue Sources

We believe stable demand in the food industry creates consistent cold chain demand, with low volatility, for our warehouses, which provides our business with strong cash flows even during periods of general economic stress. Population growth, global food shortages, urbanization and fresh, chilled and frozen food consumption help drive demand for temperature-controlled warehouse space and services. As shown in the figure below, the U.S. temperature-controlled warehouse industry has experienced relatively stable revenue growth since 2006, a

 



 

12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

period marked by significant dislocation in the global financial markets, commodity shocks, profound disruption to the retail markets and secular shifts in consumer habits and preferences.

U.S. Temperature-Controlled Warehouse Industry Revenues (2006-2017E)

 

LOGO

Source: IBIS Report as of February 2017.

We believe our ability to provide an integrated global network of high-quality temperature-controlled warehouses paired with our comprehensive suite of value-added services makes us an attractive storage solution for food producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers of varying sizes who move products through the cold chain to meet the demands of consumers and positions us to capture a greater share of the demand for temperature-controlled storage solutions as compared to our competitors.

Our warehouse segment revenues are also diversified by geography, product and warehouse type, which enhance the stability of our cash flows. Our portfolio had the following geographic, product and warehouse type diversification statistics, based on warehouse segment revenues and, in the case of warehouse type diversification, warehouse segment revenues and contribution (NOI) for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017. Amounts in these charts may not sum due to rounding.

 



 

13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

Warehouse Segment Revenues by Country

(Last Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2017)

 

Warehouse Segment Revenues by Product Type

(Last Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2017)

LOGO

 

 

 

LOGO

 

(1)    Retail reflects a broad variety of product types from retail customers.

(2)    Packaged food reflects a broad variety of temperature-controlled meals and foodstuffs.

(3)    Distributors reflects a broad variety of product types from distribution customers.

 

Warehouse Segment Revenues

by Warehouse Type

(Last Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2017)

  

Warehouse Segment Contribution (NOI)

by Warehouse Type

(Last Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2017)

LOGO    LOGO

Talented and Experienced Senior Management Team and Alignment of Interest

Our senior management team was assembled based on their real estate, food and logistics industry expertise and their ability to bring best practices from outside the temperature-controlled storage industry to our operations. Our senior management team includes talented and experienced executives from leading companies with extensive experience in managing temperature-controlled warehouses and food distribution centers and deep relationships with customers, suppliers and vendors. We believe this experience is critical to our ability to meet the demands of our customers and grow our business. Our five-person senior management team has an average of nearly 22 years of experience in the real estate, temperature-controlled warehouse, logistics, manufacturing and food industries.

 



 

14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Upon the completion of this offering, the members of our senior management team and our trustees and trustee nominees will hold approximately 1.5 million restricted stock units and an aggregate number of options that, if converted on a cashless basis assuming a share price of $15.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), would represent approximately 1.2 million common shares. We believe the meaningful ownership of interests in our common shares by members of our senior management team and our trustees and trustee nominees aligns their economic interests with those of our shareholders.

Strong, Flexible Balance Sheet Positioned for Growth

Upon the completion of this offering, we believe we will have a strong, flexible balance sheet that positions us for growth. On December 26, 2017, we closed into escrow on new senior secured credit facilities, or our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities, consisting of a five-year, $525.0 million senior secured term loan A facility, or our New Senior Secured Term Loan A Facility, and a three-year, $400.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, or our New Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility. Our New Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility has a one-year extension option subject to certain conditions. The effectiveness of our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities is contingent upon the completion of this offering, after which our Existing Senior Secured Credit Facilities (as defined below) will be replaced. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with $517.0 million of net proceeds from our New Senior Secured Term Loan A Facility, to repay the entire $809.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility (as defined below) and for general business purposes, which may include the repayment of $13.1 million outstanding under our Clearfield, Utah construction loan.

As of September 30, 2017, we had no debt maturities (other than principal amortization) prior to December 2018, and the weighted average stated maturity of our indebtedness on a pro forma basis after giving effect to this offering was 4.7 years. We have strong relationships with numerous lenders, investors and other capital providers, which have provided us access to the private secured and unsecured credit markets. Since 2010, we have raised approximately $2.1 billion of debt financing. In addition, unlike many of our largest competitors, we believe our ownership of a significant percentage of our warehouses enhances the strength and flexibility of our balance sheet. As the first publicly traded REIT focused on the temperature-controlled warehouse industry, we believe our ability to access both the public and private capital markets to fund our business and growth strategies provides us with a significant competitive advantage and distinguishes us from our competitors.

We had a net debt to Core EBITDA (as defined below) ratio of 5.27 for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to this offering and the pro forma adjustments described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.” Our net debt to Core EBITDA ratio involves financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. See “—Summary Selected Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data and Operating Data” for a reconciliation of each of Core EBITDA and net debt to the most comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Ability to Offer Comprehensive Cold Chain Solutions Drives the Value of Our Real Estate Portfolio

We believe our strategically located temperature-controlled real estate portfolio is unmatched in terms of its scale, geographic presence and integration, which is fundamental to providing our customers with the specialized real estate infrastructure necessary to move their products through the cold chain. Our extensive portfolio enables us to partner with our customers as they grow by optimizing the location of their products and streamlining their storage, handling and transportation costs through, among other things, the comprehensive suite of value-added services we offer across our integrated real estate portfolio and the logistics solutions we provide. We believe our information technology platform further increases the efficiency, integration and reliability of our customers’ cold chain by providing us with the ability to rationalize our warehouse operations and the data necessary to evaluate opportunities in our network and guide business decisions. Our technology platform is scalable, which we believe allows us to efficiently integrate acquired or newly developed temperature-controlled warehouses. We believe that the size, scope and integration of our network, the

 



 

15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

comprehensive suite of value-added services provided therein and the utilization of our “best-in-class” information technology platform significantly enhance the value of our real estate portfolio and provide us with a competitive advantage when competing for development and acquisition opportunities.

Our Business and Growth Strategies

Our primary business objective is to enhance shareholder value by serving our customers, growing our market share and increasing cash flows from operations. We also believe that our ability to execute on our business and growth strategies will enhance the overall value of our real estate. The strategies we intend to execute to achieve these objectives include:

Enhancing Our Operating and Financial Results Through Proactive Asset Management

We seek to enhance our operating and financial results by (i) supporting our customers’ growth initiatives in the cold chain, (ii) optimizing occupancy, (iii) underwriting and deploying yield management initiatives and (iv) executing operational optimization and cost containment strategies.

 

    Supporting Our Customers’ Growth Initiatives in the Cold Chain . We partner with our customers to become an integral part of their cold chain operations. As part of this strategy, we seek to provide value-added services to customers in our warehouse segment to help them identify opportunities for improvements in their cold chain operations and, once identified, to design customized solutions to meet those opportunities. These solutions may include modifying pallet configuration to optimize racking utilization, enhancing a customer’s storage and handling to minimize unproductive storage time and relocating inventory to more strategic positions in our warehouse portfolio. We also believe we can continue to increase our share of customer spending on temperature-controlled storage by selectively increasing our existing warehouse capacity and supplementing our temperature-controlled warehouse network with expansions, developments and acquisitions in response to identified customer needs.

We intend to focus the expansion of our warehouse capacity primarily in the production advantaged and distribution property types. We believe these property types are the most critical points in the cold chain and most directly align with supporting the growth of our customers. Our production advantaged warehouses are often build-to-suit facilities customized to support a single customer under a long-term contract (typically with an initial term of ten to 20 years). Our distribution warehouses are often higher-volume facilities located in or near strategically desirable MSAs which are configured to efficiently serve multiple customers under varying contract terms (typically three to ten years depending upon the needs of a customer). We believe production advantaged and distribution warehouses provide an attractive opportunity for achieving strong risk-adjusted returns as these property types afford us a higher visibility into customer demand.

 

    Optimizing Occupancy . We believe our high-quality, integrated warehouse network and value-added services offer significant cost-savings and comprehensive solutions to our customers and, when combined with our proactive approach to enhancing the cold chain for our customers, drive occupancy. We continuously monitor the business profile of our customers to seek to ensure our temperature-controlled warehouse network, equipment and information technology platform align with the needs of our customers and drive additional occupancy. We seek to accomplish this through, among other things, implementing optimized pricing structures and fixed storage commitments under our contracts. Through data collected by our information technology platform, we identify trends in the cold chain that allow us to provide solutions often before our customers identify an opportunity for enhancement. We also seek to utilize customer profiles built with our in-house information technology and historical customer data to increase occupancy by identifying additional customers with different seasonal storage needs than existing customers.

 



 

16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We seek to utilize data from our information technology platform to proactively position our warehouse portfolio to meet the changing needs of our customers. In instances where there is excess capacity, we actively manage our portfolio to optimize occupancy. We continuously review the geographic scope of our portfolio and capacity in individual markets. Since January 1, 2014, we have sold or exited 11 facilities that were non-strategic. In addition, we are expanding our warehouse portfolio in two strategic MSAs that are characterized by limited supply to serve growing demand from our customers.

 

    Underwriting and Deploying Yield Management Initiatives . Our management team engages in a rigorous underwriting process in connection with new business development and deploying capital to enhance our warehouse portfolio. We seek to ensure that any project serves its intended business purpose and meets our return objectives. Our extensive information technology platform provides us with the data and business intelligence to actively monitor customer profiles and manage customer profitability at sites in our warehouse portfolio. If actual performance deviates from our underwritten customer profile, we may seek to implement equitable rate adjustments where justified by shifts in a customer’s profile or market dynamics in order to maintain or enhance our expected segment contribution (NOI).

 

    Executing Operational Optimization and Cost Containment Strategies . We regularly pursue operational optimization and cost containment strategies for our warehouse portfolio through active asset management and will continue to actively monitor and pursue additional cost-saving automation and other measures where we believe they can help support customer efficiencies and reduce costs. We have successfully modernized many of our warehouses to reduce our power costs and increase their competitive position through reliable temperature-control systems that can implement distinct temperature zones within the same warehouse. In addition, we use LED lighting, motion-sensor technology, variable frequency drives for our fans and compressors, third-party efficiency reviews and real-time monitoring of energy consumption, rapid close doors and alternative-power generation technologies at many of our warehouses. As a result, while we increased average physical occupancy and throughput across our warehouse portfolio during the three-year period ended December 31, 2016, we utilized the aforementioned technologies to reduce our overall consumption of electricity in our U.S. temperature-controlled warehouse network by approximately 1.1% on a per throughput pallet basis. Power costs accounted for 6.7% and 6.6%, respectively, of our total warehouse segment revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

We have also implemented several initiatives designed to reduce labor costs associated with our operations. One of these initiatives includes extensive safety and training programs designed to increase the efficiency of our employees, enhance the consistency of service across our temperature-controlled warehouse network and generally promote workplace safety. In addition, we recently implemented initiatives aimed at reducing warehouse employee turnover and managing our warehouse labor force more effectively with respect to overtime and contract work, particularly at our larger and higher throughput warehouses. Where economically advantageous, we seek to add advanced automation systems, which include automatic retrieval, case-picking and kitting and re-packing features, to our newly constructed warehouses, which reduces costs and drives operational optimization.

As a result of these and other initiatives implemented by our senior management team, we have enhanced our operating and financial results over the last three years, improved our warehouse segment contribution (NOI) margin from 28.3% for the year ended December 31, 2014 to 30.4% for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017 and increased our storage revenue per occupied pallet position for the same period

 



 

17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

from $186.96 to $199.35, representing a compound annual growth rate of 2.4%. In addition, we increased our average physical occupancy from 74% for the year ended December 31, 2014 to 78% for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017. This has allowed us to realize strong same store contribution (NOI) growth of 13.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2.1% and 3.2% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 or, on a constant currency basis, 13.1% for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2.9% and 6.1% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, in each case, compared to the corresponding prior period. Our warehouse segment contribution (NOI) presented on a same store or same store constant currency basis are not financial measures calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Please see “—Summary Selected Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data and Operating Data” for a description of our warehouse segment contribution (NOI) calculated on a same store and a same store constant currency basis, as well as a reconciliation to the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our same store contribution (NOI) growth for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 was driven by certain of our below-market contracts resetting to new rates; as this marks a new base for same store contribution (NOI) growth, we expect future same store contribution (NOI) growth to normalize consistent with same store contribution (NOI) growth as reflected in our full year 2016 and 2015 financial results.

We believe that the combination of our ability to execute these and other initiatives and the significant investments we have made in our business over the last five fiscal years and the nine months ended September 30, 2017 will continue to drive our financial results and position us to expand our warehouse portfolio, grow our customer base, enhance our market share and create value for our shareholders.

Continue to Increase Committed Revenue in Our Warehouse Segment

Historically, providers of temperature-controlled warehouse space have offered storage services to customers on an as-utilized, on-demand basis. We actively seek to enter into contracts that implement our commercial business rules which contemplate, among other things, fixed storage commitments in connection with establishing new customer relationships or renewing agreements with existing customers, particularly with our largest customers, and variable rates for the value-added services we provide. Pricing for our storage and value-added services under our commercial business rules is based on the anticipated profile of our customer, including the anticipated pallet occupancy of the customer, anticipated throughput of pallets delivered and retrieved annually, expectations regarding the value-added services to be used by the customer, and anticipated labor hours necessary to provide the value-added services. Our significant investments in information technology and our utilization of collected customer data have facilitated the building of these customer profiles, which we believe provides us with a significant competitive advantage. We believe these terms allow our customers access to temperature-controlled warehousing space for their products on a reliable and consistent basis while at the same time help us manage and project occupancy across our real estate portfolio and generate predictable cash flows. Our fixed storage commitment contracts also typically include price increase mechanisms that are fixed or tied to the Producer Price Index, or PPI, an index published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, or related indices, giving us the ability to recover cost increases which are incorporated in the indices, such as wage increases and increases in power, property taxes and other costs.

Over the last several years, we have transitioned a significant portion of our rent and storage revenues generated on an as-utilized, on-demand basis to a fixed storage commitment basis. Annualized committed rent and storage revenues attributable to our fixed storage commitment contracts and leases as of September 30, 2017 equaled 38.4% of our total warehouse segment rent and storage revenues for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017, and the total warehouse segment revenues from our fixed storage commitment contracts and leases for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017 equaled 40.7% of our total warehouse segment revenues for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017. As of September 30, 2017, we had entered into contracts featuring fixed storage commitments or leases with 86 customers in our warehouse segment, which generated

 



 

18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

approximately $191.5 million of annualized committed rent and storage revenues as of September 30, 2017 and $463.2 million of total warehouse segment revenues for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017. Our contracts featuring fixed storage commitments and leases typically have stated maturities ranging from three to seven years. As of September 30, 2017, our contracts featuring fixed storage commitments and leases had a weighted average stated term of approximately five years and a weighted average remaining term of three years. We believe the scope and breadth of our network position us favorably to continue to increase our fixed storage commitments as we believe this structure offers commercial advantages to both our customers and us.

Focused and Disciplined Strategy to Expand Our Portfolio of Temperature-Controlled Warehouses

We believe our operating systems, scalable information technology platform and economies of scale provide us with a significant advantage over our competitors with respect to expansion, development and acquisition opportunities. We anticipate that as the first publicly traded REIT focused on the temperature-controlled warehouse industry we will have greater access to the capital markets than our competitors, which we believe will allow us to strategically enter new locations, fill gaps in existing distribution networks and effectively compete for expansion, development and acquisition opportunities.

 

    Capitalize on Expansion and Development Opportunities . We actively seek opportunities to expand our warehouse portfolio in order to serve customer-specific needs and take advantage of favorable market conditions supported by demonstrable customer demand. We seek to expand on land parcels that we own when possible. We currently own more than 600 acres of land adjacent to more than 60 of our temperature-controlled warehouses, which is in addition to land we own adjacent to our warehouses that is either currently under development or in our future development pipeline. This land has the potential to support future expansions of existing temperature-controlled warehouses and the development of new temperature-controlled warehouses aggregating approximately 500 million cubic feet and 1.7 million pallet positions (based on standard warehouse configurations consistent with our existing network).

In evaluating customer-specific expansion and development opportunities, which we refer to as our customer-specific opportunities, we work with our customers to locate projects in the most logistically efficient locations to serve our customers’ needs for additional space. We also pursue expansion and development opportunities as driven by market dynamics and as necessary to support demonstrable customer needs or when strategically desirable, particularly near significant MSAs with respect to which we have existing facilities and particularized market knowledge. We refer to these opportunities as market-demand opportunities. We believe our demand-driven approach to expansion and development opportunities reduces the risks associated with these projects. Since 2014, we have completed three customer-specific expansion and development opportunities totaling approximately $41 million in costs, aggregating 9.9 million cubic feet and approximately 23,000 pallet positions. As of September 30, 2017, the average return on invested capital for the two projects that have reached stabilization ranged from approximately 18% to 20% and the budgeted stabilized return on invested capital for the third project is between 9% and 11%. For additional information regarding the calculation methodology and assumptions relating to our budgeted and actual returns on invested capital for expansion and development opportunities, please see “Business and Properties—Investments in Our Warehouses.” Our returns on completed expansions

 



 

19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and developments may not be indicative of future results, and we may not achieve our targeted returns. A summary of our recently completed expansion and development opportunities as of September 30, 2017 is set forth below.

 

Recently Completed

 
    Opportunity
Type
  Facility
Type
  Cubic Feet
(in millions)
    Pallet Positions
(in thousands)
    Cost of Expansion /
Development
  Completion
Date
 

Facility

          Total Cost 
(in millions)
    Return on
Invested Capital
 

Phoenix, AZ

  Development   Distribution     3.5       12.1     $ 17.5     18%     Q1 2014  

Leesport, PA

  Expansion   Distribution     2.2       1.6       12.4     20.4%     Q3 2014

East Point, GA (1)

  Redevelopment   Distribution     4.2       9.2       10.8     9.0-11.0% (2)     Q4 2016  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total

       

 

9.9

 

 

 

    22.9     $ 40.7      
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

(1)    We acquired and redeveloped the East Point facility in 2016.

(2)    Figures represent budgeted stabilized return on invested capital with respect to the East Point facility.

     

     

 

    Current Pipeline of Expansion and Development Opportunities . Based upon current market conditions, we anticipate executing an average of two to three expansion or development opportunities annually representing anticipated invested capital of between approximately $75 million and $200 million. Our current pipeline includes:

Under Construction. As of September 30, 2017, we had three expansion and development opportunities under construction with an estimated total cost of approximately $132.0 million and with scheduled completion dates ranging from the fourth quarter of 2017 (which is now completed) to the fourth quarter of 2018. We expect these expansion and development opportunities to include approximately 26.7 million cubic feet and approximately 108,000 pallet positions, and they have budgeted stabilized returns on invested capital ranging from 8% to 15%. Two of the projects are market-demand expansion opportunities and one is a customer-specific development opportunity. No assurance can be given that the actual cost or completion dates of any expansions or developments will not exceed our estimate, or that our budgeted stabilized returns will be achieved. A summary of our under construction expansion and development opportunities as of September 30, 2017 is set forth below:

 

              Under
Construction
    Costs of expansion / development
(in millions)
    Budgeted
Stabilized
Return on
Invested

Capital
    Target
Completion
Date
 

Facility

  Opportunity
Type
    Facility Type   Cubic Feet
(in millions)
    Pallet
positions

(in thousands)
    Cost
to
date
    Estimate to
completion (1)
    Estimated
cost (1)
     

Clearfield, UT (2)

    Expansion     Distribution     5.8       22     $ 23.3     $ 5.7     $ 29.0       12-15%       Q4 2017  

Middleboro, MA

    Development     Production
Advantaged
    5.2       28       2.7       21.3       24.0       8-12%       Q3 2018  

Rochelle, IL

    Expansion     Distribution     15.7       58       10.8       68.2       79.0       12-15%       Q4 2018  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total

       

 

26.7

 

 

 

    108     $ 36.8     $ 95.2     $ 132.0      
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

  (1) Reflects management’s estimate of cost of completion as of September 30, 2017.
  (2) We completed construction of our Clearfield, Utah facility and received a certificate of occupancy in November 2017.

Future Pipeline . As of September 30, 2017, we had identified and were either actively underwriting or otherwise evaluating a range of expansion and development opportunities with an estimated total investment in excess of $1.2 billion, including potential expansion opportunities on more than 85 acres of land adjacent to nine temperature-controlled warehouses in our existing real estate portfolio. Our future pipeline includes both customer-specific and market-demand expansion and development opportunities. We note that these investments have not yet been approved by our

 



 

20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

board of trustees. Under current market conditions, we generally budget an unleveraged stabilized return on invested capital of between 10% and 15% on expansion opportunities and between 10% and 13% on development opportunities depending upon the site, construction and customer profile, although we may vary our budgeted stabilized returns for strategic purposes in certain customer or market-driven circumstances. These future pipeline opportunities are at various stages of discussion and consideration and, based on historical experiences, many of them may not be pursued or completed as contemplated or at all, and there is no assurance that our budgeted stabilized returns will be achieved.

A summary of our future pipeline of customer-specific expansion and development opportunities as of September 30, 2017 is set forth below:

 

Customer-Specific Opportunities

Customer

   Region    Opportunity Type      Facility Type

Retailer

   Australia      Development      Distribution

Retailer

   West      Development      Distribution

Retailer

   Australia      Development      Distribution

Food Producer

   East      Development      Production
Advantaged

Food Producer

   Central      Development      Production
Advantaged

Food Producer

   West      Expansion      Production
Advantaged

Food Producer

   Central      Expansion      Production
Advantaged

Food Producer

   West      Expansion      Production
Advantaged

Retailer

   West      Expansion      Distribution

Food Producer

   Central      Expansion      Production
Advantaged

A summary of our future pipeline of market-demand expansion and development opportunities as of September 30, 2017 is set forth below:

 

Market-Demand Opportunities

Market

   Opportunity Type      Facility Type

New England

     Development      Distribution

Southern California

     Development      Distribution

Southeast

     Expansion      Distribution

Central

     Expansion      Distribution

Texas

     Expansion      Distribution

Pacific Northwest

     Expansion      Distribution

 

    External Growth Through Acquisitions . We also have experience in identifying strategic acquisitions and successfully integrating them into our warehouse portfolio. In 2010, we completed the acquisition of Versacold’s warehouses and operations in the United States, Australia, New Zealand, Argentina and select managed assets in Canada to solidify our position as the largest owner and operator of temperature-controlled warehouses in the world. This strategic acquisition combined two of the leading temperature-controlled warehouse companies in the temperature-controlled storage industry and added 74 temperature-controlled warehouses (representing 416 million cubic feet) to our portfolio. Our information technology and customer interface facilitate our efforts to integrate acquisitions, drive synergies and generate superior risk-adjusted returns.

The temperature-controlled warehouse storage business in the United States is fragmented in terms of ownership and comprised primarily of closely held or family enterprises that own facilities

 



 

21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

concentrated in local markets. In addition, as of October 2015 (the latest period for which information is available), food producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers in the United States owned 1.03 billion cubic feet of temperature-controlled warehouse space, according to the U.S. Department of Agriculture, or the USDA. These participants have increasingly made certain warehouses available for sale and outsourced their temperature-controlled warehousing needs in the related geographic areas to increase efficiency, reduce costs and redeploy capital into their core businesses. The ample supply of independent warehouses owned by smaller industry participants, together with the outsourcing opportunities from food producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers, provide us the opportunity to strategically expand our warehouse portfolio in the United States and fill in gaps in existing distribution networks. We also intend to strategically grow our portfolio globally through acquisitions of temperature-controlled warehouses in attractive international markets to service demonstrable customer demand where we believe the anticipated risk-adjusted returns are consistent with our investment objectives. Specifically, we are targeting attractive growth opportunities for temperature-controlled warehouses in international markets in Asia and Europe. In Asia, we believe that the large and growing population, increasing affluence among citizens, evolving food consumption habits and limited number of temperature-controlled warehouses relative to population afford us an opportunity to utilize our strong reputation, operational expertise, strong relationships with existing customers already active in the region and balance sheet strength as a platform for temperature-controlled warehouse development and acquisition. In Europe, we believe there may be attractive opportunities to leverage our global brand, customer relationships and depth of experience to acquire an existing business and expand our integrated real estate portfolio.

Due to the size and scope of our integrated warehouse network, and the scalability of our operating systems and information technology platform, we believe we are well-positioned to continue to be a consolidator in the temperature-controlled warehouse storage industry.

Capitalize on Increased Outsourcing by Leading Global Food Producers, Distributors, Retailers and E-Tailers

Over the last 35 years, frozen food producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers have increasingly outsourced their temperature-controlled warehousing needs to increase efficiency, reduce costs and redeploy capital into core businesses. Since 1979, the total amount of U.S. temperature-controlled warehouse capacity, as measured by cubic feet, outsourced by food producers, distributors, retailers, e-tailers and other comparable participants in the cold chain has grown at a compound annual growth rate of 3.5%, according to USDA statistics. We anticipate that cold chain participants will continue to make certain of their “in-house” temperature-controlled warehouses available for sale in the future and, accordingly, will continue to look to third-party providers to meet their temperature-controlled warehouse storage and service needs in related geographic markets. We believe that our ability to offer the most extensive and integrated network of high-quality temperature-controlled warehouses globally with value-added services and our long-standing relationships with leading cold chain participants will enable us to capitalize on this trend.

Well Positioned to Benefit from E-Commerce Growth

Our warehouse portfolio serves as a fundamental bridge between food producers and fulfillment centers – whether for online e-tailers or traditional brick and mortar retailers. While the growing popularity of e-commerce has re-organized the retail landscape in the United States, it has not adversely impacted the overall volume of temperature-sensitive goods moving through the cold chain, the stability of our cash flows or the integrity of our warehouse portfolio. Moreover, we believe our global footprint and the comprehensive temperature-controlled storage solutions that we offer across our integrated real estate portfolio make us well-positioned to capture substantial growth in temperature-controlled storage demand generated by the rise of e-

 



 

22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

tailers, who typically require significantly more logistics space than traditional retailers. We believe our ability to design, build and operate warehouses across the cold chain makes us an attractive storage solution for the growing e-tailer segment and positions us well to generate new relationships, drive growth and capture market share by increasing our presence in the e-commerce channel.

Expand Our Presence by Increasing Market Share for Other Temperature-Sensitive Product Types

Although we focus on providing temperature-controlled warehouse space to the food industry, we also store other forms of temperature-sensitive products, including pharmaceutical, floral and chemical products. As the rapid growth in e-commerce continues to increase the flow of products through the global distribution network, we believe our ability to provide comprehensive and consistent quality warehousing and value-added services at all points in the cold chain put us in a strong position to develop new relationships, drive growth and enhance market share with producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers in other temperature-sensitive products. Additionally, we have the flexibility to store non-temperature-sensitive “dry” goods in our warehouses to the extent desirable.

Recurring Maintenance Capital Expenditures and Repair and Maintenance Expenses

We utilize a strategic approach to recurring maintenance capital expenditures and repair and maintenance expenses to maintain the high quality and operational efficiency of our warehouses and ensure that our warehouses meet the “mission-critical” role they serve in the cold chain.

Recurring Maintenance Capital Expenditures

Recurring maintenance capital expenditures are capitalized investments made to extend the life of, and provide future economic benefit from, our existing temperature-controlled warehouse network and its existing supporting personal property and information technology systems. Examples of recurring maintenance capital expenditures related to our existing temperature-controlled warehouse network include replacing roofs, replacing refrigeration equipment, re-racking our warehouses, and implementing energy efficiency projects, such as LED lighting, motion-sensor technology, variable frequency drives for our fans and compressors, third-party tune-ups and real-time monitoring of energy consumption, rapid-close doors and alternative-power generation technologies. Examples of recurring maintenance capital expenditures related to personal property include expenditures on material handling equipment ( e.g. , fork lifts and pallet jacks) and related batteries. Examples of recurring maintenance capital expenditures related to information technology include expenditures on existing servers, networking equipment and current software. The following table sets forth our recurring maintenance capital expenditures for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and each of the last five years.

 

(dollars in thousands, except per cubic foot amounts)

   Nine months
ended
September 30,

2017
     Year ended December 31,  
      2016      2015      2014      2013      2012  

Real estate

   $ 25,269      $ 36,153      $ 34,011      $ 24,733      $ 19,488      $ 36,387  

Personal property

     1,359        3,213        3,678        5,836        4,545        8,452  

Information technology

     3,363        5,079        3,996        2,239        4,258        10,233  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total recurring maintenance capital expenditures

   $ 29,991      $ 44,445      $ 41,685      $ 32,808      $ 28,291      $ 55,072  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total recurring maintenance capital expenditures per cubic foot

   $ 0.031      $ 0.047      $ 0.043      $ 0.034      $ 0.029      $ 0.062  

 



 

23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Repair and Maintenance Expenses

We also incur repair and maintenance expenses that include costs of normal maintenance and repairs and minor replacements that do not materially extend the life of the property or provide future economic benefits. Repair and maintenance expenses consist of expenses related to our existing temperature-controlled warehouse network and its existing supporting personal property and are reflected as operating expenses on our income statement. Examples of repair and maintenance expenses related to our warehouse portfolio include ordinary repair and maintenance on roofs, racking, walls, doors, parking lots and refrigeration equipment. Examples of repair and maintenance expenses related to personal property include ordinary repair and maintenance expenses on material handling equipment ( e.g. , fork lifts and pallet jacks) and related batteries. The following table sets forth our repair and maintenance expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and each of the last five years.

 

(dollars in thousands, except per cubic foot amounts)

   Nine months
ended
September 30,
2017
     Year ended December 31,  
      2016      2015      2014      2013      2012  

Real estate

   $
16,298
 
   $ 20,956      $ 18,843      $ 18,440      $ 17,728      $ 16,961  

Personal property

     22,918        30,888        31,257        29,488        33,793        38,469  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total repair and maintenance expenses

   $ 39,216      $ 51,844      $ 50,100      $ 47,928      $ 51,521      $ 55,430  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Repair and maintenance expenses per cubic foot

   $ 0.041      $ 0.055      $ 0.052      $ 0.049      $ 0.053      $ 0.062  

Growth and Expansion Capital Expenditures

Growth and expansion capital expenditures are capitalized investments made to support our customers and warehouse expansion and development initiatives and enhance our information technology platform. Examples of growth and expansion capital expenditures associated with expansion and development initiatives include funding of construction costs, increases to warehouse capacity and pallet positions and acquisitions of reusable incremental material handling equipment. Examples of growth and expansion capital expenditures to enhance our information technology platform include expenditures related to the delivery of new systems and software and customer interface functionality. The following table sets forth our growth and expansion capital expenditures for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and each of the last five years.

 

(dollars in thousands)

   Nine months
ended
September 30,
2017
     Year ended December 31,  
      2016      2015      2014      2013      2012  

Expansion and development initiatives

   $ 70,851      $ 27,529      $ 8,532      $ 21,757      $ 44,728      $ 11,559  

Information technology

     4,715        4,649        4,031        4,831        1,423        3,565  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total growth and expansion capital expenditures

   $ 75,566      $ 32,178      $ 12,563      $ 26,588      $ 46,151      $ 15,124  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our Organizational Structure

Through our predecessor entities, we have operated in the temperature-controlled warehouse industry since 1910, and from 1997 to 2004 all of our common shares were indirectly wholly owned by Vornado Realty Trust, or Vornado, and Crescent Real Estate Equities Company, or Crescent, two REITs. In 2004, three investment funds affiliated with The Yucaipa Companies, LLC, or Yucaipa, acquired 20.7% of our common shares from Vornado and Crescent, and Yucaipa began to oversee our day-to-day management through its

 



 

24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

participation in an operating committee formed in 2004. On March 31, 2008, four investment funds affiliated with Yucaipa (including two of the original Yucaipa fund purchasers) acquired from Vornado and Crescent the remaining 79.3% of our common shares. These common shares are held indirectly through YF ART Holdings, L.P., or YF ART Holdings, a Delaware limited partnership controlled by Yucaipa. In 2015, CF Cold LP, or the Fortress Entity, an investment vehicle affiliated with Fortress Investment Group LLC, or Fortress, made an investment in YF ART Holdings.

In 2010, we completed the acquisition of Versacold’s warehouses and operations in the United States, Australia, New Zealand, Argentina and select managed assets in Canada to solidify our position as the largest owner and operator of temperature-controlled warehouses in the world. We financed the acquisition of the Versacold portfolio in part through the sale of Series B cumulative convertible voting preferred shares of beneficial interest, or Series B preferred shares, to affiliates of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., or the GS Entities, and Charm Progress Investment Limited, or Charm Progress. For further information regarding our Series B preferred shares, see “Description of Shares of Beneficial Interest—Preferred Shares—Series B Preferred Shares.”

We anticipate that we, affiliates of Yucaipa, the GS Entities, the Fortress Entity and Charm Progress will enter into a new shareholders agreement in connection with this offering. Under our new shareholders agreement, YF ART Holdings is expected to have the right to designate two of the nine members of our board of trustees, so long as YF ART Holdings beneficially owns 10% or more of our fully diluted outstanding shares (as such term is defined in our new shareholders agreement). So long as YF ART Holdings beneficially owns 5% or more (but less than 10%) of our fully diluted outstanding shares, it is expected to have the right to designate one of the nine members of our board of trustees. The GS Entities are expected to have the right to designate one of the nine members of our board of trustees, so long as the GS Entities beneficially own 5% or more of our fully diluted outstanding shares. Also, YF ART Holdings will be entitled to appoint an observer to our board of trustees, so long as it beneficially owns 5% or more of our fully diluted outstanding shares.

We also expect that affiliates of Yucaipa and the Fortress Entity will amend the YF ART Holdings limited partnership agreement in connection with this offering, which we expect will result in an elimination of the preemptive rights that have been granted in favor of the Fortress Entity and a substantial reduction of the control rights that have been granted in favor of the Fortress Entity as described herein. We expect that affiliates of Yucaipa and the Fortress Entity, through YF ART Holdings, will each remain entitled to designate one of the two members of our board of trustees that YF ART Holdings is entitled to designate pursuant to our new shareholders agreement, so long as YF ART Holdings beneficially owns 10% or more of our fully diluted outstanding shares. To the extent that YF ART Holdings has the right to designate only one member of our board of trustees, YF ART Holdings will designate an individual selected by affiliates of Yucaipa unless the number of common shares held by YF ART Holdings and attributable to the Fortress Entity exceeds the number of common shares held by YF ART Holdings and attributable to affiliates of Yucaipa. If, following this offering, affiliates of Yucaipa and the Fortress Entity obtain direct ownership of the common shares currently held by YF ART Holdings, affiliates of Yucaipa and the Fortress Entity will, subject to the limitations described above, remain entitled to these board designation rights as if they continued to hold common shares through YF ART Holdings provided that neither affiliates of Yucaipa nor the Fortress Entity will remain entitled to these board representation rights if its beneficial ownership is less than 5% of our fully diluted outstanding shares.

We anticipate that we and affiliates of Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity will enter into a new registration rights agreement in connection with this offering, pursuant to which they will remain entitled to registration rights in respect of our common shares. For further information regarding these agreements, please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Shareholders Agreement and Related Agreements” and “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Registration Rights.”

 



 

25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following diagram depicts our ownership structure on a fully diluted basis after giving effect to this offering, excluding common shares, if any, to be issued upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common shares. Our operating partnership indirectly owns substantially all of our properties through its subsidiaries, including its taxable REIT subsidiaries, or TRSs, and certain special purpose entities that were created in connection with various financings.

 

LOGO

 

(1) On a fully diluted basis, upon the completion of this offering, our public shareholders, our current and former trustees, executive officers and employees, YF ART Holdings, the GS Entities and Charm Progress will own approximately 17.6%, 2.6%, 55.1%, 21.4% and 3.3%, respectively, of our outstanding common shares (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), subject to adjustment between YF ART Holdings, the GS Entities and Charm Progress as described in “Principal Shareholders.” If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase up to 3,600,000 additional common shares in full, on a fully diluted basis, our public shareholders, our current and former trustees, executive officers and employees, YF ART Holdings, the GS Entities and Charm Progress will own approximately 19.7%, 2.5%, 53.7%, 20.9% and 3.2%, respectively, of our outstanding common shares, subject to adjustment between YF ART Holdings, the GS Entities and Charm Progress as described in “Principal Shareholders.”

 

(2) YF ART Holdings directly holds 69,342,769 common shares and warrants (currently exercisable) to purchase 18,574,619 common shares. The diagram assumes the cashless exercise of these warrants into an aggregate of 6,426,818 common shares in connection with this offering (based on a deemed valuation of $15.00 per share pursuant to the terms of the warrants). For further information regarding these warrants, see “Description of Shares of Beneficial Interest—Warrants.”

 



 

26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     The Fortress Entity is a limited partner of YF ART Holdings. As of September 30, 2017, the number of common shares held by YF ART Holdings and attributable to the Fortress Entity was 10,901,069. The number of common shares held by YF ART Holdings that are attributable to the Fortress Entity increases from time to time, subject to an aggregate cap of 15,697,538 common shares. This ongoing increase ends upon the earlier of (i) repayment in full of the obligations of YF ART Holdings to the Fortress Entity and (ii) March 1, 2019. Under the terms of the YF ART Holdings limited partnership agreement, prepayments of the obligations of YF ART Holdings to the Fortress Entity result in a partial reduction in this ongoing increase. See “Principal Shareholders” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—The Fortress Entity Contribution Agreement.”

 

(3) The GS Entities directly hold 325,000 Series B preferred shares and Charm Progress directly holds 50,000 Series B preferred shares. The Series B preferred shares have an aggregate liquidation preference of $375 million. We anticipate that all 375,000 outstanding Series B preferred shares will be converted into common shares in connection with this offering based upon the Series B preferred share conversion ratio as of the date of conversion. The diagram gives effect to the anticipated conversion of all 375,000 Series B preferred shares in connection with this offering into an aggregate of 33,240,258 common shares (based upon the Series B preferred share conversion ratio as of September 30, 2017 and the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares), which has been calculated as if the conversion occurred on September 30, 2017 and assuming no accrued and unpaid distributions in respect of the Series B preferred shares at such time. As of September 30, 2017, one Series B preferred share was convertible into approximately 88.64 common shares. The Series B preferred share conversion ratio will increase as a result of unpaid distributions accrued prior to the completion of this offering; however, we expect to make a cash distribution to the holders of our Series B preferred shares to account for any accrued and unpaid distributions immediately prior to conversion. We expect that YF ART Holdings will agree to transfer common shares held by YF ART Holdings to the GS Entities and Charm Progress with a value of up to the total value of the common shares that the GS Entities and Charm Progress would have received upon conversion in the event the initial public offering price in this offering were equal to the price of a qualified IPO under the terms of our Series B preferred shares, less the value of the common shares received by the GS Entities and Charm Progress upon conversion based on the initial public offering price, subject to a maximum. Based on the terms of these arrangements, YF ART Holdings would transfer these common shares to the GS Entities and Charm Progress upon the completion of this offering. The GS Entities and Charm Progress would be obligated to promptly return one half of these common shares to YF ART Holdings if the volume weighted average price of a common share on the NYSE for the ten trading day period ending on the first trading day immediately following the six month anniversary of the closing of this offering is greater than a specified price. Based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, we expect that YF ART Holdings would transfer 441,726 common shares to the GS Entities and 67,958 common shares to Charm Progress upon the completion of this offering based on the anticipated terms of these arrangements. The diagram gives effect to these anticipated transfers upon the completion of this offering. The transfers contemplated by these arrangements will not result in an increase in the aggregate number of outstanding common shares or any changes in the beneficial ownership of the purchasers of common shares in this offering or other entities and persons presented in this diagram. For further information regarding our Series B preferred shares and the anticipated arrangements described above, see “Description of Shares of Beneficial Interest—Preferred Shares—Series B Preferred Shares” and “Principal Shareholders,” respectively.

 

(4) We have previously issued 125 Series A cumulative non-voting preferred shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value per share, or the Series A preferred shares, in connection with maintaining our status as a REIT. The Series A preferred shares may be redeemed at our option for consideration equal to $1,000 per share plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon to and including the date fixed for redemption with no redemption premium or penalty. We intend to redeem all 125 outstanding Series A preferred shares upon the completion of this offering.

 



 

27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Risks Relating to Our Company

Investing in our common shares involves risks. Any of the risks set forth in this prospectus under the heading “Risk Factors” may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects, and on our ability to service our debt and make distributions to our shareholders. As a result, the market price of our common shares could decline significantly and you could lose a part or all of your investment in our common shares. You should carefully consider all the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, should evaluate the risks set forth in this prospectus under the heading “Risk Factors” before deciding to invest in our common shares. The following is a summary of some of the principal risks we face:

 

    Our investments are concentrated in the temperature-controlled warehouse industry, and our business would be materially and adversely affected by an economic downturn in that industry.

 

    Our temperature-controlled warehouses are concentrated in certain geographic areas, some of which are particularly susceptible to adverse local conditions.

 

    Unfavorable market, economic and demographic conditions could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

    We are exposed to risks associated with expansion and development, which could result in disappointing returns and unforeseen costs and liabilities.

 

    We may be unable to identify and complete acquisitions of suitable properties, which may impede our growth, and our future acquisitions may not yield the returns we expect.

 

    We may be unable to successfully expand our operations into new markets.

 

    We depend on certain customers for a substantial amount of our warehouse segment revenues.

 

    Our customers could experience bankruptcy, insolvency or financial deterioration.

 

    The short-term nature and lack of fixed storage commitments of many of our customer contracts exposes us to certain risks that could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

    We have no experience operating as a publicly traded REIT.

 

    Competition in our markets may increase over time if our competitors open new warehouses.

 

    Our warehouse business outside the United States exposes us to losses resulting from currency fluctuations.

 

    We may be subject to work stoppages, which could increase our operating costs and disrupt our operations.

 

    We could experience power outages or breakdowns of our refrigeration equipment.

 

    We may incur liabilities or harm our reputation as a result of quality-control issues associated with our warehouse storage and other services.

 

    We could incur significant costs related to environmental conditions and liabilities.

 



 

28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    We have a substantial amount of indebtedness that may limit our financial and operating activities.

 

    Failure to qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes would have a material adverse effect on us.

Our REIT Status

We elected to be taxed as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with our taxable year ended December 31, 1999. As a REIT, we generally are not subject to U.S. federal income tax on REIT taxable income that we distribute to our shareholders. Under the Code, REITs are subject to numerous organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement that they annually distribute at least 90% of their REIT taxable income. If we fail to qualify for taxation as a REIT in any year, our REIT taxable income will be taxed at regular corporate rates, we will not be allowed a deduction for distributions to our shareholders in computing our REIT taxable income and, unless certain relief provisions apply, we will be ineligible to elect to be treated as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year of our failure to qualify as a REIT. Even if we qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we may still be subject to state, local and foreign taxes on our income and property as well as to U.S. federal income and excise taxes on our undistributed income and certain other items. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—General.”

Distribution Policy

We intend to make regular quarterly distributions to holders of our common shares. We intend to make a pro rata initial distribution with respect to the period commencing on the completion of this offering and ending March 31, 2018, based on $0.1875 per share for a full quarter. On an annualized basis, this would be $0.75 per share, or an annual distribution rate of 5.00% based on the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We estimate that our initial annual distribution will represent 80.66% of estimated cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2018. Our intended initial annual distribution rate has been established based on our estimate of cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2018, which we have calculated based on adjustments to our pro forma net income for the year ended December 31, 2016.

We intend to maintain our initial annual distribution rate for the twelve-month period following completion of this offering unless actual results of operations, economic or market conditions or other factors differ materially from the assumptions used in our estimate. Any distributions made to our shareholders by us will be authorized and determined by our board of trustees in its sole discretion out of funds legally available therefor and will be dependent upon a number of factors, including our actual or anticipated financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and capital requirements, debt service requirements, financing covenants, restrictions under applicable law and other factors described under “Distribution Policy.”

We cannot assure you that our intended distributions will be made or sustained or that our board of trustees will not change our distribution policy in the future. Our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities that will be effective upon the completion of this offering will, subject to certain exceptions, prohibit us from making distributions to our shareholders if we fail to maintain compliance with certain covenants or if an event of default has occurred and is continuing.

We believe that our estimate of cash available for distribution constitutes a reasonable basis for setting the initial annual distribution rate; however, we cannot assure you that the estimate will prove accurate, and actual distributions may therefore be significantly different from our intended distributions. If we have overestimated our cash available for distribution, we may need to increase our borrowings or otherwise raise

 



 

29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

capital in order to fund our intended distributions. We do not intend to reduce the intended distribution if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common shares from us in this offering.

Restrictions on Ownership of Our Shares

Subject to certain exceptions and to assist us in complying with the limitations on the concentration of ownership of our common shares and preferred shares of beneficial interest, which we refer to collectively as shares, imposed by the Code, our declaration of trust will provide that no individual (including certain entities treated as individuals) may own, or be deemed to own by virtue of the attribution provisions of the Code, more than 9.8% (in value) of our outstanding shares without the approval of our board of trustees. Our declaration of trust will also impose certain other restrictions on ownership and transfer of our shares, including prohibitions on:

 

    owning shares that would result in our being “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Code or otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT;

 

    transferring shares if the transfer would result in our shares being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons; and

 

    owning shares to the extent such ownership would result in our failing to qualify as a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity” within the meaning of Section 897(h) of the Code (after taking into account for such purpose the statutory presumptions set forth in Section 897(h)(4)(E) of the Code).

Any attempted transfer of our shares which, if effective, would result in a violation of any of the above ownership or transfer limitations (except for a transfer which results in our shares being owned by fewer than 100 persons, in which case such transfer will be null and void and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such shares) will cause the number of our shares that are the subject of the violation, rounded up to the nearest whole share, to be automatically transferred to a trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more charitable beneficiaries designated by us, and the intended transferee will not acquire any rights in the shares.

To reduce the ability of our board of trustees to use these ownership limitations to delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control of our company, our declaration of trust requires our board of trustees to grant a waiver of these ownership limitations if the person seeking a waiver demonstrates that such ownership would not jeopardize our status as a REIT or violate the above provisions.

These restrictions are designed primarily to enable us to comply with share ownership and other restrictions imposed on REITs by the Code. See “Description of Shares of Beneficial Interest—Restrictions on Transfer.”

Our Information

Our principal executive office is located at 10 Glenlake Parkway, South Tower, Suite 600, Atlanta, Georgia 30328, and our telephone number is (678) 441-1400. Our website address is www.americold.com. The information found on, or otherwise accessible through, our website is not incorporated into, and does not form a part of, this prospectus or any other report or document we file with or furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC.

 



 

30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

THE OFFERING

 

Common shares offered by us

24,000,000 common shares

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional common shares

3,600,000 common shares

 

Common shares outstanding immediately after this offering

133,037,685 common shares (or 136,637,685 common shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common shares)

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with $517.0 million of net proceeds from our New Senior Secured Term Loan A Facility that will be effective upon the completion of this offering, to repay the entire $809.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility and for general business purposes, which may include the repayment of $13.1 million outstanding under our Clearfield, Utah construction loan. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Proposed NYSE ticker symbol

COLD

The number of common shares outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 69,370,609 common shares outstanding as of September 30, 2017, and excludes the following:

 

    up to 3,600,000 common shares issuable upon the underwriters’ exercise in full of their option to purchase additional common shares;

 

    5,477,618 common shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2017 under the 2008 Plan and the 2010 Plan, which we refer to collectively with the 2008 Plan as our equity incentive plans, at a weighted average exercise price of $9.72 per share;

 

    844,595 common shares issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units outstanding as of January 8, 2018 under the 2010 Plan, including 87,664 restricted stock units that will settle into common shares in connection with this offering with respect to certain of our resigning trustees and 603,411 restricted stock units entitled to receive, when paid, cash distributions declared after the completion of this offering;

 

    783,333 common shares issuable under the 2017 Plan (which we will adopt in connection with this offering), upon the vesting of restricted stock units to be granted to certain of our non-employee trustees and certain employees upon the completion of this offering, all of which restricted stock units are entitled to receive, when paid, cash distributions declared after the completion of this offering; and

 

    8,216,667 common shares reserved for future issuance under the 2017 Plan.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to the following:

 

    the 24,000,000 common shares to be sold in this offering are sold at $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;

 

    the filing of our declaration of trust with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 



 

31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    the redemption of all 125 outstanding Series A preferred shares upon the completion of this offering;

 

    the conversion of all 375,000 Series B preferred shares in connection with this offering into an aggregate of 33,240,258 common shares (based upon the Series B preferred share conversion ratio as of September 30, 2017 and the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares), which has been calculated as if the conversion occurred on September 30, 2017 and assuming no accrued and unpaid distributions in respect of the Series B preferred shares at such time;

 

    the cashless exercise of all outstanding warrants to purchase 18,574,619 common shares exercisable at a price of $9.81 per share, into an aggregate of 6,426,818 common shares in connection with this offering (based on a deemed valuation of $15.00 per share pursuant to the terms of the warrants);

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to 3,600,000 additional common shares; and

 

    no exercise of the stock options to purchase common shares described above.

 



 

32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SUMMARY SELECTED HISTORICAL AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA AND OPERATING DATA

The following table summarizes certain of our financial and operating data. We derived the summary selected historical consolidated financial and operating data as of December 31, 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 from our audited historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the summary selected historical consolidated financial and operating data as of September 30, 2017 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 from our unaudited interim historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited interim financial and operating data, in management’s opinion, has been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP on the same basis as our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that management considers necessary to state fairly the financial information as of and for the periods presented. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results for any full year.

We derived the summary unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial and operating data as of September 30, 2017 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and the year ended December 31, 2016 from our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial and operating data gives effect to the pro forma adjustments described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements,” as if all such pro forma adjustments had occurred on January 1, 2016, in the case of the summary unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations data, the selected other data and the ratio data, and as of September 30, 2017, in the case of the summary unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial and operating data includes various estimates which are subject to change and may not be indicative of what our results of operations or financial condition would have been had these transactions taken place on the dates indicated, or of what may occur in the future following the completion of this offering.

You should read this information together with the sections entitled “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial and Operating Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 



 

33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
      Nine months ended September 30,       Year ended December 31,  

(in thousands)

  2017
Pro forma (1)
    2017
Actual
    2016
Actual
    2016
Pro forma (1)
    2016
Actual
    2015
Actual
    2014
Actual
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

             

Warehouse segment revenues

  $ 848,064     $ 848,064     $ 789,873     $ 1,080,867     $ 1,080,867     $ 1,057,124     $ 1,039,005  

Total revenues

    1,141,867       1,141,867       1,095,437       1,489,999       1,489,999       1,481,385       1,509,598  

Operating income

    87,728       90,817       83,783       112,898       117,016       110,663       106,018  

Net income (loss)

    2,122       (8,608     (7,425     23,141       4,932       (21,176     (42,434

Total warehouse segment contribution (NOI) (2)

    254,399       254,399       221,868       314,045       314,045       307,749       294,257  

Total segment contribution (NOI) (2)

    273,738       273,738       244,695       345,645       345,645       337,020       322,519  

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Data:

             

Net cash provided by operating activities

    N/A     $ 127,130     $ 87,390       N/A     $ 118,781     $ 106,521     $ 117,243  

Net cash used in investing activities

    N/A       (78,782     (13,193     N/A       (33,732     (66,830     (58,617

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    N/A       9,944       (88,868     N/A       (95,322     (28,120     (58,981
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    N/A     $ 58,292     $ (14,671     N/A     $ (10,273   $ 11,571     $ (355
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selected Other Data:

             

Same store contribution (NOI) (3)

  $ 254,571     $ 254,571     $ 224,251     $ 309,349     $ 309,349     $ 302,040     $ 289,428  

EBITDA (4)

    164,087       167,176       174,887       244,816       248,934       230,891       214,285  

Core EBITDA (4)

    208,435       208,435       179,399       261,362       261,362       253,638       244,057  

Funds from operations (5)

    76,296       65,566       51,888       108,770       90,561       75,065       47,111  

Core funds from operations (5)

    108,553       73,400       37,690       119,986       69,207       55,697       42,133  

Adjusted funds from operations (5)

    105,757       70,604       42,788       121,904       71,125       59,754       81,152  

 

     As of  

(in thousands)

   September 30, 2017
Pro forma (1)
     September 30,
2017

Actual
    December 31,
2016

Actual
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 107,625      $ 82,044     $ 22,834  

Total assets

     2,408,949        2,388,362       2,327,631  

Total debt

     1,617,756        1,900,881       1,831,973  

Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)

     488,955        (187,338     (149,455

 

     As of and for the twelve months ended  
     September 30, 2017
Pro forma (1)
     September 30,
2017

Actual
     December 31,
2016

Actual
 

Ratio Data:

        

Net debt to Core EBITDA (6)

     5.27        6.38        7.06  

 

(1) Gives effect to the pro forma adjustments in the “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements,” including the issuance and sale of 24,000,000 common shares in the offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

(2) We evaluate the performance of our business segments based on their contribution (NOI) to our overall results of operations. We use the term “segment contribution (NOI)” to mean a segment’s revenues less its cost of operations (excluding any depreciation, depletion and amortization, impairment charges and corporate-level selling, general and administrative expenses). We use segment contribution (NOI) to evaluate our segments for purposes of making operating decisions and assessing performance in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 280, Segment Reporting .

 

    

We also calculate our total segment contribution (NOI) as the sum of the segment contribution (NOI) for each of our business segments. We believe our total segment contribution (NOI) is helpful to investors because it gives a picture of our business’s profitability before

 



 

34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  differences in capital structures, capital investment cycles, useful life of related assets among otherwise comparable companies and corporate-level overhead which is not immediately and fully correlated with the provision of services by our business. For a reconciliation of total segment contribution (NOI) to our operating income, which is the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP, see footnote (3) below.

 

(3) We refer to a “same store” as a warehouse we owned or leased for the entirety of two comparable periods and which has reported at least twelve months of consecutive normalized operations prior to the commencement of the earlier period being considered. We define “normalized operations” as a site open for operation or lease after a warehouse acquisition, development or significant modification, including the expansion of a warehouse footprint or a warehouse rehabilitation subsequent to an extraordinary event, such as natural disasters or similar events. In addition, our definition of “normalized operations” takes into account changes in the ownership structure, which would impact comparability in our warehouse segment contribution (NOI). As an example, the acquisition of a warehouse previously subject to an operating lease would result in the removal of the warehouse from the same store set because the operating expenses associated with the lease would not be included in both periods. Warehouses are excluded from the same store population as of the beginning of the fiscal quarter following the occurrence of such events. We evaluate our same store portfolio on a quarterly basis.

 

     We calculate “same store contribution (NOI)” as revenues for the same store population less its cost of operations (excluding any depreciation, depletion and amortization, impairment charges and corporate-level selling, general and administrative expenses). In order to derive an appropriate measure of period-to-period operating performance, we also calculate our same store contribution (NOI) on a constant currency basis to remove the effects of foreign currency exchange rate movements by using the comparable prior period exchange rate to translate from local currency into U.S. dollars for both periods.

 

     We evaluate the performance of the warehouses we own or lease using a “same store” analysis, and we believe that same store contribution (NOI) is helpful to investors as a supplemental performance measure because it includes the operating performance from the population of properties that is consistent from period to period and also on a constant currency basis, thereby eliminating the effects of changes in the composition of our portfolio of warehouses and currency fluctuations on performance measures.

 

     Same store contribution (NOI) is not a measurement of financial performance under U.S. GAAP. In addition, other companies providing temperature-controlled warehouse storage and handling and other warehouse services may not define same store or calculate same store contribution (NOI) in a manner consistent with our definition or calculation. Same store contribution (NOI) should be considered as a supplement, but not as an alternative, to our results calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

     The following table reconciles same store contribution (NOI) to operating income, which is the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

      Nine months ended September 30,       Year ended December 31,  
    2017
Pro Forma
    2017
Actual
    2016
Actual
    2016
Pro Forma
    2016
Actual
    2015
Actual
    2014
Actual
 

Same store contribution (NOI)

  $ 254,571     $ 254,571     $ 224,251     $ 309,349     $ 309,349     $ 302,040     $ 289,428  

Non-same store contribution (loss) (NOI)

    (172     (172     (2,383     4,696       4,696       5,709       4,829  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Warehouse segment contribution (NOI)

  $ 254,399     $ 254,399     $ 221,868     $ 314,045     $ 314,045     $ 307,749     $ 294,257  

Third-party managed segment contribution (NOI)

    9,682       9,682       10,340       14,814       14,814       12,581       10,353  

Transportation segment contribution (NOI)

    9,733       9,733       10,563       14,418       14,418       14,305       15,855  

Quarry segment contribution (loss) (NOI)

    (76     (76     1,924       2,368       2,368       2,385       2,054  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total segment contribution (NOI)

  $ 273,738     $ 273,738     $ 244,695     $ 345,645     $ 345,645     $ 337,020     $ 322,519  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

    (87,196     (87,196     (88,754     (118,571     (118,571     (125,720     (132,679

Impairment of assets

    (8,773     (8,773     —         (9,820     (9,820     (9,415     —    

Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal expense

    (9,167  

 

(9,167

 

 

—  

 

    —         —         —         —    

Corporate-level selling, general and administrative expenses

    (80,874     (77,785     (72,158     (104,356     (100,238     (91,222     (83,822
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

U.S. GAAP operating income

  $ 87,728     $ 90,817     $ 83,783     $ 112,898     $ 117,016     $ 110,663     $ 106,018  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(4) We calculate EBITDA as earnings before interest expense, taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization. EBITDA is a measure commonly used in our industry, and we present EBITDA to enhance investor understanding of our operating performance. We believe that EBITDA provides investors and analysts with a measure of operating results unaffected by differences in capital structures, capital investment cycles and useful life of related assets among otherwise comparable companies.

 

    

We also calculate our Core EBITDA as EBITDA adjusted for impairment charges on intangible and long-lived assets, gain or loss on depreciable real property asset disposals, severance and reduction in workforce costs, terminated site operations costs, expenses related to

 



 

35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  our review of the strategic alternatives for our company prior to this offering, litigation settlements, loss on debt extinguishment and modification, stock-based compensation expense, foreign currency exchange gain or loss, loss on partially owned entities, impairment of partially owned entities, and multiemployer pension plan withdrawal expense. We believe that the presentation of Core EBITDA provides a measurement of our operations that is meaningful to investors because it excludes the effects of certain items that are otherwise included in EBITDA but which we do not believe are indicative of our core business operations. EBITDA and Core EBITDA are not measurements of financial performance under U.S. GAAP, and our EBITDA and Core EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. You should not consider our EBITDA and Core EBITDA as alternatives to net income or cash flows from operating activities determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our calculations of EBITDA and Core EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools, including:

 

    these measures do not reflect our historical or future cash requirements for recurring maintenance capital expenditures or growth and expansion capital expenditures;

 

    these measures do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

    these measures do not reflect the interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our indebtedness;

 

    these measures do not reflect our tax expense or the cash requirements to pay our taxes; and

 

    although depreciation, depletion and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated, depleted and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future and these measures do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements.

 



 

36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     We use EBITDA and Core EBITDA as measures of our operating performance and not as measures of liquidity. The following table reconciles EBITDA and Core EBITDA to net income, which is the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

    Nine months ended September 30,     Twelve months ended
September 30, 2017
    Year ended December 31,  

(in thousands)

  2017
Pro forma
(a)
    2017
Actual
    2016
Actual
    Pro forma
(a)(b)
    Actual     2016
Pro forma
(a)
    2016
Actual
    2015
Actual
    2014
Actual
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 2,122     $ (8,608   $ (7,425   $ 19,054     $ 3,749     $ 23,141     $ 4,932     $ (21,176   $ (42,434

Adjustments:

                 

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

    87,196       87,196       88,754       117,013       117,013       118,571       118,571       125,720       132,679  

Interest expense

    71,414       85,233       90,278       95,083       114,507       97,225       119,552       116,710       114,223  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    3,355       3,355       3,280       5,953       5,953       5,879       5,879       9,637       9,817  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

  $ 164,087     $ 167,176     $ 174,887     $ 237,104     $ 241,222     $ 244,816     $ 248,934     $ 230,891     $ 214,285  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments:

                 

Severance and reduction in workforce costs

 

 

431

 

    431       621       710       710       900       900       886       570  

Terminated site operations cost

    2,175       2,175       192       1,989       1,989       6       6       1,168       —    

Strategic alternative costs

    4,366       4,366       2,331       6,701       6,701       4,666       4,666       (1,372     712  

Litigation settlements

    —         —         —         89       89       89       89       900       —    

Loss on partially owned entities

    1,342       1,342       1,105       365       365       128       128       3,538       19,990  

Non-recurring impairment of partially owned entities

    6,496       6,496       —         6,496       6,496       —         —         —         —    

Impairment of assets

    10,881       10,881       —         20,701       20,701       9,820       9,820       9,415       —    

Loss (gain) on foreign currency exchange

    3,870       3,870       2,466       940       940       (464     (464     3,470       5,273  

Stock-based compensation expense

    4,849       1,760       1,950       10,364       6,246       10,554       6,436       3,108       2,827  

Loss on debt extinguishment and modification

    986       986       1,437       986       986       1,437       1,437       503       —    

(Gain) loss on real estate and other asset disposals

    (215     (215     (5,590     (5,216     (5,216     (10,590     (10,590     1,131       400  

Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal expense

    9,167       9,167       —         9,167       9,167       —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Core EBITDA

  $ 208,435     $ 208,435     $ 179,399     $ 290,396     $ 290,396     $ 261,362     $ 261,362     $ 253,638     $ 244,057  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a) Reflects pro forma adjustments referenced in footnote (1) above.
  (b) Pro forma net income (loss) for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017 is calculated as follows:

 

Pro forma net income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2016

   $ 23,141  

Less: pro forma net income (loss) for the nine months ended September 30, 2016

     (6,209

Add: pro forma net income (loss) for the nine months ended September 30, 2017

     2,122  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017

   $ 19,054  
  

 

 

 

 

(5)

We calculate funds from operations, or FFO, in accordance with the standards established by the Board of Governors of the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts, or NAREIT. NAREIT defines FFO as net income or loss determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP, excluding extraordinary items as defined under U.S. GAAP and gains or losses from sales of previously depreciated

 



 

37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  operating real estate assets, plus specified non-cash items, such as real estate asset depreciation and amortization, and after adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures. We believe that FFO is helpful to investors as a supplemental performance measure because it excludes the effect of depreciation, amortization and gains or losses from sales of real estate, all of which are based on historical costs, which implicitly assumes that the value of real estate diminishes predictably over time. Since real estate values instead have historically risen or fallen with market conditions, FFO can facilitate comparisons of operating performance between periods and among other equity REITs.

 

     We calculate core funds from operations, or Core FFO, as FFO adjusted for the effects of gain or loss on the sale of non-real estate assets, severance and reduction in workforce costs, terminated site operations costs, expenses related to our review of the strategic alternatives for our company prior to this offering, litigation settlements, stock-based compensation arising from one-time grants of restricted stock units at the time of this offering, non-recurring impairment charges arising from our joint venture in China, or the China JV, and impairment of partially owned entities, loss on debt extinguishment and modification, inventory asset impairment charges, foreign currency exchange gain or loss and multiemployer pension plan withdrawal expense. We believe that Core FFO is helpful to investors as a supplemental performance measure because it excludes the effects of certain items which can create significant earnings volatility, but which do not directly relate to our core business operations. We believe Core FFO can facilitate comparisons of operating performance between periods, while also providing a more meaningful predictor of future earnings potential.

 

     However, because FFO and Core FFO add back real estate depreciation and amortization and do not capture the level of recurring maintenance capital expenditures necessary to maintain the operating performance of our properties, both of which have material economic impacts on our results from operations, we believe the utility of FFO and Core FFO as a measure of our performance may be limited.

 

     We calculate adjusted funds from operations, or Adjusted FFO, as Core FFO adjusted for the effects of amortization of loan costs, debt discounts and above or below market leases, straight-line rent, provision or benefit from deferred income taxes, stock-based compensation expense from grants of stock options and restricted stock units under our equity incentive plans prior to this offering, non-real estate depreciation, depletion or amortization (including in respect of the China JV), and recurring maintenance capital expenditures. We believe that Adjusted FFO is helpful to investors as a meaningful supplemental comparative performance measure of our ability to make incremental capital investments in our business and to assess our ability to fund distribution requirements from our operating activities.

 



 

38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     FFO, Core FFO and Adjusted FFO are used by management, investors and industry analysts as supplemental measures of operating performance of equity REITs. FFO, Core FFO and Adjusted FFO should be evaluated along with U.S. GAAP net income and net income per diluted share (the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measures) in evaluating our operating performance. FFO, Core FFO and Adjusted FFO do not represent net income or cash flows from operating activities in accordance with U.S. GAAP and are not indicative of our results of operations or cash flows from operating activities as disclosed in our consolidated statements of operations included elsewhere in this prospectus. FFO, Core FFO and Adjusted FFO should be considered as supplements, but not alternatives, to our net income or cash flows from operating activities as indicators of our operating performance. Moreover, other REITs may not calculate FFO in accordance with the NAREIT definition or may interpret the NAREIT definition differently than we do. Accordingly, our FFO may not be comparable to FFO as calculated by other REITs. In addition, there is no industry definition of Core FFO or Adjusted FFO and, as a result, other REITs may also calculate Core FFO or Adjusted FFO, or other similarly-captioned metrics, in a manner different than we do. The following table reconciles FFO, Core FFO and Adjusted FFO to net income, which is the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

    Nine months ended
September 30,
    Year ended December 31,  

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

  2017
Pro forma (a)
    2017
Actual
    2016
Actual
    2016
Pro forma (a)
    2016
Actual
    2015
Actual
    2014
Actual
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 2,122     $ (8,608   $ (7,425   $ 23,141     $ 4,932     $ (21,176   $ (42,434

Adjustments:

             

Real estate related depreciation

    64,437       64,437       63,951       85,645       85,645       88,717       88,394  

Net (gain) loss on sale of depreciable real estate

    83       83       (5,710     (11,104     (11,104     597       (55

Impairment charges on certain real estate assets

    8,773       8,773       —         9,820       9,820       5,711       —    

Real estate depreciation on China JV

    881       881       1,072       1,268       1,268       1,216       1,206  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funds from operations

    76,296       65,566       51,888       108,770       90,561       75,065       47,111  

Less distributions on preferred shares of beneficial interest

    —         (21,334     (21,334     —         (28,452     (28,452     (28,452
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funds from operations attributable to common shareholders

  $ 76,296     $ 44,232     $ 30,554     $ 108,770     $ 62,109     $ 46,613     $ 18,659  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments:

             

Net loss (gain) on sale of non-real estate assets

    (431     (431     89       464       464       (175     195  

Severance and reduction in workforce costs

    431       431       621       900       900       886       570  

Terminated site operations costs

    2,175       2,175       192       6       6       1,168       —    

Strategic alternative costs

    4,366       4,366       2,331       4,666       4,666       (1,372     712  

Litigation settlements

    —         —         —         89       89       900       —    

Stock-based compensation expense, IPO grants

    3,089       —         —         4,118       —         —         —    

China JV impairment and impairment of partially owned entities

    6,496       6,496       —         —         —         —         16,724  

Loss on debt extinguishment and modification

    986       986       1,437       1,437       1,437       503       —    

Inventory asset impairment

    2,108       2,108       —         —         —         3,704       —    

Foreign currency exchange loss (gain)

    3,870       3,870       2,466       (464     (464     3,470       5,273  

Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal expense

    9,167       9,167       —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Core FFO applicable to common shareholders

  $ 108,553     $ 73,400     $ 37,690     $ 119,986     $ 69,207     $ 55,697     $ 42,133  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments:

             

Amortization of loan costs and debt discounts

    6,389       6,389       5,229       7,193       7,193       6,672       6,144  

Amortization of below/above market leases

    114       114       159       196       196       520       630  

Straight-line net rent

    98       98       (509     (564     (564     (516     749  

Deferred income taxes (benefit) expense

    (4,379     (4,379     (3,398     (586     (586     (2,292     15,604  

Stock-based compensation expense, excluding IPO grants

    1,760       1,760       1,950       6,436       6,436       3,108       2,827  

Non-real estate depreciation and amortization

    22,759       22,759       24,803       32,926       32,926       37,003       44,285  

Non-real estate depreciation and amortization on China JV

    454       454       658       762       762       1,247       1,588  

Recurring maintenance capital expenditures (b)

    (29,991     (29,991     (23,794     (44,445     (44,445     (41,685     (32,808
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted FFO applicable to common shareholders

  $ 105,757     $ 70,604     $ 42,788     $ 121,904     $ 71,125     $ 59,754     $ 81,152  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a) Reflects pro forma adjustments referenced in footnote (1) above.

 



 

39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  (b) Recurring maintenance capital expenditures include capital expenditures made to extend the life of, and provide future economic benefit from, our existing temperature-controlled warehouse network and its existing supporting personal property and information technology. For additional information regarding these expenditures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Recurring Maintenance Capital Expenditures and Repair and Maintenance Expenses.”

 

(6) Net debt to Core EBITDA represents (i) our gross debt (defined as total debt plus discount and deferred financing costs) less cash and cash equivalents as of September 30, 2017 divided by (ii) Core EBITDA for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017. This ratio is presented as of September 30, 2017. Our management believes that this ratio is useful because it provides investors with information regarding gross debt less cash and cash equivalents, which could be used to repay debt, compared to our performance as measured using Core EBITDA, which is described in footnote (3) above.

 

     The following table reconciles net debt to total debt, which is the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP:

 

     As of September 30, 2017  

(in thousands)

   Pro forma (a)      Actual  

Total debt

   $ 1,617,756      $ 1,900,881  

Discount and deferred financing costs

     19,846        33,818  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross debt

     1,637,602        1,934,699  

Adjustments:

     

Less: cash and cash equivalents

     107,625        82,044  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net debt

   $ 1,529,977      $ 1,852,655  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (a) Reflects the pro forma adjustments referenced in footnote (1) above and “Capitalization.”

 



 

40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common shares involves significant and diverse risks. Before making a decision to invest in our common shares, you should carefully consider the following risks, as well as all of the other information contained in this prospectus. The risks described below are the material risks we believe we face. Any of these risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects, and our ability to service our debt and make distributions to our shareholders, which we refer to collectively as materially and adversely affecting us, having a material adverse effect on us or comparable phrases. As a result, the market price of our common shares could decline significantly, and you may lose a part or all of your investment in our common shares. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us, or that we currently deem immaterial, may also have a material adverse effect on us.

Risks Related to our Business and Operations

Our investments are concentrated in the temperature-controlled warehouse industry, and our business would be materially and adversely affected by an economic downturn in that industry.

Our investments in real estate assets are concentrated in the industrial real estate industry, specifically in temperature-controlled warehouses. This concentration exposes us to the risk of economic downturns in this industry to a greater extent than if our business activities included a more significant portion of other sectors of the real estate market. We are also exposed to fluctuations in the markets for the commodities and finished products that we store in our warehouses. For example, the demand for poultry and poultry products directly impacts the need for temperature-controlled warehouse space to store poultry and poultry products for our customers. Although our customers store a diverse product mix in our temperature-controlled warehouses, declines in demand for their products could cause our customers to reduce their inventory levels at our warehouses, which could reduce the storage and other fees payable to us and materially and adversely affect us.

Our temperature-controlled warehouses are concentrated in certain geographic areas, some of which are particularly susceptible to adverse local conditions.

Although we own or hold leasehold interests in warehouses across the United States and globally, many of these warehouses are concentrated in a few geographic areas. For example, approximately 48.0% of our owned or leased warehouses are located in the states of Georgia, Pennsylvania, California, Wisconsin, Texas and Missouri, with approximately 8.8% in Georgia, 8.8% in Pennsylvania, 8.3% in California, 6.7% in Wisconsin, 9.7% in Texas and 5.7% in Missouri (in each case, on a cubic-foot basis based on information as of September 30, 2017). We could be materially and adversely affected if conditions in any of the markets in which we have a concentration of properties become less favorable. Local conditions may include natural disasters, periods of economic slowdown or recession, localized oversupply in warehousing space or reductions in demand for warehousing space, adverse agricultural events, disruptions in logistics systems, such as transportation and tracking systems for our customers’ inventory, and power outages. In addition, adverse weather patterns may affect local harvests, which could have an adverse effect on our customers and cause them to reduce their inventory levels at our warehouses, which could in turn materially and adversely affect us.

Unfavorable market, economic and demographic conditions could have a material adverse effect on us.

Unfavorable market conditions in the areas in which we operate and unfavorable economic conditions in the United States and globally could have a material adverse effect on us. Specifically, our business operations are sensitive to the systemic impact of inflation, the availability and cost of credit, declines in the real estate market, increases in power costs and geopolitical issues. A severe or prolonged economic downturn, such as the most recent global financial crisis, may adversely impact the general availability of credit to businesses and could lead to a weakening of the U.S. and global economies. While it is difficult to determine the breadth and duration

 

41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

of any unfavorable market or economic conditions and the many ways in which they may affect our customers and our business in general, unfavorable market or economic conditions may result in:

 

    changes in consumer trends and preferences for products we store in our warehouses;

 

    customer defaults on their contracts with us;

 

    reduced demand for our warehouse space;

 

    increased vacancies at our warehouses and inability to retain our customers;

 

    lower rates from, and economic concessions to, our customers;

 

    our inability to raise capital on favorable terms, or at all, when desired;

 

    decreased value of our properties and related impact on our ability to obtain attractive prices on sales or to obtain secured debt financing; and

 

    illiquidity and decreased value of our short-term investments and cash deposits.

Although current global market and economic conditions have improved from the unprecedented decline of global economies experienced during the period from 2008 to 2012, concerns still exist regarding the systemic impact of global and domestic economic events, including geopolitical issues that may contribute to increased market volatility, uncertain expectations for the global economy and interest rate increases, which may reduce the availability of financing. Our business continues to be exposed to certain considerations that could hinder our future growth. The success of our business will be affected by general economic and market conditions, as well as by changes in laws, currency exchange controls, and national and international political, environmental and socio-economic circumstances. A downturn in the U.S. or global economy (or any particular segment thereof) could adversely affect our profitability, impede our ability to repay or refinance our existing obligations, and impair our ability to effectively sell properties on favorable terms in a timely manner or at all. Any of the foregoing events could result in substantial or total losses to our business in respect of certain properties, which will likely be exacerbated by the terms of our indebtedness.

We are exposed to risks associated with expansion and development, which could result in disappointing returns and unforeseen costs and liabilities.

We have engaged, and expect to continue to engage, in expansion and development activities with respect to certain of our properties. This will subject us to certain risks not present for acquisitions of existing properties (the risks of which are described below), including, without limitation, the following:

 

    our pipeline of expansion and development opportunities are at various stages of discussion and consideration and, based on historical experiences, many of them may not be pursued or completed as contemplated or at all;

 

    the availability and timing of financing on favorable terms or at all;

 

    the availability and timely receipt of zoning and regulatory approvals, which could result in increased costs and could require us to abandon our activities entirely with respect to the warehouse for which we are unable to obtain permits or authorizations;

 

    the cost and timely completion within budget of construction due to increased land, materials, labor or other costs (including risks beyond our control, such as weather or labor conditions, or material shortages), which could make completion of the warehouse or the expansion thereof uneconomical, and we may not be able to increase revenues to compensate for the increase in construction costs;

 

42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    we may be unable to complete construction of a warehouse or the expansion thereof on schedule, resulting in increased debt service expense and construction costs;

 

    the potential that we may expend funds on and devote management time and attention to projects which we do not complete;

 

    a completed expansion project or a newly-developed warehouse may fail to achieve, or take longer than anticipated to achieve, expected occupancy rates, and may fail to perform as expected;

 

    we may not be able to successfully integrate expanded or newly-developed properties; and

 

    we may not be able to achieve targeted returns and budgeted stabilized returns on invested capital on our expansion and development opportunities due to the risks described above, and an expansion or development may not be profitable and could lose money.

These risks could create substantial unanticipated delays and expenses and, in certain circumstances, prevent the initiation or completion of expansion or development as contemplated or at all, any of which could materially and adversely affect us.

We may be unable to identify and complete acquisitions of suitable properties, which may impede our growth, and our future acquisitions may not yield the returns we expect.

Our ability to expand through acquisitions requires us to identify and complete acquisitions that are compatible with our growth strategy and to successfully integrate and operate these newly-acquired properties. We continually evaluate acquisition opportunities, but cannot guarantee that suitable opportunities currently exist or will exist in the future. Our ability to identify and acquire suitable properties on favorable terms and to successfully integrate and operate them may be constrained by the following risks:

 

    we face competition from other real estate investors with significant capital, including REITs and institutional investment funds, which may be able to accept more risk than we can prudently manage, including risks associated with paying higher acquisition prices;

 

    we face competition from other potential acquirers that may significantly increase the purchase price for a property we acquire, which could reduce our growth prospects;

 

    we may incur significant costs and divert management’s attention in connection with evaluating and negotiating potential acquisitions, including ones that we are subsequently unable to complete;

 

    we may acquire properties that are not accretive to our operating and financial results upon acquisition, and we may be unsuccessful in integrating and operating such properties in accordance with our expectations;

 

    our cash flow from an acquired property may be insufficient to meet our required principal and interest payments with respect to any debt used to finance the acquisition of such property;

 

    we may discover unexpected items, such as unknown liabilities, during our due diligence investigation of a potential acquisition or other customary closing conditions may not be satisfied, causing us to abandon an acquisition opportunity after incurring expenses related thereto;

 

    we may face opposition from governmental authorities or third parties alleging that potential acquisition transactions are anti-competitive, and as a result, we may have to spend a significant amount of time and expense to respond to related inquiries;

 

43


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    we may fail to obtain financing for an acquisition on favorable terms or at all;

 

    we may be unable to make, or may spend more than budgeted amounts to make, necessary improvements or renovations to acquired properties;

 

    we may spend more than budgeted amounts to meet customer specifications on a newly-acquired warehouse;

 

    market conditions may result in higher than expected vacancy rates and lower than expected storage charges, rent or fees; or

 

    we may, without any recourse, or with only limited recourse, acquire properties subject to liabilities, such as liabilities for clean-up of undisclosed environmental contamination, claims by customers, vendors or other persons dealing with the former owners of the properties, liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and claims for indemnification by general partners, directors, officers and others indemnified by the former owners of the properties.

Our inability to identify and complete suitable property acquisitions on favorable terms or at all, or to integrate and operate newly-acquired properties to meet our financial, operational and strategic expectations, could have a material adverse effect on us.

We may be unable to successfully expand our operations into new markets.

If the opportunity arises, we may acquire or develop properties in new markets. In particular, we have determined to strategically grow our warehouse portfolio in attractive international markets. In addition to the risks described above under “—We may be unable to identify and complete acquisitions of suitable properties, which may impede our growth, and our future acquisitions may not yield the returns we expect” and “—We are exposed to risks associated with expansion and development, which could result in disappointing returns and unforeseen costs and liabilities,” the acquisition or development of properties in new markets will subject us to the risks associated with a lack of understanding of the related economy and unfamiliarity with government and permitting procedures. We will also not possess the same level of familiarity with the dynamics and market conditions of any new market that we may enter, which could adversely affect our ability to successfully expand and operate in such market. We may be unable to build a significant market share or achieve a desired return on our investments in new markets. If we are unsuccessful in expanding and operating in new, high-growth markets, it could have a material adverse effect on us.

We depend on certain customers for a substantial amount of our warehouse segment revenues.

During the year ended December 31, 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017, our 15 largest customers in our warehouse segment contributed approximately 48% and 50%, respectively, of our warehouse segment revenues. As of September 30, 2017, we had one customer that accounted for at least 8.7% of our warehouse segment revenues and 11 customers that each accounted for at least 2% of our warehouse segment revenues. In addition, as of September 30, 2017, 39 of our warehouses were predominantly single-customer warehouses. If any of our most significant customers were to discontinue or otherwise reduce their use of our warehouses or other services, which they are generally free to do at any time unless they are party to a contract that includes a fixed storage commitment, we would be materially and adversely affected. While we have contracts with stated terms with certain of our customers, most of our contracts do not obligate our customers to use our warehouses or provide for fixed storage commitments. Moreover, a decrease in demand for certain commodities or products produced by our significant customers and stored in our temperature-controlled warehouses would lower our occupancy rates and use of our services, without lowering our fixed costs, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

44


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition, while some of our warehouses are located in primary markets, others are located in secondary and tertiary markets that are specifically suited to the particular needs of the customer utilizing these warehouses. For example, our production advantaged warehouses typically serve one or a small number of customers. These warehouses are also generally located adjacent to or otherwise in close proximity to customer processing or production facilities and were often build-to-suit at the time of their construction. If customers who utilize this type of warehouse, which may be located in remote areas, relocate their processing or production plants, default or otherwise cease to use our warehouses, then we may be unable to find replacement customers for these warehouses on favorable terms or at all or, if we find replacement customers, we may have to incur significant costs to reposition these warehouses for the replacement customers’ needs, any of which could have a material adverse effect on us.

Our customers could experience bankruptcy, insolvency or financial deterioration.

Our customers could experience a downturn in their businesses, which may weaken their financial condition and liquidity and result in their failure to make timely payments to us or otherwise default under their contracts or a decrease in their inventory levels with us and use of our services, without lowering our fixed costs, which could materially and adversely affect us.

If our customers are unable to comply with the terms of their contracts with us, we may be forced to modify these contracts on terms that are not favorable to us. Alternatively, customers may seek to cancel their contracts. Termination provisions in our contracts vary, but generally permit either party to terminate the contract upon a material breach by the counterparty and otherwise are specifically determined for each customer based on several factors. These include the volume of business involved, the readiness and quality of available capacity elsewhere and the customer’s internal constraints affecting its ability to move product. Cancellation of, or the failure of a customer to perform under, a contract could require us to seek replacement customers. There can be no assurance that we would be able to find suitable replacements on favorable terms in a timely manner or at all or reposition the warehouses without incurring significant costs.

A bankruptcy filing by or relating to any of our customers could prevent or delay us from collecting pre-bankruptcy obligations. In addition, to the extent that our customers have continuing obligations under any warehouse contract, the bankruptcy court might authorize the customer to reject and terminate its warehouse contract with us, or the bankruptcy trustee might pursue preferential payments made to us prior to a bankruptcy. In such instances, our claim for unpaid charges would likely not be paid in full, even if we have secured warehouseman’s liens on our customer’s assets. Additionally, any such lien may attach to products that are perishable or otherwise not readily saleable by us. Although we have in the past been deemed to have “critical vendor” status in certain bankruptcy filings, which resulted in our customer being able to pay us pre-bankruptcy obligations, there is no guarantee that we will be granted any such status in the future.

The bankruptcy, insolvency or financial deterioration of our customers, particularly our significant customers, could materially and adversely affect us.

The short-term nature and lack of fixed storage commitments of many of our customer contracts exposes us to certain risks that could have a material adverse effect on us.

For the twelve months ended September 30, 2017, 40.7% of our warehouse segment revenues were generated from contracts with a fixed storage commitment or leases with customers. Annualized committed rent and storage revenues attributable to our fixed storage commitment contracts and leases as of September 30, 2017 equaled 38.4% of our total warehouse segment rent and storage revenues for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017.

Our customer contracts that do not contain fixed storage commitments typically do not require our customers to utilize a minimum number of pallet positions or provide for guaranteed fixed payment obligations

 

45


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

from any customers to us. As a result, most of our customers may discontinue or otherwise reduce their use of our warehouses or other services in their discretion at any time, without lowering our fixed costs, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

The storage and other fees we generate from customers with month-to-month warehouse rate agreements may be adversely affected by declines in market storage and other fee rates more quickly than with respect to our contracts that contain stated terms. There also can be no assurance that we will be able to retain any customers upon the expiration of their contracts (whether month-to-month warehouse rate agreements or contracts) or leases. If we cannot retain our customers, or if our customers that are not party to contracts with fixed storage commitments elect not to store goods in our warehouses, we may be unable to find replacement customers on favorable terms or at all or on a timely basis and we may incur significant expenses in obtaining replacement customers and repositioning warehouses to meet their needs. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect us.

We have no experience operating as a publicly traded REIT.

We have no experience operating as a publicly traded REIT. As a publicly traded REIT, we will be required to develop and implement substantial control systems, policies and procedures in order to maintain our REIT qualification and satisfy our periodic SEC reporting, SEC compliance and NYSE listing requirements. We cannot assure you that our management’s past experience will be sufficient to successfully develop and implement these systems, policies and procedures and to operate our company as a publicly traded REIT. Any difficulty we have in operating as a publicly traded REIT in compliance with these requirements could subject us to significant fines, sanctions and other liabilities and jeopardize our status as a REIT or as a public company listed on the NYSE, which could materially and adversely affect us.

Our systems may not be adequate to support our growth.

We can provide no assurance that we will be able to adapt our portfolio management, administrative, accounting, information technology and operational systems to support any growth we may experience. Our failure to oversee our current portfolio of properties or any future acquisitions, expansions, developments or capital improvements could materially and adversely affect us.

Competition in our markets may increase over time if our competitors open new warehouses.

We compete with other owners and operators of temperature-controlled warehouses (including our customers or potential customers who may choose to provide temperature-controlled warehousing in-house), some of which own properties similar to ours in similar geographic locations. In recent years, our competitors, including Lineage Logistics, LLC, Swire Cold Storage (including United States Cold Storage, Inc., a subsidiary of Swire Cold Storage), Preferred Freezer Services, LLC, Henningsen Cold Storage Co., Polarcold Stores and AGRO Merchants Group, have added, through construction and development, temperature-controlled warehouses in certain of our markets. In addition, our customers or potential customers may choose to develop new temperature-controlled warehouses, expand their existing temperature-controlled warehouses or upgrade their equipment. Many of our warehouses are older and as our warehouses and equipment age and newer warehouses and equipment come onto the market, we may lose existing or potential customers, and we may be pressured to reduce our rent and storage and other fees below those we currently charge in order to retain customers. If we lose one or more customers, we cannot assure you that we would be able to replace those customers on attractive terms or at all. We also may be forced to invest in new construction or reposition existing warehouses at significant costs in order to remain competitive. Increased capital expenditures or the loss of warehouse segment revenues resulting from lower occupancy or storage rates could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

46


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Your investment in us will be subject to additional risks with respect to our current and potential international operations and properties.

As of September 30, 2017, we owned or had a leasehold interest in 14 temperature-controlled warehouses outside the United States, and we managed four warehouses outside the United States on behalf of third parties. We also intend to strategically grow our portfolio globally through acquisitions of temperature-controlled warehouses in attractive international markets to service demonstrable customer demand where we believe the anticipated risk-adjusted returns are consistent with our investment objectives. Specifically, we are targeting attractive growth opportunities for temperature-controlled warehouses in international markets in Asia and Europe. However, there is no assurance that our existing customer relationships will support our international operations in any meaningful way or at all. Our international operations and properties could be affected by factors peculiar to the laws and business practices of the jurisdictions in which our warehouses are located. These laws and business practices expose us to risks that are different than or in addition to those commonly found in the United States. Risks relating to our international operations and properties include:

 

    changing governmental rules and policies, including changes in land use and zoning laws;

 

    enactment of laws relating to the international ownership of real property or mortgages and laws restricting the ability to remove profits earned from activities within a particular country to a person’s or company’s country of origin;

 

    variations in currency exchange rates;

 

    adverse market conditions caused by terrorism, civil unrest and changes in international, national or local governmental or economic conditions;

 

    the willingness of U.S. or international lenders to make mortgage loans in certain countries and changes in the availability, cost and terms of secured and unsecured debt resulting from varying governmental economic policies;

 

    the imposition of unique tax structures and changes in real estate and other tax rates and other operating expenses in particular countries;

 

    general political and economic instability;

 

    potential liability under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, which generally prohibits U.S. companies and their intermediaries from bribing or making other prohibited payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or other benefits;

 

    our limited experience and expertise in foreign countries relative to our experience and expertise in the United States;

 

    restrictions on our ability to repatriate earnings generated from our international operations and adverse tax consequences in the applicable jurisdictions, such as double taxation; and

 

    potential liability under, and costs of complying with, more stringent environmental laws or changes in the requirements or interpretation of existing laws, or environmental consequences of less stringent environmental management practices in foreign countries relative to the United States.

If any of the foregoing risks were to materialize, they could materially and adversely affect us.

 

47


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our warehouse business outside the United States exposes us to losses resulting from currency fluctuations.

Our warehouse business outside the United States exposes us to losses resulting from currency fluctuations, as the revenues associated with our international operations and properties are generated in the local currency of each of the countries in which the properties are located. Fluctuations in exchange rates between these currencies and the U.S. dollar will therefore give rise to non-U.S. currency exposure, which could materially and adversely affect us. We may attempt to mitigate any such effects by entering into currency exchange rate hedging arrangements where it is practical to do so and where such hedging arrangements are available. These hedging arrangements may bear substantial costs, however, and may not eliminate all related risks. We cannot assure you that our efforts will successfully mitigate our currency risks. Moreover, if we do engage in currency exchange rate hedging activities, any income recognized with respect to these hedges (as well as any foreign currency gain recognized with respect to changes in exchange rates) may not qualify under the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income test that we must satisfy annually in order to qualify as a REIT under the Code. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Income from Hedging Transactions.” For more information regarding our currency exposure, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures of Market Risks—Foreign Currency Risk.”

The Argentine foreign exchange market is subject to controls, which may adversely affect our ability to repatriate the revenues we derive from our Argentine operations.

Since December 2001, different Argentine government administrations have established and implemented various restrictions on foreign currency transfers, including certain restrictions on the ability to repatriate earnings from Argentina. Although in December 2015, the Macri administration eliminated or otherwise reduced many of such restrictions, we cannot assure you that such measures will not be implemented in the future again.

The impact that these current measures will have on the Argentine economy and on us is still uncertain. We cannot assure you that the current regulations will not be amended, or that no new regulations will be enacted in the future imposing other limitations on funds flowing into and out of the Argentine foreign exchange market. Any such new measures, as well as any additional regulations and/or restrictions, could materially and adversely affect our ability to repatriate the revenues we derive from our Argentine operations or transfer funds abroad.

In the future, we cannot rule out a less favorable international economic environment, lack of stability and competitiveness of the Argentine currency against other foreign currencies, a lower level of confidence among consumers and foreign and domestic investors, a higher inflation rate or future political uncertainties, among other factors. In case any such circumstances occur, it could materially and adversely affect the results of our operations in Argentina.

We depend on key personnel and specialty personnel, and a deterioration of employee relations could harm our business and operating and financial results.

Our success following this offering depends to a significant degree upon the continued contributions of certain key personnel, including Fred Boehler and Marc Smernoff, each of whom would be difficult to replace. If any of our key personnel were to cease employment with us, our operating and financial results could suffer. Further, such a loss could be negatively perceived in the capital markets. We have not obtained and do not expect to obtain key man life insurance on any of our key personnel. Our ability to retain our management group or to attract suitable replacements should any members of our management team leave is dependent on the competitive nature of the employment market. The loss of services from key members of our management team or a limitation of their availability could materially and adversely affect us.

We also believe that our future success, particularly in international markets, will depend in large part upon our ability to hire and retain highly skilled managerial, investment, financing, operational and marketing

 

48


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

personnel. The customer service, marketing skills and knowledge of local market demand and competitive dynamics of our employees are contributing factors to our ability to maximize our income and to achieve the highest sustainable storage levels at each of our warehouses. We may be unsuccessful in attracting and retaining such skilled personnel. In addition, our temperature-controlled warehouse business depends on the continued availability of skilled personnel with engineering expertise and experience. Competition for such personnel is intense, and we may be unable to hire and retain such personnel.

Wage increases driven by U.S. federal, state and local legislation and competitive pressures on employee wages and benefits could negatively affect our operating margins and our ability to attract qualified personnel.

Our hourly U.S. employees are typically paid wage rates above the applicable U.S. federal, state or local minimum wage. However, increases in the minimum wage will increase our labor costs if we are to continue paying our hourly employees above the applicable U.S. federal, state or local minimum wage. If we are unable to continue paying our hourly employees above the applicable U.S. federal, state or local minimum wage, we may be unable to hire and retain qualified personnel. The U.S. federal minimum wage has been $7.25 per hour since July 24, 2009. From time to time, various U.S. federal, state and local legislators have proposed or enacted significant changes to the minimum wage requirements. For example, certain local or regional governments in places such as Chicago, Los Angeles, Seattle, San Francisco, Portland and New York have approved phased-in increases that eventually will take their minimum wage to as high as $15.00 per hour. If similar increases were to occur in additional markets in which we operate, our operating margins would be negatively affected unless we are able to increase our rent, storage fees and handling fees in order to pass increased labor costs on to our customers.

Competitive pressures may also require that we enhance our pay and benefits package to compete effectively for such personnel (including costs associated with health insurance coverage or workers’ compensation insurance). If we fail to attract and retain qualified and skilled personnel, we could be materially and adversely affected.

We may be subject to work stoppages, which could increase our operating costs and disrupt our operations.

Certain portions of our operations are subject to collective bargaining agreements. As of September 30, 2017, worldwide, we employed approximately 11,000 people, approximately 53% of which was represented by various local labor unions, and 79 of our 160 warehouses have unionized associates that are governed by 73 different collective bargaining agreements. Unlike owners of industrial warehouses, we hire our own workforce to handle and store items for our customers. Strikes, slowdowns, lockouts or other industrial disputes could cause us to experience a significant disruption in our operations, as well as increase our operating costs, which could materially and adversely affect us. If a greater percentage of our work force becomes unionized, we could be materially and adversely affected. Since January 1, 2016, we have successfully negotiated 41 collective bargaining agreements (which expired in 2016 and 2017 or were first contracts) without any work stoppages. We are currently negotiating two collective bargaining agreements, both of which have expired and which we continue to operate by mutual consent while negotiations are finalized. If we fail to re-negotiate our expired or expiring collective bargaining agreements on favorable terms in a timely manner or at all, we could be materially and adversely affected.

Power costs may increase or be subject to volatility, which could result in increased costs that we may be unable to recover.

Power is a major operating cost for temperature-controlled warehouses, and the price of power varies substantially between the markets in which we operate, depending on the power source and supply and demand factors. Power costs in our warehouse segment accounted for 9.4% and 9.3%, respectively, of the segment’s operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017. We have implemented programs across our warehouses to reduce overall consumption and to reduce consumption at

 

49


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

peak demand periods, when power prices are typically highest. However, there can be no assurance that these programs will be effective in reducing our power consumption.

We have entered into, or may in the future enter into, fixed price power purchase agreements in certain deregulated markets whereby we contract for the right to purchase an amount of electric capacity at a fixed rate per kilowatt. These contracts do not obligate us to purchase any minimum amounts but would require negotiation if our capacity requirements were to materially differ from historical usage or exceed the thresholds agreed upon. For example, exceeding these thresholds could have an adverse impact on our incremental power purchase costs if we were to be unable to obtain favorable rates on the incremental purchases.

If the cost of electric power to operate our warehouses increases dramatically or fluctuates widely and we are unable to pass such costs through to customers, we could be materially and adversely affected.

We could experience power outages or breakdowns of our refrigeration equipment.

Our warehouses are subject to electrical power outages and breakdowns of our refrigeration equipment. We attempt to limit exposure to such occasions by using backup generators and power supplies generally at a significantly higher operating cost than we would pay for an equivalent amount of power from a local utility and by conducting regular maintenance and upgrades to our refrigeration equipment. However, we may not be able to limit our exposure entirely even with these protections in place. Power outages that last beyond our backup and alternative power arrangements and refrigeration equipment breakdowns would harm our customers and our business. During power outages and refrigeration equipment breakdowns, changes in humidity and temperature could spoil or otherwise contaminate the frozen and perishable food and other products stored by our customers. We could incur financial obligations to, or be subject to lawsuits by, our customers in connection with these occurrences, which may not be covered by insurance. Any loss of services or product damage could reduce the confidence of our customers in our services and could consequently impair our ability to attract and retain customers. Additionally, in the event of the complete failure of our refrigeration equipment, we would incur significant costs in repairing or replacing our refrigeration equipment, which may not be covered by insurance. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on us.

We may incur liabilities or harm our reputation as a result of quality-control issues associated with our warehouse storage and other services.

We store frozen and perishable food and other products. Product contamination, spoilage, other adulteration, product tampering or other quality control issues could occur at any of our temperature-controlled warehouses or during the transportation of these products, which could cause our customers to lose all or a portion of their inventory. We could be liable for the costs incurred by our customers as a result of the lost inventory, and we also may be subject to liability, which could be material, if any of the frozen and perishable food products we stored or transported caused injury, illness or death. The occurrence of any of the foregoing may negatively impact our brand and reputation and otherwise have a material adverse effect on us.

Our temperature-controlled warehouse infrastructure may become obsolete or unmarketable and we may not be able to upgrade our equipment cost-effectively or at all.

The infrastructure at our temperature-controlled warehouses may become obsolete or unmarketable due to the development of, or demand for, more advanced equipment or enhanced technologies. In addition, our information technology platform pursuant to which we provide inventory management and other services to our customers may become outdated. When customers demand new equipment or technologies, the cost could be significant and we may not be able to upgrade our warehouses on a cost-effective basis in a timely manner, or at all, due to, among other things, increased expenses to us that cannot be passed on to customers or insufficient resources to fund the necessary capital expenditures. The obsolescence of our infrastructure or our inability to upgrade our warehouses would likely reduce warehouse segment revenues, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

50


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We hold leasehold interests in 26 of our warehouses, and we may be forced to vacate our warehouses if we default on our obligations thereunder and we will be forced to vacate our warehouses if we are unable to renew such leases upon their expiration.

As of September 30, 2017, we held leasehold interests in 26 of our warehouses. These leases expire (taking into account our extension options) from June 2018 to August 2050, and had a weighted-average remaining term of 21 years. If we default on any of these leases, we may be liable for damages and could lose our leasehold interest in the applicable property, including all improvements. We would incur significant costs if we were forced to vacate any of these leased warehouses due to, among other matters, the high costs of relocating the equipment in our warehouses. If we were forced to vacate any of these leased warehouses, we could lose customers that chose our storage or other services based on our location, which could have a material adverse effect on us. Our landlords could attempt to evict us for reasons beyond our control. Further, we may be unable to maintain good working relationships with our landlords, which could adversely affect our relationship with our customers and could result in the loss of customers. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will be able to renew these leases prior to their expiration dates on favorable terms or at all. If we are unable to renew our lease agreements, we will lose our right to operate these warehouses and be unable to derive revenues from these warehouses and, in the case of ground leases, we forfeit all improvements on the land. We could also lose the customers using these warehouses who are unwilling to relocate to another one of our warehouses, which could have a material adverse effect on us. Furthermore, unless we purchase the underlying fee interests in these properties, as to which no assurance can be given, we will not share in any increase in value of the land or improvements beyond the term of such lease, notwithstanding any capital we have invested in the applicable warehouse, especially warehouses subject to ground leases. Even if we are able to renew these leases, the terms and other costs of renewal may be less favorable than our existing lease arrangements. Failure to sufficiently increase revenues from customers at these warehouses to offset these projected higher costs could have a material adverse effect on us.

We and our customers face risks relating to cybersecurity attacks that could cause loss of confidential information and other business disruptions.

We rely extensively on computer systems to manage our business and the services we provide to our customers. As a result, our business is at risk from, and may be impacted by, cybersecurity attacks. These could include attempts to gain unauthorized access to our data and computer systems. Attacks can be both individual and highly organized attempts planned by very sophisticated hacking organizations. We employ a number of measures to prevent, detect and mitigate these threats, which include password protection, frequent password change events, firewall detection systems, frequent backups, a redundant data system for core applications and annual penetration testing; however, there is no guarantee such efforts will be successful in preventing a cybersecurity attack. A cybersecurity attack could compromise the confidential information of our employees, customers and vendors. A successful attack could disrupt and affect our business operations, damage our reputation and result in significant remediation and litigation costs. Similarly, our customers rely extensively on computer systems to process transactions and manage their business and thus their businesses are also at risk from, and may be impacted by, cybersecurity attacks. An interruption in the business operations of our customers or in their reputation resulting from a cybersecurity attack could indirectly impact our business operations.

Our properties are designed specifically for use as temperature-controlled warehouses, which could make it difficult for us to reposition or sell these properties.

Our properties are highly specialized temperature-controlled warehouses, many of which are located in secondary or tertiary markets. Such warehouses are often custom-designed to meet specific customer needs. As a result, our warehouses are not well-suited for uses other than temperature-controlled storage. Major renovations and expenditures would be required to convert our temperature-controlled warehouses for most other uses. In the event we experience a significant decline in demand for temperature-controlled storage at any of our warehouses, it could be difficult to reposition or sell these properties on favorable terms, or at all, and the value of our

 

51


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

temperature-controlled warehouses may be impaired due to the costs of reconfiguring our temperature-controlled warehouses for alternative purposes and the removal or modification of the specialized systems and equipment, any of which could have a material adverse effect on us.

We depend on third-party trucking service providers to provide transportation services to our customers, and any delays or disruptions in providing these transportation services, or damages caused to products during transportation, could have a material adverse effect on us.

We offer transportation services to our customers primarily on a brokerage basis and do not own meaningful transportation assets, such as trucks or containers. We depend on third-party trucking service providers to provide refrigerated transportation services to our customers. We do not have exclusive or long-term contractual relationships with any of these third-party trucking service providers, and we can provide no assurance that our customers will have uninterrupted or unlimited access to their transportation assets or services. Any delays or disruptions in providing these transportation services to our customers could reduce the confidence our customers have in our ability to provide transportation services and could impair our ability to retain existing customers or attract new customers. Moreover, in connection with any such delays or disruptions, or if customers’ products are damaged or destroyed during transport, we could incur financial obligations or be subject to lawsuits by our customers. Any of these risks could have a material adverse effect on us.

We will incur significantly increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time and attention to compliance efforts.

We will incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses as a result of becoming a public company upon the completion of this offering. As a public company with listed equity securities, we will need to comply with new laws, regulations and requirements, including the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, certain corporate governance provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, related regulations of the SEC and requirements of the NYSE, with which we were not required to comply as a private company. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business, operations and financial statements. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial reporting.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will require our management and independent registered public accounting firm to report annually on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Substantial work on our part will be required to implement appropriate processes, document the system of internal control over key processes, assess their design, remediate any deficiencies identified and test their operation. This process is expected to be both costly and challenging.

These reporting and other obligations will place significant demands on our management and our administrative, operational and accounting resources and will cause us to incur significant expenses. We may need to upgrade our systems or create new systems, implement additional financial and other controls, reporting systems and procedures. If we are unable to accomplish these objectives in a timely and effective fashion, our ability to comply with the financial reporting requirements and other rules that apply to public companies could be impaired.

If we fail to implement and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately determine or disclose our financial results. As a result, our shareholders could lose confidence in our financial results.

Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports. We may in the future discover areas of our internal control over financial reporting that need improvement. We cannot be certain that we will be successful in implementing or maintaining an effective

 

52


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

system of internal control over financial reporting, or that material weaknesses or significant deficiencies will not be identified in the future. Furthermore, the existence of a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting would require our management to devote significant time and attention and incur significant expense to remediate any such material weakness or significant deficiency, and management may not be able to remediate any such material weakness or significant deficiency in a timely manner. The existence of any material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting could also result in errors in our financial statements that could require us to restate our financial statements, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and cause shareholders to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could materially and adversely affect us and lead to a significant decline in the market price of our common shares.

We participate in multiemployer pension plans administered by labor unions. To the extent we withdraw from participation in any of these plans, we could face withdrawal liability from our participation therein.

As of September 30, 2017, we participated in seven multiemployer pension plans administered by labor unions representing some of our U.S. employees. Approximately half of our employees were participants in such multiemployer pension plans as of December 31, 2016. We make periodic contributions to these plans pursuant to the terms of our collective bargaining agreements to allow the plans to meet their pension benefit obligations.

In the event that we withdraw from participation in any of the multiemployer pension plans in which we participate, the documents governing the applicable plan and applicable law could require us to make an additional contribution to the applicable plan in the amount of the unfunded vested benefits allocable to our participation in the plan, and we would have to reflect that as an expense on our consolidated statement of income and as a liability on our consolidated balance sheet. Our withdrawal liability for any multiemployer pension plan would depend on the extent of the plan’s funding of vested benefits as of the year in which the withdrawal occurs, and may vary depending on the funded status of the applicable multiemployer pension plan, whether there is a mass withdrawal of all participating employers and whether any other participating employer in the applicable plan withdraws from the plan due to insolvency and is not able to contribute an amount sufficient to fund the unfunded liabilities associated with its participants in the plan. Based on the latest information available from plan administrators, we estimate our share of the aggregate withdrawal liability for the multiemployer pension plans in which we participate could have been as much as $319.3 million as of December 31, 2016, of which we estimate that certain of our customers are contractually obligated to make indemnification payments to us for approximately $289 million. However, there is no guarantee that, to the extent we incurred any such withdrawal liability, we would be successful in obtaining any indemnification payments therefor.

In the ordinary course of our renegotiation of collective bargaining agreements with labor unions that maintain these plans, we could agree to discontinue participation in one or more plans, and in that event we could face a withdrawal liability. Additionally, we could be treated as withdrawing from a plan if the number of our employees participating in the plan is reduced to a certain degree over certain periods of time.

Some multiemployer pension plans, including ones in which we participate, are reported to have significant underfunded liabilities. Such underfunding could increase the size of our potential withdrawal liability. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Withdrawal Liability from Multiemployer Plans.” Additionally, changes to multiemployer pension plan laws and regulations could increase our potential cost of withdrawing from one or more multiemployer pension plans.

General Risks Related to the Real Estate Industry

Our performance and value are subject to economic conditions affecting the real estate market, temperature-controlled warehouses in particular, as well as the broader economy.

Our performance and value depend on the amount of revenues earned, as well as the expenses incurred, in connection with operating our warehouses. If our temperature-controlled warehouses do not generate revenues

 

53


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and operating cash flows sufficient to meet our operating expenses, including debt service and capital expenditures, we could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, there are significant expenditures associated with our real estate (such as mortgage payments, real estate taxes and maintenance costs) that generally do not decline when circumstances reduce the revenues from our warehouses. Accordingly, our expenditures may stay constant, or increase, even if our revenues decline. The real estate market is affected by many factors that are beyond our control, and revenues from, and the value of, our properties may be materially and adversely affected by:

 

    changes in the national, international or local economic climate;

 

    availability, cost and terms of financing;

 

    the attractiveness of our properties to potential customers;

 

    inability to collect storage charges, rent and other fees from customers;

 

    the ongoing need for, and significant expense of, capital improvements and addressing obsolescence in a timely manner, particularly in older structures;

 

    changes in supply of, or demand for, similar or competing properties in an area;

 

    customer retention and turnover;

 

    excess supply in the market area;

 

    financial difficulties, defaults or bankruptcies by our customers;

 

    changes in operating costs and expenses and our ability to control rates;

 

    changes in or increased costs of compliance with governmental rules, regulations and fiscal policies, including changes in tax, real estate, environmental and zoning laws, and our potential liability thereunder;

 

    our ability to provide adequate maintenance and insurance;

 

    changes in the cost or availability of insurance, including coverage for mold or asbestos;

 

    unanticipated changes in costs associated with known adverse environmental conditions, newly discovered environmental conditions and retained liabilities for such conditions;

 

    changes in interest rates or other changes in monetary policy;

 

    disruptions in the global supply-chain caused by political, regulatory or other factors such as terrorism and political instability; and

 

    civil unrest, acts of war, terrorist attacks and natural disasters, including earthquakes and floods, which may result in uninsured and underinsured losses.

In addition, periods of economic slowdown or recession, rising interest rates or declining demand for real estate, or the public perception that any of these events may occur, would result in a general decrease in rates or an increased occurrence of defaults under existing contracts, which could materially and adversely affect us. For these and other reasons, we cannot assure you that we will be able to achieve our business objectives.

 

54


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Illiquidity of real estate investments, particularly our specialized temperature-controlled warehouses, could significantly impede our ability to respond to adverse changes in the performance of our business and properties.

Real estate investments are relatively illiquid, and given the specialized nature of our business, our temperature-controlled warehouses may be more illiquid than other real estate investments. This illiquidity is driven by a number of factors, including the specialized and often customer specific design of our warehouses, the relatively small number of potential purchasers of temperature-controlled warehouses and the location of many of our warehouses in secondary or tertiary markets. As a result, we may be unable to complete an exit strategy or quickly sell properties in our portfolio in response to adverse changes in the performance of our properties or in our business generally. We cannot predict whether we will be able to sell any property for the price or on the terms set by us or whether any price or other terms offered by a prospective buyer would be acceptable to us. We also cannot predict the length of time it would take to complete the sale of any such property. Such sales might also require us to expend funds to mitigate or correct defects to the property or make changes or improvements to the property prior to its sale. The ability to sell assets in our portfolio is also restricted by certain covenants in our mortgage loan agreements and other credit agreements. Code requirements relating to our status as a REIT may also limit our ability to vary our portfolio promptly in response to changes in economic or other conditions. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Asset Tests.” These and other factors would impede our ability to respond to adverse changes in the performance of our business and properties and could materially and adversely affect us.

We could experience uninsured or underinsured losses relating to our warehouses and other assets, including our real property.

We carry insurance coverage on all of our properties in an amount that we believe adequately covers any potential casualty losses. However, there are certain losses, including losses from floods, earthquakes, acts of war or riots, that we are not generally insured against or that we are not generally fully insured against because it is not deemed economically feasible or prudent to do so. In addition, changes in the cost or availability of insurance could expose us to uninsured casualty losses. In the event that any of our properties incurs a casualty loss that is not covered by insurance (in part or at all), the value of our assets will be reduced by the amount of any such uninsured loss, and we could experience a significant loss of capital invested and potential revenues in these properties. Any such losses could materially and adversely affect us. In addition, we may have no source of funding to repair or reconstruct the damaged property, and we cannot assure you that any such sources of funding will be available to us for such purposes in the future on favorable terms or at all.

In the event of a fire, flood or other occurrence involving the loss of or damage to stored products held by us but belonging to others, we may be liable for such loss or damage. Although we have an insurance program in effect, there can be no assurance that such potential liability will not exceed the applicable coverage limits under our insurance policies. A number of our properties are located in areas that are known to be subject to earthquake activity, such as California, Washington, Oregon and New Zealand, or in flood zones, such as Appleton, Wisconsin and Roanoke, Virginia, in each case exposing them to increased risk of casualty.

If we or one or more of our customers experiences a loss for which we are liable and that loss is uninsured or exceeds policy limits, we could lose the capital invested in the damaged properties as well as the anticipated future cash flows from those properties. In addition, if the damaged properties are subject to recourse indebtedness, we would continue to be liable for the indebtedness, even if these properties were irreparably damaged.

We are self-insured for workers’ compensation and health insurance under a large deductible program, meaning that we have accrued liabilities in amounts that we consider appropriate to cover losses in these areas. In addition, we maintain excess loss coverage to insure against losses in excess of the reserves that we have established for these claims in amounts that we consider appropriate. However, in the event that our loss experience exceeds our reserves and the limits of our excess loss policies, we could be materially and adversely affected.

 

55


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We may not be reimbursed for increases in operating expenses and other real estate costs.

We may be limited in our ability to obtain reimbursement from customers under existing warehouse contracts for any increases in operating expenses such as electricity charges, maintenance costs, taxes, including real estate and income taxes, or other real estate-related costs. Unless we are able to offset any unexpected costs with sufficient revenues through new warehouse contracts or customers, increases in these costs would lower our operating margins and could materially and adversely affect us.

We could incur significant costs related to environmental conditions and liabilities.

Our operations are subject to a wide range of environmental laws and regulations in each of the locations in which we operate, and compliance with these requirements involves significant capital and operating costs. Failure to comply with these environmental requirements can result in civil or criminal fines or sanctions, claims for environmental damages, remediation obligations, the revocation of environmental permits or restrictions on our operations. Future changes in environmental laws, or in the interpretation of those laws, including potential future climate change regulations, such as those affecting electric power providers or regulations related to the control of greenhouse gas emissions, or stricter requirements affecting our operations could result in increased capital and operating costs, which could materially and adversely affect us.

Under various U.S. federal, state and local environmental laws, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, commonly known as CERCLA, or the Superfund law, a current or previous owner or operator of real property may be liable for the entire cost of investigating, removing or remediating hazardous or toxic substances on such property. Such laws often impose liability whether or not the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the contamination. Even if more than one person may have been responsible for the contamination, each person covered by the environmental laws may be held responsible for the entire cleanup cost. We may also be subject to environmental liabilities under the regulatory regimes in place in the other countries in which we operate. For information on these foreign environmental regulatory regimes, see “Business and Properties—Regulatory Matters—International Regulations.”

The presence of hazardous or toxic substances on our properties, or the failure to properly remediate contaminated properties, could give rise to liens in favor of the government for failure to address the contamination, or otherwise adversely affect our ability to sell or lease properties or borrow using our properties as collateral. Environmental laws also may impose restrictions on the manner in which property may be used or our businesses may be operated.

Under environmental laws, a property owner or operator is subject to compliance obligations, potential government sanctions for violations or natural resource damages, claims from private parties for cleanup contribution or other environmental damages and investigation and remediation costs. In connection with the acquisition, ownership or operation of our properties, we may be exposed to such costs. The cost of resolving environmental, property damage or personal injury claims, of compliance with environmental regulatory requirements, of paying fines, or meeting new or stricter environmental requirements or of remediating contaminated properties could materially and adversely affect us.

Nearly all of our properties have been the subject of environmental assessments conducted by environmental consultants at some point in the past. However, many of these assessments are not current and most have not been updated for purposes of this offering. Most of these assessments have not included soil sampling or subsurface investigations. Many of our older properties have not had asbestos surveys. In many instances, we have not conducted further investigations of environmental conditions disclosed in these environmental assessments nor can we be assured that these environmental assessments have identified all potential environmental liabilities associated with our properties. Material environmental conditions, liabilities or compliance concerns may have arisen or may arise after the date of the environmental assessments on our

 

56


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

properties. Moreover, there can be no assurance that (i) future laws, ordinances or regulations will not impose new material environmental obligations or costs, including the potential effects of climate change or new climate change regulations, (ii) we will not incur material liabilities in connection with both known and undiscovered environmental conditions arising out of past activities on our properties or (iii) our properties will not be materially and adversely affected by the operations of customers, by environmental impacts or operations on neighboring properties (such as releases from underground storage tanks), or by the actions of parties unrelated to us.

In the future, our customers may demand lower indirect emissions associated with the storage and transportation of frozen and perishable foods, which could lead customers to seek temperature-controlled storage from our competitors. Further, such demand could require us to implement various processes to reduce emissions from our operations in order to remain competitive, which could materially and adversely affect us.

We could incur significant costs under environmental laws relating to the presence and management of asbestos, ammonia and underground storage tanks.

Environmental laws in the United States require that owners or operators of buildings containing asbestos properly manage asbestos, adequately inform or train those who may come into contact with asbestos and undertake special precautions, including removal or other abatement, in the event that asbestos is damaged, is decayed, poses a health risk or is disturbed during building renovation or demolition. These laws impose fines and penalties on building owners or operators who fail to comply with these requirements and may allow third parties to seek recovery from owners or operators for personal injury associated with exposure to asbestos and other toxic or hazardous substances. Some of our properties may contain asbestos or asbestos-containing building materials.

Most of our warehouses utilize ammonia as a refrigerant. Ammonia is classified as a hazardous chemical regulated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or the EPA. Releases of ammonia occur at our warehouses from time to time, and any number of unplanned events, including severe storms, fires, earthquakes, vandalism, equipment failure, operational errors, accidents, deliberate acts of employees or third parties, and terrorist acts could result in a significant release of ammonia that could result in injuries, loss of life, property damage and a significant interruption at affected facilities. For example, in 2015, we identified, and reported when required, ammonia releases across refrigeration systems in six of our facilities. These releases resulted in no significant property damage. In 2016, we identified, and reported when required, ammonia releases across refrigeration systems in eight of our facilities. These releases resulted in no significant property damage. Ammonia exposure can also cause damage to our customers’ goods stored with us. In June 2015, a release of ammonia occurred at our Dallas, Texas warehouse, resulting in exposure to over 13,000 pallets of customer goods. Although we cannot predict the extent of our liabilities as a result of these incidents, we expect any related product damage claims to be covered by insurance subject to applicable deductibles. Although our warehouses have risk management programs required by the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended, or OSHA, the EPA and other regulatory agencies in place, we could incur significant liability in the event of an unanticipated release of ammonia from one of our refrigeration systems. Releases could occur at locations or at times when trained personnel may not be available to respond quickly, increasing the risk of injury, loss of life or property damage. Some of our warehouses are not staffed 24 hours a day and, as a result, we may not respond to intentional or accidental events during closed hours as quickly as we could during open hours, which could exacerbate any injuries, loss of life or property damage. We also could incur liability in the event we fail to report such ammonia releases in a timely fashion.

Environmental laws and regulations subject us and our customers to liability in connection with the storage, handling and use of ammonia and other hazardous substances utilized in our operations. Our warehouses also may have under-floor heating systems, some of which utilize ethylene glycol, petroleum compounds, or other hazardous substances; releases from these systems could potentially contaminate soil and groundwater.

 

57


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition, some of our properties have been operated for decades and have known or potential environmental impacts. Other than in connection with financings, we have not historically performed regular environmental assessments on our properties, and we may not do so in the future. Many of our properties contain, or may in the past have contained, features that pose environmental risks including underground tanks for the storage of petroleum products and other hazardous substances as well as floor drains and wastewater collection and discharge systems, hazardous materials storage areas and septic systems. All of these features create a potential for the release of petroleum products or other hazardous substances. Some of our properties are adjacent to or near properties that have known environmental impacts or have in the past stored or handled petroleum products or other hazardous substances that could have resulted in environmental impacts to soils or groundwater that could affect our properties. In addition, former owners, our customers, or third parties outside our control (such as independent transporters) have engaged, or may in the future engage, in activities that have released or may release petroleum products or other hazardous substances on our properties. Any of these activities or circumstances could materially and adversely affect us.

Our insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover potential environmental liabilities.

We maintain a portfolio environmental insurance policy that provides coverage for sudden and accidental environmental liabilities, subject to the policy’s coverage conditions, deductibles and limits, for most of our properties. There is no assurance that future environmental claims will be covered under these policies or that, if covered, the loss will not exceed policy limits. From time to time, we may acquire properties, or interests in properties, with known adverse environmental conditions where we believe that the environmental liabilities associated with these conditions are quantifiable and that the acquisition will yield an attractive risk-adjusted return. In such an instance, we factor the estimated costs of environmental investigation, cleanup and monitoring into the net cost. Further, in connection with property dispositions, we may agree to remain responsible for, and to bear the cost of, remediating or monitoring certain environmental conditions on the properties. A failure to accurately estimate these costs, or uninsured environmental liabilities, could materially and adversely affect us.

Our properties may contain or develop harmful molds or have other air quality issues, which could lead to financial liability for adverse health effects to our employees or third parties, and costs of remediating the problem.

Our properties may contain or develop harmful molds or suffer from other air quality issues, which could lead to liability for adverse health effects and costs of remediating the problem. When excessive moisture accumulates in buildings or on building materials, mold growth may occur, particularly if the moisture problem remains undiscovered or is not addressed over a period of time. Some molds produce airborne toxins or irritants. Indoor air quality issues can also stem from inadequate ventilation, poor equipment maintenance, chemical contamination from indoor or outdoor sources and other biological contaminants, such as pollen, viruses and bacteria. Indoor exposure to airborne toxins or irritants present above certain levels can cause a variety of adverse health effects and symptoms, including allergic or other reactions. As a result, the presence of significant mold or other airborne contaminants at any of our properties could require us to undertake a costly remediation program to contain or remove the mold or other airborne contaminants from the affected property, to reduce indoor moisture levels, or to upgrade ventilation systems to improve indoor air quality. In addition, the presence of significant mold or other airborne contaminants could expose us to liability from our employees, our customers, employees of our customers and others if property damage or health concerns arise.

Costs of complying with governmental laws and regulations could adversely affect us and our customers.

The food industry in all jurisdictions in which we operate is subject to numerous government standards and regulations. While we believe that we are currently in compliance with all applicable government standards and regulations, there can be no assurance that all of our warehouses or our customers’ operations are currently in compliance with, or will be able to comply in the future with, all applicable standards and regulations or that the costs of compliance will not increase in the future.

 

58


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

All real property and the operations conducted on real property are subject to governmental laws and regulations relating to environmental protection and human health and safety. Our customers’ ability to operate and to satisfy their contractual obligations, including those made to us, may be affected by permitting and compliance obligations arising under such laws and regulations. Some of these laws and regulations could increase their operating costs, result in fines or impose joint and several liability on customers, owners or operators for the costs to investigate or remediate contamination, regardless of fault or whether the acts causing the contamination were legal.

Some of these laws and regulations have been amended so as to require compliance with new or more stringent standards in the future. Compliance with new or more stringent laws or regulations or stricter interpretation of existing laws may require that we or our customers incur material expenditures. In addition, there are various governmental fire, health, safety and similar regulations with which we and our customers may be required to comply and which may subject us and our customers to liability in the form of fines or damages for noncompliance. Any material expenditures, fines or damages imposed on our customers or us could directly or indirectly have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, changes in these governmental laws and regulations, or their interpretation by agencies and courts, could occur.

The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, or the ADA, generally requires that public buildings, including portions of our warehouses, be made accessible to disabled persons. Noncompliance could result in the imposition of fines by the federal government or the award of damages to private litigants. If, under the ADA, we are required to make substantial alterations and capital expenditures in one or more of our warehouses, including the removal of access barriers, it could materially and adversely affect us.

Our properties are subject to regulation under OSHA, which requires employers to protect employees against many workplace hazards, such as exposure to harmful levels of toxic chemicals, excessive noise levels, mechanical dangers, heat or cold stress and unsanitary conditions. The cost of complying with OSHA and similar laws enacted by other jurisdictions in which we operate is substantial and any failure to comply with these regulations could expose us to penalties and potentially to liabilities to employees who may be injured at our warehouses, any of which could be material. Furthermore, any fines or violations that we face under OSHA could expose us to reputational risk.

We face ongoing litigation risks which could result in material liabilities and harm to our business regardless of whether we prevail in any particular matter.

We are a large company operating in multiple U.S. and international jurisdictions, with thousands of employees and business counterparts. As such, there is an ongoing risk that we may become involved in legal disputes or litigation with these parties or others. The costs and liabilities with respect to such legal disputes may be material and may exceed our amounts, if any, accrued for such liabilities and costs. In addition, our defense of legal disputes or resulting litigation could result in the diversion of our management’s time and attention from the operation of our business, each of which could impede our ability to achieve our business objectives. Some or all of the amounts we may be required to pay to defend or to satisfy a judgment or settlement of any or all of our disputes and litigation may not be covered by insurance.

We face risks stemming from our partial ownership interests in certain properties which could materially and adversely affect the value of our joint venture investments.

We own an interest in one of our properties indirectly through an investment in a joint venture with a third party. We also made an investment in the China JV. In the future, we may make additional investments through joint venture investment vehicles. These investments involve risks not present in investments where a third party is not involved, including the possibility that:

 

    we and a co-venturer or partner may reach an impasse on a major decision that requires the approval of both parties;

 

59


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    we may not have exclusive control over the development, financing, management and other aspects of the property or joint venture, which may prevent us from taking actions that are in our best interest but opposed by a co-venturer or partner;

 

    a co-venturer or partner may at any time have economic or business interests or goals that are or may become inconsistent with ours;

 

    a co-venturer or partner may encounter liquidity or insolvency issues or may become bankrupt, which may mean that we and any other remaining co-venturers or partners generally would remain liable for the joint venture’s liabilities;

 

    a co-venturer or partner may be in a position to take action contrary to our instructions, requests, policies or investment objectives, including our current policy with respect to maintaining our qualification as a REIT under the Code;

 

    a co-venturer or partner may take actions that subject us to liabilities in excess of, or other than, those contemplated;

 

    in certain circumstances, we may be liable for actions of our co-venturer or partner, and the activities of a co-venturer or partner could adversely affect our ability to qualify as a REIT, even if we do not control the joint venture;

 

    our joint venture agreements may restrict the transfer of a co-venturer’s or partner’s interest or otherwise restrict our ability to sell the interest when we desire or on advantageous terms;

 

    our joint venture agreements may contain buy-sell provisions pursuant to which one co-venturer or partner may initiate procedures requiring the other co-venturer or partner to choose between buying the other co-venturer’s or partner’s interest or selling its interest to that co-venturer or partner;

 

    if a joint venture agreement is terminated or dissolved, we may not continue to own or operate the interests or investments underlying the joint venture relationship or may need to purchase such interests or investments at a premium to the market price to continue ownership; or

 

    disputes between us and a co-venturer or partner may result in litigation or arbitration that could increase our expenses and prevent our management from focusing their time and attention on our business.

Any of the above could materially and adversely affect the value of our current joint venture investment or any future joint venture investments and potentially have a material adverse effect on us.

Risks Related to Our Debt Financings

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness that may limit our financial and operating activities.

As of September 30, 2017, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to this offering and the use of the net proceeds from this offering, we had $1.6 billion of total consolidated indebtedness outstanding and borrowing capacity under our New Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility of $400.0 million less approximately $33.8 million to backstop certain outstanding letters of credit. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Outstanding Indebtedness—New Senior Secured Credit Facilities.” Our organizational documents contain no limitations regarding the maximum level of indebtedness that we may incur or keep outstanding.

 

60


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Payments of principal and interest on indebtedness may leave us with insufficient cash resources to operate our properties or to pay distributions to our shareholders at expected levels. Our substantial outstanding indebtedness could have other material and adverse consequences, including, without limitation, the following:

 

    our cash flows may be insufficient to meet our required principal and interest payments;

 

    we may use a substantial portion of our cash flows to make principal and interest payments and we may be unable to obtain additional financing as needed or on favorable terms, which could, among other things, have a material adverse effect on our ability to capitalize upon acquisition opportunities, fund capital improvements or meet operational needs;

 

    we may be unable to refinance our indebtedness at maturity or the refinancing terms may be less favorable than the terms of our original indebtedness;

 

    we may be forced to dispose of one or more of our properties, possibly on disadvantageous terms or in violation of certain covenants to which we may be subject;

 

    we may default on our indebtedness by failing to make required payments or violating covenants, which would entitle holders of such indebtedness and other indebtedness with a cross-default provision to accelerate the maturity of their indebtedness and, if such indebtedness is secured, to foreclose on our properties that secure their loans;

 

    we may be unable to effectively hedge floating rate debt with respect to our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities or any successor facilities thereto;

 

    we are required to maintain certain debt and coverage and other financial ratios at specified levels, thereby reducing our operating and financial flexibility;

 

    our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions may be increased; and

 

    we may be subject to greater exposure to increases in interest rates for our variable-rate debt and to higher interest expense on future fixed rate debt.

If any one of these events were to occur, we could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, any foreclosure on our properties could create taxable income without accompanying cash proceeds, which could materially and adversely affect our ability to meet the REIT distribution requirements imposed by the Code. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Annual Distribution Requirements.”

We are dependent on external sources of capital, the continuing availability of which is uncertain.

In order to qualify as a REIT, we are required each year to distribute to our shareholders at least 90% of our REIT taxable income (determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and by excluding capital gains), and we are subject to tax to the extent our REIT taxable income is not fully distributed. In addition, we will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates to the extent that we distribute less than 100% of our REIT taxable income, including any net capital gains. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Annual Distribution Requirements.” Because of these distribution requirements, we may not be able to fund all of our future capital needs, including capital for acquisitions, development activities and recurring and non-recurring capital improvements, from operating cash flow. Consequently, we intend to rely on third-party sources of capital to fund a substantial amount of our future capital needs. We may not be able to obtain additional financing on favorable terms or at all when needed. Any additional debt we incur will increase our leverage, expose us to the risk of default and impose operating and financial restrictions on us. In addition,

 

61


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

any equity financing could be materially dilutive to the equity interests held by our shareholders. Our access to third-party sources of capital depends, in part, on general market conditions, the market’s perception of our growth potential, our leverage, our current and anticipated results of operations, liquidity, financial condition and cash distributions to shareholders and the market price of our common shares. If we cannot obtain sufficient capital on favorable terms when needed, we may not be able to execute our business and growth strategies, satisfy our debt service obligations, make the cash distributions to our shareholders necessary for us to qualify as a REIT (which would expose us to significant penalties and corporate-level taxation), or fund our other business needs, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

Increases in interest rates could increase the amount of our debt payments.

As of September 30, 2017, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to this offering and the use of the net proceeds from this offering, we had $635 million of our outstanding consolidated indebtedness that is variable-rate debt, and we may continue to incur variable-rate debt in the future. Increases in interest rates on such debt would raise our interest costs, reduce our cash flows and reduce our ability to make distributions to our shareholders. Increases in interest rates would also increase our interest expense on future fixed rate borrowings and have the same collateral effects. In addition, if we need to repay existing debt during periods of rising interest rates, we could be required to liquidate one or more of our investments in properties at times which may not permit realization of the maximum return on such investments.

Our existing indebtedness contains, and any future indebtedness is likely to contain, covenants that restrict our ability to engage in certain activities.

Our indebtedness outstanding as of September 30, 2017 on a pro forma basis requires, and our future indebtedness is likely to require, us to comply with a number of financial covenants, as well as operational covenants, such as covenants with respect to leverage, interest coverage ratios, borrowing base requirements, incurrence of secured and unsecured indebtedness, creating liens upon our assets, making of certain distributions and investments, engaging in certain strategic transactions, engaging in transactors with our affiliates, disposing of certain assets, amending our organizational documents and other matters. Upon the effectiveness of our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities upon the completion of this offering, the financial covenants under our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities will include a maximum leverage ratio, a minimum borrowing base coverage ratio, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, a minimum borrowing base debt service coverage ratio, a minimum tangible net worth requirement and a maximum recourse secured debt ratio. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Outstanding Indebtedness—New Senior Secured Credit Facilities.” These covenants may limit our ability to engage in certain transactions that may be in our best interests. In order to be able to make distributions to our shareholders, we must be in compliance with certain financial covenants and there may not be an event of default under such indebtedness. Our failure to meet the covenants could result in an event of default under the applicable indebtedness, which could result in the acceleration of the applicable indebtedness and other indebtedness with a cross-default provision as well as foreclosure upon any of our assets that secure such indebtedness, including equity interests in certain of our subsidiaries and in certain of our real property securing such indebtedness. If any of our assets, including equity interests in certain of our subsidiaries and real property, are foreclosed upon by lenders, or if we are unable to refinance our indebtedness at maturity or meet our payment obligations, we would be materially and adversely affected.

As of September 30, 2017, a total of 61 of our warehouses were financed under mortgage loans grouped into two pools. Certain covenants in the mortgage loan agreements place limits on our use of the cash flows associated with each pool, and place other restrictions on our use of the assets included within each pool. In particular, if our subsidiaries that are borrowers under these mortgage loans fail to maintain certain cash flow minimums or a debt service coverage ratio, the cash generated by those subsidiaries will be restricted and unavailable for us to use, which we refer to as a “cash trap event.” The required cash flow minimums vary from pool to pool of the mortgage loans. If the pools under our mortgage loans were to fail to maintain the applicable

 

62


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

cash flow minimums or debt service coverage ratio, our ability to make capital expenditures and distributions to our shareholders would be materially limited. In addition, as a holder of equity interests in the borrowers under each of these pools, our claim to the assets contained in each pool is subordinate to the claims of the holders of the indebtedness under each mortgage loan.

In addition, two of our properties are financed under construction mortgage loans. Certain covenants in the construction loan agreements impose significant restrictions with respect to the construction of the facilities being developed with the proceeds thereof. If we failed to satisfy the covenants or development deadlines under these construction loan agreements, we could be responsible for, among other things, significant guarantee and reimbursement obligations to the lenders thereof. In addition, as a holder of equity interests in the borrowers under each of these loan agreements, our claim to the assets secured thereby is subordinate to the claims of the construction lenders.

Secured indebtedness exposes us to the possibility of foreclosure, which could result in the loss of our investment in certain of our subsidiaries or in a property or group of properties or other assets subject to indebtedness, and limits our ability to raise future capital.

We have granted certain of our lenders security interests in substantially all of our assets, including equity interests in certain of our subsidiaries and in certain of our real property. Incurring secured indebtedness, including mortgage indebtedness, increases our risk of asset and property losses because defaults on indebtedness secured by our assets, including equity interests in certain of our subsidiaries and in certain of our real property, may result in foreclosure actions initiated by lenders and ultimately our loss of the property or other assets securing any loans for which we are in default. Any foreclosure on a mortgaged property or group of properties could have a material adverse effect on the overall value of our portfolio of properties and more generally on us. For tax purposes, a foreclosure of any of our properties would be treated as a sale of the property for a purchase price equal to the outstanding balance of the indebtedness secured by the mortgage. If the outstanding balance of the indebtedness secured by the mortgage exceeds our tax basis in the property, we would recognize taxable income on foreclosure, but would not receive any cash proceeds, which could materially and adversely affect us. In addition, the fact that substantially all of our assets serve as collateral for existing indebtedness limits our ability to raise future capital on favorable terms, or at all. As a result, our substantial secured indebtedness could have a material adverse effect on us.

Interest rate and other hedging activity exposes us to risks, including the risks that a counterparty will not perform and that the hedge will not yield the economic benefits we anticipate.

As of September 30, 2017, we were a party to three interest rate hedges. In addition, we have entered into certain forward contracts and other hedging arrangements in order to fix power costs for anticipated electricity requirements. These hedging transactions expose us to certain risks, such as the risk that counterparties may fail to honor their obligations under these arrangements, and that these arrangements may not be effective in reducing our exposure to interest rate and power cost changes. Moreover, there can be no assurance that our hedging arrangements will qualify for hedge accounting or that our hedging activities will have the desired beneficial impact on our results of operations or cash flows. Should we desire to terminate a hedging agreement, there could be significant costs and cash requirements involved to fulfill our obligation under the hedging agreement. Failure to hedge effectively against interest rate and power cost changes could have a material adverse effect on us. When a hedging agreement is required under the terms of a mortgage loan, it is often a condition that the hedge counterparty maintains a specified credit rating. With the current volatility in the financial markets, there is an increased risk that hedge counterparties could have their credit ratings downgraded to a level that would not be acceptable under the loan provisions. If we were unable to renegotiate the credit rating condition with the lender or find an alternative counterparty with an acceptable credit rating, we could be in default under the loan and the lender could seize that property through foreclosure, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

63


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Risks Related to our Organization and Structure

Provisions of Maryland law may limit the ability of a third party to acquire control of our company.

Under the Maryland General Corporation Law, or the MGCL, as applicable to Maryland real estate investment trusts, certain “business combinations” (including a merger, consolidation, share exchange or, in certain circumstances specified under the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities) between a Maryland real estate investment trust and any person who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting power of the trust’s then outstanding voting shares or an affiliate or associate of the trust who, at any time within the two-year period before the date in question, was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting power of the trust’s then outstanding shares, which we refer to as an “interested shareholder,” or an affiliate thereof, are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested shareholder becomes an interested shareholder. Thereafter, any such business combination must be approved by two supermajority shareholder votes unless, among other conditions, the trust’s common shareholders receive a minimum price (as defined in the MGCL) for their shares and the consideration is received in cash or in the same form as previously paid by the interested shareholder for its voting shares. Upon the completion of this offering, Yucaipa and the GS Entities will each beneficially own more than 10% of our voting shares and would, therefore, be subject to the business combination provisions of the MGCL. However, pursuant to the statute, our board of trustees, by resolution, elected to opt out of the business combination provisions of the MGCL. This resolution may not be modified or repealed by our board of trustees without the approval of our shareholders by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast on the matter. Accordingly, the five-year prohibition and the supermajority vote requirements described above will not apply to a business combination between us and any other person, including Yucaipa or the GS Entities. As a result, any person may be able to enter into business combinations with us, which may not be in your best interest as a shareholder, within five years of becoming an interested shareholder and without compliance by us with the supermajority vote requirements and other provisions of the MGCL.

The “control share” provisions of the MGCL provide that “control shares” of a Maryland real estate investment trust (defined as shares which, when aggregated with other shares controlled by the shareholder (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), entitle the shareholder to exercise one of three increasing ranges of voting power in electing trustees) acquired in a “control share acquisition” (defined as the direct or indirect acquisition of ownership or control of “control shares”) have no voting rights except to the extent approved by the trust’s shareholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, excluding votes entitled to be cast by the acquiror of control shares, the trust’s officers and the trust’s employees who are also the trust’s trustees. Our amended and restated bylaws, or our bylaws, contain a provision exempting from the control share acquisition provisions of the MGCL any and all acquisitions by any person of our shares. This provision may not be amended by our board of trustees without the affirmative vote at a duly called meeting of shareholders of at least a majority of the votes cast on the matter by shareholders entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees.

Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL, or Subtitle 8, permits our board of trustees, without shareholder approval, to implement certain takeover defenses (some of which, such as a classified board, we do not have), if we have a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act and at least three independent trustees (which we will have upon the completion of this offering). We have elected not to be subject to Subtitle 8 unless approved by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes cast on the matter by shareholders entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees.

On any vote to opt in to the “business combination,” the “control share” or the Subtitle 8 provisions of the MGCL, YF ART Holdings (including its affiliates) will vote its common shares for and against the matter in the same proportion as the number of votes cast for and against the proposal to opt in by other shareholders until YF ART Holdings (including its affiliates) ceases to own at least 20% of the outstanding voting power.

 

64


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Any of the MGCL provisions, if then applicable to us, may have the effect of inhibiting a third party from making an acquisition proposal for us or of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or change in control which might involve a premium price for our common shares or otherwise be in the best interests of our shareholders.

Our board of trustees can take many actions even if you and other shareholders disagree with such actions or if they are otherwise not in your best interest as a shareholder.

Our board of trustees has overall authority to oversee our operations and determine our major policies. This authority includes significant flexibility to take certain actions without shareholder approval. For example, our board of trustees can do the following without shareholder approval:

 

    issue additional shares, which could dilute your ownership;

 

    amend our declaration of trust to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares or the number of shares of any class or series that we have authority to issue;

 

    classify or reclassify any unissued shares and set the preferences, rights and other terms of such classified or reclassified shares, which preferences, rights and terms could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or change in control which might involve a premium price for our common shares or otherwise be in your best interest as a shareholder;

 

    employ and compensate affiliates;

 

    change major policies, including policies relating to investments, financing, growth and capitalization;

 

    enter into new lines of business or new markets; and

 

    determine that it is no longer in our best interests to attempt to continue to qualify as a REIT.

Any of these actions without shareholder approval could increase our operating expenses, impact our ability to make distributions to our shareholders, reduce the market value of our real estate assets or otherwise not be in your best interest as a shareholder.

Our declaration of trust contains provisions that make removal of our trustees difficult, which could make it difficult for our shareholders to effect changes to our management.

Our declaration of trust provides that, subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred shares to elect or remove one or more trustees, a trustee may be removed only for “cause” (as defined in our declaration of trust), and then only by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of trustees; provided, however, we anticipate that, pursuant to our new shareholders agreement and the amended YF ART Holdings limited partnership agreement, each of affiliates of Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity will have the right to remove a trustee designated by such party, in each case from our board of trustees for any reason. The foregoing provision of our declaration of trust, when coupled with the power of our board of trustees to fill vacant trusteeships and the rights of each of affiliates of Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity to designate an individual to fill a vacancy of a trustee designated by such party, will preclude shareholders from removing incumbent trustees except for cause and by a substantial affirmative vote and filling the vacancies created by such removal with their own nominees. These requirements make it more difficult to change our management by removing and replacing trustees and may prevent a change in control that is in the best interests of our shareholders.

 

65


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The REIT ownership limit rules and the related restrictions on ownership and transfer contained in our declaration of trust have an anti-takeover effect.

In order for us to maintain our qualification as a REIT under the Code, not more than 50% in value of our outstanding shares of beneficial interest may be owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals (as defined in the Code to include certain entities) at any time during the last half of each taxable year (other than the first taxable year for which the election to be treated as a REIT was made). See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Organizational Requirements.”

To ensure that we will not fail to qualify as a REIT under this and other tests under the Code, our declaration of trust, subject to certain exceptions, authorizes our board of trustees to take such actions as are necessary and desirable to preserve our qualification as a REIT and does not permit individuals (including certain entities treated as individuals), other than excepted holders approved in accordance with our declaration of trust, to own, directly or indirectly, more than 9.8% (in value) of our outstanding shares. In addition, our declaration of trust prohibits: (a) any person from beneficially or constructively owning our shares of beneficial interest that would result in our company being “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Code or otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT; (b) any person from transferring our shares of beneficial interest of our company if such transfer would result in our shares of beneficial interest being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons; and (c) any person from beneficially owning our shares of beneficial interest to the extent such ownership would result in our failing to qualify as a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity” within the meaning of Section 897(h) of the Code (after taking into account for such purpose the statutory presumptions set forth in Section 897(h)(4)(E) of the Code). Our board of trustees is required to exempt a person (prospectively or retrospectively) from the percentage ownership limit described above (but not the other restrictions) if the person seeking a waiver demonstrates that the waiver would not jeopardize our status as a REIT or violate the other conditions described above. See “Description of Shares of Beneficial Interest—Restrictions on Transfer.”

These ownership limitations are intended to provide added assurance of compliance with the tax law requirements and to minimize administrative burdens. Although our declaration of trust requires our board of trustees to grant a waiver of the percentage ownership limit described above if the person seeking a waiver demonstrates that such ownership would not jeopardize our status as a REIT or violate the other conditions described above, these limitations might still delay, defer or prevent a transaction or change in control which might involve a premium price for our common shares or otherwise not be in your best interest as a shareholder or result in the transfer of shares acquired in excess of the ownership limits to a trust for the benefit of a charitable beneficiary and, as a result, the forfeiture by the acquirer of the benefits of owning the additional shares.

Our rights and the rights of our shareholders to take action against our trustees and officers are limited.

Our declaration of trust eliminates our trustees’ and officers’ liability to us and our shareholders for money damages except for liability resulting from actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment and which is material to the cause of action. Our declaration of trust and our bylaws require us to indemnify our trustees and officers and any observer to our board of trustees to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law for liability actually incurred in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party, except to the extent that the act or omission of the trustee, officer or observer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and was either committed in bad faith or the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, the trustee, officer or observer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services, or, in the case of any criminal proceeding, the trustee, officer or observer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. As a result, we and our shareholders may have more limited rights against our trustees and officers and any observer to our board of trustees than might otherwise exist under common law. In addition, we may be obligated to fund the defense costs incurred by our trustees and officers and any observer to our board of trustees.

 

66


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our significant shareholders, including Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity, and their respective affiliates, will continue to have significant influence over us, and their actions might not be in your best interest as a shareholder.

Upon the completion of this offering, investment funds affiliated with Yucaipa and the GS Entities will control on a fully diluted basis approximately 55.1% and 21.4%, respectively, of the voting power in us, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common shares and the conversion of all 375,000 Series B preferred shares in connection with this offering into an aggregate of 33,240,258 common shares (based upon the Series B preferred share conversion ratio as of September 30, 2017 and the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares), which has been calculated as if the conversion occurred on September 30, 2017 and assuming no accrued and unpaid distributions in respect of the Series B preferred shares at such time, subject to adjustment between YF ART Holdings, the GS Entities and Charm Progress as described in “Principal Shareholders,” and the cashless exercise by YF ART Holdings, an affiliate of Yucaipa, of all outstanding warrants to purchase 18,574,619 common shares exercisable at a price of $9.81 per share, into an aggregate of 6,426,818 common shares in connection with this offering (based on a deemed valuation of $15.00 per share pursuant to the terms of the warrants). Additionally, as of September 30, 2017, the Fortress Entity’s investment in YF ART Holdings, including the preferred return, was approximately $512.6 million, and YF ART Holdings owned 69,342,769 of our common shares (excluding common shares issuable upon exercise of YF ART Holdings’ warrants), of which 10,901,069 common shares were attributable to the Fortress Entity.

Under the terms of the limited partnership agreement of YF ART Holdings, the general partner of YF ART Holdings, YF ART Holdings GP, LLC, or YF ART GP, has agreed not to cause or permit us, without the prior written approval of the Fortress Entity, to, among other things, engage in certain affiliate and fundamental corporate transactions, make certain tax elections and engage in related tax activities and undertake other significant activities. The Fortress Entity made its investment in YF ART Holdings pursuant to that certain Contribution Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2015, by and among YF ART GP, YF ART Holdings, us, the Fortress Entity and certain affiliates of Yucaipa, or the Contribution Agreement. We agreed with the Fortress Entity to enforce many of these control rights pursuant to the Contribution Agreement. We expect to amend the Contribution Agreement in connection with this offering to eliminate our obligations to enforce these control rights. For further information regarding the Contribution Agreement, please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—The Fortress Entity Contribution Agreement.”

The limited partnership agreement of YF ART Holdings also provides for, among other things, preemptive rights in favor of the Fortress Entity. Specifically, YF ART GP is required to use its commercially reasonable efforts to permit the Fortress Entity to purchase its pro rata share of any new shares of our company that we may issue to any other person on the same terms and conditions proposed to such other person. The exercise by the Fortress Entity of this preemptive right would further dilute your ability to influence matters requiring shareholder approval. We expect that affiliates of Yucaipa and the Fortress Entity will amend the YF ART Holdings limited partnership agreement in connection with this offering, which we expect will result in an elimination of the preemptive rights that have been granted in favor of the Fortress Entity and a substantial reduction of the control rights that have been granted in favor of the Fortress Entity as described herein.

Our existing shareholders agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering, and we anticipate entering into our new shareholders agreement in connection with this offering. Under our new shareholders agreement, YF ART Holdings is expected to have the right to designate two of the nine members of our board of trustees, so long as YF ART Holdings beneficially owns 10% or more of our fully diluted outstanding shares (as such term is defined in our new shareholders agreement). So long as YF ART Holdings beneficially owns 5% or more (but less than 10%) of our fully diluted outstanding shares it is expected to have the right to designate one of the nine members of our board of trustees. The GS Entities are expected to have the right to designate one of the nine members of our board of trustees, so long as the GS Entities beneficially own 5% or more of our fully diluted outstanding shares. Also, YF ART Holdings will be entitled to appoint an observer to our board of trustees, so long as it beneficially owns 5% or more of our fully diluted outstanding shares.

 

67


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We expect that affiliates of Yucaipa and the Fortress Entity, through YF ART Holdings, will each remain entitled to designate one of the two members of our board of trustees that YF ART Holdings is entitled to designate pursuant to our new shareholders agreement, so long as YF ART Holdings beneficially owns 10% or more of our fully diluted outstanding shares. To the extent that YF ART Holdings has the right to designate only one member of our board of trustees, YF ART Holdings will designate an individual selected by affiliates of Yucaipa unless the number of common shares held by YF ART Holdings and attributable to the Fortress Entity exceeds the number of common shares held by YF ART Holdings and attributable to affiliates of Yucaipa. If, following this offering, affiliates of Yucaipa and the Fortress Entity obtain direct ownership of the common shares currently held by YF ART Holdings, affiliates of Yucaipa and the Fortress Entity will, subject to the limitations described above, remain entitled to these board designation rights as if they continued to hold common shares through YF ART Holdings provided that neither affiliates of Yucaipa nor the Fortress Entity will remain entitled to these board representation rights if its beneficial ownership is less than 5% of our fully diluted outstanding shares.

We anticipate that we and affiliates of Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity will enter into a new registration rights agreement in connection with this offering, pursuant to which they will remain entitled to registration rights in respect of our common shares. For further information regarding these agreements, please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Shareholders Agreement and Related Agreements” and “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Registration Rights.”

We expect that Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity will continue to exert a significant influence on our business and affairs upon the completion of this offering as a result of their substantial ownership interest in us and the terms of our new shareholders agreement. As a result, we expect these parties to continue to influence the outcome of matters required to be submitted to shareholders for approval, including the election of our trustees, amendments to our declaration of trust, the removal of our trustees for cause, and the approval of significant transactions, such as mergers or other sales of our company or our assets.

The influence exerted by these shareholders over our business and affairs might not be consistent with your best interests as a shareholder. In addition, this concentration of voting control and influence may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or change in control which might involve a premium price for our common shares or otherwise be in your best interest as a shareholder.

Additionally, because investment funds affiliated with Yucaipa may own more than 50% of our common shares following the completion of this offering, we could be considered a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE listing standards. As a result, we could qualify for exemption from certain NYSE corporate governance requirements (including that a majority of the board be independent and the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees be composed entirely of independent trustees). However, we do not intend to rely on any of these exemptions and intend to fully comply with all corporate governance requirements under the NYSE rules. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that, in the future, we would not seek to rely on some or all of the exemptions afforded to a “controlled company” (assuming that we remain eligible to do so). If so, you would not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE rules regarding corporate governance.

Our declaration of trust contains provisions permitting certain of our shareholders to engage in the same businesses as ours and renouncing our interest and expectancy in certain business opportunities.

Yucaipa, the GS Entities, Fortress and their respective affiliates have other investments and business activities in addition to their ownership of us. Under our declaration of trust, Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity, and their respective affiliates (and any of their respective officers, trustees, directors, partners, members, managers, employees or other agents, or related persons), will have the right, and will have no obligation to abstain from exercising such right, to: (1) engage or invest, directly or indirectly, in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us or our affiliates; (2) do business with any of our customers,

 

68


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

suppliers or lessors; or (3) employ or otherwise engage any of our officers, trustees or employees. While we believe that none of Yucaipa, the GS Entities or the Fortress Entity owned and operated any temperature-controlled warehouses in competition with us as of December 2017, there is no guarantee they will not do so in the future. If Yucaipa, the GS Entities or the Fortress Entity, or any of their respective affiliates or any of their related persons, acquire knowledge of a potential transaction that could be a business opportunity, we, our affiliates and our shareholders will have no interest or expectancy in such opportunity, and they will have no obligation to present, communicate or offer such business opportunity to us, our affiliates or our shareholders. Rather, they will have the right to hold and exploit such opportunity for their own account or to direct, recommend, sell, assign or otherwise transfer such opportunity to any person or entity.

The only exception to our renunciation of business opportunities described above is in the event that a business opportunity is expressly offered to a related person solely in, and as a direct result of, his or her capacity as our trustee, officer or employee. In such cases, our declaration of trust provides that we do not renounce any interest or expectancy that we may have under applicable law in those business opportunities. If our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer or Chief Financial Officer shall be a related person by virtue of his or her respective relationship with Yucaipa, the GS Entities or the Fortress Entity or their respective affiliates, then any business opportunity offered to such officer shall be deemed to have been offered solely in, and as a direct result of, such officer’s capacity as an officer of our company unless such offer clearly and expressly is presented to such officer solely in, and as a direct result of, his or her capacity as an officer, trustee, director, partner, member, manager, employee or other agent of Yucaipa, the GS Entities or the Fortress Entity or their respective affiliates.

Therefore, a trustee, officer or other employee of our company who also serves as a trustee, director, member, partner, manager, officer or other employee of Yucaipa, the GS Entities or the Fortress Entity or their respective affiliates may pursue certain business opportunities that may be complementary to, or consistent or competing with, our business and, as a result, such opportunities may not be available to us. These potential conflicts of interest could materially and adversely affect us if attractive business opportunities are allocated by Yucaipa, the GS Entities or the Fortress Entity, or any trustee, director, member, partner, manager, officer or other employee of Yucaipa, the GS Entities or the Fortress Entity or their respective affiliates, to themselves or their other affiliates instead of to us. The terms of our declaration of trust are more fully described in “Policies with Respect to Certain Activities—Business Opportunities.”

We may invest in, or co-invest with, our affiliates, which could result in conflicts of interest.

We may in the future make investments in, enter into co-investment or joint venture arrangements with, or otherwise collaborate with and invest in, other firms or entities, which may include our affiliates, including Yucaipa, the GS Entities and Fortress. Such activities could create conflicts of interest that result in actions or consequences that are not in your best interest as a shareholder.

We have fiduciary duties as general partner to our operating partnership, which may result in conflicts of interests in representing your interests as shareholders of our company.

Conflicts of interest could arise in the future as a result of the relationships between us and our affiliates, and between us and our operating partnership or any partner thereof. Our trustees and officers have duties to our company under applicable Maryland law in connection with their management of our company. Additionally, we have fiduciary duties as the general partner to our operating partnership and to its limited partners under Delaware law in connection with the management of our operating partnership, although our operating partnership does not currently have any limited partners that are not our wholly owned subsidiaries. Our duties as a general partner to our operating partnership and any future unaffiliated limited partners may come into conflict with the duties of our trustees and officers to our company and may be resolved in a manner that is not in your best interest as a shareholder.

 

69


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Risks Related to our Common Shares and this Offering

Our cash available for distribution to shareholders may not be sufficient to pay distributions at expected levels, or at all, and we may need to increase our borrowings or otherwise raise capital in order to make such distributions; consequently, we may not be able to make such distributions in full.

Our initial annual distributions to our shareholders for the twelve-month period following the completion of this offering are expected to be $0.75 per share, representing 80.66% of estimated cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2018. See “Distribution Policy.” If cash available for distribution generated by our assets for such twelve-month period is less than our estimate or if such cash available for distribution decreases in future periods, we may be unable to make distributions to our shareholders at expected levels, or at all, or we may need to increase our borrowings or otherwise raise capital in order to do so, and there can be no assurance that such capital will be available on attractive terms in sufficient amounts, or at all. Any of the foregoing could result in a decrease in the market price of our common shares. Any distributions made to our shareholders by us will be authorized and determined by our board of trustees in its sole discretion out of funds legally available therefor and will be dependent upon a number of factors, including our actual or anticipated financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and capital requirements, debt service requirements, financing covenants, restrictions under applicable law and other factors described under “Distribution Policy.”

There has been no public market for our common shares prior to this offering, and an active trading market for our common shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering, which could result in purchasers in this offering being unable to monetize their investment.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares. The initial public offering price per share will be determined by negotiations between the underwriters and us, and therefore may not accurately reflect the value of your investment. We cannot assure you that the initial public offering price per share will correspond to the price at which our common shares will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering or that the price of our common shares available in the public market will reflect our actual financial performance. Our common shares may trade below the initial public offering price following the completion of this offering.

Our common stock has been approved for listing, subject to official notice of issuance, on the NYSE under the symbol “COLD.” However, listing on the NYSE does not ensure that an active trading market for our common shares will develop or, if one develops, be maintained. Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to:

 

    the likelihood that an active trading market for our common shares will develop or, if one develops, be maintained;

 

    the liquidity of any such market;

 

    the ability of our shareholders to sell their common shares when desired; or

 

    the price that our shareholders may obtain for their common shares.

Even if an active trading market develops, the market price of our common shares may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations after this offering. Some of the factors that could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common shares include:

 

    our historical and anticipated operating performance and the performance of other similar companies;

 

    actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly operating results;

 

    changes in our revenues or earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

70


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    equity issuances by us, or share resales by our shareholders, or the perception that such issuances or resales may occur;

 

    actual or anticipated changes in our, our customers’ or our competitors’ businesses or prospects;

 

    the current state of the capital markets, and our ability and the ability of our customers to obtain financing on attractive terms when needed;

 

    actual, potential or perceived accounting problems;

 

    our inability to comply with SEC rules or the NYSE listing requirements;

 

    publication of research reports about us, our industry or the real estate industry generally;

 

    adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or equity or equity-related securities we may issue in the future;

 

    additions or departures of key personnel;

 

    price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

    actions by institutional shareholders;

 

    speculation in the press or investment community;

 

    changes in law, regulatory policies or tax guidance, or interpretations thereof, particularly with respect to REITs;

 

    general market and economic conditions and trends;

 

    terrorist acts, natural or man-made disasters or threatened or actual armed conflicts; and

 

    the other factors described under “Risk Factors.”

Any future debt, which would rank senior to our common shares upon liquidation, or equity securities, which could dilute our existing shareholders and may be senior to our common shares for the purposes of distributions, may adversely affect the market price of our common shares.

In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by incurring additional debt, including term loans, borrowings under credit facilities, mortgage loans, commercial paper, senior or subordinated notes and secured notes, and making additional offerings of equity and equity-related securities, including preferred and common shares and convertible or exchangeable securities. In particular, upon the completion of this offering, our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities will replace our Existing Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Upon our liquidation, holders of our debt securities and preferred shares and lenders with respect to other borrowings would receive a distribution of our available assets prior to the holders of our common shares. Additional offerings of common shares would dilute the holdings of our existing shareholders or may reduce the market price of our common shares or both. Additionally, any preferred shares or convertible or exchangeable securities that we issue in the future may have rights, preferences and privileges more favorable than those of our common shares and may result in dilution to holders of our common shares. Because our decision to incur debt or issue equity or equity-related securities in the future will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing, nature or success of our future capital raising. Thus, our shareholders bear the risk that our future capital raising will materially and adversely affect the market price of our common shares and dilute the value of their holdings in us.

If you purchase common shares in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price per share is expected to be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering. Therefore, if you purchase common shares in this offering,

 

71


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

you will experience immediate dilution to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share that you pay in this offering and the net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering. See “Dilution.”

Common shares eligible for future sale may have adverse effects on the market price of our common shares.

The market price of our common shares could decline as a result of sales or resales of a large number of our common shares in the market after this offering, or the perception that such sales or resales could occur. These sales or resales, or the possibility that these sales or resales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell our common shares in the future at a desired time and at an attractive price. Upon the completion of this offering, 133,125,349 common shares (or 136,725,349 common shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common shares) will be issued and outstanding (including 87,664 restricted stock units that will settle into common shares in connection with this offering with respect to certain of our resigning trustees), and no Series A preferred shares, Series B preferred shares or Series C preferred shares will be issued and outstanding. The 24,000,000 common shares sold in this offering (or 27,600,000 common shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common shares) will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, by persons other than our trustees and executive officers and other affiliates, including Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity.

We, our executive officers, trustees, trustee nominees, YF ART Holdings, the GS Entities, the Fortress Entity and Charm Progress have agreed not to dispose of or hedge any common shares or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common shares for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of the representatives of the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions. See “Underwriting.” When the restrictions under the lock-up arrangements expire or are waived, the related common shares (or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common shares) will be available for resale, in some cases subject to the requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as described below.

The 109,125,349 common shares that are or will be, upon the completion of this offering, beneficially owned by our current and former trustees, executive officers and other affiliates, including Yucaipa and the GS Entities, will be “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available, including the exemptions contained in Rule 144. All of these common shares subject to lock-up agreements will be eligible for resale following the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period referred to above.

We expect that the terms of our new registration rights agreement will include provisions for demand registration rights in favor of YF ART Holdings, the GS Entities and, if and when it holds common shares directly, the Fortress Entity and their respective affiliates that hold common shares directly (including any affiliate of Yucaipa that holds common shares directly). Pursuant to these registration rights, these shareholders will be entitled to cause us, subject to their consultation with a coordination committee (as such committee is described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Shareholders Agreement and Related Agreements”) and, at our own expense, to file registration statements under the Securities Act covering sales of our common shares held by them. If any of these shareholders require that we register our common shares held by them, affiliates of Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity, as the case may be, may request that their common shares be included in such registration in proportion to the common shares held by the shareholder requiring the registration that are included in the registration. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Rule 144” and “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Registration Rights.”

Pursuant to the terms of its investment in YF ART Holdings, the Fortress Entity is entitled to receive, by February 2022 (or earlier if YF ART Holdings is dissolved prior to that date), the return of its investment plus an annual preferred return thereon, as well as a to-be-determined percentage of our common shares owned by YF ART Holdings. As of September 30, 2017, the Fortress Entity’s investment in YF ART Holdings, including the preferred return, was approximately $512.6 million, and YF ART Holdings owned 69,342,769 of our common shares (excluding common shares issuable upon exercise of YF ART Holdings’ warrants), of which 10,901,069

 

72


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

common shares were attributable to the Fortress Entity. See “Principal Shareholders” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—The Fortress Entity Contribution Agreement” for additional information. In order to meet YF ART Holdings’ return on investment and annual preferred return obligations to the Fortress Entity under the YF ART Holdings limited partnership agreement, the general partner of YF ART Holdings would likely sell a number of our common shares held by YF ART Holdings that are not attributable to the Fortress Entity, the number of which could be significant depending on the then prevailing market price for our common shares at the times of any such sales, and such sales of common shares could materially and adversely affect the then prevailing market price of our common shares. Any such sales would also reduce the percentage of our common shares beneficially owned by investment funds affiliated with Yucaipa. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—YF ART Holdings Limited Partnership Agreement.”

In addition, in connection with this offering, we intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering common shares issuable pursuant to options and restricted stock units outstanding under our equity incentive plans. We also intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering our common shares issuable under the 2017 Plan, which we will adopt in connection with this offering. These registration statements are expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Equity Incentive Plans.”

We cannot predict the effect, if any, of future issuances, sales or resales of our common shares, or the availability of common shares for future issuances, sales or resales, on the market price of our common shares. The market price of our common shares may decline significantly when the restrictions on resale by certain of our shareholders lapse. Issuances, sales or resales of substantial amounts of common shares, or the perception that such issuances, sales or resales could occur, may materially and adversely affect the then prevailing market price for our common shares.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our company, or if they issue unfavorable commentary about us, our industry or the real estate industry generally or downgrade the outlook of our common shares, the market price of our common shares could decline.

The trading market for our common shares will depend in part on the research and reports that third-party securities analysts publish about our company, our industry and the real estate industry generally. One or more analysts could downgrade the outlook for our common shares or issue other negative commentary about our company, our industry or the real estate industry generally. In addition, we may be unable or slow to attract research coverage. Furthermore, if one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company, we could lose visibility in the market. As a result of one or more of these factors, the market price of our common shares could decline and cause you to lose all or a portion of your investment.

REIT and Tax Related Risks

Failure to qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes would have a material adverse effect on us.

We have elected to be taxed as a REIT under the Code. Our qualification as a REIT requires us to satisfy numerous requirements, some on an annual and quarterly basis, established under highly technical and complex Code provisions for which there are only limited judicial or administrative interpretations, and which involve the determination of various factual matters and circumstances not entirely within our control. We expect that our current organization and methods of operation will enable us to continue to qualify as a REIT, but we may not so qualify or we may not be able to remain so qualified in the future. In addition, U.S. federal income tax laws governing REITs and other corporations and the administrative interpretations of those laws may be amended at any time, potentially with retroactive effect. The Protecting Americans from Tax Hikes Act, or PATH Act, was enacted in December 2015, and included numerous changes in the U.S. federal income tax laws applicable to REITs, and H.R. 1, the tax reform legislation passed on December 22, 2017, makes fundamental changes to the individual and corporate tax laws that will materially impact us and our shareholders. In addition,

 

73


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

future legislation, new regulations, administrative interpretations or court decisions could materially and adversely affect our ability to qualify as a REIT or materially and adversely affect our company and shareholders. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—General” and “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Organizational Requirements.”

If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, we would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on our REIT taxable income at regular corporate rates, and would not be allowed to deduct dividends paid to our shareholders in computing our REIT taxable income. Also, unless the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, granted us relief under certain statutory provisions, we could not re-elect REIT status until the fifth calendar year after the year in which we first failed to qualify as a REIT. The additional tax liability from the failure to qualify as a REIT would reduce or eliminate the amount of cash available for investment or distribution to our shareholders. This would materially and adversely affect us. In addition, we would no longer be required to make distributions to our shareholders. Even if we continue to qualify as a REIT, we will continue to be subject to certain U.S. federal, state and local taxes on our income and property. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Failure to Qualify.”

To qualify as a REIT, we must meet annual distribution requirements, which could result in material harm to our company if they are not met.

To obtain the favorable tax treatment accorded to REITs, among other requirements, we normally will be required each year to distribute to our shareholders at least 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and by excluding net capital gains. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on our undistributed REIT taxable income and net capital gains. In addition, if we fail to distribute to our shareholders during each calendar year at least the sum of (a) 85% of our ordinary income for such year; (b) 95% of our capital gain net income for such year; and (c) any undistributed REIT taxable income from prior periods, we will be subject to a 4% excise tax on the excess of the required distribution over the sum of (i) the amounts actually distributed by us and (ii) retained amounts on which we pay U.S. federal income tax at the corporate level. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Annual Distribution Requirements.” We intend to make distributions to our shareholders to comply with the requirements of the Code for REITs and to minimize or eliminate our U.S. federal income tax obligation. However, differences between the recognition of REIT taxable income and the actual receipt of cash could require us to sell assets or raise capital on a short-term or long-term basis to meet the distribution requirements of the Code. Certain types of assets generate substantial mismatches between REIT taxable income and available cash. Such assets include rental real estate that has been financed through financing structures which require some or all of available cash flows to be used to service borrowings. Further, under amendments to the Code made by H.R. 1, income must be accrued for U.S. federal income tax purposes no later than when such income is taken into account as revenue in our financial statements, subject to certain exceptions, which could also create mismatches between REIT taxable income and the receipt of cash attributable to such income. As a result, the requirement to distribute a substantial portion of our REIT taxable income could cause us to: (1) sell assets in adverse market conditions; (2) raise capital on unfavorable terms; or (3) distribute amounts that would otherwise be invested in future acquisitions, expansions or developments, capital expenditures or repayment of debt, in order to comply with REIT requirements. Further, amounts distributed will not be available to fund our operations. Under certain circumstances, covenants and provisions in our existing and future debt instruments may prevent us from making distributions that we deem necessary to comply with REIT requirements. Our inability to make required distributions as a result of such covenants could threaten our status as a REIT and could result in material adverse tax consequences for our company and shareholders.

We conduct a portion of our business through TRSs, which are subject to certain tax risks.

We have established TRSs and may establish others in the future. Despite our qualification as a REIT, our TRSs must pay income tax on their taxable income. As a result of the enactment of H.R. 1, effective for

 

74


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2018 our domestic TRSs are subject to U.S. federal income tax on their taxable income at a maximum rate of 21% (as well as applicable state and local income tax), but net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards of TRS losses arising in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 may be deducted only to the extent of 80% of TRS taxable income in the carryforward year (computed without regard to the NOL deduction). In contrast to prior law, which permitted unused NOL carryforwards to be carried back two years and forward 20 years, H.R. 1 provides that losses arising in taxable years ending after December 31, 2017 can no longer be carried back but can be carried forward indefinitely. In addition, we must comply with various tests to continue to qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and our income from, and investments in, our TRSs generally do not constitute permissible income and investments for certain of these tests. No more than 20% of the value of a REIT’s assets may consist of securities of one or more TRSs. Because TRS securities do not qualify for purposes of the 75% asset test described herein, and because we own other assets that do not, or may not, qualify for the 75% asset test, the 75% asset test may effectively limit the value of our TRS securities to less than 20% of our total assets. Our dealings with our TRSs may materially and adversely affect our REIT qualification. Furthermore, we may be subject to a 100% penalty tax, or our TRSs may be denied deductions, to the extent our dealings with our TRSs are not deemed to be arm’s length in nature or are otherwise not permitted under the Code. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Ownership of Interests in Taxable REIT Subsidiaries” and “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Penalty Tax.”

Complying with REIT requirements may cause us to forgo otherwise attractive opportunities or liquidate certain of our investments.

To qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must continually satisfy tests concerning, among other things, the sources of our income, the nature and diversification of our assets, the amounts we distribute to our shareholders and the ownership of our shares. We may be required to make distributions to our shareholders at disadvantageous times or when we do not have funds readily available for distribution. Thus, compliance with the REIT requirements may, for instance, hinder our ability to make certain otherwise attractive investments or undertake other activities that might otherwise be beneficial to us and our shareholders, or may require us to raise capital or liquidate investments in unfavorable market conditions and, therefore, may hinder our performance.

As a REIT, at the end of each quarter, at least 75% of the value of our assets must consist of cash, cash items, government securities and qualified real estate assets. The remainder of our investments in securities (other than cash, cash items, government securities, securities issued by a TRS and qualified real estate assets) generally cannot include more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer or more than 10% of the total value of the outstanding securities of any one issuer. In addition, in general, no more than 5% of the value of our total assets (other than cash, cash items, government securities, securities issued by a TRS and qualified real estate assets) can consist of the securities of any one issuer, and no more than 20% of the value of our total securities can be represented by securities of one or more TRSs. If we fail to comply with these requirements at the end of any quarter, we must correct the failure within 30 days after the end of the quarter or qualify for certain statutory relief provisions to avoid losing our REIT qualification and suffering material adverse tax consequences. The need to comply with the 75% asset test and 20% TRS securities test on an ongoing basis potentially could require us in the future to limit the future acquisition of, or to dispose of, nonqualifying assets, limit the future expansion of our TRSs’ assets and operations or dispose of or curtail TRS assets and operations, which could adversely affect our business and could have the effect of reducing our income and amounts available for distribution to our shareholders. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Asset Tests.”

Future changes to the U.S. federal income tax laws could have an adverse impact on our business and financial results.

Changes to the U.S. federal income tax laws are proposed regularly. Additionally, the REIT rules are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the IRS and the U.S. Department of

 

75


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the Treasury, which may result in revisions to regulations and interpretations in addition to statutory changes. If enacted, certain such changes could have an adverse impact on our business and financial results. In particular, H.R. 1, which generally takes effect for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2018 (subject to certain exceptions), makes many significant changes to the U.S. federal income tax laws that will profoundly impact the taxation of individuals, corporations (both regular C corporations as well as corporations that have elected to be taxed as REITs), and the taxation of taxpayers with overseas assets and operations. A number of changes that affect noncorporate taxpayers will expire at the end of 2025 unless Congress acts to extend them. These changes will impact us and our shareholders in various ways, some of which are adverse or potentially adverse compared to prior law. See “—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.” To date, the IRS has issued only limited guidance with respect to certain of the new provisions, and there are numerous interpretive issues that will require guidance. It is highly likely that technical corrections legislation will be needed to clarify certain aspects of the new law and give proper effect to Congressional intent. There can be no assurance, however, that technical clarifications or changes needed to prevent unintended or unforeseen tax consequences will be enacted by Congress in the near future.

Other legislative proposals could be enacted in the future that could affect REITs and their shareholders. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the effect of H.R. 1 and any other potential tax law changes on an investment in our common shares.

Distributions payable by REITs generally do not qualify for the reduced tax rates that apply to certain other corporate distributions, potentially making an investment in our company less advantageous for certain persons than an investment in an entity with different tax attributes.

The maximum federal income tax rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” payable by non-REIT corporations to certain non-corporate U.S. stockholders is generally 20%, and a 3.8% Medicare tax may also apply. Dividends paid by REITs, however, generally are not eligible for the reduced rates applicable to qualified dividend income. Commencing with taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2018 and continuing through 2025, H.R. 1 temporarily reduces the effective tax rate on ordinary REIT dividends (i.e., dividends other than capital gain dividends and dividends attributable to certain qualified dividend income received by us) for U.S. holders of our common shares that are individuals, estates or trusts by permitting such holders to claim a deduction in determining their taxable income equal to 20% of any such dividends they receive. Taking into account H.R. 1’s reduction in the maximum individual federal income tax rate from 39.6% to 37%, this results in a maximum effective rate of regular income tax on ordinary REIT dividends of 29.6% through 2025 (as compared to the 20% maximum federal income tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income received from a non-REIT corporation). See “—Taxation of U.S. Holders of Our Common Shares —Distributions Generally.” The more favorable rates applicable to regular corporate distributions could cause investors who are individuals to perceive investments in REITs to be relatively less attractive than investments in the stocks of non-REIT corporations that pay distributions. This could materially and adversely affect the value of the stock of REITs, including our common shares.

In certain circumstances, we may be subject to U.S. federal, state, local or foreign taxes, which would reduce our funds available for distribution to our shareholders.

Even if we qualify and maintain our status as a REIT, we may be subject to certain U.S. federal, state, local or foreign taxes. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—General.” For example, net income from a “prohibited transaction” will be subject to a 100% tax. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Prohibited Transaction Income.” In addition, we may not be able to make sufficient distributions to avoid income and excise taxes. We may also decide to retain certain gains from the sale or other disposition of our property and pay income tax directly on such gains. In that event, our shareholders would be required to include such gains in income and would receive a corresponding credit for their share of taxes paid by us. Any net taxable income earned directly by a TRS will be subject to U.S. federal and state corporate income tax. We may also be subject to state, local, or foreign taxes on

 

76


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

our income or property, either directly or at the level of our operating partnership or the other companies through which we indirectly own our assets. Any taxes we pay will reduce our funds available for distribution to our shareholders.

Complying with REIT requirements may limit our ability to hedge effectively and may cause us to incur tax liabilities.

The REIT provisions of the Code limit our ability to hedge our liabilities. Generally, income from a hedging transaction we enter into either to manage risk of interest rate changes with respect to borrowings incurred or to be incurred to acquire or carry real estate assets, or to manage the risk of currency fluctuations with respect to any item of income or gain (or any property which generates such income or gain) that constitutes “qualifying income” for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income tests applicable to REITs, does not constitute “gross income” for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income tests, provided that we properly identify the hedging transaction pursuant to the applicable sections of the Code and Treasury Regulations. To the extent that we enter into other types of hedging transactions, the income from those transactions is likely to be treated as non-qualifying income for purposes of both gross income tests. As a result of these rules, we may need to limit our use of otherwise advantageous hedging techniques or implement those hedges through a TRS. The use of a TRS could increase the cost of our hedging activities (because our TRS would be subject to tax on income or gain resulting from hedges entered into by it) or expose us to greater risks than we would otherwise want to bear. In addition, net losses in any of our TRSs will generally not provide any tax benefit except for being carried forward for use against future taxable income in the TRSs. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Income from Hedging Transactions.”

If our operating partnership fails to qualify as a disregarded entity or a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we would fail to qualify as a REIT.

Our operating partnership is currently treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Following the admission of any additional limited partners, we intend that the operating partnership will be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a disregarded entity or a partnership, our operating partnership will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its income. Instead, for all tax periods during which the operating partnership is treated as a disregarded entity, we will be required to take all of the operating partnership’s income into account in computing our taxable income. For all tax periods during which the operating partnership is treated as a partnership, each of its partners, including us, will be allocated that partner’s share of the operating partnership’s income. Following the admission of additional limited partners, no assurance can be provided, however, that the IRS will not challenge the status of our operating partnership as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or that a court would not sustain such a challenge. If the IRS were successful in treating our operating partnership as an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we would fail to meet the gross income tests and certain of the asset tests applicable to REITs and, accordingly, would cease to qualify as a REIT, which would have a material adverse effect on us and our shareholders. Also, our operating partnership would then be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax, which would reduce significantly the amount of its funds available for debt service and for distribution to its partners, including us. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Ownership of Interests in Partnerships and Limited Liability Companies.”

The opinion of King & Spalding LLP regarding our status as a REIT does not guarantee our ability to remain a REIT.

Subject to the considerations described in “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations,” our tax counsel in connection with this prospectus, King & Spalding LLP, expects to deliver an opinion to the effect that, commencing with our taxable year ended December 31, 2014, we have been organized and have operated in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code, and our actual and proposed method of operation will enable us to continue to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation

 

77


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

as a REIT under the Code. Among other things, this opinion will be based upon our representations as to the manner in which we will be owned, invest in assets, and operate. The opinion of King & Spalding LLP will also be based on the closing agreement that we entered into with the IRS, which treats certain storage income we derived from our Australian and New Zealand properties in certain taxable years prior to the implementation of certain remediation measures (which were completed by June 30, 2017 after obtaining certain lender approvals) as nonqualifying income for purposes of the gross income tests that apply to REITs, but determines that any failure by us to satisfy the 95% gross income test for such taxable years as a result of such income being treated as nonqualifying gross income was due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect for purposes of applying certain relief provisions that will excuse such failures and permit us to retain our REIT status (see “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—IRS Closing Agreement”). Our qualification as a REIT will depend on our satisfaction of certain asset, income, organizational, distribution, shareholder ownership and other requirements on a continuing basis, the results of which will not be monitored by King & Spalding LLP. Accordingly, no assurances can be given that we will satisfy the REIT requirements in any particular taxable year. Also, the opinion to be delivered by King & Spalding LLP will represent counsel’s legal judgment based on the law in effect as of the date of the commencement of this offering, will not be binding on the IRS or any court and could be subject to modification or withdrawal based on future legislative, judicial or administrative changes to the U.S. federal income tax laws, any of which could be applied retroactively. King & Spalding LLP has no obligation to advise us or the holders of our common shares of any subsequent change in the matters stated, represented or assumed in its opinion or of any subsequent change in applicable law.

Foreign investors may be subject to tax under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980, as amended, or FIRPTA, on the sale of common shares if we are unable to qualify as a domestically controlled qualified investment entity or if our common shares are not considered to be regularly traded on an established securities market.

A foreign person disposing of a U.S. real property interest, including shares of a U.S. corporation whose assets consist principally of U.S. real property interests, or USRPIs, is generally subject to a tax, commonly known as FIRPTA tax, on the gain recognized on the disposition. Such FIRPTA tax does not apply, however, to the disposition of stock in a REIT if the REIT is a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity.” A domestically controlled qualified investment entity includes a REIT in which, at all times during a specified testing period, less than 50% of the shares (in value) are held directly or indirectly by non-U.S. holders. In the event that we do not constitute a domestically controlled qualified investment entity, a foreign person’s sale of stock nonetheless will generally not be subject to tax under FIRPTA as a sale of a USRPI, provided that (1) the stock owned is of a class that is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market; and (2) the selling non-U.S. holder held, actually and constructively, 10% or less of our outstanding stock of that class at all times during a specified testing period. We believe that, following this offering, our common shares will be regularly traded on an established securities market within the meaning of the applicable Treasury Regulations. If we were to fail to so qualify as a domestically controlled qualified investment entity, and our common shares were to fail to be “regularly traded,” gain realized by a foreign investor on a sale of our common shares would be subject to FIRPTA tax. No assurance can be given that we will satisfy either of these tests. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Shares—Distributions Attributable to a Sale or Exchange of United States Real Property Interests.”

 

78


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains statements about future events and expectations that constitute forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations of our future financial and operating performance and growth plans, taking into account the information currently available to us. These statements are not statements of historical fact. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations of future results we express or imply in any forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on such statements. Factors that could contribute to these differences include the following:

 

    adverse economic or real estate developments in our geographic markets or the temperature-controlled warehouse industry;

 

    general economic conditions;

 

    risks associated with the ownership of real estate and temperature-controlled warehouses in particular;

 

    defaults or non-renewals of contracts with customers;

 

    potential bankruptcy or insolvency of our customers;

 

    uncertainty of revenues, given the nature of our customer contracts;

 

    increased interest rates and operating costs;

 

    our failure to obtain necessary outside financing;

 

    risks related to, or restrictions contained in, our debt financing;

 

    decreased storage rates or increased vacancy rates;

 

    difficulties in identifying properties to be acquired and completing acquisitions;

 

    risks related to expansions of existing properties and developments of new properties, including failure to meet budgeted or stabilized returns in respect thereof;

 

    acquisition risks, including the failure of such acquisitions to perform in accordance with projections;

 

    difficulties in expanding our operations into new markets, including international markets;

 

    our failure to maintain our status as a REIT;

 

    uncertainties and risks related to natural disasters and global climate change;

 

    possible environmental liabilities, including costs, fines or penalties that may be incurred due to necessary remediation of contamination of properties presently or previously owned by us;

 

    financial market fluctuations;

 

    actions by our competitors and their increasing ability to compete with us;

 

79


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    labor and power costs;

 

    changes in real estate and zoning laws and increases in real property tax rates;

 

    the competitive environment in which we operate;

 

    our relationship with our employees, including the occurrence of any work stoppages or any disputes under our collective bargaining agreements;

 

    liabilities as a result of our participation in multi-employer pension plans;

 

    the cost and time requirements as a result of our operation as a publicly traded REIT;

 

    the concentration of ownership by Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity;

 

    changes in foreign currency exchange rates; and

 

    the impact of anti-takeover provisions in our constituent documents and under Maryland law, which could make an acquisition of us more difficult, limit attempts by our shareholders to replace our trustees and affect the price of our common shares.

Words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “continues,” “estimates,” “expects,” “goal,” “objectives,” “intends,” “may,” “opportunity,” “plans,” “potential,” “near-term,” “long-term,” “projections,” “assumptions,” “projects,” “guidance,” “forecasts,” “outlook,” “target,” “trends,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “will” and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. Examples of forward-looking statements included in this prospectus include, among others, statements about our expected expansion and development pipeline and our targeted return on invested capital on expansion and development opportunities. We qualify any forward-looking statements entirely by these cautionary factors. Other risks, uncertainties and factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors,” could cause our actual results to differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statements we make. We assume no obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements for any reason, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

 

80


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $330.8 million (or approximately $381.0 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common shares), based on the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with $517.0 million of net proceeds from our New Senior Secured Term Loan A Facility that will be effective upon the completion of this offering, to repay the entire $809.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility and for general business purposes, which may include the repayment of $13.1 million outstanding under our Clearfield, Utah construction loan. Our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility matures on December 1, 2022. As of September 30, 2017, under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility, borrowings bore interest at a floating rate of one-month LIBOR plus 3.75%. Our Clearfield, Utah construction loan has an initial maturity date of February 21, 2019 and a final maturity date, including extensions, of February 21, 2021. As of September 30, 2017, our Clearfield, Utah construction loan bore interest at a floating rate of one-month LIBOR plus 3.25%. Pending application of such net proceeds, we will invest such net proceeds in interest-bearing accounts and short-term, interest-bearing securities, which are consistent with our intention to continue to qualify for taxation as a REIT.

On December 26, 2017, we closed into escrow on our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities, consisting of a five-year, $525.0 million New Senior Secured Term Loan A Facility, with net proceeds of $517.0 million, and a three-year, $400.0 million New Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility. We expect that, upon the completion of this offering, $525.0 million will be outstanding under our New Senior Secured Term Loan A Facility and no borrowings will be outstanding under our New Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility. We expect that borrowings under our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities will bear interest at the completion of this offering at a floating rate of one-month LIBOR plus 2.50%.

Affiliates of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Rabo Securities USA, Inc., two of the underwriters in this offering, are lenders under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility. Accordingly, these lenders will receive their proportionate share of the net proceeds from this offering used to repay indebtedness outstanding under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility. See “Underwriting—Other Relationships.”

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $22.3 million, assuming the number of common shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each 1,000,000 share increase (decrease) in the number of common shares offered would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $14.0 million, assuming the initial public offering price per share remains at $15.00, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

81


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DISTRIBUTION POLICY

We intend to make regular quarterly distributions to holders of our common shares. We intend to make a pro rata initial distribution with respect to the period commencing on the completion of this offering and ending March 31, 2018, based on $0.1875 per share for a full quarter. On an annualized basis, this would be $0.75 per share, or an annual distribution rate of 5.00% based on the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We estimate that our initial annual distribution will represent 80.66% of estimated cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2018. Our intended initial annual distribution rate has been established based on our estimate of cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2018, which we have calculated based on adjustments to our pro forma net income for the year ended December 31, 2016. In estimating our cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2018, we have made certain assumptions as reflected in the table and footnotes below.

Our estimate of cash available for distribution does not reflect the amount of cash estimated to be used for investing activities for expansion, development, acquisition and other activities, but it does reflect amounts estimated for recurring maintenance capital expenditures. It also does not reflect the amount of cash estimated to be used for financing activities other than scheduled amortization of principal on our indebtedness. Any such investing or financing activities may have a material effect on our estimate of cash available for distribution. Because we have made the assumptions set forth above in estimating cash available for distribution, we do not intend this estimate to be a projection or forecast of our actual results of operations or our liquidity, and have estimated cash available for distribution for the sole purpose of determining the amount of our initial annual distribution rate. Our estimate of cash available for distribution should not be considered as an alternative to net cash provided by operating activities calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP or as an indicator of our liquidity or our ability to make distributions. In addition, the methodology upon which we made the adjustments described below is not necessarily intended to be a basis for determining future distributions.

We intend to maintain our initial annual distribution rate for the twelve-month period following completion of this offering unless actual results of operations, economic or market conditions or other factors differ materially from the assumptions used in our estimate. Any distributions made to our shareholders by us will be authorized and determined by our board of trustees in its sole discretion out of funds legally available therefor and will be dependent upon a number of factors, including our actual or anticipated financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and capital requirements, debt service requirements, financing covenants, restrictions under applicable law and other factors described below. Our financial condition and results of operations will be affected by a number of factors, including the revenues we receive from our warehouses, third-party management segment and transportation segment, our operating expenses, interest expense, the ability of our customers to meet their obligations to us and unanticipated expenditures.

We believe that our estimate of cash available for distribution constitutes a reasonable basis for setting the initial annual distribution rate; however, we cannot assure you that the estimate will prove accurate, and actual distributions may therefore be significantly different from our intended distributions. If we have overestimated our cash available for distribution, we may need to increase our borrowings or otherwise raise capital in order to fund our intended distributions. We do not intend to reduce the intended distribution if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common shares from us in this offering; however, this could require us to utilize additional cash on hand or borrow under our New Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility that will be effective upon the completion of this offering to make the distributions associated with the common shares purchased pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common shares.

We anticipate that, at least initially, our distributions will exceed our then-current and then-accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Therefore, a portion of these distributions may represent a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will not be taxable to a taxable U.S. shareholder under current U.S.

 

82


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

federal income tax law to the extent those distributions do not exceed the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in his or her common shares, but rather will reduce the adjusted basis of the common shares. In that case, the gain (or loss) recognized on the sale of those common shares or upon our liquidation will be increased (or decreased) accordingly. To the extent those distributions, if any, exceed a taxable U.S. shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in his or her common shares, they generally will be treated as a capital gain realized from the taxable disposition of those common shares. The percentage of our shareholder distributions that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits may vary substantially from year to year. For a more complete discussion of the tax treatment of distributions to holders of our common shares, see “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

We cannot assure you that our intended distributions will be made or sustained or that our board of trustees will not change our distribution policy in the future. Our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities will, subject to certain exceptions, prohibit us from making distributions to our shareholders if we fail to maintain compliance with certain covenants or if an event of default has occurred and is continuing. For more information regarding risk factors that could materially and adversely affect us and our ability to make distributions to our shareholders, please see “Risk Factors.”

U.S. federal income tax law requires that a REIT distribute annually at least 90% of its REIT taxable income excluding net capital gains, and that it pay tax at regular corporate rates to the extent that it annually distributes less than 100% of its REIT taxable income including capital gains. For more information, please see “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

 

83


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table describes our pro forma income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2016, and the adjustments we have made thereto in order to estimate our initial cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2018 (amounts in thousands except share data, per share data and percentages). The calculations in the following table are being made solely for the purpose of illustrating the initial annual distribution and are not necessarily intended to be a basis for determining future distributions.

 

Pro forma net income for the year ended December 31, 2016

  $ 23,141  

Less: pro forma net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2016

    (6,209

Add: pro forma net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2017

    2,122  
 

 

 

 

Pro forma net income for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017

    19,054  

Add: real estate depreciation, depletion and amortization

    86,131  

Add: non-real estate depreciation and amortization

    30,881  

Add: loss from partially owned entities

    365  

Add: stock-based compensation expense (1)

    10,364  

Add: loss on debt extinguishment and modification

    986  

Add: impairment of assets

    20,701  

Add: non-recurring impairment of partially owned entities (2)

    6,496  

Add: amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount

    8,353  

Add: amortization of below market leases

    151  

Add: foreign currency exchange loss

    940  

Add: loss from sold and exited sites

    543  

Add: strategic alternative costs (3)

    6,701  

Add: severance and reduction in workforce costs (4)

    710  

Add: terminated site operations cost (5)

    1,989  

Add: contribution (NOI) for new site (6)

    3,024  

Add: customer contract rate escalation on storage revenue (7)

    8,801  

Add: multiemployer pension plan withdrawal expense (8)

    9,167  

Less: repayment of multiemployer pension plan liability (8)

    (456

Less: loss on idled sites (9)

    (1,243

Less: incremental public company selling, general and administration expenses (10)

    (5,000

Less: deferred income taxes (benefit) expense

    (1,568

Less: gain on real estate and other asset disposals

    (5,216
 

 

 

 

Estimated cash flow from operating activities for the twelve months ending September 30, 2018

    201,875  

Less: estimated cash used for investing activities—estimated annual provision for recurring maintenance capital expenditures (11)

    (43,100

Less: estimated cash used in financing activities—scheduled principal amortization payments (12)

    (33,700
 

 

 

 

Estimated cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending September 30, 2018

  $ 125,075  
 

 

 

 

Projected initial annual distribution (13)

  $ 100,875  

Estimated initial annual distribution per common share

  $ 0.75  

Payout ratio based on our share of estimated cash available for distribution (14)

    80.66

 

(1) Represents pro forma stock compensation expense related to equity awards under our equity incentive plans and the 2017 Plan.
(2) Represents an impairment charge related to our investment in the China JV based on a determination that the recorded investment was no longer recoverable from the projected future cash distributions we expect to receive from the China JV. We did not receive any cash distributions from the China JV during the year ended December 31, 2016 or the nine months ended September 30, 2017.
(3) Represents one-time operating costs associated with our review of strategic alternatives prior to this offering.
(4) Represents one-time severance from prior management team and reduction in workforce costs associated with exiting or selling non-strategic warehouses.

 

84


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(5) Represents repair expenses incurred to return leased sites to their original physical state at lease inception in connection with the termination of the applicable underlying lease. These terminations were part of our strategic efforts to exit or sell non-strategic warehouses as opposed to ordinary course lease expirations. We do not anticipate incurring comparable, non-ordinary course repair expenses during the twelve months ending September 30, 2018 as part of our strategic efforts to exit or sell non-strategic warehouses. Repair and maintenance expenses associated with our ordinary course operations are reflected as operating expenses on our income statement.
(6) Represents (a) estimated incremental contribution (NOI) from a newly acquired warehouse that is triple net leased to a customer, with contribution (NOI) based on the in-place rents attributable to the existing lease and (b) estimated incremental contribution (NOI) as a result of the elimination of rent expense from a warehouse we acquired in 2016 that we previously operated under a lease agreement.
(7) Represents incremental storage revenue of (a) $3.4 million attributable to storage rate increases that were implemented prior to September 30, 2017 as if the storage rate increases were in effect beginning October 1, 2016 and (b) $5.4 million attributable to storage rate increases that were implemented on January 1, 2018 with respect to existing customers as of such time assuming average physical occupancy consistent with actual physical occupancy for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. We do not believe there are any incremental increases in operating expenses as a direct result of giving effect to these storage rate increases. Except as noted with respect to storage rate increases, the calculations assume that the income and cash flows from operations generated from our month-to-month customer relationships for the twelve months ending September 30, 2018 will be substantially the same as income and cash flows from operations generated from our month-to-month customer relationships for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017.
(8) During the third quarter of 2017, we recorded a one-time charge of $9.2 million representing the present value of a liability associated with our withdrawal obligation under the New England Teamsters Multi-Employer Pension Fund, or the New England Fund, for hourly, unionized associates at four of our domestic warehouse facilities. The undiscounted liability of $13.7 million will be repaid in equal monthly installments of approximately $38,000 over 30 years, interest free.
(9) Represents incremental losses from two warehouses in the United States that we vacated during the fourth quarter of 2017.
(10) Represents estimated incremental general and administrative expenses to be incurred by us as a public company related to the implementation of additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies including, among other things, additional trustees’ and officers’ liability insurance, trustee fees, reporting requirements of the SEC, transfer agent fees, hiring additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal fees and similar expenses.
(11) Reflects our average annual recurring maintenance capital expenditures for the two years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. Amount shown does not include repair and maintenance expenses, which are reflected in operating expenses on our income statement and averaged $51.0 million for the two years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.
(12) Represents scheduled principal amortization payments attributable to our 2010 Mortgage Loans, 2013 Mortgage Loans and ANZ Loans (as each term is defined below). See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Outstanding Indebtedness.” We anticipate funding these principal amortization payments through refinancing the relevant indebtedness or the utilization of proceeds from a draw under our New Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility that will be effective upon the completion of this offering and do not anticipate any outflows from cash available for distribution.
(13) Based on an estimated total of 134,512,093 common shares, which includes the 133,125,349 common shares that will be outstanding after this offering (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and including the 87,664 restricted stock units that will settle into common shares in connection with this offering with respect to certain of our resigning trustees) and 1,386,744 restricted stock units that will be entitled to receive, when paid, cash distributions after the completion of this offering, but excludes any common shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options and all other restricted stock units.

 

85


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(14) Calculated as projected initial annual distribution per common share divided by our share of estimated cash available for distribution per common share for the twelve months ending September 30, 2018.

The following table sets forth the distributions that have been declared to date by our board of trustees with respect to our common shares since January 1, 2015.

 

Year declared

   Aggregate
distributions
     Number of
common
shares
outstanding
     Amount
declared per
share
     Date paid  

2015

   $ 3,380,275.86        69,370,609      $ 0.0487278        4/1/2015  

2015

   $ 3,380,275.86        69,370,609      $ 0.0487278        7/1/2015  

2015

   $ 3,380,275.86        69,370,609      $ 0.0487278        10/1/2015  

2015

   $ 10,073,074.19        69,370,609      $ 0.1452067        12/29/2015  

2016

   $ 5,053,475.43        69,370,609      $ 0.0728475        4/1/2016  

2016

   $ 5,053,475.43        69,370,609      $ 0.0728475        7/1/2016  

2016

   $ 5,053,475.43        69,370,609      $ 0.0728475        10/3/2016  

2016

   $ 5,053,475.44        69,370,609      $ 0.0728475        12/29/2016  

2017

   $ 5,053,475.43        69,370,609      $ 0.0728475        4/3/2017  

2017

   $ 5,053,475.44        69,370,609      $ 0.0728475        7/3/2017  

2017

   $ 5,053,475.44        69,370,609      $ 0.0728475        10/2/2017  

2017

   $ 5,053,475.44        69,370,609      $ 0.0728475        12/28/2017  

 

86


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2017:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis to give effect to the redemption of all 125 outstanding Series A preferred shares upon the completion of this offering, the conversion of all 375,000 Series B preferred shares in connection with this offering into an aggregate of 33,240,258 common shares (based upon the Series B preferred share conversion ratio as of September 30, 2017 and the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares), which has been calculated as if the conversion had occurred on September 30, 2017 and assuming no accrued and unpaid distributions in respect of the Series B preferred shares at such time, the cashless exercise of all outstanding warrants to purchase 18,574,619 common shares, exercisable at a price of $9.81 per share, into an aggregate of 6,426,818 common shares in connection with this offering (based on a deemed valuation of $15.00 per share pursuant to the terms of the warrants), the application of $517.0 million of net proceeds from our New Senior Secured Term Loan A Facility, which we intend to use, together with $292.0 million of the net proceeds from this offering referenced below, to repay the entire $809.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility and the filing of our declaration of trust in connection with this offering; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to the sale by us of 24,000,000 common shares in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, together with borrowings under our New Senior Secured Term Loan A Facility that will be effective upon the completion of this offering, as described under “Use of Proceeds,” to repay the entire $809.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility and $13.1 million outstanding under our Clearfield, Utah construction loan, assuming we elect to repay the entire amount of indebtedness outstanding under our Clearfield, Utah construction loan.

 

87


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price, the conversion rate applicable at the time of the conversion of the Series B preferred shares into common shares, the common shares received upon the cashless exercise of all outstanding warrants, the redemption of all of our Series A preferred shares and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. This table should be read in conjunction with the sections titled “Selected Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial and Operating Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our historical and pro forma consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    As of September 30, 2017  

(in thousands, except share amounts)

  Actual     Pro forma     Pro forma as
adjusted
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 82,044     $ 81,919     $ 107,625  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt:

     

Borrowings under our revolving line of credit

  $ —       $ —       $ —    

Mortgage notes (1)(2)

    762,933       762,933       762,933  

Term loans (1)(2)

    999,879       999,879       715,912  

Sale leaseback financing obligations

    122,105       122,105       122,105  

Capitalized lease obligations

    36,652       36,652       36,652  

Construction loans

    13,130       13,130       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

  $ 1,934,699     $ 1,934,699     $ 1,637,602  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Preferred shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value per share —375,000 Series B preferred shares authorized, 375,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

  $ 379,690     $ —       $ —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ (deficit) equity:

     

Preferred shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value —125 Series A preferred shares authorized, 125 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 125 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    —         —         —    

Common shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value per share —250,000,000 authorized and 69,370,609 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 250,000,000 shares authorized and 109,037,685 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 250,000,000 shares authorized and 133,037,685 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    694       1,090       1,330  

Paid-in capital

    393,694       765,754       1,091,320  

Accumulated deficit and distributions in excess of net earnings

    (577,297     (577,297     (599,266

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    (4,429     (4,429     (4,429
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity

  $ (187,338   $ 185,118     $ 488,955  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

  $ 2,127,051     $ 2,119,817     $ 2,126,557  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Aggregate principal amounts before exclusion of (i) $7,940 of deferred financing costs on mortgage notes and $25,878 of discount and deferred financing costs on term loans, of which $21,969 relates to discount and deferred financing costs on our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility on an actual and pro forma basis, and (ii) $7,940 of deferred financing costs on mortgage notes and $11,906 of discount and deferred financing costs on term loans, of which $7,997 relates to deferred financing costs on our New Senior Secured Term Loan A Facility, on a pro forma as adjusted basis.
(2)

The following is a reconciliation of the adjustment applied to the term loans presented in the capitalization table above with the pro forma adjustment applied to the mortgage notes and term loans—net of discount and deferred financing costs set forth in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial

 

88


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  Statements—Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2017” (in thousands):

 

Pro forma adjustment applied to the term loans presented in the capitalization table     $(283,967)  

Write-off of debt discount and origination fees related to Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility

    21,969  
Origination fees deducted from New Senior Secured Term Loan A Facility     (7,997)  
 

 

 

 

Pro forma adjustment applied to the mortgage notes and term loans—net of discount and deferred financing costs set forth in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2017”

  $ (269,995
 
 
 
 

 

 

 
 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of paid-in capital, total shareholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $22.3 million, assuming the number of common shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each 1,000,000 share increase (decrease) in the number of common shares offered would increase (decrease) each of paid-in capital, total shareholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $14.0 million, assuming the initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The table above does not include:

 

    up to 3,600,000 common shares issuable upon the underwriters’ exercise in full of their option to purchase additional common shares;

 

    5,477,618 common shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2017 under our equity incentive plans, at a weighted average exercise price of $9.72 per share;

 

    844,595 common shares issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units outstanding as of January 8, 2018 under the 2010 Plan, including 87,664 restricted stock units that will settle into common shares in connection with this offering with respect to certain of our resigning trustees and 603,411 restricted stock units entitled to receive, when paid, cash distributions declared after the completion of this offering;

 

    783,333 common shares issuable under the 2017 Plan (which we will adopt in connection with this offering), upon the vesting of restricted stock units to be granted to certain of our non-employee trustees and certain employees upon the completion of this offering, all of which restricted stock units are entitled to receive, when paid, cash distributions declared after the completion of this offering; and

 

    8,216,667 common shares reserved for future issuance under the 2017 Plan.

 

89


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DILUTION

If you invest in our common shares, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common shares and the net tangible book value per share of our common shares upon the completion of this offering.

Dilution represents the difference between the amount per share paid by investors in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common shares upon the completion of this offering. Net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2017 represented the amount of our total tangible assets less the amount of our total liabilities divided by the number of common shares outstanding at September 30, 2017. After giving effect to the sale of the 24,000,000 common shares in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, together with $517.0 million of net proceeds from our New Senior Secured Term Loan A Facility that will be effective upon the completion of this offering (assuming the repayment of our Clearfield, Utah construction loan), as described under “Use of Proceeds,” our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of September 30, 2017 would have been approximately $329.7 million, or $2.48 per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value to our existing shareholders of $2.76 per share and an immediate dilution to new investors in this offering of $12.52 per share.

The following table illustrates this per share dilution in net tangible book value to new investors:

 

Net tangible book value (deficit) per share before giving effect to the redemption of Series A preferred shares, the conversion of Series B preferred shares and the cashless exercise of all outstanding warrants

      $ (5.81

Redemption of 125 Series A preferred shares

      $  

Conversion of 375,000 Series B preferred shares

      $ 5.51  

Cashless exercise of warrants held by YF ART Holdings

      $ 0.02  
     

 

 

 

Net tangible book value (deficit) per share before giving effect to this offering

      $ (0.28
     

 

 

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $ 15.00  

Net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of September 30, 2017

   $ (0.28   

Increase per share attributable to new investors

     2.76     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share upon the completion of this offering

      $ 2.48  
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors

      $ 12.52  
     

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) by $22.3 million, or $0.17 per share, and would increase (decrease) the dilution per share to new investors by $0.17, assuming the number of common shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each 1,000,000 share increase (decrease) in the number of common shares offered would increase (decrease) pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) by $14.0 million, or $0.10 per share, and would increase

 

90


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(decrease) the dilution per share to new investors by $0.10, assuming the initial public offering price per share remains at $15.00, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table sets forth, as of September 30, 2017, the differences between the number of common shares purchased from us, after giving effect to the total price paid and the average price per share paid by existing shareholders and by the new investors in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, but before deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Common shares
purchased
    Total
consideration
    Average price
per share
 
     Number
(in thousands)
     Percent     Amount
(in thousands)
     Percent    

Existing shareholders

     109,038        82   $ 766,844        68   $ 7.03  

New investors

     24,000        18       360,000        32     $ 15.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

     133,038        100   $ 1,126,844        100   $ 8.47  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors and the average price per share by approximately $24.0 million and $0.18 per share, respectively, assuming the number of common shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

A 1,000,000 share increase (decrease) in the number of common shares offered would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors and the average price per share by approximately $15.0 million and $0.05 per share, respectively, assuming the initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

After giving effect to the sale of common shares by us in this offering, new investors will hold 24,000,000 common shares, or approximately 18% of the total number of common shares outstanding after this offering, and existing shareholders will hold 82% of the total common shares outstanding. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common shares in full, the number of common shares held by new investors will increase to 27,600,000, or approximately 20% of the total number of common shares outstanding upon the completion of this offering, and the percentage of common shares held by existing shareholders will decrease to 80% of the total number of common shares outstanding.

The foregoing discussion and tables give effect to the redemption of all 125 outstanding Series A preferred shares upon the completion of this offering, the conversion of all 375,000 Series B preferred shares in connection with this offering into an aggregate of 33,240,258 common shares (based upon the Series B preferred share conversion ratio as of September 30, 2017 and the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares), which has been calculated as if the conversion occurred on September 30, 2017 and assuming no accrued and unpaid distributions in respect of the Series B preferred shares at such time, the cashless exercise of all outstanding warrants to purchase 18,574,619 common shares, exercisable at a price of $9.81 per share, into an aggregate of 6,426,818 common shares in connection with this offering (based on a deemed valuation of $15.00 per share pursuant to the terms of the warrants), and the filing of our declaration of trust in connection with this offering, but assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to 3,600,000 additional common shares and does not include 5,477,618 common shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2017, at a weighted-average exercise price of $9.72 per share, 844,595 common shares issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units outstanding as of January 8, 2018 under the 2010 Plan (including 87,664 restricted stock units that will settle into common shares in connection with this offering with respect to certain of our resigning trustees), 783,333 common shares issuable under the 2017 Plan (which we will adopt in connection with this offering) upon the vesting of

 

91


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

restricted stock units to be granted to certain of our non-employee trustees and certain employees upon the completion of this offering or 8,216,667 common shares reserved for future issuance under the 2017 Plan.

In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities or any options are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution.

 

92


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SELECTED HISTORICAL AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The following table summarizes certain of our financial and operating data. We derived the selected historical consolidated financial and operating data as of December 31, 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 from our audited historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the selected historical consolidated financial and operating data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 from our audited historical consolidated financial statements and related notes, which are not included in this prospectus. We derived the selected historical consolidated financial and operating data as of September 30, 2017 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 from our unaudited interim historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited interim financial and operating data, in management’s opinion, has been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP on the same basis as our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, and in the opinion of management reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that management considers necessary to state fairly the financial information as of and for the periods presented. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results for any full year.

We derived the summary unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial and operating data as of September 30, 2017 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and the year ended December 31, 2016 from our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial and operating data gives effect to the pro forma adjustments described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements,” as if all such pro forma adjustments had occurred on January 1, 2016, in the case of the summary unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations data, the selected other data and the ratio data, and as of September 30, 2017, in the case of the summary unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial and operating data includes various estimates which are subject to change and may not be indicative of what our results of operations or financial condition would have been had these transactions taken place on the dates indicated, or of what may occur in the future following the completion of this offering.

You should read this information together with the sections entitled “Capitalization,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Nine months ended September 30,     Year ended December 31,  

(in thousands, except
per share data)

  2017
Pro forma (1)
    2017
Actual
    2016
Actual
    2016
Pro forma (1)
    2016
Actual
    2015
Actual
    2014
Actual
    2013
Actual
    2012
Actual
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                 

Warehouse segment revenues

  $ 848,064     $ 848,064     $ 789,873     $ 1,080,867     $ 1,080,867     $ 1,057,124     $ 1,039,005     $ 1,027,403     $ 1,017,184  

Total revenues

    1,141,867       1,141,867       1,095,437       1,489,999       1,489,999       1,481,385       1,509,598       1,552,156       1,629,010  

Operating income

    87,728       90,817       83,783       112,898       117,016       110,663       106,018       106,935       77,153  

Net income (loss)

    2,122       (8,608     (7,425     23,141       4,932       (21,176     (42,434     (30,767     (28,051

Less distribution on preferred shares of beneficial interest—Series A and B

    —         (21,334     (21,334     —         (28,452     (28,452     (28,452     (28,451     (28,140

Less accretion on preferred shares of beneficial interest—Series B

    —         (657     (707     —         (936     (1,006     (1,083     (1,167     (1,261

Net income (loss) attributable to common shares of beneficial interest

    2,122       (30,599     (29,466     23,141       (24,456     (50,634     (71,969     (60,385     (57,452

Total warehouse segment contribution (NOI) (2)

    254,399       254,399       221,868       314,045       314,045       307,749       294,257       296,335       279,383  

 

93


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    Nine months ended September 30,     Year ended December 31,  

(in thousands, except
per share data)

  2017
Pro forma (1)
    2017
Actual
    2016
Actual
    2016
Pro forma (1)
    2016
Actual
    2015
Actual
    2014
Actual
    2013
Actual
    2012
Actual
 

Total segment contribution (NOI) (2)

  $ 273,738     $ 273,738     $ 244,695     $ 345,645     $ 345,645     $ 337,020     $ 322,519     $ 330,311     $ 323,508  

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Data:

                 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    N/A     $ 127,130     $ 87,390       N/A     $ 118,781     $ 106,521     $ 117,243     $ 118,216     $ 137,269  

Net cash used in investing activities

    N/A       (78,782     (13,193     N/A       (33,732     (66,830     (58,617     (96,254     (70,339

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    N/A       9,944       (88,868     N/A       (95,322     (28,120     (58,981     (36,480     (59,300
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    N/A     $ 58,292     $ (14,671     N/A     $ (10,273   $ 11,571     $ (355   $ (14,518   $ 7,630  
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per Share Data:

                 

Net loss attributable to common shareholders per common share

                 

Basic

  $ 0.02     $ (0.44   $ (0.42   $ 0.17     $ (0.35   $ (0.73   $ (1.03   $ (0.87   $ (0.83

Diluted

  $ 0.02     $ (0.44   $ (0.42   $ 0.17     $ (0.35   $ (0.73   $ (1.03   $ (0.87   $ (0.83

Common share dividends paid

    N/A     $ 15,159     $ 15,159       N/A     $ 20,214     $ 20,214     $ 20,214     $ 20,214     $ 11,004  

Dividends paid per common share

    N/A     $ 0.22     $ 0.22       N/A     $ 0.29     $ 0.29     $ 0.29     $ 0.29     $ 0.16  

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

                 

Basic

    133,892       70,012       69,879       133,557       69,890       69,758       69,621       69,483       69,377  

Diluted

    135,406       70,012       69,879       134,165       69,890       69,758       69,621       69,483       69,377  

Selected Other Data:

                 

Same store contribution (NOI) (3)

  $ 254,571     $ 254,571     $ 224,251     $ 309,349     $ 309,349     $ 302,040     $ 289,428     $ 289,513     $ 281,444  

EBITDA (4)

    164,087       167,176       174,887       244,816       248,934       230,891       214,285       226,924       223,270  

Core EBITDA (4)

    208,435       208,435       179,399       261,362       261,362       253,638       244,057       251,214       239,966  

FFO (5)

    76,296       65,566       51,888       108,770       90,561       75,065       47,111       62,727       76,335  

Core FFO (5)

    108,553       73,400       37,690       119,986       69,207       55,697       42,133       53,520       52,410  

Adjusted FFO (5)

    105,757       70,604       42,788       121,904       71,125       59,754       81,152       81,634       39,973  

 

     As of  

(in thousands)

   September 30, 2017
Pro forma (1)
     September 30, 2017
Actual
    December 31, 2016
Actual
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 107,625      $ 82,044     $ 22,834  

Total assets

     2,408,949        2,388,362       2,327,631  

Total debt

     1,617,756        1,900,881       1,831,973  

Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)

     488,955        (187,338     (149,455

 

     As of and for the
twelve months ended
 
     September 30, 2017
Pro forma (1)
     September 30, 2017
Actual
     December 31, 2016
Actual
 

Ratio Data:

        

Net debt to Core EBITDA (6)

     5.27        6.38        7.06  

 

(1) Gives effect to the pro forma adjustments in the “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements,” including the issuance and sale of 24,000,000 common shares in the offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

(2)

We evaluate the performance of our business segments based on their contribution (NOI) to our overall results of operations. We use the term “segment contribution (NOI)” to mean a segment’s revenues less its cost of operations (excluding any depreciation, depletion and amortization, impairment charges and corporate-level selling, general and

 

94


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  administrative expenses). We use segment contribution (NOI) to evaluate our segments for purposes of making operating decisions and assessing performance in accordance with FASB, ASC, Topic 280, Segment Reporting .

 

     We also calculate our total segment contribution (NOI) as the sum of the segment contribution (NOI) for each of our business segments. We believe our total segment contribution (NOI) is helpful to investors because it gives a picture of our business’s profitability before differences in capital structures, capital investment cycles, useful life of related assets among otherwise comparable companies and corporate-level overhead which is not immediately and fully correlated with the provision of services by our business. For a reconciliation of total segment contribution (NOI) to our operating income, which is the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP, see footnote (3) below.

 

(3) We refer to a “same store” as a warehouse we owned or leased for the entirety of two comparable periods and which has reported at least twelve months of consecutive normalized operations prior to the commencement of the earlier period being considered. We define “normalized operations” as a site open for operation or lease after a warehouse acquisition, development or significant modification, including the expansion of a warehouse footprint or a warehouse rehabilitation subsequent to an extraordinary event, such as natural disasters or similar events. In addition, our definition of “normalized operations” takes into account changes in the ownership structure, which would impact comparability in our warehouse segment contribution (NOI). As an example, the acquisition of a warehouse previously subject to an operating lease would result in the removal of the warehouse from the same store set because the operating expenses associated with the lease would not be included in both periods. Warehouses are excluded from the same store population as of the beginning of the fiscal quarter following the occurrence of such events. We evaluate our same store portfolio on a quarterly basis.

 

     We calculate “same store contribution (NOI)” as revenues for the same store population less its cost of operations (excluding any depreciation, depletion and amortization, impairment charges and corporate-level selling, general and administrative expenses). In order to derive an appropriate measure of period-to-period operating performance, we also calculate our same store contribution (NOI) on a constant currency basis to remove the effects of foreign currency exchange rate movements by using the comparable prior period exchange rate to translate from local currency into U.S. dollars for both periods.

 

     We evaluate the performance of the warehouses we own or lease using a “same store” analysis, and we believe that same store contribution (NOI) is helpful to investors as a supplemental performance measure because it includes the operating performance from the population of properties that is consistent from period to period and also on a constant currency basis, thereby eliminating the effects of changes in the composition of our portfolio of warehouses and currency fluctuations on performance measures.

 

     Same store contribution (NOI) is not a measurement of financial performance under U.S. GAAP. In addition, other companies providing temperature-controlled warehouse storage and handling and other warehouse services may not define same store or calculate same store contribution (NOI) in a manner consistent with our definition or calculation. Same store contribution (NOI) should be considered as a supplement, but not as an alternative, to our results calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

95


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     The following table reconciles same store contribution (NOI) to operating income, which is the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

    Nine months ended September 30,     Year ended December 31,  
    2017
Pro Forma
    2017
Actual
    2016
Actual
    2016
Pro Forma
    2016
Actual
    2015
Actual
    2014
Actual
    2013
Actual
    2012
Actual
 

Same store contribution (NOI)

  $ 254,571     $ 254,571     $ 224,251     $ 309,349     $ 309,349     $ 302,040     $ 289,428     $ 289,513     $ 281,444  

Non-same store contribution (loss) (NOI)

    (172     (172     (2,383     4,696       4,696       5,709       4,829       6,822       (2,061
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Warehouse segment contribution (NOI)

  $ 254,399     $ 254,399     $ 221,868     $ 314,045     $ 314,045     $ 307,749     $ 294,257     $ 296,335     $ 279,383  

Third-party managed segment contribution (NOI)

    9,682       9,682       10,340       14,814       14,814       12,581       10,353       11,199       17,418  

Transportation segment contribution (NOI)

    9,733       9,733       10,563       14,418       14,418       14,305       15,855       20,461       24,649  

Quarry segment contribution (loss) (NOI)

    (76     (76     1,924       2,368       2,368       2,385       2,054       2,316       2,058  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total segment contribution (NOI)

  $ 273,738     $ 273,738     $ 244,695     $ 345,645     $ 345,645     $ 337,020     $ 322,519     $ 330,311     $ 323,508  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

    (87,196     (87,196     (88,754     (118,571     (118,571     (125,720     (132,679     (137,562     (138,420

Impairment of assets

    (8,773     (8,773     —         (9,820     (9,820     (9,415     —         —         (11,870

Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal expense

    (9,167     (9,167     —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Corporate-level selling, general and administrative expenses

    (80,874     (77,785     (72,158     (104,356     (100,238     (91,222     (83,822     (85,814     (96,065
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

U.S. GAAP operating income

  $ 87,728     $ 90,817     $ 83,783     $ 112,898     $ 117,016     $ 110,663     $ 106,018     $ 106,935     $ 77,153  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(4) We calculate EBITDA as earnings before interest expense, taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization. EBITDA is a measure commonly used in our industry, and we present EBITDA to enhance investor understanding of our operating performance. We believe that EBITDA provides investors and analysts with a measure of operating results unaffected by differences in capital structures, capital investment cycles and useful life of related assets among otherwise comparable companies.

 

     We also calculate our Core EBITDA as EBITDA adjusted for impairment charges on intangible and long-lived assets, gain or loss on depreciable real property asset disposals, severance and reduction in workforce costs, terminated site operations costs, expenses related to our review of the strategic alternatives for our company prior to this offering, litigation settlements, loss on debt extinguishment and modification, stock-based compensation expense, foreign currency exchange gain or loss, loss on partially owned entities, impairment of partially owned entities, and multiemployer pension plan withdrawal expense. We believe that the presentation of Core EBITDA provides a measurement of our operations that is meaningful to investors because it excludes the effects of certain items that are otherwise included in EBITDA but which we do not believe are indicative of our core business operations. EBITDA and Core EBITDA are not measurements of financial performance under U.S. GAAP, and our EBITDA and Core EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. You should not consider our EBITDA and Core EBITDA as alternatives to net income or cash flows from operating activities determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our calculations of EBITDA and Core EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools, including:

 

    these measures do not reflect our historical or future cash requirements for recurring maintenance capital expenditures or growth and expansion capital expenditures;

 

    these measures do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

    these measures do not reflect the interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our indebtedness;

 

    these measures do not reflect our tax expense or the cash requirements to pay our taxes; and

 

    although depreciation, depletion and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated, depleted and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future and these measures do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements.

 

96


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     We use EBITDA and Core EBITDA as measures of our operating performance and not as measures of liquidity. The following table reconciles EBITDA and Core EBITDA to net income, which is the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

    Nine months ended September 30,     Twelve months ended
September 30, 2017
    Year ended December 31,  

(in thousands)

 

2017

Pro forma (a)

   

2017

Actual

    2016
Actual
    Pro forma (a)(b)    

Actual

   

2016

Pro forma (a)

   

2016

Actual

    2015
Actual
    2014
Actual
    2013
Actual
    2012
Actual
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 2,122     $ (8,608   $ (7,425   $ 19,054     $ 3,749     $ 23,141     $ 4,932     $ (21,176   $ (42,434   $ (30,767   $ (28,051

Adjustments:

                     

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

    87,196       87,196       88,754       117,013       117,013       118,571       118,571       125,720       132,679       137,562       138,420  

Interest expense

    71,414       85,233       90,278       95,083       114,507       97,225       119,552       116,710       114,223       113,509       113,967  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    3,355       3,355       3,280       5,953       5,953       5,879       5,879       9,637       9,817       6,620       (1,066
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

  $ 164,087     $ 167,176     $ 174,887     $ 237,104     $ 241,222     $ 244,816     $ 248,934     $ 230,891     $ 214,285     $ 226,924     $ 223,270  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments:

                     

Severance and reduction in workforce costs

    431       431       621       710       710       900       900       886       570       552       3,067  

Terminated site operations cost

    2,175       2,175       192       1,989       1,989       6       6       1,168       —         —         —    

Strategic alternative costs

    4,366       4,366       2,331       6,701       6,701       4,666       4,666       (1,372     712       2,626       897  

Litigation settlements

    —         —         —         89       89       89       89       900       —         56       85  

Loss on partially owned entities

    1,342       1,342       1,105       365       365       128       128       3,538       19,990       2,861       2,007  

Non-recurring impairment of partially owned entities

    6,496       6,496       —         6,496       6,496       —         —         —         —         —         —    

Impairment of assets

    10,881       10,881       —         20,701       20,701       9,820       9,820       9,415       —         —         11,870  

Loss (gain) on foreign currency exchange

    3,870       3,870       2,466       940       940       (464     (464     3,470       5,273       7,482       (3,173

Stock-based compensation expense

    4,849       1,760       1,950       10,364       6,246       10,554       6,436       3,108       2,827       1,580       348  

Loss on debt extinguishment and modification

    986       986       1,437       986       986       1,437       1,437       503       —         6,504       —    

(Gain) loss on real estate and other asset disposals

    (215     (215     (5,590     (5,216     (5,216     (10,590     (10,590     1,131       400       2,629       1,595  

Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal expense

    9,167       9,167       —         9,167       9,167       —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Core EBITDA

  $ 208,435     $ 208,435     $ 179,399     $ 290,396     $ 290,396     $ 261,362     $ 261,362     $ 253,638     $ 244,057     $ 251,214     $ 239,966  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a) Reflects pro forma adjustments referenced in footnote (1) above.

 

(b)    Pro forma net income (loss) for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017 is calculated as follows:

  

Pro forma net income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2016

   $ 23,141  

Less: pro forma net income (loss) for the nine months ended September 30, 2016

     (6,209

Add: pro forma net income (loss) for the nine months ended September 30, 2017

     2,122  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017

   $ 19,054  
  

 

 

 

 

97


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(5) We calculate funds from operations, or FFO, in accordance with the standards established by the Board of Governors of the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts, or NAREIT. NAREIT defines FFO as net income or loss determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP, excluding extraordinary items as defined under U.S. GAAP and gains or losses from sales of previously depreciated operating real estate assets, plus specified non-cash items, such as real estate asset depreciation and amortization, and after adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures. We believe that FFO is helpful to investors as supplemental performance measures because they exclude the effect of depreciation, amortization and gains or losses from sales of real estate, all of which are based on historical costs, which implicitly assumes that the value of real estate diminishes predictably over time. Since real estate values instead have historically risen or fallen with market conditions, FFO can facilitate comparisons of operating performance between periods and among other equity REITs.

 

     We calculate core funds from operations, or Core FFO, as FFO adjusted for the effects of gain or loss on the sale of non-real estate assets, severance and reduction in workforce costs, terminated site operations costs, expenses related to our review of the strategic alternatives for our company prior to this offering, litigation settlements, stock-based compensation arising from one-time grants of restricted stock units at the time of this offering, non-recurring impairment charges arising from the China JV and impairment of partially owned entities, loss on debt extinguishment and modification, inventory asset impairment charges, foreign currency exchange gain or loss and multiemployer pension plan withdrawal expense. We believe that Core FFO is helpful to investors as a supplemental performance measure because it excludes the effects of certain items which can create significant earnings volatility, but which do not directly relate to our core business operations. We believe Core FFO can facilitate comparisons of operating performance between periods, while also providing a more meaningful predictor of future earnings potential.

 

     However, because FFO and Core FFO add back real estate depreciation and amortization and do not capture the level of recurring maintenance capital expenditures necessary to maintain the operating performance of our properties, both of which have material economic impacts on our results from operations, we believe the utility of FFO and Core FFO as a measure of our performance may be limited.

 

     We calculate adjusted funds from operations, or Adjusted FFO, as Core FFO adjusted for the effects of amortization of loan costs, debt discounts and above or below market leases, straight-line rent, provision or benefit from deferred income taxes, stock-based compensation expense from grants of stock options and restricted stock units under our equity incentive plans prior to this offering, non-real estate depreciation, depletion or amortization (including in respect of the China JV) and recurring maintenance capital expenditures. We believe that Adjusted FFO is helpful to investors as a meaningful supplemental comparative performance measure of our ability to make incremental capital investments in our business and to assess our ability to fund distribution requirements from our operating activities.

 

     FFO, Core FFO and Adjusted FFO are used by management, investors and industry analysts as supplemental measures of operating performance of equity REITs. FFO, Core FFO and Adjusted FFO should be evaluated along with U.S. GAAP net income and net income per diluted share (the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measures) in evaluating our operating performance. FFO, Core FFO and Adjusted FFO do not represent net income or cash flows from operating activities in accordance with U.S. GAAP and are not indicative of our results of operations or cash flows from operating activities as disclosed in our consolidated statements of operations included elsewhere in this prospectus. FFO, Core FFO and Adjusted FFO should be considered as supplements, but not alternatives, to our net income or cash flows from operating activities as indicators of our operating performance. Moreover, other REITs may not calculate FFO in accordance with the NAREIT definition or may interpret the NAREIT definition differently than we do. Accordingly, our FFO may not be comparable to FFO as calculated by other REITs. In addition, there is no industry definition of Core FFO or Adjusted FFO and, as a result, other REITs may also calculate Core FFO or Adjusted FFO, or other similarly-captioned metrics, in a manner different than we do. The following table reconciles FFO, Core FFO and Adjusted FFO to net income, which is the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

98


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    Nine months ended September 30,     Year ended December 31,  

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

  2017
Pro forma (a)
    2017
Actual
    2016
Actual
    2016
Pro forma (a)
    2016
Actual
    2015
Actual
    2014
Actual
    2013
Actual
    2012
Actual
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 2,122     $ (8,608   $ (7,425   $ 23,141     $ 4,932     $ (21,176   $ (42,434   $ (30,767   $ (28,051

Adjustments:

                 

Real estate related depreciation

    64,437       64,437       63,951       85,645       85,645       88,717       88,394       92,414       93,160  

Net (gain) loss on sale of depreciable real estate

    83       83       (5,710     (11,104     (11,104     597       (55     —         657  

Impairment charges on certain real estate assets

    8,773       8,773       —         9,820       9,820       5,711       —         —         9,469  

Real estate depreciation on China JV

    881       881       1,072       1,268       1,268       1,216       1,206       1,080       1,100  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funds from operations

    76,296       65,566       51,888       108,770       90,561       75,065       47,111       62,727       76,335  

Less distributions on preferred shares of beneficial interest

    —         (21,334     (21,334     —         (28,452     (28,452     (28,452     (28,451     (28,140
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funds from operations attributable to common shareholders

    $76,296     $ 44,232     $ 30,554     $ 108,770     $ 62,109     $ 46,613     $ 18,659     $ 34,276     $ 48,195  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments:

                 

Net loss (gain) on sale of non-real estate assets

    (431)       (431     89       464       464       (175     195       2,024       938  

Severance and reduction in workforce costs

    431       431       621       900       900       886       570       552       3,067  

Terminated site operations costs

    2,175       2,175       192       6       6       1,168       —         —         —    

Strategic alternative costs

    4,366       4,366       2,331       4,666       4,666       (1,372     712       2,626       897  

Litigation settlements

    —         —         —         89       89       900       —         56       85  

Stock-based compensation expense, IPO grants

    3,089       —         —         4,118       —         —         —         —         —    

China JV impairment and impairment of partially owned entities

    6,496       6,496       —         —         —         —         16,724       —         —    

Loss on debt extinguishment and modification

    986       986       1,437       1,437       1,437       503       —         6,504       —    

Inventory asset impairment

    2,108       2,108       —         —         —         3,704       —         —         2,401  

Foreign currency exchange loss (gain)

    3,870       3,870       2,466       (464     (464     3,470       5,273       7,482       (3,173

Mutltiemployer pension plan withdrawal expense

    9,167       9,167       —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Core FFO applicable to common shareholders

    $108,553     $ 73,400     $ 37,690     $ 119,986     $ 69,207     $ 55,697     $ 42,133     $ 53,520     $ 52,410  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments:

                 

Amortization of loan costs and debt discounts

    6,389       6,389       5,229       7,193       7,193       6,672       6,144       5,851       5,776  

Amortization of below/above market leases

    114       114       159       196       196       520       630       403       278  

Straight-line net rent

    98       98       (509     (564     (564     (516     749       532       (3

Deferred income taxes (benefit) expense

    (4,379     (4,379     (3,398     (586     (586     (2,292     15,604       1,243       (10,422

Stock-based compensation expense, excluding IPO grants

    1,760       1,760       1,950       6,436       6,436       3,108       2,827       1,580       348  

Non-real estate depreciation and amortization

    22,759       22,759       24,803       32,926       32,926       37,003       44,285       45,148       45,260  

Non-real estate depreciation and amortization on China JV

    454       454       658       762       762       1,247       1,588       1,648       1,398  

Recurring maintenance capital expenditures (b)

    (29,991)       (29,991     (23,794     (44,445     (44,445     (41,685     (32,808     (28,291     (55,072
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted FFO applicable to common shareholders

    $105,757     $ 70,604     $ 42,788     $ 121,904     $ 71,125     $ 59,754     $ 81,152     $ 81,634     $ 39,973  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a) Reflects pro forma adjustments referenced in footnote (1) above.
  (b)

Recurring maintenance capital expenditures include capital expenditures made to extend the life of, and provide future economic benefit from, our existing temperature-controlled warehouse network and its existing supporting personal property and information technology. For additional information regarding these expenditures, see

 

99


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Recurring Maintenance Capital Expenditures and Repair and Maintenance Expenses.”

 

(6) Net debt to Core EBITDA represents (i) our gross debt (defined as total debt plus discount and deferred financing costs) less cash and cash equivalents as of September 30, 2017 divided by (ii) Core EBITDA for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017. This ratio is presented as of September 30, 2017. Our management believes that this ratio is useful because it provides investors with information regarding gross debt less cash and cash equivalents, which could be used to repay debt, compared to our performance as measured using Core EBITDA, which is described in footnote (3) above.

 

     The following table reconciles net debt to total debt, which is the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP:

 

     As of September 30, 2017  

(in thousands)

   Pro forma (a)      Actual  

Total debt

   $ 1,617,756      $ 1,900,881  

Discount and deferred financing costs

     19,846        33,818  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross debt

   $ 1,637,602      $ 1,934,699  

Adjustments:

     

Less: cash and cash equivalents

     107,625        82,044  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net debt

   $ 1,529,977      $ 1,852,655  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (a) Reflects the pro forma adjustments referenced in footnote (1) above and “Capitalization.”

 

100


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and for the year ended December 31, 2016 are derived from our historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements are presented as if the following pro forma adjustments had occurred on September 30, 2017, in the case of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2017, and on January 1, 2016, in the case of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and for the year ended December 31, 2016.

The pro forma adjustments directly related to this offering, which we refer to as the Offering Adjustments, primarily include the following:

 

    the issuance and sale of 24,000,000 common shares in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;

 

    the application of the net proceeds from this offering of $330.8 million, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, as described in “Use of Proceeds,” to repay (i) $292.0 million of indebtedness outstanding under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility and (ii) $13.1 million outstanding under our Clearfield, Utah construction loan, assuming we elect to repay the entire amount of indebtedness outstanding under our Clearfield, Utah construction loan, with the remaining $25.6 million of net proceeds from this offering being used for general business purposes; and

 

    the application of $517.0 million of net proceeds from our New Senior Secured Term Loan A Facility, which we intend to use upon the completion of this offering, together with $292.0 million of the net proceeds from this offering referenced above, to repay the entire $809.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility.

The pro forma adjustments indirectly related to this offering include the following:

 

    the redemption of all 125 outstanding Series A preferred shares upon the completion of this offering;

 

    the conversion of all 375,000 Series B preferred shares in connection with this offering into an aggregate of 33,240,258 common shares (based upon the Series B preferred share conversion ratio as of September 30, 2017 and the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares), which has been calculated as if the conversion occurred on September 30, 2017 and assuming no accrued and unpaid distributions in respect of the Series B preferred shares at such time;

 

    the cashless exercise by YF ART Holdings, an affiliate of Yucaipa, of all outstanding warrants to purchase 18,574,619 common shares, exercisable at a price of $9.81 per share, into an aggregate of 6,426,818 common shares in connection with this offering (based on a deemed valuation of $15.00 per share pursuant to the terms of the warrants); and

 

    the adoption of the 2017 Plan and the expected issuance of new share-based awards of 783,333 restricted stock units to certain of our non-employee trustees and certain employees upon the completion of this offering.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements presented are for illustrative purposes only and do not necessarily indicate our financial condition or results of operations that would have been achieved if the transactions had occurred as of the dates or for the periods indicated above, nor are they

 

101


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

indicative of our financial condition or results of operations as of any future date or for any future period. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our historical consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Except as otherwise indicated, the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements presented assume no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to 3,600,000 additional common shares from us.

As a public company, we will be implementing additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. We expect to incur additional annual expenses related to these steps and, among other things, additional trustees’ and officers’ liability insurance, trustee fees, reporting requirements of the SEC, transfer agent fees, hiring additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal fees and similar expenses. We have not included any pro forma adjustments relating to these costs.

 

102


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

As of September 30, 2017

(Amounts in thousands)

 

    Historical
September 30, 2017
    Redemption
and Conversion
of Preferred
Shares, Equity

Grant Awards
and Exercise
of Warrants
          Pro forma for
Redemption and
Conversion of
Preferred Shares,

Equity Grant
Awards
and Exercise of
Warrants
    Offering
Adjustments
          September 30, 2017
Pro Forma
 

Assets:

             

Property, plant and equipment:

             

Land

  $ 390,988     $ —         $ 390,988     $ —         $ 390,988  

Buildings and improvements

    1,844,499           1,844,499           1,844,499  

Machinery and equipment

    555,255           555,255           555,255  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 
    2,790,742           2,790,742           2,790,742  

Accumulated depreciation and depletion

    (1,004,693         (1,004,693         (1,004,693
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

    1,786,049           1,786,049           1,786,049  

Capitalized leases:

             

Buildings and improvements

    16,827           16,827           16,827  

Machinery and equipment

    56,242           56,242           56,242  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

    (39,527         (39,527         (39,527
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Capitalized leases, net

    33,542           33,542           33,542  

Cash and cash equivalents

    82,044       (125     1       81,919       25,706       2,4       107,625  

Restricted cash

    21,491           21,491           21,491  

Accounts receivable—net of allowance of $4,894 at September 30, 2017 historical and pro forma

    184,497           184,497           184,497  

Identifiable intangible assets, net

    27,057           27,057           27,057  

Goodwill

    188,385           188,385           188,385  

Investments in partially owned entities

    14,609           14,609           14,609  

Other assets

    50,688           50,688       (4,994     4       45,694  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 2,388,362     $ (125     $ 2,388,237     $ 20,712       $ 2,408,949  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

             

Liabilities:

             

Borrowings under revolving line of credit

  $ —       $ —         $ —       $ —         2     $ —    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    225,038       7,109       3       232,147           232,147  

Construction loan

    13,130           13,130       (13,130     2       —    

Mortgage notes and term loans—net of discount and deferred financing
costs

    1,728,994           1,728,994       (269,995     2       1,458,999  

Sale-leaseback financing obligations

    122,105           122,105           122,105  

Capitalized lease obligations

    36,652           36,652           36,652  

Unearned revenue

    18,805           18,805           18,805  

Pension and post-retirement benefits

    20,793           20,793           20,793  

Deferred tax liability, net

    21,326           21,326           21,326  

Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal liability

    9,167           9,167           9,167  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    2,196,010       7,109         2,203,119       (283,125       1,919,994  

Series B preferred shares

    379,690       (379,690     3       —             —    

Series C preferred shares

    —             —             —    

Shareholders’ equity:

             

Series A preferred shares

    —             —             —    

Common shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value

    694       396       5       1,090       240       4       1,330  

Paid-in capital

    393,694       372,060       1,3,5       765,574       325,566       4       1,091,320  

Accumulated deficit

    (577,297         (577,297     (21,969     2       (599,266

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    (4,429         (4,429         (4,429
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)

    (187,338     372,456         185,118       303,837         488,955  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity (deficit)

  $ 2,388,362     $ (125     $ 2,388,237     $ 20,712       $ 2,408,949  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

103


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017

( Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts )

 

    Nine Months
ended
September 30, 2017

Historical
    Redemption
and Conversion
of Preferred
Shares, Equity
Grant Awards
and Exercise of
Warrants
          Pro forma for
Redemption
and Conversion
of Preferred
Shares, Equity
Grant Awards
and Exercise of
Warrants
    Offering
Adjustments
          Nine Months
ended
September 30, 2017

Pro Forma
 

Revenues:

             

Rent, storage, and warehouse services revenues

  $ 848,064     $       $ 848,064     $       $ 848,064  

Third-party managed services

    178,561           178,561           178,561  

Transportation services

    107,665           107,665           107,665  

Other revenues

    7,577           7,577           7,577  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total revenues

    1,141,867         $ 1,141,867         $ 1,141,867  

Operating expenses:

             

Rent, storage, and warehouse services cost of operations

    593,665           593,665           593,665  

Third-party managed services cost of operations

    168,879           168,879           168,879  

Transportation services cost of operations

    97,932           97,932           97,932  

Cost of operations related to other revenues

    7,653           7,653           7,653  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

    87,196           87,196           87,196  

Selling, general and administrative

    77,785       3,089       D       80,874           80,874  

Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal expense

    9,167           9,167           9,167  

Impairment of long-lived assets

    8,773           8,773           8,773  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    1,051,050       3,089         1,054,139           1,054,139  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating income

    90,817       (3,089       87,728           87,728  

Other (expense) income:

             

Loss from partially-owned entities

    (1,342         (1,342         (1,342

Impairment of partially owned entities

    (6,496         (6,496         (6,496

Interest expense

    (85,233         (85,233     13,819       A       (71,414

Interest income

    785           785           785  

Loss on debt extinguishment and modification

    (986         (986         (986

Other income—net

    (2,715         (2,715         (2,715
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

(Loss) Income before income tax and loss from sale of real estate, net of tax

    (5,170     (3,089       (8,259     13,819         5,560  

Income tax expense

    (3,355         (3,355         (3,355

Loss from sale of real estate, net of tax

    (83         (83         (83
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

    (8,608     (3,089       (11,697 )       13,819         2,122  

Less distributions on preferred shares of beneficial interest—Series A and B

    (21,334     21,334       B              

Less accretion on preferred shares of beneficial interest—Series B

    (657     657       B              
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to common shares of beneficial interest

  $ (30,599   $ 18,902       $ (11,697   $  13,819       $ 2,122  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic

    70,012       39,880       B, C, D       109,892       24,000       E       133,892  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted

    70,012       40,044       B, C, D, E       110,056       25,350       E       135,406  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per common share of beneficial interest—basic

  $ (0.44       $ (0.11       $ 0.02  
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per common share of beneficial interest—diluted

  $ (0.44       $ (0.11       $ 0.02  
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Distributions declared or paid on common shares of beneficial interest

  $ 15,161              
 

 

 

             

Distributions declared or paid per common share of beneficial interest

  $ 0.22              
 

 

 

             

 

104


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

    Historical
year ended
December 31,
2016
    Redemption
and Conversion of
Preferred Shares,

Equity Grant Awards
and Exercise of
Warrants
          Pro forma for
Redemption and
Conversion of
Preferred Shares,

Equity Grant Awards
and Exercise of
Warrants
    Offering
Adjustments
          Pro forma
year ended
December 31,
2016
 

Revenues:

             

Rent, storage, and warehouse services revenues

  $ 1,080,867     $                $ 1,080,867     $                $ 1,080,867  

Third-party managed services

    252,411           252,411           252,411  

Transportation services

    147,004           147,004           147,004  

Other revenues

    9,717           9,717           9,717  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total revenues

    1,489,999           1,489,999           1,489,999  

Operating expenses:

             

Rent, storage, and warehouse cost of operations

    766,822           766,822           766,822  

Third-party managed services cost of operations

    237,597           237,597           237,597  

Transportation services cost of operations

    132,586           132,586           132,586  

Cost of operations related to other services

    7,349           7,349           7,349  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

    118,571           118,571           118,571  

Impairment of intangible assets and long-lived assets

    9,820           9,820           9,820  

Selling, general and administrative

    100,238       4,118       I       104,356           104,356  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    1,372,983       4,118         1,377,101           1,377,101  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating income

    117,016       (4,118       112,898           112,898  

Other (expense) income:

             

Loss from partially-owned entities

    (128         (128         (128

Interest expense

    (119,552         (119,552     22,327       F       (97,225

Interest income

    708           708           708  

Loss on debt extinguishment and modification

    (1,437         (1,437         (1,437

Other income—net

    2,606           2,606           2,606  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Loss before income tax and loss from sale of real estate, net of tax

    (787     (4,118       (4,905     22,327         17,422  

Income tax expense

    (5,879         (5,879         (5,879

Gain from sale of real estate, net of tax:

    11,598           11,598           11,598  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income

    4,932       (4,118       814     $ 22,327         23,141  

Less distributions on preferred shares of beneficial interest—Series A and B

    (28,452     28,452       G       —          

Less accretion on preferred shares of beneficial interest—Series B

    (936     936       G       —          
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to common shares of beneficial interest

  $ (24,456   $ 25,270       $ 814     $ 22,327       $ 23,141  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic

    69,890       39,667       G,H       109,557       24,000       J       133,557  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted

    69,890       40,274       G,H,I,J       110,165       24,000       J       134,165  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per common share of beneficial interest—basic

  $ (0.35       $ 0.01         $ 0.17  
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per common share of beneficial interest—diluted

  $ (0.35       $ 0.01         $ 0.17  
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Distributions declared and paid on common shares of beneficial interest

  $ 20,214              
 

 

 

             

Distributions declared and paid per common share of beneficial interest

  $ 0.29              
 

 

 

             

 

105


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST

Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

I. Adjustments to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

The adjustments to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2017 are as follows:

 

  1. We intend to redeem all 125 outstanding Series A preferred shares for cash upon the completion of this offering. A pro forma adjustment of $0.1 million was made to reflect the decrease in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash to pay the cash redemption price for the Series A preferred shares. We have also made a pro forma adjustment to reflect the elimination of the carrying value reported for the Series A preferred shares.

 

  2. We intend to use $292.0 million of the net proceeds from this offering to pay amounts outstanding under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility and for general business purposes, which may include the repayment of $13.1 million outstanding under our Clearfield, Utah construction loan (which we have assumed we will repay for purposes of these pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements). On December 26, 2017, we closed into escrow on our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities, consisting of a five-year, $525.0 million New Senior Secured Term Loan A Facility and a three-year, $400.0 million New Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility. The effectiveness of our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities is contingent upon the completion of this offering. The net proceeds of $517.0 million from our New Senior Secured Term Loan A Facility will be used, together with $292.0 million of the net proceeds from this offering as described above, to repay the entire $809.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility, which had a carrying amount of $787.0 million net of debt discounts and deferred financing costs as of September 30, 2017. We made a pro forma adjustment to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2017 to reflect the refinancing, including an increase in accumulated deficit of $22.0 million, for the expense arising from the write-off of debt discounts and deferred financing costs.

 

  3. The adjustments to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2017 give effect to the anticipated conversion of all 375,000 Series B preferred shares in connection with this offering into an aggregate of 33,240,258 common shares (based upon the Series B preferred share conversion ratio as of September 30, 2017 and the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares), which has been calculated as if the conversion occurred on September 30, 2017 and assuming no accrued and unpaid distributions in respect of the Series B preferred shares at such time. The Series B preferred share conversion ratio will increase as a result of unpaid distributions accrued prior to the completion of this offering; however, we expect to make a cash distribution to the holders of our Series B preferred shares to account for any accrued and unpaid distributions immediately prior to conversion.

 

    This pro forma adjustment resulted in a reduction of $379.7 million in the reported amount of the Series B preferred shares and an increase of $0.3 million in the reported amount of common shares and an increase of $372.2 million in paid-in capital and a reclassification of $7.1 million of previously accrued dividends to accounts payable and accrued expenses.

 

  4.

A pro forma adjustment was recorded as of September 30, 2017 to reflect the sale in this offering of 24,000,000 common shares at the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. After

 

106


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  deducting the underwriting discount and other estimated offering expenses payable by us as shown in the table below, we expect this offering to result in net cash proceeds to us of $330.8 million.

 

     (In thousands)  

Gross proceeds from the sale of common shares offered hereby

   $ 360,000  

Underwriting discount

     25,200  

Estimated offering costs paid at closing

     4,000  
  

 

 

 

Net proceeds from this offering

   $ 330,800  
  

 

 

 

 

    This pro forma adjustment results in an increase in the reported amount of common shares of $0.2 million and an increase in paid-in capital of $325.6 million after deducting prepaid offering costs and offering costs paid at closing. On a pro forma basis, there was an increase in cash, cash equivalents or restricted cash of $25.6 million from the receipt of the net proceeds from this offering to be used for general business purposes.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $22.3 million, assuming the number of common shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. Similarly, each 1,000,000 share increase (decrease) in the number of common shares offered would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $14.0 million, assuming the initial public offering price per share remains at $15.00, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

  5. On December 10, 2009, we issued to YF ART Holdings warrants to purchase 18,574,619 common shares at an exercise price of $9.81 per share. We expect that YF ART Holdings will exercise these warrants in a cashless exercise, as permitted under the terms of the warrant agreement, in connection with this offering, as a result of which we will issue an aggregate of 6,426,818 common shares to YF ART Holdings (based on a deemed valuation of $15.00 per share pursuant to the terms of the warrants). We will not receive any cash consideration in connection with a cashless exercise of the warrants.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2017 reflects the cashless exercise of all of the warrants as of September 30, 2017, which resulted in an increase in the reported amount of common shares of $0.1 million and a decrease in paid-in capital of $0.1 million.

Pro forma adjustments to common shares and paid-in capital as of September 30, 2017, described above, are summarized in the table below (in thousands):

 

     Common
Shares
     Paid-in
Capital
 

Conversion of Series B preferred shares

   $ 332      $ 372,249  

Sale of shares in this offering

     240        325,566  

Exercise of warrants in cashless exercise

     64        (64

Redemption of Series A preferred shares

            (125
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma common shares and paid in capital

   $ 636      $ 697,626  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

107


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

II. Adjustments to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

The adjustments to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 are as follows:

 

  (A) We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay $292.0 million of indebtedness outstanding under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility and for general business purposes, which may include the repayment of $13.1 million outstanding under our Clearfield, Utah construction loan (which we have assumed we will repay for purposes of these pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements). On December 26, 2017, we closed into escrow on our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities, consisting of a five-year, $525.0 million New Senior Secured Term Loan A Facility and a three-year, $400.0 million New Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility. The effectiveness of our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities is contingent upon the completion of this offering. We anticipate that this refinancing will result in a reduction in our effective borrowing rate to 4.2% per annum (based upon an anticipated rate of one-month LIBOR plus 2.50%) and a reduction of $305.1 million in the reported amount of outstanding indebtedness, net of deferred financing costs. The net proceeds of our New Senior Secured Term Loan A Facility of $517.0 million will be used, together with $292.0 million of the net proceeds from this offering as described above, to repay the entire $809.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility. A pro forma adjustment was made to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 to reflect a pro forma reduction in interest expense of $13.8 million.

 

  (B) We expect that all 375,000 Series B preferred shares will be converted into an aggregate of 33,240,258 common shares in connection with this offering, calculated as if the conversion had occurred on September 30, 2017 (based upon the Series B preferred share conversion ratio as of September 30, 2017 and the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares) and assuming no accrued and unpaid distributions in respect of the Series B preferred shares at such time. The Series B preferred share conversion ratio will increase as a result of unpaid distributions accrued prior to the completion of this offering; however, we expect to make a cash distribution to the holders of our Series B preferred shares to account for any accrued and unpaid distributions immediately prior to conversion. As a result, we have made pro forma adjustments to reflect the elimination of the amounts reported for preferred dividends and accretion of preferred share discount during the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

 

    We also intend to redeem all 125 outstanding Series A preferred shares for cash upon the completion of this offering. As a result, we have made pro forma adjustments to reflect the elimination of the amounts reported for preferred dividends related to Series A preferred shares during the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

 

  (C) We also expect that YF ART Holdings will exercise its warrants to purchase 18,574,619 common shares at an exercise price of $9.81 per share in a cashless exercise, as permitted under the terms of the warrant agreement, in connection with this offering, as a result of which we will issue an aggregate of 6,426,818 common shares to YF ART Holdings (based on a deemed valuation of $15.00 per share pursuant to the terms of the warrants). We will not receive any cash consideration in connection with a cashless exercise of the warrants.

 

  (D)

We have recorded pro forma adjustments to reflect the expected issuance of new share-based awards of 783,333 restricted stock units to certain of our non-employee trustees and certain employees upon the completion of this offering. The aggregate fair value of the awards is expected to be $11.8 million (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is

 

108


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The fair value of the awards will be recognized as compensation expense ratably over service periods ranging from two to four years. Approximately $3.1 million of additional selling, general and administrative expense arising from the restricted stock units is reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

 

  (E) We have recorded pro forma adjustments to basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as summarized in the table below (in thousands):

 

     Basic      Diluted  

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     70,012        70,012  

Shares to be sold in this offering

     24,000        24,000  

Shares issuable upon conversion of Series B preferred shares

     33,240        33,240  

Shares issuable upon exercise of the common share warrants

     6,427        6,427  

Restricted stock units issued to certain of our non-employee trustees and certain employees upon the completion of this offering

     213        378  

Stock options and restricted stock units that are dilutive on a pro forma basis

            1,350  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     133,892        135,406  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The adjustments to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 are as follows:

 

  (F) We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay $292.0 million of indebtedness outstanding under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility and for general business purposes, which may include the repayment of $13.1 million outstanding under our Clearfield Utah construction loan (which we have assumed we will repay for purposes of these pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements). On December 26, 2017, we closed into escrow on our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities, consisting of a five-year, $525.0 million New Senior Secured Term Loan A Facility and a three-year, $400.0 million New Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility. The effectiveness of our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities is contingent upon the completion of this offering. We anticipate that this refinancing will result in a reduction in our effective borrowing rate to 4.2% per annum (based upon an anticipated rate of one-month LIBOR plus 2.50%) and a reduction of $305.1 million in the reported amount of outstanding indebtedness, net of deferred financing costs. The net proceeds of our New Senior Secured Term Loan A Facility of $517.0 million will be used, together with $292.0 million of the net proceeds from this offering as described above, to repay the entire $809.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility as of September 30, 2017. A pro forma adjustment was made to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 to reflect a pro forma reduction in interest expense of $22.3 million.

 

  (G) We expect that all 375,000 Series B preferred shares will be converted into an aggregate of 33,240,258 common shares in connection with this offering, calculated as if the conversion had occurred on September 30, 2017 (based upon the Series B preferred share conversion ratio as of September 30, 2017 and the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares) and assuming no accrued and unpaid distributions in respect of the Series B preferred shares at such time. The Series B preferred share conversion ratio will increase as a result of unpaid distributions accrued prior to the completion of this offering; however, we expect to make a cash distribution to the holders of our Series B preferred shares to account for any accrued and unpaid distributions immediately prior to conversion. As a result, we have made pro forma adjustments to reflect the elimination of the amounts reported for preferred dividends and accretion of preferred share discount during the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

109


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    We also intend to redeem all 125 outstanding Series A preferred shares for cash upon the completion of this offering. As a result, we have made pro forma adjustments to reflect the elimination of the amounts reported for preferred dividends related to Series A preferred shares during the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

  (H) We also expect that YF ART Holdings will exercise its warrants to purchase 18,574,619 common shares at an exercise price of $9.81 per share in a cashless exercise, as permitted under the terms of the warrant agreement, in connection with this offering, as a result of which we will issue an aggregate of 6,426,818 common shares to YF ART Holdings (based on a deemed valuation of $15.00 per share pursuant to the terms of the warrants). We will not receive any cash consideration in connection with a cashless exercise of the warrants.

 

  (I) We have recorded pro forma adjustments to reflect the expected issuance of new share-based awards of 783,333 restricted stock units to certain of our non-employee trustees and certain employees upon the completion of this offering. The aggregate fair value of the awards is expected to be $11.8 million (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The fair value of the awards will be recognized as compensation expense ratably over service periods ranging from two to four years. Approximately $4.1 million of additional selling, general and administrative expense arising from the restricted stock units is reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

  (J) We have recorded pro forma adjustments to basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2016 as summarized in the table below (in thousands):

 

     Basic      Diluted  

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     69,890        69,890  

Shares to be sold in this offering

     24,000        24,000  

Shares issuable upon conversion of Series B preferred shares

     33,240        33,240  

Shares issuable upon exercise of the common share warrants

     6,427        6,427  

Restricted stock units issued to certain of our non-employee trustees and certain employees upon the completion of this offering

            138  

Stock options and restricted stock units that are dilutive on a pro forma basis

            470  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted weighted average common shares

     133,557        134,165  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

110


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the information presented in Selected Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial and Operating Data and Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and our historical consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical and pro forma information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements, such as statements regarding our expectation for future performance, liquidity and capital resources, that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations. Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause such differences include those identified below and those described in “Risk Factors” and Forward-Looking Statements. We assume no obligation to update any of these forward-looking statements.

Overview

We are the world’s largest owner and operator of temperature-controlled warehouses. We are organized as a self-administered and self-managed REIT with proven operating, development and acquisition expertise. As of September 30, 2017, we operated a global network of 160 high-quality warehouses encompassing 945.3 million cubic feet, with 142 warehouses in the United States, six warehouses in Australia, seven warehouses in New Zealand, two warehouses in Argentina and three warehouses in Canada. Upon the completion of this offering, we will be the first publicly traded REIT focused on the temperature-controlled warehouse industry.

We view and manage our business through three primary business segments—warehouse, third-party managed and transportation. We also own and operate a limestone quarry through a separate business segment.

Components of Our Results of Operations

Warehouse . Our primary source of revenues consists of rent and storage and warehouse services fees. Our rent and storage and warehouse services revenues are the key drivers of our financial performance. Rent and storage revenues consist of recurring, periodic charges related to the storage of frozen and perishable food and other products in our warehouses by our customers. We also provide these customers with a wide array of handling and other warehouse services, such as (1) receipt, handling and placement of products into our warehouses for storage and preservation, (2) retrieval of products from storage upon customer request, (3) blast freezing, which involves the rapid freezing of non-frozen products, including individual quick freezing for agricultural produce and seafood, (4) case-picking, which involves selecting product cases to build customized pallets, (5) kitting and repackaging, which involves assembling custom product packages for delivery to retailers and consumers, and labeling services, (6) order assembly and load consolidation, (7) exporting and importing support services, (8) container handling, (9) cross-docking, which involves transferring inbound products to outbound trucks utilizing our warehouse docks without storing them in our warehouses, and (10) government-approved temperature-controlled storage and inspection services. We refer to these handling and other warehouse services as our value-added services. We may charge our customers in advance for storage and outbound handling fees.

Cost of operations for our warehouse segment consists of power, other facilities costs, labor and other costs. Labor, our largest cost of operations from our warehouse segment, consists primarily of employee wages and benefits and includes workers’ compensation. Trends in our labor expense are influenced by changes in headcount and compensation levels, changes in customer requirements, workforce productivity and variability in costs associated with medical insurance. Our second largest cost of operations from our warehouse segment is power utilized in the operation of our temperature-controlled warehouses. As a result, trends in the price for power in the regions where we operate may have a significant effect on our financial results. We may from time to time hedge our exposure to changes in power prices or, to the extent possible and appropriate, increase the

 

111


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

rates we charge our customers for storage in our warehouses. Other facilities costs include utilities other than power, insurance, property taxes, sanitation, repairs and maintenance on real estate, rent under operating leases, where applicable, and other related facilities costs. Other services costs include equipment costs, warehouse consumables (e.g., shrink-wrap and uniforms), warehouse administration and other related services costs.

Third-Party Managed . We receive a reimbursement of substantially all expenses for warehouses that we manage on behalf of third-party owners, with all reimbursements recognized as revenues under the relevant accounting guidance. We may also earn management fees, incentive fees upon achieving negotiated performance and cost-savings results, or an applicable mark-up on costs. Cost of operations for our third-party managed segment is reimbursed on a pass-through basis (typically within two weeks).

Transportation . We charge transportation fees, including fuel surcharges, to our customers for whom we arrange the transportation of their products. Cost of operations for our transportation segment consists primarily of third-party carrier charges, which are impacted by factors affecting those carriers.

Quarry . In addition to our primary business segments, we own a limestone quarry in Carthage, Missouri. Revenues are generated from the sale of limestone mined at our quarry. Cost of operations for our quarry consists primarily of labor, equipment, fuel and explosives.

Other Consolidated Operating Expenses . We also incur depreciation, depletion and amortization expenses and corporate-level general and administrative expenses.

Our depreciation, depletion and amortization charges result primarily from the capital-intensive nature of our business. The principal components of depreciation relate to our warehouses, including buildings and improvements, refrigeration equipment, racking, leasehold improvements, material handling equipment, furniture and fixtures, and our computer hardware and software. Depletion relates to the reduction of mineral resources resulting from the operation of our limestone quarry. Amortization relates primarily to intangible assets for customer relationships and below-market leases.

Our corporate-level selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of wages and benefits for management, administrative, business development, account management, marketing, engineering, supply-chain solutions, human resources and information technology personnel, as well as expenses related to communications and data processing, travel, professional fees, bad debts, training, office equipment and supplies. Trends in corporate-level selling, general and administrative expenses are influenced by changes in headcount and compensation levels, achievement of incentive compensation targets, and variability in costs associated with pension obligations. To position ourselves to meet the challenges of the current business environment, we have implemented a shared services support structure to better manage costs and enhance the efficiency of our operations. As a public company we estimate that our annual corporate-level selling, general and administrative expenses will increase by between $4.0 million and $6.0 million due to higher legal, insurance, accounting and other expenses related to corporate governance, SEC reporting and other compliance matters.

Key Factors Affecting Our Business and Financial Results

Foreign Currency Translation Impact on Our Operations

Our consolidated revenues and expenses are subject to variations caused by the net effect of foreign currency translation on revenues and expenses incurred by our operations outside the United States. Future fluctuations of foreign currency exchange rates and their impact on our consolidated statements of operations are inherently uncertain. As a result of the relative size of our international operations, these fluctuations may be material on our results of operations. Our revenues and expenses from our international operations are denominated in the local currency of the country in which they are derived or incurred. Therefore, the impact of foreign currency fluctuations on our results of operations and margins is partially mitigated.

 

112


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table shows a comparison of underlying average exchange rates of the foreign currencies that impacted our U.S. dollar-reported revenues and expenses during the periods discussed herein together with a comparison against the exchange rates of such currencies at the end of the applicable periods presented herein.

 

     September 30, 2017 compared to September 30,
2016
    December 31, 2016 compared to
December 31, 2015
    December 31, 2015 compared to
December 31, 2014
 
     Average
foreign
exchange
rate used to
adjust
operating
results for

the nine
months

ended
September 30,
2017(1)
    Foreign
exchange
rates as of
September 30,
2017
    Foreign
exchange
rates as of
September 30,
2016
    Average
foreign
exchange
rate used to
adjust
operating
results for
the twelve
months
ended
December 31,
2016(1)
    Foreign
exchange
rates as of
December 31,
2016
    Foreign
exchange
rates as of
December 31,
2015
    Average
foreign
exchange
rate used to
adjust
operating
results for
the twelve
months
ended
December 31,
2015(1)
    Foreign
exchange
rates as of
December 31,
2015
    Foreign
exchange
rates as of
December 31,
2014
 

Australian dollar

     0.742       0.784       0.767       0.751       0.723       0.729       0.901       0.729       0.818  

New Zealand dollar

     0.692       0.722       0.729       0.698       0.696       0.684       0.829       0.684       0.782  

Argentinian peso

     0.069       0.058       0.066       0.107       0.063       0.077       0.125       0.077       0.118  

Canadian dollar

     0.758       0.799       0.762       0.789       0.745       0.722       0.904       0.722       0.862  

 

(1) Represents the relevant average foreign exchange rates in effect in the comparable prior period applied to the activity for the current period. The average foreign currency exchange rates we apply to our operating results are derived from third party reporting sources for the periods indicated.

Focus on Our Operational Effectiveness and Cost Structure

We continuously seek to implement various initiatives aimed at streamlining our business processes and reducing our cost structure. Commencing in 2013, we realigned and centralized key business processes; implemented standardized operational processes; integrated and launched new information technology tools and platforms; instituted key health, safety, leadership and training programs; and added a strategic sourcing function intended to capitalize on the purchasing power of our network. Through the realignment of our business processes, we have improved retention of our key talent and reduced employee turnover, acquired new talent and strengthened our service offerings. In order to reduce costs in our facilities, we have invested in energy efficiency projects, including LED lighting, motion-sensor technology, variable frequency drives for our fans and compressors, third party efficiency reviews and real-time monitoring of energy consumption, rapid-close doors, and alternative-power generation technologies to improve the energy efficiency of our warehouses. We have also performed fine-tuning of our refrigeration systems, deployed efficient energy management practices, such as time-of-use and awareness, and have increased our participation in Power Demand Response programs with some of our power suppliers. These initiatives have allowed us to reduce our consumption of kilowatt hours and energy spend. In 2016, we implemented a strategic effort to exit certain leased facilities and transition customers within our warehouse portfolio to consolidate occupancy, reduce costs and increase contribution from the warehouses where these customers were transitioned. In executing these initiatives, we believe that we have enhanced our ability to serve our customers at the highest quality level and efficiently manage our warehouses.

As part of our initiatives to streamline our business processes and to reduce our cost structure, we have evaluated and exited less strategic and profitable markets or business lines, including the sale of certain warehouse assets. We continue to evaluate our markets and offerings.

Strategic Shift within Our Transportation Segment

In order to better focus our business on the operation of our temperature-controlled warehouses, we have undertaken a strategic shift in the solutions we provide in our transportation segment. As a result of this

 

113


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

strategic shift, we have gradually exited certain commoditized, non-scalable, or low margin services we historically offered to our customers, including traditional brokered transportation services. We continue to offer more profitable programs, such as national and regional cross-dock, regional and multi-vendor consolidation service, and dedicated transportation services. We designed each of these programs to improve efficiency and reduce transportation and logistics costs to our warehouse customers, whose transportation spend typically represents the majority of their supply-chain costs. We believe this efficiency and cost reduction helps to drive increased occupancy in our temperature-controlled warehouses.

Interest Expense

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with borrowings under our New Senior Secured Term Loan A Facility that will be effective upon the completion of this offering, to repay the entire $809.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility, which matures on December 1, 2022, and for general business purposes, which may include the repayment of $13.1 million outstanding under our Clearfield, Utah construction loan, which has an initial maturity date of February 21, 2019 (subject to extension rights). Our interest expense would have been $13.8 million, or 16%, and $22.3 million, or 19%, lower for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and the year ended December 31, 2016, respectively, assuming we had used the net proceeds from this offering and incurred new borrowings as described above as of January 1, 2016, including the repayment of the Clearfield, Utah construction loan. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional information concerning our intended use of the net proceeds from this offering and such new borrowings.

Historically Significant Customer

For the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, one customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenues, with $146.5 million, $210.5 million, $196.0 million and $183.0 million, respectively. The substantial majority of this customer’s business relates to our third-party managed segment. We are reimbursed for substantially all expenses we incur in managing warehouses on behalf of third-party owners. These reimbursements are recognized as revenues under applicable accounting guidance, but generally do not affect our financial results because they are offset by the corresponding expenses that are recognized in our third-party managed segment cost of operations. Of the revenues received from this customer, $135.3 million, $196.1 million, $180.4 million and $167.1 million represented reimbursement for certain reimbursable expenses during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, that were offset by matching expenses included in our third-party managed segment cost of operations.

Occupancy of our Warehouses

Occupancy in our warehouses is an important driver of our financial results. Physical occupancy of an individual warehouse is impacted by a number of factors, including the type of warehouse ( i.e. , distribution, public, production advantaged or facility leased), specific customer needs in the markets served by the warehouse, timing of harvests or protein production for customers of the warehouse, the existence of leased but unoccupied pallets and the adverse effect of weather or market conditions on the customers of the warehouse. On a portfolio-wide basis, physical occupancy rates and warehouse revenues generally peak between mid-September and early December in connection with the holiday season and the peak harvest season in the United States. Physical occupancy rates and warehouse revenues on a portfolio-wide basis are generally the lowest during May and June.

Our target occupancy across our warehouse portfolio varies by warehouse and warehouse type because our warehouses are configured to accommodate the individual needs of our customers. We generally regard approximately 85% average physical occupancy across our temperature-controlled warehouse portfolio as optimal, subject to relevant local market conditions and individual customer needs. We do not believe that a 100% occupancy rate is an ideal target for utilization of our warehouses because optimizing pallet throughput

 

114


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and efficient delivery of relevant value-added services require a certain amount of free pallet position capacity at all times in order to be able to efficiently place, store and retrieve products from pallet positions, particularly during periods of greatest occupancy or highest volume. Our occupancy metrics account for the physical occupancy of our warehouses. As customers continue to transition to contracts that feature a fixed storage commitment, our financial occupancy may be greater than our physical occupancy, as we may have the opportunity to sell space which is not being utilized by our fixed storage commitment customers.

Throughput at our Warehouses

The level of throughput at our warehouses is an important factor impacting our warehouse services revenues in our warehouse segment. Throughput refers to the volume of pallets that enter and exit our warehouses. Higher levels of throughput drive warehouse services revenues in our warehouse segment as customers are typically billed on a basis that takes into account the level of throughput of the goods they store in our warehouses.

How We Assess the Performance of Our Business

Segment Contribution (NOI)

We evaluate the performance of our primary business segments based on their contribution (NOI) to our overall results of operations. We use the term “segment contribution (NOI)” to mean a segment’s revenues less its cost of operations (excluding any depreciation, depletion and amortization, impairment charges and corporate-level selling, general and administrative expenses). We use segment contribution (NOI) to evaluate our segments for purposes of making operating decisions and assessing performance in accordance with FASB ASC, Topic 280, Segment Reporting .

We also analyze the “segment contribution (NOI) margin” for each of our business segments, which we calculate as segment contribution (NOI) divided by segment revenues.

In addition to our segment contribution (NOI) and segment contribution (NOI) margin, we analyze the contribution (NOI) of our warehouse rent and storage operations and our warehouse services operations within our warehouse segment. We calculate the contribution (NOI) of our warehouse rent and storage operations as rent and storage revenues less power and other facilities cost. We calculate the contribution (NOI) of our warehouse services operations as warehouse services revenues less labor and other service costs. We calculate the contribution (NOI) margin for each of these operations as the applicable contribution (NOI) measure divided by the applicable revenue measure. We believe the presentation of these contribution (NOI) and contribution (NOI) margin measures helps investors understand the relative revenues, costs and earnings resulting from each of these separate types of services we provide to our customers in the same manner reviewed by our management in connection with the operation of our business. These contribution (NOI) measures within our warehouse segment are not measurements of financial performance under U.S. GAAP, and these measures should be considered as supplements, but not as alternatives, to our results calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We provide reconciliations of these measures in the discussions of our comparative results of operations below.

Same Store Analysis

We refer to a “same store” as a warehouse we owned or leased for the entirety of two comparable periods and which has reported at least twelve months of consecutive normalized operations prior to the commencement of the earlier period being considered. We define “normalized operations” as a site open for operation or lease after a warehouse acquisition, development or significant modification, including the expansion of a warehouse footprint or a warehouse rehabilitation subsequent to an extraordinary event, such as natural disasters or similar events. In addition, our definition of “normalized operations” takes into account changes in the ownership structure ( e.g. , acquisition of a previously leased warehouse would result in different charges in the compared periods), which would impact

 

115


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

comparability in our warehouse segment contribution (NOI). Warehouses are excluded from the same store population as of the beginning of the fiscal quarter following the occurrence of such events. We evaluate our same store portfolio on a quarterly basis.

We calculate “same store contribution (NOI)” as revenues for the same store population less its cost of operations (excluding any depreciation, depletion and amortization, impairment charges and corporate-level selling, general and administrative expenses). In order to derive an appropriate measure of period-to-period operating performance, we also calculate our same store contribution (NOI) on a constant currency basis to remove the effects of foreign currency exchange rate movements by using the comparable prior period exchange rate to translate from local currency into U.S. dollars for both periods. We evaluate the performance of the warehouses we own or lease using a “same store” analysis, and we believe that same store contribution (NOI) is helpful to investors as a supplemental performance measure because it includes the operating performance from the population of properties that is consistent from period to period and also on a constant currency basis, thereby eliminating the effects of changes in the composition of our warehouse portfolio and currency fluctuations on performance measures.

The following table shows a summary of the number of same-store warehouses in our portfolio and the number of warehouses excluded as same-store warehouses during the periods discussed herein.

 

     September 30, 2017 compared
to September 30,

2016
    December 31, 2016 compared
to December 31,

2015
    December 31, 2015 compared
to December 31,

2014
 

Total Warehouses

     160       159       163  

Same Store Warehouses

     140 (1)       139 (2)       141 (3)  

Non-Same Store and Managed Warehouses

     20       20       22  

 

(1) This increase from the preceding period-to-period comparison related to the acquisition of one warehouse, the expansion of an existing warehouse facility, and the construction of another warehouse, offset in part by the planned disposal of one warehouse and the exit from one leased warehouse.
(2) This decrease from the preceding period-to-period comparison related to the disposal of one warehouse and the exit from two leased warehouses, offset in part by the acquisition of one warehouse.
(3) This decrease from the preceding period-to-period comparison related to one idled site, the sale of two warehouses and the occurrence of a business disruption at our Dallas facility, offset in part by one warehouse which began normalized operations in 2014.

Same store contribution (NOI) is not a measurement of financial performance under U.S. GAAP. In addition, other companies providing temperature-controlled warehouse storage and handling and other warehouse services may not define same store or calculate same store contribution (NOI) in a manner consistent with our definition or calculation. Same store contribution (NOI) should be considered as a supplement, but not as an alternative, to our results calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We provide reconciliations of these measures in the discussions of our comparative results of operations below.

Constant Currency Metrics

As discussed above under “—Key Factors Affecting Our Business and Financial Results—Foreign Currency Translation Impact on Our Operations,” our consolidated revenues and expenses are subject to variations caused by the net effect of foreign currency translation on revenues generated and expenses incurred by our operations outside the United States, variations which we cannot control. As a result, in order to provide a framework for assessing how our underlying businesses performed excluding the effect of foreign currency fluctuations, we analyze our business performance based on certain constant currency reporting that represents current period results translated into U.S. dollars at the relevant average foreign exchange rates applicable in the comparable prior period. We believe that the presentation of constant currency results provides a measurement of our ongoing operations that is meaningful to investors because it excludes the impact of these foreign currency movements that we cannot control. Constant

 

116


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

currency results are not measurements of financial performance under U.S. GAAP, and our constant currency results should be considered as a supplement, but not as an alternative, to our results calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We provide reconciliations of these measures in the discussions of our comparative results of operations below. Our discussion of the drivers of our performance below are based upon U.S. GAAP.

Comparison of Results for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016

Warehouse Segment

The following table presents the operating results of our warehouse segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016.

 

      Nine months ended September 30,      Change  

(dollars in thousands)

   2017 actual      2017 constant
currency (1)
     2016 actual      Actual      Constant
currency
 

Rent and storage

   $ 369,909      $ 369,351      $ 348,136        6.3%        6.1%  

Warehouse services

     478,155        475,438        441,737        8.2%        7.6%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total warehouse segment revenues

     848,064        844,789        789,873        7.4%        7.0%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Power

     55,469        55,420        55,025        0.8%        0.7%  

Other facilities costs (2)

     77,834        77,664        77,608        0.3%        0.1%  

Labor

     377,828        375,975        356,044        6.1%        5.6%  

Other services costs (3)

     82,534        82,207        79,328        4.0%        3.6%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total warehouse segment cost of operations

   $ 593,665      $ 591,266      $ 568,005        4.5%        4.1%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Warehouse segment contribution (NOI)

   $ 254,399      $ 253,523      $ 221,868        14.7%        14.3%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Warehouse rent and storage contribution (NOI) (4)

   $ 236,606      $ 236,267      $ 215,503        9.8%        9.6%  

Warehouse services contribution (NOI) (5)

   $ 17,793      $ 17,256      $ 6,365        179.5%        171.1%  

Total warehouse segment margin

     30.0%        30.0%        28.1%        190 bps        190 bps  

Rent and storage margin (6)

     64.0%        64.0%        61.9%        210 bps        210 bps  

Warehouse services margin (7)

     3.7%        3.6%        1.4%        230 bps        220 bps  

 

(1) The adjustments from our U.S. GAAP operating results to calculate our operating results on a constant currency basis are the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates relative to the comparable prior period.
(2) Includes real estate rent expense of $17.9 million and $16.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
(3) Includes non-real estate rent expense of $14.4 million and $13.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
(4) Calculated as rent and storage revenues less power and other facilities costs.
(5) Calculated as warehouse services revenues less labor and other services costs.
(6) Calculated as warehouse rent and storage contribution (NOI) divided by rent and storage revenues.
(7) Calculated as warehouse services contribution (NOI) divided by warehouse services revenues.

Warehouse segment revenues were $848.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, an increase of $58.2 million, or 7.4%, compared to $789.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. On a constant currency basis, our warehouse segment revenues were $844.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, an increase of $54.9 million, or 7.0%, from the nine months ended September 30, 2016. These increases were primarily driven by a greater proportion of occupancy by customers that paid higher average rates per pallet as well as an increase in warehouse services volumes. The majority of the change in customer composition and related increase in revenues was generated through our U.S. operations. The foreign currency translation of revenues incurred by our operations outside the United States also had a $3.3 million favorable impact during the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

Warehouse segment cost of operations was $593.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, an increase of $25.7 million, or 4.5%, compared to $568.0 million for the nine months ended

 

117


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

September 30, 2016. On a constant currency basis, our warehouse segment cost of operations was $591.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, an increase of $23.3 million, or 4.1%, compared to $568.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. This increase was driven primarily by rising labor costs, partially driven by higher throughput and an increased amount of more labor-intensive warehouse services relative to the comparable prior period.

Warehouse segment contribution (NOI) was $254.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, an increase of $32.5 million, or 14.7%, compared to $221.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. Our warehouse rent and storage contribution accounted for $21.1 million of this increase. On a constant currency basis, warehouse segment contribution (NOI) was $253.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, an increase of $31.7 million, or 14.3%, period-over-period.

Refer to the same store discussion below for further details.

Same Store Analysis

We had 140 same stores for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, a decrease from 141 same stores for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015. This change related to our exit from one leased warehouse during the third quarter of 2017. Please see “—How We Assess the Performance of Our Business—Same Store Analysis” for a reconciliation of the change in the same store portfolio from year to year and period over period.

 

118


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table presents revenues, cost of operations, contribution (NOI) and margins for our same stores and non-same stores with a reconciliation to the total financial metrics of our warehouse segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016.

 

     Nine months ended September 30,      Change  

(dollars in thousands)

   2017 actual      2017 constant
currency (1)
     2016 actual      Actual      Constant
currency
 

Same store revenues:

              

Rent and storage

   $ 363,600      $ 363,081      $ 340,346        6.8%        6.7%  

Warehouse services

     469,892        467,185        433,542        8.4%        7.8%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total same store revenues

     833,492        830,266        773,888        7.7%        7.3%  

Same store cost of operations:

              

Power

     53,992        53,947        53,073        1.7%        1.6%  

Other facilities costs

     74,548        74,406        71,685        4.0%        3.8%  

Labor

     370,076        368,235        347,631        6.5%        5.9%  

Other services costs

     80,305        79,981        77,248        4.0%        3.5%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total same store cost of operations

   $ 578,921      $ 576,569      $ 549,637        5.3%        4.9%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Same store contribution (NOI)

     254,571        253,697        224,251        13.5%        13.1%  

Same store rent and storage contribution (NOI) (2)

     235,060        234,728        215,588        9.0%        8.9%  

Same store warehouse services contribution (NOI) (3)

     19,511        18,969        8,663        125.2%        119.0%  

Total same store margin

     30.5%        30.6%        29.0%        150bps        160bps  

Same store rent and storage margin (4)

     64.6%        64.6%        63.3%        130bps        130bps  

Same store warehouse services margin (5)

     4.2%        4.1%        2.0%        220bps        210bps  

Non-same store revenues:

              

Rent and storage

   $ 6,309      $ 6,270      $ 7,790        (19.0)%        (19.5)%  

Warehouse services

     8,263        8,253        8,195        0.8 %        0.7 %  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total non-same store revenues

     14,572        14,523        15,985        (8.8)%        (9.1)%  

Non-same store cost of operations:

              

Power

     1,477        1,473        1,952        (24.3)%        (24.5)%  

Other facilities costs

     3,286        3,258        5,923        (44.5)%        (45.0)%  

Labor

     7,752        7,740        8,413        (7.9)%        (8.0)%  

Other services costs

     2,229        2,226        2,080        7.2 %        7.0 %  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total non-same store cost of operations

   $ 14,744      $ 14,697      $ 18,368        (19.7)%        (20.0)%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Non-same store contribution (NOI)

   $ (172)      $ (174)      $ (2,383)        (92.8)%        (92.7)%  

Non-same store rent and storage contribution (NOI) (2)

   $ 1,546      $ 1,539      $ (85)        (1918.8)%        (1910.6)%  

Non-same store warehouse services contribution (NOI) (3)

   $ (1,718)      $ (1,713)      $ (2,298)        (25.2)%        (25.5)%  

Total warehouse segment revenues

   $ 848,064      $ 844,789      $ 789,873        7.4%        7.0%  

Total warehouse cost of operations

   $ 593,665      $ 591,266      $ 568,005        4.5%        4.1%  

Total warehouse segment contribution (NOI)

   $ 254,399      $ 253,523      $ 221,868        14.7%        14.3%  

 

(1) The adjustments from our U.S. GAAP operating results to calculate our operating results on a constant currency basis is the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates relative to the comparable prior period.
(2) Calculated as rent and storage revenues less power and other facilities costs.
(3) Calculated as warehouse services revenues less labor and other services costs.
(4) Calculated as same store rent and storage contribution (NOI) divided by same store rent and storage revenues.
(5) Calculated as same store warehouse services contribution (NOI) divided by same store warehouse services revenues.

 

119


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table provides certain operating metrics to explain the drivers of our same store performance.

 

     Nine months ended 
September 30,
     Change  
     2017      2016     

Same store rent and storage:

        

Occupancy (1)

        

Average occupied pallets

     2,415,305        2,371,351        1.9

Average physical pallet positions

     3,129,026        3,129,656        —  

Occupancy percentage

     77.2%        75.8%        140 bps  

Same store rent and storage revenues per occupied pallet

   $ 150.54      $ 143.52        4.9

Constant currency same store rent and storage revenues per occupied pallet

   $ 150.33      $ 143.52        4.7

Same store warehouse services:

        

Throughput pallets

     20,278,040        19,703,187        2.9

Same store warehouse services revenues per throughput pallet

   $ 23.17      $ 22.00        5.3

Constant currency same store warehouse services revenues per throughput pallet

   $ 23.04      $ 22.00        4.7

Non-same store rent and storage:

        

Occupancy

        

Average occupied pallets

     49,921        29,784        67.6

Average physical pallet positions

     73,536        45,785        60.6

Occupancy percentage

     67.9%        65.1%        280 bps  

Non-same store warehouse services:

        

Throughput pallets

     374,805        255,396        46.8

 

(1) We define average physical occupancy as the average number of occupied pallets divided by the estimated number of average physical pallet positions in our warehouses for the applicable period. We estimate the number of physical pallet positions by taking into account actual racked space and by estimating unracked space on an as-if racked basis. We base this estimate on a formula utilizing the total cubic feet of each room within the warehouse that is unracked divided by the volume of an assumed rack space that is consistent with the characteristics of the relevant warehouse. On a warehouse by warehouse basis, rack space generally ranges from two to three feet depending upon the type of facility and the nature of the customer goods stored therein. The number of our pallet positions is reviewed and updated quarterly, taking into account changes in racking configurations and room utilization.

Average physical occupancy at our same stores was 77.2% for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, an increase of 140 basis points compared to 75.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. This growth was primarily the result of an increase of 1.9% in average occupied pallets. The increase in our average occupied pallets primarily resulted from new business and incremental business with existing customers at our domestic and Australian operations, partially offset by a slight decline in the average occupied pallets in our New Zealand operations. Same store rent and storage revenues per occupied pallet increased 4.9%, period-over-period, primarily driven by rate increases and a greater proportion of occupancy by customers that paid higher average rates per pallet, coupled with the favorable foreign currency impact of a weaker U.S. dollar on the translation of revenues and expenses incurred by our operations outside the United States. On a constant currency basis, our same store rent and storage revenues per occupied pallet increased 4.7%, period-over-period.

Throughput pallets at our same stores were 20.3 million pallets for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, an increase of 2.9%, from 19.7 million pallets for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. This increase was primarily the result of new and incremental occupancy and throughput from our

 

120


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

domestic and Australian customers. Same store warehouse services revenues per throughput pallet increased 5.3%, period-over-period primarily as a result of an increase in higher priced repackaging, blast freezing, and case-picking warehouse services, and the favorable net effect of foreign currency translation mentioned above. On a constant currency basis, our same store warehouse services revenues per throughput pallet increased 4.7%, period-over-period.

Third-Party Managed Segment

The following table presents the operating results of our third-party managed segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016.

 

     Nine months ended September 30,      Change  

(dollars in thousands)

   2017 actual      2017 constant
currency (1)
     2016 actual      Actual      Constant
currency
 

Number of managed sites

     12        —          12        —          —    

Third-party managed revenues

   $ 178,561      $ 178,333      $ 188,021        (5.0)%        (5.2)%  

Third-party managed cost of operations

     168,879        168,610        177,681        (5.0)%        (5.1)%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Third-party managed segment contribution (NOI)

   $ 9,682      $ 9,723      $ 10,340        (6.4)%        (6.0)%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Third-party managed margin

     5.4%        5.5%        5.5%        -10 bps        —   bps  

 

(1) The adjustments from our U.S. GAAP operating results to calculate our operating results on a constant currency basis is the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates relative to the comparable prior period.

Third-party managed revenues were $178.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, a decrease of $9.5 million, or 5.0%, compared to $188.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. On a constant currency basis, third-party managed revenues were $178.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, a decrease of $9.7 million, or 5.2%, period-over-period. These declines were attributable to lower business volume from our largest third-party managed customer, which led to a decline in incentive fees period-over-period.

Third-party managed cost of operations was $168.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, a decrease of $8.8 million, or 5.0%, compared to $177.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. On a constant currency basis, third-party managed cost of operations was $168.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, a decrease of $9.1 million, or 5.1%, period-over-period.

Third-party managed segment contribution (NOI) was $9.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, a decrease of $0.7 million, or 6.4%, compared to $10.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. On a constant currency basis, third-party managed segment contribution (NOI) was $9.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, a decrease of $0.6 million, or 6.0%, period-over-period.

 

121


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Transportation Segment

The following table presents the operating results of our transportation segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016.

 

     Nine months ended September 30,      Change  

(dollars in thousands)

   2017 actual      2017 constant
currency (1)
     2016 actual      Actual      Constant
currency
 

Transportation revenues

   $ 107,665      $ 106,847      $ 110,035        (2.2)%        (2.9)%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Brokered transportation

     77,091        76,719        76,667        0.6%        0.1%  

Other cost of operations

     20,841        20,396        22,805        (8.6)%        (10.6)%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total transportation cost of operations

     97,932        97,115        99,472        (1.5)%        (2.4)%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Transportation segment contribution (NOI)

   $ 9,733      $ 9,732      $ 10,563        (7.9)%        (7.9)%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Transportation margin

     9.0%        9.1%        9.6%        -60 bps        -50 bps  

 

(1) The adjustments from our U.S. GAAP operating results to calculate our operating results on a constant currency basis is the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates relative to the comparable prior period.

Our transportation segment continued its strategic shift to focus on more profitable warehouse services and consolidation solutions by exiting certain commoditized, non-scalable, or low margin services we have historically offered to our customers. Transportation revenues were $107.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, a decrease of $2.4 million, or 2.2%, compared to $110.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. On a constant currency basis, transportation revenues were $106.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, a decrease of $3.2 million, or 2.9%, period-over-period. The strategic shift in our transportation segment resulted in higher revenue of $1.7 million on higher rates and more profitable transportation services in our domestic operations. Transportation services from our international operations led to a revenue decline of $4.0 million primarily as a result of lower volume from an Australian customer.

Transportation cost of operations was $97.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, a decrease of $1.5 million, or 1.5%, compared to $99.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. On a constant currency basis, transportation cost of operations was $97.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, a decrease of $2.4 million, or 2.4%, period-over-period. This decrease was primarily due to lower brokered transportation costs as a result of lower revenues related to the strategic shift referenced above, lower volume in our Australian operations, as well as better efficiency from domestic consolidation programs.

Transportation segment contribution (NOI) was $9.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, a decrease of $0.4 million, or 7.9%, compared to $10.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. Transportation segment margin decreased 60 basis points period-over-period to 9.0% from 9.6%. Despite increased margins and greater efficiencies in our domestic transportation operations, the overall decrease in margins resulted from slightly lower margins in our international transportation business. On a constant currency basis, transportation segment contribution (NOI) was $9.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, a decrease of $0.9 million, or 7.9%, period-over-period.

 

122


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Quarry Revenues and Cost of Operations

The following table presents the operating results of our quarry segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016.

 

     Nine months
ended September
30,
    Change  

(dollars in thousands)

   2017     2016    

Quarry revenues

   $ 7,577     $ 7,508       0.9%  

Quarry recurring cost of operations

     5,545       5,584       (0.7)%  

Impairment of limestone inventory

     2,108       —         N/M  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Quarry segment contribution (NOI)

   $ (76   $ 1,924       (104.0)%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Quarry margin

     (1.0 )%      25.6     N/M  

 

N/M: not meaningful

Quarry revenues were $7.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, which were consistent with revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2016.

Quarry cost of operations was $7.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, an increase of $2.1 million, or 37.1%, compared to $5.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. This increase was primarily due to an impairment charge of $2.1 million we recognized in the second quarter of 2017 to write-down certain limestone inventory held at our quarry operations, which we determined to be not of saleable quality.

Quarry segment reported a loss (NOL) of $0.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, as compared to a contribution (NOI) of $1.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, largely driven by the write-down of inventory described above.

Other Consolidated Operating Expenses

Depreciation, depletion and amortization . Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense was $87.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, a decrease of $1.6 million, or 1.8%, compared to $88.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. This decrease was primarily associated with the exit of certain warehouses toward the end of 2016, and the disposal of machinery and equipment no longer in use.

Impairment of long-lived assets. During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we recognized an impairment charge totalling $8.1 million related to three owned warehouse facilities located in the United States in anticipation of a potential future sale of the assets. The estimated fair value of each warehouse facility was determined based on letters of intent executed with prospective buyers in August 2017. We also recorded an impairment charge of $0.3 million on a warehouse facility sold in the third quarter of 2017.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we also wrote off the remaining leasehold improvement asset of $0.4 million associated with a warehouse facility in the United States, as we did not plan to renew the lease agreement when it expires in 2018.

Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal expense . During the third quarter of 2017, we recorded a one-time charge of $9.2 million representing the present value of a liability associated with our withdrawal obligation under the New England Fund for hourly, unionized associates at four of our domestic warehouse facilities.

 

 

123


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The New England Fund is grossly underfunded in accordance with Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or ERISA, funding standards and, therefore, the terms of ERISA required the development of a rehabilitation plan, creating a new fund that minimizes the pension withdrawal liability. As a result, current employers participating in the New England Fund were given the opportunity to exit the New England Fund and convert to a new fund. We are obligated to repay our portion of the unfunded liability in respect thereof, estimated at $13.7 million, in equal monthly installments of approximately $38,000 over 30 years, interest free. Under the relevant U.S. GAAP standard, a participating employer withdrawing from a multiemployer pension plan should account for a loss contingency equal to the present value of the withdrawal liability, and amortize the difference between such present value and the estimated unfunded liability through interest expense over the repayment period.

Selling, general and administrative . Corporate-level selling, general and administrative expenses were $77.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, an increase of $5.6 million, or 7.8%, compared to $72.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. Included in these amounts are business development expenses attributable to our customer onboarding, engineering and consulting services to support our customers in the cold chain. Business development expenses represented approximately 14% to 16% of corporate-level selling, general and administrative expenses for all periods presented. We believe these costs are comparable to leasing costs for other publicly traded REITs. The increase in corporate-level selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily due to higher professional fees, and higher bonus and incentive expense, resulting from improved operational results. In addition, in the third quarter of 2017, we recorded a $2.1 million expense to repair a leased warehouse facility to restore the site to its original condition prior to the lease, which expired during the quarter. For the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, corporate-level selling, general and administrative expenses were 6.8% and 6.6%, respectively, of our total revenues. Our corporate-level selling, general and administrative expenses do not include $3.1 million of amortization expense related to one-time restricted stock unit awards under the 2017 Plan to be granted to certain of our non-employee trustees and certain employees upon the completion of this offering.

Other Income and Expense

The following table presents other items of income and expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016.

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,
    Change  

(dollars in thousands)

   2017     2016    

Other (expense) income:

      

Interest expense

   $ (85,233   $ (90,278     (5.6 )% 

Interest income

     785       531       47.8

Loss on debt extinguishment and modification

     (986     (1,437     (31.4 )% 

Foreign currency exchange loss

     (3,870     (2,466     59.6

Other income—net

     1,155       831       39.0

Interest expense . Interest expense was $85.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, a decrease of $5.0 million, or 5.6%, compared to $90.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. This favorable change was primarily attributable to the refinancing of the term loan under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility in July 2016, which allowed us to lower the coupon rate from one-month LIBOR plus 5.50% to one-month LIBOR plus 4.75% per year on the $325.0 million tranche that was outstanding during the nine months ended September 30, 2017. As part of the same refinancing in 2016, we secured incremental borrowings of $385.0 million at the new rate of one-month LIBOR plus 4.75%. Contributing to the decline in interest expense period-over-period was the further reduction of the coupon rate to one-month LIBOR plus 3.75% from one-month LIBOR plus 4.75% in January 2017 on the $704.8 million then outstanding under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility, after principal amortization.

 

124


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Interest income . Interest income of $0.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 was 47.8% higher compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016. This period-over-period change was primarily driven by the collection of interest earned on delinquent billings. Historically, we have earned interest income primarily from term deposits held by our foreign subsidiaries. Starting in the second half of 2016, we began charging interest on delinquent billings net of a bad debt provision equal to the amount of interest earned for such delinquent customers.

Loss on debt extinguishment and modification . In January 2017, we amended the terms of the term loan under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility to reduce the annual interest rate from one-month LIBOR plus 4.75% to one-month LIBOR plus 3.75%. In addition, in May 2017 we secured incremental borrowings of $110.0 million under the term loan under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility, for an aggregate principal balance of $809.0 million outstanding as of September 30, 2017, after principal amortization. As a result of these two financing transactions, we recognized a $1.0 million loss related to the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs and debt modification costs that could not be capitalized.

Foreign currency exchange loss . We reported a foreign currency exchange loss of $3.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 compared to $2.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The monthly re-measurement of an intercompany loan denominated in Australian dollars, issued from our Australian subsidiary to one of our U.S. corporate subsidiaries, resulted in a larger foreign currency exchange loss in the nine months ended September 30, 2017, as the U.S. dollar weakened against the Australian dollar compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016.

Other income—net . Other income – net, which represents income outside our operating segments, was $1.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, an increase of $0.3 million, or 39.0%, compared to $0.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. This increase was primarily attributable to higher losses on fixed assets disposal we recognized during the nine months ended September 30, 2016.

Loss from Partially-Owned Entities

Loss from partially-owned entities was $1.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, an increase of $0.2 million, or 21.4%, compared to a loss of $1.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The change was primarily attributable to a $1.4 million charge the China JV recorded to write-off a loan receivable from one of its bankrupt customers.

Impairment of Partially Owned Entities

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we recognized an impairment charge totalling $6.5 million related to our investment in the China JV accounted for under the equity method as we determined that the recorded investment was no longer recoverable from the projected future cash flows expected to be received from the China JV. The estimated fair value of this investment was determined based on an assessment of the proceeds expected to be received from the potential sale of our investment interests to the joint venture partner based on current negotiations.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 was $3.4 million, an increase of $0.1 million, or 2.3%, compared to $3.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. This change was primarily driven by higher taxable income from our domestic TRSs compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016.

 

125


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Comparison of Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

Warehouse Segment

The following table presents the operating results of our warehouse segment for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

     Year ended December 31,      Change  

(dollars in thousands)

   2016 actual      2016 constant
currency (1)
     2015 actual      Actual      Constant
currency
 

Rent and storage

   $ 476,800      $ 482,878      $ 469,190        1.6%        2.9%  

Warehouse services

     604,067        607,458        587,934        2.7%        3.3%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total warehouse segment revenues

     1,080,867        1,090,336        1,057,124        2.2%        3.1%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Power

     71,999        72,747        73,587        (2.2)%        (1.1)%  

Other facilities costs (2)

     102,032        103,101        101,828        0.2%        1.3%  

Labor

     484,822        490,074        468,389        3.5%        4.6%  

Other services costs (3)

     107,969        108,099        105,571        2.3%        2.4%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total warehouse segment cost of operations

   $ 766,822      $ 774,021      $ 749,375        2.3%        3.3%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Warehouse segment contribution (NOI)

   $ 314,045      $ 316,315      $ 307,749        2.0%        2.8%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Warehouse rent and storage contribution (NOI) (4)

   $ 302,769      $ 307,030      $ 293,775        3.1%        4.5%  

Warehouse services contribution (NOI) (5)

   $ 11,276      $ 9,285      $ 13,974        (19.3)%        (33.6)%  

Total warehouse segment margin

     29.1%        29.0%        29.1%        —          -10 bps  

Rent and storage margin (6)

     63.5%        63.6%        62.6%        90 bps        100 bps  

Warehouse services margin (7)

     1.9%        1.5%        2.4%        -50 bps        -90 bps  

 

(1) The adjustments from our U.S. GAAP operating results to calculate our operating results on a constant currency basis are the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates relative to the comparable prior period.
(2) Includes real estate rent expense of $21.9 million and $25.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
(3) Includes non-real estate rent expense of $18.5 million and $18.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
(4) Calculated as rent and storage revenues less power and other facilities costs.
(5) Calculated as warehouse services revenues less labor and other services costs.
(6) Calculated as warehouse rent and storage contribution (NOI) divided by rent and storage revenues.
(7) Calculated as warehouse services contribution (NOI) divided by warehouse services revenues.

Warehouse segment revenues were $1.08 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $23.7 million, or 2.2%, compared to $1.06 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015. On a constant currency basis, our warehouse segment revenues were $1.09 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $33.2 million, or 3.1%, year-over-year. This favorable change was mainly driven by incremental occupancy and throughput from our customers in Australia and New Zealand, coupled with favorable storage and handling rate adjustments and a 1.2% growth in total throughput in our domestic warehouse business. The unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation on revenues generated by our operations outside the United States totaled $9.5 million, which was driven by the continued strengthening of the U.S. dollar.

Warehouse segment cost of operations was $766.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $17.4 million, or 2.3%, compared to $749.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. On a constant currency basis, our warehouse segment cost of operations was $774.0 million for the year ended

 

126


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

December 31, 2016, an increase of $24.6 million, or 3.3%, compared to $749.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was driven primarily by rising labor costs, which increased 3.5% on an actual basis partially driven by higher throughput and an increased amount of more labor-intensive warehouse services relative to the comparable prior period. Cost of operations was also impacted by strategic efforts to exit certain leased facilities and transition customers within our warehouse portfolio. These increased costs were partially offset by lower power costs, which decreased 2.2%, on an actual basis.

Warehouse segment contribution (NOI) was $314.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $6.3 million, or 2.0%, compared to $307.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. On a constant currency basis, warehouse segment contribution (NOI) was $316.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $8.6 million, or 2.8%, year-over-year.

Refer to the same store discussion below for further details.

Same Store Analysis

We had 139 same stores for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, a decrease from 141 same stores for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. This decline related to the disposal of one warehouse, our exit from two leased warehouses and the acquisition of one warehouse in 2016.

 

127


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table presents revenues, cost of operations, contribution (NOI) and margins for our same stores and non-same stores with a reconciliation to the total financial metrics of our warehouse segment for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

     Year ended December 31,     Change  

(dollars in thousands)

   2016 actual     2016 constant
currency (1)
    2015 actual     Actual     Constant
currency
 

Same store revenues:

          

Rent and storage

   $ 461,873     $ 467,952     $ 449,388       2.8     4.1

Warehouse services

     577,948       581,338       558,502       3.5     4.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total same store revenues

     1,039,821       1,049,290       1,007,890       3.2     4.1

Same store cost of operations:

          

Power

     69,480       70,227       70,518       (1.5 )%      (0.4 )% 

Other facilities costs

     94,357       95,427       90,063       4.8     6.0

Labor

     463,463       468,715       444,071       4.4     5.5

Other services costs

     103,172       103,302       100,322       2.8     3.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total same store cost of operations

   $ 730,472     $ 737,671     $ 704,974       3.6     4.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Same store contribution (NOI)

   $ 309,349     $ 311,619     $ 302,916       2.1     2.9

Same store rent and storage contribution (NOI) (2)

   $ 298,036     $ 302,298     $ 288,807       3.2     4.7

Same store warehouse services contribution (NOI) (3)

   $ 11,313     $ 9,321     $ 14,109       (19.8 )%      (33.9 )% 

Total same store margin

     29.8     29.7     30.1     -30 bps       -40 bps  

Same store rent and storage margin (4)

     64.5     64.6     64.3     20 bps       30 bps  

Same store warehouse services margin (5)

     2.0     1.6     2.5     -50 bps       -90 bps  

Non-same store revenues:

          

Rent and storage

   $ 14,928     $ 14,928     $ 19,802       (24.6 )%      (24.6 )% 

Warehouse services

     26,118       26,118       29,432       (11.3 )%      (11.3 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total non-same store revenues

     41,046       41,046       49,234       (16.6 )%      (16.6 )% 

Non-same store cost of operations:

          

Power

     2,519       2,519       3,070       (17.9 )%      (17.9 )% 

Other facilities costs

     7,675       7,675       11,766       (34.8 )%      (34.8 )% 

Labor

     21,359       21,359       24,317       (12.2 )%      (12.2 )% 

Other services costs

     4,797       4,797       5,248       (8.6 )%      (8.6 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total non-same store cost of operations

   $ 36,350     $ 36,350     $ 44,401       (18.1 )%      (18.1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Non-same store contribution (NOI)

   $ 4,696     $ 4,696     $ 4,833       (2.8 )%      (2.8 )% 

Non-same store rent and storage contribution (NOI) (2)

   $ 4,734     $ 4,734     $ 4,966       (4.7 )%      (4.7 )% 

Non-same store warehouse services contribution (NOI) (3)

   $ (38   $ (38   $ (133     (71.4 )%      (71.4 )% 

Total warehouse segment revenues

   $ 1,080,867     $ 1,090,336     $ 1,057,124       2.2     3.1

Total warehouse cost of operations

   $ 766,822     $ 774,021     $ 749,375       2.3     3.3

Total warehouse segment contribution (NOI)

   $ 314,045     $ 316,315     $ 307,749       2.0     2.8

 

(1) The adjustments from our U.S. GAAP operating results to calculate our operating results on a constant currency basis is the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates relative to the comparable prior period.
(2) Calculated as rent and storage revenues less power and other facilities costs.
(3) Calculated as warehouse services revenues less labor and other services costs.
(4) Calculated as same store rent and storage contribution (NOI) divided by same store rent and storage revenues.
(5) Calculated as same store warehouse services contribution (NOI) divided by same store warehouse services revenues.

 

128


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table provides certain operating metrics to explain the drivers of our same store performance.

 

     Year ended December 31,     Change  
     2016     2015    

Same store rent and storage:

      

Occupancy (1)

      

Average occupied pallets

     2,408,822       2,401,370       0.3

Average physical pallet positions

     3,111,974       3,148,770       (1.2 )% 

Occupancy percentage

     77.4     76.3     110 bps  

Same store rent and storage revenues per occupied pallet

   $ 191.74     $ 187.14       2.5

Constant currency same store rent and storage revenues per occupied pallet

   $ 194.27     $ 187.14       3.8

Same store warehouse services:

      

Throughput pallets

     26,031,003       25,104,714       3.7

Same store warehouse services revenues per throughput pallet

   $ 22.20     $ 22.25       (0.2 )% 

Constant currency same store warehouse services revenues per throughput pallet

   $ 22.33     $ 22.25       0.4

Non-same store rent and storage:

      

Occupancy

      

Average occupied pallets

     46,369       46,590       (0.5 )% 

Average physical pallet positions

     76,647       79,399       (3.5 )% 

Occupancy percentage

     60.5     58.7     180 bps  

Non-same store warehouse services:

      

Throughput pallets

     968,508       690,578       40.2

 

(1) We define average physical occupancy as the average number of occupied pallets divided by the estimated number of average physical pallet positions in our warehouses for the applicable period. We estimate the number of physical pallet positions by taking into account actual racked space and by estimating unracked space on an as-if racked basis. We base this estimate on a formula utilizing the total cubic feet of each room within the warehouse that is unracked divided by the volume of an assumed rack space that is consistent with the characteristics of the relevant warehouse. On a warehouse by warehouse basis, rack space generally ranges from two to three feet depending upon the type of facility and the nature of the customer goods stored therein. The number of our pallet positions is reviewed and updated quarterly, taking into account changes in racking configurations and room utilization.

Average physical occupancy at our same stores was 77.4% for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of 110 basis points compared to 76.3% for the year ended December 31, 2015. This growth was primarily the result of an increase of 0.3% in average occupied pallets and a 1.2% decrease in average physical pallet positions. The increase in our average occupied pallets primarily resulted from new business at our Australian and New Zealand operations, partially offset by a slight decline in the average occupied pallets in our domestic operations. Same store rent and storage revenues per occupied pallet increased 2.5% year-over-year, primarily driven by rate increases and a greater proportion of occupancy by customers that paid higher average rates per pallet, partially offset by the unfavorable foreign currency impact of a stronger U.S. dollar on the translation of revenues and expenses incurred by our operations outside the United States. On a constant currency basis, our same store rent and storage revenues per occupied pallet increased 3.8% year-over-year.

Throughput pallets at our same stores were 26.0 million pallets for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of 3.7% from 25.1 million pallets for the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was the result of new and incremental occupancy and throughput in Australia, additional throughput pallets from new domestic customers, and net higher throughput from existing domestic customers. Same store warehouse services revenues

 

129


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

per throughput pallet decreased 0.2% year-over-year primarily as a result of a decline in higher priced repackaging, blast freezing, and case-picking warehouse services, and the unfavorable net effect of foreign currency translation mentioned above. On a constant currency basis, our same store warehouse services revenues per throughput pallet increased 0.4% year-over-year.

Third-Party Managed Segment

The following table presents the operating results of our third-party managed segment for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

     Year ended December 31,     Change  

(dollars in thousands)

   2016 actual     2016 constant
currency (1)
    2015 actual     Actual     Constant
currency
 

Number of managed sites

     12         12      

Third-party managed revenues

   $ 252,411     $ 253,043     $ 233,564       8.1     8.3

Third-party managed cost of operations

     237,597       238,179       220,983       7.5     7.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Third-party managed segment contribution (NOI)

   $ 14,814     $ 14,864     $ 12,581       17.7     18.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Third-party managed margin

     5.9     5.9     5.4     50 bps       50 bps  

 

(1) The adjustments from our U.S. GAAP operating results to calculate our operating results on a constant currency basis is the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates relative to the comparable prior period.

Third-party managed revenues were $252.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $18.8 million, or 8.1%, compared to $233.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. On a constant currency basis, third-party managed revenues were $253.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $19.5 million, or 8.3%, year-over-year. These increases were due to higher reimbursable operating expenses related to higher throughput at sites managed for our existing customers.

Third-party managed cost of operations was $237.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $16.6 million, or 7.5%, compared to $221.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. On a constant currency basis, third-party managed cost of operations was $238.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $17.2 million, or 7.8%, year-over-year. These increases were primarily due to higher reimbursable operating expenses related to higher throughput at sites managed for our existing customers.

Third-party managed segment contribution (NOI) was $14.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $2.2 million, or 17.7%, compared to $12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. On a constant currency basis, third-party managed segment contribution (NOI) was $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $2.3 million, or 18.1%, year-over-year.

 

130


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Transportation Segment

The following table presents the operating results of our transportation segment for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

     Year ended December 31,     Change  

(dollars in thousands)

   2016 actual     2016 constant
currency (1)
    2015 actual     Actual      Constant
currency
 

Transportation revenues

   $ 147,004     $ 151,863     $ 180,892       (18.7)%        (16.0)%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Brokered transportation

     102,897       106,244       134,255       (23.4)%        (20.9)%  

Other cost of operations

     29,689       30,090       32,332       (8.2)%        (6.9)%  

Total transportation cost of operations

     132,586       136,334       166,587       (20.4)%        (18.2)%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Transportation segment contribution (NOI)

   $ 14,418     $ 15,529     $ 14,305       0.8%        8.6%  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Transportation margin

     9.8     10.2     7.9     190 bps        230 bps  

 

(1) The adjustments from our U.S. GAAP operating results to calculate our operating results on a constant currency basis is the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates relative to the comparable prior period.

Our transportation segment continued its strategic shift to focus on more profitable warehouse services and consolidation solutions by exiting certain commoditized, non-scalable, or low margin services we have historically offered to our customers. Transportation revenues were $147.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, a decrease of $33.9 million, or 18.7%, compared to $180.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. On a constant currency basis, transportation revenues were $151.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, a decrease of $29.0 million, or 16.0%, year-over-year. The strategic shift in our transportation segment and lower business throughput from our domestic customers contributed $37.0 million of the decrease, offset by $3.1 million higher revenues from our international operations.

Transportation cost of operations was $132.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, a decrease of $34.0 million, or 20.4%, compared to $166.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. On a constant currency basis, transportation cost of operations was $136.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, a decrease of $30.3 million, or 18.2%, year-over-year. These decreases were primarily due to lower brokered transportation costs as a result of lower revenues related to the strategic shift referenced above.

Transportation segment contribution (NOI) was $14.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $0.1 million, or 0.8%, compared to $14.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Transportation segment margin increased 190 basis points year-over-year, to 9.8% from 7.9%, as the business shifted towards more profitable services. On a constant currency basis, transportation segment contribution (NOI) was $15.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $1.2 million, or 8.6%, year-over-year.

Quarry Revenues and Cost of Operations

The following table presents the operating results of our quarry segment for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

     Year ended
December 31,
    Change  

(dollars in thousands)

   2016     2015    

Quarry revenues

   $ 9,717     $ 9,805       (0.9 )% 

Quarry cost of operations

     7,349       7,420       (1.0 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Quarry segment contribution (NOI)

   $ 2,368     $ 2,385       (0.7 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Quarry margin

     24.4     24.3     10 bps  

 

131


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Quarry revenues were $9.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, a decrease of $0.1 million, or 0.9%, compared to $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This decrease was primarily due to a slowdown in construction projects from traditional customers and minor price decreases as a result of lower market prices driven by competition.

Quarry cost of operations was $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, a decrease of $0.1 million, or 1.0%, compared to $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This decrease was primarily due to lower fuel costs resulting from lower oil prices.

Quarry segment contribution (NOI) was $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, virtually flat compared to the year ended December 31, 2015.

Other Consolidated Operating Expenses

Depreciation, depletion and amortization . Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense was $118.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, a decrease of $7.1 million, or 5.7%, compared to $125.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This decrease was primarily due to the disposal and write-off of certain machinery and equipment that were no longer utilized.

Impairment of intangible assets and long-lived assets . For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we recorded impairment charges of $9.8 million and $5.7 million, respectively, as a result of the planned disposal of certain facilities, and other idle facilities, with a net book value in excess of their estimated fair value based on third-party appraisals or purchase offers. These impaired assets related to the warehouse segment. During 2015, we also recorded an impairment charge of $3.7 million on one of our below-market leasehold interests associated with a lease that we did not intend to renew as we removed excess capacity from our warehouse portfolio.

Selling, general and administrative . Corporate-level selling, general and administrative expenses were $100.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $9.0 million, or 9.9%, compared to $91.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Included in these amounts are business development expenses attributable to our customer onboarding, engineering and consulting services to support our customers in the cold chain. Business development expenses represented approximately 14% to 16% of corporate-level selling, general and administrative expenses for all periods presented. We believe these costs are comparable to leasing costs for other publicly traded REITs. This increase was primarily due to investments in our engineering services function and higher professional fees. For the year ended December 31, 2016, corporate-level selling, general and administrative expenses were 6.7% of our total revenues, an increase of 0.5% from 6.2% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Other Income and Expense

The following table presents other items of income and expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

     Year ended
December 31,
     Change  

(dollars in thousands)

   2016      2015     

Other (expense) income:

        

Interest expense

   $ (119,552)      $ (116,710)        2.4 %  

Interest income

     708        724        (2.2)%  

Loss on debt extinguishment and modification

     (1,437)        (503)        N/M  

Foreign currency exchange gain (loss)

     464        (3,470)        (113.4)%  

Other income—net

     2,142        1,892        13.2 %  

 

132


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Interest expense . Interest expense was $119.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $2.8 million, or 2.4%, compared to $116.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in our weighted average debt outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, and an increase in our weighted average effective interest rate. Effective interest rates included the amortization of the deferred financing costs and original issuance debt discounts.

In June 2015, our Australian and New Zealand subsidiaries entered into new mortgage notes in an aggregate principal amount of $187.4 million with a weighted average effective interest rate of 4.96% as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. In addition, on December 1, 2015, we refinanced $350.0 million of the 2006 Mortgage Loans (as defined below) and a construction loan of $14.2 million with a weighted average effective interest rate of 6.00% and 3.81%, respectively, as of the date of the refinancing thereof, through the issuance of a new $325.0 million term loan under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility with an average annual effective interest rate of 7.19% as of December 31, 2015.

In July 2016, we amended the terms of the term loan under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility incurred on December 1, 2015 to secure incremental borrowings of $385.0 million principal amount, and used the net proceeds to repay the balance of our 2006 Mortgage Loans and to lower the credit spread on the initial tranche of the term loan. The $704.8 million aggregate principal amount of the amended term loan had an effective interest rate of 6.38% as of December 31, 2016.

Interest income . Interest income of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 was 2.2% lower when compared to the same period in 2015. Historically, we have earned interest income primarily from term deposits held by our foreign subsidiaries. Starting in 2016, we began charging interest on delinquent billings net of a bad debt provision equal to the amount of interest earned for such delinquent customers. The year-over-year change was primarily driven by movements in foreign currency exchange rates.

Loss on debt extinguishment and modification . Loss on debt extinguishment and modification was $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $0.9 million, compared to $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. In 2016, we used the net proceeds from the incremental borrowings of the term loan under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility to repay the balance of our 2006 Mortgage Loans, and recognized a related $1.4 million loss on debt extinguishment and modification. In 2015, we recognized a $0.5 million loss on debt extinguishment and modification in connection with the termination of a revolving credit facility that was established in 2010, and the payoff of other tranches of mortgage notes and a construction loan. The loss in both periods consisted of a write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs, as well as loan fees and third-party costs related to the aforementioned debt.

Foreign currency exchange gain (loss). We reported a foreign currency exchange gain of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to a $3.5 million loss for the year ended December 31, 2015. The monthly re-measurement of an intercompany loan denominated in Australian dollars from our Australian subsidiary to one of our U.S. corporate subsidiaries resulted in a foreign currency exchange gain in 2016, as the U.S. dollar strengthened against the Australian dollar toward the end of 2016.

During the first half of 2015, one of our U.S. subsidiaries was the lender of another intercompany loan to our Australian subsidiary, which loan was denominated in Canadian dollars. With the U.S. dollar strengthening against the Canadian dollar for most of 2015, the re-measurement of this other intercompany loan led to a net loss on foreign currency exchange.

Other income—net . Other income—net, which represents income outside our operating segments, was $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $0.3 million, or 13.2%, compared to $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Other income—net in 2016 included proceeds of $3.1 million from the insurance claim related to a business disruption at our Dallas facility. These proceeds were partially

 

133


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

offset by asset disposal losses totaling $1.0 million. Prior year other income—net consisted primarily of proceeds from company-owned life insurance policies.

Loss from Partially-Owned Entities

Loss from partially-owned entities was $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, a decrease of $3.4 million, or 96.4%, compared to a loss of $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This decrease was primarily driven by the recognition during 2016 by the China JV of a gain of approximately $1.6 million from the sale of a parcel of land to one of its Chinese affiliates. In addition, the China JV performed better in 2016, as the average occupancy rate across its temperature-controlled warehouse network increased approximately 6% year-over-year.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $5.9 million, a decrease of $3.8 million, or 39.0%, compared to $9.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This change was primarily driven by lower taxable income from our domestic TRS entities and foreign subsidiaries, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015.

Gain from Sale of Real Estate, Net of Tax

For the year ended December 31, 2016, we recognized a gain of $11.6 million primarily from the sale of three idle facilities, two parcels of land that we no longer intend to develop, and one temperature-controlled storage facility that was no longer performing as expected.

 

134


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Comparison of Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

Warehouse Segment

The following table presents the operating results of our warehouse segment for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

     Year ended December 31,     Change  

(dollars in thousands)

   2015 actual     2015 constant
currency (1)
    2014 actual     Actual     Constant
currency
 

Rent and storage

   $ 469,190     $ 481,451     $ 462,141       1.5     4.2

Warehouse services

     587,934       609,607       576,864       1.9     5.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total warehouse segment revenues

     1,057,124       1,091,058       1,039,005       1.7     5.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Power

     73,587       74,739       74,969       (1.8 )%      (0.3 )% 

Other facilities costs (2)

     101,828       104,458       103,297       (1.4 )%      1.1

Labor

     468,389       486,872       456,087       2.7     6.7

Other services costs (3)

     105,571       108,674       110,395       (4.4 )%      (1.6 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total warehouse segment cost of operations

   $ 749,375     $ 774,743     $ 744,748       0.6     4.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Warehouse segment contribution (NOI)

   $ 307,749     $ 316,315     $ 294,257       4.6     7.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Warehouse rent and storage contribution (NOI) (4)

   $ 293,775     $ 302,254     $ 283,875       3.5     6.5

Warehouse services contribution (NOI) (5)

   $ 13,974     $ 14,061     $ 10,382       34.6     35.4

Total warehouse segment margin

     29.1     29.0     28.3     80 bps       70 bps  

Rent and storage margin (6)

     62.6     62.8     61.4     120 bps       140 bps  

Warehouse services margin (7)

     2.4     2.3     1.8     60 bps       50 bps  

 

(1) The adjustments from our U.S. GAAP operating results to calculate our operating results on a constant currency basis are the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates relative to the comparable prior period.
(2) Includes real estate rent expense of $25.5 million and $26.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
(3) Includes non-real estate rent expense of $18.4 million and $22.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
(4) Calculated as rent and storage revenues less power and other facilities costs.
(5) Calculated as warehouse services revenues less labor and other services costs.
(6) Calculated as warehouse rent and storage contribution (NOI) divided by rent and storage revenues.
(7) Calculated as warehouse services contribution (NOI) divided by warehouse services revenues.

Warehouse segment revenues were $1.06 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $18.1 million, or 1.7%, compared to $1.04 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014. On a constant currency basis, our warehouse segment revenues were $1.09 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $52.1 million, or 5.0%, year-over-year. The increase in revenues was primarily driven by net new business (resulting in higher occupancy and throughput) and rate increases, $7.3 million from the full year impact of recent expansions and developments, partially offset by movements in foreign exchange rates and a reduction in revenues of approximately $4.0 million related to a business disruption at our Dallas facility.

Warehouse segment cost of operations was $749.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $4.7 million, or 0.6%, compared to $744.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. On a constant currency basis, our warehouse segment cost of operations was $774.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $30.0 million, or 4.0%, compared to $744.7 million for the year ended

 

135


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

December 31, 2014. This increase was primarily due to a 2.7% year-over-year increase in labor costs resulting from more labor-intensive warehouse services revenues, such as case selection and product repackaging, new customer launch activity at several facilities, the full year impact of recent expansions and developments, and costs associated with a business disruption at our Dallas facility, partially offset by the effect of foreign currency exchange rates. This increase was partially offset by a 1.8% year-over-year decrease in power costs attributable to a number of energy efficiency projects we implemented since 2013, such as the purchase and installation of power efficient cooling equipment, particularly in the United States, and the effect of foreign currency exchange rates. Further, we experienced a 4.4% year-over-year decline in other costs resulting from a number of improvements in our safety programs, including safety training and safety awareness communications, which allowed us to reduce workers’ compensation costs domestically compared to 2014.

Warehouse segment contribution (NOI) was $307.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $13.5 million, or 4.6%, compared to $294.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. On a constant currency basis, warehouse segment contribution (NOI) was $316.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $22.1 million, or 7.5%, year-over-year.

Refer to the same store discussion below for further details.

Same Store Analysis

We had 141 same stores for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, a decrease from 144 same stores for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. This decline related to one idled site, the sale of two warehouses and the occurrence of a business disruption at our Dallas facility. This decline was offset by one warehouse which began normalized operations in 2014.

 

136


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table presents revenues, cost of operations, contribution (NOI) and margins for our same stores and non-same stores with a reconciliation to the total financial metrics of our warehouse segment for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

     Year ended December 31,     Change  

(dollars in thousands)

   2015 actual     2015
constant
currency (1)
    2014 actual     Actual     Constant
currency
 

Same store revenues:

          

Rent and storage

   $ 456,590     $ 468,851     $ 449,480       1.6     4.3

Warehouse services

     567,206       588,879       558,604       1.5     5.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total same store revenues

     1,023,796       1,057,730       1,008,084       1.6     4.9

Same store cost of operations:

          

Power

     71,663       72,815       72,458       (1.1 )%      0.5

Other facilities costs

     97,080       99,709       98,772       (1.7 )%      0.9

Labor

     451,251       469,734       439,294       2.7     6.9

Other services costs

     101,762       104,866       104,912       (3.0 )%       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total same store cost of operations

   $ 721,756     $ 747,124     $ 715,436       0.9     4.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Same store contribution (NOI)

   $ 302,040     $ 310,606     $ 292,648       3.2     6.1

Same store rent and storage contribution (NOI) (2)

   $ 287,847     $ 296,327     $ 278,250       3.4     6.5

Same store warehouse services contribution (NOI) (3)

   $ 14,193     $ 14,279     $ 14,398       (1.4 )%      (0.8 )% 

Total same store margin

     29.5     29.4     29.0     50 bps       40 bps  

Same store rent and storage margin (4)

     63.0     63.2     61.9     110 bps       130 bps  

Same store warehouse services margin (5)

     2.5     2.4     2.6     (10) bps       (20) bps  

Non-same store revenues:

          

Rent and storage

   $ 12,600     $ 12,600     $ 12,661       (0.5 )%      (0.5 )% 

Warehouse services

     20,728       20,728       18,260       13.5     13.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total non-same store revenues

     33,328       33,328       30,921       7.8     7.8

Non-same store cost of operations:

          

Power

     1,925       1,925       2,513       (23.4 )%      (23.4 )% 

Other facilities costs

     4,748       4,748       4,525       4.9     4.9

Labor

     17,138       17,138       16,793       2.1     2.1

Other services costs

     3,808       3,808       5,481       (30.5 )%      (30.5 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total non-same store cost of operations

   $ 27,619     $ 27,619     $ 29,312       (5.8 )%      (5.8 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Non-same store contribution (NOI)

   $ 5,709     $ 5,709     $ 1,609       254.8     254.8

Non-same store rent and storage contribution (NOI) (2)

   $ 5,927     $ 5,927     $ 5,623       5.4     5.4

Non-same store warehouse services contribution (NOI) (3)

   $ (218   $ (218   $ (4,014     (94.6 )%      (94.6 )% 

Total warehouse segment revenues

   $ 1,057,124     $ 1,091,058     $ 1,039,005       1.7     5.0

Total warehouse cost of operations

   $ 749,375     $ 774,743     $ 744,748       0.6     4.0

Total warehouse segment contribution (NOI)

   $ 307,749     $ 316,315     $ 294,257       4.6     7.5

 

(1) The adjustments from our U.S. GAAP operating results to calculate our operating results on a constant currency basis is the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates relative to the comparable prior period.
(2) Calculated as rent and storage revenues less power and other facilities costs.
(3) Calculated as warehouse services revenues less labor and other services costs.
(4) Calculated as same store rent and storage contribution (NOI) divided by same store rent and storage revenues.
(5) Calculated as same store warehouse services contribution (NOI) divided by same store warehouse services revenues.

 

137


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table provides certain operating metrics to explain the drivers of our same store performance.

 

     Year ended December 31,     Change  
     2015     2014    

Same store rent and storage:

      

Occupancy (1)

      

Average occupied pallets

     2,441,387       2,425,429       0.7

Average physical pallet positions

     3,229,881       3,244,869       (0.5 )% 

Occupancy percentage

     75.6     74.7     90 bps  

Same store rent and storage revenues per occupied pallet

   $ 187.02     $ 185.32       0.9

Constant currency same store rent and storage revenues per occupied pallet

   $ 192.04     $ 185.32       3.6

Same store warehouse services:

      

Throughput pallets

     25,486,126       25,273,119       0.8

Same store warehouse services revenues per throughput pallet

   $ 22.26     $ 22.10       0.7

Constant currency same store warehouse services revenues per throughput pallet

   $ 23.11     $ 22.10       4.6

Non-same store rent and storage:

      

Occupancy

      

Average occupied pallets

     46,590       38,866       19.9

Average physical pallet positions

     79,399       66,810       18.8

Occupancy percentage

     58.7     58.2     50 bps  

Non-same store warehouse services:

      

Throughput pallets

     690,578       575,492       20.0

 

(1) We define average physical occupancy as the average number of occupied pallets divided by the estimated number of average physical pallet positions in our warehouses for the applicable period. We estimate the number of physical pallet positions by taking into account actual racked space and by estimating unracked space on an as-if racked basis. We base this estimate on a formula utilizing the total cubic feet of each room within the warehouse that is unracked divided by the volume of an assumed rack space that is consistent with the characteristics of the relevant warehouse. On a warehouse by warehouse basis, rack space generally ranges from two to three feet depending upon the type of facility and the nature of the customer goods stored therein. The number of our pallet positions is reviewed and updated quarterly, taking into account changes in racking configurations and room utilization.

Average physical occupancy at our same stores was 75.6% for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of 90 basis points compared to 74.7% for the year ended December 31, 2014. This growth was primarily the result of a 0.7% increase in the average occupied pallets and a 0.5% decrease in average physical pallet positions. The increase in average occupied pallets primarily resulted from higher occupancy from new and existing customers, particularly driven by the recovery of the protein market from the effects of poultry and livestock disease. The decrease in average physical pallet positions primarily resulted from re-racking certain facilities to accommodate customers. Our same store rent and storage revenues per occupied pallet increased 0.9% year-over-year, primarily driven by annual storage rate increases and a greater proportion of occupancy by customers that paid higher average rates per pallet, but partially offset by movements in foreign exchange rates. On a constant currency basis, our same store rent and storage revenues per occupied pallet increased 5.4% year-over-year.

Throughput pallets at our same stores were 25.5 million pallets for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of 0.8% from 25.3 million pallets for the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase is the result of higher inbound pallets from customers that contributed to the increase in the average occupied pallets. Same

 

138


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

store warehouse services revenues per throughput pallet increased 0.7% year-over-year primarily due to rate increases, the expansion of value-added services we offer to many of our retail and food processing customers such as product repackaging services, meat processing and packing services and case picking activities, partially offset by movement in foreign exchange rates. On a constant currency basis, our same store warehouse services revenues per throughput pallet increased 4.7% year-over-year.

Third-Party Managed Segment

The following table presents the operating results of our third-party managed segment for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

     Year ended December 31,     Change  

(dollars in thousands)

   2015
actual
    2015 constant
currency (1)
    2014
actual
    Actual     Constant
currency
 

Number of managed sites

     12         12      

Third-party managed revenues

   $ 233,564     $ 237,283     $ 217,428       7.4     9.1

Third-party managed cost of operations

     220,983       224,166       207,075       6.7     8.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Third-party managed segment contribution (NOI)

   $ 12,581     $ 13,117     $ 10,353       21.5     26.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Third-party managed margin

     5.4     5.5     4.8     60 bps       70 bps  

 

(1) The adjustments from our U.S. GAAP operating results to calculate our operating results on a constant currency basis is the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates relative to the comparable prior period.

Third-party managed revenues were $233.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $16.1 million, or 7.4%, compared to $217.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. On a constant currency basis, third-party managed revenues were $237.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $19.9 million, or 9.1%, year-over-year. These increases were primarily due to fees and reimbursable expenses associated with a new customer we obtained in Australia and higher reimbursable operating expenses related to higher throughput at sites managed for our existing customers.

Third-party managed cost of operations was $221.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $13.9 million, or 6.7%, compared to $207.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. On a constant currency basis, third-party managed cost of operations was $224.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $17.1 million, or 8.3%, year-over-year. These increases were primarily due to expenses associated with a new customer we obtained in Australia and higher reimbursable operating expenses driven by higher throughput at sites managed for our existing customers.

Third-party managed segment contribution (NOI) was $12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $2.2 million, or 21.5%, compared to $10.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. On a constant currency basis, third-party managed segment contribution (NOI) was $13.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $2.8 million, or 26.7%, year-over-year.

 

139


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Transportation Segment

The following table presents the operating results of our transportation segment for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 (dollars in thousands).

 

     Year ended December 31,     Change  
     2015 actual     2015 constant
currency (1)
    2014 actual     Actual     Constant
currency
 

Transportation revenues

   $ 180,892     $ 192,678     $ 243,274       (25.6 )%      (20.8 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Brokered transportation

     134,255       140,847       188,941       (28.9 )%      (25.5 )% 

Other cost of operations

     32,332       36,163       38,478       (16.0 )%      (6.0 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total transportation cost of operations

     166,587       177,010       227,419       (26.8 )%      (22.2 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Transportation segment contribution (NOI)

   $ 14,305     $ 15,668     $ 15,855       (9.8 )%      (1.2 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Transportation margin

     7.9     8.1     6.5     140 bps       160 bps  

 

(1) The adjustments from our U.S. GAAP operating results to calculate our operating results on a constant currency basis is the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates relative to the comparable prior period.

Our transportation segment continued its strategic shift to focus on more profitable warehouse services and consolidation solutions by exiting certain commoditized, non-scalable, or low margin services we have historically offered to our customers. Transportation revenues were $180.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, a decrease of $62.4 million, or 25.6%, compared to $243.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. On a constant currency basis, transportation revenues were $192.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, a decrease of $50.1 million, or 20.8%, year-over-year. These decreases were primarily due to a $50.6 million decline in revenues from lost or lower business throughput associated with our exit of certain commoditized, non-scalable or low margin services.

Transportation cost of operations was $166.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, a decrease of $60.8 million, or 26.8%, compared to $227.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. On a constant currency basis, transportation cost of operations was $177.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, a decrease of $50.5 million, or 22.2%, year-over-year. These decreases were primarily due to lower brokered transportation service costs as a result of lower revenues related to the strategic shift referred to above.

Transportation segment contribution (NOI) was $14.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, a decrease of $1.5 million, or 9.8%, compared to $15.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Transportation segment margin increased 140 basis points year-over-year, to 7.9% from 6.5%, as the business shifted towards more profitable services. On a constant currency basis, transportation segment contribution (NOI) was $15.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, a decrease of $0.2 million, or 1.2%, year-over-year.

 

140


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Quarry Revenues and Cost of Operations

The following table presents the operating results of our quarry segment for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 (dollars in thousands).

 

     Year ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2015      2014     

Quarry revenues

   $ 9,805      $ 9,891        (0.9)%  

Quarry cost of operations

     7,420        7,837        (5.3)%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Quarry segment contribution (NOI)

   $ 2,385      $ 2,054        16.1%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Quarry margin

     24.3%        20.8%        350 bps  

Quarry revenues were $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, a decrease of $0.1 million, or 0.9%, compared to $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This decrease was primarily due to some customer attrition, offset partially by higher pricing in certain product categories.

Quarry cost of operations was $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, a decrease of $0.4 million, or 5.3%, compared to $7.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This change was primarily associated with lower production levels and lower fuel costs.

Quarry segment contribution (NOI) was $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $0.3 million, or 16.1%, compared to $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Other Consolidated Operating Expenses

Depreciation, depletion and amortization . Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense was $125.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, a decrease of $7.0 million, or 5.2%, compared to $132.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This decrease was primarily due to internally developed software that was fully amortized during the latter part of 2014.

Impairment of intangible assets and long-lived assets . During 2015, we recorded an impairment charge of $3.7 million on one of our below-market leasehold interests associated with a lease that we do not intend to renew as we removed excess capacity from our warehouse portfolio. We also recorded impairment charges of $5.7 million in relation to the planned exit of certain leased facilities, and idle facilities, with a net book value in excess of their estimated market value. There were no impairment charges for long-lived assets in 2014.

Selling, general and administrative . Corporate-level selling, general and administrative expenses were $91.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $7.4 million, or 8.8%, compared to $83.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Included in these amounts are business development expenses attributable to our customer onboarding, engineering and consulting services to support our customers in the cold chain. Business development expenses represented approximately 14% to 16% of corporate-level selling, general and administrative expenses for all periods presented. We believe these costs are comparable to leasing costs for other publicly traded REITs. This increase was primarily due to management incentive compensation, an investment in our business development and engineering services functions, and higher amortization of actuarial losses incurred in our defined benefit plans, partially offset by foreign currency exchange rate movements. The higher amortization of actuarial losses resulted from a decrease in the fair value of the pension assets coupled with the increase in the life expectancy actuarial assumption. For the year ended December 31, 2015, corporate-level selling, general and administrative expenses were 6.2% of our total revenues, an increase of 0.6% from 5.6% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

141


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Other Income and Expense

The following table presents other items of income and expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 (dollars in thousands).

 

     Year ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2015      2014         

Other (expense) income:

        

Interest expense

   $ (116,710    $ (114,223      2.2

Interest income

     724        717        1.0

Loss on debt extinguishment and modification

     (503      —          N/M  

Foreign currency exchange loss

     (3,470      (5,273      (34.2 )% 

Other income—net

     1,892        79        N/M  

Interest expense . Interest expense was $116.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $2.5 million, or 2.2%, compared to $114.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in our weighted average debt outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, and an increase in our weighted average effective interest rate. In June 2015, our Australian and New Zealand subsidiaries entered into new mortgage notes in an aggregate principal amount of $187.4 million with an average annual effective interest rate of 4.96% as of December 31, 2015. In addition, on December 1, 2015, we refinanced $350.0 million of the 2006 Mortgage Loans and a construction loan of $14.2 million, with a weighted average effective interest rate of 6.00% and 3.81%, respectively, as of the date of refinancing thereof through the issuance of a new $325.0 million term loan under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility with an average annual effective interest rate of 7.19% as of the date of refinancing thereof. Of the $2.5 million increase in interest expense, $2.0 million related to interest payments, and the remainder to the amortization of new debt discount and deferred financing costs.

Interest income . Interest income of $0.7 million was flat for the year ended December 31, 2015 when compared to the same period in 2014. We earn interest income primarily from term deposits held by our foreign subsidiaries.

Loss on debt extinguishment and modification . Loss on debt extinguishment and modification of $0.5 million was recognized in connection with the termination of our prior revolving credit facility and the payoff of one of the component tranches of our 2006 Mortgage Loans described below under “—Outstanding Indebtedness” and a construction loan in 2015. The loss consisted of a write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs, as well as loan fees and third-party costs related to the aforementioned debt.

Foreign currency exchange loss. We reported a foreign currency exchange loss of $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, a decrease of $1.8 million, or 34.2%, compared to $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. During 2014 and part of 2015, one of our U.S. corporate subsidiaries was the lender of an intercompany loan to our Australian subsidiary, which loan was denominated in Canadian dollars. Subsequent to the June 2015 financing described above, our Australian subsidiary became the lender of an Australian dollar-denominated intercompany loan to one of our U.S. corporate subsidiaries. With the continued strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the Australian dollar during 2015, the monthly re-measurement of this intercompany loan made by our Australian subsidiary resulted in a foreign currency exchange gain for part of 2015.

Other income – net . Other income – net, which represents income outside our operating segments, was $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $1.8 million, or 1800.0%, compared to $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This change was primarily associated with proceeds of company-owned life insurance policies realized in 2015.

 

142


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Loss from Partially-Owned Entities

Loss from partially-owned entities was $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, a decrease of $16.5 million, or 83.0%, compared to $20.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This change was attributable to the fact that, in 2014, our loss from partially-owned entities included a charge of $15.4 million, net of tax, to account for our proportionate share of the impairment of certain property, plant and equipment, goodwill, trademark and customer relationships of the China JV. There were no such impairment charges affecting our investment in partially-owned entities during 2015.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 was virtually unchanged from the income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2014. A year-over-year shift between current and deferred taxes was attributed to the reversal in 2015 of an accrual for certain unrecognized tax benefits and the existence of a valuation allowance established against certain net deferred tax assets, primarily the net operating loss carry-forwards of our TRSs.

Loss from Sale of Real Estate, Net of Tax

For the year ended December 31, 2015, we recognized a loss of $0.6 million primarily as a result of disposing of three idle facilities.

 

143


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Net Effect of Foreign Currency Translation for Comparison Periods

In order to provide a framework for assessing how our underlying businesses performed on an overall basis during the comparison periods presented above, excluding the effect of foreign currency fluctuations, the table below provides an overview of the aggregate effect of foreign currency fluctuations by showing the actual and constant currency results of each of the comparison periods translated into U.S. dollars at the average foreign exchange rates applicable during the year ended December 31, 2014. Constant currency results are not measurements of financial performance under U.S. GAAP, and our constant currency results should be considered as a supplement, but not as an alternative, to our results calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

          Actual currency exchange rates                    
    September 30,
2017
Last
twelve
months actual
currency
    Year ended December 31,     September 30,
2017
Last
twelve
months
constant
currency (1)
    Year ended December 31,     Compound annual
growth rate 2014-
September 30, 2017
 

(dollars in
thousands)

    2016
actual
currency
    2015
actual
currency
    2014
actual
currency
      2016
constant
currency (1)
    2015
constant
currency (1)
    2014
actual
currency
    Actual
currency
    Constant
currency
 

Warehouse Segment

                   

Rent and storage revenue

  $ 498,573     $ 476,800     $ 469,190     $ 462,141     $ 518,059     $ 496,015     $ 481,339     $ 462,141       2.6     3.9

Warehouse services revenue

    640,484       604,067       587,934       576,864       667,722       632,105       609,730       576,864       3.5     5.0

Total warehouse revenue

  $ 1,139,057     $ 1,080,867     $ 1,057,124     $ 1,039,005     $ 1,185,781     $ 1,128,120     $ 1,091,069     $ 1,039,005       3.1     4.5

Rent and storage contribution (NOI)

  $ 323,872     $ 302,769     $ 293,775     $ 283,875     $ 336,660     $ 315,744     $ 302,058     $ 283,875       4.5     5.8

Warehouse services contribution (NOI)

    22,703       11,276       13,974       10,382       21,814       10,079       15,338       10,382       29.8     28.1

Total warehouse contribution (NOI)

  $ 346,575     $ 314,045     $ 307,749     $ 294,257     $ 358,474     $ 325,823     $ 317,396     $ 294,257       5.6     6.8

Third-Party Managed Segment

                   

Revenue

  $ 242,951     $ 252,411     $ 233,564     $ 217,428     $ 251,294     $ 256,745     $ 236,946     $ 217,428       3.8     4.9

Contribution (NOI)

    14,156       14,814       12,581       10,353       15,486       15,340       13,090       10,353       11.0     14.4

Transportation Segment

                   

Revenue

  $ 144,634     $ 147,004     $ 180,892     $ 243,274     $ 160,331     $ 164,752     $ 192,782     $ 243,274       (15.9 )%      (13.0 )% 

Contribution (NOI)

    13,588       14,418       14,305       15,855       15,675       16,947       15,528       15,855       (5.0 )%      (0.4 )% 

Quarry

                   

Revenue

  $ 9,787     $ 9,717     $ 9,805     $ 9,891     $ 9,787     $ 9,717     $ 9,805     $ 9,891       (0.4 )%      (0.4 )% 

Contribution (NOI)

    369       2,368       2,385       2,054       369       2,368       2,385       2,054       (43.6 )%      (43.6 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Revenue

  $ 1,536,429     $ 1,489,999     $ 1,481,385     $ 1,509,598     $ 1,607,193     $ 1,559,334     $ 1,530,602     $ 1,509,598       0.6     2.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Segment Contribution

  $ 374,688     $ 345,645     $ 337,020     $ 322,519     $ 390,004     $ 360,478     $ 348,399     $ 322,519       5.1     6.5

 

144


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

(1) The adjustments from our U.S. GAAP operating results to calculate our operating results on a constant currency basis is the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates relative to December 31, 2014.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly statements of operations data for our last ten completed fiscal quarters. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as the consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments necessary for their fair presentation of the results of operations for these periods. The quarterly results of operations presented should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for any future period (dollars in millions, except per share amounts).

 

    2017     2016     2015  
    Sept. 30     June 30     Mar. 31     Dec.
31
    Sept.
30
    June 30     Mar.
31
    Dec.
31
    Sept.
30
    June 30     Mar.
31
 

Total revenues

  $ 389.5     $ 379.5     $ 372.9     $ 394.5     $ 376.1     $ 358.5     $ 360.9     $ 381.3     $ 366.6     $ 365.2     $ 368.3  

Total operating expenses

    362.7       351.4       337.0       361.3       347.9       329.3       334.4       347.7       342.8       338.9       341.3  

Operating income

    26.8       28.1       35.9       33.2       28.2       29.2       26.4       33.6       23.8       26.3       27.0  

Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders

 

 

(11.9

    (15.8     (2.9     5.0       (7.5     (7.3     (14.7     (15.7     (8.3     (18.9     (7.7

Net income (loss) per common share:

                     

Basic

    (0.17     (0.23     (0.04     0.07       (0.11     (0.11     (0.21     (0.22     (0.12     (0.27     (0.11

Diluted

    (0.17     (0.23     (0.04     0.05       (0.11     (0.11     (0.21     (0.22     (0.12     (0.27     (0.11

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

We currently expect that our principal sources of funding for working capital, facility acquisitions, expansions, maintenance and renovation of our properties, developments projects, debt service and distributions to our shareholders will include:

 

    current cash balances;

 

    cash flows from operations;

 

    borrowings under our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities; and

 

    other forms of secured or unsecured debt financings and equity offerings such as this offering.

We expect that our funding sources as noted above are adequate and will continue to be adequate to meet our short-term liquidity requirements and capital commitments. These liquidity requirements and capital commitments include:

 

    operating activities and overall working capital;

 

    capital expenditures;

 

    debt service obligations; and

 

    quarterly shareholder distributions.

We expect to utilize the same sources of capital we will rely on to meet our short-term liquidity requirements to also meet our long-term liquidity requirements, which include funding our operating activities, our debt service obligations and shareholder distributions, and our future development and acquisition activities.

 

145


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

REIT Qualification

To maintain our qualification as a REIT, we must make distributions to our common shareholders aggregating annually at least 90% of our REIT taxable income excluding capital gains. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Annual Distribution Requirements.” While historically we have satisfied this requirement by making cash distributions to our shareholders, we may choose to satisfy this requirement by making distributions of other property, including, in limited circumstances, our own common shares. Cash flows from our operations, which are included in net cash provided by operating activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows, were sufficient to cover distributions on our common shares and our then outstanding preferred shares for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

As a result of this requirement, we cannot rely on retained earnings to fund our business needs to the same extent as other entities that are not REITs. If we do not have sufficient funds available to us from our operations to fund our business needs, we will need to find alternative ways to fund those needs. Such alternatives may include, among other things, divesting ourselves of temperature-controlled warehouses (whether or not the sales price is optimal or otherwise meets our strategic long-term objectives), incurring additional indebtedness or issuing equity securities in public or private transactions, the availability and attractiveness of the terms of which cannot be assured.

Security Interests in Customers’ Products

By operation of law and in accordance with our customer contracts (other than leases), we receive warehouseman’s liens on products held in our warehouses to secure customer payments. Such liens permit us to take control of the products and sell them to third parties in order to recover any monies receivable on a delinquent account, but such products may be perishable or otherwise not readily saleable by us. Historically, in instances where we have warehouseman’s liens and our customer sought bankruptcy protection, we have been successful in receiving “critical vendor” status, which has allowed us to fully collect on our accounts receivable during the pendency of the bankruptcy proceeding.

Our bad debt expense was $0.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, and $1.1 million and $0.8 million for the fiscal years 2016 and 2015, respectively. As of September 30, 2017, we maintained bad debt reserves of $4.9 million, which we believed to be adequate.

Outstanding Indebtedness

Overview

The following table presents our outstanding indebtedness as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

 

(dollars in thousands)

  Stated
maturity
date
  Contractual
interest rate (5)
    Effective
interest rate
as of September 30,
2017 (7)
    Outstanding
principal amount
as of September 30,
2017
    Outstanding
principal amount as
of December 31,
2016
 

2010 Mortgage Loans cross-collateralized and cross-defaulted by 46 warehouses:

         

Component A-1

  1/2021     3.86%       4.40   $ 61,188     $ 73,619  

Component A-2-FX

  1/2021     4.96%       5.38     150,334       150,334  

Component A-2-FL (1)

  1/2021     LIBOR + 1.51%       2.93     48,654       74,899  

Component B

  1/2021     6.04%       6.48     60,000       60,000  

Component C

  1/2021     6.82%       7.28     62,400       62,400  

Component D

  1/2021     7.45%       7.92     82,600       82,600  

 

146


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(dollars in thousands)

  Stated
maturity
date
    Contractual
interest rate (5)
    Effective
interest rate
as of September 30,
2017 (7)
    Outstanding
principal amount
as of September 30,
2017
    Outstanding
principal amount as
of December 31,
2016
 

2013 Mortgage Loans cross-collateralized and cross-defaulted by 15 warehouses:

         

Senior note

    5/2023       3.81%       4.14     195,757       200,252  

Mezzanine A

    5/2023       7.38%       7.55     70,000       70,000  

Mezzanine B

    5/2023       11.50%       11.75     32,000       32,000  

ANZ Term Loans secured by mortgages in properties owned by relevant subsidiaries:

         

Australian Term Loan (2)

    6/2020       BBSY + 1.40%       4.84     159,132       146,789  

New Zealand Term Loan (3)

    6/2020       BKBM + 1.40%       5.57     31,781       30,615  

Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility secured by stock pledge in qualified subsidiaries

    12/2022      


LIBOR + 3.75%
with 1% floor or
ABR + 2.75% with
2% floor
 
 
 
 
    5.36     808,966       704,833  
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mortgage notes and term loans

          1,762,812       1,688,341  

Less deferred financing costs

          (27,242     (28,473

Less debt discount

          (6,576     (7,443
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total—mortgage notes and term loans, net of deferred financing costs and debt discount

        $ 1,728,994     $ 1,652,425  
       

 

 

   

 

 

 
         

Existing Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility secured by stock pledge in qualified subsidiaries

    12/2018 (4)      

LIBOR +
3.00%

or ABR +

2.00% 

 
 

 

(6) 

    3.86     —       $ 28,000  
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Construction Loans

         

Warehouse Construction Loan—Clearfield, UT secured by mortgage

    2/2019      


LIBOR +
3.25%

or prime rate +
2.25%

 
 

 
 

    5.12   $ 13,130     $ —    
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Warehouse Construction Loan—Middleboro, MA secured by mortgage

    8/2020      


LIBOR +
2.75%

or ABR +
2.75%

 
 

 
 

    —         —         —    

 

(1) Component A-2-FL of the 2010 Mortgage Loans has a variable interest rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus 1.51%, with one-month-LIBOR subject to a floor of 1.00% per annum. In addition, we maintain an interest rate cap on the variable rate tranche that caps one-month LIBOR at 6.0%. The variable interest rate at September 30, 2017 was 2.74% per annum.
(2) As of September 30, 2017, the outstanding balance was AUD$203.0 million and the variable interest rate was 1.65% per annum, of which 75% is fixed via an interest rate swap at 2.66% per annum.
(3) As of September 30, 2017, the outstanding balance was NZD$44.0 million and the variable interest rate was 1.89% per annum, of which 75% is fixed via an interest rate swap at 3.53% per annum.
(4) We have the option to extend the stated maturity date of our Existing Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility to December 1, 2019, subject to certain conditions.

 

147


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(5) References in this table to LIBOR are references to one-month LIBOR and references to BBSY and BKBM are to Australian Bank Bill Swap Bid Rate and New Zealand Bank Bill Reference Rate, respectively.
(6) Unused line, letter of credit and financing fees increase the stated interest rate.
(7) The effective interest rate includes effects of amortization of the deferred financing costs and debt discount. The weighted average effective interest rate for total debt was 5.51% and 5.86% as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

Existing Senior Secured Credit Facilities

In December 2015, we entered into a credit agreement, or our Existing Credit Agreement, with various lenders providing for our senior secured credit facilities that consisted of a $325.0 million senior secured term loan, which we refer to as our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility, and a $135.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, which we refer to as our Existing Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, and, collectively with our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility, our Existing Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

In April 2016, we upsized the commitments under our Existing Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility by $15.0 million to increase the aggregate amount of our Existing Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility commitments to $150.0 million. In July 2016, we issued an additional $385.0 million incremental term loan to increase the aggregate amount of the term loan outstanding under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility. We used the aggregate amount of proceeds from the incremental term loan that we issued in July 2016 to, among other things, repay the balance of our 2006 Mortgage Loans. In addition, we lowered the credit spread on the initial tranche of the term loan. Our Existing Senior Secured Credit Facilities are guaranteed by certain subsidiaries of our operating partnership and are secured by a pledge in the stock of certain subsidiaries of our operating partnership. In January 2017, we lowered the credit spread on the outstanding tranches of the term loan. In February 2017, we upsized the commitments under our Existing Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility by $20.0 million to increase the aggregate amount of our Existing Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility commitments to $170.0 million. In May 2017, we issued an additional $110.0 million incremental term loan to increase the aggregate amount of the term loan then outstanding under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility. We used the aggregate amount of proceeds from the incremental term loan that we issued in May 2017 to, among other things, release three properties from the 2010 Mortgage Loans collateral pool (as described below) and prepay the portion of our 2010 Mortgage Loans related thereto. Two of these properties were added to the borrowing base supporting our Existing Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility. As of September 30, 2017, no amounts under the Existing Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and $809.0 million of the term loan under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility were outstanding.

Borrowings under our Existing Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility bear interest, at our election, at the then-applicable margin plus an applicable one-month LIBOR or base rate interest rate. Base rate is defined in our Existing Credit Agreement as the greatest of the bank prime rate, the one-month LIBOR rate plus one percent or the federal funds rate plus one-half of one percent. As of September 30, 2017, borrowings under our Existing Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility bore interest at 3.00% per year plus one-month LIBOR, or 4.23% per annum. Our Existing Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility matures on December 1, 2018, subject to an extension option to December 1, 2019 under certain conditions. The applicable margin varies between (i) in the case of LIBOR-based loans, 3.00% and 3.50% and (ii) in the case of base rate loans, 2.00% and 2.50%, in each case, based on changes in our credit ratings. In addition, any undrawn portion of our Existing Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility is subject to an annual 0.40% commitment fee. As of September 30, 2017, we had no revolving credit loans outstanding under our Existing Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, but we have applied approximately $33.8 million of our Existing Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility to backstop certain outstanding letters of credit.

After giving effect to the May 2017 amendments to our Existing Credit Agreement, the outstanding tranches of term loans under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility bear interest, at our election, at

 

148


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(i) 3.75% per year plus one-month LIBOR with a 1.0% floor or (ii) 2.75% per year plus a base rate with a 2.0% floor. The principal amount of the term loans outstanding under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility must be repaid in quarterly installments of approximately $2.0 million until the maturity date thereof, with a final payment of the balance due on December 1, 2022. Our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility can be prepaid without premium or penalty.

Our Existing Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility was structured with a borrowing capacity concept, or a borrowing base, which allows us to borrow against the lesser of our $170.0 million in revolving credit commitments and the value of eligible pledged collateral.

Our Existing Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain certain financial covenants relating to the maintenance of a specified borrowing base coverage ratio, a total leverage ratio and a fixed charge coverage ratio and other customary covenants.

New Senior Secured Credit Facilities

On December 26, 2017, we closed into escrow on our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities, consisting of a five-year, $525.0 million New Senior Secured Term Loan A Facility and a three-year, $400.0 million New Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility. Our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities also have an additional $400.0 million accordion option. Our New Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility has a one-year extension option subject to certain conditions. The effectiveness of our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities is contingent upon the completion of this offering, after which our Existing Senior Secured Credit Facilities will be replaced. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with $517.0 million of net proceeds from our New Senior Secured Term Loan A Facility, to repay the entire $809.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility and for general business purposes, which may include the repayment of $13.1 million outstanding under our Clearfield, Utah construction loan. Borrowings under our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities will bear interest, at our election, at the then-applicable margin plus an applicable LIBOR or base rate interest rate. The base rate is the greatest of the bank prime rate, the one-month LIBOR rate plus one percent or the federal funds rate plus one-half of one percent. The applicable margin varies between (i) in the case of LIBOR-based loans, 2.35% and 3.00% and (ii) in the case of base rate loans, 1.35% and 2.00%, in each case, based on changes in our total leverage. In addition, any undrawn portion of our New Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility will be subject to an annual 0.30% commitment fee at times that we are utilizing at least 50% of our outstanding revolving credit commitments or an annual 0.40% commitment fee at times that we are utilizing less than 50% of our revolving credit commitments, in each case, based upon the actual daily unused portion of our New Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility. We expect that, upon the completion of this offering, $525.0 million will be outstanding under our New Senior Secured Term Loan A Facility and no borrowings will be outstanding under our New Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility. We expect that borrowings under our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities will bear interest at the completion of this offering at a floating rate of one-month LIBOR plus 2.50%. In addition, upon the completion of this offering, we expect to apply approximately $33.8 million of our New Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility to backstop certain outstanding letters of credit.

Our operating partnership will be the borrower under our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities, which will be guaranteed by our company and certain eligible subsidiaries of our operating partnership and secured by a pledge in the stock of certain subsidiaries of our operating partnership. Like our Existing Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, our New Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility will be structured to include a borrowing base, which will allow us to borrow against the lesser of our $400.0 million in revolving credit commitments and the value of certain owned real estate assets, ground, capital and operating leased assets, with credit given for income from third-party managed warehouses. At September 30, 2017, the gross value of our assets included in the calculations under our new credit agreement, or our New Credit Agreement, would be in excess of $1.8 billion, and would have an effective borrowing base collateral value (after concentration limits and advance rates as calculated under the anticipated terms of our New Credit Agreement) in excess of $1.1 billion.

 

149


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain representations, covenants and other terms customary for a publicly traded REIT. In addition, our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain certain financial covenants, including:

 

    a maximum leverage ratio of less than or equal to 60% of our total asset value;

 

    a minimum borrowing base coverage ratio of greater than or equal to 1.00 to 1.00;

 

    a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of greater than or equal to 1.40 to 1.00 increasing to 1.50 to 1.00 in the first quarter of 2018;

 

    a minimum borrowing base debt service coverage ratio of greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00;

 

    a minimum tangible net worth requirement of greater than or equal to $900 million plus 70% of any future net equity proceeds following the completion of this offering; and

 

    a maximum recourse secured debt ratio of less than or equal to 20% of our total asset value.

Our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities will be fully recourse to our operating partnership.

ANZ Loans

In June 2015, we entered into syndicated facility agreements in each of Australia and New Zealand, which we refer to collectively as the ANZ Loans, and separately as the Australian term loan and the New Zealand term loan. The ANZ Loans are non-recourse to us and our U.S. subsidiaries.

The Australian term loan is an AUD$203.0 million five-year syndicated facility. The $151.1 million net proceeds that we borrowed under this facility were used to repay the AUD$19.0 million mortgage loan on one of our facilities, return AUD$30.0 million of capital to our U.S. subsidiary owning the equity of our Australian subsidiary, repay an intercompany loan totaling CAD$47.6 million, and return AUD$70.0 million to the United States in the form of a long-term intercompany loan and working capital. This facility is secured by our owned real property and equity of certain of our Australian subsidiaries and bears interest at a floating rate of Australian Bank Bill Swap Bid Rate plus 1.4%. The Australian term loan is fully prepayable without penalty.

The New Zealand term loan is a NZD$44.0 million five-year syndicated facility. The $29.3 million net proceeds that we borrowed under this facility were used to repay an intercompany loan plus interest totaling NZD$28.3 million, make a NZD$14.3 million dividend, and fund working capital. The facility is secured by our owned real property, leased assets and equity of certain of our New Zealand subsidiaries, and bears interest at a floating rate of New Zealand Bank Bill Swap Bid Rate plus 1.4%. The New Zealand term loan is fully prepayable without penalty.

As part of the ANZ Loans, we entered into interest rate swaps to effectively fix the interest rates on 75% of the notional balances.

Construction Loans

In February 2017, certain of our subsidiaries entered into a $24.1 million construction loan with the National Bank of Arizona to finance the development of an expansion to our Clearfield, Utah distribution facility. The facility is secured by a mortgage on the property and the repayment of the construction loan is guaranteed by us. The construction loan bears interest, at our election, at a floating rate of one-month LIBOR plus 3.25% or the bank defined prime rate (which may not be lower than LIBOR) and is scheduled to mature in February 2019. We may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay the $13.1 million outstanding under our Clearfield, Utah construction loan.

 

150


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In August 2017, certain of our subsidiaries entered into a $16.0 million construction loan with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., an affiliate of one of the underwriters in this offering, to finance the development of a production advantaged facility in Middleboro, Massachusetts. The facility is secured by a mortgage on the property and the construction loan is supported by a limited repayment guaranty by us. The construction loan bears interest at a floating rate of one-month LIBOR plus 2.75% and is scheduled to mature in August 2020.

2013 Mortgage Loans

On May 1, 2013, we entered into a mortgage financing in an aggregate principal amount of $322.0 million, which we refer to as the 2013 Mortgage Loans. The debt consists of a senior debt note and two mezzanine notes. The components are cross-collateralized and cross-defaulted. The senior debt note requires monthly principal payments. The mezzanine notes require no principal payments until the stated maturity date in May 2023. The interest rates on the notes are fixed and range from 3.81% to 11.50% per annum. The senior debt note and the two mezzanine notes remain subject to yield maintenance provisions. We used the net proceeds of these loans to refinance certain of the 2006 Mortgage Loans, as described below, acquire two warehouses, and fund general corporate purposes.

The 2013 Mortgage Loans are collateralized by 15 warehouses. The terms governing the 2013 Mortgage Loans require us to maintain certain cash amounts in accounts that are restricted as to their use for the respective warehouses. As of September 30, 2017, the amount of restricted cash associated with the 2013 Mortgage Loans was $4.0 million. Additionally, if we do not maintain certain financial thresholds, including a debt service coverage ratio of 1.10x, the cash generated will further be temporarily restricted and limited to the use for scheduled debt service and operating costs. The debt service coverage ratio as of September 30, 2017 was 1.70x. The 2013 Mortgage Loans are non-recourse to us subject to customary non-recourse carve-outs.

2010 Mortgage Loans

On December 15, 2010, we entered into a mortgage financing in an aggregate principal amount of $600.0 million, which we refer to as the 2010 Mortgage Loans. The debt includes six separate components, which are comprised of independent classes of certificates and seniority. The components are cross-collateralized and cross-defaulted. No principal payments are required on five of the six components until the stated maturity date in January 2021, and one component requires monthly principal payments of $1.4 million. Interest is payable monthly in an amount equal to the aggregate interest accrued on each component. The interest rates on five of the six components are fixed, and range from 3.86% to 7.45% per annum. One component has a variable interest rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus 1.51%, with one-month-LIBOR subject to a floor of 1.00% per annum. In addition, we maintain an interest rate cap on the variable rate tranche that caps one-month LIBOR at 6.0%. The fair value of the interest rate cap was nominal at September 30, 2017. A loan servicing fee of 0.0095% per annum is payable to the loan servicing agent. The floating rate interest component is pre-payable anytime without penalty; however, the fixed rate components remain subject to yield maintenance provisions. We used the net proceeds of these loans to refinance existing term loans, fund the acquisition of the acquired Versacold entities, and for general corporate purposes.

The 2010 Mortgage Loans were initially collateralized by 53 warehouses. In November 2014, we sold one of the warehouses collateralizing the 2010 Mortgage Loans for $9.5 million, and $6.0 million of the proceeds were used to pay down the 2010 Mortgage Loans. In 2015, we sold three warehouses for $9.4 million, and $6.1 million of the proceeds were used to pay down the 2010 Mortgage Loans. In 2017, we used a portion of the net proceeds from incremental borrowings under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility to pay down $26.2 million of the 2010 Mortgage Loans. As a result, two warehouses were transferred from the collateral base of the 2010 Mortgage Loans to the Existing Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility borrowing base, and one was released and positioned for sale. The terms governing the 2010 Mortgage Loans require us to maintain certain cash amounts in accounts that are restricted as to their use for the respective warehouses. As of September 30, 2017, the amount of restricted cash associated with the 2010 Mortgage Loans was $14.9 million.

 

151


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Additionally, if we do not maintain certain financial thresholds, including a debt service coverage ratio of 1.50x, the cash generated will further be temporarily restricted and limited to the use for scheduled debt service and operating costs. The debt service coverage ratio as of September 30, 2017 was 2.9x. The 2010 Mortgage Loans are non-recourse to us subject to customary non-recourse carve-outs.

2006 Mortgage Loans

On December 12, 2006, we entered into an interest-only, commercial mortgage-backed security, or CMBS, financing in an aggregate principal amount of $1.05 billion, which we refer to as the 2006 Mortgage Loans. The debt was issued in five separate tranches, with each tranche having its own borrowers. Each tranche had certain warehouses that were pledged to secure the individual tranche’s debt. As required by CMBS financings, each tranche was in a separately financed and discrete special purpose entity. We used the net proceeds of the 2006 Mortgage Loans to refinance our then-outstanding CMBS loans, acquire four warehouses, make distributions to shareholders, and fund general corporate purposes.

Of the initial 2006 Mortgage Loans issued, only $375.0 million remained outstanding as of December 31, 2015, all of which were due in December 2016. In July 2016, we repaid all outstanding amounts under the 2006 Mortgage Loans through incremental term loans borrowed as part of our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility. This repayment resulted in the release of $21.4 million of cash that had been restricted.

Recurring Maintenance Capital Expenditures and Repair and Maintenance Expenses

We utilize a strategic approach to recurring maintenance capital expenditures and repair and maintenance expenses to maintain the high quality and operational efficiency of our warehouses and ensure that our warehouses meet the “mission-critical” role they serve in the cold chain.

Recurring Maintenance Capital Expenditures

Recurring maintenance capital expenditures are capitalized investments made to extend the life of, and provide future economic benefit from, our existing temperature-controlled warehouse network and its existing supporting personal property and information technology systems. Examples of recurring maintenance capital expenditures related to our existing temperature-controlled warehouse network include replacing roofs, replacing refrigeration equipment, re-racking our warehouses, and implementing energy efficiency projects, such as LED lighting, motion-sensor technology, variable frequency drives for our fans and compressors, third-party tune-ups and real-time monitoring of energy consumption, rapid-close doors and alternative-power generation technologies. Examples of recurring maintenance capital expenditures related to personal property include expenditures on material handling equipment ( e.g. , fork lifts and pallet jacks) and related batteries. Examples of recurring maintenance capital expenditures related to information technology include expenditures on existing servers, networking equipment and current software. The following table sets forth our recurring maintenance capital expenditures for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and each of the last five years.

 

(dollars in thousands, except per cubic foot amounts)

   Nine months
ended
September 30,

2017
     Year ended December 31,  
      2016      2015      2014      2013      2012  

Real estate

   $ 25,269      $ 36,153      $ 34,011      $ 24,733      $ 19,488      $ 36,387  

Personal property

     1,359        3,213        3,678        5,836        4,545        8,452  

Information technology

     3,363        5,079        3,996        2,239        4,258        10,233  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total recurring maintenance capital expenditures

   $ 29,991      $ 44,445      $ 41,685      $ 32,808      $ 28,291      $ 55,072  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total recurring maintenance capital expenditures per cubic foot

   $ 0.031      $ 0.047      $ 0.043      $ 0.034      $ 0.029      $ 0.062  

 

152


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Repair and Maintenance Expenses

We also incur repair and maintenance expenses that include costs of normal maintenance and repairs and minor replacements that do not materially extend the life of the property or provide future economic benefits. Repair and maintenance expenses consist of expenses related to our existing temperature-controlled warehouse network and its existing supporting personal property and are reflected as operating expenses on our income statement. Examples of repair and maintenance expenses related to our warehouse portfolio include ordinary repair and maintenance on roofs, racking, walls, doors, parking lots and refrigeration equipment. Examples of repair and maintenance expenses related to personal property include ordinary repair and maintenance expenses on material handling equipment ( e.g. , fork lifts and pallet jacks) and related batteries. The following table sets forth our repair and maintenance expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and each of the last five years.

 

(dollars in thousands, except per cubic foot amounts)

   Nine months
ended
September 30,
2017
     Year ended December 31,  
      2016      2015      2014      2013      2012  

Real estate

   $ 16,298      $ 20,956      $ 18,843      $ 18,440      $ 17,728      $ 16,961  

Personal property

     22,918        30,888        31,257        29,488        33,793        38,469  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total repair and maintenance expenses

   $ 39,216      $ 51,844      $ 50,100      $ 47,928      $ 51,521      $ 55,430  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Repair and maintenance expenses per cubic foot

   $ 0.041      $ 0.055      $ 0.052      $ 0.049      $ 0.053      $ 0.062  

Growth and Expansion Capital Expenditures

Growth and expansion capital expenditures are capitalized investments made to support our customers and warehouse expansion and development initiatives and enhance our information technology platform. Examples of growth and expansion capital expenditures associated with expansion and development initiatives include funding of construction costs, increases to warehouse capacity and pallet positions and acquisitions of reusable incremental material handling equipment. Examples of growth and expansion capital expenditures to enhance our information technology platform include expenditures related to the delivery of new systems and software and customer interface functionality. The following table sets forth our growth and expansion capital expenditures for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and each of the last five years.

 

(dollars in thousands)

   Nine months
ended
September 30,
2017
     Year ended December 31,  
      2016      2015      2014      2013      2012  

Expansion and development initiatives

   $ 70,851      $ 27,529      $ 8,532      $ 21,757      $ 44,728      $ 11,559  

Information technology

     4,715        4,649        4,031        4,831        1,423        3,565  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total growth and expansion capital expenditures

   $ 75,566      $ 32,178      $ 12,563      $ 26,588      $ 46,151      $ 15,124  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

153


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2016 (dollars in thousands).

 

     Payments due by period  

Contractual Obligations

   Total      Less than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More than
5 Years
 

Principal on mortgage and term loans

   $ 1,716,341      $ 29,792      $ 90,886      $ 656,596      $ 939,067  

Interest on mortgage and term loans (1)

     482,718        95,699        182,958        143,624        60,437  

Sale leaseback financing obligations (2)

     252,937        16,325        33,403        34,438        168,771  

Capital lease obligations, including interest

     35,707        8,304        11,954        6,947        8,502  

Operating leases

     116,140        27,365        45,737        20,774        22,264  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total (3)

   $ 2,603,843      $ 177,485      $ 364,938      $ 862,379      $ 1,199,041  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Interest payable is based on interest rates in effect at December 31, 2016. Amounts include variable-rate interest payments, which are calculated utilizing the applicable interest rates as of December 31, 2016.
(2) Sale leaseback financing obligations are subject to multiple expiration dates and bear interest rates that vary from 7.0% to 19.6%. For more information, see Note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(3) The table above excludes $0.9 million of estimated tax exposures, including interest and penalties, related to positions taken on U.S. federal and state income tax returns for our TRSs as of December 31, 2016. For more information on income taxes, see Note 15 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The table also excludes $2.4 million aggregate fair value of two interest rate swap agreements expiring in June 2020 as of December 31, 2016. For more information on the interest rate swap agreements, see Note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This table assumes the conversion of all 375,000 outstanding Series B preferred shares into an aggregate of 33,240,258 common shares (based upon the Series B preferred share conversion ratio as of September 30, 2017 and the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares), which has been calculated as if the conversion had occurred on September 30, 2017 and assuming no accrued and unpaid distributions in respect of the Series B preferred shares at such time. The Series B preferred share conversion ratio will increase as a result of unpaid distributions accrued prior to the completion of this offering; however, we expect to make a cash distribution to the holders of our Series B preferred shares to account for any accrued and unpaid distributions immediately prior to conversion.

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of September 30, 2017 (dollars in thousands).

 

     Payments due by period  

Contractual Obligations

   Total      Less than 1
Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More than 5
Years
 

Principal on mortgage and term loans

   $ 1,762,813      $ 31,708      $ 257,731      $ 441,163      $ 1,032,211  

Interest on mortgage and term loans (1)

     399,430        90,921        174,151        114,991        19,367  

Sale leaseback financing obligations (2)

     237,906        16,511        33,786        34,835        152,774  

Capital lease obligations, including interest

     44,919        10,762        16,468        9,944        7,745  

Operating leases

     107,414        29,139        43,506        15,371        19,398  

Construction Loan

     13,130        —          13,130        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total (3)

   $ 2,565,612      $ 179,041      $ 538,772      $ 616,304      $ 1,231,495  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

154


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

(1) Interest payable is based on interest rates in effect at September 30, 2017. Amounts include variable-rate interest payments, which are calculated utilizing the applicable interest rates as of September 30, 2017.
(2) Sale leaseback financing obligations are subject to multiple expiration dates and bear interest rates that vary from 7.0% to 19.6%. For more information, see Note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(3) The table above excludes $0.9 million of estimated tax exposures, including interest and penalties, related to positions taken on U.S. federal and state income tax returns for our TRSs as of September 30, 2017. For more information on income taxes, see Note 15 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The table also excludes $2.6 million aggregate fair value of two interest rate swap agreements expiring in June 2020 as of September 30, 2017. For more information on the interest rate swap agreements, see Note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This table assumes the conversion of all 375,000 outstanding Series B preferred shares into an aggregate of 33,240,258 common shares (based upon the Series B preferred share conversion ratio as of September 30, 2017 and the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares), which has been calculated as if the conversion had occurred on September 30, 2017 and assuming no accrued and unpaid distributions in respect of the Series B preferred shares at such time. The Series B preferred share conversion ratio will increase as a result of unpaid distributions accrued prior to the completion of this offering; however, we expect to make a cash distribution to the holders of our Series B preferred shares to account for any accrued and unpaid distributions immediately prior to conversion.

Historical Cash Flows

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,
    Years ended December 31,  
     2017     2016     2016     2015     2014  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 127,130     $ 87,390     $ 118,781     $ 106,521     $ 117,243  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (78,782     (13,193     (33,732     (66,830     (58,617

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     9,944       (88,868     (95,322     (28,120     (58,981

Operating Activities

For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, net cash provided by operating activities was $127.1 million, an increase of $39.7 million, or 45.5%, compared to $87.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The increase was primarily attributable to operating income of $90.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, an increase of $7.0 million from $83.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, coupled with lower interest expense of approximately $5.0 million period-over-period, and favorable changes in working capital primarily driven by better collections on accounts receivable from major customers in our domestic operations.

Our net cash provided by operating activities was $118.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $12.3 million, or 11.5%, compared to $106.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This positive change was mainly driven by the operating income generated in 2016, as well as the receipt of $3.1 million in net insurance proceeds from a business disruption at our Dallas facility.

Our net cash provided by operating activities was $106.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, a decrease of $10.7 million, or 9.1%, compared to $117.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Even though our operating income improved 4.4% as compared to 2014, primarily as a result of a 4.6% increase in the contribution (NOI) margin from our warehouse segment, a year-over-year increase in accounts receivable of $12.7 million, coupled with a $3.3 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses, resulted in lower net cash from operating activities in 2015.

 

155


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Investing Activities

Our net cash used in investing activities was $78.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, an increase of $65.6 million, or 497.2%, compared to $13.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. Additions to property, plant, and equipment of $99.9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 included, among others, the acquisition of a new warehouse facility in the United States of approximately $32.0 million and construction in progress on two other warehouse facilities totalling $20.6 million. Total additions to property, plant, and equipment for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 were partially offset by the return of $16.6 million in restricted cash related to a like-kind exchange under Section 1031 of the Code, $15.3 million of which was used to fund the purchase of the new warehouse facility mentioned above, and $1.3 million of which was returned after the conditions for Section 1031 treatment of the related real estate sales were satisfied. In addition, $0.2 million of previously restricted cash was used to fund maintenance and property taxes related to assets included as collateral for certain CMBS loan pools, and the return of a $2.1 million deposit related to one of our foreign workers’ compensation programs.

Our net cash used in investing activities was $33.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, a decrease of $33.1 million, or 49.5%, compared to $66.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 consisted of $74.9 million of additions to property, plant and equipment, which consisted of recurring maintenance capital expenditures of $37.5 million, growth and expansion capital expenditures of $28.2 million and an asset acquisition of $9.2 million. These cash outflows were partially offset by $7.9 million of cash released from restricted cash accounts, most of which was associated with the pay off of certain mortgage notes using the net proceeds from the expansion of our term loan under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility in July 2016, and $33.2 million of the net proceeds from the sale of certain property, plant and equipment. Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 consisted of $15.3 million of cash restricted for the payment of certain property repairs or obligations related to warehouse properties collateralized by mortgage notes, $59.9 million of additions to property, plant and equipment, and a $1.3 million contribution to the China JV. These cash outflows were partially offset by $9.5 million of proceeds received from the sale of certain property, plant and equipment.

Our net cash used in investing activities was $66.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $8.2 million, or 14%, compared to $58.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This change was primarily due to an $8.5 million increase of cash restricted for the payment of certain obligations, including debt service, property taxes, insurance and maintenance, related to warehouse properties collateralized by mortgage notes. In addition, in 2015, we made a capital contribution of $1.3 million to the China JV. These cash outflows were partially offset by a $1.8 million decrease in investments in property, plant, and equipment.

Financing Activities

Our net cash provided by financing activities was $9.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, compared to net cash used in financing activities of $88.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. Net cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 primarily consisted of $110.0 million of proceeds received in connection with the expansion of our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility and $13.1 million in proceeds received as part of a new loan for the construction of a warehouse facility. These proceeds were partially offset by $28.0 million of net repayments on the Existing Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, a $26.2 million prepayment of the 2010 Mortgage Loans, $30.4 million of recurring repayments on our term and mortgage loans and lease obligations, $24.3 million of distributions paid, and $3.5 million in financing costs mostly incurred for the expansion and second repricing of our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility, and $0.7 million to secure the availability of a new loan for the construction of a warehouse facility. During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, we paid off a capital lease obligation of $30.6 million related to the acquisition of a warehouse facility that we previously operated under a lease agreement.

 

156


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our net cash used in financing activities was $95.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, a decrease of $67.2 million, or 239.0%, compared to $28.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily consisted of $375.0 million paid in early retirement of the 2006 Mortgage Loans, $48.7 million of distributions, $37.2 million of recurring repayments on our term and mortgage loans and lease obligations, $34.7 million paid to acquire two facilities we previously leased and $10.8 million of payments made for debt issuance costs, partially offset by $383.1 million of proceeds received from the July 2016 refinancing of our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility and $28.0 million of net borrowings on our Existing Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility. Cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 primarily consisted of $412.8 million of repayments on our term and mortgage loans and lease obligations, $48.7 million paid for distributions, $45.0 million of repayments on our prior revolving credit facility, $14.8 million of debt issuance costs paid for the term loan under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility and ANZ Loans, and $12.7 million of repayment of seller financed notes issued for the acquisition of a warehouse facility. These cash outlays were partially offset by $505.9 million of proceeds from our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility and ANZ Loans.

Our net cash used in financing activities was $28.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, a decrease of $30.9 million, or 52.3%, compared to $59.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 primarily consisted of $412.8 million of repayments on our term and mortgage notes and lease obligations, $48.7 million paid for distributions, $45.0 million of repayments on our prior revolving credit facility, $14.8 million of debt issuance costs under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility and ANZ Loans and $12.7 million of repayment of seller financed notes issued for the acquisition of a warehouse facility. These cash outlays were partially offset by $505.9 million of proceeds from our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility and ANZ Loans. Cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 consisted of $48.5 million of distributions, $32.5 million of repayments on our term and mortgage loans and lease obligations, and $1.3 million of repayment of sale leaseback financings, partially offset by $17.0 million of borrowings on our prior revolving credit facility, and $6.4 million of proceeds from a construction loan.

Withdrawal Liability from Multiemployer Plans

As of September 30, 2017, we participated in seven multiemployer pension plans administered by labor unions representing some of our U.S. employees. Approximately half of our employees were participants in such multiemployer pension plans as of December 31, 2016. We make periodic contributions to these plans pursuant to the terms of our collective bargaining agreements to allow the plans to meet their pension benefit obligations.

In the event that we withdraw from participation in any of the multiemployer pension plans in which we participate, the documents governing the applicable plan and applicable law could require us to make an additional contribution to the applicable plan in the amount of the unfunded vested benefits allocable to our participation in the plan, and we would have to reflect that as an expense on our consolidated statement of income and as a liability on our consolidated balance sheet. Our withdrawal liability for any multiemployer pension plan would depend on the extent of the plan’s funding of vested benefits as of the year in which the withdrawal occurs, and may vary depending on the funded status of the applicable multiemployer pension plan, whether there is a mass withdrawal of all participating employers and whether any other participating employer in the applicable plan withdraws from the plan due to insolvency and is not able to contribute an amount sufficient to fund the unfunded liabilities associated with its participants in the plan. The present value of all benefits vested under each of the multiemployer plans that we participated in as of December 31, 2016 (based on the labor union’s assumptions used to fund such plan) did not, as of the last annual valuation date applicable thereto, exceed the value of the assets of such plan allocable to such vested benefits. Based on the latest information available from plan administrators, we estimate our share of the aggregate withdrawal liability for the multiemployer pension plans in which we participate could have been as much as $319.3 million as of December 31, 2016, of which we estimate that certain of our customers are contractually obligated to make indemnification payments to us for approximately $289 million. However, there is no guarantee that, to the

 

157


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

extent we incurred any such withdrawal liability, we would be successful in obtaining any indemnification payments therefor.

In the ordinary course of our renegotiation of collective bargaining agreements with labor unions that maintain these plans, we could agree to discontinue participation in one or more plans, and in that event we could face a withdrawal liability. Additionally, we could be treated as withdrawing from a plan if the number of our employees participating in the plan is reduced to a certain degree over certain periods of time.

During the third quarter of 2017, we recorded a one-time charge of $9.2 million representing the present value of a liability associated with our withdrawal obligation under the New England Fund for hourly, unionized associates at four of our domestic warehouse facilities.

The New England Fund is grossly underfunded in accordance with ERISA funding standards and, therefore, the terms of ERISA required the development of a rehabilitation plan, creating a new fund that minimizes the pension withdrawal liability. As a result, current employers participating in the New England Fund were given the opportunity to exit the New England Fund and convert to a new fund. We are obligated to pay our portion of the unfunded liability in respect thereof, estimated at $13.7 million, in equal monthly installments of approximately $38,000 over 30 years, interest free. Under the relevant U.S. GAAP standard, a participating employer withdrawing from a multiemployer pension plan should account for a loss contingency equal to the present value of the withdrawal liability, and amortize the difference between such present value and the estimated unfunded liability through interest expense over the repayment period.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of September 30, 2017, we had no material off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future material effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Inflation

Where possible, our contracts contain provisions designed to mitigate the adverse impact of inflation, and generally include rate escalation provisions. Additionally, our contracts typically provide us with the ability to be reimbursed for increases in power, property taxes, property insurance, and regulatory imposed costs to the extent such increases are outside the escalation provisions. For our customers on month-to-month warehouse rate agreements, we have the ability to adjust our rates every thirty days in order to compensate for changes in our costs of providing storage and handling services.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our discussion and analysis of our historical financial condition and results of operations for the periods described is based on our audited consolidated financial statements and our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, each of which has been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these historical financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments in certain circumstances that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and contingencies as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. We evaluate our assumptions and estimates on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. For more information on our significant accounting policies, see Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following critical accounting discussion pertains to accounting policies management believes are most critical to the portrayal of

 

158


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

our historical financial condition and results of operations and that require significant, difficult, subjective or complex judgments. Other companies in similar businesses may use different estimation policies and methodologies, which may impact the comparability of our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows to those of other companies.

Revenue Recognition

Our primary revenue source consists of rent, storage and warehouse services revenues. Additionally, we charge transportation fees to those customers who use our transportation services, where we act as the principal in the arrangement of the services. We also receive a reimbursement of substantially all expenses for warehouses that we manage on behalf of third-party owners, with all reimbursements recognized as revenues under the relevant accounting guidance. We may also earn management fees, incentive fees upon achieving negotiated performance and cost-savings results, or an applicable mark-up on costs. We recognize our revenues as services are provided. We may charge our customers in advance for storage and outbound handling fees, in which case we initially defer rent and storage revenues and recognize it ratably over the storage period. In addition, we defer outbound handling fees until we provide such services. We believe that our historical experience with these services provides us with a strong basis for the amounts deferred and we do not experience significant fluctuations in the deferral percentages from period to period. We recognize transportation fees and expenses on a gross basis upon delivery of products on behalf of our customers. We also recognize management fees and related expense reimbursements as revenues as we perform management services and incur the expense.

Depreciation and Useful Lives of Real Estate Assets

We estimate the depreciable portion of our real estate assets and their related useful lives in order to record depreciation expense. Our ability to accurately estimate the depreciable portions of our real estate assets and their useful lives is critical to the determination of the appropriate amount of depreciation expense recorded and the carrying values of the underlying assets. Any change to the estimated depreciable lives of these assets would have an impact on the depreciation expense we recognize.

Amortization and Useful Lives of Identifiable Intangible Assets

We amortize identifiable intangible assets, other than trade name, which has an indefinite life and is reviewed periodically for impairment, over useful lives based on management’s historical experience and estimated cash flows. Any change in the actual results that differ from the initial assumptions could lead to adjustments in useful lives or impairments, either of which could have an adverse impact on our results of operations.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets held and used are carried at cost and evaluated for impairment annually or when events or changes in circumstances indicate such an evaluation is warranted. A substantial amount of our assets consist of long-lived assets, including real estate and other intangible assets. The evaluation of our long-lived assets for impairment is a subjective process that includes determining whether indicators of impairment exist, such as significant declines in a warehouse’s revenues or cash flows, significant increases in estimated future maintenance costs, occupancy forecasts or other marketplace events that would lead us to believe that there is a decline in market value, which might indicate that the carrying value of our long-lived assets might not be recoverable. When any indicators of impairment exist, the evaluation of such long-lived assets then entails projections of future operating cash flows, which also involves significant judgment. Future events, or facts and circumstances that currently exist, that we have not yet identified, could cause us to conclude in the future that our long-lived assets are impaired. Any resulting impairment loss could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects, and on our ability to service our debt and make distributions to our shareholders.

 

159


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we evaluated the limestone inventory held at our quarry operations, and determined that approximately $2.1 million of that inventory is not of saleable quality. As a result, we recorded an impairment charge for that amount. In addition, during the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we recorded an impairment charge of $8.4 million in relation to the disposal of three warehouse facilities, and wrote off the remaining leasehold improvement asset of $0.4 million associated with a warehouse facility in the United States, as we do not plan to renew the lease agreement when it expires in 2018.

During 2016, we recorded impairment charges of $9.8 million as a result of the planned disposal of certain facilities, and other idle facilities, with a net book value in excess of their estimated market value. These impairment charges are included in the “Impairment of intangible assets and long-lived assets” line of our audited consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Goodwill Impairment Testing

We perform impairment testing of goodwill as of October 1 of each year, and between annual evaluations if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Our reporting units are comprised of the following operations: U.S. warehouse, U.S. transportation, North America third-party managed, international warehouse, international third-party managed, and international transportation. The goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process. First, a comparison is performed of the fair value of each reporting unit with its aggregate carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, we perform the second step of the goodwill impairment test to determine the amount of impairment loss. The second step includes comparing the implied fair value of the affected reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of the goodwill. The results of our 2016 impairment test indicated that the estimated fair value of each of our reporting units was substantially in excess of the corresponding carrying amount as of October 1, and no impairment of goodwill existed. Our most valuable reporting unit, U.S. warehouse, had an estimated fair value approximately 89% greater than its carrying amount as of October 1, 2016.

We estimate the fair values of reporting units based upon the net present value of future cash flows based upon varying economic assumptions, including significant assumptions such as revenue growth rates, operating costs, maintenance costs and terminal value. These assumptions are based on risk-adjusted growth rates and discount factors accommodating conservative viewpoints that consider the full range of variability contemplated in the current and potential future economic situations. We also assess market-based multiples of other market-participant companies, further corroborating that our discounted cash flow models reflect fair value assumptions that are appropriately aligned with market-participant valuation multiples. If future changes to the fair value of our reporting units were to occur, we would be required to perform the second step of the goodwill impairment test to determine the ultimate amount of the impairment loss to record.

Income Taxes and REIT Election

As a REIT, we generally will not be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes if we meet minimum distribution requirements, and certain income, asset and share ownership tests. However, some of our subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal, state and local taxes. In addition, foreign entities may also be subject to the taxes of the host country. An allocation is required to be estimated on our taxable income arising from our TRSs and international entities. A deferred tax component could arise based upon the differences in U.S. GAAP versus tax income for items such as depreciation and gain recognition.

We believe that we have been organized and operated, and intend to continue to operate, in a manner intended to qualify as a REIT under the Code and applicable state laws. A REIT generally does not pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on its REIT taxable income that it distributes to its shareholders, and accordingly we do not pay U.S. federal income tax on the share of REIT taxable income that is distributed to our shareholders. We therefore do not estimate or accrue any U.S. federal income tax expense for income earned and

 

160


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

distributed from REIT operations. This estimate could be incorrect, because, due to the complex nature of REIT qualification requirements, the ongoing importance of factual determinations and the possibility of future changes in our circumstances, we cannot be assured that we actually have satisfied or will satisfy the requirements for taxation as a REIT for any particular taxable year. For any taxable year that we fail or have failed to qualify as a REIT and for which applicable relief provisions do not or did not apply, we would be taxed at regular corporate rates on all of our taxable income, whether or not we made or make any distributions to our shareholders. Any resulting requirement to pay corporate income tax, including any applicable penalties or interest, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects, and on our ability to service our debt and make distributions to our shareholders. Unless entitled to relief under specific statutory provisions, we also would be disqualified from taxation as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year for which qualification was lost. There can be no assurance that we would be entitled to any statutory relief.

Our operating partnership conducts various business activities in the United States, Australia, New Zealand, Argentina and Canada through several wholly-owned TRSs. A TRS is subject to income tax at regular corporate tax rates. Thus, income taxes for our TRSs are accounted for using the asset and liability method, under which deferred income taxes are recognized for (i) temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and (ii) operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards based on enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such amounts are realized or settled. Deferred tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is more likely than not they will be realized based on consideration of available evidence, including tax planning strategies.

Stock-Based Compensation

In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, Stock Compensation , as modified or supplemented, or FASB ASC Topic 718, we measure compensation cost for stock-based awards granted to employees and non-employee trustees under our equity incentive plans, which authorize the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock bonus awards, dividend equivalents with respect to our common shares, cash bonus awards, and performance compensation awards. All stock-based compensation expense is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and is recognized on a straight-line basis as expense over the employee’s requisite service period, as adjusted for forfeitures.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, we recognized approximately $1.8 million, $2.5 million, $3.1 million and $2.8 million, respectively, of compensation expense relating to stock options and restricted stock units awarded to certain employees and non-employee trustees. Charges for stock-based compensation are included as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. As of September 30, 2017, there was $6.1 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to stock options and restricted stock units that will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.6 years.

We calculate the fair value of restricted stock units using a combination of a discounted cash flow method and a market comparable method.

We calculate the fair value of stock options awarded as stock-based compensation using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model, which requires the use of subjective assumptions, including share price volatility, the expected life of the award, risk free interest rate and expected dividend yield. In developing our assumptions, we take into account the following:

 

    As a result of our status as a private company for the last several years we have not had sufficient history to estimate the volatility of our common share price. We calculate the expected volatility based on reported data for selected reasonably similar publicly traded companies for which historical information is available. We plan to continue to use the guideline peer group volatility information until the historical volatility of our common shares is relevant to measure expected volatility for future award grants;

 

161


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    We determine the risk-free interest rate by reference to implied yields available from U.S. Treasury securities with a remaining term equal to the expected life assumed at the date of the grant;

 

    We assume dividend yield is based on our historical distributions paid, excluding distributions that resulted from activities to be one-time in nature;

 

    Because we do not have sufficient history of exercise behavior, the expected term of the options is calculated using the assumption that the options will be exercised ratably from the date of vesting to the end of the contractual term for each vesting tranche of awards.

The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model are set forth below:

 

     2016      2015      2014  

Weighted-average expected life

     6.6 years        6.5 years      6.5 years  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.6%        1.9%        2.1%  

Expected volatility

     33%        40%        45%  

Expected dividend yield

     2.0%        4.0%        4.0%  

The following tables present the numbers of underlying common shares granted to employees and trustees from January 1, 2014 through September 30, 2017 and outstanding as of September 30, 2017:

 

Period

  

Grantee Type

  

# of Options Granted

January 1, 2014 through September 30, 2017    Employee group    5,477,618

Period

  

Grantee Type

  

# of Restricted Stock Units
Granted

January 1, 2014 through September 30, 2017   

Employee and

trustee group

   844,595

During 2016, we amended the agreement granting YF ART Holdings warrants to purchase 18,574,619 common shares to extend the expiration date from December 10, 2016 to March 10, 2017. As a result of this modification, we calculated the change in the estimated fair value of the warrants before and after the extension date, and concluded that the change in the expiration date increased the estimated fair value of the warrants by $3.9 million, which we recognized as a charge to stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2016. In March, July, October, November and December 2017, we amended the agreement granting the warrants to YF ART Holdings to further extend the expiration date to July 10, 2017, October 10, 2017, November 1, 2017, November 10, 2017, November 30, 2017, December 7, 2017 and January 31, 2018, respectively. In January 2018, we agreed to further extend the expiration date of the warrants to the earliest to occur of the closing of an initial public offering of our common shares, a sale of all or substantially all of the interests in our company or January 31, 2019. In addition, our board determined pursuant to the terms of the warrants that the deemed valuation of the warrants for purposes of a cashless exercise in an IPO closing before February 15, 2018 is $15.00 per share. In connection with each of these extensions, the fair value of these warrants decreased or did not materially change. As a result, no charges to stock-based compensation were required.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Compensation—Retirement Benefits

In March 2017, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update (ASU) 2017-07, Compensation—Retirement Benefits (Topic 715), Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost . This update requires that the service cost component of net periodic pension and

 

162


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

other postretirement benefits (OPEB) (income) expense be presented in the same income statement line item as other employee compensation costs, while the remaining components of net periodic pension and OPEB (income) expense are to be presented outside operating income. Retrospective application of the change in income statement presentation is required, while the change in capitalized benefit cost is to be applied prospectively. ASU 2017-07 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 for nonpublic entities. Early adoption is permitted in the first financial statements (interim or annual) issued for a fiscal year, provided all provisions of the ASU (income statement presentation and capitalization of service cost) are adopted.

Our adoption of this guidance will result in the reclassification of non-service cost components from “Selling, general and administrative” expense to “Other income, net” for all periods presented in our consolidated statements of operations.

Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment . This update eliminates step two of the goodwill impairment test, and specifies that goodwill impairment should be measured by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. Additionally, the amount of goodwill allocated to each reporting unit with a zero or negative carrying amount of net assets should be disclosed. For public business entities that are SEC filers, this ASU is effective for annual and any interim impairment tests for periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Public business entities that are not SEC filers should apply the new guidance to annual and any interim impairment tests for periods beginning after December 15, 2020. For all other entities, the ASU is effective for annual and any interim impairment tests for periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption is allowed for all entities as of January 1, 2017, for annual and any interim impairment tests occurring after January 1, 2017.

We believe the adoption of ASU 2017-04 will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Clarifying the Definition of a Business

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business . This guidance requires an entity to evaluate if substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets; if so, the set of transferred assets and activities is not a business. The guidance also requires a business to include at least one substantive process and narrows the definition of outputs by more closely aligning it with how outputs are described in ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers . ASU 2017-01 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those years. For all other entities, it is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. ASU 2017-01 will be applied prospectively to any transactions occurring within the period of adoption. Early adoption is permitted, including for interim or annual periods in which the financial statements have not been issued or made available for issuance.

We early adopted ASU 2017-01 as of the beginning of our fiscal year ending December 31, 2017. The adoption of this ASU has not had a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Statement of Cash Flows, Restricted Cash

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230), Restricted Cash . Under this new guidance, entities will be required to show the changes in the total of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows. As a result, entities will no longer present transfers between cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents

 

163


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

in the statement of cash flows. When cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents are presented in more than one line item on the balance sheet, a reconciliation of the totals in the statement of cash flows to the related captions in the balance sheet is required. For public business entities, the guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those years. For all other entities, it is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. We believe the adoption of this ASU will not have a material effect on our consolidated cash flows statement.

Statement of Cash Flows, Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Cash Payments (a consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force) , which clarifies how entities should classify certain cash receipts and cash payments on the statement of cash flows. The guidance also clarifies how the predominance principle should be applied when cash receipts and cash payments have aspects of more than one class of cash flows. This new guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those years. For all other entities, it is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. Entities will have to apply the guidance retrospectively, but if it is impracticable to do so for an issue, the amendments related to that issue would be applied prospectively. We believe the adoption of this ASU will not have a material effect on our consolidated cash flows statement.

Stock Compensation, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718), Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . Under this ASU, entities will be required to recognize the income tax effects of awards in the income statement when the awards vest or are settled ( i.e. , additional paid-in capital pools will be eliminated). The guidance on employers’ accounting for an employee’s use of shares to satisfy the employer’s statutory income tax withholding obligation and for forfeitures is changing.

The ASU also provides two practical expedients for nonpublic entities. One expedient will allow them to use a simplified method to estimate the expected term for certain awards. The other expedient will allow nonpublic entities that currently measure liability-classified awards at fair value to make a one-time change in accounting principle to measure them at intrinsic value. The guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, it is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted in any annual or interim period for which financial statements have not been issued or made available for issuance, but all of the guidance must be adopted in the same period. We believe the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities . The update primarily affects the accounting for equity investments, financial liabilities under the fair value option, and the presentation and disclosure requirements for financial instruments. In addition, the FASB clarified guidance related to the valuation allowance assessment when recognizing deferred tax assets resulting from unrealized losses on available-for-sale debt securities. For public companies, the amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. We believe the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

164


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Revenue Recognition

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , to clarify the principles used to recognize revenue for all entities. ASU 2014-09 provides new guidance related to the core principle that an entity recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance also will result in enhanced disclosures about revenue, provide guidance for transactions that were not previously addressed comprehensively, and improve guidance for multiple-element arrangements. During 2016, the FASB issued additional ASUs to clarify certain aspects of ASU 2014-09, including ASU 2016-08, Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) in March 2016, and ASU 2016-10, Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing in April 2016. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim reporting periods within that fiscal year. We will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of 2018, applying the modified retrospective method. We are currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting ASU 2014-09 on our consolidated financial statements.

Going Concern

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern , which requires management to evaluate, in connection with preparing financial statements for each annual and interim reporting period, whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued (or within one year after the date that the financial statements are available to be issued when applicable) and provide related disclosures. ASU 2014-15 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Hybrid Financial Instruments

In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-16, Derivatives and Hedging—Determining Whether the Host Contract in a Hybrid Financial Instrument Issued in the Form of a Share Is More Akin to Debt or Equity . This ASU requires a reassessment of hybrid instruments such as preferred shares issued with redemption and conversion features to determine whether debt-like features should be bifurcated and accounted for separately from the equity host contract. For public companies, ASU 2014-16 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2015.

We reassessed our issued and outstanding Series B preferred shares as required by the new guidance and determined that the instruments do not contain embedded derivatives that must be accounted for separately from the host contract. The adoption of ASU 2014-16 did not impact our consolidated financial statements.

Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments–Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities . The update primarily affects the accounting for equity investments, financial liabilities under the fair value option, and the presentation and disclosure requirements for financial instruments. In addition, the FASB clarified guidance related to the valuation allowance assessment when recognizing deferred tax assets resulting from unrealized losses on available-for-sale debt securities. For public companies, the amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. We believe the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

165


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Lease Accounting

On February 25, 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) . The following are some of the key provisions of this update:

Lessees will need to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for virtually all of their leases (other than leases that meet the definition of a short-term lease). The liability will be equal to the present value of lease payments. The asset will be based on the liability, subject to adjustment, such as for initial direct costs. For income statement purposes, the FASB retained a dual model, requiring leases to be classified as either operating or finance. Operating leases will result in straight-line expense (similar to current operating leases) while finance leases will result in a front-loaded expense pattern (similar to current capital leases). Classification will be based on criteria that are largely similar to those applied in current lease accounting, but without explicit bright lines.

Lessor accounting is similar to the current model, but updated to align with certain changes to the lessee model (e.g., certain definitions, such as initial direct costs, have been updated) and the new revenue recognition standard. Similar to today, lessors will classify leases as operating, direct financing, or sales-type.

Existing sale leaseback guidance, including guidance applicable to real estate, is replaced with a new model applicable to both lessees and lessors. A sale leaseback transaction will qualify as a sale only if (1) it meets the sale guidance in the new revenue recognition standard, (2) the leaseback is not a finance lease or a sales-type lease, and (3) a repurchase option, if any, is priced at the asset’s fair value at the time of exercise and the asset is not specialized. If the transaction fails sale treatment, the buyer and seller will reflect it as a financing.

For public companies, the standard is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The new standard must be adopted using a modified retrospective transition, and provides for certain practical expedients. Transition will require application of the new guidance at the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented. We are currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting this guidance on our consolidated financial statements.

Effect of Derivative Contract Novations on Existing Hedge Accounting Relationships

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-05, Effect of Derivative Contract Novations on Existing Hedge Accounting Relationships (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force) . ASU 2016-05 clarifies that a change in the counterparty to a derivative instrument that has been designated as the hedging instrument under Topic 815 does not, in and of itself, require de-designation of that hedging relationship provided that all other hedge accounting criteria (including those in paragraphs 815-20-35-14 through 35-18) continue to be met. For public companies, the amendments in ASU 2016-05 are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. An entity has an option to apply the amendments in ASU 2016-05 on either a prospective basis or a modified retrospective basis.

We believe that the adoption of ASU 2016-05 will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures of Market Risks

Interest Rate Risk

Our future income and cash flows relevant to financial instruments are dependent upon prevalent market interest rates. Market risk refers to the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and interest rates.

As of September 30, 2017, we had $918.5 million of outstanding variable-rate debt. Approximately $857.6 million of this debt consisted of certain mortgage notes and our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B

 

166


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Facility bearing interest at one-month LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 1.51% to 3.75% (and, in the case of the Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility subject to a 1.0% LIBOR floor). The majority of the remaining variable rate debt is related to our Australian and New Zealand entities and bears interest at variable rates determined by reference to the Australian Bank Bill Swap Bid Rate (BBSY) and the New Zealand Bank Bill Reference Rate (BKBM), respectively, plus, in each case, 1.4%. At September 30, 2017, one-month LIBOR was slightly above the LIBOR floor, therefore a 100 basis point increase in market interest rates would result in an increase in interest expense to service our variable-rate debt of approximately $9.3 million. A 100 basis point decrease in market interest rates would result in only a $2.7 million decrease in interest expense to service our variable-rate debt.

As of December 31, 2016, we had $852.1 million of outstanding variable-rate debt. Approximately $779.7 million of this debt consisted of certain mortgage notes and our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility bearing interest at one-month LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 1.51% to 4.75% (and, in the case of the Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility subject to a 1.0% LIBOR floor). The majority of the remaining variable rate debt is related to our Australian and New Zealand entities and bears interest at variable rates determined by reference to the BBSY and BKBM, respectively, plus, in each case, 1.4%. At December 31, 2016, one-month LIBOR was well below the LIBOR floor, therefore the effect of a 100 basis point increase or decrease in market interest rates would not result in the full expected impact. A 100 basis point increase in market interest rates would result in an increase in interest expense to service our variable-rate debt of approximately $6.8 million. A 100 basis point decrease in market interest rates would result in only a $0.7 million decrease in interest expense to service our variable-rate debt.

Foreign Currency Risk

Our international revenues and expenses are generated in the currencies of the countries in which we operate, such as Australia, New Zealand, Argentina and Canada. When the local currencies in these countries decline relative to our reporting currency, the U.S. dollar, our consolidated revenues, contribution (NOI) margins and net investment in properties and operations outside the United States decrease.

We attempt to mitigate a portion of the risk of currency fluctuation by financing our foreign investments in local currency denominations, effectively providing a natural hedge. However, given the volatility of currency exchange rates, there can be no assurance that this strategy will be effective. As a result, changes in the relation of the currency of our international operations to U.S. dollars may also affect the book value of our assets and the amount of shareholders’ equity. A 10% reduction in the functional currencies of our international operations, relative to the U.S. dollar, would have resulted in a reduction in our shareholders’ equity of approximately $8.4 million as of September 30, 2017 or $7.8 million as of December 31, 2016.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, revenues from our international operations were $214.5 million, $277.2 million, $260.0 million and $288.7 million, respectively, which represented 18.8%, 18.6%, 17.6% and 19.1% of our consolidated revenues, respectively.

Net assets in international operations were approximately $84.4 million, $78.4 million, $78.4 million and $142.2 million as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively.

The effect of a change in foreign exchange rates on our net investment in foreign subsidiaries is reflected in the “Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)” component of equity.

 

167


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

The following includes market reports prepared by GCCA and Cushman, both dated December 1, 2017. GCCA represents all major industries engaged in temperature-controlled logistics and unites partners to facilitate communication, networking, and education for the perishable food industry. The forecasts and projections in this section are based on GCCA’s experience and expertise within the temperature-controlled warehouse industry and other sources and Cushman’s experience and expertise within the real estate industry generally and the temperature-controlled sub-market in particular and other sources, although there is no assurance that any of the projections will be accurate. We believe that these reports are reliable, but we have not independently investigated or verified the information or the underlying assumptions contained therein. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry data presented herein, estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the headings “Risk Factors” and Forward-Looking Statements. Information in this section that pertains to our company has been prepared by our company’s management.

Temperature-controlled warehouses play an essential role in supporting the food industry. Food producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers constitute the primary customers of temperature-controlled warehouses. Demand for space in temperature-controlled warehouse properties is closely linked to the stable economic profile of the consumer non-discretionary product markets.

United States

As of October 2015 (the latest period for which information is available at the time of this report), the total capacity of temperature-controlled warehouse space in the United States was 4.2 billion cubic feet. Approximately 75% of the total temperature-controlled warehouse space in the United States is owned or managed by storage and logistics companies, referred to as outsourced space. The remaining approximately 25% is owned and managed primarily by the food producers, and also, to a lesser extent, distributors, retailers and e-tailers and other businesses that move their own goods through the cold chain, referred to as in-house space. In the United States, growth in outsourced space has been driven by both efficiency of the third-party providers and customers’ desire to minimize capital investments and redeploy capital into their respective core businesses. From 2005 to 2015, the total amount of U.S. temperature-controlled warehouse capacity, as measured by cubic feet, outsourced by food producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers and other comparable participants in the cold chain has grown at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 2.6%, according to IARW. The following graph sets forth the growth in U.S. temperature-controlled warehouse space from 2005 to 2015 by cubic feet (the latest period for which information is available at the time of this report), displaying outsourced space and in-house space.

Outsourced vs. In-House U.S. Temperature-Controlled Warehouse Capacity

 

LOGO

Source: USDA National Agricultural Statistics Service. Numbers from “Refrigerated Space: By Type of Warehouse” chart . In-house data is not comprehensive with respect to space owned by distributors and retailers.

 

168


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Note: Gross Space. Apple and pear storage capacity not included. Frozen juice tanks included .

U.S. Competitive Overview

Outside the four largest owners of temperature-controlled warehouses, the U.S. temperature-controlled warehouse industry is highly fragmented with only a handful of participants having a presence nationwide and the large majority of participants having only a regional or local presence. We estimate that the four largest U.S.-based firms have 49.4% of total space as of October 2017. We estimate that the remaining portion of temperature-controlled warehouse space in the United States is owned by approximately 190 other firms, with no individual firm holding more than 3% of total temperature-controlled warehouse space in the United States. All firms tend to compete with each other in the geographic areas in which they have a presence, regardless of their overall size.

The following chart includes the top ten U.S. cold chain participants based on millions of cubic feet within their temperature-controlled warehouse network as of October 2017.

Estimate of U.S. Temperature-Controlled Market Share

(as of October 2017)

 

LOGO

Source: IARW Top Companies in USA and North America, October 2017 and USDA National Agricultural Statistics Service, “Refrigerated Space: By Type of Warehouse” chart. Company figures provided by our company.

Global

As of June 2016 (the latest period for which information is available at the time of this report), the total capacity of temperature-controlled warehouse space globally (including the United States) was 21.2 billion cubic feet. The percentage of in-house space relative to outsourced space is not consistently reported in developing countries, but based on available data and market research, GCCA believes that in-house storage constitutes a higher share of global temperature-controlled space than in the United States as a result of limited infrastructure and experienced third-party providers in many international markets. Consistent with the United States, growth in outsourced space (as compared to in-house space) abroad is driven by both efficiency of the third-party providers and customers’ desire to minimize capital investments and redeploy capital into core businesses.

 

169


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following chart sets forth the estimate of temperature-controlled market share of the top 25 global cold chain participants based on millions of cubic feet within their temperature-controlled warehouse network, as of October 2017.

Estimate of Global Temperature-Controlled Market Share

(as of October 2017)

LOGO

Source: GCCA and IARW Top Companies in USA and North America, October 2017. Company figures provided by our company.

As of October 2017, the 25 largest owners of temperature-controlled warehouse space were estimated to have 19% of the total temperature-controlled warehouse space globally.

Operating Costs

Labor and power constitute the principal sources of operating costs in the temperature-controlled warehouse industry, which GCCA estimates to be 63% and 15%, respectively, of total industry-wide operating costs during the twelve months ended December 31, 2015 (the latest period for which information is available at the time of this report). In the United States, GCCA anticipates that labor costs, which include handling labor and benefits, will rise approximately 3.5% to 4.2% per year over the next two years as the U.S. unemployment rate continues to decline. With respect to power, the average temperature-controlled warehouse consumes 7.5 million kilowatt hours of electrical power per year. During the period beginning December 31, 2014 and ending September 30, 2017, industrial electricity rates have declined 1.6%, but GCCA expects that electricity rates will increase by 2.3% from September 2017 to September 2018. Led by rising labor costs, total operating costs across the temperature-controlled warehouse industry are expected to increase by 3.2% per year over the next two years.

Cushman Report — Construction Costs Overview

Temperature-controlled warehouse construction costs, which we consider replacement costs, fluctuate over time based on a number of factors, including location and property type. Generally, the costs associated with our expansion and development opportunities range from $130 per square foot to $180 per square foot; however, such costs may vary depending upon the nature of the expansion and development opportunity. There are two main themes to understand about construction costs for the temperature-controlled storage sector; first, the construction costs for temperature-controlled storage facilities can be as high as double the price per square foot in comparison to standard warehouses, and second, construction costs increase with a lower temperature requirement.

Each temperature-controlled warehouse’s location must also be taken into account, as local costs can vary with labor, materials and municipal regulations. Construction costs can be considerably higher in major metropolitan areas in contrast with rural areas. After controlling for location, according to research conducted by Marshall Swift Valuation Services, or MVS, and compiled by Cushman, as of February 2016 (the latest period for which information is available at the time of this report), base construction costs for temperature-controlled

 

170


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

facilities increased from 3% to 9% over a ten-year period since 2006, which has resulted in average annual growth of 3%. Cushman expects construction costs to continue to grow consistent with this pattern in the near future.

Additionally, as shown in the chart below, the construction cost per square foot can range from approximately $95 to $250 per square foot (assuming a 50 foot clearance height) for temperature-controlled storage facilities and can vary based on the type of refrigeration, with freezer space the highest cost and cooler space the lowest cost. The construction costs associated with temperature-controlled warehouses (along with more specific location requirements and necessity of greater operational expertise) create higher barriers to entry in the temperature-controlled storage industry as compared to standard ambient warehouses.

Construction Costs $/SF as of February 2016

(Cold Storage based on Temperature Type)

 

LOGO

As compared to standard ambient warehouses, temperature-controlled warehouses generally have similar square footage but higher ceiling heights as space is leased by pallet positions with floor-to-ceiling racking configurations. While a ceiling height was assumed in the data above for comparison purposes, ceiling heights vary from asset to asset for temperature-controlled warehousing. This can have a significant impact on construction costs when measured on a per square foot basis. As of February 2016 (the latest period for which information is available as of the time of this report), construction costs increased at a rate ranging from 2.0% to 3.2% per foot of ceiling height. As a result, increased ceiling heights in temperature-controlled warehouses are a key factor in construction cost efficiencies.

Occupancy Levels

Optimal physical occupancy levels for a temperature-controlled warehouse vary based on a variety of factors, including the intended customer base, the type and location of the facility, the handling services provided, inventory turnover, the needs of the customers served therein and seasonal supply and demand conditions related to the types of products stored. Depending on warehouse type and the nature and needs of the customers serviced therein, GCCA members typically seek to maintain approximately 15% of total warehouse space as unoccupied in order to be able to efficiently place, store and retrieve products from pallets, particularly during periods of greatest occupancy or high volume.

Overview of Demand

Stable Demand for Temperature-Sensitive Products

In developed countries with established temperature-controlled warehouse infrastructure, aggregate total demand for frozen foods has historically remained stable even during periods of economic turmoil. For example, during the global financial crisis from 2008 to 2010, demand for temperature-sensitive products in restaurants declined but the amount of frozen food products consumed at home increased. This relatively inelastic demand in

 

171


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the frozen products industry leads to consistent demand for temperature-controlled warehouse space in the cold chain. GCCA expects this demand profile to continue in the foreseeable future, with families continuing to rely on frozen foods for price and convenience.

The following figures set forth total revenues for the temperature-controlled warehouse industry from 2006 to 2017. For the ten-year period ended December 31, 2016, total temperature-controlled warehouse industry revenues in the United States had a compound annual growth rate of 2.2%.

U.S. Temperature-Controlled Warehouse Industry Revenues (2006-2017E)

 

LOGO

Source: IBIS Report as of February 2017.

Urbanization is Increasing Demand for Frozen Food and Temperature-Controlled Storage Services

Urbanization is associated with demand for foods in forms that are convenient to consume, including frozen foods for preparation at home and foods consumed in restaurants. Urban areas in emerging market economies worldwide are likely to have larger populations in the middle-to-high income strata, who have the purchasing power to drive demand for frozen and perishable food distribution. Furthermore, dense population centers outside major food producing regions require greater storage capacity and logistics services to support longer storage and transportation periods. Urban populations globally have been steadily increasing and are projected to increase from 49% of the total global population in 2000 to 60.1% of the total global population by 2019.

The following chart represents the growing global urban population as a percent of the total global population from 2000 forecasted through 2019.

 

LOGO

Source: Economist Intelligence Unit data based on 51 largest countries as of August 2017.

Note: Based on population in areas defined as urban in 51 largest countries .

Growing populations combined with a material expansion of the middle class in emerging economies will further increase food preservation demand over the next decade as utilization and consumption continues to

 

172


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

increase. The global population is approximately 7.6 billion in 2017 and is expected to reach 7.8 billion by 2020. From 2010 to 2016, the global population has grown at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 1.2% and is expected to grow at approximately the same rate from 2017 to 2020. The increase in the global population, along with the high percentage of food being wasted each year, has exerted pressure on governments and food producers to reduce waste. Temperature-controlled warehouses play a key role in the storage and preservation of food, and should expect a material increase in demand in the coming years. The following chart represents the growing global population from 2009 forecasted through 2020.

 

LOGO

Source: United Nations, Department of Economic and Social Affairs, Population Division (2017). World Population Prospects: The 2017 Revision, DVD Edition.

Note: Population is the sum of all residents within a defined country regardless of legal status or citizenship.

Proximity of Warehouses to Critical Stages of Cold Chain

The demand for storage space at a temperature-controlled warehouse or network of temperature-controlled warehouses is largely dependent on whether the warehouse or network is located in a strategic location relative to its intended customer base. Cold chain participants have sought to contain costs and manage cold chain complexities by focusing on the efficient storage and movement of their frozen and perishable food products through the cold chain with an emphasis on storing their products in close proximity to production facilities and in strategically located distribution centers with cost-efficient access to end markets. GCCA expects that the need for additional warehouse capacity in strategic locations near production and distribution centers will continue to generate steady demand for owners and operators of well-located temperature-controlled warehouse capacity.

In addition, GCCA believes access to handling and other warehouse services that move products through an integrated cold chain from production to distribution to the point of sale to end users will enhance demand for storage space for temperature-controlled warehouse owners with significant scale. GCCA also believes that, because of the size and scale of the retail industry, large-scale food producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers often prefer to work with temperature-controlled warehouse operators that have the network and scale to manage the supply-chain.

Ability to Service Large Cold Chain Participants

Based on the 2016 IARW Productivity and Benchmarking Report, the average temperature-controlled warehouse in the United States and Canada handled 7,735 pounds per labor hour in 2016 (up from 4,027 in 2014, 3,940 in 2012 and 3,150 in 2008) and saw annual throughput of 386 million pounds on average. Tight capacity of temperature-controlled warehouse space during peak production periods and the increasing complexity and cost of moving goods of this size and scale through the cold chain present logistical challenges to large food producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers. Temperature-controlled storage ensures that the products sold by these cold chain participants stay safe, from the point of harvest or manufacturing all the way to the point of sale to end users. The efficiency of the logistics chain is key to the cost-effective offering of temperature-sensitive

 

173


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

products delivered to customers in a timely manner. As a result, dependable access to temperature-controlled warehouse space on a contracted, long-term basis is becoming increasingly important to larger cold chain participants. The volume of products moved through the cold chain by food producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers drives significant demand for temperature-controlled warehouse space, in particular with respect to owners that can provide storage across an integrated and comprehensive network of warehouses.

Handling Capabilities to Support Diverse Consumer Preferences

There has been a proliferation of frozen and perishable food product types in recent years in response to consumer preferences. While particularly true in developed countries with large and established middle classes, developing countries with expanding middle classes are also experiencing this trend. For example, one facility which serves a major processor of dairy creamers now holds more than 75 different types of creamers for that single customer. This so-called “SKU proliferation,” named in reference to the alphanumeric identification assigned to individual products for inventory tracking purposes, has enhanced the complexity of the cold chain for food producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers by increasing the variety of products they must move to distinct end-markets. Furthermore, end-market grocers and other retailers often insist upon receiving customized pallets with specific product mixes and pallet build-outs, and customers expect the delivery of goods to be almost instantaneous, with same-day or next-day delivery playing an increasingly prominent role in the cold chain. In order to meet this demand and keep costs low, manufacturers have become increasingly focused on the many variables related to temperature-controlled storage logistics and the ability of temperature-controlled storage providers to help manage and optimize the complexity of the cold chain. As a result, GCCA anticipates that demand will continue to increase for temperature-controlled warehouse space supplied by operators having the capability to provide customized storage, service and logistics solutions for large quantities and varieties of goods.

International Trade

International trade of temperature-sensitive food products serves as another driver of demand for temperature-controlled warehouse space. According to IBISWorld, as of September 2016 (the latest date as of which information is available at the time of this report), more than 15% of the U.S. frozen-packaged goods industry revenues were generated from exports or imports. The ability of food producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers to export or import temperature-sensitive products is completely dependent upon the availability of temperature-controlled warehouse space at several points in the global cold chain, particularly in strategic port locations. Some larger owners and operators of temperature-controlled warehouse space have also invested in overseas production systems to supply the targeted population with the necessary cold chain to support increasing preference for temperature-sensitive goods. GCCA expects international trade to continue to drive demand for temperature-controlled warehouse capacity as (i) larger owners and operators of temperature-controlled warehouse space continue to facilitate increasing demand for temperature-sensitive products, and (ii) countries with cost advantages continue to export temperature-sensitive food products regardless of changes in their respective domestic economies.

Non-Food Products Driving Demand for Temperature-Controlled Warehouse Space

Food products are not the only goods that are reliant upon the cold chain. Many pharmaceutical, floral and electronic goods are temperature-sensitive products that require specific storage temperatures and a high level of related handling and other warehouse services to accommodate their movement through the cold chain, such as the placement of products for storage and preservation, blast freezing, case-picking, kitting and repackaging and other recurring handling services to retrieve the products from storage and prepare them for delivery. Historically, producers of these goods have relied upon proprietary temperature-controlled facilities and distribution networks to manage their respective cold chains. While data with respect to alternative products is limited at the time of this report, GCCA believes that non-food temperature-sensitive products already play a significant role in the cold chain today and expects that non-food temperature-sensitive products will continue to serve as an important driver of demand for temperature-controlled warehouses in the future.

 

174


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Overview of Supply and Growth Forecast

High Occupancy Driving Expansion and Development Opportunity in the United States

Since 2013, 83 new “outsourced” temperature-controlled warehouses opened or were in development across the United States. The following map demonstrates the temperature-controlled warehouses that have been completed or are under development since 2013 in the United States.

LOGO

Note: warehouses in the planning stage are omitted from the map to protect confidential business sources.

Despite these new developments, cold chain participants have continued to report challenges in finding third-party warehouse space, particularly in strategically valuable areas such as those located near production facilities or major metropolitan areas in the United States. Supply constraints have posed a particular challenge to large scale food producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers during periods of peak warehouse occupancy. Based on current occupancy levels in strategic markets in the United States for temperature-controlled warehouse space and GCCA’s estimates regarding the need for temperature-controlled warehouse space on a per capita basis, the total opportunity for temperature-controlled warehouse growth in the United States over the next five years is 535 million cubic feet. The market opportunity estimate takes into account the planned construction and closures of a number of smaller facilities over the next five years. GCCA forecasts, beginning in 2018, owners and operators of U.S. temperature-controlled warehouses as a whole will show a five year compound annual growth rate in revenues of 4%. This forecast is based on GCCA’s view that U.S. demand from food producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers exceeds currently available temperature-controlled capacity in the United States.

Global Markets

There are large unmet needs for temperature-controlled warehouse infrastructure outside the developed world. Many developing countries have experienced substantial increases in their cold chain infrastructure supply in an effort to keep pace with increased demand for frozen and perishable food products. GCCA has estimated a need for additional temperature-controlled warehouse capacity in certain developing countries of approximately

 

175


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

14 billion cubic feet, based upon a 15-year development horizon and assuming temperature-controlled warehouse industry progression comparable to developed markets. In developed countries outside the United States ( e.g. , Australia and New Zealand), GCCA expects that the stable demand for temperature-sensitive food products will continue to drive stable demand and consistent occupancy for temperature-controlled warehouses, but with limited revenue growth. Expectations regarding revenue growth are largely tied to demand side considerations that vary across regions, including population trends, consumer preferences and regional food safety concerns. Revenue growth rates in developing countries vary considerably and are highly dependent upon location, rate of expansion of temperature-controlled warehouse space, existence and scope of requisite infrastructure and other local factors.

Dearth of Global Integration

In general, the current ownership of space in the temperature-controlled warehouse industry in the United States and globally is fragmented and has created a lack of integration in the domestic and global cold chain network, forcing many participants to arrange temperature-controlled warehousing needs with separate providers in individual geographic regions. In addition, the scale and scope of services provided in a given temperature-controlled warehouse varies greatly.

Market Opportunities

In the United States, the combination of tight warehouse capacity, increased demand for a range of handling and other warehouse services and the stable and relatively inelastic demand for frozen and perishable food products should fuel steady demand for temperature-controlled warehouse space and drive growth in related revenues. In other developed countries, demand for temperature-controlled warehouse space should remain relatively steady in the coming years based on the stable and relatively inelastic demand for frozen and perishable food products. GCCA believes that an owner with a large-scale network of high-quality temperature-controlled warehouses will be well-positioned to take advantage of these trends by capturing customer demand for warehouse space and enhancing the value of the cold chain to its customers by allowing consolidation of storage needs onto a single integrated platform or network. An owner with the ability to provide value-added services to supplement its network would further support its ability to capitalize on this market opportunity.

GCCA also believes that the underdeveloped nature of the temperature-controlled warehouse industry in many developing countries—particularly those with an expanding middle class and increasing appetite for frozen and perishable foods like meat, dairy and produce—should benefit owners and operators of temperature-controlled warehouses with the financial wherewithal to take advantage of the market opportunity.

 

176


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

TEMPERATURE-CONTROLLED WAREHOUSES CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD REPORT

The following is a market report prepared by Cushman dated as of December 1, 2017. The forecasts and projections in this section are based on Cushman’s experience and expertise within the real estate industry generally and the temperature-controlled sub-market in particular and other sources, although there is no assurance that any of the forecasts or projections will be accurate. We believe that this report is reliable, but we have not independently verified the information in this report nor have we investigated or verified any underlying assumptions relied upon therein. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the data presented herein, estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.”

The chart below presents historical capitalization rates for national ambient warehouse properties as reported in the PricewaterhouseCoopers Real Estate Investor Survey from September 30, 2017 (the latest period for which information is available at the time of this report). Capitalization rates are used to help assess the value of a property and represent the ratio of a property’s annual net operating income to its purchase price.

Ambient Warehouse Capitalization Rates

(as of September 30, 2017)

LOGO

Source: PricewaterhouseCoopers Real Estate Investor Survey

Compiled by Cushman & Wakefield - Valuation & Advisory

As illustrated above, overall capitalization rates sought by ambient warehouse investors steadily declined from the early 2000s through 2007, falling from an average of 8.12% to 6.48%. Following the 2008 financial crisis and the ensuing credit market freeze, overall capitalization rates increased from their 2007 lows to 8.80% for ambient warehouse investments. Subsequently, rates resumed a downward march for ambient warehouse investments from December 31, 2009 through September 30, 2017, where rates fell approximately 125 basis points below their 2007 lows. As illustrated above, overall capitalization rates are starting to level off with an average of 5.22% for ambient warehouse investments.

Because of the highly specialized and custom-designed nature of many temperature-controlled warehouses, there are relatively few sale transactions in the cold storage sector relative to the ambient warehouse sector. The thin market activity associated with temperature-controlled warehouses limits Cushman’s ability to definitively establish a general temperature-controlled warehouse capitalization rate or detail sector-wide changes based solely on empirical temperature-controlled warehouse transaction data. Cushman believes, however, that capitalization rates in the ambient warehouse sector represent a basis for analyzing the capitalization rates applicable to temperature-controlled facilities because of the baseline similarities between these assets and the mission-critical role each type of asset plays in commerce. Using ambient warehouse capitalization rates and taking into account the temperature-controlled sale transactions of which Cushman is aware, Cushman’s general market experience and industry knowledge, and Cushman’s discussions with its regional brokers across the United States that cover relevant sectors, Cushman’s observation is that, as of the date

 

177


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

of its report, market capitalization rates in the temperature-controlled warehouse sector for triple net leased temperature-controlled facilities ranged from 6.25% to 7.25% and for owner-operated temperature-controlled facilities ranged from 7.50% to 8.25%, in each case, as of the date of the Cushman report. The higher capitalization rates attributable to the owner-operated facilities are attributable to the net operating income derived from the handling and other services provided by the owner to customers at the facility. Cushman believes that temperature-controlled facilities have benefited from the same capitalization rate compression that has helped drive values in the ambient warehouse sector since the global financial crisis, which is also supported by the limited empirical data available on temperature-controlled sale transactions.

The ranges indicated above may vary over time and may not reflect the capitalization rates that would be appropriate for the valuation of any of our temperature-controlled warehouses. Additionally, the ranges presented above are only for a depiction of the general industrial sector and capitalization rates vary over time based upon a variety of factors, including factors unrelated to a particular property’s operations (such as interest rates, general economic conditions, the perceived attractiveness of real estate as an investment, etc.). As with any property type, the capitalization rate for an individual property will vary based on a number of factors. Some of these characteristics to consider for the temperature-controlled warehouse industry include the credit quality of tenants, terms of customer contracts, location and proximity to major transportation arteries (highways/railways) and/or customer processing or production facilities, age/condition of the property and refrigeration equipment, supply/demand in the surrounding market, and type of cooler/freezer space.

 

178


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES

Overview

We are the world’s largest owner and operator of temperature-controlled warehouses. We are organized as a self-administered and self-managed REIT with proven operating, development and acquisition expertise. As of September 30, 2017, we operated a global network of 160 high-quality warehouses encompassing 945.3 million cubic feet, with 142 warehouses in the United States, six warehouses in Australia, seven warehouses in New Zealand, two warehouses in Argentina and three warehouses in Canada. Upon the completion of this offering, we will be the first publicly traded REIT focused on the temperature-controlled warehouse industry.

We consider our temperature-controlled warehouses to be “mission-critical” real estate in the markets we serve from “farm to fork” and an integral component of the temperature-controlled food infrastructure supply chain, which we refer to as the “cold chain.” The cold chain is vital for maintaining the quality of food producers’, distributors’, retailers’ and e-tailers’ temperature-sensitive products, protecting brand reputation and ensuring consumer safety and satisfaction. Our customers depend upon the location, high-quality, integration and scale of our portfolio to ensure the integrity and efficient distribution of their products. Many of our warehouses are located in key logistics corridors in the countries in which we operate, including strategically critical U.S. and international MSAs, while others are connected or immediately adjacent to customers’ production facilities. We believe our strategic locations and the extensive geographic presence of our integrated warehouse network are fundamental to our customers’ ability to optimize their distribution networks while reducing their capital expenditures, operating costs and supply-chain risks. Many of the warehouses in our real estate portfolio have been modernized to reduce our power costs and increase their competitive position through reliable temperature-control systems and processes.

We consider ownership of our temperature-controlled warehouses to be fundamental to our business, our ability to attract and retain customers and our ability to achieve our targeted return on invested capital. We believe that the ownership of our real estate provides us with cost of capital and balance sheet advantages, stemming from the attractive financing options available to real estate owners and the tax advantages of being a REIT. We also believe that consolidation of the ownership and operation of our portfolio significantly enhances the value of our business by allowing us to provide customers with our complementary suite of value-added services across one integrated and reliable cold chain network. Ownership of our integrated cold chain network enhances our ability to efficiently reposition customers and undertake capital improvements or other modifications on their behalf without the need to obtain third-party approvals. Our decision to own, rather than lease, a significant majority of our warehouses provides us with better control over the specialized nature of our assets and greater influence over our warehouse locations on a long-term basis, which is crucial to meeting our customers’ “mission-critical” cold chain needs.

We view and manage our business through three primary business segments—warehouse, third-party managed and transportation.

Our core business is our warehouse segment, where we provide temperature-controlled warehouse storage and related handling and other warehouse services. In our warehouse segment, we collect rent and storage fees from customers to store their frozen and perishable food and other products within our real estate portfolio. We also provide our customers with handling and other warehouse services related to the products stored in our buildings that are designed to optimize their movement through the cold chain, such as the placement of food products for storage and preservation, the retrieval of products from storage upon customer request, blast freezing, case-picking, kitting and repackaging and other recurring handling services.

Under our third-party managed segment, we manage warehouses on behalf of third parties and provide warehouse management services to several leading food retailers and manufacturers in customer-owned

 

179


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

facilities, including some of our largest and longest-standing customers. We believe using our third-party management services allows our customers to increase efficiency, reduce costs, reduce supply-chain risks and focus on their core businesses. We also believe that providing third-party management services to many of our key customers underscores our ability to offer a complete and integrated suite of services across the cold chain.

In our transportation segment, we broker and manage transportation of frozen and perishable food and other products for our customers. Our transportation services include consolidation services ( i.e. , consolidating a customer’s products with those of other customers for more efficient shipment), freight under management services ( i.e. , arranging for and overseeing transportation of customer inventory) and dedicated transportation services, each designed to improve efficiency and reduce transportation and logistics costs to our customers. We provide these transportation services at cost plus a service fee or, in the case of our consolidation services, we charge a fixed fee.

We believe our transportation services, together with our value-added services, provide our customers with a comprehensive solution for storing and transporting their products through the cold chain. We also believe that this comprehensive solution ultimately enhances the value of our real estate by differentiating us from our competitors, enhancing customer retention and driving warehouse storage and occupancy.

Our global footprint enables us to efficiently serve over 2,600 customers consisting primarily of producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers of frozen and perishable food products, such as fruits, vegetables, meats, seafood, novelties, dairy and packaged foods. We believe the creditworthiness and geographic diversity of our customer base provide us with stable cash flows and a strong platform for growth. The weighted average length of our relationship with our 15 largest customers in our warehouse segment exceeds 35 years. The total warehouse segment revenues generated by our 15 largest customers in our warehouse segment have been steady over the last three years, representing 48%, 51% and 52% of our total warehouse segment revenues for the years ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. Each of these 15 largest customers has been in our network for the entirety of these periods.

We believe we are entering a new growth period for our company. In 2010, we solidified our position as the largest owner and operator of temperature-controlled warehouses in the world with our acquisition and integration of 74 temperature-controlled warehouses (representing 416 million cubic feet) from Versacold. Over the last five fiscal years and the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we have:

 

    assembled a new and talented senior management team based on their real estate, food and logistics industry expertise and ability to bring best practices from outside the temperature-controlled storage industry to our operations;

 

    invested over $680 million to grow and maintain our warehouse business and optimized our real estate portfolio by relocating customers within our network to consolidate occupancy, reduce costs and increase profitability;

 

    utilized a strategic approach to recurring maintenance capital expenditures and repair and maintenance expenses to maintain the high quality and operational efficiency of our warehouses;

 

    implemented new commercial business development and underwriting standards and processes;

 

    transitioned a significant portion of our rent and storage revenues generated on an as-utilized, on-demand basis to a fixed storage commitment basis, as evidenced by the annualized committed rent and storage revenues attributable to our fixed storage commitment contracts and leases as of September 30, 2017 equaling 38.4% of our total warehouse segment rent and storage revenues for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017;

 

    invested approximately $61 million on our information technology platform and customer interface to create an integrated and scalable information technology system;

 

180


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    enhanced our operating and financial results and realized strong same store contribution ( i.e. , net operating income (NOI)) growth in our warehouse segment of 13.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2.1% and 3.2% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 or, on a constant currency basis, 13.1% for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2.9% and 6.1% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, in each case, compared to the corresponding prior period;

 

    repositioned our balance sheet to provide flexibility for expansion and growth of our portfolio;

 

    implemented a strategic effort to exit or sell non-strategic warehouses; and

 

    established a substantial expansion and development pipeline built around disciplined and consistent internal underwriting parameters designed to generate strong risk-adjusted returns.

We believe these initiatives, combined with our size, scope, experience and status as the first publicly-traded REIT focused on the temperature-controlled warehouse industry, will position us to grow our warehouse portfolio, expand our customer base, enhance our market share and create value for our shareholders.

 

181


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Warehouse Portfolio

As of September 30, 2017, our 160 warehouses contained approximately 945.3 million cubic feet and approximately 3.2 million pallet positions. We believe that the volume of cubic feet in our warehouses and the number of pallets contained therein provide a more meaningful measure of our storage space than warehouse surface area expressed in square feet as customers generally contract for storage on a pallet-by-pallet basis, not on a square footage basis. Our warehouses feature customized racking systems that allow for the storage of products on pallets in horizontal rows across vertically stacked levels. Our racking systems can accommodate a wide array of different customer storage needs. The following table provides summary information regarding the warehouses in our portfolio that we owned, leased or managed as of September 30, 2017.

 

Country / Region

  # of
warehouses
    Cubic feet
(in millions)
    % of
total
cubic
feet
    Pallet
positions

(in thousands)
    Average
physical
occupancy (1)
    Revenues (2)
(in millions)
    Applicable
segment

contribution
(NOI) (2)(3)

(in millions)
    Total
customers (4)
 

Owned / Leased (5)

               

United States

               

Central

    34       241.3       27%       874.3       74   $ 231.8     $ 78.1       862  

East

    24       166.0       19%       540.2       76     247.3       65.4       752  

Southeast

    38       178.2       20%       575.6       77     203.1       56.3       674  

West

    38       223.8       25%       972.6       80     256.8       98.1       755  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

United States Total / Average

    134       809.4       91%       2,962.8       77   $ 939.0     $ 297.9       2,365  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

International

               

Australia

    5       47.6       5%       142.7       94   $ 153.3     $ 35.5       85  

New Zealand

    7       22.8       3%       72.9       84     32.9       9.8       98  

Argentina

    2       9.7       1%       21.6       83     13.8       3.4       30  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

International Total / Average

    14       80.2       9%       237.2       90   $ 200.1     $ 48.7       204  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Owned / Leased Total / Average

    148       889.5       100%       3,200.0       78   $ 1,139.1     $ 346.6       2,612  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Third-Party Managed

               

United States

    8       41.5       74%       —         —       $ 216.7     $ 10.3       8  

Australia

    1       —   (6)      —         —         —         8.1       2.2       1  

Canada

    3       14.3       26%       —         —         18.2       1.7       3  

Third-Party Managed Total / Average

    12       55.8       100%       —         —       $ 243.0     $ 14.2       12  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Portfolio Total / Average

    160       945.3       100%       3,200.0       78   $ 1,382.0     $ 360.7       2,633  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) We define average physical occupancy as the average number of occupied pallets divided by the estimated number of average physical pallet positions in our warehouses for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017. We estimate the number of physical pallet positions by taking into account actual racked space and by estimating unracked space on an as-if racked basis. We base this estimate on the total cubic feet of each room within the warehouse that is unracked divided by the volume of an assumed rack space that is consistent with the characteristics of the relevant warehouse. On a warehouse by warehouse basis, rack space generally ranges from two to three feet depending upon the type of facility and the nature of the customer goods stored therein. The number of our pallet positions is reviewed and updated quarterly, taking into account changes in racking configurations and room utilization.
(2) Last twelve months ended September 30, 2017.
(3) We use the term “segment contribution (NOI)” to mean a segment’s revenues less its cost of operations (excluding any depreciation, depletion and amortization, impairment charges and corporate-level selling, general and administrative expenses). The applicable segment contribution (NOI) from our owned and leased warehouses and our third-party managed warehouses is included in our warehouse segment contribution (NOI) and third-party managed segment contribution (NOI), respectively. See “Summary—Selected Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data and Operating Data” for more information.
(4) We serve some of our customers in multiple geographic regions and in multiple facilities within geographic regions. As a result, the total number of customers that we serve is less than the total number of customers reflected in the table above that we serve in each geographic region.

 

182


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(5) As of September 30, 2017, we owned 112 of our U.S. warehouses and ten of our international warehouses, and we leased 22 of our U.S. warehouses and four of our international warehouses. As of September 30, 2017, seven of our owned facilities were located on land that we lease pursuant to long-term ground leases.
(6) Constitutes non-refrigerated, or “ambient,” warehouse space. This facility contains 330,527 square feet of ambient space.

We own, develop and manage multiple types of temperature-controlled warehouses, which allows us to service our customers’ needs across our network. Our warehouse portfolio consists of five distinct property types:

 

    Distribution . As of September 30, 2017, we owned or leased 59 distribution centers with approximately 463.1 million cubic feet of temperature-controlled capacity and 1.5 million pallet positions. Distribution centers typically house a wide variety of customers’ finished products until future shipment to end users. Each distribution center is located in a key distribution hub that services a distinct surrounding population center in a major market.

 

    Public . As of September 30, 2017, we owned or leased 46 public warehouses with approximately 205.5 million cubic feet of temperature-controlled capacity and 823.3 thousand pallet positions. Public warehouses generally store multiple types of inventory and cater to small and medium-sized businesses by primarily serving the needs of local and regional customers.

 

    Production Advantaged . As of September 30, 2017, we owned or leased 39 production advantaged warehouses with approximately 203.1 million cubic feet of temperature-controlled capacity and 864.6 thousand pallet positions. Production advantaged warehouses are temperature-controlled warehouses that are typically dedicated to one or a small number of customers. Production advantaged warehouses are generally located adjacent to or otherwise in close proximity to customer processing or production facilities and were often build-to-suit at the time of their construction.

 

    Facility Leased . As of September 30, 2017, we had four facility leased warehouses with approximately 17.9 million cubic feet of temperature-controlled capacity. We charge our customers that are party to these leases rent based on the square footage leased in our warehouses. Our facility leased warehouses are facilities that are leased to third parties, such as retailers, e-tailers, distributors, transportation companies and food producers, that desire to manage their own temperature-controlled warehousing or carry on processing operations generally in warehouses adjacent, or in close proximity, to their retail stores or production facilities. The majority of our facility leased warehouses are leased to third parties under “triple net lease” arrangements.

 

    Third-Party Managed . As of September 30, 2017, we managed 12 warehouses on behalf of third parties. We manage warehouses on behalf of third parties and provide warehouse management services to several leading food retailers and manufacturers in customer-owned facilities, including some of our largest and longest-standing customers. Our third-party managed segment provides a complete outsourcing solution by managing all aspects of the distribution of our customers’ products, including order management, reverse logistics, inventory control and, in some instances, dedicated transportation services for temperature-controlled and ambient ( i.e. , non-refrigerated) customers.

 

183


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following map shows the locations of our temperature-controlled warehouses in North America by property type as of September 30, 2017.

United States and Canada

 

LOGO

The following maps show the locations of our temperature-controlled warehouses in Australia, New Zealand and Argentina by property type as of September 30, 2017.

 

Australia            New Zealand                        Argentina

 

LOGO

Investments in Our Warehouses

We employ a strategic investment approach to maintain a high-quality portfolio of temperature-controlled warehouses to ensure that our warehouses meet the “mission-critical” role they serve in the cold chain. We have successfully modernized many of our warehouses to reduce our power costs and increase their competitive position through reliable temperature-control systems that can implement distinct temperature zones within the same

 

184


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

warehouse. In addition, we use LED lighting, motion-sensor technology, variable frequency drives for our fans and compressors, third-party efficiency reviews and real-time monitoring of energy consumption, rapid close doors and alternative-power generation technologies to improve the energy efficiency of our warehouses. We believe that our warehouses are well-maintained and in good operating condition.

We believe that our comprehensive suite of value-added services and integrated information technology platform provide us with a significant competitive advantage. Over the last five fiscal years and the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we have invested approximately $61 million on our integrated and standardized information technology platform across our network, including a proprietary consolidated customer interface system we call “i-3PL.” We believe that the cost of developing and integrating our information technology platform and customer interface in the years following our acquisition of Versacold is now complete. We will continue to invest in our information technology platform and customer interface as warranted to maintain or expand our competitive advantage. Our information technology platform provides us with the ability to streamline our warehouse operations and the data necessary to evaluate opportunities in our portfolio and guide business decisions. Our information technology platform, coupled with our customer interface, provides our customers with what we believe is a “best-in-class” experience in managing the products they store with us. In addition, we designed our operating systems to be scalable, which we believe allows us to integrate acquired or newly-developed properties in an efficient manner while retaining customers.

We actively seek opportunities to expand our warehouse portfolio through targeted expansions and developments in order to serve customer-specific needs and take advantage of favorable market conditions supported by demonstrable customer demand. We seek to expand on land parcels that we own when possible. We currently own more than 600 acres of land adjacent to more than 60 of our temperature-controlled warehouses, which is in addition to land we own adjacent to our warehouses that is either currently under development or in our future development pipeline. This land has the potential to support future expansions of existing temperature-controlled warehouses and the development of new temperature-controlled warehouses aggregating approximately 500 million cubic feet and 1.7 million pallet positions (based on standard warehouse configurations consistent with our existing network). We generally consider land adjacent to our temperature-controlled warehouses to be more readily available for development than outside development opportunities, including acquisitions, as we avoid costs and other impediments associated with land acquisitions, and in certain cases the land adjacent to our facilities is already fully entitled for use as temperature-controlled storage.

Since 2014, we have completed three expansion and development opportunities totaling approximately $41 million in costs and aggregating 9.9 million cubic feet and approximately 23,000 pallet positions. As of September 30, 2017, the average return on invested capital for the two projects that have reached stabilization ranged from approximately 18% to 20% and the budgeted stabilized return on invested capital for the third project is between 9% and 11%. We consider a newly developed or expanded warehouse to be stabilized on the earlier to occur of (i) the first day of the first full calendar year to occur following the second anniversary of our receipt of a certificate of occupancy for the warehouse and (ii) the designated criteria described in the applicable underwriting relating to the expansion or development. We consider invested capital with respect to a warehouse to mean the total cash outlay to develop the warehouse, excluding any capitalized interest and any internal cost allocations. In order to calculate return on invested capital, we divide the contribution (NOI) generated by the newly developed warehouse by the invested capital applicable to the warehouse at stabilization. Our returns on completed expansions and developments may not be indicative of future results. As of September 30, 2017, we had three expansion and development opportunities under construction with an estimated total cost of approximately $132.0 million and with scheduled completion dates ranging from the fourth quarter of 2017 (which is now completed) to the fourth quarter of 2018. We expect these expansion and development opportunities to include approximately 26.7 million cubic feet and approximately 108,000 pallet positions, and they have a budgeted stabilized return on invested capital ranging from 8% to 15%. No assurance can be given that the actual cost or completion dates of any expansions and developments will not exceed our estimates or that our targeted returns will be achieved.

Based on market conditions, we anticipate commencing an average of two to three expansion or development opportunities annually representing anticipated invested capital of between approximately $75

 

185


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

million and $200 million. As of September 30, 2017, we had identified and were either actively underwriting or otherwise evaluating a range of expansion and development opportunities with an estimated total investment in excess of $1.2 billion, including potential expansion opportunities on more than 85 acres of land adjacent to nine temperature-controlled warehouses in our existing real estate portfolio. We intend to focus the expansion of our warehouse capacity primarily in the production advantaged and distribution property types. We believe these property types are the most critical points in the cold chain and most directly align with supporting the growth of our customers. Under current market conditions, we generally budget an unleveraged stabilized return on invested capital of between 10% and 15% on expansion opportunities and between 10% and 13% on development opportunities depending upon the site, construction and customer profile, although we may vary our budgeted stabilized returns for strategic purposes in certain customer or market-driven circumstances. These future pipeline opportunities are at various stages of discussion and consideration and, based on historical experiences, many of them may not be pursued or completed as contemplated or at all, and there is no assurance that our budgeted stabilized returns will be achieved.

Facilities in Our Temperature-Controlled Warehouse Portfolio

The following table provides information regarding the temperature-controlled warehouses in our real estate portfolio that we owned, leased or managed in each of the countries in which we operated as of September 30, 2017.

 

Property

 

City

 

State /

territory

 

Year
built

 

Year
modified

 

Facility
type

 

Ownership
(1)

  Tot.
sq. ft.
    Tot.
cu. ft.
    Pallet
positions
    Average
physical
occupancy
(2)
    Excess
acreage (3)
 

WAREHOUSE SEGMENT SITES

 

       

United States

                     

Alabama

                     

Albertville

  Albertville   AL   1993   2006   Public Warehouse   Owned     180,351       5,188,807       19,400       85     6.6  

Birmingham

  Birmingham   AL   1963   1972   Public Warehouse   Owned     116,401       2,257,131       6,637       68     1.6  

Gadsden

  Gadsden   AL   1991   2013   Public Warehouse   Owned     153,809       4,082,625       15,395       79     2.2  

Mobile

  Mobile   AL   1977   2007   Public Warehouse   Ground Lease (5/31/65)     113,267       2,311,484       8,440       35     3  

Montgomery

  Montgomery   AL   1989   2013   Public Warehouse   Owned     127,461       2,815,691       9,918       80     4.1  

Arkansas

                     

Fort Smith

  Fort Smith   AR   1960   1986   Production   Owned     122,700       1,766,838       3,645       58     1  

Russellville Elmira

  Russellville   AR   1986   1992   Production   Owned     235,808       5,480,831       18,651       85     6.2  

Russellville Valley

  Russellville   AR   1995   na   Production   Owned     270,772       8,270,691       36,137       99     18.6  

Springdale

  Springdale   AR   1982   1991   Production   Owned     232,956       5,965,308       21,654       96     6.9  

Texarkana

  Texarkana   AR   1993   1995   Public Warehouse   Owned     177,622       5,093,102       17,100       68     23.1  

West Memphis

  West Memphis   AR   1985   1995   Production   Owned     252,075       6,405,230       20,181       86     15.8  

Arizona

                     

Phoenix

  Phoenix   AZ   2014   na   Distribution   Owned     97,555       3,526,387       10,402       100     5.9  

California

                     

Anaheim

  Anaheim   CA   1965   2002   Distribution   Owned     202,856       5,753,556       20,040       87     —    

Brea

  Brea   CA   1975   na   Distribution   Owned     139,975       3,596,796       9,781       100     —    

Carson

  Carson   CA   2001   na   Public Warehouse   Owned     153,418       3,540,368       11,744       82     —    

City of Industry—14840 West

  City of Industry   CA   1968   NA   Distribution   Operating Lease (2/28/27)     150,082       2,886,710       12,749       88     —    

City of Industry—14890 East

  City of Industry   CA   1962   1995   Distribution   Operating Lease (3/31/27)     47,867       1,360,680       4,286       88     —    

Compton

  Compton   CA   1989   2002   Distribution   Owned     188,854       3,887,707       12,317       78     —    

Modesto

  Modesto   CA   1945   1987   Distribution   Owned     501,023       8,034,069       26,983       96     4  

 

186


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Property

 

City

 

State /

territory

 

Year
built

 

Year
modified

 

Facility
type

 

Ownership
(1)

  Tot.
sq. ft.
    Tot.
cu. ft.
    Pallet
positions
    Average
physical
occupancy
(2)
    Excess
acreage (3)
 

Ontario CA 5361 Santa Ana

  Ontario   CA   1984   na   Facility Lease   Owned     92,837       2,148,785       6,000       100     —    

Ontario CA 5401 Santa Ana

  Ontario   CA   1984   na   Facility Lease   Owned     92,102       2,132,622       6,000       100     —    

Ontario CA Malaga

  Ontario   CA   1987   1990   Distribution   Capital Lease (8/31/50)     295,835       6,939,964       22,700       93     —    

Salinas

  Salinas   CA   1956   1994   Production   Owned     171,898       4,381,197       19,399       59     1.6  

Turlock 5th Street

  Turlock   CA   1955   1986   Public Warehouse   Owned     188,734       3,298,228       16,767       96     —    

Turlock Kilroy Road

  Turlock   CA   1985   na   Distribution   Owned     137,786       3,606,966       13,500       79     10.7  

Vernon 3420 E Vernon

  Vernon   CA   1965   1982   Distribution   Owned     179,813       5,180,491       17,923       56     —    

Vernon District Blvd

  Vernon   CA   1924   1947   Public Warehouse   Operating Lease (6/30/18)     320,251       4,283,198       14,270       88     —    

Victorville

  Victorville   CA   2005   2007   Distribution   Owned     198,666       6,825,141       17,356       75     4.9  

Watsonville

  Watsonville   CA   1984   na   Public Warehouse   Ground Lease (12/31/54)     218,627       6,396,403       29,287       89     —    

Colorado

                     

Denver

  Denver   CO   1974   1988   Public Warehouse   Operating Lease (6/30/26)     163,860       3,239,974       12,056       65     —    

Florida

                     

Bartow

  Bartow   FL   1962   1964   Public Warehouse   Ground Lease (9/30/52)     83,199       1,539,868       7,460       91     9  

Plant City Frontage Road

  Plant City   FL   1988   1988   Public Warehouse   Owned     243,822       6,973,541       24,557       82     4.5  

Georgia

                     

Atlanta East Point

  Atlanta   GA   1952   2016   Distribution   Owned     271,792       4,205,441       9,224       49     —    

Atlanta Gateway

  Atlanta   GA   1972   2013   Facility Lease   Owned     601,617       3,980,573       6,192       100     2.9  

Atlanta Lakewood

  Atlanta   GA   1963   1968   Public Warehouse   Owned     183,534       1,779,227       7,478       102     —    

Atlanta Skygate

  Atlanta   GA   2001   na   Distribution   Owned     158,714       5,137,036       15,663       92     4.4  

Atlanta Southgate

  Atlanta   GA   1996   1999   Distribution   Owned     262,835       7,273,106       23,916       75     —    

Atlanta Tradewater

  Atlanta   GA   2004   2006   Distribution   Owned     455,605       13,307,294       41,195       71     —    

Atlanta Westgate

  Atlanta   GA   1990   1993   Distribution   Owned     431,084       12,028,130       39,743       80     —    

Augusta

  Augusta   GA   1971   1983   Public Warehouse   Owned     63,897       1,265,074       4,570       98     6.4  

Cartersville

  Cartersville   GA   1996   2000   Production   Capital Lease (9/27/47)     192,957       5,307,672       19,169       70     —    

Douglas

  Douglas   GA   1969   1996   Production   Capital Lease (9/27/47)     146,083       3,105,456       6,921       54     —    

Gainesville

  Gainesville   GA   1989   1995   Distribution   Capital Lease (9/27/47)     130,650       3,789,670       12,064       96     —    

Montezuma (4)

  Montezuma   GA   1965   1970 / 1990   Production   Owned     240,299       4,680,676       —         —         13.3  

Pendergrass

  Pendergrass   GA   1993   1997   Distribution   Capital Lease (9/27/47)     245,896       6,693,575       19,882       84     12.8  

Thomasville

  Thomasville   GA   1997   na   Public Warehouse   Owned     203,604       5,563,135       25,394       37     33.6  

Iowa

                     

Bettendorf

  Bettendorf   IA   1973   1977   Distribution   Owned     397,998       10,227,578       —         38     6.3  

Fort Dodge

  Fort Dodge   IA   1981   2010   Public Warehouse   Owned     188,465       4,129,395       15,176       77     4.1  

Idaho

                     

Burley

  Burley   ID   1959   1960 / 1996   Production   Ground Lease (1/21/93)     472,428       11,981,319       44,985       75     —    

Heyburn

  Heyburn   ID   1968   2014   Public Warehouse   Operating Lease (8/31/34)     195,909       4,013,955       17,735       69     —    

 

187


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Property

 

City

 

State /

territory

 

Year
built

 

Year
modified

 

Facility
type

 

Ownership
(1)

  Tot.
sq. ft.
    Tot.
cu. ft.
    Pallet
positions
    Average
physical
occupancy
(2)
    Excess
acreage (3)
 

Nampa

  Nampa   ID   1946   1953   Distribution   Owned     455,637       10,804,560       38,320       77     —    

Illinois

                     

Belvidere Imron

  Belvidere   IL   1991   2002   Distribution   Capital Lease (9/27/47)     189,550       5,883,192       19,368       90     —    

Belvidere Landmark

  Belvidere   IL   2004   2011   Distribution   Operating Lease (4/30/22)     83,505       2,193,372       2,240       109     —    

East Dubuque

  East Dubuque   IL   1993   na   Production   Owned     208,466       5,938,037       19,178       42     6.7  

Rochelle Americold Drive

  Rochelle   IL   1995   na   Distribution   Owned     260,838       6,395,592       23,008       81     29  

Rochelle Caron

  Rochelle   IL   2004   2006   Distribution   Owned     348,360       11,692,616       35,388       78     3.3  

Indiana

                     

Indianapolis

  Indianapolis   IN   1975   2011   Distribution   Owned     527,636       17,637,422       50,899       59     6  

Kansas

                     

Garden City

  Garden City   KS   1980   1989   Production   Owned     134,558       2,430,241       12,296       58     2.2  

Wichita

  Wichita   KS   1972   1976   Production   Owned     168,007       3,216,188       14,068       76     6.5  

Kentucky

                     

Sebree

  Sebree   KY   1998   na   Production   Owned     111,499       3,001,006       9,580       82     7.1  

Louisiana

                     

Delhi

  Delhi   LA   2010   na   Production   Owned     136,445       5,003,982       13,560       76     4.8  

Massachusetts

                     

Boston

  Boston   MA   1969   na   Public Warehouse   Owned     212,584       2,655,212       16,018       70     0.3  

Gloucester East Main

  Gloucester   MA   1961   1990   Production   Owned     179,283       1,760,132       5,820       103     —    

Gloucester Rogers

  Gloucester   MA   1967   na   Production   Owned     125,898       2,842,407       9,890       93     —    

Gloucester Rowe

  Gloucester   MA   1955   1990   Production   Owned     148,931       1,831,100       9,260       77     —    

Taunton

  Taunton   MA   1999   2000   Distribution   Owned     196,304       6,748,366       18,502       72     —    

Maine

                     

Portland

  Portland   ME   1963   na   Public Warehouse   Owned     196,599       1,819,413       11,686       47     —    

Minnesota

                     

Brooklyn Park

  Brooklyn Park   MN   1986   2000   Public Warehouse   Capital Lease (9/27/47)     128,275       3,578,241       13,666       81     6.2  

New Ulm County Road

  New Ulm   MN   1984   1996   Public Warehouse   Capital Lease (9/27/47)     236,015       1,941,024       10,612       117     13.1  

New Ulm Westridge

  New Ulm   MN   1984   NA   Public Warehouse   Capital Lease (9/27/47)     33,794       782,250       1,736       117     —    

St. Paul

  Saint Paul   MN   1970   1971   Public Warehouse   Capital Lease (9/27/47)     214,264       3,353,234       17,888       97     —    

Zumbrota

  Zumbrota   MN   1996   2006   Production   Capital Lease (9/27/47)     156,432       4,096,572       23,461       99     —    

Missouri

                     

Carthage

  Carthage   MO   1971   na   Distribution   Owned     2,917,418       37,197,617       140,615       76     —    

Marshall

  Marshall   MO   1985   1991   Production   Owned     191,220       5,086,161       17,852       66     23.9  

Sikeston

  Sikeston   MO   1998   na   Production   Owned     166,901       6,075,000       20,185       83     15.2  

St. Louis

  Vinita Park   MO   1956   na   Production   Owned     220,845       2,239,469       8,780       60     4.3  

Mississippi

                     

West Point (4)

  West Point   MS   1995   na   Production   Owned     191,676       5,230,360       —         —         11.6  

North Carolina

                     

Tarboro

  Tarboro   NC   1988   2000   Production   Owned     181,106       5,315,151       18,575       72     31.5  

Nebraska

                     

Fremont

  Freemont   NE   2010   1997 / 1999 / 2010   Public Warehouse   Owned     144,035       3,315,816       17,457       86     1.8  

Grand Island

  Grand Island   NE   1995   na   Production   Ground Lease (6/20/2105)     108,075       2,477,545       13,668       81     —    

Nevada

                     

Henderson

  Henderson   NV   1988   1999   Production   Owned     308,673       8,877,866       28,622       87     1.9  

New York

                     

Syracuse

  Syracuse   NY   1960   1968 / 1978   Distribution   Owned     573,108       10,251,677       40,078       89     13.3  

 

188


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Property

 

City

 

State /

territory

 

Year
built

 

Year
modified

 

Facility
type

 

Ownership
(1)

  Tot.
sq. ft.
    Tot.
cu. ft.
    Pallet
positions
    Average
physical
occupancy
(2)
    Excess
acreage (3)
 

Ohio

                     

Massillon 17th

  Massillon   OH   2000   2001   Production   Ground Lease (6/29/99)     211,036       5,410,261       19,932       68     —    

Massillon Erie Ave

  Navarre   OH   1984   2006   Production   Operating Lease (2/28/30)     187,234       4,466,867       11,461       57     —    

Oklahoma

                     

Oklahoma City

  Oklahoma City   OK   1968   1971   Public Warehouse   Owned     107,746       1,446,684       5,397       87     —    

Oregon

                     

Hermiston

  Hermiston   OR   1975   1996   Production   Owned     221,330       5,352,785       36,500       78     3.4  

Milwaukie

  Milwaukie   OR   1958   1971 / 1986   Public Warehouse   Owned     240,221       5,988,142       21,092       90     —    

Ontario OR

  Ontario   OR   1962   1971 / 1991   Production   Owned     427,054       10,123,330       64,288       85     —    

Salem

  Salem   OR   1963   1967 / 1981   Distribution   Owned     669,650       15,291,721       73,000       91     —    

Woodburn

  Woodburn   OR   1952   1956 / 1979   Public Warehouse   Owned     327,601       8,407,877       53,600       60     —    

Pennsylvania

                     

Allentown Ambassador Dr

  Fogelsville   PA   1996   NA   Distribution   Owned     270,479       8,406,170       27,849       76     —    

Allentown Mill Road

  Fogelsville   PA   1976   1980 / 1997   Distribution   Owned     593,176       13,698,038       46,167       66     16.9  

Gouldsboro

  Covington Township   PA   2008   2009   Distribution   Owned     351,405       10,836,000       34,076       102     13.2  

Hatfield

  Hatfield   PA   1983   2010   Distribution   Owned     448,815       11,777,086       37,063       83     —    

Lancaster

  Mountville   PA   1993   1998   Distribution   Owned     219,379       7,384,483       23,528       83     23.9  

Leesport

  Leesport   PA   1993   2014   Distribution   Owned     315,100       7,910,103       24,139       65     —    

York Steamboat

  Manchester   PA   2004   na   Distribution   Owned     387,855       12,788,708       41,062       62     27.6  

York Willow Springs

  York   PA   1987   1991 / 2007   Public Warehouse   Owned     159,480       5,176,556       12,428       78     12.0  

South Carolina

                     

Columbia

  Columbia   SC   1973   1974 / 1997   Public Warehouse   Owned     95,930       2,519,284       5,038       79     —    

Gaffney

  Gaffney   SC   1995   na   Public Warehouse   Capital Lease (9/27/47)     59,200       2,299,570       8,152       60     16.2  

Greenville

  Greenville   SC   1962   na   Public Warehouse   Owned     90,979       452,700       3,253       37     —    

Piedmont

  Piedmont   SC   1981   1995   Public Warehouse   Capital Lease (9/27/47)     224,381       3,610,165       26,299       79     —    

South Dakota

                     

Sioux Falls (5)

  Sioux Falls   SD   1972   na   Public Warehouse   Owned     151,077       3,143,436       16,815       79     1.9  

Tennessee

                     

Murfreesboro

  Murfreesboro   TN   1982   1998 / 2000   Production   Owned     226,423       6,225,243       21,569       75     3.1  

Texas

                     

Amarillo

  Amarillo   TX   1973   1977 / 1981   Public Warehouse   Owned     163,796       3,075,638       17,736       62     36.1  

Dallas

  Dallas   TX   1994   1998   Distribution   Owned     222,392       7,399,392       21,009       68     1.3  

Fort Worth Blue Mound

  Fort Worth   TX   1994   na   Distribution   Owned     78,880       3,600,000       6,116       44     16.9  

Fort Worth Meacham

  Fort Worth   TX   2004   2006   Distribution   Owned     305,248       9,645,584       27,570       73     1.7  

Fort Worth Railhead

  Fort Worth   TX   1998   na   Distribution   Owned     143,559       3,823,911       12,786       84     5.2  

Fort Worth Samuels

  Fort Worth   TX   1977   1978 / 1981 / 1986   Distribution   Owned     293,089       6,204,882       20,931       71     5.8  

Houston

  Houston   TX   1990   2000   Public Warehouse   Owned     155,571       4,370,720       17,989       68     4.8  

LaPorte

  LaPorte   TX   1990   2006   Public Warehouse   Owned     314,645       7,988,307       27,874       71     —    

San Antonio

  San Antonia   TX   1913   1999   Public Warehouse   Owned     406,032       30,235,947       30,135       79     27.9  

San Antonio 2

  San Antonio   TX   1982     Facility Lease   Owned     384,250       9,589,080       35,000       100     —    

Utah

                     

 

189


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Property

 

City

 

State /

territory

 

Year
built

 

Year
modified

 

Facility
type

 

Ownership
(1)

  Tot.
sq. ft.
    Tot.
cu. ft.
    Pallet
positions
    Average
physical
occupancy
(2)
    Excess
acreage (3)
 

Clearfield

  Clearfield   UT   1973   na   Distribution   Owned     455,227       11,123,700       33,548       88     9.8  

Salt Lake City

  Salt Lake City   UT   1998   2010   Public Warehouse   Capital Lease (6/30/30)     216,474       7,234,520       19,696       91     —    

Virginia

                     

Strasburg

  Strasburg   VA   1999   na   Distribution   Owned     243,170       6,475,968       20,376       92     30.6  

Washington

                     

Burlington

  Burlington   WA   1965   1968   Public Warehouse   Owned     225,843       4,644,528       41,086       41     —    

Connell

  Connell   WA   1969   na   Production   Owned     299,776       7,887,492       31,310       82     6  

Lynden

  Lynden   WA   1946   2010   Public Warehouse   Owned     237,663       4,945,406       37,460       56     —    

Moses Lake

  Moses Lake   WA   1967   na   Production   Owned     370,783       9,938,345       62,723       89     18.8  

Pasco

  Pasco   WA   1975   1996   Production   Owned     251,431       7,089,064       45,839       93     —    

Tacoma

  Tacoma   WA   2010   na   Distribution   Ground Lease (7/6/65)     197,368       6,443,514       20,025       87     1.5  

Walla Walla

  Walla Walla   WA   1960   na   Public Warehouse   Owned     162,914       4,317,945       24,038       58     20.1  

Wallula

  Wallula   WA   1982   na   Production   Owned     59,628       1,571,765       7,241       43     —    

Wisconsin

                     

Appleton

  Appleton   WI   1991   1995 / 2010   Distribution   Owned     217,564       6,875,774       18,969       84     5.5  

Babcock

  Babcock   WI   1999   na   Production   Owned     127,260       3,777,172       49,000       58     —    

Darien

  Darien   WI   1991   2001   Distribution   Owned     632,523       16,684,228       53,287       74     34.5  

Green Bay

  Green Bay   WI   1935   1986   Public Warehouse   Operating Lease (8/10/35)     654,045       7,422,229       42,264       82     —    

Jefferson

  Jefferson   WI   1975   1989   Public Warehouse   Owned     291,897       6,458,176       42,523       84     12.9  

Plover

  Plover   WI   1978   2010   Production   Owned     478,467       12,595,727       34,798       81     1.3  

Tomah

  Tomah   WI   1989   1994   Production   Owned     188,417       5,920,663       64,400       61     2.4  

Australia

                     

Arndell Park

  Arndell Park   New South Wales   1989   1991   Distribution   Owned     319,884       9,275,737       35,772       96     —    

Laverton

  Laverton North   Victoria   1998   2009   Distribution   Owned     393,263       20,425,218       45,251       96     22.3  

Murarrie

  Murarie   Queensland   1972   2007   Distribution   Owned     228,703       7,619,674       24,685       99     —    

Prospect

  Prospect   New South Wales   1991   2013   Distribution   Owned     199,692       5,539,442       19,362       87     4.5  

Spearwood

  Bibra Lake   Western Australia   1977   2003   Distribution   Owned     171,584       4,741,481       17,630       90     4.2  

New Zealand

                     

Dalgety

  Wiri   Auckland   1996   na   Distribution   Owned     74,867       2,701,201       9,033       101     3.8  

Diversey

  Wiri   Auckland   1987   na   Distribution   Owned     72,716       2,742,832       8,796       84     —    

Halwyn

  Hei Hei   Canterbury   1992   1996   Distribution   Owned     60,278       2,965,672       7,536       92     2.4  

Makomako

  Kelvin Grove   Manawatu-Wanganui   2000   na   Distribution   Owned     44,289       1,554,366       5,294       103     0.2  

Manu Tapu

  Auckland   Auckland   2004   2007   Public Warehouse   Operating Lease (6/29/24)     89,250       3,512,880       8,939       90     —    

Paisley / Mt Wellington

  Mount Wellington   Auckland   1988   na   Distribution   Operating Lease (11/29/19)     170,692       6,176,087       22,081       90     —    

Smarts

  Hornby   Canterbury   1984   2011   Distribution   Operating Lease (6/30/30)     92,010       3,168,824       11,230       74     —    

Argentina

                     

Mercado Centrale

  Mercado Central de Buenos Aires   Buenos Aires Province   1996   1999   Distribution   Operating Lease (10/5/45)     134,441       6,722,050       12,547       88     —    

Pilar

  Pilar   Buenos Aries Province   1979   2005   Public Warehouse   Owned     97,671       3,016,462       9,053       78     2.4  

Global Warehouse Subtotal

                     

U.S. Total/Average

   

—  

 

—  

 

—  

 

—  

 

—  

    33,915,039       809,364,405       2,962,755       77     762.9  

International Total/Average

   

—  

 

—  

 

—  

 

—  

  —       2,149,339       80,161,926       237,209       90     39.8  

Portfolio Total/Average

   

—  

 

—  

 

—  

 

—  

 

—  

    36,064,378       889,526,331       3,199,964       78     802.7  

 

190


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Property

 

City

 

State /

territory

 

Year
built

 

Year
modified

 

Facility
type

 

Ownership
(1)

  Tot.
sq. ft.
    Tot.
cu. ft.
    Pallet
positions
    Average
physical
occupancy
(2)
    Excess
acreage (3)
 

MANAGED SEGMENT SITES

                     

United States

                     

Atlanta

  Atlanta   GA   —     na   Managed   Managed     526,900       3,540,000       —         —         —    

Cedar Rapids

  Cedar Rapids   IA   —     na   Managed   Managed     72,400       1,452,300       —         —         —    

Crete

  Crete   NE   —     na   Managed   Managed     178,737       7,215,160       —         —         —    

Denver

  Denver   CO   —     na   Managed   Managed     426,000       9,969,960       —         —         —    

Park Rapids

  Park Rapids   MN   —       Managed   Managed     216,596       6,470,698       —         —         —    

Phoenix

  Tolleson   AZ   —     na   Managed   Managed     1,015,000       7,681,800       —         —         —    

Roanoke

  Salem   VA   —     na   Managed   Managed     695,190       2,438,100       —         —         —    

Sioux Falls

  Sioux Falls   SD   —     na   Managed   Managed     131,197       2,780,484       —         —         —    

Canada

                     

Cold Logic

  Langley   British Columbia   —     na   Managed   Managed     200,225       5,360,400       —         —         —    

Cold Logic Surrey

  Surrey   British Columbia   —     na   Managed   Managed     103,380       3,582,780       —         —         —    

Taber

  Taber   Alberta   —     2005   Managed   Managed     167,052       5,310,759       —         —         —    

Australia

                     

Acacia Ridge

  Queensland   Australia       Managed   Managed     —         —   (6)      —        

U.S. Total/Average

                37,177,059       850,912,907       2,962,755       77     762.9  

International Total/Average

                2,619,996       94,415,865       237,209       90     39.8  

Portfolio Total/Average

                39,797,055       945,328,772       3,199,964       78     802.7  

 

(1) Year in parentheses indicates expiration date of ground lease, operating lease or capital lease, including contractual extensions thereof.
(2) We define average physical occupancy as the average number of occupied pallets divided by the estimated number of average physical pallet positions in our warehouses for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017. We estimate the number of physical pallet positions by taking into account actual racked space and by estimating unracked space on an as-if racked basis. We base this estimate on the total cubic feet of each room within the warehouse that is unracked divided by the volume of an assumed rack space that is consistent with the characteristics of the relevant warehouse. On a warehouse by warehouse basis, rack space generally ranges from two to three feet depending upon the type of facility and the nature of the customer goods stored therein. The number of our pallet positions is reviewed and updated quarterly, taking into account changes in racking configurations and room utilization.
(3) Excess acreage denotes acres of land that we own or lease adjacent to an applicable temperature-controlled warehouse.
(4) Facility idle.
(5) Our Sioux Falls distribution facility is owned through a joint-venture subsidiary with one of our customers, of which we are a 50% owner. The warehouse sits on land owned by our customer, which such land is ground leased to the joint venture subsidiary. Our customer, in turn, leases the facility from the joint venture subsidiary to warehouse its products and engages one of our subsidiaries as the manager of the facility.
(6) Constitutes non-refrigerated, or “ambient,” warehouse space. This facility contains 330,527 square feet of ambient space.

 

191


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we distinguish ourselves as the global market leader in the temperature-controlled warehouse industry through the following competitive strengths:

Global Market Leader in Temperature-Controlled Warehousing

We are the largest global and U.S. owner and operator of “mission-critical” temperature-controlled warehouses. As of September 30, 2017, our global network consisted of 160 high-quality warehouses, 122 of which we owned, and encompassed 945.3 million cubic feet of temperature-controlled storage space. Based on information from IARW and our management, as of October 2017, our network represented approximately 20.5% of the total estimated cubic footage of temperature-controlled warehouse storage in the United States and approximately 4.5% globally. As of October 2017, we owned, leased or managed significantly more temperature-controlled warehouse storage space than any of our competitors, as reflected in the following graphs:

Estimate of U.S. Temperature-Controlled Market Share (as of October 2017)

 

LOGO

Source: IARW Top Companies in USA and North America, October 2017 and USDA National Agricultural Statistics Service, “Refrigerated Space: By Type of Warehouse” chart. Company figures provided by our company.

Estimate of Global Temperature-Controlled Market Share (as of October 2017)

 

LOGO

Source: GCCA and IARW Top Companies in USA and North America, October 2017. Company figures provided by our company.

We believe that our position as the global and U.S. market leader in the ownership and operation of temperature-controlled warehouses helps us realize economies of scale that reduce our operating costs and lower our overall cost of capital, which positions us well to compete for customers and external growth opportunities. The scope and breadth of our real estate portfolio and the flexibility of our information technology platform allows us to efficiently onboard customers into additional facilities across the full footprint of our network, which results in reduced onboarding and operating costs and increased revenues as compared to competitors with less

 

192


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

extensive platforms. In addition, the size of our real estate portfolio allows us to efficiently reposition customer products and goods across our warehouses to meet changing customer needs.

Extensive Integrated Network of Strategically-Located, “Mission-Critical” Warehouses

We consider our temperature-controlled warehouses to be “mission-critical” real estate in the markets we serve from “farm to fork” and an integral component of the cold chain. The cold chain is vital for maintaining the quality of food producers’, distributors’, retailers’ and e-tailers’ temperature-sensitive products, protecting brand reputation and ensuring consumer safety and satisfaction. Our customers depend upon the location, high-quality, integration and scale of our temperature-controlled warehouse network to ensure the integrity and efficient distribution of their products. Many of the warehouses in our portfolio have been modernized to reduce our power costs and increase their competitive position through reliable temperature-control systems and processes, and we believe that our warehouses are well-maintained and in good operating condition. Many of our warehouses are located in key logistics corridors in the countries in which we operate, including strategically critical U.S. and international MSAs, while others are connected or immediately adjacent to customers’ production facilities.

We believe our strategic locations and the extensive geographic presence of our integrated warehouse network are fundamental to our customers’ ability to optimize their distribution networks while reducing their capital expenditures, operating costs and supply-chain risks. For example, customers at our production advantaged facilities are able to minimize their logistics costs by leveraging our network of distribution warehouses servicing MSAs such as New York, Los Angeles, San Francisco, Seattle, Washington D.C., Boston, Chicago, Dallas, Atlanta and Philadelphia when moving their products through the cold chain. As the largest owner and operator of temperature-controlled warehouses in the world, we believe our extensive integrated network of strategically located warehouses is unrivaled and, together with our substantial expertise and comprehensive suite of value-added services, make us an attractive provider of temperature-controlled storage solutions to leading food producers and retailers.

 

193


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following maps show the locations of our owned, leased and managed temperature-controlled warehouses as of September 30, 2017.

 

LOGO

Long-Standing Relationships with Our Largest Customers and Strong Credit-Quality Customer Base

We believe our long-standing relationships with our largest customers and the strong credit quality of our customer base represent two important competitive strengths. Many of our customers entrust us with the management of their cold chain from production to end user. The weighted average length of our relationship

 

194


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

with our 15 largest customers in our warehouse segment exceeds 35 years. The total warehouse segment revenues generated by our 15 largest customers in our warehouse segment have been steady over the last three years, representing 48%, 51% and 52% of our total warehouse segment revenues for the years ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. Each of these 15 largest customers has been in our network for the entirety of these periods. The scope and scale of our warehouse portfolio coupled with our global brand and our long-standing relationships with top frozen food companies positions us well to grow market share as our customers continue to grow organically and through acquisitions.

Many of our customers are leading participants in the food industry, including nine of the ten largest frozen food companies based on 2015 global sales according to information from Refrigerated Frozen Foods (the latest date as of which information is available). Of our 15 largest customers in our warehouse segment, seven are rated investment grade, two are rated Ba2/BB and the remainder consist of established private companies that we believe are creditworthy. Our bad debt expense in our warehouse segment constituted only 0.09% and 0.10% of our total warehouse segment revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017, respectively. The integral role our warehouses play for our customers’ cold chain has allowed us to qualify as a “critical vendor” in certain bankruptcies involving our customers in the past and we believe it should allow us to qualify in the future, which, in turn, would enhance our ability to fully collect on our accounts receivable during the pendency of the bankruptcy proceeding.

Differentiated Operating Systems and Information Technology Deployed Across Warehouse Network

The reliability and efficiency of our temperature-controlled warehouses have material implications for our customers’ respective businesses. Over the last five fiscal years and the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we have invested approximately $61 million to create what we consider to be an industry-leading integrated and standardized information technology platform and a consolidated customer interface across our warehouse portfolio. Our information technology platform provides us with the ability to streamline our warehouse operations and the data necessary to evaluate customer performance and contract compliance by comparing contract terms to actual contract performance and by identifying business trends and guiding business decisions. Our information technology platform, coupled with our customer interface, provides our customers with what we believe is a “best-in-class” experience in managing the products they store with us. We believe this level of service is critical not only in assisting our customers to optimize their logistics operations, but also in meeting their regulatory obligations under various food safety laws and regulations. In addition, we provide our customers with many key services through our “i-3PL” customer interface system, such as inventory visibility and rotation, documentation of chain of temperature custody, order management, and access to key performance indicators, all on a real-time basis, across our integrated network of high-quality warehouses. Our operating systems are designed to be scalable, which we believe allows us to integrate acquired or newly-developed properties in an efficient manner while retaining customers. We believe that our comprehensive suite of value-added services and integrated information technology platform are superior to our competition and provide us with a significant competitive advantage.

Ownership of Our Real Estate Increases Our Financial Flexibility and Enhances the Value of Our Business

Historically, we have owned a significant majority of the temperature-controlled warehouses in our portfolio as opposed to leasing those warehouses or entering into warehouse management arrangements with third-party owners. We believe that the ownership of our real estate provides us with cost of capital and balance sheet advantages, stemming from the attractive financing options available to real estate owners and the tax advantages of being a REIT. In addition, in an acquisition, we would have the ability to utilize our “UPREIT” operating partnership structure to provide attractive tax-advantaged consideration ( i.e. , interests in our operating partnership) to potential sellers. We also believe that consolidation of the ownership and operation of our portfolio significantly enhances the value of our business by allowing us to provide customers with our complementary suite of value-added services across one integrated and reliable cold chain network. Ownership of our integrated cold chain network enhances our ability to efficiently reposition customers and undertake capital improvements or other modifications on their behalf without the

 

195


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

need to obtain third-party approvals. Our decision to own, rather than lease, a significant majority of our warehouses provides us with better control over the specialized nature of our assets and greater influence over our warehouse locations on a long-term basis, which is crucial to meeting our customers’ “mission-critical” cold chain needs and allows us to enhance our suite of value-added services. For instance, each of our 15 largest customers stores goods in multiple sites across our real estate portfolio, ranging from three sites for one of these customers to more than 20 sites for seven of these customers. By storing goods in multiple sites across our real estate portfolio, our customers can track network-wide inventory levels and efficiently move goods from rural production-advantaged sites to metropolitan distribution centers without leaving our network.

Strong Cash Flows from Stable Demand for Frozen Food and Diverse Revenue Sources

We believe stable demand in the food industry creates consistent cold chain demand, with low volatility, for our warehouses, which provides our business with strong cash flows even during periods of general economic stress. Population growth, global food shortages, urbanization and fresh, chilled and frozen food consumption help drive demand for temperature-controlled warehouse space and services. As shown in the figure below, the U.S. temperature-controlled warehouse industry has experienced relatively stable revenue growth since 2006, a period marked by significant dislocation in the global financial markets, commodity shocks, profound disruption to the retail markets and secular shifts in consumer habits and preferences.

U.S. Temperature-Controlled Warehouse Industry Revenues (2006-2017E)

 

LOGO

Source: IBIS Report as of February 2017.

We believe our ability to provide an integrated global network of high-quality temperature-controlled warehouses paired with our comprehensive suite of value-added services makes us an attractive storage solution for food producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers of varying sizes who move products through the cold chain to meet the demands of consumers and positions us to capture a greater share of the demand for temperature-controlled storage solutions as compared to our competitors.

 

196


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our warehouse segment revenues are also diversified by geography, product and warehouse type, which enhance the stability of our cash flows. Our portfolio had the following geographic, product and warehouse type diversification statistics, based on warehouse segment revenues and, in the case of warehouse type diversification, warehouse segment revenues and contribution (NOI) for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017. Amounts in these charts may not sum due to rounding.

 

Warehouse Segment Revenues by Country

(Last Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2017)

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Warehouse Segment Revenues by Product Type

(Last Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2017)

 

LOGO

 

(1) Retail reflects a broad variety of product types from retail customers.
(2) Packaged food reflects a broad variety of temperature-controlled meals and foodstuffs.
(3) Distributors reflects a broad variety of product types from distribution customers.

 

Warehouse Segment Revenues by Warehouse Type

(Last Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2017)

 

LOGO

 

Warehouse Segment Contribution (NOI) by Warehouse Type

(Last Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2017)

 

LOGO

Talented and Experienced Senior Management Team and Alignment of Interest

Our senior management team was assembled based on their real estate, food and logistics industry expertise and their ability to bring best practices from outside the temperature-controlled storage industry to our operations. Our senior management team includes talented and experienced executives from leading companies with extensive experience in managing temperature-controlled warehouses and food distribution centers and deep

 

197


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

relationships with customers, suppliers and vendors. We believe this experience is critical to our ability to meet the demands of our customers and grow our business. Our five-person senior management team has an average of nearly 22 years of experience in the real estate, temperature-controlled warehouse, logistics, manufacturing and food industries.

Upon the completion of this offering, the members of our senior management team and our trustees and trustee nominees will hold approximately 1.5 million restricted stock units and an aggregate number of options that, if converted on a cashless basis assuming a share price of $15.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), would represent approximately 1.2 million common shares. We believe the meaningful ownership of interests in our common shares by members of our senior management team and our trustees and trustee nominees aligns their economic interests with those of our shareholders.

Strong, Flexible Balance Sheet Positioned for Growth

Upon the completion of this offering, we believe we will have a strong, flexible balance sheet that positions us for growth. On December 26, 2017, we closed into escrow on our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities, consisting of a five-year, $525.0 million New Senior Secured Term Loan A Facility, and a three-year, $400.0 million New Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility. Our New Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility has a one-year extension option subject to certain conditions. The effectiveness of our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities is contingent upon the completion of this offering, after which our Existing Senior Secured Credit Facilities will be replaced. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with $517.0 million of net proceeds from our New Senior Secured Term Loan A Facility, to repay the entire $809.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility and for general business purposes, which may include the repayment of $13.1 million outstanding under our Clearfield, Utah construction loan.

As of September 30, 2017, we had no debt maturities (other than principal amortization) prior to December 2018, and the weighted average stated maturity of our indebtedness on a pro forma basis after giving effect to this offering was 4.7 years. We have strong relationships with numerous lenders, investors and other capital providers, which have provided us access to the private secured and unsecured credit markets. Since 2010, we have raised approximately $2.1 billion of debt financing. In addition, unlike many of our largest competitors, we believe our ownership of a significant percentage of our warehouses enhances the strength and flexibility of our balance sheet. As the first publicly traded REIT focused on the temperature-controlled warehouse industry, we believe our ability to access both the public and private capital markets to fund our business and growth strategies provides us with a significant competitive advantage and distinguishes us from our competitors.

We had a net debt to Core EBITDA ratio of 5.27 for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to this offering and the pro forma adjustments described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.” Our net debt to Core EBITDA ratio involves financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. See “Summary—Summary Selected Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data and Operating Data” for a reconciliation of each of Core EBITDA and net debt to the most comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Ability to Offer Comprehensive Cold Chain Solutions Drives the Value of Our Real Estate Portfolio

We believe our strategically located temperature-controlled real estate portfolio is unmatched in terms of its scale, geographic presence and integration, which is fundamental to providing our customers with the specialized real estate infrastructure necessary to move their products through the cold chain. Our extensive portfolio enables us to partner with our customers as they grow by optimizing the location of their products and streamlining their storage, handling and transportation costs through, among other things, the comprehensive suite of value-added services we offer across our integrated real estate portfolio and the logistics solutions we provide. We believe our information technology platform further increases the efficiency, integration and

 

198


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

reliability of our customers’ cold chain by providing us with the ability to rationalize our warehouse operations and the data necessary to evaluate opportunities in our network and guide business decisions. Our technology platform is scalable, which we believe allows us to efficiently integrate acquired or newly developed temperature-controlled warehouses. We believe that the size, scope and integration of our network, the comprehensive suite of value-added services provided therein and the utilization of our “best-in-class” information technology platform significantly enhance the value of our real estate portfolio and provide us with a competitive advantage when competing for development and acquisition opportunities.

Our Business and Growth Strategies

Our primary business objective is to enhance shareholder value by serving our customers, growing our market share and increasing cash flows from operations. We also believe that our ability to execute on our business and growth strategies will enhance the overall value of our real estate. The strategies we intend to execute to achieve these objectives include:

Enhancing Our Operating and Financial Results Through Proactive Asset Management

We seek to enhance our operating and financial results by (i) supporting our customers’ growth initiatives in the cold chain, (ii) optimizing occupancy, (iii) underwriting and deploying yield management initiatives and (iv) executing operational optimization and cost containment strategies.

 

    Supporting Our Customers’ Growth Initiatives in the Cold Chain . We partner with our customers to become an integral part of their cold chain operations. As part of this strategy, we seek to provide value-added services to customers in our warehouse segment to help them identify opportunities for improvements in their cold chain operations and, once identified, to design customized solutions to meet those opportunities. These solutions may include modifying pallet configuration to optimize racking utilization, enhancing a customer’s storage and handling to minimize unproductive storage time and relocating inventory to more strategic positions in our warehouse portfolio. We also believe we can continue to increase our share of customer spending on temperature-controlled storage by selectively increasing our existing warehouse capacity and supplementing our temperature-controlled warehouse network with expansions, developments and acquisitions in response to identified customer needs.

We intend to focus the expansion of our warehouse capacity primarily in the production advantaged and distribution property types. We believe these property types are the most critical points in the cold chain and most directly align with supporting the growth of our customers. Our production advantaged warehouses are often build-to-suit facilities customized to support a single customer under a long-term contract (typically with an initial term of ten to 20 years). Our distribution warehouses are often higher-volume facilities located in or near strategically desirable MSAs which are configured to efficiently serve multiple customers under varying contract terms (typically three to ten years depending upon the needs of a customer). We believe production advantaged and distribution warehouses provide an attractive opportunity for achieving strong risk-adjusted returns as these property types afford us a higher visibility into customer demand.

 

   

Optimizing Occupancy . We believe our high-quality, integrated warehouse network and value-added services offer significant cost-savings and comprehensive solutions to our customers and, when combined with our proactive approach to enhancing the cold chain for our customers, drive occupancy. We continuously monitor the business profile of our customers to seek to ensure our temperature-controlled warehouse network, equipment and information technology platform align with the needs of our customers and drive additional occupancy. We seek to accomplish this through, among other things, implementing optimized pricing structures and fixed storage commitments under our contracts. Through data collected by our information technology platform, we identify trends in the cold chain that allow us to provide solutions often before our customers identify an opportunity for

 

199


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

enhancement. We also seek to utilize customer profiles built with our in-house information technology and historical customer data to increase occupancy by identifying additional customers with different seasonal storage needs than existing customers.

 

       We seek to utilize data from our information technology platform to proactively position our warehouse portfolio to meet the changing needs of our customers. In instances where there is excess capacity, we actively manage our portfolio to optimize occupancy. We continuously review the geographic scope of our portfolio and capacity in individual markets. Since January 1, 2014, we have sold or exited 11 facilities that were non-strategic. In addition, we are expanding our warehouse portfolio in two strategic MSAs that are characterized by limited supply to serve growing demand from our customers.

 

    Underwriting and Deploying Yield Management Initiatives . Our management team engages in a rigorous underwriting process in connection with new business development and deploying capital to enhance our warehouse portfolio. We seek to ensure that any project serves its intended business purpose and meets our return objectives. Our extensive information technology platform provides us with the data and business intelligence to actively monitor customer profiles and manage customer profitability at sites in our warehouse portfolio. If actual performance deviates from our underwritten customer profile, we may seek to implement equitable rate adjustments where justified by shifts in a customer’s profile or market dynamics in order to maintain or enhance our expected segment contribution (NOI).

 

    Executing Operational Optimization and Cost Containment Strategies . We regularly pursue operational optimization and cost containment strategies for our warehouse portfolio through active asset management and will continue to actively monitor and pursue additional cost-saving automation and other measures where we believe they can help support customer efficiencies and reduce costs. We have successfully modernized many of our warehouses to reduce our power costs and increase their competitive position through reliable temperature-control systems that can implement distinct temperature zones within the same warehouse. In addition, we use LED lighting, motion-sensor technology, variable frequency drives for our fans and compressors, third-party efficiency reviews and real-time monitoring of energy consumption, rapid close doors and alternative-power generation technologies at many of our warehouses. As a result, while we increased average physical occupancy and throughput across our warehouse portfolio during the three-year period ended December 31, 2016, we utilized the aforementioned technologies to reduce our overall consumption of electricity in our U.S. temperature-controlled warehouse network by approximately 1.1% on a per throughput pallet basis. Power costs accounted for 6.7% and 6.6%, respectively, of our total warehouse segment revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

We have also implemented several initiatives designed to reduce labor costs associated with our operations. One of these initiatives includes extensive safety and training programs designed to increase the efficiency of our employees, enhance the consistency of service across our temperature-controlled warehouse network and generally promote workplace safety. In addition, we recently implemented initiatives aimed at reducing warehouse employee turnover and managing our warehouse labor force more effectively with respect to overtime and contract work, particularly at our larger and higher throughput warehouses. Where economically advantageous, we seek to add advanced automation systems, which include automatic retrieval, case-picking and kitting and re-packing features, to our newly constructed warehouses, which reduces costs and drives operational optimization.

As a result of these and other initiatives implemented by our senior management team, we have enhanced our operating and financial results over the last three years, improved our warehouse segment contribution (NOI) margin from 28.3% for the year ended December 31, 2014 to 30.4% for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017 and increased our storage revenue per occupied pallet position for the same period from $186.96 to $199.35, representing a compound annual growth rate of 2.4%. In addition, we increased our average physical occupancy from 74% for the

 

200


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

year ended December 31, 2014 to 78% for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017. This has allowed us to realize strong same store contribution (NOI) growth of 13.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2.1% and 3.2% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 or, on a constant currency basis, 13.1% for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2.9% and 6.1% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, in each case, compared to the corresponding prior period. Our warehouse segment contribution (NOI) presented on a same store or same store constant currency basis are not financial measures calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Please see “Summary—Selected Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data and Operating Data” for a description of our warehouse segment contribution (NOI) calculated on a same store and a same store constant currency basis, as well as a reconciliation to the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our same store contribution (NOI) growth for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 was driven by certain of our below-market contracts resetting to new rates; as this marks a new base for same store contribution (NOI) growth, we expect future same store contribution (NOI) growth to normalize consistent with same store contribution (NOI) growth as reflected in our full year 2016 and 2015 financial results.

We believe that the combination of our ability to execute these and other initiatives and the significant investments we have made in our business over the last five fiscal years and the nine months ended September 30, 2017 will continue to drive our financial results and position us to expand our warehouse portfolio, grow our customer base, enhance our market share and create value for our shareholders.

Continue to Increase Committed Revenue in Our Warehouse Segment

Historically, providers of temperature-controlled warehouse space have offered storage services to customers on an as-utilized, on-demand basis. We actively seek to enter into contracts that implement our commercial business rules which contemplate, among other things, fixed storage commitments in connection with establishing new customer relationships or renewing agreements with existing customers, particularly with our largest customers, and variable rates for the value-added services we provide. Pricing for our storage and value-added services under our commercial business rules is based on the anticipated profile of our customer, including the anticipated pallet occupancy of the customer, anticipated throughput of pallets delivered and retrieved annually, expectations regarding the value-added services to be used by the customer, and anticipated labor hours necessary to provide the value-added services. Our significant investments in information technology and our utilization of collected customer data have facilitated the building of these customer profiles, which we believe provides us with a significant competitive advantage. We believe these terms allow our customers access to temperature-controlled warehousing space for their products on a reliable and consistent basis while at the same time help us manage and project occupancy across our real estate portfolio and generate predictable cash flows. Our fixed storage commitment contracts also typically include price increase mechanisms that are fixed or tied to the PPI or related indices, giving us the ability to recover cost increases which are incorporated in the indices, such as wage increases and increases in power, property taxes and other costs.

Over the last several years, we have transitioned a significant portion of our rent and storage revenues generated on an as-utilized, on-demand basis to a fixed storage commitment basis. Annualized committed rent and storage revenues attributable our fixed storage commitment contracts and leases as of September 30, 2017 equaled 38.4% of our total warehouse segment rent and storage revenues for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017, and the total warehouse segment revenues from our fixed storage commitment contracts and leases for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017 equaled 40.7% of our total warehouse segment revenues for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017. As of September 30, 2017, we had entered into contracts featuring fixed storage commitments or leases with 86 customers in our warehouse segment, which generated approximately $191.5 million of annualized committed rent and storage revenues as of September 30, 2017 and $463.2 million of total warehouse segment revenues for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017. Our contracts featuring fixed storage commitments and leases typically have stated maturities ranging from three to seven years. As of September 30, 2017, our contracts featuring fixed storage commitments and leases had a weighted average stated term of approximately five years and a weighted average remaining term of three years. We believe the scope and breadth of our network position us favorably to continue to increase our fixed storage commitments as we believe this structure offers commercial advantages to both our customers and us.

 

201


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Focused and Disciplined Strategy to Expand Our Portfolio of Temperature-Controlled Warehouses

We believe our operating systems, scalable information technology platform and economies of scale provide us with a significant advantage over our competitors with respect to expansion, development and acquisition opportunities. We anticipate that as the first publicly traded REIT focused on the temperature-controlled warehouse industry we will have greater access to the capital markets than our competitors, which we believe will allow us to strategically enter new locations, fill gaps in existing distribution networks and effectively compete for expansion, development and acquisition opportunities.

 

    Capitalize on Expansion and Development Opportunities . We actively seek opportunities to expand our warehouse portfolio in order to serve customer-specific needs and take advantage of favorable market conditions supported by demonstrable customer demand. We seek to expand on land parcels that we own when possible. We currently own more than 600 acres of land adjacent to more than 60 of our temperature-controlled warehouses, which is in addition to land we own adjacent to our warehouses that is either currently under development or in our future development pipeline. This land has the potential to support future expansions of existing temperature-controlled warehouses and the development of new temperature-controlled warehouses aggregating approximately 500 million cubic feet and 1.7 million pallet positions (based on standard warehouse configurations consistent with our existing network).

In evaluating customer-specific opportunities, we work with our customers to locate projects in the most logistically efficient locations to serve our customers’ needs for additional space. We also pursue expansion and development opportunities as driven by market dynamics and as necessary to support demonstrable customer needs or when strategically desirable, particularly near significant MSAs with respect to which we have existing facilities and particularized market knowledge. We refer to these opportunities as market-demand opportunities. We believe our demand-driven approach to expansion and development opportunities reduces the risks associated with these projects. Since 2014, we have completed three customer-specific expansion and development opportunities totaling approximately $41 million in costs, aggregating 9.9 million cubic feet and approximately 23,000 pallet positions. As of September 30, 2017, the average return on invested capital for the two projects that have reached stabilization ranged from approximately 18% to 20% and the budgeted stabilized return on invested capital for the third project is between 9% and 11%. For additional information regarding the calculation methodology and assumptions relating to our budgeted and actual returns on invested capital for expansion and development opportunities, please see “—Investments in Our Warehouses.” Our returns on completed expansions and developments may not be indicative of future results, and we may not achieve our targeted returns. A summary of our recently completed expansion and development opportunities as of September 30, 2017 is set forth below.

 

Recently Completed

 
    Opportunity
Type
  Facility
Type
  Cubic Feet
(in millions)
    Pallet Positions
(in thousands)
    Cost of Expansion /
Development
  Completion
Date
 

Facility

          Total Cost 
(in millions)
    Return on
Invested Capital
 

Phoenix, AZ

  Development   Distribution     3.5       12.1     $ 17.5     18%     Q1 2014  

Leesport, PA

  Expansion   Distribution     2.2       1.6       12.4     20.4%     Q3 2014

East Point, GA(1)

  Redevelopment   Distribution     4.2       9.2       10.8     9.0-11.0%(2)     Q4 2016  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total

        9.9       22.9     $ 40.7      
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

(1)    We acquired and redeveloped the East Point facility in 2016.

(2)    Figures represent budgeted stabilized return on invested capital with respect to the East Point facility.

     

     

 

   

Current Pipeline of Expansion and Development Opportunities . Based upon current market conditions, we anticipate executing an average of two to three expansion or development

 

202


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

opportunities annually representing anticipated invested capital of between approximately $75 million and $200 million. Our current pipeline includes:

Under Construction. As of September 30, 2017, we had three expansion and development opportunities under construction with an estimated total cost of approximately $132.0 million and with scheduled completion dates ranging from the fourth quarter of 2017 (which is now completed) to the fourth quarter of 2018. We expect these expansion and development opportunities to include approximately 26.7 million cubic feet and approximately 108,000 pallet positions, and they have budgeted stabilized returns on invested capital ranging from 8% to 15%. Two of the projects are market-demand expansion opportunities and one is a customer-specific development opportunity. No assurance can be given that the actual cost or completion dates of any expansions or developments will not exceed our estimate, or that our budgeted stabilized returns will be achieved. A summary of our under construction expansion and development opportunities as of September 30, 2017 is set forth below:

 

Facility

  Opportunity
Type
    Facility
Type
    Under
Construction
    Costs of expansion / development
(in millions)
    Budgeted
Stabilized
Return on
Invested
Capital
    Target
Completion
Date
 
      Cubic Feet
(in millions)
    Pallet
positions

(in thousands)
    Cost to
date
    Estimate to
completion (1)
    Estimated
cost (1)
     

Clearfield, UT (2)

    Expansion       Distribution       5.8       22     $ 23.3     $ 5.7     $ 29.0       12-15%       Q4 2017  

Middleboro, MA

    Development      
Production
Advantaged
 
 
    5.2       28       2.7       21.3       24.0       8-12%       Q3 2018  

Rochelle, IL

    Expansion       Distribution       15.7       58       10.8       68.2       79.0       12-15%       Q4 2018  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total

        26.7       108     $ 36.8     $ 95.2     $ 132.0      
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

  (1) Reflects management’s estimate of cost of completion as of September 30, 2017.
  (2) We completed construction of our Clearfield, Utah facility and received a certificate of occupancy in November 2017.

Future Pipeline . As of September 30, 2017, we had identified and were either actively underwriting or otherwise evaluating a range of expansion and development opportunities with an estimated total investment in excess of $1.2 billion, including potential expansion opportunities on more than 85 acres of land adjacent to nine temperature-controlled warehouses in our existing real estate portfolio. Our future pipeline includes both customer-specific and market-demand expansion and development opportunities. We note that these investments have not yet been approved by our board of trustees. Under current market conditions, we generally budget an unleveraged stabilized return on invested capital of between 10% and 15% on expansion opportunities and between 10% and 13% on development opportunities depending upon the site, construction and customer profile, although we may vary our budgeted stabilized returns for strategic purposes in certain customer or market-driven circumstances. These future pipeline opportunities are at various stages of discussion and consideration and, based on historical experiences, many of them may not be pursued or completed as contemplated or at all, and there is no assurance that our budgeted stabilized returns will be achieved.

 

203


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

A summary of our future pipeline of customer-specific expansion and development opportunities as of September 30, 2017 is set forth below:

 

Customer-Specific Opportunities

Customer

   Region    Opportunity Type      Facility Type

Retailer

   Australia      Development      Distribution

Retailer

   West      Development      Distribution

Retailer

   Australia      Development      Distribution

Food Producer

   East      Development      Production
Advantaged

Food Producer

   Central      Development      Production
Advantaged

Food Producer

   West      Expansion      Production
Advantaged

Food Producer

   Central      Expansion      Production
Advantaged

Food Producer

   West      Expansion      Production
Advantaged

Retailer

   West      Expansion      Distribution

Food Producer

   Central      Expansion      Production
Advantaged

A summary of our future pipeline of market-demand expansion and development opportunities as of September 30, 2017 is set forth below:

 

Market-Demand Opportunities

Market

   Opportunity Type      Facility Type

New England

     Development      Distribution

Southern California

     Development      Distribution

Southeast

     Expansion      Distribution

Central

     Expansion      Distribution

Texas

     Expansion      Distribution

Pacific Northwest

     Expansion      Distribution

 

    External Growth Through Acquisitions . We also have experience in identifying strategic acquisitions and successfully integrating them into our warehouse portfolio. In 2010, we completed the acquisition of Versacold’s warehouses and operations in the United States, Australia, New Zealand, Argentina and select managed assets in Canada to solidify our position as the largest owner and operator of temperature-controlled warehouses in the world. This strategic acquisition combined two of the leading temperature-controlled warehouse companies in the temperature-controlled storage industry and added 74 temperature-controlled warehouses (representing 416 million cubic feet) to our portfolio. Our information technology and customer interface facilitate our efforts to integrate acquisitions, drive synergies and generate superior risk-adjusted returns.

The temperature-controlled warehouse storage business in the United States is fragmented in terms of ownership and comprised primarily of closely held or family enterprises that own facilities concentrated in local markets. In addition, as of October 2015 (the latest period for which information is available), food producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers in the United States owned 1.03 billion cubic feet of temperature-controlled warehouse space, according to the USDA. These participants have increasingly made certain warehouses available for sale and outsourced their temperature-controlled warehousing needs in the related geographic areas to increase efficiency, reduce costs and redeploy capital into their core businesses. The ample supply of independent warehouses owned by smaller industry participants, together with the outsourcing opportunities from food producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers, provide us the opportunity to strategically expand our warehouse portfolio in the United States and fill in gaps in existing

 

204


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

distribution networks. We also intend to strategically grow our portfolio globally through acquisitions of temperature-controlled warehouses in attractive international markets to service demonstrable customer demand where we believe the anticipated risk-adjusted returns are consistent with our investment objectives. Specifically, we are targeting attractive growth opportunities for temperature-controlled warehouses in international markets in Asia and Europe. In Asia, we believe that the large and growing population, increasing affluence among citizens, evolving food consumption habits and limited number of temperature-controlled warehouses relative to population afford us an opportunity to utilize our strong reputation, operational expertise, strong relationships with existing customers already active in the region and balance sheet strength as a platform for temperature-controlled warehouse development and acquisition. In Europe, we believe there may be attractive opportunities to leverage our global brand, customer relationships and depth of experience to acquire an existing business and expand our integrated real estate portfolio.

Due to the size and scope of our integrated warehouse network, and the scalability of our operating systems and information technology platform, we believe we are well-positioned to continue to be a consolidator in the temperature-controlled warehouse storage industry.

Capitalize on Increased Outsourcing by Leading Global Food Producers, Distributors, Retailers and E-Tailers

Over the last 35 years, frozen food producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers have increasingly outsourced their temperature-controlled warehousing needs to increase efficiency, reduce costs and redeploy capital into core businesses. Since 1979, the total amount of U.S. temperature-controlled warehouse capacity, as measured by cubic feet, outsourced by food producers, distributors, retailers, e-tailers and other comparable participants in the cold chain has grown at a compound annual growth rate of 3.5%, according to USDA statistics. We anticipate that cold chain participants will continue to make certain of their “in-house” temperature-controlled warehouses available for sale in the future and, accordingly, will continue to look to third-party providers to meet their temperature-controlled warehouse storage and service needs in related geographic markets. We believe that our ability to offer the most extensive and integrated network of high-quality temperature-controlled warehouses globally with value-added services and our long-standing relationships with leading cold chain participants will enable us to capitalize on this trend.

Well Positioned to Benefit from E-Commerce Growth

Our warehouse portfolio serves as a fundamental bridge between food producers and fulfillment centers – whether for online e-tailers or traditional brick and mortar retailers. While the growing popularity of e-commerce has re-organized the retail landscape in the United States, it has not adversely impacted the overall volume of temperature-sensitive goods moving through the cold chain, the stability of our cash flows or the integrity of our warehouse portfolio. Moreover, we believe our global footprint and the comprehensive temperature-controlled storage solutions that we offer across our integrated real estate portfolio make us well-positioned to capture substantial growth in temperature-controlled storage demand generated by the rise of e-tailers, who typically require significantly more logistics space than traditional retailers. We believe our ability to design, build and operate warehouses across the cold chain makes us an attractive storage solution for the growing e-tailer segment and positions us well to generate new relationships, drive growth and capture market share by increasing our presence in the e-commerce channel.

Expand Our Presence by Increasing Market Share for Other Temperature-Sensitive Product Types

Although we focus on providing temperature-controlled warehouse space to the food industry, we also store other forms of temperature-sensitive products, including pharmaceutical, floral and chemical products. As the rapid growth in e-commerce continues to increase the flow of products through the global distribution network, we believe our ability to provide comprehensive and consistent quality warehousing and value-added services at all

 

205


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

points in the cold chain put us in a strong position to develop new relationships, drive growth and enhance market share with producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers in other temperature-sensitive products. Additionally, we have the flexibility to store non-temperature-sensitive “dry” goods in our warehouses to the extent desirable.

Our Business Segments

We view and manage our business through three primary business segments—warehouse, third-party managed and transportation. We also own and operate a limestone quarry through a separate business segment. Our core business is our warehouse segment, where we provide temperature-controlled warehouse storage and related handling and other warehouse services. The largest proportion of our revenues and segment contribution (NOI) is generated from our warehouse segment as seen in the charts below.

 

Total Revenues by Segment

(Last Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2017)

 

LOGO

 

Segment Contribution (NOI)

(Last Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2017)

 

LOGO

Under our warehouse segment, as of September 30, 2017, we operated 148 high-quality temperature-controlled warehouses across the globe. In our warehouse segment, we collect rent and storage fees from customers to store their frozen and perishable food and other products, such as fruits, vegetables, meats, seafood, novelties, dairy and packaged foods, within our real estate portfolio. We also provide our customers with value-added services related to the products stored in our buildings. Fees for these services are typically incurred upon receipt and placement of our customers’ products into storage and, again, upon retrieval and preparation of their products for delivery. The storage and value-added services we provide through our warehouse segment are integral components of the cold chain for our customers, linking food producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers who require temperature-controlled warehouse space and use related services for their temperature-sensitive products. We believe that the scope and significant capability of our value-added services promote customer retention and drive warehouse storage and occupancy.

Under our third-party managed segment, we manage warehouses on behalf of third parties and provide warehouse management services to several leading food retailers and manufacturers in customer-owned facilities, including some of our largest and longest-standing customers. We believe using our third-party management services allows our customers to increase efficiency, reduce costs, reduce supply-chain risks and focus on their core businesses. We also believe that providing third-party management services to many of our key customers underscores our ability to offer a complete and integrated suite of services across the cold chain. We receive a reimbursement of substantially all expenses for warehouses that we manage on behalf of third-party owners, with all reimbursements recognized as revenues under the relevant accounting guidance. We may also earn management fees, incentive fees upon achieving negotiated performance and cost-savings results, or an applicable mark-up on costs.

 

206


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In our transportation segment, we broker and manage transportation of frozen and perishable food and other products for our customers. Our transportation services include consolidation services ( i.e. , consolidating a customer’s products with those of other customers for more efficient shipment), freight under management services ( i.e. , arranging for and overseeing transportation of customer inventory) and dedicated transportation services, each designed to improve efficiency and reduce transportation and logistics costs to our customers. We provide these transportation services at cost plus a service fee or, in the case of our consolidation services, we charge a fixed fee.

We believe our transportation services, together with our value added services, provide our customers with a comprehensive solution for storing and transporting their products through the cold chain. We also believe that this comprehensive solution ultimately enhances the value of our real estate by differentiating us from our competitors, enhancing customer retention and driving warehouse storage and occupancy.

Together, our three primary business segments form an integrated network in the cold chain, which allows us to offer our customers a comprehensive suite of cold chain solutions at all stages of the product life-cycle.

We also operate a limestone quarry on the land we own around our Carthage, Missouri warehouse, which contains substantial limestone deposits. We do not view the operation of the quarry as an integral part of our business.

Warehouse Segment

Our warehouse segment is our core and largest business segment. In addition to warehouse rent and storage and related handling services, we provide other warehouse services to customers to plan and organize their cold chains in a strategic, cost-effective and efficient manner. The integrated information technology solutions in our warehouse segment help our customers analyze their inventories in order to optimize efficiency and reduce costs, which we believe helps drive customer demand and loyalty. For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, our warehouse segment generated approximately $848.1 million in revenues and approximately $254.4 million in segment contribution (NOI). For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, the segment contribution (NOI) generated by our warehouse rent and storage services was approximately $236.6 million and the segment contribution (NOI) generated by our warehouse services was approximately $17.8 million. For the year ended December 31, 2016, our warehouse segment generated approximately $1.08 billion in revenues and approximately $314.0 million in segment contribution (NOI). For the year ended December 31, 2016, the segment contribution (NOI) generated by our warehouse rent and storage services was approximately $302.8 million and the segment contribution (NOI) generated by our warehouse services was approximately $11.2 million. While the contribution (NOI) margin for warehouse segment warehouse services is low relative to the contribution (NOI) margin for warehouse segment rent and storage services, the breadth and sophistication of our warehouse services drive demand for our storage services, which drives occupancy rates at our facilities and significantly enhances our market share.

Temperature-Controlled Warehouse Properties

We are the world’s largest owner and operator of temperature-controlled warehouses. As of September 30, 2017, we operated a global network of 160 high-quality warehouses encompassing 945.3 million cubic feet, with 142 warehouses in the United States, six warehouses in Australia, seven warehouses in New Zealand, two warehouses in Argentina and three warehouses in Canada. Many of our warehouses are located in key logistics corridors in the countries in which we operate, including strategically critical U.S. and international MSAs, while others are connected or immediately adjacent to customers’ production facilities. As of September 30, 2017, we owned 122 temperature-controlled warehouses globally (seven of which are subject to long-term ground leases) and leased 26 temperature-controlled warehouses to provide storage and value-added services to our customers. We believe our strategic locations and the extensive geographic presence of our integrated

 

207


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

warehouse network are fundamental to our customers’ ability to optimize their distribution networks while reducing their capital expenditures, operating costs and supply-chain risks.

Our temperature-controlled warehouse business provides food producers, distributors, e-tailers and retailers access to large-scale temperature-controlled facilities as part of their cold chain. We own, operate, develop and manage five distinct property types to meet our customers’ needs, which we believe provides us with a competitive advantage in the temperature-controlled warehouse industry. We define average physical occupancy in our temperature-controlled warehouses as the average number of occupied pallets divided by the estimated number of average physical pallet positions in our warehouses, as described in additional detail in “—Occupancy of our Warehouses” below. We do not believe that a 100% occupancy rate is an ideal target for utilization of our warehouses because optimizing pallet throughput and efficient delivery of relevant value-added services require a certain amount of free pallet position capacity at all times. Our target occupancy across our real estate portfolio varies by warehouse and warehouse type because our warehouses are configured to accommodate the individual needs of our customers, particularly during periods of peak utilization when there is high throughput and pallet-turnover. Our warehouse portfolio consists of five distinct property types:

 

    Distribution . As of September 30, 2017, we owned or leased 59 distribution centers with approximately 463.1 million cubic feet of temperature-controlled capacity and 1.5 million pallet positions. Average annual physical occupancy at our distribution centers was 77.1% for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017. Distribution centers typically house a wide variety of customers’ finished products until future shipment to end users. Each distribution center is located in a key distribution hub that services a distinct surrounding population center in a major market. Our distribution centers may also store finished products specifically for distribution to a small number of regional or local retailers and provide direct-to-store delivery. Occupancy rates in our distribution facilities are dependent upon local market conditions and the customers serviced and the goods stored therein, but are generally lowest in the months of May and June and exhibit a gradual increase thereafter whether as a result of our customers building inventories in connection with end-of-year holidays or other comparable factors attributable to a given customer’s business. Services provided in these facilities typically involve a high degree of labor, such as case-picking activities of all outbound shipments. The racking systems in our distribution warehouses are often configured to support retail operations, and feature shallower rows designed to facilitate performing these services.

 

    Public . As of September 30, 2017, we owned or leased 46 public warehouses with approximately 205.5 million cubic feet of temperature-controlled capacity and 823.3 thousand pallet positions. Average annual physical occupancy at our public warehouses was 73.3% for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017. Public warehouses generally store multiple types of inventory and cater to small and medium-sized businesses by primarily serving the needs of local and regional customers. Food producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers use these warehouses to store capacity overflow from their production warehouses or to facilitate cost-effective distribution. Occupancy in our public warehouses is generally consistent with occupancy in our distribution warehouses; however, we typically service more customers in a less customized fashion in our public warehouses and, therefore, occupancy at these sites is generally more a function of local and regional market conditions than harvests or inventory buildup of individual customers. We typically provide significant value-added services in these facilities, such as blast freezing, case-pick and kitting.

 

   

Production Advantaged . As of September 30, 2017, we owned or leased 39 production advantaged warehouses with approximately 203.1 million cubic feet of temperature-controlled capacity and 864.6 thousand pallet positions. Average annual physical occupancy at our production advantaged warehouses was 78.7% for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017. Production advantaged warehouses are temperature-controlled warehouses that are typically dedicated to one or a small

 

208


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

number of customers. Production advantaged warehouses are generally located adjacent to or otherwise in close proximity to customer processing or production facilities and were often build-to-suit at the time of their construction. Our production advantaged customers store large quantities of ingredients, partially processed products or finished products in the warehouses until they are shipped to the next stage of production or distributed to end markets. Occupancy at our production advantaged sites is highly dependent upon the identity of the customer serviced and the goods stored therein. For instance, a harvest may result in a sudden increase in stored temperature-sensitive products at a warehouse configured to accommodate an agricultural producer, driving occupancy to exceed 100% of previously configured pallet positions for a brief period before declining to below 50% as the harvested products are distributed to processing plants or retailers over time. On the other hand, occupancy rates generally would stay within a tighter range for a production advantaged warehouse configured to accommodate a poultry producer where production and storage needs are more constant. The primary services we provide in our production advantaged warehouses include storage and blast freezing. Given the homogenous nature of the inventory stored in our production advantaged facilities, the racking systems therein may feature deeper rows with fewer pallets facing aisles or comprise bulk space with product stacked in specially designed totes.

 

    Facility Leased . As of September 30, 2017, we had four facility leased warehouses with approximately 17.9 million cubic feet of temperature-controlled capacity where customers manage their own temperature-controlled warehousing or carry on processing operations generally in warehouses adjacent, or in close proximity, to their production facilities. We charge our customers that are party to these leases rent based on the square footage leased in our warehouses. Our facility leased warehouses are facilities that are leased to third parties, such as retailers, e-tailers, distributors, transportation companies and food producers, that desire to manage their own temperature-controlled warehousing or carry on processing operations generally in warehouses adjacent, or in close proximity, to their retail stores or production facilities. The majority of our facility leased warehouses are leased to third parties under “triple net lease” contracts pursuant to which the customer is responsible for all costs incurred for facility maintenance, insurance, taxes, utilities and other services necessary or appropriate for the applicable warehouse and the business conducted at the applicable warehouse. Occupancy at our facility leased warehouses tends to be stable and is a function of demand for the location and the leases we have in place at the applicable site. We recognize a facility leased warehouse as being 100% occupied to the extent it is subject to an effective lease as of the date of determination.

 

    Third-Party Managed . As of September 30, 2017, we managed 12 warehouses on behalf of third parties and provided warehouse management services to several leading food retailers and manufacturers in customer-owned facilities, including some of our largest and longest-standing customers. Our third-party managed segment provides a complete outsourcing solution by managing all aspects of the distribution of our customers’ products, including order management, reverse logistics, inventory control and, in some instances, dedicated transportation services for temperature-controlled and ambient ( i.e. , non-refrigerated) customers.

Features of Our Warehouses

The warehouses in our portfolio include features intended to meet the “mission-critical” role they serve in the cold chain. Our warehouses include customized racking systems that allow for the storage of products on pallets in horizontal rows across vertically stacked levels in an efficient and secure manner. Our racking systems can accommodate a wide array of different customer storage needs. In addition, some of the warehouses in our real estate portfolio also include advanced conveyors and automated pallet retrieval systems, high volume refrigeration systems, refrigerated docks, specialized fire suppression systems, specialized and insulated walls and panels, insulated and heated floors, and reliable temperature-control systems that can implement distinct

 

209


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

climate zones within the same warehouse. We believe that our warehouses are well-maintained and in good operating condition. For information concerning our quality control procedures, see “—Quality Processes” below.

Occupancy of our Warehouses

Physical occupancy of an individual warehouse is impacted by a number of factors, including the type of warehouse ( i.e. , distribution, public, production advantaged, or facility leased), specific customer needs in the markets served by the warehouse, timing of harvests or protein production for customers of the warehouse, the existence of leased but unoccupied pallets and the adverse effect of weather or market conditions on the customers of the warehouse. On a portfolio-wide basis, physical occupancy rates and warehouse revenues generally peak between mid-September and early December in connection with the holiday season and the peak harvest season in the United States. Physical occupancy rates and warehouse revenues on a portfolio-wide basis are generally the lowest during May and June.

Our target occupancy across our warehouse portfolio varies by warehouse and warehouse type because our warehouses are configured to accommodate the individual needs of our customers. In contrast to standard ambient warehouses that typically target an occupancy rate of 95%, we generally regard approximately 85% average physical occupancy across our temperature-controlled warehouse portfolio as optimal, subject to relevant local market conditions and individual customer needs. We do not believe that a 100% occupancy rate is an ideal target for utilization of our warehouses because optimizing pallet throughput and efficient delivery of relevant value-added services require a certain amount of free pallet position capacity at all times in order to be able to efficiently place, store and retrieve products from pallet positions, particularly during periods of greatest occupancy or highest volume.

We analyze renewals on the basis of customer relationships and the generation of revenue from customer relationships at warehouses within our network. We consider our churn rate to be the percentage reduction in recurring revenues due to customer losses on a period-to-period basis. We define a customer loss as a customer and warehouse combination that has not generated revenue in the last twelve months or has not generated revenue in the current measurement period that previously generated revenue in the prior comparable period. We exclude from customer losses identifiable customer relationships and business that has been transferred within our network. Our churn rate for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 as well as the nine months ended September 30, 2017 were 5.1%, 6.4% and 5.7%, respectively.

Throughput at our Warehouses

The level of throughput at our warehouses is an important factor impacting our warehouse services revenues in our warehouse segment. Throughput refers to the volume of pallets that enter and exit our warehouses. Higher levels of throughput drive warehouse services revenues in our warehouse segment as customers are typically billed on a basis that takes into account the level of throughput of the goods they store in our warehouses.

 

210


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following chart illustrates average physical occupancy for (i) each quarter during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 and (ii) each of the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 and the twelve months ended September 30, 2017.

Average Physical Occupancy (1)

 

LOGO

 

(1) We define average physical occupancy as the average number of occupied pallets divided by the estimated number of average physical pallet positions in our warehouses for the applicable period. We estimate the number of physical pallet positions by taking into account actual racked space and by estimating unracked space on an as-if racked basis. We base this estimate on the total cubic feet of each room within the warehouse that is unracked divided by the volume of an assumed rack space that is consistent with the characteristics of the relevant warehouse. On a warehouse by warehouse basis, rack space generally ranges from two to three feet depending upon the type of facility and the nature of the customer goods stored therein. The number of our pallet positions is reviewed and updated quarterly, taking into account changes in racking configurations and room utilization.

Historically, providers of temperature-controlled warehouse space have offered storage services to customers on an as-utilized, on-demand basis. We have entered into fixed storage commitments with certain of our customers which give us, among other things, additional clarity around the expected occupancy of our warehouses. As of September 30, 2017, we had entered into contracts featuring fixed storage commitments or leases with 86 of our customers in our warehouse segment. Customers with fixed storage provisions commit to occupy a certain number of pallets at a designated storage rate for the applicable portion of their contractual term, whether the customer elects to physically store goods in a warehouse or not. As a result, certain pallets in our warehouses may generate storage revenue pursuant to fixed storage commitments despite not being physically occupied. We refer to economic occupancy as the aggregate number of physically occupied pallets and any additional pallets otherwise contractually committed for a given period. To the extent that a customer with a fixed storage provision elects not to utilize all of its committed pallets in a particular warehouse, we have the flexibility to deploy those pallets to facilitate shorter-term customers that desire space on an as-utilized, on demand basis.

Ownership of Our Real Estate

Historically, we have owned a significant majority of the temperature-controlled warehouses in our portfolio as opposed to leasing those warehouses or entering into warehouse management arrangements with third-party owners. We believe that the ownership of our real estate portfolio provides us with cost of capital and balance sheet advantages, stemming from the attractive financing options available to real estate owners and the tax advantages of being a REIT. In addition, in an acquisition, we would have the ability to utilize our “UPREIT” operating partnership structure to provide attractive tax-advantaged consideration ( i.e. , interests in our operating partnership) to potential sellers. We also believe that consolidation of the ownership and operation of our portfolio significantly enhances the value of our business by allowing us to provide customers with our complementary suite of value-added services across one integrated and reliable cold chain network. Ownership of our integrated cold chain network enhances our ability to efficiently reposition customers and undertake capital improvements or other modifications on their behalf without the need to obtain third-party approvals. Our decision to own, rather than lease, a significant majority of our warehouses provides us with better control over

 

211


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the specialized nature of our assets and greater influence over our warehouse locations on a long-term basis, which is crucial to meeting our customers’ “mission-critical” cold chain needs and allows us to enhance our suite of valued-add services.

Many of our competitors have elected to bifurcate the ownership and operation of temperature-controlled warehouses. Separating the ownership from the operation of a temperature-controlled warehouse allows our competitors to capture value from the underlying real estate holdings at the time of divestiture, but diminishes their control over their cold chain networks and does not provide the financial flexibility and tax advantages that result from the ownership of real estate.

A variety of factors influence our decision whether to own or to lease particular warehouses, including the rules applicable to REITs under the Code, specific customers’ requirements, our existing capacity and supply-demand imbalances, and, in the case of an acquisition of a temperature-controlled warehouse, the existing ownership structure.

Customer Overview

The following table presents summary information concerning our 25 largest customers in our warehouse segment, based on warehouse segment revenues for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017:

 

LOGO

 

(1) Based on warehouse revenues for the last twelve months ended September 30, 2017.
(2) Represents long-term issuer ratings as of October 31, 2017.
(3) A check mark indicates that the customer had at least one fixed commitment contract or lease with us as of September 30, 2017.

Geographic Diversification

We believe that our geographic diversification across the United States helps alleviate pressure from unfavorable weather or economic conditions in certain parts of the country. We believe our global diversification provides additional stability by balancing the impact of seasonality and providing exposure to various foreign markets. The following charts set forth a summary of the geographic diversification of our revenues for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017. Amounts in these charts may not sum due to rounding.

 

212


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Geographic Diversification

U.S. Warehouse Segment Revenues by Region

(Last Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2017)

  

Geographic Diversification

Warehouse Segment Revenues by Country

(Last Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2017)

 

LOGO

  LOGO

Commodity Diversification

We store a wide variety of frozen and perishable food and other products in our temperature-controlled warehouses, such as fruits, vegetables, meats, seafood, novelties, dairy and packaged foods, at all stages of production from processing of raw materials to assembly of finished products. The diversity of the product mix and facility type in our temperature-controlled warehouses helps insulate us from commodity shocks, secular shifts in consumer preferences and other macro-economic forces. The following table sets forth information concerning the types of commodities that our customers store in our warehouses based on a percentage of our warehouse segment revenues for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017.

Warehouse Segment Revenues by Product Type

(Last Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2017)

 

LOGO

 

 

(1) Retail reflects a broad variety of product types from retail customers.
(2) Packaged food reflects a broad variety of temperature-controlled meals and foodstuffs.
(3) Distributors reflects a broad variety of product types from distribution customers.

 

 

213


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Warehouse Type

We own and develop multiple types of temperature-controlled warehouses, which allows us to service all of our customers’ needs across our real estate portfolio. Our warehouse segment real estate portfolio consists of four distinct property types: distribution, public, production advantaged and facility leased. The following charts set forth information concerning the types of facilities that our customers utilize in our warehouse segment based on a percentage of our warehouse segment revenues and warehouse segment contribution (NOI) for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017. Amounts in these charts may not sum due to rounding.

 

Warehouse Segment Revenues by

Warehouse Type

(Last Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2017)

 

Warehouse Segment Contribution (NOI) by

Warehouse Type

(Last Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2017)

LOGO   LOGO

Value-Added Services and Operations

Our value-added services include:

 

    receipt, handling and placement of products into the warehouse for storage and preservation;

 

    retrieval of products from storage upon customer request;

 

    blast freezing, which involves the rapid freezing of non-frozen products, including individual quick freezing for agricultural produce and seafood;

 

    case-picking, which involves selecting product cases from pallets to build a new pallet;

 

    building customized pallets;

 

    kitting and repackaging, which involves assembling custom product packages for delivery to retailers and consumers, and labeling services;

 

    order assembly and load consolidation;

 

    exporting and importing support services;

 

    container handling;

 

    cross-docking, which involves transferring inbound products to outbound trucks utilizing our warehouse docks without storing them in our warehouses; and

 

    government approved temperature-controlled storage and inspection services.

 

214


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Except with respect to rental agreements for dedicated spaces that are exclusively controlled and staffed by an individual customer, our customers are required to notify facility personnel for placement, storage or retrieval of products in the warehouses, and customers do not have independent access to enter the storage areas or the warehouses. Each warehouse establishes its operating schedule independently in accordance with its customers’ needs, including some that may provide services to customers 24 hours per day during all or part of the year. Individual warehouses also establish their own operational processes and labor charges for the receipt from, or tender to, designated carriers.

Nature of Our Customer Contracts

We enter into a contract with each customer prior to storing the customer’s products in one of our warehouses. We enter into one of three types of contracts with our customers depending upon the individual needs and characteristics of the customer:

 

    Defined contracts . We often seek to negotiate defined contracts when we establish new customer relationships or renew existing relationships, particularly with our largest customers. These defined contracts are designed to accommodate the individual needs and characteristics of our customers, and may include negotiated provisions such as fixed storage commitments, exclusivity provisions and specified durations. We believe these terms allow our customers access to temperature-controlled warehousing space for their products on a reliable and consistent basis and help us manage and project occupancy across our real estate portfolio and generate predictable cash flows. Defined contracts are intended to broadly outline the parameters of the relationship with the specific customer in accordance with our commercial business rule framework we seek to apply to all of our contractual relationships. Our defined contracts entered into under this framework may include one or more of the following negotiated features:

 

    A storage fee based on a fixed storage commitment of the customer, plus additional storage fees based on additional on demand storage used by the customer. Fixed storage provisions provide us additional clarity around the expected occupancy of our warehouses and give our customers certainty around anticipated storage costs and dependable pallet availability over a long term period.

 

    A fixed term, with stated renewal periods. The initial term of our defined contracts generally ranges from ten to 20 years for build-to-suit warehouses and four to five years for other types of customer relationships. Renewal periods, in each case, generally range from four to five years.

 

    Variable pricing for any value-added services, with the pricing for our storage and value-added services based on the anticipated profile of our customer outlining the anticipated pallet occupancy of the customer, anticipated throughput of pallets delivered and retrieved annually, expectations regarding the value-added services to be used by the customer, and anticipated labor hours necessary to provide the value-added services. Many of our defined contracts provide us the flexibility to seek equitable rate increases if the actual customer relationship is materially different than that contained in the customer profile.

 

    Pricing increase mechanisms based on inflationary cost increases and customer profile changes that materially affect our cost structures. These price increase mechanisms may be fixed or tied to the PPI or related indices, giving us the ability to recover cost increases which are incorporated in the indices, such as wage increases and increases in power, property taxes and other costs. Additionally, for certain customers whose contracts are not explicitly fixed or tied to the PPI or related indices, we reserve the right to increase overall rates upon incurring increased power or similar operating costs.

 

    Amortization of costs associated with customer improvements over the life of the contract, with all unrecovered costs due on termination of the contract.

 

215


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    Requirement that customers pay for services provided under the contract within 30 days or less after being invoiced, and permitting us to charge interest for any late payments.

 

    In a limited number of defined contracts, an exclusivity provision with respect to the usage of our portfolio as the customer’s sole provider of temperature-controlled warehouses in the key markets and logistics corridors where our warehouses are located. While a customer’s usage of temperature-controlled warehouse space may fluctuate, exclusivity provisions assist us in predicting occupancy in our portfolio based on the customer’s historical usage.

The following table sets forth a summary schedule of the expirations for any defined contracts featuring fixed storage commitments and leases in effect as of September 30, 2017 for the partial year beginning October 1, 2017 and each of the periods set forth below occurring thereafter. The information set forth in the table assumes no exercise of extension options under these contracts and leases.

 

Contract Expiration Year

   Number
of
Contracts
     Annualized
Committed Rent
& Storage
Revenue(1)

(in thousands)
     % of Total
Warehouse
Rent & Storage
Segment
Revenue for the
Twelve Months
Ended
September 30,
2017
    Total Warehouse
Segment Revenue Generated
by Contracts with Fixed
Commitments & Leases
for the Twelve
Months Ended September 30,
2017

(in thousands)
     Annualized
Committed Rent
& Storage
Revenue at
Expiration(2)

(in thousands)
 

Month-to-month(3)

     20      $ 13,291        2.7   $ 34,741      $ 13,291  

2017

     18        16,751        3.4     41,501        16,751  

2018

     39        38,425        7.7     105,740        40,204  

2019

     20        34,387        6.9     107,781        38,292  

2020

     21        24,077        4.8     67,020        25,038  

2021

     6        3,487        0.7     12,632        3,729  

2022

     13        42,320        8.5     53,298        43,300  

2023

     2        2,772        0.6     2,086        3,077  

2024

     1        424        0.1     683        463  

2025

     —          —          —         —          —    

2026

     2        5,779        1.2     10,065        5,779  

2027

     2        1,636        0.3     7,245        1,335  

2028

     —          —          —         —          —    

2029

     2        8,191        1.6     20,397        9,862  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     146      $ 191,540        38.4   $ 463,187      $ 201,119  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   Represents monthly fixed storage commitments and lease rental payments under the relevant expiring defined contract and lease as of September 30, 2017, plus the weighted average monthly warehouse services revenues attributable to these contracts and leases for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017, multiplied by 12.
(2)   Represents annualized monthly revenues from fixed storage commitments and lease rental payments under the defined contracts and relevant expiring leases as of September 30, 2017 based upon the monthly revenues attributable thereto in the last month prior to expiration, multiplied by 12.
(3)   Customers whose contracts and leases expired prior to September 30, 2017 have continued on a weighted average basis of six months.

 

   

Leases . We lease warehouse space to certain customers that desire to manage their own temperature-controlled warehousing or carry on processing operations in warehouses adjacent, or in close proximity, to their production facilities. As of September 30, 2017, we owned four facility leased warehouses with approximately 17.9 million cubic feet of temperature-controlled capacity and had separately entered into 42 leases with individual warehouse customers to lease a room or space in other of our facilities. Our facility leased warehouses are leased to third parties, such as

 

216


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

distributors, transportation companies and food producers under “triple net lease” contracts pursuant to which the customer is responsible for all costs incurred for facility maintenance, insurance, taxes, utilities and other services necessary or appropriate for the applicable warehouse and the business conducted at the applicable warehouse. We charge our customers that are party to these leases rent based on the square footage leased in our warehouses. Our leases within warehouse space to individual customers are typically on a “modified gross” basis that generally require the landlord to pay for costs incurred for common area maintenance and to repair and maintain refrigeration systems and hold the tenant responsible for all other costs. We consider the creditworthiness of a potential tenant to be an important consideration in determining whether to engage in a new lease arrangement. At minimum, we obtain general business credit background and business reports with respect to each potential tenant prior to entering into a new lease. With respect to any proposed lease of material size, duration, or capital outlay, we also require, among other things, historical financial statements for review and evaluation.

The following table sets forth a summary schedule of the expirations of our facility leased warehouses and other leases pursuant to which we lease space to third parties in our warehouse portfolio, in each case, in place as of September 30, 2017 for the partial year beginning October 1, 2017 and each of the periods set forth below occurring thereafter.

 

Lease Expiration Year

   No. of
Leases
Expiring
     Annualized
Rent(1)
(in thousands)
     % of Total
Warehouse Rent &
Storage Segment

Revenue for the
Twelve Months Ended
September 30, 2017
    Leased
Square
Footage
(in thousands)
     % Leased
Square
Footage
    Annualized
Rent at
Expiration(2)
(in thousands)
 

Month-to-Month(3)

     10      $ 1,063        0.2     101        4.4   $ 1,063  

2017

     8        1,685        0.3     152        6.7     1,685  

2018

     8        1,419        0.3     188        8.2     1,435  

2019

     6        1,730        0.3     369        16.1     1,793  

2020

     6        3,292        0.7     353        15.4     3,432  

2021

     3        890        0.2     420        18.4     1,323  

2022

     2        972        0.2     144        6.3     972  

2023

     2        2,772        0.6     493        21.5     3,077  

2024

     1        424        0.1     70        3.0     463  

2025

     —          —          —         —          —         —    

2026 and thereafter

     —          —          —         —          —         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     46      $ 14,248        2.9     2,290        100     $ 15,243  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents monthly rental payments under the relevant leases as of September 30, 2017, multiplied by 12.
(2) Represents monthly rental payments under the relevant leases in the calendar year of expiration, multiplied by 12.
(3) Customers whose leases expired prior to September 30, 2017 have continued on a weighted average basis of 46 months.

These leases had a weighted average remaining term of 32 months as of September 30, 2017.

 

   

Month-to-Month Warehouse Rate Agreements . Month-to-month warehouse rate agreements are agreements that establish storage fee rates on products stored in our warehouses and rates for value-added services on an as-utilized, on-demand basis, typically pursuant to terms set forth on a standardized warehouse receipt and related rate schedule, but that do not require the customer to use our network or for us to reserve space for these customers. Our standard terms and conditions afford us favorable contractual protections and are not subject to negotiation with customers that enter into month-to-month warehouse rate agreements. Month-to-month customer relationships

 

217


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

provide us flexibility in managing our occupancy rates as we seek to maximize profitability, meet the demands of existing customers and obtain new customers. Our month-to-month warehouse rate agreements generally require our customers to pay for storage in 30-day increments beginning when their products are delivered to our warehouses. We generally charge rent and storage fees based on the number of pallets our customers occupy under month-to-month warehouse rate agreements. Our month-to-month warehouse rate agreements may also include a minimum monthly rental payment from a customer to maintain its month-to-month warehouse rate agreements and retain access to a given warehouse.

We may have one contract with a customer that covers all of the warehouses where we store products for the customer or, more typically, multiple contracts with the same customer, which may be driven by a variety of factors, such as the geographic location of the products stored by the customer or the type of products stored by the customer.

Termination provisions in our contracts vary, but generally permit either party to terminate the contract upon a material breach by the counterparty and otherwise are specifically determined for each customer based on several factors. These include the volume of business involved, the readiness and quality of available capacity elsewhere and the customer’s internal constraints affecting its ability to move product.

We believe that the average duration of our customer relationships is one of our strongest competitive advantages, and consider our customer relationships “sticky” irrespective of the type of contract given the size and scope of our integrated warehouse network and the nature, quality and breadth of the services we provide. The weighted average length of our relationship with our 15 largest customers in our warehouse segment exceeds 35 years.

Recent Trends in Our Warehouse Segment

The following are key trends emerging in our warehouse segment:

 

    Outsourcing . U.S. food producers, distributors, retailers, e-tailers and other comparable participants in the cold chain held approximately 1.03 billion cubic feet of temperature-controlled warehouses as assets on their balance sheets as of December 31, 2015 (the latest period for which information is available), according to IARW. These warehouses accounted for 25% of total U.S. temperature-controlled warehouse capacity and 4.86% of total global temperature-controlled warehouse capacity, according to IARW. From 2005 to 2015, the total amount of U.S. temperature-controlled warehouse capacity, as measured by cubic feet, outsourced by food producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers and other comparable participants in the cold chain has grown at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 2.6%, according to IARW. We anticipate that cold chain participants will continue to make certain of their “in-house” temperature-controlled warehouses available for sale in the future and, accordingly, will continue to look to third-party providers to meet their temperature-controlled warehouse storage and service needs in related geographic markets.

 

   

SKU Proliferation . There has been a proliferation of product category expansion in recent years as food producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers have sought to cater to a broader and more diversified range of consumer preferences by offering a wider array of flavor, size and packaging options to consumers. This “SKU proliferation” (short for stock keeping unit) has enhanced the complexity of the cold chain for our customers, as they are forced to manage more complicated inventories, supply chains and transportation costs. Logistics and transportation costs can significantly exceed the cost of temperature-controlled storage for our customers. SKU proliferation has caused many of our customers to seek to customize pallets and individual case content in order to meet consumer demand at end-markets and reduce inventory held at retail locations. This has resulted in increased demand for our value-added services such as case picking and labeling. We

 

218


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

believe this SKU proliferation will continue to expand in the foreseeable future to meet broadening consumer preferences.

 

    Fixed Storage Commitments . Historically, the temperature-controlled warehouse industry standard has been to offer storage services to customers on an on-demand basis. Our largest customers move significant quantities of frozen foods through the global cold chain. Moving large volumes through the cold chain on a recurring basis requires dependable access to a corresponding number of pallet positions, typically across several production and distribution facilities. We believe the costs and time associated with new warehouse construction and the lack of scale and balance sheet flexibility available to the large majority of participants in the temperature-controlled storage industry constrain pallet position availability in major metropolitan markets during peak occupancy periods. Based on the foregoing, we have sought to include fixed storage commitments in contracts with certain of our customers. We believe the scope and breadth of our network position us favorably to continue to increase our fixed storage commitments as we believe this structure offers commercial advantages to both our customers and us. As of September 30, 2017, we had entered into contracts featuring fixed storage commitments or leases with 86 customers in our warehouse segment, which generated approximately $191.5 million of annualized committed rent and storage revenues as of September 30, 2017 and $463.2 million of total warehouse segment revenues for the twelve months ended September 30, 2017. We plan to continue to enter into contracts that include, among other things, fixed storage commitments in connection with establishing new customer relationships and renewing agreements with existing customers, particularly with our largest customers.

Third-Party Managed Segment

As of September 30, 2017, we managed 12 warehouses on behalf of third parties and provided warehouse management services to several leading food retailers and manufacturers in customer-owned facilities, including some of our largest and longest-standing customers. Our third-party managed segment provides a complete outsourcing solution by managing all aspects of the distribution, including order management, reverse logistics, inventory control and, in some instances, dedicated transportation services for temperature-controlled and ambient ( i.e. , non-refrigerated) customers. We believe using our third-party management services allows our customers to increase efficiency, reduce costs, reduce supply-chain risks and focus on their core businesses. We also believe that providing third-party management services to many of our key customers underscores our ability to offer a complete and integrated suite of services across the cold chain.

We receive a reimbursement of substantially all expenses for warehouses that we manage on behalf of third-party owners, with all reimbursements recognized as revenues under the relevant accounting guidance. We may also earn management fees, incentive fees upon achieving negotiated performance and cost-savings results, or an applicable mark-up on costs. Cost of operations for our third-party managed segment are reimbursed on a pass-through basis (typically within two weeks). Termination provisions in our contracts vary, but generally permit either party to terminate the contract upon a material breach by the counterparty or earlier upon payment of certain expenses and a termination fee to account for management fees that would otherwise be due during the term of the contract.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, our third-party managed segment generated approximately $178.6 million in revenues and approximately $9.7 million in segment contribution (NOI). For the year ended December 31, 2016, our third-party managed segment generated approximately $252.4 million in revenues and approximately $14.8 million in segment contribution (NOI).

Transportation Segment

In our transportation segment, we broker and manage transportation of frozen and perishable food and other products for our customers. Transportation costs are typically the largest expense our customers incur in moving products through the cold chain and can significantly exceed the cost of temperature-controlled storage.

 

219


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We believe that our customers highly value our ability to make their product transportation more efficient and cost-effective through the services we provide under our transportation segment as a result of the strategic location of our warehouses. The array of transportation services we offer to our customers include:

 

    Consolidation . This service allows an individual customer to consolidate its products with other customers’ shipments for delivery on a fixed schedule. Consolidation services allow us to leverage scale to purchase full truck-loads and charge customers based on usage. For example, a customer might be charged $73 per pallet in a shipment arranged independently, instead of only $58 per pallet in a shipment that we broker that utilizes consolidation shipping. For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, consolidation services comprised approximately 48.5% of the revenues generated by our transportation segment.

 

    Freight Under Management . Our freight under management services consists of purchasing transportation services on behalf of customers to provide complete integrated supply-chain solutions. For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, our freight under management services comprised approximately 30.7% of the revenues generated by our transportation segment.

 

    Dedicated Transportation . We secure owned or leased transportation assets to cater to a long-standing customer’s specific needs. For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, our dedicated transportation services comprised approximately 20.8% of the revenues generated by our transportation segment.

We offer our transportation services to our customers primarily on a brokerage basis and do not own any meaningful transportation assets, such as trucks and containers, used in the provision of these services. Customers pay almost all of the operating expenses incurred in connection with our transportation services, making it an “asset-light” business. We provide these transportation services at cost plus a service fee or, in the case of our consolidation services, we charge a fixed fee. We have undertaken a strategic shift in our suite of transportation service offerings over the last five years in order to improve efficiency, increase profit margins and reduce transportation and logistics costs to our customers. We are focused on improving efficiency and decreasing cost in our transportation segment in order to create a solid foundation upon which to utilize this segment to support our customer relationships and drive business associated with our warehouse segment.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, our transportation segment generated approximately $107.7 million in revenues and approximately $9.7 million in segment contribution (NOI). For the year ended December 31, 2016, our transportation segment generated approximately $147.0 million in revenues and approximately $14.4 million in segment contribution (NOI).

While competitors are making efforts to improve their transportation services to customers, we believe our established transportation and distribution services are a significant competitive advantage, as many of our competitors do not have our experience in integrating distribution and transportation services with a temperature-controlled warehouse storage business. We also believe our transportation segment helps position us as a partner of the entire cold chain supply network.

Other Business and Quarry

We also operate a limestone quarry on the land we own around our Carthage, Missouri warehouse, which contains substantial limestone deposits. We do not view the operation of the quarry as an integral part of our business. We intend to entertain reasonable offers to dispose of this asset and exit this business segment, subject to compliance with covenants in our debt agreements.

Information Technology

The reliability and efficiency of our temperature-controlled warehouses have material implications for our customers’ respective businesses. Over the last five fiscal years and the nine months ended September 30,

 

220


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

2017, we have invested approximately $61 million on our integrated and standardized information technology platform and a consolidated customer interface across our real estate portfolio. Our information technology platform provides us with the ability to streamline our warehouse operations and the data necessary to evaluate opportunities derived from customers and contracts, compare contract terms to actual contract performance, identify business trends and guide business decisions. Our information technology platform, coupled with our customer interface, provides our customers with what we believe is a “best-in-class” experience in managing the products they store with us. In addition, we provide our customers with many key services through our “i-3PL” customer interface system, such as inventory visibility and rotation, documentation of chain of temperature custody, order management, and access to key performance indicators, all on a real-time basis, across our integrated network of high-quality warehouses. We believe this level of service is critical not only in assisting our customers to optimize their logistics operations, but also in meeting their regulatory obligations under various food safety laws and regulations. Our modern warehouse technology solutions, which include “RedPrairie,” a platform of commercial software packages linked with customized modules in key areas of proprietary knowledge, feature technologies such as voice pick and Radio Frequency Identification and Automated Storage and Retrieval System, among others. With enhanced information technology capabilities, customers are able to track their products across our entire network, maintain increased visibility of their inventory with us and enjoy improved order management with us. Finally, we have developed labor management systems that provide us with detailed real time visibility into our labor usage, which is our single largest controllable warehouse expense.

We provide this functionality to our customers in our third-party managed segment as well. Our transportation management systems are fully integrated with our warehouse management systems to enable greater efficiency, including the ability to consolidate multiple loads from different customers onto a single truckload and thereby reduce customers’ freight costs. Our transportation management systems also provide fleet management capabilities for the equipment used.

Where possible, we implement best practices for infrastructure with a focus on reliability, including redundancy measures to ensure high availability during disaster recovery. Our use of progressive infrastructure technology extends into the warehouse to augment our standard wireless scanning capability with voice technology for order-picking. We also have advanced capabilities to interface with warehouse conveyors and retrieval systems.

Seasonality

We are involved in providing services to food producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers whose businesses, in some cases, are seasonal or cyclical. On a portfolio-wide basis, physical occupancy rates and warehouse revenues are generally the lowest during May and June. Physical occupancy rates and warehouse revenues typically exhibit a gradual increase thereafter as a result of annual harvests and our customers building inventories in connection with end-of year holidays and generally peak between mid-September and early December as a result thereof. In each year since 2014, we have generated the most revenues and our warehouses have experienced the highest occupancy levels in October or November. The involvement of our customers in a cross-section of the food industry mitigates, in part, the impact of seasonality as peak demand for various products occurs at different times of the year (for example, demand for ice cream is typically highest in the summer while demand for frozen turkeys usually peaks in the late fall). Our southern hemisphere operations in Australia, New Zealand and Argentina also help balance the impact of seasonality in our global operations, as their growing and harvesting cycles are complementary to North America. Each of our warehouses sets its own operating hours based on demand, which is heavily driven by growing seasons and seasonal consumer demand for certain products.

Power Costs

The temperature-controlled warehouse business is power-intensive. Keeping food products refrigerated or frozen requires large amounts of power, and managing power costs is a priority for us and our customers. Power costs accounted for 6.7% and 6.6%, respectively, of our total warehouse segment revenues for the year

 

221


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ended December 31, 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017. We have a number of programs intended to optimize our use of power given the important role it plays in our overall cost structure. These programs include the following:

 

    Modern and Sustainable Technologies . We have focused on modernizing our temperature-controlled warehouses to take advantage of the latest, cost-efficient power saving and green technologies. These efforts include LED lighting, motion sensor technology, variable frequency drives for our fans and compressors, third-party efficiency reviews and real-time monitoring of energy consumption, rapid close doors and alternative-power generation technologies to improve the energy efficiency of our warehouse. In many of our facilities, we have installed rapid-close doors that help maintain the temperatures within the warehouses more efficiently. We have also reduced power costs through the utilization of natural gas fuel cells and the installation of solar panels. We plan to continue to monitor new technologies, including automation, that will allow us to streamline our power use on a cost-efficient basis, and we are currently evaluating the installation of solar panels at additional warehouses.

 

    Use Optimization . We seek to consume power during off-peak hours based on the needs of our warehouses. For example, we actively manage our refrigeration systems to time their peak usage of power during hours when power is less expensive. Power generally costs less during the night than during daytime hours. Targeting off-peak hours helps to optimize our power use and reduce our power costs.

 

    Hedging Exposure in De-Regulated Jurisdictions . Certain jurisdictions in which we operate, such as Texas, Maine, Massachusetts and Australia, have deregulated market-based electricity exchanges. To manage our exposure to volatile power prices, we may enter into arrangements to fix power costs for all or a portion of our anticipated electricity requirements. The durations of these forward contracts are generally one year. In New Zealand, where power generation costs are unregulated, we enter into fixed price, variable volume power contracts for costs related to the generation of power.

 

    Customer Contracts . We generally review and adjust pricing for existing contracts or renewals/new relationships based on inflationary cost increases and customer profile changes that materially affect our cost structures. Most of our 50 largest customers in our warehouse segment have price increase mechanisms in their contracts that are fixed or tied to the PPI or related indices, giving us the ability to recover cost increases which are incorporated in the indices, such as wage increases and increases in power, property taxes and other costs. Additionally, for certain customers whose contracts are not explicitly fixed or tied to the PPI or related indices, we reserve the right to increase overall rates upon incurring increased power or similar operating costs.

Sales and Marketing

As referenced above under “—Our Business and Growth Strategies—Capitalize on Increased Outsourcing by Leading Global Food Producers, Distributors, Retailers and E-Tailers,” we believe there is a significant opportunity to gain a larger share of the growing market for temperature-controlled services as food producers, distributors, retailers and e-tailers continue the trend of outsourcing their temperature-controlled storage and handling and logistics needs.

We have organized our internal sales and development teams to take an active role in working with our existing customers to make their product distribution more efficient and cost-effective. This includes all facets of development strategy for new warehouses for these customers through our proven ability to design, build and operate teams that focus on build-to-suit opportunities.

With respect to individual customer relationships, our sales and marketing efforts are integrated across all levels of management. Our senior management team is responsible for developing and maintaining the

 

222


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

relationships with major customers, including all national customers. In addition, customers in each region are serviced by regional vice-presidents who plan and execute regional business development strategies. At the local level, individual warehouse managers are responsible for developing and maintaining long-term relationships with customers. We also incorporate sector specific expertise to support our sales and marketing efforts across designated sectors.

Quality Processes

We have implemented a comprehensive quality control process across our real estate portfolio that allows us to maintain relevant standards for food safety, occupational safety, process safety management and environmental management. In 2013, we began implementation of the Americold Operating System, or AOS, which aggregates our various quality control processes into a single operating framework and which drives compliance through employee development and engagement, continued operational efficiency and technology integration. We believe the collective result of the implementation of AOS is an engaged, talented and safe workforce able to deliver on our customers’ demands in a manner that we believe differentiates us from the level of service provided by our competitors.

Trademarks

The name “Americold” and the Americold logo are registered trademarks. We have established considerable goodwill with customers under this brand name and believe its reputation in our industry is a strong competitive advantage.

Regulatory Matters

General

Many laws and governmental regulations are applicable to our properties and changes in these laws and regulations, or interpretation of such laws and regulations by agencies and the courts, occur frequently.

Environmental Matters

Our operations are subject to a wide range of environmental laws and regulations in each of the locations in which we operate, and compliance with these requirements involves significant capital and operating costs. Failure to comply with these environmental requirements can result in civil or criminal fines or sanctions, claims for environmental damages, remediation obligations, revocation of environmental permits or restrictions on our operations. Future changes in environmental laws or in the interpretation of those laws, including stricter requirements affecting our operations, could result in increased capital and operating costs, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects and, consequently, amounts available for distribution to our shareholders.

Under various United States federal, state and local environmental laws, a current or previous owner or operator of real property may be liable for the entire cost of investigating, removing and remediating hazardous or toxic substances on such property. Such laws often impose liability whether or not the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the contamination. Even if more than one person may have been responsible for the contamination, each person covered by the environmental laws may be held responsible for the entire clean-up cost.

The presence of hazardous or toxic substances on our properties, or the failure to properly remediate contaminated properties, could give rise to liens in favor of the government for failure to address the contamination, or otherwise adversely affect our ability to sell or lease properties or borrow using our properties as collateral. Environmental laws also may impose restrictions on the manner in which properties may be used or how our businesses may be operated.

 

223


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Under environmental laws, a property owner or operator is subject to compliance obligations, potential government sanctions for violations or natural resource damages, claims from private parties for cleanup contribution or other environmental damages and investigation and remediation costs. In connection with the acquisition, ownership or operation of our properties, we may be exposed to such costs. The cost of resolving environmental, property damage or personal injury claims, of compliance with environmental regulatory requirements, of paying fines, or meeting new or stricter environmental requirements or of remediating contaminated properties could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects and, consequently, amounts available for distribution to our shareholders.

In the future, our customers may demand lower indirect emissions associated with the storage and transportation of refrigerated and frozen foods, which, if we are unable to meet these demands, could lead customers to seek temperature-controlled storage from our competitors or increase demand for alternatives to refrigerated and frozen foods. Further, such demand could require us to implement various processes to reduce emissions from our operations in order to remain competitive, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects.

Most of our warehouses utilize ammonia as a refrigerant. Ammonia is classified as a hazardous chemical regulated by the EPA and a significant release of ammonia from one of our properties could result in injuries, loss of life and property damage. Releases of ammonia occur at our warehouses from time to time. For example, in 2015, we identified, and reported when required, ammonia releases across refrigeration systems in six of our facilities. These releases resulted in no significant property damage. In 2016, we identified, and reported when required, ammonia releases across refrigeration systems in eight of our facilities. These releases resulted in no significant property damage. While most ammonia releases do not impact customer products, in June 2015, a release of ammonia occurred at our Dallas, Texas warehouse resulting in exposure to over 13,000 pallets of customer goods. Although we cannot predict the extent of our liabilities as a result of these incidents, we expect any related product damage claims to be covered by insurance subject to applicable deductibles. Although our warehouses have risk management programs required by OSHA, the EPA and other regulatory agencies in place, we could incur significant liability in the event of an unanticipated release of ammonia from one of our refrigeration systems. Our warehouses also may have under-floor heating systems, some of which utilize ethylene glycol or other hazardous substances; releases from these systems could potentially contaminate soil and groundwater.

Nearly all of our properties have been the subject of environmental assessments conducted by environmental consultants. However, many of these assessments are not current and most have not been updated for the purposes of this offering. Most of these assessments have not included soil sampling or subsurface investigations. Many of our older properties have not had asbestos surveys. In many instances, we have not conducted further investigations of environmental conditions disclosed in these environmental assessments nor can we be assured that these environmental assessments have identified all potential environmental liabilities associated with our properties. Material environmental conditions, liabilities or compliance concerns may arise after the date of the environmental assessments on our properties. Moreover, there can be no assurance that (1) future laws, ordinances or regulations will not impose new material environmental obligations or costs, including with respect to the potential effects of climate change or new climate change regulations, (2) we will not incur material liabilities in connection with known or undiscovered environmental conditions arising out of past activities on our properties or (3) our properties will not be adversely affected by the operations of customers, by environmental impacts or operations on neighboring properties (such as releases from underground storage tanks), or by the actions of parties unrelated to us.

Food Safety Regulations

Most of our warehouses are subject to compliance with federal regulations regarding food safety. Under the Public Health Security and Bioterrorism Preparedness and Response Act of 2002, the United States Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, requires us to register all warehouses in which food is stored and further

 

224


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

requires us to maintain records of sources and recipients of food for purposes of food recalls. The Food Safety Modernization Act, or FSMA, was signed into law in January 2011 and significantly expanded the FDA’s authority over food safety, providing the FDA with new tools to proactively ensure the safety of the entire food system, including for example, new hazard analysis and preventive controls requirements, food safety planning, requirements for sanitary transportation of food, increased inspections and mandatory food recalls under certain circumstances. Since the adoption of FSMA, the FDA has issued many new food safety-related final rules, some of which impact our business. The most significant new rule which impacts our business is the Current Good Manufacturing Practice and Hazard Analysis and Risk-Based Preventive Controls for Human Food rule. This rule requires a food facility to establish a food safety system that includes an analysis of hazards and the implementation of risk-based preventive controls, among other steps. This is in addition to requirements that we satisfy existing Good Manufacturing Practices with respect to the holding of foods, as set forth in FDA regulations. The USDA also grants to some of our warehouses “ID status,” which entitles us to handle products of the USDA. As a result of the regulatory framework from the FDA, the USDA and other local regulatory requirements, we subject our warehouses to periodic food safety audits which are for the most part carried out by ASI Food Safety Consultants, a third-party provider of such audits. In addition to meeting any applicable food safety, food facility registration and recordkeeping requirements, our customers often require us to perform food safety audits.

To the extent we fail to comply with existing food safety regulations or contractual obligations, or are required to comply with new regulations or obligations in the future, it could adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects, as well as the amount of funds available for distribution to our shareholders.

Occupational Safety and Health Act

Our properties are subject to regulation under OSHA, which requires employers to provide employees with an environment free from hazards, such as exposure to toxic chemicals, excessive noise levels, mechanical dangers, heat or cold stress and unsanitary conditions. In addition, due to the amount of ammonia stored at some of our facilities, we are also subject to compliance with OSHA’s Process Safety Management of Highly Hazardous Chemicals standard and OSHA’s ongoing National Emphasis Program related to potential releases of highly hazardous chemicals. The cost of complying with OSHA and similar laws enacted by states and other jurisdictions in which we operate can be substantial, and any failure to comply with these regulations could expose us to substantial penalties and potentially to liabilities to employees who may be injured at our warehouses.

International Regulations

 

    Argentina . Our Argentine warehouses are subject to regulations at the national, provincial and municipal levels governing agricultural products, meat, fish, dairy products and other foods. In addition, our warehouse located in the Buenos Aires Central Market is subject to the regulations passed by its administrative entity Corporacion del Mercado Central, the grantor of a public concession by which our company occupies the space where the warehouse is located. Additionally, as in other countries, our operations in Argentina are subject to a wide range of environmental laws and regulations at national, provincial and municipal levels, including specific rules governing ammonia refrigeration. We are also subject to national and local labor laws and regulations in Argentina.

 

   

Australia . Australian federal and state laws are applicable to our business in Australia. Australia has comprehensive food safety laws which cover a wide range of food safety issues and set standards which require businesses to follow food safety practices and use food premises and food transport vehicles that meet specified requirements. Australia also has state and federal legislation governing occupational health and safety, environmental matters and employment. In many respects, the occupational health and safety and environmental laws are similar to those summarized above for

 

225


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

our United States operations. A failure to comply with, or the cost of complying with, these laws and regulations could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects and, consequently the amounts available for distribution to our shareholders. Additionally, under Australia’s foreign investment laws and policy, we are treated as a “foreign person”. In the future, if we wish to acquire additional properties in Australia or undertake certain other transactions in Australia, we may be required to provide notification to the Australian Federal Treasurer and seek approval. In addition, acquisitions by other foreign persons of interests in our Australian subsidiaries or businesses may require notification to and approval by the Australian Federal Treasurer under Australian foreign investment policy. Mergers and acquisitions that would have the effect, or be likely to have the effect, of substantially lessening competition in relevant Australian markets are prohibited under the Competition and Consumer Act 2010. In practice, most substantial merger transactions in contestable markets are referred to the Australian national competition regulator on a voluntary basis for regulatory and market scrutiny and a pre-clearance.

 

    New Zealand . Our New Zealand facilities are subject to a number of local laws and regulations which govern a wide range of matters, including building, environmental, health and safety, hazardous substances and new organisms, waste minimization, as well as specific requirements for the storage of meat, dairy products, fish, poultry, agricultural and other products. Any products destined for export must also satisfy the applicable export requirements.

Other Regulations

Our properties are also subject to various federal, state and local regulatory requirements, such as fire and safety requirements. Failure to comply with these requirements could result in the imposition of fines by governmental authorities or awards of damages to private litigants. We believe that our properties are currently in substantial compliance with all such regulatory requirements. However, there can be no assurance that these requirements will not be changed or that new requirements will not be imposed which would require significant unanticipated expenditures by us, which expenditure could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects.

Insurance

We carry comprehensive general liability, fire, extended coverage, business interruption and umbrella liability coverage on all of our properties with limits of liability which we deem adequate. Similarly, we are insured against the risk of direct physical damage in amounts we believe to be adequate to reimburse us on a replacement basis for costs incurred to repair or rebuild each property, including loss of business profits during the reconstruction period. We also carry coverage for customers’ products in our warehouses that are damaged due to our negligence. The cost of all such insurance is passed through to customers as part of their regular rates for storage and handling.

We are self-insured for workers’ compensation and health insurance under a large-deductible program, meaning that we have accrued liabilities in amounts that we consider appropriate to cover losses in these areas. In addition, we maintain excess loss coverage to insure against losses in excess of the reserves that we have established for these claims in amounts that we consider appropriate. However, in the unlikely event that our loss experience exceeds our reserves and the limits of our excess loss policies, there could be material adverse effects on our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects.

We regularly evaluate risk in the organization in an attempt to identify and cover perils that are deemed potentially to have a material adverse effect on the business if realized. From time to time, we also identify risks that are considered highly theoretical in nature and consciously choose to self-insure these possibilities. In addition, we seek advice from professional brokers with respect to appropriate levels and forms of coverage to bind. We will select policy specifications and insured limits which we believe to be appropriate given the relative

 

226


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

risk of loss, the cost of the coverage and industry practice. In the opinion of our company’s management, the properties in our portfolio are currently, and upon the completion of this offering will be, adequately insured.

We will not carry insurance for generally uninsured losses such as loss from riots or war; however, we do include coverage for risks across all programs for acts of terrorism. We carry earthquake insurance on our properties in areas known to be seismically active and flood insurance on our properties in areas known to be flood zones, in an amount and with deductibles which we believe are commercially reasonable.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be party to a variety of legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not a party to, nor is any of our property a subject of, any material litigation or legal proceedings or, to the best of our knowledge, any threatened litigation or legal proceedings which, in the opinion of management, individually or in the aggregate, would have a material impact on our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects.

Competition

In our industry, the principal competitive factors are warehouse location, warehouse size, breadth and interconnectivity of warehouse networks, quality, type of service and price. For refrigerated food customers, transportation costs are typically significantly greater than warehousing costs and, accordingly, location and transportation capabilities are major competitive factors. The size of a warehouse is important in part because large customers generally prefer to have all of their products needed to serve a given market in a single location and to have the flexibility to increase storage at that single location during seasonal peaks. In areas with direct local competition, customers generally will select a temperature-controlled warehouse based upon service level, price and the quality of the warehouse. In addition, some food producers and distributors attend to their own warehousing and distribution needs by either building or leasing warehouses, creating a private warehousing market which may compete with the public warehouse industry. Many customers, including those for whom private warehousing is a viable option, will select distribution services based upon service level and price, provided that an appropriate network of related storage facilities is available. The breadth and quality of information and integrated logistics management services provided are additional and increasingly important bases upon which we compete in the marketplace. In addition, we compete for the business of customers and potential customers who may choose to provide temperature-controlled warehousing in-house.

United States

Outside the five largest owners of temperature-controlled warehouses, the United States temperature-controlled warehouse industry is highly fragmented among numerous owners and operators. We believe our main competitors include Lineage Logistics, LLC, United States Cold Storage, Inc. (a subsidiary of Swire Cold Storage), Preferred Freezer Services, LLC, Henningsen Cold Storage Co. and AGRO Merchants Group, in addition to numerous other local, regional and national temperature-controlled warehouse owners and operators.

Australia

Our main competitor in Australia is Swire Cold Storage, which operates warehouses and services all of the major Australian markets, representing approximately 32% of total temperature-controlled warehouse space in Australia as of June 2016. Generally, our other competitors operate in only one region and do not compete in the retail market that comprises the majority of our revenues.

New Zealand

Our management believes that our main competitor in New Zealand is Polarcold Stores, which operates an estimated nine warehouses and is the largest public warehouse operator in New Zealand. Polarcold Stores

 

227


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

specializes in bulk storage and focuses on the commodity market with warehouses located near New Zealand’s ports. Generally, our other competitors also service the commodity market and operate in only one region.

Argentina

We have several competitors in the Buenos Aires market, which in the past tended to be smaller single-site operations or fragmented networks. While we are aware some operators are considering consolidating public warehouse facilities in Argentina, the greatest sources of competition in Argentina is the disproportionate number of producers (compared to the United States) that continue to in-source their temperature-controlled storage needs.

Employees

As of September 30, 2017, worldwide we employed approximately 11,000 people, approximately 53% of which were represented by various local labor unions, and 79 of our 160 warehouses have unionized associates that are governed by 73 different collective bargaining agreements. Since January 1, 2016, we have successfully negotiated 41 collective bargaining agreements (which expired in 2016 and 2017 or were first contracts) without any work stoppages. We are currently negotiating two collective bargaining agreements, both of which have expired and which we continue to operate by mutual consent while negotiations are finalized. We do not anticipate any disruption of services due to existing or anticipated contract negotiations.

 

228


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of trustees will be comprised of nine trustees, a majority of whom will be “independent” in accordance with NYSE listing standards. Pursuant to our declaration of trust, each of our trustees will be elected by our shareholders to serve until the next annual meeting of our shareholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies.

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our current executive officers, trustees and trustee nominees as of January 1, 2018. There are no family relationships among any of our trustees, trustee nominees or executive officers.

 

Name

  

Age

    

Position(s)

Executive Officers

     

Fred Boehler

     50      Chief Executive Officer, President and Trustee

Marc Smernoff

     44      Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President

Andrea Darweesh

     46      Chief Human Resources Officer and Executive Vice President

Thomas Musgrave

     46      Chief Information Officer and Executive Vice President

Thomas Novosel

     59      Chief Accounting Officer and Senior Vice President

Current Non-Employee Trustees Who Will Continue to Serve as Trustees Following this Offering

George J. Alburger, Jr.

     70      Trustee*

Jeffrey M. Gault

     72     

Chairman of the Board of Trustees

Bradley J. Gross

     45      Trustee*

Joel A. Holsinger

     42      Trustee

Non-Employee Trustee Nominees

James R. Heistand

     65      Trustee Nominee*†

Michelle M. MacKay

     51      Trustee Nominee*†

Mark R. Patterson

     57      Trustee Nominee*†

Andrew P. Power

     38      Trustee Nominee*†

Current Non-Employee Trustees Who Will Resign in Connection with this Offering

Ronald Burkle

     64      Trustee

Christopher Crampton

     39      Trustee

Richard d’Abo

     61      Trustee

Gregory Mays

     71      Trustee

Terrence J. Wallock

     73      Trustee

 

* We expect our board of trustees to determine that this individual is independent for purposes of NYSE listing standards.
These individuals have agreed to become members of our board of trustees in connection with this offering.

Executive Officers

Fred Boehler has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of trustees since December 2015. Prior to that, he served as our Chief Operating Officer from February 2013 until December 2015. Before joining our team, Mr. Boehler was a Senior Vice President at SUPERVALU INC. (NYSE: SVU) from March 2009 to February 2013 and held various positions at Borders Group, Inc. from November 1999 to March 2009, most recently serving as Senior Vice President, Logistics & Planning. Mr. Boehler received his bachelor’s degree from Wright State University and his M.B.A. from Northern Illinois University. We believe Mr. Boehler’s years of experience with us and other logistics companies, his comprehensive knowledge of our business and inside perspective of our day-to-day operations qualify him to serve on our board of trustees.

 

229


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Marc Smernoff has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President since August 2015. Prior to that, he served as our Chief Administrative Officer and Executive Vice President from August 2014 until August 2015. From August 2004 through April 2015, he served as a Director at The Yucaipa Companies, LLC. Prior to joining Yucaipa, from 2003 to 2004 he was a Manager in the Transaction Services group at KPMG, and from 2000 through 2002, he was an associate at Wells Fargo Securities. Mr. Smernoff was a member of our board of trustees from March 2008 until December 2009 and has served on the board of directors of Eimskipafélag Islands hf (NASDAQ OMX: EIM) since September 2009. Mr. Smernoff is a certified public accountant. He received his bachelor’s degree from the University of California, Santa Barbara and his M.B.A. from UCLA.

Andrea Darweesh has served as our Chief Human Resources Officer and Executive Vice President since September 2016. From November 2012 to February 2016, Ms. Darweesh served as Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer with The Weather Channel. Prior to that, Ms. Darweesh served as Vice President, Talent Management at Nordstrom Inc. (NYSE: JWN) from August 2008 to November 2012 and Vice President, Global Team Management at Equifax (NYSE: EFX) from 2006 to 2008. Ms. Darweesh received her bachelor’s degree from Texas Tech University and her M.B.A. from Emory University.

Thomas Musgrave has served as our Chief Information Officer and Executive Vice President since December 2013. Mr. Musgrave served as our Senior Vice President of Information Technology from February 2013 to December 2013 and our Vice President of Information Technology from October 2011 to February 2013. From October 2006 to October 2011, Mr. Musgrave served as the Vice President of Information Technology at Syncreon. Mr. Musgrave received his bachelor’s degree from North Central College.

Thomas Novosel has served as our Chief Accounting Officer and Senior Vice President since October 2013. Prior to joining our team, Mr. Novosel served as Chief Accounting Officer at Equity Lifestyle Properties (NYSE: ELS) from April 2012 to April 2013. From April 2010 to March 2012, he was an Audit Partner at Mueller & Company. From August 2005 to August 2009, Mr. Novosel was the National Managing Partner for the Construction, Real Estate and Hospitality practice at Grant Thornton. From April 2001 to October 2004, he served as Chief Accounting Officer at Apartment Investment and Management Company (NYSE: AIV). Prior to that he was an Audit Partner at Ernst & Young LLP. Mr. Novosel received his bachelor’s degree in public accounting from Loyola University of Chicago and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Current Non-Employee Trustees Who Will Continue to Serve as Trustees Following this Offering

George J. Alburger, Jr. has served as a member of our board of trustees since May 2010. Mr. Alburger has served as a member of the board of directors of Pennsylvania REIT (NYSE: PEI) since June 2017. Mr. Alburger was formerly Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Liberty Property Trust (NYSE: LPT) from May 1995 until June 2016. Prior to that, Mr. Alburger served for nine years as Chief Financial Officer of EBL&S Property Management, Inc. Prior to joining EBL&S in 1982, Mr. Alburger was a senior manager at PriceWaterhouse LLP. Mr. Alburger is a certified public accountant and a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. He received his bachelor’s degree from St. Joseph’s University. We believe Mr. Alburger’s financial and accounting background, deep industry knowledge and years of experience qualify him to serve on our board of trustees.

Jeffrey M. Gault has served as a member of our board of trustees since November 2011. From February 2012 through March 2014, Mr. Gault served as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Since March 31, 2014, he has served as Chairman of our board of trustees. Mr. Gault is the founder and owner of Solus Property Company and its affiliates which was incorporated in 1979. He has 40 years of experience in the real estate industry having managed businesses and/or provided advisory services to affiliates of H. F. Ahmanson & Company, Home Savings of America, FA., SunAmerica, Inc., Hyatt Corporation, KB Home, Whitehall Funds, an affiliate of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., NorthStar Realty Finance and Westbrook Partners. Mr. Gault presently serves as the chairman of the board of Apollo Real Estate Finance, Inc. (NYSE: ARI) and is a member

 

230


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

of the board of directors of Great Wolf Resorts, a Centerbridge Partners portfolio company. He has previously served as a member of the board of directors of Classic Party Rentals, an Apollo Global Management portfolio company and as a member of the board of Morgan’s Hotel Group (NYSE: MHGC). Mr. Gault is a member of the board of directors of our subsidiary, AmeriCold Logistics, LLC. Mr. Gault received his bachelor’s degree in architecture from the University of California at Berkeley and a master’s degree in Environmental Design from Yale University. He is a member and former trustee of the Urban Land Institute, former chairman of the Advisory Board of the Fisher Center for Real Estate & Urban Economics at the University of California and a member emeritus of the American Institute of Architects. We believe Mr. Gault’s experience in strategic planning, corporate finance and the real estate industry qualify him to serve on our board of trustees. We anticipate that, pursuant to our new shareholders agreement, Mr. Gault will be one of the designees of YF ART Holdings, as designated by affiliates of Yucaipa, to our board of trustees.

Bradley J. Gross has served as a member of our board of trustees since December 2010. Mr. Gross joined Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC in 1995. He rejoined the firm after attending business school in 2000 and later was named Vice President in 2003, managing director in 2007 and, since 2012, has served as a partner. Mr. Gross has served as a member of the board of directors of Open Road Parent, LLC since June 2017, Griffon Corporation (NYSE: GFF) since September 2008, ProQuest Holdings LLC since November 2013, PSAV Holdings LLC since January 2014, Neovia Logistics Holdings, Ltd since February 2015 and MDC Partners since March 2017. From May 2011 to October 2015, Mr. Gross served on the board of directors of Flynn Restaurant Group, LLC and from September 2012 until August 2015, Mr. Gross served on the board of directors of Interline Brands, Inc. Additionally, from August 2007 until September 2014, Mr. Gross served on the board of directors of Aeroflex, Inc. Mr. Gross received his bachelor’s degree from Duke University and an M.B.A. from the Stanford University Graduate School of Business. We believe Mr. Gross’s experience in corporate finance, mergers and acquisitions and prior board experience qualify him to serve on our board of trustees. We anticipate that, pursuant to our new shareholders agreement, Mr. Gross will be the designee of the GS Entities to our board of trustees.

Joel A. Holsinger has served as a member of our board of trustees since February 2015. Mr. Holsinger is a Partner at Fortress Investment Group LLC, a position he has held since December 2008. An investment fund affiliated with Fortress is one of our significant shareholders. Prior to that, Mr. Holsinger co-founded and was a Partner at Atalaya Capital Management from April 2006 until December 2008. Mr. Holsinger has served on the board of directors of Smarte Carte since February 2014. Mr. Holsinger received his bachelor’s degree in finance from California State University, Fullerton. We believe Mr. Holsinger’s experience in private equity, corporate finance and strategic planning qualify him to serve on our board of trustees. We anticipate that, pursuant to our new shareholders agreement, Mr. Holsinger will be one of the designees of YF ART Holdings, as designated by the Fortress Entity, to our board of trustees.

Non-Employee Trustee Nominees

James R. Heistand will serve as a member of our board of trustees and as lead independent trustee upon the completion of this offering. Mr. Heistand has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Parkway Property Investments, LLC since October 2017. Before that, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Parkway Properties, Inc. from April 2012 until October 2016 and President and Chief Executive Officer of Parkway, Inc. from October 2016 until October 2017. He has been a member of the board of directors of Parkway Property Investments, LLC since 2016 and was a member of the board of directors of Legacy Parkway from December 2011 until 2016. Prior to joining Legacy Parkway, Mr. Heistand founded and served as chairman of Eola Capital LLC, a privately owned property management company, since its inception in 2000. Mr. Heistand is a member of the chairman’s circle of the real estate advisory board for the Warrington College of Business Administration at the University of Florida. Mr. Heistand graduated from the University of Florida with a B.S. in Real Estate Finance. We believe Mr. Heistand’s deep experience in real estate strategic planning, investment, development and asset management qualifies him to serve on our board of trustees.

 

231


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Michelle M. MacKay will serve as a member of our board of trustees upon the completion of this offering. Ms. MacKay is currently a Senior Consultant to iStar Financial, a publicly traded REIT (NYSE: STAR). From 2003 through February 2017, Ms. Mackay was an Executive Vice President of Investments and, since 2009, Head of Capital Markets of iStar Financial. She also has served on its Senior Management Committee since 2010 and previously served on its Investment Committee from 2003 to 2010. Ms. MacKay previously served as a member of the Board of Directors of WCI Communities, Inc., a publicly traded company listed on the NYSE from 2010 until its acquisition by Lennar Corporation in February 2017. During her tenure on the Board of Directors of WCI, Ms. MacKay was Head of the Nominating and Governance Committee and also served as a member of the Compensation and Audit Committees. Ms. MacKay has more than 20 years of experience in the real estate industry. Her background includes investing in real estate through financings, direct ownership and structured products. Ms. MacKay also previously served as a Senior Vice President at UBS Paine Webber from 1998 to 2001 and as a Vice President at Chase Bank from 1996 to 1998. Ms. MacKay holds a B.A. in political science from the University of Connecticut and an M.B.A. from the University of Hartford. We believe Ms. MacKay’s extensive knowledge of the real estate industry, background in the capital markets, as well as leadership experience with a publicly traded REIT qualifies her to serve on our board of trustees.

Mark R. Patterson will serve as a member of our board of trustees upon the completion of this offering. Mr. Patterson serves as President of MP Realty Advisors, LLC and has served in that role since January 2009. He also serves as a real estate consultant and financial advisor. From September 2010 until December 2014, Mr. Patterson served as Chief Executive Officer of Boomerang Systems, Inc. In August 2015, Boomerang Systems, Inc. filed for bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Prior to that, he served as the Managing Director and the Head of Real Estate Global Principal Investments at Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, where he oversaw real estate investing activities from 2005 to 2009. Mr. Patterson also served as Global Head of Real Estate Investment Banking and Co-Head of Global Commercial Real Estate at the firm until 2009. He served as a member of the board of directors for GGP Inc. (NYSE: GGP) from 2011 to 2017, a member of the board of directors for UDR, Inc. (NYSE: UDR) since 2014, a member of the board of directors of Digital Realty Trust, Inc. (NYSE: DLR) since 2016 and a member of the board of directors for Investcorp (BSE: INVCORP). He has a B.B.A. from the College of William and Mary and an M.B.A. from the Darden School of Business at the University of Virginia. He is also a certified public accountant. We believe Mr. Patterson’s financial and real estate industry expertise, extensive experience working with public companies in the real estate industry and experience on the boards of directors of public companies qualify him to serve on our board of trustees.

Andrew P. Power will serve as a member of our board of trustees upon the completion of this offering. Mr. Power is the Chief Financial Officer of Digital Realty Trust, Inc. (NYSE: DLR) and has served in that role since May 2015. Prior to joining Digital Realty, Mr. Power was employed by Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated from 2011 to April 2015, where he most recently served as Managing Director of Real Estate, Gaming and Lodging Investment Banking, and was responsible for relationships with over 40 public and private companies. Mr. Power was employed by Citigroup Global Markets Inc. from 2004 to 2011 where he most recently served as Vice President. During his career, Mr. Power has managed the execution of public and private capital raises in excess of $30 billion, including the then-largest REIT IPO, and more than $19 billion of merger and acquisitions transactions. Mr. Power received a B.S. in Analytical Finance from Wake Forest University. We believe Mr. Power’s significant experience in the financial and real estate industries qualifies him to serve on our board of trustees.

Current Non-Employee Trustees Who Will Resign in Connection with this Offering

Ronald Burkle has served as a member of our board of trustees since December 2010. Mr. Burkle founded The Yucaipa Companies in 1986 and is widely recognized as one of the preeminent investors in the retail, distribution, technology, entertainment, sports and hospitality industries. He has served as Chairman of the Board and/or controlling shareholder of numerous companies through The Yucaipa Companies, including Soho House, Golden State Foods, Dominick’s, Fred Meyer, Ralphs and Food4Less. Mr. Burkle is Co-Chairman of the

 

232


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Burkle Center for International Relations at UCLA and is broadly involved in the community. He is a member of the Board of The Scripps Research Institute, the National Urban League and Frank Lloyd Wright Conservancy. He is a trustee of the Carter Center, and AIDS Project Los Angeles (APLA). Mr. Burkle was the Founder and Chairman of the Ralphs/Food4Less Foundation and the Fred Meyer Inc. Foundation. He previously served as a member of the boards of Occidental Petroleum Corporation (NYSE: OXY), KB Home (NYSE: KBH), Kaufman & Broad S.A. (Euronext: KOF), Yahoo! (Nasdaq: YHOO), the J. Paul Getty Trust, the Los Angeles County Museum of Art, The Music Center and the Museum of Contemporary Art, Los Angeles. Mr. Burkle has received numerous honors and awards, including the AFL-CIO’s Murray Green Meany Kirkland Community Service Award, the Los Angeles County Federation of Labor Man of the Year, the Los Angeles County Boy Scouts Jimmy Stewart Person of the Year Award and the APLA Commitment to Life Award. We expect that Mr. Burkle will resign as a trustee in connection with this offering.

Christopher Crampton has served as a member of our board of trustees since December 2012. Mr. Crampton currently co-leads the Merchant Banking Division’s private equity investing efforts in the industrials sector at Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC. He joined Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC in 2003 and was named managing director in 2012 and a partner in 2016. Prior to that, Mr. Crampton worked in the investment banking division of Deutsche Banc Alex Brown from 2000 to 2003. He currently serves on the boards of FloWorks Holdings, Pipeline Supply & Service, LLC, Sterling Talent Solutions and U.S. Security Associates, Inc. He previously served on the boards of GCA Services Group, Inc., MRC Global Inc. (NYSE: MRC), Interline Brands, Inc., ProQuest Holdings and Andrews International. He received his A.B. from Princeton University. We expect that Mr. Crampton will resign as a trustee in connection with this offering.

Richard d’Abo has served as a member of our board of trustees since October 2014. Mr. d’Abo is a Partner of Yucaipa, a multi-billion dollar private equity firm which he joined in 1988. He held various integral roles within Yucaipa that included origination and structuring of principal transactions and consolidation of the supermarket industry in the western United States. Mr. d’Abo currently serves as the Chairman of Eimskip (NASDAQ OMX: EIM), a publicly listed Icelandic shipping company. Mr. d’Abo has been involved in various activities in financial advisory and private equity investing over the years, and served as Vice President at Union Bank in their corporate lending group from 1978 through 1987. Mr. d’Abo attended the University of Southern California. We expect that Mr. d’Abo will resign as a trustee in connection with this offering.

Gregory Mays has served as a member of our board of trustees since March 2011. Mr. Mays is currently President of a consulting firm, Mays Consulting. Prior to his consulting work, Mr. Mays served as CEO of several companies, including Wild Oats Markets, Inc., Simon Worldwide Marketing, Inc., The Great Atlantic and Pacific Tea Company, and Source Interlink Companies, Inc. He also served as Chairman of Wild Oats, Source Interlink, and A&P Companies. He currently serves on the boards of Ten Enthusiast Network and Simon Worldwide Marketing, Inc. We expect that Mr. Mays will resign as a trustee in connection with this offering.

Terrence J. Wallock has served as a member of our board of trustees since February 2012. Mr. Wallock currently is a consultant supporting various companies with an emphasis on merger transactions and acquisition activities, initial public offerings, restructuring and work-outs. Mr. Wallock has performed extensive due diligence for private equity firms, including The Yucaipa Companies and Apollo Global Management. He has acted as special counsel on the merger activities of Wild Oats Markets, Inc. and Whole Foods Market, Inc. and lead counsel and crisis management in the bankruptcy sale and liquidation of Furr’s Supermarkets. Prior to owning his own practice, Mr. Wallock served in senior management roles, including Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary for Ralph’s Grocery Stores, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary for Vons Companies and Senior Vice President and General Counsel of Denny’s Inc. Mr. Wallock served on the board of directors of The Great Atlantic and Pacific Tea Company, Ten Media LLC, Fresh & Easy LLC, Source Interlink LLC and Three Lions Entertainment LLC. Mr. Wallock received his J.D. and A.B. from UCLA. We expect that Mr. Wallock will resign as a trustee in connection with this offering.

 

233


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Corporate Governance

We have structured our corporate governance subsequent to this offering in a manner we believe closely aligns our interests with those of our shareholders. Upon the completion of this offering, notable features of our corporate governance will include the following:

 

    at least a majority of our trustees will be “independent” in accordance with NYSE listing standards and our board of trustees will be comprised of at least a majority of trustees not appointed by any of Yucaipa or its affiliates, the GS Entities or the Fortress Entity;

 

    each of our audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees will be comprised of trustees that are “independent” in accordance with NYSE listing standards;

 

    our independent trustees will meet regularly in executive sessions without the presence of our officers or our non-independent trustees;

 

    our board of trustees is not classified and each of our trustees is subject to re-election annually, and we will not classify our board of trustees in the future without the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes cast on the matter by shareholders entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees;

 

    although we could be considered a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE listing standards and would qualify for exemption from certain NYSE corporate governance requirements (including that a majority of the board be independent and the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees be composed entirely of independent trustees), we do not intend to rely on these exemptions and intend to fully comply with all corporate governance requirements under the NYSE rules;

 

    at least one of our trustees serving on our audit committee will qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the SEC; and

 

    we will opt out of the Maryland business combination and control share acquisition statutes, and in the future will not opt in without the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes cast on the matter by shareholders entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees.

On any vote to opt in to Subtitle 8, the Maryland business combination statute, or the control share acquisition statute, YF ART Holdings (including its affiliates) will vote its common shares for and against the matter in the same proportion as the number of votes cast for and against the proposal to opt in by other shareholders until YF ART Holdings (including its affiliates) ceases to own at least 20% of the outstanding voting power.

Board Committees

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of trustees will have three committees: the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee. Each committee will report to our board of trustees as they deem appropriate and as our board of trustees may request. Each committee will have the composition, duties and responsibilities described below and will be comprised only of members who are “independent” in accordance with NYSE listing standards. Members serve on these committees until their resignations or until otherwise determined by our board of trustees. The charter of each committee will be available on our website at www.americold.com upon the completion of this offering. Our

 

234


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

website is not part of this prospectus. In the future, our board of trustees may establish other committees, as it deems appropriate, to assist it with its responsibilities.

Audit Committee

In connection with this offering, our board of trustees will adopt a new written charter for our audit committee that complies with NYSE listing standards. The primary purpose of our audit committee will be to assist our board of trustees’ oversight of:

 

    the integrity of our financial statements;

 

    our internal financial reporting and compliance with our financial, accounting and disclosure controls and procedures;

 

    the qualifications, engagement, compensation, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    our independent registered public accounting firm’s annual audit of our financial statements and the approval of all audit and permissible non-audit services;

 

    the performance of our internal audit function;

 

    our legal and regulatory compliance; and

 

    the approval of related party transactions.

Upon the completion of this offering, our audit committee will be composed of Messrs. Alburger, Heistand and Power. Mr. Alburger will serve as chair of our audit committee. Our board of trustees is expected to determine affirmatively that (i) Mr. Alburger qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term has been defined by the SEC in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K and (ii) each member of our audit committee is “financially literate” as that term is defined by NYSE listing standards and meets the definition for “independence” for the purposes of serving on our audit committee under NYSE listing standards and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

Compensation Committee

In connection with this offering, our board of trustees will adopt a new written charter for our compensation committee that complies with NYSE listing standards. The primary purposes of our compensation committee will be to:

 

    set the overall compensation philosophy, strategy and policies for our executive officers and trustees;

 

    annually review and approve corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other key employees and evaluate performance in light of those goals and objectives;

 

    review and determine the compensation of our trustees, Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers;

 

    make recommendations to our board of trustees with respect to our incentive and equity-based compensation plans; and

 

235


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    review and approve employment agreements and other similar arrangements between us and our executive officers.

Upon the completion of this offering, our compensation committee will be composed of Ms. MacKay and Messrs. Heistand and Power. Mr. Heistand will serve as chair of our compensation committee. Our board of trustees is expected to determine affirmatively that each member of our compensation committee meets the definition for “independence” for the purpose of serving on our compensation committee under applicable rules of the NYSE and each member of our compensation committee meets the definition of a “non-employee trustee” for the purpose of serving on our compensation committee under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

In connection with this offering, our board of trustees will adopt a new written charter for our nominating and corporate governance committee that complies with NYSE listing standards. The primary purposes of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be to:

 

    recommend to our board of trustees for approval the qualifications, qualities, skills and expertise required for board of trustees membership;

 

    identify potential members of our board of trustees consistent with the criteria approved by our board of trustees and select and recommend to our board of trustees the trustee nominees for election at annual meetings of shareholders or to otherwise fill vacancies;

 

    evaluate and make recommendations regarding the structure, membership and governance of the committees of our board of trustees;

 

    develop and make recommendations to our board of trustees with regard to our corporate governance policies and principles, including development of a set of corporate governance guidelines and principles applicable to us; and

 

    oversee the annual review of our board of trustees’ performance, including committees of our board of trustees.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will establish a nominating and corporate governance committee comprised of Messrs. Heistand and Patterson and Ms. MacKay. Mr. Patterson will serve as chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of trustees is expected to determine affirmatively that each member of our nominating and corporate governance committee meets the definition of independence under NYSE listing standards.

Board Leadership Structure

Upon the completion of this offering, Mr. Gault will serve as the non-executive chairman of our board of trustees, Mr. Heistand will serve as the lead independent trustee of our board of trustees and Mr. Boehler will serve as our principal executive officer. Our board of trustees believes that separating the roles of chairman and principal executive officer at the time of this offering will provide us with strong independent governance and allow our principal executive officer to focus on the leadership and management of our business. Our bylaws and corporate governance guidelines, however, will provide us with the flexibility to consolidate these roles in the future, permitting the roles of chairman and principal executive officer to be filled by one individual. This will provide our board of trustees with flexibility to determine whether these two roles should be combined in the future based on our needs and our board of trustees’ assessment of our leadership structure from time to time. Our board of trustees will re-evaluate its leadership structure on an ongoing basis and may change it as circumstances warrant.

 

236


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Risk Oversight

Our board of trustees is currently responsible for overseeing our risk management process. Our board of trustees focuses on our general risk management strategy and the most significant risks facing us, and ensures that appropriate risk mitigation strategies are implemented by management. Our board of trustees is also apprised of particular risk management matters in connection with its general oversight and approval of corporate matters and significant transactions.

Following the completion of this offering, our board will delegate to our audit committee oversight of our risk management process. Our other board committees will also consider and address risk as they perform their respective committee responsibilities. All committees will report to the full board of trustees as appropriate, including when a matter rises to the level of a material or enterprise level risk.

Our management is responsible for day-to-day risk management. This oversight includes identifying, evaluating and addressing potential risks that may exist at the enterprise, strategic, financial, operational, compliance and reporting levels.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our principal executive, financial and accounting officers and all persons performing similar functions. A copy of that code will be available on our corporate website at www.americold.com upon the completion of this offering. We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website. Our website is not part of this prospectus.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other company of which any members of our compensation committee or any of our trustees is an executive officer.

Trustee Compensation

The following table sets forth information concerning the 2017 compensation paid to our non-employee trustees:

 

Name

   Fees earned
or paid in
cash
     Stock
awards ($)(1)
     Total   

George J. Alburger, Jr.

   $ 59,500      $ 91,740      $ 151,240  

Ronald Burkle

     —          —          —    

Christopher Crampton

     —          —          —    

Richard d’Abo

     —          —          —    

Jeffrey M. Gault

   $ 240,000        —        $ 240,000  

Bradley J. Gross

     —          —          —    

Joel A. Holsinger.

     —          —          —    

Gregory Mays

   $ 264,000      $ 91,740      $ 355,740  

Terrence J. Wallock

   $ 55,000      $ 91,740      $ 146,740  

 

(1) Reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of the restricted stock units granted on February 1, 2017 computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. As of December 31, 2017, our non-employee trustees held the following aggregate number of restricted stock units: Mr. Alburger – 40,774 restricted stock units; Mr. Gault – 568,753 restricted stock units; Mr. Mays – 46,890 restricted stock units; and Mr. Wallock – 40,774 restricted stock units.

 

237


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our board of trustees has adopted a compensation program for our non-employee trustees to be effective upon the completion of this offering which provides an annual cash retainer of $65,000 for all non-employee trustees other than the chairperson of our board of trustees and an annual equity award of $100,000 (or $175,000 for the chairperson of our board of trustees) in the form of restricted stock units having a one year vesting period for each non-employee trustee serving on our board of trustees (other than the designees of any affiliate of Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity that are employees of such entities, or their respective affiliates, as applicable). No designee of any affiliate of Yucaipa, the GS Entities or the Fortress Entity that is an employee of Yucaipa, the GS Entities or the Fortress Entity, or their respective affiliates, as applicable, will receive any compensation or awards under the non-employee trustee compensation program; Mr. Gault is not an employee of Yucaipa or its affiliates. The program also provides for additional annual cash retainers of $175,000 for the chairperson of our board of trustees and additional cash retainers for service on board committees, as follows: $20,000 for the chairperson of our audit committee and $10,000 for the other members of our audit committee; $15,000 for the chairperson of our compensation committee and $7,500 for the other members of our compensation committee; and $12,500 for the chairperson of our nominating and corporate governance committee and $6,250 for the other members of our nominating and corporate governance committee. In addition, we reimburse all trustees for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their duties as trustees, including without limitation travel expenses in connection with their attendance in-person at board of trustee and committee meetings.

In addition, upon the completion of this offering, we expect that each of our non-employee trustees serving on our board of trustees following this offering (other than the designees of the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity) will receive $100,000 of restricted stock units (or 300,000 restricted stock units for the chairperson of our board of trustees having an estimated value of $4.5 million based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), which restricted stock units will vest ratably over a three-year period following the grant date.

Executive Compensation

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides an overview of our executive compensation program and explains our compensation philosophy, objectives and design. It includes a description of the compensation provided in fiscal year 2017 to our principal executive officer, our principal financial officer and our three other most highly compensated executive officers, who are referred to collectively as our “named executive officers.” Our named executive officers for fiscal year 2017 were:

 

    Fred Boehler, our Chief Executive Officer and President;

 

    Marc Smernoff, our Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President;

 

    Andrea Darweesh, our Chief Human Resources Officer and Executive Vice President;

 

    Thomas Musgrave, our Chief Information Officer and Executive Vice President; and

 

    Thomas Novosel, our Chief Accounting Officer and Senior Vice President.

This compensation discussion and analysis focuses primarily on the information contained in the compensation tables below and related footnotes. We also describe current expectations about future compensation programs to be adopted in connection with this offering.

Overview

We are currently a privately-owned company controlled by investment funds affiliated with Yucaipa, which initially invested in our company in 2004. Our existing compensation committee has been responsible for

 

238


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

determining the elements that comprise our executive compensation program in general, as well as approving the annual performance objectives associated with our annual incentive compensation plan and approving equity grants made to employees, all as described below. Most, if not all, of our prior compensation policies and determinations, including those made for fiscal year 2017, have been the product of informal discussions between our Chief Executive Officer and our existing compensation committee.

As a privately owned company, we were not required to maintain an independent compensation committee. Upon the completion of this offering, we will establish an independent compensation committee that will have responsibility for administering our executive compensation program.

Executive Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

We have designed our executive compensation program to help attract, motivate and retain talented, high-caliber executive officers necessary to lead us in achieving business success. A key objective is to reward executive officers based upon the achievement of our results. Our executive compensation program is designed to align the performance of our executive officers with our business plan and strategic objectives by focusing management on achieving strong short-term performance in a manner that supports our strategy for long-term success and profitability. The components of our current executive compensation program, including base salary, annual cash incentive awards, equity-based incentive awards and retirement and health and welfare benefits, are designed to support our executive compensation objectives.

We also intend for our executive compensation program to be reasonable and responsible yet competitive relative to compensation paid to similarly situated executive officers at comparable companies. While we believe that it is critical that our overall compensation levels are sufficiently competitive to attract talented leaders and motivate our executive officers to achieve superior results, our executive compensation program is also intended to be consistent with our focus on managing costs.

A portion of the compensation of our named executive officers has historically consisted of cash incentive compensation contingent upon the achievement of pre-determined financial performance metrics as well as equity-based awards in the form of stock options and restricted stock units. These two elements of executive compensation are designed to be aligned with the interests of our shareholders because the amount of compensation ultimately received will vary with our financial and share price performance, encourage equity ownership and promote retention of key talent. Equity-based compensation derives its value from the value of our equity, which is likely to fluctuate based on our financial performance. Payment of cash incentives is dependent on our achievement of pre-determined financial objectives.

We seek to apply a consistent philosophy to compensation for all executive officers. The compensation components described below are designed to simultaneously fulfill one or more of the above principles and objectives.

Compensation Decision-Making Process

Prior to this offering, we were a privately-held company with a relatively small number of shareholders, including our principal shareholders, consisting of certain investment funds affiliated with Yucaipa. As a result, we were not subject to any stock exchange listing or SEC rules requiring a majority of our board of trustees to be independent or relating to the formation and functioning of board committees, including a compensation committee.

Historically, our existing compensation committee has been responsible for determining the elements that comprise our executive compensation program in general, as well as determining base salary amounts and increases for executive officers (based upon recommendations from our Chief Executive Officer), approving the annual performance objectives associated with our short-term incentive compensation plan and approving the equity grants made to employees, as described below.

 

239


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We have employment agreements with each of our named executive officers that provide for annual compensation and post-termination compensation. The terms of these employment agreements were negotiated with each executive officer by our existing compensation committee, based on a variety of informal factors considered at the time of the applicable compensation decisions, including our financial condition and available resources, the need for a particular position to be filled, the length of service of the named executive officer and comparisons to the compensation levels of our other executive officers. For a discussion of the existing employment agreements, see the section titled “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control— Existing Employment Agreements.” We expect to enter into new employment agreements with each of our named executive officers in connection with this offering. See the section titled “—Compensation Plans Following the Completion of this Offering.”

Our existing compensation committee has historically considered the compensation of our executive officers through a review of publicly available market studies and other information regarding the competitive executive compensation environment to assess whether our executive officers are generally compensated at competitive levels. In addition, our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers as well as members of our board of trustees have substantial industry experience regarding the compensation provided to executive officers of other companies in our industry through informal discussions with recruiting firms and general research and survey data as well as their experience in determining compensation at other companies. In addition, our Chief Executive Officer and, in the case of our Chief Executive Officer, our existing compensation committee, have reviewed the performance of each of our named executive officers on an annual basis. Based on his assessment of the competitive market and individual performance, our Chief Executive Officer has presented compensation recommendations to our existing compensation committee for its consideration and approval, but has not made any recommendations with respect to his own compensation. Our existing compensation committee has reviewed these proposals and has made all final compensation decisions for executive officers by exercising its discretion in accepting, modifying or rejecting any such recommendations.

In August 2016, management engaged FPL Associates, LP, or FPL, to provide competitive market data and recommendations in connection with our analysis of cash and equity compensation practices for our executive officers in anticipation of our initial public offering. FPL did not provide any advice or make any recommendations regarding our 2017 executive compensation program. We expect that, following the completion of this offering, our compensation committee, with the assistance of FPL, will continue to review our existing compensation program, objectives and philosophy and determine whether such program, objectives, and philosophy are appropriate for a public company. As we gain experience as a public company, we expect that the specific direction, emphasis and components of our executive compensation program will continue to evolve. See the section titled “—Compensation Plans Following the Completion of this Offering.”

Elements of Compensation

In fiscal year 2017, our compensation program for our named executive officers consisted of the following elements:

 

    Base Salary . A fixed cash payment intended to attract and retain talented individuals, recognize career experience, reflect job responsibilities and expected future contributions and provide market competitive compensation.

 

    Short-Term Incentives . Our Short-Term Incentive Plan, or STIP, provides annual cash incentive opportunities based upon our performance that is intended to promote and reward achievement of our annual financial and strategic objectives.

 

   

Long-Term Incentives . Historically, we have made grants of service-based and performance-based stock options and restricted stock units intended to align the executive officer’s interests with those of our shareholders by tying value to our long-term performance. Grants are generally made at the

 

240


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

time of hire with periodic grants thereafter. In fiscal 2017, only one of our named executive officers, Mr. Boehler, received a long-term incentive grant.

 

    Other Benefits and Perquisites . Health and welfare benefits (including medical, dental, vision, life and disability insurance) are intended to provide comprehensive benefits. Other benefits offered to our named executive officers include 401(k) matching contributions, deferred compensation employer contributions, payment of insurance premiums, relocation assistance and airfare reimbursement.

 

    Post-Termination Benefits . The existing employment agreements with our executive officers provide post-termination arrangements that we believe are competitive in our industry and are intended to attract and retain qualified executive officers.

Mix of Compensation

Executive compensation includes both fixed components (base salary) and variable components (annual cash incentive awards and periodic grants of stock options or restricted stock units). The fixed components of compensation are designed to be competitive in order to induce talented executive officers to join us, as well as retain such key talent. Salary increases and revisions to the fixed components of compensation occur infrequently aside from promotions, substantial increases to the executive officer’s scope of responsibility and the competitive environment in our industry. Salary increases are, in part, designed to reward executive officers for their management activities during the year.

The variable compensation related to our STIP is tied to the achievement of our annual financial objectives. Our STIP is designed to align each executive officer’s annual goals with our financial goals as set by our board of trustees. The other material element to variable compensation is the periodic grant of stock options or restricted stock units. As a privately-held company, these stock options and restricted stock units have had no public market and no opportunity for liquidity, making them inherently long-term compensation. The stock options and restricted stock units have been used to motivate executive officers and employees to individually and collectively build long-term shareholder value that might in the future create a liquid market opportunity, such as the listing of our common shares in connection with this offering.

We also provide retirement and health and welfare benefits, executive perquisites and post-termination benefits to our executive officers that are intended to be part of a competitive compensation program consistent with the compensation practices within our industry.

Base Salary

Base salaries for named executive officers are determined by our compensation committee and are designed to reflect each executive officer’s level of experience, responsibilities and expected future contributions to our success, as well as market competitiveness. The base salaries for each of our named executive officers were initially determined in connection with the arms’ length negotiation of the terms of their employment with our company. In connection with Mr. Boehler’s promotion to Chief Executive Officer in 2015, our existing compensation committee engaged a third-party compensation consultant to assist its review of executive compensation for chief executive officers at comparable companies. Historically, base salaries are reviewed in connection with potential promotions but have not otherwise been increased on an annual basis.

For fiscal year 2017, the annual base salaries of our named executive officers were as follows: Mr. Boehler—$850,000; Mr. Smernoff—$450,000; Ms. Darweesh—$375,000; Mr. Musgrave—$320,000; and Mr. Novosel—$314,150. In recognition of his significant efforts during 2016, Mr. Boehler’s 2017 base salary reflects a 21% increase from his 2016 base salary level. None of the other named executive officers received base salary increases in 2017.

 

241


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Following the completion of this offering, we expect that our compensation committee, with assistance from its compensation consultant, will conduct a review of each named executive officer’s base salary on an annual basis or at such time as responsibilities change, and we expect that our compensation committee will consider factors such as individual performance, our operating metrics and financial performance, base salaries of executive officers at similarly situated companies and the competitive environment in our industry in determining whether salary adjustments are warranted.

Short-Term Incentive Compensation

In addition to receiving base salaries, our named executive officers are eligible to earn annual incentive awards under our STIP based upon the attainment of specific financial performance objectives. The annual cash incentive awards under our STIP are intended to offer incentive compensation by rewarding the achievement of corporate objectives linked to our overall financial results. We believe that establishing annual cash incentive opportunities under our STIP helps us attract and retain qualified and highly skilled executive officers. These annual cash incentive awards under our STIP are intended to reward executive officers who have a positive impact on our financial results.

Setting Target Award Levels

On an annual basis, our executive officers are eligible to receive an annual cash incentive award equal to a percentage of each executive officer’s base salary upon the achievement of a pre-established financial performance measure. The target levels of annual cash incentive award opportunity under our STIP are set forth in each named executive officer’s employment agreement. For fiscal year 2017, the target level of annual cash incentive award for Mr. Boehler was 100% of base salary, the target level for each of Mr. Smernoff, Ms. Darweesh and Mr. Musgrave, was 60% of base salary, and the target level for Mr. Novosel was 35% of base salary.

Setting Performance Objectives

Each year, our existing compensation committee has established our financial performance objective and set a threshold, target and maximum amount with reference to achieving pre-set levels of desired financial performance, with consideration given to our annual and long-term financial plan, as well as to macroeconomic conditions. For fiscal year 2017, all of our named executive officers’ annual cash incentive award opportunities under our STIP were determined based upon the achievement of target levels of Adjusted EBITDA, as defined below. Our existing compensation committee believes this corporate performance objective reflected our overall company goals for fiscal year 2017, which balanced the achievement of revenue growth with improving our operating efficiency.

Our existing compensation committee has historically attempted to maintain consistency year-over-year with respect to the difficulty of achieving the financial performance objectives under our STIP. Our annual Adjusted EBITDA financial target typically increases each year to promote continuous growth consistent with our business plan. The financial performance targets are designed to be realistic and attainable though slightly aggressive, requiring in each fiscal year strong performance and execution that in our view provides an annual incentive firmly aligned with shareholder interests.

 

242


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

2017 STIP

For 2017, the annual cash incentive payment under our STIP for all of our named executive officers was based solely on achievement of the Adjusted EBITDA performance metric. For fiscal year 2017, the Adjusted EBITDA threshold, target and maximum amounts under our STIP were as follows (dollars in millions):

 

Measure

   Threshold      Target      Maximum  

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

   $ 259.0      $ 272.6      $ 286.2  

 

(1)    Adjusted EBITDA, as used to determine performance under the STIP, is defined as Core EBITDA calculated on a constant currency basis.

    

Participants receive a payout of 0% of the target payout if Adjusted EBITDA falls at or below the minimum threshold (95%). 2017 STIP payouts for financial performance above the threshold level will be prorated on a graduated scale commensurate with performance levels in accordance with the following schedule:

 

% of target performance level

   Bonus as a % of target  

95%

     0

96%

     20

97%

     40

98%

     60

99%

     80

100%

     100

101%

     110

102%

     120

103%

     130

104%

     140

105% (any beyond)

     150

Actual performance under the 2017 STIP has not yet been determined but will be determined in February 2018 once final 2017 financial results are determined. The target and maximum amounts potentially payable under the 2017 STIP to our named executive officers are set forth below:

 

Name

   Target ($)      Maximum ($)  

Fred Boehler

     812,500        1,218,750  

Marc Smernoff

     270,000        405,000  

Andrea Darweesh

     225,000        337,500  

Thomas Musgrave

     192,000        288,000  

Thomas Novosel

     109,090        163,635  

See “—Summary Compensation Table.”

Long-Term Incentive Compensation

Our existing compensation committee believes that equity-based compensation is an important component of our executive compensation program. Additionally, our existing compensation committee believes that equity-based compensation awards enable us to attract, motivate, retain and adequately compensate executive talent. To that end, our existing compensation committee periodically has awarded long-term equity-based compensation in the form of stock options to acquire common shares. Stock options are designed to reward longer-term performance, facilitate equity ownership, deter recruitment of our key personnel by competitors and others and further align the interests of our executive officers with those of our shareholders. Generally, each executive officer is provided with a grant of stock options when he or she joins our company based upon his or her position with us and his or her relevant prior experience. In addition, from time to time, our existing compensation committee has granted additional awards to align the executive officer’s interests with those of our shareholders by tying value to long-term company performance.

 

243


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

All of the stock options awarded to our named executive officers were issued under the 2010 Plan. The 2010 Plan is described below under “—2010 Plan.” Each stock option agreement specifies that the common shares that may be acquired upon exercise of the stock option are subject to the transfer limitations and repurchase rights contained in the 2010 Plan. See “—2010 Plan.”

These stock option grants typically vest ratably over the course of five years, subject to continued employment on the vesting date, to encourage executive longevity and to compensate our executive officers for their contribution to our success over a period of time.

The stock options generally have an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair market value of our common shares on the applicable date of grant. To date, because there has not been a public market for our common shares, fair market value has been determined based on the good faith determination of our board of trustees in reliance upon third-party valuations. Upon the completion of this offering, we expect to determine fair market value for purposes of equity-based award pricing based upon the closing price of our common shares on the date of grant.

Pursuant to the terms of his existing employment agreement, Mr. Boehler was entitled to receive a grant of stock options on March 1, 2017, which options would be subject to forfeiture if the 2017 Adjusted EBITDA target is not satisfied. On March 1, 2017, our existing compensation committee granted Mr. Boehler 71,428 restricted stock units in lieu of this stock option grant. The restricted stock units are subject to forfeiture if the 2017 Adjusted EBITDA target is not satisfied. If the performance target is satisfied, the restricted stock units will vest 20% per year over five years on the anniversary of the vesting date, beginning March 1, 2019. No other named executive officers received stock options or any other stock awards in 2017.

Future Equity Awards

In the future, we may increase our use of long-term equity incentives, particularly through grants of equity awards under the 2017 Plan, which we will adopt in connection with this offering.

Other Compensation and Benefits

In accordance with the existing employment agreements, we provide certain other compensation, benefits and perquisites to our executive officers, as described below.

Severance Payments

In accordance with the existing employment agreements, executive officers are entitled to receive severance payments upon certain termination events. See the section titled “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control—Existing Employment Agreements” for a description of these severance payments.

Retirement and Health and Welfare Benefits

We provide our named executive officers with retirement and health and welfare benefits that are intended to be part of a competitive compensation program. All named executive officers are eligible for health and welfare benefits including: medical, dental, vision, short- and long-term disability and life insurance. Our named executive officers also participate in our paid time off program, which provides paid leave during the year at various amounts based upon the executive officer’s position, length of service and any arrangements negotiated at time of hire.

We maintain a retirement savings plan, a 401(k) defined contribution plan for the benefit of all eligible employees, as well as a deferred compensation plan for eligible employees, including executive officers. While we have pension plans for our unionized employees, we do not maintain any pension plans in which executive officers are eligible to participate.

 

244


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Perquisites

We believe that attracting and retaining superior management talent requires an executive compensation program that is competitive in all respects with the programs provided at similar companies. In addition to salaries, annual cash incentive compensation and long-term incentive awards, competitive executive compensation programs include executive officer perquisites that we believe are reasonable and competitive. During 2017, our named executive officers were eligible to receive executive physicals, payment of health and welfare benefits premiums, payment of life and disability insurance premiums. All such perquisites for our named executive officers are reflected in the “All Other Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table below and the accompanying footnotes.

Following the completion of this offering, we expect to continue from time to time to provide limited perquisites and other personal benefits to our executive officers consistent with the compensation practices within our industry.

401(k) Plan

We maintain the AmeriCold Logistics Employee Savings and Investment Plan, or 401(k) Plan, a defined contribution employee benefit plan, which covers all eligible employees. The 401(k) Plan also allows contributions by plan participants in accordance with Section 401(k) of the Code. Employees who are over age 50 are permitted to contribute additional amounts on a pre-tax basis under the catch-up provision of the 401(k) Plan subject to limitations of the Code. For non-union employees, our company currently matches 50% of employee contributions up to 6% of the employee’s pay. An employee’s deferrals under the 401(k) Plan are 100% vested and nonforfeitable when made to the 401(k) Plan and our matching contributions vest ratably over a five-year period.

In the event that a participant dies, becomes disabled, or reaches retirement age while still employed by us, the participant will be 100% vested in any company matching contributions that have been credited to such participant’s 401(k) Plan account.

Deferred Compensation Plan

Through our subsidiary, AmeriCold Logistics, we maintain the AmeriCold Deferred Compensation Plan, or the Deferred Compensation Plan, a nonqualified deferred compensation plan, for certain members of our senior management team. For a description of the Deferred Compensation Plan, see the section titled “—Fiscal Year 2017 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation.”

Compensation Plans Following the Completion of this Offering

Following the completion of this offering, while we expect our overall elements of compensation to remain substantially the same as those described above (with appropriate adjustments relating to applicable performance metrics), we expect that our compensation committee will take certain actions relating to compensation to ensure that our executive compensation programs are competitive with other public companies in our industry.

New Employment Agreements

We expect to enter into new employment agreements with each of our executive officers, including the named executive officers, in connection with this offering. The principal terms of each of the new employment agreements are summarized below.

The new employment agreements with our executive officers, including the named executive officers, will provide for a term beginning upon the completion of this offering and continuing for an indefinite period of

 

245


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

time, unless otherwise terminated by the executive or by us, as provided in the new employment agreements. The new employment agreements will provide for initial base salaries for each of our named executive officers as follows: Mr. Boehler – $850,000; Mr. Smernoff - $450,000; Ms. Darweesh – $375,000; Mr. Musgrave – $320,000; and Mr. Novosel – $314,150. In addition, each named executive officer will be entitled to participate in the annual STIP bonus based on the achievement of specified financial and individual goals. If these goals are achieved, each executive may receive an annual STIP cash bonus equal to a percentage of his or her base salary, as follows: 125% for Mr. Boehler, 60% for Mr. Smernoff, Ms. Darweesh and Mr. Musgrave and 50% for Mr. Novosel if target performance objectives are achieved, and 175% for Mr. Boehler, 90% for Mr. Smernoff, Ms. Darweesh and Mr. Musgrave and 75% for Mr. Novosel if maximum target performance objectives are achieved. Each executive officer will also be entitled to participate in all insurance and other benefit plans that we offer to our U.S. employees generally, as in effect from time to time. Each new employment agreement will contain restrictive covenants regarding non-competition and non-solicitation during the period of employment and the one-year period thereafter, as well as indefinite covenants regarding confidentiality of information, our property and intellectual property and non-disparagement. In the event of a material breach of such covenants, we will retain the ability to withhold unpaid, or recover previously paid, severance payments (as described below) or to cause unvested stock based awards held by the executive to be forfeited.

Each new employment agreement will provide for a one-time grant of restricted stock units upon the completion of this offering under the 2017 Plan that will vest ratably on the second, third and fourth anniversaries of the grant of such award, subject to continued employment from the date of grant through such vesting dates, or the Retention Grant. The number of restricted stock units to be issued to our named executive officers as Retention Grants are as follows: Mr. Boehler – 78,125 units; Mr. Smernoff – 25,000 units; Ms. Darweesh – 15,625 units; Mr. Musgrave – 14,063 units; and Mr. Novosel – 14,063 units. Each executive will also be eligible to participate in the 2017 Plan at such times as our compensation committee or our board of trustees determines.

In the event of a termination of the employment of Mr. Boehler by us without “cause” or by Mr. Boehler for “good reason”, Mr. Boehler will be entitled to the following severance benefits, provided that Mr. Boehler executes and does not revoke a general release of claims in favor of our company:

 

    An amount equal to two times the sum of (i) Mr. Boehler’s annual base salary and (ii) Mr. Boehler’s target annual bonus in the year of termination for a period of 24 months after the date of termination (subject to offset by compensation received by Mr. Boehler for subsequent employment or provision of consulting services during the separation period);

 

    Pro rata STIP bonus based on number of days employed during bonus period (to the extent that performance metrics relating to bonus are met at the end of the bonus period as determined after the year-end audit); and

 

    Payment or reimbursement of welfare plan coverage (other than short-term and long-term disability plans), including COBRA premiums for group health coverage for the executive and his or her eligible dependents, for up to 18 months.

In the event of a termination of the employment of Mr. Smernoff, Ms. Darweesh, Mr. Musgrave or Mr. Novosel by us without “cause” or by the executive for “good reason”, the executives will be entitled to the following severance benefits, provided that the executives execute and do not revoke a general release of claims in favor of our company:

 

    Continued base salary for a period of 12 months (nine months for Mr. Novosel) after the date of termination;

 

    Pro rata STIP bonus based on number of days employed during bonus period (to the extent that performance metrics relating to bonus are met at the end of the bonus period as determined after the year-end audit); and

 

246


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    For Mr. Smernoff, Ms. Darweesh and Mr. Musgrave, payment or reimbursement of welfare plan coverage (other than short-term and long-term disability plans), including COBRA premiums for group health coverage for the executive and his or her eligible dependents, for up to 12 months. For Mr. Novosel, payment or reimbursement of COBRA premiums for group health coverage for the executive and his eligible dependents, for up to nine months.

The new employment agreements will also provide that in the event of a termination of the executive’s employment by us without “cause” or by the executive for “good reason”, the next installment of the Retention Grant that would have vested on the next scheduled vesting date following the executive’s employment termination date will become vested. Also, a pro rated portion of any performance based restricted stock units held by the executive will remain eligible to vest based on actual performance through the last day of the applicable performance period, based on the number of days during the applicable performance period that the executive was employed.

If the executive’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” or by the executive for “good reason” within 12 months following a “change in control”, the new employment agreements will also provide that the Retention Grant will become vested. Also, any performance based restricted stock units held by the executive will vest based on actual performance through the termination date.

If the executive’s employment is terminated without “cause,” the executive voluntarily resigns without “good reason” or, in the case of the executive officer’s death or disability, the executive officer will be entitled to receive any accrued and unpaid base salary, as well as any accrued benefits and unreimbursed business expenses incurred through the date of termination, death or disability.

For purposes of each of the new employment agreements:

 

    “cause” is defined as the executive’s (i) commission of an act that constitutes common law fraud or a felony, commission of any other crime involving moral turpitude, or commission of any other tortious or unlawful act causing, or which may likely cause, material harm to the business, standing or reputation of our company without the good faith belief that such conduct was in our best interests; (ii) material breach of the new employment agreement, after we have given the executive 30 days written notice and an opportunity to cure such breach to the extent curable; (iii) willful failure or refusal to perform the executive’s material duties or obligations under the new employment agreement, including, without limitation, failure or refusal to abide by the directions of the Chief Executive Officer and/or our board of trustees or any policy adopted by our board of trustees, in each case after we have given the executive 30 days written notice and an opportunity to cure such failure or refusal to the extent curable; (iv) willful misconduct or gross negligence in the performance of the executive’s duties as an employee, officer or trustee of our company or any of our subsidiaries or affiliates; or (v) material misappropriation or embezzlement of any of our property.

 

   

“good reason” is defined as the occurrence, without the executive’s consent, of any of the following events, other than in connection with a termination of the executive’s employment for cause or due to death or disability: (i) a material reduction in the executive’s rate of base salary and/or the amount of the executive’s annual STIP bonus opportunity; (ii) an action by us resulting in a material diminution in the executive’s titles, authority, duties, responsibilities or direct reports; (iii) our relocation of the executive’s principal place of employment to a location outside of the 50-mile radius of Atlanta, Georgia; or (iv) a material breach by us of the new employment agreement; provided, however, that none of the events described in this sentence shall constitute good reason unless and until (V) the executive reasonably determines in good faith that a good reason condition has occurred, (W) the executive first notifies us in writing describing in reasonable detail the condition which constitutes good reason within 60 days of its initial occurrence, (X) we fail to cure

 

247


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

such condition within 30 days after our receipt of such written notice, (Y) notwithstanding such efforts, the good reason condition continues to exist, and (Z) the executive terminates his or her employment within 60 days after the end of such 30-day cure period. If we cure the good reason condition during such cure period, good reason shall be deemed not be have occurred.

 

    “change in control” is defined as such term is defined in the 2017 Plan, which means the occurrence of any one of the following events:

 

    the acquisition by any person (other than us or our subsidiaries or any of our employee benefit plans (including its trustee)), of beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of our securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of our then outstanding securities;

 

    individuals who, as of the effective date of the 2017 Plan, constitute our board of trustees, or the Incumbent Board, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of our board of trustees; provided, however, that any individual becoming a trustee subsequent to the effective date of the 2017 Plan whose election, or nomination for election by our shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the trustees then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of trustees or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than our board of trustees; or

 

    consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets or stock, or a Business Combination, in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the total number of shares of our outstanding securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns us or all or substantially all of our assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the combined voting power of our outstanding securities immediately prior to such Business Combination, (ii) no person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination, or any employee benefit plan (including its trustee) of our company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of, respectively, the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were trustees of our company immediately prior to the signing of the agreement providing for such Business Combination.

Equity Awards

In addition to the Retention Grants, which will be awarded upon the completion of this offering, we also expect that future annual equity awards made to executive officers will consist of performance-based restricted stock units that will be earned over a three-year cumulative performance period based on achievement of a total shareholder return (calculated as the change in our share price plus dividends paid over the measurement period, with compound annual returns) target established by our compensation committee and will vest 100%, to the extent the performance target or maximum performance target is achieved, at the end of the three­year performance period.

 

248


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Other Governance Policies Relating to Compensation

Hedging and Pledging of Common Shares

We have adopted a policy prohibiting our executive officers, trustees and employees from engaging in any hedging, pledging or monetization transactions involving our securities.

Share Ownership Guidelines

We have adopted an executive share ownership policy, effective as of the completion of this offering, which is intended to encourage our executive officers, within five years after this offering, to hold interests in our common shares with a value equal to a specified multiple of base salary (six times annual base salary in the case of our Chief Executive Officer and three times annual base salary in the case of our other executive officers).

Recovery of Certain Awards

We have adopted a clawback policy, effective as of the completion of this offering. Under this policy, we may seek to recover or cause to be forfeited any or all incentive-based compensation paid to current and former executive officers under certain circumstances in compliance with regulations pursuant to the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act when enacted.

Risk Analysis of Compensation Plans

Following the completion of this offering, we expect our board of trustees, with the assistance of the compensation consultant, to conduct a review and analysis of our compensation policies and practices to determine whether or not such policies and practices encourage excessive risk or unnecessary risk-taking. We believe that our compensation policies and practices for our employees, including our executive officers, do not encourage excessive risk or unnecessary risk-taking and in our opinion the risks arising from such compensation policies and practices are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us. Our compensation programs have been balanced to focus our key employees on both short- and long-term financial and operational performance.

Tax Deductibility

Section 162(m) of the Code places a limit of $1 million on the amount of compensation that a publicly held corporation may deduct in any one year with respect to its chief executive officer and certain other highly compensated executive officers.

As we are not currently publicly traded, we have not previously taken the deductibility limit imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code into consideration in making compensation decisions. As a new public company, we expect to be eligible for transition relief for compensation received from the exercise of stock options granted under a plan that existed prior to the completion of this offering, including the 2008 Plan and the 2010 Plan. Accordingly, the exercise of stock options granted prior to the expiration of the 162(m) transition period are not expected to be subject to Section 162(m). Following the completion of this offering, we expect that our compensation committee will review and consider the deductibility of executive compensation under Section 162(m) and may authorize certain payments that will be in excess of the $1 million limitation if our compensation committee believes that it needs to balance the benefits of designing awards that are tax-deductible with the need to design awards that attract, retain and reward executive officers responsible for the success of our company.

 

249


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned by our named executive officers during fiscal years 2017 and 2016.

 

Name and principal position

  Year     Salary
($) (1)
    Stock
Awards
($) (2)
    Option
awards
($) (3)
    Non-equity
incentive
plan
compensation
($) (4)
    Changes in
pension value
and non-
qualified
deferred
compensation

($) (5)
    All other
compensation
($) (6)
    Total ($)  
Fred Boehler     2017       812,500       959,278       —         (4     —         34,115       1,805,893  

President and Chief Executive Officer

    2016       705,769       —         862,500       700,000       —         33,642       2,301,911  
Marc Smernoff     2017       450,000       —         —         (4 )       —         34,115       484,115  

Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President

    2016       450,000       —         —       270,000       —         140,494       860,494  

Andrea Darweesh (7)

    2017       375,000       —         —       (4     —         34,115       409,115  

Chief Human Resources Officer and Executive Vice President

               
Thomas Musgrave     2017       320,000       —         —         (4     —         34,115       354,115  

Chief Information Officer and Executive Vice President

    2016       311,538       —         —       192,000       —       36,834       540,372  
Thomas Novosel     2017       311,687       —         —         (4     —         10,157       321,844  

Chief Accounting Officer and Senior Vice President

    2016       300,860       —         86,250       106,750       —       11,504       505,364  

 

(1) Represents actual base salary paid during the fiscal year.
(2) Aggregate grant date fair value of restricted stock units computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.
(3) Aggregate grant date fair value of stock options computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Information about the assumptions used to value these awards can be found in Note 14 to the audited historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. See “—Long-Term Incentive Compensation” for more information about the options granted in fiscal year 2016.
(4) Represents amounts earned by our named executive officers under our STIP. Amounts earned by our named executive officers under our 2017 STIP have not been determined but will be determined in February 2018. See “—Short Term Incentive Compensation—2017 STIP” for the target and maximum amounts potentially payable to the named executive officers under the 2017 STIP.
(5) We do not provide above-market or preferential earnings on deferred compensation and none of our named executive officers participate in a defined benefit pension plan.

 

250


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(6) Amounts in this column are detailed in the table below:

 

Name

  Year     401(k)
match($)
    Insurance
($) (a)
    Employer
deferred
compensa-
tion plan
contributions
($) (b)
    Tax
gross-up
$ (c)
    Relocation
and
moving
expenses
($) (d)
    Other
personal
expenses
($) (e)
    Total all
other
compensation($)
 

Fred Boehler

    2017       6,750       25,165       —         —         —         2,200       34,115  
    2016       6,625       24,817       —         —         —         2,200       33,642  

Marc Smernoff

    2017       6,750       25,165       —         —         —         2,200       34,115  
    2016       6,625       24,817       —         —         33,830       75,222       140,494  

Andrea Darweesh

    2017       6,750       25,165       —         —         —         2,200       34,115  

Thomas Musgrave

    2017       6,750       25,165       —         —         —         2,200       34,115  
    2016       6,625       24,817       2,525       667       —         2,200       36,834  

Thomas Novosel

    2017       6,750       —         —         1,207       —         2,200       10,157  
    2016       6,625       —         2,049       630       —         2,200       33,642  

 

  (a) Reflects actual premiums paid by us for health insurance coverage for the named executive officers and their families and reimbursement of the named executive officers (on a pre-tax basis) for the portion of health insurance premiums paid by the named executive officers.
  (b) For fiscal year 2017, employer contributions earned in 2017 will not be funded into employee accounts until the first quarter of 2018.
  (c) Reflects tax gross-up paid on the vested portion of the employer contributions to a successor plan that was merged into the Deferred Compensation Plan.
  (d) For fiscal year 2016, reflects reimbursement to Mr. Smernoff of actual expenses incurred for relocation to Atlanta, Georgia. These expenses were valued on the basis of the aggregate incremental cost to our company and represent the amount accrued for payment or paid directly to the executive officer.
  (e) Reflects the following amounts: maximum amount payable by our company for executive physicals ($2,200 for each named executive officer) and, for Mr. Smernoff, reimbursement of actual costs incurred for airline tickets to and from our headquarters ($64,038) and executive housing assistance ($8,984). The expenses reported for Mr. Smernoff were valued on the basis of the aggregate incremental cost to our company and represent the amount accrued for payment or paid directly to Mr. Smernoff.

 

(7) Ms. Darweesh was not a named executive officer in fiscal year 2016.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal Year 2017

The following table provides information regarding grants of plan-based awards to each of our named executive officers during fiscal year 2017.

 

Name

  Grant
date
    Estimated future
payouts under
non-equity incentive
plan awards (1)
    Estimated future
payouts under
equity incentive
plan awards (2)
    All other
option
awards:
number of
securities
underlying
options
(#)
    Exercise
or base
price of
option
awards
($/Sh)
    Grant date
fair value
of stock
and option
awards ($)
 
          Threshold
($)
    Target
($)
    Maximum
($)
    Threshold
(#)
    Target
(#)
    Maximum
(#)
                   

Fred Boehler

      —         812,500       1,218,750       —         —         —         —         —         —    
    3/1/2017       —         —         —         —         71,428       —         —         —         959,278  

Marc Smernoff

      —         270,000       405,000       —         —         —         —         —         —    

Andrea Darweesh

      —         225,000       337,500       —         —         —         —         —         —    

Thomas Musgrave

      —         192,000       288,000       —         —         —         —         —         —    

Thomas Novosel

      —         109,900       163,635       —         —         —          
                  —         —         —    

 

(1) Represents potential amounts to be earned by our named executive officers under our STIP. The actual amounts earned by each named executive officer are set forth in the Summary Compensation Table under “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.”
(2) Represents performance-based restricted stock units granted to Mr. Boehler in March 2017. This award vests based on the achievement of an Adjusted EBITDA target for 2017 and, if the performance criteria is achieved, will vest in 20% annual increments, beginning March 1, 2019. For a description of vesting and other provisions, see “—Long-Term Incentive Compensation.”

 

251


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2017 Fiscal Year-End

The following table provides information with respect to holdings of stock options and restricted stock units by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2017. None of our named executive officers other than Mr. Boehler held any restricted stock or other stock-based awards as of December 31, 2017.

 

    Option Awards     Stock Awards  

Name 

  Grant
date
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable
    Option
exercise
price
($)
    Option
expiration
date 
    Number of
shares

of stock
that have
not

vested
(#) 
    Market
value of
shares of
stock that
have not
vested
(#) 
    Equity
incentive
plan awards:
number of
unearned
shares that
have not
vested

(#) 
    Equity
incentive
plan awards:
market or
payout value
of unearned
shares that
have not
vested

(#) 
 

Fred Boehler

    2/6/2013 (1)      320,000       80,000       9.81       2/6/2023          
    3/27/2014 (2)      120,000       80,000       9.81       3/27/2024          
    12/14/2015 (3)      120,000       180,000       9.81       12/14/2026          
    3/21/2016 (4)      —       250,000       9.81       3/1/2027          
    3/1/2017 (5)              —         —         71,428       1,071,420  

Marc Smernoff

    5/13/2015 (6)      160,000       240,000       9.81       5/13/2025          

Andrea Darweesh

    9/9/2016 (7)      60,000       240,000       9.81       9/9/2027          

Thomas Musgrave

    5/30/2012 (8)      55,000       —       9.81       5/30/2022          
    6/24/2013 (9)      20,000       5,000       9.81       6/24/2023          
    12/19/2013 (10)      84,000       21,000       9.81       12/19/2023          
    9/21/2015 (11)      46,000       69,000       9.81       9/21/2025          

Thomas Novosel

    10/30/2013 (12)      60,000       15,000       9.81       10/30/2023          
    3/22/2016 (13)      5,000       20,000       9.81       3/22/2026          

 

(1) The time-based options vested 20% on February 4, 2014, February 4, 2015, February 4, 2016 and February 4, 2017, and the remaining options vest ratably on February 4, 2018.
(2) The time-based options vested 20% on March 27, 2015, March 27, 2016 and March 27, 2017, and the remaining options vest ratably on March 27, 2018 and March 27, 2019.
(3) The time-based options vested 20% on December 14, 2016 and December 14, 2017, and the remaining options vest ratably on December 14, 2018, December 14, 2019 and December 14, 2020.
(4) Vesting of these options was contingent upon achievement of a 2016 performance target relating to Adjusted EBITDA, which was satisfied, so the time-based options will vest 20% on January 1, 2018, January 1, 2019, January 1, 2020, January 1, 2021 and January 1, 2022.
(5) Performance-based restricted stock units that will vest on the achievement of an Adjusted EBITDA target for 2017. If the performance criteria is achieved the restricted stock units will vest in 20% increments ratably over five years beginning March 1, 2019. There was no public market for our common shares as of December 31, 2017, so market value shown above is calculated based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
(6) The time-based options vested 20% on May 13, 2016 and May 13, 2017, and the remaining options vest ratably on May 13, 2018, May 13, 2019 and May 13, 2020.
(7) The time-based options vested 20% on September 9, 2017, and the remaining options vest ratably on September 9, 2018, September 9, 2019, September 9, 2020, September 9, 2021 and September 9, 2022.
(8) The time-based options vested 20% on October 31, 2012, October 31, 2013, October 31, 2014, October 31, 2015 and October 31, 2016.
(9) The time-based options vested 20% on June 24, 2014, June 24, 2015, June 24, 2016 and June 24, 2017, and the remaining options vest on June 24, 2018.
(10) The time-based options vested 20% on December 19, 2014, December 19, 2015, December 19, 2016 and December 19, 2017 and the remaining options vest on December 19, 2018.
(11) The time-based options vested 20% on September 21, 2016 and September 21, 2017, and the remaining options vest ratably on September 21, 2018, September 21, 2019 and September 21, 2020.
(12) The time-based options vested 20% on October 30, 2014, October 30, 2015, October 30, 2016 and October 30, 2017, and the remaining options vest on October 30, 2018.

 

252


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(13) The time-based options vested 20% on March 22, 2017, and the remaining options vest ratably on March 22, 2018, March 22, 2019, March 22, 2020 and March 22, 2021.

Option Exercises for Fiscal Year 2017

None of our named executive officers exercised stock options during fiscal year 2017.

Fiscal Year 2017 Pension Benefits

Even though we maintain certain qualified and non-qualified pension plans, our named executive officers did not participate in or have account balances in any qualified or nonqualified defined benefit plans sponsored by us.

Fiscal Year 2017 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

The following table presents information regarding our named executive officers that participate in our Deferred Compensation Plan. Material terms of the Deferred Compensation Plan are described below.

 

Nonqualified deferred compensation

 

Name

   Executive
contributions
in 2017

($)
     Company
contributions
in 2017

($)(a)
     Aggregate
earnings in
2017

($)
     Aggregate
withdrawals/
distributions

($)
     Aggregate
balance at
December 31,
2017

($)
 

Fred Boehler

     —          —          —          —          —    

Marc Smernoff

     —          —          —          —          —    

Andrea Darweesh

     45,000        —          4,167        —          49,167  

Thomas Musgrave

     8,301        —          4,480        —          30,880  

Thomas Novosel

     8,454        —          9,796        —          61,424  

 

 

(a) For fiscal year 2017, employer contributions earned in 2017 will not be funded into employee accounts until the first quarter of 2018.

Through our subsidiary, AmeriCold Logistics, we maintain the Deferred Compensation Plan, a nonqualified deferred compensation plan, for certain members of our senior management team. Participants in the Deferred Compensation Plan may elect to defer from 1% to 75% of their annual cash compensation and between 1% and 100% of their cash bonus compensation, subject to certain limitations prescribed by the Deferred Compensation Plan. For deferrals under the Deferred Compensation Plan made between August 1, 2005 and December 31, 2013, we generally provided a dollar-for-dollar employer credit with respect to salary or bonus deferrals that did not exceed 3% of such participant’s aggregate compensation. For periods on and after January 1, 2014, we may elect to provide a discretionary employer credit to Deferred Compensation Plan participants in an amount and at such time as determined by our board of trustees in its discretion. Deferred Compensation Plan participants are immediately vested in their deferral credits; any discretionary employer credits vest 20% per year over a five-year period or upon retirement at age 65 (or at age 55 with five years of service), death or disability of the Deferred Compensation Plan participant, or upon a change of control. For purposes of the Deferred Compensation Plan, a “change of control” means any one or more of the following: (i) acquisition by any individual, entity or group (other than Yucaipa and certain of its affiliates) of 50% or more of the total value of the then-outstanding ownership interests in AmeriCold Logistics or 50% or more of the voting interests of AmeriCold Logistics, 80% of the assets of AmeriCold Logistics or our company, or 20% in total value or voting power of our then-outstanding voting securities; (ii) consummation of a reorganization, merger or similar transaction that results in ownership by Yucaipa and its affiliates of less than 50% of the ownership interests in our company; (iii) replacement of a majority of the members of our board of trustees in place as of the date the Deferred Compensation Plan was adopted; (iv) consummation of the first public offering of our common shares; or (v) approval of the complete liquidation of our company.

 

253


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Participants are entitled to receive the amount credited to their Deferred Compensation Plan account in the event of termination of employment. If termination occurs before the executive officer reaches the earlier of age 65 or age 55 with five years of service, the vested account balance will be paid out in a lump sum. If the termination occurs on or after the date the executive officer reaches the earlier of age 65 or age 55 with five years of service, the entire account balance is paid out in a lump sum or annual installments, as elected by the executive officers. The completion of this offering constitutes a change of control under the Deferred Compensation Plan. As a result, all account balances under the Deferred Compensation Plan will vest and we will be required to fully fund the Deferred Compensation Plan. However, the completion of this offering will not trigger a distribution of amounts held in the Deferred Compensation Plan.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control

The information below describes certain compensation and benefits to which our named executive officers are entitled under their existing employment agreements in the event their employment is terminated under certain circumstances.

Existing Employment Agreements

We have existing employment agreements with each of the named executive officers. Each of the existing employment agreements provides that the term of the agreement will be indefinite, commencing on the execution of their respective agreements, and each agreement remains in effect until terminated in accordance with the termination provisions therein. These agreements are designed to help secure each of the executive officer’s services on a long-term basis and help maintain consistency in our management for subsequent years. The agreements also protect us by requiring each executive to maintain our confidential information and not to compete with us or solicit our employees, customers and suppliers during his employment with us and for a period of twelve months following the executive officer’s termination of employment.

We entered into an employment agreement effective as of December 14, 2015 with Mr. Boehler, our President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Boehler’s initial annual base salary under his existing employment agreement was $700,000. Mr. Boehler is entitled to participate in our STIP, whereby he can earn an additional payment of up to 100% of his base salary (at target level) or up to 150% of his base salary (at maximum).

We entered into employment agreements in October 2015 with Messrs. Smernoff, Musgrave and Novosel and in September 2016 with Ms. Darweesh. The employment agreements provided for initial annual base salary for each executive officer as follows: Mr. Smernoff—$450,000; Ms. Darweesh—$375,000; Mr. Musgrave—$300,000; and Mr. Novosel—$289,624. Each of the executive officers (other than Mr. Novosel) is entitled to participate in our STIP, whereby he can earn an additional payment of up to 60% of his or her annual salary (at target level) or up to 90% of his base salary (at maximum). Mr. Novosel’s employment agreement provides for participation in the STIP, with eligibility to earn an additional payment of up to 35% of his annual salary (at target level) or up to 52.5% of his base salary (at maximum).

Each of the existing employment agreements provides that the executive officer will be entitled to participate in any long term incentive plan established by our board of trustees for employees at the executive officer’s job grade and classification. For Mr. Boehler, his employment agreement further provided for three grants of stock options: (i) a grant of 300,000 stock options at a strike price of $9.81 with an effective grant date of December 14, 2015 and scheduled to vest in 20% annual increments; (ii) a grant of 250,000 stock options at a strike price of $9.81 on March 21, 2016, which were subject to forfeiture if the 2016 Adjusted EBITDA target was not satisfied, but if satisfied, are scheduled to vest in 20% annual increments on the anniversary of the vesting date, beginning January 1, 2018 and (iii) a grant of stock options on March 1, 2017 having a fair value of $1 million, which options would be subject to forfeiture if the 2017 Adjusted EBITDA target is not satisfied. On March 1, 2017, our existing compensation committee granted Mr. Boehler 71,428 restricted stock units in lieu of the third stock option grant contemplated by Mr. Boehler’s employment agreement. The restricted stock units are

 

254


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

subject to forfeiture if the 2017 Adjusted EBITDA target is not met. If the performance target is satisfied, the restricted stock units will vest 20% per year over five years on the anniversary of the vesting date, beginning March 1, 2019.

Each of our named executive officers is entitled to participate in all insurance and other benefit plans that we offer to our U.S. employees. Each of the executive officers and his respective family will be provided full health coverage including all expenses associated with medical, dental, vision treatment and preventative maintenance. We have agreed to reimburse each executive officer, with the exception of Mr. Novosel, for any employee contributions, deductibles, co-pays or other upfront out-of-pocket employee payments that are required from these benefit plans.

Each of the existing employment agreements provides that in the event the executive officer is required to reside outside the United States for an extended period of time, the parties intend that the executive officer’s net tax effects on compensation and benefits payable under the employment agreement will be no worse, from the executive officer’s perspective, than the net tax effects he would incur if he resided in and performed all services under the employment agreement in the United States at his last address before any assignment to a locale outside the United States.

Under the existing employment agreements, if any of the named executive officers, with the exception of Mr. Novosel, is terminated without “cause” or if, within 12 months following a “change of ownership,” the executive officer terminates his employment for “good reason,” he will be entitled to receive (i) continued base salary for a period of twelve months after the date of termination, (ii) continued full participation in our benefit programs (including full reimbursement for all health, dental, and vision expenses) for a period of twelve months after the date of termination, and (iii) if the executive officer is terminated other than on December 31st in any year, a payment equal to the STIP bonus payment the executive officer would otherwise have received for such year but for the termination (based on our actual achievement of applicable targets) multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the fiscal year for which the executive officer was employed (including any month in which 11 or more days are worked) and the denominator of which is 12, which shall be paid if such payment is actually earned, or, if the executive officer is terminated in the first fiscal quarter of any fiscal year, then, in lieu of the foregoing payment pursuant to clause (iii), the executive officer shall be paid a prorated portion of the executive officer’s target STIP bonus. If an executive voluntarily resigns or, in the case of the executive officer’s death or disability, the executive officer is entitled to receive any accrued and unpaid base salary and paid time off as well as any accrued benefits through the date of termination, death or disability.

Mr. Novosel’s existing employment agreement provides that if he is terminated without “cause” or if, within 12 months following a “change of ownership,” the executive officer terminates his employment for “good reason,” he will be entitled to receive (i) continued base salary for a period of nine months after the date of termination, and (ii) continued full participation in our benefit programs for a period of nine months after the date of termination. All other terms outlined for the other named executive officers above remain applicable under his agreement.

For purposes of each of the named executive officers’ existing employment agreements:

 

   

“cause” is defined to include termination as a result of (i) the commission of any act of gross negligence, fraud or serious misconduct in the performance of such executive officer’s duties, (ii) the conviction of such executive officer of an offense that adversely affects or reflects negatively on us, (iii) intentionally obtaining any material for personal gain, profit or enrichment at the expense of our company or from a transaction in which the executive officer has an interest which is adverse to our interests, subject to certain limitations, (iv) abuse of non-prescription medication, narcotics, or other controlled or intoxicating substances, and such abuse materially impairs such executive officer’s ability to perform his normal duties, (v) failure to perform his duties and responsibilities, including reasonable directives from us, in good faith to the best of his

 

255


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

ability and failure to cure such non-performance within 30 days after notice of such failure from us to him, (vi) refusal to follow the instructions or directives of our board of trustees or its designee or failure to follow such directives or instructions without compelling reasons, (vii) a serious violation of our rules or policies about which such executive officer had notice, or (viii) acting in a manner which is intended to be materially detrimental or damaging to our reputation, business operations or relations with our other employees, customers or suppliers.

 

    “good reason” means: (i) a material diminution of the executive officer’s title, authority, status, duties or responsibilities; (ii) the executive officer’s base salary, target or bonus opportunity which can be earned or amount of overall compensation package (including long-term incentive plans and equity awards), is reduced below the higher of (A) the amount in effect as of the date of a change of ownership or (B) the highest amount thereafter; (iii) the failure by our company to provide for the assumption of the employment agreement by any successor entity; (iv) a material breach by us of the employment agreement; or (v) a change in the location of our principal office or a requirement that the executive officer move to a location more than fifty (50) miles outside the metropolitan area of Atlanta, Georgia.

 

    “change of ownership” means the occurrence of any one of the following events: (i) a merger, consolidation, or reorganization of us into or with another legal entity, an equity sale, transfer or other transaction or a sale or transfer by our company of all or substantially all of our assets to any other legal entity, such that following such transaction, Yucaipa and its affiliates will have no equity or ownership interest of the acquirer; (ii) any transaction or series of transactions by Yucaipa and its affiliates that results in Yucaipa and its affiliates beneficially owning no interest in our common shares outstanding and reserved for issuance immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions; (iii) a dissolution or liquidation of our company; or (iv) such other event or transaction which our board of trustees deems to be a change of ownership. The completion of this offering will not constitute a change in ownership.

Each of the existing employment agreements contains non-competition provisions which prevent the executive officer from directly or indirectly competing with us, subject to certain limited exceptions. The non-competition period is in effect during each executive officer’s employment with us, and will last for a period of twelve months after such executive officer’s termination of employment. Each of the employment agreements also contains a non-solicitation covenant that applies to our employees, customers and suppliers, and the non-solicitation covenant lasts for a period of such executive officer’s respective employment plus an additional twelve-month period after such executive officer’s termination of employment.

We expect to enter into new employment agreements with each of our executive officers, including the named executive officers, in connection with this offering, which provide for separation payments and acceleration of vesting of equity awards under certain circumstances. See the section titled “—Compensation Plans Following the Completion of this Offering—New Employment Agreements.”

Stock Options and Restricted Stock Units

The award agreements for stock options granted to our executive officers do not specifically provide for accelerated vesting upon a change of control, as defined in the 2010 Plan. Under the 2010 Plan, in the event of a change of control, our compensation committee may, in its discretion, (1) cancel an outstanding award as of the date of consummation of such transaction and either accelerate the vesting or exercisability of the award, (2) purchase all or a portion of the award, including any unvested portion if our board of trustees so determines in its discretion, for an amount to be determined based on fair market value at the time of the purchase, for cash, (3) in the case of a performance compensation award, cause the participant to receive full or partial payment of the award based on actual or target performance, or (4) require the entity acquiring control to assume outstanding awards or substitute other awards.

 

256


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In March 2017, our existing compensation committee adopted a resolution providing that in the event of a “change of ownership” as defined in the executive officer employment agreements, we will accelerate the vesting of each outstanding award under the 2010 Plan immediately prior to the change in ownership. The award agreement for Mr. Boehler’s restricted stock units granted in March 2017 similarly provides for accelerated vesting upon a change of control (as defined in the 2010 Plan). This offering will not constitute a change of control under the 2010 Plan.

The award agreements for stock options granted to our executive officers provide for the expiration of vested but unexercised stock options following termination, as follows:

 

    Upon termination for cause, unexercised options expire upon termination;

 

    Upon termination due to death or disability, any vested stock options must be exercised within six months of such death or disability;

 

    Upon termination as a result of voluntary termination of employment (other than for “good reason”), any vested stock options must be exercised within three months of the date of termination; and

 

    Upon termination for any reason other than those set forth above (including without cause or for good reason), unvested stock options are forfeited, and any vested stock options must be exercised within one year following the date of termination.

The award agreement for Mr. Boehler’s restricted stock units granted in March 2017 provides for the forfeiture of any unvested restricted stock units following termination of his employment for any reason.

Potential Payments Table

Regardless of the termination scenario, each named executive officer will receive earned but unpaid base salary and accrued and unpaid paid time off through the employment termination date, along with any other payment or benefits owed under any of our plans or agreements covering the named executive officer as governed by the terms of those plans or agreements.

 

257


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The information below describes and quantifies the estimated amount of certain compensation that would become payable to each named executive officer as of December 31, 2017 under the following circumstances: (i) upon a voluntary termination, death or disability; (ii) upon termination by us for cause; (iii) if his or her employment with us had been terminated without cause; (iv) if his or her employment terminated for good reason within 12 months following a change in control; and (v) upon a change in control and acceleration of vesting of equity awards.

 

   

Benefit

  Voluntary
resignation/
death or
disability ($)
    Termination
for cause ($)
    Termination
without
cause ($)
    Change in
control for
good
reason ($)
    Change in
control and
acceleration (1)($)
 

Fred Boehler

  Cash severance     —         —         1,700,000       1,700,000       —    
  Equity awards     —         —         —         —         2,247,900  
  Benefits continuation     —         —         35,805       35,805       —    
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total

    —         —         1,735,805       1,735,805       2,247,900  

Marc Smernoff

  Cash severance     —         —         720,000       720,000       —    
  Equity awards     —         —         —         —         914,400  
  Benefits continuation     —         —         35,805       35,805       —    
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total

    —           755,805       755,805       914,400  

Andrea Darweesh

  Cash severance     —         —         600,000       600,000       —    
  Equity awards     —         —         —         —         914,400  
  Benefits continuation     —         —         35,805       35,805       —    
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total

    —         —         635,805       635,805       914,400  

Thomas Musgrave

  Cash severance     —         —         512,000       512,000       —    
  Equity awards     —         —         —         —         361,950  
  Benefits continuation     —         —         35,805       35,805       —    
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total

    —         —         547,805       547,805       361,950  

Thomas Novosel

  Cash severance     —         —         345,564       345,564       —    
  Equity awards     —         —         —         —         133,350  
  Benefits continuation     —         —         10,879       10,879       —    
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total

    —         —         356,443       356,443       133,350  

 

(1) Amounts shown assumes our compensation committee exercises its discretion under the 2010 Plan to accelerate the vesting of unvested equity awards solely upon a change in control. There was no public market for our common shares as of December 31, 2017; amounts shown above are based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

2010 Plan

In 2010, our board of trustees adopted, and our shareholders approved, the 2010 Plan. The purpose of the 2010 Plan is to attract and retain qualified personnel for positions of substantial authority and to provide additional incentives to employees, trustees and other service providers by providing them with an opportunity for investment in our company, and to align their interests with those of our shareholders through performance-based compensation.

Administration. Our compensation committee administers the 2010 Plan. Our compensation committee has the authority to determine the terms and conditions of any agreements evidencing any awards granted under the 2010 Plan, including, among other things, the time or times at which awards may be exercised and whether and under what circumstances an award may be exercised, subject to tax and regulatory requirements and the terms of the 2010 Plan.

 

258


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our compensation committee has full discretion to construe and interpret the 2010 Plan and to establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the 2010 Plan, subject to tax and regulatory requirements and the terms of the 2010 Plan.

Available Shares; Adjustments. The 2010 Plan provides for an aggregate of 3,849,976 common shares to be available for awards. As of December 31, 2017, there were 2,453,522 common shares available for grant under the 2010 Plan. The number of common shares available under the 2010 Plan may be further increased by certain common shares awarded under the 2008 Plan or 2010 Plan that are forfeited or expire. No participant may be granted awards representing more than 1,750,000 common shares in any 36-month period. The maximum amount that may be paid to any participant with respect to a performance compensation award (other than an award denominated in common shares) in any 36-month period is $4,500,000. If there are certain changes in our capitalization, our compensation committee will make certain adjustments, which may include adjustments to the number of common shares reserved for issuance under the 2010 Plan, the number of common shares covered by awards then outstanding under the 2010 Plan, the limitations on awards under the 2010 Plan, the exercise price of outstanding performance measures applicable to an outstanding award, and such other equitable substitutions or adjustments as it may determine appropriate.

Eligibility and Types of Awards. Our compensation committee may grant awards consisting of nonqualified stock options, incentive (qualified) stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock bonus awards, dividend equivalents, cash bonus awards and performance compensation awards. All of our officers, trustees, employees, consultants, advisers or other  bona  fide  service providers, and those of our majority-owned direct or indirect subsidiaries, are eligible to receive awards, except that only our employees or employees of our subsidiary companies are eligible to receive incentive stock options. Our compensation committee has the sole and complete authority to determine who will be granted an award under the 2010 Plan.

As of the date of this prospectus, only nonqualified stock options and restricted stock units have been granted under the 2010 Plan. In connection with this offering, we intend to approve the grant of dividend equivalents to all participants in the 2010 Plan with respect to vested restricted stock units which have not been settled pursuant to the terms of the 2010 Plan.

Options. Our existing compensation committee has granted options to purchase common shares that are “nonqualified stock options,” meaning they are not intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. Nonqualified stock options granted under the 2010 Plan are subject to such terms, including the exercise price, the number of common shares subject to the option, the term of the option, and the conditions and timing of exercise, as established by our compensation committee and specified in the applicable award agreement. Under the terms of the 2010 Plan, the exercise price of the options will not be less than the fair market value of our common shares at the time of grant (or 110% of the fair market value in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a more than 10% shareholder). The maximum term of an option granted under the 2010 Plan will be ten years from the date of grant (or five years from the date of grant in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a more than 10% shareholder). Payment in respect of the exercise of an option may be made in cash or by bank cashier’s check. In addition, at the discretion of our compensation committee and to the extent permitted by law, payment in respect of the exercise of an option may be made by surrender of common shares not subject to any pledge or other security interest, by means of a net exercise procedure approved by our compensation committee in its discretion, by means of a broker-assisted cashless exercise, or by such other method as our compensation committee may determine to be appropriate.

Restricted Stock Units. Our existing compensation committee historically has granted restricted stock unit awards under the 2010 Plan to the members of our board of trustees and, beginning in 2017, to certain of our executive officers. Awards of restricted stock units are subject to the terms and conditions established by our compensation committee. A restricted stock unit is a right to receive, at the election of our compensation

 

259


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

committee, a number of common shares equal to the number of units earned or an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of that number of common shares, or a combination of common shares and cash, at the expiration of the period over which the units are to be earned or at a later date selected by our compensation committee. Unless our compensation committee determines otherwise, or specifies otherwise in an award agreement, if the participant terminates employment or services during the period of time over which all or a portion of the units are to be earned, then any unvested units will be forfeited.

Certain Change in Control Provisions. A change in control occurs in three circumstances. First, a change in control occurs when we are merged, consolidated or reorganized into or with another entity, or sell or otherwise transfer all or substantially all of our assets, and 50% or more of the voting power of the surviving entity or acquirer is not owned by persons who beneficially owned at least 20% of our outstanding common shares immediately prior to the transaction. A change in control also occurs when a transaction takes place, following which the private investment funds affiliated with Yucaipa that currently own, of record, the majority of our outstanding common shares beneficially own less than 50% of our common shares outstanding and reserved for issuance immediately prior to the transaction. Finally, a change in control occurs if there is a dissolution or liquidation. The completion of this offering will not constitute a change in control under the 2010 Plan.

In the event of a change in control, our compensation committee may, in its discretion, (1) cancel an outstanding award as of the date of consummation of such transaction and either accelerate the vesting or exercisability of the award, (2) purchase all or a portion of the award, including any unvested portion if our board of trustees so determines in its discretion, for an amount to be determined based on fair market value at the time of the purchase, for cash, (3) in the case of a performance compensation award, cause the participant to receive full or partial payment of the award based on actual or target performance, or (4) require the entity acquiring control to assume outstanding awards or substitute other awards.

In the event of a dissolution or liquidation, any award that has not previously been exercised or settled will terminate immediately prior to the dissolution or liquidation.

Amendment and Termination. Our board of trustees may amend, suspend or discontinue the 2010 Plan at any time; however, shareholder approval to amend the 2010 Plan may be necessary if the law so requires. No amendment, suspension or discontinuation will adversely affect the rights, or increase the obligations, of any participant under an award without the consent of the participant. Unless earlier terminated by our board of trustees, the 2010 Plan will expire on the tenth anniversary of the date on which the 2010 Plan was approved by our shareholders. Upon the completion of this offering, our board of trustees will terminate the 2010 Plan, and no further grants will be made under the 2010 Plan after such date. However, awards that were outstanding on that date will remain in effect, to the extent not subsequently exercised or forfeited.

In connection with this offering, we intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering common shares issuable pursuant to options and restricted stock units outstanding under our equity incentive plans.

2017 Plan

We will adopt the 2017 Plan in connection with this offering. The 2017 Plan is intended to promote our long-term success and increase shareholder value by attracting, motivating, and retaining non-employee trustees, officers, employees, advisors and consultants. To achieve this purpose, the 2017 Plan will allow the flexibility to grant or award stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance unit awards, performance share awards, cash-based awards and other stock-based awards to eligible individuals, thereby strengthening their commitment to our success and aligning their interests with those of our shareholders. As of the date of this prospectus, no awards have been made under the 2017 Plan. Upon the completion of this offering, we expect to make grants of time-based restricted stock units under the 2017 Plan to

 

260


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

certain of our non-employee trustees and to make the Retention Grants to certain employees. See “—Trustee Compensation” and “—Compensation Plans Following the Completion of this Offering—New Employment Agreements.”

Administration

Our compensation committee will have discretionary authority to administer the 2017 Plan in accordance with its terms and applicable laws. Our compensation committee will determine the non-employee trustees, employees, advisors and consultants who will be granted awards under the 2017 Plan, the size and types of awards, the terms and conditions of awards and the form and content of the award agreements representing awards. Our compensation committee will not be required to grant awards on a uniform or consistent basis. Our compensation committee will be authorized to establish, administer and waive terms, conditions and performance goals of outstanding awards and to accelerate the vesting or exercisability of awards, in each case, subject to limitations contained in the 2017 Plan. Our compensation committee will be authorized to interpret the 2017 Plan and award agreements and will have authority to correct any defects, supply any omissions and reconcile any inconsistencies in the 2017 Plan and/or any award agreements and to take any other action that our compensation committee deems necessary or appropriate for the administration of the 2017 Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the 2017 Plan, our compensation committee’s decisions, interpretations and actions concerning the 2017 Plan or any award will be within the sole discretion of our compensation committee, will be permitted to be made at any time and will be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons and entities, including any participant and any holder or beneficiary of any award. Within the limitations of the 2017 Plan and applicable law, our compensation committee will be authorized to delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers under the 2017 Plan to persons selected by it, and our board of trustees will be permitted to exercise all of our compensation committee’s powers under the 2017 Plan.

Shares Subject to the 2017 Plan

A total of 9,000,000 common shares will be available for delivery under the 2017 Plan. Upon the completion of this offering, we expect to grant an aggregate of 783,333 restricted stock units under the 2017 Plan to certain of our non-employee trustees and certain employees. The number of common shares available for delivery under the 2017 Plan will also be subject to adjustment for certain changes in our capital structure, as described below under “—Changes in Capital.” The common shares that may be issued under the 2017 Plan will be either authorized and unissued common shares (which will not be subject to preemptive rights) or previously issued common shares that have been reacquired. Any common shares subject to an award that is (1) forfeited, terminated, cancelled or otherwise expires or (2) settled for cash, will be available for future awards under the 2017 Plan. If we acquire or combine with another company, any awards that may be granted under the 2017 Plan in substitution or exchange for outstanding stock options or other awards of that other company will not reduce the common shares available for issuance under the 2017 Plan. The common shares available for any incentive stock options granted under the 2017 Plan will be limited to 9,000,000 common shares, adjusted as stated above.

Participation

Our compensation committee will be authorized to grant awards under the 2017 Plan to (a) employees and consultants of our company and our subsidiaries and affiliates, (b) those individuals who have accepted an offer of employment from us or our subsidiaries or affiliates, and (c) our non-employee trustees. However, only employees of our company and our subsidiaries will be eligible to receive “incentive stock options” under the 2017 Plan.

The number of common shares covered by any award granted to a non-employee trustee will be determined by our compensation committee, but no non-employee trustee may be granted, in the aggregate, in any calendar year awards covering more than 50,000 common shares. The time-based restricted stock units that will be granted to non-employee trustees upon completion of this offering that are described under the section entitled “—Trustee Compensation” will not be subject to this annual limit.

 

261


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Stock Options

A stock option is the right to purchase a specified number of common shares in the future at a specified exercise price and subject to the other terms and conditions that will be specified in the option agreement and the 2017 Plan. Stock options granted under the 2017 Plan will be either “incentive stock options,” which may be eligible for special tax treatment under the Code, or options other than “incentive stock options,” referred to as “nonqualified stock options,” as determined by our compensation committee. All stock options that are intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” will be granted pursuant to award agreements expressly stating that the options are intended to qualify as incentive stock options, and will be subject to the terms and conditions that comply with the rules provided under section 422 of the Code. The number of common shares covered by each option will be determined by our compensation committee, but no participant may be granted in any calendar year options and SARs (as described below), in the aggregate, for more than 1,000,000 common shares. The exercise price of each option will be set by our compensation committee but cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common shares at the time of grant (or, in the case of an “incentive stock option” granted to a 10% or more shareholder of our company, or subsidiary, as applicable, 110% of the fair market value). Options granted under the 2017 Plan in substitution or exchange for options or awards of another company involved in a corporate transaction with us or a subsidiary will have an exercise price that is intended to preserve the economic value of the award that is replaced. The fair market value of our common shares generally means the closing price of our common shares on the option grant date. The exercise price of any stock options granted under the 2017 Plan will be paid by check, by tendering previously acquired common shares having a fair market value at the time of the exercise equal to the exercise price, by a cashless broker-assisted exercise that complies with law, by withholding of common shares otherwise deliverable to the option holder upon exercise of the option or any other method approved or accepted by our compensation committee in its discretion. Our compensation committee will determine whether any fractional common shares will be settled in cash or forfeited.

Options will become exercisable and expire at the times and on the terms established by our compensation committee, not later than the tenth anniversary of the grant date. Options generally terminate when the holder’s employment or service with us terminates. However, an option may be exercised for up to one year following the holder’s termination of employment or services in specified circumstances, unless our compensation committee or the option agreement permits exercise of the option following the holder’s termination to any greater or lesser extent.

Stock Appreciation Rights

Stock appreciation rights, or SARs, may be granted by our compensation committee (either in connection with, or independent of, an option) upon such terms and conditions determined by our compensation committee which are permitted under the 2017 Plan. Generally, SARs are awards that, upon their exercise, give the holder a right to receive from us an amount equal to the product of (1) the number of common shares for which the SAR is exercised, multiplied by (2) the excess of the (a) fair market value of a common share on the exercise date, over (b) the grant price per share. The grant price per share cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a common share on the grant date of such SAR. SARs granted under the 2017 Plan in substitution or exchange for SARs or awards of another company involved in a corporate transaction with us or a subsidiary will have an exercise price that is intended to preserve the economic value of the award that is replaced. A SAR may be settled in cash, common shares or a combination of cash and common shares, as determined by our compensation committee. SARs will become exercisable and expire at the times and on the terms established by our compensation committee. The number of common shares covered by each SAR will be determined by our compensation committee, but no participant may be granted in any calendar year options or SARs, in the aggregate, covering more than 1,000,000 common shares.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock awards are common shares that are awarded to a participant subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions established by our compensation committee. Until the applicable restrictions lapse,

 

262


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

shares of restricted stock will be subject to forfeiture and may not be sold, assigned, pledged or otherwise disposed of by the participant who holds those shares. Restricted stock units will be denominated in units of common shares, except that no common shares are actually issued to the participant on the grant date. When a restricted stock unit award vests, the participant will be entitled to receive common shares, or if our compensation committee so provides in the applicable award agreement, a cash payment based on the value of our common shares or a combination of common shares and cash. Vesting of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units may be based on continued employment or service and/or satisfaction of performance goals or other conditions established by our compensation committee. Subject to the other terms of the 2017 Plan, our compensation committee may permit a recipient of restricted stock to have the rights and privileges of a shareholder during the restriction period, including the right to receive any dividends, which may be subject to the same restrictions as the restricted stock. A recipient of restricted stock units will have none of the rights of a shareholder unless and until common shares are actually delivered to the recipient. The number of shares of restricted stock, and common shares covered by restricted stock unit awards (as well as performance unit awards, performance share awards, cash-based awards and other stock-based awards (as described below)) granted to a participant will be determined by our compensation committee, but no such participant may be granted, in the aggregate, in any calendar year more than 1,500,000 common shares subject to any such awards that are performance-based. Upon termination of employment or service, or failure to satisfy other vesting conditions, a participant’s unvested shares of restricted stock and unvested restricted stock units are forfeited unless the participant’s award agreement, or our compensation committee, provides otherwise.

Performance Units, Performance Shares and Cash-Based Awards

Performance units, performance shares and cash-based awards granted to a participant under the 2017 Plan will be amounts credited to a bookkeeping account established for the participant. A performance unit is a fixed or variable dollar denominated unit with a value determined by our compensation committee and stated in the award agreement. The value of a performance share is based on the value of our common shares. A cash-based award has a value that is established by our compensation committee at the time of its grant. The number of performance units, performance shares and cash-based awards granted to a participant will be determined by our compensation committee; however, no participant may be granted in any calendar year performance-based awards amounting to more than $5.0 million. Whether a performance unit, performance share or cash-based award actually will result in a payment to a participant will depend upon the extent to which performance goals or other conditions established by our compensation committee are satisfied. After a performance unit, performance share or cash-based award has vested, the participant will be entitled to receive a payout of cash, common shares or a combination thereof, as determined by our compensation committee. A participant’s award agreement will describe the effect of a termination of employment or service on the participant’s performance units, performance shares or cash-based award.

Other Stock-Based Awards

Our compensation committee will be authorized to grant to participants other stock-based awards under the 2017 Plan, which will be valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on our common shares. The form of any other stock-based awards will be determined by our compensation committee, and may include a grant or sale of unrestricted common shares. The number of common shares related to another stock-based award will be determined by our compensation committee. Other stock-based awards may be paid in common shares, cash or a combination of common shares and cash, according to the award agreement. The terms and conditions, including vesting conditions, of another stock-based award will be established by our compensation committee when the award is made. Our compensation committee will determine the effect of a termination of employment or service on a participant’s other stock-based awards.

Dividend Equivalents

Our compensation committee will be authorized to provide part of an award with dividends or payment of dividend equivalents, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by our compensation committee in

 

263


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

its sole discretion and consistent with the 2017 Plan; provided, however, that no dividend equivalents will be payable in respect to outstanding options, SARs or restricted stock. Dividend equivalents may not be paid until and to the extent the underlying award vests or is exercised.

Performance-Based Awards

Restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance units, performance shares, cash-based awards and other stock-based awards subject to performance conditions may, in our compensation committee’s discretion be structured as performance-based compensation. Such awards must be conditioned on the achievement of objectively determinable performance goals based on one or more of the performance measures listed below, determined in relation to us or our subsidiaries or any of our business units, divisions, services or products, or in comparison to a designated group of other companies or index: total shareholder return (on an absolute and/or relative basis measured against comparable peers or a real estate index), net operating income, funds from operations or adjusted funds from operations, funds available for distribution, dividends or funds available for distribution payment, returns on assets, returns on investment, returns on capital or returns on equity, operating expenses/costs, cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on equity, and cash flow return on investment), earnings per share, earnings before or after either, or any combination of, interest, taxes, depreciation, or amortization, economic value added (net operating profit after tax minus the sum of capital multiplied by the cost of capital) or economic value created, gross or net earnings or income, gross or net operating margins, gross or net operating profits, gross or net sales or revenues, market share, net earnings or net income (before or after taxes), operating efficiency and/or property operating expense savings, productivity ratios and measures, customer satisfaction survey results, strategic business objectives (including objective project milestones), personal professional objectives (including implementation of policies and plans, negotiations or completions of transactions, and development of long-term business goals), successful negotiation or renewal of contracts with new or existing customers, transactions relating to acquisitions or divestitures, or operating portfolio metrics including leasing and tenant retention.

Our compensation committee will determine whether the performance goals that have been chosen for a particular performance-based award have been met. Our compensation committee will have the discretion to adjust downward but not upward amounts payable or benefits granted, issued, retained or vested under a performance-based award described above. Our compensation committee may not waive the achievement of performance goals applicable to these awards, except in the case of the participant’s death, disability or a change of control of our company. Our compensation committee’s evaluation of the achievement of performance goals may include or exclude any of the following events that occur during a performance period: (a) asset write-downs, (b) litigation, claims, judgments or settlements, (c) changes in tax laws, accounting principles or other laws or provisions, (d) reorganization or restructuring programs, (e) acquisitions or divestitures, (f) foreign exchange gains and losses or (g) gains and losses that are treated as unusual in nature or infrequent in their occurrence and which are disclosed in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in our annual report to shareholders.

Deferrals of Awards

Our compensation committee may, to the extent permitted by law, require or allow participants to defer receipt of all or part of any cash or common shares subject to their award agreements on the terms of any deferred compensation plan of our company or other terms set by our compensation committee. Any such deferred compensation plan or other terms set by our compensation committee will be exempt from, or comply with the rules under Section 409A of the Code.

Transferability of Awards

Options, SARs, unvested restricted stock, and other awards under the 2017 Plan may not be sold or otherwise transferred except in the event of a participant’s death to his or her designated beneficiary or by will or the laws of descent and distribution, unless otherwise determined by our compensation committee.

 

264


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Change of Control

In the event of a change of control of our company (as defined in the 2017 Plan), each outstanding award will be treated as our compensation committee determines, either by the terms of the award agreement or by resolution adopted by our compensation committee, including, without limitation, that the awards may be vested, assumed, replaced with substitute awards, cashed-out or terminated.

Changes in Capital

In the event of a change in our capital structure, such as a share dividend, share split or recapitalization, or a corporate transaction, such as a merger, consolidation, reorganization or spin-off, our compensation committee or our board of trustees will make substitutions or adjustments that it deems appropriate and equitable to: (a) the aggregate number and kind of common shares or other securities reserved for issuance and delivery under the 2017 Plan; (b) the number and kind of common shares or other securities subject to outstanding awards; (c) the option exercise price, grant price or other price of securities subject to outstanding options, stock appreciation rights and, to the extent applicable, other awards; (d) the limits on the number of common shares that may be subject to awards granted to a single participant under the 2017 Plan; and (e) other value determinations applicable to outstanding awards. In the case of a corporate transaction, these adjustments may include, for example, (1) cancellation of outstanding awards in exchange for payments of cash and/or property; (2) substitution of other property (for example, stock of another company) for our common shares subject to outstanding awards; and (3) in connection with a transaction in which a subsidiary of our company is sold or otherwise ceases to be owned by us, arranging for the assumption of awards, or replacement of awards with new awards based on other property or other securities, by the affected subsidiary or by the entity that controls that subsidiary (as well as any corresponding adjustments to awards that remain based upon our securities). Our compensation committee will also make appropriate adjustments and modifications in the terms of any outstanding awards to reflect, or related to, any such events, adjustments, substitutions or changes, including modifications of performance goals and changes in the length of performance periods.

Amendment and Termination

Our board of trustees will have the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2017 Plan in whole or in part, in its sole discretion. However, our board of trustees will be required to obtain approval of our shareholders, if required by the exemption from the short-swing profit recovery rules of the Exchange Act, the tax law requirements for “incentive stock options” or any applicable law, regulation or rule, of any amendment of the 2017 Plan that would: (a) increase the maximum number of common shares that may be sold or awarded under the 2017 Plan, or that may be subject to awards granted to a single participant; (b) decrease the minimum option exercise price or SAR grant price required by the 2017 Plan, except, in the case of (a) or (b), in the event of certain changes in capital of our company (as described above under “—Changes in Capital”); (c) change the class of persons eligible to receive awards under the 2017 Plan; (d) extend the duration of the 2017 Plan or the maximum exercise periods of any options or SARs granted under the 2017 Plan; or (e) otherwise require shareholder approval to comply with applicable laws, regulations or rules. Our compensation committee may also amend outstanding awards.

However, no amendment or alteration of the 2017 Plan or amendment of outstanding awards may adversely affect the previously accrued rights of a participant under any outstanding award without his or her written consent, except (a) to comply with the exemption from the short-swing profit recovery rules of the Exchange Act, or (b) where our board of trustees or our compensation committee determines that the amendment or alteration is required or advisable to comply with laws, regulations, rules or accounting standards or any compensation recoupment policy adopted by us. Additionally, the provisions of the 2017 Plan described above under “—Change of Control” may not be amended, terminated or modified on or after the date of a Change of Control to materially impair any participant’s outstanding award without that participant’s prior written consent. Our board of trustees or our compensation committee will also make adjustments that it deems appropriate to

 

265


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

awards under the 2017 Plan in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting us or our financial statements or changes in laws, regulations, rules or accounting principles.

The 2017 Plan will prohibit us from reducing the exercise price or grant price of an outstanding stock option or SAR or replacing an outstanding stock option or SAR with a new option or SAR that has a lower exercise price or grant price, or with any other type of new award under the 2017 Plan, except in connection with a share change, a corporate transaction or as otherwise described under “—Changes in Capital” above, without first obtaining shareholder approval.

Duration of 2017 Plan

No awards will be made under the 2017 Plan on or after the earlier of (1) the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the 2017 Plan, or (2) the date on which all common shares reserved under the 2017 Plan have been issued or are no longer available for use under the 2017 Plan.

Forfeiture

The 2017 Plan will authorize our compensation committee to provide for the forfeiture or recoupment of a participant’s awards in certain situations, such as the termination of the participant’s employment for cause, serious misconduct, breach of noncompetition, confidentiality or other restrictive covenants, or other activity detrimental to our business, reputation or interests. If we are required to prepare an accounting restatement due to our company’s material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirement under the federal securities laws, we may seek to recover from any current or former executive officer any payment in settlement of an award earned or accrued during the three-year period preceding the accounting restatement. The amount to be recovered will be based on the excess of the amount paid under the award over the amount that would have been paid under the award if the financial statements had been correct. We intend to establish recoupment and clawback policies, including as required by applicable law.

Equity Awards in Connection with this Offering

Upon the completion of this offering, we expect to make grants of time-based restricted stock units under the 2017 Plan to certain of our non-employee trustees and to make the Retention Grants to certain employees as described under “—Trustee Compensation” and “—Compensation Plans Following the Completion of this Offering—New Employment Agreements.”

We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering our common shares issuable under the 2017 Plan.

Indemnification Agreements with Executive Officers and Trustees

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and trustees and any observer to our board of trustees. We refer to each individual that is a party to an indemnification agreement as an indemnitee. In general, each indemnification agreement will provide that we will indemnify and advance expenses to the indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and our declaration of trust in effect as of the date of the agreement or to such extent as applicable law and our declaration of trust thereafter from time to time may permit. However, no change in Maryland law or our declaration of trust will have the effect of reducing the benefits available to the indemnitee under the agreement.

If, by reason of being a present or former trustee, board observer, officer, employee or agent of our company or a director, trustee, board observer, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that the indemnitee is or was serving in

 

266


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

such capacity at our request, the indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to any threatened, pending or completed proceeding, the indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified against judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement and all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the indemnitee or on the indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such proceeding or any other issue or matter related to the proceeding. However, we are not required to provide this indemnification if it is established that:

 

    the act or omission of the indemnitee was material to the matters giving rise to the proceeding and (A) was committed in bad faith or (B) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

 

    the indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

 

    in the case of any criminal proceeding, the indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that the indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

In addition, we may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of our company or, in a suit charging receipt of an improper personal benefit, a judgment of liability on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received, unless, in either case, a court orders indemnification.

Under the indemnification agreements, we are obligated to advance all expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of each indemnitee in connection with any threatened, pending or completed proceeding. In order to be advanced expenses, the indemnitee must affirm in writing his good faith belief that he has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification, and provide an undertaking to repay any expenses advanced if it is ultimately determined that the indemnitee has not met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to trustees, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

267


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information as of January 8, 2018 regarding the beneficial ownership of our common shares (1) immediately prior to this offering and (2) as adjusted to give effect to this offering based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, by:

 

    each person known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our outstanding common shares;

 

    each of our trustees and named executive officers; and

 

    all of our trustees and executive officers as a group.

For further information regarding material transactions between us and our trustees, executive officers or certain of our shareholders, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting thereof or to dispose or direct the disposition thereof, or has the right to acquire any such powers within 60 days. Except as disclosed in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that each shareholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and dispositive power over all common shares shown as beneficially owned by the shareholder. Unless otherwise indicated in the table or footnotes below, the address for each beneficial owner is c/o Americold Realty Trust, 10 Glenlake Parkway, South Tower, Suite 600, Atlanta, Georgia 30328.

Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 69,370,609 common shares outstanding as of January 8, 2018 and prior to this offering, and assumes, as applicable and indicated in the following table, the issuance of 24,000,000 common shares in connection with this offering, the cashless exercise of all outstanding warrants to purchase 18,574,619 common shares, exercisable at a price of $9.81 per share, into an aggregate of 6,426,818 common shares in connection with this offering (based on a deemed valuation of $15.00 per share pursuant to the terms of the warrants), the conversion of all 375,000 Series B preferred shares in connection with this offering into an aggregate of 33,240,258 common shares (based upon the Series B preferred share conversion ratio as of September 30, 2017 and the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares), which has been calculated as if the conversion occurred on September 30, 2017 and assuming no accrued and unpaid distributions in respect of the Series B preferred shares at such time, subject to adjustment as described below, and the settlement of 87,664 restricted stock units into an aggregate of 87,664 common shares in connection with this offering with respect to certain of our resigning trustees. Common shares subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of January 8, 2018 are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options. These common shares subject to options, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

268


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    Number of
common
shares
beneficially
owned prior
to this
offering
    Percentage
of common
shares
beneficially
owned
prior to
this
offering
    Number of common shares
beneficially owned upon the
completion of this offering 
    Percentage of common shares
beneficially owned upon the
completion of this offering 
 
      No exercise of
underwriters’
option
    Full exercise of
underwriters’
option
    No exercise of
underwriters’
option
    Full exercise of
underwriters’
option
 

5% Shareholders:

           

YF ART Holdings GP, LLC (1)†

    75,769,587       69.5     75,259,903       75,259,903       56.5     55.0

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (2)†

    28,808,224       26.4     29,249,950       29,249,950       22.0     21.4

Charm Progress Investment Limited (3)†

    4,432,034       4.1     4,499,992       4,499,992       3.4     3.3

Named executive officers, trustees and trustee nominees:

           

Fred Boehler (4)

    690,000       *       690,000       690,000       *       *  

Marc Smernoff (5)

    160,000       *       160,000       160,000       *       *  

Thomas Musgrave (6)

    210,000       *       210,000       210,000       *       *  

George J. Alburger, Jr.

    —         *       —         —         *       *  

Jeffrey M. Gault (7)

    1,101,747       1.0     1,101,747       1,101,747       *       *  

Bradley J. Gross

    —         *       —         —         *       *  

Joel A. Holsinger

    —         *       —         —         *       *  

Thomas Novosel (8)

    65,000       *       65,000       65,000       *       *  

Ronald Burkle (1)

    —         *       —         —         *       *  

Christopher Crampton (9)

    —         *       —         —         *       *  

Richard d’Abo (10)

    —         *       —         —         *       *  

Gregory Mays (11)

    —         *       46,890       46,890       *       *  

Terrence J. Wallock (12)

    —         *       40,774       40,774       *       *  

Andrea Darweesh (13)

    60,000       *       60,000       60,000       *       *  

James R. Heistand

    —         *       —         —         *       *  

Michelle M. MacKay

    —         *       —         —         *       *  

Mark R. Patterson

    —         *       —         —         *       *  

Andrew P. Power

    —         *       —         —         *       *  

All executive officers, trustees and trustee nominees as a group (18 persons) (14)

    2,286,747       2.0     2,374,411       2,374,411       1.7     1.7

 

* Indicates beneficial ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding common shares.
(1) Consists of 69,342,769 common shares held directly by YF ART Holdings and warrants (currently exercisable) to purchase 18,574,619 common shares held directly by YF ART Holdings (assumes the cashless exercise of these warrants into an aggregate of 6,426,818 common shares in connection with this offering (based on a deemed valuation of $15.00 per share pursuant to the terms of the warrants)). YF ART GP is the general partner of YF ART Holdings. The limited partners of YF ART Holdings are (i) YF ART Holdings Aggregator, LLC, which is wholly owned by private equity funds affiliated with Yucaipa, and (ii) the Fortress Entity. YF ART GP is wholly owned by private equity funds affiliated with Yucaipa. Ronald W. Burkle indirectly controls YF ART GP and may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power with respect to the common shares directly owned by YF ART Holdings and therefore be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the common shares held by such entities, but disclaims beneficial ownership of such common shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. We expect that Mr. Burkle will resign as a trustee in connection with this offering. YF ART GP’s address is 9130 West Sunset Boulevard, Los Angeles, California 90069.

 

    

Under the terms of the YF ART Holdings limited partnership agreement, the Fortress Entity’s investment in YF ART Holdings accrues an ongoing annual preferred return. Upon a return in full of the Fortress Entity’s

 

269


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  investment plus any accrued preferred return thereon by YF ART Holdings, the Fortress Entity may cause YF ART Holdings to dispose of common shares indirectly attributable to the Fortress Entity, subject to the lock-up restrictions described below under “Underwriting.” As of September 30, 2017, the Fortress Entity’s investment in YF ART Holdings, including the preferred return, was approximately $512.6 million. As of September 30, 2017, the number of common shares held by YF ART Holdings and attributable to the Fortress Entity was 10,901,069. The number of common shares held by YF ART Holdings that are attributable to the Fortress Entity increases from time to time, subject to an aggregate cap of 15,697,538 common shares. This ongoing increase ends upon the earlier of (i) repayment in full of the obligations of YF ART Holdings to the Fortress Entity and (ii) March 1, 2019. Under the terms of the YF ART Holdings limited partnership agreement, prepayments of the obligations of YF ART Holdings to the Fortress Entity result in a partial reduction in this ongoing increase. As of the date of this prospectus, the Fortress Entity does not hold voting or dispositive power with respect to any of the common shares held by YF ART Holdings. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—The Fortress Entity Contribution Agreement” for additional information.
(2) Consists of 116,697 Series B preferred shares held directly by GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P., or GS VI, 32,090 Series B preferred shares held directly by GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P., or GS Parallel VI, 97,065 Series B preferred shares held indirectly by GS Capital Partners VI Offshore Fund, L.P., or GS Offshore, 4,148 Series B preferred shares held indirectly by GS Capital Partners VI GmbH & Co. KG, or GS GmbH, and 75,000 Series B preferred shares held indirectly by Opportunity Partners Offshore-B Co-Invest AIV, L.P., or Opportunity, and together with GS VI, GS Parallel VI, GS Offshore and GS GmbH, the “GS Control Entities.” We expect that the GS Entities will convert all 325,000 of their outstanding Series B preferred shares into common shares in connection with this offering based upon the Series B preferred share conversion ratio as of the date of conversion. This table gives effect to the anticipated conversion of all 325,000 Series B preferred shares held by the GS Entities in connection with this offering into an aggregate of 28,808,224 common shares based upon the Series B preferred share conversion ratio as of September 30, 2017, the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares and assuming no accrued and unpaid distributions in respect of the Series B preferred shares at such time. As of September 30, 2017, one Series B preferred share was convertible into approximately 88.64 common shares. The Series B preferred share conversion ratio will increase as a result of unpaid distributions accrued prior to the completion of this offering; however, we expect to make a cash distribution to the holders of our Series B preferred shares to account for any accrued and unpaid distributions immediately prior to conversion. The GS Control Entities, of which affiliates of The GS Group, Inc., or The GS Group, are the general partner, managing general partner or investment manager, share voting and dispositive power with certain of their respective affiliates. The GS Group disclaims beneficial ownership of the common shares held directly or indirectly by the GS Control Entities except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein, if any. The address of the GS Control Entities and The GS Group is 200 West Street New York, New York 10282.
(3) Consists of 50,000 Series B preferred shares held directly by Charm Progress. We expect that Charm Progress will convert all 50,000 of its outstanding Series B preferred shares into common shares in connection with this offering based upon the Series B preferred share conversion ratio as of the date of conversion. This table gives effect to the anticipated conversion of all 50,000 Series B preferred shares held by Charm Progress in connection with this offering into an aggregate of 4,432,034 common shares based upon the Series B preferred share conversion ratio as of September 30, 2017, the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares and assuming no accrued and unpaid distributions in respect of the Series B preferred shares at such time. As of September 30, 2017, one Series B preferred share was convertible into approximately 88.64 common shares. The Series B preferred share conversion ratio will increase as a result of unpaid distributions accrued prior to the completion of this offering; however, we expect to make a cash distribution to the holders of our Series B preferred shares to account for any accrued and unpaid distributions immediately prior to conversion. Charm Progress is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of China Merchants Group Limited, or CMGL. CMGL controls the direction and management of Charm Progress, including voting and dispositive power of the Series B preferred shares, and our common shares that are issued upon conversion thereof. The address of Charm Progress is 38th Floor, China Merchants Tower, Shu Tak Centre, 168-200 Connaught Road, Central, Hong Kong.

 

270


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(4) Consists of 690,000 common shares issuable upon the exercise of options currently exercisable or which will become exercisable within 60 days after January 8, 2018.
(5) Consists of 160,000 common shares issuable upon the exercise of options currently exercisable or which will become exercisable within 60 days after January 8, 2018.
(6) Consists of 210,000 common shares issuable upon the exercise of options currently exercisable or which will become exercisable within 60 days after January 8, 2018.
(7) Consists of 1,101,747 common shares issuable upon the exercise of options currently exercisable or which will become exercisable within 60 days after January 8, 2018.
(8) Consists of 65,000 common shares issuable upon the exercise of options currently exercisable or which will become exercisable within 60 days after January 8, 2018.
(9) We expect that Mr. Crampton will resign as a trustee in connection with this offering.
(10) We expect that Mr. d’Abo will resign as a trustee in connection with this offering.
(11) Consists of 46,890 common shares issuable upon the conversion of restricted stock units currently exercisable or which will become exercisable within 60 days after January 8, 2018. We expect that Mr. Mays will resign as a trustee in connection with this offering. The foregoing restricted stock units will be settled for common shares in connection with this offering.
(12) Consists of 40,774 common shares issuable upon the conversion of restricted stock units currently exercisable or which will become exercisable within 60 days after January 8, 2018. We expect that Mr. Wallock will resign as a trustee in connection with this offering. The foregoing restricted stock units will be settled for common shares in connection with this offering.
(13) Consists 60,000 of common shares issuable upon the exercise of options which are currently exercisable or which will become exercisable within 60 days after January 8, 2018.
(14) Consists of 2,374,411 common shares issuable upon the exercise of options and common shares issuable upon the conversion of restricted stock units currently exercisable or which will become exercisable within 60 days after January 8, 2018.

 

We anticipate that all 375,000 outstanding Series B preferred shares will be converted into common shares in connection with this offering based upon the Series B preferred share conversion ratio as of the date of conversion. The Series B preferred share conversion ratio will increase as a result of unpaid distributions accrued prior to the completion of this offering; however, we expect to make a cash distribution to the holders of our Series B preferred shares to account for any accrued and unpaid distributions immediately prior to conversion. This table gives effect to the anticipated conversion of all 375,000 Series B preferred shares in connection with this offering into an aggregate of 33,240,258 common shares (based upon the Series B preferred share conversion ratio as of September 30, 2017 and the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares), which has been calculated as if the conversion occurred on September 30, 2017 and assuming no accrued and unpaid distributions in respect of the Series B preferred shares at such time. As of September 30, 2017, one Series B preferred share was convertible into approximately 88.64 common shares. We expect that YF ART Holdings will agree to transfer common shares held by YF ART Holdings to the GS Entities and Charm Progress with a value of up to the total value of the common shares that the GS Entities and Charm Progress would have received upon conversion in the event the initial public offering price in this offering were equal to the price of a qualified IPO under the terms of our Series B preferred shares, less the value of the common shares received by the GS Entities and Charm Progress upon conversion based on the initial public offering price, subject to a maximum. Based on the terms of these arrangements, YF ART Holdings would transfer these common shares to the GS Entities and Charm Progress upon the completion of this offering. The GS Entities and Charm Progress would be obligated to promptly return one half of these common shares to YF ART Holdings if the volume weighted average price of a common share on the NYSE for the ten trading day period ending on the first trading day immediately following the six month anniversary of the closing of this offering is greater than a specified price. Based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, we expect that YF ART Holdings would transfer 441,726 common shares to the GS Entities and 67,598 common shares to Charm Progress upon the completion of this offering based on the anticipated terms of these arrangements. This table gives effect to these

 

271


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  anticipated transfers upon the completion of this offering. For further information regarding our Series B preferred shares, see “Description of Shares of Beneficial Interest—Preferred Shares—Series B Preferred Shares.”

If the initial public offering price of common shares in connection with this offering is $1.00 lower than the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), the number of common shares deemed to be beneficially owned by each of YF ART GP, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and Charm Progress, as well as the resulting deemed beneficial ownership of these shareholders, upon the completion of this offering would be as set forth in the chart below.

 

     Number of common shares beneficially
owned upon the completion of this
offering
     Percentage of common shares
beneficially owned upon the completion of
this offering
 
     No exercise of
underwriters’
option
     Full exercise of
underwriters’

option
     No exercise of
underwriters’
option
    Full exercise of
underwriters’

option
 

5% shareholders:

          

YF ART GP

     73,134,110        73,134,110        54.9     53.5

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.

     31,092,305        31,092,305        23.4     22.7

Charm Progress Investment Limited

     4,783,431        4,783,431        3.6     3.5

If the initial public offering price of common shares in connection with this offering is $1.00 greater than the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), the number of common shares deemed to be beneficially owned by each of YF ART GP, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and Charm Progress, as well as the resulting deemed beneficial ownership of these shareholders, upon the completion of this offering would be as set forth in the chart below.

 

    Number of common shares beneficially
owned upon the completion of this
offering
    Percentage of common shares
beneficially owned upon the completion of
this offering
 
    No exercise of
underwriters’
option
    Full exercise of
underwriters’

option
    No exercise of
underwriters’
option
    Full exercise of
underwriters’

option
 

5% shareholders:

       

YF ART GP

    75,769,587       75,769,587       56.9     55.4

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.

    28,808,224       28,808,224       21.6     21.1

Charm Progress Investment Limited

    4,432,034       4,432,034       3.3     3.2

The transfers contemplated by these arrangements would not result in an increase in the aggregate number of outstanding common shares or any changes in the beneficial ownership of the purchasers of common shares in this offering or other entities and persons presented in this table.

 

272


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2014 to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any of our trustees, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital shares, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Agreements with Certain of Our Trustees and Officers

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and trustees and any observer to our board of trustees. These indemnification agreements are described in “Management—Indemnification Agreements with Executive Officers and Trustees.”

Existing Senior Secured Credit Facilities and ANZ Loans

As of September 30, 2017, affiliates of the GS Entities are part of the lending group that has $25.0 million, or 14.7%, of the commitments under our Existing Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, for which we paid commitment and arrangement fees of $1.0 million to an affiliate of the GS Entities in 2015. In 2016, we paid arrangement fees of $0.7 million to an affiliate of the GS Entities in connection with the incremental term loan that we issued under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility in July 2016. Affiliates of the GS Entities are participating lenders in both the ANZ Loans, for which we paid performance/upfront fees of $4.4 million to an affiliate of the GS Entities in 2015. As a member of each lending group, we are required to pay certain fees to the GS Entities and their affiliates, which may include interest on borrowings, unused facility fees, letter of credit participation fees and letter of credit facility fees. Affiliates of the GS Entities also will be lenders under our New Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and our New Senior Secured Term Loan A Facility. We anticipate paying $0.18 million in upfront fees to an affiliate of the GS Entities upon the effectiveness of our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities, which effectiveness is contingent upon the completion of this offering. As a lender under our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities, we anticipate being required to pay certain fees to the GS Entities and their affiliates, which may include interest on borrowings, unused facility fees, letter of credit participation fees and letter of credit facility fees.

As of September 30, 2017, borrowings under the ANZ Loans had effective interest rates of 4.84% (AUS) and 5.57% (NZ) per annum and borrowings under our Existing Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility had an effective interest rate of 3.86% per annum, which, in each case, was the result of the computation of a variable interest rate plus a margin. During the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we paid interest expense and fees totaling $0.6 million, $2.0 million and $6.0 million, respectively, to affiliates of the GS Entities. As of September 30, 2017, the amount of principal outstanding on the borrowings owed to affiliates of the GS Entities under the ANZ Loans totaled AUD$5.0 million and NZD$14.0 million.

In addition, affiliates of Fortress are syndicate lenders under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility. During the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and the year ended December 31, 2016, we paid principal on borrowings totaling $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively, and $1.6 million and $0.8 million, respectively, in interest expense, which was the result of the computation of one-month LIBOR plus 3.75%. Fees to affiliates of Fortress under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility were $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, and zero for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. As of September 30, 2017, borrowings under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility had an effective interest rate of 5.36% per annum. As of September 30, 2017, the amount of principal outstanding on the borrowings owed to affiliates of Fortress under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility totaled $48.7 million.

The Fortress Entity Contribution Agreement

The Fortress Entity, an investment fund affiliated with Fortress, made an investment in YF ART Holdings pursuant to that certain Contribution Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2015, by and among YF ART GP, YF

 

273


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ART Holdings, us, the Fortress Entity and certain affiliates of Yucaipa. Pursuant to the terms of its investment in YF ART Holdings, the Fortress Entity is entitled to receive, by February 2022 (or earlier if YF ART Holdings is dissolved prior to that date), the return of its investment plus an annual preferred return thereon, as well as a to-be- determined percentage of our common shares owned by YF ART Holdings.

As of September 30, 2017, the Fortress Entity’s investment in YF ART Holdings, including the preferred return, was approximately $512.6 million, and YF ART Holdings owned 69,342,769 of our common shares (excluding common shares issuable upon exercise of YF ART Holdings’ warrants), of which 10,901,069 common shares were attributable to the Fortress Entity. The number of common shares held by YF ART Holdings that are attributable to the Fortress Entity increases from time to time, subject to an aggregate cap of 15,697,538 common shares. See “Principal Shareholders.”

We made certain representations and warranties and delivered certain certificates to the Fortress Entity under the terms of the Contribution Agreement on the closing date thereof. In addition, we granted the Fortress Entity certain approval rights with respect to our ability to engage in certain affiliate and fundamental corporate transactions, make certain tax elections and engage in related tax activities and undertake other significant acquisitions and related activities pursuant to the Contribution Agreement. We expect to amend the Contribution Agreement in connection with this offering to eliminate our obligations to enforce these control rights. For additional information regarding the governance and approval rights we expect the Fortress Entity to have following the completion of this offering, please see “—Shareholders Agreement and Related Agreements” below.

Shareholders Agreement and Related Agreements

We have previously granted affiliates of Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity approval rights with respect to our ability to engage in certain affiliate and fundamental corporate transactions, make certain tax elections and engage in related tax activities and undertake other significant activities, pursuant to an existing shareholders agreement, the Contribution Agreement and related contracts. Affiliates of Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity are also entitled to registration rights that require us to register resales of their common shares and to certain board of trustees representation rights pursuant to these arrangements.

We anticipate that we, affiliates of Yucaipa, the GS Entities, the Fortress Entity and Charm Progress will enter into a new shareholders agreement in connection with this offering. Under our new shareholders agreement, YF ART Holdings is expected to have the right to designate two of the nine members of our board of trustees, so long as YF ART Holdings beneficially owns 10% or more of our fully diluted outstanding shares (as such term is defined in our new shareholders agreement). So long as YF ART Holdings beneficially owns 5% or more (but less than 10%) of our fully diluted outstanding shares, it is expected to have the right to designate one of the nine members of our board of trustees. The GS Entities are expected to have the right to designate one of the nine members of our board of trustees, so long as the GS Entities beneficially own 5% or more of our fully diluted outstanding shares. Also, YF ART Holdings will be entitled to appoint an observer to our board of trustees, so long as it beneficially owns 5% or more of our fully diluted outstanding shares.

We also expect that affiliates of Yucaipa and the Fortress Entity will amend the YF ART Holdings limited partnership agreement in connection with this offering, which we expect will result in an elimination of the preemptive rights that have been granted in favor of the Fortress Entity and a substantial reduction of the control rights that have been granted in favor of the Fortress Entity as described herein. We expect that affiliates of Yucaipa and the Fortress Entity, through YF ART Holdings, will each remain entitled to designate one of the two members of our board of trustees that YF ART Holdings is entitled to designate pursuant to our new shareholders agreement, so long as YF ART Holdings beneficially owns 10% or more of our fully diluted outstanding shares. To the extent that YF ART Holdings has the right to designate only one member of our board of trustees, YF ART Holdings will designate an individual selected by affiliates of Yucaipa unless the number of common shares held by YF ART Holdings and attributable to the Fortress Entity exceeds the number of common

 

274


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

shares held by YF ART Holdings and attributable to affiliates of Yucaipa. If, following this offering, affiliates of Yucaipa and the Fortress Entity obtain direct ownership of the common shares currently held by YF ART Holdings, affiliates of Yucaipa and the Fortress Entity will, subject to the limitations described above, remain entitled to these board designation rights as if they continued to hold common shares through YF ART Holdings, provided that neither affiliates of Yucaipa nor the Fortress Entity will remain entitled to these board representation rights if its beneficial ownership is less than 5% of our fully diluted outstanding shares.

We anticipate that we and affiliates of Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity will enter into a new registration rights agreement in connection with this offering, pursuant to which they will remain entitled to registration rights in respect of our common shares. We anticipate that our new shareholders agreement and related registration rights agreements will set forth certain rights and restrictions with respect to the ownership of our common shares, including demand registration rights in favor of YF ART Holdings, the GS Entities and, if and when it holds common shares directly, the Fortress Entity and their respective affiliates that hold common shares directly (including any affiliate of Yucaipa that holds common shares directly), and restrictions on the ownership and transfer of our common shares. Pursuant to our new shareholders agreement, YF ART Holdings and the GS Entities will be required to create a coordination committee, which we anticipate will be made up of one representative from each of Yucaipa, the GS Entities, the Fortress Entity and Charm Progress. The coordination committee will facilitate coordination of exercises of demand registration rights under the registration rights agreement and transfers, distributions and other transactions in common shares by parties to our new shareholders agreement.

We also anticipate that, under our new shareholders agreement, we and YF ART Holdings, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity will agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause us to maintain our status as a REIT and as a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity” and will make covenants with respect to certain information, regulatory and other similar matters. In addition, under our new shareholders agreement, on any vote to opt in to the business combination statute, YF ART Holdings (including its affiliates) will vote its common shares for and against the matter in the same proportion as the number of votes cast for and against the proposal to opt in by other shareholders until YF ART Holdings (including its affiliates) ceases to own at least 20% of the outstanding voting power.

We also anticipate that, under our new shareholders agreement, any action by our board of trustees to increase the number of trustees shall require the prior written consent of (i) YF ART Holdings, so long as YF ART Holdings beneficially owns 10% or more of our fully diluted outstanding shares and (ii) the GS Entities, so long as the GS Entities beneficially own 10% or more of our fully diluted outstanding shares.

Policies and Procedures With Respect to Related Party Transactions

In accordance with our Policy on Related Party Transactions that we have adopted in connection with this offering, our audit committee is responsible for reviewing and approving related party transactions. In addition, our code of business conduct and ethics requires that all of our employees and trustees inform our General Counsel of any material transaction or relationship that comes to their attention that could reasonably be expected to create a conflict of interest. Further, at least annually, each trustee and executive officer is required to complete a detailed questionnaire that asks questions about any business relationship that may give rise to a conflict of interest and all transactions in which we are involved and in which the executive officer, a trustee or a related person has a direct or indirect material interest.

 

275


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN ACTIVITIES

The following is a discussion of certain of our investment, financing and other policies. These policies have been determined by our board of trustees and, in general, may be amended or revised from time to time by our board of trustees without notice to, or a vote of, our shareholders.

Investment Policies

Investments in Real Estate or Interests in Real Estate

We conduct substantially all of our investment activities through our operating partnership and its subsidiaries. Our primary business objective is to enhance shareholder value by serving our customers, growing our market share and increasing cash flows from operations. We have not established a specific policy regarding the relative priority of these investment objectives. For a discussion of our portfolio and other strategic objectives, see “Business and Properties.”

We pursue our investment objectives primarily through the ownership by our operating partnership of the warehouses in our real estate portfolio and other acquired properties and assets. We invest primarily in industrial real estate in the form of “mission-critical” temperature-controlled warehouses. Our future investment and development activities are not currently limited to any geographic area or property type or to a specified percentage of our assets. While we may diversify in terms of property locations, size and market, we do not have any limit on the amount or percentage of our assets that may be invested in any one property or any one geographic area. We intend to engage in such future investment activities in a manner that is consistent with the maintenance of our status as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, we may purchase, lease or develop income-producing temperature-controlled warehouses and other types of properties for long-term investment, expand and improve the warehouses we presently own or acquire, or dispose of such warehouses, in whole or in part, when circumstances warrant.

We may also participate with third parties in property ownership, through joint ventures or other types of co-ownership. These types of investments may permit us to own interests in larger assets without significantly affecting our diversification and, therefore, provide us with flexibility in structuring our real estate portfolio. We will not, however, enter into a joint venture or other partnership arrangement to make an investment that would not otherwise meet our investment policies.

Equity investments in acquired properties may be subject to existing mortgage financing and other indebtedness. We may also finance the acquisition of properties with new indebtedness.

Investments in Mortgage Loans

We have not, prior to this offering, engaged in any significant investments in mortgage loans and do not presently intend to invest in mortgage loans. However, we may do so at the discretion of our board of trustees, without notice to, or a vote of, our shareholders, subject to the investments restrictions applicable to REITs. The mortgage loans in which we may invest may be secured by either first mortgages or junior mortgages, and may or may not be insured by a governmental agency. If we choose to invest in mortgage loans, we would expect them to be secured by temperature-controlled warehouses. However, there is no restriction on the proportion of our assets which may be invested in a type of mortgage loan or any single mortgage loan or type of mortgage loan. Investments in mortgage loans run the risk that one or more borrowers thereunder may default and that collateral therefor may not be sufficient to enable us to recoup our full investment or expected return.

Securities of or Interests in Persons Primarily Engaged in Real Estate Activities and Other Issuers

Subject to the ownership limitations and gross income and asset tests necessary for REIT qualification, we may invest in securities of other REITs, other entities engaged in real estate activities or securities of other

 

276


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

issuers, including for the purpose of exercising control over such entities. We currently do not have any set criteria with respect to these potential investments. We may acquire all or substantially all of the securities or assets of other REITs or entities where such investments would be consistent with our investment policies. In any event, we do not intend that our investments in securities will require us to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act. During the past three years, we have not invested in the securities of other entities for purposes of exercising control.

Investment in Other Securities

Other than as described above, we do not intend to invest in any additional securities such as bonds, preferred stock or common stock.

Dispositions

We continuously evaluate our real estate portfolio to identify which properties are most suitable to meet our long-term business objectives. Periodically, we may determine that a specific property should be sold due to business and/or financial considerations. In addition, we may elect to enter into joint ventures or other types of co-ownership with respect to properties that we already own, potentially in connection with acquiring interests in other properties.

For a discussion of our investment and disposition activity over the past three years, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 and our unaudited consolidated financial statements as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Financing Policies

We do not have a policy limiting the amount of indebtedness we incur, nor do our declaration of trust and our bylaws limit the amount or percentage of indebtedness that we may incur. We are, however, subject to certain indebtedness limitations pursuant to the restrictive covenants of our outstanding indebtedness. For example, under our Existing Senior Secured Credit Facilities we have agreed, and, upon the effectiveness of our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities upon the completion of this offering, we will agree under our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities, to, among other things, limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness, engage in certain actions, make investments, dispositions and distributions and encumber certain of our assets, and under certain mortgage loan agreements, we have agreed not to further finance or encumber the properties that are mortgaged thereunder. Our board of trustees may from time to time modify our debt policy in light of then-current economic conditions, relative costs of debt and equity capital, market values of our properties, general conditions in the market for debt and equity securities, fluctuations in the market price of our common shares, growth and acquisition opportunities and other factors. Accordingly, we may increase or decrease our ratio of debt to total market capitalization from time to time. If these policies were changed, we could become more highly leveraged, resulting in an increased risk of default on our obligations and a related increase in debt service requirements that could materially and adversely affect our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our shareholders.

To the extent our board of trustees determines to increase our capital, we may issue equity securities or equity-related securities, incur debt or retain earnings (subject to provisions in the Code requiring distributions of taxable income to maintain REIT status), or a combination of these methods.

To the extent that our board of trustees determines to incur additional indebtedness, we intend to do so generally through our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities that will be effective upon the completion of this offering, mortgages on our unencumbered properties or additional debt securities in the future. Such indebtedness

 

277


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

may be recourse, non-recourse or cross-collateralized and may contain cross-default provisions. We do not have a policy limiting the liens we can place on our assets or the number or amount of mortgages that may be placed on any particular property, but our Existing Senior Secured Credit Facilities limit the amount and type of encumbrances we can put on our assets, including our real property, and our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities will contain comparable limitations. Our mortgage loans limit additional indebtedness on the properties that are mortgaged thereunder. Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to replace our Existing Senior Secured Credit Facilities with our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities as described herein. In the future, we may seek to extend, expand, reduce, refinance or renew our mortgage loans or obtain new credit facilities or lines of credit to meet our business needs.

For a discussion of our outstanding indebtedness and New Senior Secured Credit Facilities, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Outstanding Indebtedness” and the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 and our unaudited consolidated financial statements as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Lending Policies

We may consider offering purchase money financing in connection with the sale of our properties where the provision of such financing will increase the value received by us for the property sold.

Conflict of Interest Policies

We have adopted policies that are designed to eliminate or otherwise minimize certain potential conflicts of interest, including a code of business conduct and ethics that prohibits conflicts of interest between our employees, officers and trustees and our company. To complement the code of business conduct and ethics, we have also adopted a related party policy to address the reporting, review and approval or ratification of related party transactions. In addition, our board of trustees is subject to certain provisions of Maryland law, which are also designed to eliminate or otherwise minimize conflicts.

However, there can be no assurance that these policies or provisions of law will always be successful in eliminating the influence of such conflicts, and if they are not successful, decisions could be made that might fail to reflect fully the interests of all shareholders.

Interested Trustee and Officer Transactions

Pursuant to the MGCL, a contract or other transaction between a Maryland corporation and one of its directors or between the Maryland corporation and any other corporation or other entity in which any of its directors has a material financial interest is not void or voidable solely on the grounds of such common directorship or interest, the presence of such director at the meeting at which the contract or transaction is authorized, approved or ratified or the counting of the director’s vote in favor thereof, provided that:

 

    the fact of the common directorship or interest is disclosed or known to the board of directors of the Maryland corporation or a committee of the board of directors, and such board or committee authorizes, approves or ratifies the transaction or contract by the affirmative vote of a majority of disinterested directors, even if the disinterested directors constitute less than a quorum;

 

    the fact of the common directorship or interest is disclosed or known to the shareholders of the Maryland corporation, and the transaction or contract is authorized, approved or ratified by a majority of the votes cast by the shareholders entitled to vote other than the votes of shares owned of record or beneficially by the interested director or corporation, firm or other entity; or

 

    the transaction or contract is fair and reasonable to the Maryland corporation.

 

278


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Although this provision of the MGCL is not specifically applicable to Maryland real estate investment trusts, such as our company, we believe a Maryland court would likely look to this provision by analogy. Moreover, our bylaws specifically provide that the safe harbor for interested director transactions under the MGCL shall be available for, and apply to, any contract or other transaction between us and any of our trustees or between us and any other trust, corporation, firm or other entity in which any of our trustees is a trustee or director or has a material financial interest.

Under Delaware law (where our operating partnership is formed), we, as general partner, have a fiduciary duty to our operating partnership and, consequently, transactions between our operating partnership and our trustees and executive officers or between our operating partnership and any other corporation or entity in which any of our trustees is a trustee or director or has a material financial interest, are subject to the duties of care and loyalty that we, as general partner, owe to limited partners in our operating partnership to the extent such duties have not been eliminated pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement. Under the terms of the partnership agreement, we are under no obligation to consider the separate interests of the limited partners in deciding whether to cause our operating partnership to take any actions. Furthermore, in the event of a conflict of interest between the interests of our shareholders and the limited partners, the partnership agreement provides that we must endeavor in good faith to resolve the conflict in a manner not adverse to either our shareholders or the limited partners; provided, however, that for so long as we directly own a controlling interest in our operating partnership, any such conflict that we, in our sole discretion, determine cannot be resolved in a manner not adverse to either our shareholders or the limited partners will be resolved in favor of our shareholders. We will adopt a policy which requires that all contracts and transactions between us, our operating partnership or any of our subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any of our trustees or executive officers or any entity in which such trustee or executive officer is a director or has a material financial interest, on the other hand, must be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested trustees even if less than a quorum. Where appropriate in the judgment of the disinterested trustees, our board of trustees may obtain a fairness opinion or engage independent counsel to represent the interests of nonaffiliated security holders, although our board of trustees will have no obligation to do so.

Business Opportunities

In order to address potential conflicts of interest between us and Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity, our declaration of trust contains provisions regulating and defining the conduct of our affairs as they may involve Yucaipa (including its affiliates), the GS Entities (including its affiliates) or the Fortress Entity (including its affiliates) and any of their respective officers, trustees, directors, partners, members, managers, employees or other agents, or related persons, and our powers, rights, duties and liabilities and those of our officers, trustees, or employees in connection with our relationship with Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity and their respective affiliates and related persons. In general, these provisions recognize that we and Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity and their respective affiliates and related persons may engage or invest, directly or indirectly, in the same or similar business activities or lines of business, have an interest in the same areas of business opportunities and will continue to have contractual and business relations with each other, including officers or directors of Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity and their respective affiliates and related persons serving as our trustees.

Under our declaration of trust, to the maximum extent permitted by law:

 

    Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity and their respective affiliates and related persons will have the right to (and will have no obligation to abstain from exercising such right to) engage or invest, directly or indirectly, in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us or our affiliates, do business with any of our customers, suppliers or lessors, or employ or otherwise engage any of our officers, trustees or employees; and

 

   

If Yucaipa, the GS Entities or the Fortress Entity (or any of their respective affiliates or related persons) acquires knowledge of a potential transaction that could be a business opportunity, we, our affiliates and our shareholders will have no interest or expectancy in such opportunity, and they will have no

 

279


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

obligation to present, communicate or offer such business opportunity to us, our affiliates or our shareholders. Rather, they will have the right to hold and exploit such opportunity for their own account or to direct, recommend, sell, assign or otherwise transfer such opportunity to any person or entity.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, our declaration of trust provides that we do not renounce any interest or expectancy that we may have under applicable law in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a related person solely in, and as a direct result of, his or her capacity as our trustee, officer, or employee. If our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer or Chief Financial Officer shall be a related person by virtue of his or her respective relationship with Yucaipa, the GS Entities or the Fortress Entity or their respective affiliates, then any business opportunity offered to such officer shall be deemed to have been offered solely in, and as a direct result of, such officer’s capacity as an officer of our company unless such offer clearly and expressly is presented to such officer solely in, and as a direct result of, his or her capacity as an officer, trustee, director, partner, member, manager, employee or other agent of Yucaipa, the GS Entities or the Fortress Entity or their respective affiliates. For purposes of the foregoing, “business opportunity” is defined as a business opportunity that we are financially able to undertake, that we are not prohibited by contract or applicable law from pursuing or undertaking, that, from its nature, is in our line of business, that is of practical advantage to us, and in which we have an interest or a reasonable expectancy.

Any amendment to these provisions of our declaration of trust requires the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. No amendment to these provisions of our declaration of trust will eliminate, reduce, apply to or have any effect on (a) the protections afforded to Yucaipa, the GS Entities or the Fortress Entity or their respective affiliates with respect to any investments, activities or opportunities of which they become aware prior to such amendment or (b) any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for these provisions of our declaration of trust, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment.

Repurchase of Common Shares

We have authority to repurchase or otherwise acquire our common shares or other securities in the open market or otherwise, and we may engage in such activities in the future if approved by our board of trustees.

Policies With Respect to Other Activities

We have the authority to offer common shares, preferred shares or options to purchase common shares or preferred shares in exchange for property. We have not issued any common shares or preferred shares in exchange for property over the past three years and our board of trustees has no present intention of causing us to issue any common shares or preferred shares in exchange for property upon the completion of this offering.

In addition, our declaration of trust authorizes our board of trustees, without shareholder approval, to approve an amendment to our declaration of trust to increase or decrease the aggregate number or authorized shares of beneficial interest or the authorized number of any class or series of shares of beneficial interest. See “Description of Shares of Beneficial Interest.” We have not engaged in trading, underwriting or agency distribution or sale of securities of other issuers and do not intend to do so. At all times, we intend to make investments in such a manner as to qualify as a REIT, unless, because of circumstances or changes in the Code or the Treasury Regulations, our board of trustees determines that it is no longer in our best interest to qualify as a REIT. We intend to make investments in such a way that we will not be treated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

Reporting Policies

We intend to make available to our shareholders our annual reports, including our audited financial statements. In accordance with the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, we will be required to file annual and periodic reports, proxy statements and other information, including audited financial statements, with the SEC.

 

280


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST

The following description summarizes the terms of our shares of beneficial interest. While we believe that the following description covers the material terms of our shares of beneficial interest, the description may not contain all of the information that is important to you. We encourage you to read carefully this entire prospectus, our declaration of trust and bylaws and the relevant provisions of Maryland law for a more complete understanding of our shares of beneficial interest. Copies of our declaration of trust and bylaws will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and the following summary, to the extent it relates to those documents, is qualified in its entirety by reference thereto. See Where You Can Find More Information.” For purposes of this section, the terms we, ” “ us, ” “ our and our company refer to Americold Realty Trust and not to any of its subsidiaries.

General

Our declaration of trust provides that our company may issue up to 250,000,000 common shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value per share, and 25,000,000 preferred shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value per share, or preferred shares, of which 125 preferred shares are designated as Series A cumulative non-voting preferred shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value per share, 375,000 preferred shares are designated as Series B cumulative convertible voting preferred shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value per share, and 375,000 preferred shares are designated as Series C convertible voting preferred shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value per share, or Series C preferred shares. Upon the completion of this offering, 133,125,349 common shares (or 136,725,349 common shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common shares) will be issued and outstanding (including 87,664 restricted stock units that will settle into common shares in connection with this offering with respect to certain of our resigning trustees), and no Series A preferred shares, Series B preferred shares or Series C preferred shares will be issued and outstanding. Under Maryland law, a shareholder of a REIT is not liable for the REIT’s debts or obligations solely as a result of its status as a shareholder.

Common Shares

All common shares offered hereby will be duly authorized, fully paid and non-assessable. Subject to the preferential rights of any other class or series of shares of beneficial interest and to the provisions of our declaration of trust regarding the restrictions on the ownership and transfer of shares of beneficial interest, holders of common shares are entitled to receive dividends on such shares if, as and when authorized by our board of trustees and declared by us out of assets legally available therefor and to share ratably in the assets of our company legally available for distribution to our shareholders in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up after payment of or adequate provision for all known debts and liabilities of our company.

Subject to the provisions of our declaration of trust regarding the restrictions on the ownership and transfer of shares of beneficial interest, each outstanding common share entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, including the election of trustees, and, except as provided with respect to any other class or series of shares, the holders of such common shares will possess the exclusive voting power. Each of our trustees will be elected by a majority of the votes cast with respect to such trustee at any meeting of shareholders duly called and at which a quorum is present and trustees are to be elected, provided that in any contested election the trustees shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at any meeting of shareholders duly called and at which a quorum is present and trustees are to be elected. There is no cumulative voting in the election of trustees, which means that the holders of a majority of the outstanding common shares can elect all of the trustees then standing for election and the holders of the remaining common shares will not be able to elect any trustees.

Holders of common shares have no preference, conversion, exchange, sinking fund, redemption or appraisal rights and have no preemptive rights to subscribe for any of our securities. Subject to the provisions of

 

281


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

our declaration of trust regarding the restrictions on the ownership and transfer of shares of beneficial interest, all common shares will have equal dividend, liquidation and other rights.

Our declaration of trust authorizes our board of trustees to reclassify any unissued common shares into other classes or series of shares of beneficial interest and to establish the number of shares in each class or series and to set the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption for each such class or series. In addition, our declaration of trust authorizes our board of trustees, without shareholder approval, to approve an amendment to our declaration of trust to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of beneficial interest or the number of authorized shares of any class or series of beneficial interest.

Preferred Shares

Our declaration of trust authorizes our board of trustees to classify any unissued preferred shares and to reclassify any previously classified but unissued preferred shares of any series from time to time, in one or more series, as authorized by our board of trustees. Prior to issuance of preferred shares of any series, our board of trustees is required by Maryland law and our declaration of trust to set, subject to the provisions of our declaration of trust regarding the restrictions on transfer of shares of beneficial interest, the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for such series. Thus, our board could authorize the issuance of preferred shares with terms and conditions which could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control of our company that might involve a premium price for holders of common shares or otherwise be in their best interest.

Series A Preferred Shares

As of September 30, 2017, there were 125 Series A preferred shares authorized, all of which were issued and outstanding. The Series A preferred shares have a $1,000 liquidation preference and a cumulative 12.5% per annum dividend preference. The Series A preferred shares are non-voting, except that the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A preferred shares, voting as a separate class, is required for (i) the authorization or issuance of any of our equity securities that rank senior to or on a parity with the Series A preferred shares, (ii) any reclassification of the Series A preferred shares or (iii) any amendment to our declaration of trust or the terms of the Series A preferred shares, which amendment materially and adversely affects any right, preference, privilege or voting power of the Series A preferred shares or which increases the number of authorized Series A preferred shares to a number greater than 1,000. Additionally, the Series A preferred shares may be redeemed at our option for consideration equal to $1,000 per share plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon to and including the date fixed for redemption and are not convertible or exchangeable for any other property or securities of our company. The Series A preferred shares rank senior to our Series B preferred shares, our Series C preferred shares, our common shares and all other shares of beneficial interest we may issue from time to time with respect to dividend and redemption rights and rights upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

We intend to redeem all 125 outstanding Series A preferred shares upon the completion of this offering.

Series B Preferred Shares

As of September 30, 2017, there were 375,000 Series B preferred shares authorized and all 375,000 were issued and outstanding. The Series B preferred shares have a liquidation preference per share equal to the greater of (i) $1,000 cash per share, plus any undeclared and unpaid dividends and (ii) the payment that would be paid in connection with a liquidation event in respect of the number of common shares into which such Series B preferred shares could be converted, before any distribution is made to holders of common shares. Additionally, the Series B preferred shares are entitled to receive (i) a cumulative 5.00% per annum fixed cash dividend on the

 

282


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

total of $1,000 per share plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon, (ii) when and if we declare a dividend on our common shares, a dividend in an amount and kind equal to what a Series B preferred shareholder would have received had such holder held the number of common shares into which the Series B preferred shares held by such holder could be converted on the record date for such common share dividend, or Participating Dividend, and (iii) beginning in the 2011 fiscal year, and each full fiscal year thereafter, if we have declared Participating Dividends for any such year for a Series B preferred share and such Participating Dividend does not equal or exceed 2.5% of the Series B preferred share liquidation preference, then holders are entitled to a dividend for the shortfall. The Series B preferred shares have equivalent voting rights as the common shares and do not vote as a separate class. The Series B preferred shares rank senior to our common shares and all other shares of beneficial interest that we may issue from time to time and junior to our Series A preferred shares with respect to dividend and redemption rights and rights upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

The Series B preferred shares are convertible into common shares at any time at the option of the holder. The applicable conversion ratio is determined by dividing $1,000 plus any accrued and unpaid dividends by the Series B preferred share conversion price, which was $11.2815 as of September 30, 2017 and which is subject to adjustment from time to time to account for share splits, subdivisions, dividends and distributions. As of September 30, 2017, one Series B preferred share was convertible into approximately 88.64 common shares. We expect that all 375,000 outstanding Series B preferred shares will be converted into common shares in connection with this offering based upon the Series B preferred share conversion ratio as of the date of conversion. If the GS Entities and Charm Progress had converted all 375,000 of their outstanding Series B preferred shares into common shares effective September 30, 2017, assuming no accrued and unpaid distributions in respect of the Series B preferred shares at such time, they would have received 33,240,258 common shares and the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares in connection with such conversion. The Series B preferred share conversion ratio will increase as a result of unpaid distributions accrued prior to the completion of this offering; however, we expect to make a cash distribution to the holders of our Series B preferred shares to account for any accrued and unpaid distributions immediately prior to conversion.

The Series B preferred shares are also automatically convertible into common shares upon a qualified IPO, defined as a firm commitment initial public offering of common shares where the aggregate gross proceeds are at least $250 million (before underwriting discounts, commissions and expenses) and the offering price per common share is at least 135% of the conversion price then in effect, and into Series C preferred shares upon any firm commitment initial public offering that is not a qualified IPO. The applicable conversion rate for the Series B preferred shares upon a qualified IPO is the same as the conversion rate upon an optional conversion of the Series B preferred shares into common shares as described above.

The Series B preferred shares may also be redeemed at the option of the holder on December 15, 2020, and each subsequent anniversary thereafter, or upon a change of control (as defined in the articles supplementary governing our Series B preferred shares). In the case of a redemption not associated with a change of control transaction, the Series B preferred shares may be redeemed, at the option of the holder, for a redemption price equal to the liquidation preference of the Series B preferred shares plus all accrued and unpaid dividends, payable, at our option, in cash or our common shares valued at their market price. In the case of a redemption associated with a change of control transaction, the Series B preferred shares may be redeemed, at the option of the holder, for a redemption price equal to 101% of the liquidation preference of the Series B preferred shares, payable in cash only.

We expect that YF ART Holdings will agree to transfer common shares held by YF ART Holdings to the GS Entities and Charm Progress with a value of up to the total value of the common shares that the GS Entities and Charm Progress would have received upon conversion in the event the initial public offering price in this offering were equal to the price of a qualified IPO under the terms of our Series B preferred shares, less the value of the common shares received by the GS Entities and Charm Progress in this offering based on the initial public offering price, subject to a maximum. Based on the terms of these arrangements, YF ART Holdings would

 

283


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

transfer these common shares to the GS Entities and Charm Progress upon the completion of this offering. The GS Entities and Charm Progress would be obligated to promptly return one half of these common shares to YF ART Holdings if the volume weighted average price of a common share on the NYSE for the ten trading day period ending on the first trading day immediately following the six month anniversary of the closing of this offering is greater than a specified price.

Series C Preferred Shares

As of September 30, 2017, there were 375,000 Series C preferred shares authorized, none of which were issued and outstanding. A majority of the holders of our Series B preferred shares shall have the right, contingent upon the Series B preferred shares converting into Series C preferred shares, to elect to receive either (but not both) (i) a cumulative 5.00% per annum fixed cash dividend on the total of $1,000 per share plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon or (ii) when and if we declare a dividend on our common shares, a dividend in an amount and kind equal to what a Series C preferred shareholder would have received had such holder held the number of common shares into which the Series C preferred shares held by such holder could be converted on the record date for such common share dividend. Unless any and all accrued but unpaid dividends that have accrued on the Series C preferred shares for past periods have been or contemporaneously are declared and paid, no dividends (other than in common shares) may be paid and no other distributions or redemptions may be made in respect of our common shares. The Series C preferred shares have a liquidation preference equal to the greater of (i) $1,000 cash per share, plus any undeclared and unpaid dividends and (ii) the payment that would be paid in connection with a liquidation event in respect of the number of common shares into which such Series C preferred shares could be converted, before any distribution is made to holders of common shares. The Series C preferred shares have the equivalent voting rights as the common shares and vote with the common shares as a single class on an “as converted” basis.

The Series C preferred shares are convertible into common shares at any time at the option of the holder. In addition, the Series C preferred shares will automatically convert into common shares based on the then effective conversion rate if the closing price of our common shares on the NYSE is greater than or equal to 135% of the applicable Series C preferred share conversion price for 20 consecutive trading days. The applicable conversion rate is determined by dividing $1,000 plus any accrued and unpaid dividends by the Series C preferred share conversion price, which was $11.2815 as of September 30, 2017 and which is subject to adjustment from time to time to account for share splits, subdivisions, dividends and distributions. The Series C preferred shares may also be redeemed at the option of the holder on December 15, 2020, and each subsequent anniversary thereafter, or upon a change of control (as defined in the articles supplementary governing our Series C preferred shares). In the case of a redemption not associated with a change of control transaction, the Series C preferred shares may be redeemed, at the option of the holder, for a redemption price equal to the liquidation preference of the Series C preferred shares plus all accrued and unpaid dividends, payable, at our option, in cash or our common shares valued at their market price. In the case of a redemption associated with a change of control transaction, the Series C preferred shares may be redeemed, at the option of the holder, for a redemption price equal to 101% of the liquidation preference of the Series C preferred shares, payable in cash only.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, we expect that no Series C preferred shares will be outstanding upon completion of this offering as a result of the anticipated conversion of the Series B preferred shares into common shares.

Power to Issue Additional Common Shares and Preferred Shares

We believe that the power of our board of trustees to issue additional authorized but unissued common shares or preferred shares and to classify or reclassify unissued common shares or preferred shares and thereafter to cause us to issue such classified or reclassified shares of beneficial interest will provide our company with increased flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions and in meeting other needs which might arise. The additional classes or series, as well as our common shares, will be available for issuance without further action by our shareholders, unless such action is required by applicable law or the rules of any stock

 

284


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

exchange on which our securities may be listed or traded. Although our board of trustees has no intention at the present time of doing so, it could authorize our company to issue a class or series of shares of beneficial interest that could, depending upon the terms of such class or series, delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control of our company that might involve a premium price for holders of common shares or otherwise be in their best interest.

Warrants

On December 10, 2009, we issued to affiliates of Yucaipa 18,574,619 warrants to purchase common shares at an exercise price of $9.81 per share. On February 26, 2015, affiliates of Yucaipa transferred all of their warrants to purchase our common shares to YF ART Holdings. YF ART Holdings is controlled by YF ART GP and is beneficially owned by affiliates of Yucaipa and the Fortress Entity. For additional information regarding the Fortress Entity’s investment in YF ART Holdings, see “Principal Shareholders.” The warrant holders may exercise the warrants, or may elect to exchange the warrants for our common shares on a cashless exercise basis, at any time prior to the expiration date, which is the earliest to occur of the closing of an initial public offering of our common shares, a sale of all or substantially all of the interests in our company or January 31, 2019. We expect that YF ART Holdings will exercise these warrants in a cashless exercise, as permitted under the terms of the warrant agreement, in connection with this offering, as a result of which we will issue an aggregate of 6,426,818 common shares to YF ART Holdings (based on a deemed valuation of $15.00 per share pursuant to the terms of the warrants). We will not receive any cash consideration in connection with the cashless exercise of the warrants.

Restrictions on Transfer

To qualify as a REIT under the Code, our shares of beneficial interest must be beneficially owned by 100 or more persons during at least 335 days of a taxable year of twelve months or during a proportionate part of a shorter taxable year (other than the first year for which an election to be a REIT was made). Also, not more than 50% of the value of our outstanding shares of beneficial interest may be owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals (as defined in the Code to include certain entities) during the last half of a taxable year (other than the first year for which an election to be a REIT was made). See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Organizational Requirements.”

Our declaration of trust, subject to certain exceptions, will contain certain restrictions on the number of our shares of beneficial interest that a person may own. Our declaration of trust will provide that no individual (including certain entities treated as individuals) may own, or be deemed to own by virtue of the relevant applicable attribution rules of the Code, more than 9.8% (in value) of our outstanding shares, or the Ownership Limit. Our declaration of trust further prohibits (a) any person from beneficially or constructively owning our shares of beneficial interest that would result in our company being “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Code or otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT, (b) any person from transferring shares of beneficial interest of our company if such transfer would result in our shares of beneficial interest being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons and (c) any person from beneficially owning our shares to the extent such ownership would result in our failing to qualify as a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity” within the meaning of Section 897(h) of the Code (after taking into account for such purpose the statutory presumptions set forth in Section 897(h)(4)(E) of the Code).

Our board of trustees is required to exempt a proposed transferee (prospectively or retrospectively) from the Ownership Limit (but not any of the other restrictions on the transfer or ownership of our shares of beneficial interest) or establish or increase an excepted holder limit for such person, or an Excepted Holder, if the proposed transferee provides our board of trustees with information, satisfactory in the sole and absolute discretion of our board of trustees, demonstrating: (a) that such exemption would not result in our company being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code; (b) that such holder does not own, beneficially or constructively, an interest in a tenant of our company (or a tenant of any entity owned or controlled by our company) that would cause our company to own, directly or indirectly, more than a 9.8% interest in such a tenant other than a tenant from whom our company (or an entity owned or controlled by our company) derives and is

 

285


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

expected to continue to derive a sufficiently small amount of revenue that the rent from such tenant would not, in the opinion of our board of trustees, adversely affect our ability to qualify as a REIT; and (c) that such exemption would not otherwise result in our failure to qualify as a REIT. The person seeking an exemption must represent to the satisfaction of our board of trustees that it will not violate the three aforementioned restrictions while such person beneficially or constructively owns our shares of beneficial interest in excess of the Ownership Limit. The person also must agree that any violation or attempted violation of any of the foregoing restrictions will result in the automatic transfer of the shares causing such violation to the Trust (as defined below). In connection with granting a waiver of the Ownership Limit or creating or modifying an Excepted Holder limit, or at any other time, our board of trustees may increase or decrease the Ownership Limit unless, after giving effect to any increased or decreased Ownership Limit, five or fewer persons could beneficially own, in the aggregate, more than 49.9% in value of our outstanding shares. A decreased Ownership Limit will not apply to any person or entity whose percentage of ownership of our shares is in excess of the decreased Ownership Limit until the person or entity’s ownership of our shares equals or falls below the decreased Ownership Limit, but any further acquisition of our shares will be subject to the decreased Ownership Limit. Our board of trustees may require a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of counsel, in either case in form and substance satisfactory to our board of trustees, in its sole discretion, in order to determine or ensure our status as a REIT prior to granting an exemption.

Any person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire beneficial or constructive ownership of our shares of beneficial interest that will or may violate any of the foregoing restrictions on transferability and ownership, or any person who would have owned shares of beneficial interest of our company that resulted in a transfer of shares to the Trust, is required to give written notice immediately (or, in the case of a proposed or attempted transaction, at least 15 days prior written notice) to our company and provide our company with such other information as our company may request in order to determine the effect of such transfer on our status as a REIT. The foregoing restrictions on transferability and ownership will not apply if our board of trustees determines that it is no longer in our best interests to attempt to qualify, or to continue to qualify, as a REIT or that compliance is no longer required in order for us to qualify as a REIT.

Pursuant to our declaration of trust, if any transfer of our shares of beneficial interest would result in our shares being owned by fewer than 100 persons, such transfer will be null and void and the intended transferee will acquire no rights in such shares. In addition, if any transfer of our shares of beneficial interest occurs which, if effective, would result in any person beneficially or constructively owning our shares of beneficial interest in excess or in violation of the other transfer or ownership limitations described above, or a Prohibited Owner, then that number of shares of beneficial interest, the beneficial or constructive ownership of which otherwise would cause such person to violate such limitations (rounded up to the nearest whole share), will be automatically transferred to a trust, or the Trust, for the exclusive benefit of one or more charitable beneficiaries designated by us, or the Charitable Beneficiary, and the Prohibited Owner may not acquire any rights in such shares. The automatic transfer will be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the Business Day (as defined in our declaration of trust) prior to the date of the violative transfer. Shares of beneficial interest held in the Trust will constitute issued and outstanding shares of beneficial interest. The Prohibited Owner may not benefit economically from ownership of any shares of beneficial interest held in the Trust, and will have no rights to dividends or possess any rights to vote or other rights attributable to the shares of beneficial interest held in the Trust. The trustee of the Trust, or the Trustee, will have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to shares of beneficial interest held in the Trust, which rights are to be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary. Any dividend or other distribution paid prior to us discovering that shares of beneficial interest have been transferred to the Trustee will be paid by the recipient of such dividend or distribution to the Trustee upon demand, and any dividend or other distribution authorized but unpaid must be paid when due to the Trustee. Any dividend or distribution so paid to the Trustee will be held in trust for the Charitable Beneficiary. The Prohibited Owner will have no voting rights with respect to shares of beneficial interest held in the Trust and, subject to Maryland law, effective as of the date that the shares of beneficial interest have been transferred to the Trust, the Trustee will have the authority (at the Trustee’s sole discretion) (i) to rescind as void any vote cast by a Prohibited Owner prior to our discovery that such shares have been

 

286


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

transferred to the Trust and (ii) to recast such vote in accordance with the desires of the Trustee acting for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary. However, if our company has already taken irreversible trust action, then the Trustee shall not have the authority to rescind and recast such vote.

Within 20 days of receiving notice from us that shares of beneficial interest have been transferred to the Trust, the Trustee must sell the shares of beneficial interest held in the Trust to a person, designated by the Trustee, whose ownership of the shares will not violate the ownership limitations set forth in our declaration of trust. Upon such sale, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the shares sold will terminate and the Trustee must distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner and to the Charitable Beneficiary as follows. The Prohibited Owner will receive the lesser of (i) the price paid by the Prohibited Owner for the shares or, if the Prohibited Owner did not give value for the shares in connection with the event causing the shares to be held in the Trust ( e.g. , a gift, devise or other such transaction), the Market Price (as defined in our declaration of trust) of such shares on the day of the event causing the shares to be held in the Trust and (ii) the price per share received by the Trustee from the sale or other disposition of the shares held in the Trust. Any net sale proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner shall be paid immediately to the Charitable Beneficiary. If, prior to our discovery that shares of beneficial interest have been transferred to the Trust, the shares are sold by a Prohibited Owner, then (i) the shares will be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the Trust and (ii) to the extent that the Prohibited Owner received an amount for the shares that exceeds the amount that such Prohibited Owner was entitled to receive pursuant to the aforementioned requirement, such excess will be paid to the Trustee upon demand.

In addition, our shares of beneficial interest held in the Trust will be deemed to have been offered for sale to us, or our designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price per share in the transaction that resulted in the transfer to the Trust (or, in the case of a devise or gift, the Market Price at the time of the devise or gift) and (ii) the Market Price on the date we, or our designee, accept such offer. We have the right to accept any offer until the Trustee has sold the shares of beneficial interest held in the Trust. Upon such a sale to our company, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the shares sold shall terminate and the Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner.

To the extent shares of beneficial interest of our company are certificated, all certificates evidencing common shares and preferred shares will bear a legend referring to the restrictions described above.

Every owner of 5% or more (or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder) of all classes or series of our shares of beneficial interest, including our common shares, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, is required to give written notice to us stating the name and address of the owner, the number of shares of each class and series of our shares of beneficial interest which the owner beneficially owns and a description of the manner in which the shares are held and whether the beneficial owner of the shares is a “foreign person” within the meaning of Section 897(h) of the Code. Each such owner must provide any additional information as we may reasonably request in order to determine the effect, if any, of the beneficial ownership on our status as a REIT or as a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity” and to ensure compliance with the Ownership Limit. In addition, each shareholder is, upon reasonable demand, required to provide to us any relevant information we reasonably request in order to determine our status as a REIT or as a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity” and to comply with the requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine such compliance.

These ownership limitations could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for our common shares or otherwise be in the best interest of our shareholders. To reduce the ability of our board of trustees to use these ownership limitations to delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control of our company, our declaration of trust requires our board of trustees to grant a waiver of these ownership limitations if the person seeking a waiver demonstrates that such ownership would not jeopardize our status as a REIT.

 

287


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Listing

Our common stock has been approved for listing, subject to official notice of issuance, on the NYSE under the symbol “COLD.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common shares is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219.

 

288


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MATERIAL PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CONSTITUENT DOCUMENTS

The following is a summary of certain provisions of Maryland law and of our declaration of trust and our bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering. While we believe that the following description covers the material aspects of these provisions, the description may not contain all of the information that is important to you. We encourage you to read carefully this entire prospectus, our declaration of trust and bylaws and the relevant provisions of Maryland law for a more complete understanding of these provisions. Copies of our declaration of trust and bylaws will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and the following summary, to the extent it relates to those documents, is qualified in its entirety by reference thereto. See Where You Can Find More Information.” For purposes of this section, the terms we, ” “ us, ” “ our and our company refer to Americold Realty Trust and not to any of its subsidiaries.

Our Board of Trustees

Our declaration of trust and bylaws provide that the number of our trustees may be established only by our board of trustees but may never be less than the minimum number required by Maryland law, and our bylaws provide that the number of our trustees may not be more than 15. However, pursuant to our new shareholders agreement, any action by our board of trustees to increase the number of trustees shall require the prior written consent of (i) YF ART Holdings, so long as YF ART Holdings beneficially owns 10% or more of our fully diluted outstanding shares (as such term is defined in our new shareholders agreement), and (ii) the GS Entities, so long as the GS Entities beneficially own 10% or more of our fully diluted outstanding shares. Upon the completion of this offering, we expect to have nine trustees. There will be no cumulative voting in the election of trustees, and a trustee will be elected by a majority of the votes cast in the election of trustees, provided that in any contested election the trustees shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast.

We anticipate that, pursuant to our new shareholders agreement and an amendment to the YF ART Holdings limited partnership agreement to be entered into by affiliates of Yucaipa and the Fortress Entity, in each case in connection with this offering, among other matters, YF ART Holdings, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity will be entitled to designate members of our board of trustees and YF ART Holdings will be entitled to appoint an observer to our board of trustees, in each case, based on their ownership of our fully diluted outstanding shares. For more information on these arrangements, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Shareholders Agreement and Related Agreements.”

Our declaration of trust and bylaws provide that any vacancy on our board of trustees may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining trustees in office, even if the remaining trustees do not constitute a quorum of our board of trustees, and any trustee elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the full term of the trusteeship in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies. However, we anticipate that, pursuant to our new shareholders agreement and the amended YF ART Holdings limited partnership agreement, each of YF ART Holdings, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity will have the exclusive right to designate an individual to fill a vacancy caused by the resignation, removal or death of a trustee designated by such party.

Removal of Trustees

Our declaration of trust provides that, subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred shares to elect or remove one or more trustees, a trustee may be removed only for “cause” (as defined in our declaration of trust), and then only by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of trustees; provided, however, we anticipate that, pursuant to our new shareholders agreement and the amended YF ART Holdings limited partnership agreement, each of affiliates of Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity will have the right to remove a trustee designated by such party, in each case from our board of trustees for any reason. The foregoing provision of our declaration of trust, when coupled with the power of our board of trustees to fill vacant trusteeships and the rights of each of

 

289


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

affiliates of Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity to designate an individual to fill a vacancy of a trustee designated by such party, will preclude shareholders from removing incumbent trustees except for cause and by a substantial affirmative vote and filling the vacancies created by such removal with their own nominees.

Business Combinations

Under the MGCL, as applicable to Maryland real estate investment trusts, certain “business combinations” (including a merger, consolidation, share exchange or, in certain circumstances specified under the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities) between a Maryland real estate investment trust and an interested shareholder, or an affiliate of such an interested shareholder, are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested shareholder becomes an interested shareholder. Maryland law defines an interested shareholder as:

 

    any person who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting power of the trust’s outstanding voting shares; or

 

    an affiliate or associate of the trust who, at any time within the two-year period before the date in question, was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting power of the trust’s then outstanding shares.

A person is not an interested shareholder under the statute if the trust’s board of trustees approves in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested shareholder. In approving the transaction, the board of trustees may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board of trustees.

After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between the Maryland REIT and the interested shareholder generally must be recommended by the trust’s board of trustees and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

 

    80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting shares of beneficial interest of the trust; and

 

    two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting shares of beneficial interest of the trust other than shares held by the interested shareholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested shareholder.

These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if the trust’s shareholders receive a minimum price, as defined under the MGCL, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested shareholder for its shares.

These provisions of the MGCL do not apply, however, to business combinations that are approved or exempted by a trust’s board of trustees prior to the time that the interested shareholder becomes an interested shareholder. Our board of trustees has, by resolution, elected to opt out of the business combination provisions of the MGCL, and, consequently, the five-year prohibition and the supermajority vote requirements will not apply to business combinations between us and any interested shareholder of ours. This resolution may not be modified or repealed by our board of trustees without the affirmative vote at a duly called meeting of shareholders of at least a majority of the votes cast on the matter by shareholders entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees. Accordingly, the five-year prohibition and the supermajority vote requirements described above will not apply to a business combination between us and any other person, including Yucaipa or the GS Entities. As a result, any person may be able to enter into business combinations with us, which may not be in your best interest as a shareholder, within five years of becoming an interested shareholder and without compliance by us with the

 

290


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

supermajority vote requirements and other provisions of the MGCL. In addition, we cannot assure you that our board of trustees will not opt to be subject to such business combination provisions at any time in the future and seek shareholder approval therefor.

On any vote to opt in to the business combination statute, YF ART Holdings (including its affiliates) will vote its common shares for and against the matter in the same proportion as the number of votes cast for and against the proposal to opt in by other shareholders until YF ART Holdings (including its affiliates) ceases to own at least 20% of the outstanding voting power.

Control Share Acquisitions

The MGCL, as applicable to Maryland real estate investment trusts, provides that a holder of “control shares” of a Maryland real estate investment trust acquired in a “control share acquisition” has no voting rights with respect to the control shares except to the extent approved by a vote of shareholders entitled to cast two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Shares owned by the acquiring person, by officers of the trust or by employees of the trust who are trustees are excluded from shares entitled to vote on the matter. “Control shares” are voting shares of beneficial interest that, if aggregated with all other shares of beneficial interest owned by the acquiring person, or in respect of which the acquiring person is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquiring person to exercise voting power in electing trustees within one of the following ranges of voting power:

 

    one-tenth or more but less than one-third;

 

    one-third or more but less than a majority; or

 

    a majority or more of all voting power.

Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained shareholder approval or shares acquired directly from the trust. A “control share acquisition” means the acquisition of issued and outstanding control shares, subject to certain exceptions.

A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition, upon satisfaction of certain conditions (including an undertaking to pay expenses and making an “acquiring person statement” as described in the MGCL), may compel the board of trustees to call a special meeting of shareholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. If no request for a meeting is made, the trust may itself present the question at any shareholders meeting.

If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the statute, then, subject to certain limitations and conditions, the trust may redeem any or all of the control shares (except those for which voting rights have previously been approved) for fair value determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of any meeting of shareholders at which the voting rights of such shares are considered and not approved, or, if no such meeting is held, as of the date of the last control share acquisition. If voting rights for the control shares are approved at a shareholders’ meeting and the acquiring person becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other shareholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquiring person in the control share acquisition.

The control share acquisition statute does not apply (a) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the trust is a party to the transaction or (b) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the declaration of trust or bylaws of the trust.

 

291


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the control share acquisition statute any and all acquisitions by any person of our shares of beneficial interest. This provision may not be amended by our board of trustees without the affirmative vote at a duly called meeting of shareholders of at least a majority of the votes cast on the matter by shareholders entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees. In the event that our bylaws are so amended to modify or eliminate this provision, an acquisition of our shares of beneficial interest may constitute a control share acquisition.

On any vote to opt in to the control share acquisition statute, YF ART Holdings (including its affiliates) will vote its common shares for and against the matter in the same proportion as the number of votes cast for and against the proposal to opt in by other shareholders until YF ART Holdings (including its affiliates) ceases to own at least 20% of the outstanding voting power.

Subtitle 8

Subtitle 8, as applicable to Maryland real estate investment trusts, permits a Maryland real estate investment trust with a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act and at least three independent trustees to elect to be subject, by provision in its declaration of trust or bylaws or a resolution of its board of trustees and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the declaration of trust or bylaws, to any or all of the following five provisions:

 

    a classified board;

 

    a two-thirds vote requirement for removing a trustee;

 

    a requirement that the number of trustees be fixed only by vote of the board of trustees;

 

    a requirement that a vacancy on the board of trustees be filled only by the remaining trustees in office and (if the board is classified) for the full term of the class of trustees in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies; and

 

    a majority requirement for the calling of a shareholder-requested special meeting of shareholders.

We have elected not to be subject to Subtitle 8 unless approved by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes cast on the matter by shareholders entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees. Through provisions in our declaration of trust and bylaws unrelated to Subtitle 8, we already (a) require the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of trustees to remove a trustee for cause from our board of trustees (provided that, pursuant to our new shareholders agreement and the amended YF ART Holdings limited partnership agreement, each of YF ART Holdings, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity will have the right to remove a trustee designated by such party), (b) vest in our board of trustees the exclusive power to fix the number of trustees, by vote of a majority of the entire board (provided that, pursuant to our new shareholder agreement, any action by our board of trustees to increase the number of trustees shall require the prior written consent of (i) YF ART Holdings, so long as YF ART Holdings beneficially owns 10% or more of our fully diluted outstanding shares (as such term is defined in our new shareholders agreement), and (ii) the GS Entities, so long as the GS Entities beneficially own 10% or more of our fully diluted outstanding shares), (c) require that a vacancy on our board of trustees be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining trustees and for the full term of the trusteeship in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies (provided that, pursuant to our new shareholders agreement and the amended YF ART Holdings limited partnership agreement, each of YF ART Holdings, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity will have the right to designate an individual to fill a vacancy of a trustee designated by such party) and (d) require, unless called by the Chairman of our board of trustees, our Chief Executive Officer, our President or our board of trustees, the request of shareholders entitled to cast a majority of votes entitled to be cast on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of shareholders to call a special meeting to act on the matter.

 

292


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

On any vote to opt in to Subtitle 8, YF ART Holdings (including its affiliates) will vote its common shares for and against the matter in the same proportion as the number of votes cast for and against the proposal to opt in by other shareholders until YF ART Holdings (including its affiliates) ceases to own at least 20% of the outstanding voting power.

Amendment to Our Declaration of Trust and Bylaws

Under Maryland law, a Maryland real estate investment trust generally cannot amend its declaration of trust, convert into another entity or merge, unless approved by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter unless a lesser percentage (but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter) is set forth in the trust’s declaration of trust. Our declaration of trust provides for the approval of such actions by the affirmative vote of a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, except for amendments to the declaration of trust related to amendments to transfer and ownership restrictions, the termination provision, the indemnification provision, the removal of trustees for cause, the waiver of certain business opportunities and the provision related to amending these provisions, the approval of which requires the affirmative vote of the shareholders entitled to cast two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Under Maryland law, a declaration of trust may permit the trustees by a two-thirds vote to amend the declaration of trust from time to time to qualify as a REIT under the Code or Maryland law without the affirmative vote of the shareholders. Our declaration of trust permits such action by our board of trustees. In addition, we anticipate that, pursuant to our new shareholders agreement, the amendment of certain provisions in our declaration of trust related to our new shareholders agreement will require the prior written consent of YF ART Holdings, the GS Entities and, if and when it owns common shares, the Fortress Entity, in each case if then a party to our new shareholders agreement.

Our declaration of trust authorizes our board of trustees to reclassify any unissued common shares into other classes or series of shares of beneficial interest and to establish the number of shares in each class or series and to set the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption for each such class or series. In addition, our declaration of trust authorizes our board of trustees, without shareholder approval, to approve an amendment to our declaration of trust to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of beneficial interest or the number of authorized shares of any class or series of beneficial interest.

Both our board of trustees and our shareholders have the power to amend our bylaws, except for any amendment to the provision of our bylaws (i) exempting from the control share acquisition statute any and all acquisitions by any person of our shares of beneficial interest, the approval of which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast on the matter by our shareholders at a duly called meeting and (ii) amending the amendment provision of our bylaws, the approval of which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast on the matter by our shareholders at a duly called meeting and the approval of our board of trustees. In addition, we anticipate that, pursuant to our new shareholders agreement, the amendment of certain provisions of the bylaws relating to the rights of Yucaipa, the GS Entities and, if and when it holds common shares, the Fortress Entity will require the prior written consent of YF ART Holdings, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity, in each case if then a party to our new shareholders agreement.

Meetings of Shareholders

Under our bylaws, an annual meeting of shareholders shall be held each year at a convenient location and on proper notice on the date and at the time and place determined by our board of trustees. Special meetings of our shareholders may be called by the Chairman of our board of trustees, our Chief Executive Officer, our President or our board of trustees. Our bylaws provide that a special meeting of our shareholders to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of our shareholders shall also be called by our Secretary upon the written request of shareholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at the meeting who have requested the special meeting in accordance with the procedures specified in our

 

293


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

bylaws and have provided the information required by our bylaws. Our Secretary shall inform the requesting shareholders of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and delivering the notice of such special meeting and, upon payment to the trust by such requesting shareholders of such costs, the Secretary shall give notice to each shareholder entitled to notice of such special meeting. Only the business specified in the notice of the meeting may be brought before a special meeting of our shareholders.

Shareholder Action by Written Consent

Our declaration of trust permits shareholder action by consent in lieu of a meeting to the extent permitted by our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting, other than matters specifically required under our bylaws to be considered at a duly held meeting of shareholders, (a) if a unanimous consent setting forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each shareholder entitled to vote on the matter and filed with the minutes of proceedings of the shareholders or (b) if the action is advised and submitted to the shareholders for approval by our board of trustees and a consent in writing or by electronic transmission of shareholders entitled to cast not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take the action at a meeting of shareholders is delivered to the trust in accordance with the vote required to authorize or take such action at a meeting of shareholders.

Business Opportunities

In order to address potential conflicts of interest between us and Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity, our declaration of trust contains provisions regulating and defining the conduct of our affairs as they may involve Yucaipa (including its affiliates), the GS Entities (including its affiliates) or the Fortress Entity (including its affiliates) and any of their respective officers, trustees, directors, partners, members, managers, employees or other agents, or related persons, and our powers, rights, duties and liabilities and those of our officers, trustees, or employees in connection with our relationship with Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity and their respective affiliates and related persons. In general, these provisions recognize that we and Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity and their respective affiliates and related persons may engage or invest, directly or indirectly, in the same or similar business activities or lines of business, have an interest in the same areas of business opportunities and will continue to have contractual and business relations with each other, including officers or directors of Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity and their respective affiliates and related persons serving as our trustees.

Under our declaration of trust, to the maximum extent permitted by law:

 

    Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity and their respective affiliates and related persons will have the right, and will have no obligation to abstain from exercising such right, to engage or invest, directly or indirectly, in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us or our affiliates, do business with any of our customers, suppliers or lessors, or employ or otherwise engage any of our officers, trustees or employees; and

 

    If Yucaipa, the GS Entities or the Fortress Entity (or any of their respective affiliates or related persons) acquires knowledge of a potential transaction that could be a business opportunity, we, our affiliates and our shareholders will have no interest or expectancy in such opportunity, and they will have no obligation to present, communicate or offer such business opportunity to us, our affiliates or our shareholders. Rather, they will have the right to hold and exploit such opportunity for their own account or to direct, recommend, sell, assign or otherwise transfer such opportunity to any person or entity.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, our declaration of trust provides that we do not renounce any interest or expectancy that we may have under applicable law in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a

 

294


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

related person solely in, and as a direct result of, his or her capacity as our trustee, officer, or employee. If our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer or Chief Financial Officer shall be a related person by virtue of his or her respective relationship with Yucaipa, the GS Entities or the Fortress Entity or their respective affiliates, then any business opportunity offered to such officer shall be deemed to have been offered solely in, and as a direct result of, such officer’s capacity as an officer of our company unless such offer clearly and expressly is presented to such officer solely in, and as a direct result of, his or her capacity as an officer, trustee, director, partner, member, manager, employee or other agent of Yucaipa, the GS Entities or the Fortress Entity or their respective affiliates. For purposes of the foregoing, “business opportunity” is defined as a business opportunity that we are financially able to undertake, that we are not prohibited by contract or applicable law from pursuing or undertaking, that, from its nature, is in our line of business, that is of practical advantage to us, and in which we have an interest or a reasonable expectancy.

Any amendment to these provisions of our declaration of trust requires the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. No amendment to these provisions of our declaration of trust will eliminate, reduce, apply to or have any effect on (a) the protections afforded to Yucaipa, the GS Entities or the Fortress Entity or their respective affiliates with respect to any investments, activities or opportunities of which they become aware prior to such amendment or (b) any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for these provisions of our declaration of trust, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment.

Advance Notice of Trustee Nominations and New Business

Our bylaws provide that nominations of individuals for election as trustees and proposals of business to be considered by shareholders at any annual meeting may be made only (1) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (2) by or at the direction of our board of trustees or (3) by any shareholder who was a shareholder of record at the record date set by our board of trustees for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting, at the time of provision of notice and at the time of the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of the individuals so nominated or on such other proposed business and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of our bylaws. Shareholders generally must provide notice to our Secretary not earlier than 9:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on the 150th day or later than 5:00 p.m, Eastern Time, on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement for our preceding year’s annual meeting.

Only the business specified in the notice of the meeting may be brought before a special meeting of our shareholders. Nominations of individuals for election as trustees at a special meeting of shareholders may be made only (1) by or at the direction of our board of trustees or (2) if the special meeting has been called in accordance with our bylaws for the purpose of electing trustees, by a shareholder who is a shareholder of record at the record date set by our board of trustees for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting, at the time of provision of notice and at the time of the special meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of our bylaws. Shareholders generally must provide notice to our Secretary not earlier than 9:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on the 120th day before such special meeting or later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 90th day before the special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which first public announcement of the date of such special meeting is made.

A shareholder’s notice must contain certain information specified by our bylaws about the shareholder, its affiliates and any proposed business or nominee for election as a trustee, including information about the economic interest of the shareholder, its affiliates and any proposed nominee in us.

Effect of Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and our Declaration of Trust and Bylaws

The restrictions on ownership and transfer of our shares of beneficial interest discussed under the caption “Description of Shares of Beneficial Interest—Restrictions on Transfer” prevent any person from

 

295


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

acquiring more than 9.8% (in value) of our outstanding shares without the approval of our board of trustees. These ownership limits might delay, defer or prevent a change in control of us. Further, our board of trustees has the power to amend our declaration of trust from time to time to increase the aggregate number of authorized shares or the number of authorized shares of any class or series, to classify and reclassify any unissued shares into other classes or series of shares of beneficial interest, and to authorize us to issue the newly-classified shares, as discussed under the captions “Description of Shares of Beneficial Interest—Common Shares,” “Description of Shares of Beneficial Interest—Preferred Shares” and “Description of Shares of Beneficial Interest—Power to Issue Additional Common Shares and Preferred Shares,” and could authorize the issuance of common shares or preferred shares or another class or series of shares of beneficial interest, that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company. We believe that the power to amend our declaration of trust from time to time to increase the aggregate number of authorized shares or the number of authorized shares of any class or series and to classify or reclassify unissued common shares or preferred shares, without shareholder approval, provides us with increased flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions and in meeting other needs that might arise.

Our declaration of trust and bylaws also provide that the number of trustees may be established only by our board of trustees, which prevents our shareholders from increasing the number of our trustees and filling any vacancies created by such increase with their own nominees.

The provisions of our declaration of trust and bylaws discussed above under the captions “—Meetings of Shareholders” and “—Advance Notice of Trustee Nominations and New Business” require shareholders seeking to call a special meeting, nominate an individual for election as a trustee or propose other business at an annual meeting to comply with certain notice and information requirements. We believe that these provisions will help to assure the continuity and stability of our business strategies and policies as determined by our board of trustees and promote good corporate governance by providing us with clear procedures for calling special meetings, information about a shareholder proponent’s interest in us and adequate time to consider shareholder nominees and other business proposals. However, these provisions, alone or in combination, could make it more difficult for our shareholders to remove incumbent trustees or fill vacancies on our board of trustees with their own nominees and could delay, defer or prevent a change in control, including a proxy contest or tender offer that might involve a premium price for our shareholders or otherwise be in the best interest of our shareholders. Likewise, if the provision in our bylaws opting out of the control share acquisition provisions were rescinded or if we were to opt in to the classified board or other provisions of Subtitle 8, these provisions of Maryland law could have similar anti-takeover effects. Similarly, if we opt back in to the business combination statute after shareholder approval, those provisions of Maryland law could have similar anti-takeover effects. On any vote to opt in to Subtitle 8, the Maryland business combination statute, or the control share acquisition statute, YF ART Holdings (including its affiliates) will vote its common shares for and against the matter in the same proportion as the number of votes cast for and against the proposal to opt in by other shareholders until YF ART Holdings (including its affiliates) ceases to own at least 20% of the outstanding voting power.

Exclusive Forum

Our declaration of trust provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Circuit Court for Baltimore City, Maryland, or, if that court does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Maryland, Baltimore Division, will be the sole and exclusive forum for any internal corporate claim (as defined by the MGCL, as applicable to us pursuant to the Maryland REIT Law, or the MRL), and (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of any duty owed by any of our trustees, officers or other employees to us or to our shareholders, (c) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our trustees, officers or other employees arising pursuant to any provision of the MGCL or our declaration of trust or bylaws or (d) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our trustees, officers or other employees that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

 

296


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Trustees and Officers

Maryland law permits a Maryland real estate investment trust to include in its declaration of trust a provision eliminating the liability of its trustees and officers to the trust and its shareholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action. Our declaration of trust contains a provision that eliminates our trustees’ and officers’ liability to us and our shareholders for money damages to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

The MRL permits a Maryland real estate investment trust to indemnify and advance expenses to its trustees, officers, employees and agents to the same extent as permitted for directors and officers of Maryland corporations. The MGCL permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made or threatened to be made a party by reason of their service in those or certain other capacities unless it is established that:

 

    the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (a) was committed in bad faith or (b) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

 

    the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

 

    in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

The MGCL prohibits a Maryland corporation from indemnifying a director or officer who has been adjudged liable in a suit by the corporation or on its behalf or in which the director or officer was adjudged liable on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received. A court may order indemnification if it determines that the director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification, even though the director or officer did not meet the prescribed standard of conduct or was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received; however, indemnification for an adverse judgment in a suit by the corporation or on its behalf, or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, is limited to expenses.

In addition, the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, our declaration of trust and our bylaws obligate us to indemnify any individual who is made or threatened to be made a party to or witness in a proceeding by reason of his or her service:

 

    as our trustee, observer on our board of trustees or officer; or

 

    while a trustee, observer on our board of trustees or officer and at our request, as a director, officer, partner, trustee, member, manager, employee or agent of another real estate investment trust, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or employee benefit plan or any other enterprise,

from and against any claim or liability to which he or she may become subject or that he or she may incur by reason of his or her service in any of these capacities, and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. Our declaration of trust and bylaws also permit us to indemnify and advance expenses to any individual who served any of our predecessors in any of the capacities described above and any employee or agent of our company or any of our predecessors.

 

297


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Indemnification Agreements

Upon the completion of the offering, we will have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our trustees and executive officers and any observer to our board of trustees as described in “Management—Indemnification Agreements with Executive Officers and Trustees.”

 

298


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares. Future issuances or resales of substantial amounts of our common shares, or the perception that such issuances or resales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common shares. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that future issuances or resales of common shares, or the availability of common shares for future issuances or resales, will have on the market price of our common shares prevailing from time to time.

Based upon the number of common shares outstanding as of January 8, 2018, after giving effect to this offering, we will have 133,125,349 common shares (or 136,725,349 common shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common shares) outstanding upon the completion of this offering (including 87,664 restricted stock units that will settle into common shares in connection with this offering with respect to certain of our resigning trustees). The common shares sold in this offering are freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any such common shares which may be held or acquired by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. The remaining 109,125,349 common shares outstanding upon the completion of this offering will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144. These restricted securities will be eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration, such as Rule 144.

Rule 144

Rule 144 generally allows a person who is not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned common shares for at least six months, to sell an unlimited number of common shares if current public information about us is available and, after owning such shares for at least one year, to sell an unlimited number of our common shares without condition. Our affiliates who have beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of common shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of our common shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately 1,331,253 common shares immediately after this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares), based on the number of our common shares outstanding as of January 8, 2018, or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common shares on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a person who purchased common shares pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract, and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours during the immediately preceding 90 days, to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being subject to the public information requirements, holding period requirements, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of ours to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by Rule 701 to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

 

299


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Equity Incentive Plans

Upon the completion of this offering, 5,477,618 stock options will be outstanding under our equity incentive plans and 756,931 restricted stock units, which excludes 87,664 restricted stock units that will settle into common shares in connection with this offering with respect to certain of our resigning trustees, will be outstanding that were previously granted under the 2010 Plan. Under the 2010 Plan, officers, trustees, employees, consultants, advisors or other bona fide service providers of our company and our majority-owned subsidiaries are eligible to be granted stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock bonus awards or any combination of the foregoing. Upon the completion of this offering, our board of trustees will terminate the 2010 Plan, and no further grants will be made under our equity incentive plans after such date.

Upon the completion of this offering, we expect to make grants of time-based restricted stock units under the 2017 Plan to certain employees, including the named executive officers, as described in the section titled “Management—Compensation Plans Following the Completion of this Offering—New Employment Agreements.” In addition, upon the completion of this offering, we expect that certain of our non-employee trustees serving on our board of trustees following this offering will receive $100,000 of restricted stock units (or 300,000 restricted stock units for the chairperson of our board of trustees having an estimated value of $4.5 million based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) under the 2017 Plan, which units will vest ratably over a three-year period following the grant date. See “Management—Trustee Compensation.”

In connection with this offering, we intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering common shares issuable pursuant to options and restricted stock units outstanding under our equity incentive plans. We also intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering our common shares issuable under the 2017 Plan, which we will adopt in connection with this offering. These registration statements are expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC. Accordingly, common shares registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market following the effective date, unless such common shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us, Rule 144 restrictions applicable to our affiliates or the lock-up restrictions described below.

Registration Rights

We previously granted YF ART Holdings, the GS Entities and, when it holds common shares directly, the Fortress Entity registration rights that require us to register resales of their and their respective affiliates’ common shares in connection with our existing shareholders agreement and certain related agreements. Our existing shareholders agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering, and we anticipate entering into our new shareholders agreement. We also anticipate that we and affiliates of Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity will enter into a new registration rights agreement in connection with this offering, pursuant to which they will remain entitled to registration rights in respect of our common shares.

We expect that the terms of our new registration rights agreement will include provisions for demand registration rights in favor of YF ART Holdings, the GS Entities and, if and when it holds common shares directly, the Fortress Entity and their respective affiliates that hold common shares directly (including any affiliate of Yucaipa that holds common shares directly). Pursuant to these registration rights, these shareholders will be entitled to cause us, subject to their consultation with a coordination committee (as such committee is described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Shareholders Agreement and Related Agreements”) and, at our own expense, to file registration statements under the Securities Act covering sales of our common shares held by them. If any of these shareholders require that we register our common shares held by them, affiliates of Yucaipa, the GS Entities and the Fortress Entity, as the case may be, may request that their common shares be included in such registration in proportion to the common shares held by the shareholder requiring the registration that are included in the registration. The common shares subject to these demand

 

300


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

registration rights will represent approximately 76.5% of our common shares outstanding upon the completion of this offering, or 74.5% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common shares in full, in each case, on a fully diluted basis. These common shares may also be sold under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, depending on their holding period and subject to certain restrictions in the case of common shares held by persons deemed to be our affiliates. See “—Rule 144” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Shareholders Agreement and Related Agreements.”

YF ART Holdings Limited Partnership Agreement

Pursuant to the terms of its investment in YF ART Holdings, the Fortress Entity is entitled to receive, by February 2022 (or earlier if YF ART Holdings is dissolved prior to that date), the return of its investment plus an annual preferred return thereon, as well as a to-be-determined percentage of our common shares owned by YF ART Holdings. As of September 30, 2017, the Fortress Entity’s investment in YF ART Holdings, including the preferred return, was approximately $512.6 million, and YF ART Holdings owned 69,342,769 of our common shares (excluding common shares issuable upon exercise of YF ART Holdings’ warrants), of which 10,901,069 common shares were attributable to the Fortress Entity. See “Principal Shareholders” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—The Fortress Entity Contribution Agreement” for additional information. In order to meet YF ART Holdings’ return on investment and annual preferred return obligations to the Fortress Entity under the YF ART Holdings limited partnership agreement, the general partner of YF ART Holdings would likely sell a number of our common shares held by YF ART Holdings that are not attributable to the Fortress Entity, the number of which could be significant depending on the then prevailing market price for our common shares at the times of any such sales, and such sales of common shares could materially and adversely affect the then prevailing market price of our common shares. Any such sales would also reduce the percentage of our common shares beneficially owned by investment funds affiliated with Yucaipa.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our executive officers, trustees, trustee nominees, YF ART Holdings, the GS Entities, the Fortress Entity and Charm Progress have agreed not to dispose of or hedge any common shares or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common shares for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of the representatives of the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions. See “Underwriting.” When the restrictions under the lock-up arrangements expire or are waived, the related common shares (or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common shares) will be available for resale, in some cases subject to the requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as described above.

 

301


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following general summary of material U.S. federal income tax considerations regarding our company and the ownership of our common shares is based on the Code; the current, temporary, and proposed Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code; the legislative history of the Code; current administrative interpretations and practices of the IRS; and court decisions, in each case as of the date of this prospectus, all of which may be repealed, revoked or modified, possibly with retroactive effect. The administrative interpretations and practices of the IRS include its practices and policies as expressed in private letter rulings that are not binding on the IRS except with respect to the particular taxpayers who requested and received those rulings. Future legislation, Treasury Regulations, administrative interpretations and practices and/or court decisions may adversely affect the tax considerations contained in this discussion. Although, as described below, we have received two prior rulings from the IRS and we recently entered into a closing agreement with the IRS on certain issues, we have not requested and do not intend to request a ruling from the IRS that we qualify as a REIT in connection with this prospectus, and the statements in this prospectus are not binding on the IRS or any court. Thus, we can provide no assurance that the tax considerations contained in this discussion will not be challenged by the IRS or will be sustained by a court if challenged by the IRS. This summary also assumes that we and our subsidiaries and affiliated entities will operate in accordance with the applicable organizational documents or operating agreements.

This summary does not address all possible tax considerations that may be material to an investor and does not constitute legal or tax advice. Moreover, this summary is for general information only, and does not purport to address all aspects of federal income taxation that may be relevant to you in light of your particular investment circumstances, or if you are a type of investor subject to special treatment under the federal income tax rules (except as specifically provided below), including without limitation:

 

    financial institutions, banks and thrifts;

 

    insurance companies;

 

    tax-exempt organizations (except as described in “Taxation of Tax-Exempt Holders of Our Common Shares”);

 

    S corporations;

 

    traders in securities that elect to mark to market;

 

    partnerships and pass-through entities;

 

    persons holding our shares indirectly through other vehicles, such as partnerships, trusts, or other entities;

 

    regulated investment companies and REITs;

 

    broker dealers and dealers in securities or currencies;

 

    U.S. expatriates;

 

    trusts and estates;

 

    holders who receive our shares through the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation;

 

302


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    persons holding our shares as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security,” or other integrated investment or risk reduction or constructive sale transaction;

 

    persons beneficially or constructively holding a 10% or more (by vote or value) beneficial interest in us; and

 

    U.S. shareholders whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

This summary assumes that you will hold our common shares as a “capital asset” (generally, property held for investment within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code). In addition, this summary does not address the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code (except where specifically noted), state, local, or non-U.S. tax considerations, or taxes other than income taxes (except where specifically noted). The U.S. federal income tax treatment of holders of our common shares depends in some instances on determinations of fact and interpretations of complex provisions of U.S. federal income tax law for which no clear precedent or authority may be available. In addition, the tax consequences to any particular shareholder of holding our common shares will depend upon the shareholder’s particular tax circumstances.

We urge you, as a prospective shareholder, to consult your tax advisor regarding the specific tax consequences to you of the acquisition, ownership and sale or other disposition of our common shares and of our election to be taxed as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes, including the federal, state, local, foreign and other tax consequences of such purchase, ownership, sale and election and of potential changes in applicable tax laws.

New Tax Reform Legislation Enacted December 22, 2017

On December 22, 2017, the President signed into law H.R. 1, which generally takes effect for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2018 (subject to certain exceptions). This legislation makes many changes to the U.S. federal income tax laws that significantly impact the taxation of individuals, corporations (both regular C corporations as well as corporations that have elected to be taxed as REITs), and the taxation of taxpayers with overseas assets and operations. These changes are generally effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017. However, a number of changes that reduce the tax rates applicable to noncorporate taxpayers (including a new 20% deduction for qualified REIT dividends that reduces the effective rate of regular income tax on such income), and also limit the ability of such taxpayers to claim certain deductions, will expire for taxable years beginning after 2025 unless Congress acts to extend them.

These changes will impact us and our shareholders in various ways, some of which are adverse relative to prior law, and this summary of material U.S. federal income tax considerations incorporates these changes where material. To date, the IRS has issued only limited guidance with respect to certain provisions of the new law. There are numerous interpretive issues and ambiguities that will require guidance and that are not clearly addressed in the Conference Report that accompanied H.R. 1. Technical corrections legislation will likely be needed to clarify certain of the new provisions and give proper effect to Congressional intent. There can be no assurance, however, that technical clarifications or other legislative changes that may be needed to prevent unintended or unforeseen tax consequences will be enacted by Congress anytime soon.

Taxation of Our Company

General

We elected to be taxed as a REIT under the federal income tax laws commencing with our taxable year ended December 31, 1999. We believe that, beginning with such taxable year, we have been organized and have operated in such a manner as to qualify for taxation as a REIT under the Code and intend to continue to be organized and operate in such a manner. However, qualification and taxation as a REIT depend upon our

 

303


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

continuing ability to satisfy the numerous asset, income, share ownership and distribution tests imposed under the Code, the satisfaction of which depends, in part, on our operating results. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that we have been organized and have operated, or will continue to be organized and operate, in a manner so as to qualify or remain qualified as a REIT.

The provisions of the Code and the corresponding Treasury Regulations that relate to qualification and taxation as a REIT are highly technical and complex. The following discussion sets forth certain material aspects of the provisions of the Code and the corresponding Treasury Regulations that govern the federal income tax treatment of a REIT and its shareholders. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the express language of the applicable Code provisions, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof.

In connection with this offering, King & Spalding LLP expects to render an opinion, to be delivered prior to the effectiveness of our registration statement, subject to certain qualifications, assumptions and limitations, that:

 

  (1) We have been organized and have operated in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code for each of our taxable years ended December 31, 2014 through December 31, 2017, and our organization and current and proposed method of operation will enable us to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT for our taxable year ending December 31, 2018 and future taxable years.

 

  (2) The statements set forth in this prospectus under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations,” insofar as they purport to constitute summaries of matters of U.S. federal income tax law and regulations or legal conclusions with respect thereto, constitute accurate summaries of the matters described therein in all material respects.

Investors should be aware that the opinion of King & Spalding LLP will also be based upon other customary assumptions, will be conditioned upon certain representations made by us as to factual matters, including representations as to the nature and value of our assets, the nature and character of our income, our organizational documents and shareholder ownership, and the present and future conduct of our business. The opinion of King & Spalding LLP will also be based on the closing agreement that we entered into with the IRS. See “—IRS Closing Agreement.”

The opinion of King & Spalding LLP will not be binding upon the IRS or any court. Moreover, our continued qualification and taxation as a REIT depend upon our ability to meet, on a continuing basis, the numerous asset, income, share ownership and distribution tests, discussed below, the satisfaction of which depend in part on our operating results, the results of which have not been and will not be reviewed by King & Spalding LLP on a continuing basis.

Given the complex nature of the REIT qualification requirements, the ongoing importance of factual determinations, and the possibility of future changes in our circumstances, no assurance can be given that we will satisfy such requirements for any particular taxable year. Further, the anticipated income tax treatment described in this prospectus may be changed, perhaps retroactively, by legislative, administrative, or judicial action at any time. King & Spalding LLP has no obligation to update its opinion subsequent to the date thereof and no assurance can be given that the IRS will not challenge the conclusions set forth in such opinion. The opinion of King & Spalding LLP does not foreclose the possibility that we may have to utilize the relief provisions discussed below in circumstances not contemplated above, which could require us to pay an excise or penalty tax (which could be significant in amount) in order to retain our REIT qualification.

IRS Closing Agreement

In connection with its engagement, King & Spalding LLP identified certain potential issues relating to the status of the storage revenues derived from our Australian and New Zealand warehouse customers as

 

304


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

qualifying rents from real property, or Qualifying Rents, for purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests that apply to REITs. See “—Gross Income Tests” below. We refer to the revenues from these properties that we received prior to the implementation of certain remediation measures as the “affected storage revenues.” These issues arose as a result of departures from certain representations made in connection with the 2004 Ruling (as defined below) with respect to such customers and also as a result of certain provisions of intercompany agreements between our Australian and New Zealand TRSs and our qualified REIT subsidiary that own or lease our Australian and New Zealand warehouse facilities. King & Spalding LLP determined that these potential issues might result in such storage revenues failing to be treated as Qualifying Rents, and that, if such characterization were determined to be correct, we may not have satisfied the 95% gross income test in certain taxable years. Although we believed that we met the Income Tests notwithstanding the issues identified by King & Spalding LLP, in order to resolve any uncertainty, we made a voluntary disclosure of these potential issues to the IRS and filed a request for closing agreement, or the Request, with the IRS on November 16, 2016. In the Request, we asked the IRS to determine that the Australian and New Zealand storage revenues constituted Qualifying Rents notwithstanding the potential issues noted in the Request, or, in the alternative, that any potential failure to satisfy the 95% gross income test due to such issues was due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, and thus we would be treated as having satisfied the 95% gross income test under Section 856(c)(6) of the Code, or the Reasonable Cause Exception, notwithstanding any such failure. See “—Gross Income Test Relief Provisions” below for a description of the Reasonable Cause Exception. We took steps to remediate the potential issues noted in the Request and completed them by June 30, 2017 after obtaining certain lender approvals.

After concluding that an IRS determination as to whether the Australian and New Zealand storage revenues constituted Qualifying Rents was likely to entail significant delay and potentially interfere with timely completion of this offering, we entered into a definitive closing agreement with the IRS which (i) treats the affected storage revenues as nonqualifying gross income but determines that the Reasonable Cause Exception applies for each taxable year where we determined there was a potential failure of the 95% gross income test, and (ii) determines that any failure to satisfy the 95% gross income test for our 2017 taxable year that may result from treating the affected storage revenues received during such year prior to our obtaining lender consent for certain remediation measures as nonqualifying gross income will be due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect. Thus, if we were to fail the 95% gross income test for 2017 as a result of the issues that are the subject of the closing agreement, we would not lose our REIT status provided we comply with certain procedural requirements, and in that event a tax would be imposed under Section 857(b)(5) of the Code equal to the amount by which our qualifying income is less than 95% of our total gross income multiplied by a fraction intended to reflect our profitability. The payment made to the IRS pursuant to the closing agreement was approximately $4.3 million. We have not yet determined whether the issues noted above would cause us to fail the 95% gross income test for 2017, but if such a failure occurred, based on current projections, we do not expect the amount of any such tax to be material.

Taxation of REITs in General

If we qualify for taxation as a REIT, we generally will not be subject to federal corporate income tax on that portion of our ordinary income or capital gain that we distribute currently to our shareholders because the REIT provisions of the Code generally allow a REIT to deduct dividends paid to shareholders. This treatment substantially eliminates the “double taxation” of earnings (meaning taxation at both the corporate-level and shareholder level) that ordinarily results from investment in a regular corporation (a C corporation that does not qualify as a REIT or for other special classification under the Code). In general, income generated by a REIT is taxed only at the shareholder level upon a distribution of dividends by the REIT to its shareholders. Under H.R. 1, commencing for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2018, regular C corporations that have not elected REIT tax status will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a maximum rate of 21%, as opposed to the maximum tax rate of 35% that previously was in effect. In addition, the alternative minimum tax for corporations has been repealed. The reduction in the corporate income tax rate has reduced, but not eliminated, the competitive advantage that REITs enjoy relative to non-REIT corporations. In addition, H.R. 1 temporarily

 

305


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

reduces the effective maximum rate of U.S. federal income tax on qualified REIT dividends received by U.S. holders of REIT shares that are individuals, estates and trusts relative to prior law, and in that respect H.R. 1 has temporarily enhanced the attractiveness of investing in REITs for such holders. See “—Taxation of U.S. Holders of Our Common Shares—Distributions Generally.” Finally, the reduction in the corporate tax rate and repeal of the corporate alternative minimum tax may be beneficial to our TRSs, which are taxed as regular C corporations.

If we qualify as a REIT, we will nonetheless be subject to U.S. federal income taxation in the following circumstances:

 

    We will be taxed at regular corporate rates (currently a maximum rate of 21%) on our REIT taxable income, including net capital gains that we do not distribute to shareholders during, or within a specified time after, the calendar year in which the income is earned.

 

    We will be required to pay a 100% tax on any net income from prohibited transactions. Prohibited transactions are, in general, sales or other taxable dispositions of property, other than foreclosure property, held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business.

 

    If we elect to treat property that we acquire in connection with a foreclosure of a mortgage loan or certain leasehold terminations as “foreclosure property,” we may avoid (1) the 100% tax on gain from a resale of that property (if the sale would otherwise constitute a prohibited transaction), and (2) the inclusion of any income from such property not qualifying for purposes of the REIT gross income tests discussed below, but the income from the sale or operation of the property may be subject to corporate income tax at the highest applicable rate (currently 21%).

 

    If due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect we fail to satisfy the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income test, as discussed below, but have otherwise maintained our qualification as a REIT because other requirements are met, we will be required to pay a tax equal to (1) the greater of (A) the amount by which 75% of our gross income exceeds the amount qualifying under the 75% gross income test and (B) the amount by which 95% of our gross income exceeds the amount qualifying under the 95% gross income test, multiplied by (2) a fraction intended to reflect our profitability.

 

    If we fail to satisfy any of the REIT asset tests as described below (other than a  de minimis  failure of the 5% asset test or the 10% vote or value test) due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect, but we nonetheless maintain our REIT qualification because of specified cure provisions (including the requirement to dispose of the nonqualifying assets or otherwise comply with such asset tests within six months after the last day of the quarter in which we identify such failure), we will be required to pay a tax in an amount equal to the greater of $50,000 per failure or the highest corporate tax rate (currently 21%) multiplied by the net income generated by the nonqualifying assets that caused us to fail such test.

 

    If we fail to satisfy any provision of the Code that would result in our failure to qualify as a REIT (other than a violation of the REIT gross income tests or certain violations of the asset tests described below) and the violation is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect, we may retain our REIT qualification but we will be required to pay a penalty of $50,000 for each such failure.

 

    If we fail to distribute during each calendar year at least the sum of (1) 85% of our REIT ordinary income for the year, (2) 95% of our REIT capital gain net income for the year, and (3) any undistributed taxable income from prior taxable years, we will be subject to a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the excess of the required distribution over the amount we actually distributed plus any retained amounts on which income tax has been paid at the corporate level.

 

306


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    If we acquire appreciated assets from a corporation which is or has been a C corporation in a transaction in which the basis of the asset in our hands is determined by reference to the basis of the asset in the hands of the C corporation and we subsequently recognize gain on the disposition of the asset during the five-year period beginning on the date on which we acquired the asset, then a portion of the gain may be subject to tax at the highest regular corporate rate (currently 21%), unless the C corporation made an election to treat the asset as if it were sold for its fair market value at the time of our acquisition.

 

    We will be required to pay a 100% tax on certain transactions with our TRSs that are not conducted on an arm’s length basis. See “—Penalty Tax.”

 

    We may elect to retain and pay U.S. federal income tax on our net long-term capital gain. See “—Taxation of U.S. Holders of Our Common Shares—Distributions Generally.”

 

    The earnings of any subsidiaries that are C corporations, including any TRSs, are subject to federal corporate income tax at a maximum rate of 21%.

 

    We may be required to pay monetary penalties to the IRS in certain circumstances, including if we fail to meet recordkeeping requirements intended to monitor our compliance with rules relating to the composition of a REIT’s shareholders, as described below in “—Organizational Requirements.”

In addition, we and our subsidiaries may be subject to a variety of taxes not discussed here, including payroll taxes and state, local, and foreign income, property, and other taxes on our assets and operations, some of which may apply because such jurisdictions may not treat REITs in the same manner that they are treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Other countries may impose taxes on our or our subsidiaries’ operations within their jurisdictions. Furthermore, as a REIT, neither we nor our shareholders will derive a significant benefit from foreign tax credits arising from those taxes. However, in certain circumstances our TRSs may benefit from foreign tax credits arising from those taxes.

Organizational Requirements

The Code defines a REIT as a corporation, trust or association:

 

  1. that is managed by one or more trustees or directors;

 

  2. that issues transferable shares or transferable certificates to evidence its beneficial ownership;

 

  3. that would be taxable as a domestic corporation, but for its election to be subject to tax as a REIT;

 

  4. that is not a financial institution or an insurance company subject to special provisions of the Code;

 

  5. that is beneficially owned by 100 or more persons;

 

  6. not more than 50% in value of the outstanding stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals, including specified entities treated as individuals for this purpose, during the last half of each taxable year;

 

  7. that makes an election to be taxed as a REIT, or has made such an election for a previous taxable year which has not been revoked or terminated,

 

307


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  8. that uses a calendar year for federal income tax purposes and satisfies all relevant filing and other administrative requirements of the federal tax laws to maintain its REIT status;

 

  9. that has no earnings and profits from any non-REIT taxable year at the close of any taxable year;

 

  10. that meets other tests, described below, regarding the nature of its income and assets and the amount of its distributions; and

 

  11. that has not been a party to certain spin-off transactions that are tax-deferred under section 355 of the Code during the preceding ten years but generally after December 7, 2015.

We must meet conditions (1) through (4), inclusive, and (8) and (10) during our entire taxable year and we must meet condition (5) during at least 335 days of a taxable year of twelve months, or during a proportionate part of a taxable year of less than twelve months. Conditions (5) and (6) do not apply until after the first taxable year for which an election is made to be taxed as a REIT. For purposes of condition (6), pension funds and other specified tax-exempt entities generally are treated as individuals, except that a “look-through” exception applies with respect to pension funds.

To monitor compliance with the share ownership requirements for a REIT, we are generally required to maintain records regarding the actual ownership of our shares. To do so, we must demand written statements each year from the record holders of significant percentages of our capital shares pursuant to which the record holders must disclose the actual owners of the shares ( i.e. , the persons required to include in gross income the dividends paid by us). A list of those persons failing or refusing to comply with this demand must be maintained as part of our records. We could be subject to monetary penalties if we fail to comply with these recordkeeping requirements. A shareholder that fails or refuses to comply with this demand is required by Treasury Regulations to submit a statement with its tax return disclosing the actual ownership of the shares and other information.

We believe that we have been organized, have operated and have issued sufficient shares of capital shares with sufficient diversity of ownership to allow us to satisfy conditions (1) through (11), inclusive, during the relevant time periods. In addition, our declaration of trust provides for restrictions regarding ownership and transfer of our shares which are intended to assist us in continuing to satisfy the share ownership requirements described in (5) and (6) above. These share ownership and transfer restrictions are described in “Description of Shares of Beneficial Interest—Restrictions on Transfer.” These restrictions, however, may not ensure that we will, in all cases, be able to satisfy the share ownership requirements described in (5) and (6) above. If we fail to satisfy these share ownership requirements, except as provided in the next sentence, our status as a REIT will terminate. If, however, we comply with the rules described above that require us to ascertain the actual ownership of our shares and we do not know, or would not have known through the exercise of reasonable diligence, that we failed to meet the requirement described in condition (6) above, we will be treated as having met this requirement. See the section below entitled “—Failure to Qualify.”

Ownership of Interests in Partnerships and Limited Liability Companies

An unincorporated domestic entity organized as a partnership or limited liability company under state law and wholly owned by a REIT (including through ownership in a qualified REIT subsidiary) will generally be treated as a disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes unless it elects otherwise. The assets, liabilities and items of gain, loss, deduction and credit of any such disregarded entity are attributed entirely to the parent REIT for all purposes under the Code, including all REIT qualification tests.

An unincorporated domestic entity that has two or more owners will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, unless it elects otherwise. In the case of a REIT which is a partner in a partnership or a member in a limited liability company treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, Treasury

 

308


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Regulations provide that the REIT will be deemed to own its proportionate share of the assets of the partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be, based on its interest in partnership capital. However, solely for purposes of the 10% value test described below, the determination of a REIT’s interest in partnership assets will be based on the REIT’s proportionate interest in any securities issued by the partnership, excluding certain securities. Also, the REIT will be deemed to be entitled to its proportionate share of the income of that entity. The assets and gross income of the partnership or limited liability company retain the same character in the hands of the REIT for purposes of Section 856 of the Code, including satisfying the gross income tests and the asset tests.

We currently own 100% of the interests in our operating partnership (directly or through a qualified REIT subsidiary) and thus it is disregarded as an entity separate from our company for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, 100% of the assets and items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of our operating partnership, including our operating partnership’s share of these items of any partnership or limited liability company treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes in which it owns an interest, will be treated as our assets and items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit for the purpose of applying the requirements described in this discussion, including the income and asset tests described below.

We have control of our operating partnership and the subsidiary partnerships and limited liability companies and intend to operate them in a manner consistent with the requirements for our qualification as a REIT. We may from time to time be a limited partner or non-managing member in some of our partnerships and limited liability companies. If a partnership or limited liability company in which we own an interest takes or expects to take actions that could jeopardize our status as a REIT or require us to pay tax, we may be forced to dispose of our interest in such entity. In addition, it is possible that a partnership or limited liability company in which we own an interest could take an action which could cause us to fail a REIT income or asset test, and that we would not become aware of such action in time to dispose of our interest in the partnership or limited liability company or take other corrective action on a timely basis. In that case, we could fail to qualify as a REIT unless we were entitled to relief, as described below.

Ownership of Interests in Qualified REIT Subsidiaries

We may from time to time own and operate certain properties through wholly owned corporate subsidiaries that we intend to be treated as “qualified REIT subsidiaries” under the Code. A corporation will qualify as our qualified REIT subsidiary if we own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the corporation’s outstanding stock, and if we do not elect with the subsidiary to treat it as a TRS, as described below. A corporation that is a qualified REIT subsidiary is not treated as a separate corporation, and all assets, liabilities and items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of a qualified REIT subsidiary are treated as assets, liabilities and items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit (as the case may be) of the parent REIT for all purposes under the Code (including all REIT qualification tests). Thus, in applying the federal income tax requirements described in this prospectus, any corporations in which we own a 100% interest (other than any TRSs) are ignored, and all assets, liabilities and items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of such corporations are treated as our assets, liabilities and items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit. A qualified REIT subsidiary is not required to pay federal income tax, although it may be subject to state and local taxation in some states. Furthermore, our ownership of the stock of a qualified REIT subsidiary does not violate the restrictions on ownership of securities, as described below under “—Asset Tests.”

In the event that a qualified REIT subsidiary or a disregarded subsidiary ceases to be wholly owned by us (for example, if any equity interest in the subsidiary is acquired by a person other than us or another disregarded subsidiary of us), the subsidiary’s separate existence would no longer be disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Instead, it would have multiple owners and would be treated as either a partnership or a taxable corporation. Such an event could, depending on the circumstances, adversely affect our ability to satisfy the various asset and gross income tests applicable to REITS, including the requirement that REITs generally may not own, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of the value or voting power of the outstanding securities of another corporation. See “—Asset Tests” and “—Gross Income Tests.”

 

309


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Ownership of Interests in Taxable REIT Subsidiaries

We currently hold interests in several TRSs, and may acquire securities in additional TRSs in the future. A TRS is a corporation other than a REIT in which a REIT directly or indirectly holds stock, and that has made a joint election with such REIT to be treated as a TRS. A TRS also includes any corporation other than a REIT with respect to which a TRS owns securities possessing, directly or indirectly, more than 35% of the total voting power or value of the outstanding securities of such corporation. No more than 20% of the value of a REIT’s assets may consist of shares or securities of one or more TRSs. A REIT’s ownership of securities of TRSs will not be subject to the 10% or 5% asset test described below. See “—Asset Tests.” Other than some activities relating to lodging and health care facilities, a TRS may generally engage in any business, including the provision of customary or non-customary services to tenants of its parent REIT. The separate existence of a TRS is not ignored for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, a TRS is subject to federal corporate income tax as a regular C corporation at a maximum rate of 21%. This may reduce the cash flow generated by us and our subsidiaries, in the aggregate, and may reduce our ability to make distributions to our shareholders.

Income earned by a TRS is not attributed to the REIT. Rather, the stock issued by a TRS to us is an asset in our hands, and we treat dividends paid to us from such TRS, if any, as income. This income can affect our income and assets tests calculations, as described below. As a result, income that might not be qualifying income for purposes of the income tests applicable to REITs could be earned by a TRS without affecting our status as a REIT. For example, we use TRSs to perform services or conduct activities that give rise to certain categories of income such as fees for the management of warehouses for third parties, and to provide services to tenants that we are not permitted to provide directly to tenants under the REIT rules. Additionally, all of our employees are employed by one or more of our TRSs. See “—Rents from Real Property.”

Several provisions of the Code regarding the arrangements between a REIT and its TRSs ensure that a TRS will be subject to an appropriate level of U.S. federal income taxation. For example, a TRS is limited in its ability to deduct interest payments made to affiliated REITs. In addition, we would be obligated to pay a 100% penalty tax on some payments that we receive from, or on certain expenses deducted by, a TRS if the IRS were to assert successfully that the economic arrangements between us and a TRS are not comparable to similar arrangements among unrelated parties.

Under amendments made by H.R. 1 to Section 172 of the Code, to the extent one or more of our TRSs have NOL carryforwards arising from losses sustained in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017, the deduction for such carryforwards is limited to 80% of the TRS’s taxable income, and any unused portion of losses arising in taxable years ending after December 31, 2017 may not be carried back, but may be carried forward indefinitely.

Gross Income Tests

We must satisfy two gross income requirements annually to maintain our qualification as a REIT. First, in each taxable year we must derive directly or indirectly at least 75% of our gross income (excluding gross income from prohibited transactions, certain hedging transactions, and certain foreign currency gains) from investments relating to real property or mortgages on real property and from qualified temporary investment income. Qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test generally includes:

 

    “rents from real property”;

 

    gain on the sale or other disposition of real property, other than property held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business;

 

    abatements and refunds of taxes on real property;

 

310


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    dividends or other distributions on, and gain from the sale of, shares in other REITs (but not dividends from a TRS);

 

    income and gain derived from “foreclosure property”;

 

    interest on debt secured by mortgages on real property or on interests in real property;

 

    amounts (other than amounts the determination of which depends in whole or in part on the income or profits of any person) received or accrued as consideration for entering into agreements (1) to make loans secured by mortgages on real property or on interests in real property or (2) to purchase or lease real property (including interests in real property and interests in mortgages on real property); and

 

    interest or dividend income from investments in stock or debt instruments attributable to the temporary investment of new capital during the one-year period following our receipt of new capital that we raise through equity offerings or public offerings of debt obligations with at least a five-year term.

For purposes of this test, interest on obligations secured by both real and personal property will be treated as qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test if the fair market value of such personal property does not exceed 15% of the total fair market value of all such property.

Second, in each taxable year we must derive at least 95% of our gross income (excluding gross income from prohibited transactions, certain hedging transactions and certain foreign currency gains) from sources that qualify for purposes of the 75% gross income test and from dividends (including dividends from our TRSs), interest, and gain from the sale or disposition of stock or securities, or any combination of these. For these purposes, the term “interest” generally does not include any amount received or accrued, directly or indirectly, if the determination of all or some of the amount depends in any way on the income or profits of any person. However, an amount received or accrued generally will not be excluded from the term “interest” solely by reason of being based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales, or an amount that is based on the income or profits of a debtor, as long as the debtor derives substantially all of its income from the real property securing the debt by leasing substantially all of its interest in the property, and only to the extent that the amounts received by the debtor would be qualifying “rents from real property” if received directly by a REIT.

Interest on debt secured by mortgages on real property or on interests in real property, including, for this purpose, prepayment penalties, loan assumption fees and late payment charges that are not compensation for services, generally is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test. However, if the highest principal amount of a loan outstanding during a taxable year exceeds the fair market value of the real property securing the loan as of the date we agreed to originate or acquire the loan, a portion of the interest income from such loan will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test but will be qualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test. Gross income from our sale of property that we hold primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business is excluded from both the numerator and the denominator of both gross income tests. See “—Prohibited Transaction Income” below.

Rents from Real Property

Rents that we receive from a tenant will qualify as “rents from real property” for the purpose of satisfying the gross income requirements for a REIT described above only if all of the following conditions are met:

 

    The amount of rent must not be based in whole or in part on the income or profits of any person. However, an amount we receive or accrue generally will not be excluded from the term “rents from real property” solely because it is based on a fixed percentage or percentages of gross receipts or sales.

 

311


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    In general, neither we nor an actual or constructive owner of 10% or more of our capital shares may actually or constructively own 10% or more of a tenant or a subtenant of a tenant, or the 10% tenant rule. Otherwise, the rent received from such a tenant (or subtenant) may be nonqualifying income unless the tenant or subtenant is a TRS and certain other requirements are met, as discussed below.

 

    Rent attributable to personal property, leased in connection with a lease of real property, is not greater than 15% of the total rent received under the lease. If this condition is not met, then the portion of the rent attributable to personal property will not qualify as rents from real property.

 

    We normally must not operate or manage the property or furnish or render services to our tenants, subject to a 1% de minimis exception and except as provided below. We may, however, perform services that are “usually or customarily rendered” in connection with the rental of space only and are not otherwise considered “rendered to the occupant” of the property. In addition, we may provide services through an independent contractor who is adequately compensated and from whom we do not derive or receive any income or through a TRS. Such services will not cause the rent we receive from those tenants to fail to qualify as rents from real property. Even if a REIT furnishes or renders services that are non-customary with respect to a property, if the greater of (1) the amounts received or accrued, directly or indirectly, or deemed received by the REIT with respect to such services, or (2) 150% of our direct cost in furnishing or rendering the services during a taxable year is not more than 1% of all amounts received or accrued, directly or indirectly by the REIT with respect to the property during the same taxable year, then only the amounts with respect to such non-customary services are not treated as rent for purposes of the REIT gross income tests.

From time to time, we may lease space to one or more of our TRSs and we may be required to treat any rental payments under those leases as non-qualifying income for REIT purposes under the 10% tenant rule. In the event we enter into leases with any of our TRSs in the future, then, for purposes of the 10% tenant rule discussed above, rents received from such TRSs will not be excluded from the definition of “rents from real property” if at least 90% of the leased space at the property to which the rents relate is rented to qualifying third parties and the rents paid by the TRS are comparable to rents paid by our other tenants for comparable space. Whether rents paid by the TRS are substantially comparable to rents paid by other tenants is determined at the time the lease with the TRS is entered into, extended, and modified, if such modification increases the rents due under such lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, if a lease with a TRS in which we own stock possessing more than 50% of the voting power or more than 50% of the total value of the outstanding stock of such TRS is modified and such modification results in an increase in rents payable by such TRS, any such increase will not qualify as rents from real property.

We generally do not intend, and as a general partner of our operating partnership, do not intend to permit our operating partnership, to take actions we believe will cause us to fail to satisfy the rental conditions described above. However, we may decide not to satisfy some of these conditions to the extent the failure to comply with those conditions will not, based on the advice of our tax counsel, jeopardize our tax status as a REIT. In addition, with respect to the limitation on the rental of personal property, we have not obtained appraisals of the real property and personal property leased to tenants. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not disagree with our determinations of value.

Substantially all of the rental income that we have received in the past and that we anticipate receiving in the future is derived from providing space to customers in our temperature-controlled storage facilities. Our management, trucking, and logistics businesses are carried out by some of our TRSs. We received a private letter ruling from the IRS in 2004, or the 2004 Ruling, substantially to the effect that, if certain conditions are met, (1) amounts we receive for providing space in our temperature-controlled warehouses will constitute rents from real property for purposes of the gross income tests and (2) the provision of product handling, transportation, and other supply-chain services to our customers by a TRS will not cause otherwise qualifying amounts we receive from our customers for providing space in our temperature-controlled warehouses to be nonqualified for

 

312


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

purposes of the gross income tests. Our ability to rely on this ruling depends on the continuing accuracy of the facts and representations made to the IRS in connection with such ruling. As discussed under “—IRS Closing Agreement,” we entered into a closing agreement with the IRS pursuant to which we agreed to treat certain income from our Australian and New Zealand properties as nonqualifying income and the IRS agreed that any resulting failure was due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect for purposes of applying the Reasonable Cause Exception.

We also obtained a private letter ruling from the IRS in 1998 which provides that our temperature-controlled storage warehouses and central refrigeration systems constitute real property for purposes of the gross income tests described above and the asset tests described below. Recently finalized Treasury Regulations, or the New Real Property Regulations, have revised the definition of “real property” for purposes of the REIT rules and provided an example that reaches a conclusion consistent with the 1998 private letter ruling in the context of a REIT that leased a temperature-controlled storage warehouse to a tenant under a long-term lease. The 1998 private letter ruling did not address the treatment of our racking systems as real property. While we believe our racking systems also constitute real property under the New Real Property Regulations and the law as it existed prior to the effective date of such regulations, such treatment depends on the application of a number of factors, including permanence, useful life, and frequency and ease of removal, and no assurance can be given that the IRS would not challenge such conclusion. Even if the racking systems were considered to be personal property based on the multiple-factor test in the New Real Property Regulations, then for taxable years commencing after December 31, 2015, so long as the value of such racking systems (and any other personal property leased in connection with our leases of real property) represents no more than 15% of the aggregate real and personal property leased to our customers, as we believe to be the case, such racking systems should be treated as real property and any rents attributable thereto should be treated as qualifying rents. For prior taxable years, while rents attributable to such racking systems would be treated as qualifying rents, the racking systems themselves would not be treated as real property. However, we believe that we would still satisfy the various asset tests described below.

Income from Hedging Transactions

From time to time, we intend to enter into hedging transactions with respect to one or more of our assets or liabilities. Our hedging activities may include entering into interest rate swaps, caps, and floors, options to purchase these items, and futures and forward contracts. Income we derive from a hedging transaction that is clearly identified as a hedging transaction as specified in the Code, including gain from the sale or disposition of such a transaction, will not constitute gross income for purposes of (and thus will be exempt from) the 95% gross income test and the 75% gross income test. A “hedging transaction” means either (1) any transaction entered into in the normal course of our business primarily to manage the risk of interest rate, price changes, or currency fluctuations with respect to borrowings made or to be made, or ordinary obligations incurred or to be incurred, to acquire or carry real estate assets, (2) any transaction entered into primarily to manage the risk of currency fluctuations with respect to any item of income or gain that would be qualifying income under the 75% or 95% gross income test (or any property which generates such income or gain) and (3) any transaction entered into to “offset” transactions described in (1) or (2) if a portion of the hedged indebtedness is extinguished or the related property disposed of. We are required to clearly identify any such hedging transaction before the close of the day on which it was acquired, originated, or entered into and to satisfy other identification requirements. To the extent that we do not properly identify such transactions as hedges or we hedge with other types of financial instruments, the income from those transactions is not likely to be treated as qualifying income for purposes of the gross income tests. Moreover, to the extent that a position in a hedging transaction has positive value at any point in time, it may be treated as an asset that does not qualify for purposes of the asset tests described below.

We intend to structure any hedging transactions in a manner that does not jeopardize our status as a REIT. We may conduct some or all of our hedging transactions (including hedging activities relating to currency risk) through a TRS or other corporate entity, the income from which may be subject to federal income tax, rather than participating in the arrangements directly. No assurance can be given, however, that our hedging

 

313


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

activities will not give rise to income that does not qualify for purposes of either or both of the REIT income tests, and will not adversely affect our ability to satisfy the REIT qualification requirements.

Foreclosure Property

Foreclosure property is any real property, including interests in real property, and any personal property incident to such real property:

 

    that is acquired by a REIT as the result of the REIT having bid on such property at foreclosure, or having otherwise reduced such property to ownership or possession by agreement or process of law, after there was a default or default was imminent on a lease of such property or on indebtedness that such property secured;

 

    for which the related loan was acquired by the REIT at a time when the default was not imminent or anticipated; and

 

    for which the REIT makes a proper election to treat the property as foreclosure property.

However, a REIT will not be considered to have foreclosed on a property where the REIT takes control of the property as a mortgagee-in-possession and cannot receive any profit or sustain any loss except as a creditor of the mortgagor.

Property generally ceases to be foreclosure property at the end of the third taxable year following the taxable year in which the REIT acquired the property, or longer if an extension is granted by the Secretary of the Treasury. This grace period terminates and foreclosure property ceases to be foreclosure property on the first day:

 

    on which a lease is entered into for the property that, by its terms, will give rise to income that does not qualify for purposes of the 75% gross income test, or any amount is received or accrued, directly or indirectly, pursuant to a lease entered into on or after such day that will give rise to income that does not qualify for purposes of the 75% gross income test;

 

    on which any construction takes place on the property, other than completion of a building or any other improvement, if more than 10% of the construction was completed before default became imminent; or

 

    which is more than 90 days after the day on which the REIT acquired the property and the property is used in a trade or business that is conducted by the REIT, other than through an independent contractor from whom the REIT itself does not derive or receive any income.

We will be subject to tax at the maximum corporate rate on any income from foreclosure property, including gain from the disposition of the foreclosure property, other than income that otherwise would be qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, less expenses directly connected with the production of that income. However, income from foreclosure property, including gain from the sale of foreclosure property held for sale in the ordinary course of a trade or business, will qualify for purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests. Any gain from the sale of property for which a foreclosure property election has been made will not be subject to the 100% tax on gains from prohibited transactions described above, even if the property would otherwise constitute inventory or dealer property.

Foreign Currency Gains

We have investments in entities and properties located outside the United States. In addition, in the future we may acquire or invest in additional entities or properties located outside the United States. These acquisitions could cause us to incur foreign currency gains or losses.

 

314


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Certain foreign currency gains, to the extent attributable to specified assets or items of qualifying income or gain for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income test, generally will not constitute gross income for purposes of the applicable test, and therefore will be exempt from such test, provided we do not deal in or engage in substantial and regular trading in securities, which we do not intend to do. While we may recognize foreign currency gains that will be nonqualifying income for purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests, we do not expect that any such foreign currency gains will adversely affect our ability to comply with such tests.

Ownership of Interests in Controlled Foreign Corporations

We own interests in TRSs that are “controlled foreign corporations” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We will be deemed to earn certain types of income earned by our controlled foreign corporations, whether or not such income is actually distributed to our operating partnership. We will also be deemed to earn other income that is earned but not distributed by our controlled foreign corporations to the extent such corporations are considered to own or guarantee our debt. This income will not qualify for the 75% gross income test, and it is unclear whether it will qualify for the 95% gross income test. We intend to manage the types of income earned, and the timing of distributions made, by our controlled foreign corporations to avoid realizing income that would cause us to fail to satisfy the 75% or 95% gross income test.

H.R. 1 modifies the taxation of income earned by our foreign TRSs in certain respects. In particular, we are required to include in taxable income in 2017 the undistributed post-1986 earnings and profits of such TRSs reduced by certain deductions, subject to an election to make such inclusion in installments over a period of eight years. Such income, when included, is disregarded for purposes of our compliance with the REIT gross income tests.

Gross Income Test Relief Provisions

We will monitor the amount of nonqualifying income we earn and will take actions intended to keep this income within the limitations of the REIT gross income tests. While we expect these actions will prevent a violation of the REIT gross income tests, we cannot guarantee that such actions will in all cases prevent such a violation. If we fail to satisfy one or both of the 75% and 95% gross income tests for any taxable year, we may nevertheless qualify as a REIT for the year if we are entitled to relief under certain provisions of the Code, which we refer to above as the Reasonable Cause Exception. We generally may make use of the Reasonable Cause Exception if:

 

    our failure to meet these tests was due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect; and

 

    following our identification of the failure to meet the 75% or 95% gross income test for any taxable year, we attach a schedule to our U.S. federal income tax return setting forth each item of our gross income for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income test for such taxable year in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations.

It is not possible, however, to state whether in all circumstances we would be entitled to the benefit of the Reasonable Cause Exception. For example, if we fail to satisfy the gross income tests because nonqualifying income that we intentionally accrue or receive exceeds the limits on nonqualifying income, the IRS could conclude that our failure to satisfy the tests was not due to reasonable cause. If the Reasonable Cause Exception does not apply to a particular set of circumstances, we will not qualify as a REIT. As discussed above in “—Taxation of REITs in General,” even if the Reasonable Cause Exception applies, and we retain our status as a REIT, a tax would be imposed with respect to our excess nonqualifying income. We may not always be able to comply with the gross income tests for REIT qualification despite periodic monitoring of our income. As discussed above under “—IRS Closing Agreement,” we may seek to rely on the Reasonable Cause Exception for the 2017 taxable year with respect to certain storage revenues derived from our Australian and New Zealand warehouses during such year.

 

315


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Prohibited Transaction Income

Any gain (including any net foreign currency gain) that we realize on the sale of property (other than foreclosure property) held as inventory or otherwise held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business, including our share of any such gain realized by our operating partnership, either directly or through its subsidiary partnerships and limited liability companies, will be treated as income from a prohibited transaction that is subject to a 100% penalty tax, unless certain safe-harbor exceptions apply. Under existing law, whether property is held as inventory or primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business is a question of fact that depends on all the facts and circumstances surrounding the particular transaction. Our operating partnership intends to hold its properties for investment with a view to long-term appreciation, to engage in the business of acquiring, developing and owning its properties and to make occasional sales of the properties as are consistent with our operating partnership’s investment objectives. We do not intend to enter into any sales that are prohibited transactions. However, the IRS may successfully contend that some or all of the sales made by our operating partnership or its subsidiary partnerships or limited liability companies are prohibited transactions. We would be required to pay the 100% penalty tax on our allocable share of the gains resulting from any such sales. The 100% penalty tax will not apply to gains recognized by any TRS or any other taxable corporation, although such income will be subject to tax in the hands of such corporation at regular corporate income tax rates (currently a maximum rate of 21%).

Penalty Tax

Any “redetermined rents,” “redetermined deductions,” “excess interest,” or “redetermined TRS service income” we generate will be subject to a 100% penalty tax. In general, redetermined rents are rents from real property that are overstated as a result of any services furnished to any of our tenants by one of our TRSs, and redetermined deductions and excess interest represent any amounts that are deducted by a TRS for amounts paid to us that are in excess of the amounts that would have been deducted if the amounts were determined on an arm’s-length basis. Redetermined TRS service income means the gross income of one of our TRSs attributable to services provided to, or on behalf of, us, to the extent the amount of such income would be increased on distribution, apportionment, or allocation under section 482 of the Code. Rents we receive will not constitute redetermined rents if they qualify for certain safe harbor provisions contained in the Code.

Our TRSs provide certain services to our tenants. We attempt to set the fees paid to our TRSs for such services at arm’s-length rates, supported by appropriate transfer pricing studies, although the fees paid may not satisfy the safe-harbor provisions contained in the Code. These determinations are inherently factual, and the IRS has broad discretion to assert that amounts paid between related parties should be reallocated to clearly reflect income. If the IRS successfully made such an assertion, we would be required to pay a 100% penalty tax on the excess of the amount of an arm’s-length fee for tenant services over the amount actually paid.

Asset Tests

At the close of each quarter of our taxable year, we must satisfy several tests relating to the nature and diversification of our assets. For purposes of these tests, we will be deemed to own our proportionate share of the assets of any partnership or limited liability company treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes based on our capital interest in such entity, subject to special rules relating to the 10% value test described below.

 

   

First, at least 75% of the value of our total assets must be represented by real estate assets, cash and cash items, and certain government securities. The term “real estate assets” includes real property (including interests in real property and interests in mortgages on real property), shares (or transferable certificates of beneficial interest) in other REITs, and property attributable to the temporary investment of new capital as described above. For tax years beginning after December 31, 2015, real estate assets include (1) personal property that is leased with real property and that accounts for no more than 15% of the total rent paid for the real and personal property;

 

316


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

(2) obligations secured by a mortgage on both real and personal property if the fair market value of such personal property does not exceed 15% of the total fair market value of all such property; (3) debt instruments of publicly offered REITs; and (4) interests in mortgages on interests in real property (for example, an interest in a mortgage on a leasehold interest in real property).

 

    Second, not more than 25% of the value of our total assets may be represented by securities other than those securities includable in the 75% asset test.

 

    Third, except for investments in other REITs, our qualified REIT subsidiaries and TRSs and any other securities includible in the 75% asset test, the value of any one issuer’s securities may not exceed 5% of the value of our total assets, and we may not own more than 10% of the total vote or value of the outstanding securities of any one issuer except, in the case of the 10% value test, securities satisfying the “straight debt” safe-harbor, debt securities issued by a partnership in which the REIT holds a partnership interest (to the extent of such partnership interest), or debt securities issued by a partnership that itself would satisfy the 75% income test if it were a REIT. Certain types of securities we may own are disregarded as securities solely for purposes of the 10% value test, including, but not limited to, any loan to an individual or an estate, any obligation to pay rents from real property and any security issued by a REIT. In addition, solely for purposes of the 10% value test, the determination of our interest in the assets of a partnership or limited liability company in which we own an interest will be based on our proportionate interest in any securities issued by the partnership or limited liability company, excluding for this purpose certain securities described in the Code.

 

    Fourth, not more than 20% of the value of our total assets may be represented by the securities of one or more TRSs.

 

    Fifth, not more than 25% of the value of our total assets may consist of debt instruments issued by publicly offered REITs to the extent not secured by real property or interests in real property.

As described above, we obtained a private letter ruling from the IRS in 1998 which provides that our temperature-controlled storage warehouses and central refrigeration systems constitute real property for purposes of these tests. Although the ruling did not address the treatment of our racking systems as real property, we believe that they should be so treated, as described above.

Our operating partnership owns stock in several TRSs. So long as each of these companies qualifies as a TRS, we will not be subject to the 5% asset test, the 10% voting securities limitation, or the 10% value limitation with respect to our ownership of their stock. Because TRS securities do not qualify for purposes of the 75% asset test, and because we own other assets that do not, or may not, qualify for the 75% asset test, the 75% asset test may effectively limit the value of our TRS securities to less than the TRS-specific 20% limitation described above. Based in part on independent valuations we have obtained in the past, we believe that the aggregate value of our TRS securities has not exceeded the TRS-specific limitation, and such value, together with any other non-qualifying assets, has not exceeded the permitted percentage of the value of our total assets. However, there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with our determinations of value.

We will monitor the status of our assets, including the growth of our TRS business and the value of our TRS securities, for purposes of the various asset tests and will seek to manage our portfolio to comply at all times with such tests. There can be no assurances, however, that we will be successful in this effort. Other than the independent valuations mentioned above, no independent appraisals have been obtained to support our conclusions as to the value of our total assets or the value of any particular security or securities. Moreover, the values of some assets may not be susceptible to a precise determination, and values are subject to change in the future. Furthermore, the proper classification of an instrument as debt or equity for U.S. federal income tax purposes may be uncertain in some circumstances, which could affect the application of the REIT asset

 

317


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

requirements. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not contend that our interests in our subsidiaries or in the securities of other issuers will not cause a violation of the REIT asset tests.

However, certain relief provisions are available to allow REITs to satisfy the asset requirements or to maintain REIT qualification notwithstanding certain violations of the asset and other requirements. For example, if we should fail to satisfy the asset tests at the end of a calendar quarter such a failure would not cause us to lose our REIT qualification if we (1) satisfied the asset tests at the close of the preceding calendar quarter and (2) the discrepancy between the value of our assets and the asset requirements was not wholly or partly caused by an acquisition of non-qualifying assets, but instead arose from the changes in the relative market values of our assets. If the condition described in (2) were not satisfied, we still could avoid disqualification by eliminating any discrepancy within 30 days after the close of the calendar quarter in which it arose or by making use of the relief provisions described above.

In the case of de minimis violations of the 10% and 5% asset tests, a REIT may maintain its qualification despite a violation of such requirements if (1) the value of the assets causing the violation does not exceed the lesser of 1% of the REIT’s total assets and $10,000,000 and (2) the REIT either disposes of the assets causing the failure within six months after the last day of the quarter in which it identifies the failure, or the relevant tests are otherwise satisfied within that time frame.

Even if we did not qualify for the foregoing relief provisions, one additional provision allows a REIT which fails one or more of the asset requirements for a particular tax quarter to nevertheless maintain its REIT qualification if (1) the REIT provides the IRS with a description of each asset causing the failure, (2) the failure is due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, (3) the REIT pays a tax equal to the greater of (A) $50,000 per failure and (B) the product of the net income generated by the assets that caused the failure multiplied by the highest applicable corporate tax rate (currently 21%) and (4) the REIT either disposes of the assets causing the failure within six months after the last day of the quarter in which it identifies the failure, or otherwise satisfies the relevant asset tests within that time frame.

Although we believe we have satisfied the asset tests described above and plan to take steps to ensure that we satisfy such tests for any quarter with respect to which retesting is to occur, there can be no assurance we will always be successful, or will not require a reduction in our overall interest in an issuer (including in a TRS). If we fail to cure any noncompliance with the asset tests in a timely manner, and the relief provisions described above are not available, we would cease to qualify as a REIT.

Annual Distribution Requirements

To maintain our qualification as a REIT, we are required to distribute dividends, other than capital gain dividends, to our shareholders in an amount at least equal to the sum of:

 

    90% of our “REIT taxable income” computed without regard to the dividends paid deduction and our net capital gain or loss; and

 

    90% of our after tax net income, if any, from foreclosure property; minus

 

    the excess of the sum of certain items of non-cash income over 5% of our “REIT taxable income” computed without regard to the dividends paid deduction and our net capital gain or loss. For purposes of this test, non-cash income means income attributable to leveled stepped rents, original issue discount on purchase money debt, cancellation of indebtedness, or a like-kind exchange that is later determined to be taxable.

We generally must pay the distributions described above in the taxable year to which they relate, or in the following taxable year if either (1) we declare the distribution before we timely file our federal income tax

 

318


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

return for such year and pay the distribution on or before the first regular dividend payment after such declaration, or (2) we declare the distribution in October, November, or December of the taxable year, payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in any such month, and we actually pay the dividend before the end of January of the following year.

Generally speaking, to be deductible the amount distributed by a REIT must not be preferential— i.e. , every shareholder of the class of shares to which a distribution is made must be treated the same as every other shareholder of that class, and no class of shares may be treated otherwise than according to its dividend rights as a class. However, this rule no longer applies to publicly offered REITs. Accordingly, once we become publicly offered, the preferential dividend rule will not apply to our distributions.

To the extent that in the future we may have available net operating losses carried forward from prior tax years, such losses may reduce the amount of distributions that we must make in order to comply with the REIT distribution requirements. Such losses, however, will generally not affect the tax treatment to our shareholders of any distributions that are actually made. Under amendments made by H.R. 1 to Section 172 of the Code, our deduction for any NOL carryforwards arising from losses we sustain in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 is limited to 80% of our REIT taxable income (determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid), and any unused portion of losses arising in taxable years ending after December 31, 2017 may not be carried back, but may be carried forward indefinitely.

To the extent that we do not distribute all of our net capital gain, or distribute at least 90%, but less than 100%, of our REIT taxable income, as adjusted, we will be required to pay tax on the undistributed amount at regular corporate tax rates (currently a maximum rate of 21%). Furthermore, if we fail to distribute during a calendar year, or by the end of January of the following calendar year in the case of distributions with declaration and record dates falling in the last three months of the calendar year, at least the sum of 85% of our REIT ordinary income for such year, 95% of our REIT capital gain income for the year and any undistributed taxable income from prior periods, we will incur a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the excess of such required distribution over the amounts we actually distributed (taking into account excess distributions from prior years). Any REIT taxable income and net capital gain that was subject to income tax for any year is treated as an amount distributed during that year for purposes of calculating the 4% excise tax.

We may elect to retain rather than distribute all or a portion of our net capital gains and pay the tax on the gains. In that case, we may elect to have our shareholders include their proportionate share of the undistributed net capital gains in income as long-term capital gains and receive a credit for their share of the tax paid by us. Our shareholders would then increase the adjusted basis of their shares by the difference between (1) the amounts of capital gain dividends that we designated and that they include in their taxable income, minus (2) the tax that we paid on their behalf with respect to that income. For purposes of the 4% excise tax described above, any retained amounts for which we elect this treatment would be treated as having been distributed.

We believe we have made, and intend to continue to make, timely distributions sufficient to satisfy these annual distribution requirements and to minimize our corporate tax obligations. In this regard, the partnership agreement of our operating partnership (of which we are the 100% owner) authorizes us, as general partner of our operating partnership, to take such steps as may be necessary to cause our operating partnership to distribute to its partners an amount sufficient to permit us to meet these distribution requirements and to minimize our corporate tax obligation.

We expect that our REIT taxable income will be less than our cash flow because of depreciation and other non-cash charges included in computing REIT taxable income. Accordingly, we anticipate that we generally will have sufficient cash or liquid assets to enable us to satisfy the distribution requirements described above. However, from time to time, we may not have sufficient cash or other liquid assets to meet these distribution requirements due to timing differences between the actual receipt of income and actual payment of deductible expenses, and the inclusion of income and deduction of expenses in determining our taxable income.

 

319


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Further, under amendments to Section 451 of the Code made by H.R. 1, subject to certain exceptions, we must accrue income for U.S. federal income tax purposes no later than when such income is taken into account as revenue in our financial statements, which could create additional differences between REIT taxable income and the receipt of cash attributable to such income. In addition, Section 162(m) of the Code places a per-employee limit of $1 million on the amount of compensation that a publicly held corporation may deduct in any one year with respect to its chief executive officer and certain other highly compensated executive officers. Recent changes to Section 162(m) made by H.R. 1 eliminated an exception that formerly permitted certain performance-based compensation to be deducted even if in excess of $1 million, which may have the effect of increasing our REIT taxable income. Finally, we may decide to retain our cash, rather than distribute it, in order to repay debt or for other reasons. If these timing differences occur, we may borrow funds to pay dividends or pay dividends in the form of taxable share dividends in order to meet the distribution requirements, while preserving our cash.

Under some circumstances, we may be able to rectify an inadvertent failure to meet the 90% distribution requirement for a year by paying “deficiency dividends” to our shareholders in a later year, which may be included in our deduction for dividends paid for the earlier year. Thus, we may be able to avoid being taxed on amounts distributed as deficiency dividends, subject to the 4% excise tax described above. However, we will be required to pay interest and, in some cases, penalties to the IRS based upon the amount of any deduction claimed for deficiency dividends.

New Interest Deduction Limitation Enacted by H.R. 1

Commencing in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017, Section 163(j) of the Code, as amended by H.R. 1, limits the deductibility of net interest expense paid or accrued on debt properly allocable to a trade or business to 30% of “adjusted taxable income,” subject to certain exceptions. Any deduction in excess of the limitation is carried forward and may be used in a subsequent year, subject to the 30% limitation. Adjusted taxable income is determined without regard to certain deductions, including those for net interest expense, NOL carryforwards and, for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2022, depreciation, amortization and depletion. Provided the taxpayer makes a timely election (which is irrevocable), the 30% limitation does not apply to a trade or business involving real property development, redevelopment, construction, reconstruction, rental, operation, acquisition, conversion, disposition, management, leasing or brokerage, within the meaning of Section 469(c)(7)(C) of the Code. If this election is made, depreciable real property (including certain improvements) held by the relevant trade or business must be depreciated under the alternative depreciation system under the Code, which is generally less favorable than the generally applicable system of depreciation under the Code. In general, while there is no authority under such provision or in the legislative history of H.R. 1 that specifically addresses temperature-controlled warehouses, we believe that our leasing, management and operation of such warehouses should constitute a real property trade or business, and we may elect not to have the interest deduction limitation apply to that trade or business. If we do not make the election or if the election is determined not to be available with respect to all or certain of our business activities, the new interest deduction limitation could result in us having more REIT taxable income and thus increase the amount of distributions we must make to comply with the REIT requirements and avoid incurring corporate level tax. Similarly, the limitation could cause our TRSs to have greater taxable income and thus potentially greater corporate tax liability.

Like-Kind Exchanges

We may dispose of properties in transactions intended to qualify as like-kind exchanges under the Code. Such like-kind exchanges are intended to result in the deferral of gain for federal income tax purposes. The failure of any such transaction to qualify as a like-kind exchange could subject us to federal income tax, possibly including the 100% prohibited transaction tax, depending on the facts and circumstances surrounding the particular transaction. Under H.R. 1, effective for exchanges completed December 31, 2017 (subject to certain transitional rules), like-kind exchange tax deferral treatment is available only with respect to exchanges of real property. Thus, tax-free exchanges of tangible personal property and intangible property are no longer permitted.

 

320


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Built-In Gains Tax

If we dispose of any asset we acquired from a corporation which is or has been a C corporation in a transaction in which our basis in the asset is determined by reference to the basis of the asset in the hands of that C corporation, during the five-year period beginning on the date we acquire the asset within a specified “recognition period,” we could be required to pay tax at the highest corporate rate on the gain, if any, we recognized on the disposition of the asset, to the extent that gain does not exceed the excess of (1) the fair market value of the asset over (2) our adjusted basis in the asset, in each case on the date we acquired the asset. Such gain is taken into account in determining our taxable income and capital gains, and the amount of tax paid is taken into account as a loss, for purposes of the distribution requirements. The results described in this paragraph with respect to the recognition of gain assume that the C corporation will refrain from making an election to receive different treatment under existing Treasury Regulations on its federal income tax return.

Recordkeeping Requirements

We are required to comply with applicable recordkeeping requirements. Failure to comply could result in monetary fines. For example, we must request on an annual basis information from our shareholders designed to disclose the actual ownership of our outstanding common shares. See “—Organizational Requirements.”

Failure to Qualify

Specified cure provisions are available to us in the event that we discover a violation of a provision of the Code that would result in our failure to qualify as a REIT. Except with respect to violations of the REIT gross income tests and asset tests (for which the cure provisions are described above), and provided the violation is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect, these cure provisions generally impose a $50,000 penalty for each violation in lieu of a loss of REIT status. If we fail to qualify for taxation as a REIT in any taxable year, and the relief provisions do not apply, we will be required to pay tax on our taxable income at regular corporate rates (currently a maximum rate of 21%). Distributions to shareholders in any year in which we fail to qualify as a REIT will not be deductible by us, and we will not be required to distribute any amounts to our shareholders. As a result, we anticipate that our failure to qualify as a REIT would reduce the funds available for distribution by us to our shareholders. In addition, if we fail to qualify as a REIT, all distributions to shareholders will be taxable as regular corporate dividends to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. In this event, corporate distributees may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction, and individuals may be eligible for the preferential rates on qualified dividend income. Unless entitled to relief under specific statutory provisions, we will also be ineligible to elect to be treated as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year during which we lost our qualification.

Taxation of U.S. Holders of Our Common Shares

For purposes of our discussion, the term “U.S. holder” means a holder of our common shares who, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is:

 

    an individual that is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation, including an entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more U.S. persons or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

321


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

If a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common shares, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and on the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common shares, you are encouraged to consult your tax advisor regarding the consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common shares by the partnership.

Distributions Generally

As long as we qualify as a REIT, distributions made by us to our taxable U.S. holders out of current or accumulated earnings and profits that are not designated as capital gain dividends or “qualified dividend income” must generally be taken into account as ordinary income and will not qualify for the reduced capital gain rates (currently a maximum rate of 20%) that currently generally apply to distributions by non-REIT C corporations to certain non-corporate U.S. holders.

The taxation of ordinary REIT dividends has been significantly changed by H.R. 1, which makes comprehensive changes to the federal income tax treatment of individuals, estates and trusts that generally are effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2018 and, subject to certain exceptions, expire on December 31, 2025 unless Congress takes action to extend the effectiveness of such changes beyond the scheduled sunset date. In addition to eliminating or limiting various deductions for non-corporate taxpayers and increasing the standard deduction, H.R. 1 also reduces the maximum U.S. federal income tax rate from 39.6% to 37% for individuals filing singly with taxable income over $500,000 and married taxpayers filing jointly with taxable income over $600,000. The new law also makes generally beneficial changes to the tax rates and tax brackets applicable to taxable income below those thresholds.

In addition, under new Section 199A of the Code, individuals, estates and trusts who receive “qualified REIT dividends” are permitted to claim a tax deduction equal to 20% of the amount of such dividends in determining their U.S. federal taxable income, subject to certain limitations. The 20% deduction does not apply to REIT capital gain dividends or to REIT dividends that we designate as “qualified dividend income,” as described below. Like most of the other changes made by H.R. 1 applicable to non-corporate taxpayers, the Section 199A deduction will expire on December 31, 2025 unless Congress acts to extend it. Thus, for an individual U.S. holder of our shares subject to the maximum 37% tax rate (through 2025), this tax deduction temporarily reduces the maximum effective U.S. federal income tax rate on ordinary REIT dividends to 29.6%. This deduction, in contrast to the deduction allowed by Section 199A with respect to certain “qualified business income” received by, or allocated to, individuals, trusts and estates, is not limited based on W-2 wages or invested capital.

A corporate U.S. holder of our shares will not qualify for the 50% dividends received deduction generally available to corporations that receive dividends from non-REIT C corporations, but under H.R. 1 will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on our dividends at a maximum rate of 21% (compared to 35% under prior law).

The tax rates applicable to long-term capital gains were not changed by H.R. 1 and continue to apply to dividends received by such U.S. holders that we designate as capital gain dividends. Similarly, H.R. 1 left unchanged the maximum 20% U.S. federal income tax rate for non-corporate taxpayers that applies to dividends that we properly designate as qualified dividend income and that are (1) attributable to dividends received by us from non-REIT corporations, such as any of our domestic TRSs or certain foreign corporations, and (2) attributable to income upon which we have paid corporate income tax (e.g., to the extent that we distribute less than 100% of our taxable income). If a foreign corporation is a foreign personal holding company or a passive foreign investment company, then dividends from such a corporation will not constitute qualified dividend income.

Furthermore, certain exceptions and special rules apply to determine whether dividends may be treated as qualified dividend income to us. These rules include certain holding requirements that we would have to

 

322


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

satisfy with respect to the shares on which the dividend is paid, and special rules with regard to dividends received from regulated investment companies and other REITs.

In addition, even if we designate certain dividends as qualified dividend income to our shareholders, the U.S. holder will have to meet certain other requirements for the dividend to qualify for taxation at capital gains rates. For example, the U.S. holder will only be eligible to treat the dividend as qualifying dividend income if the U.S. holder is taxed at individual rates and meets certain holding requirements. In general, in order to treat a particular dividend as qualified dividend income, a U.S. holder will be required to hold our shares for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which the share becomes ex-dividend.

A U.S. holder generally will take into account as long-term capital gain any distributions that we designate as capital gain dividends (to the extent that they do not exceed our actual net capital gain for the taxable year) without regard to the period for which the U.S. holder has held our common shares. Under Section 291 of the Code, a corporate U.S. holder may, however, be required to treat up to 20% of certain capital gain dividends as ordinary.

We must classify portions of our designated capital gain dividend into the following categories:

 

    a 20% gain distribution, which would be taxable to non-corporate U.S. holders of our shares at a rate of up to 20%; or

 

    an unrecaptured section 1250 gain distribution, which would be taxable to non-corporate U.S. holders of our shares at a maximum rate of 25%.

The IRS currently requires that distributions made to different classes of shares be comprised proportionately of dividends of a particular type.

We may elect to retain and pay income tax on the net long-term capital gain that we receive in a taxable year. In that case, to the extent that we designate such amount in a timely notice to such shareholder, a U.S. holder would be taxed on its proportionate share of our undistributed long-term capital gain. The U.S. holder would receive a credit for its proportionate share of the tax we paid. The U.S. holder would increase the basis in its shares by the amount of its proportionate share of our undistributed long-term capital gain, minus its share of the tax we paid.

Distributions in excess of both current and accumulated earnings and profits will not be taxable to a U.S. holder to the extent that the distributions do not exceed the adjusted basis of the holder’s shares. Rather, such distributions will reduce the adjusted basis of the shares. To the extent that distributions exceed the adjusted basis of a U.S. holder’s shares, the U.S. holder generally must include such distributions in income as long-term capital gain if the shares have been held for more than one year, or short-term capital gain if the shares have been held for one year or less.

Distributions will generally be taxable, if at all, in the year of the distribution. However, if we declare a dividend in October, November or December of any year with a record date in one of these months and pay the dividend on or before January 31 of the following year, we will be treated as having paid the dividend, and the shareholder will be treated as having received the dividend, on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

We will be treated as having sufficient earnings and profits to treat as a dividend any distribution we pay up to the amount required to be distributed in order to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax discussed above. Moreover, any “deficiency dividend” will be treated as an ordinary or capital gain dividend, as the case may be, regardless of our earnings and profits. As a result, U.S. holders may be required to treat certain distributions that would otherwise result in a tax-free return of capital as taxable dividends.

 

323


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

U.S. holders may not include in their individual income tax returns any of our net operating losses or capital losses. Instead, these losses are generally carried over by us for potential offset against our future income. Taxable distributions from us and gain from the disposition of our common shares will not be treated as passive activity income and, therefore, shareholders generally will not be able to apply any “passive activity losses,” such as losses from certain types of limited partnerships in which the U.S. holder is a limited partner, against such income or gain. In addition, taxable distributions from us and gain from the disposition of our common shares generally will be treated as investment income for purposes of the investment interest limitations. We will notify U.S. holders after the close of our taxable year as to the portions of the distributions attributable to that year that constitute ordinary income, return of capital, and capital gain.

Sales or Other Taxable Dispositions of Our Common Shares

Upon any taxable sale or other disposition of our common shares, a U.S. holder of our common shares will recognize gain or loss for federal income tax purposes on the disposition of our common shares in an amount equal to the difference between:

 

    the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received on such disposition; and

 

    the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in such common shares for tax purposes.

A U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis generally will equal the U.S. holder’s acquisition cost, increased by the excess of net capital gains deemed distributed to the U.S. holder (discussed above) less tax deemed paid on such gains and reduced by any returns of capital. Gain or loss will be capital gain or loss if the common shares have been held by the U.S. holder as a capital asset. The applicable tax rate will depend on the holder’s holding period in the asset (generally, if an asset has been held for more than one year it will produce long-term capital gain) and the holder’s tax bracket. In general, any loss upon a sale or exchange of our common shares by a U.S. holder who has held such shares for six months or less (after applying certain holding period rules) will be treated as a long-term capital loss, but only to the extent of distributions from us received by such U.S. holder that are required to be treated by such U.S. holder as long-term capital gains.

Medicare Tax on Net Investment Income

U.S. holders that are classified as individuals, estates, and certain trusts, and whose income exceeds certain thresholds, are also subject to an additional 3.8% Medicare tax on dividends received from us and on gain recognized with respect to the disposition of our shares. The temporary 20% deduction allowed by Section 199A of the Code, as added by H.R. 1, with respect to ordinary REIT dividends received by non-corporate taxpayers is allowed only for purposes of Chapter 1 of the Code and thus is apparently not allowed as a deduction allocable to such dividends for purposes of determining the amount of net investment income subject to the 3.8% Medicare tax, which is imposed under Chapter 2A of the Code. See “—Taxation of U.S. Holders of Our Common Shares – Distributions Generally.” U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the implications of the additional Medicare tax resulting from an investment in our shares.

Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding

We or the applicable withholding agent will report to U.S. holders and to the IRS the amount and the tax character of distributions we pay during each calendar year, and the amount of tax we withhold, if any. Under the backup withholding rules, a U.S. holder may be subject to withholding at a rate of 24% with respect to distributions unless such holder:

 

    is a corporation or comes within certain other exempt categories and, when required, demonstrates this fact; or

 

324


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    provides a taxpayer identification number, certifies as to no loss of exemption from backup withholding, and otherwise complies with the applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules.

A U.S. holder who does not provide the applicable withholding agent with its correct taxpayer identification number also may be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. Any amount paid as a backup withholding will be creditable against the U.S. holder’s income tax liability. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be refunded or credited against the U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability if certain required information is timely furnished to the IRS. U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding application of backup withholding to them and the availability of, and procedure for obtaining an exemption from, backup withholding. In addition, the applicable withholding agent may be required to withhold a portion of distributions to any U.S. holders who fail to certify their U.S. status.

Taxation of Tax-Exempt Holders of Our Common Shares

Tax-exempt entities, including employee pension benefit trusts and individual retirement accounts, generally are exempt from U.S. federal income taxation. These entities are subject to taxation, however, on any “unrelated business taxable income,” or “UBTI,” as defined in the Code. Provided that a tax-exempt holder has not held its common shares as “debt-financed property” within the meaning of the Code and our shares are not being used in an unrelated trade or business, the dividend income from us generally will not be UBTI to a tax-exempt holder. Similarly, income from the sale of our common shares generally will not constitute UBTI unless the tax-exempt holder has held its common shares as debt-financed property within the meaning of the Code or has used the common shares in a trade or business.

For tax-exempt shareholders which are social clubs, voluntary employee benefit associations, supplemental unemployment benefit trusts, or qualified group legal services plans exempt from federal income taxation under Sections 501(c)(7), (c)(9), (c)(17) or (c)(20) of the Code, respectively, or a single parent title holding corporation exempt under Section 501(c)(2), the income of which is payable to any of the aforementioned tax-exempt organizations, income from an investment in our common shares will constitute UBTI unless the organization is able to properly claim a deduction for amounts set aside or placed in reserve for specific purposes so as to offset the income generated by its investment in our shares. These prospective investors should consult their tax advisors concerning these “set aside” and reserve requirements.

Finally, in certain circumstances, a qualified employee pension or profit-sharing trust that owns more than 10% of the value of our shares could be required to treat a certain percentage of the dividends it receives from us as UBTI if we are a “pension-held REIT.” We will not be a “pension-held REIT” unless (1) we are required to “look through” one or more of our qualified trust shareholders in order to satisfy the REIT “closely-held” test, and (2) either (i) one qualified trust owns more than 25% of the value of our shares, or (ii) one or more qualified trusts, each individually holding more than 10% of the value of our shares, collectively own more than 50% of the value of our shares. The percentage of any REIT dividend from a “pension-held REIT” that is treated as UBTI is equal to the ratio of the UBTI earned by the REIT, treating the REIT as if it were a pension trust and therefore subject to tax on UBTI, to the total gross income of the REIT. An exception applies where the percentage is less than 5% for any year, in which case none of the dividends would be treated as UBTI. The provisions requiring pension trusts to treat a portion of REIT distributions as UBTI will not apply if the REIT is not a “pension-held REIT” (for example, if the REIT is able to satisfy the “not closely held requirement” without relying on the “look through” exception with respect to pension trusts). Tax-exempt shareholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential impact of these rules.

Tax-exempt shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common shares.

 

325


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Shares

For purpose of our discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a holder of our common shares that is neither a U.S. holder nor a partnership (or an entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes). The rules governing the U.S. federal income taxation of non-U.S. holders are complex and no attempt is made herein to provide more than a brief summary of such rules. Accordingly, the discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation and does not address state, local or foreign tax consequences that may be relevant to a non-U.S. holder in light of its particular circumstances.

We urge non-U.S. holders to consult their tax advisors to determine the impact of federal, state, local and foreign income tax laws on the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common shares, including any reporting requirements.

Distributions Generally

Distributions (including any taxable share dividends) to non-U.S. holders that are not attributable to gain from our sale or exchange of a “United States real property interest,” or “USRPI,” and that we do not designate as capital gain dividends (except as described below) will be taxable to such non-U.S. holder as ordinary income to the extent that we pay such distributions out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits. A withholding tax equal to 30% of the gross amount of the distribution ordinarily will apply unless an applicable tax treaty reduces or eliminates the tax. However, distributions received by a non-U.S. holder that are treated as effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. trade or business will be subject to federal income tax on a net basis at graduated rates, in the same manner as U.S. holders are taxed on distributions, and are generally not subject to withholding. Applicable certification and disclosure requirements must be satisfied to be exempt under the effectively connected exception In general, non-U.S. holders will not be considered to be engaged in a U.S. trade or business solely as a result of their ownership or our common shares. Distributions that are treated as effectively connected income and that are received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate (applicable after deducting federal income taxes paid on such effectively connected income) or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Except as otherwise provided below, we plan to withhold U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% on any distributions made to a non-U.S. holder unless:

 

    a lower treaty rate applies and the non-U.S. holder submits to us an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E evidencing eligibility for that reduced treaty rate;

 

    the non-U.S. holder submits to us an IRS Form W-8ECI claiming that the distribution is income effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. trade or business; or

 

    the distribution is designated as a capital gain dividend or is otherwise treated as attributable to a sale of a USRPI under FIRPTA (as discussed below).

Distributions to a non-U.S. holder that we properly designate as capital gain dividends, other than those arising from the disposition of a USRPI, generally should not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation, unless:

 

    the investment in our common shares is treated as effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. trade or business, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to the same treatment as U.S. holders with respect to such gain, except that a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation may also be subject to the 30% branch profits tax, as discussed above; or

 

    the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions are met, in which case the nonresident alien individual will be subject to a 30% tax on the individual’s capital gains.

 

326


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Non-Dividend Distributions

Distributions to a non-U.S. holder in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will not be taxable to the extent that such distributions do not exceed the non-U.S. holder’s basis in its common shares. Instead, the excess portion of the distribution will reduce the adjusted basis of such common shares. A non-U.S. holder will be subject to tax on a distribution that exceeds both our current and accumulated earnings and profits and the adjusted basis of its shares, if the non-U.S. holder would otherwise be subject to tax on gain from the sale or disposition of our common shares, as described below under “Disposition of Our Common Shares.” Because we generally cannot determine at the time we make a distribution whether the distribution will exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, it is expected that the applicable withholding agent normally will withhold tax on the entire amount of any distribution at the same rate applicable to withholding on a dividend. However, a non-U.S. holder may obtain a refund of amounts withheld if it is subsequently determined that the distribution was, in fact, in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits.

Distributions Attributable to a Sale or Exchange of U.S. Real Property Interests

For any year in which we qualify as a REIT, a non-U.S. holder may incur tax on distributions that are attributable to gain from our sale or exchange of a USRPI under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980, or FIRPTA. A USRPI includes certain interests in real property and shares in corporations at least 50% of whose assets consist of interest in real property. A distribution is not attributable to a USRPI if we held an interest in the underlying asset solely as a creditor. Under FIRPTA, subject to the exceptions discussed below for distributions on a class of shares that is regularly traded on an established securities market to holders who own less than a certain threshold percentage of such shares and distributions to “qualified stockholders” and “qualified foreign pension funds,” a non-U.S. holder is taxed on distributions attributable to gain from sales of USRPIs as if such gain were effectively connected with a U.S. business of the non-U.S. holder. A non-U.S. holder thus would be taxed on such a distribution at the normal capital gains rates applicable to U.S. holders, subject to the alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of a nonresident alien individual. A non-U.S. corporate shareholder not entitled to treaty relief or exemption also may be subject to the 30% branch profits tax on such a distribution unless a lower treaty rate applies. Unless the exceptions described below apply, the applicable withholding agent must withhold 21% of any distribution that we could designate as a capital gain dividend. A non-U.S. holder may receive a credit against its tax liability for the amount withheld, whether or not attributable to sales of USRPIs.

However, if our common shares are regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States, capital gain distributions on our common shares that are attributable to our sale of a USRPI will be treated as ordinary dividends rather than as gain from the sale of a USRPI, as long as the non-U.S. holder did not own more than 10% of our common shares at any time during the one-year period preceding the distribution or the non-U.S. holder was treated as a “qualified shareholder” as described below. Any such non-U.S. holders generally will be subject to withholding tax on such capital gain distributions in the same manner as they are subject to withholding tax on ordinary dividends. We anticipate that our common shares will be regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States immediately following this offering. If our common shares are not regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States, capital gain distributions that are attributable to our sale of USRPIs will be subject to tax under FIRPTA, as described in the preceding paragraph. Moreover, if a non-U.S. holder disposes of our common shares during the 30-day period preceding a dividend payment, and such non-U.S. holder (or a person related to such non-U.S. holder) acquires or enters into a contract or option to acquire our common shares within 61 days of the first day of the 30-day period described above, and any portion of such dividend payment would but for the disposition, be treated as a USRPI capital gain to such non-U.S. shareholder, then such non-U.S. holder will be treated as having USRPI capital gain in an amount that, but for the disposition, would have been treated as USRPI capital gain.

Subject to the exception in the following sentence, any distribution to a “qualified shareholder” who holds our common shares directly or indirectly (through one or more partnerships) will not be subject to U.S.

 

327


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

federal income tax as income effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business, and thus will not be subject to FIRPTA withholding as described above. However, while a “qualified shareholder” will not be subject to FIRPTA withholding on our distributions, non-U.S. persons who hold interests in the “qualified shareholder” (other than interest solely as a creditor) and hold more than 10% of our common shares, either through the “qualified shareholder” or otherwise, will still be subject to FIRPTA withholding.

A “qualified shareholder” is a foreign person that is (1) either eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty that includes an exchange of information program and whose principal class of interests is listed and regularly traded on one or more stock exchanges (as defined in such income tax treaty), or is a foreign partnership that is created or organized under foreign law as a limited partnership in a jurisdiction that has an agreement for the exchange of information with respect to taxes with the United States and has a class of limited partnership units that represents more than 50% of the value of all of the partnership’s units and is regularly traded on the NYSE or NASDAQ markets, (2) is a “qualified collective investment vehicle” (as defined below), and (3) maintains records of the identity of each person who, at any time during the foreign person’s taxable year, is the direct owner of 5% or more of the class of interests or units (as applicable) described in (1), above.

A “qualified collective investment vehicle” is a foreign person that (1) would be eligible for a reduced rate of withholding under the comprehensive income tax treaty described above, even if such entity owns more than 10% of the stock of the REIT, (2) is publicly traded, is treated as a partnership under the Code, is a withholding foreign partnership, and would be treated as a “United States real property holding corporation” under FIRPTA if it were a domestic corporation, or (3) is designated as such by the Secretary of the Treasury and is either (a) fiscally transparent within the meaning of Section 894 of the Code or (b) required to include dividends in its gross income, but is entitled to a deduction for distributions to its investors.

Finally, any distribution to a “qualified foreign pension fund” or an entity all of the interests of which are held by a “qualified foreign pension fund” who holds our common shares directly or indirectly (through one or more partnerships) will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax as income effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (even if attributable to gain from sales of USRPIs), and thus will not be subject to FIRPTA withholding as described above.

A “qualified foreign pension fund” is any trust, corporation, or other organization or arrangement (1) which is created or organized under the laws of a country other than the United States, (2) which is established to provide retirement or pension benefits to participants or beneficiaries that are current or former employees (or persons designated by such employees) of one or more employers in consideration for services rendered, (3) which does not have a single participant or beneficiary with a right to more than 5% of its assets or income, (4) which is subject to government regulation and provides annual information reporting about its beneficiaries to the relevant tax authorities in the country in which it is established or operates, and (5) with respect to which, under the laws of the country in which it is established or operates, (a) contributions to such organization or arrangement that would otherwise be subject to tax under such laws are deductible or excluded from the gross income of such entity or taxed at a reduced rate or (b) taxation of any investment income of such organization or arrangement is deferred or such income is taxed at a reduced rate.

Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding qualification as a qualified foreign pension fund.

Disposition of Our Common Shares

Subject to the discussion below regarding dispositions by “qualified shareholders” and “qualified foreign pension funds,” non-U.S. holders could incur tax under FIRPTA with respect to gain realized upon a disposition of our common shares if we are a U.S. real property holding corporation during a specified testing period. If at least 50% of a REIT’s assets are USRPI, then the REIT will be a U.S. real property holding

 

328


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

corporation. We anticipate that we will be a U.S. real property holding corporation based on the composition of our assets. However, even if we are a U.S. real property holding corporation, a non-U.S. holder generally would not incur tax under FIRPTA on gain from the sale of our common shares if the “regularly traded” exception described below applies or if we are a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity.”

A “domestically controlled qualified investment entity” includes a REIT in which, at all times during a specified testing period, less than 50% in value of its shares are held directly or indirectly by non-U.S. persons. Because our common shares will be publicly traded following this offering, no assurance can be given that we are or will be a domestically controlled qualified investment entity, although a favorable presumption applies in the case of holders of less than 5% of our common shares for whom we do not have actual knowledge of non-U.S. person status.

Regardless of whether we are a domestically controlled qualified investment entity, if our common shares are regularly traded on an established securities market, an additional exception to the tax under FIRPTA will be available with respect to our common shares. Under that exception, the gain from such a sale by such a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to tax under FIRPTA if (1) our common shares are treated as being regularly traded on an established securities market under applicable Treasury Regulations and (2) the non-U.S. holder owned, actually or constructively, 10% or less of our common shares during a specified testing period. As noted above, we anticipate that our common shares will be regularly traded on an established securities market immediately following this offering.

In addition, a sale of our common shares by a “qualified shareholder” or a “qualified foreign pension fund” who holds our common shares directly or indirectly (through one or more partnerships) will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax under FIRPTA. However, while a “qualified shareholder” will not be subject to FIRPTA withholding on a sale of our common shares, non-U.S. persons who hold interests in the “qualified shareholder” (other than interests solely as a creditor) and hold more than 10% of our common shares, either through the “qualified shareholder” or otherwise, will still be subject to FIRPTA withholding.

If the gain on the sale of our common shares were taxed under FIRPTA, a non-U.S. holder would be taxed on that gain in the same manner as U.S. holders, subject to the alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of nonresident alien individuals. Finally, if we are not a domestically controlled qualified investment entity at the time our common shares are sold and the non-U.S. holder does not qualify for the exemptions described in the preceding paragraph, under FIRPTA the purchaser of our common shares also may be required to withhold 15% of the purchase price and remit this amount to the IRS on behalf of the non-U.S. holder.

With respect to individual non-U.S. holders, even if not subject to FIRPTA, capital gains recognized from the sale of our common shares will be taxable to such non-U.S. holder if he or she is a non-resident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and some other conditions apply, in which case the non-resident alien individual may be subject to a U.S. federal income tax on his or her U.S. source capital gain.

Retention of Net Capital Gains

Although the law is not clear on the matter, it appears that amounts designated by us as retained capital gains in respect of the common shares held by U.S. holders generally should be treated with respect to non-U.S. holders in the same manner as actual distributions of capital gain dividends. Under that approach, the non-U.S. holders would be able to offset as a credit against their U.S. federal income tax liability their proportionate share of the tax paid by us on such retained capital gains and to receive from the IRS a refund to the extent their proportionate share of such tax paid by us exceeded their actual U.S. federal income tax liability.

 

329


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder, such holder’s name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report is sent to the non-U.S. holder. Pursuant to tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds from the disposition of shares made to a non-U.S. holder may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless such holder establishes an exemption, for example, by properly certifying its non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we have or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that a non-U.S. holder is a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may be obtained, provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, a U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate will be imposed on dividends paid to U.S. holders who own our common shares through foreign accounts or foreign intermediaries if certain disclosure requirements related to U.S. accounts or ownership are not satisfied. In addition, if those disclosure requirements are not satisfied, a U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate will be imposed, for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2018, on gross proceeds from the sale of our common shares by U.S. holders who own our common shares through foreign accounts or foreign intermediaries. In addition, we may be required to withhold a portion of capital gain distributions to any U.S. holders who fail to certify their non-foreign status to us. We will not pay any additional amounts in respect of amounts withheld.

State, Local and Foreign Taxes

We and our shareholders may be subject to state, local or foreign taxation in various state, local or foreign jurisdictions, including those in which we or they transact business or reside. Our state, local and foreign tax treatment and that of our shareholders may not conform to the U.S. federal income tax treatment discussed above. Consequently, prospective shareholders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the effect of state, local and foreign tax laws on an investment in our common shares.

Legislative or Other Actions Affecting REITs

The present U.S. federal income tax treatment of REITs may be modified, possibly with retroactive effect, by legislative, judicial or administrative action at any time. The REIT rules are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the IRS and the U.S. Department of the Treasury which may result in statutory changes as well as revisions to regulations and interpretations. Changes to U.S. federal tax laws and interpretations thereof could adversely affect an investment in our common shares.

 

330


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

ERISA and the Code impose certain restrictions on (a) employee benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), (b) plans described in section 4975(e)(1) of the Code, including individual retirement accounts and annuities, (c) any entities whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of a plan’s investment in such entities (each a “Plan”) and (d) persons who have certain specified relationships to such Plans (“Parties-in-Interest” under ERISA and “Disqualified Persons” under the Code). Moreover, based on the reasoning of the United States Supreme Court in John Hancock Life Ins. Co. v. Harris Trust and Sav. Bank, 510 U.S. 86 (1993), an insurance company’s general account may be deemed to include assets of the Plans investing in the general account (e.g., through the purchase of an annuity contract), and the insurance company might be treated as a Party-in-Interest with respect to a Plan by virtue of such investment. In addition, federal, state, local, church and non-U.S. Plans may be subject to provisions under federal, state, local or non-U.S. laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of the Code or ERISA, or collectively, Similar Laws. ERISA also imposes certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of Plans subject to ERISA Plans and prohibits certain transactions between such a Plan and Parties-in-Interest or Disqualified Persons with respect to such Plans. Under ERISA and the Code, any person who exercises any discretionary authority or control over the administration of such an ERISA Plan or the management or disposition of the assets of such an ERISA Plan, or who renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation to such an ERISA Plan, is generally considered to be a fiduciary of the ERISA Plan.

In considering an investment in our common shares of a portion of the assets of any Plan, a fiduciary should determine whether the investment is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan and the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code or any Similar Law relating to a fiduciary’s duties to the Plan including, without limitation, the prudence, diversification, delegation of control and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA, the Code and any other applicable Similar Laws.

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit ERISA Plans from engaging in specified transactions involving plan assets with Parties-In-Interest or Disqualified Persons unless an exemption is available. A Party-in-Interest or Disqualified Person who engages in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes under the Code and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and may result in the loss of tax-exempt status of an Individual Retirement Account. In addition, the fiduciary of an ERISA Plan that engages in such a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to personal liabilities under ERISA.

The United States Department of Labor, or the DOL, has issued a regulation (29 C.F.R. § 2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA) concerning the definition of what constitutes the assets of a Plan (the “Plan Asset Regulations”). These regulations provide that, as a general rule, the underlying assets and properties of corporations, partnerships, trusts and certain other entities in which a Plan purchases an “equity interest” will be deemed for purposes of ERISA to be assets of the investing Plan unless a certain exception applies. The Plan Asset Regulations define an “equity interest” as any interest in an entity other than an instrument that is treated as indebtedness under applicable local law and which has no substantial equity features. Our common shares included in this offering should be treated as “equity interests” for purposes of the Plan Asset Regulations.

The Plan Asset Regulations provide exceptions to the look-through rule for equity interests in some types of entities, including any entity which qualifies as either a “real estate operating company” or a “venture capital operating company.” Under the Plan Asset Regulations, a “real estate operating company” is defined generally, as an entity:

 

    which on testing dates has at least 50% of its assets, other than short-term investments pending long-term commitment or distribution to investors, valued at cost,

 

    invested in real estate which is managed or developed and with respect to which the entity has the right to substantially participate directly in the management or development activities, and

 

331


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    which, in the ordinary course of its business, is engaged directly in real estate management or development activities.

According to those same regulations, a “venture capital operating company” is defined, generally, as an entity that on testing dates has at least 50% of its assets, other than short-term investments pending long-term commitment or distribution to investors, valued at cost invested in one or more operating companies with respect to which the entity has management rights; and that, in the ordinary course of its business, actually exercises its management rights with respect to one or more of the operating companies in which it invests.

Another exception under the Plan Asset Regulations applies to “publicly offered securities,” which are defined as securities that are:

 

    freely transferable,

 

    part of a class of securities that is widely held, and

 

    either part of a class of securities that is registered under section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, or sold to a Plan as part of an offering of securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and the class of securities of which this security is a part is registered under the Exchange Act within 120 days, or longer if allowed by the SEC, after the end of the fiscal year of the issuer during which this offering of these securities to the public occurred.

Whether a security is considered “freely transferable” depends on the facts and circumstances of each case. Under the Plan Asset Regulations, if the security is part of an offering in which the minimum investment is $10,000 or less, then any restriction on or prohibition against any transfer or assignment of the security for the purposes of preventing a termination or reclassification of the entity for federal or state tax purposes or which would violate any state or federal statute, regulation, court order, judicial decree, or rule of law will not ordinarily prevent the security from being considered freely transferable. Additionally, limitations or restrictions on the transfer or assignment of a security that are created or imposed by persons other than the issuer of the security or persons acting for or on behalf of the issuer will ordinarily not prevent the security from being considered freely transferable.

A class of securities is considered “widely held” if it is a class of securities that is owned by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and of one another. A security will not fail to be “widely held” because the number of independent investors falls below 100 subsequent to the initial public offering as a result of events beyond the issuer’s control.

We expect that our common shares will meet the criteria of the publicly offered securities exception to the look-through rule. First, our common shares should be considered to be freely transferable, as the minimum investment will be less than $10,000 and the only restrictions upon transfer of our common shares are those generally permitted under the Plan Asset Regulations, those required under federal tax laws to maintain the REIT’s status as a REIT, resale restrictions under applicable federal securities laws with respect to securities not purchased pursuant to a registered public offering and those owned by officers, directors and other affiliates, and voluntary restrictions agreed to by a selling shareholder regarding volume limitations.

Second, we expect (although we cannot confirm) that our common shares will be held by 100 or more investors and that at least 100 or more of these investors will be independent of the REIT and of one another.

Third, our common shares included in this offering will be part of an offering of securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and our common shares will be registered under the Exchange Act.

 

332


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

If, however, none of the exceptions under the Plan Asset Regulations were applicable to the REIT and the REIT were deemed to hold Plan assets subject to ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, such Plan assets would include an undivided interest in the assets held in the REIT. In such event, such assets and the persons providing services with respect to such assets would be subject to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of Title I of ERISA and the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code.

In addition, if the assets held in the REIT were treated as plan assets, (1) the prudence and other fiduciary responsibility standards of ERISA would apply to certain investments made by the REIT, and (2) certain of the activities of the REIT could be deemed to constitute a transaction prohibited under Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (e.g., the extension of credit between a Plan and a Party in Interest or Disqualified Person). Such transactions may, however, be subject to a statutory or administrative exemptions, such as Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption, or PTCE 84-14, as amended, which exempts certain transactions effected on behalf of a Plan by a “qualified professional asset manager,” as discussed below.

Whether or not the underlying assets of the REIT are deemed to include “plan assets” as described above, the acquisition and/or holding of our common shares by an ERISA Plan with respect to which we or the initial purchaser is considered a Party-In-Interest or a Disqualified Person may constitute or result in a direct or indirect prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code, unless the investment is acquired and is held in accordance with an applicable statutory, class or individual prohibited transaction exemption. In this regard, the DOL has issued prohibited transaction class exemptions, or PTCEs, that may apply to the acquisition and holding of our common shares. These class exemptions include, without limitation, PTCE 84-14 respecting transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers, PTCE 90-1 respecting insurance company pooled separate accounts, PTCE 91-38 respecting bank collective investment funds, PTCE 95-60 respecting life insurance company general accounts and PTCE 96-23 respecting transactions determined by in-house asset managers. In addition, Section 408(b)(17) of ERISA and Section 4975(d)(20) of the Code provide an exemption from certain of the prohibited transaction provision of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code, provided that neither the issuer of the securities nor any of its affiliates (directly or indirectly) have or exercise any discretionary authority or control or render any investment advice with respect to the assets of any ERISA Plan involved in the transaction and provided further that the ERISA Plan pays no more than adequate consideration in connection with the transaction. There can be no assurance that all of the conditions of any such exemptions will be satisfied.

Each Plan fiduciary should consult with its counsel with respect to the potential applicability of ERISA and the Code to such investment or similar rules that may apply to Plans not subject to ERISA or Code Section 4975, such as governmental plans, church plans or plans maintained outside of the United States. Each Plan fiduciary should also determine on its own whether any exceptions or exemptions are applicable (including the publicly offered securities exception) and whether all conditions of any such exceptions or exemptions have been satisfied.

Moreover, each Plan fiduciary should determine whether, under the general fiduciary standards of investment prudence and diversification, participation in the formation transactions is appropriate for the Plan, taking into account the overall investment policy of the Plan and the composition of the Plan’s investment portfolio.

The foregoing discussion is general in nature, is not intended to be all-inclusive, and is based on laws in effect on the date of this prospectus. Such discussion should not be construed as legal advice. Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties that may be imposed upon persons involved in non-exempt prohibited transactions, it is particularly important that fiduciaries of Plans and other persons considering purchasing our common shares on behalf of, or with the assets of, any plan consult with counsel regarding the potential applicability of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code and Similar Laws to such investment and whether any exceptions or exemptions are applicable (including the publicly offered securities exception) and whether all conditions of any such exceptions or exemptions have been satisified.

 

333


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

UNDERWRITING

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and RBC Capital Markets, LLC are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us, our operating partnership and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of our common shares set forth opposite such underwriter’s name below.

 

Underwriter   

Number of
Common Shares

 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

Rabo Securities USA, Inc.

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

Citizens Capital Markets, Inc.

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

  

BB&T Capital Markets, a division of BB&T Securities, LLC

  

BTIG, LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     24,000,000  
  

 

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of our common shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these common shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering our common shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of our common shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer our common shares to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. After the initial offering, the initial public offering price, concession or any other term of this offering may be changed.

 

334


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table shows the initial public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds, before expenses, to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional common shares.

 

     Per Common
Share
     Without Option      With Option  

Initial public offering price

   $      $      $  

Underwriting discount

   $      $      $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $      $      $  

The expenses of this offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $8,994,000 ($4,994,000 of which was classified as prepaid expenses) and are payable by us. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses in an amount up to $65,000.

Option to Purchase Additional Common Shares

We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 3,600,000 additional common shares at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional common shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers, trustees, trustee nominees, YF ART Holdings, the GS Entities, the Fortress Entity and Charm Progress have agreed not to dispose of or hedge any common shares or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common shares for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of the representatives of the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to, directly or indirectly,

 

    offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common shares;

 

    sell any option or contract to purchase any common shares;

 

    purchase any option or contract to sell any common shares;

 

    grant any option, right or warrant to purchase any common shares;

 

    lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of any common shares;

 

    request or demand that we file a registration statement related to our common shares; or

 

    enter into any swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common shares whether any such swap, other agreement or transaction is to be settled by delivery of common shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This lock-up provision applies to common shares and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common shares. It also applies to common shares owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

 

335


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

New York Stock Exchange Listing

Our common stock has been approved for listing, subject to official notice of issuance, on the NYSE under the symbol “COLD.” In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters will undertake to sell a minimum number of common shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

 

    the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us;

 

    our financial information;

 

    the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

    an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

 

    the present state of our development;

 

    the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours; and

 

    other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

An active trading market for our common shares may not develop. It is also possible that after this offering our common shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of our common shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of our common shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common shares. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of our common shares, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of common shares than they are required to purchase in this offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional common shares or purchasing common shares in the open market. In determining the source of common shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of common shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase common shares through the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing common shares in the open market. A naked

 

336


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of our common shares made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of this offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased common shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common shares. As a result, the price of our common shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common shares. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Other Relationships

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

Each of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC serves as a joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner under our Existing Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and affiliates of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC and Rabo Securities USA, Inc. will serve as joint lead arrangers and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated will serve as sole bookrunner under our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities, the effectiveness of which is contingent upon the completion of this offering. Affiliates of each of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC and Rabo Securities USA, Inc. serve as lenders under our Existing Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, and affiliates of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC and each of our co-managers will serve as lenders under our New Senior Secured Credit Facilities. An affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC is also a lender under our 2013 Mortgage Loans, our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility and one of our construction loans, and an affiliate of Rabo Securities USA, Inc. is a lender under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with $517.0 million of net proceeds from our New Senior Secured Term Loan A Facility that will be effective upon the completion of this offering, to repay the entire $809.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility and for general business purposes, which may include the repayment of $13.1 million outstanding under our Clearfield, Utah construction loan. See “Use of Proceeds.” Accordingly, the affiliates of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Rabo Securities USA, Inc. that are lenders under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility will receive their proportionate share of the net proceeds from this offering used to repay indebtedness outstanding under our Existing Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility.

 

337


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, in relation to this offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of our common shares may only be made to persons, or Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer our common shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

Our common shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of twelve months after the date of allotment under this offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring our common shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

Our common shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations . Any resale of our common shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

 

338


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts , or NI 33-105, the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this prospectus. Our common shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of our common shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on our common shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Relevant Member State (as defined below), no offer of our common shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State, other than:

 

  (a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b) to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of our common shares referred to in (a) to (c) above shall result in a requirement for us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person located in a Relevant Member State to whom any offer of our common shares is made or who receives any communication in respect of any offer of our common shares, or who initially acquires any common shares will be deemed to have represented, warranted, acknowledged and agreed to and with each representative and us that (1) it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive; and (2) in the case of any common shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, our common shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, as that term is defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale; or where our common shares have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those common shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.

We, the representatives and our and their respective affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgments and agreements.

This prospectus is not a prospectus for the purposes of the Prospectus Directive. This prospectus and any offer if made subsequently is directed only at persons in Member States of the European Economic Area who are “qualified investors” within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. This prospectus has

 

339


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

been prepared on the basis that any offer of common shares in any Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of common shares. Accordingly, any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of common shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for our company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do we or they authorize, the making of any offer of common shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for our company or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of our common shares to the public” in relation to any common shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and our common shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe to our common shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended, including by Directive 2010/73/EU) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

Our common shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to our common shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to our common shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

Our common shares which are the subject of this prospectus do not represent units in a collective investment scheme which is authorized or recognized by the Monetary Authority of Singapore, or the MAS, under Section 286 or 287 of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289 of Singapore), or the SFA, and this prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the MAS under the SFA. This prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our common shares will not be circulated or distributed, nor will our common shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore, other than institutional investors as defined in Section 4A of the SFA or relevant regulations thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

We have not and will not register with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, or FINMA, as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 of the Federal Act on Collective Investment Scheme of 23 June 2006, as amended, or CISA, and accordingly our common shares being offered pursuant to this prospectus have not and will not be approved, and may not be licenseable, with FINMA. Therefore, our common shares have not been authorized for distribution by FINMA as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 CISA and our common shares offered hereby may not be offered to the public (as this term is defined in Article 3 CISA) in or from Switzerland. Our common shares may solely be offered to

 

340


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

“qualified investors,” as this term is defined in Article 10 CISA, and in the circumstances set out in Article 3 of the Ordinance on Collective Investment Scheme of 22 November 2006, as amended, or CISO, such that there is no public offer. Investors, however, do not benefit from protection under CISA or CISO or supervision by FINMA. This prospectus and any other materials relating to our common shares are strictly personal and confidential to each offeree and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This prospectus may only be used by those qualified investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offer described herein and may neither directly or indirectly be distributed or made available to any person or entity other than its recipients. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied or distributed to the public in Switzerland or from Switzerland. This prospectus does not constitute an issue prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to Article 652a or 1156 of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations. We have not applied for a listing of our common shares on the SIX Swiss Exchange or any other regulated securities market in Switzerland, and consequently, the information presented in this prospectus does not necessarily comply with the information standards set out in the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

This prospectus may not be distributed or circulated to any person in the United Kingdom other than to (i) persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”); and (ii) high net worth entities falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This prospectus is directed only at relevant persons. Other persons should not act on this prospectus or any of its contents.

Any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the United Kingdom’s Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (the “FSMA”)) in connection with the issue or sale of the common shares may only be communicated or caused to be communicated in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to our company.

All applicable provisions of the FSMA must be complied with in respect to anything done by any person in relation to the common shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

341


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters will be passed upon for us by King & Spalding, LLP, Atlanta, Georgia. Sidley Austin LLP, New York, New York, will act as counsel to the underwriters. Venable LLP, Baltimore, Maryland, will issue an opinion to us regarding certain matters of Maryland law, including the validity of our common shares offered hereby.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements and schedule of Americold Realty Trust and subsidiaries at December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included herein in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of China Merchants Americold Holdings Company Limited and China Merchants Americold Logistics Company Limited as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young Hua Ming LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of China Merchants Americold Holdings Company Limited and China Merchants Americold Logistics Company Limited as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Certified Public Accountants LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein. Such financial statements are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

Except as otherwise indicated, we have obtained all of the information (except for data regarding our company) under “Summary—Industry Overview” and “Industry Overview” from market research prepared by GCCA and Cushman. Such information is included herein in reliance on GCCA’s and Cushman’s authority as experts on such matters.

Except as otherwise indicated, we have obtained all of the information attributed to Cushman under “Summary—Temperature-Controlled Warehouses Cushman & Wakefield Report” and “Temperature-Controlled Warehouses Cushman & Wakefield Report” from market research prepared by Cushman. Such information is included herein in reliance on Cushman’s authority as an expert on such matters.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-11, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act with respect to our common shares offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information with respect to us and our common shares offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.

 

342


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Upon the completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and in accordance therewith, will file periodic and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Our SEC filings, including our registration statement, will be available to you for free on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. To receive copies of public records not posted to the SEC’s web site at prescribed rates, you may complete an online form at www.sec.gov, send a fax to (202) 772-9337 or submit a written request to the SEC, Office of FOIA/PA Operations, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information.

 

343


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Americold Realty Trust

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December  31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

     F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December  31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

     F-7  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8  

Schedule III—Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

     F-70  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September  30, 2017 and December 31, 2016

     F-79  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

     F-80  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

     F-81  

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Deficit for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017

     F-82  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

     F-83  

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-84  

China Merchants Americold Holdings Company Limited

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Report of Ernst & Young Hua Ming LLP, as Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-106  

Report of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Certified Public Accountants LLP, as Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-107  

Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

     F-108  

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of December  31, 2016 and 2015

     F-109  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

     F-111  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December  31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

     F-112  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-113  

China Merchants Americold Logistics Company Limited

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Report of Ernst & Young Hua Ming LLP, as Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-148  

Report of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Certified Public Accountants LLP, as Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-149  

Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

     F-150  

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of December  31, 2016 and 2015

     F-151  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

     F-152  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December  31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

     F-153  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-154  

 

F-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Trustees and Shareholders

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Americold Realty Trust and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), shareholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule of real estate and accumulated depreciation. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Americold Realty Trust and subsidiaries at December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Atlanta, Georgia

September 1, 2017

 

F-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)

 

     December 31,  
     2016     2015  

Assets

    

Property, plant, and equipment:

    

Land

   $ 384,855     $ 379,588  

Buildings and improvements

     1,765,991       1,747,853  

Machinery and equipment

     532,855       513,707  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,683,701       2,641,148  

Accumulated depreciation and depletion

     (923,686     (844,417
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant, and equipment—net

     1,760,015       1,796,731  

Capitalized leases:

    

Buildings and improvements

     16,827       52,814  

Machinery and equipment

     41,831       35,328  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     58,658       88,142  

Accumulated depreciation

     (34,607     (38,961
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capitalized leases—net

     24,051       49,181  

Cash and cash equivalents

     22,834       33,431  

Restricted cash

     40,096       47,977  

Accounts receivable—net of allowance of $4,072 and $2,363 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively

     199,751       183,367  

Identifiable intangible assets—net

     24,254       26,274  

Goodwill

     186,805       186,925  

Investments in partially owned entities

     22,396       23,647  

Other assets

     47,429       51,003  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,327,631     $ 2,398,536  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Series B Preferred Shares and shareholders’ deficit

    

Liabilities:

    

Borrowings under revolving line of credit

   $ 28,000     $ —    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     210,469       211,999  

Mortgage notes and term loans—net of discount and deferred financing costs of $35,916 and $30,929, in the aggregate, at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively

     1,652,425       1,678,542  

Sale-leaseback financing obligations

     123,616       129,206  

Capitalized lease obligations

     27,932       53,211  

Unearned revenue

     17,863       18,373  

Pension and postretirement benefits

     21,799       22,432  

Deferred tax liability—net

     23,055       23,761  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     2,105,159       2,137,524  

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 17)

    

Preferred shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value—authorized 375,000 Series B Cumulative Convertible Voting and Participating Preferred Shares; aggregate liquidation preference of $375,000; 375,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2015

     371,927       370,991  

Shareholders’ deficit:

    

Preferred shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value—authorized 125 Series A Cumulative Non-Voting Preferred Shares; aggregate liquidation preference of $1,000; 125 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2015

     —         —    

Common shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value—authorized 250,000,000 shares; 69,370,609 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2015

     694       694  

Paid-in capital

     392,591       387,091  

Accumulated deficit and distributions in excess of net earnings

     (532,196     (488,462

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (10,544     (9,302
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ deficit

     (149,455     (109,979
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, Series B Preferred Shares and shareholders’ deficit

   $ 2,327,631     $ 2,398,536  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands)

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2016     2015     2014  

Revenues:

     

Rent, storage, and warehouse services revenues

  $ 1,080,867     $ 1,057,124     $ 1,039,005  

Third-party managed services

    252,411       233,564       217,428  

Transportation services

    147,004       180,892       243,274  

Other revenues

    9,717       9,805       9,891  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    1,489,999       1,481,385       1,509,598  

Operating expenses:

     

Rent, storage, and warehouse services cost of operations

    766,822       749,375       744,748  

Third-party managed services cost of operations

    237,597       220,983       207,075  

Transportation services cost of operations

    132,586       166,587       227,419  

Cost of operations related to other revenues

    7,349       7,420       7,837  

Depreciation, depletion, and amortization

    118,571       125,720       132,679  

Impairment of long-lived assets

    9,820       9,415       —    

Selling, general and administrative

    100,238       91,222       83,822  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    1,372,983       1,370,722       1,403,580  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    117,016       110,663       106,018  

Other (expense) income:

     

Loss from partially owned entities

    (128     (3,538     (19,990

Interest expense

    (119,552     (116,710     (114,223

Interest income

    708       724       717  

Loss on debt extinguishment and modification

    (1,437     (503     —    

Foreign currency exchange gain (loss)

    464       (3,470     (5,273

Other income, net

    2,142       1,892       79  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax and gain (loss) from sale of real estate, net of tax

    (787     (10,942     (32,672

Income tax (expense) benefit:

     

Current

    (6,465     (11,929     5,787  

Deferred

    586       2,292       (15,604
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

    (5,879     (9,637     (9,817
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before gain (loss) from sale of real estate, net of tax

    (6,666     (20,579     (42,489

Gain (loss) from sale of real estate, net of tax

    11,598       (597     55  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 4,932     $ (21,176   $ (42,434
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less distributions on preferred shares of beneficial interest—Series A

    (16     (16     (16

Less distributions on preferred shares of beneficial interest—Series B

    (28,436     (28,436     (28,436

Less accretion on preferred shares of beneficial interest—Series B

    (936     (1,006     (1,083
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common shares of beneficial interest

  $ (24,456   $ (50,634   $ (71,969
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic

    69,890       69,758       69,621  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted

    69,890       69,758       69,621  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share of beneficial interest—basic

  $ (0.35   $ (0.73   $ (1.03
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share of beneficial interest—diluted

  $ (0.35   $ (0.73   $ (1.03
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distributions declared per common share of beneficial interest

  $ 0.29     $ 0.29     $ 0.29  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016     2015     2014  

Net income (loss)

   $ 4,932     $ (21,176   $ (42,434

Other comprehensive income (loss)—net of tax:

      

Adjustment to accrued pension liability

     1,972       3,371       (9,277

Change in unrealized net loss on foreign currency

     (3,144     (16,292     (12,636

Change in unrealized net (loss) gain on securities available for sale

     —         (51     8  

Unrealized loss on cash flow hedge derivatives

     (70     (1,468     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss

     (1,242     (14,440     (21,905

Total comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 3,690     $ (35,616   $ (64,339
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

(In thousands, except shares)

 

    Preferred Shares of
Beneficial Interest
Series A
    Common Shares of
Beneficial Interest
          Accumulated
Deficit and
Distributions
in Excess of
Net Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
       
    Number of
Shares
    Par Value     Number of
Shares
    Par Value     Paid-in
Capital
        Total  

Balance—December 31, 2013

    125     $ —         69,370,609     $ 694     $ 383,245     $ (327,520   $ 27,043     $ 83,462  

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         (42,434     —         (42,434

Other comprehensive loss

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (21,905     (21,905

Distributions paid on preferred shares of beneficial
interest—Series A

    —         —         —         —         —         (16     —         (16

Distributions paid on preferred shares of beneficial
interest—Series B

    —         —         —         —         —         (28,436     —         (28,436

Distributions paid on common shares of beneficial interest

    —         —         —         —         —         (20,214     —         (20,214

Accretion on preferred shares of beneficial interest—Series B

    —         —         —         —         (1,083     —         —         (1,083

Stock-based compensation expense

    —         —         —         —         2,827       —         —         2,827  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2014

    125       —         69,370,609       694       384,989       (418,620     5,138       (27,799

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         (21,176     —         (21,176

Other comprehensive loss

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (14,440     (14,440

Distributions paid on preferred shares of beneficial
interest—Series A

    —         —         —         —         —         (16     —         (16

Distributions paid on preferred shares of beneficial
interest—Series B

    —         —         —         —         —         (28,436     —         (28,436

Distributions paid on common shares of beneficial interest

    —         —         —         —         —         (20,214     —         (20,214

Accretion on preferred shares of beneficial interest—Series B

    —         —         —         —         (1,006     —         —         (1,006

Stock-based compensation expense

    —         —         —         —         3,108       —         —         3,108  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2015

    125       —         69,370,609       694       387,091       (488,462     (9,302     (109,979

Net income

    —         —         —         —         —         4,932       —         4,932  

Other comprehensive income

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (1,242     (1,242

Distributions paid on preferred shares of beneficial
interest—Series A

    —         —         —         —         —         (16     —         (16

Distributions paid on preferred shares of beneficial
interest—Series B

    —         —         —         —         —         (28,436     —         (28,436

Distributions paid on common shares of beneficial interest

    —         —         —         —         —         (20,214     —         (20,214

Accretion on preferred shares of beneficial interest—Series B

    —         —         —         —         (936     —         —         (936

Stock-based compensation expense (Warrants)

    —         —         —         —         3,900       —         —         3,900  

Stock-based compensation expense (Stock Options and RSUs)

    —         —         —         —         2,536       —         —         2,536  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2016

    125     $ —         69,370,609     $ 694     $ 392,591     $ (532,196   $ (10,544   $ (149,455
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016     2015     2014  

Operating activities:

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 4,932     $ (21,176   $ (42,434

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation, depletion, and amortization

     118,571       125,720       132,679  

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount

     7,193       6,672       6,144  

Amortization of below market leases

     196       520       630  

Loss on debt extinguishment and modification, non-cash

     871       503       —    

Foreign exchange (gain) loss

     (464     3,470       5,273  

Loss from partially owned entities

     128       3,538       19,990  

Stock-based compensation expense (Warrants)

     3,900       —         —    

Stock-based compensation expense (Stock Options and RSUs)

     2,536       3,108       2,827  

Deferred tax (benefit) expense

     (586     (2,292     15,604  

(Gain) loss from sale of real estate

     (11,598     597       (55

Loss on sale of other assets

     1,008       534       455  

Impairment on intangible assets and long-lived assets

     9,820       9,415       —    

Provision (recoveries) of doubtful accounts receivable

     1,135       761       (231

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (19,123     (17,042     6,015  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     (4,570     2,738       (32,892

Other

     4,832       (10,545     3,238  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     118,781       106,521       117,243  

Investing activities:

      

Restricted cash outflows

     639,798       658,369       555,663  

Restricted cash inflows

     (631,877     (673,667     (562,414

Investment in joint ventures

     —         (1,341     —    

Proceeds from the sale of property, plant, and equipment

     33,215       9,474       9,837  

Additions to property, plant, and equipment

     (74,868     (59,924     (61,703

Other investing activities, net

     —         259       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (33,732     (66,830     (58,617

Financing activities:

      

Distributions paid on beneficial interest shares—preferred—Series A

     (16     (16     (16

Distributions paid on beneficial interest shares—preferred—Series B

     (28,436     (28,436     (28,287

Distributions paid of beneficial interest shares—common

     (20,214     (20,214     (20,214

Proceeds from revolving line of credit

     147,000       4,000       17,000  

Repayment of revolving line of credit

     (119,000     (49,000     —    

Repayment of sale-leaseback financing obligations

     (5,337     (1,709     (1,314

Repayment of seller financed note

     —         (12,700     —    

Repayment of capitalized lease obligations

     (36,203     (8,384     (5,870

Payment of debt issuance costs

     (10,834     (14,790     (48

Repayment of term loans, mortgage notes and construction loan

     (405,360     (402,795     (26,609

Proceeds from term loans and mortgage notes

     383,078       505,924       —    

Proceeds from construction loan

     —         —         6,377  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (95,322     (28,120     (58,981

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (10,273     11,571       (355

Effect of foreign currency translation

     (324     (3,233     (1,355

Cash and cash equivalents:

      

Beginning of period

     33,431       25,093       26,803  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

   $ 22,834     $ 33,431     $ 25,093  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flows information:

      

Acquisition of fixed assets under capitalized lease obligations

   $ 10,899     $ 9,005     $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest paid—net of amounts capitalized and defeasement costs

   $ 115,056     $ 108,070     $ 107,741  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes paid—net of refunds

   $ 10,898     $ 8,915     $ 10,483  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition of property, plant, and equipment on accrual

   $ 5,595     $ 3,266     $ 6,405  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Seller financed acquisition of property, plant and equipment

   $ —       $ 12,800     $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization

The Company

Americold Realty Trust (the Company or we) is a real estate investment trust (REIT) organized under Maryland law.

During 2010, the Company formed a Delaware limited partnership, Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P. (the Operating Partnership), and transferred substantially all of its interests in entities and associated assets and liabilities to the Operating Partnership. This structure is commonly referred to as an umbrella partnership REIT or an UPREIT structure. The REIT is the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership, owning 100% of the common general partnership interest as of December 31, 2016. As the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership, the REIT has full, exclusive and complete responsibility and discretion in the day-to-day management and control of the Operating Partnership.

The Operating Partnership includes numerous qualified REIT subsidiaries (QRSs). Additionally, the Operating Partnership conducts various business activities in the United States (U.S.), Australia, New Zealand, Argentina, and Canada through several wholly owned taxable REIT subsidiaries (TRSs).

Ownership

As of December 31, 2016, YF ART Holdings L.P., a partnership among investment funds affiliated with The Yucaipa Companies (Yucaipa) and Fortress Investment Group, LLC, owns approximately 100% of the Company’s common shares of beneficial interest.

Business and Industry Information

The Company has a large global presence of temperature-controlled warehouses, with the largest network in the U.S. We are organized as a self-administered and self-managed REIT with significant operating, acquisition and development experience. As of December 31, 2016, we operated a global network of 159 temperature-controlled warehouses encompassing 940 million cubic feet, with 140 warehouses in the United States, six warehouses in Australia, eight warehouses in New Zealand, two warehouses in Argentina and three warehouses in Canada. In addition, through the Joint Venture, as defined in Note 3, the Company owns or operates 13 temperature-controlled warehouses located in China. The Company also owns and operates a limestone quarry through a subsidiary of ART Quarry.

The Company provides its customers with technological tools to review real-time detailed inventory information via the Internet. In addition, the Company manages customer-owned warehouses for which it earns fixed and incentive fees.

Collective Bargaining Agreements

As of December 31, 2016, approximately 41% of the Company’s labor force is covered by collective bargaining agreements. Collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 6% of the labor force will expire in 2017.

 

F-8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Customer Information

The Company’s customers consist primarily of national, regional, and local food manufacturers, distributors, retailers, and food service organizations. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, one customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenues, with $210.5 million, $196.0 million and $183.0 million, respectively. The substantial majority of this customer’s business relates to our third-party managed segment. Of these amounts, $196.1 million, $180.4 million and $167.1 million represented reimbursements for certain pass-through expenses during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, that were completely offset by matching expenses included in our third-party managed cost of operations.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (GAAP).

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries where the Company exerts control. Investments in which the Company does not have control, and is not considered to be the primary beneficiary of a Variable Interest Entity (VIE), but where the Company exercises significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Reclassifications

The Company has grossed-up “Other assets” and “Accounts payable and accrued expenses” by $11.4 million in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015 to properly reflect amounts receivable and payable under its group, general liability, and worker’s compensation insurance policies. These amounts had been previously reported on a net basis.

Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Property, Plant, Equipment, and Leasehold Improvements

Property, plant, equipment, and leasehold improvements are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets or, if less, the term of the underlying lease. Depreciation begins in the month an asset is placed into service. Useful lives range from 5 to 40 years for buildings and building improvements and 3 to 20 years for machinery and equipment. Depletion on the limestone quarry is computed by the units-of-production method based on estimated recoverable units. The Company periodically reviews the appropriateness of the estimated useful lives of its long-lived assets.

 

F-9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Costs of normal maintenance and repairs and minor replacements are charged to expense as incurred. When non-real estate assets are sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed, and any resulting gain or loss is included in the other income (expense) line on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Gains or losses from the sale of real estate assets are reported in a separate caption after income tax expense or benefit.

Costs incurred to develop software for internal use and purchased software are capitalized and included in the machinery and equipment line on the consolidated balance sheet. Capitalized software is amortized over the estimated life of the software which ranges from 3 to 10 years. Amortization of previously capitalized amounts was $4.6 million, $4.4 million and $11.3 million for 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and is included in the depreciation, depletion, and amortization expense line on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Activity in real estate facilities during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 is as follow:

 

    2016     2015  
    (In thousands)  

Operating facilities, at cost:

   

Beginning balance

  $ 2,379,980     $ 2,381,146  

Capital expenditures

    46,761       41,431  

Acquisitions

    8,922       —    

Disposition

    (36,628     (18,270

Impairment

    (9,820     (5,711

Conversion of leased assets to owned

    (5,331     9,058  

Impact of foreign exchange rate changes

    (1,541     (27,674
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

    2,382,343       2,379,980  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation:

   

Beginning balance

    (629,404     (558,813

Depreciation expense

    (85,296     (88,135

Dispositions

    21,885       13,376  

Impact of foreign exchange rate changes

    425       4,168  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

    (692,390     (629,404
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate facilities

  $ 1,689,953     $ 1,750,576  

Non-real estate assets

    94,113       95,336  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property, plant and equipment and capital leases, net

  $ 1,784,066     $ 1,845,912  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

The total real estate facilities amounts in the table above include $91.6 million and $98.4 million of assets under sale-leaseback agreements accounted for as a financing as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company does not hold title in these assets under sale-leaseback agreements. During the year ending December 31, 2016, the Company acquired and improved a new facility for a total cost of $8.9 million, and acquired the leasehold interest in two operated facilities for a net cost of $36.3 million. In addition, the Company disposed of four idle facilities with a net book value of $20.0 million for an aggregate amount of $31.1 million. As of December 31, 2016, the Company held for sale an idle facility of the Warehouse segment with a carrying amount of $2.1 million, which is included in “Property, plant, and equipment—net” in the

 

F-10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The Company expects to complete the disposal of such idle facility during the first half of 2017.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances (such as decreases in operating income and declines in occupancy) indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. A comparison is made of the expected future operating cash flows of the long-lived assets on an undiscounted basis to their carrying amounts. If the carrying amounts of the long-lived assets exceed the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the carrying amount over the estimated fair value of the long-lived assets, which the Company calculates based on projections of future cash flows and appraisals with significant unobservable inputs classified as Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company determined that individual warehouse properties constitute the lowest level of independent cash flows for purposes of considering possible impairment.

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded impairment charges of $9.8 million and $5.7 million, respectively in the “Impairment of intangible assets and long-lived assets” line of the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. These charges were associated with the planned disposal of certain facilities, and other idle facilities of the Company, with a net book value in excess of their estimated fair value based on third-party appraisals or purchase offers. These impaired assets related to the Warehouse segment. There were no impairment charges for long-lived assets in 2014.

In 2015, the “Impairment of intangible assets and long-lived assets” line included other impairment charges related to below-market leasehold interests—see below for more information.

Capitalized Leases

Capitalized leases are recorded at the lower of the present value of future minimum lease payments or the fair market value of the property. Capital lease assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated asset life if ownership of the leased assets is transferred by the end of the lease term or there is a bargain purchase option. If the lease does not transfer ownership at the end of the lease term or there is no bargain purchase option, then the capital lease assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis using the lesser of the asset’s useful life or the lease term. Depreciation expense on assets acquired under capitalized leases is included in the depreciation, depletion, and amortization expense line on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, demand deposits, and short-term liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of change in value. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company held $12.7 million and $10.7 million, respectively, of cash and cash equivalents in bank accounts of its foreign subsidiaries.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash relates to cash on deposit and cash restricted for the payment of certain property repairs or obligations related to warehouse properties collateralized by mortgage notes, cash on deposit for certain

 

F-11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

workers’ compensation programs, cash collateralization of certain outstanding letters of credit, and proceeds from the sale of assets intended to be used to complete like-kind exchanges under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (IRC).

Restricted cash balances as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

    2016     2015  
    (In thousands)  

2006 mortgage notes’ escrow accounts

  $ —       $ 20,197  

2010 mortgage notes’ escrow accounts

    14,670       15,992  

2013 mortgage notes’ escrow accounts

    989       878  

2013 mortgage notes’ cash managed accounts

    3,506       2,237  

Other escrow accounts

    16,574       2,267  

Cash restricted for insurance claims

    64       —    

Cash on deposit for workers’ compensation program

    3,897       6,017  

Term deposit for New Zealand subsidiary office lease bond

    396       389  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total restricted cash

  $ 40,096     $ 47,977  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trade Accounts Receivable

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount. The Company periodically evaluates the collectability of amounts due from customers and maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated amounts uncollectible from customers. Management exercises judgment in establishing these allowances and considers the balance outstanding, payment history, and current credit status in developing these estimates. Specific accounts are written off against the allowance when management determines the account is uncollectible. The following table provides a summary of activity of the allowance for doubtful accounts:

 

     Balance at
beginning of year
     Provision for
doubtful accounts
     Amounts written
off, net of
recoveries
    Balance at
end of year
 
     (In thousands)  

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

          

Year ended December 31, 2014

   $ 4,149      $ 226      $ (2,214   $ 2,161  

Year ended December 31, 2015

     2,161        761        (559     2,363  

Year ended December 31, 2016

     2,363        1,135        574       4,072  

Starting in 2016, the Company began charging interest on delinquent billings, and recorded it as “Interest income” in the consolidated statement of operation, offset by a bad debt provision equal to the amount of interests charged.

Identifiable Intangibles Assets

Identifiable intangibles consist of a trade name and customer relationships.

Indefinite-Lived Assets

The trade name asset, with a carrying amount of $15.1 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, relates to “Americold” and has an indefinite life; thus, it is not amortized. The Company evaluates the carrying

 

F-12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

value of its trade name each year as of October 1, and between annual evaluations if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the trade name below its carrying amount. There were no impairments to the Company’s trade name for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

Finite-Lived Assets

Customer relationship assets are amortized over 6 to 20 years using a straight-line or accelerated amortization method dependent on the estimated benefits, which reflects the pattern in which economic benefits of intangible assets are expected to be realized by the Company. Customer relationship amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $1.8 million, $2.7 million and $2.8 million, respectively. The weighted-average remaining life of the customer relationship assets is 11 years as of December 31, 2016. The Company reviews amortizable intangible assets for impairment when circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. There were no impairments to customer relationship assets for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

Leasehold Interests—Below Market Leases

In reference to certain temperature-controlled warehouses where the Company is the lessee, below-market leases are amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining lease terms in a manner that adjusts lease expense to the market rate in effect as of the acquisition date. In 2015, the Company recognized a charge of $3.7 million on one of its below-market leasehold interests in the “Impairment of intangible assets and long-lived assets” line of the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. There were no such impairments in 2016 or 2014. See Note 4.

Deferred Financing Costs

Direct financing costs are deferred and amortized over the terms of the related agreements as a component of interest expense. The Company amortizes such costs based on the effective interest rate or on straight-line basis; the Company uses the latter approach when the periodic amortization approximates the amounts calculated under effective-interest rate method. Deferred financing costs related to revolving line of credits are classified as other assets, whereas deferred financing costs related to long-term debt are netted against “Mortgages notes and term loan” in the consolidated balance sheets.

Goodwill

The Company evaluates the carrying value of goodwill each year as of October 1 and between annual evaluations if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. When evaluating whether goodwill is impaired, the Company compares the fair value of its reporting units to its carrying amounts, including goodwill. The Company estimates the fair value of its reporting units based upon a combination of the net present value of future cash flows and a market-based approach. Future cash flows are estimated based upon varying economic assumptions. Significant assumptions are revenue growth rates, operating costs, maintenance costs, and a terminal value calculation. The assumptions are based on risk-adjusted growth rates and discount factors accommodating conservative viewpoints that consider the full range of variability contemplated in the current and potential future economic situations. The market-based multiples approach assesses the financial performance and market values of other

 

F-13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

market-participant companies. If the estimated fair value of each of the reporting units exceeds the corresponding carrying value, no impairment of goodwill exists. If a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss would be calculated by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill to the reporting unit’s carrying amount. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amount assigned for fair value to its other assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An impairment loss would be recognized when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. There were no goodwill impairment charges for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

Revenue Recognition

Revenues for the Company include rent, storage and warehouse services (collectively, Warehouse Revenue), third-party managed services for locations or logistics services managed on behalf of customers (Third-Party Managed Revenue), transportation services (Transportation Revenue), and revenue from the sale of quarry products (Other Revenue).

Warehouse Revenue

The Company’s customer arrangements generally include rent, storage and service elements that are priced separately. In a few instances where the Company provides rental, storage and warehouse services under the terms of a bundled warehousing agreement, the Company uses a cost model to allocate the considerations related to the rental of temperature-controlled storage space and warehousing service deliverables.

Rent and storage revenues are recognized ratably over the rental period. Warehouse service revenues are recognized as services are performed. Customers may be charged in advance for the general handling services and initial storage period. Storage revenue is initially deferred and recognized ratably over the storage period. Handling revenue for services not performed at the time of receipt of the customer’s product is deferred and recognized as services are performed. Multiple contracts with a single counterparty are accounted for as separate arrangements.

Third-Party Managed Revenue

The Company provides management services for which the contract compensation arrangement includes: reimbursement of operating costs, fixed management fee, and contingent performance-based fees (Managed Services). Managed Services fixed fees are recognized as revenue as the management services are performed ratably over the service period. Managed Services performance-based fees are recognized as revenue when the achievement target has been met.

Cost reimbursements related to Managed Services arrangements are recognized as revenue as the services are performed and costs are incurred. Managed Services fees and related cost reimbursements are presented on a gross basis as the Company is the principal in the arrangement. Multiple contracts with a single counterparty are accounted for as separate arrangements.

Transportation Revenue

The Company records transportation revenue and expenses upon delivery of the product. Because the Company is the principal in the arrangement of transportation services for its customers, revenues and expenses are presented on a gross basis.

 

F-14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Other Revenue

Other Revenue primarily includes the sale of limestone produced by the Company’s quarry business. Revenues from the sale of limestone are recognized upon delivery to customers.

Income Taxes

The Company operates in a manner intended to enable it to continue to qualify as a REIT under Sections 856-860 of the IRC. Under those sections, a REIT that distributes at least 100% of its REIT taxable income, as defined in the IRC, as a dividend to its shareholders each year and that meets certain other conditions will not be taxed on that portion of its taxable income that is distributed to its shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Through cash dividends, the Company, for tax purposes, has distributed an amount equal to or greater than its REIT taxable income for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company has met all the requirements to qualify as a REIT. Thus, no provision for income taxes was made for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, except as needed for the Company’s U.S. TRSs, for the Company’s foreign entities, and for the recording of an immaterial REIT excise tax. To qualify as a REIT, an entity cannot have at the end of any taxable year any undistributed earnings and profits that are attributable to a non-REIT taxable year (undistributed E&P). The Company believes that it currently has no undistributed E&P. However, to the extent there is a determination (within the meaning of IRC Section 852(e)(1)) that the Company has undistributed earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) accumulated (or acquired from another entity) from any taxable year in which the Company (or any other entity that converts to a QRS that was acquired during the year) was not a REIT or a QRS, the Company will take all necessary steps to permit the Company to avoid the loss of its REIT status, including, but not limited to: 1) within the 90-day period beginning on the date of the determination, making one or more qualified designated distributions (within the meaning of the IRC Section 852(e)(2)) in an amount not less than such undistributed earnings and profits over the interest payable under IRC section 852(e)(3); and 2) timely paying to the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) the interest payable under IRC Section 852(e)(3) resulting from such a determination.

If the Company fails to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, it will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes at regular corporate rates (including, for pre-2018 taxable years, any alternative minimum tax) and may not be able to qualify as a REIT for the four subsequent taxable years. Even as a REIT, it may be subject to certain state and local income and franchise taxes, and to U.S. federal income and excise taxes on undistributed taxable income and on certain built-in gains.

The Company has elected TRS status for some of the consolidated subsidiaries. This allows the Company to provide services that would otherwise be considered impermissible for REITs. Many of the foreign countries in which we have operations do not recognize REITs or do not accord REIT status under their respective tax laws to our entities that operate in their jurisdiction. Accordingly, the Company recognizes income tax expense for the U.S. federal and state income taxes incurred by the TRSs, taxes incurred in certain U.S. states and foreign jurisdictions, and interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefit liabilities, as applicable.

Taxable REIT Subsidiary

The Company has elected to treat certain of its wholly owned subsidiaries as TRSs. A TRS is subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes at regular corporate tax rates. Thus, income taxes for the Company’s TRSs

 

F-15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

are accounted for using the asset and liability method, under which deferred income taxes are recognized for (i) temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and (ii) operating loss and tax credit carryforwards based on enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such amounts are realized or settled.

The Company records a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets when it estimates that it is more likely than not that future taxable income will be insufficient to fully use a deduction or credit in a specific jurisdiction. In assessing the need for the recognition of a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized and adjust the valuation allowance accordingly. We evaluate all significant available positive and negative evidence as part of our analysis. Negative evidence includes the existence of losses in recent years. Positive evidence includes the forecast of future taxable income by jurisdiction, tax-planning strategies that would result in the realization of deferred tax assets and the presence of taxable income in prior carryback years. The underlying assumptions we use in forecasting future taxable income require significant judgment and take into account our recent performance. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets depends on the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences are deductible or creditable.

The Company accrues liabilities when it believes that it is more likely than not that it will not realize the benefits of tax positions that it has taken in its tax returns or for the amount of any tax benefit that exceeds the cumulative probability threshold in accordance with ASC 740-10, Uncertain Tax Positions . The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within income tax (expense) benefit in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

The earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries, including any other components of the outside basis difference, are considered to be indefinitely reinvested. If our plans change in the future or if we elect to repatriate the unremitted earnings of our foreign subsidiaries in the form of dividends or otherwise, we would be subject to additional income taxes which would result in a higher effective tax rate.

With respect to the foreign subsidiaries owned directly by the REIT, any unremitted earnings would not be subject to additional U.S. level taxes because the REIT would distribute 100% of such earnings.

Pension and Post-Retirement Benefits

The Company has defined benefit pension plans that cover certain union and nonunion employees. The Company also participates in multi-employer union defined benefit pension plans under collective bargaining agreements for certain union employees. The Company also has a post-retirement benefit plan to provide life insurance coverage to eligible retired employees. The Company also offers defined contribution plans to all of its eligible employees. Contributions to multi-employer union defined benefit pension plans are expensed as incurred, as are the Company’s contributions to the defined contribution plans. For the defined benefit pension plans and the post-retirement benefit plan, an asset or a liability is recorded in the consolidated balance sheet equal to the funded status of the plan, which represents the difference between the fair value of the plan assets and the projected benefit obligation at the consolidated balance sheet date. The Company utilizes the services of a third-party actuary to assist in the assessment of the fair value of the plan assets and the projected benefit obligation at each measurement date. Certain changes in the value of plan assets and the projected benefit obligation are not recognized immediately in earnings but instead are deferred as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and amortized to earnings in future periods. The components of annual net

 

F-16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

periodic pension cost (service cost, interest on the pension obligation, expected return on plan assets, amortization of any amounts previously deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income, and the effects of settlements) are netted and presented as a single amount in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Foreign Currency Gains and Losses

The local currency is the functional currency for the Company’s operations in Australia, New Zealand, Argentina, and Canada. For these operations, assets and liabilities are translated at the rates of exchange on the consolidated balance sheet date, while income and expense items are translated at average rates of exchange during the period. The resulting gains or losses arising from the translation of accounts from the functional currency into U.S. dollars are included as a separate component of shareholders’ equity in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until a partial or complete liquidation of the Company’s net investment in the foreign operation.

From time to time, the Company’s foreign operations may enter into transactions that are denominated in a currency other than their functional currency. These transactions are initially recorded in the functional currency of the subsidiary based on the applicable exchange rate in effect on the date of the transaction. On a monthly basis, these transactions are remeasured to an equivalent amount of the functional currency based on the applicable exchange rate in effect on the remeasurement date. Any adjustment required to remeasure a transaction to the equivalent amount of functional currency is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations of the foreign subsidiary as a component of foreign exchange gain or loss.

Foreign currency transaction gains and losses resulting from the remeasurement of long-term intercompany loans denominated in currencies other than a subsidiary’s functional currency are recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) if a repayment of these loans is not anticipated. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses on the remeasurement of short-term intercompany loans denominated in currencies other than a subsidiary’s functional currency are recognized as a component of other income (expense).

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

Consolidation

In February 2015, the Financial Accounting Standard Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standard Update (ASU) 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis. This update makes changes to both the variable interest model and the voting model. While the ASU is aimed at asset managers, it will affect all reporting entities involved with limited partnerships or similar entities. In some cases, consolidation conclusions will change. In other cases, reporting entities will need to provide additional disclosures about entities that currently are not considered Variable Interest Entities (VIEs), but will be considered VIEs under the new guidance when they have a variable interest in those VIEs. Regardless of whether conclusions change or additional disclosure requirements are triggered, reporting entities will need to re-evaluate limited partnerships or similar entities for consolidation and revise their documentation. The standard was effective for public business entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company adopted ASU 2015-02 effective January 1, 2016. Adoption of the standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Presentation of Financial Statements Going Concern

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40), which requires management to assess an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern by incorporating and expanding upon certain principles of current U.S. auditing standards. Specifically, ASU 2014-15 (1) provides a definition of the term “substantial doubt”, (2) requires an evaluation every reporting period, including interim periods, (3) provides principles for considering the mitigating effect of management’s plans, (4) requires certain disclosures when substantial doubt is alleviated as a result of consideration of management’s plans, (5) requires an express statement and other disclosures when substantial doubt is still present, and (6) requires an assessment for a period of one year after the date that the financial statements are issued (or available to be issued). ASU 2014-15 was effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2016. During the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company adopted ASU 2014-15 and, after performing the evaluation outlined in ASU 2014-15, determined that no disclosures were required to its consolidated financial statements.

Disclosures for Investments in Certain Entities That Calculate Net Asset Value per Share

In May 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-07, Disclosures for Investments in Certain Entities That Calculate Net Asset Value per Share, (Topic 820), regarding investments held at net asset value per share (“NAV”). This guidance states that investments that are valued using NAV as a practical expedient estimate to fair value no longer have to be classified within the fair value hierarchy. ASU 2015-07 will eliminate the majority of the fair value disclosures for any investments that a company holds at NAV as a practical expedient. The new guidance was effective for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company adopted ASU 2015-07 effective January 1, 2016. The adoption of the standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s disclosures included in its consolidated financial statements.

Future Adoption of Accounting Standards

Clarifying the Definition of a Business

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business. This guidance requires an entity to evaluate if substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets; if so, the set of transferred assets and activities is not a business. The guidance also requires a business to include at least one substantive process and narrows the definition of outputs by more closely aligning it with how outputs are described in ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. ASU 2017-01 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those years. ASU 2017-01 will be applied prospectively to any transactions occurring within the period of adoption. Early adoption is permitted, including for interim or annual periods in which the financial statements have not been issued or made available for issuance. The Company early adopted ASU 2017-01 as of the beginning of its fiscal year 2017.

Compensation - Retirement Benefits

In March 2017 the FASB issued ASU 2017-07, Compensation - Retirement Benefits (Topic 715), Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost (ASU 2017-07). This update requires that the service cost component of net periodic pension and other postretirement

 

F-18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

benefits (OPEB) (income) expense be presented in the same income statement line item as other employee compensation costs, while the remaining components of net periodic pension and OPEB (income) expense are to be presented outside operating income. Retrospective application of the change in income statement presentation is required, while the change in capitalized benefit cost is to be applied prospectively. ASU 2017-07 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted in the first financial statements (interim or annual) issued for a fiscal year, provided all provisions of the ASU (income statement presentation and capitalization of service cost) are adopted. The Company’s adoption of ASU 2017-07 will result in the reclassification of non-service cost components, as disclosed in Note 16, from “Selling, general and administrative” expense to “Other income, net” for all periods presented in the consolidated statements of operations.

Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. This update eliminates step two of the goodwill impairment test, and specifies that goodwill impairment should be measured by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. Additionally, the amount of goodwill allocated to each reporting unit with a zero or negative carrying amount of net assets should be disclosed. For public business entities that are SEC filers, this ASU is effective for annual and any interim impairment tests for periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Public business entities that are not SEC filers should apply the new guidance to annual and any interim impairment tests for periods beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is allowed for all entities as of January 1, 2017, for annual and any interim impairment tests occurring after January 1, 2017. The Company believes the adoption of ASU 2017-04 will not have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

Statement of Cash Flows, Restricted Cash

In November 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230), Restricted Cash. Under this new guidance, entities will be required to show the changes in the total of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows. As a result, entities will no longer present transfers between cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows. When cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents are presented in more than one line item on the balance sheet, a reconciliation of the totals in the statement of cash flows to the related captions in the balance sheet is required. For public business entities, the guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company believes the adoption of ASU 2016-18 will not have a material effect on its consolidated cash flows statement.

Statement of Cash Flows, Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments

In August 2016, the FASB issued Cash Payments (a consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force) (ASU 2016-15), which clarifies how entities should classify certain cash receipts and cash payments on the statement of cash flows. The guidance also clarifies how the predominance principle should be applied when cash receipts and cash payments have aspects of more than one class of cash flows. This new guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted. Entities will have to apply the guidance retrospectively, but if it is impracticable to do so for an issue, the amendments related to that issue would be applied prospectively. The

 

F-19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Company believes the adoption of this ASU will not have a material effect on its consolidated cash flows statement.

Stock Compensation, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting

In March 2016, the FASB issued Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718), Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting (ASU 2016-09). Under this ASU, entities will be required to recognize the income tax effects of awards in the income statement when the awards vest or are settled (i.e., additional paid-in capital or APIC pools will be eliminated). The guidance on employers’ accounting for an employee’s use of shares to satisfy the employer’s statutory income tax withholding obligation and for forfeitures is changing. The guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted in any annual or interim period for which financial statements haven’t been issued or made available for issuance, but all of the guidance must be adopted in the same period. The Company believes the adoption of ASU 2016-09 will not have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. The update primarily affects the accounting for equity investments, financial liabilities under the fair value option, and the presentation and disclosure requirements for financial instruments. In addition, the FASB clarified guidance related to the valuation allowance assessment when recognizing deferred tax assets resulting from unrealized losses on available-for-sale debt securities. For public companies, the amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company believes the adoption of ASU 2016-01 will not have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

Effect of Derivative Contract Novations on Existing Hedge Accounting Relationships

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-05, Effect of Derivative Contract Novations on Existing Hedge Accounting Relationships (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force). ASU 2016-05 clarifies that a change in the counterparty to a derivative instrument that has been designated as the hedging instrument under Topic 815 does not, in and of itself, require de-designation of that hedging relationship provided that all other hedge accounting criteria (including those in paragraphs 815-20-35-14 through 35-18) continue to be met. For public companies, the amendments in ASU 2016-05 are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. An entity has an option to apply the amendments in ASU 2016-05 on either a prospective basis or a modified retrospective basis. The Company believes that the adoption of ASU 2016-05 will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Lease accounting

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The following are some of the key provisions of this update:

Lessees will need to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for virtually all of their leases (other than leases that meet the definition of a short-term lease). The liability will be equal to the present value of

 

F-20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

lease payments. The asset will be based on the liability, subject to adjustment, such as for initial direct costs. For income statement purposes, the FASB retained a dual model, requiring leases to be classified as either operating or finance. Operating leases will result in straight-line expense (similar to current operating leases) while finance leases will result in a front-loaded expense pattern (similar to current capital leases). Classification will be based on criteria that are largely similar to those applied in current lease accounting, but without explicit bright lines. Lessor accounting is similar to the current model, but updated to align with certain changes to the lessee model (e.g., certain definitions, such as initial direct costs, have been updated) and the new revenue recognition standard. Similar to today, lessors will classify leases as operating, direct financing, or sales-type.

Existing sale-leaseback guidance, including guidance applicable to real estate, is replaced with a new model applicable to both lessees and lessors. A sale-leaseback transaction will qualify as a sale only if (1) it meets the sale guidance in the new revenue recognition standard, (2) the leaseback is not a finance lease or a sales-type lease, and (3) a repurchase option, if any, is priced at the asset’s fair value at the time of exercise and the asset is not specialized. If the transaction fails sale treatment, the buyer and seller will reflect it as a financing.

For public business entities, the standard is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The new standard must be adopted using a modified retrospective transition, and provides for certain practical expedients. Transition will require application of the new guidance at the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting ASU 2016-02 on its consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, to clarify the principles used to recognize revenue for all entities. ASU 2014-09 provides new guidance related to the core principle that an entity recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new guidance also will result in enhanced disclosures about revenue, provide guidance for transactions that were not previously addressed comprehensively, and improve guidance for multiple-element arrangements. During 2016, the FASB issued additional ASUs to clarify certain aspects of ASU 2014-09, including ASU 2016-08, Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) in March 2016, and ASU 2016-10, Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing in April 2016. For public companies, this new guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is permitted for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. The Company will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of 2018 applying the modified retrospective method. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting ASU 2014-09 on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Equity-Method Investments

During 2010, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiaries, made total cash investments of $46.2 million in two newly-formed Hong Kong entities, China Merchants Americold Holdings Logistics Company Limited (CMAL) and China Merchants Americold Holdings Company Limited (CMAH, together with CMAL, the Joint Venture). Through these subsidiaries, the Company acquired a 49% interest in the Joint Venture, while China Merchants Holdings International Company (CMHI) acquired the remaining 51% interest in the Joint Venture. CMHI is a Hong Kong based entity that is part of the China Merchants Group. Other

 

F-21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

3. Equity-Method Investments (continued)

 

affiliates of CMHI subsequently purchased 50,000 shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Shares. As such, CMHI is considered a related party of the Company. The Joint Venture was formed with the purpose of acquiring, owning, and operating temperature-controlled warehouses, primarily in the People’s Republic of China. During 2015, the Company made an additional capital contribution of $1.3 million for general corporate purposes to the Joint Venture. As of December 31, 2016, the Joint Venture operated 13 warehouses in the People’s Republic of China.

The Company translates amounts in Chinese yuan to U.S. dollars when accounting for its interest in the Joint Venture. As a result, the Company must also adjust the carrying value of its investment in the Joint Venture for its proportionate share of the cumulative unrealized foreign currency translation gains and losses each period. The Company accounts for its investment in the Joint Venture as an equity-method investment, as the Company can exert significant influence over the operations of the Joint Venture, but cannot control it. In accounting for its interest in the Joint Venture as an equity-method investment, the Company includes its proportionate share of the Joint Venture’s net income or loss as an increase or decrease in the carrying value of the equity-method investment. In addition, the Company continuously monitors its investment in the Joint Venture to determine whether an other-than-temporary decline in the investment value has occurred. There were no impairment charges related to the Joint Venture in 2016 and 2015.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, a charge of $15.4 million, net of tax, was included in the Company’s net loss to account for its proportionate share of the Joint Venture’s impairment of certain property, plant and equipment, goodwill, trademark and customer relationships. This charge, which was included in the “loss from partially owned entities” line on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014, was driven by unfavorable changes in cold storage and logistics market conditions and the loss of key customers during 2014.

The condensed summary financial information for the Company’s Joint Venture is as follows:

 

     2016  

Condensed results of operations

   CMAL      CMAH      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Revenues

   $ 34,945      $ 9,389      $ 44,334  

Operating (loss) income

     (2,184      4,281        2,097  

Net (loss) income

     (2,645      2,791        146  

Company’s (loss) income from partially owned entities

     (1,396      1,268        (128

 

     2015  

Condensed results of operations

   CMAL      CMAH      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Revenues

   $ 39,310      $ 8,299      $ 47,609  

Operating (loss) income

     (3,696      805        (2,891

Net (loss) income

     (4,376      205        (4,171

Company’s (loss) income from partially owned entities

     (3,712      174        (3,538

 

F-22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

3. Equity-Method Investments (continued)

 

     2014  

Condensed results of operations

   CMAL      CMAH      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Revenues

   $ 41,523      $ 7,273      $ 48,796  

Operating loss

     (28,551      (15,176      (43,727

Net loss

     (30,334      (12,021      (42,355

Company’s loss from partially owned entities

     (14,317      (5,673      (19,990

 

     2016  

Condensed balance sheets information

   CMAL      CMAH      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 14,397      $ 24,754      $ 39,151  

Cash and cash equivalent

     11,827        1,031        12,858  

Accounts receivable

     5,881        1,500        7,381  

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     14,902        356        15,258  

Due from related parties

     2,059        10,773        12,832  

Other assets

     8,339        2,366        10,705  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 57,405      $ 40,780      $ 98,185  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt

   $ 12,942      $ 10,760      $ 23,702  

Accounts payable

     2,179        290        2,469  

Due to related parties

     12,913        2,580        15,493  

Other liabilities

     9,243        3,322        12,565  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 37,277      $ 16,952      $ 54,229  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity including non-controlling interest

   $ 20,128      $ 23,828      $ 43,956  

Company’s equity investment

   $ 9,861      $ 10,535      $ 20,396  

 

    2015  

Condensed balance sheets information

  CMAL     CMAH     Total  
    (In thousands)  

Property, plant and equipment, net

  $ 17,827     $ 27,051     $ 44,878  

Cash and cash equivalent

    3,898       1,556       5,454  

Accounts receivable

    8,531       1,232       9,763  

Goodwill and other intangible assets

    15,933       391       16,324  

Due from related parties

    2,106       2,673       4,779  

Other assets

    10,071       6,591       16,662  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 58,366     $ 39,494     $ 97,860  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt

  $ 15,407     $ 11,913     $ 27,320  

Accounts payable

    5,085       155       5,240  

Due to related parties

    3,909       2,242       6,151  

Other liabilities

    9,831       3,546       13,377  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $ 34,232     $ 17,856     $ 52,088  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity including non-controlling interest

  $ 24,134     $ 21,638     $ 45,772  

Company’s equity investment

  $ 11,826     $ 9,839     $ 21,665  

 

F-23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

3. Equity-Method Investments (continued)

 

The Company has an investment in another joint venture that is also accounted for as an equity-method investment since the Company can exert significant influence over the operations, but cannot control the joint venture. The carrying amount of this other investment was $2.0 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The changes in the carrying amount of the Company’s goodwill by reportable segment for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

 

    Warehouse     Third-party
managed
    Transportation     Total  
    (In thousands)  

December 31, 2013

  $ 176,338     $ 3,304     $ 12,614     $ 192,256  

Impact of foreign currency translation

    (2,055     5       (107     (2,157
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

    174,283       3,309       12,507       190,099  

Impact of foreign currency translation

    (2,785     (130     (259     (3,174
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

    171,498       3,179       12,248       186,925  

Impact of foreign currency translation

    196       (123     (56     16  

Write-offs

    (112     —         (24     (136
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

  $ 171,582     $ 3,056     $ 12,168     $ 186,805  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The write-offs in the table above relates to the residual goodwill allocated to the Company’s operations in Argentina.

The indefinite lived trade name asset was $15.1 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. Intangible assets and liabilities subject to amortization as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

    Customer
relationships
    Below-market
leases
 
    (In thousands)  

Gross

  $ 33,788     $ 12,830  

Accumulated Amortization

    (26,573     (5,144

Impairment

    —         (3,704
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net, December 31, 2015

  $ 7,215     $ 3,982  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross

  $ 33,788     $ 9,126  

Accumulated Amortization

    (28,395     (5,341
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net, December 31, 2016

  $ 5,393     $ 3,785  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

During 2015, the Company determined it was probable it would not renew the lease for one of its domestic cold storage operations in the Warehouse segment, for which the Company had previously recognized a below market lease intangible asset (BMLA). In September 2015, the Company elected not to renew its option to extend this lease and, therefore, recognized a write-off charge of $3.7 million in the “Impairment of intangible assets and long-lived assets” line of the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015. There were no such impairments in 2016.

 

F-24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets (continued)

 

The following table describes the estimated amortization of intangible assets for the next five years and thereafter. In addition, the table describes the net impact on rent expense due to the amortization of below-market leases for the next five years and thereafter:

 

    Estimated
Amortization of
Intangible
Assets
    Estimated Net
Increase to
Lease Expense
Related to
Amortization of
Below-Market
Leases
 
    (In thousands)  

Years Ending December 31:

   

2017

  $ 932     $ 151  

2018

    843       151  

2019

    753       151  

2020

    666       151  

2021

    577       151  

Thereafter

    1,622       3,030  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 5,393     $ 3,785  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

5. Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

Accounts payable and accrued expenses as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:

 

     2016      2015  
     (In thousands)  

Trade payables

   $ 64,428      $ 49,770  

Accrued workers’ compensation expenses

     36,901        39,621  

Accrued payroll

     19,138        16,226  

Accrued vacation and long service leave

     14,203        13,664  

Accrued health benefits

     8,367        7,623  

Accrued property taxes

     13,908        13,046  

Goods received not invoiced

     9,074        10,771  

Accrued utilities

     6,332        6,136  

Taxes payable

     (328      4,805  

Other accrued expenses

     38,446        50,337  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 210,469      $ 211,999  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Redeemable Preferred Shares

Series A Cumulative Non-Voting Preferred Shares

In January 2009, the Company issued 125 Series A Cumulative Non-Voting Preferred Shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share (Series A Preferred Shares) for proceeds of $0.1 million. The Series A Preferred Shares may be redeemed by the Company at any time by notice for a price, payable in cash, equal to 100.0% of each share’s liquidation value of $1,000, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends, plus, if

 

F-25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

6. Redeemable Preferred Shares (continued)

 

applicable, a redemption premium. As of December 31, 2016, the Company may redeem the Series A Preferred Shares without payment of a redemption premium. Holders of the Series A Preferred Shares are entitled to receive dividends semiannually at a per annum rate equal to 12.5% of the liquidation value.

Series B Cumulative Convertible Voting Preferred Shares

During 2010, the Company’s Board of Trustees approved a series of agreements and documents that effected the conversion of 375,000 authorized and unissued preferred shares of the Company into 375,000 Series B Cumulative Convertible Voting Preferred Shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share (Series B Preferred Shares), and simultaneously authorized the sale and issuance of the 375,000 Series B Preferred Shares. On December 15, 2010, the Company issued 375,000 of the Series B Preferred Shares for proceeds of $368.5 million. Of this amount, 325,000 Series B Preferred Shares were issued to affiliates of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (Goldman) and 50,000 Series B Preferred Shares were issued to an affiliate of CMHI. As discussed in Note 3, affiliates of CHMI are also the majority partner in the Company’s Joint Venture.

The Series B Preferred Shares contain certain conversion features, the terms of which are dependent upon the nature of the conversion event. At each holder’s option, the Series B Preferred Shares may be converted into a number of the Company’s common shares of beneficial interest (common shares), the conversion rate being based upon a variable price index, as defined. As of December 31, 2016, each Series B Preferred Share was convertible at the holder’s option into approximately 88 of the Company’s common shares. If all holders of the Series B Preferred Shares had elected to convert all of their shares in this manner on December 31, 2016, approximately 33,240,000 common shares of the Company would have been issued for the 375,000 Series B Preferred Shares. The Series B Preferred Shares contain certain preemptive rights, anti-dilution provisions, and protections in the event of a recapitalization. The Series B Preferred Shares have the equivalent voting rights as the common shares. The Series B Preferred Shares are senior to any junior securities, and upon a qualifying liquidation event, as defined, each holder of the Series B Preferred Shares would receive the greater of $1,000 cash per share, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends, or the payment that would be paid in connection with such liquidation event in respect of the number of common shares into which such Series B Preferred Shares could be converted.

Holders of the Series B Preferred Shares are entitled to a 5.0% annual fixed cash dividend (Fixed Dividend) based on the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share plus all accrued and unpaid dividends. Additionally, the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares are entitled to participate in dividends paid to holders of the Company’s common shares by receiving a dividend in an amount and in a kind equal to and equivalent to what the holder would have received had such holder held the number of common shares for such common share dividend into which the Series B Preferred Share could be converted on the record date (Participating Dividend). Beginning in 2011, and each year thereafter, if Participating Dividends paid annually to the holders of the Series B Preferred Share do not equal or exceed 2.5% of the $1,000 per share liquidation preference, then holders are entitled to a dividend for the shortfall. Dividends are only payable when declared by the Company’s Board of Trustees, but accrued and unpaid dividends are cumulative and payable upon any conversion or redemption event, as defined, for the Series B Preferred Shares. There were no accrued or unpaid Fixed Dividends to the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

In the event that the Company completes a qualifying Initial Public Offering (IPO), each outstanding Series B Preferred Share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends will be automatically converted into the Company’s common shares based on the then-existing conversion price. In the event that the Company

 

F-26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

6. Redeemable Preferred Shares (continued)

 

completes a non-qualifying IPO, each outstanding Series B Preferred Share will be automatically converted into one Series C Preferred Share. A qualifying IPO is defined as an IPO in which a) the aggregate gross proceeds to the Company are at least $250 million (before deduction of underwriting discounts, commissions and expenses), and b) the offering price per common shares is greater than or equal to 135% of the Series B Preferred Share’s conversion price in effect upon the consummation of such qualified IPO.

Upon the occurrence of the tenth anniversary of the issuance date of the Series B Preferred Shares, December 15, 2020, and each subsequent anniversary thereafter, the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares outstanding on the redemption date may, at their option, require the Company to redeem the Series B Preferred Shares in, at the Company’s option, either cash or the Company’s common shares based on the current market price. The redemption value upon such an event will be $1,000 per share, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends. Separately, upon a change in control event, the Series B Preferred Shares will be redeemable, at the option of the holder, at 101% of the liquidation preference for cash.

Given that the Series B Preferred Shares are redeemable at the option of the holder on the tenth anniversary of the issuance date, the Company is required to classify these shares in mezzanine equity.

The carrying amount of the Series B Preferred Shares was initially recorded net of discount and offering costs totaling approximately $10.0 million. The carrying amount is increased by periodic accretions through accumulated deficit and distributions in excess of net earnings in the consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity, so that the carrying amount will equal the mandatory redemption value as of December 15, 2020, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the carrying amount of the Series B Preferred Shares was $371.9 million and $371.0 million, respectively.

Series C Convertible Voting Preferred Shares

Contemporaneously with the authorization of the conversion and issuance of the Series B Preferred Shares by the Board of Trustees discussed above, the Board of Trustees also authorized the conversion of an additional 375,000 authorized and unissued preferred shares into 375,000 Series C Convertible Voting Preferred Shares (Series C Preferred Shares). As discussed above, the Series C Preferred Shares are potentially issuable to the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares upon conversion in connection with a non-qualifying IPO. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, no Series C Preferred Shares were issued or outstanding.

 

F-27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

7. Debt

The Company’s outstanding borrowings as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

                    2016      2015  
    Maturity   Coupon
Interest

Rate
    Effective
Interest
Rate
    Carrying
Amount
    Fair Value 1      Carrying
Amount
    Fair Value 1  
                    (In thousands)  

2015 Revolving Line of Credit 2

  12/2018     L+3.00     3.61   $ 28,000     $ 28,000      $ —       $ —    
       

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

2006 Mortgage Notes collateralized by:

              

4 warehouses—2006 Pool 1A tranche

  12/2016     5.55     6.00   $ —       $ —        $ 194,000     $ 195,935  

4 warehouses—2006 Pool 1B tranche

  12/2016     5.43     6.00     —         —          65,700       66,357  

7 warehouses—2006 Pool 1C tranche

  12/2016     5.43     6.00     —         —          115,300       116,453  

2010 Mortgage Notes cross-collateralized and cross-defaulted by 48 warehouses:

              

Component A-1

  1/2021     3.86     4.40     73,619       75,828        89,493       91,730  

Component A-2-FX

  1/2021     4.96     5.38     150,334       162,361        150,334       161,609  

Component A-2-FL 2

  1/2021     L+1.51     2.90     74,899       76,083        78,439       77,851  

Component B

  1/2021     6.04     6.48     60,000       66,450        60,000       64,950  

Component C

  1/2021     6.82     7.28     62,400       69,420        62,400       68,328  

Component D

  1/2021     7.45     7.92     82,600       87,969        82,600       90,034  

2013 Mortgage Notes cross-collateralized and cross-defaulted by 15 warehouses:

              

Senior note

  5/2023     3.81     4.14     200,252       201,455        206,032       212,919  

Mezzanine A

  5/2023     7.38     7.55     70,000       68,436        70,000       71,411  

Mezzanine B

  5/2023     11.50     11.75     32,000       31,351        32,000       33,257  

2015 Term Loans:

              

Term Loan B 2

  12/2022     L+4.75     6.38     704,833       704,833        325,000       318,500  

Australia Term Loan 2

  6/2020     BBSY+1.40     4.84     146,789       148,803        148,068       148,638  

New Zealand Term Loan 2

  6/2020     BKBM+1.40     5.57     30,615       31,031        30,105       30,216  

Less deferred financing costs

          (28,473     n/a        (23,102     n/a  

Less debt discount

          (7,443     n/a        (7,827     n/a  
       

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Mortgage Notes and Term Loans, net

        $ 1,652,425     $ 1,724,020      $ 1,678,542     $ 1,748,188  
       

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The carrying amount of the 2015 Revolving Line of Credit approximates its fair value due to the short-term maturity of the instrument. See Note 11 for information on the determination of fair value for other outstanding borrowings.
(2) L = one-month LIBOR; BBSY= Bank Bill Swap Bid Rate (applicable in Australia); BKBM = Bank Bill Reference Rate (applicable in New Zealand).

2015 Revolving Line of Credit

On December 1, 2015 (Closing Date), the Company entered into a credit agreement with various lenders (Lenders) for a term loan of an aggregate principal amount of $325.0 million (Original Term Loan B) and a $135.0 million revolving credit facility (2015 Revolving Line of Credit). Refer to the section below for information on the term loan. Borrowings under the 2015 Revolving Line of Credit originally bore interest at an Applicable Margin, as defined in the credit agreement, of 3.25% per year plus one-month London Interbank Offering Rate (LIBOR). The 2015 Revolving Line of Credit matures on December 1, 2018. The Company has the option to extend the original maturity date of the 2015 Revolving Line of Credit to December 1, 2019, subject to certain conditions. The Applicable Margin varies between (i) in the case of LIBOR-based loans, 3.00% and 3.50%, and (ii) in the case of base rate loans, 2.00% and 2.50%, in each case, based on changes in the Company’s credit ratings. In addition, any undrawn portion of the 2015 Revolving Line of Credit is subject to an annual 0.40% commitment fee. Approximately $38.5 million of the 2015 Revolving Line of Credit were immediately

 

F-28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

7. Debt (continued)

 

pledged as collateral for certain letters of credit outstanding as of December 1, 2015, effectively replacing the collateral pledged under an older revolving line of credit that the Company paid off using the proceeds from the ANZ Loans, as defined below. The 2015 Revolving Line of Credit pledged as collateral for the letters of credit outstanding was reduced to $35.3 million as of December 31, 2016, thus increasing the borrowing capacity under this revolving credit facility.

The Company has the right at any time to solicit commitments from the Lenders for increases in the size of the 2015 Revolving Line of Credit. In connection with entering into the agreement for the 2015 Revolving Line of Credit, the Company capitalized direct transaction-related costs and expenses of approximately $3.0 million as debt issuance costs, which the Company amortizes as interest expense under the effective interest method. These debt issuance costs are included in “Other assets” in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2016.

On April 22, 2016, the Company entered into a Joinder Agreement with the Lenders to increase the size of the 2015 Revolving Line of Credit by $15.0 million, for a total Lenders’ commitment of $150.0 million. The Company capitalized approximately $0.1 million in debt issuance costs as a result of this transaction. Refer to Note 22 for information on another increase in the size of 2015 Revolving Line of Credit after the balance sheet date.

On July 19, 2016, Moody’s Investor Services upgraded the rating for the Company to B2 from B3. As a result, the Applicable Margin on the 2015 Revolving Line of Credit was lowered to 3.00% per year plus one-month (LIBOR).

Term Loan B

The Original Term Loan B bore interest at 5.50% per year plus one-month LIBOR with a 1% floor. The Company used the net proceeds of $314.4 million from the Original Term Loan B, after deducting a 2% original issue discount (OID) and certain arrangement and structuring fees, to repay a portion of the 2006 Mortgage Notes—Pool 2 tranche. The Company repaid the balance of the 2006 Mortgage Notes—Pool 2 tranche and certain other loans with the release of cash that was used as collateral for certain letters of credit under an older revolving line of credit, the return of restricted cash on the 2006 Mortgage Notes—Pool 2 tranche, and liquidity on hand as of the Closing Date. In connection with entering into the agreement for the Original Term Loan B, the Company capitalized direct transaction-related costs and expenses of approximately $5.6 million as debt issuance costs, which are classified as a contra-liability to the “Mortgage notes and term loans” line item of the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2016.

On July 18, 2016 (1 st Amendment), the Company amended its credit agreement with the Lenders to secure incremental borrowings of $385.0 million and re-price the Original Term Loan B (Amended Term Loan B, and together with the Original Term Loan B, Term Loan B). The aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan B of $708.4 million, after principal amortization from the Closing Date through the 1 st Amendment, bears interest at an Applicable Margin, as defined in the 1 st Amendment, of 4.75% per year plus one-month LIBOR with a 1.00% floor, and must be repaid in quarterly installments of $1.8 million from September 30, 2016, with a final payment of the balance due on December 1, 2022. The net proceeds from the incremental borrowings under the Amended Term Loan B of $373.5 million, after deducting a 0.50% OID for the expansion of the borrowing base and certain arrangement and structuring fees, were used to repay the 2006 Mortgage Notes—Pool 1A, 1B and 1C. As part of this amendment, the Company incurred $9.3 million of debt issuance

 

F-29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

7. Debt (continued)

 

costs, of which $6.8 million were capitalized and classified as a contra-liability to the “Mortgage notes and term loans” line item of the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2016, and the remainder expensed as “Loss on debt extinguishment and modification” in the consolidated statement of operations for year ended December 31, 2016. In addition, the Company incurred and capitalized as contra-liability $3.2 million soft call premium on the re-pricing of the Original Term Loan B.

The Term Loan B can be prepaid without premium or penalty, except for a prepayment effected within six months from the 1 st Amendment that would result into a decrease of its effective yield. The Term Loan B is guaranteed by a stock pledge from the Company, which has the right at any time to solicit commitments from the Lenders for increases in the size of the Term Loan B.

The Term Loan B and the 2015 Revolving Line of Credit are structured with a borrowing capacity concept that allows the Company to borrow against its owned real estate assets, ground, capital and operating leased assets, with credit given for income from managed third-party properties, and transportation services. The total net aggregate carrying value of the warehouses encumbered by the Amended Term Loan B and 2015 Revolving Line of Credits as of December 31, 2016 was $698.0 million.

Fortress Investment Group, LLC, which in partnership with investment funds affiliated with The Yucaipa Companies owns approximately 100% of the Company’s common shares through their combined investments in YF ART Holdings L.P., funded $30.0 million of the Amended Term Loan B.

Refer to Note 22 for information on a second amendment to the credit agreement with the Lenders after the balance sheet date.

ANZ Loans

On June 26, 2015, the Company entered into separate Senior Secured Facility Agreements (the “Australia Term Loan” and “New Zealand Term Loan”, collectively the “ANZ Loans”) providing the Company with two five-year interest only term loans of AUD$203.0 million and NZD$44.0 million, respectively (approximately $157.0 million and $30.4 million, respectively, based on the relevant foreign currency exchange rates on that date). At issuance, both loans had variable interest rates based on the relevant country’s bank bill reference rate plus an interest rate margin of 185 basis points (bps). In connection with entering into the agreement for the ANZ Loans, the Company capitalized direct transaction-related costs and expenses of approximately $6.3 million as debt issuance costs. The net proceeds from the ANZ Loans were used to repay certain outstanding third-party loans, intercompany borrowings, and for general corporate purposes.

The ANZ loans are collateralized by mortgage notes on certain assets of the Company’s operations in Australia and New Zealand, and are not cross-collateralized. The total net aggregate carrying value of the warehouses encumbered by the ANZ Loans as of December 31, 2016, was $172.0 million.

On October 16, 2015, the Senior Secured Facility Agreements were amended and additionally syndicated to participating lenders, except for 2.50% of the Australia Term Loan and 31.80% of the New Zealand Term Loan. The amended Senior Secured Facility Agreements reduced the interest rate margin from 185 bps to 140 bps for the ANZ Loans. Upon syndication and reduction of the interest rate margin, the Company paid a fee of approximately $1.7 million to the lender, which was recorded as a deferred financing cost in the balance sheet.

 

F-30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

7. Debt (continued)

 

In conjunction with entering into the agreement for the ANZ Loans, the Company entered into two interest rate swap contracts to reduce its exposure to fluctuations in cash flows due to changes in the variable interest rates related to 75% of the ANZ Loans. See Note 8 for more information on these derivative contracts.

2013 Mortgage Notes

On May 1, 2013, the Company entered into a mortgage financing in an aggregate principal amount of $322.0 million (2013 Mortgage Notes). The debt consists of a senior debt note and two mezzanine notes. The components are cross-collateralized and cross-defaulted. No principal payments are required on the mezzanine notes until the stated maturity date of May 2023. The senior debt note requires monthly principal payments. The interest rates on the notes are fixed and range from 3.81% to 11.50%. The proceeds were used to defease the Pool 3 tranche of the 2006 Mortgage Notes.

The 2013 Mortgage Notes are collateralized by 15 warehouses. The total net aggregate carrying value of the warehouses as of December 31, 2016 was $142.3 million. The terms governing the 2013 Mortgage Notes require the Company to maintain certain cash amounts in accounts that are restricted as to their use for the respective warehouses. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the amount of restricted cash associated with the 2013 Mortgage Notes was $4.5 million and $3.1 million, respectively. Additionally, if the borrowers do not maintain certain financial thresholds, including a debt service coverage ratio, the cash generated will further be temporarily restricted and limited to the use for scheduled debt service and operating costs.

2010 Mortgage Notes

On December 15, 2010, the Company entered into a mortgage financing in an aggregate principal amount of $600.0 million (2010 Mortgage Notes). The debt includes six separate components, which are comprised of independent classes of certificates and seniority. The components are cross-collateralized and cross-defaulted. No principal payments are required on five of the six components until the stated maturity date of January 2021 and one component requires monthly principal payments. The interest rates on five of the six components are fixed, and range from 3.86% to 7.45%. One component has a variable interest rate equal to the one-month LIBOR plus a premium of 1.51%, with the one-month-LIBOR subject to a floor of 1.00% per annum. In addition, the Company maintains an interest rate cap on the variable tranche in accordance with the loan documents. LIBOR is capped at 6.00% under the derivative instrument in place, and the fair value of the interest rate cap was nominal at December 31, 2016 and 2015. As of December 31, 2016, the one-month LIBOR was 0.77%, and the weighted-average interest rate on all of the 2010 Mortgage Notes was 5.20%. A loan servicing fee of 0.01% per annum is payable to the loan servicing agent.

The 2010 Mortgage Notes were initially collateralized by 53 warehouses. In 2014, the Company sold one of the warehouses collateralizing the 2010 Mortgage Notes. The warehouse was sold for $9.5 million, which approximated book value, and $6.0 million of the proceeds was used to pay down the 2010 Mortgage Notes. In 2015, the Company sold three other warehouses collateralizing the 2010 Mortgage Notes. These other warehouses were sold for an aggregate amount of $9.4 million, which approximated book value, and $6.1 million of the proceeds was used to pay down the 2010 Mortgage Notes. In 2016, the Company sold one warehouse with a book value of $1.3 million for $0.8 million, and used $0.6 million of the net proceeds to pay down the 2010 Mortgage Notes. As of December 31, 2016, the aggregate carrying value of the remaining 48 warehouses was $679.8 million. The terms governing the 2010 Mortgage Notes require the Company to maintain certain cash amounts in accounts that are restricted as to their use for the respective warehouses. As of December 31, 2016

 

F-31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

7. Debt (continued)

 

and 2015, the amount of restricted cash associated with the 2010 Mortgage Notes was $14.7 million and $16.0 million, respectively. Additionally, if the borrowers do not maintain certain financial thresholds, including a debt service coverage ratio, the cash generated will further be temporarily restricted and limited to the use for scheduled debt service and operating costs.

Debt Covenants

The Company’s 2015 Revolving Line of Credit and mortgage notes require financial statements reporting, periodic requirements to report compliance with established thresholds and performance measurements, and affirmative and negative covenants that govern allowable business practices of the Company. The affirmative and negative covenants include continuation of insurance, maintenance of collateral, the maintenance of REIT status, and the Company’s ability to enter into certain types of transactions or exposures in the normal course of business. The 2015 Revolving Line of Credit requires compliance with other financial covenants on a quarterly or on occurrence basis, including a leverage ratio, a fixed-charge coverage ratio, a maximum dividend payout threshold, and earnings thresholds, as defined. The mortgage notes also require compliance with other financial covenants, including a debt coverage ratio and cash flow calculation, as defined above. As of December 31, 2016, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants.

The aggregate maturities of the Company’s total indebtedness as of December 31, 2016, including amortization of principal amounts due under the Term Loan B and mortgage notes for each of the next five years and thereafter, are as follows:

 

 

   (In thousands)  

Years Ending December 31:

  

2017

   $ 29,792  

2018

     58,875  

2019

     32,011  

2020

     210,589  

2021

     446,007  

Thereafter

     939,067  
  

 

 

 

Subtotal

     1,716,341  

Unamortized discount

     (7,443

Unamortized deferred financing costs

     (28,473
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,680,425  
  

 

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

7. Debt (continued)

 

Special Purpose Entity (SPE) Separateness

Each of the Company’s legal entities listed in the table below is a special purpose, bankruptcy remote entity, meaning that such entity’s assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debt and other obligations of either the Company or any of its other affiliates.

 

Legal Entity/SPE

       

Related Obligation

   
ART Mortgage Borrower Propco 2010—4 LLC      
ART Mortgage Borrower Propco 2010—5 LLC      
ART Mortgage Borrower Propco 2010—6 LLC       2010 Mortgage Notes
ART Mortgage Borrower Opco 2010—4 LLC      
ART Mortgage Borrower Opco 2010—5 LLC      
ART Mortgage Borrower Opco 2010—6 LLC      
   
ART Mortgage Borrower Propco 2013 LLC       2013 Mortgage Notes
ART Mortgage Borrower Opco 2013 LLC      

For financial reporting purposes, the assets, liabilities, results of operations, and cash flows of each legal entity in the table above are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Because each legal entity is separate and distinct from the Company and its affiliates, the creditors of each legal entity have a claim on the assets of such legal entity prior to those assets becoming available to the legal entity’s equity holders and, therefore, to the creditors of the Company or its other affiliates.

8. Derivative Financial Instruments

At December 31, 2016, in addition to the interest rate cap with a nominal fair value described in Note 7, the Company’s derivative instruments included the following interest rate swap agreements designated as cash flow hedges:

 

Effective Date

   Notional amount    Fixed Interest
Rate Paid
  Variable Interest Rate
Received
  Expiration Date  

6/29/2015

   AUD 152 million    2.66%   AU-BBR-BBSY (a)     6/26/2020  

6/29/2015

   NZD 33 million    3.53%   NZD-BBR-BID (b)     6/26/2020  

 

(a) Variable interest rate received is based on Australian Bank Bill Swap Bid Rate.
(b) Variable interest rate received is based on New Zealand Bank Bill Swap Bid Rate.

The Company’s objectives for utilizing derivative instruments is to reduce its exposure to fluctuations in cash flows due to changes in the variable interest rates related to the ANZ Loans. The Company’s strategy to achieve that objective involves entering into interest rate swap contracts.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the aggregate fair values of these cash flow hedges were $2.4 million and $2.1 million, respectively, which are included in the “Accounts payable and accrued expenses” line of the accompanying balance sheets. The Company determines the fair value of these derivative instruments using a present value calculation with significant observable inputs classified as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Approximately $1.3 million of aggregate fair values as of December 31, 2016 represents the estimated unrealized loss that is expected to be reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) into

 

F-33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

8. Derivative Financial Instruments (continued)

 

pre-tax earnings within the twelve months from the balance sheet date. The actual amounts reclassified into earnings are dependent on future movements in interest rates. The following table summarizes the impact of the Company’s cash flow hedges on the results of operations, comprehensive loss and AOCI for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 (dollars in thousands):

 

Interest Rate Swaps Designated as
Cash Flow Hedges

   Loss Recognized as AOCI
on Derivatives, Net of Tax
(Effective Portion)
     Consolidated Statements of
Operations Classification
     Loss Reclassified from
AOCI into Earnings, Net of
Tax (Effective Portion)
 

2016

     $1,538        Interest expense      $ 1,139  

2015

   $ 1,468        Interest expense      $ 230  

The Company’s derivatives have been designated as cash flow hedges; therefore, the effective portion of the changes in the fair value of derivatives will be recognized in AOCI. As the critical terms of the interest rate swaps match the underlying debt being hedged, no ineffectiveness is recognized on these swaps and, therefore, all unrealized changes in fair value are recorded in AOCI. The Company classifies cash inflows and outflows from derivatives within operating activities on the statement of cash flows. Amounts reclassified from AOCI into earnings related to realized gains and losses on interest rate swaps are recognized when interest payments or receipts occur related to the swap contracts, which correspond to when interest payments are made on the Company’s hedged debt.

9. Sale-Leasebacks of Real Estate

The Company’s outstanding sale-leaseback financing obligations of real estate-related long-lived assets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

     Maturity    Interest Rate as
of December 31,
2016
   2016      2015  
               (In thousands)  

1 warehouse—2010

   8/2030    10.34%    $ 19,579      $ 19,640  

11 warehouses—2007

   9/2017 to 9/2027    7.00%–19.59%      104,037        105,590  

1 warehouse—1996

   2/2016    4.65%                3,976  
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total sale-leaseback financing obligations

   $ 123,616      $ 129,206  
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

In September 2010, the Company entered into a transaction by which it assigned to an unrelated third party its fixed price “in the money” purchase option of $18.3 million on a warehouse it was leasing in Ontario, California. The purchase option was exercised in September 2010, and the Company simultaneously entered into a new 20-year lease agreement with the new owner and received $1.0 million of consideration to use towards warehouse improvements. Under the terms of the new lease agreement, the Company will exercise control over the asset for more than 90% of the asset’s remaining useful life, and it has a purchase option within the last six months of the initial lease term at 95% of the fair market value as of the date such option is exercised. The transaction was accounted for as a financing whereby the Company recognized a long-lived asset equal to the purchase price of $18.2 million, a receivable of $1.0 million for the additional consideration, and a financing obligation of $19.2 million. During 2016 and 2015, the principal balance was amortized by nominal amounts. The long-lived asset is being depreciated on a straight-line basis over its remaining economic useful life and a proportionate amount of each periodic rental payment is being charged to interest expense on the effective-interest-rate method.

 

F-34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

9. Sale-Leasebacks of Real Estate (continued)

 

In September 2007, the Company completed a sale-leaseback of 11 warehouses for gross proceeds of $170.7 million. Concurrent with the sale, the Company agreed to lease the properties for various initial terms of 10 to 20 years. The rent increases annually by 1.75%. The lease terms can be extended up to four times at the discretion of the Company, each for a five-year period. The leases are guaranteed by an unsecured indemnity from a related party and the Company had the ability to extend the lease through a period which exceeds 90.0% of the assets’ remaining useful lives. The transaction was accounted for as a financing with an amount of each periodic rental payment being charged to interest expense. The assets continue to be reflected as long-lived assets and depreciated over their remaining useful lives. In July 2013, the lease agreements for six of the 11 warehouses were amended. The amendments extended the expiration date on four of the warehouse leases to September 27, 2027, reduced the annual rent increases from 1.75% to 0.50% on five of the warehouse leases and released the guarantee by the unsecured indemnity from the related party. All of the 11 warehouses subject to the sale-leaseback transaction continue to be accounted for as a financing.

In February 1996, the Company entered into a sale-leaseback agreement for one warehouse, which was accounted for as a financing. During 2011, the Company elected to extend the lease term for an additional five-year period ending in February 2016, with the option to purchase the property for fair market value in August 2016. The Company exercised its option and purchased the property on September 15, 2016 for $3.5 million. As a result, the Company recorded interest expense of $0.3 million to account for the difference between the purchase price of the warehouse and the balance of the lease obligation extinguished.

As of December 31, 2016, future minimum lease payments, inclusive of certain obligations to be settled with the residual value of related long-lived assets upon expiration of the lease agreement, of the sale-leaseback financing obligations are as follows:

 

     (In thousands)  

Years Ending December 31:

  

2017

   $ 16,325  

2018

     16,575  

2019

     16,829  

2020

     17,087  

2021

     17,351  

Thereafter

     168,770  
  

 

 

 

Total minimum payments

     252,937  

Interest portion

     (129,321
  

 

 

 

Present value of net minimum payments

   $ 123,616  
  

 

 

 

10. Lease Commitments

The Company has entered into capital and operating lease agreements for equipment and warehouses. The lease terms generally range from five to 20 years, with renewal or purchase options.

 

F-35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

10. Lease Commitments (continued)

 

As of December 31, 2016, future minimum lease payments under capital leases are as follows:

 

     (In thousands)  

Years Ending December 31:

  

2017

   $ 8,304  

2018

     7,130  

2019

     4,824  

2020

     4,037  

2021

     2,910  

Thereafter

     8,502  
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

     35,707  

Interest portion

     (7,775
  

 

 

 

Present value of net minimum payments

   $ 27,932  
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016, future minimum lease payments under operating leases are as follows:

 

     (In thousands)  

Years Ending December 31:

  

2017

   $ 27,345  

2018

     24,927  

2019

     20,830  

2020

     14,084  

2021

     6,690  

Thereafter

     22,264  
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 116,140  
  

 

 

 

Rent expense, inclusive of month-to-month rental charges, for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $40.4 million, $43.9 million and $49.0 million, respectively.

11. Fair Value Measurements

The Company categorizes assets and liabilities that are recorded at fair values into one of three tiers based upon fair value hierarchy. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; Level 2, defined as inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and revolving line of credit approximate their fair values due to the short-term maturities of the instruments.

The Company’s mortgage notes, term loan and construction loans are reported at their aggregate principal amount less unamortized original issue discount and deferred financing costs on the accompanying

 

F-36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

11. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

 

consolidated balance sheets. The fair value of these financial instruments is estimated based on the present value of the expected coupon and principal payments using a discount rate that reflects the projected performance of the collateral asset as of each valuation date. The inputs used to estimate the fair value of the Company’s mortgage notes, term loans and construction loans are comprised of Level 2 inputs, including senior industrial commercial real estate loan spreads, corporate industrial loan indexes, risk-free interest rates, and Level 3 inputs, such as future coupon and principal payments, and projected future cash flows of the collateral asset.

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis include certain investments included in cash equivalent money market funds and restricted cash assets. The Company’s cash equivalent money market funds and restricted cash assets are valued at quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1), which the Company receives from the financial institutions that hold such investments on its behalf. The fair value hierarchy discussed above is also applicable to the Company’s pension and other post-retirement plans. The Company uses the fair value hierarchy to measure the fair value of assets held by various plans. Refer to Note 16 for the fair value of the pension plan assets. The Company recognizes transfers between levels within the hierarchy as of the beginning of the reporting period. There were no transfers between levels within the hierarchy for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

The Company’s assets and liabilities measured or disclosed at fair value are as follows:

 

            Fair Value  
     Fair
Value
Hierarchy
     December 31,  
        2016      2015  
            (In thousands)  

Measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

     Level 1      $ 22,834      $ 33,431  

Restricted cash

     Level 1        40,096        47,977  

Interest rate swap liability

     Level 2        2,439        2,080  

Assets held by various pension plans:

        
     Level 1        28,601        28,423  
     Level 2        29,122        28,668  

Measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis:

        

Long-lived assets held and used

     Level 3        8,610        9,240  

Disclosed at fair value:

        

Mortgage notes and term loans

     Level 3        1,724,020        1,748,188  

12. Dividends and Distributions

In order to comply with the REIT requirements of the IRC, the Company is generally required to make common share distributions (other than capital gain distributions) to its shareholders at least equal to 100% of its REIT taxable income, as defined in the IRC, computed without regard to the dividends paid deduction and net capital gains. The Company’s common share dividend policy is to distribute a percentage of cash flow to ensure distribution requirements of the IRS are met while allowing the Company to retain cash to meet other needs, such as principal amortization, capital improvements and other investment activities.

Common share dividends are characterized for U.S. federal income tax purposes as ordinary income, qualified dividend, capital gains, non-taxable income return of capital, or a combination of the four. Common

 

F-37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

12. Dividends and Distributions (continued)

 

share dividends that exceed current and accumulated earnings and profits (calculated for tax purposes) constitute a return of capital rather than a dividend and generally reduce the shareholder’s basis in the common share. To the extent that a dividend exceeds both current and accumulated earnings and profits and the shareholder’s basis in the common share, it will generally be treated as a gain from the sale or exchange of that shareholder’s common share. At the beginning of each year, we notify our shareholders of the taxability of the common share dividends paid during the preceding year. The payment of common share dividends is dependent upon our financial condition, operating results, and REIT distribution requirements and may be adjusted at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Trustees.

The following tables summarize dividends declared and distributions paid to the holders of common shares and Series B Preferred Shares in 2016, 2015 and 2014:

 

     2016  

Period Declared

   Dividend Per
Share
     Distributions Paid     Period
Paid
 
            Common Shares      Series B Preferred
Shares
       
     (In thousands, except per share amounts)  

March

   $ 0.073      $ 5,053      $ 2,421       April  

June

     0.073        5,054        2,422       July  

September

     0.073        5,053        2,421       October  

December

     0.073        5,054        2,422       December  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   
      $ 20,214        9,686  (a)   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

Series B Preferred Shares—Fixed Dividend

 

     18,750  (b)   
        

 

 

   

Total distributions paid to Series B Preferred Shares holders

 

   $ 28,436    
        

 

 

   

 

(a) Participating Dividend.
(b) Paid in equal quarterly amounts along with the Participating Dividend.

 

     2015  

Period Declared

   Dividend Per
Share
     Distributions Paid     Period
Paid
 
            Common Shares      Series B Preferred
Shares
       
     (In thousands, except per share amounts)  

March

   $ 0.049      $ 3,380      $ 1,620       April  

June

     0.049        3,380        1,620       July  

September

     0.049        3,380        1,620       October  

December

     0.145        10,074        4,826       December  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   
      $ 20,214        9,686  (a)   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

Series B Preferred Shares—Fixed Dividend

 

     18,750  (b)   
        

 

 

   

Total distributions paid to Series B Preferred Shares holders

 

   $ 28,436    
        

 

 

   

 

F-38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

12. Dividends and Distributions (continued)

 

 

(a) Participating Dividend.
(b) Paid in equal quarterly amounts along with the Participating Dividend.

 

     2014  

Period Declared

   Dividend Per
Share
     Distributions Paid     Period
Paid
 
           

Common Shares

    

Series B Preferred
Shares

       
     (In thousands, except per share amounts)  

March

   $ 0.073      $ 5,053      $ 2,422       April  

June

     0.073        5,054        2,421       July  

September

     0.073        5,053        2,422       October  

December

     0.073        5,054        2,421       December  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   
      $ 20,214        9,686  (a)   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

Series B Preferred Shares—Fixed Dividend

 

     18,750  (b)   
        

 

 

   

Total distributions paid to Series B Preferred Shares holders

 

   $ 28,436    
        

 

 

   

 

(a) Participating Dividend.
(b) Paid in equal quarterly amounts along with the Participating Dividend.

For income tax purposes, distributions to preferred and common shareholders are characterized as ordinary income, capital gains, or as a return of shareholder invested capital. The composition of the Company’s distributions per common share and per preferred share is as follows:

 

Common Shares

   2016     2015     2014  

Ordinary income

     100     100     100

Capital gains

     0     0     0

Return of capital

     0     0     0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Preferred Shares

   2016     2015     2014  

Ordinary income

     100     100     100

Capital gains

     0     0     0

Return of capital

     0     0     0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

13. Warrants

On December 10, 2009, the Company issued to affiliates of Yucaipa warrants to purchase 18,574,619 additional common shares at an exercise price of $9.81 per share (Warrants), which were exercisable at any time at the option of Yucaipa through December 10, 2016. In 2015, Yucaipa contributed the Warrants to YF ART Holdings L.P.

 

F-39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

13. Warrants (continued)

 

On December 7, 2016, the Company amended the agreement granting the Warrants to YF ART Holdings L.P. to extend the expiration date from December 10, 2016 to March 10, 2017. As a result of this modification, the Company calculated the change in the estimated fair value of the Warrants before and after the extension date, and concluded that the change in the expiration date increased the estimated fair value of the Warrants by $3.9 million, which the Company recognized as a charge to stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Refer to Note 22 for information on a second amendment to the Warrants agreement after the balance sheet date.

14. Share-Based Compensation

During December 2008, the Company and the common shareholders approved the Equity Incentive Plan (2008 Plan), whereby the Company may issue either stock options or stock appreciation rights based upon a reserved pool of 4,900,025 common shares. The Company awarded no options in 2016, 2015 or 2014 under the 2008 Plan. During December 2010, the Company and the common shareholders approved the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (2010 Plan), whereby the Company may issue stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock bonus awards, and/or dividend equivalents with respect to the Company’s common shares, cash bonus awards, and/or performance compensation awards to certain eligible participants, as defined, based upon a reserved pool of 3,849,976 of the Company’s common shares. All awards granted were authorized under the 2008 Plan and 2010 Plan. All share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and is recognized on a straight-line basis as expense over the employees’ requisite service period as adjusted for forfeitures. The following table summarizes stock option grants under the 2010 Plan during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:

 

Year Ended December 31

   Grantee Type    # of
Options
Granted
     Vesting
Period
   Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
   Grant Date
Fair Value
 

2016

   Employee group      1,355,000      5 years    $9.81    $ 4,674,750  

2015

   Employee group      1,280,000      5 years    $9.81    $ 1,625,000  

2014

   Employee group      605,000      5 years    $9.81    $    689,700  

Restricted stock units are nontransferable until vested and the holders are not entitled to receive dividends with respect to the units until the issuance of a common share. Prior to the issuance of a common share, the grantees of restricted stock units are not entitled to vote the shares. Restricted stock unit awards vest in equal annual increments over the vesting period.

The following table summarizes restricted stock unit grants under the 2010 Plan during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:

 

Year Ended December 31

   Grantee Type    # of
Restricted Stock
Units Granted
   Vesting
Period
   Grant Date
Fair Value
 

2016

   Director group    18,348    2-3 years    $ 198,892  

2015

   Director group    18,348    2-3 years    $ 113,758  

2014

   Director group    18,348    2-3 years    $   94,859  

The Company’s calculations of the fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were made using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of

 

F-40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

14. Share-Based Compensation (continued)

 

the Company’s stock option grants was estimated utilizing the following assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:

 

     2016    2015    2014

Weighted-average expected life

   6.6 years    6.5 years    6.5 years

Risk-free interest rate

   1.6%    1.9%    2.1%

Expected volatility

   33%    40%    45%

Expected dividend yield

   2.0%    4.0%    4.0%

Since the Company does not have a sufficient history of exercise behavior, the expected term is calculated using the assumption that the options will be exercised ratably from the date of vesting to the end of the contractual term for each vesting tranche of awards. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve for the period of the expected term of the stock option. Expected volatility is calculated using an index of publicly traded peer companies.

The estimation of stock awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment for the amount that will be forfeited, and to the extent actual results or updated estimates differ from current estimates, such amounts will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period estimates are revised. The Company considers many factors when estimating expected forfeitures, including employee class, economic environment, and historical experience. The Company re-evaluates its estimated forfeiture rate annually. A 1% change to the estimated forfeiture rate would not have a material impact on stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2016. Estimated forfeiture rates for the employee group at December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were 39.8%, 40.3% and 40.0%, respectively.

The following tables provide a summary of option activity under the 2008 Plan and 2010 Plan for the three years ended December 31, 2016:

 

Options

   Shares
(In thousands)
     Weighted-
Average Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Terms (Years)
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2015

     5,808      $ 9.69        7.0  

Granted

     1,355        9.81     

Exercised

     —          —       

Forfeited or expired

     (850      9.67     
  

 

 

       

Outstanding as of December 31, 2016

     6,313        9.72        6.8  
  

 

 

       

Exercisable as of December 31, 2016

     3,087      $ 9.62        5.2  
  

 

 

       

 

F-41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

14. Share-Based Compensation (continued)

 

Options

   Shares
(In thousands)
     Weighted-
Average Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Terms (Years)
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2014

     4,978      $ 9.57        7.6  

Granted

     1,280        9.81     

Exercised

     —          —       

Forfeited or expired

     (450      8.71     
  

 

 

       

Outstanding as of December 31, 2015

     5,808        9.69        7.0  
  

 

 

       

Exercisable as of December 31, 2015

     2,578      $ 9.46        5.3  
  

 

 

       

 

Options

   Shares
(In thousands)
     Weighted-
Average Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Terms (Years)
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2013

     4,979      $ 9.43        8.3  

Granted

     605        9.81     

Exercised

     —          —       

Forfeited or expired

     (606      8.64     
  

 

 

       

Outstanding as of December 31, 2014

     4,978        9.57        7.6  
  

 

 

       

Exercisable as of December 31, 2014

     1,910      $ 9.18        6.4  
  

 

 

       

The total fair value at grant date of stock option awards that vested during 2016, 2015 and 2014 was approximately $1.3 million, $1.0 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

A summary of restricted stock awards activity under the 2010 Plan as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and changes during the year then ended, are as follows:

 

Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

Restricted Stock

   Units
(In thousands)
     Weighted-
Average Grant

Date Fair Value
(Per Unit)
 

Non-vested as of December 31, 2015

     246      $ 9.01  

Granted

     18        10.84  

Vested (1)

     (132      9.00  

Forfeited

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

Non-vested as of December 31, 2016

     132      $ 9.26  
  

 

 

    

 

F-42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

14. Share-Based Compensation (continued)

 

Year Ended December 31, 2015

 

Restricted Stock

   Units
(In thousands)
     Weighted-
Average Grant

Date Fair Value
(Per Unit)
 

Non-vested as of December 31, 2014

     365      $ 9.10  

Granted

     18        6.20  

Vested (1)

     (137      8.89  

Forfeited

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

Non-vested as of December 31, 2015

     246      $ 9.01  
  

 

 

    

 

Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

Restricted Stock

   Units
(In thousands)
     Weighted-
Average Grant

Date Fair Value
(Per Unit)
 

Non-vested as of December 31, 2013

     484      $ 9.22  

Granted

     18        5.17  

Vested (1)

     (137      8.99  

Forfeited

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

Non-vested as of December 31, 2014

     365      $ 9.10  
  

 

 

    

 

(1) For certain vested restricted stock units, common shares shall not be issued until the first to occur of: (1) termination of service; (2) change in control; (3) death; or (4) disability, as defined in the 2010 Plan. For certain vested restricted stock units, common shares shall not be issued until the first to occur of: (1) change in control or (2) set cliff vesting dates, as defined in the 2010 Plan. Holders of vested restricted stock units are not entitled to receive dividends or vote the shares until common shares are issued. For the year ended December 31, 2016, no common shares were issued for vested restricted stock units.

Aggregate stock-based compensation charges related to stock options and restricted stock units were $2.5 million, $3.1 million and $2.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and were included as a component of “selling, general and administrative” expense on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2016, there was $6.7 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to stock options and restricted stock units, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.8 years.

15. Income Taxes

Following is a summary of the income/(loss) before income taxes in the U.S. and foreign operations:

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     (In thousands)  

U.S.

   $ (9,626    $ (35,124    $ (56,549

Foreign

     20,437        23,585        23,932  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pre-tax income (loss)

   $ 10,811      $ (11,539    $ (32,617
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

15. Income Taxes (continued)

 

The (expense) benefit for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 is as follows:

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     (In thousands)  

Current

        

U.S. federal

   $ 430      $ (594    $ 13,477  

State

     381        (407      235  

Foreign

     (7,276      (10,928      (7,925
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current portion

     (6,465      (11,929      5,787  

Deferred

        

U.S. federal

     (797      (1,137      (14,916

State

     (64      259        (912

Foreign

     1,447        3,170        224  

Total deferred portion

     586        2,292        (15,604
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   $ (5,879    $ (9,637    $ (9,817
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax (expense) benefit attributable to loss before income taxes differs from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate of 34% to loss before income taxes. The reconciliation between the statutory rate and reported amount is as follows:

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     (In thousands)  

Income taxes at statutory rates

   $ (3,676    $ 3,923      $ 11,090  

Earnings from REIT—not subject to tax

     (672      (13,362      (13,783

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

     615        (725      174  

Provision to return

     (416      (382      673  

Foreign rate differential

     688        914        727  

Valuation allowance

     (1,542      (299      (16,932

Non-deductible expense from partially owned entities

     (873      (1,065      (4,773

IRS audit adjustments

     —          2,079        —    

Change in uncertain tax positions

     564        981        13,729  

Amended returns/refunds

     360        (222      683  

Foreign taxes

     257        (257      —    

Net operating loss carryforwards adjustments

     —          (1,176      —    

Quarry tax basis in land

     (3,025      —          —    

Foreign exchange rate

     794        —          —    

Investment in foreign subsidiary

     616        —          —    

Other

     431        (46      (1,405
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ (5,879    $ (9,637    $ (9,817
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

15. Income Taxes (continued)

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

     2016      2015  
     (In thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Net operating loss and credits carryforwards

   $ 3,887      $ 6,991  

Accrued expenses

     35,376        34,585  

Stock-based compensation

     6,399        2,795  

Other assets

     384        730  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

     46,046        45,101  

Less: valuation allowance

     (21,069      (20,272
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets

     24,977        24,829  

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Intangible assets and goodwill

     (7,094      (6,905

Property, plant, and equipment

     (40,650      (40,537

Other liabilities

     (288      (1,148
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

     (48,032      (48,590
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (23,055    $ (23,761
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company has U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $9.1 million, which will expire between 2032 and 2033. The Company has state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $5.7 million from its TRS, which will expire at various times between 2022 and 2034. The Company has Alternative Minimum Tax credit carryforwards in the amount of $0.6 million that will not expire, and will be used to offset future U.S. federal income tax liabilities.

The Company established a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets exclusive of indefinite-lived intangibles for one of its U.S. TRS’s subsidiaries in 2014. In assessing the need for measuring and recording a valuation allowance existence or adjustment, the Company considers recent operating results, the expected scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable benefits and tax planning strategies. As a result of this assessment, the Company increased the valuation allowance from 2015 to 2016 by $0.8 million and recognized a total valuation allowance of $21.0 million to offset the TRS’s net deferred tax assets for the year ended December 31, 2016.

The Company records deferred income taxes on the temporary differences of foreign subsidiaries except for the temporary differences related to outside basis differences of subsidiaries which we consider indefinitely invested or related to the nontaxable REIT.

The Company does not provide for U.S. federal income taxes on an estimated $9.1 million outside basis differences of certain foreign subsidiaries which are considered permanently invested outside of the U.S. The estimated amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability on the outside basis difference is $3.6 million as of December 31, 2016. Upon repatriation of those earnings, in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company would be subject to both U.S. income taxes (subject to adjustment for foreign tax credits) and withholding taxes payable to Canada.

 

F-45


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

15. Income Taxes (continued)

 

The following table summarizes the activity related to our gross unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:

 

    Tax     Interest     Penalties     Total  
    (In thousands)  

Balance at December 31, 2013*

  $ 13,482     $ 1,168     $ 2,042     $ 16,692  

Increases related to current-year tax positions

    90       —         —         90  

Increases related to prior-year tax positions

    119       67       58       244  

Decreases related to prior-year tax positions

    (20     (4     (22     (46

Decreases due to lapse in statute of limitations

    (11,037     (1,033     (1,890     (13,960
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014*

    2,634       198       188       3,020  

Increases related to current-year tax positions

    —         36       22       58  

Decreases related to prior-year tax positions

    (241     (2     —         (243

Decreases due to lapse in statute of limitations

    (879     (128     (183     (1,190
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015*

    1,514       104       27       1,645  

Increases related to current-year tax positions

    —         21       —         21  

Decreases due to lapse in statute of limitations

    (657     (106     (19     (782
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016*

  $ 857     $ 19     $ 8     $ 884  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Balance would favorably affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized.

The Company’s unrecognized tax benefits include exposures related to positions taken on U.S. federal and state income tax returns as of December 31, 2016. There are no material unrecognized tax benefits related to positions taken in and after 2014. The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that approximately $0.1 million of its unrecognized tax benefits related U.S. federal and state exposures may be reduced by the end of 2017 as a result of a lapse of the statute of limitations and settlements with tax authorities.

In the normal course of business, the Company’s tax returns are subject to examination by various taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in future tax and interest assessments by these taxing authorities and the Company has accrued a liability when it believes it is more likely than not that the tax position claimed on tax returns will not be sustained by the taxing authorities on the technical merits of the position. Changes in the recognition of the liability are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs.

The Company accrues interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense.

Differences between the estimated and actual amounts determined upon ultimate resolution, individually or in the aggregate, are not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, but could possibly be material to the Company’s consolidated results of operations or cash flow in a given quarter or annual period.

The Company is also subject to taxation in the U.S. and various states and foreign jurisdictions. In 2014, the IRS informed the Company that it would examine two of its U.S. domiciled TRS subsidiaries and the Company for tax years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012. All of those exams were settled with the IRS and closed in 2015. Also during 2014, the New Zealand Inland Revenue notified the Company about its intentions to

 

F-46


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

15. Income Taxes (continued)

 

examine the Company’s local affiliate’s income tax returns for 2011 through 2013. That exam is closed as of December 31, 2016. In 2015, the state of Texas notified the Company of its intent to review the refund claims associated with the filing of amended 2010 and 2011 Texas Margins Report. The Company has recorded potential income tax expense and benefit related to the pending examinations and adjustments. As of December 31, 2016, the Company received denial letters from the Texas Comptroller and reversed the refund receivable recorded.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company’s tax years for 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016 were subject to examination by the U.S. federal tax authorities. With a few exceptions, as of December 31, 2016, the Company was no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, local, or foreign examinations by tax authorities for years before 2013. However, for U.S. income tax purposes, tax years 2008, 2009, and 2010 were open as of December 31, 2016 to the extent that net operating losses were generated in those years that continue to be subject to adjustments from taxing authorities.

In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company filed a ruling request with the IRS for confirmation of a tax position for which it believes qualifies (more likely than not) for the treatment historically applied by the Company. However, should the IRS disagree with the Company’s position, the Company may be required to make a payment to resolve the matter. The IRS has not ruled on the Company’s request and further, the Company believes it is unlikely that a material payment, if any, is due or will be made.

16. Employee Benefit Plans

Defined Benefit Pension and Post-Retirement Plans

The Company has defined benefit pension plans that cover certain union and nonunion employees in the U.S. Benefits under these plans are based either on years of credited service and compensation during the years preceding retirement or on years of credited service and established monthly benefit levels. The Company also has a post-retirement plan that provides life insurance coverage to eligible retired employees (collectively, with the defined benefit plans, the U.S. Plans). The Company froze benefit accruals for the U.S. Plans for nonunion employees effective April 1, 2005, and these employees no longer earn additional pension benefits. The Company also has a defined benefit plan that covers certain employees in Australia and is referenced as superannuation (the Offshore Plan). The Company uses a December 31 st measurement date for the U.S. Plans and the Offshore Plan.

 

F-47


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

16. Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

 

Actuarial information regarding these plans is as follows:

 

    December 31, 2016  
    Retirement
Income Plan
    National
Service-Related
Pension Plan
    Other
Post-Retirement
Benefits
    Superannuation     Total  
    (In thousands)  

Change in benefit obligation:

 

Benefit obligation—January 1, 2016

  $ (47,155   $ (29,127   $ (768   $ (2,473   $ (79,523

Service cost

    (108     (516     —         (130     (754

Interest cost

    (1,767     (1,288     (25     (104     (3,184

Actuarial (loss) gain

    (486     (725     (7     (74     (1,292

Benefits paid

    1,496       855       —         39       2,390  

Other—plan change

    2,771       —         97       —         2,868  

Plan participants’ contributions

    —         —         —         (42     (42

Foreign currency translation gain

    —         —         —         15       15  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligation—end of year

    (45,249     (30,801     (703     (2,769     (79,522
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in plan assets:

         

Fair value of plan assets—January 1, 2016

    34,721       19,909       —         2,461       57,091  

Actual return on plan assets

    1,711       973         118       2,802  

Employer contributions

    1,797       1,017       97       146       3,057  

Benefits paid

    (1,496     (855     —         (39     (2,390

Other—plan change

    (2,771     —         (97     0       (2,868

Plan participants’ contributions

    —         —         —         42       42  

Foreign currency translation loss

    —         —         —         (11     (11
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets—end of year

    33,962       21,044       —         2,717       57,723  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status

  $ (11,287   $ (9,757   $ (703   $ (52   $ (21,799
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2016:

         

Pension and post-retirement liability

  $ (11,287   $ (9,757   $ (703   $ (52   $ (21,799

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (income)

    12,031       6,728       (77     128       18,810  

Amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

         

Net loss (gain)

    12,031       6,516       (77     128       18,598  

Prior service cost

    —         212       —         —         212  

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income:

         

Net loss

    845       996       7       115       1,963  

Amortization of net (loss) gain

    (2,125     (745     3       —         (2,867

Amortization of prior service (cost)

    —         (212     —         —         (212

Amount recognized due to special event

    (834     —         11       —         (823

Foreign currency translation loss

    —         —         —         (33     (33
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive loss (income)

  $ (2,114   $ 39     $ 21     $ 82     $ (1,972
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Information for plans with accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets:

         

Projected benefit obligation

  $ 45,249     $ 30,801     $ 703     $ 2,769     $ 79,522  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated benefit obligation

  $ 45,216     $ 30,801     $ 703     $ 1,939     $ 78,659  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets

  $ 33,962     $ 21,044     $ —       $ 2,717     $ 57,723  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

16. Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

 

    December 31, 2015  
    Retirement
Income Plan
    National
Service-Related
Pension Plan
    Other
Post-Retirement
Benefits
    Superannuation     Total  
    (In thousands)  

Change in benefit obligation:

         

Benefit obligation—January 1, 2015

  $ (49,339   $ (32,256   $ (761   $ (2,504   $ (84,860

Service cost

    (129     (658     —         (134     (921

Interest cost

    (1,782     (1,195     (24     (88     (3,089

Actuarial (loss) gain

    1,111       4,181       17       (33     5,276  

Benefits paid

    2,984       801       —         38       3,823  

Plan participants’ contributions

    —         —         —         (49     (49

Foreign currency translation gain

    —         —         —         297       297  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligation—end of year

    (47,155     (29,127     (768     (2,473     (79,523
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in plan assets:

         

Fair value of plan assets—January 1, 2015

    37,467       20,234       —         2,465       60,166  

Actual return on plan assets

    (877     (539     —         165       (1,251

Employer contributions

    1,115       1,015       —         103       2,233  

Benefits paid

    (2,984     (801     —         (38     (3,823

Plan participants’ contributions

    —         —         —         47       47  

Foreign currency translation loss

    —         —         —         (281     (281
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets—end of year

    34,721       19,909       —         2,461       57,091  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status

  $ (12,434   $ (9,218   $ (768   $ (12   $ (22,432
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015:

         

Pension and post-retirement liability

  $ (12,434   $ (9,218   $ (768   $ (12   $ (22,432

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (income)

    14,048       6,689       (98     46       20,685  

Amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

         

Net loss (gain)

    14,048       6,265       (98     46       20,261  

Prior service cost

    —         424       —         —         424  

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income:

         

Net loss (gain)

    2,202       (2,236     (17     9       (42

Amortization of net (loss) gain

    (2,032     (1,093     1       —         (3,124

Amortization of prior service (cost)

    —         (212     —         —         (212

Foreign currency translation loss

    —         —         —         7       7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive loss (income)

  $ 170     $ (3,541   $ (16   $ 16     $ (3,371
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Information for plans with accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets:

         

Projected benefit obligation

  $ 47,155     $ 29,127     $ 768     $ 2,473     $ 79,523  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated benefit obligation

  $ 47,111     $ 29,127     $ 768     $ 2,473     $ 79,479  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets

  $ 34,721     $ 19,909     $ —       $ 2,461     $ 57,091  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-49


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

16. Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

 

The components of net period benefit cost for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2016  
     Retirement
Income
Plan
    National
Service-
Related
Pension
Plan
    Other
Post-
Retirement
Benefits
    Superannuation     Total  
     (In thousands)  

Components of net periodic benefit cost:

  

Service cost

   $ 108     $ 516     $ —       $ 131     $ 755  

Interest cost

     1,767       1,288       25       104       3,184  

Expected return on plan assets

     (2,072     (1,244     —         (163     (3,479

Amortization of net loss (gain)

     2,125       745       (3     —         2,867  

Amortization of prior service cost/(credit)

     —         212       —         —         212  

Effect of settlement

     737       —         (11     —         726  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net pension benefit cost

   $ 2,665     $ 1,517     $ 11     $ 72     $ 4,265  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2015  
     Retirement
Income
Plan
    National
Service-
Related
Pension
Plan
    Other
Post-
Retirement
Benefits
    Superannuation     Total  
     (In thousands)  

Components of net periodic benefit cost:

  

Service cost

   $ 129     $ 658     $ —       $ 134     $ 921  

Interest cost

     1,782       1,195       24       87       3,088  

Expected return on plan assets

     (2,435     (1,406     —         (147     (3,988

Amortization of net loss (gain)

     2,032       1,093       (1     —         3,124  

Amortization of prior service cost/(credit)

     —         212       —         —         212  

Effect of settlement

     —         —         —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net pension benefit cost

   $ 1,508     $ 1,752     $ 23     $ 74     $ 3,357  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

16. Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

 

     December 31, 2014  
     Retirement
Income
Plan
    National
Service-
Related
Pension
Plan
    Other
Post-
Retirement
Benefits
     Superannuation     Total  
     (In thousands)  

Components of net periodic benefit cost:

  

Service cost

   $ 128     $ 530     $ —        $ 124     $ 782  

Interest cost

     1,997       1,203       27        110       3,337  

Expected return on plan assets

     (2,714     (1,424     —          (160     (4,298

Amortization of net loss (gain)

     1,005       529          (19     1,515  

Amortization of prior service cost/(credit)

     —         212       —          —         212  

Effect of settlement

     628       —         —          —         628  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net pension benefit cost

   $ 1,044     $ 1,050     $ 27      $ 55     $ 2,176  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company recognizes all changes in the fair value of plan assets and net actuarial gains or losses at December 31 st each year. Prior service costs and gains/losses are amortized based on a straight-line method over the average future service of members that are expected to receive benefits.

All actuarial gains/losses are exposed to amortization over an average future service period of 6.37 years for the Retirement Income Plan, 8.00 years for the National Service-Related Pension Plan, and 6.57 years for Other Post-Retirement Benefits as of December 31, 2016. A nominal net actuarial gain on the Superannuation plan was fully amortized during 2014.

The weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations and net period benefit costs for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

 

    December 31, 2016  
    Retirement
Income
Plan
    National
Service-
Related
Pension
Plan
    Other
Post-
Retirement
Benefits
    Superan-
nuation
 

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine obligations (balance sheet):

       

Discount rate

    3.75     4.15     3.40     4.20

Rate of compensation increase

    3.50     N/A       N/A       4.00

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost (statement of operations):

       

Discount rate

    4.00     4.50     3.50     3.90

Expected return on plan assets

    7.50     7.50     N/A       6.50

Rate of compensation increase

    3.50     N/A       N/A       4.00

 

F-51


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

16. Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

 

    December 31, 2015  
    Retirement
Income
Plan
    National
Service-
Related
Pension
Plan
    Other
Post-
Retirement
Benefits
    Superan-
nuation
 

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine obligations (balance sheet):

       

Discount rate

    4.00     4.50     3.50     4.20

Rate of compensation increase

    3.50     N/A       N/A       4.00

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost (statement of operations):

       

Discount rate

    3.76     3.76     3.30     3.90

Expected return on plan assets

    7.50     7.50     N/A       6.50

Rate of compensation increase

    3.50     N/A       N/A       4.00

 

    December 31, 2014  
    Retirement
Income
Plan
    National
Service-
Related
Pension
Plan
    Other
Post-
Retirement
Benefits
    Superan-
nuation
 

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost (statement of operations):

       

Discount rate

    4.50     4.50     3.75     5.50

Expected return on plan assets

    7.75     7.75     N/A       6.50

Rate of compensation increase

    3.50     N/A       N/A       4.00

The estimated net loss and prior service cost for the defined benefit plans in the U.S. that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost during 2017 is $2.7 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

The estimated net gain for the other post-retirement benefit plan in the U.S. that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost during 2017 is nominal. There is no estimated prior service cost associated with this plan to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income during 2017.

There is no estimated net gain or prior service cost for the Offshore Plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost during 2017.

The Company determines the expected return on plan assets based on their market value as of December 31 st of each year, as adjusted for a) expected employer contributions, b) expected benefit distributions, and c) estimated administrative expenses.

Plan Assets

The Company’s overall investment strategy is to achieve a mix of investments for long-term growth and near-term benefit payments. The Company invests in both U.S. and non-U.S. equity securities, fixed-income securities, and real estate.

 

F-52


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

16. Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

 

The allocations of the U.S. Plans’ and the Offshore Plan’s investments by fair value as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

     U.S. Plans     Offshore Plan  
     Actual     Target
Allocation
    Actual     Target
Allocation
 
     2016     2015       2016     2015    

U.S. equities

     35     35     25–55     16     14     15

Non-U.S. equities

     25     25     15–45     41     43     37

Fixed-income securities

     35     35     15–40     16     18     22

Real estate

     5     5     0–5 %     7     6     7

Cash and other

     —         —         —         20     19     19

To develop the assumption for the long-term rate of return on assets, the Company considered the historical returns and the future expectations for returns for each asset class, as well as the target asset allocation of the U.S. Plans’ and Offshore Plan’s assets and the effect of periodic rebalancing, consistent with the Company’s investment strategies. For 2017, the Company expects to receive a long-term rate of return of 7.0% for the U.S. Plans and 6.5% for the Offshore Plan. All plans are invested to maximize the return on assets while minimizing risk by diversifying across a broad range of asset classes.

The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets as of December 31, 2016, by category, are as follow:

 

    Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
    Balance as of
December 31,
2016
 
    (In thousands)  

Assets

 

U.S. equities:

     

Large cap (1)

  $ —       $ 14,299     $ —       $ 14,299  

Medium cap (1)

    —         2,750       —         2,750  

Small cap (1)

    1,100       1,100       —         2,200  

Non-U.S. equities:

       

Large cap (2)

    10,450       —         —         10,450  

Emerging markets (3)

    3,300       —         —         3,300  

Fixed-income securities:

       

Money markets (4)

    —         2,756       —         2,756  

U.S. bonds (5)

    8,249       2,750       —         10,999  

Non-U.S. bonds (5)

    5,502       —         —         5,502  

Real estate (6)

    —         2,750       —         2,750  

Common/collective trusts

    —         2,717       —         2,717  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 28,601     $ 29,122     $ —       $ 57,723  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

1. Includes funds that primarily invest in U.S. common stock.
2. Includes funds that invest primarily in foreign equity and equity-related securities.
3. Includes funds that invest primarily in equity securities of companies in emerging market countries.

 

F-53


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

16. Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

 

4. Includes funds that invest primarily in short-term securities, such as commercial paper.
5. Includes funds either publicly traded (Level 1) or within a separate account (Level 2) held by a regulated investment company. These funds hold primarily debt and fixed-income securities.
6. Includes funds in a separate account held by a regulated investment company that invest primarily in commercial real estate and includes mortgage loans which are backed by the associated properties. The Company can call the investment in these assets with no restrictions.

The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets as of December 31, 2015, by category, are as follows:

 

    Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
    Balance as of
December 31,
2015
 
    (In thousands)  

Assets

 

U.S. equities:

     

Large cap (1)

  $ —       $ 14,196     $ —       $ 14,196  

Medium cap (1)

    —         2,730       —         2,730  

Small cap (1)

    1,092       1,092       —         2,184  

Non-U.S. equities:

       

Large cap (2)

    10,374       —         —         10,374  

Emerging markets (3)

    3,276       —         —         3,276  

Fixed-income securities:

       

Money markets (4)

    —         2,730       —         2,730  

U.S. bonds (5)

    8,215       2,730       —         10,945  

Non-U.S. bonds (5)

    5,466       —         —         5,466  

Real estate (6)

    —         2,729       —         2,729  

Common/collective trusts

    —         2,461       —         2,461  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 28,423     $ 28,668     $ —       $ 57,091  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The U.S. Plans’ assets are in commingled funds that are valued using net asset values. The net asset values are based on the value of the underlying assets owned by the fund, minus its liabilities, and then divided by the number of shares outstanding. The pension assets are classified as Level 1 when the net asset values are based on a quoted price in an active market.

The U.S. Plans’ assets are classified as Level 2 when the net asset value is based on a quoted price on a private market that is not active and the underlying investments are traded on an active market.

The Offshore Plans are common/collective trusts and commingled trusts investments, which invest in other collective trust funds otherwise known as the underlying funds. The Company’s interests in the

 

F-54


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

16. Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

 

commingled trust funds are based on the fair values of the investments of the underlying funds and therefore are classified as Level 2.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company does not have any investments classified as Level 3.

Cash Flow

The Company expects to contribute $3.1 million to all plans in 2017.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future services, as appropriate, are expected to be paid for all plans as of December 31, 2016:

 

     (In thousands)  

Years Ending December 31:

  

2017

   $ 7,357  

2018

     4,402  

2019

     4,937  

2020

     4,748  

2021

     4,855  

Thereafter

     24,111  
  

 

 

 
   $ 50,410  
  

 

 

 

Multi-Employer Plans

The Company contributes to a number of multi-employer benefit plans under the terms of collective bargaining agreements that cover union-represented employees. These plans generally provide for retirement, death, and/or termination benefits for eligible employees within the applicable collective bargaining units, based on specific eligibility/participation requirements, vesting periods, and benefit formulas. The risks of participating in these multi-employer plans are different from single-employer plans in the following aspects:

 

    Assets contributed to the multi-employer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers.

 

    If a participating employer stops contributing to the multi-employer plan without paying its unfunded liability, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers.

 

    If the Company chooses to cease participation in a multi-employer plan, such full withdrawal is subject to the payment of any unfunded liability applicable to the Company, referred to as a withdrawal liability. Additionally, such withdrawal is subject to collective bargaining.

The table below outlines the Company’s participation in multi-employer pension plans for the periods ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, and sets forth the contributions into each plan. The “EIN/Pension

 

F-55


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

16. Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

 

Plan Number” column provides the Employer Identification Number (EIN) and the three-digit plan number. The most recent Pension Protection Act zone status available in 2016 and 2015 relates to the plans’ two most recent fiscal year-ends. The zone status is based on information that we received from the plans’ administrators and is certified by each plan’s actuary. Among other factors, plans certified in the red zone are generally less than 65% funded, plans certified in the orange zone are both less than 80% funded and have an accumulated funding deficiency or are expected to have a deficiency in any of the next six plan years, plans certified in the yellow zone are less than 80% funded, and plans certified in the green zone are at least 80% funded. The “FIP/RP Status Pending/Implemented” column indicates whether a financial improvement plan (FIP) for yellow/orange zone plans, or a rehabilitation plan (RP) for red zone plans, is either pending or has been implemented. As of December 31, 2016, all plans that have either a FIP or RP requirement have had the respective FIP or RP implemented (see table below).

The Company’s collective-bargained contributions satisfy the requirements of all implemented FIPs and RPs and do not currently require the payment of any surcharges. In addition, minimum contributions outside the agreed-upon contractual rate are not required. For the plans detailed in the following table, the expiration dates of the associated collective bargaining agreements range from March 31, 2017 to June 30, 2026. For all the plans detailed in the following table, the Company has not contributed more than 5% of the total plan contribution for 2016, 2015 and 2014.

 

F-56


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

16. Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

 

The Company contributes to defined benefit multi-employer plans that cover substantially all union employees. The amounts charged to expense on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $16.6 million, $16.1 million and $14.6 million, respectively. Projected minimum contributions required for the upcoming fiscal year are approximately $15.5 million.

 

Pension Fund

  EIN/Pension
Plan
Number
    

Pension Protection

Act Zone Status

  FIP/RP Status
Pending/
Implemented
  Americold Contributions     Surcharge
Imposed
 
    

2016

  

2015

    2016     2015     2014    
                        (In thousands)        

Central Pension Fund of the International Union of Operating Engineers and Participating Employers (2)

    36-6052390      Green    Green   No   $ 2     $ 32     $ 44       No  

Central States SE & SW Areas Health and Welfare Pension Plans (1)

    36-6044243      Red    Red   Yes/Implemented     8,608       7,964       7,182       No  

New England Teamsters & Trucking Industry Pension Plan (3)

    04-6372430      Red    Red   Yes/Implemented     641       661       545       No  

I.U.O.E Stationary Engineers Local 39 Pension Fund (1)

    94-6118939      Green    Green   No     151       154       132       No  

United Food & Commercial Workers International Union-Industry Pension Fund (4)

    51-6055922      Green    Green   No     83       90       68       No  

Western Conference of Teamsters Pension Fund (1)

    91-6145047      Green    Green   No     6,809       6,811       6,296       No  

Minneapolis Food Distributing Industry Pension Plan (1)

    41-6047047      Green    Green   Yes/Implemented     337       358       311       No  
           

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
          Total
Contributions
  $ 16,631     $ 16,070     $ 14,578    
           

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1) The status information is for the plans’ year end at December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.
(2) The status information is for the plans’ year end at January 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.
(3) The status information is for the plans’ year end at September 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014.
(4) The status information is for the plans’ year end at June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

Government-Sponsored Plans

The Company contributes to certain government-sponsored plans in Australia and Argentina. The amounts charged to expense on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $4.8 million, $4.4 million and $4.9 million, respectively.

Defined Contribution Plan

The Company has defined contribution employee benefit plans, which cover all eligible employees. The plans also allow contributions by plan participants in accordance with Section 401(k) of the IRC. The Company matches a percentage of each employee’s contributions consistent with the provisions of the plans. The amounts

 

F-57


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

16. Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

 

charged to expense on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $3.6 million, $3.6 million and $3.3 million, respectively.

Deferred Compensation

The Company has deferred compensation and supplemental retirement plan agreements with certain of its executives. The agreements provide for certain benefits at retirement or disability and also provide for survivor benefits in the event of death of the employee. The Company contribution amounts charged to expense relative to this plan were nominal for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

17. Commitments and Contingencies

Letters of Credit

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, there were $35.3 million and $38.5 million, respectively, of outstanding letters of credit issued on the Company’s revolving credit facility.

Bonds

The Company had outstanding surety bonds of $3.5 million and $2.9 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. These bonds were issued primarily in connection with insurance requirements, special real estate assessments and construction obligations.

Legal Proceedings

In assessing loss contingencies related to legal proceedings that are pending against the Company or unasserted claims that may result in such proceedings, the Company and its legal counsel evaluate the merits of any legal proceedings or unasserted claims, as well as the perceived merits of the amount of relief sought or expected to be sought. If the assessment of a contingency suggests that a loss is probable, and the amount can be reasonably estimated, then a loss is recorded.

In addition to the matters discussed below, the Company may be subject to litigation and claims arising from the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, after consultation with legal counsel, the outcome of such matters is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Kansas Breach of Settlement Agreement Litigation

This case was served against the Company in Wyandotte County, Kansas, on January 17, 2013, alleging breach of a 1994 Settlement Agreement reached with customers of our predecessor company, Americold Corporation. The plaintiffs originally brought claims in 1992 arising from a fire the previous year in an underground warehouse facility.

In 1994, a settlement was reached whereby Americold Corporation agreed to the entry of a $58.7 million judgment against it and assigned its rights to proceed against its insurer to satisfy the judgment. The settlement agreement contained a standard “cooperation provision” where Americold Corporation agreed to

 

F-58


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

17. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

 

sign any documents and to take any actions necessary to fulfill the intent of the settlement agreement. The plaintiffs then sued Americold Corporation’s insurance company to recover the amounts of the settlement. After decades of litigation, the case was ultimately dismissed in 2012, and the Kansas Supreme Court ruled that the 1994 consent judgment had expired.

On September 24, 2012, the plaintiffs filed a separate claim in the district court of Wyandotte County, Kansas, alleging that the Company and one of its subsidiaries, Americold Logistics, LLC, as successors to Americold Corporation, are liable for the full amount of the judgment, based upon the vague allegation that the Company failed to execute a document or take action to keep the judgment alive and viable.

On February 7, 2013, the Company removed the case to the U.S. federal court and filed a motion to dismiss the case on several grounds, which the plaintiffs vigorously opposed. On October 4, 2013, the court granted our motion and dismissed the case in full. Only one plaintiff appealed the dismissal to the U.S. Court of Appeals where oral argument was heard in November 2014 before the Tenth Circuit in Denver. The Court of Appeals ordered the case remanded to the Kansas State Court, finding U.S. federal diversity jurisdiction did not exist over the Company. The Company petitioned the U.S. Supreme Court for an Oral Argument that occurred on January 19, 2016.

On March 7, 2016, the United States Supreme Court handed down a decision in the Kansas Breach of Settlement Agreement Litigation case. The decision was contrary to the position that the Company argued and the matter was remanded back to Kansas state court for further proceedings. Regardless of the venue, the Company remains confident that its defenses on the merits of plaintiffs’ claims are strong under Kansas law and the chance of any liability is remote.

Following remand to Kansas state court, we have been discussing with plaintiffs a path forward that would result in the plaintiffs dropping the claim for damages and seeking an Order of Specific Performance—namely to require Americold sign a new document to reinstate the judgment assigned in the 1994 Settlement Agreement. Plaintiffs filed a motion to amend which was granted at a March 7, 2017 hearing. There has been no activity since, only discussion on how to move the case forward and whether Plaintiffs might reinstate the damages claim in the face of our intention to file a motion to dismiss. Americold maintains its position that any such renewal of the judgment is ineffective as a matter of law, its defenses are strong and the likelihood of any liability is remote.

Lowe and Reynolds v. Atlas Logistics Retail Services (Atlanta)

Two former employees of the Company’s Atlas subsidiary brought novel claims under the Genetic Information Non-Discrimination Act (GINA). The case was tried to a jury in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Georgia and resulted in a verdict for the plaintiffs. Judgment was entered in the amount of $0.3 million for each plaintiff plus attorney’s fees. The Company has filed post-trial motions which were denied. The court entered judgment on attorney fees and final judgment, reducing the fee request only marginally. The total award stands at $1.1 million. The Company has filed its Notice of Appeal to the Eleventh Circuit. As an insured matter, the total exposure should be limited to the insurance deductible of $1.0 million. This matter arises through Atlas’ management of the Company customer’s distribution center and the Operating Agreement contemplates fees and judgments are “passed through” as costs of doing business. However, the customer has notified the Company it disputes the Company’s attempt to pass these through under the terms of the Operating Agreement. At a September 16, 2016 settlement conference, an agreement to settle this matter was reached. In

 

F-59


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

17. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

 

exchange for dismissal of the appeal and a release of all claims, the plaintiffs and their counsel were paid a total of $0.9 million, of which the Company’s share is $0.8 million and the remainder was paid by the carrier. The matter is fully resolved as Judgment was satisfied by Order of the court dated October 12, 2016.

Dallas Ammonia Leak Claims

The Company’s warehouse facility at 5140 Catron Drive, Dallas, Texas experienced an ammonia leak on June 9, 2015. The incident resulted in a shutdown of the facility and damage to customer stored goods, but no personal injury or property damage. The Company’s insurers responded to the claim, accepting coverage for both the third party claims and the Company’s losses from interruption to its business there, subject to applicable deductibles. As of December 31, 2016, claims were still being adjusted and examined, and the Company expects no significant losses beyond the policy deductibles. To date, there has been no indication from any regulatory authority of any further investigation into the leak nor any indication of third party litigation other than those relating to customer goods damages.

The table summarizes the reimbursable costs incurred in relation to the Dallas ammonia leak claims, which the Company recorded as “Other assets” in the accompanying balance sheet:

 

     2016      2015  
     (In thousands)  

Product testing

   $ 484      $ 484  

Disposal costs

     456        363  

Facility costs

     239        132  

Customer goods damage

     7,482        8,667  

Business Interruption

     3,075        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     11,736        9,646  

Advance from insurance company

     (9,897      (1,000

Deductible

     (100      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Receivable balance

   $ 1,739      $ 8,646  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The aggregate amount of Business Interruption recoveries per the above table is included in “Other income, net” in the accompanying statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded accrued expenses of $1.9 million and $8.8 million, respectively, payable to its customers for the loss sustained on their stored products as a result of the ammonia releases. Consistent with industry practice, the Company limits its warehouse product liability to specified amounts per pound and maintains insurance for this type of exposure.

Environmental Matters

The Company is subject to a wide range of environmental laws and regulations in each of the locations in which the Company operates. Compliance with these requirements can involve significant capital and operating costs. Failure to comply with these requirements can result in civil or criminal fines or sanctions, claims for environmental damages, remediation obligations, the revocation of environmental permits, or restrictions on the Company’s operations.

 

F-60


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

17. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

 

The Company records accruals for environmental matters when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated based on current law and existing technologies. The Company adjusts these accruals periodically as assessment and remediation efforts progress or as additional technical or legal information become available. The Company recorded nominal environmental liabilities in accounts payable and accrued expenses as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. The Company believes it is in compliance with applicable environmental regulations in all material respects. Under various U.S. federal, state, and local environmental laws, a current or previous owner or operator of real estate may be liable for the entire cost of investigating, removing, and/or remediating hazardous or toxic substances on such property. Such laws often impose liability whether or not the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the contamination. Even if more than one person may have been responsible for the contamination, each person covered by the environmental laws may be held responsible for the entire clean-up cost. There are no individually material remediation accruals. Most of the Company’s warehouses utilize ammonia as a refrigerant. Ammonia is classified as a hazardous chemical regulated by the Environmental Protection Agency, and an accident or significant release of ammonia from a warehouse could result in injuries, loss of life, and property damage.

Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA)

The Company’s warehouses located in the U.S. are subject to regulation under OSHA, which requires employers to provide employees with an environment free from hazards, such as exposure to toxic chemicals, excessive noise levels, mechanical dangers, heat or cold stress, and unsanitary conditions. The cost of complying with OSHA and similar laws enacted by states and other jurisdictions in which we operate can be substantial, and any failure to comply with these regulations could expose us to substantial penalties and potentially to liabilities to employees who may be injured at our warehouses. The Company records accruals for OSHA matters when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated. The Company believes that it is in compliance with all OSHA regulations and that no material unrecorded liabilities exist as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

F-61


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

18. Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income

The Company reports activity in AOCI for unrealized holding gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, foreign currency translation adjustments, investments in foreign subsidiaries, unrealized gains and losses on cash flow hedge derivatives, and minimum pension liability adjustments (net of tax). The activity in AOCI for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 is as follows:

 

     2016     2015     2014  
     (In thousands)  

Pension and other postretirement benefits:

  

Balance at beginning of period, net of tax

   $ (14,852   $ (18,223   $ (8,946

(Losses) gains arising during the period

     (1,963     19       (11,758

Less: (Tax benefit)/Tax expense

     (33     (16     (124
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (losses) gains arising during the period

     (1,930     35       (11,634

Amortization of net loss and prior service cost (1)

     3,902       3,336       2,350  

Less: (Tax benefit)/Tax expense (2)

     —         —         (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net reclassified from AOCI to net loss

     3,902       3,336       2,357  

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

     1,972       3,371       (9,277
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period, net of tax

     (12,880     (14,852     (18,223

Foreign currency translation adjustments:

      

Balance at beginning of period, net of tax

     7,018       23,310       35,946  

Losses on foreign currency translation

     (3,144     (16,847     (12,636

Less: Tax expense/(Tax benefit)

     —         (555     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net gains/(losses) on foreign currency translation

     (3,144     (16,292     (12,636
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period, net of tax

     3,874       7,018       23,310  

Cash flow hedge derivatives:

      

Balance at beginning of period, net of tax

     (1,468     —         —    

Unrealized loss on cash flow hedge derivatives

     (1,359     (2,311     —    

Less: Tax expense/(Tax benefit)

     (150     (613     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss on cash flow hedge derivatives

     (1,209     (1,698 )       —    

Net reclassified from AOCI to net loss (interest expense)

     1,139       230       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period, net of tax

     (1,538     (1,468     —    

Available-for-sale securities:

      

Balance at beginning of period, net of tax

     —         51       43  

Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities

       100       8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities

     —         100       8  

(Gains) reclassified to net income

     —         (151     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period, net of tax

     —         —         51  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

   $ (10,544   $ (9,302   $ 5,138  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts reclassified from AOCI for pension liabilities are recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
(2) Deferred tax impact of amounts reclassified from AOCI for pension liabilities are recorded in deferred income tax expense (benefit) in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-62


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

19. Related-Party Transactions

Affiliates of Goldman are part of the lending group that has $25.0 million, or 16.7%, of the commitments under the amended 2015 Revolving Credit Facility. Another affiliate of Goldman is one of the participating lenders in the ANZ Loans (with a 2.5% participation in the Australia Term Loan and 31.8% in the New Zealand Term Loan), for which the Company paid a performance fee to Goldman. As a member of the lending group, the Company is required to pay certain fees to Goldman, which may include interest on borrowings, unused facility fees, letter of credit participation fees, and letter of credit facility fees. The Company paid to Goldman interest expense and fees totaling approximately $2.0 million, $6.0 million and $0.3 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Interest payable to Goldman was nominal as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Goldman is also the counterparty to the interest rate swap agreements described in Note 8.

Fortress Investment Group, LLC, which in partnership with investment funds affiliated with The Yucaipa Companies owns approximately 100% of the Company’s common shares through their combined investments in YF ART Holdings L.P., through an affiliate, funded $30.0 million of the Amended Term Loan B in 2016. Interest paid to Fortress Investment Group, LLC was nominal in 2016.

20. Geographic Concentrations

The following table provides geographic information for the Company’s total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, and total assets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

     Total Revenues      Total Assets  
     2016      2015      2014      2016      2015  
     (In thousands)  

U.S.

   $ 1,212,799      $ 1,221,344      $ 1,220,905      $ 2,047,142      $ 2,126,323  

Australia

     207,035        189,481        210,533        208,115        202,461  

New Zealand

     33,676        33,073        39,427        54,800        53,470  

Argentina

     19,780        22,117        18,276        12,695        11,257  

Canada

     16,709        15,370        20,457        4,879        5,025  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,489,999      $ 1,481,385      $ 1,509,598      $ 2,327,631      $ 2,398,536  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

21. Segment Information

Our principal operations are organized into four reportable segments: Warehouse, Third-Party Managed, Transportation and Quarry.

 

   

Warehouse. Our primary source of revenues consists of rent and storage and warehouse services fees. Our rent and storage and warehouse services revenues are the key drivers of our financial performance. Rent and storage revenues consist of recurring, periodic charges related to the storage of frozen and perishable food and other products in our warehouses. We also provide these customers with a wide array of handling and other warehouse services, such as (1) receipt, handling and placement of products into our warehouses for storage and preservation, (2) retrieval of products from storage upon customer request, (3) blast freezing, which involves the rapid freezing of non-frozen products, including individual quick freezing for agricultural produce and seafood, (4) case-picking, which involves selecting product cases to build customized pallets, (5) kitting and repackaging, which involves assembling custom product packages for delivery to retailers and

 

F-63


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

21. Segment Information (continued)

 

 

consumers, and labeling services, (6) order assembly and load consolidation, (7) exporting and importing support services, (8) container handling, (9) cross-docking, which involves transferring inbound products to outbound trucks utilizing our warehouse docks without storing them in our warehouses, and (10) government-approved temperature-controlled storage and inspection services. We may charge our customers in advance for storage and outbound handling fees. Cost of operations for our warehouse segment consists of power, other facilities costs, labor and other costs.

 

    Third-Party Managed. We receive management and incentive fees, as well as reimbursement of substantially all expenses, for warehouses and logistics services that we manage on behalf of third-party owners/customers. Cost of operations for our third-party managed segment are reimbursed on a pass-through basis (typically within two weeks), with all reimbursements, plus an applicable mark-up, recognized as revenues under the relevant accounting guidance.

 

    Transportation. We charge transportation fees, including fuel surcharges, to our customers for whom we arrange the transportation of their products. Cost of operations for our transportation segment consist primarily of third-party carrier charges, which are impacted by factors affecting those carriers.

 

    Quarry . In addition to our primary business segments, we own a limestone quarry in Carthage, Missouri. Revenues are generated from the sale of limestone mined at our quarry. Cost of operations for our quarry consist primarily of labor, equipment, fuel and explosives.

Our reportable segments are strategic business units separated by product and service offerings. Each reportable segment is managed separately and requires different operational and marketing strategies. The accounting polices used in the preparation of our reportable segments financial information are the same as those used in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.

Our chief operating decision maker uses revenues and segment contribution to evaluate segment performance. We calculate segment contribution as earnings before interest expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization, and excluding corporate selling, general and administrative expense, impairment charges, restructuring charges, acquisition related costs, other income and expense, and certain one-time charges. Corporate selling, general and administrative function supports all the business segments. Therefore, the related expense is not allocated to segments as the chief operating decision maker does not use it to evaluate segment performance.

Segment contribution is not a measurement of financial performance under GAAP, and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. You should not consider our segment contribution as an alternative to operating income determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

F-64


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

21. Segment Information (continued)

 

The following table presents segment revenues and contributions with a reconciliation to loss before income tax and (loss) gain from sale of real estate, net of tax for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016      2015      2014  
     (In thousands)  

Segment revenues:

        

Warehouse

   $ 1,080,867      $ 1,057,124      $ 1,039,005  

Third-Party Managed

     252,411        233,564        217,428  

Transportation

     147,004        180,892        243,274  

Quarry

     9,717        9,805        9,891  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

     1,489,999        1,481,385        1,509,598  

Segment contribution:

        

Warehouse

     314,045        307,749        294,257  

Third-Party Managed

     14,814        12,581        10,353  

Transportation

     14,418        14,305        15,855  

Quarry

     2,368        2,385        2,054  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total segment contribution

     345,645        337,020        322,519  

Reconciling items:

        

Depreciation, depletion, and amortization

     (118,571      (125,720      (132,679

Impairment of intangible assets and long-lived assets

     (9,820      (9,415      —    

Selling, general and administrative

     (100,238      (91,222      (83,822

Loss from partially owned entities

     (128      (3,538      (19,990

Interest expense

     (119,552      (116,710      (114,223

Interest income

     708        724        717  

Loss on debt extinguishment and modification

     (1,437      (503      —    

Foreign currency exchange gain (loss)

     464        (3,470      (5,273

Other income, net

     2,142        1,892        79  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss before income tax and gain (loss) from sale of real estate, net of tax

   $ (787    $ (10,942    $ (32,672
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-65


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

21. Segment Information (continued)

 

The following table details our long-lived assets by reportable segments, with a reconciliation to total assets reported for each of the periods presented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016      2015  
     (In thousands)  

Assets:

     

Warehouse

   $ 2,027,650      $ 2,087,340  

Managed

     44,501        41,356  

Transportation

     32,715        34,377  

Other

     17,023        15,779  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total segments assets

     2,121,889        2,178,852  

Reconciling items:

     

Corporate assets

     183,346        196,037  

Investments in partially owned entities

     22,396        23,647  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total reconciling items

     205,742        219,684  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,327,631      $ 2,398,536  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

22. Loss per Common Share

Basic and diluted loss per common share are calculated using the two-class method by dividing the net loss attributable to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Holders of Series B Preferred Shares are entitled to cumulative dividends, which are added to the reported net loss whether or not declared or paid to determine the net loss attributable to common shareholders under the two-class method.

For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, potential common share under the treasury stock method and the if-converted method were antidilutive because the Company reported a net loss. Consequently, the Company did not have any adjustments in these periods between basic and diluted loss per share related to stock options, restricted stock units, warrants and convertible preferred share.

The table below presents the weighted-average number of antidilutive potential common shares that are not considered in the calculation of diluted loss per share:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016      2015      2014  

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

     33,240,261        33,240,261        33,240,261  

Common share warrants

     18,574,619        18,574,619        18,574,619  

Employee stock options

     6,299,444        5,374,528        4,989,976  

Restricted stock units

     552,861        420,763        283,227  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     58,667,185        57,610,171        57,088,083  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-66


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

23. Subsequent Events

On January 16, 2017, the Company’s Board of Directors approved expenditures of up to $30.0 million for the construction of a new temperature-controlled facility in the U.S. In order to fund such expenditures, the Company negotiated terms for a loan facility with a lender to borrow up to $24.3 million.

On January 20, 2017, the Company, with consent of the Lenders, modified its Amended Term Loan B to reduce the Applicable Margin from 4.75% to 3.75% per year (2 nd Amendment). All other terms of the Amended Term Loan B remained the same. In connection with this 2 nd Amendment, the Company paid $2.0 million in financing costs to the same investment banks that arranged for the Original and Amended Term Loan B, and $0.1 million in legal fees. As the repricing of the Amended Term Loan B met the definition of a modification under the relevant accounting guidance, the Company capitalized the fees paid to the investment banks, and classified them as debt issuance costs (contra-liability).

On February 8, 2017, the Company obtained an increase in the size of the 2015 Revolving Line of Credit from the Lenders of $20.0 million, for a total commitment of $170.0 million from $150.0 million as of December 31, 2016. In connection with this transaction, the Company incurred $0.3 million in debt issuance costs.

In February 2017, the Company entered into a construction loan (the UT Construction Loan) to finance the development of a warehouse facility in Clearfield, UT, with an aggregate potential commitment amount of approximately $24.1 million. The UT Construction Loan bears interest at a floating rate of LIBOR plus 3.25% or the bank defined prime rate (which shall not be lower than the LIBOR rate) and is scheduled to mature in February 2019.

The Company granted an aggregate of 155,351 restricted stock units between February and May 2017 under its 2010 Plan to employees and non-employee directors of the Company.

On March 3, 2017, the Company amended the agreement granting the Warrants to YF ART Holdings L.P. to extend the expiration date from March 10, 2017 to April 10, 2017. As a result of this modification, the Company calculated the change in the estimated fair value of the Warrants before and after the extension date. The change in fair value of the Warrants did not affect the Company’s financial results.

On March 24, 2017, the Company acquired a temperature-controlled warehouse facility in Texas for $32.0 million using cash on hand and other liquidity drawn from its 2015 Revolving Line of Credit.

In March 2017, the Company’s Board of Trustees declared distributions of $7.1 million and $5.1 million that were paid to the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares and to common shareholders, respectively, in April 2017.

On April 6, 2017, the Company amended the agreement granting the Warrants to YF ART Holdings L.P. to re-extend the expiration date from April 10, 2017 to July 10, 2017. The change in the estimated fair value of the Warrants before and after this extension date did not affect the Company’s financial results.

On May 11, 2017, the Company and the Lenders entered into a Joinder Agreement to secure incremental borrowings of $110.0 million under the Term Loan B. As a result of these incremental borrowings, the Term Loan B must be repaid in quarterly installments of approximately $2.0 million from June 30, 2017, with a final payment of the balance due on December 1, 2022. All other terms remained the same. In connection with this

 

F-67


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

23. Subsequent Events (continued)

 

transaction, the Company paid $1.2 million in financing costs and $0.2 million in legal fees. As the transaction met the definition of a modification under the relevant accounting guidance, the Company capitalized the financing costs as debt issuance costs, and expensed the legal fees. The Company used a portion of these incremental borrowings to repay $26.2 million of its 2010 Mortgage Notes. Fortress Investment Group, LLC (Fortress), which in partnership with investment funds affiliated with Yucaipa owns approximately 100% of the Company’s common shares through their combined investments in YF ART Holdings L.P., through an affiliate, funded approximately $14.0 million of the $110.0 million the Company secured through the expansion of the Term Loan B in May of 2017.

In June 2017, the Company’s Board of Trustees declared distributions of $7.1 million and $5.1 million that were paid to the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares and to common shareholders, respectively, in July 2017.

During the second quarter of 2017, the Company evaluated the limestone inventory held at its Quarry operations, and determined that approximately $2.1 million of that inventory is not of saleable quality. As a result, the Company recognized an impairment charge for that amount for the six months ended June 30, 2017.

In June of 2017, the Company’s Joint Venture recorded a $1.4 million charge to write-off a loan receivable from one of its bankrupt customers.

During the second quarter of 2017, the Company entered into a twenty-year agreement with one of its warehouse customers in the U.S. for the construction of a new facility with a budgeted construction cost of approximately $23.5 million. The Company expects to open the facility for operation in the third quarter of 2018. In addition, during the second quarter of 2017, the Company entered into a construction contract for the expansion of an existing warehouse facility in the U.S. for a total construction commitment of approximately $22.0 million. The Company expects to complete this expansion during the second quarter of 2018.

During the quarter ended June 30, 2017, the Company recognized an impairment charge totaling $8.1 million related to three owned warehouse facilities located in the United States in anticipation of a potential future sale of the assets. The estimated fair value of each warehouse facility was determined based on letters of intent executed with prospective buyers in August 2017.

During the quarter ended June 30, 2017, the Company wrote off the remaining capital lease asset of $0.4 million associated with a warehouse facility in the United States, as the Company does not plan to renew the lease agreement when it expires in 2018 and expects to operate the facility at a loss through lease expiration.

During the quarter ended June 30, 2017, the Company recognized an impairment charge totaling $6.5 million related to its investments in two joint ventures in China accounted for under the equity method as it was determined that the recorded investments were no longer recoverable from the projected future cash flows expected to be received from the ventures. The estimated fair value of each investment was determined based on an assessment of the proceeds expected to be received from the potential sale of the Company’s investment interests to the joint venture partner based on current negotiations in August 2017.

On July 6, 2017, the Company amended the agreement granting the Warrants to YF ART Holdings L.P. to re-extend the expiration date from July 10, 2017 to October 10, 2017. The change in the estimated fair value of the Warrants before and after this extension date did not affect the Company’s financial results.

 

F-68


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

23. Subsequent Events (continued)

 

In August 2017, the Company entered into a construction loan to partially finance the development of a warehouse facility in the U.S. with a budgeted construction cost of approximately $23.5 million. The aggregate loan commitment of $16.0 million is scheduled to mature in January 2019 and bears interest at an annual floating rate of LIBOR plus 2.75%.

 

F-69


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Schedule III—Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

December 31, 2016

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, as applicable and unless noted)

 

                Initial Costs           Gross amount at which carried
as of December 31, 2016
                     

Property

  Buildings     Encumbrances
(3)
    Land     Buildings and
Improvements
    Costs
Capitalized
Subsequent
to
Acquisition

(5)
    Land     Buildings and
Improvements
(2)
    Total
(4) (5) (6)
    Accumulated
Depreciation
and
Depletion
(1) (6) (7)
    Date of
Construction
  Date of
Acquisition
   

Life on
Which
Depreciation
is Computed

US

                       

Albertville, AL

    1       13,260       1,251       12,385       683       1,281       13,039       14,320       (4,567   1993     2008     5 - 40 years

Allentown, PA

    2       21,084       5,780       47,807       3,914       6,089       51,412       57,501       (19,220   1976     2008     5 - 40 years

Amarillo, TX

    1       15,673       871       4,473       1,202       932       5,615       6,547       (2,570   1973     2008     5 - 40 years

Anaheim, CA

    1       14,256       9,509       16,810       724       9,509       17,534       27,043       (6,052   1965     2009     5 - 40 years

Appleton, WI

    1       11,167       200       5,022       9,151       909       13,464       14,373       (2,985   1989     2009     5 - 40 years

Atlanta—Lakewood, GA

    1       2,978       4,297       3,369       (2,042     630       4,993       5,623       (1,554   1963     2008     5 - 40 years

Atlanta—Skygate, GA

    1       25,333       1,851       12,731       249       1,948       12,884       14,832       (3,258   2001     2008     5 - 40 years

Atlanta—Southgate, GA

    1       10,538       1,623       17,652       1,107       1,946       18,437       20,383       (5,096   1996     2008     5 - 40 years

Atlanta—Tradewater, GA

    1       19,726         36,966       (5,901     6,021       25,044       31,065       (2,156   2004     2008     5 - 40 years

Atlanta—Westgate, GA

    1       16,281       2,270       24,659       (2,974     1,869       22,085       23,954       (8,032   1990     2008     5 - 40 years

Atlanta, GA—Corporate

      9,031         365       6,823         7,189       7,189       (2,358   1999/2014     2008     5 - 40 years

Augusta, GA

    1       3,378       2,678       1,943       708       2,820       2,509       5,329       (1,158   1971     2008     5 - 40 years

Babcock, WI

    1       10,741       852       8,916       68       858       8,977       9,835       (2,252   1999     2008     5 - 40 years

Bartow, FL

    1       2,972         2,451       345       10       2,786       2,796       (1,963   1962     2008     5 - 40 years

Belvidere—Imron, IL

    1       16,279       2,000       11,989       3,188       2,376       14,801       17,177       (4,372   1991     2009     5 - 40 years

Belvidere—Landmark, IL

    1       4,999       1       2,117       1,861         3,979       3,979       (3,138   1991     2009     5 - 40 years

Bettendorf, IA

    2         1,281       12,446       (2,499     1,406       9,823       11,229       (5,920   1973     2008     5 - 40 years

Birmingham, AL

    1       1,028       1,002       957       395       881       1,473       2,354       (564   1963     2008     5 - 40 years

Boston, MA

    1       9,255       1,855       5,796       384       1,918       6,118       8,036       (2,005   1969     2008     5 - 40 years

Brea, CA

    1       8,995       4,645       5,891       585       4,664       6,457       11,121       (2,167   1975     2009     5 - 40 years

Brooklyn Park, MN

    1       9,409       1,600       8,951       1,313       1,600       10,264       11,864       (3,327   1986     2009     5 - 40 years

Burley, ID

    2       32,629         16,136       2,689       34       18,791       18,825       (11,487   1959     2008     5 - 40 years

Burlington, WA

    3       14,992       694       6,108       3,017       709       9,109       9,818       (3,744   1965     2008     5 - 40 years

Carson, CA

    1       8,811       9,100       13,731       984       9,104       14,711       23,815       (3,403   2002     2009     5 - 40 years

Cartersville, GA

    1       12,346       1,500       8,505       464       1,571       8,898       10,469       (2,512   1996     2009     5 - 40 years

Carthage Quarry, MO

        12,621       356       481       12,697       762       13,459       (2,642   N/A     2008     5 - 40 years

Carthage Warehouse Dist, MO

    1       59,380       61,445       33,880       3,748       61,734       37,339       99,073       (17,298   1972     2008     5 - 40 years

 

F-70


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Schedule III—Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

December 31, 2016

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, as applicable and unless noted)

 

                Initial Costs           Gross amount at which carried
as of December 31, 2016
                     

Property

  Buildings     Encumbrances
(3)
    Land     Buildings and
Improvements
    Costs
Capitalized
Subsequent
to
Acquisition

(5)
    Land     Buildings and
Improvements
(2)
    Total
(4) (5) (6)
    Accumulated
Depreciation
and
Depletion
(1) (6) (7)
    Date of
Construction
  Date of
Acquisition
   

Life on
Which
Depreciation
is Computed

City of Industry, CA

    2       4,053         1,455       796       19       2,231       2,250       (1,641   1962     2009     5 - 40 years

Clearfield, UT

    1       34,250       2,881       14,945       5,105       2,922       20,009       22,931       (6,686   1973     2008     5 - 40 years

Columbia, SC

    1       1,038       768       1,429       686       797       2,086       2,883       (854   1971     2008     5 - 40 years

Connell, WA

    1       7,769       497       8,728       1,067       508       9,784       10,292       (3,133   1969     2008     5 - 40 years

Dallas, TX

    1       14,135       1,468       14,385       3,681       1,537       17,998       19,535       (9,159   1994     2009     5 - 40 years

Delhi, LA

    1       16,926       539       12,228       466       580       12,653       13,233       (4,410   2010     2010     5 - 40 years

Denver-50th Street, CO

    1       1,554         1,724       404         2,128       2,128       (2,089   1974     2008     5 - 40 years

Dominguez Hills, CA

    1       8,444       11,149       10,894       882       11,149       11,776       22,925       (3,564   1989     2009     5 - 40 years

Douglas, GA

    1       2,759       400       2,080       969       `401       3,048       3,449       (800   1969     2009     5 - 40 years

East Dubuque, IL

    1         722       13,764       588       753       14,322       15,075       (3,648   1993     2008     5 - 40 years

East Point, GA

    1         1,884       3,621       1,263       1,942       4,826       6,768       (106   1959     2016     5 - 40 years

Fort Dodge, IA

    1       10,741       1,022       7,162       1,612       1,226       8,570       9,796       (3,248   1979     2008     5 - 40 years

Fort Smith, AR

    2       1,554       308       2,231       809       342       3,007       3,349       (952   1958     2008     5 - 40 years

Fort Worth—Blue Mound, TX

    1       4,008       1,700       5,055       994       1,700       6,049       7,749       (1,285   1995     2009     5 - 40 years

Fort Worth—Samuels, TX

    2       8,566       1,985       13,447       2,389       2,109       15,711       17,820       (4,937   1977     2009     5 - 40 years

Fremont, NE

    1       28,774       629       3,109       5,461       645       8,555       9,200       (3,293   1968     2008     5 - 40 years

Ft. Worth—Meacham, TX

    1       20,738       5,610       24,686       767       5,686       25,377       31,063       (8,355   2005     2008     5 - 40 years

Ft. Worth—Railhead, TX

    1       11,890       1,857       8,536       366       1,955       8,804       10,759       (3,062   1998     2008     5 - 40 years

Gadsden, AL

    1       24,936       100       9,820       (847     343       8,730       9,073       (1,530   1991     2013     5 - 40 years

Gaffney, SC

    1       4,985       1,000       3,263       115       1,000       3,378       4,378       (940   1995     2008     5 - 40 years

Gainesville, GA

    1       7,303       400       5,704       558       411       6,251       6,662       (1,718   1989     2009     5 - 40 years

Garden City, KS

    1       3,378       446       4,721       1,062       446       5,783       6,229       (1,700   1980     2008     5 - 40 years

Gateway, GA

    2       11,146       3,271       19,693       2,250       3,182       22,032       25,214       (6,648   1972     2008     5 - 40 years

Geneva Lakes, WI

    1       38,731       1,579       36,020       2,238       2,265       37,571       39,836       (8,890   1991     2009     5 - 40 years

Gloucester—East Main, MA

    1       3,047       2,557       3,807       3,782       2,660       7,486       10,146       (2,182   1961     2008     5 - 40 years

Gloucester—Rogers, MA

    1       5,193       1,683       3,675       691       1,818       4,232       6,050       (1,328   1967     2008     5 - 40 years

Gloucester—Rowe, MA

    1       5,141       1,146       2,833       4,387       1,250       7,115       8,365       (2,038   1955     2008     5 - 40 years

Gouldsboro, PA

    1       39,063       4,224       29,473       2,153       4,620       31,230       35,850       (6,706   2006     2009     5 - 40 years

Grand Island, NE

    1       2,567       430       6,542       (2,400     479       4,093       4,572       (1,475   1995     2008     5 - 40 years

 

F-71


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Schedule III—Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

December 31, 2016

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, as applicable and unless noted)

 

                Initial Costs           Gross amount at which carried
as of December 31, 2016
                     

Property

  Buildings     Encumbrances
(3)
    Land     Buildings and
Improvements
    Costs
Capitalized
Subsequent
to
Acquisition

(5)
    Land     Buildings and
Improvements
(2)
    Total
(4) (5) (6)
    Accumulated
Depreciation
and
Depletion
(1) (6) (7)
    Date of
Construction
  Date of
Acquisition
   

Life on
Which
Depreciation
is Computed

Green Bay, WI

    2       2,837         2,028       1,403       55       3,376       3,431       (1,633   1935     2009     5 -40 years

Greenville, SC

    1       581       200       1,108       437       200       1,545       1,745       (1,196   1962     2009     5 -40 years

Hatfield, PA

    2       11,044       5,002       28,286       2,692       5,314       30,666       35,980       (9,245   1983     2009     5 -40 years

Henderson, NV

    2       9,239       9,043       14,415       734       9,043       15,150       24,193       (3,797   1988     2009     5 -40 years

Hermiston, OR

    1       35,031       1,322       7,107       276       1,334       7,371       8,705       (2,476   1975     2008     5 -40 years

Heyburn, ID

    1       1,689         59       43         103       103       (42   2014     2014     5 -40 years

Houston, TX

    1       18,218       1,454       10,084       882       1,469       10,951       12,420       (2,658   1990     2009     5 -40 years

Indianapolis, IN

    4       21,280       1,897       18,991       17,841       3,104       35,625       38,729       (9,653   1975     2008     5 -40 years

Jefferson, WI

    2       8,780       1,553       19,805       920       1,880       20,398       22,278       (6,482   1975     2009     5 -40 years

Lancaster, PA

    1       16,521       2,203       15,670       677       2,371       16,179       18,550       (3,867   1993     2009     5 -40 years

LaPorte, TX

    1       12,023       2,945       19,263       2,279       3,088       21,399       24,487       (5,322   1990     2009     5 -40 years

Leesport, PA

    1       25,130       1,206       14,112       11,289       1,675       24,931       26,606       (5,108   1993     2008     5 -40 years

Lynden, WA

    5       10,769       1,420       8,590       573       1,430       9,152       10,582       (2,858   1946     2009     5 -40 years

Marshall, MO

    1       11,244       741       10,304       370       826       10,590       11,416       (3,387   1985     2008     5 -40 years

Massillon 17th, OH

    1       12,273       175       15,322       418       414       15,501       15,915       (4,553   2000     2008     5 -40 years

Massillon Erie, OH

    1       1,148         1,988       458         2,446       2,446       (2,407   1984     2008     5 -40 years

Memphis Chelsea , TN

    —           80       2       (82       1       1       (1   1972     2008     5 - 40 years

Milwaukie, OR

    2       12,362       2,473       8,112       1,322       2,483       9,424       11,907       (4,658   1958     2008     5 -40 years

Mobile, AL

    1       4,956       10       3,203       396       10       3,599       3,609       (1,016   1976     2009     5 -40 years

Modesto, CA

    6       24,872       2,428       19,594       3,867       2,667       23,221       25,888       (7,856   1945     2009     5 -40 years

Montezuma,GA

    1         93       5,437       274       123       5,681       5,804       (1,954   1965     2008     5 -40 years

Montgomery, AL

    1       7,133       850       7,746       (823     1,125       6,648       7,773       (1,098   1989     2013     5 -40 years

Moses Lake, WA

    1       32,371       575       11,046       2,209       1,094       12,736       13,830       (4,050   1967     2008     5 -40 years

Murfreesboro, TN

    1       40,735       1,094       10,936       2,548       1,333       13,244       14,577       (5,269   1982     2008     5 -40 years

Nampa, ID

    4       25,198       1,588       11,864       1,706       1,623       13,535       15,158       (6,054   1946     2008     5 -40 years

New Ulm, MN

    7       10,581       725       10,405       520       824       10,827       11,651       (3,072   1984     2009     5 -40 years

 

F-72


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Schedule III—Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

December 31, 2016

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, as applicable and unless noted)

 

                Initial Costs           Gross amount at which carried
as of December 31, 2016
                     

Property

  Buildings     Encumbrances
(3)
    Land     Buildings and
Improvements
    Costs
Capitalized
Subsequent
to
Acquisition

(5)
    Land     Buildings and
Improvements
(2)
    Total
(4) (5) (6)
    Accumulated
Depreciation
and
Depletion
(1) (6) (7)
    Date of
Construction
  Date of
Acquisition
   

Life on
Which
Depreciation
is Computed

Norfolk, VA

    2       1,554       1,453       2,811       (1,335     1,488       1,440       2,928       (1,022   1971     2008     5 - 40 years

Oklahoma City, OK

    1       4,760       742       2,411       1,147       742       3,558       4,300       (1,311   1968     2008     5 - 40 years

Ontario, CA

    3       29,495       14,673       3,632       22,230       14,673       25,862       40,535       (9,401   1987(1)/1984

(2)/1983(3)

    2008     5 - 40 years

Ontario, OR

    4       24,117         13,791       8,713       1,264       21,240       22,504       (9,618   1962     2008     5 - 40 years

Pasco, WA

    1       15,267       557       15,809       271       580       16,058       16,638       (3,958   1984     2008     5 - 40 years

Pendergrass, GA

    1       13,848       500       12,810       1,664       580       14,394       14,974       (4,267   1993     2009     5 - 40 years

Phoenix2, AZ

    1       17,767       3,182       11,312         3,182       11,312       14,494       (1,106   2014     2014     5 - 40 years

Piedmont, SC

    1       11,337       500       9,883       1,295       506       11,172       11,678       (3,191   1981     2009     5 - 40 years

Plover, WI

    1       36,573       1,390       18,298       4,563       1,845       22,406       24,251       (7,541   1981     2008     5 - 40 years

Portland, ME

    1       3,378       305       2,402       189       305       2,591       2,896       (765   1952     2008     5 - 40 years

Rochelle—Americold Drive, IL

    1       5,435       1,860       18,178       1,663       2,174       19,528       21,702       (6,896   1995     2008     5 - 40 years

Rochelle—Caron, IL

    1       15,718       2,071       36,658       483       2,107       37,105       39,212       (12,025   2004     2008     5 - 40 years

Russellville—Elmira, AR

    1       7,028       1,261       9,910       2,026       1,285       11,912       13,197       (4,589   1986     2008     5 - 40 years

Russellville—Valley, AR

    1       12,633       708       15,832       1,053       708       16,886       17,594       (4,284   1995     2008     5 - 40 years

Salem, OR

    4       41,983       3,055       21,096       2,902       3,116       23,937       27,053       (9,171   1963     2008     5 - 40 years

Salinas, CA

    5       7,220       7,244       7,181       6,351       7,281       13,495       20,776       (4,264   1958     2009     5 - 40 years

Salt Lake City, UT

    1       10,701         22,481       3,540         26,020       26,020       (9,635   1998     2010     5 - 40 years

San Antonio, TX

    3       7,067       1,894       11,101       2,348       1,981       13,362       15,343       (5,614   1913     2009     5 - 40 years

Sebree, KY

    1       7,566       638       7,895       445       638       8,339       8,977       (2,020   1998     2008     5 - 40 years

Sikeston, MO

    1       11,686       258       11,936       524       631       12,087       12,718       (2,985   1998     2009     5 - 40 years

Sioux Falls, SD

    1       6,699       856       4,780       3,227       964       7,899       8,863       (3,209   1972     2008     5 - 40 years

Springdale, AR

    1       8,372       844       10,754       1,047       871       11,775       12,646       (3,640   1982     2008     5 - 40 years

St. Louis, MO

    2       6,731       2,082       7,566       1,512       2,076       9,084       11,160       (2,116   1956     2009     5 - 40 years

St. Paul, MN

    2       11,756       1,800       12,129       369       1,800       12,498       14,298       (3,893   1970     2009     5 - 40 years

Strasburg, VA

    1       22,766       1,551       15,038       820       1,551       15,858       17,409       (4,226   1999     2008     5 - 40 years

Syracuse, NY

    2       18,240       2,177       20,056       3,520       2,257       23,496       25,753       (7,498   1960     2008     5 - 40 years

Tacoma, WA

    1       31,343         21,216       1,798       11       23,004       23,015       (5,057   2010     2010     5 - 40 years

 

F-73


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Schedule III—Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

December 31, 2016

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, as applicable and unless noted)

 

                Initial Costs           Gross amount at which carried
as of December 31, 2016
                     

Property

  Buildings     Encumbrances
(3)
    Land     Buildings and
Improvements
    Costs
Capitalized
Subsequent
to
Acquisition

(5)
    Land     Buildings and
Improvements
(2)
    Total
(4) (5) (6)
    Accumulated
Depreciation
and
Depletion
(1) (6) (7)
    Date of
Construction
  Date of
Acquisition
   

Life on
Which
Depreciation
is Computed

Tampa Plant City, FL

    2       5,813       1,333       11,836       627       1,372       12,424       13,796       (3,103   1987     2009     5 - 40 years

Tarboro, NC

    1       18,710       1,078       9,586       691       1,225       10,130       11,355       (2,886   1988     2008     5 - 40 years

Taunton, MA

    1       11,167       1,477       14,159       698       1,635       14,699       16,334       (3,552   1999     2009     5 - 40 years

Texarkana, AR

    1       3,869       842       11,169       921       921       12,010       12,931       (3,065   1992     2008     5 -40 years

Thomasville, GA

    1       6,283       1,731       16,914       (7,120     1,020       10,505       11,525       (2,983   1997     2008     5 -40 years

Tomah, WI

    1       20,311       886       10,715       230       909       10,922       11,831       (3,691   1989     2008     5 -40 years

Turlock 1, CA

    2       7,026       944       4,056       219       967       4,252       5,219       (1,543   1995     2008     5 - 40 years

Turlock 2, CA

    1       4,397       3,091       7,004       1,291       3,116       8,269       11,385       (2,594   1985     2008     5 - 40 years

Vernon 2, CA

    4       7,618       8,100       13,490       2,636       8,112       16,113       24,225       (4,971   1965     2009     5 - 40 years

Vernon 3, CA

    1       608         595       776         1,370       1,370       (939   1924     2009     5 - 40 years

Victorville, CA

    1       6,647       2,810       22,811       451       2,810       23,262       26,072       (6,476   2004     2008     5 - 40 years

Walla Walla, WA

    2       5,269       215       4,693       769       159       5,519       5,678       (2,712   1960     2008     5 - 40 years

Wallula, WA

    1       4,796       690       2,645       675       711       3,300       4,011       (873   1982     2008     5 - 40 years

Watsonville, CA

    1       13,294         8,138       306       21       8,422       8,443       (5,844   1984     2008     5 - 40 years

West Memphis, AR

    1       21,144       1,460       12,300       2,644       2,284       14,121       16,405       (4,401   1985     2008     5 - 40 years

WestPoint, MS

    1       2,229       774       7,059       (1,978     276       5,578       5,854       (1,632   1995     2008     5 - 40 years

Wichita, KS

    1       8,579       1,297       4,717       889       1,399       5,504       6,903       (2,196   1972     2008     5 - 40 years

Woodburn, OR

    1       19,793       1,552       9,860       1,113       1,552       10,973       12,525       (3,370   1952     2008     5 - 40 years

York, PA

    1       16,895       3,838       36,621       1,221       4,063       37,616       41,679       (11,419   1994     2008     5 - 40 years

York—Willow Springs, PA

    1       3,426       1,300       7,351       341       1,315       7,677       8,992       (2,367   1987     2009     5 - 40 years

Zumbrota, MN

    3       13,496       802       10,358       535       796       10,892       11,688       (2,729   1996     2009     5 - 40 years
Canada                        

Cold Logic

    3           12       3,431       89       3,354       3,443       (1,165   1999     2009     5 -40 years
Australia                        

Arndell Park

    2       35,568       13,489       29,428       (2,723     12,121       28,073       40,194       (7,110   1989/1994     2009     5 - 40 years

Bris Corporate—Acacia Ridge

            287         287       287       (198       2009     5 - 40 years

Laverton

    2       42,913       13,689       28,252       6,175       12,300       35,816       48,116       (8,203   1997/1998     2009     5 - 40 years

Murarrie

    3       23,866       10,891       18,975       (3,496     9,786       16,584       26,370       (4,412   1972/2003     2009     5 - 40 years

Prospect

    2       25,627         1,187       14,323       7,689       7,821       15,510       (1,856   1985     2009     5 - 40 years

 

F-74


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Schedule III—Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

December 31, 2016

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, as applicable and unless noted)

 

                Initial Costs           Gross amount at which carried
as of December 31, 2016
                     

Property

  Buildings     Encumbrances
(3)
    Land     Buildings and
Improvements
    Costs
Capitalized
Subsequent
to
Acquisition

(5)
    Land     Buildings and
Improvements
(2)
    Total
(4) (5) (6)
    Accumulated
Depreciation
and
Depletion
(1) (6) (7)
    Date of
Construction
  Date of
Acquisition
   

Life on
Which
Depreciation
is Computed

Spearwood

    1       18,815       7,194       10,990       (1,238     6,464       10,482       16,946       (3,011   1978     2009     5 - 40 years
New Zealand                        

Braeburn

    1           248       30         278       278       (238   1990     2009     5 - 40 years

Dalgety

    1       9,339       6,047       5,531       1,068       6,502       6,145       12,647       (1,485   1988     2009     5 - 40 years

Diversey

    1       10,576       2,357       5,966       744       2,535       6,533       9,068       (1,668   1988     2009     5 - 40 years

Halwyn

    1       3,859       5,227       3,399       1,089       5,620       4,094       9,714       (1,158   1992     2009     5 - 40 years

Makomako

    1       6,841       1,332       3,810       386       1,433       4,096       5,529       (916   2000     2009     5 - 40 years

Manu Tapu

    1           343       318         661       661       (364   2004     2009     5 - 40 years

Paisly

    3           185       915         1,100       1,100       (506   1984     2009     5 - 40 years

Smarts

    1           247       727         974       974       (498   1984     2009     5 - 40 years
Argentina                        

Mercado Central

    1           4,984       (3,191       1,793       1,793       (409   1996/1999     2009     5 - 40 years

Pilar

    1         706       2,586       (1,420     1,291       582       1,873       (206   2000     2009     5 -40 years
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Total

      1,803,059       365,011       1,562,105       223,915       384,855       1,766,176       2,151,031       (561,940      
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

F-75


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Schedule III—Footnotes

 

(1) Reconciliation of total accumulated depreciation to consolidated balance sheet caption as of December 31, 2016:

  

Total per Schedule III

   $ (561,940

Accumulated depreciation on investments in personal property

     (396,353
  

 

 

 

Total accumulated depreciation per consolidated balance sheet

     (958,293
  

 

 

 

(2) Reconciliation of total Buildings and Improvements to consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2016:

  

Building & Improvements per consolidated balance sheet

     1,765,991  

Real Capital Leases per consolidated balance sheet

     16,827  

Less: Construction In Progress (CIP) Real Estate

     (16,642
  

 

 

 

Total per Schedule III

     1,766,176  
  

 

 

 

(3) Reconciliation of total mortgage notes and term loans to consolidated balance sheet caption as of December 31, 2016:

  

Total per Schedule III

     1,803,059  

Deferred financing costs and debt discount, net of amortization

     (35,916

Allocation of term loan to third-party managed sites excluded from Schedule III

     20,264  

Less: Sale Leasebacks obligations

     (123,616

Less: Capital lease obligations

     (11,366
  

 

 

 

Total mortgage notes and term loans per consolidated balance sheet

     1,652,425  
  

 

 

 

(4) The aggregate cost for Federal tax purposes at December 31, 2016 of our real estate assets was $1,923,104.

  

(5) Includes real estate impairments recorded at the following locations:

  

Bettendorf, IA—$8,278

  

Memphis (Chelsea), TN—$82

  

Norfolk, VA—$1,460

  

 

F-76


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Schedule III—Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

December 31, 2016

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, as applicable and unless noted)

 

(6) The following table summarizes the Company’s real estate activity and accumulated depreciation for the years ended December 31:

 

     2016     2015     2014  

Real Estate Facilities, at Cost:

      

Beginning Balance

   $ 2,379,980     $ 2,381,146     $ 2,369,155  

Capital Expenditures to Maintain Real Estate Facilities

     46,761       41,431       18,660  

Acquisitions

     8,922       —         —    

Dispositions

     (36,628     (18,270     (13,579

Impairment

     (9,820     (5,711     —    

Conversion of leased assets to owned

     (5,331     9,058    

Newly Developed Facilities Opened for Operation

     —         —         27,851  

Impact of Foreign Exchange Rate Changes

     (1,541     (27,674     (20,941
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

     2,382,343       2,379,980       2,381,146  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated Depreciation:

      

Beginning Balance

     (629,404     (558,813     (474,763

Depreciation Expense

     (85,296     (88,135     (91,293

Dispositions

     21,885       13,376       4,242  

Impact of Foreign Exchange Rate Changes

     425       4,168       3,001  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

     (692,390     (629,404     (558,813
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Real Estate Facilities at December 31

   $ 1,689,953     $ 1,750,576     $ 1,822,333  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The total real estate facilities amounts in the table above include $91.6 million, $98.4 million and $107.4 million of assets under sale-leaseback agreements accounted for as a financing as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company does not hold title in these assets under sale-leaseback agreements. During the year ending December 31, 2016, the Company acquired and improved a new facility for a total cost of $8.9 million, and acquired the leasehold interest in two operated facilities for a net cost of $36.3 million. In addition, the Company disposed of four idle facilities with a net book value of $20.0 million for an aggregate amount of $31.1 million. Of these proceeds, $0.6 million was used to pay down the 2010 Mortgage Notes, as defined in Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. As of December 31, 2016, the Company held for sale an idle facility of the Warehouse segment with a carrying amount of $2.1 million, which is included in “Property, plant, and equipment—net” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The Company expects to complete the disposal of such idle facility during the first half of 2017.

 

F-77


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST AND SUBSIDIARIES

Schedule III—Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

December 31, 2016

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, as applicable and unless noted)

 

(7) Reconciliation of the Company’s real estate activity and accumulated depreciation for the years ended December 31, 2016 to Schedule III:

 

   

Total Real Estate gross amount per Schedule III

   $ 2,151,031  

Plus: Refrigeration equipment

     228,129  

Less: Quarry assets

     (13,459

Plus: Construction In Progress (CIP) Real Estate

     16,642  
  

 

 

 

Real Estate Facilities, at Cost—Ending balance

     2,382,343  
  

 

 

 

Accumulated Depreciation and Depletion per Schedule III

   $ (561,940

Plus: Refrigeration equipment

     (133,092

Less: Quarry assets

     2,642  
  

 

 

 

Accumulated Depreciation—Ending balance

   $ (692,390
  

 

 

 

 

F-78


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)

 

     September 30,
2017
    December 31,
2016
 
     (Unaudited)     (Note)  

Assets

    

Property, plant, and equipment:

    

Land

   $ 390,988     $ 384,855  

Buildings and improvements

     1,844,499       1,765,991  

Machinery and equipment

     555,255       532,855  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,790,742       2,683,701  

Accumulated depreciation and depletion

     (1,004,693     (923,686
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant, and equipment – net

     1,786,049       1,760,015  

Capitalized leases:

    

Buildings and improvements

     16,827       16,827  

Machinery and equipment

     56,242       41,831  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     73,069       58,658  

Accumulated depreciation

     (39,527     (34,607
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capitalized leases – net

     33,542       24,051  

Cash and cash equivalents

     82,044       22,834  

Restricted cash

     21,491       40,096  

Accounts receivable – net allowance of $4,894 and $4,072 at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively

     184,497       199,751  

Identifiable intangible assets – net

     27,057       24,254  

Goodwill

     188,385       186,805  

Investments in partially owned entities

     14,609       22,396  

Other assets

     50,688       47,429  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,388,362     $ 2,327,631  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Series B Preferred Shares and shareholders’ deficit

    

Liabilities:

    

Borrowings under revolving line of credit

   $ —       $ 28,000  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     225,038       210,469  

Construction loan

     13,130       —    

Mortgage notes and term loans – net of discount and deferred financing costs of $33,818 and $35,916, in the aggregate, at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively

     1,728,994       1,652,425  

Sale-leaseback financing obligations

     122,105       123,616  

Capitalized lease obligations

     36,652       27,932  

Unearned revenue

     18,805       17,863  

Pension and postretirement benefits

     20,793       21,799  

Deferred tax liability – net

     21,326       23,055  

Multi-Employer pension plan withdrawal liability

     9,167       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     2,196,010       2,105,159  

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 13)

    

Preferred shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value – authorized 375,000 Series B Cumulative Convertible Voting and Participating Preferred Shares; aggregate liquidation preference of $375,000; 375,000 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016

     379,690       371,927  

Shareholders’ deficit:

    

Preferred shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value – authorized 1,000 Series A Cumulative Non-Voting Preferred Shares; aggregate liquidation preference of $125; 125 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016

     —         —    

Common shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value – authorized 250,000,000 shares; 69,370,609 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016

     694       694  

Paid-in capital

     393,694       392,591  

Accumulated deficit and distributions in excess of net earnings

     (577,297     (532,196

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (4,429     (10,544
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ deficit

     (187,338     (149,455
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, Series B Preferred Shares and shareholders’ deficit

   $ 2,388,362     $ 2,327,631  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Note: The Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2016 has been derived from the audited financial statements at that date but does not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements.

See accompanying notes.

 

F-79


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2017     2016  

Revenues:

    

Rent, storage, and warehouse services revenues

   $ 848,064     $ 789,873  

Third-party managed services

     178,561       188,021  

Transportation services

     107,665       110,035  

Other revenues

     7,577       7,508  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     1,141,867       1,095,437  

Operating expenses:

    

Rent, storage, and warehouse services cost of operations

     593,665       568,005  

Third-party managed services cost of operations

     168,879       177,681  

Transportation services cost of operations

     97,932       99,472  

Cost of operations related to other revenues

     7,653       5,584  

Depreciation, depletion, and amortization

     87,196       88,754  

Multi-Employer pension plan withdrawal expense

     9,167       —    

Impairment of long-lived assets

     8,773       —    

Selling, general and administrative

     77,785       72,158  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     1,051,050       1,011,654  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     90,817       83,783  

Other (expense) income:

    

Loss from partially owned entities

     (1,342     (1,105

Impairment of partially owned entities

     (6,496     —    

Interest expense

     (85,233     (90,278

Interest income

     785       531  

Loss on debt extinguishment and modification

     (986     (1,437

Foreign currency exchange loss

     (3,870     (2,466

Other income, net

     1,155       831  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax and gain from sale of real estate, net of tax

     (5,170     (10,141

Income tax (expense) benefit:

    

Current

     (7,734     (6,678

Deferred

     4,379       3,398  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

     (3,355     (3,280
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before gain on sale of real estate, net of tax

   $ (8,525   $ (13,421
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) gain from sale of real estate, net of tax

     (83     5,996  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (8,608   $ (7,425
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less distributions on preferred shares of beneficial interest – Series A

     (8     (8

Less distributions on preferred shares of beneficial interest – Series B

     (21,326     (21,326

Less accretion on preferred shares of beneficial interest – Series B

     (657     (707
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common shares of beneficial interest

   $ (30,599   $ (29,466
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding – basic

     70,012       69,879  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding – diluted

     70,012       69,879  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share of beneficial interest – basic

   $ (0.44   $ (0.42
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share of beneficial interest – diluted

   $ (0.44   $ (0.42
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distributions declared per common share of beneficial interest

   $ 0.22     $ 0.22  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-80


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss (Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2017     2016  

Net loss

   $ (8,608   $ (7,425

Other comprehensive income (loss) – net of tax:

    

Adjustment to accrued pension liability

     1,715       2,785  

Change in unrealized net gain on foreign currency

     4,339       2,274  

Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedge derivatives

     61       (2,425
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

     6,115       2,634  

Total comprehensive loss

   $ (2,493   $ (4,791
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-81


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Deficit

(In thousands, except shares)

 

    Preferred Shares of
Beneficial Interest
Series A
    Common Shares of
Beneficial Interest
          Accumulated
Deficit and
Distributions
in Excess of
Net Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total  
    Number
of Shares
    Par
Value
    Number
of Shares
    Par
Value
    Paid-in
Capital
       

December 31, 2016

    125     $ —         69,370,609     $ 694     $ 392,591     $ (532,196   $ (10,544   $ (149,455

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         (8,608     —         (8,608

Other comprehensive income

    —         —         —         —         —         —         6,115       6,115  

Distributions paid on preferred shares of beneficial interest – Series A

    —         —         —         —         —         (8     —         (8

Distributions paid or accrued on preferred shares of beneficial interest – Series B

    —         —         —         —         —         (21,326     —         (21,326

Distributions paid or accrued on common shares of beneficial interest

    —         —         —         —         —         (15,159     —         (15,159

Accretion on preferred shares of beneficial interest – Series B

    —         —         —         —         (657     —         —         (657

Stock-based compensation expense (Stock Options and RSUs)

    —         —         —         —         1,760       —         —         1,760  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance – September 30, 2017 (Unaudited)

    125     $ —         69,370,609     $ 694     $ 393,694     $ (577,297   $ (4,429   $ (187,338
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-82


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2017     2016  

Operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (8,608   $ (7,425

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation, depletion, and amortization

     87,196       88,754  

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount

     6,389       5,229  

Amortization of below market leases

     114       159  

Loss on debt extinguishment and modification, non-cash

     400       871  

Foreign exchange loss

     3,870       2,466  

Loss from and impairment of partially owned entities

     7,838       1,105  

Stock-based compensation expense (Stock Options and RSUs)

     1,760       1,950  

Deferred tax benefit

     (4,379     (3,398

Loss (gain) loss from sale of real estate

     83       (5,997

(Gain) loss on sale of other assets

     (297     407  

Impairment of long-lived assets and inventory

     10,881       —    

Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal expense

     9,167       —    

Provision of doubtful accounts receivable

     865       986  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     17,698       3,174  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     (4,840     (500

Other

     (1,007     (391
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     127,130       87,390  

Investing activities:

    

Restricted cash outflows

     382,704       497,421  

Restricted cash inflows

     (363,814     (474,753

Proceeds from the sale of property, plant, and equipment

     2,217       12,634  

Additions to property, plant, and equipment

     (99,889     (48,495
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (78,782     (13,193

Financing activities:

    

Distributions paid on beneficial interest shares – preferred – Series A

     (8     (8

Distributions paid on beneficial interest shares – preferred – Series B

     (14,218     (14,218

Distributions paid of beneficial interest shares – common

     (10,107     (10,107

Proceeds from revolving line of credit

     34,000       78,000  

Repayment of revolving line of credit

     (62,000     (78,000

Repayment of sale-leaseback financing obligations

     (1,510     (4,862

Repayment of capitalized lease obligations

     (6,125     (34,503

Payment of debt issuance costs

     (4,180     (10,796

Repayment of term loans and mortgage notes

     (49,038     (397,452

Proceeds from term loans and mortgage notes

     110,000       383,078  

Proceeds from construction loan

     13,130       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     9,944       (88,868

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     58,292       (14,671

Effect of foreign currency translation

     918       250  

Cash and cash equivalents:

    

Beginning of period

     22,834       33,431  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

   $ 82,044     $ 19,010  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flows information:

    

Acquisition of fixed assets under capitalized lease obligations

   $ 14,838     $ 3,901  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest paid – net of amounts capitalized and defeasement costs

   $ 79,345     $ 88,314  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes paid – net of refunds

   $ 6,394     $ 9,072  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition of property, plant, and equipment on accrual

   $ 13,850     $ 1,976  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-83


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

1. General

The Company

Americold Realty Trust (the Company or we) is a real estate investment trust (REIT) organized under Maryland law.

During 2010, the Company formed a Delaware limited partnership, Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P. (the Operating Partnership), and transferred substantially all of its interests in entities and associated assets and liabilities to the Operating Partnership. This structure is commonly referred to as an umbrella partnership REIT or an UPREIT structure. The REIT is the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership, owning 100% of the common general partnership interest as of September 30, 2017. As the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership, the REIT has full, exclusive and complete responsibility and discretion in the day-to-day management and control of the Operating Partnership.

The Operating Partnership includes numerous qualified REIT subsidiaries (QRSs). Additionally, the Operating Partnership conducts various business activities in the United States (U.S.), Australia, New Zealand, Argentina, and Canada through several wholly owned taxable REIT subsidiaries (TRSs).

Ownership

As of September 30, 2017, YF ART Holdings L.P., a partnership among investment funds affiliated with The Yucaipa Companies (Yucaipa) and Fortress Investment Group, LLC, owns approximately 100% of the Company’s common shares of beneficial interest.

Customer Information

The Company’s customers consist primarily of national, regional, and local food manufacturers, distributors, retailers, and food service organizations. For the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, one customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenues, with $146.5 million and $156.8 million, respectively. The substantial majority of this customer’s business relates to our third-party managed segment. Of these amounts, $135.3 million and $146.1 million represented reimbursements for certain pass-through expenses during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively, that were completely offset by matching expenses included in our third-party managed cost of operations.

Impairment of assets

During the second quarter of 2017, the Company evaluated the limestone inventory held at its Quarry operations, and determined that approximately $2.1 million of that inventory is not of saleable quality. As a result, the Company recognized an impairment charge for that amount, which is included in the “Cost of operations related to other revenues” in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of operations.

Further, during the second quarter of 2017, the Company recognized an impairment charge totaling $8.1 million related to three owned warehouse facilities located in the United States in anticipation of a potential future sale of the assets. The estimated fair value of each warehouse facility was determined based on letters of intent executed with prospective buyers in August 2017, and the impairment charge is included within the “Impairment of long-lived assets” financial statement item in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of operations.

In addition, the Company wrote off the remaining leasehold improvement asset of $0.4 million associated with a warehouse facility in the United States, as the Company does not plan to renew the lease agreement when it

 

F-84


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

1. General (continued)

 

expires in 2018. The impairment charge is included within the “Impairment of long-lived assets” financial statement item in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of operations for nine months ended September 30, 2017.

Finally, during the quarter ended June 30, 2017, the Company recognized an impairment charge totaling $6.5 million related to its investments in two joint ventures in China accounted for under the equity method (see Note 2) as it was determined that the recorded investments were no longer recoverable from the projected future cash flows expected to be received from the ventures. The estimated fair value of each investment was determined based on an assessment of the proceeds expected to be received from the potential sale, anticipated in the fourth quarter of 2017, of the Company’s investment interests to the joint venture partner based on current negotiations. The impairment charge is included within the “Impairment of partially owned entities” financial statement item in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of operations.

Assets Held for Sale

The three warehouse facilities for which the Company recognized an impairment charge totaling $8.1 million in the second quarter of 2017, were classified as held for sale as of September 30, 2017 with a total net book value of $10.6 million, representing their estimated fair value less estimated cost to sell. The Company expects to complete the sale of these warehouse facilities during the fourth quarter of 2017. There were no assets classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2016.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (GAAP) for interim financial information, and with the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements do not include all disclosures associated with the Company’s consolidated annual financial statements included in its audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016, and, accordingly, should be read in conjunction with the referenced audited financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (all of which are normal and recurring in nature) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Operating results for the interim periods presented are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

Clarifying the Definition of a Business

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business. This guidance requires an entity to evaluate if substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets; if so, the set of transferred assets and activities is not a business. The guidance also requires a business to include at least one substantive process and narrows the definition of outputs by more closely aligning it with how outputs are described in ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. ASU 2017-01 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those years. ASU 2017-01 will be applied prospectively to any transactions occurring within the period of adoption. Early adoption is permitted, including for interim or annual periods in which the financial statements have not been issued or made available for issuance. The Company early adopted ASU 2017-01 as of the beginning of its fiscal year 2017.

 

F-85


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

1. General (continued)

 

Future Adoption of Accounting Standards

Compensation - Retirement Benefits

In March 2017, the Financial Accounting Standard Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standard Update (ASU) 2017-07, Compensation - Retirement Benefits (Topic 715), Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost (ASU 2017-07). This update requires that the service cost component of net periodic pension and other postretirement benefits (OPEB) (income) expense be presented in the same income statement line item as other employee compensation costs, while the remaining components of net periodic pension and OPEB (income) expense are to be presented outside operating income. Retrospective application of the change in income statement presentation is required, while the change in capitalized benefit cost is to be applied prospectively. ASU 2017-01 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted in the first financial statements (interim or annual) issued for a fiscal year, provided all provisions of the ASU (income statement presentation and capitalization of service cost) are adopted. The Company’s adoption of this guidance will result in the reclassification of non-service cost components, as disclosed in Note 12, from “Selling, general and administrative” expense to “Other income, net” for all periods presented in the consolidated statements of operations.

Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. This update eliminates step two of the goodwill impairment test, and specifies that goodwill impairment should be measured by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. Additionally, the amount of goodwill allocated to each reporting unit with a zero or negative carrying amount of net assets should be disclosed. For public business entities that are SEC filers, this ASU is effective for annual and any interim impairment tests for periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Public business entities that are not SEC filers should apply the new guidance to annual and any interim impairment tests for periods beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is allowed for all entities as of January 1, 2017, for annual and any interim impairment tests occurring after January 1, 2017. The Company believes the adoption of ASU 2017-04 will not have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

2. Equity-Method Investments

The Company has investments in certain ventures that are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The following tables summarize the financial information of the Company’s largest joint ventures (CMAL and CMAH, as defined in the 2016 audited financial statements) for the interim periods presented.

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2017
 
Condensed results of operations    CMAL     CMAH      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Revenues

   $ 28,503     $ 8,540      $ 37,043  

Operating (loss) income

     (3,184     961        (2,223

Net (loss) income

     (3,277     612        (2,665

Company’s (loss) income from partially owned entities

     (1,642     300        (1,342

 

F-86


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Equity-Method Investments (continued)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2016
 
Condensed results of operations    CMAL     CMAH      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Revenues

   $ 26,449     $ 7,003      $ 33,452  

Operating (loss) income

     (2,885     770        (2,115

Net (loss) income

     (2,748     557        (2,191

Company’s (loss) income from partially owned entities

     (1,378     273        (1,105

In June of 2017, CMAL recorded a $1.4 million charge to write-off a loan receivable from one of its bankrupt customers.

In addition to CMAL and CMAH, the Company has an investment in a joint venture, also accounted for under equity-method, with a carrying amount of $2.0 million as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

3. Redeemable Preferred Shares

Series A Cumulative Non-Voting Preferred Shares

In January 2009, the Company issued 125 Series A Cumulative Non-Voting Preferred Shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share (Series A Preferred Shares) for proceeds of $0.1 million. The Series A Preferred Shares may be redeemed by the Company at any time by notice for a price, payable in cash, equal to 100.0% of each share’s liquidation value of $1,000, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends, plus, if applicable, a redemption premium. As of September 30, 2017, the Company may redeem the Series A Preferred Shares without payment of a redemption premium. Holders of the Series A Preferred Shares are entitled to receive dividends semiannually at a per annum rate equal to 12.5% of the liquidation value.

Series B Cumulative Convertible Voting Preferred Shares

During 2010, the Company’s Board of Trustees approved a series of agreements and documents that effected the conversion of 375,000 authorized and unissued preferred shares of the Company into 375,000 Series B Cumulative Convertible Voting Preferred Shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share (Series B Preferred Shares), and simultaneously authorized the sale and issuance of the 375,000 Series B Preferred Shares. On December 15, 2010, the Company issued 375,000 of the Series B Preferred Shares for proceeds of $368.5 million. Of this amount, 325,000 Series B Preferred Shares were issued to affiliates of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (Goldman) and 50,000 Series B Preferred Shares were issued to an affiliate of the majority partner in the Company’s Joint Venture, as defined in the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016.

The Series B Preferred Shares contain certain conversion features, the terms of which are dependent upon the nature of the conversion event. At each holder’s option, the Series B Preferred Shares may be converted into a number of the Company’s common shares of beneficial interest (common shares), the conversion rate being based upon a variable price index, as defined. As of September 30, 2017, each Series B Preferred Share was convertible at the holder’s option into approximately 88 of the Company’s common shares. If all holders of the Series B Preferred Shares had elected to convert all of their shares in this manner on September 30, 2017, approximately 33,240,000 common shares of the Company would have been issued for the 375,000 Series B Preferred Shares. The Series B Preferred Shares contain certain preemptive rights, anti-dilution provisions, and protections in the event of a recapitalization. The Series B Preferred Shares have the equivalent voting rights as the common shares. The Series B Preferred Shares are senior to any junior securities, and upon a qualifying

 

F-87


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

3. Redeemable Preferred Shares (continued)

 

liquidation event, as defined, each holder of the Series B Preferred Shares would receive the greater of $1,000 cash per share, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends, or the payment that would be paid in connection with such liquidation event in respect of the number of common shares into which such Series B Preferred Shares could be converted.

Holders of the Series B Preferred Shares are entitled to a 5.0% annual fixed cash dividend (Fixed Dividend) based on the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share plus all accrued and unpaid dividends. Additionally, the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares are entitled to participate in dividends paid to holders of the Company’s common shares by receiving a dividend in an amount and in a kind equal to and equivalent to what the holder would have received had such holder held the number of common shares for such common share dividend into which the Series B Preferred Share could be converted on the record date (Participating Dividend). Beginning in 2011, and each year thereafter, if Participating Dividends paid annually to the holders of the Series B Preferred Share do not equal or exceed 2.5% of the $1,000 per share liquidation preference, then holders are entitled to a dividend for the shortfall. Dividends are only payable when declared by the Company’s Board of Trustees, but accrued and unpaid dividends are cumulative and payable upon any conversion or redemption event, as defined, for the Series B Preferred Shares.

As of September 30, 2017, the Company’s Board of Trustees declared $14.1 million of Fixed Dividends, $4.7 million of which were accrued in the Series B Preferred Shares mezzanine caption of the balance sheet as of September 30, 2017, and were paid on October 2, 2017. There were no accrued or unpaid Fixed Dividends to the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares as of December 31, 2016.

In the event that the Company completes a qualifying Initial Public Offering (IPO), each outstanding Series B Preferred Share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends will be automatically converted into the Company’s common shares based on the then-existing conversion price. In the event that the Company completes a non-qualifying IPO, each outstanding Series B Preferred Share will be automatically converted into one Series C Preferred Share. A qualifying IPO is defined as an IPO in which a) the aggregate gross proceeds to the Company are at least $250 million (before deduction of underwriting discounts, commissions and expenses), and b) the offering price per common shares is greater than or equal to 135% of the Series B Preferred Share’s conversion price in effect upon the consummation of such qualified IPO.

Upon the occurrence of the tenth anniversary of the issuance date of the Series B Preferred Shares, December 15, 2020, and each subsequent anniversary thereafter, the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares outstanding on the redemption date may, at their option, require the Company to redeem the Series B Preferred Shares in, at the Company’s option, either cash or the Company’s common shares based on the current market price. The redemption value upon such an event will be $1,000 per share, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends. Separately, upon a change in control event, the Series B Preferred Shares will be redeemable, at the option of the holder, at 101% of the liquidation preference for cash.

Given that the Series B Preferred Shares are redeemable at the option of the holder on the tenth anniversary of the issuance date, the Company is required to classify these shares in mezzanine equity. The carrying amount of the Series B Preferred Shares was initially recorded net of discount and offering costs totaling approximately $10.0 million. The carrying amount is increased by periodic accretions through accumulated deficit and distributions in excess of net earnings in the consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity, so that the carrying amount will equal the mandatory redemption value as of December 15, 2020, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends. As of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the carrying amount of the Series B Preferred Shares was $379.7 million and $371.9 million, respectively.

 

F-88


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

3. Redeemable Preferred Shares (continued)

 

Series C Convertible Voting Preferred Shares

Contemporaneously with the authorization of the conversion and issuance of the Series B Preferred Shares by the Board of Trustees discussed above, the Board of Trustees also authorized the conversion of an additional 375,000 authorized and unissued preferred shares into 375,000 Series C Convertible Voting Preferred Shares (Series C Preferred Shares). As discussed above, the Series C Preferred Shares are potentially issuable to the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares upon conversion in connection with a non-qualifying IPO. As of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, no Series C Preferred Shares were issued or outstanding.

4. Debt

The Company’s outstanding borrowings as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 are as follows:

 

          Coupon
Interest Rate
    Effective
Interest
Rate
    September 30, 2017     December 31, 2016  
              (In thousands)  
    Maturity         Carrying
Amount
    Fair Value 1     Carrying
Amount
    Fair Value 1  

2015 Revolving Line of Credit 1, 2

    12/2018       L+3.00     3.86   $ —       $ —       $ 28,000     $ 28,000  
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2010 Mortgage Notes cross-collateralized and cross-defaulted by 46 warehouses:

             

Component A-1

    1/2021       3.86     4.40     61,188       62,948       73,619       75,828  

Component A-2-FX

    1/2021       4.96     5.38     150,334       162,549       150,334       162,361  

Component A-2-FL 2

    1/2021       L+1.51     2.93     48,654       49,201       74,899       76,083  

Component B

    1/2021       6.04     6.48     60,000       65,925       60,000       66,450  

Component C

    1/2021       6.82     7.28     62,400       69,888       62,400       69,420  

Component D

    1/2021       7.45     7.92     82,600       93,235       82,600       87,969  

2013 Mortgage Notes cross-collateralized and cross-defaulted by 15 warehouses:

             

Senior note

    5/2023       3.81     4.14     195,757       198,694       200,252       201,455  

Mezzanine A

    5/2023       7.38     7.55     70,000       69,650       70,000       68,436  

Mezzanine B

    5/2023       11.50     11.75     32,000       31,840       32,000       31,351  

2015 Term Loans:

             

Term Loan B 2

    12/2022       L+3.75     5.36     808,966       808,966       704,833       704,833  

Australia Term Loan 2

    6/2020       BBSY+1.40     4.84     159,132       161,519       146,789       148,803  

New Zealand Term Loan 2

    6/2020       BKBM+1.40     5.57     31,781       32,258       30,615       31,031  

Less deferred financing costs

          (27,242     n/a       (28,473     n/a  

Less debt discount

          (6,576     n/a       (7,443     n/a  
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Mortgage Notes and Term Loans, net

 

      $ 1,728,994     $ 1,806,673     $ 1,652,425     $ 1,724,020  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Construction Loan:

             

1 warehouse – Clearfield, UT 2

    2/2019       L+3.25     5.12   $ 13,130     $ 13,130     $ —       $ —    
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-89


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

4. Debt (continued)

 

(1)   The carrying amount of the 2015 Revolving Line of Credit approximates its fair value due to the short-term maturity of the instrument. See Note 7 for information on the determination of fair value for other outstanding borrowings.
(2)   L = one-month LIBOR; BBSY= Bank Bill Swap Bid Rate (applicable in Australia); BKBM = Bank Bill Reference Rate (applicable in New Zealand).

2015 Revolving Line of Credit

On April 22, 2016, the Company entered into a Joinder Agreement with the Lenders to increase the size of the 2015 Revolving Line of Credit by $15.0 million, for a total Lenders’ commitment of $150.0 million. The Company capitalized approximately $0.1 million in debt issuance costs as a result of this transaction.

On July 19, 2016, Moody’s Investor Services upgraded the rating for the Company to B2 from B3. As a result, the Applicable Margin on the 2015 Revolving Line of Credit was lowered to 3.00% per year plus one-month LIBOR.

On February 8, 2017, the Company obtained an increase in the size of the 2015 Revolving Line of Credit from the Lenders of $20.0 million, for a total commitment of $170.0 million. In connection with this transaction, the Company capitalized approximately $0.3 million in debt issuance costs. These debt issuance costs are included in “Other assets” in the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2017.

Term Loan B

On July 18, 2016 (1 st Amendment), the Company amended its credit agreement with the Lenders to secure incremental borrowings of $385.0 million and re-price the Original Term Loan B (Amended Term Loan B, and together with the Original Term Loan B, Term Loan B). The aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan B of $708.4 million, after principal amortization from the Closing Date through the 1 st Amendment, bears interest at an Applicable Margin, as defined in the 1 st Amendment, of 4.75% per year plus one-month LIBOR with a 1.00% floor, and must be repaid in quarterly installments of $1.8 million from September 30, 2016, with a final payment of the balance due on December 1, 2022. The net proceeds from the incremental borrowings under the Amended Term Loan B of $373.5 million, after deducting a 0.50% OID for the expansion of the borrowing base and certain arrangement and structuring fees, were used to repay the 2006 Mortgage Notes – Pool 1A, 1B and 1C. As part of this amendment, the Company incurred $9.3 million of debt issuance costs, of which $6.8 million were capitalized and classified as a contra-liability to the “Mortgage notes and term loans” line item of the consolidated balance sheet.

On January 20, 2017, the Company, with consent of the Lenders, modified its Term Loan B to reduce the Applicable Margin from 4.75% to 3.75% per year (2 nd Amendment). All other terms remained the same. In connection with this 2 nd Amendment, the Company paid $2.0 million in financing costs and $0.1 million in legal fees. As the repricing of the Term Loan B met the definition of a modification under the relevant accounting guidance, the Company capitalized the financing costs as debt issuance costs, and expensed the legal fees.

On May 11, 2017, the Company and the Lenders entered into a Joinder Agreement to secure incremental borrowings of $110.0 million under the Term Loan B, for an aggregate principal amount of $809.0 million as of September 30, 2017, after principal amortization. As a result of these incremental borrowings, the Term Loan B must be repaid in quarterly installments of approximately $2.0 million from June 30, 2017, with a final payment of the balance due on December 1, 2022. All other terms remained the same. In connection with this transaction,

 

F-90


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

4. Debt (continued)

 

the Company paid $1.2 million in financing costs and $0.2 million in legal fees. As the transaction met the definition of a modification under the relevant accounting guidance, the Company capitalized the financing costs as debt issuance costs, and expensed the legal fees. The Company used a portion of these incremental borrowings to repay $26.2 million of its 2010 Mortgage Notes.

Construction Loan – Clearfield, UT

In February 2017, the Company entered into a construction loan (the UT Construction Loan) to finance the development of a warehouse facility in Clearfield, UT, with an aggregate potential commitment amount of approximately $24.1 million. The UT Construction Loan has an initial maturity date of February 2019 and bears interest at an annual floating rate of LIBOR plus 3.25%. As of September 30, 2017, the Company had a balance outstanding under the UT Construction Loan of $13.1 million.

Construction Loan – Middleboro, MA

In August 2017, the Company entered into a second construction loan (the MA Construction Loan) to partially finance the development of a warehouse facility in Middleboro, MA, with an aggregate loan commitment of $16.0 million. The MA Construction Loan has an initial maturity date of August 2020 and bears interest at an annual floating rate of LIBOR plus 2.75%. As of September 30, 2017, the Company had no outstanding balance under the MA Construction Loan.

5. Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company’s objectives for utilizing derivative instruments is to reduce its exposure to fluctuations in cash flows due to changes in the variable interest rates related to certain indebtedness of its foreign subsidiaries. The Company’s strategy to achieve that objective involves entering into interest rate swap contracts. There have been no significant changes in the Company’s policy or strategy for utilizing derivative instruments from what was disclosed in its audited condensed consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016.

As of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the aggregate fair value of these cash flow hedges was $2.6 million and $2.4 million, respectively, which are included in the “Accounts payable and accrued expenses” line of the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet. The Company determines the fair value of these derivative instruments using a present value calculation with significant observable inputs classified as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

The following table summarizes the impact of the Company’s interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges on the results of operations, Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI):

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
         2017              2016      
     (In thousands)  

(Gain) loss recognized as OCI, net of tax (effective portion)

   $ (61    $ 2,425  

Loss reclassified from AOCI into interest expense, net of tax

     1,157        771  

The Company’s derivatives have been designated as cash flow hedges; therefore, the effective portion of the changes in the fair value of derivatives will be recognized in AOCI. As the critical terms of the interest rate

 

F-91


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

5. Derivative Financial Instruments (continued)

 

swaps match the underlying debt being hedged, no ineffectiveness is recognized on these swaps and, therefore, all unrealized changes in fair value are recorded in AOCI. The Company classifies cash inflows and outflows from derivatives within operating activities on the statement of cash flows. Amounts reclassified from AOCI into earnings related to realized gains and losses on interest rate swaps are recognized when interest payments or receipts occur related to the swap contracts, which correspond to when interest payments are made on the Company’s hedged debt.

Refer to Note 14 for additional details regarding the impact of the Company’s derivatives on AOCI for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016.

6. Sale-Leasebacks of Real Estate

The Company’s outstanding sale-leaseback financing obligations of real estate-related long-lived assets are as follows:

 

     Maturity      Interest Rate as
of September 30,
2017
   September 30,
2017
     December 31,
2016
 
                 (In thousands)  

1 warehouse – 2010

     8/2030      10.34%    $ 19,496      $ 19,579  

11 warehouses – 2007

     9/2027      7.00%–19.59%      102,609        104,037  
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total sale-leaseback financing obligations

         $ 122,105      $ 123,616  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

7. Fair Value Measurements

The Company categorizes assets and liabilities that are recorded at fair values into one of three tiers based upon fair value hierarchy. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; Level 2, defined as inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and revolving line of credit approximate their fair values due to the short-term maturities of the instruments.

The Company’s mortgage notes, term loan and construction loans are reported at their aggregate principal amount less unamortized original issue discount and deferred financing costs on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The fair value of these financial instruments is estimated based on the present value of the expected coupon and principal payments using a discount rate that reflects the projected performance of the collateral asset as of each valuation date. The inputs used to estimate the fair value of the Company’s mortgage notes, term loans and construction loans are comprised of Level 2 inputs, including senior industrial commercial real estate loan spreads, corporate industrial loan indexes, risk-free interest rates, and Level 3 inputs, such as future coupon and principal payments, and projected future cash flows of the collateral asset.

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis include certain investments included in cash equivalent money market funds and restricted cash assets. The Company’s cash

 

F-92


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

7. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

 

equivalent money market funds and restricted cash assets are valued at quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1), which the Company receives from the financial institutions that hold such investments on its behalf.

The Company recognizes transfers between levels within the hierarchy as of the beginning of the reporting period. There were no transfers between levels within the hierarchy for the interim periods presented.

The Company’s assets and liabilities measured or disclosed at fair value are as follows:

 

            Fair Value  
     Fair Value
Hierarchy
     September 30,
2017
     December 31,
2016
 
        
            (In thousands)  

Measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

     Level 1      $ 82,044      $ 22,834  

Restricted cash

     Level 1        21,491        40,096  

Interest rate swap liabilities

     Level 2        2,566        2,439  

Measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis:

        

Long-lived assets written down

     Level 3      $ —        $ 8,610  

Disclosed at fair value:

        

Mortgage notes, term loans and construction loan

     Level 3      $ 1,819,803      $ 1,724,020  

8. Dividends and Distributions

In order to comply with the REIT requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (IRC), the Company is generally required to make common share distributions (other than capital gain distributions) to its shareholders at least equal to 100% of its REIT taxable income, as defined in the IRC, computed without regard to the distributions paid deduction and net capital gains. The Company’s common share dividend policy is to distribute a percentage of cash flow to ensure distribution requirements of the IRS are met while allowing the Company to retain cash to meet other needs, such as capital improvements and other investment activities. The payment of common share distributions is dependent upon the Company’s financial condition, operating results and REIT distribution requirements, and may be adjusted at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Trustees.

 

F-93


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

8. Dividends and Distributions (continued)

 

The following tables summarize distributions declared to the holders of common shares and Series B Preferred Shares for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016:

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017

 

Period Declared

   Dividend Per
Share
     Distributions Paid            Period Paid  
            Common
Shares
     Series B
Preferred
Shares
              
(In thousands, except per share amounts)  

March

   $ 0.073      $ 5,053      $ 2,421          April  

June

     0.073        5,053        2,421          July  

September

     0.073        5,053        2,421          October  
     

 

 

    

 

 

      
      $ 15,159        7,263       (a)     
     

 

 

    

 

 

      

Series B Preferred Shares – Fixed Dividend

           14,063       (b)     
  

 

 

      

Total distributions paid or accrued to Series B Preferred Shares holders

         $ 21,326       
  

 

 

      

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016

 

Period Declared

   Dividend Per
Share
     Distributions Paid            Period Paid  
            Common
Shares
     Series B
Preferred
Shares
              
(In thousands, except per share amounts)  

March

   $ 0.073      $ 5,053      $ 2,421          April  

June

     0.073        5,053        2,421          July  

September

     0.073        5,053        2,421          October  
     

 

 

    

 

 

      
      $ 15,159        7,263       (a)     
     

 

 

    

 

 

      

Series B Preferred Shares – Fixed Dividend

           14,063       (b)     
  

 

 

      

Total distributions paid or accrued to Series B Preferred Shares holders

         $ 21,326       
  

 

 

      

 

(a)   Participating Dividend.
(b)   Paid in equal quarterly amounts along with the Participating Dividend.

9. Warrants

On December 10, 2009, the Company issued to affiliates of Yucaipa warrants to purchase 18,574,619 additional common shares at an exercise price of $9.81 per share (Warrants), which were exercisable at any time at the option of Yucaipa through December 10, 2016. In 2015, Yucaipa contributed the Warrants to YF ART Holdings L.P.

On December 7, 2016, the Company amended the agreement granting the Warrants to YF ART Holdings L.P. to extend the expiration date from December 10, 2016 to March 10, 2017. As a result of this modification, the Company calculated the change in the estimated fair value of the Warrants before and after the extension date,

 

F-94


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

9. Warrants (continued)

 

and concluded that the change in the expiration date increased the estimated fair value of the Warrants by $3.9 million, which the Company recognized as a charge to stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2016.

On March 10, 2017, YF ART Holdings L.P. did not exercise its option to purchase additional common shares under the Warrants, and the Company amended the agreement granting the Warrants to YF ART Holdings L.P. three more times extending the expiration date through October 10, 2017. As a result of these amendments, the Company calculated the change in the estimated fair value of the Warrants before and after each extension date, and concluded that the change in the expiration dates did not increase the estimated fair value of the Warrants. Therefore, the Company did not recognize any charges associated with the Warrants during the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

YF ART Holdings L.P. did not exercise its option to purchase additional common shares under the Warrants on October 10, 2017, and the Company has since re-extended the expiration date several times through December 7, 2017. The change in the estimated fair value of the Warrants before and after the date of each extension between October 10, 2017 and December 7, 2017 did not affect the Company’s financial results.

On December 7, 2017, the Company re-extended the expiration date of the Warrants to January 31, 2018, and is currently evaluating whether the change in fair value of the Warrants before and after this last extension date will impact its financial results.

10. Share-Based Compensation

All share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and is recognized on a straight-line basis as expense over the employees’ requisite service period as adjusted for forfeitures. The following table summarizes stock option grants under the 2010 Plan during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016:

 

Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

  

Grantee Type

   # of
Options
Granted
    

Vesting
Period

   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Grant Date
Fair Value
 
2017    Employee group      —        —        —          —    
2016    Employee group      925,000      5 years    $ 9.81      $ 3,191,250  

Restricted stock units are nontransferable until vested and the holders are not entitled to receive dividends with respect to the units until the issuance of a common share. Prior to the issuance of a common share, the grantees of restricted stock units are not entitled to vote the shares. Restricted stock unit awards vest in equal annual increments over the vesting period.

The following table summarizes restricted stock unit grants under the 2010 Plan during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016.

 

Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

  

Grantee Type

   # of
Restricted Stock
Units Granted
    

Vesting
Period

   Grant Date
Fair Value
 
2017    Director group      18,348      2-3 years    $ 198,892  
2017    Employee group      141,288      5 years    $ 1,897,498  
2016    Director group      18,348      2-3 years    $ 198,892  

 

F-95


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

10. Share-Based Compensation (continued)

 

A summary of option activity under the 2008 Plan and 2010 Plan as of September 30, 2017 and 2016, and changes during the nine months then ended, respectively, are as follows:

 

Options

   Shares
(In thousands)
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Terms
(Years)
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2016

     6,313      $ 9.72        6.8  

Granted

     —          —       

Exercised

     —          —       

Forfeited or expired

     (835      9.66     
  

 

 

       

Outstanding as of September 30, 2017

     5,478        9.72        6.2  
  

 

 

       

Exercisable as of September 30, 2017

     3,294      $ 9.67        5.1  
  

 

 

       

Outstanding as of December 31, 2015

     5,808      $ 9.69        7.0  

Granted

     1,225        9.81     

Exercised

     —          —       

Forfeited or expired

     (739      9.65     
  

 

 

       

Outstanding as of September 30, 2016

     6,294        9.72        6.9  
  

 

 

       

Exercisable as of September 30, 2016

     2,995      $ 9.61        5.0  
  

 

 

       

Aggregate stock-based compensation charges were $1.8 million and $2.0 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and were included as a component of “selling, general and administrative” expense on the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations. As of September 30, 2017, there was $6.1 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to stock options and restricted stock units, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.6 years.

11. Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the provisions of ASC 740 “Income Taxes”, which generally requires the Company to record deferred income taxes for the tax effect of differences between book and tax bases of its assets and liabilities.

Deferred income taxes reflect the available net operating losses and the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Realization of the future tax benefits related to deferred tax assets is dependent on many factors, including the Company’s past earnings history, expected future earnings, the character and jurisdiction of such earnings, unsettled circumstances that, if unfavorably resolved, would adversely affect utilization of its deferred tax assets, carryback and carryforward periods, and tax strategies that could potentially enhance the likelihood of realization of a deferred tax asset.

 

F-96


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

11. Income Taxes (continued)

 

The Company recorded income tax expense of $3.4 million and $3.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. As a REIT, the Company is entitled to a deduction for dividends paid, resulting in a substantial reduction in the amount of federal income tax expense it recognizes. Substantially all of the Company’s income tax expense is incurred based on the earnings generated by its foreign operations, and a significant portion of those earnings is permanently reinvested. The Company’s consolidated effective tax rate could fluctuate in the future based on changes in estimates of taxable income generated by domestic and foreign taxable operations versus the REIT, the implementation of additional tax planning strategies, changes in federal or state tax rates or laws, changes in uncertain tax positions, or changes in the valuation allowance applied to the Company’s deferred tax assets.

Income Tax Contingencies

ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statements recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The guidance prescribed in ASC 740 establishes a recognition threshold of more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination. The measurement attribute requires that a tax position be measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

The Company had liabilities of $0.9 million recorded for uncertain tax positions as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax positions in income tax expense.

Tax Reform Act

On December 22, 2017, a comprehensive tax reform bill was enacted. As a result of the enactment, we are required to incorporate in our fourth quarter 2017 financial statements the effects of the legislation on our current and deferred tax positions. As of the date of the filing, we have not yet completed an analysis of the effects of the legislation on our tax position for various reasons. First, the legislative changes are extensive and require review of the effects on our international, federal, and state postures. Second, the IRS has not yet released guidance that may be relevant to our application of the legislative changes to our facts. Finally, the Financial Accounting Standards Board is contemplating the release of guidance that may be relevant to our application of the legislative changes as well. We expect to include relevant estimates and disclosures in our year-end financial statements for 2017, consistent with the requirement to record such adjustments in the quarter of enactment.

Ruling Request

In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company filed a ruling request with the IRS for confirmation of a tax position for which it believed qualified (more likely than not) for the treatment historically applied by the Company. On December 21, 2017, the Company reached settlement with the IRS in the amount of $4.3 million.

 

F-97


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

12. Employee Benefit Plans

The components of net period benefit cost for the Company’s defined benefit pension and postretirement plans are as follows for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017  
     Retirement
Income
Plan
    National
Service-
Related
Pension
Plan
    Other
Post-
Retirement
Benefits
    Superannuation     Total  
     (In thousands)  

Components of net periodic benefit cost:

          

Service cost

   $ 49     $ 378     $ —       $ 176     $ 603  

Interest cost

     1,560       1,120       20       90       2,790  

Expected return on plan assets

     (1,317     (881     —         (131     (2,329

Amortization of net loss (gain)

     946       611       (1     —         1,556  

Amortization of prior service cost

     —         159       —         —         159  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net pension benefit cost

   $ 1,238     $ 1,387     $ 19     $ 135     $ 2,779  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016  
     Retirement
Income
Plan
    National
Service-
Related
Pension
Plan
    Other
Post-
Retirement
Benefits
    Superannuation     Total  
     (In thousands)  

Components of net periodic benefit cost:

          

Service cost

   $ 81     $ 387     $ —       $ 117     $ 585  

Interest cost

     1,325       966       19       77       2,387  

Expected return on plan assets

     (1,554     (933     —         (121     (2,608

Amortization of net loss (gain)

     1,594       559       (2     —         2,151  

Amortization of prior service cost

     —         159       —         —         159  

Effect of settlement

     475       —         —         —         475  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net pension benefit cost

   $ 1,921     $ 1,138     $ 17     $ 73     $ 3,149  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company expects to contribute $3.1 million to all plans in 2017.

Multi-Employer Plans

The Company contributes to a number of multi-employer benefit plans under the terms of collective bargaining agreements that cover union-represented employees. These plans generally provide for retirement, death, and/or termination benefits for eligible employees within the applicable collective bargaining units, based on specific eligibility/participation requirements, vesting periods, and benefit formulas. Details on multi-employer benefit plans can be found in the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016.

During the third quarter of 2017, the Company recorded a charge of $9.2 million representing the present value of a liability associated with its withdrawal obligation under the New England Teamsters Multi-Employer Pension Fund (Fund) for hourly, unionized associates at four of its domestic warehouse facilities.

 

F-98


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

12. Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

 

The Fund is grossly underfunded in accordance with Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) funding standards and, therefore, ERISA required to develop a Rehabilitation Plan, creating a new fund that minimizes the pension withdrawal liability. As a result, current employers participating in the Fund were given the opportunity to exit the Fund and convert to a new fund. The Company’s portion of the unfunded liability, estimated at $13.7 million, will be repaid in equal monthly installments of approximately $38 thousand over 30 years, interest free. Under the relevant U.S. GAAP standard, a participating employer withdrawing from a multi-employer plan should account for a loss contingency equal to the present value of the withdrawal liability, and amortize difference between such present value and the estimated unfunded liability through interest expense over the repayment period.

13. Commitments and Contingencies

Letters of Credit

As of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, there were $33.8 million and $35.3 million, respectively, of outstanding letters of credit issued on the Company’s revolving credit facility.

Construction commitments

During the second quarter of 2017, the Company entered into a twenty-year agreement with one of its warehouse customers in the U.S. for the construction of a new facility with a budgeted construction cost of approximately $23.5 million. The Company expects to open the facility for operation in the third quarter of 2018.

In addition, during the second quarter of 2017, the Company entered into a construction contract for the expansion of an existing warehouse facility in the U.S. for a total commitment of approximately $22.0 million. The Company expects to complete this expansion during the second quarter of 2018.

Collective Bargaining Agreements

As of September 30, 2017, approximately 53% of the Company’s labor force is covered by collective bargaining agreements. Collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 0.2% of the labor force are set to expire in 2017. The majority of collective bargaining agreements that have already expired as of September 30, 2017 are still under negotiation.

Legal Proceedings

In assessing loss contingencies related to legal proceedings that are pending against the Company or unasserted claims that may result in such proceedings, the Company and its legal counsel evaluate the merits of any legal proceedings or unasserted claims, as well as the perceived merits of the amount of relief sought or expected to be sought. If the assessment of a contingency suggests that a loss is probable, and the amount can be reasonably estimated, then a loss is recorded.

In addition to the matters discussed below, the Company may be subject to litigation and claims arising from the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, after consultation with legal counsel, the outcome of such matters is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

F-99


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

13. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

 

Kansas Breach of Settlement Agreement Litigation

This case was served against the Company in Wyandotte County, Kansas, on January 17, 2013, alleging breach of a 1994 Settlement Agreement reached with customers of our predecessor company, Americold Corporation. The plaintiffs originally brought claims in 1992 arising from a fire the previous year in an underground warehouse facility.

In 1994, a settlement was reached whereby Americold Corporation agreed to the entry of a $58.7 million judgment against it and assigned its rights to proceed against its insurer to satisfy the judgment. The settlement agreement contained a standard “cooperation provision” where Americold Corporation agreed to sign any documents and to take any actions necessary to fulfill the intent of the settlement agreement. The plaintiffs then sued Americold Corporation’s insurance company to recover the amounts of the settlement. After decades of litigation, the case was ultimately dismissed in 2012, and the Kansas Supreme Court ruled that the 1994 consent judgment had expired.

On September 24, 2012, the plaintiffs filed a separate claim in the district court of Wyandotte County, Kansas, alleging that the Company and one of its subsidiaries, Americold Logistics, LLC, as successors to Americold Corporation, are liable for the full amount of the judgment, based upon the vague allegation that the Company failed to execute a document or take action to keep the judgment alive and viable.

On February 7, 2013, the Company removed the case to the U.S. federal court and filed a motion to dismiss the case on several grounds, which the plaintiffs vigorously opposed. On October 4, 2013, the court granted our motion and dismissed the case in full. Only one plaintiff appealed the dismissal to the U.S. Court of Appeals where oral argument was heard in November 2014 before the Tenth Circuit in Denver. The Court of Appeals ordered the case remanded to the Kansas State Court, finding U.S. federal diversity jurisdiction did not exist over the Company. The Company petitioned the U.S. Supreme Court for an Oral Argument that occurred on January 19, 2016.

On March 7, 2016, the United States Supreme Court handed down a decision in the Kansas Breach of Settlement Agreement Litigation case. The decision was contrary to the position that the Company argued and the matter was remanded back to Kansas state court for further proceedings. Regardless of the venue, the Company remains confident that its defenses on the merits of plaintiffs’ claims are strong under Kansas law and the chance of any liability is remote.

Following remand to Kansas state court, we have been discussing with plaintiffs a path forward that would result in the plaintiffs dropping the claim for damages and seeking an Order of Specific Performance—namely to require Americold sign a new document to reinstate the judgment assigned in the 1994 Settlement Agreement. Plaintiffs filed a motion to amend which was granted at a March 7, 2017 hearing. There has been no activity since, only discussion on how to move the case forward and whether Plaintiffs might reinstate the damages claim in the face of our intention to file a motion to dismiss. Americold maintains its position that any such renewal of the judgment is ineffective as a matter of law, its defenses are strong and the likelihood of any liability is remote.

 

F-100


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

14. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The Company reports activity in AOCI for unrealized holding gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, foreign currency translation adjustments, investments in foreign subsidiaries, unrealized gains and losses on cash flow hedge derivatives, and minimum pension liability adjustments (net of tax). The activity in AOCI for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 is as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2017      2016  
     (In thousands)  

Pension and other postretirement benefits:

     

Balance at beginning of period, net of tax

   $ (12,880    $ (14,852

(Losses) gains arising during the period

     1,556        2,626  

Less: (Tax benefit)/Tax expense

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (losses) gains arising during the period

     1,556        2,626  

Amortization of net loss and prior service cost (1)

     159        159  

Less: (Tax benefit)/Tax expense (2)

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net reclassified from AOCI to net loss

     159        159  

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

     1,715        2,785  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period, net of tax

     (11,165      (12,067

Foreign currency translation adjustments:

     

Balance at beginning of period, net of tax

     3,874        7,018  

Losses on foreign currency translation

     4,339        2,274  

Less: Tax expense/(Tax benefit)

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net gains/(losses) on foreign currency translation

     4,339        2,274  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period, net of tax

     8,213        9,292  

Cash flow hedge derivatives:

     

Balance at beginning of period, net of tax

     (1,538      (1,468

Unrealized loss on cash flow hedge derivatives

     (1,074      (4,292

Less: Tax expense/(Tax benefit)

     22        (1,096
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss on cash flow hedge derivatives

     (1,096      (3,196

Net reclassified from AOCI to net loss (interest expense)

     1,157        771  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period, net of tax

     (1,477      (3,893
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   $ (4,429    $ (6,668
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   Amounts reclassified from AOCI for pension liabilities are recorded in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
(2)   Deferred tax impact of amounts reclassified from AOCI for pension liabilities are recorded in deferred income tax expense (benefit) in the consolidated statements of operations.

15. Related-Party Transactions

Affiliates of Goldman are part of the lending group that has $25.0 million, or 14.7%, of the commitments under the amended 2015 Revolving Credit Facility. Another affiliate of Goldman is one of the participating lenders in the ANZ Loans (with a 2.5% participation in the Australia Term Loan and 31.8% in the New Zealand Term

 

F-101


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

15. Related-Party Transactions (continued)

 

Loan), for which the Company paid a performance fee to Goldman. As a member of the lending group, the Company is required to pay certain fees to Goldman, which may include interest on borrowings, unused facility fees, letter of credit participation fees, and letter of credit facility fees. The Company paid to Goldman interest expense and fees totaling approximately $0.6 million and $1.3 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Interest payable to Goldman was nominal as of September 30, 2017 and 2016. Goldman is also the counterparty to the interest rate swap agreements described in Note 5.

Fortress Investment Group, LLC (Fortress), which in partnership with investment funds affiliated with Yucaipa owns approximately 100% of the Company’s common shares through their combined investments in YF ART Holdings L.P., through an affiliate, funded approximately $14.0 million of the $110.0 million the Company secured through the expansion of the Term Loan B in May of 2017. Fortress held $48.7 million aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan B as of September 30, 2017. Interest expense paid to Fortress was approximately $1.6 million and $0.2 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

16. Segment Information

Our principal operations are organized into four reportable segments: Warehouse, Third-Party Managed, Transportation and Quarry.

 

  Warehouse. Our primary source of revenues consists of rent and storage and warehouse services fees. Our rent and storage and warehouse services revenues are the key drivers of our financial performance. Rent and storage revenues consist of recurring, periodic charges related to the storage of frozen and perishable food and other products in our warehouses. We also provide these customers with a wide array of handling and other warehouse services, such as (1) receipt, handling and placement of products into our warehouses for storage and preservation, (2) retrieval of products from storage upon customer request, (3) blast freezing, which involves the rapid freezing of non-frozen products, including individual quick freezing for agricultural produce and seafood, (4) case-picking, which involves selecting product cases to build customized pallets, (5) kitting and repackaging, which involves assembling custom product packages for delivery to retailers and consumers, and labeling services, (6) order assembly and load consolidation, (7) exporting and importing support services, (8) container handling, (9) cross-docking, which involves transferring inbound products to outbound trucks utilizing our warehouse docks without storing them in our warehouses, and (10) government-approved temperature-controlled storage and inspection services. We may charge our customers in advance for storage and outbound handling fees. Cost of operations for our warehouse segment consists of power, other facilities costs, labor and other costs.

 

  Third-Party Managed. We receive management and incentive fees, as well as reimbursement of substantially all expenses, for warehouses and logistics services that we manage on behalf of third-party owners/customers. Cost of operations for our third-party managed segment are reimbursed on a pass-through basis (typically within two weeks), with all reimbursements, plus an applicable mark-up, recognized as revenues under the relevant accounting guidance.

 

  Transportation. We charge transportation fees, including fuel surcharges, to our customers for whom we arrange the transportation of their products. Cost of operations for our transportation segment consist primarily of third-party carrier charges, which are impacted by factors affecting those carriers.

 

  Quarry . In addition to our primary business segments, we own a limestone quarry in Carthage, Missouri. Revenues are generated from the sale of limestone mined at our quarry. Cost of operations for our quarry consist primarily of labor, equipment, fuel and explosives.

 

F-102


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

16. Segment Information (continued)

 

Our reportable segments are strategic business units separated by product and service offerings. Each reportable segment is managed separately and requires different operational and marketing strategies. The accounting polices used in the preparation of our reportable segments financial information are the same as those used in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.

Our chief operating decision maker uses revenues and segment contribution to evaluate segment performance. We calculate segment contribution as earnings before interest expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization, and excluding corporate selling, general and administrative expense, impairment charges, restructuring charges, acquisition related costs, other income and expense, and certain one-time charges. Corporate general and administrative function supports all the business segments. Therefore, the related expense is not allocated to segments as the chief operating decision maker does not use it to evaluate segment performance.

Segment contribution is not a measurement of financial performance under GAAP, and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. You should not consider our segment contribution as an alternative to operating income determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

F-103


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

16. Segment Information (continued)

 

The following table presents segment revenues and contributions with a reconciliation to income (loss) before income tax for the interim periods presented.

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2017      2016  
     (In thousands)  

Segment revenues:

     

Warehouse

   $ 848,064      $ 789,873  

Third-Party Managed

     178,561        188,021  

Transportation

     107,665        110,035  

Quarry

     7,577        7,508  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

     1,141,867        1,095,437  

Segment contribution:

     

Warehouse

     254,399        221,868  

Third-Party Managed

     9,682        10,340  

Transportation

     9,733        10,563  

Quarry

     (76      1,924  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total segment contribution

     273,738        244,695  

Reconciling items:

     

Depreciation, depletion, and amortization

     (87,196      (88,754

Multi-Employer pension plan withdrawal expense

     (9,167      —    

Impairment of long-lived assets

     (8,773      —    

Selling, general and administrative

     (77,785      (72,158

Loss from partially owned entities

     (1,342      (1,105

Impairment of partially owned entities

     (6,496      —    

Interest expense

     (85,233      (90,278

Interest income

     785        531  

Loss on debt extinguishment and modification

     (986      (1,437

Foreign currency exchange loss

     (3,870      (2,466

Other income, net

     1,155        831  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

   $ (5,170    $ (10,141
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

17. Loss per Common Share

Basic and diluted loss per common share are calculated using the two-class method by dividing the net loss attributable to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Holders of Series B Preferred Shares are entitled to cumulative dividends, which are added to the reported net loss whether or not declared or paid to determine the net loss attributable to common shareholders under the two-class method.

 

F-104


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

17. Loss per Common Share (continued)

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, potential common shares under the treasury stock method and the if-converted method were antidilutive because the Company reported a net loss attributable to common shares of beneficial interest. Consequently, the Company did not have any adjustments in these periods between basic and diluted loss per share related to stock options, restricted stock units, warrants and convertible preferred share.

The table below presents the weighted-average number of antidilutive potential common shares that are not considered in the calculation of diluted loss per share:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2017      2016  

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

     33,240,261        33,240,261  

Common share warrants

     18,574,619        18,574,619  

Employee stock options

     5,983,183        6,322,752  

Restricted stock units

     159,342        176,131  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     57,957,405        58,313,763  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

18. Subsequent Events

On December 15, 2017, the Company closed on the sale of a warehouse facility in West Point, MS. The Company received proceeds totaling $1.9 million from the sale, and a $0.1 million gain was recognized on the sale.

On December 27, 2017, the Company closed on the sale of a warehouse facility in Gloucester, MA. The Company received proceeds totaling $5.6 million from the sale, and a $0.1 million gain was recognized on the sale.

 

F-105


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of China Merchants Americold Holdings Company Limited

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of China Merchants Americold Holdings Company Limited, which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 and the related consolidated statements of profit and other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board; this includes the design, implementation and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free of material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of China Merchants Americold Holdings Company Limited at December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

/s/ Ernst & Young Hua Ming LLP

Shenzhen, the People’s Republic of China

March 17, 2017

Except for Note 30 and 31, as to which the date is

September 1, 2017

 

F-106


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

TO THE SHAREHOLDERS OF

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of China Merchants Americold Holding Company Limited and its subsidiaries (the “Company”), which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as of December 31, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flow for the year then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the Company’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of China Merchants Americold Holding Company Limited and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Other Matters

The accompanying consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flow for the year ended December 31, 2013, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements were not audited, reviewed or compiled by us and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on them.

/s/ Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Certified Public Accountants LLP

Shenzhen, Guangdong, People’s Republic of China

December 26, 2016

 

F-107


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

 

     Notes      2016     2015     2014  
            RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  

Revenue

     8        61,692       52,131       44,806  

Cost of sales

        (42,897     (42,581     (79,382
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

        18,795       9,550       (34,576

Administrative expenses

        (10,089     (11,533     (9,071

Impairment loss of goodwill and property, plant and equipment

     9        —         —         (34,221

Other gains, net

     10        18,960       6,227       158  

Bank Interest income

        75       67       39  

Finance costs

     11        (2,270     (2,268     (2,254
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) before tax

        25,471       2,043       (79,925

Income tax (expense) credit

     12        (410     (220     10,716  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) for the year

     13        25,061       1,823       (69,209
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:

         

Item that may be subsequently reclassified to profit and loss

         

Exchange difference arising on translation

        (771     (1,196     (4
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

        24,290       627       (69,213
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) for the year attributable to:

         

Equity holders of the Company

        18,142       844       (66,594

Non-controlling interests

        6,919       979       (2,615
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        25,061       1,823       (69,209
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year attributable to:

         

Equity holders of the Company

        18,500       735       (66,942

Non-controlling interests

        5,790       (108     (2,271
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        24,290       627       (69,213
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-108


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015

 

     Notes      2016     2015  
            RMB’000     RMB’000  

ASSETS

       

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

       

Prepaid lease payment

     14        12,946       13,258  

Property, plant, and equipment

     15        173,668       174,476  

Goodwill

        2,236       2,237  

Other intangible assets

     16        234       305  

Deferred tax assets

     22        1,415       1,764  

Other assets

     19        —         32,492  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

        190,499       224,532  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS

       

Inventory

        26       —    

Trade debtors

     17        10,417       8,004  

Bank balances and cash

     18        7,159       10,106  

Other assets

     19        83,790       23,332  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

        101,392       41,442  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

        291,891       265,974  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

EQUITY

       

EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE EQUITY HOLDERS

       

Share capital

     20        7       7  

Other reserves

        232,559       232,201  

Accumulated deficit

        (76,804     (94,946

Non-controlling interests

        20,050       14,260  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

        175,812       151,522  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

       

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

       

Borrowings

     21        21,475       24,725  

Loans from a fellow subsidiary

     28(g)        —         50,000  

Deferred tax liabilities

     22        561       618  

Other non-current liabilities

     23        11,592       7,160  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

        33,628       82,503  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

       

Borrowings

     21        3,250       2,650  

Creditors and accruals

     24        29,201       29,299  

Loans from a fellow subsidiary

     28(g)        50,000       —    
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

        82,451       31,949  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        116,079       114,452  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

        291,891       265,974  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-109


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The consolidated financial statements on pages 9 to 45 were approved and authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on March 17, 2017, except for Note 30 and 31, which were reapproved and reauthorized on September 1, 2017.

 

/s/ Chen, Haizhao      /s/ Zhang, Rui
DIRECTOR      DIRECTOR

 

F-110


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

 

    Share
Capital
    Capital
reserve
    Exchange
reserve
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total     Non-controlling
interests
    Total
equity
 
    RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  
          (note 28 (h))                                

Balance at January 1, 2014

    7       206,577       17,751       (29,196     195,139       16,639       211,778  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the year

    —         —         —         (66,594     (66,594     (2,615     (69,209

Other comprehensive loss

    —         —         (348     —         (348     344       (4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the year

    —         —         (348     (66,594     (66,942     (2,271     (69,213
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

    7       206,577       17,403       (95,790     128,197       14,368       142,565  

Profit for the year

    —         —         —         844       844       979       1,823  

Other comprehensive loss

    —         —         (109     —         (109     (1,087     (1,196
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

    —         —         (109     844       735       (108     627  

Shareholders’ contributions

    —         8,330       —         —         8,330       —         8,330  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

    7       214,907       17,294       (94,946     137,262       14,260       151,522  

Profit for the year

    —         —         —         18,142       18,142       6,919       25,061  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    —         —         358       —         358       (1,129     (771
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

    —         —         358       18,142       18,500       5,790       24,290  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

    7       214,907       17,652       (76,804     155,762       20,050       175,812  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-111


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

 

     Note      2016     2015     2014  
            RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

         

Net cash inflows (outflows) from operations

     25        14,896       (12,128     18,288  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from (used in) operating activities

        14,896       (12,128     18,288  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

         

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

        (15,876     (21,389     (24,353

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

        2,850       7,121       —    
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

        (13,026     (14,268     (24,353
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

         

Cash receipts from shareholders’ contribution

        —         8,330       —    

New bank borrowings raised

        —         27,375       —    

Loans from a fellow subsidiary

        —         50,000       —    

Repayments of loans from a fellow subsidiary

        (2,650     (50,000     —    

Interests paid

        (2,184     (2,186     (2,175
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) generated from financing activities

        (4,834     33,519       (2,175
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in bank balances and cash

        (2,964     7,123       (8,240

Bank balances and cash at the beginning of the year

        10,106       2,963       11,207  

Exchange difference on bank balances and cash

        17       20       (4
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Bank balances and cash at the end of the year

        7,159       10,106       2,963  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-112


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

1. General Information

China Merchants Americold Holdings Company Limited (the “Company”) was incorporated as a limited liability company under the laws of British Virgin Islands (“BVI”) on January 20, 2010. The principal activities of the Company and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the “Group”) are primarily provision of cold chain transportation and warehousing services in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”). Details of the Company’ subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 are in the note 2.

The immediate holding company is Smart Ally Holdings Limited, a private limited liability company incorporated in BVI and the ultimate holding company is China Merchants Group Limited, a state-owned enterprise registered in the PRC.

The address of the registered office of the Company is P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, BVI.

2. Basis of Preparation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRSs”).

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis. Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for goods and services.

These consolidated financial statements are presented in Renminbi (“RMB”), unless otherwise stated.

Going concern

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Group has net current assets of RMB18,941,000 and RMB9,493,000, respectively. China Merchants Logistics Group Co., Ltd., a fellow subsidiary of the Company, has confirmed its intention to provide continuing financial support to the Company so as to enable it to continue its operating activities for the next twelve months from the approval date of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016. Consequently, the directors believe that the Company will continue as a going concern, and have prepared the consolidated financial statements on a going concern basis.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and entities controlled by the Company and its subsidiaries. Control is achieved when the Company:

 

    has power over the investee;

 

    is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and

 

    has the ability to use its power to affect its returns.

The Group reassesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more of the three elements of control listed above.

 

F-113


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

2. Basis of Preparation (continued)

 

Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Group obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Group loses control of the subsidiary. Specifically, income and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income from the date the Group gains control until the date when the Group ceases to control the subsidiary.

Profit or loss and each item of other comprehensive income are attributed to the equity holders of the Company and to the non-controlling interests. Total comprehensive income of subsidiaries is attributed to the equity holders of the Company and to the non-controlling interests even if this results in the non-controlling interests having a deficit balance.

When necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring their accounting policies into line with the Group’s accounting policies.

All intragroup assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows relating to transactions between members of the Group are eliminated in full on consolidation.

Non-controlling interests represent the portion of the net assets of subsidiaries attributable to interests that are not owned by the Company, whether directly or indirectly and in respect of which the Group has not agreed any additional terms with the holders of those interests which would result in the Group having a contractual obligation in respect of those interests that meets the definition of a financial liability. Non-controlling interests are presented in the consolidated statements of financial position within equity, separately from equity attributable to the equity holders of the Company. Non-controlling interests in the results of the Group are presented on the face of the consolidated statements of profit and loss and other comprehensive income as an allocation of the total profit or loss and total comprehensive income (loss) for the year between non-controlling interests and the equity holders of the Company.

The following is the details of the subsidiaries held by the Company at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015:

 

Name of subsidiary

 

Date of
establishment

 

Place of
incorporation and
nature of legal
entity

 

Principal activities
and place of
operation

 

Particulars of issued
share capital/
paid in capital

  Proportion of
nominal value of
issued share
capital/registered
capital/equity
interests and voting
power

held by the
Company
          2016   2015

Asia Zone Investment Limited

  January 2, 2008   BVI, limited liability company   Investment holding, BVI   1 ordinary share of United States dollar (“US$”) 1 each   100%   100%

China Merchants Americold Hong Kong Holding Company Limited

  March 29, 2010   Hong Kong, limited liability company   Investment holding, Hong Kong   1 ordinary share of Hong Kong dollar (“HK$”) 1 each   100%   100%

 

F-114


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

2. Basis of Preparation (continued)

 

Name of subsidiary

 

Date of
establishment

 

Place of
incorporation and
nature of legal
entity

 

Principal activities
and place of
operation

 

Particulars of issued
share capital/
paid in capital

  Proportion of
nominal value of
issued share
capital/registered
capital/equity
interests and voting
power

held by the
Company
          2016   2015

China Merchants Cold Chain Logistics (China) Company Limited

  February 20, 1996   BVI, limited liability company   Investment holding, BVI   1,000 ordinary share of HK$1 each   70%   70%

China Merchants Cold Chain Logistics (Hong Kong) Company Limited

  March 27, 2006   Hong Kong, limited liability company   Investment holding, Hong Kong   1 ordinary share of HK$1 each   70%   70%

China Merchants International Cold Chain (Shenzhen) Company Limited

  January 12, 1990   The PRC, limited liability company   Provision of cold chain transportation and warehousing services, the PRC   US$5,000,000   70%   70%

Kangxin Logistics (Harbin) Co., Ltd.

  July 2, 2009   The PRC, limited liability company   Provision of cold chain transportation and warehousing services, the PRC   US$5,000,000   100%   100%

Rich Products Tianjin Co., Ltd.

  March 8, 2004   The PRC, limited liability company   Provision of cold chain transportation and warehousing services, the PRC   US$5,000,000   100%   100%

 

F-115


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

 

3. Application of New and Revised IFRSS

 

  (i) Revision and amendments to existing standards and interpretation effective in the year ended December 31, 2016 but have no impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements

 

IFRS 14

   Regulatory Deferral Accounts

Amendments to IFRS 10, Exception IFRS 12 and IAS 28 (2011)

   Investment Entities: Applying the Consolidation

Amendments to IFRS 11 Operations

   Accounting for Acquisitions of Interests in Joint

Amendments to IAS 1

   Disclosure Initiative

Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38

  

Clarification of Acceptable Methods of Depreciation and Amortization

Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 41

   Agriculture: Bearer Plants

Amendments to IAS 27 (2011)

   Equity Method in Separate Financial Statements

Annual Improvements 2012-2014 Cycle

   Amendments to a number of IFRSs

The adoption of the above standards or revised standards has no significant financial effect on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

  (ii) New standards and amendments to existing standards have been issued but are not yet effective for the financial year beginning on January 1, 2016 and have not been early adopted by the Group

 

IFRS 9

   Financial Instruments 2

IFRS 15

   Revenue from Contracts with Customers 2

IFRS 16

   Leases 3

Amendments to IFRS 2

  

Classification and Measurement of Share-based Payment Transactions 2

Amendments to IFRS 4

  

Applying IFRS 9 Financial Instruments with IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts 2

Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 (2011)

  

Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture 4

Amendments to IFRS 15

  

Clarifications to IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers 2

Amendments to IAS 7

   Disclosure Initiative 1

Amendments to IAS 12

   Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets for Unrealised Losses 1

 

1   Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2017
2   Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018
3   Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019
4   No mandatory effective date yet determined but available for adoption

 

  (iii) New standards and amendments to existing standards have been issued but are not yet effective for the financial year beginning on January 1, 2016 and have not been early adopted by the Group

 

F-116


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

3. Application of New and Revised IFRSS (continued)

 

Further information about those IFRSs that are expected to be applicable to the Group is as follows:

IFRS 15 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“IFRS 15”)

IFRS 15 was issued which establishes a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. IFRS 15 will supersede the current revenue recognition guidance including IAS 18 “Revenue” (“IAS 18”), IAS 11 “Construction Contracts” (“IAS 11”) and the related interpretations when it becomes effective.

The core principle of IFRS 15 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange of those goods or services. Specially, IFRS 15 introduces a 5-step approach to revenue recognition:

Step 1: Identify the contract(s) with a customer

Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract

Step 3: Determine the transaction price

Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

Step 5: Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation

Under IFRS 15, an entity recognizes revenue when (or as) a performance obligation is satisfied, i.e. when “control” of the goods or services underlying the particular performance obligation is transferred to the customer. Far more prescriptive guidance has been added to IFRS 15 to deal with specific scenarios. Furthermore, extensive disclosures are required by IFRS 15.

The Group is assessing the impact of the application of IFRS 15 on the future financial statements.

IFRS 16 “Leases” (“IFRS 16”)

IFRS 16 was issued by IASB in January 2016. It will be effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019 and will supersede IAS 17 “Leases (“IAS 17 ”) . This new standard provides a comprehensive model for the identification of lease arrangements and their treatment in the financial statements of both lessors and lessees. The standard provides a single lessee accounting model, requiring lessees to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases unless the lease term is 12 months or less or the underlying asset has a low value.

A lessee is required to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the commencement of lease arrangement. Right-of-use asset includes the amount of initial measurement of lease liability, any lease payment made to the lessor at or before the lease commencement date, estimated cost to be incurred by the lessee for dismantling or removing the underlying assets from and restoring the

 

F-117


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

3. Application of New and Revised IFRSS (continued)

 

site, as well as any other initial direct cost incurred by the lessee. Lease liability represents the present value of the lease payments. Subsequently, depreciation and impairment expenses, if any, on the right-of-use asset will be charged to profit or loss following the requirements of IAS 16 “Property, Plant and Equipment”, while lease liability will be increased by the interest accrual, which will be charged to profit or loss, and deducted by lease payments.

In respect of the lessor accounting, IFRS 16 substantially carries forward the lessor accounting requirements in IAS 17. Accordingly, a lessor continues to classify its leases as operating leases or finance leases, and to account for those two types of leases differently.

The Group is assessing the impact of the application of IFRS 16 on the future financial statements.

The directors of the Company anticipate that the application of other new and revised IFRSs upon their respective effective date will have no material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

4. Significant Accounting Policies

Current and Non-current classification

The Company presents assets and liabilities in the balance sheets based on current and non-current classification. An asset as current when it is:

 

    Expected to be realized or intended to be sold or consumed in the normal operating cycle;

 

    Held primarily for the purpose of trading;

 

    Expected to be realized within twelve months after the reporting period; or

 

    Cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period.

All other assets are classified as non-current.

A liability is current when:

 

    It is expected to be settled in a normal operating cycle;

 

    It is held primarily for the purpose of trading;

 

    It is due to be settled within twelve months after the reporting periods;

 

    There is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period.

 

F-118


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

4. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

The Company classifies all other liabilities as non-current.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as non-current assets and liabilities.

Revenue recognition

Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for rendering of services for cold chain transportation and warehousing services. Revenue is shown net of value-added tax, returns, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group.

The Group recognizes revenue when the amount of revenue can be reliably measured, it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the Group and specific criteria have been met for each of the Group’s activities as described below. The Group bases its estimates on historical results, taking into consideration the type of customer, the type of transaction and the specifics of each arrangement.

Provision of services

Rent, storage and warehouse services revenue are recognized as services are provided. Customers may be charged in advance. Storage revenue is initially deferred and recognized ratably over the storage period. Warehouse services revenue is recognized as services are performed. The Company and its subsidiaries record transportation revenue and expenses upon delivery of the product.

Sale of goods

Sales of goods are recognized when the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the buyer, provided that the Group maintains neither managerial involvement to the degree usually associated with ownership, nor effective control over the goods sold.

Rental income

Operating lease rental income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease period.

 

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, regardless of whether that price is directly observable or estimated using another valuation technique. In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group takes into account the characteristics of the asset or liability if market participants would take those characteristics into account when pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Fair value for measurement and/or disclosure purposes in these consolidated financial statements is determined on such a basis, except for share-based payment transactions that are within the scope of IFRS 2 “Share-based Payment”, leasing transactions that are within the scope of IAS 17, and measurements that have some similarities to fair value but are not fair value, such as net realizable value in IAS 2 “Inventories” or value in use in IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets”.

 

F-119


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

4. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

In addition, for financial reporting purposes, fair value measurements are categorized into Level 1, 2 or 3 based on the degree to which the inputs to the fair value measurements are observable and the significance of the inputs to the fair value measurement in its entirety, which are described as follows:

 

    Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access at the measurement date;

 

    Level 2 inputs are inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and

 

    Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

Foreign Currency Translation

Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the “functional currency”). The functional currency of the Company and the PRC subsidiaries is RMB, and the functional currency of the Hong Kong and BVI subsidiaries is Hong Kong dollar.

Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are remeasured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income within “other gains, net”.

Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to borrowings and bank balances and cash are presented in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income within “other gains, net”.

Group companies

The results and financial position of all the group entities that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency (subsidiaries incorporated in BVI and Hong Kong) are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

 

    assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at the year-end exchange rate;

 

    income and expenses for each statement of profit or loss are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the rate on the dates of the transactions); and

 

F-120


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

4. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

    all resulting exchange differences are recognized in other comprehensive income;

 

    For equity items, the historical rate is used; therefore, these equity items are not retranslated.

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign operations are taken to other comprehensive income and accumulated in exchange reserve. When a foreign operation is partially disposed of or sold, the proportionate share of exchange differences is reclassified to profit or loss as part of the gain or loss on disposal.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment comprise mainly warehouse, offices, plant and machinery, furniture, equipment and motor vehicles. Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less depreciation. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized. All other repairs and maintenance are charged in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income during the financial period in which they are incurred.

Depreciation on property, plant and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost to their residual values over their estimated useful lives, as follows:

 

Buildings and structures

  

20 - 30 years

Vehicles and machinery

  

5 - 20 years

Furniture, fittings and equipment

  

3 - 5 years

Asset retirement costs

  

Shorter of useful life or lease term

The Group changed the accounting estimates in respect of the useful lives of certain categories of property, plant and equipment with effective on January 1, 2015. Details are set out in note 5.

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of the reporting period.

No depreciation is provided on assets under construction. All direct costs relating to the construction of property, plant and equipment including interests and finance costs and foreign exchange differences on interests of the related borrowed funds during the construction period are capitalized as the cost of the property, plant and equipment.

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount, as further explained in “impairment on tangible and intangible assets other than goodwill”.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognized within “other gains (losses), net” in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

 

F-121


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

4. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Asset Retirement Obligation

The Group incurs retirement obligations for certain assets. These obligations are recorded as liabilities equal to the present value of the estimated cost on discounted basis typically at the time the assets are installed. The costs associated with these liabilities are capitalized as part of the related assets and depreciated over the shorter of useful life or lease term. Over time, the liabilities are accreted for the change in their present value.

Leasehold Land and Building

When a lease includes both land and building elements, the Group assesses the classification of each element as a finance or an operating lease separately based on the assessment as to whether substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of each element have been transferred to the Group, unless it is clear that both elements are operating leases in which case the entire lease is classified as an operating lease. Specifically, the minimum lease payments (including any lump-sum upfront payments) are allocated between the land and the building elements in proportion to the relative fair values of the leasehold interests in the land element and building element of the lease at the inception of the lease.

To the extent the allocation of the lease payments can be made reliably, interest in leasehold land that is accounted for as an operating lease is presented as “prepaid lease payments” in the consolidated statement of financial position and is amortized over the lease term on a straight-line basis. When the lease payments cannot be allocated reliably between the land and building elements, the entire lease is generally classified as a finance lease and accounted for as property, plant and equipment.

Goodwill

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of subsidiaries represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition.

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to each of the cash generating units (“CGUs”), or groups of CGUs, that is expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Each unit or group of units to which the goodwill is allocated represents the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. Goodwill is monitored at the company level.

Goodwill impairment reviews are undertaken annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment. The carrying value of goodwill is compared to the recoverable amount, which is the higher of value in use and the fair value less costs to sell. Any impairment loss is recognized immediately in profit or loss and is not subsequently reversed.

Other Intangible Assets

Contractual customer relationships

Contractual customer relationships acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. The contractual customer relationships had useful lives of 14 years but was shortened to less

 

F-122


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

4. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

than 1 year during the year ended December 31, 2014 (details set out in note 5) and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the expected lives.

Other intangible assets represent computer software with useful lives of 5 to 10 years, and are derecognized on disposal, or when no future economic benefits are expected from use or disposal. Gains or losses arising from derecognition of other intangible assets are measured at the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and are recognized in consolidated statements of profit or loss and comprehensive income in the period when the asset is derecognized.

Impairment on Tangible and Intangible Assets Other than Goodwill

At the end of the reporting period, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets with finite useful lives to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss, if any. When it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the CGUs to which the asset belongs. When a reasonable and consistent basis of allocation can be identified, corporate assets are also allocated to individual CGUs for which a reasonable and consistent allocation basis can be identified.

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or a CGU) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset (or a CGU) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset (or a CGU) is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset (or a CGU) in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

Financial Assets

The Group classifies its financial assets in the category of loans and receivables. The classification depends on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired. Management determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition.

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market.

Regular purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on the trade-date—the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs for the financial assets. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership.

 

F-123


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

4. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

The Group assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred only if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a ‘loss event’) and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated.

The criteria that the Group uses to determine that there is objective evidence of an impairment loss include:

 

    Significant financial difficulty of the issuer or obligor;

 

    A breach of contract, such as a default or delinquency in interest or principal payments;

 

    The Group, for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty, granting to the borrower a concession that the lender would not otherwise consider;

 

    It becomes probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganization;

 

    Observable data indicating that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows from a portfolio of financial assets since the initial recognition of those assets, although the decrease cannot yet be identified with the individual financial assets in the portfolio, including:

 

    adverse changes in the payment status of borrowers in the portfolio; or

 

    national or local economic conditions that correlate with defaults on the assets in the portfolio; or

 

    Any other objective evidence that indicate an impairment of the financial asset may exist.

The amount of loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced and the amount of the loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the reversal of the previously recognized impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

Debtors

Trade debtors are amounts due from customers for merchandise sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. If collection of trade debtors and other receivables is expected in one year or less (or in the normal operating cycle of the business if longer), they are classified as current assets. If not, they are presented as non-current assets.

 

F-124


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

4. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Debtors are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment.

The carrying amount of the financial asset is reduced by the impairment loss directly for all financial assets with the exception of trade receivables, where the carrying amount is reduced through the use of an allowance account. Changes in the carrying amount of the allowance account are recognized in profit or loss. When a trade receivable is considered uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to profit or loss.

Bank Balances and Cash

In the consolidated statements of financial position and cash flows, bank balances and cash include cash in hand and deposits held at call with banks.

Share Capital

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Creditors

Trade creditors are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers. Accounts payable are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less (or in the normal operating cycle of the business if longer). If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.

Creditors are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Borrowings

Borrowings are recognized initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortized cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognized in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income using the effective interest method over the period of the borrowings.

Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are recognized as transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. In this case, the fee is deferred until the draw-down occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down, the fee is capitalized as a pre-payment for liquidity services and amortized over the period of the facility to which it relates.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the end of the reporting period date.

 

F-125


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

4. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Borrowing Costs

General and specific borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of those assets, until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale.

All other borrowing costs are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they are incurred.

Government Grants

Government grants are not recognized until there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions attaching to them and the grants will be received.

Government grants are recognized in profit or loss on a systematic basis over the period in which the Group recognized as expenses the related costs for which the grants are intended to compensate. Specifically, government grants whose primary condition is that the Group should purchase, construct or otherwise acquire non-current assets are recognized as deferred revenue in the consolidated statements of financial position and transferred to profit or loss on a systematic and rational basis over the useful lives of the related assets.

Government grants that are receivable as compensation for expenses or losses already incurred or for the purpose of giving immediate financial support to the Group with no future related costs are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they become receivable.

Income Taxes

The tax expense for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax expense is recognized in profit or loss, except to the extent that it relates to items recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case the tax expense is also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from “profit before tax” as reported in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years, and further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the end of reporting period in the countries where the Company and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is recognized, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and. their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, the deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

 

F-126


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

4. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Deferred income tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized. The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

The tax expense for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax expense is recognized in profit or loss, except to the extent that it relates to items recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case the tax expense is also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except for deferred income tax liabilities where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

Employee Benefits

Pension obligations

The Group participates in the employee retirement benefits plan of the respective municipal government in various places in the PRC where the Group operates. The Group is required to make monthly contributions calculated as a percentage of the monthly payroll costs and the respective municipal government undertakes to assume the retirement benefit obligations of all existing and future retired employees of the Group. The Group’s contributions to the schemes are expensed as incurred.

Termination obligations

Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognizes termination benefits when it is demonstrably committed to a termination when the entity has a detailed formal plan to terminate without possibility of withdrawal; or providing termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to present value.

Operating Leases

Leases where substantially all the rewards and risks of ownership of assets remain with the lessor are accounted for as operating leases.

 

F-127


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

4. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Where the Group is the lessee, rentals payable under operating leases (inducing land use right) net of any incentives received from the lessor are charged to the statement of profit or loss on the straight-line basis over the lease terms.

5. Changes in Accounting Estimates

Change in accounting estimates in respect of the useful lives of contractual customer relationship

The management of the Company perform periodic assessments on useful lives of its intangible assets that have definite useful lives. Based on the assessment conducted during the year ended December 31, 2014, the directors determined the useful lives of contractual customer relationship were shortened from 14 years to less than 1 year, due to the reason that actual revenue from the customer related to the intangible assets continues to be significantly below the forecasted revenue and such gap is widening in 2014. Accordingly, the Group adjusted the remaining useful lives of these assets since January 1, 2014 on a prospective basis. Such change in accounting estimate has resulted in an increase in loss attributable to the equity holders of the Company amounting to RMB33,405,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014. The contractual customer relationships were fully amortized by December 31, 2014.

Change in accounting estimates in respect of the useful lives of property, plant and equipment

Periodically reviews are in place for the appropriateness of the estimated useful lives of its long-lived assets. In the review performed for the year ended December 31, 2015, the Group reviewed the useful lives of property, plant and equipment, and based on historical experiences, the Group reassessed that the warehouse building and goods shelves would be used for a longer period as a result of improved maintenance process, and hence updated the estimated useful lives of certain property, plant and equipment prospectively on January 1, 2015 as below:

 

Item

   2016 and 2015    2014 and prior

Warehouse building

   30 years    20 years

Goods shelves

   20 years    10 years

The change of this accounting estimate has resulted in an increase in profit attributable to the equity holders of the Company amounting to RMB2,241,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

F-128


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

 

6. Financial Risk Management

6.1 Categories of financial instruments

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Financial assets

     

Trade debtors

     10,417        8,004  

Receivable from fellow subsidiaries

     74,818        17,380  

Other receivable

     6,475        3,342  

Bank balances and cash

     7,159        10,106  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     98,869      38,832  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

     

Creditors

     24,725        27,375  

Loans from a fellow subsidiary

     50,000        50,000  

Trade and other payables

     27,766        26,532  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     102,491        103,907  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

6.2 Financial risk management objectives and policies

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including foreign exchange risk, fair value interest rate risk and cash flow interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. Risk management is carried out by senior management of the Group under policies approved by the directors of the Company.

 

  (i) Market risk

 

  (a) Foreign exchange risk

The Group mainly operates in the PRC with most of the transactions settled in RMB. Since the majority of the bank balances and cash in each of the Group’s entities are denominated in the functional currencies of the respective group’s entities, the directors of the Company considered that the Group has no material foreign exchange risk.

 

  (b) Fair value interest rate risk and cash flow interest rate risk

The Group’s interest rate risk mainly arises from interest-bearing borrowings, loan from a fellow subsidiary and bank deposits. Bank borrowings issued at variable rates as well as bank deposits expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk whilst loan from a fellow subsidiary at a fixed rate expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk.

The Group adopts a policy of maintaining an appropriate mix of fixed and floating rate borrowings which is achieved primarily through the contractual terms of borrowings. The position is regularly monitored and evaluated by reference of anticipated changes in market interest rate. The Group did not use any interest rate swap to hedge its interest rate risk during the years.

 

F-129


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

6. Financial Risk Management (continued)

 

At December 31, 2016, if interest rates on variable-rate bank borrowings and bank deposits had been 30 basis points (December 31, 2015: 30 basis points) higher/lower with all other variables held constant, post-tax profit for the year would have been RMB32,000 (2015: RMB39,000) lower/higher.

 

  (ii) Credit risk

Credit risk arises if a customer or other counterparty fails to meet its contractual obligations. The credit risk of the Group mainly arises from bank balances, trade debtors, prepayments and other receivables.

Under PRC law, it is generally required that a commercial bank in the PRC that holds third-party cash deposits protect the depositors’ rights over and interests in their deposited money; PRC banks are subject to a series of risk control regulatory standards; and PRC bank regulatory authorities are empowered to take over the operation and management of any PRC bank that faces a material credit crisis. In the event of bankruptcy of one of the financial institutions in which the Group has deposits or investments, it may be unlikely to claim its deposits or investments back in full. The Group selected reputable financial institutions with high credit ratings to deposit its assets. The Group regularly monitors the ratings of the financial institutions in case of any defaults. There has been no recent history of default in relation to these financial institutions.

Trade debtors, prepayment and other receivables are typically unsecured. Trade debtors are derived from revenue earned from customers in the PRC, while prepayments and other receivables are arisen from Group’s ordinary business. The risks with respect to trade debtors, prepayment and other receivables are mitigated by credit evaluations the Group performs on its debtors and its ongoing monitoring of outstanding balances. The Group has no significant concentrations of credit risk with respect to its debtors.

 

  (iii) Liquidity risk

Cash flow forecasts are prepared by management. Management monitors rolling forecasts on the Group’s liquidity requirements to ensure the Group maintains sufficient liquidity reserve to support sustainability and growth of the Group’s business. Currently, the Group finances its working capital requirements through a combination of funds generated from operations and borrowings.

The rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity reserve comprise cash and bank balances on the basis of expected cash flows. The Group aims to maintain flexibility in funding while minimizing its overall costs by keeping a mix of committed and uncommitted credit lines available.

The table below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

 

F-130


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

6. Financial Risk Management (continued)

 

     Weighted
average
effective
interest
rate
     Repayable
on
demand
or less
than
3 months
     Between
3 months
to 1 year
     Between
1 to 2

years
     Between
2 to 5

years
     Over 5
years
     Carrying
amount
 
     %      RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

As of December 31, 2016

                    

Borrowings

     5.50        683        2,815        4,273        24,095        —          24,725  

Loan from a fellow subsidiary

     4.35        —          54,349        —          —          —          50,000  

Trade and other payables

     —          4,563        23,203        —          —          —          27,766  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        5,246        80,367        4,273        24,095        —          102,491  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015

                    

Borrowings

     5.50        1,351        2,804        4,610        16,743        8,867        27,375  

Loan from a fellow subsidiary

     4.35        —          —          54,349        —          —          50,000  

Trade and other payables

     —          4,231        22,301        —          —          —          26,532  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        5,582        25,105        58,959        16,743        8,867        103,907  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

6.3 Capital risk management

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders or issue new shares.

6.4 Fair value estimation

The directors of the Company consider that the carrying amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities except for non-current bank borrowings and non-current loan from a fellow subsidiary that are recorded at amortized costs in the consolidated financial statements, approximate their fair values at the end of the reporting period largely due to the short term maturities of these instruments.

As of December 31, 2016, the fair value of non-current loan from a fellow subsidiary amounted to RMB 24,877,000, using the discount rates of 9.7% based on risk-free rate, interest rate differential and adding a credit margin.

As of December 31, 2015, the fair value of non-current bank borrowings and loan from a fellow subsidiary amounted to RMB23,434,000 and RMB46,400,000, using the discount rates of 11.3% and 9.7% based on risk-free rate, interest rate differential and adding a credit margin.

The fair value of those non-current liabilities are not directly observable, but, instead, are corroborated by observable market data through statistical techniques; therefore, these are considered to be Level 2 inputs.

 

F-131


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

 

7. Critical Accounting Estimates and Assumptions

The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an on-going basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

Impairment of Goodwill

The goodwill of the Group was acquired through a business combination in prior year and initially measured at cost being the excess of the consideration paid over the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired net of the liabilities assumed of the acquired entity which was determined by the management with the assistance of a professional valuer. The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment in accordance with the accounting policy stated in note 4. The recoverable amounts of CGU has been determined based on value-in-use calculations. These calculations require the use of estimates.

With the assistance of qualified third party professional valuers, the management evaluated the recoverable amounts of CGU close to the year end of 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The management of the Company are of the view that by the end of 2014, the value of goodwill of the Group was reduced from its value assigned upon acquisition, taking into accounts the material unfavorable changes in cold storage and logistics market conditions, loss of key customers, and reduction of logistics operation scale in Harbin, the PRC. Accordingly, impairment loss of RMB29,621,000 was recognized on goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2014. No further impairment has been noted on goodwill based on the impairment assessment performed by the management as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

The carrying amount of goodwill at December 31, 2016 was RMB2,237,000 (December 31, 2015: RMB2,237,000).

8. Revenue

The Group’s revenue mainly represents service income for provision of cold chain warehousing, transportation services and other related service. Other service represents export agent service, customs agent service and trading service.

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Warehousing services

     54,469        42,730        37,791  

Transportation services

     3,203        4,274        3,812  

Others

     4,020        5,127        3,203  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     61,692        52,131        44,806  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-132


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

8. Revenue (continued)

Information about major customers

Revenue from customers of the corresponding years contributing over 10% of the total sales of the Group are as follows:

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Customer A

     7,640        6,897        6,140  

Customer B

     N/A (note)        5,596        5,586  

Customer C

     N/A (note)        N/A (note)        4,716  

Note: the corresponding revenue did not contribute over 10% of the total sales of the Group.

9. Impairment Losses on Goodwill and Property, Plant and Equipment

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Impairment loss on goodwill

     —          —          29,621  

Impairment loss on property, plant and equipment

     —          —          4,600  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     —        —        34,221  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group performed impairment valuation analysis close to year end of 2016, 2015 and 2014 on goodwill and property, plant and equipment which is designated to Kangxin Logistics (Harbin) Company Limited (“Kangxin Harbin”), a subsidiary of the Group as a CGU. According to the impairment valuation analysis, the Group recognized impairment loss of RMB29,621,000 in relation to goodwill arising on acquisition of Kangxin Harbin and RMB4,600,000 on property, plant and equipment, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2014. The impairment loss on goodwill and property, plant and equipment is primarily due to the material unfavorable changes in cold storage and logistics market conditions, loss of key customers, and reduction of logistics operation scale in Harbin, the PRC. No impairments have been provided on goodwill and property, plant and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

The basis of the recoverable amount of the CGU and the major underlying assumptions are summarized below:

The recoverable amount of this unit has been determined based on a value in use calculation. The calculation uses cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a 5-year discrete projection period with the cash flows beyond the 5-year period extrapolated using a steady long-term growth rate, and discount rate of 12%. The growth rate of the first year of the discrete projection period is 22% as the unit would begin the transportation business in this year and the growth rate of the remaining four years is 3%. The long-term growth rate of 3% was determined by management based on a review of economic, industry, and country-specific factors. Other key assumptions for the value in use calculations relate to the estimation of cash inflows/outflows which include budgeted sales and gross margin, and such estimation is based on the unit’s past performance and management’s expectations for the market development for 5 years. Management believes that any reasonably possible change in any of these assumptions would not cause the aggregate carrying amount of the unit to exceed the aggregate recoverable amount of the unit.

 

F-133


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

 

10. Other Gains (Losses), Net

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Interest income, net (note 28(e))

     16,633        —          —    

Gain (loss) on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     (30      5,388        —    

Foreign exchange gain, net

     1,028        685        24  

Government grants (note)

     549        134        208  

Compensation income

     784        —          —    

Other gain

     (4      20        (74
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     18,960        6,227        158  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  Note: Government grants were received from the local government of the PRC to encourage the Group to build warehouse. There are no unfulfilled conditions or contingencies relating to the grants.

11. Finance Costs

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Interest expenses on:

        

Bank borrowings wholly repayable within five years

     1,304        1,139        —    

Less: capitalized interest expense

     (1,304      (1,139      —    

Loans from a fellow subsidiary wholly repayable within five years

     2,184        2,186        2,175  

Accretion on asset retirement obligations

     86        82        79  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,270        2,268        2,254  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

12. Income Tax Expense

The Group’s operations in mainland China are subject to corporate income tax law of the People’s Republic of China (“PRC Corporate Income Tax”). The standard PRC Corporate Income Tax rate is 25% (2015 and 2014: 25%).

The amount of taxation charged (credited) to profit or loss represents as follows:

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Current income tax expense

     118        —          —    

Deferred income tax expense

     292        220        (10,716
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-134


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

11. Finance Costs (continued)

The income tax charged (credited) for the years can be reconciled to the accounting profit (loss) as follows:

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Profit (loss) before tax

     25,471        2,043        (79,925
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense (credit) calculated at 25% (2015: 25% and 2014: 25%)

     6,368        511        (19,981

Effect of different tax rate of subsidiaries operating in other jurisdiction

     (54      53        84  

Effect of expenses not deductible for tax purpose

     1,049        48        7,749  

Effect of deductible temporary differences not recognized

     39        38        37  

Effect of tax losses not recognized

     —          487        2,040  

Tax losses utilized from previous periods

     (6,992      (912      —    

Others

     —          (5      (645
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     410        220        (10,716
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets are recognized for tax losses carry-forwards to the extent that the realization of the related tax benefit through future taxable profits is probable. As of December 31, 2016, the Group has unused tax losses of RMB25,344,000 (December 31, 2015: RMB27,981,000, December 31, 2014: RMB33,961,000) available to offset against future profits. No deferred tax asset has been recognized for the tax loss for the year ended December 31, 2016, and a deferred tax asset has been recognized in respect of such loss amounting to RMB304,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 The expiry terms of the deductible losses that no deferred tax assets have been provided are as followings:

 

     2016  
     RMB’000  

2017

     13,095  

2018

     11,847  

2019

     30,129  

2020

     21,098  

2021

     6,841  
  

 

 

 
     83,010  
  

 

 

 

 

F-135


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

 

13. Profit (loss) for the Year

Profit (loss) for the year has been arrived at after charging:

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

     13,865        12,055        13,838  

Amortization of prepaid lease payment

     311        311        311  

Amortization of other intangible assets

     71        71        35,941  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization

     14,247        12,437        50,090  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Salaries and other benefits

     8,547        7,713        7,566  

Retirement benefit scheme contributions

     2,142        888        1,328  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total staff costs

     10,689        8,601        8,894  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision of impairment for receivables

     71        66        (147

Rental expenses (note)

     5,948        6,248        6,061  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note: Rental expenses have been charged in “cost of sales”.

14. Prepaid Lease Payment

The movements of prepaid leases payment are analyzed as follows:

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Analyzed for reporting purpose as:

     

At January 1

     13,257        13,569  

Amortization

     (311      (311
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31

     12,946        13,258  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The land use rights are all in respect of land use rights located in the PRC held under a 50-year lease term.

 

F-136


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

 

15. Property, Plant and Equipment

 

     Buildings
and
structures
    Vehicles
and
machinery
    Furniture,
fittings and
equipment
    Assets under
construction
    Total  
     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  

COST

          

At January 1, 2015

     148,103       51,462       4,620       50,310       254,495  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

     108       —         353       19,589       20,050  

Disposal

     (2,022     (310     (600     —         (2,932
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2015

     146,189       51,152       4,373       69,899       271,613  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

     5,396       976       256       6,467       13,095  

Transfers

     —         8,251       —         (8,251     —    

Disposals

     (423     (312     (32     —         (767
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016

     151,162       60,067       4,597       68,115       283,941  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

DEPRECIATION AND IMPAIRMENT

          

At January 1, 2015

     64,050       19,789       2,442       —         86,281  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation provided for the year

     8,446       3,548       61       —         12,055  

Disposals

     (802     (294     (103     —         (1,199
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2015

     71,694       23,043       2,400       —         97,137  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation provided for the year

     9,212       4,376       277       —         13,865  

Disposals

     (402     (296     (31     —         (729
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016

     80,504       27,123       2,646       —         110,273  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CARRYING VALUES

          

At December 31, 2015

     74,495       28,109       1,973       69,899       174,476  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016

     70,658       32,944       1,951       68,115       173,668  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expenses of RMB 13,689,000 (2015: RMB 11,889,000, 2014: RMB13,612,000) and RMB176,000 (2015: RMB 166,000, 2014: RMB226,000) have been charged in “cost of sales”, and “administrative expenses”, respectively.

Details of the impairment loss recognized on property, plant and equipment during the year ended December 31, 2014 are set out in note 9.

 

F-137


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

 

16. Other Intangible Assets

 

     Computer
Software
 
     RMB’000  

Year ended December 31, 2015

  

At January 1, 2015

     376  

Amortization

     (71
  

 

 

 

At December 31, 2015

     305  
  

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2016

  

At January 1, 2016

     305  

Amortization

     (71
  

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016

     234  
  

 

 

 

The useful lives of computer software are from 5 to 10 years.

17. Trade Debtors

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Trade debtors

     11,859        9,375  

Less: impairment on trade receivables

     (1,442      (1,371
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade debtors, net

     10,417        8,004  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impairment on receivables has been included in administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

Before accepting any new customer, the Group assesses the potential customer’s credit quality and defines credit limits by customers. Limits and scoring attributed to customers are reviewed periodically. The directors do not consider the Group is exposed to material credit risk in associated with trade and other receivables. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of receivable mentioned above. The Group does not hold any collateral as security.

The aging of trade debtors that are past due as at the end of the reporting period but not impaired is within 180 days.

Movement of impairment on trade debtors:

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

January 1

     1,371        1,291  

Impairment losses recognized on trade receivables

     71        80  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31

     1,442        1,371  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-138


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

 

18. Bank Balances and Cash

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Cash at bank and on hand

     7,159        10,106  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash at bank earns interest at market rates which range from 0.01% to 0.35% for the year ended December 31, 2016 (2015: 0.01% to 0.385%) per annum.

19. Other Assets

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Non-current:

     

Prepayments to a fellow subsidiary (note 28(e))

     —          30,468  

Others

     —          2,024  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     —          32,492  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current:

     

Receivables from fellow subsidiaries (note 28(d))

     74,818        17,380  

Value added tax recoverable

     2,125        2,451  

Prepayments

     372        159  

Other receivables

     6,475        3,342  

Less: impairment on receivables

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     83,790        23,332  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     83,790        55,824  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

20. Share Capital

 

     2016      2015  

Authorized:

     

50,000 ordinary shares of US$1 each

     US$50,000        US$50,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Issued and fully paid:

     

1,000 ordinary shares of US$1 each

     US$1,000        US$1,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shown in the financial statements

     RMB7,000        RMB7,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

21. Borrowings

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Non-current

     

Long-term bank borrowings—Secured

     21,475        24,725  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current

     

Current portion of long-term borrowings—Secured

     3,250        2,650  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowings

     24,725        27,375  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-139


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

21. Borrowings (continued)

The borrowings are repayable as follows:

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Within one year

     3,250        2,650  

In the second to fifth years inclusive

     18,350        16,450  

After the fifth year

     3,125        8,275  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowings

     24,725        27,375  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016, the Group had a bank borrowing amounting to RMB24,725,000 (2015: RMB27,375,000) with maturity of 10 years. The borrowing bears interest at the fixed rate of 5.5% per annum. The bank borrowings were secured by property, plant and equipment amounting to RMB 49,775,000 and land use rights amounting to RMB 9,336,000. RMB 3,250,000 (2015: RMB2,650,000) of the long-term borrowings was classified as short-term borrowings as the maturity period was within one year.

22. Deferred Taxation

The analysis of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities is as follows:

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Deferred tax assets

     1,415        1,764  

Deferred tax liabilities

     (561      (618
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     854        1,146  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The movements in deferred tax assets and liabilities during the year are as follows:

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

At January 1

     1,146        1,366  

Charged in profit or loss

     (292      (220
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31

     854        1,146  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-140


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

22. Deferred Taxation (continued)

The movement in deferred tax assets and liabilities of the Group during the year, without taking into consideration the offsetting of balances within the same tax jurisdiction, is as follows:

Deferred tax assets

 

     Impairment
on
property,
plant and
equipment
     Government
grants
     Tax losses      Total  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

At January 1, 2015

     1,150        390        501        2,041  

(Charged) credited in profit or loss

     (70      218        (425      (277
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2015

     1,080        608        76        1,764  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Charged in profit or loss

     (70      (203      (76      (349
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016

     1,010        405        —          1,415  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016, the Group has no deductible temporary differences (December 31, 2015: RMB 837,000). No deferred tax asset has been recognized in relation to such deductible temporary difference as it is not probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences can be utilized.

 

Deferred liabilities

 

     Fair value
adjustment
on business
combination
 
     RMB’000  

At January 1, 2015

     675  

Credited in profit or loss

     (57
  

 

 

 

At December 31, 2015

     618  
  

 

 

 

Credited in profit or loss

     (57
  

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016

     561  
  

 

 

 

23. Other Non-Current Liabilities

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Government grant

     9,748        5,387  

Asset retirement obligations

     1,844        1,759  

Others

     —          14  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     11,592        7,160  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-141


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

23. Other Non-Current Liabilities (continued)

Asset retirement obligations represent the present value of the estimated costs to restore the leased warehouses to their original state in accordance to a lease contract with a lease period of 19 years.

24. Creditors and Accruals

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Amounts due to fellow subsidiaries (note 28(f))

     17,917        15,898  

Payables for construction projects

     6,043        7,888  

Receipts in advance

     1,435        2,767  

Trade payables

     2,015        1,173  

Others

     1,791        1,573  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     29,201        29,299  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

25. Net Cash Inflows (Outflows) From Operations

The reconciliation from loss before tax to cash generated from (used in) operations is set out as follows:

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Profit (loss) before income tax

     25,471        2,043        (79,925

Adjustments for:

        

Provision (reversal) of impairment for receivables

     71        66        (147

Impairment loss on goodwill

     —          —          29,621  

Impairment loss on property, plant, and equipment

     —          —          4,600  

Depreciation

     13,865        12,055        13,838  

Amortization of prepaid lease payment

     311        311        311  

Amortization of other intangible assets

     71        71        35,941  

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     (31      (5,388      —    

Finance costs

     2,302        2,268        2,254  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating profit before working capital changes

     42,060        11,426        6,493  

Increase in inventories

     (26      —          —    

(Increase) decrease in debtors, deposits and prepayments

     (31,238      (17,171      7,537  

Increase (decrease) in creditors and accruals

     4,100        (6,383      4,258  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash inflows (outflows) from operations

     14,896        (12,128      18,288  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

26. Operating Leases Commitments and Arrangements

The Group as Lessee

The Group leases various warehouses under non-cancellable operating lease agreements. Most of the lease terms are 10 years and the majority of lease agreements are renewable at the end of the lease period at market rate.

 

F-142


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

26. Operating Leases Commitments and Arrangements (continued)

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Within 1 year

     7,296        7,140  

2-5 years

     1,899        1,313  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     9,195        8,453  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group as Lessor

Property rental income from property, plant and equipment earned during the year was RMB 14,070,000 (2015: RMB2,338,000, 2014: RMB4,270,000).

At the end of the reporting period, the Group has contracted with tenants for the following future minimum lease receivables:

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Within 1 year

     8,876        973  

2-5 years

     17,722        2,319  

Over 5 years

     2,453        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     29,051      3,292  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

27. Capital Commitments

Capital expenditure contracted for at the end of the reporting periods but not yet incurred is as follows:

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Land use rights (note)

     —          45,701  

Property, plant and equipment

     7,301        7,224  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     7,301      52,925  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  Note: At December 31, 2015, the amount represents the capital commitment in relation to acquisition of the land use rights. Details are set out in note 28(e). At December 2016, the Group terminated the acquisition of land use right and no more capital commitment existed at December 31, 2016.

28. Related Party Transactions

The Company’s shareholders are Smart Ally Holdings Limited and Americold Logistics Hong Kong Limited, which owns 51% and 49% of the Company’s shares, respectively. The ultimate holding company of the Company is China Merchants Group Limited, which is a state-owned enterprise in the PRC.

The Group engages in a significant volume of transactions with unconsolidated entities under common control and those transactions could result in the Group’s operating results or financial position being significantly different from those that would have been obtained if the Group was autonomous.

 

F-143


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

28. Related Party Transactions (continued)

 

During the year, the Group entered into the following transactions with related parties in the ordinary course of business:

(a) Rendering of Services

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Rendering of warehousing services to fellow subsidiaries

     5,474        3,085        2,719  

Other services rendered to a fellow subsidiary

     —          824        132  

Interest income rendered to a fellow subsidiary (note 28(e))

     17,292        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     22,766        3,909        2,851  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(b) Rental Expenses

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Rental expenses paid to a fellow subsidiary

     6,354        7,460        841  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(c) Purchase of Services and Interest Expense

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Electricity and other services received from a fellow subsidiary

     4,225        7,958        10,822  

Interest expense on loan from a fellow subsidiary

     2,181        2,186        2,175  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(d) Receivables

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Other receivables due from fellow subsidiaries

     74,818        17,380  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts are unsecured, interest free and repayable on demand.

(e) Prepayment for Land Use Rights

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Prepayments for land use rights to a fellow subsidiary

       —          30,468  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2015, the amount represents the prepayments paid to a fellow subsidiary in 2009 to acquire the land use rights of the land located in Shenzhen, the PRC. As the Company was not able to utilize such

 

F-144


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

28. Related Party Transactions (continued)

(e) Prepayment for Land Use Rights (continued)

land, in 2016, the fellow subsidiary agreed to return the prepayment to the Company, and also agreed to compensate Company for the interest on the prepayment at a compound annual interest rate of 7.05%. The Company recognized RMB17,292 thousand of the interest income calculated at compound interest rate of 7.05% net of the restoration costs of RMB659 thousand.

(f) Payables

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Interests payable to a fellow subsidiary

     1,436        1,132  

Trade payables due to a fellow subsidiary

     105        128  

Other payables due to fellow subsidiaries

     16,376        14,638  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     17,917        15,898  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts are unsecured, interest free and repayable on demand.

(g) Loan From a Fellow Subsidiary

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Loan from a fellow subsidiary

     50,000        50,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the loan of RMB 50,000,000 granted by a fellow subsidiary during the year was unsecured, bearing interest at annual rate of 4.35% and repayable on June 24, 2017.

(h) Capital Contribution

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Capital contribution from shareholder

     214,907        214,907  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pursuant to a confirmation letter received by the Company from its shareholders in respect of the amounts received from the shareholders amounting to RMB214,907,000 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the shareholders confirmed that the amounts are capital contribution to support the operation and development of the Group, and do not require repayment.

(i)    Key management compensation

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Salaries, bonus and incentive compensation

     nil        nil  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The key management includes directors (executive and non-executive), supervisors and senior management of the Company. There are a total of 8 (2015: 10) key management personnel in the Company, and they receive compensation from other related parties.

 

F-145


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

28. Related Party Transactions (continued)

(e) Prepayment for Land Use Rights (continued)

(a) Transactions/balances with other PRC government controlled entities

In addition, the Group has entered into various transactions, including deposits placement, borrowings and other general banking facilities, with certain banks and financial institutions which are government-related entities in its ordinary course of business. In view of the natures of those banking transactions, the directors of the Company are of the opinion that separate disclosure would not be meaningful.

29. Details of Non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that have Material Non-Controlling Interests

The table below shows details of non-wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Group that have material non-controlling interests:

 

Name of subsidiary

  Place of incorporation
and principal place of
business
    Proportion of ownership
interests and voting rights
held by non-controlling
interests
    Profit (loss)
allocated to
non-controlling
interests
    Accumulated non-
controlling interests
 
    2016     2015     2016     2015     2016     2015  
                      RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  

China Merchants Cold Chain Logistics (China) Company Limited and its subsidiaries

    BVI       30     30     6,919       979       20,050       14,260  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Summarized financial information in respect to the Group’s subsidiaries that has material non-controlling interests is set out below. The summarized financial below represents amounts before intragroup eliminations.

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Current assets

     71,946        28,060  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets

     51,478        88,160  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current liabilities

     18,526        18,218  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

     38,063        50,469  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

     66,835        47,533  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

     46,785        33,273  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

     20,050        14,260  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-146


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

 

     2016     2015     2014  
     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  

Revenue

     61,653       39,147       32,696  

Expenses

     (38,588     (35,884     (41,413
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) for the year

     23,065       3,263       (8,717
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) for the year attributable to the owners of the Company

     16,146       2,284       (6,102

Profit (loss) for the year attributable to the owners of the non-controlling interests

     6,919       979       (2,615
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) for the year

     23,065       3,263       (8,717
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) profit attributable to the owners the Company

     (2,634     (2,536     803  

Other comprehensive (loss) profit attributable to the owners of the non-controlling interests

     (1,129     (1,087     344  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) profit for the year

     (3,763     (3,623     1,147  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the owners of the Company

     13,512       (252     (5,299

Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the owners of the non-controlling interests

     5,790       (108     (2,271
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

     19,302       (360     (7,570
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

30. Events Occurred After the Reporting Period

We have evaluated subsequent events up to September 1, 2017, which is the date the consolidated financial statements are issued. No matters or circumstances have arisen since December 31, 2016 that have significantly affected, or may significantly affect the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

31. Approval of the Financial Statements

The financial statements were approved and authorized for issue by the board of directors on March 17, 2017. The financial statements were reapproved and reauthorized for issue by the board of directors on September 1, 2017, together with Note 30 of the financial statements, which was added subsequent to the original issuance on March 17, 2017.

 

F-147


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

Report of Independent Auditor

The Board of Directors and the Shareholders of China Merchants Americold Logistics Company Limited

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of China Merchants Americold Logistics Company Limited, which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, and the related consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, this includes the design, implementation and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free of material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of China Merchants Americold Logistics Company Limited at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

/s/ Ernst & Young Hua Ming LLP

Shenzhen, the People’s Republic of China

March 17, 2017

Except for Note 29 and 30, as to which the date is

September 1, 2017

 

F-148


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

TO THE SHAREHOLDERS OF

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of China Merchants Americold Logistics Company Limited and its subsidiaries (the “Company”), which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as of December 31, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flow for the year then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the Company’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of China Merchants Americold Logistics Company Limited and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Other Matters

The accompanying consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flow for the year ended December 31, 2013, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements were not audited, reviewed or compiled by us and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on them.

/s/ Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Certified Public Accountants LLP

Shenzhen, Guangdong, People’s Republic of China

December 26, 2016

 

F-149


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

 

     Notes      2016     2015     2014  
            RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  

Revenue

     8        232,051       239,369       253,191  

Cost of sales

        (214,430     (235,613     (269,753
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit(loss)

        17,621       3,756       (16,562

Administrative expenses

        (31,569     (30,439     (37,975

Impairment loss of goodwill

     9        —         —         (110,190

Impairment loss of intangible assets

     9        —         —         (5,000

Other gains (losses), net

     10        212       (582     (3,101

Interest income

     11        120       3,618       1,935  

Finance costs

     12        (4,340     (5,947     (4,832
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

     14        (17,956     (29,594     (175,725

Income tax credit

     13        199       365       1,457  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the year

        (17,757     (29,229     (174,268
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income:

         

Item that may be subsequently reclassified to profit and loss

         

Exchange difference arising on translation

        353       603       244  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

        (17,404     (28,626     (174,024
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-150


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND DECEMBER 31, 2015

 

     Notes      2016     2015  
            RMB’000     RMB’000  

ASSETS

       

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

       

Prepaid lease payment

     15        5,334       5,458  

Property, plant, and equipment

     16        96,034       114,291  

Goodwill

        104,859       104,859  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

        206,227       224,608  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS

       

Trade debtors

     17        40,974       37,027  

Deposits, prepayments and other receivable

     18        57,513       60,932  

Inventories

     19        2,987       2,840  

Bank balances and cash

     20        82,132       25,319  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

        183,606       126,118  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

        389,833       350,726  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

EQUITY

       

Share capital

     21        7       7  

Other reserves

        415,200       414,847  

Accumulated deficit

        (271,920     (254,163
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

        143,287       160,691  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

       

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

       

Loans from a fellow subsidiary

     28(h)        —         60,000  

Deferred tax liabilities

     23        1,588       1,787  

Other non-current liabilities

     24        13,857       14,890  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

        15,445       76,677  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

       

Creditors and accruals

     22        141,225       73,285  

Loans from a fellow subsidiary

     28(h)        89,876       20,000  

Bank borrowings

     25        —         20,073  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

        231,101       113,358  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        246,546       190,035  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

        389,833       350,726  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The consolidated financial statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on March 17, 2017, except for Note 29 and 30, which were reapproved and reauthorized on September 1, 2017.

 

  /s/ Chen, Haizhao       /s/ Zhang, Rui
  DIRECTOR       DIRECTOR

 

F-151


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER  31, 2015 AND DECEMBER  31, 2014    

 

     Share
Capital
     Capital
reserve
     Statutory
reserve
     Exchange
reserve
     Accumulated
deficit
    Total
equity
 
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000     RMB’000  
            (note 28(i))      (note)                      

Balance at January 1, 2014

     7        371,774        934        32,622        (50,666     354,671  

Loss for the year

     —          —          —          —          (174,268     (174,268

Other comprehensive income

     —          —          —          244        —         244  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

     —          —          —          244        (174,268     (174,024
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

     7        371,774        934        32,866        (224,934     180,647  

Loss for the year

     —          —          —          —          (29,229     (29,229

Other comprehensive income

     —          —          —          603        —         603  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

     —          —          —          603        (29,229     (28,626

Shareholders’ contribution

     —          8,670        —          —          —         8,670  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     7        380,444        934        33,469        (254,163     160,691  

Loss for the year

     —          —          —          —          (17,757     (17,757

Other comprehensive income

     —          —          —          353        —         353  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

     —          —          —          353        (17,757     (17,404

Balance at December 31, 2016

     7        380,444        934        33,822        (271,920     143,287  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Note: Pursuant to the articles of association of the subsidiaries established in the People’s Republic of China and relevant regulations, statutory reserve was appropriated based on 10% of the net profit after tax every year and included in “other reserves”. The statutory reserve fund of RMB934,000 as of December 31, 2016 (December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014: RMB934,000) can be used, upon approval by the relevant authority, to make up losses of the subsidiaries or increase share capital.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-152


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

 

     Note      2016     2015     2014  
            RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

         

Net cash inflows (outflows) from operations

     26        76,391       27,138       (17,214
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from (used in) operating activities

        76,391       27,138       (17,214
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

         

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

        (13,460     (7,876     (18,358

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

        5,092       2,712       353  

Advances to a third party

        —         —         (26,587

Repayment of advances to a third party

        3,000       7,566       —    

Interest income

        120       3,618       1,935  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) generated from investing activities

        (5,248     6,020       (42,657
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

         

Cash receipts from shareholders’ contribution

        —         8,670       —    

New bank borrowings raised

        —         —         31,963  

Loans from a fellow subsidiary

        29,876       60,000       20,000  

Repayments of bank borrowings

        (20,073     (28,090     (3,400

Repayments of loans from a fellow subsidiary

        (20,000     (60,000     —    

Interests paid

        (3,737     (4,030     (4,107
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) generate from financing activities

        (13,934     (23,450     44,456  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in bank balances and cash

        57,209       9,708       (15,415

Bank balances and cash at the beginning of the year

        25,319       15,324       30,496  

Exchange difference on bank balances and cash

        (396     287       243  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Bank balances and cash at the end of the year

        82,132       25,319       15,324  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-153


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

1. GENERAL INFORMATION

China Merchants Americold Logistics Company Limited (the “Company”) was incorporated as a limited liability company under the laws of British Virgin Islands (“BVI”) on January 20, 2010. The principal activities of the Company and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the “Group”) are primarily provision of cold chain transportation and warehousing services in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”). Details of the Company’ subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 are in the note 2.

The immediate holding company is Smart Ally Holdings Limited, a private limited liability company incorporated in BVI and the ultimate holding company is China Merchants Group Limited, a state-owned enterprise registered in the PRC.

The address of the registered office of the Company is P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, BVI.

2. BASIS OF PREPARATION

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRSs”).

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis. Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for goods and services.

These consolidated financial statements are presented in Renminbi (“RMB”), unless otherwise stated.

Going concern

At December 31, 2015, the Group has net current assets of RMB12,760,000. At December 31, 2016, the Group has net current liabilities of RMB 47,496,000. China Merchants Logistics Group Co., Ltd., the intermediate holding company of the Group, has confirmed its intention to provide continuing financial support to the Company so as to enable it to continue its operating activities for the next twelve months from the approval date of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016. The directors therefore believe that the Company will continue as a going concern, and have prepared the consolidated financial statements on a going concern basis.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and entities controlled by the Company and its subsidiaries. Control is achieved when the Company:

 

    has power over the investee;

 

    is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and

 

    has the ability to use its power to affect its returns.

The Group reassesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more of the three elements of control listed above.

 

F-154


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

2. BASIS OF PREPARATION (continued)

 

Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Group obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Group loses control of the subsidiary. Specifically, income and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income from the date the Group gains control until the date when the Group ceases to control the subsidiary.

When necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring their accounting policies into line with the Group’s accounting policies.

All intragroup assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows relating to transactions between members of the Group are eliminated in full on consolidation.

The following is the details of the subsidiaries held by the Company at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015:

 

Name of subsidiary

 

Date of

establishment

 

Place of
incorporation and
nature of legal entity

 

Principal activities
and place of
operation

 

Particulars of
issued share
capital/ paid in

capital

  Proportion of nominal
value of issued share
capital/registered
capital/equity
interests and voting
power held by the

Company
 
                    2016     2015  

China Merchants Americold Logistics (Hong Kong) Company Limited

  March 29, 2010   Hong Kong, limited liability company   Investment holding and trading, Hong Kong   Hong Kong dollar (“HK$”) 1     100     100

China Merchants Americold Logistics (Wuhan) Company Limited

  September 16, 2013   The PRC, limited liability company  

Development and

operation of cold chain transportation and warehouse, the PRC

  United States dollar (“US$”) 1,000,000     100     100

Kangxin Logistics (Tianjin) Company Limited

  March 8, 2004   The PRC, limited liability company  

Development and

operation of cold chain transportation and warehouse, the PRC

  US$8,789,300     100     100

Shenzhen China Merchants Americold Trading Company Limited

  September 27, 2011   The PRC, limited liability company   Domestic trading and electronic commerce, the PRC   RMB5,000,000     100     100

China Merchants Americold Logistics (Zhengzhou) Company Limited

  May 26, 2014   The PRC, limited liability company  

Development and

operation of cold chain transportation and warehouse, the PRC

  US$1,000,000     100     100

 

F-155


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

 

3. APPLICATION OF NEW AND REVISED IFRSs

 

  (i) Revision and amendments to existing standards and interpretation effective in the year ended December 31, 2016 but have no impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements

 

IFRS 14

   Regulatory Deferral Accounts

Amendments to IFRS 10, Exception IFRS 12 and IAS 28(2011)

   Investment Entities: Applying the Consolidation

Amendments to IFRS 11 Operations

   Accounting for Acquisitions of Interests in Joint

Amendments to IAS 1

   Disclosure Initiative

Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38

   Clarification of Acceptable Methods of Depreciation and Amortisation

Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 41

   Agriculture: Bearer Plants

Amendments to IAS 27 (2011)

   Equity Method in Separate Financial Statements

Annual Improvements 2012-2014 Cycle

   Amendments to a number of IFRSs

The adoption of the above revised standards has no significant financial effect on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

  (ii) New standards and amendments to existing standards have been issued but are not yet effective for the financial year beginning on January 1, 2016 and have not been early adopted by the Group

 

IFRS 9

   Financial Instruments 2

IFRS 15

   Revenue from Contracts with Customers 2

IFRS 16

   Leases 3

Amendments to IFRS 2

   Classification and Measurement of Share-based Payment Transactions 2

Amendments to IFRS 4

   Applying IFRS 9 Financial Instruments with IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts 2

Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 (2011)

   Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture 4

Amendments to IFRS 15

   Clarifications to IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers 2

Amendments to IAS 7

   Disclosure Initiative 1

Amendments to IAS 12

   Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets for Unrealised Losses 1

 

1 Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2017

2 Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018

3 Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019

4 No mandatory effective date yet determined but available for adoption

 

  (iii) New standards and amendments to existing standards have been issued but are not yet effective for the financial year beginning on January 1, 2016 and have not been early adopted by the Group

 

F-156


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

3. APPLICATION OF NEW AND REVISED IFRSs (continued)

 

Further information about those IFRSs that are expected to be applicable to the Group is as follows:

IFRS 15 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“IFRS 15”)

IFRS 15 was issued which establishes a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. IFRS 15 will supersede the current revenue recognition guidance including IAS 18 “Revenue” (“IAS 18”), IAS 11 “Construction Contracts” (“IAS 11”) and the related interpretations when it becomes effective.

The core principle of IFRS 15 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange of those goods or services. Specially, IFRS 15 introduces a 5-step approach to revenue recognition:

Step 1: Identify the contract(s) with a customer

Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract

Step 3: Determine the transaction price

Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

Step 5: Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation

Under IFRS 15, an entity recognizes revenue when (or as) a performance obligation is satisfied, i.e. when “control” of the goods or services underlying the particular performance obligation is transferred to the customer. Far more prescriptive guidance has been added to IFRS 15 to deal with specific scenarios. Furthermore, extensive disclosures are required by IFRS 15.

The Group is assessing the impact of the application of IFRS 15 on the future financial statements.

IFRS 16 “Leases” (“IFRS 16”)

IFRS 16 was issued by IASB in January 2016. It will be effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019 and will supersede IAS 17 “Leases (“IAS 17 ”) . This new standard provides a comprehensive model for the identification of lease arrangements and their treatment in the financial statements of both lessors and lessees. The standard provides a single lessee accounting model, requiring lessees to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases unless the lease term is 12 months or less or the underlying asset has a low value.

A lessee is required to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the commencement of lease arrangement. Right-of-use asset includes the amount of initial measurement of lease liability, any lease payment made to the lessor at or before the lease commencement date, estimated cost to be incurred by the lessee for dismantling or removing the underlying assets from and restoring the

 

F-157


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

3. APPLICATION OF NEW AND REVISED IFRSs (continued)

 

site, as well as any other initial direct cost incurred by the lessee. Lease liability represents the present value of the lease payments. Subsequently, depreciation and impairment expenses, if any, on the right-of-use asset will be charged to profit or loss following the requirements of IAS 16 “Property, Plant and Equipment”, while lease liability will be increased by the interest accrual, which will be charged to profit or loss, and deducted by lease payments.

In respect of the lessor accounting, IFRS 16 substantially carries forward the lessor accounting requirements in IAS 17. Accordingly, a lessor continues to classify its leases as operating leases or finance leases, and to account for those two types of leases differently.

The Group is assessing the impact of the application of IFRS 16 on the future financial statements.

The directors of the Company anticipate that the application of other new and revised IFRSs upon their respective effective date will have no material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

4. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Current and non-current classification

The Company presents assets and liabilities in the balance sheets based on current and non-current classification. An asset as current when it is:

 

    Expected to be realized or intended to be sold or consumed in the normal operating cycle;

 

    Held primarily for the purpose of trading;

 

    Expected to be realized within twelve months after the reporting period; or

 

    Cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period.

All other assets are classified as non-current.

A liability is current when:

 

    It is expected to be settled in a normal operating cycle;

 

    It is held primarily for the purpose of trading;

 

    It is due to be settled within twelve months after the reporting periods;

 

    There is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period.

 

F-158


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

4. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

The Company classifies all other liabilities as non-current.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as non-current assets and liabilities.

Revenue recognition

Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for rendering of services for cold chain transportation and warehousing services. Revenue is shown net of value-added tax, returns, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group.

The Group recognizes revenue when the amount of revenue can be reliably measured, it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the Group and specific criteria have been met for each of the Group’s activities as described below. The Group bases its estimates on historical results, taking into consideration the type of customer, the type of transaction and the specifics of each arrangement.

Provision of services

Rent, storage and warehouse services revenue are recognized as services are provided. Customers may be charged in advance. Storage revenue is initially deferred and recognized ratably over the storage period. Warehouse services revenue is recognized as services are performed. The Company and its subsidiaries record transportation revenue and expenses upon delivery of the product.

Sales of goods

Sales of goods are recognized when the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the buyer, provided that the Group maintains neither managerial involvement to the degree usually associated with ownership, nor effective control over the goods sold.

Rental income

Operating lease rental income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease period.

Interest income

Interest income from a financial asset is recognized on a time-proportion basis using effective interest method when it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the amount of income can be measured reliably. Effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts the estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial asset to that asset’s net carrying amount on initial recognition.

Fair value measurements

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, regardless of whether that price is directly observable or estimated using another valuation technique. In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group takes into account the characteristics of the asset or liability if market participants would take those

 

F-159


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

4. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

characteristics into account when pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Fair value for measurement and/or disclosure purposes in these consolidated financial statements is determined on such a basis, except for share-based payment transactions that are within the scope of IFRS 2 “Share-based Payments”, leasing transactions that are within the scope of IAS 17, and measurements that have some similarities to fair value but are not fair value, such as net realizable value in IAS 2 “Inventories” or value in use in IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets”.

In addition, for financial reporting purposes, fair value measurements are categorized into Level 1, 2 or 3 based on the degree to which the inputs to the fair value measurements are observable and the significance of the inputs to the fair value measurement in its entirety, which are described as follows:

 

    Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access at the measurement date;

 

    Level 2 inputs are inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and

 

    Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

Foreign currency translation

Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the “functional currency”). The functional currency of the Company and the PRC entities is RMB, and the functional currency of the Hong Kong entity is Hong Kong dollar.

Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are remeasured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income within “other gains (losses), net”.

Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to borrowings and bank balances and cash are presented in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income within “other gains (losses), net”.

Group companies

The results and financial position of all the group entities that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency, i.e. the subsidiary incorporated in Hong Kong, are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

 

    assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at the year-end exchange rate;

 

F-160


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

4. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

    income and expenses for each statement of profit or loss are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the rate on the dates of the transactions);

 

    all resulting exchange differences are recognized in other comprehensive income; and

 

    For equity items, the historical rate is used; therefore, these equity items are not retranslated.

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign operations are taken to other comprehensive income and accumulated in exchange reserve. When a foreign operation is partially disposed of or sold, proportionate share of the exchange differences is reclassified to profit or loss as part of the gain or loss on disposal.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment comprise mainly warehouses, offices, plant and machinery, furniture, equipment and motor vehicles. Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less depreciation. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized. All other repairs and maintenance are charged in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income during the financial period in which they are incurred.

Depreciation on property, plant and equipment other than assets under construction is calculated using the straight line method to allocate their cost to their residual values over their estimated useful lives, as follows:

 

Buildings and structures   20 - 30 years
Vehicles and machinery   5 - 20 years
Furniture, fittings and equipment   3 - 5 years
Asset retirement costs   Shorter of useful life or lease term

The Group changed the accounting estimates in respect of the useful lives of certain categories of property, plant and equipment effective on January 1, 2015. Details are set out in note 5.

No depreciation is provided on assets under construction. All direct costs relating to the construction of property, plant and equipment including interests and finance costs and foreign exchange differences on interests of the related borrowed funds during the construction period are capitalized as the cost of the property, plant and equipment.

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount, as further explained in “impairment on tangible and intangible assets other than goodwill”.

 

F-161


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

4. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognized within “other gains (losses), net” in in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

Asset retirement obligation

The Group incurs retirement obligations for certain assets. These obligations are recorded as liabilities equal to the present value of the estimated cost on discounted basis typically at the time the assets are installed. The costs associated with these liabilities are capitalized as part of the related assets and depreciated over the shorter of useful life or lease term of the related assets. Over time, the liabilities are accreted for the change in their present value.

Leasehold land and building

When a lease includes both land and building elements, the Group assesses the classification of each element as a finance or an operating lease separately based on the assessment as to whether substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of each element have been transferred to the Group, unless it is clear that both elements are operating leases in which case the entire lease is classified as an operating lease. Specifically, the minimum lease payments (including any lump-sum upfront payments) are allocated between the land and the building elements in proportion to the relative fair values of the leasehold interests in the land element and building element of the lease at the inception of the lease.

To the extent the allocation of the lease payments can be made reliably, interest in leasehold land that is accounted for as an operating lease is presented as “prepaid lease payments” in the consolidated statement of financial position and is amortized over the lease term on a straight-line basis. When the lease payments cannot be allocated reliably between the land and building elements, the entire lease is generally classified as a finance lease and accounted for as property, plant and equipment.

Goodwill

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of subsidiaries represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition.

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to each of the cash generating units (“CGUs”), or groups of CGUs that is expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Each unit or group of units to which the goodwill is allocated represents the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. Goodwill is monitored at the company level.

Goodwill impairment reviews are undertaken annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment. The carrying value of goodwill is compared to the recoverable amount, which is the higher of value in use and the fair value less costs to sell. Any impairment loss is recognized immediately in profit or loss and is not subsequently reversed.

 

F-162


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

4. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Other intangible assets

Trademarks

Trademarks acquired in a business combination are recognized at the acquisition date. Trademarks have indefinite life and are carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

Contractual customer relationships

Contractual customer relationships acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. The contractual customer relations have useful lives between 8 to 13 years but was shortened to less than 1 year during the year ended December 31, 2014 (details set out in note 5) and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the expected lives.

Gains or losses arising from derecognition of other intangible assets are measured at the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and are recognized in consolidated statements of profit or loss and comprehensive income in the period when the asset is derecognized.

Impairment on tangible and intangible assets other than goodwill

At the end of the reporting period, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets with finite useful lives to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss, if any. When it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the CGU to which the asset belongs. When a reasonable and consistent basis of allocation can be identified, corporate assets are also allocated to CGUs for which a reasonable and consistent allocation basis can be identified.

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and intangible assets not yet available for use are tested for impairment at least annually, and whenever there is an indication that they may be impaired.

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or a CGU) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset (or a CGU) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset (or a CGU) is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset (or a CGU) in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

 

F-163


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

4. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Financial assets

The Group classifies its financial assets in the category of loans and receivables. The classification depends on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired. Management determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition.

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are included in current assets, except for maturities greater than 12 months after the end of the reporting period. Loans and receivables are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Regular purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on the trade-date-the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs for the Group’s financial assets. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership.

The Group assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred only if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a ‘loss event’) and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated.

The criteria that the Group uses to determine that there is objective evidence of an impairment loss include:

 

    Significant financial difficulty of the issuer or obligor;

 

    A breach of contract, such as a default or delinquency in interest or principal payments;

 

    The Group, for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty, granting to the borrower a concession that the lender would not otherwise consider;

 

    It becomes probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganization;

 

    Observable data indicating that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows from a portfolio of financial assets since the initial recognition of those assets, although the decrease cannot yet be identified with the individual financial assets in the portfolio, including:

 

    adverse changes in the payment status of borrowers in the portfolio; or

 

    national or local economic conditions that correlate with defaults on the assets in the portfolio; or

 

    Any other objective evidence that indicate an impairment of the financial asset may exist.

 

F-164


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

4. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

The amount of loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced and the amount of the loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the reversal of the previously recognized impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

Debtors

Trade debtors are amounts due from customers for merchandise sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. If collection of trade debtors and other receivables is expected in one year or less (or in the normal operating cycle of the business if longer), they are classified as current assets. If not, they are presented as non-current assets.

Debtors are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment.

The carrying amount of the financial asset is reduced by the impairment loss directly for all financial assets with the exception of trade receivables, where the carrying amount is reduced through the use of an allowance account. Changes in the carrying amount of the allowance account are recognized in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. When a trade receivable is considered uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

Bank balances and cash

In the consolidated statement of financial position and cash flows, bank balances and cash include cash in hand and deposits held at call with banks.

Inventories

Inventories mainly represent merchandise stocks and fuel for the repairs and maintenance of machineries and vehicles, and are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using the weighted average cost method. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses.

Share capital

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

 

F-165


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

4. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Creditors

Trade creditors are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers. Accounts payable are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less (or in the normal operating cycle of the business if longer). If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.

Creditors are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Borrowings

Borrowings are recognized initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortized cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognized in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income using the effective interest method over the period of the borrowings.

Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are recognized as transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. In this case, the fee is deferred until the draw-down occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down, the fee is capitalized as a pre-payment for liquidity services and amortized over the period of the facility to which it relates.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the end of the reporting period date.

Borrowing costs

General and specific borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of those assets, until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale.

All other borrowing costs are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they are incurred.

Government grants

Government grants are not recognized until there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions attaching to them and the grants will be received.

Government grants are recognized in profit or loss on a systematic basis over the period in which the Group recognized as expenses the related costs for which the grants are intended to compensate. Specifically, government grants whose primary condition is that the Group should purchase, construct or otherwise acquire non-current assets are recognized as deferred revenue in the consolidated statement of financial position and transferred to profit or loss on a systematic and rational basis over the useful lives of the related assets.

 

F-166


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

4. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Government grants that are receivable as compensation for expenses or losses already incurred or for the purpose of giving immediate financial support to the Group with no future related costs are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they become receivable.

Current and deferred income tax

The tax expense for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax expense is recognized in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, except to the extent that it relates to items recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In that case the tax expense is also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from “loss before income tax” as reported in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the end of reporting period in the countries where the Company and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities

Deferred income tax is recognized, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and. their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, the deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred income tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized. The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except for deferred income tax liabilities where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

 

F-167


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

4. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Employee benefits

Pension obligations

The Group participates in the employee retirement benefits plan of the respective municipal government in various places in the PRC where the Group operates. The Group is required to make monthly contributions calculated as a percentage of the monthly payroll costs and the respective municipal government undertakes to assume the retirement benefit obligations of all existing and future retired employees of the Group. The Group’s contributions to the scheme are expensed as incurred.

Termination obligations

Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognizes termination benefits when it is demonstrably committed to a termination when the entity has a detailed formal plan to terminate without possibility of withdrawal; or providing termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to present value.

Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that the Group will be required to settle that obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

The amount recognized as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period, taking into account the risk and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. When a provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those cash flows (where the effect of the time value of money is material).

Operating leases

Leases where substantially all the rewards and risks of ownership of assets remain with the lessor are accounted for as operating leases.

Where the Group is the lessee, rentals payable under operating leases (inducing land use right) net of any incentives received from the lessor are charged to the statement of profit or loss on the straight-line basis over the lease terms.

5. CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

Change in accounting estimates in respect of the useful lives of contractual customer relationship

The management of the Company perform periodic assessments on useful lives of its intangible assets that have definite useful lives. Based on the assessment conducted during the year ended December 31, 2014, the

 

F-168


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

5. CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES (continued)

 

directors determined the useful lives of contractual customer relationship were shortened from 8 to 13 years to less than 1 year, due to the following reasons:

 

    During the year, certain customers related to the intangible assets ceased to do business with the Company;

 

    Based on the management’s assessment, the service contracts with one of the customers related to the intangible assets will not be renewed after its expiration in 2015; and

The actual revenue from these customers continues to be significantly below the forecasted revenue and such gap is widening in 2014.

Accordingly, the Group has adjusted the remaining useful lives of these assets since January 1, 2014 on a prospective basis. Such change in accounting estimate has resulted in an increase in loss attributable to the owners of the Company amounting to RMB16, 622,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014. The contractual customer relationship were fully amortized by December 31, 2014.

Change in accounting estimates in respect of the useful lives of property, plant and equipment

Periodically reviews are in place for the appropriateness of the estimated useful lives of its long-lived assets. In the review performed for the year ended December 31, 2015, the Group reviewed the useful lives of property, plant and equipment, and based on historical experiences, the Group reassessed that the warehouse building and goods shelves would be used for a longer period as a result of improved maintenance process, and hence updated the estimated useful lives of certain property, plant and equipment prospectively on January 1, 2015 as below:

 

Category

   2016 and 2015      2014 and prior  

Warehouse building

     30 years        20 years  

Goods shelves

     20 years        10 years  

The change of this accounting estimate has resulted in a decrease in loss attributable to the owners of the Company amounting to RMB1,053,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

F-169


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

 

6. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

6.1 Categories of financial instrument

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Financial assets

     

Trade debtors

     40,974        37,027  

Deposits

     50,824        51,625  

Bank balances and cash

     82,132        25,319  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     173,930        113,971  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

     

Creditors

     117,752        63,828  

Bank borrowings

     —          20,073  

Loans from a fellow subsidiary

     89,876        80,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     207,628        163,901  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

6.2 Financial risk management objectives and policies

 

  (i) Market risk

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including foreign exchange risk, fair value interest rate risk and cash flow interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. Risk management is carried out by senior management of the Group under policies approved by the directors of the Company.

 

  (a) Foreign exchange risk

The Group mainly operates in the PRC with most of the transactions settled in RMB. Since the majority of the bank balances and cash in each of the Group’s entities are denominated in the functional currencies of the respective group’s entities, the directors of the Company considered that the Group was not exposed to material foreign exchange risk.

 

  (b) Fair value interest rate risk and cash flow interest rate risk

The Group’s interest rate risk mainly arises from interest-bearing borrowings, bank deposits, loans from a fellow subsidiary and advances to a third party. Bank borrowings issued at variable rates as well as bank deposits expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk whilst loans from a fellow subsidiary and advances to a third party at a fixed rate expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk.

The Group adopts a policy of maintaining an appropriate mix of fixed and floating rate borrowings which is achieved primarily through the contractual terms of borrowings. The position is regularly monitored and evaluated by reference of anticipated changes in market interest rate. The Group did not use any interest rate swap to hedge its interest rate risk during the year.

 

F-170


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

6. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

At December 31, 2016, if interest rates on variable-rate bank borrowings and bank deposits had been 30 basis points (2015: 30 basis points) higher/lower with all other variables held constant, post-tax loss for the year would have been RMB 8,000 (2015: RMB12,000) lower/higher, mainly as a result of higher/lower interest expense on floating-rate bank borrowings.

 

  (ii) Credit risk

Credit risk arises if a customer or other counterparty fails to meet its contractual obligations. The credit risk of the Group mainly arises from bank balances, trade debtors, deposits and prepayments.

Under PRC law, it is generally required that a commercial bank in the PRC that holds third-party cash deposits protect the depositors’ rights over and interests in their deposited money; PRC banks are subject to a series of risk control regulatory standards; and PRC bank regulatory authorities are empowered to take over the operation and management of any PRC bank that faces a material credit crisis. In the event of bankruptcy of one of the financial institutions in which the Group has deposits or investments, it may be unlikely to claim its deposits or investments back in full. The Group selected reputable financial institutions with high credit ratings to deposit its assets. The Group regularly monitors the ratings of the financial institutions in case of any defaults. There has been no recent history of default in relation to these financial institutions.

Trade debtors, deposits and prepayment are typically unsecured except for advances to a third party, which is secured by the goods owned by the third party. Trade debtors are derived from revenue earned from customers in the PRC, while deposits and prepayments are arisen from Group’s ordinary business. The risks with respect to trade debtors, deposits and prepayment are mitigated by credit evaluations the Group performs on its debtors and its ongoing monitoring of outstanding balances. The Group has no significant concentrations of credit risk with respect to its debtors except for the advance granted to a third party, as set out in note 18.

 

  (iii) Liquidity risk

Cash flow forecasts are prepared by management. Management monitors rolling forecasts on the Group’s liquidity requirements to ensure the Group maintains sufficient liquidity reserve to support sustainability and growth of the Group’s business. Currently, the Group finances its working capital requirements through a combination of funds generated from operations and borrowings.

At December 31, 2015, the Group has net current assets of RMB12,760,000. At December 31, 2016, the Group had net current liabilities of RMB47,497,000. China Merchants Logistics Holdings Co., Ltd., a fellow subsidiary of the Company, has confirmed its intention to provide continuing financial support to the Company so as to enable it to continue its operating activities for the next twelve months from the approval date of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016. The directors therefore believe that the liquidity risk of Company is substantially mitigated.

 

F-171


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

6. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

The table below analyzes the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the end of the reporting period to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

 

    Weighted
average
effective
interest rate
    Repayable
on demand
or less than
3 months
    Between
3 months to
1 year
    Between
1 to 2
years
    Between
2 to 5
years
    Over
5 years
    Carrying
amount
 
    %     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  

As of December 31, 2016

             

Loan from a fellow subsidiary

    4.35       —         62,610       —         —           60,000  

Loan from a fellow subsidiary

    0.50       —         30,019       —         —           29,876  

Trade and other payables

    —         51,545       —         —         —           51,545  

Payables to fellow subsidiaries

    —         89,680       —         —         —           89,680  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      141,225       92,629         —           231,101  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015

             

Bank borrowings

    2.11       —         20,179       —         —           20,073  

Loan from a fellow subsidiary

    4.35       —         —         62,610       —           60,000  

Loan from a fellow subsidiary

    5.60       —         20,000       —         —           20,000  

Trade and other payables

    —         20,401       18,036       —         —           38,437  

Payables to fellow subsidiaries

    —         25,391       —         —         —           25,391  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      45,792       58,215       62,610       —           163,901  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

6.3 Capital risk management

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders or issue new shares.

6.4 Fair value estimation

The directors of the Company consider that the carrying amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities except for non-current loans from a fellow subsidiary recorded at amortized costs in the consolidated financial statements approximate their fair values at the end of the reporting period largely due to the short term maturities of these instruments.

As of December 31, 2015, the fair value of non-current loans from a fellow subsidiary amounted to RMB55,600,000 using a 9.7% discount rate based on risk-free rate, interest rate differential and adding a credit margin. The fair value of those non-current liabilities are not directly observable, but, instead, are corroborated by observable market data through statistical techniques, therefore, these are considered to be Level 2 inputs.

 

F-172


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

 

7. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS

The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an on-going basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

Impairment of goodwill

The goodwill of the Group was acquired through a business combination in prior year and initially measured at cost being the excess of the consideration paid over the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired net of the liabilities assumed of the acquired entity which was determined with the assistance of a professional valuer. The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment in accordance with the accounting policy stated in note 4. The recoverable amount of CGU has been determined based on value-in-use calculations. These calculations require the use of estimates.

With the assistance of qualified third party professional valuers, the management evaluated the recoverable amount of CGU at December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. The directors of the Company are of the view that as of the valuation date, the values of the goodwill of the Group were reduced from its value assigned upon acquisition, taking into accounts the material unfavorable changes in cold storage and logistics market conditions, loss of key customers, and reduction of logistics operation scale in Tianjin. Accordingly, an impairment loss of RMB110,190,000 was recognized for goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2014. No further impairment has been noted on goodwill based on the impairment assessment performed by the management as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

The carrying amount of goodwill at December 31, 2016 and 2015 was RMB104,859,000.

8. REVENUE

The Group’s revenue mainly represents service income for provision of cold chain warehousing and transportation services and sales of goods as follows. Others represent service income for provision of export agent service and customs agent service.

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Warehousing services

     126,234        104,847        89,383  

Transportation services

     94,303        91,149        105,066  

Sales of goods

     3,946        37,236        41,074  

Others

     7,568        6,137        17,668  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     232,051        239,369        253,191  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-173


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

8. REVENUE (continued)

 

Information about major customers

Revenue from customers of the corresponding years contributing over 10% of the total sales of the Group are as follows:

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Customer A

     61,884        42,493        41,156  

Customer B

     N/A (note)        N/A (note)        39,303  

Note: the corresponding revenue did not contribute over 10% of the total sales of the Group.

9. IMPAIRMENT LOSSES ON GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

           2016      2015      2014  
           RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Impairment losses on trademark

    (i)        —          —          5,000  

Impairment loss on goodwill

    (ii)        —          —          110,190  
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       —          —          115,190  
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Notes:

 

  (i) During the year ended December 31, 2014, the directors determined that the Group will no longer use or renew the trademark “Kangxin Logistics” owned by Kangxin Logistics (Tianjin) Company Limited (“Kangxin Tianjin”), a subsidiary of the Group. Accordingly, full impairment loss of RMB5,000,000 has been recognized in respect of trademark.

 

  (ii) The Group performed impairment valuation analysis close to year end of 2016, 2015 and 2014 on goodwill which is designated to Kangxin Tianjin as a CGU. According to the impairment valuation analysis, the Group recognized impairment loss of RMB110,190,000 in relation to goodwill arising on acquisition of Kangxin Tianjin during the year ended December 31, 2014. The impairment loss on goodwill is primarily due to the material unfavorable changes in cold storage and logistics market conditions, loss of key customers, and reduction of logistics operation scale in Tianjin, the PRC.

The basis of the recoverable amount of the CGU and the major underlying assumptions are summarized below:

The recoverable amount of this unit has been determined based on a value in use calculation. The calculation uses cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a 5-year discrete projection period with the cash flows beyond the 5-year period extrapolated using a steady long-term growth rate, and discount rate of 14%. The growth rates of the 5-year discrete projection period range from 6% to 20%. The long-term growth rate of 3% was determined by management based on a review of economic, industry, and country-specific factors. Other key assumptions for the value in use calculations relate to the estimation of cash inflows/outflows which include budgeted sales and gross margin, such estimation is based on the unit’s past

 

F-174


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

9. IMPAIRMENT LOSSES ON GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (continued)

 

performance and management’s expectations for the market development for 5 years. Management believes that any reasonably possible change in any of these assumptions would not cause the aggregate carrying amount of the unit to exceed the aggregate recoverable amount of the unit.

10. OTHER GAINS (LOSSES), NET

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Provision for compensation

     —          —          (2,445

Gain (loss) on sale of property, plant and equipment

     458        (1,461      (615

Foreign exchange (loss) gains, net

     (965      (821      14  

Government grants (note)

     514        1,840        —    

Others

     205        (140      (55
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     212        (582      (3,101
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Note: Government grants were received from the government of the PRC. In 2016, government grants were mainly for (i) subsidies for logistics equipment and facilities upgrades; and (ii) subsidies granted by local governments to encourage the Group to dispose vehicles with high emission. In 2015, government grants were mainly for (i) subsidies for value added tax reform from business tax; and (ii) subsidies granted by local governments to encourage the Group to dispose vehicles with high emission. There are no unfulfilled conditions or contingencies relating to the grants.

11. INTEREST INCOME

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Interest income on:

        

Advances to a third party

     —          3,528        1,860  

Bank deposits

     120        90        75  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     120        3,618        1,935  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

12. FINANCE COSTS

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Interest expenses on:

        

Bank borrowings wholly repayable within five years

     405        2,707        1,359  

Loans from a fellow subsidiary wholly repayable within five years

     3,332        2,553        2,845  

Accretion on asset retirement obligations

     603        687        628  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     4,340        5,947        4,832  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-175


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

 

13. INCOME TAX CREDIT

The Group’s operations in mainland China are subject to corporate income tax law of the People’s Republic of China (“PRC Corporate Income Tax”). The standard PRC Corporate Income Tax rate is 25% (2015 and 2014: 25%).

The amount of taxation credited to profit or loss represents as follows:

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Deferred income tax

     199        365        1,457  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The income tax credit for the year can be reconciled to the accounting loss as follows:

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Loss before tax

     (17,956      (29,594      (175,725
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax credit calculated at 25%(2015 and 2014: 25%)

     (4,489      (7,398      (43,931

Effect of different tax rate of a subsidiary operating in other jurisdiction

     215        152        384  

Effect of expenses not deductible for tax purpose

     2,430        886        29,118  

Effect of deductible temporary differences not recognized

     443        529        442  

Effect of tax losses not recognized

     1,710        5,275        12,530  

Tax losses utilized from previous periods

     (379      —          —    

Others

     (129      191        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax credit

     (199      (365      (1,457
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016, the Group has unused tax losses of RMB 84,010,000 (December 31, 2015: RMB78,069,000, December 31, 2014: RMB62,457,000) available to offset against future profits. No deferred tax asset has been recognized in respect of such unused tax losses due to the unpredictability of future profit stream for the years ended December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The expiry terms of the deductible losses that no deferred tax assets have been provided are as followings:

 

     2016  
     RMB’000  

2017

     13,095  

2018

     11,847  

2019

     31,129  

2020

     21,098  

2021

     6,841  
  

 

 

 
     84,010  
  

 

 

 

 

F-176


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

 

14. LOSS BEFORE TAX

Loss before tax has been arrived at after charging (crediting):

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

     27,082        26,790        24,324  

Amortization of prepaid lease payment

     124        124        142  

Amortization of other intangible assets

     —          —          18,670  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization

     27,206        26,914        43,136  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retirement benefit scheme contributions

     4,085        4,241        5,199  

Salaries and other benefits

     31,898        37,002        49,053  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total staff costs

     35,983        41,243        54,252  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impairment losses recognized on receivables

     434        402        10  

Rental expenses (note)

     40,839        56,026        52,889  

Cost of sales for trading revenue

     16,401        15,193        37,350  

Government grants

     (514      (1,840      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note: Rental expenses have been charged in “cost of sales”.

15. PREPAID LEASE PAYMENT

The movements of prepaid leases payment are analyzed as follows:

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Analyzed for reporting purpose as:

     

At January 1

     5,458        5,582  

Amortization

     (124      (124
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31

     5,334        5,458  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The prepaid lease payment are all in respect of land use rights located in the PRC held under a 50-year lease term.

 

F-177


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

 

16. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

     Buildings and
structures
    Vehicles and
machinery
    Furniture,
fittings and
equipment
    Assets under
construction
    Total  
     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  

COST

          

At January 1, 2015

     101,585       105,653       8,520       20,990       236,748  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

     5,744       1,997       790       5,857       14,388  

Transfers

     11,758       —         5,968       (17,726     —    

Disposal

     —         (37,081     (295     —         (37,376
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2015

     119,087       70,569       14,983       9,121       213,760  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

     5,842       1,982       526       5,109       13,459  

Transfers

     11,287       2,623       —         (13,910     —    

Disposal

     (1,545     (22,782     (343     —         (24,670
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016

     134,671       52,392       15,166       320       202,549  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION

          

At January 1, 2015

     33,362       66,108       6,412       —         105,882  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation provided for the year

     16,441       7,492       2,857       —         26,790  

Disposals

     —         (32,928     (275     —         (33,203
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2015

     49,803       40,672       8,994       —         99,469  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation provided for the year

     17,297       6,857       2,928       —         27,082  

Disposals

     (156     (19,570     (310     —         (20,036
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016

     66,944       27,959       11,612       —         106,515  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CARRYING VALUES

          

At December 31, 2015

     69,284       29,897       5,989       9,121       114,291  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016

     67,727       24,433       3,554       320       96,034  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expenses of RMB 26,573,000 (2015: RMB26,281,000, 2014: RMB23,443,000) and RMB509,000 (2015: RMB509,000, 2014: RMB881,000) have been charged in “cost of sales”, and “administrative expenses”, respectively.

17. TRADE DEBTORS

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Trade debtors from fellow subsidiaries (note 28(f))

     135        —    

Other trade debtors

     41,692        37,446  

Less: impairment on receivables

     (853      (419
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade debtors, net

     40,974        37,027  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impairment on receivables has been included in administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

 

F-178


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

17. TRADE DEBTORS (continued)

 

Before accepting any new customer, the Group assesses the potential customer’s credit quality and defines credit limits by customers. Limits and scoring attributed to customers are reviewed periodically. The directors do not consider the Group is exposed to material credit risk in associated with trade debtors. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of receivable mentioned above. The Group does not hold any collateral as security.

The aging of trade debtors that are past due as at the end of the reporting period but not impaired is within 180 days.

Movement of impairment on trade debtors:

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

January 1

     419        16  

Impairment losses recognized on receivables

     434        402  

Exchange realignment

     —          1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31

     853        419  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

18. DEPOSITS, PREPAYMENTS AND OTHER RECEIVABLE

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Receivables from fellow subsidiaries (note 28(f))

     14,297        13,735  

Advances to a third party (note)

     22,548        22,548  

Rental deposit

     5,100        5,309  

Prepayments

     4,963        7,336  

Value added tax recoverable

     1,725        1,971  

Other receivables

     8,880        10,033  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     57,513        60,932  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Note: Shenzhen China Merchants Americold Trading Company Limited, a subsidiary of the Group, entered into agreements with a third party to make them several advances, using the goods owned by this third party as a collateral. The amounts will be paid back from the proceeds from the sales of the goods by the third party to its customers. The advances are interest bearing at 1.25% per 30 days and repayable if these goods are not sold out in one year.

 

F-179


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

 

19. INVENTORIES

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Merchandise stocks

     2,688        2,440  

Fuel

     299        400  

Less: allowance for decline in value of inventories

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,987        2,840  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

20. BANK BALANCES AND CASH

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Cash at bank and on hand

     82,132        25,319  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash at bank earns interest at market rates which range from 0.01% to 0.35% (2015: 0.01% to 0.385%) per annum.

21. SHARE CAPITAL

 

     2016      2015  

Authorized:

     

50,000 ordinary shares of US$1 each

     US$50,000        US$50,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Issued and fully paid:

1,000 ordinary shares of US$1 each

     US$1,000        US$1,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shown in the financial statements

     RMB7,000        RMB7,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-180


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

 

22. CREDITORS AND ACCRUALS

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Payables to fellow subsidiaries (note 28(g))

     89,680        25,391  

Accrued transportation expenses

     16,989        13,758  

Salaries payable

     5,555        8,214  

Payables for construction projects

     6,368        6,439  

Accrued system service fees

     10,658        5,521  

Trade payables

     6,653        4,750  

Advance from customers

     1,688        4,433  

Other payables

     3,634        4,779  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     141,225        73,285  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

23. DEFERRED TAX LIABILITY

 

     Fair value
adjustment on business
combination
 
     RMB’000  

At January 1, 2015

     2,152  

Credited in profit or loss

     (365
  

 

 

 

At December 31, 2015

     1,787  

Credited in profit or loss

     (199
  

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016

     1,588  
  

 

 

 

24. OTHER NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Asset retirement obligations

     13,857        14,890  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Asset retirement obligations represent the present value of the estimated costs on a discounted basis to restore the leased warehouses to their original state in accordance to the lease contracts with lease periods of 5 to 20 years.

25. BANK BORROWINGS

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Current

     —          —    

Unsecured

     —          20,073  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     —          20,073  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-181


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

25. BANK BORROWINGS (continued)

 

At December 31, 2015, the Group had bank borrowing amounting to RMB 20,073,000 with maturity of 3 months. The weighted average effective interest rate was 2.11% per annum. The total bank borrowing was repaid in 2016.

Details of bank borrowings as at December 31, 2015 as follows:

 

    

Maturity date

  

Effective
interest rate

   Carrying amount At
December 31, 2015
 
               RMB’000  

Floating-rate borrowings:

        

Unsecured HK$ bank loan of HK$ 3,000,000

   March 21, 2016    Hong Kong Inter Bank Offered Rate (“Hibor”)+1.5%      2,513  

Unsecured HK$ bank loan of HK$ 3,000,000

   March 21, 2016    Hibor+1.5%      2,513  

Unsecured HK$ bank loan of HK$ 4,000,000

   March 31, 2016    Hibor+1.5%      3,351  

Unsecured US$ bank loan of US$800,000

   March 28, 2016    London Inter Bank Offered Rate (“Libor”)+1.5%      5,196  

Unsecured US$ bank loan of US$500,000

   February 29, 2016    Libor+1.5%      3,250  

Unsecured US$ bank loan of US$500,000

   February 29, 2016    Libor+1.5%      3,250  
        

 

 

 

Total

           20,073  
     

 

 

 

 

F-182


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

 

26. NET CASH INFLOWS (OUTFLOWS) FROM OPERATIONS

The reconciliation from loss before tax to cash generated from operations is set out as follows:

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Loss before income tax

     (17,956      (29,594      (175,725

Adjustments for:

        

Provision of impairment for receivables

     434        402        10  

Impairment loss on goodwill

     —          —          110,190  

Impairment loss on trademark

     —          —          5,000  

Depreciation

     27,082        26,790        24,324  

Amortization

     124        124        18,812  

(Gain) loss on sales of property, plant and equipment

     (458      1,461        615  

Interest income

     (120      (3,618      (1,935

Finance costs

     3,737        5,947        4,832  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating profit (loss) before working capital changes

     12,843        1,512        (13,877

(Increase) decrease in inventories

     (145      3,509        1,942  

(Increase) decrease in debtors, deposits and prepayments

     (3,214      11,008        (379

Increase (decrease) in creditors and accruals

     67,940        9,888        (5,713

(Decrease) increase in other non-current liabilities

     (1,033      1,221        813  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash inflows (outflows) from operations

     76,391        27,138        (17,214
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

27. OPERATING LEASES COMMITMENTS AND ARRANGEMENTS

The Group as lessee

The Group leases various warehouses under non-cancellable operating lease agreements. Most of the lease terms are 10 years and the majority of lease agreements are renewable at the end of the lease period at market rate.

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Within 1 year

     19,894        26,197  

2-5 years

     17,699        34,569  

Over 5 years

     1,584        3,038  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     39,177        63,804  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-183


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

27. OPERATING LEASES COMMITMENTS AND ARRANGEMENTS (continued)

 

The Group as lessor

Property rental income from property, plant and equipment earned during the year was RMB 10,064,000 (2015: RMB 5,904,000; 2014: RMB18,174,000).

At the end of the reporting period, the Group has contracted with tenants for the following future minimum lease receivables:

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Within 1 year

     —          7,497  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

28. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company’s shareholders are Smart Ally Holdings Limited and Americold Logistics Hong Kong Limited, which owns 51% and 49% of the Company’s shares respectively. The ultimate holding company of the Company is China Merchants Group Limited, which is a state-owned enterprise in the PRC.

The Group engages in a significant volume of transactions with unconsolidated entities under common control and those transactions could result in the Group’s operating results or financial position being significantly different from those that would have been obtained if the Group was autonomous.

During the years, the Group entered into the following transactions with related parties in the ordinary course of business:

(a) Revenue

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Income for trading of goods from fellow subsidiaries

     902        4,152        763  

Consulting services income from fellow subsidiaries

     3,600        3,300        2,745  

Management fee income rendered to a fellow subsidiary

     3,968        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     8,470        7,452        3,508  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(b) Warehousing expenses

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Warehousing expenses paid to a fellow subsidiary

     6,637        4,218        3,020  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-184


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

28. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

 

(c) Rental expenses

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Rental expenses paid to fellow subsidiaries

     5,102        3,221        1,703  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(d) Other expenses

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Other expenses paid to fellow subsidiaries

     5,391        2,744        1,585  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(e) Interest expenses

 

     2016      2015      2014  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Interest expense paid to a fellow subsidiary

     3,368        2,553        2,845  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(f) Receivables

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Trade receivables from fellow subsidiaries (note 17)

     135        —    

Other receivables from fellow subsidiaries (note 18)

     14,297        13,735  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     14,432        13,735  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In 2016 and 2015, no provision of impairment for doubtful debts had been made for the receivables due from fellow subsidiaries.

Amounts are unsecured, interest free and repayable on demand.

(g) Payables

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Interests payable to a fellow subsidiary

     1,723        1,327  

Other payables to fellow subsidiaries

     87,957        24,064  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     89,680        25,391  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-185


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

28. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

 

Amounts are unsecured, interest free and repayable on demand.

(h) Loans from a fellow subsidiary

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Loans from a fellow subsidiary

     89,876        80,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016, the balance comprising a loan of RMB60,000,000 bearing interest at annual rate of 4.35% which will be repayable on March 25, 2017, and a loan of HKD33,400 thousand bearing interest at annual rate of 0.5% which will be repayable on November 20, 2017.

At December 31, 2015, the loans of RMB80,000,000 granted by a fellow subsidiary were unsecured, comprising a loan of RMB60,000,000 bearing interest at annual rate of 4.35% and repayable on March 25, 2017, and a loan of RMB20,000,000 bearing interest at annual rate of 5.6% and repayable on July 2, 2016.

(i) Capital contribution

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Capital contribution from Shareholders

     380,444        380,444  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pursuant to a confirmation letter received by the Company from its shareholders in respect of the amounts received from the shareholders amounting to RMB 380,444,000 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. The shareholders confirmed that the amounts are capital contribution to support the operation and development of the Group, and do not require repayment.

(j) Key management compensation

 

     2016      2015  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Salaries, bonus and incentive compensation

     850        2,938  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The key management includes directors, supervisors and senior management of the Company. There are a total of 8 (2015: 10) key management personnel in the Company.

(k) Transactions/balances with other PRC government controlled entities

In addition, the Group has entered into various transactions, including deposits placement, borrowings and other general banking facilities, with certain banks and financial institutions which are government-related entities in its ordinary course of business. In view of the natures of those banking transactions, the directors of the Company are of the opinion that separate disclosure would not be meaningful.

 

F-186


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CHINA MERCHANTS AMERICOLD LOGISTICS COMPANY LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

 

29. EVENTS OCCURRED AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD

Subsequent to the end of the reporting period, on March 29, 2017, the shareholder of the third party to whom the Group had RMB 22,548,000 of advance as detailed in note 18 fled overseas leaving significant debts behind. Therefore, the advance was assessed to be uncollectible and fully impaired in June 2017.

30. APPROVAL OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The financial statements were approved and authorized for issue by the board of directors on March 17, 2017. The financial statements were reapproved and reauthorized for issue by the board of directors on September 1, 2017, together with Note 29 of the financial statements, which was added subsequent to the original issuance on March 17, 2017.

 

F-187


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LOGO


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

 

Until             , 2018 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

24,000,000 Shares

 

LOGO

Common Shares

 

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

BofA Merrill Lynch

J.P. Morgan

RBC Capital Markets

Rabo Securities

Baird

Citizens Capital Markets

Raymond James

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey

BB&T Capital Markets

BTIG

                    , 2018

 

 

 


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 31. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the various expenses, other than the underwriting discount, expected to be incurred by Americold Realty Trust (the “Registrant”) in connection with the sale of common shares being registered. All amounts are estimated except for Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) registration fees, Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) filing fees and New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) listing fees.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 54,979  

FINRA filing fee

     66,740  

NYSE listing fee

     295,000  

Printing and engraving expenses

     1,800,000  

Legal fees and expenses

     4,150,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

     2,500,000  

Transfer agent fees and expenses

     5,000  

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     122,281  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 8,994,000  
  

 

 

 

Item 32. Sales to Special Parties.

None.

Item 33. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Pursuant to the Americold Realty Trust 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, since September 1, 2014, the Registrant has issued (1) stock options to purchase an aggregate of 2,750,000 of its common shares to trustees, officers, employees and other eligible plan participants of the Registrant, of which options to purchase 370,000 common shares terminated without issuance or were forfeited by the participant, at an exercise price of $9.81 and (2) restricted stock units with respect to an aggregate of 196,332 of its common shares. The issuance of such stock options and restricted stock units and the issuance of common shares upon exercise of such stock options and settlement of such restricted stock units are deemed to be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act or 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in reliance on either or both of Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act or Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation.

Item 34. Indemnification of Trustees and Officers.

Maryland law permits a Maryland real estate investment trust to include a provision in its declaration of trust eliminating the liability of its trustees and officers to the trust and its shareholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action. The Registrant’s amended and restated declaration of trust (“declaration of trust”) contains a provision that eliminates its trustees’ and officers’ liability to the trust and its shareholders for money damages to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

The Maryland REIT Law, or the MRL, permits a Maryland real estate investment trust to indemnify and advance expenses to its trustees, officers, employees and agents to the same extent as permitted for directors and

 

II-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

officers of Maryland corporations. The MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made or threatened to be made a party by reason of their service in those or certain other capacities unless it is established that:

 

    the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (a) was committed in bad faith or (b) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

 

    the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

 

    in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

The MGCL prohibits a Maryland corporation from indemnifying a director or officer who has been adjudged liable in a suit by the corporation or on its behalf or in which the director or officer was adjudged liable on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received. A court may order indemnification if it determines that the director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification, even though the director or officer did not meet the prescribed standard of conduct or was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, however, indemnification for an adverse judgment in a suit by us or on our behalf, or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, is limited to expenses.

In addition, the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, the Registrant’s declaration of trust and the Registrant’s amended and restated bylaws (“bylaws”) obligate it to indemnify any individual who is made or threatened to be made a party to or witness in a proceeding by reason of his or her service:

 

    as a trustee, observer on our board of trustees or officer; or

 

    while a trustee, observer on our board of trustees or officer and at the Registrant’s request, as a director, officer, partner, trustee, member, manager, employee or agent of another real estate investment trust, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or employee benefit plan or any other enterprise,

from and against any claim or liability to which he or she may become subject or that he or she may incur by reason of his or her service in any of these capacities, and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. The Registrant’s declaration of trust and bylaws also permit it to indemnify and advance expenses to any individual who served any of our predecessors in any of the capacities described above and any employee or agent of the Registrant or any of its predecessors.

Upon the completion of the offering, the Registrant will have entered into indemnification agreements with each of its trustees and executive officers and any observer to its board of trustees.

Item 35. Treatment of Proceeds from Stock being Registered.

None.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Item 36. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Financial Statements. See page F-1 for an index of the financial statements included in the registration statement.

(b) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit No.   

Description

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Form of Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws
  4.1    Form of Share Certificate for Common Shares
  5.1*    Opinion of Venable LLP
  8.1*    Opinion of King & Spalding LLP
10.1**    Credit Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2015, by and among Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P., the Several Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuers from Time to Time Parties Thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent
10.2**    Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2015, by and among Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P., the Subsidiaries of Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P. identified therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent
10.3**    Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 18, 2016, by and among Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P., the other Loan Parties party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent
10.4**    Amendment No. 2 dated as of January 20, 2017, to the Credit Agreement dated as of December 1, 2015, among Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P., the Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuers from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent
10.5**    Incremental Joinder Agreement dated as of February 8, 2017, to the Credit Agreement dated as of December 1, 2015, among Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P., the Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuers from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent
10.6**    Incremental Joinder Agreement dated as of May 11, 2017, to the Credit Agreement dated as of December 1, 2015, among Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P., the Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuers from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent
10.7    Form of Credit Agreement by and among Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P., the Several Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuers from Time to Time Parties Thereto and Bank of America, National Association, as Administrative Agent
10.8    Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement by and among Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P., the Subsidiaries of Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P. identified therein and Bank of America, National Association, as Administrative Agent
10.9#    Form of Employment Agreement between AmeriCold Logistics, LLC and Fred Boehler
10.10#    Form of Employment Agreement between AmeriCold Logistics, LLC and Marc Smernoff

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Exhibit No.  

Description

10.11#   Form of Employment Agreement between AmeriCold Logistics, LLC and Thomas Novosel
10.12#   Form of Employment Agreement between AmeriCold Logistics, LLC and Thomas Musgrave
10.13#  

Form of Employment Agreement between AmeriCold Logistics, LLC and Andrea Darweesh

10.14**#   Americold Realty Trust 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
10.15#   Form of Americold Realty Trust 2017 Equity Incentive Plan
10.16**#   Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.17   Form of Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement
10.18   Form of Registration Rights Agreement
10.19**   Limited Partnership Agreement of Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P.
21.1**   List of Subsidiaries
23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.2   Consent of Ernst & Young Hua Ming LLP
23.3   Consent of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Certified Public Accountants LLP
23.4*   Consent of Venable LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1)
23.5*   Consent of King & Spalding LLP (included as part of Exhibit 8.1)
23.6**   Consent of The Global Cold Chain Alliance
23.7**   Consent of Cushman & Wakefield of Illinois, Inc.
23.8**   Consent to be Named as Trustee Nominee (James R. Heistand)
23.9**   Consent to be Named as Trustee Nominee (Michelle M. MacKay)
23.10**   Consent to be Named as Trustee Nominee (Mark R. Patterson)
23.11**   Consent to be Named as Trustee Nominee (Andrew P. Power)
24.1**   Power of Attorney

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.
# Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

Item 37. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  1. For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  2. For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The undersigned registrant hereby further undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-11 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Atlanta, Georgia on the 9 th day of January 2018.

 

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST
By:  

/s/ Fred Boehler

  Name:    Fred Boehler
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Fred Boehler

Fred Boehler

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Trustee
(Principal Executive Officer)

  January 9, 2018

/s/ Marc Smernoff

Marc Smernoff

  

Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President (Principal Financial Officer)

  January 9, 2018

/s/ Thomas C. Novosel

Thomas C. Novosel

  

Chief Accounting Officer and Senior Vice President (Principal Accounting Officer)

  January 9, 2018

*

George J. Alburger, Jr.

  

Trustee

  January 9, 2018

*

Jeffrey M. Gault

  

Trustee

  January 9, 2018

*

Bradley J. Gross

  

Trustee

  January 9, 2018

*

Joel A. Holsinger

  

Trustee

  January 9, 2018

*

Ronald Burkle

  

Trustee

  January 9, 2018

*

Christopher Crampton

  

Trustee

  January 9, 2018

*

Richard d’Abo

  

Trustee

  January 9, 2018

*

Gregory Mays

  

Trustee

  January 9, 2018

*

Terrence J. Wallock

  

Trustee

  January 9, 2018

 

II-6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
*By:   /s/ Marc Smernoff
 

Marc Smernoff

Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-7

Exhibit 1.1

 

 

 

 

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST

(a Maryland real estate investment trust)

[●] Common Shares of Beneficial Interest, $0.01 par value per share

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

Dated: [●], 2018

 

 

 


AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST

(a Maryland real estate investment trust)

[●] Common Shares of Beneficial Interest

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[●], 2018

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                     Incorporated

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

as Representatives of the several Underwriters

c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                            Incorporated

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

200 Vesey Street

New York, New York 10281

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Americold Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (the “Company”), and Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Operating Partnership,” and together with the Company, the “Transaction Entities”), confirm their respective agreements with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”), J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“J.P. Morgan”), RBC Capital Markets, LLC (“RBC”) and each of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “Underwriters,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom Merrill Lynch, J.P. Morgan and RBC are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “Representatives”), with respect to (i) the sale by the Company and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of common shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company (“Common Shares”) set forth in Schedule  A hereto and (ii) the grant by the Company to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of [●] additional Common Shares. The aforesaid [●] Common Shares (the “Initial Securities”) to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the [●] Common Shares subject to the option described in Section 2(b) hereof (the “Option Securities”) are hereinafter called, collectively, the “Securities.”

The Transaction Entities understand that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this Agreement has been executed and delivered.


In connection with the public offering of the Securities, the following agreements relating to certain shareholders of the Company have been entered into, or will be entered into as of the Closing Time (as defined below), as the case may be: (i) the Shareholders Agreement, to be dated as of the Closing Time, by and among the Company and the shareholders of the Company signatories thereto; (ii) the Registration Rights Agreement, to be dated as of the Closing Time, by and among the Company, and the shareholders of the Company signatories thereto; (iii) the Equity Investor Agreement, dated January [●], 2018, by and among YF ART Holdings, L.P., the GSCP Shareholders (as defined therein), Charm Progress Investment Limited and the Company; and (iv) the First Amendment to Contribution Agreement, dated as of January [●], 2018, by and among Yucaipa American Alliance Fund II, L.P., CF Cold LP and the Company (collectively, the “Shareholder Transaction Documents”).

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-11 (No. 333-221560), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses, covering the registration of the offer and sale of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A (“Rule 430A”) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act (the “1933 Act Regulations”) and Rule 424(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 424(b)”). The information included in such prospectus that was omitted from such registration statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be part of such registration statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430A(b) is hereinafter called the “Rule 430A Information.” Such registration statement, including the amendments, exhibits and any schedules thereto, as of the time it became effective, as well as the Rule 430A Information, is hereinafter called the “Registration Statement.” Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations is hereinafter called the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement” and, after such filing, the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. Each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted the Rule 430A Information that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, if any, is hereinafter called a “preliminary prospectus.” The final prospectus, in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Securities, is hereinafter called the “Prospectus.” For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system or any successor system (“EDGAR”).

As used in this Agreement:

“Applicable Time” means [●] [P.M./A.M.], New York City time, on [●], 2018 or such other time as agreed by the Company and the Representatives.

“General Disclosure Package” means any Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectuses (as defined below) issued prior to the Applicable Time, the most recent preliminary prospectus included in the Registration Statement that the Company has distributed to the Underwriters for conveyance to investors prior to the Applicable Time and the information included on Schedule B-1 hereto, all considered together.

“Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 433”), including, without limitation, any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 405”)) relating to the Securities that is (i) required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) a “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i), whether or not required to be filed with the Commission, or (iii) exempt from filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule

 

2


433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the Securities or of the offering of the Securities that does not reflect the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

“Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors (other than a “ bona fide electronic road show,” as defined in Rule 433 (the “Bona Fide Electronic Road Show”)), as specified in Schedule B-2 hereto.

“Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus.

SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties .

(a) Representations and Warranties by the Transaction Entities . Each of the Transaction Entities, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to each Underwriter at the date hereof, the Applicable Time, the Closing Time and each Date of Delivery (as defined below), if any, and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:

(i) Registration Statement and Prospectuses . Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective under the 1933 Act. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes or pursuant to Section 8A of the 1933 Act have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated. The Company has complied with each request, if any, from the Commission for additional information.

Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. The preliminary prospectus that is included in the General Disclosure Package, at the time it was filed with the Commission, complied, and the Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto, as of their respective issue dates, complied, in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Securities were or will be substantially identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(ii) Accurate Disclosure . Neither the Registration Statement nor any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective, the date hereof, the Closing Time or any Date of Delivery, contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. At the Applicable Time, the Closing Time and each Date of Delivery, if any, neither (A) the General Disclosure Package nor (B) any individual Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto (including any prospectus wrapper), at its issue date, the time of

 

3


any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), the Closing Time or any Date of Delivery, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

The representations and warranties in this Section 1(a)(ii) shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein. For purposes of this Agreement, the only information so furnished shall be the information in the first paragraph under the heading “Underwriting—Commissions and Discounts,” the information in the second and third paragraphs under the heading “Underwriting—Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids,” the information under the heading “Underwriting—Electronic Distribution” and the information in the fourth paragraph under “Underwriting—Other Relationships,” in each case contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (collectively, the “Underwriter Information”).

(iii) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses . No Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any preliminary or other prospectus deemed to be a part thereof that has not been superseded or modified. Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conformed or will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations on the date of first use, and the Company has complied with any filing requirements applicable to such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus pursuant to the 1933 Act Regulations. The Company has not made any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Representatives; provided , that such consent is deemed to have been given with respect to each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus (as defined herein). The Company has retained in accordance with the 1933 Act Regulations all Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses that were not required to be filed pursuant to the 1933 Act Regulations. The Company has made available a Bona Fide Electronic Road Show in compliance with Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) such that no filing of any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433(h)) is required in connection with the offering of the Securities.

(iv) Company Not Ineligible Issuer . At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the earliest time thereafter that a Transaction Entity or other offering participant made a bona fide offer of the Securities (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the 1933 Act Regulations) and the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer.

(v) Independent Accountants . The accountants who certified the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are independent public accountants with respect to the Company as required by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

(vi) Financial Statements; Non-GAAP Financial Measures . The financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the periods specified, and such financial statements have been prepared in

 

4


conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods presented. The supporting schedules, if any, relating to the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries present fairly in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The summary selected and the selected financial and operating data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited or unaudited, as applicable, financial statements of the Company included therein. The pro forma financial statements and the related notes thereto included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the information shown therein, have been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines with respect to pro forma financial statements and have been properly compiled on the bases described therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein. Except as included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply in all material respects with Regulation G under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), and Item 10 of Regulation S-K under the 1933 Act, in each case to the extent applicable.

(vii) No Material Adverse Change . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in or affecting the owned, leased or managed properties of the Transaction Entities and their respective subsidiaries (collectively, the “Properties”), taken as a whole, or in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Transaction Entities and their respective subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by either of the Transaction Entities or any of their respective subsidiaries, other than those in the ordinary course of business, that are material with respect to the Transaction Entities and their respective subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, (C) there has been no liability or obligation, direct or contingent (including off-balance sheet obligations), which is material to the Transaction Entities and their respective subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, incurred by either of the Transaction Entities or any of their respective subsidiaries and (D) there has been no distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by either of the Transaction Entities on any class of its shares of beneficial interest, in the case of the Company, any units of limited partnership interest, in the case of the Operating Partnership (“OP Units”), or other form of ownership interests, as applicable.

(viii) Good Standing of the Company . The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a real estate investment trust in good standing under the laws of the State of Maryland, has all power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties, conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, and is duly qualified as a foreign entity to transact business. The Company is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5


(ix) Good Standing of Subsidiaries . Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly organized or formed, as applicable, and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, organization or formation, has trust, partnership, limited liability company or similar power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business as a foreign entity. Each subsidiary of the Company is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to so qualify or to be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, all of the issued and outstanding ownership interests in each subsidiary of the Company (including, without limitation, all of the issued and outstanding OP Units of the Operating Partnership) have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity, and none of the outstanding ownership interests in any subsidiary of the Company were issued in violation of any preemptive rights or other similar rights. The only subsidiaries of the Company are (A) the subsidiaries of the Company listed on Exhibit 21 to the Registration Statement and (B) certain other subsidiaries which, considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, do not constitute a “significant subsidiary,” as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X.

(x) Capitalization . The authorized, issued and outstanding shares of beneficial interest of the Company are as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus in the column entitled “Actual” under the caption “Capitalization” (except for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, pursuant to reservations, agreements or employee benefit plans referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or pursuant to the exercise of convertible or exchangeable securities or options referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus). Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) no shares of beneficial interest of the Company are reserved for any purpose, (ii) there are no outstanding instruments convertible into or exchangeable for any shares of beneficial interest of the Company, and (iii) there are no outstanding options, rights (preemptive or otherwise) or warrants to purchase or subscribe for shares of beneficial interest or any other ownership interests of the Company. Each of (A) the outstanding shares of beneficial interest of the Company, (B) all outstanding instruments convertible into or exchangeable for any shares of beneficial interest or any other ownership interests of the Company and (C) all outstanding options, rights or warrants to purchase or subscribe for shares of beneficial interest or any other ownership interests of the Company has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and non-assessable and conforms in all material respects to all statements relating thereto in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and none of such outstanding shares, instruments, options, rights or warrants were issued in violation of any preemptive rights or other similar rights.

(xi) Authorization of Agreement . This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Transaction Entities.

(xii) Authorization and Description of Securities . The Securities have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when the Securities have been issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth herein, the Securities will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will not be subject to any preemptive rights or other similar rights. The Securities conform in all material respects to all statements relating thereto contained in the

 

6


Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and such description conforms in all material respects to the rights set forth in the instruments defining the same. No holder of Securities will be subject to personal liability by reason of being such a holder. The certificates, if any, to be used to evidence the Securities will, at the Closing Time, be in due and proper form and will comply in all material respects with all applicable legal requirements, the requirements of the declaration of trust and bylaws of the Company and the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.

(xiii) Ownership of OP Units . The Limited Partnership Agreement of the Operating Partnership is in full force and effect. All of the OP Units issued in exchange for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities have been duly authorized and, at the Closing Time and each Date of Delivery, if any, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will be owned by the Company free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity, and none of such OP Units will be issued in violation of any preemptive rights or other similar rights. The Company is the direct or indirect owner of all OP Units.

(xiv) Authorization and Description of Shareholder Transaction Documents . Each Shareholder Transaction Document to which a Transaction Entity is a party has been, or as of the Closing Time will have been, duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Transaction Entity and, when duly executed and delivered in accordance with its terms by the other parties thereto, constitutes or will constitute, as the case may be, a valid and binding agreement of such Transaction Entity, enforceable against such Transaction Entity in accordance with its terms, except, in each case, to the extent that enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights or remedies generally or by general equitable principles, and, with respect to equitable relief, the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity), and with respect to any indemnification provisions contained therein, except as rights under those provisions may be limited by applicable law or policies underlying such law. Each Shareholder Transaction Document conforms in all material respects to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and such description conforms in all material respects to the rights set forth in such Shareholder Transaction Document.

(xv) Registration Rights . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and properly waived, there are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered for sale pursuant to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or otherwise registered for sale or sold under the 1933 Act by either of the Transaction Entities.

(xvi) Absence of Violations, Defaults and Conflicts . Neither of the Transaction Entities nor any of their respective subsidiaries is (A) in violation of its declaration of trust, bylaws, certificate of limited partnership, limited partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement or other organizational document, (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which either of the Transaction Entities or any of their respective subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them may be bound or to which any of their respective Properties, assets or operations is subject (collectively, “Agreements and Instruments”), except for such defaults that would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (C) in violation of any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any arbitrator, court, governmental agency or body, regulatory body, administrative agency or other authority, body or

 

7


agency having jurisdiction over either of the Transaction Entities or any of their respective subsidiaries or their respective Properties, assets or operations (each, a “Governmental Entity”), except for such violations that would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and, to the extent applicable, the Shareholder Transaction Documents by the Transaction Entities and the consummation by the Transaction Entities of the transactions contemplated herein and, to the extent applicable, therein (including the issuance and sale of the Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) and compliance by the Transaction Entities with their respective obligations hereunder and, to the extent applicable, thereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary trust or limited partnership action, as applicable, and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any of the Properties, assets or operations of either of the Transaction Entities or any of their respective subsidiaries pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults, Repayment Events, liens, charges or encumbrances that would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of (i) the provisions of the declaration of trust, bylaws, certificate of limited partnership, limited partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement or other organizational document, as applicable, of either of the Transaction Entities or any of their respective subsidiaries or (ii) any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity, except in the case of clause (ii) only, for any such violation that would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. As used herein, a “Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any financing instrument (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such financing by either of the Transaction Entities or any of their respective subsidiaries.

(xvii) Absence of Labor Dispute . No labor dispute with the employees of either of the Transaction Entities or any of their respective subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of either of the Transaction Entities, is imminent, which, in either case, would reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xviii) Absence of Proceedings . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any Governmental Entity now pending, or, to the knowledge of either of the Transaction Entities, threatened, against or affecting the Transaction Entities or any of their respective subsidiaries, which (A) is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, the preliminary prospectus that is included in the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (other than as disclosed therein), (B) would, reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (C) would materially and adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Transaction Entities of their respective obligations hereunder. The aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which either of the Transaction Entities or any of their respective subsidiaries is a party or of which any of their respective Properties, assets or operations is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8


(xix) Description of Contracts; Accuracy of Exhibits . All descriptions in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus of contracts, franchises, indentures, mortgages, loan agreements, notes, leases or other agreements or instruments to which any of the Transaction Entities or their respective subsidiaries are a party are accurate in all material respects. There are no contracts, franchises, indentures, mortgages, loan agreements, notes, leases or other agreements or instruments that are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the preliminary prospectus that is included in the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that have not been so described or filed as required.

(xx) Absence of Further Requirements . No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any Governmental Entity is necessary or required for the performance by either of the Transaction Entities of its respective obligations hereunder or, to the extent applicable, the Shareholder Transaction Documents, or for the offering, issuance, sale or delivery of the Securities by the Company, except (A) such as may be required under the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations, which have been obtained, or as may be required under the securities laws of any U.S. state or non-U.S. jurisdiction or the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and (B) the filing of the amended and restated declaration of trust with the State of Maryland prior to the Closing Time.

(xxi) Possession of Licenses and Permits . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Transaction Entities and their respective subsidiaries possess such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, the “Governmental Licenses”) issued by the appropriate Governmental Entities necessary to conduct the business now operated by them, except where the failure so to possess would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Transaction Entities and their respective subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all of the Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. All of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of the Governmental Licenses or the failure of the Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither of the Transaction Entities nor any of their respective subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any of the Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxii) Title to Property . (A) The Transaction Entities, any of their respective subsidiaries or any joint venture in which either of the Transaction Entities (other than China Merchants Americold Holdings Company Limited and China Merchants Americold Logistics Company Limited) or any of their respective subsidiaries owns an interest (each such joint venture being referred to as a “Related Entity”), as the case may be, will have good and marketable fee or leasehold title to their respective Properties and assets owned or leased by them, in each case, free and clear of all security interests, mortgages, pledges, liens, encumbrances, claims or equities of any kind, other than those that (1) are described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (2) do not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; (B) except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, none of the Transaction Entities, any of their respective subsidiaries or any Related Entity owns any real property other than the Properties described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus as being so owned; (C) each of the

 

9


ground leases, subleases and sub-subleases relating to a Property, if any, are the legal, valid and binding agreement of the applicable Transaction Entity, a subsidiary thereof or a Related Entity, enforceable against such Transaction Entity, such subsidiary or such Related Entity in accordance with its terms, except, in each case, to the extent that enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights or remedies generally or by general equitable principles, and, with respect to equitable relief, the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity), and with respect to any indemnification provisions contained therein, except as rights under those provisions may be limited by applicable law or policies underlying such law, and no default or event of default on the part of the Transaction Entities, any of their respective subsidiaries or any Related Entity or, to the knowledge of the Transaction Entities, the counterparties thereto has occurred under any ground lease, sublease or sub-sublease with respect to such Property and none of the Transaction Entities, any of their respective subsidiaries or any Related Entity has received any notice of any event which, whether with or without the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default under such ground lease, sublease or sub-sublease and none of the Transaction Entities, any of their respective subsidiaries or any Related Entity has received any notice of any claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Transaction Entities, any of their respective subsidiaries or any Related Entity under any of the ground leases, subleases or sub-subleases mentioned above, except, in each case, other than such failures to be in full force and effect, for such defaults and such claims as would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; (D) all security interests, mortgages, pledges, liens, encumbrances, claims or equities on any of the Properties or assets of either of the Transaction Entities, any of their respective subsidiaries or any Related Entity that are required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus are disclosed therein; (E) except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no person or entity has a right of first refusal or an option to purchase any Property; (F) each Property complies with all applicable codes, laws and regulations (including, without limitation, building and zoning codes, laws and regulations and laws relating to access to such Property), except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and except for such failures to comply that would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; (G) no mortgage or deed of trust encumbering any Property is convertible into ownership interests in the entity owning such Property and, other than as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. no mortgage or deed of trust on any Property is cross-defaulted or cross-collateralized with any other Property; and (H) none of the Transaction Entities, any of their respective subsidiaries or any Related Entity or, to the knowledge of either of the Transaction Entities, any lessee of any of the Properties is in default under any of the contracts governing any Properties and none of the Transaction Entities, any of their respective subsidiaries or any Related Entity knows of any event which, whether with or without the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default under any of such contracts, except, in each case, for such defaults that would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxiii) Joint Venture Agreements . Each of the partnership agreements, limited liability company agreements or other joint venture agreements (each, a “Joint Venture Agreement”) to which either of the Transaction Entities or any of their respective subsidiaries is a party has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each Transaction Entity or their respective subsidiaries, as applicable, and constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of such Transaction Entity or such subsidiary, enforceable against such Transaction Entity or such subsidiary in accordance with its terms, except, in each case, to the extent that enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’

 

10


rights or remedies generally or by general equitable principles, and, with respect to equitable relief, the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity), and with respect to any indemnification provisions contained therein, except as rights under those provisions may be limited by applicable law or policies underlying such law.

(xxiv) Possession of Intellectual Property . The Transaction Entities and their respective subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) necessary to conduct the business now operated by them, except where such failure to own, possess or acquire such Intellectual Property would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither of the Transaction Entities nor any of their respective subsidiaries has received any notice or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Transaction Entities or any of their respective subsidiaries therein, and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxv) Environmental Laws . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and except as would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, (A) none of the Transaction Entities, any of their respective subsidiaries, any Related Entity or any of their respective properties is in violation of any Environmental Laws (as defined below), (B) the Transaction Entities, their respective subsidiaries, the Related Entities and the Properties have all permits, authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and are each in compliance with their requirements, (C) there are no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigations or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law or Hazardous Material (as defined below) against the Transaction Entities, any of their respective subsidiaries or any Related Entity or any of the Properties, (D) there are no events or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or Governmental Entity, against or affecting the Transaction Entities, any of their respective subsidiaries, any Related Entity or any of the Properties relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws, and (E) no Property is included or proposed for inclusion on the National Priorities List issued pursuant to CERCLA (as defined below) by the United States Environmental Protection Agency or on any similar list or inventory issued by any other federal, state, local or foreign Governmental Entity having or claiming jurisdiction over such Property pursuant to any other Environmental Laws. As used herein, “Hazardous Material” shall mean any flammable explosives, radioactive materials, chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, hazardous wastes, toxic substances, mold and any hazardous material as defined by or regulated under any Environmental Law, including, without limitation, petroleum or petroleum products, and asbestos-containing materials. As used herein, “Environmental Law” shall mean any applicable foreign, federal, state or local law (including statute or common law), ordinance, rule, regulation or judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment relating to the protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Secs. 9601-9675 (“CERCLA”), the Hazardous

 

11


Materials Transportation Act, as amended, 49 U.S.C. Secs. 5101-5127, the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Secs. 6901-6992k, the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986, 42 U.S.C. Secs. 11001-11050, the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. Secs. 2601-2692, the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, 7 U.S.C. Secs. 136-136y, the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. Secs. 7401-7671q, the Clean Water Act (Federal Water Pollution Control Act), 33 U.S.C. Secs. 1251-1388, and the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. Secs. 300f-300j-26, as any of the above statutes may be amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated pursuant to any of the foregoing.

(xxvi) Utilities and Access . To the knowledge of the Transaction Entities, water, stormwater, sanitary sewer, electricity and telephone service are all available at the property lines of each Property over duly dedicated streets or perpetual easements of record benefiting the applicable Property. To the knowledge of the Transaction Entities, each of the Properties has legal access to public roads and all other roads necessary for the use of the applicable Property.

(xxvii) No Condemnation . Neither Transaction Entity has knowledge of any pending or threatened condemnation proceedings, zoning change or other proceeding or action that will materially affect the use or value of any Property.

(xxviii) Accounting Controls and Disclosure Controls . The Company and its subsidiaries (i) have taken all necessary actions to ensure that, within the time period required under applicable law, the Company and its subsidiaries will maintain effective internal control over financial reporting (as defined under Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1934 Act (the “1934 Act Regulations”)) and (ii) currently maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that: (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (1) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (2) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The auditors of the Company and the Audit Committee of the Board of Trustees of the Company or, if no such Audit Committee exists, the full Board of Trustees of the Company, have been advised of: (i) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting that have adversely affected, or are reasonably likely to adversely affect, the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the internal control over financial reporting of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company and its subsidiaries have established a system of disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 of the 1934 Act Regulations) that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the 1934 Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, and is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive officer or officers and principal financial officer or officers, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.

 

12


(xxix) Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act . The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that, upon the initial filing or effectiveness of the Registration Statement, as applicable, it will be in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) that are then in effect and with which the Company is required to comply as of the initial filing or effectiveness of the Registration Statement, as applicable, and is actively taking steps to ensure that it will be in compliance with other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act not currently in effect, upon the effectiveness of such provisions, or which will become applicable to the Company at all times after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

(xxx) Payment of Taxes . All U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income tax returns of the Transaction Entities and their respective subsidiaries required by law to be filed have been filed, and all taxes shown by such returns or otherwise assessed, which are due and payable, have been paid, except assessments against which appeals have been taken and as to which adequate reserves have been provided. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Transaction Entities and their respective subsidiaries in respect of any tax liability for any years not finally determined are adequate to meet any assessments or re-assessments for additional tax for any years not finally determined, except to the extent of any inadequacy that would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxxi) ERISA . Each Transaction Entity is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (“ERISA”). No “reportable event” (as defined in ERISA) has occurred with respect to any “pension plan” (as defined in ERISA) for which either Transaction Entity would have any liability. Neither Transaction Entity has incurred or could reasonably be expected to incur liability under (i) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal from, any “pension plan” or (ii) Section 412, 403, 431, 432 or 4971 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Each “pension plan” for which either Transaction Entity would have any liability that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified in all material respects and nothing has occurred thereunder, whether by action or by failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. No portion of the assets of either Transaction Entity constitutes “plan assets” for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

(xxxii) Business Insurance . The Transaction Entities and their respective subsidiaries carry or are entitled to the benefits of insurance, with financially sound and reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks as is generally maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar business, and all such insurance is in full force and effect. Neither of the Transaction Entities has any reason to believe that it or any of their respective subsidiaries will not be able to (A) renew, if desired, its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxxiii) Title Insurance . Each of the Transaction Entities and their respective subsidiaries and each Related Entity carries or is entitled to the benefits of title insurance on the fee interests and/or leasehold interests (in the case of a ground lease interest) with respect to each Property owned or leased by the Transaction Entities or any of their respective subsidiaries or any Related Entity with financially sound and reputable insurers, in an amount not less than such entity’s cost for each such Property, insuring that such entity is vested with good and insurable fee or leasehold

 

13


title, as the case may be, to each such Property, except, in each case, where the failure to carry or be entitled to the benefits of such title insurance would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxxiv) Investment Company Act . Neither of the Transaction Entities is required, or upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as contemplated herein and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will be required, to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

(xxxv) Absence of Manipulation . Neither of the Transaction Entities nor any of their respective subsidiaries or other controlled affiliates has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed, or would reasonably be expected, to cause or result in, or which constitutes, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities or a violation of Regulation M under the 1934 Act.

(xxxvi) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . None of the Transaction Entities, any of their respective subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of either of the Transaction Entities, any trustee, director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of either of the Transaction Entities or any of their respective subsidiaries is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, during the past five years, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “FCPA”), or any other applicable anti-bribery laws, including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA. Each of the Transaction Entities and their respective subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of each of the Transaction Entities, their respective affiliates have, during the past five years, conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and any other applicable anti-bribery laws and have instituted and maintain and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

(xxxvii) Money Laundering Laws . The operations of each of the Transaction Entities and their respective subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Bank Secrecy Act, including the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions in which the Transaction Entities have operations, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) in the jurisdictions in which the Transaction Entities have operations. No action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving either of the Transaction Entities or any of their respective subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of either of the Transaction Entities, threatened.

(xxxviii) OFAC . None of the Transaction Entities, any of their respective subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of either of the Transaction Entities, any trustee, director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of either of the Transaction Entities or any of their respective subsidiaries is an individual or entity (“Person”) currently the subject or target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the United States Government, including,

 

14


without limitation, the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), the United Nations Security Council (“UNSC”), the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury (“HMT”), or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor are the Transaction Entities or any of their respective subsidiaries located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions. The Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiaries, joint venture partners or other Person, to fund any activities of or business with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.

(xxxix) Lending Relationship . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither of the Transaction Entities (i) has any material lending or other relationship with any Underwriter or any affiliate of any Underwriter or (ii) intends to use any of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities to repay any outstanding debt owed to any Underwriter or any affiliate of any Underwriter.

(xl) Statistical and Market-Related Data . Any statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company reasonably believes to be reliable and accurate and, to the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources.

(xli) Real Estate Investment Trust . The Company has made a timely election to be subject to tax as a real estate investment trust (“REIT”) pursuant to Sections 856 through 860 of the Code for its taxable year ended December 31, 1999. Commencing with its taxable year ended December 31, 1999, the Company has been organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code. The Company’s current organization and proposed method of operation, as described in, and subject to the limitations, qualifications and assumptions set forth in, the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, do and will enable the Company to continue to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code. All statements regarding the Company’s qualification and taxation as a REIT and descriptions of the Company’s current organization and proposed method of operation (inasmuch as they affect the Company’s qualification and taxation as a REIT) set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, insofar as they purport to constitute summaries of matters of U.S. federal income tax law and regulations or legal conclusions with respect thereto, constitute accurate summaries of the matters described therein in all material respects.

(xlii) Approval of Listing . The Securities have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance.

(xliii) Distributions . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (A) the Company is not currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, from making any distributions to its shareholders and (B) neither the Operating Partnership nor any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company is prohibited, directly or indirectly, from making any distributions, directly or indirectly, to the Company, from making any other distribution on any of its ownership interests, from repaying any of its loans or advances, including those made, directly or indirectly, by the Company, or from loaning or otherwise making funds available, directly or indirectly, to the Company.

 

15


(xliv) Finder’s Fees . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company has not incurred any liability for any finder’s fees or similar payments in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, except as may otherwise exist with respect to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement.

(xlv) Certain Relationships . No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among either of the Transaction Entities, on the one hand, and the trustees, officers, shareholders or partners of the Transaction Entities, on the other hand, which is required to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus which is not so described.

(b) Officer’s Certificates . Any certificate signed by any officer of either of the Transaction Entities delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by such Transaction Entity to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing .

(a) Initial Securities . On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A , the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter, plus any additional number of Initial Securities which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof, subject, in each case, to such adjustments among the Underwriters as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

(b) Option Securities . In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [●] Option Securities at the price per share set forth in Schedule A , less an amount per share equal to any distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities. The option hereby granted will expire 30 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in part at any time from time to time only for the purpose of covering overallotments made in connection with the offering and the distribution of the Initial Securities, upon notice by the Representatives to the Company setting forth the number of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such Option Securities (which time and date of payment and delivery shall be at least two business days after the date of delivery of such notice, other than any notice requesting delivery of the Option Securities at the Closing Time). Any such time and date of delivery (a “Date of Delivery”) shall be determined by the Representatives, but shall not be later than seven full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time. If the option is exercised as to all or any portion of the Option Securities, each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the total number of Option Securities then being purchased which the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Initial Securities, subject, in each case, to such adjustments as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

(c) Payment . Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for or book-entry credits representing, the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of Sidley Austin LLP , 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, at 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the second (third, if the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (New York City time) on any given day) business day after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called the “Closing Time”).

 

16


In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for or book-entry credits representing, such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from the Representatives to the Company.

Payment shall be made to the Company by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Company against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the Underwriters of certificates for or book-entry credits representing the Securities to be purchased by them. It is understood that each Underwriter has authorized the Representatives, for its account, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase. Each of the Representatives, individually and not as a representative of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.

(d) Denominations; Registration . Certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, shall be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request in writing at least two full business days before the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be. The certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, will be made available for examination and packaging by the Representatives in The City of New York not later than 4:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the business day prior to the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be.

SECTION 3. Covenants of the Transaction Entities . Each of the Transaction Entities, jointly and severally, covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests . The Company, subject to Section 3(b), will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A, and will notify the Representatives immediately, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the 1933 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Company will effect all filings required under Rule 424(b), in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)), and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop, prevention or suspension order and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.

 

17


(b) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws . The Company will comply with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 172”), would be) required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to (i) amend the Registration Statement in order that the Registration Statement will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order that the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser or (iii) amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company will promptly (A) give the Representatives notice of such event, (B) prepare, as applicable, any amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus comply with such requirements and, a reasonable amount of time prior to any proposed filing or use, furnish the Representatives with copies of any such amendment or supplement and (C) file with the Commission any such amendment or supplement; provided , however , that the Company shall not file or use any such amendment or supplement to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object. The Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request. The Company has given the Representatives written notice of each filing, if any, made pursuant to the 1934 Act or the 1934 Act Regulations within 48 hours prior to the Applicable Time and will give the Representatives notice of its intention to make any filings pursuant to the 1934 Act or the 1934 Act Regulations from the Applicable Time to the Closing Time and, a reasonable amount of time prior to its proposed filing or use, will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object.

(c) Delivery of Registration Statements . The Company has furnished or will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, conformed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and conformed copies of all consents and certificates of experts. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(d) Delivery of Prospectuses . The Company has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(e) Blue Sky Qualifications . The Company will use its reasonable best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of

 

18


such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required to complete the distribution of the Securities; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

(f) Rule 158 . The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.

(g) Use of Proceeds . The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds.”

(h) Listing . The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to effect and maintain the listing of the Common Shares (including the Securities) on the New York Stock Exchange.

(i) Restriction on Sale of Securities . During a period of 180 days from the date of the Prospectus (the “Lock-Up Period”), neither Transaction Entity will, without the prior written consent of the Representatives (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Common Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares (including, without limitation, OP Units) or file any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing or publicly announce the intention to do any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Shares, whether any such swap, other agreement or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A) the Securities to be sold hereunder, (B) any Common Shares issued by the Company upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security, in each case outstanding on the date hereof and referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (C) any Common Shares issued or options to purchase Common Shares granted pursuant to existing employee benefit plans of the Company referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (D) any Common Shares issued pursuant to any non-employee trustee share plan or distribution reinvestment plan referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (E) the filing of any registration statement on Form S-8 to register Common Shares pursuant to any equity incentive plans referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (F) any Common Shares or OP Units, in the aggregate not to exceed 5% of the Common Shares and OP Units outstanding, issued in connection with other acquisitions of real property or real property companies; provided , however , that the recipients of Common Shares or OP Units issued in connection with such an acquisition shall be required to agree in writing not to sell, offer, dispose of or otherwise transfer any such Common Shares or OP Units during the remainder of the Lock-Up Period without the prior written consent of the Representatives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may establish or amend a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the 1934 Act for the transfer of Common Shares, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Shares during the Lock-Up Period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the 1934 Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the Company regarding the establishment or amendment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of Common Shares may be made under such plan during the Lock-Up Period.

 

19


(j) Reporting Requirements . The Company, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act and the 1934 Act Regulations. Additionally, the Company shall report the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Securities as may be required under Rule 463 under the 1933 Act.

(k) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses . The Company agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Representatives, it will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” or a portion thereof, required to be filed by the Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433; provided , that the Representatives will be deemed to have consented to the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses listed on Schedule B-2 hereto and any “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i) that has been reviewed and approved by the Representatives. Any such free writing prospectus consented to, or deemed consented to, as the case may be, by the Representatives is referred to as a “Permitted Free Writing Prospectus.” The Company represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, and that it has complied and will comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 433 with respect thereto, including timely filing with the Commission where required, legending and record keeping. If at any time following the issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any preliminary prospectus or other prospectus deemed to be part thereof that has not been superseded or modified, or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.

(l) Absence of Manipulation . Neither of the Transaction Entities nor any of their respective subsidiaries or other controlled affiliates will take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed, or would reasonably be expected, to cause or result in, or which constitutes, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities or a violation of Regulation M under the 1934 Act.

(m) REIT Qualification . The Company will use its best efforts to continue to meet the requirements to qualify as a REIT under the Code until the Board of Trustees of the Company determines that it is no longer in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to qualify as a REIT.

(n) Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act . Each of the Transaction Entities will comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act that are in effect.

SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses .

(a) Expenses . Each of the Transaction Entities, jointly and severally, agrees to pay all expenses incident to the performance of their obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits thereto) as originally filed and of each amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates for the Securities to the Underwriters, including any share or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, (iii) the fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants and other advisors, (iv) the qualification of the

 

20


Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(e) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplement thereto (not to exceed $10,000 in the aggregate), (v) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, (vi) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Securities, (vii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Securities, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and one-half of the cost of aircraft chartered in connection with the road show, (viii) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Securities (such fees and disbursements of counsel not to exceed $65,000 in the aggregate), (ix) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Common Shares (including the Securities) on the New York Stock Exchange, and (x) the costs and expenses (including, without limitation, any damages or other amounts payable in connection with legal or contractual liability) associated with the reforming of any contracts for sale of the Securities made by the Underwriters caused by a breach of the representation contained in the second sentence of Section 1(a)(ii). Except as explicitly provided in this Section 4(a) or Section 4(b), Section 6 or Section 7 hereof, the Underwriters shall pay their own expenses, including the fees and disbursements of their counsel and other advisors, all travel and lodging expenses of their employees and other advisors in connection with the road show, and one-half of the cost of aircraft chartered in connection with the road show.

(b) Termination of Agreement . If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5, Section 9(a)(i) or (iii) or Section 10 hereof, the Company shall reimburse the Underwriters (or, in the case of a termination pursuant to Section 10, the non- defaulting Underwriters) for all of their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters.

SECTION 5. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Transaction Entities contained in Section 1(a) hereof as of the date hereof, the Applicable Time and the Closing Time or in certificates of any officer of either of the Transaction Entities, to the performance by the Transaction Entities of their covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

(a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Rule 430A Information. The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective under the 1933 Act and, at the Closing Time, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes or pursuant to Section 8A of the 1933 Act have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated; and the Company has complied with each request, if any, from the Commission for additional information. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information has been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 424(b) without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or a post-effective amendment providing such information has been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A. Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, if any, has been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 433(d).

 

21


(b) Opinion of Counsel for Company . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated the Closing Time, of King & Spalding LLP, counsel for the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto. In giving such opinion, such counsel may rely upon the opinion of Venable LLP as to all matters governed by the laws of the State of Maryland. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers and other representatives of the Transaction Entities and their respective subsidiaries and certificates of public officials.

(c) Opinion of Internal Counsel for Company . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated the Closing Time, of Daniel Deckbar, the Acting General Counsel of the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto. In giving such opinion, such counsel may rely upon the opinion of Venable LLP as to all matters governed by the laws of the State of Maryland. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, such counsel has relied, to the extent such counsel deems proper, upon certificates of officers and other representatives of the Transaction Entities and their respective subsidiaries and certificates of public officials.

(d) Opinion of Maryland Counsel for Company . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated the Closing Time, of Venable LLP, Maryland counsel for the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Exhibit C hereto. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers and other representatives of the Transaction Entities and their respective subsidiaries and certificates of public officials.

(e) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated the Closing Time, of Sidley Austin LLP , counsel for the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, with respect to such matters as the Representatives shall reasonably request. In giving such opinion, such counsel may rely upon the opinion of Venable LLP as to all matters governed by the laws of the State of Maryland. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers and other representatives of the Transaction Entities and their respective subsidiaries and certificates of public officials.

(f) Officers Certificate . At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof, since the Applicable Time or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in or affecting the Properties taken as a whole or in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Transaction Entities and their respective subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or President of the Transaction Entities and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Transaction Entities, dated the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Transaction Entities contained in Section 1(a) of this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time, (iii) the Transaction Entities have complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on their part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the 1933 Act

 

22


has been issued, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, contemplated.

(g) Accountant s Comfort Letter . At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from Ernst & Young LLP a letter, dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, addressed to the Underwriters and to the Company’s board of trustees, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(h) Bring-down Comfort Letter . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received from Ernst & Young LLP a letter, dated the Closing Time, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, addressed to the Underwriters and to the Company’s board of trustees, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to Section 5(g) hereof, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Time.

(i) Approval of Listing . At the Closing Time, the Securities shall have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject only to official notice of issuance.

(j) No Objection . FINRA has confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements relating to the offering of the Securities.

(k) Lock-up Agreements . At the date of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received an agreement substantially in the form of Annex I hereto signed by the persons listed on Schedule C hereto.

(l) Shareholder Transaction Documents . All of the Shareholder Transaction Documents shall have been executed and delivered contemporaneously with or prior to the sale of the Securities.

(m) Maintenance of Rating . Since the execution of this Agreement, there shall not have been any decrease in or withdrawal of the rating of any securities of the Transaction Entities or any of their respective subsidiaries by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the 1934 Act) or any notice given of any intended or potential decrease in or withdrawal of any such rating or of a possible change in any such rating that does not indicate the direction of the possible change.

(n) Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities . In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities, the representations and warranties of the Transaction Entities contained herein and the statements in any certificates furnished by the Transaction Entities or any of their respective subsidiaries hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the Representatives shall have received:

(i) Officers’ Certificate . A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the Chief Executive Officer or President of the Transaction Entities and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Transaction Entities, confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(f) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.

 

23


(ii) Opinion of Counsel for Company . The favorable opinion of King & Spalding LLP, counsel for the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b) hereof.

(iii) Opinion of Internal Counsel for Company . The favorable opinion of Daniel Deckbar, the Acting General Counsel of the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof.

(iv) Opinion of Maryland Counsel for Company . The favorable opinion of Venable LLP, Maryland counsel for the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(d) hereof.

(v) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . The favorable opinion of Sidley Austin LLP , counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(e) hereof.

(vi) Bring-down Comfort Letter . A letter from Ernst & Young LLP, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representatives pursuant to Section 5(h) hereof, except that the “specified date” in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than three business days prior to such Date of Delivery.

(o) Additional Documents . At the Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery, if any, counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may reasonably require for the purpose of enabling them to deliver the opinions reasonably requested by the Underwriters as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Transaction Entities in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives.

(p) Termination of Agreement . If any condition specified in this Section shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Company at any time at or prior to the Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 14 and 15 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 6. Indemnification .

(a) Indemnification of Underwriters . Each of the Transaction Entities, jointly and severally, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) under the 1933 Act (each, an “Affiliate”)), its selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

 

24


(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in (A) any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or (B) any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Securities (“Marketing Materials”), including any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically), or the omission or alleged omission in any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or in any Marketing Materials, as the case may be, of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any Governmental Entity, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever, in each case based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided , that (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Transaction Entities; and

(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Representatives), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, in each case based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;

provided , however , that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, or in the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), in each case in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(b) Indemnification of Transaction Entities, Trustees and Officers . Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Transaction Entity, the Company’s trustees, each of the Company’s officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls either of the Transaction Entities within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, or in the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), in each case in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(c) Actions Against Parties; Notification . Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account

 

25


of this indemnity agreement. In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, counsel for the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Representatives, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, counsel for the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Transaction Entities, as applicable. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided , however , that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any Governmental Entity, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) Settlement Without Consent if Failure to Reimburse . If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

SECTION 7. Con tribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Transaction Entities, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Transaction Entities, on the one hand, and of the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

The relative benefits received by the Transaction Entities, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Transaction Entities, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters, on the other hand, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Securities as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus.

The relative fault of the Transaction Entities, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Transaction Entities or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

26


The Transaction Entities and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any Governmental Entity, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting discount received by such Underwriter in connection with the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public.

No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each Underwriter’s Affiliates and selling agents shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each trustee of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls either of the Transaction Entities within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Transaction Entities. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.

SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive . All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of either of the Transaction Entities or any of their respective subsidiaries submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors or trustees, or any person controlling either of the Transaction Entities and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Securities.

SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement .

(a) Termination . The Representatives may terminate this Agreement by notice to the Transaction Entities, at any time at or prior to the Closing Time (i) if there has been, in the judgment of the Representatives, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in or affecting the Properties taken as a whole or in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Transaction Entities and their respective subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the

 

27


judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the offering or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the New York Stock Exchange, or (iv) if trading generally on the New York Stock Exchange or the NYSE MKT or in the Nasdaq Global Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority, or (v) if a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States or with respect to Clearstream or Euroclear systems in Europe, or (vi) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either U.S. federal or New York authorities.

(b) Liabilities . If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 14 and 15 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the Underwriters . If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at the Closing Time or a Date of Delivery to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “Defaulted Securities”), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth. If, within 24 hours after such default by one or more Underwriters, the Representatives do not arrange for the purchase of all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities, then the Transaction Entities shall be entitled to (but shall not be obligated to) take a further period of 24 hours within which to procure one or more underwriters reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives to purchase the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, neither the Representatives nor the Company shall have completed such arrangements within such respective periods, then:

(i) if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters, or

(ii) if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to each Date of Delivery, if any, which occurs after the Closing Time, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase, and of the Company to sell, the Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company and the Underwriters as provided in Section 4 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Sections 6 and 7 hereof.

No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.

In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Company to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, either the (i) Representatives or (ii) the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.

 

28


SECTION 11. Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to the Representatives at: Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated at One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036, attention of Syndicate Department (Fax: (646) 855-3073), with a copy to ECM Legal (Fax: (212) 230-8730); J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179, attention of Equity Syndicate Desk (Fax: (212) 622-8358); and RBC Capital Markets, LLC, 200 Vesey Street, New York, New York 10281, attention of Equity Capital Markets (Fax: (212) 428-6260); notices to the Transaction Entities shall be directed to them at 10 Glenlake Parkway, South Tower, Suite 600, Atlanta, Georgia 30328, attention of Marc Smernoff (email: marc.smernoff@americold.com), with a copy to King & Spalding LLP, 1180 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, GA 30309, Attention: C. Spencer Johnson, III.

SECTION 12. No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship . Each of the Transaction Entities acknowledges and agrees that (a) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the initial public offering price of the Securities and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Transaction Entities, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering of the Securities and the process leading thereto, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of either of the Transaction Entities or any of their respective subsidiaries or their respective shareholders, unitholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Transaction Entities with respect to the offering of the Securities or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising either of the Transaction Entities or any of their respective subsidiaries on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the Transaction Entities with respect to the offering of the Securities except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of either of the Transaction Entities, and (e) the Underwriters have not provided any business, legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering of the Securities and each of the Transaction Entities has consulted its own business, legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.

SECTION 13. Parties . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters and the Transaction Entities and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters and the Transaction Entities and their respective successors and the Affiliates, selling agents, controlling persons and officers and trustees referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters and the Transaction Entities and their respective successors, and said Affiliates, selling agents, controlling persons and officers and trustees and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

SECTION 14. Trial by Jury . Each of the Transaction Entities (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its shareholders or unitholders, as applicable, and affiliates) and the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

29


SECTION 15. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS.

SECTION 16. TIME . TIME SHALL BE OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.

SECTION 17. Partial Unenforceability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other Section, paragraph or provision hereof. If any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.

SECTION 18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.

SECTION 19. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

[ signature pages follow ]

 

30


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Transaction Entities a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a valid and legally binding agreement between the Underwriters and the Transaction Entities in accordance with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,

 

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST

By:    

 

 

Name:

Title:

AMERICOLD REALTY OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.
By:     Americold Realty Trust, its General Partner
By  

 

 

Name:

Title:

[ Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement ]


CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,

            as of the date first above written:

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH

                              INCORPORATED

By:    
  Authorized Signatory
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
By:    
  Authorized Signatory
RBC CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC
By:    
  Authorized Signatory

For themselves and as Representatives of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto.

[ Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement ]


SCHEDULE A

The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $[●].

The purchase price per share for the Securities to be paid by the several Underwriters shall be $[●], being an amount equal to the initial public offering price set forth above less $[●] per share, subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 2(b) for distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities.

 

Name of Underwriter

   Number of
Initial Securities
 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                      Incorporated

     [●]  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

     [●]  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

     [●]  

Rabo Securities USA, Inc.

     [●]  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

     [●]  

Citizens Capital Markets, Inc.

     [●]  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

     [●]  

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

     [●]  

BB&T Capital Markets, a division of BB&T Securities, LLC

     [●]  

BTIG, LLC

     [●]  
  

 

 

 

Total

     [●]  
  

 

 

 

 

Sch A-1


SCHEDULE B-1

Pricing Terms

1. The Company is selling [●] Common Shares.

2. The Company has granted an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [●] Common Shares.

3. The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $[●].

 

Sch B-1-1


SCHEDULE B-2

Free Writing Prospectuses

[None.]

 

Sch B-2-1


SCHEDULE C

List of Persons and Entities Subject to Lock-up

Name

Fred Boehler

Marc Smernoff

Andrea Darweesh

Thomas Musgrave

Thomas Novosel

George J. Alburger, Jr.

Ronald Burkle

Christopher Crampton

Richard d’Abo

Jeffrey M. Gault

Bradley J. Gross

Joel A. Holsinger

James R. Heistand

Michelle M. MacKay

Mark R. Patterson

Andrew P. Power

YF ART Holdings, L.P.

GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P.

GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P.

GSCP VI Offshore IceCap Investment, L.P.

GSCP VI GmbH IceCap Investment, L.P.

IceCap2 Holdings, L.P.

CF Cold LP

Charm Progress Investment Limited

 

Sch C-1


ANNEX I

[●], 2018

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                       Incorporated,

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

as Representatives of the several

Underwriters to be named in the

within-mentioned Underwriting Agreement

c/o    Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                                 Incorporated

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

Re:         Proposed Public Offering by Americold Realty Trust

Dear Sirs:

The undersigned, a shareholder, officer and/or trustee of Americold Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (the “Company”), understands that Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”), J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“J.P. Morgan”) and RBC Capital Markets, LLC (“RBC,” and together with Merrill Lynch and J.P. Morgan, the “Representatives”) propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with the Company and Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P. (the “Operating Partnership”) providing for the public offering of the Company’s common shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value per share (the “Common Shares”). In recognition of the benefit that such an offering will confer upon the undersigned as a shareholder, officer and/or trustee of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees with each underwriter to be named in the Underwriting Agreement that, during the period beginning on the date of the preliminary prospectus (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) that is to be included in the General Disclosure Package (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) (the “Preliminary Prospectus”) and ending on the date (the “Expiration Date”) that is 180 days from the date of the Underwriting Agreement, the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of (together, “Transfer”) any Common Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares (including, without limitation, units of limited partnership interest in the Operating Partnership), whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition (collectively, the “Lock-Up Securities”), or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any of the Lock-Up Securities or cause to be filed any registration statement in connection therewith, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or publicly announce the intention to do any of the foregoing, or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such swap, other agreement or transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise (as described in this clause (ii), an “Other Transaction”).

 

Annex I-1


Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the conditions below, the undersigned may Transfer the Lock-Up Securities (or, where provided below, enter into Other Transactions) without the prior written consent of the Representatives, provided that (a) with respect to Transfers pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) below, (1) the Representatives receive a signed lock-up agreement for the balance of the period prior to the Expiration Date from each donee, trustee, distributee, or transferee, as the case may be (unless such donee, trustee, distributee or transferee has already signed such a lock-up agreement), (2) any such Transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (3) such Transfers are not required to be reported with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on Form 4 in accordance with Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), and (4) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such Transfers, (b) with respect to Transfers pursuant to clauses (vi) and (vii) below, any Lock-Up Securities received upon such conversion, exchange or exercise shall remain subject to this lock-up agreement, [(c) with respect to Transfers pursuant to clauses (ix) and (x) below, the Representatives receive a signed lock-up agreement for the balance of the period prior to the Expiration Date from each limited partner, assignee or transferee, as the case may be (unless such limited partner, assignee or transferee has already signed such a lock-up agreement), and (d) with respect to Transfers pursuant to clauses (vi), (vii), (viii), (ix), (x) and (xi) below] 1 , any required filing reporting any such Transfer with the Commission pursuant to Section 16 of the 1934 Act shall briefly note the applicable circumstances that cause such exception to apply and explain that such filing relates solely to Transfers within such exception, unless, in the case of clause (viii), such disclosure would be prohibited by any applicable law, regulation or order of a court or regulatory agency ( provided that in no event shall the undersigned voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such Transfers):

 

  (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts; or

 

  (ii) to any immediate family member of the undersigned, or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned (for purposes of this lock-up agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin); or

 

  (iii) by will or intestacy upon the death of the undersigned; or

 

  (iv) as a distribution to limited partners, members or shareholders of the undersigned (including, to avoid doubt, any internal allocation among such partners, members or shareholders of the undersigned of equity interests in the Company or the Operating Partnership pursuant to the terms and conditions of the governing documents of the undersigned); or

 

  (v) to the undersigned’s subsidiaries or affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity which controls or manages or is controlled or managed by, or under common control or management with, the undersigned; or

 

  (vi) through the conversion, exchange or exercise of any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Lock-Up Securities; or

 

  (vii) to exercise or settle, via a disposition to the Company, equity awards disclosed in the registration statement relating to the public offering of Common Shares, including through any “cashless” exercise thereof, including a disposition to the Company for the purpose of satisfying any withholding taxes (including estimated taxes) due as a result of such exercise or settlement; or

 

1   The section references will be updated in line with any deletions to clauses (ix) and (x) below.

 

Annex I-2


  (viii) pursuant to an order of a court or regulatory agency or to comply with any regulations related to the undersigned’s ownership of Common Shares; or

 

  (ix) [any Transfer by the undersigned to its limited partners or their assigns or any Other Transaction among the limited partners of the undersigned that may be deemed to transfer, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, or any of them;] 2 or

 

  (x) [any Transfer or Other Transaction among or between the undersigned [and YF ART Holdings, L.P.] and/or any of its affiliates[, the GS Entities (as defined below) and/or Charm Progress Investment Limited] [as described in the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the public offering of Common Shares under the heading entitled “Principal Shareholders;”]] 3 or

 

  (xi) pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation, equity purchase or other similar transaction or series of related transactions involving a change of control of the Company (including, without limitation, entering into any lock-up, voting or similar agreement pursuant to which the undersigned may agree to transfer, sell, tender or otherwise dispose of Lock-Up Securities in connection with such transaction or series of related transactions, or vote any Lock-Up Securities in favor of such transaction or series of related transactions), provided that in the event such transaction or series of related transactions is not completed, the Lock-Up Securities owned by the undersigned shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this lock-up agreement.

For purposes of this lock-up agreement, “change of control” means any bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation, equity purchase or other similar transaction or series of related transactions, the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the 1934 Act), or group of persons, other than The Yucaipa Companies, LLC, its affiliates and any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by it or any of them becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the 1934 Act) of 50% or more of the total voting power of all classes and series of shares of beneficial ownership generally entitled to vote in the election of trustees of the Company.

Furthermore, the undersigned may sell Common Shares purchased by the undersigned on the open market following the public offering of Common Shares if and only if (a) such sales are not required to be reported in any public report or filing with the Commission, or otherwise, and (b) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such sales.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may enter into or modify a sales plan in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 promulgated under the 1934 Act if permitted by the Company, provided that (1) no sales may be made pursuant to such plan until after the Expiration Date and (2) no filing by any person under the 1934 Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection therewith.

 

2   This paragraph to be included in the lock-up agreement for YF ART Holdings, L.P.
3   This paragraph to be included in the lock-up agreements for YF ART Holdings, L.P., the GS Entities and Charm Progress Investment Limited.

 

Annex I-3


If any record or beneficial owner of any securities of the Company is granted an early release from the restrictions described herein prior to the Expiration Date, then each Major Holder (as defined below) shall also be granted an early release from its obligations hereunder on a pro rata basis with all other record or beneficial holders of similarly restricted securities of the Company based on the maximum percentage of shares of beneficial interest held by any such record or beneficial holder being released from such holder’s lock-up agreement; provided , however , that in the case of an early release from the restrictions described herein prior to the Expiration Date in connection with an underwritten public offering, whether or not such offering or sale is wholly or partially a secondary offering of the Company’s Common Shares (an “Underwritten Sale”), such early release shall only apply with respect to such Major Holder’s participation in such Underwritten Sale. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this lock-up agreement, if the Representatives in their sole judgment determine that a record or beneficial owner of any securities should be granted an early release from a lock-up agreement due to circumstances of an emergency or hardship, then the Major Holders shall not have any right to be granted an early release pursuant to the terms of this paragraph. For purposes of this lock-up agreement, each of the following persons is a “Major Holder”: YF ART Holdings, L.P., the GS Entities [(as defined below)], CF Cold LP and Charm Progress Investment Limited. For purposes of this lock-up agreement, the “GS Entities” means the following persons collectively: GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI Offshore Fund, L.P. (holding securities of the Company indirectly through GSCP VI Offshore IceCap Investment, L.P.), GS Capital Partners VI GmbH & Co. KG (holding securities of the Company indirectly through GSCP VI GmbH IceCap Investment, L.P.), Opportunity Partners Offshore-B Co-Invest AIV, L.P. (holding securities of the Company indirectly through IceCap2 Holdings, L.P.).

The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the Lock-Up Securities except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

This lock-up agreement shall be terminated and the undersigned released from its obligations hereunder if, for any reason, (1) the Company delivers written notice to the Representatives that the Company does not intend to proceed with the public offering of Common Shares or files an application to withdraw the registration statement related to such public offering, (2) each of the Representatives informs the Company that it does not intend to proceed as an underwriter for the public offering of Common Shares, (3) the Underwriting Agreement has not become effective on or before June 30, 2018 or (4) the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof that survive termination) terminates or is terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Common Shares to be sold thereunder.

THIS LOCK-UP AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS LOCK-UP AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS.

 

Annex I-4


Very truly yours,
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

 

Annex I-5

Exhibit 3.1

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

FIRST : Americold Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (the “ Trust ”), formed under Title 8 (“ Title 8 ”) of the Corporations and Associations Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland, desires to amend and restate its declaration of trust (the “ Declaration of Trust ”) as currently in effect and as hereinafter amended.

SECOND : The amendment to and restatement of the Declaration of Trust as hereinafter set forth have been duly advised by the Board of Trustees and approved by the shareholders of the Trust as required by law.

THIRD : The following provisions are all the provisions of the Declaration of Trust currently in effect and as hereinafter amended:

ARTICLE I

FORMATION

The Trust is a real estate investment trust within the meaning of Title 8. The Trust shall not be deemed to be a general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, joint stock company or a corporation, but nothing herein shall preclude the Trust from being treated for tax purposes as an association under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).

ARTICLE II

NAME

The name of the Trust is:

Americold Realty Trust

Under circumstances in which the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “ Board of Trustees ” or “ Board ”) determines that the use of the name of the Trust is not practicable, the Trust may use any other designation or name for the Trust.

ARTICLE III

PURPOSES AND POWERS

Section 3.1 Purposes . The purposes for which the Trust is formed are to invest in and to acquire, hold, manage, administer, control and dispose of property, including, without limitation or obligation, engaging in business as a real estate investment trust under the Code.

Section 3.2 Powers . The Trust shall have all of the powers granted to real estate investment trusts by Title 8 and all other powers set forth in the Declaration of Trust which are not inconsistent with law and are appropriate to promote and attain the purposes set forth in the Declaration of Trust.


ARTICLE IV

PRINCIPAL OFFICE

The name of the resident agent of the Trust in the State of Maryland is The Corporation Trust Incorporated, whose address is 2405 York Road, Suite 201, Timonium, Maryland 21093. The resident agent is a Maryland corporation. The Trust may have such offices or places of business within or outside the State of Maryland as the Board of Trustees may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE V

BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Section 5.1 Number . The business and affairs of the Trust shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Trustees. The number of Trustees of the Board of Trustees (the “ Trustees ”) currently is nine, which number may be increased or decreased only by the Board of Trustees pursuant to the amended and restated bylaws of the Trust (the “ Bylaws ”). The Trustees shall be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders in the manner provided in the Bylaws or, in order to fill any vacancy on the Board of Trustees, in the manner provided in the Bylaws. The names of the Trustees who are currently in office are:

[●]

It shall not be necessary to list in the Declaration of Trust the names of any Trustees hereinafter elected. Except as may be provided by the Board of Trustees in setting the terms of any class or series of Preferred Shares (as defined below), any and all vacancies on the Board of Trustees may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Trustees in office, even if the remaining Trustees do not constitute a quorum (or, if only one Trustee remains, by the sole Trustee), and any Trustee elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the trusteeship in which such vacancy occurred and until a successor is duly elected and qualifies.

Section 5.2 Resignation or Removal . Any Trustee may resign in the manner provided in the Bylaws. Subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Shares to elect or remove one or more Trustees, a Trustee may be removed at any time, but only for cause, and then only by the affirmative vote of holders of Shares (as defined below) entitled to cast at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of Trustees and, with respect to the Yucaipa Trustees and the GSCP Trustee (each as defined in the Shareholders Agreement (as defined below)), may be removed at any time as contemplated by, and in the manner provided for in, the Shareholders Agreement by and among the Trust and certain shareholders of the Trust (the “ Shareholders Agreement ”), dated as of [●] and effective as of the Effective Time (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement), as the same may be amended from time to time. For purposes of this paragraph, “cause” shall mean, with respect to any

 

2


particular Trustee, conviction of a felony or a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holding that such Trustee caused demonstrable, material harm to the Trust through bad faith or active and deliberate dishonesty.

Section 5.3 Determinations by Board . The determination as to any of the following matters made by or pursuant to the direction of the Board of Trustees shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Trust and every holder of Shares: the amount of the net income of the Trust for any period and the amount of assets at any time legally available for the payment of dividends, redemption of Shares or the payment of other distributions on Shares; the amount of paid-in surplus, net assets, other surplus, annual or other cash flow, funds from operations, adjusted funds from operations, net profit, net assets in excess of capital, undivided profits or excess of profits over losses on sales of assets; the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges shall have been created shall have been paid or discharged); any interpretation or resolution of any ambiguity with respect to any provision of the Declaration of Trust (including any of the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of any class or series of Shares) or the Bylaws; the fair value, or any sale, bid or ask price to be applied in determining the fair value, of any asset owned or held by the Trust or of any Shares; the number of Shares of any class or series of the Trust; any matter relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of any assets by the Trust; any interpretation of the terms and conditions of one or more agreements with any person, corporation, association, company, trust, partnership (limited or general) or other entity; the compensation of Trustees, officers, employees or agents of the Trust; or any other matter relating to the business and affairs of the Trust or required or permitted by applicable law, the Declaration of Trust or Bylaws or otherwise to be determined by the Board of Trustees.

Section 5.4 Subtitle 8 . In accordance with Section 3-802(c) of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “ MGCL ”), the Trust is prohibited from electing to be subject to the provisions of Sections 3-803, 3-804 or 3-805 of the MGCL, unless such election is approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast on the matter by shareholders entitled to vote generally in the election of Trustees.

ARTICLE VI

SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST

Section 6.1 Authorized Shares . The beneficial interest of the Trust shall be divided into shares of beneficial interest (the “ Shares ”). The Trust has authority to issue 250,000,000 common shares of beneficial interest, $.01 par value per share (“ Common Shares ”), and 25,000,000 preferred shares of beneficial interest, $.01 par value per share (“ Preferred Shares ”). If Shares of one class or series are classified or reclassified into Shares of another class or series pursuant to this Article VI, the number of authorized Shares of the former class or series shall be automatically decreased and the number of Shares of the latter class or series shall be automatically increased, in each case by the number of Shares so classified or reclassified, so that the aggregate number of Shares of all classes or series that the Trust has authority to issue

 

3


shall not be more than the total number of Shares set forth in the second sentence of this paragraph. Subject to the terms of any class or series of Preferred Shares, the Board of Trustees, with the approval of a majority of the entire Board and without any action by the shareholders of the Trust, may amend the Declaration of Trust from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of Shares or the number of Shares of any class or series that the Trust has authority to issue.

Section 6.2 Common and Preferred Shares .

(a) Common Shares . Subject to the provisions of Article VII, each Common Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter upon which holders of Common Shares are entitled to vote. The Board of Trustees may reclassify any unissued Common Shares from time to time into one or more classes or series of Shares.

(b) Preferred Shares . The Board of Trustees may classify any unissued Preferred Shares and reclassify any previously classified but unissued Preferred Shares of any series from time to time, into one or more series of Shares.

Section 6.3 Series A Preferred Shares .

(a) Designation and Number . 125 Preferred Shares shall initially be designated as “12.5% Series A Cumulative Non-Voting Preferred Shares” (the “ Series A Preferred Shares ”). The express terms and provisions of all of the Series A Preferred Shares shall be identical in all respects and shall have equal rights and privileges, except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.3.

(b) Rank . The Series A Preferred Shares shall, with respect to dividend and redemption rights and rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Trust, rank senior to the Common Shares and to all other Shares issued by the Trust from time to time (together with the Common Shares, the “ Junior Securities ”).

(c) Dividends .

(i) Each holder of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, when and as authorized by the Board of Trustees and declared by the Trust, out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends, cumulative preferential cash dividends per Series A Preferred Share at the rate of 12.5% per annum of the total of $1,000.00 plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon. Such dividends shall accrue on a daily basis and be cumulative from the first date on which any Series A Preferred Share is issued, such issue date to be contemporaneous with the receipt by the Trust of subscription funds for the Series A Preferred Shares (the “ Series A Original Issue Date ”), and shall be payable semi-annually in arrears on or before June 30 and December 31 of each year or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day (each, a “ Series A Dividend Payment Date ”). A “ Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of Georgia are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close. Any dividend payable on the Series A Preferred Shares for any partial dividend period will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day

 

4


months. A “ dividend period ” shall mean, with respect to the first “dividend period,” the period from and including the Original Issue Date to and including the first Series A Dividend Payment Date, and with respect to each subsequent “dividend period,” the period from but excluding a Series A Dividend Payment Date to and including the next succeeding Series A Dividend Payment Date or other date as of which accrued dividends are to be calculated. Dividends will be payable to holders of record as they appear in the share transfer records of the Trust at the close of business on the applicable record date, which shall be the fifteenth day of the calendar month in which the applicable Series A Dividend Payment Date falls or on such other date designated by the Board for the payment of dividends that is not more than 30 or less than 10 days prior to such Series A Dividend Payment Date (each, a “ Series A Dividend Record Date ”).

(ii) No dividends on the Series A Preferred Shares shall be declared by the Trust or paid or set apart for payment by the Trust at such time as the terms and provisions of any written agreement between the Trust and any party that is not an affiliate of the Trust, including any agreement relating to its indebtedness, prohibit such declaration, payment or setting apart for payment or provide that such declaration, payment or setting apart for payment would constitute a breach thereof or a default thereunder, or if such declaration or payment shall be restricted or prohibited by law. For purposes of this Article VI, “affiliate” shall mean any party that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Trust.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, dividends on the Series A Preferred Shares shall accrue whether or not the terms and provisions set forth in Section 6.3(c)(ii) above at any time prohibit the current payment of dividends, whether or not the Trust has earnings, whether or not there are funds legally available for the payment of such dividends and whether or not such dividends are authorized or declared. Accrued but unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Shares will accumulate as of the Series A Dividend Payment Date on which they first become payable. Furthermore, dividends will be declared and paid when due in all events to the fullest extent permitted by law and except as provided in Section 6.3(c)(ii) above.

(iv) Unless full cumulative dividends on all outstanding Series A Preferred Shares have been or contemporaneously are declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof is set apart for payment for all past dividend periods, no dividends (other than in shares of Junior Securities) shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment, no other distribution shall be declared or made upon any shares of Junior Securities, and no shares of Junior Securities shall be redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired for any consideration (or any moneys be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such Junior Securities) by the Trust (except by conversion into or exchange for other shares of Junior Securities and except for transfers, redemptions or purchases made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 7.2(a)(ii) and 7.3).

(v) When dividends are not paid in full (or a sum sufficient for such full payment is not set apart) on the Series A Preferred Shares, all dividends declared upon the Series A Preferred Shares shall be declared and paid pro rata based on the number of Series A Preferred Shares then outstanding.

 

5


(vi) Any dividend payment made on the Series A Preferred Shares shall first be credited against the earliest accrued but unpaid dividend due with respect to such shares that remains payable. Holders of the Series A Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to any dividend, whether payable in cash, property or shares, in excess of full cumulative dividends on the Series A Preferred Shares as described above.

(d) Liquidation Preference .

(i) Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Trust, the holders of Series A Preferred Shares then outstanding will be entitled to be paid, or have the Trust declare and set apart for payment, out of the assets of the Trust legally available for distribution to its shareholders and after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Trust, a liquidation preference per Series A Preferred Share equal to the sum of the following (collectively, the “ Series A Liquidation Preference ”): (A) $1,000.00 and (B) all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon through and including the date of payment, before any distribution of assets is made to holders of any Junior Securities. In the event that the Trust elects to set apart the Series A Liquidation Preference for payment, the Series A Preferred Shares shall remain outstanding until the holders thereof are paid the full Series A Liquidation Preference, which payment shall be made no later than immediately prior to the Trust making its final liquidating distribution on the Common Shares.

(ii) In the event that, upon any such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the available assets of the Trust are insufficient to pay the full amount of the Series A Liquidation Preference on all outstanding Series A Preferred Shares, then the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares shall share ratably in any such distribution of assets in proportion to the full Series A Liquidation Preference to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

(iii) After payment of the full amount of the Series A Liquidation Preference to which they are entitled, the holders of Series A Preferred Shares will have no right or claim to any of the remaining assets of the Trust.

(iv) Upon the Trust’s provision of written notice as to the effective date of any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Trust, accompanied by a check in the amount of the full Series A Liquidation Preference to which each record holder of Series A Preferred Shares is entitled, the Series A Preferred Shares shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights of the holders of such shares will terminate. Such notice shall be given by first class mail, postage pre-paid, to each record holder of the Series A Preferred Shares at the respective mailing addresses of such holders as the same shall appear on the share transfer records of the Trust.

(e) Consolidation and Merger . The consolidation or merger of the Trust with or into any other business enterprise or of any other business enterprise with or into the Trust, or the sale, lease or conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Trust, or a statutory share exchange, shall not be deemed to constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Trust.

 

6


(f) Redemption .

(i) Right of Optional Redemption. The Trust, at its option, may redeem the Series A Preferred Shares, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, for cash at a redemption price per Series A Preferred Share (the “ Series A Redemption Price ”) equal to $1,000.00 plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon to and including the date fixed for redemption (except as provided in Section 6.3(f)(iii) below). If less than all of the outstanding Series A Preferred Shares are to be redeemed, the Series A Preferred Shares to be redeemed may be selected by any equitable method determined by the Trust provided that such method does not result in the creation of fractional shares.

(ii) Limitations on Redemption . Unless full cumulative dividends on all Series A Preferred Shares shall have been, or contemporaneously are, declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof set apart for payment for all past dividend periods, no Series A Preferred Shares shall be redeemed or otherwise acquired, directly or indirectly, by the Trust unless all outstanding Series A Preferred Shares are simultaneously redeemed or acquired, and the Trust shall not purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any Junior Securities (except by exchange for shares of Junior Securities); provided , however , that the foregoing shall not prevent the purchase by the Trust of shares transferred to a Charitable Beneficiary (as defined below) pursuant to Sections 7.2(a)(ii) and 7.3, in order to ensure that the Trust remains qualified as a real estate investment trust for federal income tax purposes or the purchase or acquisition of Series A Preferred Shares pursuant to a purchase or exchange offer made on the same terms to holders of all outstanding Series A Preferred Shares.

(iii) Rights to Dividends on Shares Called for Redemption . Immediately prior to or upon any redemption of Series A Preferred Shares, the Trust shall pay, in cash, any accumulated and unpaid dividends to and including the redemption date, unless a redemption date falls after a Series A Dividend Record Date and prior to the corresponding Series A Dividend Payment Date, in which case each holder of Series A Preferred Shares at the close of business on such Series A Dividend Record Date shall be entitled to the dividend payable on such shares on the corresponding Series A Dividend Payment Date notwithstanding the redemption of such shares before such Series A Dividend Payment Date.

(iv) Procedures for Redemption .

(A) Upon the Trust’s provision of written notice as to the effective date of the redemption, accompanied by a check in the amount of the full Series A Redemption Price through such effective date to which each record holder of Series A Preferred Shares is entitled, the Series A Preferred Shares shall be redeemed and shall no longer be deemed outstanding Shares, and all rights of the holders of such Series A Preferred Shares will terminate. Such notice shall be given by first class mail, postage pre-paid, to each record holder of Series A Preferred Shares at the respective mailing addresses of such holders as the same shall appear on the share transfer records of the Trust. No failure to give such

 

7


notice or any defect therein or in the mailing thereof shall affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any Series A Preferred Shares except as to the holder to whom notice was defective or not given.

(B) In addition to any information required by law or by the applicable rules of any exchange upon which Series A Preferred Shares may be listed or admitted to trading, such notice shall state: (1) the redemption date; (2) the Series A Redemption Price; (3) the number of Series A Preferred Shares to be redeemed; (4) the place or places where the Series A Preferred Shares are to be surrendered (if so required in the notice) for payment of the Series A Redemption Price (if not otherwise included with the notice); and (5) that dividends on the shares to be redeemed will cease to accrue on such redemption date. If less than all of the Series A Preferred Shares held by any holder are to be redeemed, the notice mailed to such holder shall also specify the number of Series A Preferred Shares held by such holder to be redeemed.

(C) If notice of redemption of any Series A Preferred Shares has been given in accordance with this Section 6.3(f)(iv), then, from and after the redemption date, dividends will cease to accrue on such Series A Preferred Shares, such Series A Preferred Shares shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights of the holders of such Series A Preferred Shares will terminate.

(g) Application of Article VII . The Series A Preferred Shares are subject to the provisions of Article VII, including, without limitation, the provisions of Sections 7.2(a)(i) and (ii) and Section 7.3.

(h) Status of Redeemed Shares . Any Series A Preferred Shares that shall at any time have been redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Trust shall, after such redemption or acquisition, have the status of authorized but unissued Series A Preferred Shares which may be issued by the Board of Trustees from time to time at its discretion.

(i) Voting Rights . Except as provided in this Section 6.3, the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to vote on any matter submitted to the shareholders of the Trust for a vote. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred Shares, voting as a separate class, shall be required for (i) authorization or issuance of any equity security of the Trust senior to or on a parity with the Series A Preferred Shares, (ii) any reclassification of the Series A Preferred Shares or (iii) any amendment to the Declaration of Trust, including the terms of the Series A Preferred Shares, whether by merger, consolidation, transfer or conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Trust or otherwise (an “ Event ”), which amendment materially and adversely affects any right, preference, privilege or voting power of the Series A Preferred Shares or which increases the number of authorized Series A Preferred Shares to a number greater than 1,000; provided , however , that with respect to the occurrence of any Event, so long as the Series A Preferred Shares remain outstanding with the terms thereof materially unchanged or the holders of Series A Preferred Shares receive equity securities of the successor or survivor of such Event with substantially identical rights as the Series A Preferred Shares, taking into account that, after

 

8


the occurrence of an Event, the Trust may not be the surviving entity or the surviving entity may not be a real estate investment trust, the occurrence of such Event shall not be deemed to materially and adversely affect such rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Series A Preferred Shares, and in such case the holders of Series A Preferred Shares shall not have any voting rights with respect to the occurrence of any Event unless the number of authorized Series A Preferred Shares is increased to a number greater than 1,000. Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, each Series A Preferred Share held by Yucaipa American Alliance Fund I, LP, Yucaipa American Alliance (Parallel) Fund I, L.P., Yucaipa American Alliance Fund II, L.P. and Yucaipa American Alliance (Parallel) Fund H, L.P., each a Delaware limited partnership (collectively, “ Yucaipa ”), shall be entitled to one vote for every 10 Series A Preferred Shares held by Yucaipa on each matter upon which holders of the Series A Preferred Shares are entitled to vote. Each other Series A Preferred Share (i.e., each Series A Preferred Share not held by Yucaipa) shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter upon which holders of Series A Preferred Shares are entitled to vote.

(j) Conversion . The Series A Preferred Shares are not convertible into or exchangeable for any other property or securities of the Trust.

(k) Notice of Transfer . Holders of Series A Preferred Shares will be required to give the Trust prior written notice of any proposed transfer of Series A Preferred Shares, which notice must specify the name of the proposed transferee.

Section 6.4 Series B Preferred Shares .

(a) Definitions . For the purpose of this Section 6.4, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(i) “ Group ” means a “group” as defined in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the regulations promulgated thereunder or Schedule 13D promulgated thereunder.

(ii) “ IPO ” means a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Trust’s Common Shares registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-11 or an equivalent registration statement.

(iii) “ Liquidation Event ” means any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Trust. The consolidation or merger of the Trust with or into any other business enterprise or of any other business enterprise with or into the Trust, or the sale, lease or conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Trust, or a statutory share exchange, shall not, in and of itself, be deemed to constitute a Liquidation Event.

(iv) “ Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, unincorporated organization or association, estate, trust (including, without limitation, the trustees thereof, in their capacity as such) or other entity.

 

9


(v) “ Pre-IPO Shareholders Agreement ” means that certain Shareholders Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2010, by and among the Trust and the other parties signatory thereto, as it may be amended from time to time until its termination at the Effective Time (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement).

(vi) “ Qualified IPO ” means an IPO in which (a) the aggregate gross proceeds to the Trust are at least $250,000,000 (before deduction of underwriting discounts, commissions and expenses), and (b) the offering price per Common Share is greater than or equal to 135% of the Series B Conversion Price in effect upon the consummation of such Qualified IPO.

(vii) “ Series B Effective Date ” means December 15, 2010.

(viii) “ Series B Dividend Payment Date ” means January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing on April 1, 2011, or if any such day is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day.

(ix) “ Series B Dividend Period ” means, with respect to the first dividend period of any Series B Preferred Share, the period from and including the Original Issue Date thereof to and including the first Series B Dividend Payment Date, and with respect to each subsequent Series B Dividend Period, the period from but excluding a Series B Dividend Payment Date to and including the next succeeding Series B Dividend Payment Date or any other date as of which accrued dividends are to be calculated hereunder.

(x) “ Series B Dividend Record Date ” means, with respect to dividends payable on a Series B Dividend Payment Date, the fifteenth (15th) day of the calendar month preceding the month in which the Series B Dividend Payment Date falls or, with respect to dividends payable on any other date, such other date designated by the Board that is not more than thirty (30) nor less than ten (10) days prior to such payment date.

(xi) “ Series B Original Issue Date ” means, as to any Series B Preferred Share, the first date on which such Share is issued, such issue date to be contemporaneous with the receipt by the Trust of subscription funds for such Share.

(xii) “ Series C Preferred Shares ” means the preferred shares of beneficial interest of the Trust, $0.01 par value per share, designated by the Trust as the “Series C Convertible Voting Preferred Shares”.

(b) Designation and Number . (i) 375,000 Preferred Shares are hereby designated as “5.00% Series B Cumulative Convertible Voting Preferred Shares” (the “ Series B Preferred Shares ”). (ii) The terms and provisions of all Series B Preferred Shares shall be identical in all respects. So long as the CM Shareholder (as such term is defined in the Pre-IPO Shareholders Agreement) holds Preferred Shares, the foregoing clause (ii) shall not be amended without the written consent of the CM Shareholder.

 

10


(c) Rank . The Series B Preferred Shares shall, with respect to dividend and redemption rights and rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Trust, rank (i) senior to all Junior Securities, and (ii) junior to the Series A Preferred Shares.

(d) Dividends .

(i) Dividends Generally . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 6.4(d), each holder of outstanding Series B Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive dividends pursuant to Section 6.4(d)(i)(A) (“ Series B Fixed Dividends ”) and Section 6.4(d)(i)(B) (“ Series B Participation Dividends ”), in accordance with the following provisions and at the following specified times:

(A) Series B Fixed Dividends . When, as and if the Board of Trustees authorizes and the Trust declares, out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends in cash, the Trust shall pay cumulative preferential dividends per Series B Preferred Share at the rate of 5.00% per annum on the total of $1,000 plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon (including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 6.4(d)(iv)). Series B Fixed Dividends shall accrue on a daily basis from the Series B Original Issue Date, and shall be payable quarterly in arrears on or before each applicable Series B Dividend Payment Date. Any Series B Fixed Dividend payable on the Series B Preferred Shares for any whole or partial Series B Dividend Period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. Series B Fixed Dividends (or any portion thereof) paid in cash shall be payable to holders of record of the Series B Preferred Shares as they appear in the share transfer records of the Trust at the close of business on the applicable Series B Dividend Record Date. Any Series B Fixed Dividend (or any portion thereof) that is not paid in cash on the applicable Series B Dividend Payment Date (whether due to the Trust’s election not to pay such dividend in cash, its inability to pay such dividend in cash, the failure of the Board to declare such dividend or otherwise) shall automatically, and without any action on the part of the Trust, accrue and be included in the Series B Accrued Amount (as defined below) on such Series B Dividend Payment Date.

(B) Series B Participation Dividends . When, as and if the Board of Trustees authorizes and the Trust declares a dividend in respect of the Common Shares, out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends, the Trust shall declare and pay dividends per Series B Preferred Share in an amount and in a kind (whether in cash, securities or other property) equal to and equivalent to that which the holder of such Series B Preferred Share would have received had such holder held the number of Common Shares into which such Series B Preferred Share could be converted on the record date for such dividend with respect to the Common Shares or, if no record date for such dividend has been established, on the date of payment of such dividend. Series B Participation Dividends shall be payable to the holders of record of the Series B Preferred Shares as they appear in the share transfer records of the Trust at the close of business on the record date for such dividend with respect to the Common Shares

 

11


or, if no record date for such dividend has been established, on the date of payment of such dividend; provided, however, that if the Trust declares and pays a dividend or makes a distribution on the Common Shares consisting in whole or in part of Common Shares or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional Common Shares (“ Common Shares Equivalents ”), then no such Series B Participation Dividend shall be payable in respect of the Series B Preferred Shares on account of the portion of such dividend or distribution on the Common Shares payable in Common Shares or Common Shares Equivalents, and in lieu thereof, the applicable adjustment in Section 6.4(i)(v) shall apply.

(ii) Special Dividend in Connection with Dividend Shortfalls . With respect to each fiscal year of the Trust beginning in the Trust’s 2011 fiscal year and each full fiscal year thereafter, if the Trust has declared Series B Participation Dividends for any such year for a Series B Preferred Share outstanding as of the first day of such year of less than the Minimum Series B Participation Dividend (as defined below) (any such shortfall, a “ Series B Dividend Shortfall ”), then promptly following such determination by the Trust (but in no event later than February 1 of the immediately following fiscal year), the Trust shall declare and pay or accrue an additional dividend with respect to such Series B Preferred Share in an amount equal to the Series B Dividend Shortfall. Dividends declared and paid in cash as a result of a Series B Dividend Shortfall shall be payable to holders of record of the Series B Preferred Shares as they appear in the share transfer records of the Trust at the close of business on the last day of the applicable fiscal year. Any dividend pursuant to this Section 6.4(d)(ii) (or any portion thereof) that is not paid in cash (whether due to the Trust’s election not to pay such dividend in cash, its inability to pay such dividend in cash, the failure of the Board to declare such dividend or otherwise) shall automatically, and without any action on the part of the Trust, accrue and be included in the Series B Accrued Amount. The holders of the Series B Preferred Shares, acting by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast, with all such holders voting as a single class, may waive the rights of the holders of Series B Preferred Shares under this Section 6.4(d)(ii) as to any fiscal year of the Trust. The provisions of this Section 6.4(d)(ii) shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon the consummation of an IPO, so long as in connection therewith the Series B Preferred Shares convert to Common Shares pursuant to Section 6.4(i)(viii)(A)(i) or to Series C Preferred Shares pursuant to 6.4(i)(viii)(A)(ii). As used in this Section. 6.4(d)(ii), “ Minimum Series B Participation Dividend ” means, with respect to a Series B Preferred Share for any fiscal year, an amount equal to 2.5% of the Series B Liquidation Preference thereof as of the first day of such year.

(iii) No dividends on the Series B Preferred Shares shall be declared by the Trust or paid or set apart for payment by the Trust at any time that the terms and provisions of any written agreement between the Trust and any party that is not an affiliate of the Trust, including, without limitation, any agreement relating to its indebtedness, prohibit such declaration, payment or setting apart for payment or provide that such declaration, payment or setting apart for payment would constitute a breach thereof or a default thereunder, or if such declaration, payment or setting apart shall be restricted or prohibited by law.

 

12


(iv) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.4(d)(iii) above, dividends on the Series B Preferred Shares shall accrue whether or not the terms and provisions set forth in Section 6.4(d)(iii) above at any time prohibit the current declaration, payment or setting apart of dividends, whether or not the Trust has earnings, whether or not there are funds legally available for the payment of such dividends, and whether or not such dividends are authorized or declared. Accrued but unpaid dividends (whether or not declared) on each Series B Preferred Share shall (x) accrue daily and (y) accumulate and be included in the Series B Accrued Amount thereof as of (a) each Series B Dividend Payment Date or the date on which they otherwise first become payable, or (b) the effective date of any (i) liquidating distribution with respect thereto under Section 6.4(e), (ii) redemption thereof under Section 6.4(f) or (iii) conversion thereof under Section 6.4(i).

(v) Unless any and all accrued but unpaid dividends for past Series B Dividend Periods and any outstanding Series B Dividend Shortfall on all outstanding Series B Preferred Shares have been or contemporaneously are declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof is set apart for payment, no dividends (other than in shares of Junior Securities) shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment nor shall any other distribution be declared or made upon any shares of Junior Securities (other than dividends on Common Shares for which equivalent Series B Participation Dividends are paid), and no shares of Junior Securities shall be redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired for any consideration (or any moneys be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such Junior Securities) by the Trust (except by conversion into or exchange for other shares of Junior Securities and except for transfers, redemptions or purchases made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 7.2(a)(ii) and 7.3).

(vi) Whether or not dividends are paid in full or a sum sufficient for such full payment is set apart on the Series B Preferred Shares, all dividends declared upon the Series B Preferred Shares shall be declared and paid pro rata based on the number of Series B Preferred Shares then outstanding.

(vii) Any dividend made on the Series B Preferred Shares shall first be credited against the earliest accrued but unpaid dividend due with respect to such shares which remains payable. Holders of the Series B Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to any dividend, whether payable in cash, property or shares, in excess of full accrued but unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred Shares as specified in this Section 6.4(d).

(e) Series B Liquidation Preference .

(i) Upon any Liquidation Event, before any payment or distribution of the Trust’s property or assets (whether capital or surplus) shall be made to or set apart for the holders of Junior Securities, the holders of Series B Preferred Shares then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, or have the Trust declare and set apart for payment, out of the assets of the Trust legally available for distribution to its shareholders and after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Trust

 

13


(including, without limitation, liquidation payments to any series of senior equity securities), a liquidation preference (the “ Series B Liquidation Preference ”) per Series B Preferred Share in an amount equal to the greater of: (a) the sum of (i) $1,000 plus (ii) all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon through and including the date of payment, including, without limitation, all dividends accrued thereon pursuant to Section 6.4(d)(iv) as of such date (such sum, the “ Series B Accrued Amount ”), and (b) the payment that would be paid in connection with such Liquidation Event in respect of the number of Common Shares into which such Series B Preferred Share could be converted as of the effective date of such Liquidation Event, before any distribution is made to holders of any Junior Securities. In the event that the Trust elects to set apart the Series B Liquidation Preference for payment, the Series B Preferred Shares shall remain outstanding until the holders thereof are paid the full Series B Liquidation Preference, which payment shall be made no later than immediately prior to the Trust making its final liquidating distribution on the Common Shares.

(ii) In the event that, upon any such Liquidation Event, the available assets of the Trust are insufficient to pay the full amount of the Liquidation Preference on all outstanding Series B Preferred Shares, then the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares shall share ratably in any such distribution of assets in proportion to the full Liquidation Preference to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

(iii) After payment of the full amount of the Series B Liquidation Preference to which holders of the Series B Preferred Shares are entitled (whether pursuant to Section 6.4(e)(i) or Section 6.4(e)(ii)), the holders of Series B Preferred Shares shall have no right or claim under this Declaration of Trust to any of the remaining assets of the Trust.

(iv) Upon the Trust’s provision of written notice as to the effective date of any Liquidation Event, accompanied by a check in the amount of the full Series B Liquidation Preference to which each record holder of Series B Preferred Shares is entitled (whether pursuant to Section 6.4(e)(i) or Section 6.4(e)(ii)), the Series B Preferred Shares shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights of the holders of such shares under this Declaration of Trust shall terminate. Such notice shall be given by first class mail, postage pre-paid, to each record holder of the Series B Preferred Shares at the respective mailing addresses of such holders as the same shall appear on the share transfer records of the Trust.

(f) Redemption at the Option of the Holders .

(i) Each holder of Series B Preferred Shares, at its option, upon the occurrence of any Series B Redemption Event (as defined below), may require the Trust to redeem, in whole or in part, the Series B Preferred Shares at the time held by such holder, upon written notice duly given as provided and at the times required in Section 6.4(f)(v), at a redemption price (the “ Series B Redemption Price ”) equal to (a) in the case of any Series B Redemption Event (other than arising in a Change of Control (as defined below)) the then current Series B Accrued Amount, payable, at the Trust’s option, in cash (which may be paid, subject to the Pre-IPO Shareholders Agreement, with the

 

14


proceeds from the issuance of Common Shares or other Junior Securities) or in Common Shares valued at their Market Price (as defined in Article VII), or (b) in the case of a Series B Redemption Event arising in a Change of Control, 101% of the then current Series B Liquidation Preference, payable in cash; provided, that, (x) solely for purposes of determining the Series B Liquidation Preference in connection with this clause (b), such Change of Control shall be deemed a Liquidation Event, and (y) the minimum number of Series B Preferred Shares that a holder may require the Trust to redeem at any time shall be the lesser of (1) 75,000 Series B Preferred Shares in the aggregate with affiliates of such holder (subject to adjustment in connection with the actions of the type described in Section 6.4(i)(v)) and (2) the total number of Series B Preferred Shares held by such holder at such time. The Series B Redemption Price for any Series B Preferred Shares shall be payable on the redemption date to the holder of such Series B Preferred Shares against surrender of the certificate(s) evidencing such Shares to the Trust or its transfer agent or, if the holder notifies the Trust or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed, execution and delivery of an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Trust to indemnify the Trust from any loss incurred by it in connection with such lost, stolen or destroyed certificates.

(ii) Within 30 days of the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Trust shall send written notice (a “ Series B Change of Control Notice ”) to the holders of record of the Series B Preferred Shares as of the effective date of such Change of Control, stating that a Change of Control has occurred and informing such holders that they may, at their election, tender their Series B Preferred Shares for redemption in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Section 6.4(f).

(iii) Any declared but not yet payable dividends payable on a redemption date that occurs subsequent to the Series B Dividend Record Date for a Series B Dividend Period or a record date for a dividend pursuant to Section 6.4(d)(i)(B) or Section 6.4(d)(ii) shall be paid to the holder of record of the redeemed Series B Preferred Shares on such Series Dividend Record Date relating to the Series B Dividend Payment Date or such record date, as applicable, regardless of whether such holder of record is the holder entitled to receive the Series B Redemption Price on the redemption date (and any such amount shall be deducted from the Series B Redemption Price).

(iv) The Series B Preferred Shares shall not be subject to any sinking fund or to any mandatory redemption or similar provisions except as set forth in this Section 6.4(f).

(v) Notice of every redemption of Series B Preferred Shares shall be given by the applicable holder(s) in writing delivered to the Trust at its principal office, together with written instructions regarding the number of Series B Preferred Shares for which redemption rights are being exercised pursuant to this Section 6.4(f) and surrender of the certificates evidencing the Series B Preferred Shares being redeemed, properly endorsed for transfer, and the redemption date therefor shall be the date that the Trust duly receives such notice and certificate(s). Promptly following such due receipt of such notice and certificate(s), the Trust shall promptly pay the Series B Redemption Price and any other amounts payable under this Section 6.4(f). Such notice shall be given not

 

15


later than (a) in the case of any Series B Redemption Event (other than a Change of Control), thirty (30) days after the occurrence of the applicable Series B Redemption Event, or (b) in the case of a Series B Redemption Event arising due to a Change of Control, thirty (30) days after receipt of the Series B Change of Control Notice. If such notice is not duly given within such thirty (30)-day period by any holder, then such holder’s right to require the Trust to redeem the Series B Preferred Shares held by such holder shall be deemed to be irrevocably waived until the next succeeding Series B Redemption Event with respect to the Series B Preferred Shares.

(vi) If fewer than all the Series B Preferred Shares evidenced by any certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued evidencing the unredeemed Shares without charge to the holder thereof.

(vii) As used in this Section 6.4(f), (a) “ Series B Redemption Event ” means the occurrence of (1) the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Series B Effective Date and each subsequent anniversary thereafter, or (2) a Change of Control, and (b) “Change of Control” means the acquisition (whether by reclassification, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) by any Person or Persons constituting a Group of Control or ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, of more than 50% of the Common Shares on a fully diluted basis, including all outstanding securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Shares on an as-converted or as-exercised basis (including, without limitation, the Series B Preferred Shares and outstanding options and warrants exercisable for Common Shares) (the “ Fully Diluted Common Shares ”), unless immediately following such acquisition The Yucaipa Companies, LLC or its affiliates Control or own, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, more than 50% of the Fully Diluted Common Shares.

(g) Status of Redeemed Shares . Any Series B Preferred Shares that shall at any time have been redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Trust (pursuant to Section 6.4(f) or otherwise) shall, after such redemption or acquisition, have the status of authorized but unissued Preferred Shares which may be issued by the Board from time to time at its discretion.

(h) Voting Rights .

(i) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein and subject to the terms of the Pre-IPO Shareholders Agreement, the Series B Preferred Shares shall have equivalent voting rights as the Common Shares, and shall not vote as a separate class, at any annual or special meeting of the shareholders of the Trust, and may act by written consent, in either case upon the following basis: each holder of Series B Preferred Shares shall be entitled to such number of votes as shall be equal to the whole number of Common Shares into which such holder’s aggregate Series B Preferred Shares are convertible as of the record date fixed for such meeting or the effective date of such written consent.

(ii) Subject to the Pre-IPO Shareholders Agreement and the last sentence of Section 6.4(b) hereof, any amendment to this Section 6.4 may be made only with the affirmative vote of (A) at least a majority of the Trustees of the Board and (B)

 

16


holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred Shares, and holders of shares of any other class or series, including Common Shares, shall not be entitled to vote thereon.

(iii) Subject to the Pre-IPO Shareholders Agreement, the Trust shall not, without the prior consent or approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred Shares: (A) amend, alter, repeal or amend and restate the Declaration of Trust or Bylaws (whether by reclassification, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) in a manner which would adversely affect the rights, privileges or preferences of the Series B Preferred Shares, or (B) authorize, issue or otherwise create any capital stock or Shares (or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for capital stock or Shares) other than Junior Securities (or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Junior Securities).

(i) Conversion . The Series B Preferred Shares shall be convertible into Common Shares in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.4(i).

(i) Optional Conversion . Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Section 6.4(i), any Series B Preferred Share may, at the option of the holder, be converted at any time into fully paid and nonassessable Common Shares. The number of Common Shares to which a holder of Series B Preferred Shares shall be entitled upon conversion shall be the product obtained by multiplying the Series B Conversion Rate then in effect (determined as provided in Section 6.4(i)(ii)) by the number of Series B Preferred Shares being converted.

(ii) Series B Conversion Rate . The “ Series B Conversion Rate ” in effect at any time for conversion of the Series B Preferred Shares shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the then current Series B Accrued Amount by the then current Series B Conversion Price (determined as provided in Section 6.4(i)(iii)).

(iii) Series B Conversion Price . The “ Series B Conversion Price ” for the Series B Preferred Shares initially shall be $11.2815. The Series B Conversion Price shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Section 6.4(i). All references herein to the Series B Conversion Price shall mean the Series B Conversion Price as so adjusted.

(iv) Mechanics of Conversion . Each holder of any Series B Preferred Shares who desires to convert the same into Common Shares pursuant to this Section 6.4(i) shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the principal office of the Trust or any transfer agent for the Series B Preferred Shares and shall give written notice to the Trust at such office that such holder elects to convert the same. Such notice shall state the number of Series B Preferred Shares being converted. Thereupon, the Trust shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of Common Shares to which such holder is entitled and shall promptly pay (in cash or, to the extent sufficient funds are not then legally available therefor, in Common Shares, based on the Market Price thereof as of the date of such conversion) any declared but not yet payable Series B Participation

 

17


Dividends or other cash dividends on the Series B Preferred Shares being converted. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date of such surrender by the holder thereof of the certificates evidencing the Series B Preferred Shares to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the Common Shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such Common Shares as of such date.

(v) Adjustments .

(A) Share Splits; Subdivisions; Dividends; Distributions . In the event the Trust should at any time or from time to time on or after the Series B Effective Date fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding Common Shares or the making of a dividend or other distribution to all holders of Common Shares payable in additional Common Shares or Common Shares Equivalents without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional Common Shares or the Common Shares Equivalents (including, without limitation, the additional Common Shares issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend, distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the then current Series B Conversion Price shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of Common Shares issuable on conversion of each Series B Preferred Share shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate number of Common Shares outstanding.

(B) Reverse Share Splits . If the number of Common Shares outstanding at any time on or after the Series B Effective Date is decreased by a combination of the outstanding Common Shares, then, following the record date of such combination, the then current Series B Conversion Price shall be appropriately increased so that the number of Common Shares issuable on conversion of each Series B Preferred Share shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease of the aggregate number of Common Shares outstanding.

(C) Recapitalization Event . If at any time or from time to time on or after the Series B Effective Date there shall be a recapitalization, reclassification, or reorganization of the Common Shares or a merger or consolidation of the Trust with and into another entity in which the Trust does not survive (other than a subdivision or combination provided for elsewhere in this Section 6.4(i)) or the Trust shall be party to a share exchange in which Common Shares are exchanged for other securities (any such event, a “ Recapitalization Event ”), provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of such Series B Preferred Shares the number of Shares or other securities or cash or other property of the Trust or otherwise, to which a holder of the number of Common Shares deliverable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Shares held by such holder would have been entitled after such Recapitalization Event if immediately prior thereto such holder had converted its Series B Preferred Shares into Common Shares. In any such case, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the application

 

18


of the provisions of this Section 6.4(i)(v)(C) with respect to the rights of the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares after the Recapitalization Event to the end that the provisions of this Section 6.4(i)(v)(C) (including adjustment of the Series B Conversion Price then in effect and the number of Common Shares into which the Series B Preferred Shares are convertible) shall be applicable after that event as nearly equivalent as may be practicable. The Trust shall not effect any such Recapitalization Event unless, prior to the consummation thereof, the successor Person resulting from such Recapitalization Event, shall assume, by written instrument, the obligation to deliver to the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares upon conversion such number of Shares or other securities or cash or other property, which, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, such holders of the Series B Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive upon such conversion.

(D) Other Anti-Dilution Provisions . If the Trust issues any securities on or after the Series B Effective Date containing provisions protecting the holders thereto against dilution in any manner more favorable to such holders thereof than those set forth in this Section 6.4, such more favorable portions thereof shall be deemed to be incorporated herein as if fully set forth in this Section 6.4, and to the extent inconsistent with any provisions of this Section 6.4, shall be deemed to be substituted therefor.

(E) Successive Adjustments . Any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 6.4(i)(v) shall be made successively whenever an event referred to herein shall occur.

(vi) Fractional Shares and Certificates as to Adjustments .

(A) All Common Shares (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one Series B Preferred Share by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Trust (at its option) may, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the Market Price on the date of conversion.

(B) Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of any Series B Conversion Price pursuant to Section 6.4(i)(v), the Trust, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Series B Preferred Shares whose Series B Conversion Price was adjusted or readjusted a certificate (or other notice) setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustments or readjustment is based. The Trust shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Series B Preferred Shares, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate (or other notice) setting forth (i) such adjustment and readjustment, (ii) the Series

 

19


B Conversion Price at the time in effect, and (iii) the number of Common Shares and the amount, if any, of other property that at any time would be received upon the conversion of a Series B Preferred Share.

(vii) Notices of Record Dates . Upon any acquisition of the Trust, any action of the type described in Section 6.4(i)(v), any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Trust, or any voluntary Liquidation Event, the Trust shall mail to each holder of Series B Preferred Shares at least twenty (20) days prior to the record date specified therein a notice specifying (i) the date on which any such acquisition, action of the type described in Section 6.4(i)(v), asset sale, or voluntary Liquidation Event is expected to become effective, and (ii) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of Common Shares (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their Common Shares (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such acquisition, action of the type described in Section 6.4(i)(v), asset sale, or voluntary Liquidation Event.

(viii) Automatic Conversion .

(A) Each Series B Preferred Share shall automatically be converted (i) into Common Shares based on the then effective Series B Conversion Rate immediately upon the consummation of a Qualified IPO, or (ii) into one (1) Series C Preferred Share upon the consummation of any IPO that is not a Qualified IPO (any event referred to in (i) or (ii), a “ Series B Automatic Conversion Event ”). The Trust shall promptly notify the holders of Series B Preferred Shares in writing of the occurrence of a Series B Automatic Conversion Event; provided , that, the Trust’s failure to provide such notice, or its failure to be received, shall not alter or affect the automatic conversion of the Series B Preferred Shares occurring in connection therewith, except to the extent that the holders of Series B Preferred Shares are prejudiced thereby. Upon a Series B Automatic Conversion Event described in this Section 6.4(i)(viii)(A), any declared but not yet payable Series B Participation Dividend or other cash dividends with respect to the Series B Preferred Shares shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.4(i)(iv).

(B) Upon a Series B Automatic Conversion Event, the outstanding Series B Preferred Shares shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders thereof or by the Trust and whether or not the certificates evidencing such Shares are surrendered to the Trust or its transfer agent; provided , that, the Trust shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the Common Shares or Series C Preferred Shares, as applicable, issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such Series B Preferred Shares are delivered to the Trust or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Trust or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Trust to indemnify the Trust from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon receipt of notice of the occurrence of a Series B Automatic Conversion Event, the holders of Series B Preferred Shares shall promptly

 

20


surrender the certificates evidencing such shares at the office of the Trust or any transfer agent for the Series B Preferred Shares. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of Common Shares or Series C Preferred Shares, as applicable, to which such holder is entitled in connection with such Series B Automatic Conversion Event.

(ix) Reservation of Shares Issuable Upon Conversion or Adjustment . The Trust shall at all times reserve and keep available (i) out of its authorized but unissued Common Shares solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion or adjustment of the Series B Preferred Shares, such number of its Common Shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion or adjustment of all then outstanding Series B Preferred Shares in compliance with this Section 6.4 and (ii) out of its authorized but unissued Series C Preferred Shares solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Series B Preferred Shares in compliance with Section 6.4(i)(viii), such number of Series C Preferred Shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding Series B Preferred Shares in compliance with Section 6.4(i)(viii). If at any time the number of authorized but unissued Common Shares or Series C Preferred Shares, as applicable, shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion or adjustment of all then outstanding Series B Preferred Shares, the Trust shall take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued Common Shares or Series C Preferred Shares, as applicable, to such number as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

(x) No Dilution or Impairment . The Trust shall not, by amendment to the Declaration of Trust or other governing documents or by participating in any transfer of assets, voluntary Liquidation Event, action contemplated by Section 6.4(f)(v) or taking any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Trust, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of holders of the Series B Preferred Shares against impairment.

(j) Preemptive Rights .

(i) Each holder of Series B Preferred Shares shall have the right to purchase its Pro Rata Amount (as defined below) of any New Securities (as defined below) that the Trust may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue. In the event the Trust proposes to issue any New Securities, it shall give all holders of Series B Preferred Shares written notice, at their last addresses as they shall appear in the share register, at least thirty (30) days before such issuance, describing the New Securities, the price and number of shares (or principal amount) and the general terms upon which the Trust proposes to issue the same. Each such holder shall have thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of any such notice to agree to purchase up to the amount of New Securities equal to such holder’s Pro Rata Amount of such New Securities for the price and upon the general terms specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Trust at its

 

21


principal office or such other address as may be specified by the Trust in its written notice to the holders, of such holder’s intention to purchase such New Securities at the initial closing of the sale of New Securities and the number of such New Securities that such holder intends to purchase.

(ii) If a holder of Series B Preferred Shares fails to exercise in full its right of participation within said thirty (30) day period as set forth in Section 6.4(j)(i) above, the Trust shall have one hundred eighty (180) days thereafter to sell additional amounts of New Securities as to which such holder’s option was not exercised, at the same price as specified in the Trust’s notice and upon terms (other than price) no more favorable in any material respect to the buyer thereof than the terms specified in the Trust’s notice. The Trust shall not issue or sell any additional amounts of New Securities after the expiration of such one hundred eighty (180)-day period without first offering such securities to the holders of Series B Preferred Shares in the manner provided in Section 6.4(j)(i) above.

(iii) For purposes of this Section 6.4(j), the term “ Pro Rata Amount ” means, at any time, with respect to any holder of Series B Preferred Shares, the ratio of (a) the number of Common Shares into which the Series B Preferred Shares held by such holder are then convertible, to (b) the total number of Common Shares of the Trust outstanding (on a fully diluted basis), including all outstanding securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Shares on an as-converted or exercised basis (including, without limitation, the Series B Preferred Shares and outstanding options and warrants exercisable for Common Shares); and “ New Securities ” means any Shares of the Trust, whether or not now authorized, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Shares, other than (1) the Series B Preferred Shares issued on the Series B Effective Date and Common Shares issued upon conversion thereof, (2) Common Shares and/or options, warrants or other Common Share purchase rights, and the Common Shares issued pursuant to such options, warrants or other rights issued or to be issued to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants to the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust pursuant to share purchase or share option plans or other arrangements approved by the Board and in compliance with the Pre-IPO Shareholders Agreement; (3) securities issued as consideration for the Trust’s bona fide arms-length acquisition of another business enterprise by merger, purchase of all or substantially all assets, purchase of shares, or other reorganization in compliance with the Pre-IPO Shareholders Agreement; (4) Common Shares issued upon the exchange or conversion of equity interests in Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P. or its successor; (5) securities issued in any share split, share dividend or recapitalization of the Trust for which an adjustment is made to the terms of conversion of the Series B Preferred Shares under Section 6.4(i); (6) securities issued and sold by means of an IPO in compliance with the Pre-IPO Shareholders Agreement; and (7) Series A Preferred Shares not to exceed $200,000 in aggregate liquidation preference at any time outstanding.

(iv) The preemptive rights provided for in this Section 6.4(j) shall terminate and be of no further force and effect from and after the consummation of any IPO.

 

22


Section 6.5 Series C Preferred Shares .

(a) Definitions . For the purpose of this Section 6.5, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(i) “ First Full Calendar Year ” means the first full calendar year of the Trust following the Series C Conversion Date.

(ii) “ Group ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 6.4(a)(i).

(iii) “ IPO ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 6.4(a)(ii).

(iv) “ Liquidation Event ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 6.4(a)(iii).

(v) “ Original Issue Date ” means, as to any Series C Preferred Share, the first date on which such Share is issued.

(vi) “ Person ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 6.4(a)(iv).

(vii) “ Pre-IPO Shareholders Agreement ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 6.4(a)(v).

(viii) “ Qualified IPO ” means an IPO in which (a) the aggregate gross proceeds to the Trust are at least $250,000,000 (before deduction of underwriting discounts, commissions and expenses), and (b) the offering price per Common Share is greater than or equal to 135% of the Series B Conversion Price in effect upon the consummation of such Qualified IPO.

(ix) “ Series B Accrued Amount ” means the Series B Accrued Amount (as defined in Section 6.4(e)(i)) of each Series B Preferred Share immediately prior to the conversion thereof to a Series C Preferred Share.

(x) “ Series B Effective Date ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 6.4(a)(vi).

(xi) “ Series C Accrued Amount ” means the Series B Accrued Amount plus all accrued and unpaid dividends on each Series C Preferred Share through and including the date of payment, including, without limitation, all dividends accrued thereon pursuant to Section 6.5(d) as of such date, it being agreed and understood that, without duplication, all accrued and unpaid dividends included in the Series B Accrued Amount of each Series B Preferred Share as of the Series C Conversion Date therefor shall, for all purposes hereunder, be deemed to be accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series C Preferred Share into which such Series B Preferred Share is converted.

 

23


(xii) “ Series C Conversion Date ” means the consummation date of an IPO that is not a Qualified IPO.

(xiii) “ Series C Dividend Payment Date ” means January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing on the first such date following the Series C Conversion Date, or if any such day is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day.

(xiv) “ Series C Dividend Period ” means, with respect to the first dividend period of any Series C Preferred Share, the period from and including the Original Issue Date thereof to and including the first Series C Dividend Payment Date, and with respect to each subsequent Series C Dividend Period, the period from but excluding a Series C Dividend Payment Date to and including the next succeeding Series C Dividend Payment Date or any other date as of which accrued dividends are to be calculated hereunder.

(xv) “ Series C Dividend Record Date ” means, with respect to dividends payable on a Series C Dividend Payment Date, the fifteenth (15th) day of the calendar month preceding the month in which the Series C Dividend Payment Date falls or, with respect to dividends payable on any other date, such other date designated by the Board that is not more than thirty (30) nor less than ten (10) days prior to such payment date.

(b) Designation and Number . (i) 375,000 Preferred Shares are hereby designated as “Series C Cumulative Convertible Voting Preferred Shares” (the “ Series C Preferred Shares ”). (ii) The terms and provisions of all Series C Preferred Shares shall be identical in all respects. So long as the CM Shareholder (as such term is defined in the Pre-IPO Shareholders Agreement) holds Series C Preferred Shares or Common Shares issued upon conversion thereof, the foregoing clause (ii) shall not be amended without the written consent of the CM Shareholder.

(c) Rank . The Series C Preferred Shares shall, with respect to dividend and redemption rights and rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Trust, rank (i) senior to all Junior Securities, and (ii) junior to the Series A Preferred Shares.

(d) Dividends .

(i) Dividends Generally . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 6.5(d)(i), each holder of outstanding Series C Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive either (but not both) (x) dividends pursuant to Section 6.5(d)(i)(A) (“ Series C Participation Dividends ”); or (y) if determined prior to the Series C Conversion Date pursuant to Section 4.9 of the Pre-IPO Shareholders Agreement, dividends pursuant to Section 6.5(d)(i)(B) (“ Series C Fixed Dividends ” and, either (x) or (y), as applicable, the “ Applicable Dividend ”).

(A) Series C Participation Dividends . When, as and if the Board authorizes and the Trust declares a dividend in respect of the Common Shares, out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends, the Trust shall

 

24


declare and pay dividends per Series C Preferred Share in an amount and in a kind (whether in cash, securities or other property) equal to and equivalent to that which the holder of such Series C Preferred Share would have received had such holder held the number of Common Shares into which such Series C Preferred Share could be converted on the record date for such dividend with respect to the Common Shares or, if no record date for such dividend has been established, on the date of payment of such dividend. Series C Participation Dividends shall be payable to the holders of record of the Series C Preferred Shares as they appear in the share transfer records of the Trust at the close of business on the record date for such dividend with respect to the Common Shares or, if no record date for such dividend has been established, on the date of payment of such dividend; provided, however, that if the Trust declares and pays a dividend or makes a distribution on the Common Shares consisting in whole or in part of Common Shares or Common Shares Equivalents (as defined below), then no such Series C Participation Dividend shall be payable in respect of the Series C Preferred Shares on account of the portion of such dividend or distribution on the Common Shares payable in Common Shares or Common Shares Equivalents, and in lieu thereof, the applicable adjustment in Section 6.5(i)(v) shall apply.

(B) Series C Fixed Dividends . When, as and if the Board authorizes and the Trust declares, out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends in cash, the Trust shall pay cumulative preferential dividends per Series C Preferred Share at the rate of 5.00% per annum on the total of $1,000 plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon (including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 6.5(d)(iv)). Series C Fixed Dividends shall accrue on a daily basis from the Series C Original Issue Date of each Series C Preferred Share, and shall be payable quarterly in arrears on or before each applicable Series C Dividend Payment Date. Any Series C Fixed Dividend payable on the Series C Preferred Shares for any whole or partial Series C Dividend Period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. Series C Fixed Dividends (or any portion thereof) paid in cash shall be payable to holders of record of the Series C Preferred Shares as they appear in the share transfer records of the Trust at the close of business on the applicable Series C Dividend Record Date. Any Series C Fixed Dividend (or any portion thereof) that is not paid in cash on the applicable Series C Dividend Payment Date (whether due to the Trust’s election not to pay such dividend in cash, its inability to pay such dividend in cash, the failure of the Board to declare such dividend or otherwise) shall automatically, and without any action on the part of the Trust, accrue and be included in the Series C Accrued Amount on such Series C Dividend Payment Date.

(ii) No dividends on the Series C Preferred Shares shall be declared by the Trust or paid or set apart for payment by the Trust at any time that the terms and provisions of any written agreement between the Trust and any party that is not an affiliate of the Trust, including, without limitation, any agreement relating to its indebtedness, prohibit such declaration, payment or setting apart for payment or provide that such declaration, payment or setting apart for payment would constitute a breach thereof or a default thereunder, or if such declaration, payment or setting apart shall be restricted or prohibited by law.

 

25


(iii) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.5(d)(ii), dividends on the Series C Preferred Shares shall accrue whether or not the terms and provisions set forth in Section 6.5(d)(ii) above at any time prohibit the current declaration, payment or setting apart of dividends, whether or not the Trust has earnings, whether or not there are funds legally available for the payment of such dividends, and whether or not such dividends are authorized or declared. Accrued but unpaid dividends (whether or not declared) on each Series C Preferred Share shall (x) accrue daily and (y) accumulate and be included in the Series C Accrued Amount thereof as of (a) each Series C Dividend Payment Date or the date on which they otherwise first become payable, or (b) the effective date of any (i) liquidating distribution with respect thereto under Section 6.5(e), (ii) redemption thereof under Section 6.5(f) or (iii) conversion thereof under Section 6.5(i).

(iv) Unless any and all accrued but unpaid dividends for past Series C Dividend Periods have been or contemporaneously are declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof is set apart for payment, no dividends (other than in shares of Junior Securities) shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment nor shall any other distribution be declared or made upon any shares of Junior Securities (other than dividends on Common Shares for which equivalent Series C Participation Dividends are paid), nor shall any shares of Junior Securities be redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired for any consideration (or any moneys be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such Junior Securities) by the Trust (except by conversion into or exchange for other shares of Junior Securities and except for transfers, redemptions or purchases made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 7.2(a)(ii) and 7.3).

(v) Whether or not dividends are paid in full or a sum sufficient for such full payment is set apart on the Series C Preferred Shares, all dividends declared upon the Series C Preferred Shares shall be declared and paid pro rata based on the number of Series C Preferred Shares then outstanding.

(vi) Any dividend made on the Series C Preferred Shares shall first be credited against the earliest accrued but unpaid dividend due with respect to such shares which remains payable. Holders of the Series C Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to any dividend, whether payable in cash, property or shares, in excess of full accrued but unpaid dividends on the Series C Preferred Shares as specified in this Section 6.5(d).

(vii) Dividend Election Reversal . If requested in writing by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series C Preferred Shares (a “ Meeting Request ”), delivered to the Trust at any time not later than September 30 of the First Full Calendar Year, the Trust shall promptly (but in no event later than December 15 of such year) call a meeting of the holders of the Series C Preferred Shares and, at such meeting, the holders of the Series C Preferred Shares, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled

 

26


to be cast, with all such holders voting as a single class, shall have the right to change the Applicable Dividend from Series C Fixed Dividends to Series C Participation Dividends or from Series C Participation Dividends to Series C Fixed Dividends, as applicable. Any such change of the Applicable Dividend shall apply to all Series C Preferred Shares and shall be irrevocable. Any such change of the Applicable Dividend shall be effective as of the January 1 immediately following the date on which the holders of Series C Preferred Shares delivered the Meeting Request. The right of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series C Preferred Shares to making a Meeting Request (and the right to change the Applicable Dividend as set forth in this Section) may be exercised only once and shall thereafter expire.

(e) Liquidation Preference .

(i) Upon any Liquidation Event, before any payment or distribution of the Trust’s property or assets (whether capital or surplus) shall be made to or set apart for the holders of Junior Securities, the holders of Series C Preferred Shares then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, or have the Trust declare and set apart for payment, out of the assets of the Trust legally available for distribution to its shareholders and after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Trust (including, without limitation, liquidation payments to any series of senior equity securities), a liquidation preference (the “ Series C Liquidation Preference ”) per Series C Preferred Share in an amount equal to the greater of: (a) the Series C Accrued Amount and (b) the payment that would be paid in connection with such Liquidation Event in respect of the number of Common Shares into which such Series C Preferred Share could be converted as of the effective date of such Liquidation Event, before any distribution is made to holders of any Junior Securities. In the event that the Trust elects to set apart the Series C Liquidation Preference for payment, the Series C Preferred Shares shall remain outstanding until the holders thereof are paid the full Series C Liquidation Preference, which payment shall be made no later than immediately prior to the Trust making its final liquidating distribution on the Common Shares.

(ii) In the event that, upon any such Liquidation Event, the available assets of the Trust are insufficient to pay the full amount of the Liquidation Preference on all outstanding Series C Preferred Shares, then the holders of the Series C Preferred Shares shall share ratably in any such distribution of assets in proportion to the full Liquidation Preference to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

(iii) After payment of the full amount of the Liquidation Preference to which holders of the Series C Preferred Shares are entitled (whether pursuant to Section 6.5(e)(i) or Section 6.5(e)(ii)), the holders of Series C Preferred Shares shall have no right or claim under this Declaration of Trust to any of the remaining assets of the Trust.

(iv) Upon the Trust’s provision of written notice as to the effective date of any Liquidation Event, accompanied by a check in the amount of the full Series C Liquidation Preference to which each record holder of Series C Preferred Shares is entitled (whether pursuant to Section 6.5(e)(i) or Section 6.5(e)(ii)), the Series C

 

27


Preferred Shares shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights of the holders of such shares shall terminate. Such notice shall be given by first class mail, postage pre-paid, to each record holder of the Series C Preferred Shares at the respective mailing addresses of such holders as the same shall appear on the share transfer records of the Trust.

(f) Redemption at the Option of the Holders .

(i) Each holder of Series C Preferred Shares, at its option, upon the occurrence of any Series C Redemption Event (as defined below), may require the Trust to redeem, in whole or in part, the Series C Preferred Shares at the time held by such holder, upon written notice duly given as provided and at the times required in Section 6.5(f)(v), at a redemption price (the “ Series C Redemption Price ”) equal to (a) in the case of any Series C Redemption Event (other than arising in a Change of Control (as defined below)) the then current Series C Accrued Amount, payable, at the Trust’s option, in cash (which may be paid, subject to the Pre-IPO Shareholders Agreement, with the proceeds from the issuance of Common Shares or other Junior Securities) or in Common Shares valued at their Market Price, or (b) in the case of a Series C Redemption Event arising in a Change of Control, 101% of the then current Series C Liquidation Preference, payable in cash; provided, that, (x) solely for purposes of determining the Series C Liquidation Preference in connection with this clause (b), such Change of Control shall be deemed a Liquidation Event, and (y) the minimum number of Series C Preferred Shares that a holder may require the Trust to redeem at any time shall be the lesser of (1) 75,000 Series C Preferred Shares in the aggregate with affiliates of such holder (subject to adjustment in connection with the actions of the type described in Sections 6.5(i)(v) and 6.4(i)(v)) and (2) the total number of Series C Preferred Shares held by such holder at such time. The Series C Redemption Price for any Series C Preferred Shares shall be payable on the redemption date to the holder of such Series C Preferred Shares against surrender of the certificate(s) evidencing such Shares to the Trust or its transfer agent or, if the holder notifies the Trust or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed, execution and delivery of an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Trust to indemnify the Trust from any loss incurred by it in connection with such lost, stolen or destroyed certificates.

(ii) Within 30 days of the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Trust shall send written notice (a “ Series C Change of Control Notice ”) to the holders of record of the Series C Preferred Shares as of the effective date of such Change of Control, stating that a Change of Control has occurred and informing such holders that they may, at their election, tender their Series C Preferred Shares for redemption in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Section 6.5(f).

(iii) Any declared but not yet payable dividends payable on a redemption date that occurs subsequent to the Series C Dividend Record Date for a Series C Dividend Period or a record date for a dividend pursuant to Section 6.5(d)(i)(A) shall be paid to the holder of record of the redeemed Series C Preferred Shares on such Series C Dividend Record Date relating to the Series C Dividend Payment Date or such record date, as applicable, regardless of whether such holder of record is the holder entitled to receive the Series C Redemption Price on the redemption date (and any such amount shall be deducted from the Series C Redemption Price).

 

28


(iv) The Series C Preferred Shares shall not be subject to any sinking fund or to any mandatory redemption or similar provisions except as set forth in this Section 6.5(f).

(v) Notice of every redemption of Series C Preferred Shares shall be given by the applicable holder(s) in writing delivered to the Trust at its principal office, together with written instructions regarding the number of Series C Preferred Shares for which redemption rights are being exercised pursuant to this Section 6.5(f) and surrender of the certificates evidencing the Series C Preferred Shares being redeemed, properly endorsed for transfer, and the redemption date therefor shall be the date that the Trust duly receives such notice and certificate(s). Promptly following such due receipt of such notice and certificate(s), the Trust shall promptly pay the Series C Redemption Price and any other amounts payable under this Section 6.5(f). Such notice shall be given not later than (a) in the case of any Series C Redemption Event (other than a Change of Control), thirty (30) days after the occurrence of the applicable Series C Redemption Event, or (b) in the case of a Series C Redemption Event arising due to a Change of Control, thirty (30) days after receipt of the Series C Change of Control Notice. If such notice is not duly given within such thirty (30)-day period by any holder, then such holder’s right to require the Trust to redeem the Series C Preferred Shares held by such holder shall be deemed to be irrevocably waived until the next succeeding Series C Redemption Event with respect to the Series C Preferred Shares.

(vi) If fewer than all the Series C Preferred Shares evidenced by any certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued evidencing the unredeemed Shares without charge to the holder thereof.

(vii) As used in this Section 6.5(f), (a) “ Series C Redemption Event ” means the occurrence of (1) the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Series B Effective Date and each subsequent anniversary thereafter, or (2) a Change of Control, and (b) “ Change of Control ” means the acquisition (whether by reclassification, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) by any Person or Persons constituting a Group of Control or ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, of more than 50% of the Fully Diluted Common Shares, unless immediately following such acquisition The Yucaipa Companies, LLC or its affiliates Control or own, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, more than 50% of the Fully Diluted Common Shares.

(g) Status of Redeemed Shares . Any Series C Preferred Shares that shall at any time have been redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Trust (pursuant to Section 6.5(f) or otherwise) shall, after such redemption or acquisition, have the status of authorized but unissued Preferred Shares which may be issued by the Board from time to time at its discretion.

(h) Voting Rights .

 

29


(i) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein and subject to the terms of the Pre-IPO Shareholders Agreement, the Series C Preferred Shares shall have equivalent voting rights as the Common Shares, and shall not vote as a separate class, at any annual or special meeting of the shareholders of the Trust, and may act by written consent, in either case upon the following basis: each holder of Series C Preferred Shares shall be entitled to such number of votes as shall be equal to the whole number of Common Shares into which such holder’s aggregate Series C Preferred Shares are convertible as of the record date fixed for such meeting or the effective date of such written consent.

(ii) Subject to the Pre-IPO Shareholders Agreement and the last sentence of Section 6.5(b), any amendment to Section 6.5 may be made (i) prior to the Series C Conversion Date, in accordance with Section 6.5(h)(iii) and (ii) from and after the Series C Conversion Date, by holders of a majority of the outstanding Series C Preferred Shares, and holders of shares of any other class or series, including Common Shares, shall not be entitled to vote thereon.

(iii) From and after the Series C Conversion Date, the Trust shall not, without the prior consent or approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding Series C Preferred Shares: (i) amend, alter, repeal or amend and restate the Declaration of Trust or Bylaws (whether by reclassification, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) in a manner which would adversely affect the rights, privileges or preferences of the Series C Preferred Shares; or (ii) authorize, issue or otherwise create any capital stock or Shares (or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for capital stock or Shares) other than Junior Securities (or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Junior Securities).

(i) Conversion . The Series C Preferred Shares shall be convertible into Common Shares in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.5(i).

(i) Optional Conversion . Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Section 6.5(i), any Series C Preferred Share may, at the option of the holder, be converted at any time into fully-paid and nonassessable Common Shares. The number of Common Shares to which a holder of Series C Preferred Shares shall be entitled upon conversion shall be the product obtained by multiplying the Series C Conversion Rate then in effect (determined as provided in Section 6.5(i)(ii)) by the number of Series C Preferred Shares being converted.

(ii) Series C Conversion Rate . The “ Series C Conversion Rate ” in effect at any time for conversion of the Series C Preferred Shares shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the Series C Accrued Amount by the Series C Conversion Price (determined as provided in Section 6.5(i)(iii)).

(iii) Series C Conversion Price . The “ Series C Conversion Price ” means the Series B Conversion Price (as defined in Section 6.4(i)(iii)) of the Series B Preferred Shares immediately prior to the conversion thereof to Series C Preferred Shares. The Series C Conversion Price shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Section 6.5(i). All references herein to the Series C Conversion Price shall mean the Series C Conversion Price as so adjusted.

 

30


(iv) Mechanics of Conversion . Each holder of any Series C Preferred Shares who desires to convert the same into Common Shares pursuant to this Section 6.5(i) shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the principal office of the Trust or any transfer agent for the Series C Preferred Shares and shall give written notice to the Trust at such office that such holder elects to convert the same. Such notice shall state the number of Series C Preferred Shares being converted. Thereupon, the Trust shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of Common Shares to which such holder is entitled and shall promptly pay (in cash or, to the extent sufficient funds are not then legally available therefor, in Common Shares (based on the Market Price thereof as of the date of such conversion), any declared but not yet payable Series C Participation Dividend or other cash dividends on the Series C Preferred Shares being converted. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date of such surrender by the holder thereof of the certificates evidencing the Series C Preferred Shares to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the Common Shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such Common Shares as of such date.

(v) Adjustments .

(A) Share Splits; Subdivisions; Dividends; Distributions . In the event the Trust should at any time or from time to time on or after the Series C Conversion Date fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding Common Shares or the making of a dividend or other distribution to all holders of Common Shares payable in additional Common Shares or Common Shares Equivalents without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional Common Shares or the Common Shares Equivalents (including, without limitation, the additional Common Shares issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend, distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the then current Series C Conversion Price applicable to the Series C Preferred Shares shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of Common Shares issuable on conversion of each Series C Preferred Share shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate number of Common Shares outstanding.

(B) Reverse Share Splits . If the number of Common Shares outstanding at any time on or after the Series C Conversion Date is decreased by a combination of the outstanding Common Shares, then, following the record date of such combination, the then current Series C Conversion Price applicable to the Series C Preferred Shares shall be appropriately increased so that the number of Common Shares issuable on conversion of each Series C Preferred Share shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease of the aggregate number of Common Shares outstanding.

 

31


(C) Recapitalization Event . If at any time or from time to time on or after the Series C Conversion Date there shall be a Recapitalization Event, provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series C Preferred Shares shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of such Series C Preferred Shares the number of Shares or other securities or cash or other property of the Trust or otherwise, to which a holder of the number of Common Shares deliverable upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Shares held by such holder would have been entitled after such Recapitalization Event if immediately prior thereto such holder had converted its Series C Preferred Shares into Common Shares. In any such case, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 6.5(i) with respect to the rights of the holders of the Series C Preferred Shares after the Recapitalization Event to the end that the provisions of this Section 6.5(i) (including adjustment of the Series C Conversion Price then in effect and the number of Common Shares into which the Series C Preferred Shares are convertible) shall be applicable after that event as nearly equivalent as may be practicable. The Trust shall not effect any such Recapitalization Event unless, prior to the consummation thereof, the successor Person resulting from such Recapitalization Event, shall assume, by written instrument, the obligation to deliver to the holders of the Series C Preferred Shares upon conversion such number of Shares or other securities or cash or other property, which, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, such holders of the Series C Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive upon such conversion.

(D) Other Anti-Dilution Provisions . If the Trust issues any securities on or after the Series C Conversion Date containing provisions protecting the holders thereto against dilution in any manner more favorable to such holders thereof than those set forth in this Section 6.5, such more favorable portions thereof shall be deemed to be incorporated herein as if fully set forth in this Section 6.5, and to the extent inconsistent with any provisions of this Section 6.5, shall be deemed to be substituted therefor.

(E) Successive Adjustments . Any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 6.5(i)(v) shall be made successively whenever an event referred to herein shall occur.

(vi) Fractional Shares and Certificates as to Adjustments .

(A) All Common Shares (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one Series C Preferred Share by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Trust (at its option) may, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the Market Price on the date of conversion.

 

32


(B) Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of any Series C Conversion Price pursuant to Section 6.5(i), the Trust, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Series C Preferred Shares whose Series C Conversion Price was adjusted or readjusted a certificate (or other notice) setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustments or readjustment is based. The Trust shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Series C Preferred Shares, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate (or other notice) setting forth (i) such adjustment and readjustment, (ii) the Series C Conversion Price at the time in effect, and (iii) the number of Common Shares and the amount, if any, of other property that at any time would be received upon the conversion of a Series C Preferred Share.

(vii) Notices of Record Dates . Upon any acquisition of the Trust, any action of the type described in Section 6.5(i)(v), any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Trust, or any voluntary Liquidation Event, the Trust shall mail to each holder of Series C Preferred Shares at least twenty (20) days prior to the record date specified therein a notice specifying (i) the date on which any such acquisition, action of the type described in Section 6.5(i)(v), asset sale, or voluntary Liquidation Event is expected to become effective, and (ii) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of Common Shares (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their Common Shares (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such acquisition, action of the type described in Section 6.5(i)(v), asset sale, or voluntary Liquidation Event.

(viii) Automatic Conversion .

(A) At any time after December 9, 2012, each Series C Preferred Share then outstanding shall automatically be converted into Common Shares based on the then effective Series C Conversion Rate on the twentieth (20) consecutive trading day on which the Market Price of the Common Shares is greater than or equal to 135% of the then current Series C Conversion Price (such event, a “ Series C Automatic Conversion Event ”). The Trust shall promptly notify the holders of Series C Preferred Shares in writing of the occurrence of a Series C Automatic Conversion Event; provided, that, the Trust’s failure to provide such notice, or its failure to be received, shall not alter or affect the automatic conversion of the Series C Preferred Shares occurring in connection therewith, except to the extent that the holders of Series C Preferred Shares are prejudiced thereby. Upon a Series C Automatic Conversion Event, any declared but not yet payable Series C Participation Dividends or other cash dividends with respect to the Series C Preferred Shares shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.5(i)(iv).

(B) Upon a Series C Automatic Conversion Event, the outstanding Series C Preferred Shares shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders thereof or by the Trust and whether or not the

 

33


certificates evidencing such Shares are surrendered to the Trust or its transfer agent; provided , that, the Trust shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the Common Shares issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such Series C Preferred Shares are delivered to the Trust or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Trust or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Trust to indemnify the Trust from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon receipt of notice of the occurrence of a Series C Automatic Conversion Event, the holders of Series C Preferred Shares shall promptly surrender the certificates evidencing such shares at the office of the Trust or any transfer agent for the Series C Preferred Shares. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of Common Shares to which such holder is entitled in connection with such Series C Automatic Conversion Event.

(ix) Reservation of Shares Issuable Upon Conversion or Adjustment . The Trust shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Common Shares solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion or adjustment of the Series C Preferred Shares, such number of its Common Shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion or adjustment of all then outstanding Series C Preferred Shares in compliance with this Section 6.5. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued Common Shares shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion or adjustment of all then outstanding Series C Preferred Shares, the Trust shall take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued Common Shares to such number as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

(x) No Dilution or Impairment . The Trust shall not, by amendment to the Declaration of Trust or other governing documents or by participating in any transfer of assets, voluntary Liquidation Event, action contemplated by Section 6.5(f)(v) or taking any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Trust, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of holders of the Series C Preferred Shares against impairment.

Section 6.6 Classified or Reclassified Shares . Prior to issuance of classified or reclassified Shares of any class or series, the Board of Trustees by resolution shall (a) designate that class or series to distinguish it from all other classes and series of Shares; (b) specify the number of Shares to be included in the class or series; (c) set, subject to the provisions of Article VII and subject to the express terms of any class or series of Shares outstanding at the time, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption for each class or series; and (d) cause the Trust to file articles supplementary with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (the “ SDAT ”). Any of the terms of any class or series of Shares set pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 6.6 may be made dependent upon facts ascertainable

 

34


outside the Declaration of Trust (including the occurrence of any event, including a determination or action by the Trust or any other person or body) and may vary among holders thereof, provided that the manner in which such facts or variations shall operate upon the terms of such class or series of Shares is clearly and expressly set forth in the articles supplementary filed with the SDAT.

Section 6.7 Authorization by Board of Share Issuance . The Board of Trustees may authorize the issuance from time to time of Shares of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, or securities or rights convertible into Shares of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration (whether in cash, property, past or future services, obligation for future payment or otherwise) as the Board of Trustees may deem advisable (or without consideration in the case of a Share split or Share dividend), subject to such restrictions or limitations, if any, as may be set forth in the Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws.

Section 6.8 Dividends and Distributions . The Board of Trustees may from time to time authorize, and cause the Trust to declare to shareholders, such dividends or other distributions, in cash or other assets of the Trust or in securities of the Trust or from any other source as the Board of Trustees in its discretion shall determine. The Board of Trustees shall endeavor to cause the Trust to declare and pay such dividends and distributions as shall be necessary for the Trust to qualify as a real estate investment trust under the Code; however, shareholders shall have no right to any dividend or other distribution unless and until authorized by the Board of Trustees and declared by the Trust. The exercise of the powers and rights of the Board of Trustees pursuant to this Section 6.8 shall be subject to the provisions of any class or series of Shares at the time outstanding. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Declaration of Trust, no determination shall be made by the Board of Trustees nor shall any transaction be entered into by the Trust which would cause any Shares or other beneficial interest in the Trust not to constitute “transferable shares” or “transferable certificates of beneficial interest” under Section 856(a)(2) of the Code or which would cause any distribution to constitute a preferential dividend as described in Section 562(c) of the Code.

Section 6.9 General Nature of Shares . All Shares shall be personal property entitling the shareholders only to those rights provided in the Declaration of Trust. The shareholders shall have no interest in the property of the Trust and shall have no right to compel any partition, division, dividend or distribution of the Trust or of the property of the Trust. The death of a shareholder shall not terminate the Trust. The Trust is entitled to treat as shareholders only those persons in whose names Shares are registered as holders of Shares on the share ledger of the Trust.

Section 6.10 Fractional Shares . The Trust may, without the consent or approval of any shareholder, issue fractional Shares, eliminate a fraction of a Share by rounding off to a full Share, arrange for the disposition of a fraction of a Share by the person entitled to it, or pay cash for the fair value of a fraction of a Share.

Section 6.11 Declaration, Bylaws and Shareholders Agreement . The rights of all shareholders and the terms of all Shares are subject to the provisions of the Declaration of Trust and the Bylaws. Certain shareholders of the Trust and the Trust have entered into the Pre-IPO

 

35


Shareholders Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement, each of which, to the extent then effect, provides certain rights to such shareholders party thereto and governs the relationships between and among the parties thereto.

Section 6.12 Divisions and Combinations of Shares . Subject to an express provision to the contrary in the terms of any class or series of beneficial interest hereafter authorized, the Board of Trustees shall have the power to divide or combine the outstanding Shares of any class or series, without a vote of shareholders.

ARTICLE VII

CERTAIN RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER AND OWNERSHIP OF SHARES

Section 7.1 Definitions . For the purpose of this Article VII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “ Beneficial Ownership ” shall mean ownership of Equity Shares by a Person, whether the interest in Equity Shares is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee), and shall include interests that would be treated as owned through the application of Section 544 of the Code, as modified by Section 856(h)(1)(B) and 856(h)(3)(A) of the Code. The terms “Beneficial Owner,” “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.

(b) “ Charitable Beneficiary ” shall mean one or more beneficiaries of the Charitable Trust as determined pursuant to Section 7.3(f), provided that each such organization must be described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction under each of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code.

(c) “ Charitable Trust ” shall mean any trust provided for in Section 7.3(a).

(d) “ Charitable Trustee ” shall mean the Person unaffiliated with both the Trust and any Prohibited Owner that is appointed by the Trust to serve as trustee of the Charitable Trust.

(e) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

(f) “ Constructive Ownership ” shall mean ownership of Equity Shares by a Person, whether the interest in Equity Shares is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee), and shall include interests that would be treated as owned through the application of Section 318(a) of the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code. The terms “Constructive Owner,” “Constructively Owns” and “Constructively Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.

(g) “ Equity Shares ” shall mean Shares of all classes or series, including, without limitation, Common Shares and Preferred Shares. The term “Equity Shares” shall not include convertible debt securities unless and until such securities are converted into Equity Shares.

 

36


(h) “ Excepted Holder ” shall mean a shareholder of the Trust for whom an Excepted Holder Limit is created by this Article VII or by the Board of Trustees pursuant to Section 7.2(g).

(i) “ Excepted Holder Limit ” shall mean the percentage limit established by the Board of Trustees pursuant to Section 7.2(g), provided that the affected Excepted Holder agrees to comply with the requirements established by the Board of Trustees pursuant to Section 7.2(g), and subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 7.2(h).

(j) “ Individual ” shall mean (a) an “individual” within the meaning of Section 542(a)(2) of the Code, as modified by Section 544 of the Code, and/or (b) any beneficiary of a “qualified trust” (as defined in Section 856(h)(3)(E) of the Code) which qualified trust is eligible for look-through treatment under Section 856(h)(3)(A) of the Code for purposes of determining whether a REIT is closely held under Section 856(a)(6) of the Code, in which case the qualified trust shall not be treated as an Individual.

(k) “ Market Price ” on any date shall mean, with respect to any class or series of outstanding Equity Shares, the Closing Price for such Equity Shares on such date. The “ Closing Price ” on any date shall mean the last sale price for such Equity Shares, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and ask prices, regular way, for such Equity Shares, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or, if such Equity Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, as reported on the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which such Equity Shares are listed or admitted to trading or, if such Equity Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price, or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low ask prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the principal automated quotation system then in use or, if such Equity Shares are not quoted by any such system, the average of the closing bid and ask prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Equity Shares selected by the Board of Trustees or, in the event that no trading price is available for such Equity Shares, the fair market value of Equity Shares, as determined in good faith by the Board of Trustees.

(l) “ NYSE ” shall mean the New York Stock Exchange.

(m) “ One Hundred Shareholder Date ” shall mean the first date upon which the Equity Shares are beneficially owned by 100 or more Persons within the meaning of Code Section 856(a)(5) without regard to Code Section 856(h)(2).

(n) “ Ownership Limit ” shall mean not more than 9.8 percent in value of the aggregate outstanding Equity Shares. The value of the outstanding Equity Shares shall be determined by the Board of Trustees in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive for all purposes hereof.

 

37


(o) “ Person ” shall mean an individual, corporation, partnership, estate, trust (including a trust qualified under Sections 401(a) or 501(c)(17) of the Code), a portion of a trust permanently set aside for or to be used exclusively for the purposes described in Section 642(c) of the Code, association, private foundation within the meaning of Section 509(a) of the Code, joint stock company or other entity and also includes a group as that term is used for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and a group to which an Excepted Holder Limit applies.

(p) “ Prohibited Owner ” shall mean, with respect to any purported Transfer, any Person who, but for the provisions of Section 7.2(a), would Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Equity Shares, and if appropriate in the context, shall also mean any Person who would have been the record owner of Equity Shares that the Prohibited Owner would have so owned.

(q) “ REIT ” shall mean a real estate investment trust within the meaning of Section 856 of the Code.

(r) “ Restriction Termination Date ” shall mean the first day after the date hereof on which the Board of Trustees determines that it is no longer in the best interests of the Trust to attempt to, or continue to, qualify as a REIT or that compliance with the restrictions and limitations on Beneficial Ownership, Constructive Ownership and Transfers of Equity Shares set forth herein is no longer required in order for the Trust to qualify as a REIT.

(s) “ Transfer ” shall mean any issuance, sale, transfer, gift, assignment, devise or other disposition, as well as any other event that causes any Person to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership, of Equity Shares or the right to vote or receive dividends on Equity Shares or any agreement to take any such actions or cause any such events, including (a) the granting or exercise of any option (or any disposition of any option), (b) any disposition of any securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Shares or any interest in Equity Shares or any exercise of any such conversion or exchange right and (c) Transfers of interests in other entities that result in changes in Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of Equity Shares; in each case, whether voluntary or involuntary, whether owned of record, Constructively Owned or Beneficially Owned and whether by operation of law or otherwise. The terms “Transferring” and “Transferred” shall have the correlative meanings.

Section 7.2 Equity Shares .

(a) Ownership Limitations . During the period commencing on the date hereof (or the One Hundred Shareholder Date with respect to only subsection (i)(C) below) and prior to the Restriction Termination Date, but subject to Section 7.4:

(i) Basic Restrictions .

(A) (1) No Individual, other than an Excepted Holder, shall Beneficially Own Equity Shares in excess of the Ownership Limit, and (2) no Excepted Holder shall Beneficially Own Equity Shares in excess of the Excepted Holder Limit for such Excepted Holder.

 

38


(B) No Person shall Beneficially or Constructively Own Equity Shares to the extent that such Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of Equity Shares would result in the Trust being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year), or otherwise failing to qualify as a REIT (including, but not limited to, Beneficial or Constructive Ownership that would result in the Trust owning (actually or Constructively) an interest in a tenant that is described in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code if the income derived by the Trust from such tenant would cause the Trust to fail to satisfy any of the gross income requirements of Section 856(c) of the Code).

(C) Any Transfer of Equity Shares that, if effective, would result in Equity Shares being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 Persons (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code) shall be void ab initio, and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such Equity Shares.

(D) No Person shall Beneficially Own Equity Shares to the extent that such Beneficial Ownership of Equity Shares would result in the Trust failing to qualify as a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity” within the meaning of Section 897(h) of the Code (after taking into account for such purpose the statutory presumptions set forth in Section 897(h)(4)(E) of the Code).

(ii) Transfer in Trust . If any Transfer of Equity Shares occurs which, if effective, would result in any Person Beneficially Owning or Constructively Owning Equity Shares in violation of Section 7.2(a)(i)(A), (B) or (D),

(A) then that number of Equity Shares the Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of which otherwise would cause such Person to violate Section 7.2(a)(i)(A), (B) or (D) (rounded up to the nearest whole share) shall be automatically transferred to a Charitable Trust for the benefit of a Charitable Beneficiary, as described in Section 7.3, effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of such Transfer, and such Person shall acquire no rights in such Equity Shares; or

(B) if the transfer to the Charitable Trust described in clause (A) of this sentence would not be effective for any reason to prevent the violation of Section 7.2(a)(i)(A), (B) or (D), then the Transfer of that number of Equity Shares that otherwise would cause any Person to violate Section 7.2(a)(i)(A), (B) or (D) shall be void ab initio, and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such Equity Shares.

To the extent that, upon a transfer of Equity Shares pursuant to this Section 7.2(a)(ii), a violation of any provision of this Article VII would nonetheless be continuing (for example, where the ownership of Equity Shares by a single Charitable Trust would violate the 100 shareholder requirement applicable to REITs), then Equity Shares shall be transferred to that number of

 

39


Charitable Trusts, each having a distinct Charitable Trustee and a Charitable Beneficiary or Beneficiaries that are distinct from those of each other Charitable Trust, such that there is no violation of any provision of this Article VII.

(b) Remedies for Breach . If the Board of Trustees or any duly authorized committee thereof shall at any time determine in good faith that a Transfer or other event has taken place that results in a violation of Section 7.2(a) or that a Person intends to acquire or has attempted to acquire Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of any Equity Shares in violation of Section 7.2(a) (whether or not such violation is intended), the Board of Trustees or a committee thereof shall take such action as it deems advisable to refuse to give effect to or to prevent such Transfer or other event, including, without limitation, causing the Trust to redeem Equity Shares, refusing to give effect to such Transfer on the books of the Trust or instituting proceedings to enjoin such Transfer or other event; provided, however, that any Transfers or attempted Transfers or other events in violation of Section 7.2(a) shall automatically result in the transfer to the Charitable Trust described above, and, where applicable, such Transfer (or other event) shall be void ab initio as provided above irrespective of any action (or non-action) by the Board of Trustees or a committee thereof.

(c) Notice of Restricted Transfer . Any Person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Equity Shares that will or may violate Section 7.2(a)(i), or any Person who would have owned Equity Shares that resulted in a transfer to the Charitable Trust pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.2(a)(ii), shall immediately give written notice to the Trust of such event, or in the case of such a proposed or attempted transaction, give at least 15 days prior written notice, and shall provide to the Trust such other information as the Trust may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Transfer on the Trust’s status as a REIT.

(d) Owners Required To Provide Information . From the date hereof and prior to the Restriction Termination Date:

(i) every owner of an amount equal to or greater than five percent (or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) of the outstanding Equity Shares, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, shall give written notice to the Trust stating the name and address of such owner, the number of Equity Shares and other Equity Shares Beneficially Owned, a description of the manner in which such shares are held, and whether or not the Beneficial Owner of such shares is a “foreign person” as such term is used in Section 897(h) of the Code. Each such owner shall provide to the Trust such additional information as the Trust may reasonably request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Beneficial Ownership on the Trust’s status as a REIT or as a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity” (as such term is defined in Section 897(h) of the Code) and to ensure compliance with the Ownership Limit.

(ii) each Person who is a Beneficial or Constructive Owner of Equity Shares and each Person (including the shareholder of record) who is holding Equity Shares for a Beneficial or Constructive Owner shall promptly provide to the Trust such relevant information as the Trust may reasonably request in order to determine the

 

40


Trust’s status as a REIT or as a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity” (as such term is defined in Section 897(h) of the Code) and to comply with requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine such compliance.

(e) Remedies Not Limited . Nothing contained in this Section 7.2 shall limit the authority of the Board of Trustees to take such other action as it deems necessary or advisable to protect the Trust and the interests of its shareholders in preserving the Trust’s status as a REIT.

(f) Ambiguity . In the case of an ambiguity in the application of any of the provisions of this Section 7.2, Section 7.3 or any definition contained in Section 7.1, the Board of Trustees shall have the power to determine the application of the provisions of this Section 7.2 or Section 7.3 with respect to any situation based on the facts known to it. In the event Section 7.2 or 7.3 requires an action by the Board of Trustees and the Declaration of Trust fails to provide specific guidance with respect to such action, the Board of Trustees shall have the power to determine the action to be taken so long as such action is not contrary to the provisions of Section 7.1, 7.2 or 7.3. Absent a decision to the contrary by the Board of Trustees, if a Person would have (but for the remedies set forth in Section 7.2(b)) acquired Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Equity Shares in violation of Section 7.2(a), such remedies (as applicable) shall apply first to the Equity Shares which, but for such remedies, would have been Beneficially Owned or Constructively Owned (but not actually owned) by such Person, pro rata among the Persons who actually own such Equity Shares based upon the relative number of Equity Shares held by each such Person.

(g) Exceptions .

(i) Subject to Section 7.2(a)(i)(B) and (D), the Board of Trustees shall exempt an Individual from the Ownership Limit and may establish or increase an Excepted Holder Limit for such Individual if:

(A) the Board of Trustees obtains such representations and undertakings from such Individual as are satisfactory to the Board of Trustees, in its sole and absolute discretion, to ascertain that no Individual’s Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of such Equity Shares will violate Section 7.2(a)(i)(B) or (D);

(B) such Individual does not and represents that it will not own, actually or Constructively, an interest in a tenant of the Trust (or a tenant of any entity owned or controlled by the Trust) that would cause the Trust to own, actually or Constructively, more than a 9.8 percent interest (as set forth in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code) in such tenant and the Board of Trustees obtains such representations and undertakings from such Individual as are satisfactory to the Board of Trustees, in its sole and absolute discretion, to ascertain this fact (for this purpose, a tenant from whom the Trust (or an entity owned or controlled by the Trust) derives (and is expected to continue to derive) a sufficiently small amount of revenue such that, in the opinion of the Board of Trustees, rent from such tenant would not adversely affect the Trust’s ability to qualify as a REIT, shall not be treated as a tenant of the Trust);

 

41


(C) such Person provides to the Board of Trustees such representations and undertakings, if any, as the Board of Trustees may, in its sole and absolute discretion, require to ensure that the conditions in clauses (i) and (ii) hereof are satisfied and will continue to be satisfied throughout the period during which such Individual Beneficially or Constructively Owns Equity Shares in excess of the Ownership Limit pursuant to any exemption thereto granted under this subparagraph (a); and

(D) such Individual agrees that any violation or attempted violation of such representations or undertakings (or other action which is contrary to the restrictions contained in Sections 7.2(a) through 7.2(f)) will result in such Equity Shares being automatically transferred to a Charitable Trust in accordance with Sections 7.2(a)(ii) and 7.3.

(ii) Prior to granting any exception pursuant to Section 7.2(g)(i), the Board of Trustees may, in its sole and absolute discretion, require a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or an opinion of counsel, in either case in form and substance satisfactory to the Board of Trustees in its sole discretion, as it may deem necessary or advisable in order to determine or ensure the Trust’s status as a REIT. Notwithstanding the receipt of any ruling or opinion, the Board of Trustees may impose such conditions or restrictions as it deems appropriate in connection with granting such exception; provided, however, that the Board of Trustees shall not be obligated to require a favorable ruling or opinion in order to grant an exception hereunder.

(iii) Subject to Section 7.2(a)(i)(B) or (D), an underwriter which participates in a public offering or a private placement of Equity Shares (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Shares) may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Equity Shares (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Shares) in excess of the Ownership Limit, but only to the extent necessary to facilitate such public offering or private placement.

(iv) The Board of Trustees may only reduce the Excepted Holder Limit for an Excepted Holder: (1) with the written consent of such Excepted Holder at any time, or (2) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the agreements and undertakings entered into with such Excepted Holder in connection with the establishment of the Excepted Holder Limit for that Excepted Holder. No Excepted Holder Limit shall be reduced to a percentage that is less than the Ownership Limit.

(h) Changes in Ownership Limit . Subject to Section 7.2(a)(i)(B) and (D), the Board of Trustees may from time to time establish or increase an Excepted Holder Limit for one or more Individuals (whereby such Individual will be an Excepted Holder) and decrease the Ownership Limit for all other Individuals; provided, however, that the decreased Ownership Limit will not be effective for any Individual whose percentage ownership of Shares is in excess of such decreased Ownership Limit until such time as such Individual’s percentage of Shares

 

42


equals or falls below the decreased Ownership Limit, but any further acquisition of Shares in excess of such percentage ownership of Shares will be in violation of the Ownership Limit and, provided further, that the new Excepted Holder Limit and Ownership Limit would not allow five or fewer Individuals to Beneficially Own more than 49.9% in value of the outstanding Shares.

(i) Legend . Each certificate for Equity Shares (if such Equity Shares are certificated, which determination shall be at the sole discretion of the Board of Trustees) shall bear substantially the following legend (to the extent such legend is still required):

The shares evidenced by this certificate are subject to restrictions on Beneficial and Constructive Ownership and Transfer for the purpose of the Trust’s maintenance of its status as a real estate investment trust (a “ REIT ”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). Subject to certain further restrictions and except as expressly provided in the Trust’s declaration of trust (the “ Declaration of Trust ”), (i) no Individual may Beneficially Own Equity Shares of the Trust in excess of 9.8 percent of the value of the total outstanding Equity Shares of the Trust unless such Individual is an Excepted Holder (in which case the Excepted Holder Limit shall be applicable); (ii) no Person shall Beneficially or Constructively Own Equity Shares to the extent that such Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of Equity Shares would result in the Trust being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year), or otherwise failing to qualify as a REIT; (iii) any Transfer of Equity Shares that, if effective, would result in Equity Shares being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 Persons (as determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code) shall be void ab initio, and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such Equity Shares; and (iv) no Person shall Beneficially Own Equity Shares to the extent that such Beneficial Ownership of Equity Shares would result in the Trust failing to qualify as a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity” within the meaning of Section 897(h) of the Code (after taking into account for such purpose the statutory presumptions set forth in Section 897(h)(4)(E) of the Code). Any Person who Beneficially or Constructively Owns or attempts to Beneficially or Constructively Own Equity Shares which cause or will cause a Person to Beneficially or Constructively Own Equity Shares in excess or in violation of the above limitations must immediately notify the Trust in writing (or, in the case of an attempted transaction, give at least 15 days prior written notice). If any of the restrictions on transfer or ownership as set forth in (i), (ii) or (iv) above are violated, the Equity Shares evidenced hereby will be automatically transferred to a Trustee of a Charitable Trust for the benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events, attempted Transfers in violation of the restrictions described in (i), (ii) and (iv) above may be void ab initio. All capitalized terms in this legend have the meanings defined in the Declaration of Trust, as the same may be amended from time to time, a copy of which, including the restrictions on transfer and ownership, will be furnished to each holder of Equity Shares on request and without charge. Instead of the foregoing legend, the certificate may state that the Trust will furnish a full statement about certain restrictions on transferability to a shareholder on request and without charge.

 

43


Section 7.3 Transfer of Equity Shares in Trust .

(a) Ownership in Trust . Upon any purported Transfer or other event described in Section 7.2(a)(ii) that would result in a transfer of Equity Shares to a Charitable Trust, such Equity Shares shall be deemed to have been transferred to the Charitable Trustee as trustee of a Charitable Trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries. Such transfer to the Charitable Trustee shall be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the purported Transfer or other event that results in the transfer to the Charitable Trust pursuant to Section 7.2(a)(ii). The Charitable Trustee shall be appointed by the Trust and shall be a Person unaffiliated with the Trust and any Prohibited Owner. Each Charitable Beneficiary shall be designated by the Trust as provided in Section 7.3(f).

(b) Status of Shares Held by the Charitable Trustee . Equity Shares held by the Charitable Trustee shall be issued and outstanding Equity Shares. The Prohibited Owner shall have no rights in the shares held by the Charitable Trustee. The Prohibited Owner shall not benefit economically from ownership of any shares held in trust by the Charitable Trustee, shall have no rights to dividends or other distributions and shall not possess any rights to vote or other rights attributable to the shares held in the Charitable Trust.

(c) Dividend and Voting Rights . The Charitable Trustee shall have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to Equity Shares held in the Charitable Trust, which rights shall be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary. Any dividend or other distribution paid prior to the discovery by the Trust that Equity Shares have been transferred to the Charitable Trustee shall be paid with respect to such Equity Shares to the Charitable Trustee upon demand and any dividend or other distribution authorized but unpaid shall be paid when due to the Charitable Trustee. Any dividends or distributions so paid over to the Charitable Trustee shall be held in trust for the Charitable Beneficiary. The Prohibited Owner shall have no voting rights with respect to shares held in the Charitable Trust and, subject to Maryland law, effective as of the date that Equity Shares have been transferred to the Charitable Trustee, the Charitable Trustee shall have the authority (at the Charitable Trustee’s sole discretion) (i) to rescind as void any vote cast by a Prohibited Owner prior to the discovery by the Trust that Equity Shares have been transferred to the Charitable Trustee and (ii) to recast such vote in accordance with the desires of the Charitable Trustee acting for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary; provided, however, that if the Trust has already taken irreversible trust action, then the Charitable Trustee shall not have the authority to rescind and recast such vote. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article VII, until the Trust has received notification that Equity Shares have been transferred into a Charitable Trust, the Trust shall be entitled to rely on its share transfer and other shareholder records for purposes of preparing lists of shareholders entitled to vote at meetings, determining the validity and authority of proxies and otherwise conducting votes of shareholders.

(d) Sale of Shares by Charitable Trustee . Within 20 days of receiving notice from the Trust that Equity Shares have been transferred to the Charitable Trust, the Charitable Trustee of the Charitable Trust shall sell the shares held in the Charitable Trust to a

 

44


person, designated by the Charitable Trustee, whose ownership of the shares will not violate the ownership limitations set forth in Section 7.2(a)(i). Upon such sale, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the shares sold shall terminate and the Charitable Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner and to the Charitable Beneficiary as provided in this Section 7.3(d). The Prohibited Owner shall receive the lesser of (1) the price paid by the Prohibited Owner for the shares or, if the Prohibited Owner did not give value for the shares in connection with the event causing the shares to be held in the Charitable Trust (e.g., in the case of a gift, devise or other such transaction), the Market Price of the shares on the day of the event causing the shares to be held in the Charitable Trust and (2) the price per share received by the Charitable Trustee from the sale or other disposition of the shares held in the Charitable Trust. The Charitable Trustee may reduce the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and other distributions which have been paid to the Prohibited Owner and are owed by the Prohibited Owner to the Charitable Trustee pursuant to Section 7.3(c) of this Article VII. Any net sales proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner shall be immediately paid to the Charitable Beneficiary. If, prior to the discovery by the Trust that Equity Shares have been transferred to the Charitable Trustee, such shares are sold by a Prohibited Owner, then (1) such shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the Charitable Trust and (2) to the extent that the Prohibited Owner received an amount for such shares that exceeds the amount that such Prohibited Owner was entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 7.3(d), such excess shall be paid to the Charitable Trustee upon demand.

(e) Purchase Right in Shares Transferred to the Charitable Trustee . Equity Shares transferred to the Charitable Trustee shall be deemed to have been offered for sale to the Trust, or its designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price per share in the transaction that resulted in such transfer to the Charitable Trust (or, in the case of a devise or gift, the Market Price at the time of such devise or gift) and (ii) the Market Price on the date the Trust, or its designee, accepts such offer. The Trust may reduce the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and other distributions which have been paid to the Prohibited Owner and are owed by the Prohibited Owner to the Charitable Trustee pursuant to Section 7.3(c) of this Article VII. The Trust may pay the amount of such reduction to the Charitable Trustee for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary. The Trust shall have the right to accept such offer until the Charitable Trustee has sold the shares held in the Charitable Trust pursuant to Section 7.3(d). Upon such a sale to the Trust, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the shares sold shall terminate and the Charitable Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner.

(f) Designation of Charitable Beneficiaries . By written notice to the Charitable Trustee, the Trust shall designate one or more nonprofit organizations to be the Charitable Beneficiary of the interest in the Charitable Trust such that (i) Equity Shares held in the Charitable Trust would not violate the restrictions set forth in Section 7.2(a)(i) in the hands of such Charitable Beneficiary and (ii) each such organization must be described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction under each of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code.

Section 7.4 NYSE Transactions . Nothing in this Article VII shall preclude the settlement of any transaction entered into through the facilities of the NYSE or any other national securities exchange or automated inter-dealer quotation system. The fact that the

 

45


settlement of any transaction occurs shall not negate the effect of any other provision of this Article VII and any transferee in such a transaction shall be subject to all of the provisions and limitations set forth in this Article VII.

Section 7.5 Enforcement . The Trust is authorized specifically to seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief, to enforce the provisions of this Article VII.

Section 7.6 Non-Waiver . No delay or failure on the part of the Trust or the Board of Trustees in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any right of the Trust or the Board of Trustees, as the case may be, except to the extent specifically waived in writing.

ARTICLE VIII

RESERVED

ARTICLE IX

SHAREHOLDERS

Section 9.1 Meetings . There shall be an annual meeting of the shareholders, to be held on proper notice at such time (after the delivery of the annual report) and convenient location as shall be determined by or in the manner prescribed in the Bylaws, for the election of the Trustees, if required, and for the transaction of any other business within the powers of the Trust. Except as otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust, special meetings of shareholders may be called in the manner provided in the Bylaws. If there are no Trustees, the officers of the Trust shall promptly call a special meeting of the shareholders entitled to vote for the election of successor Trustees. Any meeting may be adjourned and reconvened as the Trustees determine or as provided in the Bylaws.

Section 9.2 Voting Rights . Subject to the provisions of any class or series of Shares then outstanding, the shareholders shall be entitled to vote only on the following matters: (a) election of Trustees as provided in Section 5.1 and the removal of Trustees as provided in Section 5.2; (b) amendment of the Declaration of Trust as provided in Article XII; (c) termination of the Trust as provided in Section 14.2; (d) merger, conversion or consolidation of the Trust, or the sale or disposition of substantially all of the assets of the Trust, in each case only if Title 8 requires shareholder approval or if the MGCL would require the approval of stockholders if the Trust were a corporation; (e) amendment of the Bylaws as permitted by the Bylaws; and (f) such other matters with respect to which the Board of Trustees has adopted a resolution declaring that a proposed action is advisable and directing that the matter be submitted to the shareholders for approval or ratification. Except with respect to the foregoing matters, no action taken by the shareholders at any meeting shall in any way bind the Board of Trustees.

Section 9.3 Preemptive and Appraisal Rights . Except as may be provided by the Board of Trustees in setting the terms of classified or reclassified Shares pursuant to Section 6.6, or as may otherwise be provided by contract approved by the Board of Trustees, no holder of Shares shall, as such holder, have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any additional Shares of the Trust or any other security of the Trust which it may issue or sell. Holders of Shares

 

46


shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting shareholder provided for under Title 8 and Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Trustees, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees, shall determine that such rights apply, with respect to all or any classes or series of Shares, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such Shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.

Section 9.4 Extraordinary Actions . Except as specifically provided in Section 5.2 (relating to removal of Trustees) and Section 12.3, notwithstanding any provision of law permitting or requiring any action to be taken or authorized by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast a greater number of votes, any such action shall be effective and valid if advised by the Board of Trustees and taken or approved by the affirmative vote of holders of Shares entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

Section 9.5 Board Approval . Except with respect to the removal of Trustees and except for amendments to the Bylaws as permitted by the Bylaws, the submission of any action to the shareholders for their consideration shall first be approved by the Board of Trustees.

Section 9.6 Action By Shareholders without a Meeting . If the Bylaws so provide, any action required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders may be taken without a meeting by consent, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of the shareholders entitled to cast a sufficient number of votes to approve the matter as required by statute, the Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws, as the case may be.

ARTICLE X

LIABILITY LIMITATION, INDEMNIFICATION

AND TRANSACTIONS WITH THE TRUST

Section 10.1 Limitation of Shareholder Liability . No shareholder shall be liable for any debt, claim, demand, judgment or obligation of any kind of, against or with respect to the Trust by reason of his being a shareholder, nor shall any shareholder be subject to any personal liability whatsoever, in tort, contract or otherwise, to any person in connection with the property or the affairs of the Trust by reason of his being a shareholder.

Section 10.2 Limitation of Trustee and Officer Liability . To the maximum extent that Maryland law in effect from time to time permits limitation of the liability of trustees and officers of a real estate investment trust, no Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be liable to the Trust or to any shareholder for money damages. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Section 10.2, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Declaration of Trust inconsistent with this Section 10.2, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding sentence with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

Section 10.3 Indemnification . To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, the Trust shall indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, shall pay or reimburse reasonable

 

47


expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (a) any individual who is a present or former Trustee, observer on the Board of Trustees pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement (“Observer”) or officer of the Trust and who is made or threatened to be made a party to, or witness in, the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity or (b) any individual who, while a Trustee, Observer or officer of the Trust and at the request of the Trust, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, trustee, member, manager, employee or agent of another real estate investment trust, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or employee benefit plan or any other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to, or witness in, the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The rights to indemnification and advance of expenses provided by the Declaration of Trust shall vest immediately upon election of a Trustee or officer or appointment of an observer to the Board of Trustees. The Trust shall have the power, with the approval of the Board of Trustees, to provide such indemnification and advancement of expenses to a person who served a predecessor of the Trust in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above and to any employee or agent of the Trust or a predecessor of the Trust. The indemnification and payment or reimbursement of expenses provided in the Declaration of Trust shall not be deemed exclusive of or limit in any way other rights to which any person seeking indemnification or payment or reimbursement of expenses may be or may become entitled under any bylaw, resolution, insurance, agreement or otherwise.

Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Section 10.3, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws inconsistent with this Section 10.3, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding paragraph with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

Section 10.4 Transactions Between the Trust and its Trustees, Officers, Employees and Agents . Subject to any express restrictions in the Declaration of Trust or adopted by the Board of Trustees in the Bylaws or by resolution, the Trust may enter into any contract or transaction of any kind with any person, including any Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust or any person affiliated with a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust, whether or not any of them has a financial interest in such transaction.

ARTICLE XI

BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES

Section 11.1 Definitions . For the purpose of this Article XI, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “ Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any specified person or entity, any other person or entity who or which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such person or entity, including, without limitation, any general partner, managing member or partner, officer, director, employee, trustee or other agent of such person or entity or any private equity fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such person or entity. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” or “under common control with” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of (i) the power

 

48


to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person or entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise, or (ii) the power to elect or appoint at least 50% of the directors, managers, general partners, or persons exercising similar authority with respect to such person or entity.

(b) “ Business Opportunity ” shall mean a business opportunity (i) that the Trust is financially able to undertake, (ii) that the Trust is not prohibited by contract or applicable law from pursuing or undertaking, (iii) that, from its nature, is in the Trust’s line of business, (iv) that is of practical advantage to the Trust, and (v) in which the Trust has an interest or a reasonable expectancy.

(c) “ Fortress Entity ” and “ Fortress Entities ” shall mean CF Cold, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, its Affiliates and any portfolio company in which any of the foregoing has any equity investment (other than the Trust and its subsidiaries).

(d) “ GSCP Entity ” and “ GSCP Entities ” shall mean the GSCP Funds, their respective Affiliates and any portfolio company in which any of the foregoing has any equity investment (other than the Trust and its subsidiaries).

(e) “ GSCP Funds ” shall mean GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P., GSCP VI Offshore IceCap Investment, L.P., GSCP VI GmbH IceCap Investment, L.P. and IceCap2 Holdings, L.P.

(f) “ Identified Persons ” shall mean any reference to the Yucaipa Entities, the GSCP Entities, the Fortress Entities, and their respective Affiliates.

(g) “ Non-Employee Trustee ” shall mean a Trustee of the Trust who is not an employee of the Trust or its Affiliates.

(h) “ Yucaipa Entity ” and “ Yucaipa Entities ” shall mean the Yucaipa Funds, their respective Affiliates and any portfolio company in which any of the foregoing has any equity investment (other than the Trust and its subsidiaries).

(i) “ Yucaipa Funds ” shall mean Yucaipa American Alliance Fund I, LP, Yucaipa American Alliance (Parallel) Fund I, L.P., Yucaipa American Alliance Fund II, L.P., Yucaipa American Alliance (Parallel) Fund II, L.P. and Yucaipa Corporate Initiatives Fund I, LP and any other entity managed, controlled or owned, directly or indirectly, by any such fund (or by any Affiliate of any such fund) that may acquire any direct or indirect interest in the Trust.

Section 11.2 In recognition and anticipation that (a) certain Identified Persons may serve as Trustees, officers or agents of the Trust and (b) the Identified Persons may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Trust, directly or indirectly, may engage, or in other business activities that overlap or compete with those in which the Trust, directly or indirectly, may engage, the provisions of this Article XI are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Trust with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities as they may involve any of the Identified Persons and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Trust and its Trustees, officers and shareholders in connection therewith.

 

49


Section 11.3 To the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Maryland law, each Identified Person, on such Identified Person’s own behalf or on behalf of any other Person (as defined in Section 6.4(a)(iv)), shall have the right to, and shall have no obligation to abstain from exercising such right to: (a) engage or invest, directly or indirectly, in the same or similar business activities or lines of business in which the Trust or any of its Affiliates now engages or proposes to engage, (b) do business with any customer, supplier or lessor of the Trust or its subsidiaries or (c) employ or otherwise engage any officer, trustee or employee of the Trust or its subsidiaries.

Section 11.4 If any Identified Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a Business Opportunity, none of the Trust or its Affiliates or shareholders shall have any interest in such Business Opportunity or any expectation that such Business Opportunity be offered to it or that it be offered an opportunity to participate therein, and any such interest, expectation, offer or opportunity to participate, and any other interest or expectation otherwise due to the Trust or its Affiliates or shareholders with respect to such Business Opportunity, is hereby renounced by the Trust on its behalf and on behalf of its subsidiaries and shareholders. Accordingly, (i) no Identified Person will be under any obligation or duty to present, communicate or offer any such Business Opportunity to the Trust or any of its Affiliates or shareholders, and (ii) each Identified Person shall have the right to hold and exploit any such Business Opportunity for its own account, or to direct, recommend, sell, assign or otherwise transfer such Business Opportunity to any Person other than the Trust and its Affiliates or shareholders and shall be under no obligation or duty to act otherwise.

Section 11.5 To the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Maryland law, the Trust renounces any interest or expectancy in, or any right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any Business Opportunity that from time to time may be presented to or developed by any Non-Employee Trustee or any Affiliate of any Non-Employee Trustee, unless the Business Opportunity was expressly offered or made known to the Non-Employee Trustee in his or her capacity as a Trustee. To the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Maryland law, in the event that any Identified Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other Business Opportunity, no Identified Person will have any obligation to communicate or offer such transaction or Business Opportunity to the Trust or any of the Trust’s Affiliates and such Identified Person may take any such opportunity for himself, herself or itself, or offer it to another Person or entity unless the Business Opportunity is expressly offered to such Identified Person in his or her capacity as a Trustee, officer or employee of the Trust.

Section 11.6 Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11.4 above, the Trust does not renounce any interest or expectancy it may have under applicable law in any Business Opportunity that is expressly offered to an Identified Person solely in, and as a direct result of, his or her capacity as a Trustee, officer or employee of the Trust. If the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Trust (or, during the vacancy of any of those titles, the executive officer performing the functions of such vacant role) shall be an Identified Person by virtue of his or her respective relationship with a Yucaipa Entity, the GSCP Entities or a Fortress Entity, then any Business Opportunity offered to such officer shall be deemed to have been offered solely in, and as a direct result of, such officer’s capacity as an officer of the Trust unless such offer clearly and expressly is presented to such officer solely in, and as a direct result of, his or her capacity as an officer, trustee, director, partner, member, manager, employee or other agent of a Yucaipa Entity, the GSCP Entities or a Fortress Entity, as applicable.

 

50


Section 11.7 An Identified Person may in his, her or its personal capacity, or in his, her or its capacity as a director, officer, trustee, stockholder, partner, member, equity owner, manager, advisor or employee of any other Person, have business interests and engage, directly or indirectly, in business activities that are similar to those of the Trust or compete with the Trust, that the Trust could seize and develop or that include the acquisition, syndication, holding, management, development, operation or disposition of interests in temperature-controlled warehouses or persons engaged in related industries.

Section 11.8 No alteration, amendment, termination, expiration or repeal of this Article XI, nor the adoption of any provision of the Declaration of Trust inconsistent with this Article XI, shall eliminate, reduce, apply to or have any effect on (i) the protections afforded hereby to any Identified Person for or with respect to any investments, activities, or opportunities of which such Identified Person, as applicable, becomes aware prior to such alteration, amendment, termination, expiration, repeal or adoption or (ii) any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article XI, would accrue or arise, prior to such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption.

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENTS

Section 12.1 General . The Trust reserves the right from time to time to make any amendment to the Declaration of Trust, now or hereafter authorized by law, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in the Declaration of Trust, of any Shares. All rights and powers conferred by the Declaration of Trust on shareholders, Trustees and officers are granted subject to this reservation.

Section 12.2 By Trustees . The Trustees may amend the Declaration of Trust from time to time, in the manner provided by Title 8, without any action by the shareholders, (i) to qualify as a real estate investment trust under the Code or under Title 8, (ii) in any respect in which the charter of a corporation may be amended in accordance with Section 2-605 of the MGCL and (iii) as otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust.

Section 12.3 By Shareholders . Except as otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust, any amendment to the Declaration of Trust shall be valid only if approved by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter; provided further , in addition to the foregoing requirement, Section 6.11 of the Declaration of Trust, and this proviso, shall not be amended without obtaining the requisite written consent provided for in Section 4.8 of the Shareholders Agreement. Any amendment to Section 5.2, Article VII, Article X, Article XI, Section 14.2 or this sentence of the Declaration of Trust shall be valid only if approved by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

 

51


ARTICLE XIII

MERGER, CONVERSION, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF TRUST PROPERTY

Subject to the provisions of any class or series of Shares at the time outstanding, the Trust may (a) merge the Trust with or into another entity, (b) convert the Trust into another entity, (c) consolidate the Trust with one or more other entities into a new entity or (d) sell, lease, exchange or otherwise transfer all or substantially all of the assets of the Trust. Any such action must be approved by the Board of Trustees and, if shareholder approval is required by Section 9.2, approved by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

ARTICLE XIV

DURATION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST

Section 14.1 Duration . The Trust shall continue perpetually unless terminated pursuant to Section 14.2 or pursuant to any applicable provision of Title 8.

Section 14.2 Termination .

(a) Subject to the provisions of any class or series of Shares at the time outstanding, after approval by a majority of the entire Board of Trustees, the Trust may be terminated at any meeting of shareholders, by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Upon the termination of the Trust:

(i) The Trust shall carry on no business except for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

(ii) The Trustees shall proceed to wind up the affairs of the Trust and all of the powers of the Trustees under the Declaration of Trust shall continue, including the powers to fulfill or discharge the Trust’s contracts, collect its assets, sell, convey, assign, exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the remaining property of the Trust to one or more persons at public or private sale for consideration which may consist in whole or in part of cash, securities or other property of any kind, discharge or pay its liabilities and do all other acts appropriate to liquidate its business. The Trustees may appoint any officer of the Trust or any other person to supervise the winding up of the affairs of the Trust and delegate to such officer or such person any or all powers of the Trustees in this regard.

(iii) After paying or adequately providing for the payment of all liabilities, and upon receipt of such releases, indemnities and agreements as they deem necessary for their protection, the Trust may distribute the remaining property of the Trust among the shareholders so that after payment in full or the setting apart for payment of such preferential amounts, if any, to which the holders of any Shares at the time outstanding shall be entitled, the remaining property of the Trust shall, subject to any participating or similar rights of Shares at the time outstanding, be distributed ratably among the holders of Common Shares at the time outstanding.

 

52


(b) After termination of the Trust, the liquidation of its business and the distribution to the shareholders as herein provided, a majority of the Trustees shall execute and file with the Trust’s records a document certifying that the Trust has been duly terminated, and the Trustees shall be discharged from all liabilities and duties hereunder, and the rights and interests of all shareholders shall cease.

ARTICLE XV

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 15.1 Governing Law .

(a) The Declaration of Trust is executed and delivered in the State of Maryland with reference to the laws thereof, and the rights of all parties and the validity, construction and effect of every provision hereof shall be subject to and construed according to the laws of the State of Maryland without regard to conflicts of law provisions thereof.

(b) Unless the Trust consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Circuit Court for Baltimore City, Maryland, or, if that Court does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Maryland, Baltimore Division, shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any Internal Corporate Claim (as defined by the MGCL, as applicable to the Trust pursuant to the Maryland REIT Law), and: (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Trust, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of any duty owed by any Trustee or officer or other employee of the Trust to the Trust or to the shareholders of the Trust, (c) any action asserting a claim against the Trust or any Trustee or officer or other employee of the Trust arising pursuant to any provision of the MGCL or the Declaration of Trust or Bylaws or (d) any action asserting a claim against the Trust or any Trustee or officer or other employee of the Trust that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

Section 15.2 Reliance by Third Parties . Any certificate shall be final and conclusive as to any person dealing with the Trust if executed by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Trust or a Trustee, and if certifying to: (a) the number or identity of Trustees, officers of the Trust or shareholders; (b) the due authorization of the execution of any document; (c) the action or vote taken, and the existence of a quorum, at a meeting of the Board of Trustees or shareholders; (d) a copy of the Declaration of Trust or of the Bylaws as a true and complete copy as then in force; (e) an amendment to the Declaration of Trust; (f) the termination of the Trust; or (g) the existence of any fact relating to the affairs of the Trust. No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other person shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trust on its behalf or by any officer, employee or agent of the Trust.

Section 15.3 Severability .

(a) The provisions of the Declaration of Trust are severable, and if the Board of Trustees shall determine, with the advice of counsel, that any one or more of such provisions (the “ Conflicting Provisions ”) are in conflict with the Code, Title 8 or other applicable federal or state laws, the Conflicting Provisions, to the extent of the conflict, shall be deemed never to have constituted a part of the Declaration of Trust, even without any amendment of the

 

53


Declaration of Trust pursuant to Article XII and without affecting or impairing any of the remaining provisions of the Declaration of Trust or rendering invalid or improper any action taken or omitted prior to such determination. No Trustee shall be liable for making or failing to make such a determination. In the event of any such determination by the Board of Trustees, the Board of Trustees shall amend the Declaration of Trust in the manner provided in Section 12.2.

(b) If any provision of the Declaration of Trust shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such holding shall apply only to the extent of any such invalidity or unenforceability and shall not in any manner affect, impair or render invalid or unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction or any other provision of the Declaration of Trust in any jurisdiction.

Section 15.4 Construction . In the Declaration of Trust, unless the context otherwise requires, words used in the singular or in the plural include both the plural and singular and words denoting any gender include all genders. The title and headings of different parts are inserted for convenience and shall not affect the meaning, construction or effect of the Declaration of Trust. In defining or interpreting the powers and duties of the Trust and its Trustees and officers, reference may be made by the Trustees or officers, to the extent appropriate and not inconsistent with the Code or Title 8, to Titles 1 through 3 of the MGCL.

Section 15.5 Recordation . The Declaration of Trust and any amendment or supplement hereto shall be filed for record with the SDAT and may also be filed or recorded in such other places as the Trustees deem appropriate, but failure to file for record the Declaration of Trust or any amendment or supplement hereto in any office other than in the State of Maryland shall not affect or impair the validity or effectiveness of the Declaration of Trust or any amendment or supplement hereto. A restated Declaration of Trust shall, upon filing, be conclusive evidence of all amendments and supplements contained therein and may thereafter be referred to in lieu of the original Declaration of Trust and the various amendments and supplements thereto.

FOURTH : The total number of Shares which the Trust is authorized to issue has not changed by these Articles of Amendment and Restatement.

The undersigned acknowledges these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be the trust act of the Trust and as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned acknowledges that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for perjury.

[Signature page follows.]

 

54


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has caused these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and attested to by its Secretary on this      day of                     , 201    .

 

ATTEST:      AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST

 

     By:       (SEAL)

 

55

Exhibit 3.2

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. PRINCIPAL OFFICE . The principal office of the Trust in the State of Maryland shall be located at such place as the Board of Trustees may designate.

Section 2. ADDITIONAL OFFICES . The Trust may have additional offices, including a principal executive office, at such places as the Board of Trustees may from time to time determine or the business of the Trust may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1. PLACE . All meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Trust or at such other place as shall be set in accordance with these Bylaws and stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 2. ANNUAL MEETING . An annual meeting of shareholders for the election of trustees and the transaction of any business within the powers of the Trust shall be held on the date and at the time and place set by the Board of Trustees.

Section 3. SPECIAL MEETINGS .

(a) General . The chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president or Board of Trustees may call special meetings of the shareholders. Except as provided in subsection (b)(4) of this Section 3, a special meeting of shareholders shall be held on the date and at the time and place set by the chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president or Board of Trustees, whoever has called the meeting. Subject to subsection (b) of this Section 3, special meetings of shareholders shall also be called by the secretary of the Trust to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of shareholders upon the written request of shareholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at such meeting.

(b) Shareholder-Requested Special Meetings.

(1) Any shareholder of record seeking to have shareholders request a special meeting shall, by sending written notice to the secretary (the “Record Date Request Notice”) by registered mail, return receipt requested, request the Board of Trustees to fix a record date to determine the shareholders entitled to request a special meeting (the “Request Record Date”). The Record Date Request Notice shall set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it, shall be signed by one or more shareholders of record as of


the date of signature (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the Record Date Request Notice), shall bear the date of signature of each such shareholder (or such agent) and shall set forth all information relating to each such shareholder and each matter proposed to be acted on at the meeting that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of trustees in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such a solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Exchange Act”). Upon receiving the Record Date Request Notice, the Board of Trustees may fix a Request Record Date. The Request Record Date shall not precede and shall not be more than ten days after the close of business on the date on which the resolution fixing the Request Record Date is adopted by the Board of Trustees. If the Board of Trustees, within ten days after the date on which a valid Record Date Request Notice is received, fails to adopt a resolution fixing the Request Record Date, the Request Record Date shall be the close of business on the tenth day after the first date on which a Record Date Request Notice is received by the secretary.

(2) In order for any shareholder to request a special meeting to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of shareholders, one or more written requests for a special meeting (collectively, the “Special Meeting Request”) signed by shareholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the request) as of the Request Record Date entitled to cast not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at such meeting (the “Special Meeting Percentage”) shall be delivered to the secretary. In addition, the Special Meeting Request shall (a) set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it (which shall be limited to those lawful matters set forth in the Record Date Request Notice received by the secretary), (b) bear the date of signature of each such shareholder (or such agent) signing the Special Meeting Request, (c) set forth (i) the name and address, as they appear in the Trust’s books, of each shareholder signing such request (or on whose behalf the Special Meeting Request is signed), (ii) the class, series and number of all shares of beneficial interest of the Trust which are owned (beneficially or of record) by each such shareholder and (iii) the nominee holder for, and number of, shares of beneficial interest of the Trust owned beneficially but not of record by such shareholder, (d) be sent to the secretary by registered mail, return receipt requested, and (e) be received by the secretary within 60 days after the Request Record Date. Any requesting shareholder (or agent duly authorized in a writing accompanying the revocation of the Special Meeting Request) may revoke his, her or its request for a special meeting at any time by written revocation delivered to the secretary.

(3) The secretary shall inform the requesting shareholders of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing or delivering the notice of the meeting (including the Trust’s proxy materials). The secretary shall not be required to call a special meeting upon shareholder request and such meeting shall not be held unless, in addition to the documents required by paragraph (2) of this Section 3(b), the secretary receives payment of such reasonably estimated cost prior to the preparation and mailing or delivery of such notice of the meeting.

(4) In the case of any special meeting called by the secretary upon the request of shareholders (a “Shareholder-Requested Meeting”), such meeting shall be held at such

 

2


place, date and time as may be designated by the Board of Trustees; provided, however, that the date of any Shareholder-Requested Meeting shall be not more than 90 days after the record date for such meeting (the “Meeting Record Date”); and provided, further, that if the Board of Trustees fails to designate, within ten days after the date that a valid Special Meeting Request is actually received by the secretary (the “Delivery Date”), a date and time for a Shareholder-Requested Meeting, then such meeting shall be held at 2:00 p.m., local time, on the 90 th day after the Meeting Record Date or, if such 90 th day is not a Business Day (as defined below), on the first preceding Business Day; and provided, further, that in the event that the Board of Trustees fails to designate a place for a Shareholder-Requested Meeting within ten days after the Delivery Date, then such meeting shall be held at the principal executive office of the Trust. In fixing a date for a Shareholder-Requested Meeting, the Board of Trustees may consider such factors as it deems relevant, including, without limitation, the nature of the matters to be considered, the facts and circumstances surrounding any request for the meeting and any plan of the Board of Trustees to call an annual meeting or a special meeting. In the case of any Shareholder-Requested Meeting, if the Board of Trustees fails to fix a Meeting Record Date that is a date within 30 days after the Delivery Date, then the close of business on the 30 th day after the Delivery Date shall be the Meeting Record Date. The Board of Trustees may revoke the notice for any Shareholder-Requested Meeting in the event that the requesting shareholders fail to comply with the provisions of paragraph (3) of this Section 3(b).

(5) If written revocations of the Special Meeting Request have been delivered to the secretary and the result is that shareholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in writing), as of the Request Record Date, entitled to cast less than the Special Meeting Percentage have delivered, and not revoked, requests for a special meeting on the matter to the secretary: (i) if the notice of meeting has not already been delivered, the secretary shall refrain from delivering the notice of the meeting and send to all requesting shareholders who have not revoked such requests written notice of any revocation of a request for a special meeting on the matter, or (ii) if the notice of meeting has been delivered and if the secretary first sends to all requesting shareholders who have not revoked requests for a special meeting on the matter written notice of any revocation of a request for the special meeting and written notice of the Trust’s intention to revoke the notice of the meeting or for the chairman of the meeting to adjourn the meeting without action on the matter, (A) the secretary may revoke the notice of the meeting at any time before ten days before the commencement of the meeting or (B) the chairman of the meeting may call the meeting to order and adjourn the meeting without acting on the matter. Any request for a special meeting received after a revocation by the secretary of a notice of a meeting shall be considered a request for a new special meeting.

(6) The chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president or Board of Trustees may appoint regionally or nationally recognized independent inspectors of elections to act as the agent of the Trust for the purpose of promptly performing a ministerial review of the validity of any purported Special Meeting Request received by the secretary. For the purpose of permitting the inspectors to perform such review, no such purported Special Meeting Request shall be deemed to have been received by the secretary until the earlier of (i) five Business Days after actual receipt by the secretary of such purported request and (ii) such date as the independent inspectors certify to the Trust that the valid requests received by the secretary represent, as of the Request Record Date, shareholders of record entitled to cast not less than the Special Meeting Percentage. Nothing contained in this paragraph (6) shall in any way

 

3


be construed to suggest or imply that the Trust or any shareholder shall not be entitled to contest the validity of any request, whether during or after such five Business Day period, or to take any other action (including, without limitation, the commencement, prosecution or defense of any litigation with respect thereto, and the seeking of injunctive relief in such litigation).

(7) For purposes of these Bylaws, “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of Georgia are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

Section 4. NOTICE . Not less than ten nor more than 90 days before each meeting of shareholders, the secretary shall give to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting and to each shareholder not entitled to vote who is entitled to notice of the meeting notice in writing or by electronic transmission stating the time and place of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting or as otherwise may be required by any statute, the purpose for which the meeting is called, by mail, by presenting it to such shareholder personally, by leaving it at the shareholder’s residence or usual place of business or by any other means permitted by Maryland law. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the shareholder at the shareholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Trust, with postage thereon prepaid. If transmitted electronically, such notice shall be deemed to be given when transmitted to the shareholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the shareholder at which the shareholder receives electronic transmissions. The Trust may give a single notice to all shareholders who share an address, which single notice shall be effective as to any shareholder at such address, unless a shareholder objects to receiving such single notice or revokes a prior consent to receiving such single notice. Failure to give notice of any meeting to one or more shareholders, or any irregularity in such notice, shall not affect the validity of any meeting fixed in accordance with this Article II or the validity of any proceedings at any such meeting.

Subject to Section 12(a) of this Article II, any business of the Trust may be transacted at an annual meeting of shareholders without being specifically designated in the notice, except such business as is required by any statute to be stated in such notice. No business shall be transacted at a special meeting of shareholders except as specifically designated in the notice. The Trust may postpone or cancel a meeting of shareholders by making a public announcement (as defined in Section 12(c)(3) of this Article II) of such postponement or cancellation prior to the meeting. Notice of the date, time and place to which the meeting is postponed shall be given not less than ten days prior to such date and otherwise in the manner set forth in this section.

Section 5. ORGANIZATION AND CONDUCT . Every meeting of shareholders shall be conducted by an individual appointed by the Board of Trustees to be chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such appointment or appointed individual, by the chairman of the board or, in the case of a vacancy in the office or absence of the chairman of the board, by one of the following officers present at the meeting in the following order: the vice chairman of the board, if there is one, the chief executive officer, the president, the vice presidents in their order of rank and seniority, the secretary or, in the absence of such officers, a chairman chosen by the shareholders by the vote of a majority of the votes cast by shareholders present in person or by proxy. The secretary or, in the secretary’s absence, an assistant secretary

 

4


or, in the absence of both the secretary and all assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Trustees or, in the absence of such appointment, an individual appointed by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary. In the event that the secretary presides at a meeting of shareholders, an assistant secretary or, in the absence of all assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Trustees or the chairman of the meeting shall record the minutes of the meeting. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of shareholders shall be determined by the chairman of the meeting. The chairman of the meeting may prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and take such action as, in the discretion of the chairman and without any action by the shareholders, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, (a) restricting admission to the time set for the commencement of the meeting; (b) limiting attendance at the meeting to shareholders of record of the Trust, their duly authorized proxies and such other individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (c) limiting participation at the meeting on any matter to shareholders of record of the Trust entitled to vote on such matter, their duly authorized proxies and other such individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (d) limiting the time allotted to questions or comments; (e) determining when and for how long the polls should be opened and when the polls should be closed; (f) maintaining order and security at the meeting; (g) removing any shareholder or any other individual who refuses to comply with meeting procedures, rules or guidelines as set forth by the chairman of the meeting; (h) concluding a meeting or recessing or adjourning the meeting to a later date and time and at a place announced at the meeting; and (i) complying with any state and local laws and regulations concerning safety and security. Unless otherwise determined by the chairman of the meeting, meetings of shareholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

Section 6. QUORUM . At any meeting of shareholders, the presence in person or by proxy of shareholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting on any matter shall constitute a quorum; but this section shall not affect any requirement under any statute or the Declaration of Trust of the Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”) for the vote necessary for the approval of any matter. If such quorum is not established at any meeting of the shareholders, the chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting sine die or from time to time to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date without notice other than announcement at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally convened.

The shareholders present either in person or by proxy, at a meeting which has been duly called and at which a quorum has been established, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal from the meeting of enough shareholders to leave fewer than would be required to establish a quorum.

Section 7. VOTING . A nominee for trustee shall be elected as a trustee only if such nominee receives the affirmative vote of a majority of all of the votes cast as to such nominee at a meeting of shareholders duly called and at which a quorum is present. However, trustees shall be elected by a plurality of votes cast at a meeting of shareholders duly called and at which a quorum is present for which (i) the secretary of the Trust receives notice that a shareholder has nominated an individual for election as a trustee in compliance with the requirements of advance notice of shareholder nominees for trustee set forth in Article II, Section

 

5


12 of these Bylaws, and (ii) such nomination has not been withdrawn by such shareholder on or before the close of business on the tenth day before the date of filing of the definitive proxy statement of the Trust with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and, as a result of which, the number of nominees is greater than the number of trustees to be elected at the meeting. Each share entitles the holder thereof to vote for as many individuals as there are trustees to be elected and for whose election the holder is entitled to vote. A majority of the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to approve any other matter which may properly come before the meeting, unless more than a majority of the votes cast is required by statute or by the Declaration of Trust. Unless otherwise provided by statute or by the Declaration of Trust, each outstanding share of beneficial interest, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders. Voting on any question or in any election may be viva voce unless the chairman of the meeting shall order that voting be by ballot or otherwise.

Section 8. PROXIES . A holder of record of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust may cast votes in person or by proxy executed by the shareholder or by the shareholder’s duly authorized agent in any manner permitted by law. Such proxy or evidence of authorization of such proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the Trust before or at the meeting. No proxy shall be valid more than eleven months after its date, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

Section 9. VOTING OF SHARES BY CERTAIN HOLDERS . Shares of beneficial interest of the Trust registered in the name of a corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company or other entity, if entitled to be voted, may be voted by the president or a vice president, general partner, trustee or managing member thereof, as the case may be, or a proxy appointed by any of the foregoing individuals, unless some other person who has been appointed to vote such shares pursuant to a bylaw or a resolution of the governing body of such corporation or other entity or agreement of the partners of a partnership presents a certified copy of such bylaw, resolution or agreement, in which case such person may vote such shares. Any trustee or fiduciary, in such capacity, may vote shares of beneficial interest registered in such trustee’s or fiduciary’s name, either in person or by proxy.

Shares of beneficial interest of the Trust directly or indirectly owned by it shall not be voted at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at any given time, unless they are held by it in a fiduciary capacity, in which case they may be voted and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.

The Board of Trustees may adopt by resolution a procedure by which a shareholder may certify in writing to the Trust that any shares of beneficial interest registered in the name of the shareholder are held for the account of a specified person other than the shareholder. The resolution shall set forth the class of shareholders who may make the certification, the purpose for which the certification may be made, the form of certification and the information to be contained in it; if the certification is with respect to a record date, the time after the record date within which the certification must be received by the Trust; and any other provisions with respect to the procedure which the Board of Trustees considers necessary or desirable. On receipt by the secretary of the Trust of such certification, the person specified in the certification shall be regarded as, for the purposes set forth in the certification, the shareholder of record of the specified shares of beneficial interest in place of the shareholder who makes the certification.

 

6


Section 10. INSPECTORS . The Board of Trustees or the chairman of the meeting may appoint, before or at the meeting, one or more inspectors for the meeting and any successor to the inspector. The inspectors, if any, shall (i) determine the number of shares of beneficial interest represented at the meeting in person or by proxy and the validity and effect of proxies, (ii) receive and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, (iii) report such tabulation to the chairman of the meeting, (iv) hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, and (v) do such acts as are proper to fairly conduct the election or vote. Each such report shall be in writing and signed by the inspector or by a majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such meeting. If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors. The report of the inspector or inspectors on the number of shares represented at the meeting and the results of the voting shall be prima facie evidence thereof.

Section 11. REPORTS TO SHAREHOLDERS . The president or some other executive officer designated by the Board of Trustees shall prepare annually a full and correct statement of the affairs of the Trust, which shall include a balance sheet and a financial statement of operations for the preceding fiscal year. The statement of affairs shall be submitted at the annual meeting of the shareholders and, within 20 days after the annual meeting of shareholders, placed on file at the principal office of the Trust.

Section 12. ADVANCE NOTICE OF SHAREHOLDER NOMINEES FOR TRUSTEE AND OTHER SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS .

(a) Annual Meetings of Shareholders.

(1) Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Trustees and the proposal of other business to be considered by the shareholders at an annual meeting of shareholders may be made (i) pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees or (iii) by any shareholder of the Trust who was a shareholder of record at the record date set by the Board of Trustees for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting, at the time of giving of notice by the shareholder as provided for in this Section 12(a) and at the time of the annual meeting (and any postponement or adjournment thereof), who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated or on any such other business and who has complied with this Section 12(a).

(2) For any nomination or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder pursuant to clause (iii) of paragraph (a)(1) of this Section 12, the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Trust and any such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by the shareholders. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice shall set forth all information required under this Section 12 and shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Trust not earlier than 9:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on the 150th day nor later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement (as defined in Section 12(c)(3) of this Article II) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the

 

7


event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced or delayed by more than 30 days from the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement for the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the shareholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than 9:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on the 150th day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 120th day prior to the date of such annual meeting, as originally convened, or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. The public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of an annual meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a shareholder’s notice as described above.

(3) Such shareholder’s notice shall set forth:

(i) as to each individual whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a trustee (each, a “Proposed Nominee”),

(A) the principal occupation or employment of the Proposed Nominee and the name, principal business and address of any corporation or other organization in which such employment is carried on,

(B) whether or not, during the last ten years, the Proposed Nominee has been convicted in a criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations or similar misdemeanors) and, if so, the dates, nature of conviction, name and location of the court and penalty imposed or other disposition of the case and

(C) all other information relating to the Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of the Proposed Nominee as a trustee in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act;

(ii) as to any other business that the shareholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a description of such business, the shareholder’s reasons for proposing such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such shareholder or any Shareholder Associated Person (as defined below), individually or in the aggregate, including any anticipated benefit to the shareholder or the Shareholder Associated Person therefrom;

(iii) as to the shareholder giving the notice, any Proposed Nominee and any Shareholder Associated Person,

(A) the class, series and number of all shares of beneficial interest or other securities of the Trust or any affiliate thereof (collectively, the “Company Securities”), if any, which are owned (beneficially or of record) by such shareholder, Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated Person, the date on which each such Company Security was acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition, and any short interest (including any opportunity to profit or share in any benefit from any decrease in the price of such stock or other security) in any Company Securities of any such person,

 

8


(B) the nominee holder for, and number of, any Company Securities owned beneficially but not of record by such shareholder, Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated Person,

(C) whether and the extent to which such shareholder, Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated Person, directly or indirectly (through brokers, nominees or otherwise), is subject to or during the last six months has engaged in any hedging, derivative or other transaction or series of transactions or entered into any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short interest, any borrowing or lending of securities or any proxy or voting agreement), the effect or intent of which is to (I) manage risk or benefit of changes in the price of (x) Company Securities or (y) any security of any entity that was listed in the peer group in the share performance graph in the most recent annual report to security holders of the Trust (a “Peer Group Company”) for such shareholder, Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated Person or (II) increase or decrease the voting power of such shareholder, Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated Person in the Trust or any affiliate thereof (or, as applicable, in any Peer Group Company) disproportionately to such person’s economic interest in the Company Securities (or, as applicable, in any Peer Group Company); and

(D) any substantial interest, direct or indirect (including, without limitation, any existing or prospective commercial, business or contractual relationship with the Trust), by security holdings or otherwise, of such shareholder, Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated Person, in the Trust or any affiliate thereof, other than an interest arising from the ownership of Company Securities where such shareholder, Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated Person receives no extra or special benefit not shared on a pro rata basis by all other holders of the same class or series;

(iv) as to the shareholder giving the notice, any Shareholder Associated Person with an interest or ownership referred to in clause (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (3) of this Section 12(a) and any Proposed Nominee,

(A) the name and address of such shareholder, as they appear on the Trust’s share ledger, and the current name and business address, if different, of each such Shareholder Associated Person and any Proposed Nominee; and

(B) the investment strategy or objective, if any, of such shareholder and each such Shareholder Associated Person who is not an individual and a copy of the prospectus, offering memorandum or similar document, if any, provided to investors or potential investors in such shareholder and each such Shareholder Associated Person;

(v) the name and address of any person who contacted or was contacted by the shareholder giving the notice or any Shareholder Associated Person about the Proposed Nominee or other business proposal; and

(vi) to the extent known by the shareholder giving the notice, the name and address of any other shareholder supporting the nominee for election or reelection as a trustee or the proposal of other business.

 

9


(4) Such shareholder’s notice shall, with respect to any Proposed Nominee, be accompanied by a written undertaking executed by the Proposed Nominee (i) that such Proposed Nominee (a) is not, and will not become, a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Trust in connection with service or action as a trustee that has not been disclosed to the Trust and (b) will serve as a trustee of the Trust if elected; and (ii) attaching a completed Proposed Nominee questionnaire (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Trust, upon request by the shareholder providing the notice, and shall include all information relating to the Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of the Proposed Nominee as a trustee in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act, or would be required pursuant to the rules of any national securities exchange on which any securities of the Trust are listed or over-the-counter market on which any securities of the Trust are traded).

(5) Notwithstanding anything in this subsection (a) of this Section 12 to the contrary, in the event that the number of trustees to be elected to the Board of Trustees is increased, and there is no public announcement of such action at least 130 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement for the preceding year’s annual meeting, a shareholder’s notice required by this Section 12(a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Trust not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Trust.

(6) For purposes of this Section 12, “Shareholder Associated Person” of any shareholder shall mean (i) any person acting in concert with such shareholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust owned of record or beneficially by such shareholder (other than a shareholder that is a depositary) and (iii) any person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such shareholder or Shareholder Associated Person.

(b) Special Meetings of the Shareholders . Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting. Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Trustees may be made at a special meeting of shareholders at which trustees are to be elected only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees or (ii) provided that the special meeting has been called in accordance with Section 3 of this Article II for the purpose of electing trustees, by any shareholder of the Trust who is a shareholder of record both at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 12 and at the time of the special meeting (and any postponement or adjournment thereof), who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated and who has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 12. In the event the Trust calls a special meeting of shareholders for the purpose of electing one or more individuals to the Board of Trustees, any shareholder may nominate an individual or individuals (as the case may be) for election as a trustee as specified in the Trust’s notice of meeting, if the shareholder’s notice, containing the information required by paragraphs (a)(3) and (4) of this Section 12 is delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Trust not earlier than 9:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on the 120th day prior to such special

 

10


meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Trustees to be elected at such meeting. The public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of a special meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a shareholder’s notice as described above.

(c) General.

(1) If information submitted pursuant to this Section 12 by any shareholder proposing a nominee for election as a trustee or any proposal for other business at a meeting of shareholders shall be inaccurate in any material respect, such information may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 12. Any such shareholder shall notify the Trust of any inaccuracy or change (within two Business Days of becoming aware of such inaccuracy or change) in any such information. Upon written request by the secretary or the Board of Trustees, any such shareholder shall provide, within five Business Days of delivery of such request (or such other period as may be specified in such request), (A) written verification, satisfactory, in the discretion of the Board of Trustees or any authorized officer of the Trust, to demonstrate the accuracy of any information submitted by the shareholder pursuant to this Section 12 and (B) a written update of any information (including, if requested by the Trust, written confirmation by such shareholder that it continues to intend to bring such nomination or other business proposal before the meeting) submitted by the shareholder pursuant to this Section 12 as of an earlier date. If a shareholder fails to provide such written verification or written update within such period, the information as to which written verification or a written update was requested may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 12.

(2) Only such individuals who are nominated in accordance with this Section 12 shall be eligible for election by shareholders as trustees, and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 12. The chairman of the meeting shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with this Section 12.

(3) For purposes of this Section 12, “the date of the proxy statement” shall have the same meaning as “the date of the company’s proxy statement released to shareholders” as used in Rule 14a-8(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, as interpreted by the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time. “Public announcement” shall mean disclosure (A) in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, PR Newswire or other widely circulated news or wire service or (B) in a document publicly filed by the Trust with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act.

(4) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 12, a shareholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of state law with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 12. Nothing in this Section 12 shall be deemed to affect any right of a shareholder to request inclusion of a proposal in, or the right of the Trust to omit a proposal

 

11


from, any proxy statement filed by the Trust with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act. Nothing in this Section 12 shall require disclosure of revocable proxies received by the shareholder or Shareholder Associated Person pursuant to a solicitation of proxies after the filing of an effective Schedule 14A by such shareholder or Shareholder Associated Person under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act.

Section 13. CONTROL SHARE ACQUISITION ACT . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) (or any successor statute) shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust. The approval by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast on the matter by shareholders entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees shall be required in order for the Board of Trustees to revoke, alter or amend this Section 13 of Article II or otherwise adopt any provision of these Bylaws that is inconsistent with this Section 13 of Article II.

Section 14. SHAREHOLDERS’ CONSENT IN LIEU OF MEETING . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting (a) if a unanimous consent setting forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each shareholder entitled to vote on the matter and filed with the minutes of proceedings of the shareholders or (b) if the action is advised, and submitted to the shareholders for approval, by the Board of Trustees and a consent in writing or by electronic transmission of shareholders entitled to cast not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take the action at a meeting of shareholders is delivered to the Trust. The Trust shall give notice of any action taken by less than unanimous consent to each shareholder not later than ten days after the effective time of such action.

Section 15. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS . By virtue of a resolution adopted by the Board of Trustees prior to or at the time of adoption of these Bylaws (and the adoption of these Bylaws shall be deemed to be, and shall be conclusive evidence of, the adoption of such resolution), any business combination (as defined in Section 3-601(e) of the MGCL) between the Trust and any other person or entity or group of persons or entities is exempt from the provisions of Subtitle 6 of Title 3 of the MGCL. The approval by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast on the matter by shareholders entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees shall be required in order for the Board of Trustees to revoke, alter or amend such resolution or otherwise adopt any resolution that is inconsistent with this Section 15 of Article II or with a prior resolution of the Board of Trustees that exempts any business combination between the Trust and any other person, whether identified specifically, generally or by type, from the provisions of Subtitle 6 of Title 3 of the MGCL.

 

12


ARTICLE III

TRUSTEES

Section 1. GENERAL POWERS . The business and affairs of the Trust shall be managed under the direction of its Board of Trustees.

Section 2. NUMBER. TENURE. QUALIFICATIONS AND RESIGNATION . At any regular meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose, but subject to the restrictions set forth in the Shareholders Agreement by and among the Trust and certain shareholders of the Trust (the “Shareholders Agreement”), dated as of [●] and effective as of the Effective Time (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement), as the same may be amended from time to time, a majority of the entire Board of Trustees may establish, increase or decrease the number of trustees, provided that the number thereof shall never be less than the minimum number required by the Maryland REIT Law (the “MRL”), nor more than 15, and further provided that the tenure of office of a trustee shall not be affected by any decrease in the number of trustees. In case of failure to elect trustees at the designated time, the trustees holding over shall continue to serve as trustees until their successors are elected and qualify. So long as (a) the Yucaipa Shareholder (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement) Beneficially Owns (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement) 10% or more of the Fully Diluted Outstanding Shares (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement) at a Designation Date (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement) and the related Record Date (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement), it shall be a qualification of individuals nominated for election as trustees by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees or a duly authorized committee thereof that two individuals have been designated by the Yucaipa Shareholder in accordance with Section 2.1 of the Shareholders Agreement, and only an individual designated for nomination and election by the Yucaipa Shareholder in accordance with Section 2.1 of the Shareholders Agreement shall be eligible to be nominated for election as Trustee by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees or a duly authorized committee thereof as a successor to a Yucaipa Trustee (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement); provided, however, that if the Yucaipa Shareholder Beneficially Owns less than 10% but 5% or more of the Fully Diluted Outstanding Shares at a Designation Date and the related Record Date, it shall be a qualification of individuals nominated for election as trustees by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees or a duly authorized committee thereof that one individual has been designated by the Yucaipa Shareholder in accordance with Section 2.1 of the Shareholders Agreement; and (b) the GSCP Shareholders (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement) collectively Beneficially Own 5% or more of the Fully Diluted Outstanding Shares at a Designation Date and the related Record Date, it shall be a qualification of individuals nominated for election as trustees by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees or a duly authorized committee thereof that one individual has been designated by the GSCP Shareholders in accordance with Section 2.1 of the Shareholders Agreement, and only an individual designated for nomination and election by the GSCP Shareholders in accordance with Section 2.1 of the Shareholders Agreement shall be eligible to be nominated for election as trustee by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees or a duly authorized committee thereof as a successor to the GSCP Trustee (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement) (provided, in each such case, that such designation right is still effective under the terms of the Shareholders Agreement). Any trustee of the Trust may resign at any time by delivering his or her written resignation to the Board of Trustees, the chairman of the board or the secretary. Any resignation shall take effect

 

13


immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in the resignation. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation.

Section 3. ANNUAL AND REGULAR MEETINGS . An annual meeting of the Board of Trustees shall be held immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of shareholders, no notice other than this Bylaw being necessary. In the event such meeting is not so held, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Trustees. The Board of Trustees may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of regular meetings of the Board of Trustees without notice other than such resolution.

Section 4. SPECIAL MEETINGS . Special meetings of the Board of Trustees may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or by any single trustee. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Trustees may fix any place as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Trustees called by them. The Board of Trustees may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of special meetings of the Board of Trustees without notice other than such resolution.

Section 5. NOTICE . Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Trustees shall be delivered personally or by electronic mail, facsimile transmission, courier or United States mail to each trustee at his or her business or residence address at least three business days prior to the meeting. Electronic mail notice shall be deemed to be given upon transmission of the message to the electronic mail address given to the Trust by the trustee. Facsimile transmission notice shall be deemed to be given upon completion of the transmission of the message to the number given to the Trust by the trustee and receipt of a completed answer-back indicating receipt. Notice by United States mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail properly addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. Notice by courier shall be deemed to be given when deposited with or delivered to a courier properly addressed. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Trustees need be stated in the notice, unless specifically required by statute or these Bylaws.

Section 6. QUORUM . A majority of the trustees shall constitute a quorum for transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Trustees, provided that, if less than a majority of such trustees is present at such meeting, a majority of the trustees present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, and provided further that if, pursuant to applicable law, the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, the vote of a majority or other percentage of a particular group of trustees is required for action, a quorum must also include a majority or such other percentage of such group.

The trustees present at a meeting which has been duly called and at which a quorum has been established may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal from the meeting of enough trustees to leave fewer than required to establish a quorum.

 

14


Section 7. VOTING . The action of a majority of the trustees present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the action of the Board of Trustees, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable law, the Declaration of Trust, or these Bylaws, but subject to the Shareholders Agreement. If enough trustees have withdrawn from a meeting to leave fewer than required to establish a quorum, but the meeting is not adjourned, the action of the majority of that number of trustees necessary to constitute a quorum at such meeting shall be the action of the Board of Trustees, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable law, the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws.

Section 8. ORGANIZATION . At each meeting of the Board of Trustees, the chairman of the board or, in the absence of the chairman, the vice chairman of the board, if any, shall act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of both the chairman and vice chairman of the board, the chief executive officer or, in the absence of the chief executive officer, the president or, in the absence of the president, a trustee chosen by a majority of the trustees present, shall act as chairman of the meeting. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary of the Trust or, in the absence of the secretary and all assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the chairman of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 9. TELEPHONE MEETINGS . Trustees may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 10. CONSENT BY TRUSTEES WITHOUT A MEETING . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Trustees may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing or by electronic transmission to such action is given by each trustee and is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Trustees.

Section 11. REMOVAL AND VACANCIES . If for any reason any or all of the trustees cease to be trustees, such event shall not terminate the Trust or affect these Bylaws or the powers of the remaining trustees hereunder. The removal of a Yucaipa Trustee or the GSCP Trustee (as each term is defined in the Shareholders Agreement) and the filling of a vacancy of a Yucaipa Trustee or the GSCP Trustee on the Board of Trustees shall be in accordance with Section 2.2 of the Shareholders Agreement (if applicable) and shall be subject to the qualifications specified in Section 2 of this Article III. Without limiting the foregoing sentence, except as may be provided by the Board of Trustees in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred shares of beneficial interest, any vacancy on the Board of Trustees may be filled only by a majority of the remaining trustees, even if the remaining trustees do not constitute a quorum, and any trustee elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the trusteeship in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is duly elected and qualifies.

Section 12. COMPENSATION . Trustees shall not receive any stated salary for their services as trustees but, by resolution of the trustees and, with respect to the Yucaipa Trustees and GSCP Trustee, subject to the Shareholders Agreement, may receive compensation per year and/or per meeting and/or per visit to real property or other facilities owned or leased by the Trust and for any service or activity they performed or engaged in as trustees. Trustees may

 

15


be reimbursed for expenses of attendance, if any, at each annual, regular or special meeting of the trustees or of any committee thereof and for their expenses, if any, in connection with each property visit and any other service or activity they perform or engage in as trustees; but nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any trustees from serving the Trust in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 13. RELIANCE . Each trustee and officer of the Trust shall, in the performance of his or her duties with respect to the Trust, be entitled to rely on any information, opinion, report or statement, including any financial statement or other financial data, prepared or presented by an officer or employee of the Trust whom the trustee or officer reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented, by a lawyer, certified public accountant or other person, as to a matter which the trustee or officer reasonably believes to be within the person’s professional or expert competence, or, with respect to a trustee, by a committee of the Board of Trustees on which the trustee does not serve, as to a matter within its designated authority, if the trustee reasonably believes the committee to merit confidence.

Section 14. RATIFICATION . The Board of Trustees or the shareholders may ratify any action or inaction by the Trust or its officers to the extent that the Board of Trustees or the shareholders could have originally authorized the matter and, if so ratified, such action or inaction shall have the same force and effect as if originally duly authorized, and such ratification shall be binding upon the Trust and its shareholders. Any action or inaction questioned in any proceeding on the ground of lack of authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of a trustee, officer or shareholder, non-disclosure, miscomputation, the application of improper principles or practices of accounting or otherwise, may be ratified, before or after judgment, by the Board of Trustees or by the shareholders, and such ratification shall be binding upon the Trust and its shareholders and shall constitute a bar to any claim or execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned action or inaction.

Section 15. INTERESTED TRUSTEE TRANSACTIONS . Section 2-419 of the MGCL shall be available for and apply to any contract or other transaction between the Trust and any of its trustees or between the Trust and any other trust, corporation, firm or other entity in which any of its trustees is a trustee or director or has a material financial interest.

Section 16. CERTAIN RIGHTS OF TRUSTEES . A trustee who is not also an officer of the Trust shall have no responsibility to devote his or her full time to the affairs of the Trust. Any trustee or officer, in his or her personal capacity or in a capacity as an affiliate, employee or agent of any other person, or otherwise, may have business interests and engage in business activities similar to, in addition to or in competition with those of or relating to the Trust.

Section 17. EMERGENCY PROVISIONS . Notwithstanding any other provision in the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, this Section 17 shall apply during the existence of any catastrophe, or other similar emergency condition, as a result of which a quorum of the Board of Trustees under Article III of these Bylaws cannot readily be obtained (an “Emergency”). During any Emergency, unless otherwise provided by the Board of Trustees, (i) a meeting of the Board of Trustees or a committee thereof may be called by any trustee or officer by any means feasible under the circumstances; (ii) notice of any meeting of the Board of

 

16


Trustees during such an Emergency may be given less than 24 hours prior to the meeting to as many trustees and by such means as may be feasible at the time, including publication, television or radio; and (iii) the number of trustees necessary to constitute a quorum shall be one-third of the entire Board of Trustees.

ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

Section 1. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS . The Board of Trustees may appoint from among its members an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and one or more other committees, composed of one or more trustees, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Trustees.

Section 2. POWERS . The Board of Trustees may delegate to committees appointed under Section 1 of this Article any of the powers of the Board of Trustees.

Section 3. MEETINGS . Notice of committee meetings shall be given in the same manner as notice for special meetings of the Board of Trustees. A majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the committee. The act of a majority of the committee members present at a meeting shall be the act of such committee. The Board of Trustees may designate a chairman of any committee, and such chairman or, in the absence of a chairman, any two members of any committee (if there are at least two members of the committee) may fix the time and place of its meeting unless the Board shall otherwise provide. In the absence of any member of any such committee, the members thereof present at any meeting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may appoint another trustee to act in the place of such absent member.

Section 4. TELEPHONE MEETINGS . Members of a committee of the Board of Trustees may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 5. CONSENT BY COMMITTEES WITHOUT A MEETING . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Trustees may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing or by electronic transmission to such action is given by each member of the committee and is filed with the minutes of proceedings of such committee.

Section 6. VACANCIES . The Board of Trustees shall have the power at any time to change the membership of any committee, to fill any vacancy, to designate an alternate member to replace any absent or disqualified member or to dissolve any such committee.

 

17


ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS . The officers of the Trust shall include a president, a secretary and a treasurer and may include a chairman of the board, a vice chairman of the board, a chief executive officer, one or more vice presidents, a chief operating officer, a chief financial officer, one or more assistant secretaries and one or more assistant treasurers. In addition, the Board of Trustees may from time to time elect such other officers with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary or desirable. The officers of the Trust shall be elected annually by the Board of Trustees, except that the executive chairman of the board, chief executive officer or president may from time to time appoint one or more vice presidents, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers or other officers. Each officer shall serve until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until his or her death, or his or her resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided. Any two or more offices except president and vice president may be held by the same person. Election of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights between the Trust and such officer or agent.

Section 2. REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION . Any officer or agent of the Trust may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Trustees if in its judgment the best interests of the Trust would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any officer of the Trust may resign at any time by delivering his or her resignation to the Board of Trustees, the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or the secretary. Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in the resignation. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation. Such resignation shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Trust.

Section 3. VACANCIES . A vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Trustees for the balance of the term.

Section 4. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD . The Board of Trustees may designate from among its members a chairman of the board, which may be an executive or non-executive chairman. Such executive chairman of the board may be granted such powers to exercise direct supervision and control over the business and affairs of the Trust, as determined by, and subject to the power and authority of, the Board of Trustees. The chairman of the board shall preside over the meetings of the Board of Trustees. The chairman of the board shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by these Bylaws or the Board of Trustees.

Section 5. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER . The Board of Trustees may designate a chief executive officer. In the absence of such designation, the chairman of the board shall be the chief executive officer of the Trust. The chief executive officer shall have general responsibility for implementation of the policies of the Trust and for the management of the business and affairs of the Trust, in each case as determined by the Board of Trustees. He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Trustees or by these Bylaws to

 

18


some other officer or agent of the Trust or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of chief executive officer and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Trustees from time to time.

Section 6. CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER . The Board of Trustees may designate a chief operating officer. The chief operating officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as determined by the Board of Trustees, the executive chairman of the board or the chief executive officer.

Section 7. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER . The Board of Trustees may designate a chief financial officer. The chief financial officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as determined by the Board of Trustees, the executive chairman of the board or the chief executive officer.

Section 8. PRESIDENT . In the absence of an executive chairman of the board or chief executive officer, the president shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Trust. In the absence of a designation of a chief operating officer by the Board of Trustees, the president shall be the chief operating officer. He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Trustees or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Trust or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Trustees from time to time.

Section 9. VICE PRESIDENTS . In the absence of the president or in the event of a vacancy in such office, the vice president (or in the event there be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order designated at the time of their election or, in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president; and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to such vice president by the executive chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or the Board of Trustees. The Board of Trustees may designate one or more vice presidents as executive vice president, senior vice president or vice president for particular areas of responsibility.

Section 10. SECRETARY . The secretary shall (a) keep the minutes of the proceedings of the shareholders, the Board of Trustees and committees of the Board of Trustees in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the trust records and of the seal of the Trust; (d) keep a register of the post office address of each shareholder which shall be furnished to the secretary by such shareholder; (e) have general charge of the share transfer books of the Trust; and (f) in general perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the executive chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or the Board of Trustees.

Section 11. TREASURER . The treasurer shall have the custody of the funds and securities of the Trust, shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in

 

19


books belonging to the Trust, shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Trust in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Trustees and in general shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the executive chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or the Board of Trustees. In the absence of a designation of a chief financial officer by the Board of Trustees, the treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Trust.

The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Trust as may be ordered by the Board of Trustees, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the executive chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president and the Board of Trustees, at the regular meetings of the Board of Trustees or whenever it may so require, an account of all his or her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Trust.

Section 12. ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS . The assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers, in general, shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the secretary or treasurer, respectively, or by the executive chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or the Board of Trustees.

Section 13. COMPENSATION . The compensation of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by or under the authority of the Board of Trustees and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by reason of the fact that he or she is also a trustee.

ARTICLE VI

CONTRACTS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

Section 1. CONTRACTS . The Board of Trustees may authorize any officer or agent to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Trust and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Any agreement, deed, mortgage, lease, bond, note, guaranty or other document shall be valid and binding upon the Trust when duly authorized or ratified by action of the Board of Trustees and executed by an authorized person. The signature of the executing officer may be either manual, facsimile or electronic.

Section 2. CHECKS AND DRAFTS . All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Trust shall be signed by such officer or agent of the Trust in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Trustees.

Section 3. DEPOSITS . All funds of the Trust not otherwise employed shall be deposited or invested from time to time to the credit of the Trust as the Board of Trustees, the chief executive officer, the president, the chief financial officer, or any other officer designated by the Board of Trustees may determine.

 

20


ARTICLE VII

SHARES

Section 1. CERTIFICATES . Except as may be otherwise provided by the Board of Trustees, shareholders of the Trust are not entitled to certificates evidencing the shares of beneficial interest held by them. In the event that the Trust issues shares of beneficial interest evidenced by certificates, such certificates shall be in such form as prescribed by the Board of Trustees or a duly authorized officer, shall contain the statements and information required by the MRL and shall be signed in any manner contemplated for execution of stock certificates for Maryland corporations in the MGCL. In the event that the Trust issues shares of beneficial interest without certificates, to the extent then required by the MRL, the Trust shall provide to the record holders of such shares a written statement of the information required by the MRL to be included on share certificates. There shall be no differences in the rights and obligations of shareholders based on whether or not their shares are evidenced by certificates.

Section 2. TRANSFERS . All transfers of shares shall be made on the books of the Trust, by the holder of the shares, in person or by his or her attorney, in such manner as the Board of Trustees or any officer of the Trust may prescribe and, if such shares are certificated, upon surrender of certificates duly endorsed. The issuance of a new certificate upon the transfer of certificated shares is subject to the determination of the Board of Trustees that such shares shall no longer be evidenced by certificates. Upon the transfer of any uncertificated shares, to the extent then required by the MRL, the Trust shall provide to the record holders of such shares a written statement of the information required by the MRL to be included on share certificates.

The Trust shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share of beneficial interest as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise expressly provided by the laws of the State of Maryland.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, transfers of shares of any class or series of beneficial interest will be subject in all respects to the Declaration of Trust, and all of the terms and conditions contained therein.

Section 3. REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE . Any officer of the Trust may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Trust alleged to have been lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated; provided, however, if such shares have ceased to be certificated, no new certificate shall be issued unless requested in writing by such shareholder and the Board of Trustees has determined that such certificates may be issued. Unless otherwise determined by an officer of the Trust, the owner of such lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, shall be required, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, to give the Trust a bond in such sums as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Trust.

 

21


Section 4. FIXING OF RECORD DATE . The Board of Trustees may set, in advance, a record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the allotment of any other rights, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose. Such date, in any case, shall not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed and shall be not more than 90 days and, in the case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than ten days, before the date on which the meeting or particular action requiring such determination of shareholders of record is to be held or taken.

When a record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been set as provided in this section, such record date shall continue to apply to the meeting if adjourned or postponed, except if the meeting is adjourned or postponed to a date more than 120 days after the record date originally fixed for the meeting, in which case a new record date for such meeting may be determined as set forth herein.

Section 5. SHARE LEDGER . The Trust shall maintain at its principal office or at the office of its counsel, accountants or transfer agent, an original or duplicate share ledger containing the name and address of each shareholder and the number of shares of each class held by such shareholder.

Section 6. FRACTIONAL SHARES; ISSUANCE OF UNITS . The Board of Trustees may authorize the Trust to issue fractional shares or authorize the issuance of scrip, all on such terms and under such conditions as it may determine. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, the Board of Trustees may authorize the Trust to issue units consisting of different securities of the Trust. Any security issued in a unit shall have the same characteristics as any identical securities issued by the Trust, except that the Board of Trustees may provide that for a specified period securities of the Trust issued in such unit may be transferred on the books of the Trust only in such unit.

ARTICLE VIII

ACCOUNTING YEAR

The Board of Trustees shall have the power, from time to time, to fix the fiscal year of the Trust by a duly adopted resolution.

ARTICLE IX

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 1. AUTHORIZATION . Dividends and other distributions upon the shares of beneficial interest of the Trust may be authorized by the Board of Trustees, subject to the provisions of law and the Declaration of Trust. Dividends and other distributions may be paid in cash, property or shares of beneficial interest of the Trust, subject to the provisions of law and the Declaration of Trust.

 

22


Section 2. CONTINGENCIES . Before payment of any dividends or other distributions, there may be set aside out of any assets of the Trust available for dividends or other distributions such sum or sums as the Board of Trustees may from time to time, in its absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund for contingencies, for equalizing dividends, for repairing or maintaining any property of the Trust or for such other purpose as the Board of Trustees shall determine, and the Board of Trustees may modify or abolish any such reserve.

ARTICLE X

SEAL

Section 1. SEAL . The Board of Trustees may authorize the adoption of a seal by the Trust. The seal shall contain the name of the Trust and the year of its formation and the words “Formed Maryland.” The Board of Trustees may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof.

Section 2. AFFIXING SEAL . Whenever the Trust is permitted or required to affix its seal to a document, it shall be sufficient to meet the requirements of any law, rule or regulation relating to a seal to place the word “(SEAL)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to execute the document on behalf of the Trust.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCE OF EXPENSES

To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, the Trust shall indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, shall pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (a) any individual who is a present or former trustee, observer on the Board of Trustees pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement (“Observer”) or officer of the Trust and who is made or threatened to be made a party to, or witness in, the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity or (b) any individual who, while a trustee, Observer or officer of the Trust and at the request of the Trust, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, trustee, member, manager, employee or agent of another real estate investment trust, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or employee benefit plan or any other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to, or witness in, the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The rights to indemnification and advance of expenses provided by the Declaration of Trust and these Bylaws shall vest immediately upon election of a trustee or officer. The Trust shall have the power, with the approval of the Board of Trustees, to provide such indemnification and advancement of expenses to a person who served a predecessor of the Trust in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above and to any employee or agent of the Trust or a predecessor of the Trust. The indemnification and payment or reimbursement of expenses provided in these Bylaws shall not be deemed exclusive of or limit in any way other rights to which any person seeking indemnification or payment or reimbursement of expenses may be or may become entitled under any bylaw, resolution, insurance, agreement or otherwise.

 

23


Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws inconsistent with this Article, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding paragraph with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

ARTICLE XII

WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever any notice of a meeting is required to be given pursuant to the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws or pursuant to applicable law, a waiver thereof in writing or by electronic transmission, given by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any meeting need be set forth in the waiver of notice of such meeting, unless specifically required by statute. The attendance of any person at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

Both (a) the Board of Trustees and (b) the shareholders by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter by shareholders entitled to vote generally in the election of Trustees shall have the power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of these Bylaws and to make new Bylaws; except that (x) any amendment, alteration or repeal of Section 13 or Section 15 of Article II by the Board of Trustees must be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast on the matter by shareholders entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees and (y) any amendment to this Article XIII shall require the approval of (i) the Board of Trustees and (ii) the affirmative vote of the majority of votes cast on the matter by shareholders entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, alteration or repeal of Sections 2, 4, 7, 11 or 12 of Article III, in each case in a manner that would affect the rights of any shareholder (or any trustee designated by a shareholder) arising under or otherwise set forth in the Shareholders Agreement, or this sentence of Article XIII, and no adoption of any provision of these Bylaws that would conflict with the terms of the Shareholders Agreement, shall in any such case be valid without obtaining the requisite written consent provided for in Section 4.8 of the Shareholders Agreement.

ARTICLE XIV

EXCLUSIVE FORUM FOR CERTAIN LITIGATION

Unless the Trust consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Circuit Court for Baltimore City, Maryland, or, if that Court does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Maryland, Baltimore Division, shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any Internal Corporate Claim (as defined by the MGCL, as applicable to

 

24


the Trust pursuant to the Maryland REIT Law), and: (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Trust, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of any duty owed by any trustee or officer or other employee of the Trust to the Trust or to the shareholders of the Trust, (c) any action asserting a claim against the Trust or any trustee or officer or other employee of the Trust arising pursuant to any provision of the MGCL or the Declaration of Trust or Bylaws of the Trust or (d) any action asserting a claim against the Trust or any trustee or officer or other employee of the Trust that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

ARTICLE XV

MISCELLANEOUS

All references to the Declaration of Trust shall include all amendments and supplements thereto and any other documents filed with and accepted for record by the State Department of Assessments and Taxation related thereto.

 

25

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

AR NUMBER americold realty SHARES CUSIP 03064D 10 8 This certifies that is the record holder or FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE COMMON SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST, $.01 PAR VALUE, OF AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST transferable on the books of the Trust in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Register. WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Trust and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. Dated: SEAL Dec 27, 2002 WELLS FARGO BANK N.A. EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN SECRETARY AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE The Trust will furnish to any shareholder, on request and without charge, a full statement of the information required by Section 8-203(d) of the Corporations and Associations Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland with respect to the designations and any preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other distributions, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption of the shares of each class of beneficial interest which the Trust has authority to issue and, if the Trust is authorized to issue any preferred or special class in series, (i) the differences in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each series to the extent they have been set, and (ii) the authority of the Board of Trustees to set the relative rights and preferences of subsequent series. The foregoing summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirely by reference to the Declaration of Trust of the Trust, a copy of which will be sent without charge to each shareholder who so requests. Such request must be made to the Secretary of the Trust at its principal office. The shares evidenced by this certificate are subject to restrictions on Beneficial and Constructive Ownership and Transfer for the purpose of the Trust’s maintenance of its status as a Real Estate Investment Trust (a “REIT”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Subject to certain further restrictions and except as expressly provided in the Trust’s Declaration of Trust, (i) no Person may beneficially of Constructively Own common Shares of the Trust in excess of 9.8 percent (in value or number of shares) of the outstanding common Shares of the Trust, unless such Person is an Excepted Holder(in which case the excepted Holder Limit shall be applicable) or a Look-Through Entity (in which case the Look-Through Ownership Limit shall be applicable) ; (ii) no Person may Beneficially or Constructively Own Equity shares of the Trust in excess of 9.8 percent of the value of the total outstanding Equity Shares of the Trust, unless such Person is an Excepted Holder (in which case the Excepted Holder Limit shall be applicable) or a Look-Through Entity (in which case the Look-Through Ownership Limit shall be applicable): (iii) no Person may Beneficially or Constructively Own Equity Shares that would result in the Trust being “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the code or otherwise cause the Trust to fail to qualify as a REIT; and (iv) no Person may Transfer Equity Shares if such Transfer would result in Equity shares of the Trust being owned by fewer than 100 Persons. Any Person who Beneficially or Constructively Owns or attempts to Beneficially or Constructively Own Equity Shares which cause or will cause a Person to Beneficially or Constructively Own Equity shares in excess or in violation of the above limitations must immediately notify the Trust. If any of the restrictions on transfer or ownership are violated, the Equity Shares represented hereby will be automatically transferred to a Trustee of a Charitable Trust for the benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events, attempted Transfers in violation of the restrictions described above may be void ab intio. All capitalized terms in this legend have the meanings defined in the Trust’s Declaration of Trust, as the same may be amended from time to time, a copy of which, including the restrictions on transfer and ownership, will be furnished to each holder of Equity Shares of the Trust on request and without charge. The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulatiojns: TEN COM – as tenants in common TEN ENT – as tenants by the entities JT TEN – as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common COMP PROP - as community property UNIF GFT MINACT – Custodian (Cust) (Minor) under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (State) Custodian (until age ) under Uniform Transfers (Minor) to Minors Act (State) Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.


LOGO

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIPCODE, OF ASSIGNEE) Shares of the beneficial interest evidenced by within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney-in-fact to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named Trust with full power of the substitution in the premises. Dated NOTICE THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER. Signature(s) Guaranteed: By THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE QUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION, (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE QUARANTEE ME DALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C RULE17 AD-15 QUARANTEES BY ANOTARY PUBLIC ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE SIGNATURE GUARANTEES MUST NOT BE DATED.

Exhibit 10.7

Execution Version

 

 

Published CUSIP Number: 03063RAG3

CREDIT AGREEMENT

among

AMERICOLD REALTY OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.,

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST,

The Several Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuers from Time to Time Parties Hereto,

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA

and

COÖOPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH,

as Syndication Agents

and

COMPASS BANK,

CITIZENS BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

REGIONS BANK

and

SUNTRUST BANK,

as Documentation Agents

Dated as of [_____________], 2017

 

 

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

RBC CAPITAL MARKETS

and

COÖOPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH,

as Joint Lead Arrangers

and

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED,

as Sole Bookrunner


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1  

Section 1.1.

  Defined Terms      1  

Section 1.2.

  Other Definitional Provisions      47  

Section 1.3.

  Classifications of Loans      48  

Section 1.4.

  Accounting Terms; GAAP      48  

Section 1.5.

  Pro Forma Calculations      49  

Section 1.6.

  Rounding      49  

Section 1.7.

  Timing of Payment or Performance      49  

Section 1.8.

  Times of Day; Rates      49  

ARTICLE II AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT

     49  

Section 2.1.

  Commitments      49  

Section 2.2.

  Borrowings, Continuations and Conversions of Loans      50  

Section 2.3.

  Swing Line Loans      52  

Section 2.4.

  Administrative Agent’s Clawback      55  

Section 2.5.

  Repayment of Loans      57  

Section 2.6.

  Evidence of Debt      57  

Section 2.7.

  [Reserved]      58  

Section 2.8.

  Interest      58  

Section 2.9.

  LIBOR Successor Rate      59  

Section 2.10.

  Increased Costs, Illegality, Etc.      60  

Section 2.11.

  Compensation      63  

Section 2.12.

  Change of Lending Office      64  

Section 2.13.

  Notice of Certain Costs      64  

 

i


Section 2.14.

  Increase in Facilities      65  

Section 2.15.

  Replacement of Lenders or Termination of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances      68  

Section 2.16.

  Defaulting Lenders      69  

Section 2.17.

  Extension of Revolving Loan Maturity Date.      71  

ARTICLE III LETTERS OF CREDIT

     73  

Section 3.1.

  Letters of Credit      73  

Section 3.2.

  Letter of Credit Requests      75  

Section 3.3.

  Letter of Credit Participations      77  

Section 3.4.

  Agreement to Repay Letter of Credit Drawings      79  

Section 3.5.

  Increased Costs      82  

Section 3.6.

  New or Successor Letter of Credit Issuer      82  

Section 3.7.

  Role of Letter of Credit Issuer      84  

Section 3.8.

  Cash Collateral      85  

Section 3.9.

  Governing Law; Applicability of ISP and UCP      86  

Section 3.10.

  Conflict with Issuer Documents      86  

Section 3.11.

  Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries      86  

Section 3.12.

  Letter of Credit Issuer Reports to Administrative Agent      87  

ARTICLE IV FEES; COMMITMENT REDUCTIONS AND TERMINATIONS

     87  

Section 4.1.

  Fees      87  

Section 4.2.

  Voluntary Reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments      89  

Section 4.3.

  Mandatory Termination of Commitments      89  

ARTICLE V PAYMENTS

     89  

Section 5.1.

  Voluntary Prepayments      89  

Section 5.2.

  Mandatory Prepayments      90  

Section 5.3.

  Method and Place of Payment      91  

 

ii


Section 5.4.

  Net Payments      92  

Section 5.5.

  Computations of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate      97  

Section 5.6.

  Limit on Rate of Interest      98  

ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     98  

Section 6.1.

  Financial Condition      99  

Section 6.2.

  No Change      99  

Section 6.3.

  Existence; Compliance with Law      99  

Section 6.4.

  Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations      100  

Section 6.5.

  No Legal Bar      100  

Section 6.6.

  Litigation      100  

Section 6.7.

  Ownership of Property; Liens; Qualified Assets; Casualty      100  

Section 6.8.

  Intellectual Property      101  

Section 6.9.

  REIT Status; Stock Exchange Listing; Taxes      101  

Section 6.10.

  Federal Regulations      101  

Section 6.11.

  ERISA      102  

Section 6.12.

  Investment Company Act      102  

Section 6.13.

  Subsidiaries      102  

Section 6.14.

  Use of Proceeds      102  

Section 6.15.

  Environmental Matters      102  

Section 6.16.

  Accuracy of Information, Etc.      103  

Section 6.17.

  Collateral Documents      104  

Section 6.18.

  Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions      104  

Section 6.19.

  Labor Matters      104  

Section 6.20.

  Solvency      105  

Section 6.21.

  Insurance      105  

 

iii


Section 6.22.

  No Default      105  

Section 6.23.

  EEA Financial Institution      105  

ARTICLE VII CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     105  

Section 7.1.

  Conditions to Effectiveness      105  

Section 7.2.

  Conditions to Each Extension of Credit      109  

ARTICLE VIII AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     109  

Section 8.1.

  Financial Statements      110  

Section 8.2.

  Certificates; Other Information      111  

Section 8.3.

  Lines of Business      114  

Section 8.4.

  Taxes      114  

Section 8.5.

  Maintenance of Existence; Compliance with Law      114  

Section 8.6.

  Maintenance of Property; Insurance      114  

Section 8.7.

  Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions; Appraisals      115  

Section 8.8.

  Notices      116  

Section 8.9.

  Environmental Laws      117  

Section 8.10.

  Additional Collateral/Subsidiaries      117  

Section 8.11.

  Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit      117  

Section 8.12.

  Know Your Customer      118  

Section 8.13.

  Maintenance of REIT Status; Stock Exchange Listing; Further Assurances      118  

Section 8.14.

  [Reserved]      118  

Section 8.15.

  Removal of Qualified Assets – Borrower      118  

Section 8.16.

  Removal of Qualified Assets – Administrative Agent      119  

Section 8.17.

  Additional Qualified Assets      119  

Section 8.18.

  Minimum Property Condition      120  

Section 8.19.

  Payment of Obligations      120  

 

iv


ARTICLE IX NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     121  

Section 9.1.

  Financial Covenants      121  

Section 9.2.

  Indebtedness      121  

Section 9.3.

  Liens      122  

Section 9.4.

  Fundamental Changes      122  

Section 9.5.

  Restricted Payments      122  

Section 9.6.

  Transactions with Affiliates      123  

Section 9.7.

  Amendments to Organizational Documents      123  

Section 9.8.

  No Further Negative Pledges      124  

Section 9.9.

  Use of Proceeds      124  

Section 9.10.

  Investments      125  

Section 9.11.

  Changes in Fiscal Periods      125  

Section 9.12.

  Asset Sales      125  

Section 9.13.

  Environmental Matters      125  

Section 9.14.

  Sanctions; Anti-Corruption; Anti-Money Laundering      125  

ARTICLE X EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     126  

Section 10.1.

  Events of Default      126  

Section 10.2.

  Application of Funds      129  

ARTICLE XI THE AGENTS

     130  

Section 11.1.

  Appointment      130  

Section 11.2.

  Delegation of Duties      130  

Section 11.3.

  Exculpatory Provisions      131  

Section 11.4.

  Reliance by Agent      132  

Section 11.5.

  Notice of Default      132  

Section 11.6.

  Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders      133  

 

v


Section 11.7.

  Indemnification      133  

Section 11.8.

  Agent in Its Individual Capacity      134  

Section 11.9.

  Successor Agent      134  

Section 11.10.

  Bookrunner; Lead Arrangers; Syndication Agents; Documentation Agents      135  

Section 11.11.

  Agents May File Proofs of Claim      136  

Section 11.12.

  Agents Under Collateral Documents      137  

Section 11.13.

  ERISA      139  

ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS

     141  

Section 12.1.

  Amendments and Waivers      141  

Section 12.2.

  Notices      144  

Section 12.3.

  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement      146  

Section 12.4.

  Survival of Representations and Warranties      147  

Section 12.5.

  Payment of Expenses; Damages Waiver      147  

Section 12.6.

  Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments      149  

Section 12.7.

  Adjustments; Set-off; Payments Set Aside      155  

Section 12.8.

  Counterparts      156  

Section 12.9.

  Severability      156  

Section 12.10.

  Integration      157  

Section 12.11.

  GOVERNING LAW      157  

Section 12.12.

  Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers      157  

Section 12.13.

  No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility      158  

Section 12.14.

  Interest Rate Limitation      158  

Section 12.15.

  Releases of Liens      159  

Section 12.16.

  Confidentiality      159  

Section 12.17.

  WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL      160  

 

vi


Section 12.18.

  Patriot Act      160  

Section 12.19.

  Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents      161  

Section 12.20.

  ENTIRE AGREEMENT      161  

Section 12.21.

  Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions      161  

ARTICLE XIII CONTINUING GUARANTY

     162  

Section 13.1.

  Guaranty      162  

Section 13.2.

  Rights of Secured Parties      162  

Section 13.3.

  Certain Waivers      162  

Section 13.4.

  Obligations Independent      163  

Section 13.5.

  Subrogation      163  

Section 13.6.

  Termination; Reinstatement      163  

Section 13.7.

  Subordination      163  

Section 13.8.

  Stay of Acceleration      164  

Section 13.9.

  Condition of Borrower      164  

Section 13.10.

  Keepwell      164  

Section 13.11.

  Termination      164  

 

vii


SCHEDULES :

1.1A   

Commitments, Applicable Percentages and Sublimits

1.1B   

Qualified Assets

3.1A   

Existing Letters of Credit

6.13   

Subsidiaries

9.6   

Transactions with Affiliates

12.2   

Administrative Agent’s Office; Certain Addresses for Notices

EXHIBITS :

A   

Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

B   

Form of Borrowing Base Certificate

C   

Form of Perfection Certificate

D-1   

Form of Assignment and Assumption

D-2   

Form of Administrative Questionnaire

E   

Form of Promissory Note (Term Loan)

F   

Form of Promissory Note (Revolving Credit Loan)

G-1   

Form of Committed Loan Notice

G-2   

Form of Swing Line Loan Notice

H   

Form of Designation Notice

I   

Form of Compliance Certificate

J   

Form of Non-Bank Tax Certificates (J-1 through J-4)

 

viii


CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [                    ], among AMERICOLD REALTY OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Borrower ”), AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST, a Maryland real estate investment trust (the “ Company ”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties to this Agreement as Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuers (each, as defined in Section  1.1 ) and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as administrative agent.

The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the terms listed in this Section  1.1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section  1.1 .

Acceptable Appraisal ”: a written appraisal (a) prepared by a qualified professional independent MAI appraiser selected by the Administrative Agent and who is not an employee of any Group Member or any of their Affiliates, the Administrative Agent or any Lender, (b) reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to form, assumptions, substance and appraisal date and (c) prepared in compliance with FIRREA and all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations applicable to the Lenders, appraisals and/or valuations of Real Property.

Acceptable Portfolio Appraisal ”: an appraisal that meets the requirements of an Acceptable Appraisal that appraises all Eligible Owned Assets and Eligible Ground Leased Assets on a portfolio basis and that includes a premium for the value of such assets on a portfolio basis as compared to the sum of the individual values of such assets.

Addition Conditions ”: as defined in Section  8.17 .

Additional TL Tranche ”: as defined in Section  2.14(a) .

Administrative Agent ”: Bank of America, as the administrative agent for the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with any of its successors.

Administrative Agent’s Office ”: the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 12.2 , or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the Lenders.

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in substantially the form of Exhibit D-2 or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Advance Percentage ”: with respect to: (a) Eligible Owned Assets, 65%; (b) Eligible Ground Leased Assets, 65%; (c) Eligible Capital Leased Assets, 35%; (d) Eligible Operating Leased Assets, 35%; and (e) the Eligible Managed Segment, 35%.


Affiliate ”: as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. The terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

Agent Indemnitee ”: as defined in Section  11.7 .

Agents ”: the collective reference to the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agents and the Documentation Agents.

Aggregate Borrowing Base Amount ”: as of any date of determination, the sum of the Borrowing Base Amount for each Qualified Asset; provided that (i) the aggregate amount contributed to the Aggregate Borrowing Base Amount by Eligible Capital Leased Assets, Eligible Operating Leased Assets and the Eligible Managed Segment, collectively, shall not exceed 10% of the Aggregate Borrowing Base Amount at any time, (ii) the aggregate amount contributed to the Aggregate Borrowing Base Amount by Eligible Capital Leased Assets, Eligible Ground Leased Assets, Eligible Operating Leased Assets and the Eligible Managed Segment, collectively, shall not exceed 25% of the Aggregate Borrowing Base Amount at any time (and accordingly, Eligible Owned Assets must at all times equal or exceed 75% of the Aggregate Borrowing Base Amount), (iii) the aggregate amount contributed to the Aggregate Borrowing Base Amount by Eligible Ground Leased Assets shall not exceed 20% of the Aggregate Borrowing Base Amount at any time and (iv) any single Qualified Asset shall not constitute greater than 10% of the Aggregate Borrowing Base Amount at any time; provided that, to the extent such limitation is exceeded, only such portion of the value of such Qualified Asset or Qualified Assets shall be excluded from the calculation of the Aggregate Borrowing Base Amount to the extent necessary to comply with the foregoing limitations.

Agreement ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Anti-Corruption Laws ”: the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 and all laws, rules and regulations of any other jurisdiction applicable to the Company, the Borrower or their respective Subsidiaries concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.

Anti-Terrorism Laws ”: any Requirement of Law related to terrorism financing, economic sanctions or money laundering, including: 18 U.S.C. §§ 1956 and 1957; The Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act (also known as the “Bank Secrecy Act”, 31 U.S.C. §§ 5311-5332 and 12 U.S.C. §§ 1818(s), 1820b and 1951-1959), as amended by the Patriot Act, and their implementing regulations; the Trading With the Enemy Act (50 U.S.C. § 1 et seq., as amended), the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (50 U.S.C. § 1701 et seq., as amended) and Executive Order 13224 (effective September 24, 2001), and their implementing regulations.

Applicable Margin ”: for any day, with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, Base Rate Loan and Letter of Credit Fee, as the case may be, the applicable rate per annum set forth below, based upon the range into which the Total Leverage Ratio then falls in accordance with the following table:

 

2


Total Leverage Ratio

   Applicable Margin for
Eurodollar Loans

(and Letters of Credit)
    Applicable
Margin for
Base Rate
 

£ 35%

     2.35     1.35

> 35% and £ 40%

     2.50     1.50

> 40% and £ 50%

     2.75     1.75

> 50%

     3.00     2.00

The Total Leverage Ratio shall be determined as of the end of each fiscal quarter based on the Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section  8.2(a) in respect of such fiscal quarter, and each change in rates resulting from a change in the Total Leverage Ratio shall be effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date on which the Administrative Agent receives a Compliance Certificate indicating such change. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Compliance Certificate is not delivered when due in accordance with Section  8.2(a) , then the highest pricing shall apply as of the first Business Day after the date on which such Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered and shall continue to apply until the first Business Day immediately following the date such Compliance Certificate is delivered whereupon the Applicable Margin shall be adjusted based upon the calculation of the Total Leverage Ratio contained in such Compliance Certificate. The Applicable Margin in effect from the Closing Date through the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered pursuant to Section  8.2(a) for the first full fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date shall be determined based on the Total Leverage Ratio as set forth in the Pro Forma Closing Date Compliance Certificate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this definition, the determination of the Applicable Margin for any period shall be subject to the provisions of Section  5.5(b) .

Applicable Percentage ” (a) in respect of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment, with respect to any Revolving Credit Lender at any time, such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage and (b) in respect of the Term Loan Facility, with respect to any Term Loan Lender at any time, a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is such Lender’s Term Loans at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the Term Loan Facility at such time, subject to adjustment as provided in Section  2.17 . The initial Applicable Percentages of each Lender are set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 1.1A or in the Assignment and Assumption or Joinder Agreement pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.

Applicable Qualified Asset ”: each type of Qualified Asset other than Eligible Owned Assets and Eligible Ground Leases Assets.

Applicable Qualified EBITDA ”: with respect to any Applicable Qualified Asset, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the portion of EBITDA attributable to such Applicable Qualified Asset for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period of the Borrower for which financial statements have been received pursuant to Section  8.1(a) or Section  8.1(b) , as applicable.

 

3


Appraised Value ”: with respect to each Eligible Owned Asset and Eligible Ground Leased Asset, at any time, the “as is” market value of going concern for such Qualified Asset set forth in the most recent Acceptable Appraisal of such Qualified Asset delivered to the Administrative Agent; provided that, (a) with respect to each Qualified Asset for which the Administrative Agent has consented, in its sole discretion, to accept an Acceptable Appraisal as described in clause (ii) of Section  7.1(p) , during the 45 day period commencing on the Closing Date, the Appraised Value of such Qualified Asset shall be the “as is” market value of going concern for such Qualified Asset set forth in such Acceptable Appraisal and thereafter the Appraised Value of such Qualified Asset shall be zero unless and until a new Acceptable Appraisal for such Qualified Asset has been received by the Administrative Agent, and (b) if such Qualified Asset was included in the most recent Acceptable Portfolio Appraisal, the Appraised Value of such Qualified Asset shall be the product of (x) the “as is” market value of going concern for such Qualified Asset set forth in the most recent Acceptable Portfolio Appraisal and (y) the Portfolio Premium.

Approved Electronic Communications ”: any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material provided by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed to Lenders by means of electronic communications pursuant to Section  12.2(b) .

Approved Fund ”: as defined in Section  12.6(b) .

Assignee ”: as defined in Section  12.6(b) .

Assignment and Assumption ”: an Assignment and Assumption, substantially in the form of Exhibit  D or any other form (including electronic documentation generated by use of an electronic platform) approved by the Administrative Agent.

Available Commitment ”: an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment over (ii) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of (a) all Revolving Credit Loans then outstanding and (b) the aggregate L/C Obligations at such time, subject to adjustment as provided in Section  2.16 . For the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate principal amount of Swing Line Loans shall not be counted towards or considered usage of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment for purposes of determining the Available Commitment and the Unused Fee.

Availability ”: at any time, an amount equal to (a) the Borrowing Base as of such time minus (b) the Total Extensions of Credit.

Availability Period ”: the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (a) the Revolving Loan Maturity Date, (b) the date of termination of the Total Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to Section  4.2 , and (c) the date of termination of the commitment of each Revolving Credit Lender to make Revolving Credit Loans and of the obligation of the Letter of Credit Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions pursuant to Section  10.l .

 

4


Bail-In Action ”: the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation ”: with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Bank of America ”: Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.

Bankruptcy Code ”: the provisions of Title 11 of the United States Code, 11 USC §§ 101 et seq., as amended, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

Base Rate ”: for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate,” and (c) the Eurodollar Rate plus 1.00%. The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such prime rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

Base Rate Loan ”: a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

Benefit Plan ”: any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in Section 4975 of the Code or (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42) or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.

Benefitted Lender ”: as defined in Section  12.7(a) .

Board ”: the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

Bookrunner ”: MLPFS in its capacity as sole bookrunner for the credit facilities under this Agreement.

Borrower ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Borrower Materials ” as defined in Section  8.2 .

Borrowing ”: Loans of the same Class and Type made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

Borrowing Base ”: as of any date of determination, the Aggregate Borrowing Base Amount in effect as of such date.

 

5


Borrowing Base Amount ”: as of any date of determination, with respect to any Qualified Asset, (i) the Eligible Value of such Qualified Asset multiplied by (ii) the Advance Percentage applicable to such Qualified Asset.

Borrowing Base Certificate ”: a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

Borrowing Base Coverage Ratio ”: as of the last day of any Reference Period, the ratio of (a) the Borrowing Base in effect as of such date to (b) the sum of Total Extensions of Credit as of such date.

Borrowing Base Debt Service Coverage Ratio ”: as of the last day of any Reference Period, the ratio of (a) the EBITDA of all Qualified Assets as of such date to (b) the Interest Expense as of such date attributable to Indebtedness under the Loan Documents.

Business ”: as defined in Section  6.15(b) .

Business Day ”: a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized or required to close under the laws of, or are in fact closed in, New York City or in the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located; provided that, with respect to notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest on, Eurodollar Loans, such day is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the interbank Eurodollar market.

Capital Assets ”: with respect to any Person, all equipment, fixed assets and Real Property or improvements of such Person, or replacements or substitutions therefor or additions thereto, that in accordance with GAAP have been or should be reflected as additions to property, plant or equipment on the balance sheet of such Person.

Capital Lease ”: as defined in the definition of “ Capital Lease Obligations ”.

Capital Lease Obligations ”: as to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP (such lease, a “ Capital Lease ”) and, for the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Stock ”: any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.

Capitalization Rate ”: 8.25%.

Cash ”: money, currency or a credit balance in any demand or deposit account.

 

6


Cash Collateralize ”: to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of one or more of the Letter of Credit Issuers or the Lenders, as collateral for L/C Obligations or obligations of the Lenders to fund participations in respect of L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances or, if the Administrative Agent and a Letter of Credit Issuer shall agree in their sole discretion, other credit support, in each case, pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and such Letter of Credit Issuer. “ Cash Collateral ” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

Cash Equivalents ”: (a) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition; (b) certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances having maturities of 180 days or less from the date of acquisition issued by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000; (c) commercial paper of an issuer maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition and having, at such date of acquisition, the highest credit rating obtainable from S&P or Moody’s; and (d) fully collateralized repurchase obligations of any Lender or of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause  (b) of this definition, having a term of not more than 30 days, with respect to securities described in clause  (a) above; or (e) money market funds that (x) comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (y) are rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody’s and (z) have portfolio assets of at least $5,000,000,000.

Cash Management Agreement ”: any agreement or arrangement to provide Cash Management Services.

Cash Management Bank ”: with respect to any Cash Management Agreement with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, any provider of Cash Management Services thereunder that (a) is the Administrative Agent, the Bookrunner, a Lead Arranger or an Affiliate of the foregoing, (b) at the time it entered into such Cash Management Agreement, was the Administrative Agent, the Bookrunner, a Lead Arranger, a Lender or an Affiliate of the foregoing, (c) with respect to any such Cash Management Agreement entered into on or prior to the Closing Date, is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender on the Closing Date and (d) with respect to any such Cash Management Agreement entered into after the Closing Date, is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender at the time such Cash Management Agreement is entered into, in each case, in its capacity as a party to such Cash Management Agreement.

Cash Management Services ”: the treasury management services (including controlled disbursements, zero balance arrangements, cash sweeps, automated clearinghouse transactions, return items, overdrafts, temporary advances, interest and fees and interstate depository network services), commercial credit cards, merchant card services, purchase or debit cards, including non-card e-payable services, or electronic funds transfer services and any other demand deposit or operating account relationship service provided to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

Change in Law ”: the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request,

 

7


rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, implemented or issued.

Change of Control ”: the occurrence of any of the following events: (a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) other than the Permitted Holders becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the outstanding equity securities of the Company entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Company; (b) the Company shall cease to be the sole general partner of the Borrower, or any Persons other than the Company shall own, directly or indirectly, free of any Liens, encumbrances or adverse claims, Capital Stock of the Borrower that, if exchanged for Capital Stock of the Company, would result in a Change of Control under clause (a)  above; (c) the Borrower shall fail to own, directly or indirectly, free of any Liens, encumbrances or adverse claims, 100% of the Capital Stock of each Guarantor (except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement); or (d) occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of trustees of the Company by Persons who were neither (x) nominated by the board of trustees of the Company nor (y) appointed by directors so nominated.

Charges ”: as defined in Section  12.14 .

Class ”: (i) when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, shall refer to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Credit Loans, Term Loans or term loans under an Additional TL Tranche, and (ii) when used in reference to any Lender, refers to whether such Lender has a Loan or Commitment of such Class.

Closing Date ”: the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section  7.1 shall have been satisfied or waived in accordance with Section  12.1 , which date is [                    ].

CMBS Financing ”: any loans or notes incurred by or issued to certain Excluded Subsidiaries of the Borrower as borrowers under commercial mortgage-backed securities financing transactions from time to time.

Code ”: the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

Collateral ”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Collateral Documents ”: collectively, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and each other security agreement or other document, instrument or certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent granting or perfecting a Lien on any property of any Person to secure the Obligations.

 

8


Commitments ”: with respect to each Lender (to the extent applicable), such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment or Term Loan Commitment.

Committed Loan Notice ”: a notice of a (a) Borrowing of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans, (b) conversion of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) continuation of Eurocurrency Loans, pursuant to Section  2.2(a) , which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit G-1 or such other form as may be reasonably approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

Commodity Exchange Act ”: the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.).

Company ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Compliance Certificate ”: a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit I .

Connection Income Taxes ”: Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

Consolidated Secured Recourse Indebtedness ”: at any time, Secured Recourse Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

Consolidated Tangible Net Worth ”: as of any date of determination, the following determined in accordance with GAAP: (a) Shareholders’ Equity on such date determined on a consolidated basis, less (b) the Intangible Assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on such date determined on a consolidated basis, plus (c) all accumulated depreciation and amortization of the Company and its Subsidiaries on such date determined on a consolidated basis.

Contractual Obligation ”: as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any legally binding contract, agreement, indenture, note, bond, loan, instrument, lease, conditional sales contract, mortgage, license, franchise agreement, binding commitment or other arrangement, whether written or oral, to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound other than the Obligations.

Customary Non-Recourse Carve-Outs ”: with respect to any Non-Recourse Indebtedness, exclusions from the exculpation provisions with respect to such Non-Recourse Indebtedness for fraud, misrepresentation, misapplication of funds, waste, environmental claims and liabilities, voluntary bankruptcy, collusive involuntary bankruptcy, prohibited transfers, violations of single purpose entity covenants and other circumstances customarily excluded by institutional lenders from exculpation provisions and/or included in separate indemnification agreements or guaranties in non-recourse or tax-exempt financings of commercial real estate.

Debtor Relief Laws ”: the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States of America or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

 

9


Default ”: any of the events specified in Section  10.1 , whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, in each case, as set forth in such section, has been satisfied.

Defaulting Lender ”: subject to Section  2.16(b) , any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, any Letter of Credit Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans) within two Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, any Letter of Credit Issuer, the Swing Line Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect, (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder ( provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c)  upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity, or (iii) become the subject of a Bail-In Action; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Capital Stock in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a)  through (d) above, and of the effective date of such status, shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section  2.17(b) ) as of the date established therefor by the Administrative Agent in a written notice of such determination, which shall be delivered by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower, each Letter of Credit Issuer, the Swing Line Lender and each other Lender promptly following such determination.

Default Rate ”: as defined in Section  2.8(c) .

Designation Notice ”: a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit H from a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to the Administrative Agent asserting that such Lender or Affiliate is a Qualified Counterparty or a Cash Management Bank.

Development Property ”: as of any date of determination, Real Property under development on which the improvements related to the development have not been completed on such date; provided that such Real Property shall cease to be a Development Property upon the first to occur of (a) the date that is six full fiscal quarters following substantial completion (including issuance of a temporary or permanent certificate of occupancy for the improvements

 

10


under construction permitting the use and occupancy for their regular intended uses) of such Real Property, and (b) the first day of the first fiscal quarter following the date on which such Development Property has achieved a Leased Rate of at least 85%, and shall thereafter be considered a “Stabilized Property” for the purposes of the calculation of Total Asset Value.

Disposition ”: with respect to any business, assets or property of any kind of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, any sale, lease, sub-lease, sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition or exchange thereof, with or without recourse. The terms “ Dispose ” and “ Disposed of ” shall have correlative meanings.

Disregarded Domestic Person ”: any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary that has no material assets other than (i) the equity or indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries and/or other Disregarded Domestic Persons and (ii) an immaterial amount of Cash and Cash Equivalents.

Documentation Agents ”: Compass Bank, Citizens Bank, National Association, Regions Bank and SunTrust Bank, each in its capacity as a documentation agent under this Agreement.

Dollars ” and “ $ ”: dollars in lawful currency of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary ”: any Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

EBITDA ”: with respect to the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries, for any Reference Period, earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, depletion and amortization calculated in accordance with GAAP, as may be adjusted in accordance with the definition of Pro Forma Basis and at all times excluding, without duplication, (i) impairment and other non-cash charges or gains including, for the avoidance of doubt, equity in earnings (but excluding any non-cash charge in respect of an item that was included in EBITDA in a prior period and any charges that result in a write-down or write-off of inventory and excluding amortization expense attributable to a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period), (ii) stock-based compensation expense, (iii) gains or losses from sales of previously depreciated assets, (iv) extraordinary gains or losses from foreign exchange, (v) extraordinary gains or losses from derivative instruments and (vi) other extraordinary or non-recurring gains, losses or charges; provided , however , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, for the purposes of determining the contribution to EBITDA of, or portion of EBITDA attributable to, any Real Property or Qualified Asset, EBITDA shall equal revenues in respect of such Real Property or such Qualified Asset, less , without duplication, (A) operating expenses in respect of such Real Property or Qualified Asset (exclusive of corporate-level general and administrative expenses, impairment on intangibles and long-lived assets and depreciation, depletion and amortization expenses), (B) rent expenses in respect of such Real Property or Qualified Asset, and (C) the interest component of any capital lease expenses or similar fixed charges and debt service charges in respect of such Real Property or Qualified Asset, and shall at all times exclude extraordinary or non-recurring gains, losses or charges.

EEA Financial Institution ”: (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a Subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

 

11


EEA Member Country ”: any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority ”: any public administrative authority or any Person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Eligibility Criteria ”: Capital Leased Asset Eligibility Criteria, Ground Leased Asset Eligibility Criteria, Managed Segment Eligibility Criteria, Operating Leased Asset Eligibility Criteria or Owned Asset Eligibility Criteria, as applicable.

Eligible Capital Leased Assets ”: any asset that satisfies the following criteria (collectively, the “ Capital Leased Asset Eligibility Criteria ”):

(a) Such asset is leased pursuant to a Capital Lease by a Qualified Asset Guarantor as lessee, such Qualified Asset Guarantor has guaranteed the Obligations pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the Capital Stock of such Qualified Asset Guarantor is pledged as Collateral pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

(b) Such asset is located in the United States.

(c) Such Qualified Asset Guarantor’s interest in such asset (and in any income therefrom or proceeds thereof) is not directly or indirectly subject to any Lien or any Negative Pledge (other than (x) Liens and Negative Pledges created under the Loan Documents and (y) Permitted Encumbrances) and the Capital Stock of such Qualified Asset Guarantor (and any income therefrom or proceeds thereof) is not directly or indirectly subject to any Lien or any Negative Pledge (other than Permitted Equity Encumbrances).

(d) Such asset is free of any material defects and any material Environmental Liabilities that continue to exist after a period of thirty (30) days after the Borrower’s or such Qualified Asset Guarantor’s obtaining knowledge thereof and is in material compliance with all Environmental Laws to the extent the applicable Qualified Asset Guarantor could be liable for such material defects, material Environmental Liabilities or violations of Environmental Laws in connection with the management or operation of such asset.

(e) No default or event of default has occurred or with the passage of time or the giving of notice would occur under the Capital Lease regarding such asset.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received and completed a satisfactory review of such due diligence as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require with respect to such asset (which diligence the Administrative Agent shall (to the extent same is in writing) promptly make available to the Lenders), including, without limitation, a copy of the Capital Lease with respect to such property.

 

12


(g) Such asset is used in a business permitted under Section  8.3 .

(h) The Borrower has delivered a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that the asset satisfies the foregoing requirements.

Eligible Ground Leased Assets ”: any Real Property that satisfies the following criteria (collectively, the “ Ground Leased Asset Eligibility Criteria ”):

(a) Such Real Property is leased pursuant to a ground lease by a Qualified Asset Guarantor as lessee, such Qualified Asset Guarantor has guaranteed the Obligations pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the Capital Stock of such Qualified Asset Guarantor is pledged as Collateral pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

(b) Such Real Property is located in the United States.

(c) Such Real Property is improved with one or more completed warehouse/distribution buildings that are used as dry and/or cold storage facilities and such improvements are owned by such Qualified Asset Guarantor.

(d) None of such leasehold interest or such improvements is directly or indirectly subject to any Lien or any Negative Pledge (other than (x) Liens and Negative Pledges created under the Loan Documents and (y) Permitted Encumbrances) and the Capital Stock of such Qualified Asset Guarantor is not directly or indirectly subject to any Lien or any Negative Pledge (other than Permitted Equity Encumbrances).

(e) No default or event of default has occurred or with the passage of time or the giving of notice would occur under the ground lease regarding such Real Property.

(f) The lessor under the ground lease regarding such Real Property shall not have the unilateral right to terminate such ground lease prior to the expiration of the stated term of such ground lease absent the occurrence of any casualty, condemnation or default by the Qualified Asset Guarantor thereunder.

(g) The lessee under the ground lease has the right to sublease, mortgage and encumber (subject to customary terms and limitations) its interest in such Real Property without the consent of the lessor.

(h) The ground lease regarding such Real Property has a remaining term (inclusive of any unexercised extension options as to which there is no condition precedent to the exercise thereof other than compliance of lessee with the terms of the applicable ground lease and the giving of a notice of exercise by the lessee) of 25 years or more at any time.

(i) Such Real Property is free of any material defects and any material Environmental Liabilities and is in material compliance with all Environmental Laws.

(j) The Administrative Agent shall have received and completed a satisfactory review of such due diligence as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require with respect to such Real Property (which diligence the Administrative Agent shall (to the extent same is in

 

13


writing) promptly make available to the Lenders), including, without limitation: (w) an Acceptable Appraisal with respect to such Real Property, (x) a copy of a title search run at most 90 days prior to eligibility (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in writing in its sole discretion) or other evidence of the status of title to such Real Property reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (y) a copy of the ground lease with respect to such Real Property and (z) such other information and documents as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to the extent necessary to comply with FIRREA.

(k) Such Real Property is used in a business permitted under Section  8.3 .

(l) The Borrower has delivered a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such Real Property satisfies the foregoing requirements.

Eligible Managed Segment ”: any business that satisfies the following criteria (collectively, the “ Managed Segment Eligibility Criteria ”):

(a) Such business is managed by a Qualified Asset Guarantor, such Qualified Asset Guarantor has guaranteed the Obligations pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the Capital Stock of such Qualified Asset Guarantor is pledged as Collateral pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

(b) Such business is located in the United States.

(c) Neither such Qualified Asset Guarantor’s interest in such business nor the assets that compose such business (nor its interest in any income therefrom or proceeds thereof) is directly or indirectly subject to any Lien or any Negative Pledge (other than (x) Liens and Negative Pledges created under the Loan Documents and (y) Permitted Encumbrances) and the Capital Stock of such Qualified Asset Guarantor (and any income therefrom or proceeds thereof) is not directly or indirectly subject to any Lien or any Negative Pledge (other than Permitted Equity Encumbrances).

(d) Such business is free of any material defects and any material Environmental Liabilities that continue to exist after a period of thirty (30) days after the Borrower’s or such Qualified Asset Guarantor’s obtaining knowledge thereof and is in material compliance with all Environmental Laws to the extent the applicable Qualified Asset Guarantor could be liable for such material defects, material Environmental Liabilities or violations of Environmental Laws in connection with the management or operation of such business.

(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received and completed a satisfactory review of such due diligence as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require with respect to such asset (which diligence the Administrative Agent shall (to the extent same is in writing) promptly make available to the Lenders), including, without limitation, a copy of the management agreement with respect to such business.

(f) Such business is used in a business permitted under Section  8.3 .

(g) The Borrower has delivered a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that the business satisfies the foregoing requirements.

 

14


Eligible Operating Leased Assets ”: any asset that satisfies the following criteria (collectively, the “ Operating Leased Asset Eligibility Criteria ”):

(a) Such asset is leased pursuant to an operating lease by a Qualified Asset Guarantor as lessee, such Qualified Asset Guarantor has guaranteed the Obligations pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the Capital Stock of such Qualified Asset Guarantor is pledged as Collateral pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

(b) Such asset is located in the United States.

(c) Such Qualified Asset Guarantor’s interest in such asset (and in any income therefrom or proceeds thereof) is not directly or indirectly subject to any Lien or any Negative Pledge (other than (x) Liens and Negative Pledges created under the Loan Documents and (y) Permitted Encumbrances) and the Capital Stock of such Qualified Asset Guarantor (and any income therefrom or proceeds thereof) is not directly or indirectly subject to any Lien or any Negative Pledge (other than Permitted Equity Encumbrances).

(d) No default or event of default has occurred or with the passage of time or the giving of notice would occur under the operating lease regarding such property.

(e) Such asset is free of any material defects and any material Environmental Liabilities that continue to exist after a period of thirty (30) days after the Borrower’s or such Qualified Asset Guarantor’s obtaining knowledge thereof and is in material compliance with all Environmental Laws to the extent the applicable Qualified Asset Guarantor could be liable for such material defects, material Environmental Liabilities or violations of Environmental Laws in connection with the management or operation of such asset.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received and completed a satisfactory review of such due diligence as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require with respect to such asset (which diligence the Administrative Agent shall (to the extent same is in writing) promptly make available to the Lenders), including, without limitation, a copy of the operating lease with respect to such property.

(g) Such asset is used in a business permitted under Section  8.3 .

(h) The Borrower has delivered a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that the asset satisfies the foregoing requirements.

Eligible Owned Asset ”: any Real Property that satisfies the following criteria (collectively, the “ Owned Asset Eligibility Criteria ”):

(a) Such Real Property is owned in fee simple by a Qualified Asset Guarantor, such Qualified Asset Guarantor has guaranteed the Obligations pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the Capital Stock of such Qualified Asset Guarantor is pledged as Collateral pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

(b) Such Real Property is located in the United States.

 

15


(c) Such Real Property is free of any material defects and any material Environmental Liabilities and is in material compliance with all Environmental Laws.

(d) Such Real Property is improved with one or more completed warehouse/distribution buildings that are used as dry and/or cold storage facilities.

(e) Such Real Property (and any income therefrom or proceeds thereof) is not directly or indirectly subject to any Lien or any Negative Pledge (other than (x) Liens and Negative Pledges created under the Loan Documents and (y) Permitted Encumbrances) and the Capital Stock of such Qualified Asset Guarantor (and any income therefrom or proceeds thereof) is not directly or indirectly subject to any Lien or any Negative Pledge (other than Permitted Equity Encumbrances).

(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received and completed a satisfactory review of such due diligence as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require with respect to such Real Property (which diligence the Administrative Agent shall (to the extent same is in writing) promptly make available to the Lenders), including, without limitation: (x) an Acceptable Appraisal with respect to such Real Property, (y) a copy of the owner’s title insurance policy or other evidence of the status of title to the Real Property reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (z) such other information and documents as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to the extent necessary to comply with FIRREA .

(g) Such Real Property is used in a business permitted under Section  8.3 .

(h) The Borrower has delivered a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such Real Property satisfies the foregoing requirements.

Eligible Value ”: as of any date of determination, with respect to:

(a) each Eligible Owned Asset, the Appraised Value of such Eligible Owned Asset;

(b) each Eligible Ground Leased Asset, the Appraised Value of such Eligible Ground Leased Asset; and

(c) each Applicable Qualified Asset, the product of the Applicable Qualified EBITDA with respect to such Applicable Qualified Asset multiplied by (ii) 8.0.

Environmental Laws ”: any and all foreign, Federal, state, local or municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees, judgments, notices or binding agreements issued by or entered into with any Governmental Authority, requirements of any Governmental Authority or other Requirements of Law (including common law) regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning pollution, air emissions, the management, use or Release of Materials of Environmental Concern or protection of human health (to the extent such relates to Materials of Environmental Concern) or the environment, as now or may at any time hereafter be in effect.

 

16


Environmental Liability ”: all liabilities, obligations, damages, losses, claims, actions, suits, judgments, orders, fines, penalties, fees, expenses and costs (including administrative oversight costs, natural resource damages, monitoring and remediation costs and reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and consultants), whether contingent or otherwise, including those arising out of or relating to: (a) compliance or non-compliance with any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment, recycling, disposal (or arrangement for such activities) of any Materials of Environmental Concern, (c) exposure to any Materials of Environmental Concern, (d) the presence or release of any Materials of Environmental Concern or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

ERISA ”: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

ERISA Affiliate ”: any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with any Group Member, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes relating to Section 412 of the Code).

Escrow Agent ”: Arnold & Porter Kaye Scholer LLP, in the capacity of escrow agent under the Escrow Agreement.

Escrow Agreement ”: that certain Escrow Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2017, among the Borrower, the Company, the Guarantors, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, each of the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Escrow Agent.

ERISA Event ”: (a) any Reportable Event; (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of a Prohibited Transaction that could be reasonably expected to result in liability to any Group Member; (c) any failure by any Pension Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Section 412 or 430 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, applicable to such Pension Plan), whether or not waived; (d) the filing by any Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Pension Plan, the failure by any Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan (unless such failure is cured within 30 days following the due date thereof) or the failure by any Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan (unless such failure is cured within 30 days following the due date thereof); (e) the incurrence by any Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Pension Plan, including but not limited to the imposition of any Lien on any Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate in favor of the PBGC or any Pension Plan; (f) a determination that any Pension Plan is in “at risk” status (within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA); (g) the receipt by any Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Pension Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Pension Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA; (h) the incurrence by any Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of any Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate from any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (i) the receipt by any Group Member of any notice (A)  concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability on it or (B)  a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is in endangered or critical status, within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA.

 

17


EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ”: the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

Eurodollar Loan ”: Loan that bears interest at a rate based on clause (a)  of the definition of “Eurodollar Rate.”

Eurodollar Rate ”:

(a) for any interest period with respect to a Eurodollar Loan, the rate per annum equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“ LIBOR ”) (or a comparable or successor rate, which rate is approved by the Administrative Agent after consultation with the Borrower), as published on the applicable Bloomberg screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two business days prior to the commencement of such interest period, for U.S. dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such interest period) with a term equivalent to such interest period; and

(b) for any interest calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to LIBOR, at or about 11:00 a.m., London time determined two business days prior to such date for U.S. dollar deposits with a term of one month commencing that day;

provided that (i) to the extent a comparable or successor rate is approved by the Administrative Agent (after consultation with the Borrower) in connection herewith, the approved rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; (ii) to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, such approved rate shall be applied in a manner as otherwise reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and (iii) if the Eurodollar Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

Event of Default ”: any of the events specified in Section  10.1 ; provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied without cure or waiver.

Event of Loss ”: with respect to any Qualified Asset, any of the following: (a) any loss or destruction of, or damage to, all or any material portion of such Qualified Asset; (b) any actual condemnation, seizure or taking, by exercise of the power of eminent domain or otherwise, of such Qualified Asset, or confiscation of such Qualified Asset or the requisition of such Qualified Asset by a Governmental Authority or any Person having the power of eminent domain, or any voluntary transfer of such Qualified Asset or any material portion thereof in lieu of any such condemnation, seizure or taking; or (c) any Disposition of such Qualified Asset.

Excluded Subsidiaries ”: (a) any Domestic Subsidiary that is prohibited by law, regulation or by any Contractual Obligation existing on the Closing Date or on the date such Subsidiary is acquired (so long as such prohibition is not created in contemplation of such acquisition) from providing a Guarantee Obligation in respect of the Obligations (and for so long

 

18


as such restrictions or any replacement or renewal thereof is in effect) or that would require a governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization in order to provide such Guarantee Obligation (unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has already been obtained) or where the provision of such guaranty could result in material adverse tax consequences to the Borrower or such Subsidiary as reasonably determined by the Borrower in consultation with the Administrative Agent, (b) any Subsidiary that is a Disregarded Domestic Person, (c) any Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of an Excluded Subsidiary, (d) any captive insurance Subsidiary that provides workers compensation and/or health insurance to members of the Consolidated Group, (e) any not-for-profit Subsidiary, (f) any Subsidiary that is a special purpose entity, (g) any Foreign Subsidiary, (h) solely in respect of Excluded Swap Obligations, any Excluded Swap Guarantor, (i) each Subsidiary designated as an Excluded Subsidiary on Schedule 6.13 as of the Closing Date and (j) subject to Section  8.15 , any other Subsidiary designated by the Borrower from time to time after the date hereof in connection with (i) any CMBS Financing, (ii) any Joint Venture, (iii) any Permitted Acquisition or (iv) the entrance into any new operating lease, capital lease, management contract or other Contractual Obligation that, in each case of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), was entered into for bona fide business purposes and that the Borrower reasonably believes in good faith would prohibit such Subsidiary from becoming a Guarantor hereunder; and provided that, in each case, (x) immediately before and after such designation, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (y) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with the Financial Covenants.

Excluded Swap Guarantor ”: any Loan Party all or a portion of whose Guarantee Obligation of, or grant of a security interest to secure, any Secured Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee Obligation thereof) is or becomes an Excluded Swap Obligation; provided that such Guarantor shall be deemed to be an Excluded Swap Guarantor only with respect to that portion of its Guarantee Obligation or grant of a security interest that constitutes an Excluded Swap Obligation.

Excluded Swap Obligations ”: with respect to any Loan Party, any Secured Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guarantee Obligation of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Loan Party of a security interest to secure, such Secured Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee Obligation thereof) is or becomes illegal or unlawful under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time the Guarantee Obligation of such Loan Party or the grant of such security interest becomes effective with respect to such Secured Swap Obligations. If a Secured Swap Obligation arises under a Master Agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Secured Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Guarantee Obligation or security interest is or becomes illegal.

Excluded Taxes ”: any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient: (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having

 

19


its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its Lending Office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. Federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or a Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section  2.15 ) or (ii) such Lender changes its Lending Office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section  5.4 , amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its Lending Office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section  5.4(e) and (d) any U.S. Federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

Existing Credit Agreement ”: that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2015, among the Borrower, the several bank and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders and letter of credit issuers and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent.

Existing Letters of Credit ”: as defined in Section  3.1(a) .

Extension Effective Date ”: as defined in Section  2.17(b) .

Facility ”: the Term Loan Facility or the Total Revolving Credit Commitment, as the context may require (and “ Facilities ” means a collective reference to the foregoing).

FASB ASC ”: means the Accounting Standards Codification of the Financial Accounting Standards Board.

FATCA ”: Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code or any intergovernmental agreements with respect thereto.

Federal Funds Rate ”: for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent, and (c) if the Federal Funds Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

Fee Letters ”: means, collectively, all agreements entered into by the Borrower (on the one hand) and one or more of the Lead Arrangers (on the other hand) with respect to fees payable to such Lead Arranger and/or the Lenders in connection with the Facilities.

 

20


Fees ”: all amounts payable pursuant to, or referred to in, Section  4.1 .

Financial Covenants ”: the financial covenants set forth in Section  9.1(a) through (f) .

Financial Officer ”: as to any Person, the chief financing officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of such Person.

FIRREA ”: the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ”: as of the last day of any Reference Period, the ratio of (a) the difference between (x) EBITDA minus (y) the aggregate amount of Maintenance Capital Expenditures to (b) Fixed Charges.

Fixed Charges ”: for any Reference Period, an amount equal to the sum of (i) Interest Expense, plus (ii) regularly scheduled installments (whether or not paid) of principal payable with respect to Total Indebtedness (including any scheduled payments that were no longer required to be repaid in such period as a result of a payment made within one year of the date on which such payment was due), plus (iii) the amount of dividends or distributions actually paid or required to be paid by any Group Member (other than to another Group Member) in cash during such period in respect of its preferred Capital Stock (excluding dividends and distributions payable solely at such Person’s election and not actually paid and any balloon payments payable on maturity or redemption in whole of such Capital Stock and any dividends or distributions paid or required to be paid on or prior to the Closing Date) and (iv) all income tax payments with respect to the taxable REIT Subsidiaries of the Company and the Borrower (including Foreign Subsidiaries); provided that for the Reference Period ending on (a) March 31, 2018, Fixed Charges shall be the sum of clauses (i) through (iv) for the one fiscal quarter ending on such date multiplied by 4, (b) June 30, 2018, Fixed Charges shall be the sum of clauses (i) through (iv) for the two fiscal quarter period ending on such date multiplied by 2 and (c) September 30, 2018, Fixed Charges shall be the sum of clauses (i) through (iv) for the three fiscal quarter period ending on such date multiplied by 4/3.

Foreign Subsidiary ”: any Subsidiary that is incorporated or organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than any state of the United States or the District of Columbia.

Fronting Exposure ”: at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to any Letter of Credit Issuer, such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the outstanding L/C Obligations, other than L/C Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof and (b) with respect to the Swing Line Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of Swing Line Loans other than Swing Line Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders in accordance with the terms hereof.

Fronting Fee ”: as defined in Section  4.1(d) .

GAAP ”: generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time.

 

21


Governing Documents ”: (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction), (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and, if applicable, any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Governmental Authority ”: the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank), any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Group Members ”: the collective reference to the Company, the Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries.

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ”: the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to be executed and delivered by the Loan Parties on the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

Guarantee Obligation ”: as to any Person (the “ guaranteeing person ”), (x) any obligation, including a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, of the guaranteeing Person that guarantees or in effect guarantees, or which is given to induce the creation of a separate obligation by another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) that guarantees or in effect guarantees, any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “ primary obligations ”) of any other third Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (d) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof or (y) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien); provided , however , that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations or product warranties. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (i) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which

 

22


such Guarantee Obligation is made and (ii) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

Guarantors ”: collectively, the Qualified Asset Guarantors and the Other Guarantors.

Guaranty ”: means, collectively, the Guaranty made by the Company under Article XIII in favor of the Secured Parties and the Guaranty made by the Guarantors in favor of the Secured Parties under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, together with each other guaranty and guaranty supplement delivered pursuant to Section  8.10 .

Honor Date ”: as defined in Section  3.4(a) .

Impacted Loans ”: as defined in Section  2.10(a) .

Increase Effective Date ”: as defined in Section  2.14(c) .

Incremental Facilities ”: as defined in Section  2.14(a) .

Incremental Revolving Increase ”: as defined in Section  2.14(a) .

Incremental Term Loan Increase ”: as defined in Section  2.14(a) .

Indebtedness ”: of any Person at any date, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, excluding those incurred in the ordinary course of its business that would constitute ordinarily a trade payable to trade creditors, (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding those incurred in the ordinary course of its business that would constitute ordinarily a trade payable to trade creditors), (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, provided that, as to such Person, recourse is limited to such property, (f) all Guarantee Obligations by such Person of Indebtedness of others, but only to the extent of the amount of Indebtedness guaranteed, (g) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (h) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty (other than such obligations with respect to letters of credit and letters of guaranty to support workers’ compensation insurance programs, which shall only constitute Indebtedness when such letter of credit or letter of guaranty is drawn), (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances, (j) all Off-Balance Sheet Obligations of such Person, (k) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Capital Stock issued by such Person or any other Person, valued at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends (other than

 

23


any obligation of such Person if such Person, in its sole discretion, may satisfy such obligation by delivering (or causing to be delivered) common Capital Stock in the Company or any Excluded Subsidiary, as applicable), (l) all obligations of such Person in respect of any purchase obligation, repurchase obligation, takeout commitment or forward equity commitment, in each case evidenced by a binding agreement (other than any obligation of such Person if such Person, in its sole discretion, may satisfy such obligation by delivering (or causing to be delivered) common Capital Stock in the Company or any Excluded Subsidiary, as applicable), and (m) net obligations under any Swap Agreements in an amount equal to the Swap Termination Value thereof. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness (other than (i) Qualified JV Debt and (ii) any Indebtedness of China Merchants Americold Logistics Company, Limited and China Merchants Americold Holdings Company, Limited outstanding as of the Closing Date) of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person, by operation of the documentation evidencing such Indebtedness or by law, is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor. For the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness shall not include (i) prepaid or deferred revenue arising in the ordinary course of business and (ii) purchase price holdbacks arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warrants or other unperformed obligations of the seller of such asset.

Indemnified Liabilities ”: as defined in Section  12.5 .

Indemnified Taxes ”: (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

Indemnitee ”: as defined in Section  12.5 .

Insolvency ”: with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.

Insolvent ”: pertaining to a condition of Insolvency.

Intangible Assets ”: assets that are considered to be intangible assets under GAAP, excluding lease intangibles but including customer lists, goodwill, computer software, copyrights, trade names, trademarks, patents, franchises, licenses, unamortized deferred charges, unamortized debt discount and capitalized research and development costs.

Intellectual Property ”: the collective reference to all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including copyrights, copyright licenses, patents, patent licenses, trademarks, trademark licenses, and intellectual property in technology, know-how and processes, and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.

Interest Expense ”: for any Reference Period, an amount equal to the sum of the following with respect to Total Indebtedness: (i) total interest expense, accrued in accordance with GAAP plus (ii) all capitalized interest determined in accordance with GAAP (including in

 

24


the case of (i) and (ii), the Borrower’s pro rata share thereof for Unconsolidated Affiliates, other than with respect to Qualified JV Debt), and excluding non-cash amortization or write-off of deferred financing costs or debt discount (including the Borrower’s pro rata share thereof for Unconsolidated Affiliates).

Interest Period ”: as to any Eurodollar Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Loan and ending on the date one (1), two (2), three (3) or six (6) months thereafter (in each case, subject to availability), as selected by the Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice given with respect thereto, or, if agreed to by all Lenders of the Class participating therein and the Administrative Agent, such other period that is twelve (12) month or less; provided that:

(i) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(ii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

(iii) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.

Investment ”: (a) any purchase or other acquisition for value by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of, or of a beneficial interest in, any of the Capital Stock of any other Person; (b) any purchase or other acquisition for value by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from any Person of all or a substantial portion of the business, property or fixed assets of such Person or any division or line of business or other business unit of such Person; (c) any loan, advance or capital contributions by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to, or Guarantee Obligations with respect to any obligations of, any other Person, including all indebtedness and accounts receivable from that other Person that are not current assets or did not arise from sales to that other Person in the ordinary course of business; and (d) all investments consisting of any exchange traded or over-the-counter derivative transaction, including any Swap Agreement, whether entered into for hedging or speculative purposes or otherwise. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.

ISP ”: with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

Issuer Documents ”: with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement, or instrument entered into by the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer and the Borrower (or any Subsidiary) or in favor of such Letter of Credit Issuer and relating to such Letter of Credit.

 

25


Joinder Agreement ”: as defined in Section  2.14(b) .

Joint Venture ”: a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form; provided that in no event shall any corporate Subsidiary of any Person be considered to be a Joint Venture to which such Person is a party.

L/C Availability Period ”: the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (a) the L/C Maturity Date, (b) the date of termination of the Total Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to Section  4.2 , and (c) the date of termination of the commitment of each Revolving Credit Lender to make Revolving Credit Loans and of the obligation of the Letter of Credit Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions pursuant to Section  10.l .

L/C Borrowing ”: an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the applicable Reimbursement Date or refinanced as a Borrowing.

L/C Credit Extension ”: with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.

L/C Draw Notice ”: as defined in Section  3.4(a) .

L/C Maturity Date ”: the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Loan Maturity Date; provided that the L/C Maturity Date may be extended beyond such date as provided in Section  3.1(b) .

L/C Obligations ”: on any date of determination, the sum of (i) the aggregate Stated Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit and (ii) the aggregate amount of all Unpaid Drawings, including all L/C Borrowings. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the International Standby Practices (ISP98), such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

L/C Participant ”: as defined in Section  3.3(a) .

L/C Participation ”: as defined in Section  3.3(a) .

Lead Arrangers ”: the collective reference to MLPFS, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., RBC Capital Markets and Coöoperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch, each in their capacity as a joint lead arranger for the credit facilities under this Agreement.

Leased Rate ”: at any time, with respect to any Real Property, the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of (a) the rentable operating square footage of such Real Property actually leased by tenants that are not any Group Member or Affiliates of any Group Member and paying rent at rates not materially less than rates generally prevailing at the time the applicable lease was entered into, pursuant to binding leases as to which no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing to (b) the aggregate rentable operating square footage of such Real Property.

 

26


Lender ”: each Person that, at any time, holds a Loan or a Commitment hereunder and, unless the context requires otherwise, includes the Swing Line Lender.

Lending Office ”: as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, which office may include any Affiliate of such Lender or any domestic or foreign branch of such Lender or such Affiliate. Unless the context otherwise requires each reference to a Lender shall include its applicable Lending Office.

Letter of Credit ”: each standby letter of credit issued pursuant to Article III and shall include the Existing Letters of Credit.

Letter of Credit Application ”: an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer.

Letter of Credit Subfacility ”: means, at any time, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the aggregate amount of the Letter of Credit Issuers’ Letter of Credit Sublimits at such time, as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Article III , and (b) the Total Revolving Credit Commitment at such time. The Letter of Credit Subfacility is part of, and not in addition to, the Total Revolving Credit Commitments. On the Closing Date, the Letter of Credit Subfacility is $80,000,000.

Letter of Credit Sublimit ”: means, as to each Letter of Credit Issuer, its agreement as set forth in Article III to issue, amend and extend Letters of Credit in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1A under the caption “Letter of Credit Sublimit” or in the Assignment and Assumption or Joinder Agreement or other documentation, which other documentation shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, pursuant to which such Lender becomes a Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

Letter of Credit Exposure ”: with respect to any Lender, at any time, the sum of (a) the amount of any Unpaid Drawings in respect of which such Lender has made (or is required to have made) payments to the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to Section  3.3 at such time and (b) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the L/C Obligations at such time (excluding the portion thereof consisting of Unpaid Drawings in respect of which the Lenders have made (or are required to have made) payments to the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to Section  3.3 ).

Letter of Credit Fee ”: as defined in Section  4.1(b) .

 

27


Letter of Credit Issuer ”: each of (a) JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Bank of America, (b) any other Lender designated as a Letter of Credit Issuer by the Borrower with the written consent of the Administrative Agent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and such Lender, and (c) any replacement, additional issuer or successor appointed pursuant to Section  3.6 ; provided that for so long as any Existing Letter of Credit remains outstanding hereunder, the issuer of such Existing Letter of Credit shall continue to be the Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to such Existing Letter of Credit. References herein and in the other Loan Documents to the “Letter of Credit Issuer” shall be deemed to refer to the Letter of Credit Issuer in respect of the applicable Letter of Credit or to all Letter of Credit Issuers, as the context requires.

LIBOR ”: as defined in the definition of Eurodollar Rate.

LIBOR Successor Rate ”: as defined in Section  2.9 .

Lien ”: any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing); provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to be a Lien.

Loan ”: any loan made by any Lender pursuant to this Agreement.

Loan Document Obligations ”: the unpaid principal of and interest on (including interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and interest accruing after the filing of any petition under any Debtor Relief Laws, or the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, relating to any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) the Loans, each payment required to be made by the Borrower under this Agreement in respect of any Letter of Credit and all other obligations and liabilities of any Loan Party, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other document made, delivered or given in connection herewith or therewith, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Bookrunner, the Administrative Agent, any Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender that are required to be paid by any Loan Party pursuant hereto) or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding).

Loan Documents ”: the collective reference to this Agreement, the Collateral Documents, the Notes, each Issuer Document, any agreement creating or perfecting rights in Cash Collateral pursuant to the provisions of Section  2.16 , the Fee Letter, the Guaranty, any Joinder Agreement and any agreement designating a Lender as a Letter of Credit Issuer, and any amendment, waiver, supplement or other modification to any of the foregoing.

Loan Parties ”: the collective reference to the Borrower, the Company and the Guarantors.

 

28


Maintenance Capital Expenditures ”: for any Reference Period, all capital expenditures actually made by the Company, the Borrower and their consolidated Subsidiaries (and the pro rata share of capital expenditures made by Unconsolidated Affiliates) during such period for the maintenance of Capital Assets of such Person, excluding capital expenditures for modernization.

Majority in Interest ”: when used in reference to Lenders holding Loans or Commitments of any Class, at any time, (a) in the case of the Revolving Credit Lenders, Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders) having Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Revolving Credit Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure and the unused aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment at such time and (b) in the case of the Term Lenders of any Class, Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders) holding outstanding Term Loans of such Class representing more than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans of such Class outstanding at such time.

Master Agreement ”: any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement, together with any related schedules.

Material Adverse Effect ”: a material adverse effect on (a) the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Company, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to perform their obligations under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or (c) the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers or the Lenders hereunder or under the other Loan Documents.

Material Contract ”: (a) any Contractual Obligation or instrument evidencing Indebtedness in excess of $3,000,000; (b) any material employment agreement between any Group Member and an executive officer of the Borrower, collective bargaining agreements or other material agreements with any labor organization or union; (c) any Contractual Obligation for the sale or other transfer of any Group Member’s owned Real Property where temperature controlled warehouse facilities are located or other tangible assets having a fair market value in excess of $3,000,000 that has not yet been consummated; (d) any Contractual Obligation relating to the material Intellectual Property owned or used by the Group Members in connection with their business other than licenses of software used by any Group Member in the ordinary course of business; (e) any Contractual Obligation with a customer of any Group Member for temperature-controlled warehouse storage and/or related services and handling involving or reasonably expected to involve payments in excess of $3,000,000 during any fiscal year; (f) any transportation services Contractual Obligation with a customer of any Group Member involving payments or reasonably expected to involve payments in excess of $3,000,000 during any fiscal year; (g) any Contractual Obligation that creates a Joint Venture other than the governing or organizational documents of any Group Member; (h) any material Contractual Obligation relating to a CMBS Financing; and (i) any other Contractual Obligation not otherwise covered by clauses (a) through (h) above involving or reasonably expected to involve payments by or to any Group Member in excess of $3,000,000 in the aggregate during any fiscal year, in each case that is not cancelable by either party thereto on 30 days or less notice without costs or penalty.

Material Disposition ”: any Disposition or series of related Dispositions with respect to any Qualified Asset that yields gross proceeds to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $3,000,000 or that causes such Qualified Asset to cease to meet any of the Eligibility Criteria with respect to such Qualified Asset.

 

29


Materials of Environmental Concern ”: any substances, materials or wastes defined in or regulated under any Environmental Law, including any gasoline or petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products, asbestos, anhydrous ammonia, ozone-depleting substances, polychlorinated biphenyls and urea-formaldehyde insulation.

Maturity Date ”: the applicable Term Loan Maturity Date or Revolving Loan Maturity Date.

Maximum Rate ”: as defined in Section  12.14 .

Minimum Borrowing Amount ”: with respect to a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans, $1,000,000 (or, if less, the entire remaining applicable Commitments at the time of such Borrowing) and (ii) with respect to a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans $1,000,000 (or, if less, the entire remaining applicable Commitments at the time of such Borrowing).

Minimum Collateral Amount ”: at any time, (a) with respect to Cash Collateral consisting of Cash or Cash Equivalents or deposit account balances provided to reduce or eliminate Fronting Exposure during the existence of a Defaulting Lender, an amount equal to 100% of the Fronting Exposure of each Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it and outstanding at such time and (b) with respect to Cash Collateral consisting of Cash or Cash Equivalents or deposit account balances provided in accordance with the provisions of Section  3.8(a)(i) or (a)(ii) , an amount equal to 102% of the outstanding amount of all L/C Obligations.

Minimum Property Condition ”: as defined in Section  8.18 .

MLPFS ”: Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (or any other registered broker-dealer wholly-owned by Bank of America Corporation to which all or substantially all of Bank of America Corporation’s or any of its subsidiaries’ investment banking, commercial lending services or related businesses may be transferred following the date of this Agreement).

Moody s ”: Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

Multiemployer Plan ”: a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA which is or was contributed to by (or to which there is or was an obligation to contribute to or any other obligation or liability with respect to) any Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate.

Negative Pledge ”: a provision of any document, instrument or agreement (including any governing or organizational document), other than this Agreement or any other Loan Document, that prohibits, restricts or limits, or purports to prohibit, restrict or limit, the creation or assumption of any Lien on any assets of a Person as security for the Indebtedness of such Person or any other Person; provided , however , that (x) an agreement that conditions a Person’s ability to encumber its assets upon the maintenance of one or more specified ratios that limit such Person’s ability to encumber its assets but that do not generally prohibit the encumbrance of its assets, or the encumbrance of specific assets, shall not constitute a Negative Pledge and (y) customary contractual restrictions in a lease relating to the granting of a Lien on the applicable leasehold interest or leased property shall not constitute a Negative Pledge.

 

30


Non-Bank Tax Certificate ”: as defined in Section  5.4(e)(ii)(B)(3) .

Non-Consenting Lender ”: as defined in Section  2.15(b) .

Non-Defaulting Lender ”: each Lender other than a Defaulting Lender.

Non-Extension Notice Date ”: as defined in Section  3.2(d) .

Non-Qualified Asset Subsidiaries ”: Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are not Qualified Asset Guarantors.

Non-Recourse Indebtedness ”: with respect to any Person, (a) Indebtedness, or a Guarantee Obligation of Indebtedness, in respect of which recourse for payment (except to the extent of any Customary Non-Recourse Carve-Outs) is contractually limited to specific assets of such Person encumbered by a Lien securing such Indebtedness or Guarantee Obligation, (b) if such Person is a Single Asset Entity, any Indebtedness of such Person (other than Indebtedness described in the immediately following clause (c)), or (c) if such Person is a Single Asset Holding Company, any Indebtedness (“ Holdco Indebtedness ”) of such Single Asset Holding Company resulting from a Guarantee Obligation of, or Lien securing, Indebtedness of a Single Asset Entity that is a subsidiary of such Single Asset Holding Company, so long as, in each case, either (i) recourse for payment of such Holdco Indebtedness (except for Customary Non-Recourse Carve-Outs) is contractually limited to the Capital Stock held by such Single Asset Holding Company in such Single Asset Entity or (ii) such Single Asset Holding Company has no assets other than Capital Stock in such Single Asset Entity and cash and other assets of nominal value incidental to the ownership of the such Single Asset Entity.

Notes ”: the collective reference to any promissory note evidencing Loans.

Normalized Adjusted FFO ”: “funds from operations” as defined in accordance with the standards established by the Board of Governors of the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts as in effect from time to time; provided that Normalized Adjusted FFO shall (i) be based on net income after payment of distributions to holders of preferred partnership units in the Borrower and distributions necessary to pay holders of preferred stock of the Company, and (ii) at all times exclude, without duplication, (a) impairment charges, restructuring charges, acquisition related costs and stock based compensation expense and (b) gains or losses from sales of previously depreciated non-real estate assets, non-real estate depreciation, depletion and amortization, amortization of deferred financing costs, amortization of debt discount, amortization of above or below market leases, adjustments for straight line rents, non-cash or extraordinary gains or losses from foreign exchange, non-cash or extraordinary gains or losses from derivative instruments, and other extraordinary or non-recurring charges.

 

31


Obligations ”: the collective reference to (a) the Loan Document Obligations, (b) the Secured Swap Obligations and (c) the Secured Cash Management Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) unless otherwise agreed to by the Borrower and any Cash Management Bank or Qualified Counterparty, as applicable, the obligations of any Loan Party under any Specified Cash Management Agreement or Specified Swap Agreement shall be secured and guaranteed pursuant to the Collateral Documents only to the extent that, and for so long as, the other Obligations are so secured and guaranteed, and (ii) any release of Collateral or Guarantors effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement and any other Loan Document shall not require the consent (solely in their capacity as such) of the holders of Secured Cash Management Obligations or Secured Swap Obligations under Specified Swap Agreements.

OFAC ”: the U.S. Department of the Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control.

Off-Balance Sheet Obligations ”: liabilities and obligations of the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or any other Person in respect of “off-balance sheet arrangements” (as defined in the SEC Off-Balance Sheet Rules) which the Company would be required to disclose in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of a report on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K (or their equivalents) (but, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding operating leases and ordinary course contracts for the purchase of power). As used in this definition, the term “SEC Off-Balance Sheet Rules” means the Disclosure in Management’s Discussion and Analysis About Off Balance Sheet Arrangements, Securities Act Release No. 33-8182, 68 Fed. Reg. 5982 (Feb. 5, 2003) (codified at 17 CFR Parts 228, 229 and 249).

Other Connection Taxes ”: with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

Other Guarantors ”: each Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower, whether existing on the Closing Date or formed or acquired thereafter, that guarantees the Obligations pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, other than the Qualified Asset Guarantors.

Other Taxes ”: all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document except such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section  2.15 ).

Overnight Rate ”: for any day, the greater of (a) the Federal Funds Rate and (b) an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender or a Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

Participant ”: as defined in Section  12.6(c) .

Participant Register ”: as defined in Section  12.6(c) .

 

32


Patriot Act ”: the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56, Oct. 26, 2001).

Payment in Full ”: all Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees, expenses and other amounts payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document have been paid in full (other than (a) Secured Cash Management Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Cash Management Bank have been made, (b) Secured Swap Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Qualified Counterparty have been made and (c) any contingent obligations or contingent indemnification obligations not then due or asserted) and all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer have been made) have expired or been terminated or Cash Collateralized in an amount reasonably acceptable to each applicable Letter of Credit Issuer and all Unpaid Drawings have been reimbursed.

PBGC ”: the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA (or any successor).

Pension Plan ”: any Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which any Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such Plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Perfection Certificate ”: a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C .

Permitted Acquisition ”: any acquisition, whether by purchase, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or otherwise, of (x) all or substantially all of the assets of any Person, or a business line or unit or a division of any Person, or any parcel of Real Property and improvements thereto, (y) the Capital Stock of any Person such that such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that:

(a) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

(b) before and after giving effect thereto, the Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with the Financial Covenants;

(c) after giving effect thereto, the Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with Section  8.3 ;

(d) to the extent any such acquired property or asset (including any asset or property owned by an acquired Person) is to be designated a Qualified Asset and reflected in the Borrowing Base, any such asset or property shall be subject to the satisfaction of all Eligibility Criteria applicable to the relevant category of Qualified Assets, including, for the avoidance of doubt, that such property or asset shall be owned, operated or leased by a Qualified Asset Guarantor (or the Person that owns, operates or leases such property or asset shall become a Qualified Asset Guarantor and all of such Person’s Capital Stock shall be pledged as Collateral under the Loan Documents) and the other conditions set forth in Section  8.17 ; and

 

33


(e) except to the extent such acquired Person would be an Excluded Subsidiary, any such acquired Person, the assets or property of which are not designated as Qualified Assets or reflected in the Borrowing Base, shall become an Other Guarantor and all such Person’s Capital Stock shall be pledged as Collateral under the Loan Documents.

Permitted Encumbrances ”:

(a) Liens imposed by law for Taxes or other related governmental charges or claims that are not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Group Member in conformity with GAAP;

(b) Liens imposed by law, such as landlord’s, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, construction contractors’ and other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(c) Liens arising from judgments or decrees for the payment of money in circumstances that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section  10.1(j) ;

(d) easements, restrictions, rights-of-way, use restrictions, rights of first refusal and similar encumbrances on Real Property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the applicable Group Member;

(e) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statement or similar filings made in respect of operating leases entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(f) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to, or vested in, any Governmental Authority to control or regulate the use of any real property that do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the ordinary course of conduct of the business of the applicable Group Member;

(g) Liens affecting title on Real Property that have been fully paid off and satisfied and which remain of record through no fault of the Person that owns such Real Property and that, in any event do not have a material and adverse effect with respect to the use, operations or marketability of the affected Real Property or with respect to the ownership of the affected Real Property, and do not interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the applicable Group Member;

(h) Liens securing Indebtedness consisting of Capital Lease Obligations of the Borrower or any Qualified Asset Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $20,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(i) Liens securing Indebtedness consisting of Capital Lease Obligations of any Qualified Asset Guarantor in respect of any Eligible Capital Leased Assets;

 

34


(j) rights of lessors under Eligible Ground Leased Assets; and

(k) Liens on assets included in the Eligible Managed Segment that are contractual rights of set-off relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business.

Permitted Equity Encumbrances ”:

(a) Liens and Negative Pledges pursuant to any Loan Document;

(b) Liens imposed by law for Taxes or other related governmental charges or claims that are not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Group Member in conformity with GAAP; and

(c) Liens arising from judgments or decrees for the payment of money in circumstances that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section  10.1(j) .

Permitted Holders ”: collectively, Ronald W. Burkle, any entities controlled (directly or indirectly) by Ronald W. Burkle, The Yucaipa Companies LLC, Fortress Investment Group LLC, any investment funds managed by any of the foregoing Persons or any Affiliates of the foregoing Persons in which greater than 50% of the total voting power normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers, trustees, or similar positions, as applicable, is beneficially owned by, directly or indirectly, on a collective basis, the foregoing Persons.

Person ”: an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

Plan ”: any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Platform ”: as defined in Section  8.2 .

Portfolio Premium ”: in respect of any Acceptable Portfolio Appraisal, the ratio of (a) the “as is” market value for all Eligible Owned Assets and Eligible Ground Leased Assets at the time of such Acceptable Portfolio Appraisal taken as a whole, including the portfolio premium for such assets as compared to the sum of the individual “as is” values of such assets, to (b) the sum of the “as is” market values for each Eligible Owned Asset and Eligible Ground Leased Asset at the time of such Acceptable Portfolio Appraisal as reflected in such Acceptable Portfolio Appraisal.

Private Lenders ”: Lenders that wish to receive Private-Side Information.

 

35


Private-Side Information ”: any information with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries that is not Public-Side Information.

Pro Forma Balance Sheet ”: as defined in Section  6.1 .

Pro Forma Balance Sheet Date ”: as defined in Section  6.1 .

Pro Forma Basis ”: with respect to the calculation of the Financial Covenants or otherwise for purposes of determining the Total Leverage Ratio, EBITDA or Interest Expense as of any date, that such calculation shall give pro forma effect to all Permitted Acquisitions, all issuances, incurrences or assumptions of Indebtedness (with any such Indebtedness being deemed to be amortized over the applicable testing period in accordance with its terms) and all sales, transfers or other Dispositions of any material assets outside the ordinary course of business (and any related prepayments or repayments of Indebtedness) that have occurred during (or, if such calculation is being made for the purpose of determining whether any proposed acquisition will constitute a Permitted Acquisition, since the beginning of) the then-applicable Reference Period as if they occurred on the first day of such Reference Period (including any reasonably identifiable and factually supportable cost savings (including synergies, operating expense reductions and other operating improvements) certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as having been determined in good faith to be reasonably anticipated to be realizable within 12 months following any Permitted Acquisition, any Disposition of any material assets outside the ordinary course of business, any operational change or any operational initiative (including, to the extent applicable, arising from the Transactions), net of the amount of any actual benefits realized during such Reference Period; provided that (x) the aggregate amount of any increase in EBITDA in respect of such cost savings made in reliance on this definition for any Reference Period shall not exceed 10% of EBITDA for such Reference Period (calculated prior giving effect to such increase) and (y) if any cost savings included in any pro forma calculations based on the expectation that such cost savings will be realized within 12 months following such transaction shall at any time cease to be reasonably expected to be so realized within such period, then on and after such time pro forma calculations required to be made hereunder shall not reflect such cost savings. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Swap Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Swap Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months).

Pro Forma Closing Date Compliance Certificate ”: has the meaning specified in Section  7.1(o) .

Prohibited Transaction ”: a non-exempt prohibited transaction as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975(c) of the Code.

Properties ”: as defined in Section  6.15(a) .

PTE ”: a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.

Public Lenders ”: Lenders that do not wish to receive Private-Side Information.

 

36


Public-Side Information ”: information that is either (a) available to all holders of Traded Securities of the Company, the Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries or (b) not material non-public information (for purposes of United States federal, state or other applicable securities laws).

Qualified Asset ”: any Eligible Owned Asset, Eligible Ground Leased Asset, Eligible Capital Leased Asset, Eligible Operating Leased Asset or Eligible Managed Segment, in each case which shall be initially listed as of the Closing Date on Schedule  1.1B , plus any property or asset which subsequently becomes a Qualified Asset in accordance with Section  8.17 , but excluding (i) any Qualified Asset which is removed by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section  8.16 or (ii) any Qualified Asset which is released in accordance with Section  8.15 .

Qualified Asset Guarantors ”: each Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower, whether existing on the Closing Date or formed or acquired thereafter, that guarantees the Obligations pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and that owns, leases or operates a Qualified Asset. To the extent that all of the Qualified Assets owned, leased or operated by any such Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary are removed or released from the Borrowing Base pursuant to Section  8.15 or Section  8.16 of this Agreement, such Subsidiary shall no longer be deemed to be a Qualified Asset Guarantor for the purposes of this Agreement.

Qualified Counterparty ”: with respect to any Swap Agreement entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, any counterparty thereto that (a) is the Administrative Agent, the Bookrunner, a Lead Arranger or any Affiliate of the foregoing, (b) at the time it entered into such Swap Agreement with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, was the Administrative Agent, the Bookrunner, a Lead Arranger or an Affiliate of the foregoing, (c) with respect to any such Swap Agreement entered into on or prior to the Closing Date, is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender on the Closing Date and (d) with respect to any such Swap Agreement entered into after the Closing Date, is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender at the time such Swap Agreement is entered into; provided that in the case of a Specified Swap Agreement with a Person that is no longer a Lender (or an Affiliate of a Lender), such Person shall be considered a Qualified Counterparty only through the stated termination date (without extension or renewal) of such Specified Swap Agreement.

Qualified ECP Guarantor ”: in respect of any Secured Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant Guarantee Obligation or grant of the relevant security interest becomes or would become effective with respect to such Secured Swap Obligation and each other Loan Party that constitutes an “ eligible contract participant ” under the Commodity Exchange Act and can cause another person to qualify as an “ eligible contract participant ” at such time by guaranteeing or entering into a keepwell in respect of obligations of such other person under Section la(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Qualified JV Debt ”: Indebtedness of an Unconsolidated Affiliate that is secured by cash collateral provided by the holders of Capital Stock in such Unconsolidated Affiliate.

Real Property ”: collectively, all right, title and interest (including any leasehold estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned in fee or leased by any Group Member, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures incidental to the ownership or lease thereof.

 

37


Recipient ”: (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any Letter of Credit Issuer, (c) any Lender and (d) any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder, as applicable.

Recourse Indebtedness ”: with respect to any Person, Indebtedness of such Person other than Non-Recourse Indebtedness of such Person and Indebtedness under the Loan Documents.

Reference Period ”: in effect at any time, the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ended on or prior to such time (taken as one accounting period) in respect of which financial statements for each quarter or fiscal year in such period have been or are required to be delivered pursuant to Section  8.1(a) or (b) , as applicable.

Register ”: as defined in Section  12.6(b) .

Regulation U ”: Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to time.

Reimbursement Date ”: as defined in Section  3.4(a) .

Reimbursement Obligations ”: the Borrower’s obligations to reimburse Unpaid Drawings pursuant to Section  3.4(a) .

REIT ”: as defined in Section  6.9 .

REIT IPO ”: as defined in Section  7.1(n) .

Related Parties ”: with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, managers, advisors, representatives and controlling persons of such Person.

Release ”: any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the indoor or outdoor environment.

Release Conditions ”: as defined in Section  8.15 .

Release Request ”: as defined in Section  8.15 .

Reportable Event ”: any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the thirty (30) day notice period is waived under applicable regulations, with respect to a Pension Plan.

Required Lenders ”: at any time, the Lenders that are not Defaulting Lenders having or holding more than 50% of the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure, unused Commitments and outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans of Lenders that are not Defaulting Lenders at such time; provided , that the amount of any participation in any Swing Line Loan and

 

38


unreimbursed amounts owed to any Letter of Credit Issuer that any Defaulting Lender has failed to fund that have not been reallocated and funded by another Lender shall be deemed to be held by the Swing Line Lender (in the case of a Swing Line Loan) or the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer (in the case of unreimbursed amounts owed to such Letter of Credit Issuer) in making such determination.

Required Revolving Credit Lenders ”: at any time, Lenders that are not Defaulting Lenders having or holding more than 50% of the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure and unused Revolving Credit Commitments of Lenders that are not Defaulting Lenders at such time; provided , that the amount of any participation in any Swing Line Loan and unreimbursed amounts owed to any Letter of Credit Issuer that any Defaulting Lender has failed to fund that have not been reallocated and funded by another Lender shall be deemed to be held by the Swing Line Lender (in the case of a Swing Line Loan) or the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer (in the case of unreimbursed amounts owed to such Letter of Credit Issuer) in making such determination.

Required Term Loan Lenders ”: at any time, Lenders that are not Defaulting Lenders having or holding more than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans of Lenders that are not Defaulting Lenders outstanding at such time.

Requirement of Law ”: as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or Governing Documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Resignation Effective Date ”: as defined in Section  11.19 .

Responsible Officer ”: (i) the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the General Counsel, any Senior Vice President, with respect to certain limited liability companies or partnerships that do not have officers, any manager, managing member or general partner thereof, any other senior officer of the Company, the Borrower or any other Loan Party designated as such in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Company, the Borrower or any other Loan Party, as applicable, but in any event, with respect to financial matters, a Financial Officer of the applicable Loan Party, (ii) solely for purposes of the delivery of incumbency certificates pursuant to Section  7.1 , the secretary or any assistant secretary of a Loan Party and (iii) solely for purposes of notices given pursuant to Article II and Article III , any other officer or employee of the applicable Loan Party so designated by any of the foregoing officers in a notice to the Administrative Agent or any other officer or employee of the applicable Loan Party designated in or pursuant to an agreement between the applicable Loan Party and the Administrative Agent. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

Restricted Payments ”: as defined in Section  9.5 .

 

39


Revolving Credit Commitment ”: as to each Revolving Credit Lender, its obligation to (a) make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section  2.1(b) , (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations, and (c) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1A under the caption “Revolving Credit Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption or Joinder Agreement pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage ”: with respect to any Lender at any time, a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place) the numerator of which is such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment at such time, subject to adjustment as provided in Section  2.16 ; provided that if the commitment of each Revolving Credit Lender to make Revolving Credit Loans and the obligation of each Letter of Credit Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section  10.1 or if the Total Revolving Credit Commitments have expired, then the Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of each Lender shall be determined based on the Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of such Lender most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments. The initial Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 1.1A or in the Assignment and Assumption or Joinder Agreement pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.

Revolving Credit Exposure ”: with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans of such Lender then outstanding and (b) such Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure at such time and (c) such Lender’s participation in Swing Line Loans at such time.

Revolving Credit Extension Request ”: as defined in Section  2.14(h)(ii) .

Revolving Credit Lender ”: at any time, any Lender that has a Revolving Credit Commitment at such time.

Revolving Credit Loan ”: as defined in Section  2.1(b) .

Revolving Credit Termination Date ”: the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitments shall have terminated, no Revolving Credit Loans shall be outstanding and the L/C Obligations shall have been reduced to zero or Cash Collateralized.

Revolving Loan Extension Notice ”: as defined in Section  2.17(a) .

Revolving Loan Maturity Date ”: initially, [insert date 3 years from Closing Date] (such date, the “ Initial Revolving Loan Maturity Date ”), or, upon extension of the Initial Revolving Loan Maturity Date in accordance with Section  2.17 , [insert date 4 years from Closing Date].

S&P ”: S&P Global Ratings, a division of S&P Global Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

40


Sanctioned Country ”: at any time, a country, region or territory which is, or the government of which is, the subject or target of any Sanctions.

Sanctioned Person ”: at any time, (a) any Person that is the subject of Sanctions or listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by OFAC or the U.S. Department of State, the European Union, the United Nations or Her Majesty’s Treasury, (b) any Person operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country, (c) is publicly identified as prohibited from doing business with the United States under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, the Trading With the Enemy Act, or any other Requirement of Law or (d) any Person owned or controlled by any such Person or Persons.

Sanctions ”: economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by the U.S. government, including those administered by OFAC or the U.S. Department of State, the European Union, the United Nations, Her Majesty’s Treasury and sanctions under other similar Requirements of Law of other jurisdictions in which a Person conducts its business.

SEC ”: the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto and any analogous Governmental Authority.

Secured Cash Management Obligations ”: all obligations of any Loan Party (whether absolute or contingent and whenever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor)), as applicable, under any Specified Cash Management Agreement.

Secured Parties ”: collectively, the Bookrunner, the Lead Arrangers, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers, the Lenders, the Qualified Counterparties that are party to Specified Swap Agreements, the Cash Management Banks that are party to Specified Cash Management Agreements, and the successors and permitted assigns of each of the foregoing.

Secured Indebtedness ”: with respect to any Person, all Indebtedness of such Person that is secured by a Lien.

Secured Recourse Indebtedness ”: with respect to any Person, all Recourse Indebtedness of such Person that constitutes Secured Indebtedness.

Secured Swap Obligations ”: all obligations of any Loan Party (whether absolute or contingent and whenever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor)), as applicable, under any Specified Swap Agreement; provided that, in the case of any Excluded Swap Guarantor, “Secured Swap Obligations” shall not include any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Excluded Swap Guarantor.

Securities ”: any stock, shares, partnership interests, voting trust certificates, certificates of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement or arrangement, options, warrants, bonds, debentures, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness, secured or unsecured, convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as “securities” or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing.

 

41


Shareholders’ Equity ”: as of any date of determination, consolidated shareholders’ equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of that date determined in accordance with GAAP.

Single Asset Entity ”: a Person (other than an individual) that (a) only owns a single real property and/or cash and other assets of nominal value incidental to such Person’s ownership of such real property; (b) is engaged only in the business of owning, developing and/or leasing such real property and activities incidental thereto; and (c) receives substantially all of its gross revenues from such real property. In addition, if the assets of a Person consist solely of (i) Capital Stock in one or more other Single Asset Entities and (ii) cash and other assets of nominal value incidental to such Person’s ownership of the other Single Asset Entities, such Person shall also be deemed to be a Single Asset Entity for purposes of this Agreement (such an entity, a “ Single Asset Holding Company ”).

Single Asset Holding Company ”: as defined in the definition of Single Asset Entity.

Solvent ”: with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, (a) the amount of the “present fair saleable value” (determined on a going concern basis) of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, exceed the amount of all “liabilities of such Person, contingent or otherwise”, as of such date, as such quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors, (b) the present fair saleable value (determined on a going concern basis) of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the liability of such Person on its debts as such debts become absolute and matured in the ordinary course, (c) such Person will not have, as of such date, an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to conduct its business as contemplated on the date hereof, and (d) such Person will be able to pay its debts as they mature in the ordinary course.

Specified Cash Management Agreement ”: any Cash Management Agreement that is entered into by and between the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any Cash Management Bank, which is specified in a Designation Notice delivered to the Administrative Agent by such Cash Management Bank and acknowledged in writing by the Borrower, as constituting a Specified Cash Management Agreement hereunder.

Specified Swap Agreement ”: any Swap Agreement that is entered into by and between the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any Qualified Counterparty, which is specified in a Designation Notice delivered to the Administrative Agent by such Qualified Counterparty and acknowledged in writing by the Borrower, as constituting a Specified Swap Agreement hereunder. For purposes of the preceding sentence, one Designation Notice designating all Swap Agreements entered into pursuant to a specified Master Agreement as “Specified Swap Agreements” may be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

Stabilized Property ”: has the meaning specified in the definition of “Development Property”.

 

42


Stated Amount ”: with respect to any Letter of Credit, the maximum amount from time to time available to be drawn thereunder, determined without regard to whether any conditions to drawing could then be met; provided , however , that with respect to any Letter of Credit that by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the Stated Amount shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

Subsidiary ”: as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

Summary Information Memorandum ”: the Summary Information Memorandum dated October 19, 2017, relating to the Transactions.

Swap Agreement ”: any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall be a “Swap Agreement”.

Swap Termination Value ”: in respect of any one or more Swap Agreements, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Agreements, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Agreements have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a)  above, the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Agreements, as determined in accordance with the terms thereof and in accordance with customary methods for calculating mark-to-market values under similar agreements between the parties to such Swap Agreements (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

Swing Line Borrowing ”: a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section  2.3 .

Swing Line Lender ”: Bank of America in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans, or any successor swing line lender hereunder.

Swing Line Loan ”: as defined in Section  2.3(a) .

Swing Line Loan Notice ”: a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section  2.2(b) , which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit G-2 or such other form as reasonably approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

 

43


Swing Line Participation ”: as defined in Section  2.3(a) .

Swing Line Sublimit ”: an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $25,000,000 and (b) the Total Revolving Credit Commitments. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Total Revolving Credit Commitments.

Syndication Agents ”: JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Royal Bank of Canada and Coöoperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch, each in its capacity as a syndication agent under this Agreement.

Taxes ”: any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, assessments, fees, charges or withholdings (including backup withholding) imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term Commitment ”: as to each Term Lender, its obligation to make Term Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section  2.1(a) in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Term Lender’s name on Schedule  1.1A under the caption “Term Commitment”.

Term Lender ”: a Lender with a Term Commitment or an outstanding Term Loan.

Term Loan ”: an advance made by any Term Lender under the Term Loan Facility, including an advance made in connection with any Incremental Term Loan Increase, in each case made pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement.

Term Loan Facility ”: at any time, the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans of all Term Lenders outstanding at such time. The Term Loan Facility on the Closing Date is $525,000,000.

Term Loan Maturity Date ”: [insert date 5 years from Closing Date].

Total Asset Value ”: at any time, without duplication, the sum of (a) with respect to Qualified Assets, the sum of the Eligible Values at such time of each such Qualified Asset, (b) with respect to Real Property (other than any Qualified Asset) that is owned or ground leased by the Borrower or any Subsidiary and used in a business permitted under Section  8.3 , the sum of the portion of EBITDA attributable to each such asset for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period of the Borrower for which financial statements have been received divided by the Capitalization Rate, (c) with respect to each operating asset (other than any Qualified Asset) owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary and used in a business permitted under Section  8.3 , the sum of the portion of EBITDA attributable to each such asset for the most recently ended fiscal quarter period of the Borrower for which financial statements have been received multiplied by (x) with respect to any limestone quarry operating asset, 6.0, or (y) with respect to any other operating asset, 8.0; provided , however , that for the purposes of calculating Total Asset Value, with respect to (i) any operating asset or Real Property acquired after the Closing Date, such asset or Real Property shall be valued at the purchase price paid for such asset or Real Property

 

44


for the first 12 months following the date of acquisition thereof (and thereafter, valued in accordance with clause (b)  or (c) above, as applicable) and (ii) any Development Property, until such Development Property becomes a Stabilized Property, such Development Property shall be valued at the lesser of (x) cost or (y) market value in accordance with GAAP (and once such Development Property becomes a Stabilized Property, valued in accordance with clause (b)  above) and (d) with respect to any business managed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary that does not constitute an Eligible Managed Segment and any business operated by the Borrower or any Subsidiary as part of such Person’s transportation business segment, in each case, to the extent such business is permitted under Section  8.3 , the sum of the portion of EBITDA attributable to each such business for the most recently ended fiscal quarter period of the Borrower for which financial statements have been received multiplied by 8.0.

Total Extensions of Credit ”: at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding at such time and (b) the aggregate amount of L/C Obligations at such time.

Total Indebtedness ”: without duplication, all Indebtedness of the Company, the Borrower and their consolidated Subsidiaries.

Total Leverage Ratio ”: as of the last day of any Reference Period, the ratio of (a) Total Indebtedness on such day to (b) Total Asset Value for such Reference Period.

Total Revolving Credit Commitment ”: the sum of the Revolving Credit Commitments of all the Lenders. On the Closing Date, the Total Revolving Credit Commitment is $400,000,000.

Traded Securities ”: any debt or equity Securities issued pursuant to a public offering or Rule 144A offering or other similar private placement.

Transaction Costs ”: all fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions.

Transactions ”: the collective reference to (a) the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and each Loan Party of the Loan Documents (including this Agreement), the borrowing of the Loans, the use of proceeds thereof and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder, (b) the repayment in full of all obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement, the termination of all commitments to lend thereunder and the termination and release of all Guarantee Obligations and Liens in respect thereof and (c) the payment of the Transaction Costs.

Transferee ”: any Assignee or Participant.

Type ”: as to any Loan, its nature as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Loan.

UCP ”: with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, International Chamber of Commerce (“ ICC ”) Publication No. 600 (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

Unconsolidated Affiliate ”: in respect of any Person, any other Person in whom such Person holds an investment in Capital Stock, which investment is accounted for in the financial statements of such Person on an equity basis of accounting and whose financial results would not be consolidated under GAAP with the financial results of such first Person on the consolidated financial statements of such first Person.

 

45


United States ”: the United States of America.

Unpaid Drawing ”: as defined in Section  3.4(a) .

Unused Fee ”: as defined in Section  4.1(a) .

Unused Fee Rate ”: with respect to any day, the per annum fee rate set forth opposite the Revolver Usage for such day in the following pricing grid:

 

Revolver Usage

   Unused
Fee Rate
 

³ 50%

     0.30

< 50%

     0.40

For purposes hereof, “Revolver Usage” means, with respect to any day, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (a) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures on such day to (b) the Total Revolving Credit Commitments in effect on such day. For the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate outstanding amount of Swing Line Loans shall not be counted towards or considered usage of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment for purposes of determining “Revolver Usage.”

U.S. Person ”: any Person that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Wholly-Owned ”: with respect to a Subsidiary of a Person, a Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock of which (other than director’s qualifying shares and nominal holdings) are owned by such Person and/or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Withdrawal Liability ”: any liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Title IV of ERISA.

Withholding Agent ”: any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent and, in the case of any U.S. Federal withholding Tax, any other applicable withholding agent.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers ”: with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

46


Section 1.2. Other Definitional Provisions . (a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.

(b) As used herein and in the other Loan Documents, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, (i) the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”, (ii) the word “incur” shall be construed to mean incur, create, issue, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist (and the words “incurred” and “incurrence” shall have correlative meanings), (iii) the word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”, and (iv) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, Capital Stock, securities, revenues, accounts, leasehold interests and contract rights.

(c) The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereto” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in any Loan Document, shall refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof, and Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to the Loan Document in which such references appear unless otherwise specified.

(d) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.

(e) Unless the context requires otherwise and except as otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Governing Document) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, extended, refinanced, replaced, renewed, increased or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements, amendment and restatements, supplements, extensions, refinancings, replacements, renewals, increases or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns and (iii) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

(f) All references to “knowledge” or “awareness” of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof are to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary.

(g) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “ from ” means “ from and including ;” the words “ to ” and “ until ” each mean “ to but excluding ;” and the word “ through ” means “ to and including .”

 

47


(h) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Section 1.3. Classifications of Loans . For purposes of this Agreement, Loans and Commitments may be classified and referred to by Class ( e.g. , a “Revolving Credit Loan” or “Term Loan”) or by Type ( e.g. , a “Base Rate Loan” or “Eurodollar Loan”).

Section 1.4. Accounting Terms; GAAP .

(a) Generally . All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the audited financial statements of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Section  7.1(b) , except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining compliance with any covenant (including the computation of any financial covenant) contained herein, Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be carried at 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof, and the effects of FASB ASC 825 and FASB ASC 470-20 on financial liabilities shall be disregarded.

(b) Changes in GAAP . If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (A) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (B) the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP. Without limiting the foregoing, leases shall continue to be classified and accounted for on a basis consistent with that reflected in the audited financial statements of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Section  7.1(b) for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding any change in GAAP relating thereto, unless the parties hereto shall enter into a mutually acceptable amendment addressing such changes, as provided for above.

(c) Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities . All references herein to consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or to the determination of any amount for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis or any similar reference shall, in each case, be deemed to include each variable interest entity that the Company is required to consolidate pursuant to FASB ASC 810 as if such variable interest entity were a Subsidiary as defined herein.

 

48


Section 1.5. Pro Forma Calculations . With respect to any period during which any Permitted Acquisition or any sale, transfer or other Disposition of any material assets outside the ordinary course of business occurs, or any operational change or operational initiative is commenced, for purposes of determining compliance with the Financial Covenants or otherwise for purposes of determining the Total Leverage Ratio, EBITDA and Interest Expense, calculations with respect to such period shall be made on a Pro Forma Basis.

Section 1.6. Rounding . Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement (or required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement) shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding up if there is no nearest number).

Section 1.7. Timing of Payment or Performance . Except as otherwise provided herein, when the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on (or before) a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment (other than as described in the definition of Interest Period) or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

Section 1.8. Times of Day; Rates . (a) Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

(b) The Administrative Agent does not warrant, nor accept responsibility, nor shall the Administrative Agent have any liability with respect to the administration, submission or any other matter related to the rates in the definition of “Eurodollar Rate” or with respect to any comparable or successor rate thereto.

ARTICLE II

AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT

Section 2.1. Commitments .

(a) The Term Facility . Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, each Lender having a Term Loan Commitment severally agrees to make a loan or loans denominated in Dollars (each, a “ Term Loan ”) to the Borrower on the Closing Date, which Term Loans shall not exceed for any such Lender the Term Loan Commitment of such Lender and in the aggregate shall not exceed $525,000,000. Such Term Loans (i) may at the option of the Borrower be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Loans; provided that all Term Loans made by each of the Lenders pursuant to the same Borrowing shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist entirely of Term Loans of the same Type, and (ii) may be repaid or prepaid (without premium or penalty) in accordance with the provisions hereof, but once repaid or prepaid, may not be reborrowed.

 

49


(b) The Total Revolving Credit Commitment . Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, each Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars to the Borrower (each such loan, a “ Revolving Credit Loan ”) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment; provided that (x) any of the foregoing such Revolving Credit Loans (i) shall be made at any time and from time to time during the Availability Period, (ii) may, at the option of the Borrower be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans; provided that all Revolving Credit Loans made by each of the Lenders pursuant to the same Borrowing shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist entirely of Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type, (iii) may be repaid (without premium or penalty) and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions hereof, (iv) shall not, for any Lender at any time, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result in such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure at such time exceeding such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment at such time and (v) shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result at any time in the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures at such time exceeding the Total Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect or the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures at such time exceeding the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment and (y) after giving effect to any such Revolving Credit Loans, Availability shall be greater than or equal to $0.

Section 2.2. Borrowings , Continuations and Conversions of Loans .

(a) Each Borrowing of Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans, each conversion of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by (A) telephone, or (B) a Committed Loan Notice; provided that any telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a Committed Loan Notice. Each such Committed Loan Notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (i) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Loans or of any conversion of Eurodollar Loans to Base Rate Loans, and (ii) on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans; provided , however , that if the Borrower wishes to request Eurodollar Rate Loans having an Interest Period other than one, two, three or six months in duration as provided in the definition of “Interest Period,” the applicable notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. four Business Days prior to the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation, whereupon the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to the Lenders of such request and determine whether the requested Interest Period is acceptable to all of them. Not later than 11:00 a.m., three Business Days before the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower (which notice may be by telephone) whether or not the requested Interest Period has been consented to by all the Lenders. The aggregate principal amount of each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Loans, and of each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans, shall be in a minimum amount of at least the Minimum Borrowing Amount for such Type of Loan and in a multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof (except as provided in Sections 2.3(c), 3.3 and 3.4 ). Each Committed Loan Notice shall specify (i) whether the Borrower is requesting a Borrowing of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans, a conversion of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurodollar Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the

 

50


case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Loans are to be converted, and (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or if the Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Loans. If the Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month.

(b) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Applicable Percentage of the applicable Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans described in the preceding subsection. In the case of a Borrowing of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans, each Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section  7.2 (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Borrowing, Section  7.1 ), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Borrower; provided , however , that if, on the date the Committed Loan Notice with respect to such Borrowing is given by the Borrower, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing, first , shall be applied to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings, and second , shall be made available to the Borrower as provided above.

(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Loan. During the existence of a Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as Eurodollar Loans without the consent of the Required Lenders.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Loans upon determination of such interest rate.

(e) More than one Borrowing may be incurred on any date; provided that after giving effect to all Borrowings of Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans, all conversions of Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than 10 Interest Periods in effect with respect to the Loans.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Lender may exchange, continue or rollover all of the portion of its Loans in connection with any refinancing, extension, loan modification or similar transaction permitted by the terms of this Agreement, pursuant to a cashless settlement mechanism approved by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, and such Lender.

 

51


(g) Without in any way limiting the obligation of the Borrower to confirm in writing any notice it shall give hereunder by telephone (which such obligation is absolute), the Administrative Agent may act prior to receipt of written confirmation without liability upon the basis of such telephonic notice believed by the Administrative Agent in good faith to be from a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

(h) Borrowings to reimburse Unpaid Drawings shall be made upon the notice specified in Section  3.4(a) .

Section 2.3. Swing Line Loans .

(a) The Swing Line . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section  2.3 , may in its sole discretion make loans (each such loan, a “ Swing Line Loan ”) to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the Availability Period in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit; provided that, (x) after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, (i) the Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans and L/C Obligations of such Lender acting as a Swing Line Lender plus the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Swing Line Loans made by such Swing Line Lender shall not exceed the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, (ii) the Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders shall not exceed the Total Revolving Credit Commitments, (iii) the Revolving Credit Exposure of any Lender shall not exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and (iv) Availability shall be greater than or equal to $0, (y) the Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan, and (z) the Swing Line Lender shall not be under any obligation to make any Swing Line Loan if it shall determine (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that it has, or by such Swing Line Loan may have, Fronting Exposure. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section  2.3 , prepay under Section  5.1 , and reborrow under this Section  2.3 . Each Swing Line Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan (each a “ Swing Line Participation ”) in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage times the amount of such Swing Line Loan.

(b) Borrowing Procedures . Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by (A) telephone or (B) by a Swing Line Loan Notice; provided that any telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a Swing Line Loan Notice. Each such Swing Line Loan Notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a

 

52


minimum of $100,000, and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Revolving Credit Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the first proviso to the first sentence of Section  2.3(a) , or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Article VII is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Borrower at its office by crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of the Swing Line Lender in immediately available funds or, if requested in the Swing Line Loan Notice delivered to the Swing Line Lender, by transfer of immediately available funds to a bank specified by the Borrower for credit to an account at such bank specified by the Borrower in such Swing Line Loan Notice.

(c) Refinancing of Swing Line Loans .

(i) The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole discretion may request, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Revolving Credit Lender make a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section  2.2 , without regard to the Minimum Borrowing Amount, but subject to the unutilized portion of the Total Revolving Credit Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section  7.2 . The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Borrower with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Revolving Credit Lender shall make an amount equal to its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds (and the Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral available with respect to the applicable Swing Line Loan) for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section  2.3(c)(ii) , each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans in accordance with Section  2.3(c)(i) , the request for Base Rate Loans submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Revolving Credit Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section  2.3(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

 

53


(iii) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section  2.3(c) by the time specified in Section  2.3(c)(i) , the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Revolving Credit Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the Overnight Rate, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swing Line Lender in connection with the foregoing. If such Revolving Credit Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Revolving Credit Loan included in the relevant Borrowing or funded participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan, as the case may be. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Revolving Credit Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii)  shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iv) Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section  2.3(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or Event of Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided , however , that each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section  2.3(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section  7.2 . No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

(d) Repayment of Participations .

(i) At any time after any Revolving Credit Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Revolving Credit Lender its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage thereof in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section  12.7(c) (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Revolving Credit Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the

 

54


date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender. The obligations of the Revolving Credit Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e) Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender . The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Borrower for interest on the Swing Line Loans. Until each Revolving Credit Lender funds its Base Rate Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section  2.3 to refinance such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.

(f) Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender . The Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.

Section 2.4. Administrative Agent s Clawback .

(a) Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans (or, in the case of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, prior to 12:00 noon on the date of such Borrowing) that such Lender does not intend to make available to the Administrative Agent its portion of the Borrowing or Borrowings to be made on such date, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such date of Borrowing in accordance with, and at the time required by, Section  2.2 , and the Administrative Agent, in reliance upon such assumption, may (in its sole discretion and without any obligation to do so) make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender and the Administrative Agent has made available such amount to the Borrower, then the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover from the applicable Lender and such Lender agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower to the date of such corresponding amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent, at a rate per annum equal to the Overnight Rate, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, and the Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent in Dollars and in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower to the date of such corresponding amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent, at the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

 

55


(b) Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or an Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the applicable Lenders or Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the applicable Lenders or such Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such applicable Lender or such Letter of Credit Issuer, in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at a rate per annum equal to the Overnight Rate.

(c) Notice . A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under clause (a)  or (b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(g) Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent . If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II , and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Loan set forth in Article VII are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(d) Obligations of Lenders Several .

(i) The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Revolving Credit Loans and Term Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans, and to make payments pursuant to Sections 5.4(g) and 11.7 are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Revolving Credit Loan or Term Loan, to fund any such participation, to make any such purchase or to make any payment under Sections 5.4(g) and 11.7 on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Revolving Credit Loan or Term Loan, to purchase its participation, or to make its payment under Sections 5.4(g) and 11.7 .

(ii) Nothing in this Section  2.4 , including any payment by the Borrower, shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to, fulfill its commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights that the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder (it being understood, however, that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to fulfill its commitments hereunder).

(e) Funding Source . Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

 

56


Section 2.5. Repayment of Loans .

(a) Term Loans . The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Lenders, on the Term Loan Maturity Date, the then-outstanding Term Loans.

(b) Revolving Credit Loans . The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Revolving Credit Lenders, on the Revolving Loan Maturity Date, the then-outstanding Revolving Credit Loans.

(c) Swing Line Loans . The Borrower shall repay each Swing Line Loan on the earlier to occur of (i) the date five Business Days after such Loan is made and (ii) the Revolving Loan Maturity Date.

Section 2.6. Evidence of Debt .

(a) The Loans and other extensions of credit made by each Lender to the Borrower shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business. The entries made in the Register and the accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided , however , that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such account, such Register or subaccount, as applicable, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to the Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

(b) The Borrower hereby agrees that, upon request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent), at the Borrower’s own expense, a promissory note, substantially in the form of Exhibit E or Exhibit F , as applicable, which shall evidence the Term Loans and/or Revolving Credit Loans, respectively, owing to such Lender in addition to the accounts or records described in clause (a) . Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

(c) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in clause (a)  above, each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

 

57


Section 2.7. [Reserved] .

Section 2.8. Interest .

(a) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (c)  below, the unpaid principal amount of each Base Rate Loan (including any Swing Line Loan) shall bear interest from the date of the Borrowing thereof until maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum that shall at all times be the Applicable Margin for Base Rate Loans plus the Base Rate, in each case, in effect from time to time.

(b) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (c)  below, the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest from the date of the Borrowing thereof until maturity thereof (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum that shall at all times be the Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Loans plus the relevant Eurodollar Rate.

(c) (i) While any Event of Default arising under Section  10.1(a)(i) or (h)  exists the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations hereunder shall bear interest at a fluctuating rate per annum (the “ Default Rate ”) that is (x) in the case of any Loan, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto plus 2.00%, (y) in the case of Letter of Credit Fees, a rate equal to the Applicable Margin then applicable to Letter of Credit Fees plus 2.00% and (z) in the case of any other Obligations, including interest, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the rate described in Section  2.8(a) plus 2.00%.

(ii) Upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists (other than as set forth in clause (c)(i) above), the Borrower shall pay interest on the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

(iii) Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

(d) Interest on each Loan shall accrue from and including the date of any Borrowing to but excluding the date of any repayment thereof and shall be payable in the same currency in which the Loan is denominated; provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same date on which it is made shall bear interest for one day. Except as provided below, interest shall be payable (i) in respect of each Base Rate Loan, quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, (ii) in respect of each Eurodollar Loan, on the last day of each Interest Period applicable thereto and, in the case of an Interest Period in excess of three months, on each date occurring at three-month intervals after the first day of such Interest Period, and (iii) in respect of each Loan, (A) on any prepayment (on the amount prepaid) in respect thereof, (B) at maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise), and (C) after such maturity, on demand. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

 

58


(e) All computations of interest hereunder shall be made in accordance with Section  5.5 .

(f) The Administrative Agent, upon determining the interest rate for any Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans, shall promptly notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders thereof. Each such determination shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.

Section 2.9. LIBOR Successor Rate . (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, if the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error), or the Borrower or Required Lenders notify the Administrative Agent (with, in the case of the Required Lenders, a copy to the Borrower) that the Borrower or Required Lenders (as applicable) have determined, that:

(i) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR for any requested Interest Period, including because the LIBOR Screen Rate is not available or published on a current basis and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary; or

(ii) the administrator of the LIBOR Screen Rate or a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which LIBOR or the LIBOR Screen Rate shall no longer be made available, or used for determining the interest rate of loans (such specific date, the “ Scheduled Unavailability Date ”), or

(iii) syndicated loans currently being executed, or that include language similar to that contained in this Section  2.9 , are being executed or amended (as applicable) to incorporate or adopt a new benchmark interest rate to replace LIBOR,

then, reasonably promptly after such determination by the Administrative Agent or receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice, as applicable, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may amend this Agreement to replace LIBOR with an alternate benchmark rate (including any mathematical or other adjustments to the benchmark (if any) incorporated therein), giving due consideration to any evolving or then existing convention for similar U.S. dollar denominated syndicated credit facilities for such alternative benchmarks (any such proposed rate, a “ LIBOR Successor Rate ”), together with any proposed LIBOR Successor Rate Conforming Changes (as defined below) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section  12.1(a)(iv) , any such amendment shall become effective at 5:00 p.m. on the fifth Business Day after the Administrative Agent shall have posted such proposed amendment to all Lenders and the Borrower unless, prior to such time, Lenders comprising the Required Lenders have delivered to the Administrative Agent written notice that such Required Lenders do not accept such amendment.

(b) If no LIBOR Successor Rate has been determined and the circumstances under clause (i) above exist or the Scheduled Unavailability Date has occurred (as applicable), the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, (x) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended, (to the extent of the affected Eurodollar Rate Loans or Interest Periods), and (y) the Eurodollar Rate

 

59


component shall no longer be utilized in determining the Base Rate. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans (to the extent of the affected Eurodollar Loans or Interest Periods) or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans (subject to the foregoing clause (y)) in the amount specified therein.

Notwithstanding anything else herein, any definition of LIBOR Successor Rate shall provide that in no event shall such LIBOR Successor Rate be less than zero for purposes of this Agreement.

As used above:

LIBOR Screen Rate ” means the LIBOR quote on the applicable screen page the Administrative Agent designates to determine LIBOR (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time).

LIBOR Successor Rate Conforming Changes ” means, with respect to any proposed LIBOR Successor Rate, any conforming changes to the definition of Base Rate, Interest Period, timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest and other administrative matters as may be appropriate, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, to reflect the adoption of such LIBOR Successor Rate and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent determines that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or that no market practice for the administration of such LIBOR Successor Rate exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent determines in consultation with the Borrower).

Section 2.10. Increased Costs, Illegality, Etc .

(a) In the event that (w) in the case of clause  (i)(A) and (B)  below, the Administrative Agent, (x) in the case of clause  (i)(C) below, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, (y) in the case of clauses  (ii) below, the Required Term Loan Lenders (with respect to Term Loans) or the Required Revolving Credit Lenders (with respect to Revolving Credit Commitments) and (z) in the case of clause (iii)  below, any Lender, shall have reasonably determined (in each case, which determination shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto):

(i) on any date for determining the Eurodollar Rate for any Interest Period that (A) deposits in the principal amounts and currencies of the Loans comprising such Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans are not generally available in the relevant market, (B) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable interest rate on the basis provided for in the definition of Eurodollar Rate or (C) for any reason the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to such proposed Eurodollar Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Eurodollar Loan; or

(ii) at any time, that such Lenders shall incur increased costs or reductions in the amounts received or receivable hereunder with respect to any Eurodollar Loans (including any increased costs or reductions attributable to Taxes, other than any increase or reduction attributable to (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes or (C) Connection Income Taxes) because of any Change in Law; or

 

60


(iii) in good faith that any law, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order (in each case whether or not having the force of law) has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its Lending Office to perform any of its obligations hereunder or make, maintain or fund or charge interest with respect to any Loan or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the interbank Eurodollar market;

(such Loans, “ Impacted Loans ”), then, and in any such event, such Lender, Required Lenders, Required Term Loan Lenders or Required Revolving Credit Lenders, as applicable (or the Administrative Agent, in the case of clause  (i)(A) or (B)  above) shall within a reasonable time thereafter give notice (if by telephone, confirmed in writing) to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of such determination (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the other Lenders). Thereafter (x) in the case of clause  (i) above, (1) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended (to the extent of the affected Eurodollar Loans or Interest Periods) and (2) in the event of such a determination with respect to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the utilization of the Eurodollar Rate component in determining the Base Rate shall be suspended, in each case until such time as the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice by the Administrative Agent no longer exist (which notice the Administrative Agent agrees to give at such time when such circumstances no longer exist), and any Committed Loan Notice given by the Borrower with respect to Eurodollar Loans that have not yet been incurred shall be deemed rescinded by the Borrower, (y) in the case of clause  (ii) above, the Borrower shall pay to such Required Term Loan Lenders or Required Revolving Credit Lenders, as applicable, promptly after receipt of written demand therefor such additional amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a different method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Lenders in their reasonable discretion shall determine) as shall be required to compensate such Lenders for such actual increased costs or reductions in amounts receivable hereunder (it being agreed that a written notice as to the additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lenders, showing in reasonable detail the basis for the calculation thereof, submitted to the Borrower by such Lenders shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto), and (z) in the case of clause  (iii) above, (1) the obligation of such Lender to make, maintain, fund or charge interest with respect to any Eurodollar Loans or continue Eurodollar Loans or convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended and (2) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining Base Rate Loans the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, in each case until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist and the Borrower shall take the actions specified in clause  (x) or (y) , as applicable, of Section  2.10(b) promptly and, in any event, within the time period required by law.

 

61


Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Administrative Agent has made the determination described in Section  2.10(a)(i)(A) , the Administrative Agent, in consultation with the Borrower and the affected Lenders, may establish an alternative interest rate for the Impacted Loans, in which case, such alternative rate of interest shall apply with respect to the Impacted Loans until (1) the Administrative Agent revokes the notice delivered with respect to the Impacted Loans under clause  (A) of Section  2.10(a)(i) , (2) the Administrative Agent or the affected Lenders notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that such alternative interest rate does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding the Impacted Loans, or (3) any Lender determines that any law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for such Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to such alternative rate of interest or to determine or charge interest rates based upon such rate or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to do any of the foregoing and provides the Administrative Agent and the Borrower written notice thereof.

(b) At any time that any Eurodollar Loan is affected by the circumstances described in Section  2.10(a)(ii) or (iii) , the Borrower may (and in the case of a Eurodollar Loan affected pursuant to Section  2.10(a)(iii) shall) (x) if a Committed Loan Notice with respect to an affected Eurodollar Loan has been submitted pursuant to Section  2.2 but the affected Eurodollar Loan has not been funded or continued, cancel such requested Borrowing by giving the Administrative Agent written notice thereof on the same date that the Borrower was notified by Lenders pursuant to Section  2.10(a)(ii) or (iii)  or (y) if an affected Eurodollar Loan is then outstanding, upon at least three Business Days’ notice (or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Loan) to the Administrative Agent, require the affected Lender to convert each such Eurodollar Loan into a Base Rate Loan (the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate); provided that if more than one Lender is affected at any time, then all affected Lenders must be treated in the same manner pursuant to this Section  2.10(b) .

(c) If any Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer determines that any Change in Law relating to capital adequacy or liquidity of such Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lending Office of such Lender or compliance by any Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer or such Lender’s or Letter of Credit Issuer’s parent with any Change in Law relating to capital adequacy or liquidity has or would have the effect of reducing the actual rate of return on such Lender’s, such Letter of Credit Issuer’s or such Lender’s or Letter of Credit Issuer’s parent’s or Affiliate’s capital or assets as a consequence of this Agreement, such Lender’s commitments, Loans, participations in Letters of Credit, Swing Line Loans or other obligations hereunder or the Letters of Credit issued by such Letter of Credit Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender, such Letter of Credit Issuer or such Lender’s or Letter of Credit Issuer’s parent or Affiliate could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such Letter of Credit Issuer’s policies or the policies of such Lender’s or Letter of Credit Issuer’s parent or Affiliate with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity), then from time to time, promptly after written demand by such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the

 

62


Borrower shall pay to such Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer or its parent or Affiliate, as the case may be, such actual additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer or such Lender’s or Letter of Credit Issuer’s parent for such actual reduction, it being understood and agreed, however, no Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer shall seek compensation under this Section  2.10(c) based on the occurrence of a Change in Law unless such Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer (in such Lender’s or Letter of Credit Issuer’s reasonable determination) is generally seeking compensation from other borrowers in the unsecured REIT loan market with respect to its similarly affected commitments, loans and/or participations under agreements with such borrowers (but not necessarily all such borrowers) having provisions similar to this Section  2.10(c) ; provided that in no event shall any Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer be required to disclose information of other borrowers. Each Lender, upon determining in good faith that any additional amounts will be payable pursuant to this Section  2.10(c) , will give prompt written notice thereof to the Borrower, which notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis of the calculation of such additional amounts, although the failure to give any such notice shall not, subject to Section  2.13 , release or diminish the Borrower’s obligations to pay additional amounts pursuant to this Section  2.10(c) promptly following receipt of such notice.

(d) Reserves on Eurodollar Loans . The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as “Eurocurrency liabilities”), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive), which shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided the Borrower shall have received at least 10 days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice 10 days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest shall be due and payable 10 days from receipt of such notice.

(e) Each party’s obligations under this Section  2.10 shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer, termination of this Agreement and the Commitments and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

Section 2.11. Compensation . Upon written demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate each Lender for and hold each Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of: (a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Eurodollar Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Eurodollar Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise), (b) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower, (c) any assignment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section  2.15 , including any losses, costs or expenses that such Lender may reasonably incur as a result of such payment, failure to convert, failure to continue or failure to prepay, including any loss, cost or expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits) actually incurred, including by reason of the liquidation or

 

63


reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by any Lender to fund or maintain such Eurodollar Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. The Borrower shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing. A certificate of a Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender as specified in this Section  2.11 and setting forth in reasonable detail the manner in which such amount or amounts were determined shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive, absent manifest error. For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section  2.11 , each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Loan made by it at the Eurodollar Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Loan was in fact so funded. The agreements in this Section  2.11 shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer, termination of this Agreement and the Commitments and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

Section 2.12. Change of Lending Office . Each Lender may make any Loans, L/C Credit Extensions and other extensions of credit to the Borrower through any Lending Office, provided that the exercise of this option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section  2.10(a)(ii) , 2.10(a)(iii) , 2.10(c) , 3.5 or 5.4 with respect to such Lender (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the requirement to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Recipient pursuant to such sections), it will, if requested by the Borrower use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate another Lending Office for any Loans affected by such event; provided that such designation is made on such terms that such Lender and its Lending Office suffer no unreimbursed cost or other material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, with the object of avoiding the consequence of the event giving rise to the operation of any such Section. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer in connection with any such designation or assignment. Nothing in this Section  2.12 shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrower or the right of any Lender provided in Section  2.10 , 3.5 or 5.4 .

Section 2.13. Notice of Certain Costs . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent any notice required by Section  2.10 , 2.11 , 3.5 or 5.4 is given by any Lender more than 120 days after such Lender has knowledge (or should have had knowledge) of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the additional cost, reduction in amounts, loss, or other additional amounts described in such Sections, such Lender shall not be entitled to compensation under Section  2.10 , 2.11 , 3.5 or 5.4 , as the case may be, for any such amounts incurred or accruing prior to the 121 st day prior to the giving of such notice to the Borrower (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 120 day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

 

64


Section 2.14. Increase in Facilities .

(a) Request for Increase . Upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower may from time to time, request an increase in the aggregate amount of the Facilities to an amount not exceeding $1,325,000,000 in the aggregate after giving effect to such increase by requesting an increase in the Total Revolving Credit Commitment (each such increase, an “ Incremental Revolving Increase ”), requesting an increase in the Term Loan Facility (each such increase, an “ Incremental Term Loan Increase ”) or establishing a new (or increasing an existing) tranche of pari passu term loans (each an “ Additional TL Tranche ”; each Additional TL Tranche, Incremental Revolving Increase, and Incremental Term Loan Increase are collectively referred to as “ Incremental Facilities ”); provided that (i) any such request for an increase shall be in a minimum amount of $25,000,000 or any lesser amount if such amount represents all remaining availability under the aggregate limit in respect of the increases set forth above (or such lesser amount as the Borrower and the Administrative Agent may agree), (ii) all Incremental Revolving Increases and Incremental Term Loan Increases shall be on the same terms as the Class of the Facilities being increased, and (iii) all incremental commitments and loans provided as part of an Additional TL Tranche shall be on terms agreed to by the Borrower and the Lenders providing such Additional TL Tranche; provided , that (x) the final maturity date therefor may not be earlier than the latest maturity date (including any extension option) of any then existing Term Facility and (y) if the terms of such Additional TL Tranche (other than final maturity) are not the same as the terms of the Term Loan or a then existing Additional TL Tranche, such new Additional TL Tranche shall be on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders providing such Additional TL Tranche. The Borrower may approach any Lender or any Person that meets the requirements to be an Assignee under Section  12.6(b)(i) and (ii)(B) to provide all or a portion of the requested increase; provided that (x) any Lender offered or approached to provide all or a portion of the requested increase may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide all or a portion of such increase, (y) no Person approached shall become a Lender without the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Swing Line Lender, in each case, if required pursuant to Section  12.6(b) and (z) the Borrower shall not be obligated to offer any existing Lender the opportunity to provide any portion of a requested increase. At the time of sending its notice, the Borrower (in consultation with the Administrative Agent) shall specify the time period within which each Lender and other Person approached by the Borrower is requested to respond (which shall in no event be less than ten Business Days from the date of delivery of such notice to such Lenders).

(b) Elections to Increase . Each Lender and other Person approached by the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent within the specified time period whether or not it agrees to provide all or a portion of such increase and, if so, the amount of such requested increase that it proposes to provide. Any Lender not responding within such time period shall be deemed to have declined to provide any portion of the requested increase. Any Person providing any portion of the requested increase that is not an existing Lender shall become a Lender pursuant to a joinder agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel (each, a “ Joinder Agreement ”). The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and each Lender of the responses to each request made hereunder.

(c) Effective Date and Allocations . If the Facilities are increased pursuant to an Incremental Facility in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall determine the effective date (the “ Increase Effective Date ”) and the final allocation of such Incremental Facility and promptly notify the Lenders thereof and, (x) in the case of an Incremental Revolving Increase, the amount of the Revolving Credit Commitment and Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of each Revolving Credit Lender as a result thereof and (y) in the case of an Incremental Term Loan Increase or an Additional TL Tranche, the amount of the Term Loan and Applicable Percentage of each Term Lender as a result thereof.

 

65


(d) Conditions to Effectiveness of Incremental Facility . In each case, the Incremental Facility shall become effective as of the applicable Increase Effective Date; provided that (i) no Default or Event of Default shall exist on such Increase Effective Date both before and after giving effect to such increase, (ii) before and after giving effect to such increase, each of the representations and warranties made by or on behalf of any Group Member in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, if qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects) on such Increase Effective Date (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects (or, if qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects) as of such earlier date and except that for purposes of this Section  2.14 , the representations and warranties contained in Section  6.1(a) and (b)  shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Sections 8.1(a) and (b) , respectively), (iii) after giving effect to such increase and any Loans to be made on such Increase Effective Date, Availability shall be equal to or greater than $0, (iv) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of each Loan Party dated as of the applicable Increase Effective Date, signed by a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party (x) (1) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by such Loan Party approving or consenting to such increase or (2) certifying that, as of such Increase Effective Date, the resolutions delivered to the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date include approval to increase the maximum aggregate principal amount of all commitments and outstanding loans under this Agreement to an amount at least equal to $1,250,000,000, and (y) in the case of the Borrower, certifying to the Administrative Agent that the conditions in clauses (i) through (iii) above have been satisfied, (v) the Administrative Agent shall have received (x) a Joinder Agreement for each Person (other than a Lender), if any, participating in such increase, which Joinder Agreement shall be duly executed by the Borrower and each such Person and acknowledged and consented to in writing by the Administrative Agent, and in the case of an Incremental Revolving Increase, the Swing Line Lender and the Letter of Credit Issuers and (y) written confirmation from each existing Lender, if any, participating in such increase of the amount by which its Revolving Credit Commitment will be increased, and/or the amount of Term Loans and/or Term Loan Commitments to be provided by it, (vi) if requested by the Administrative Agent or any new Lender or Lender participating in the Incremental Facility, the Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable opinion of counsel (which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, as to such customary matters concerning the Incremental Facility as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, (vii) if requested by any new Lender joining on the Increase Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received a Note executed by the Borrower in favor of such new Lender, (viii) the Borrower shall have paid such fees to the Administrative Agent, for its own account and for the benefit of the Lenders participating in the increase, as are agreed mutually at the time and invoiced at least two (2) Business Days prior to the applicable Increase Effective Date and shall have paid any fees required to be paid pursuant to the Fee Letter in connection therewith, and (ix) the conditions to the making of an extension of credit set forth in Section  7.2 (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice in the case of an Incremental Revolving Increase) shall be satisfied or waived.

 

66


(e) Settlement and Funding Procedures . On each Increase Effective Date, promptly following fulfillment of the conditions set forth in clause (d)  of this Section  2.14 , the Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of the occurrence of the increase effected on such Increase Effective Date, the amount of the increase, the nature of the increase (i.e., an Incremental Revolving Increase, an Incremental Term Loan Increase or an Additional TL Tranche). In the event that an increase in the Total Revolving Credit Commitment results in any change to the Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of any Lender, then on the applicable Increase Effective Date (i) the participation interests of the Revolving Credit Lenders in any outstanding Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans shall be automatically reallocated among the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages after giving effect to such increase, (ii) any new Lender, and any existing Revolving Credit Lender whose Revolving Credit Commitment has increased, shall pay to the Administrative Agent such amounts as are necessary to fund its new or increased Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of all existing Revolving Credit Loans, (iii) the Administrative Agent will use the proceeds thereof to pay to all existing Revolving Credit Lenders whose Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage is decreasing such amounts as are necessary so that each Lender’s participation in existing Revolving Credit Loans will be equal to its adjusted Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage and (iv) if the applicable Increase Effective Date occurs on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable to any outstanding Revolving Credit Loan that is a Eurodollar Loan, then the Borrower shall pay any amounts required pursuant to Section  2.11 on account of the payments made pursuant to clause (iii) of this sentence. In the event of an Incremental Term Loan Increase or an Additional TL Tranche, each Lender participating in such Incremental Facility shall make a Term Loan to the Borrower in an amount equal to its pro rata share of such Incremental Facility.

(f) Amendments . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section  12.1 , the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Lender participating in any Incremental Facility may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, to implement the terms of any such Incremental Facility, including any amendments necessary to establish the Loans under any Incremental Facility as a new Class or tranche of Revolving Credit Loans or Term Loans, as applicable, and such other technical amendments as may be necessary or appropriate in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent in connection with the establishment of such new Class or tranche (including to preserve the pro rata treatment of the new and existing Classes or tranches), in each case on terms consistent with this Section  2.14 . In addition, upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Facility, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all references in the Loan Documents to Revolving Credit Loans or Term Loans shall be deemed, unless the context otherwise requires, to include references to Revolving Credit Loans made pursuant to Incremental Revolving Increases and Term Loans that are made pursuant to Incremental Term Loan Increases and Additional TL Tranches, respectively.

(g) Conflicting Provisions . This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section  12.7(a) or 12.1 to the contrary

 

67


Section 2.15. Replacement of Lenders or Termination of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances .

(a) The Borrower shall be permitted (x) to replace any Lender with a replacement bank or other financial institution or (y) to terminate the Commitment of a Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, and (1) in the case of a Lender (other than a Letter of Credit Issuer), repay all Obligations of the Borrower due and owing to such Lender relating to the Loans and participations held by such Lender as of such termination date and (2) in the case of a Letter of Credit Issuer, repay all Obligations of the Borrower owing to such Letter of Credit Issuer relating to the Loans and participations held by such Letter of Credit Issuer as of such termination date and cancel or backstop on terms satisfactory to such Letter of Credit Issuer any Letters of Credit issued by it that (a) requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.5 or 5.4, (b) is affected in the manner described in Section  2.10(a)(iii) and as a result thereof any of the actions described in such Section is required to be taken, or (c) becomes a Defaulting Lender; provided that (i) such replacement or termination does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (ii) no Event of Default under Section  10.1(a) or (h)  shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such replacement or termination, (iii) the Borrower shall repay (or in the case of a replacement, the replacement bank or institution shall purchase, at par) all Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts, including pursuant to Sections 2.10, 2.11 or 5.4, as the case may be, owing to such replaced or terminated Lender prior to the date of replacement or termination, as the case may be, (iv) any replacement bank or institution, if not already a Lender, an Affiliate of the Lender or Approved Fund, and the terms and conditions of such replacement, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (v) any replacement bank or institution, if not already a Lender shall be subject to the provisions of Section  12.6(b), (vi) any replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section  12.6 (b) ( provided that the failure of any such replaced Lender to execute an assignment shall not render such assignment invalid and such assignment shall be recorded in the Register), (vii) any such replacement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender and (viii) such replacement bank or institution would not have been entitled to reimbursement or have been affected as provided in (a) or (b) above.

(b) If any Lender (such Lender, a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”) has failed to consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, discharge or termination that pursuant to the terms of Section  12.1 requires the consent of either (i) all of the Lenders directly and adversely affected or (ii) all of the Lenders, and, in each case, with respect to which the Required Lenders (or more than 50% of the directly and adversely affected Lenders) shall have granted their consent, then the Borrower shall have the right (unless such Non-Consenting Lender grants such consent) to (x) replace such Non-Consenting Lender by requiring such Non-Consenting Lender to assign its Loans and its Commitments hereunder to one or more assignees reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (to the extent such consent would be required under Section  12.6(b) ) or (y) terminate the Commitment of such Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, and (1) in the case of a Lender (other than a Letter of Credit Issuer), repay all Obligations of the Borrower due and owing to such Lender relating to the Loans and participations held by such Lender as of such termination date and (2) in the case of a Letter of Credit Issuer, repay all Obligations of the Borrower owing to such Letter of Credit Issuer relating to the Loans and participations held by such Letter of Credit Issuer as of such termination date and cancel or

 

68


backstop on terms satisfactory to such Letter of Credit Issuer any Letters of Credit issued by it; provided that (a) all Obligations hereunder of the Borrower owing to such Non-Consenting Lender being replaced shall be paid in full to such Non-Consenting Lender concurrently with such assignment including any amounts that such Lender may be owed pursuant to Section  2.11 and (b) the replacement Lender shall purchase the foregoing by paying to such Non-Consenting Lender a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon. In connection with any such assignment, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, such Non-Consenting Lender and the replacement Lender shall otherwise comply with Section  12.6 .

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each party hereto agrees that any assignment pursuant to the terms of this Section  2.15 may be effected pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the assignee and that the Lender making such assignment need not be a party thereto.

Section 2.16. Defaulting Lenders .

(a) Adjustments . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i) Waivers and Amendments . Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of “Required Lenders” and Section  12.1 .

(ii) Defaulting Lender Waterfall . Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article X or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section  12.7(b) shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second , to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to any Letter of Credit Issuer or the Swing Line Lender hereunder; third , to Cash Collateralize the Fronting Exposure of the Letter of Credit Issuers with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section  3.8 ; fourth , as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth , if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize the future Fronting Exposure of the Letter of Credit Issuers with respect to such Defaulting Lender, in accordance with Section  3.8 ; sixth , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the Letter of Credit Issuers or the Swing Line Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, any Letter of Credit Issuer or the Swing Line Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh , so long as no Default or Event of

 

69


Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or L/C Borrowings in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Loans were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section  7.2 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and L/C Obligations owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or L/C Obligations owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments hereunder without giving effect to Section  2.16(a)(iv) . Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section  2.16(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(iii) Certain Fees .

(A) No Revolving Lender that is a Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any fee payable under Section  4.1 for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender).

(B) Each Revolving Lender that is a Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive Letter of Credit Fees for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to the extent allocable to its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the stated amount of Letters of Credit for which it has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to Section  3.8 .

(C) With respect to any Letter of Credit Fee not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (B)  above, the Borrower shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv)  below, (y) pay to the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to such Letter of Credit Issuer’s or the Swing Line Lender’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.

 

70


(iv) Reallocation of Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages to Reduce Fronting Exposure . All or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans shall be reallocated among the Lenders that are Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment) but only to the extent that such reallocation does not cause the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of any Non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment. Subject to Section  12.21 , no reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

(v) Cash Collateral, Repayment of Swing Line Loans . If the reallocation described in clause (a)(iv) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under applicable Law, (x) first, prepay Swing Line Loans in an amount equal to the Swing Line Lender’s Fronting Exposure and (y) second, Cash Collateralize the Letter of Credit Issuers’ Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section  3.8 .

(b) Defaulting Lender Cure . If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender and each Letter of Credit Issuer agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Applicable Percentages of each Class of Loans (without giving effect to Section  2.16(a)(iv) ), whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided , further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

Section 2.17. Extension of Revolving Loan Maturity Date .

(a) Requests for Extension . The Borrower may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent (such notice, a “ Revolving Loan Extension Notice ”) at least 30 days prior to the Initial Revolving Loan Maturity Date, but no more than 90 days prior to the Initial Revolving Loan Maturity Date, request that the Revolving Lenders extend the Revolving Loan Maturity Date for a period of 12 months from the Initial Revolving Loan Maturity Date.

(b) Conditions to Effectiveness of Extension . As conditions precedent to the effectiveness of any such extension of the Revolving Loan Maturity Date each of the following requirements shall be satisfied or waived on or prior to the Initial Revolving Loan Maturity Date, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent (in each case, the first date on which such conditions precedent are satisfied or waived, the “ Extension Effective Date ”):

 

71


(i) On the date of such Revolving Loan Extension Notice and both immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such extension of the Revolving Loan Maturity Date, (x) each of the representations and warranties made by or on behalf of any Group Member in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, if qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects) on such Extension Effective Date (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects (or, if qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects) as of such earlier date and except that for purposes of this Section  2.17 , the representations and warranties contained in Section  6.1(a) and (b)  shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Sections 8.1(a) and (b) , respectively) and (y) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(ii) The Borrower shall have paid or caused to be paid to the Administrative Agent, for the pro rata benefit of the Revolving Credit Lenders based on their respective Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages as of such date, an extension fee in an amount equal to 0.15% multiplied by the amount of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment as in effect on the Extension Effective Date, it being agreed that such extension fee shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason;

(iii) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the Borrower dated as of the Extension Effective Date signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (1) (A) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by each Loan Party approving or consenting to such extension or (B) certifying that, as of the Extension Effective Date, the resolutions delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders on the Closing Date (which resolutions include approval for an extension of the Revolving Loan Maturity Date for a period that is not less than an additional twelve (12) months from the Initial Revolving Loan Maturity Date) are and remain in full force and effect and have not been modified, rescinded or superseded since the date of adoption and (2) certifying that, before and after giving effect to such extension, (A) each of the representations and warranties made by or on behalf of any Group Member in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, if qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects) on such Extension Effective Date (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects (or, if qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects) as of such earlier date and except that for purposes of this Section  2.17 , the representations and warranties contained in Section  6.1(a) and (b)  shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Sections 8.1(a) and (b) , respectively), and (B) no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(iv) The Administrative Agent shall have received such other certificates, opinions and other documents as the Administrative Agent or any of the Revolving Credit Lenders may reasonably require, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

72


(c) Extension Effectiveness . The Revolving Loan Maturity Date shall be extended, effective as of the Extension Effective Date.

(d) Conflicting Provisions . This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section  12.7(a) or 12.1 to the contrary.

ARTICLE III

LETTERS OF CREDIT

Section 3.1. Letters of Credit .

(a) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, (i) at any time and from time to time during the L/C Availability Period, each Letter of Credit Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this Article III , to issue from time to time during the L/C Availability Period for the account of the Borrower (or, so long as the Borrower is the primary obligor, for the account of any Subsidiary of the Borrower) letters of credit (the “ Letters of Credit ” and each, a “ Letter of Credit ”) in such form as may be approved by the Letter of Credit Issuer in its reasonable discretion and (ii) the Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries and any drawings thereunder. Each letter of credit listed on Schedule 3.1A (each an “ Existing Letter of Credit ”) shall be deemed to constitute a Letter of Credit issued hereunder by the Letter of Credit Issuer identified on such schedule and from and after the Closing Date shall be subject to and governed by the terms and conditions hereof.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended or renewed the Stated Amount of which would cause Availability to be less than $0, (ii) no Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended or renewed the Stated Amount of which, when added to the L/C Obligations at such time, would exceed the Letter of Credit Subfacility then in effect; (iii) no Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended or renewed the Stated Amount of which would cause (A) the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures at the time of the issuance, amendment or renewal thereof to exceed the Total Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect or (B) the Revolving Credit Exposure of any Revolving Credit Lender at the time of the issuance, amendment or renewal thereof to exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment; (iv) each Letter of Credit shall have an expiration date occurring no later than the earlier of (x) one year after the date of issuance thereof (except as set forth in Section  3.2(d) ) and (y) the L/C Maturity Date; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, a Letter of Credit may have an expiration date (A) occurring later than the L/C Maturity Date to the extent agreed upon by the Administrative Agent, the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer and, unless such Letter of Credit has been Cash Collateralized, the Revolving Credit Lenders and (B) up to one year after the L/C Maturity Date if, not later than ninety (90) days prior to the L/C Maturity Date, the Borrower provides cash collateral acceptable to all Letter of Credit Issuers in an amount equal to 102% of the Stated Amount of all Letters of Credit with expiration dates after the L/C Maturity Date; (v) each Letter of Credit shall be denominated in Dollars; (vi) no Letter of Credit shall be issued if it would be illegal under any applicable law for the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit to

 

73


have a Letter of Credit issued in its favor; (vii) no Letter of Credit shall be issued by any Letter of Credit Issuer after it has received a written notice from any Loan Party or the Administrative Agent or the Required Revolving Credit Lenders stating that a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing until such time as such Letter of Credit Issuer shall have received a written notice of (x) rescission of such notice from the party or parties originally delivering such notice or (y) the waiver of such Default or Event of Default in accordance with the provisions of Section  13.1 ; and (viii) no Letter of Credit Issuer shall be under any obligation to issue, amend or renew any Letter of Credit if after giving effect thereto the L/C Obligations in respect of all Letters of Credit issued by such Letter of Credit Issuer would exceed such Letter of Credit Issuer’s Letter of Credit Sublimit; provided that, subject to the limitations set forth in the proviso to clauses (i)  through (iii) above, any Letter of Credit Issuer in its sole discretion may issue Letters of Credit in excess of its Letter of Credit Sublimit.

(c) Upon at least two Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the Lenders), the Borrower shall have the right, on any day, permanently to terminate or reduce the Letter of Credit Subfacility in whole or in part; provided that, (i) after giving effect to such termination or reduction, the L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Subfacility and (ii) the Letter of Credit Sublimit of each L/C Issuer shall be reduced on a pro rata basis. Following any such termination or reduction, the Administrative Agent may in its discretion replace the existing Schedule 1.1A with an amended and restated schedule that reflects such termination or reduction.

(d) No Letter of Credit Issuer shall be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

(i) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms enjoin or restrain such Letter of Credit Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any law applicable to such Letter of Credit Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such Letter of Credit Issuer shall prohibit, or request that such Letter of Credit Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (in each case, for which such Letter of Credit Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon such Letter of Credit Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which such Letter of Credit Issuer in good faith deems material to it;

(ii) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of such Letter of Credit Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally;

(iii) except as otherwise agreed by such Letter of Credit Issuer, such Letter of Credit is in an initial Stated Amount less than $100,000 (or such lower amount as may be agreed to by the Letter of Credit Issuer);

(iv) such Letter of Credit is denominated in a currency other than Dollars;

 

74


(v) such Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of the Stated Amount after any drawing thereunder; or

(vi) any Revolving Credit Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, unless such Letter of Credit Issuer has entered into arrangements, including the delivery of Cash Collateral, satisfactory to such Letter of Credit Issuer (in its sole discretion) with the Borrower or such Revolving Credit Lender to eliminate such Letter of Credit Issuer’s actual or potential Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section  2.16(a)(iv )) with respect to the Defaulting Lender arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or that Letter of Credit and all other L/C Obligations as to which such Letter of Credit Issuer has actual or potential Fronting Exposure, as it may elect in its sole discretion; or

(e) No Letter of Credit Issuer shall increase the Stated Amount of any Letter of Credit if such Letter of Credit Issuer would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.

(f) No Letter of Credit Issuer shall be under any obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) such Letter of Credit Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

(g) Each Letter of Credit Issuer shall act on behalf of the Revolving Credit Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith and each Letter of Credit Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article XI with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such Letter of Credit Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Article XI included such Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to such Letter of Credit Issuer.

Section 3.2. Letter of Credit Requests .

(a) Whenever the Borrower desires that a Letter of Credit be issued for its account or amended, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer a request in the form of a Letter of Credit Application by no later than 1:00 p.m. at least three Business Days (or such other period as may be agreed upon by the Borrower and such Letter of Credit Issuer) prior to the proposed date of issuance or amendment. Each Letter of Credit Application shall be appropriately completed and executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application may be sent by facsimile, by United States mail, by overnight courier, by electronic transmission using the system provided by such Letter of Credit Issuer, by personal delivery or by any other means acceptable to such Letter of Credit Issuer.

 

75


(b) In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer: (i) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (ii) the Stated Amount thereof; (iii) the expiry date thereof; (iv) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (v) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (vi) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (vii) the identity of the applicant; (viii) the purpose and nature of the requested Letter of Credit; and (ix) such other matters as such Letter of Credit Issuer may reasonably require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to such Letter of Credit Issuer (A) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as such Letter of Credit Issuer may reasonably require. Additionally, the Borrower shall furnish to such Letter of Credit Issuer and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as such Letter of Credit Issuer or the Administrative Agent may reasonably require.

(c) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Borrower and, if not, such Letter of Credit Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless a Letter of Credit Issuer has received written notice from any Revolving Credit Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Sections  7.1 (solely with respect to any Letter of Credit issued on the Closing Date) and 7.2 shall not then be satisfied to the extent required thereby, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, such Letter of Credit Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower (or, so long as the Borrower is the primary obligor, for the account of a Subsidiary of the Borrower) or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with such Letter of Credit Issuer’s usual and customary business practices.

(d) If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, a Letter of Credit Issuer may, in its sole discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “ Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit such Letter of Credit Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof and the Borrower not later than a day (the “ Non-Extension Notice Date ”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to such Letter of Credit Issuer for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) such Letter of Credit Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the L/C Maturity Date, unless otherwise agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and such Letter of Credit Issuer; provided , however , that such Letter of Credit Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) such Letter of Credit Issuer has reasonably determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation, at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of Section  3.1(b) or

 

76


otherwise), or (B) it has received written notice on or before the day that is seven Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date from the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section  7.2 are not then satisfied, and in each such case directing such Letter of Credit Issuer not to permit such extension.

(e) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, each Letter of Credit Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

(f) Each request for a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Borrower that the Letter of Credit may be issued in accordance with, and will not violate the requirements of, Section  3.1(b) .

Section 3.3. Letter of Credit Participations .

(a) Immediately upon the issuance by a Letter of Credit Issuer of any Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Issuer shall be deemed to have sold and transferred to each Revolving Credit Lender (each such Revolving Credit Lender, in its capacity under this Section  3.3 , an “ L/C Participant ”), and each such L/C Participant shall be deemed irrevocably and unconditionally to have purchased and received from such Letter of Credit Issuer, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation (each an “ L/C Participation ”), to the extent of such L/C Participant’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage in each Letter of Credit, each substitute therefor, each drawing made thereunder and the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement with respect thereto, and any security therefor or guaranty pertaining thereto; provided that the Letter of Credit Fees will be paid directly to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the L/C Participants as provided in Section  4.1(b) and the L/C Participants shall have no right to receive any portion of any fees paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of any Letter of Credit Issuer in respect of each Letter of Credit issued hereunder.

(b) In determining whether to pay under any Letter of Credit, the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer shall have no obligation relative to the L/C Participants other than to confirm that any documents required to be delivered under such Letter of Credit have been delivered and that they appear to comply on their face with the requirements of such Letter of Credit. Any action taken or omitted to be taken by the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer under or in connection with any Letter of Credit issued by it, if taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, shall not create for the Letter of Credit Issuer any resulting liability.

(c) In the event that any Letter of Credit Issuer makes any payment under any Letter of Credit issued by it and the Borrower shall not have repaid such amount in full to such Letter of Credit Issuer through the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section  3.4(a) , the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each L/C Participant of such failure, and each L/C Participant shall promptly and unconditionally pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Letter of Credit Issuer, the amount of such L/C Participant’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of

 

77


such unreimbursed payment in Dollars at the Administrative Agent’s Office and in immediately available funds. If and to the extent such L/C Participant shall not have so made its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the amount of such payment available to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Letter of Credit Issuer, such L/C Participant agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Letter of Credit Issuer, forthwith on demand, such amount, together with interest thereon for each day from such date until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Letter of Credit Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the Overnight Rate from time to time then in effect, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees that are reasonably and customarily charged by such Letter of Credit Issuer in connection with the foregoing. The failure of any L/C Participant to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of a Letter of Credit Issuer its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of any payment under any Letter of Credit shall not relieve any other L/C Participant of its obligation hereunder to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Letter of Credit Issuer its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of any payment under such Letter of Credit on the date required, as specified above, but no L/C Participant shall be responsible for the failure of any other L/C Participant to make available to the Administrative Agent such other L/C Participant’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of any such payment.

(d) Whenever the Administrative Agent receives a payment in respect of an unpaid reimbursement obligation as to which the Administrative Agent has received for the account of a Letter of Credit Issuer any payments from the L/C Participants pursuant to clause  (c) above, the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to each L/C Participant that has paid its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of such reimbursement obligation, in Dollars and in immediately available funds, an amount equal to such L/C Participant’s share (based upon the proportionate aggregate amount originally funded by such L/C Participant to the aggregate amount funded by all L/C Participants) of the amount so paid in respect of such reimbursement obligation and interest thereon accruing after the purchase of the respective L/C Participations at the Overnight Rate.

(e) The obligations of the L/C Participants to make payments to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to Letters of Credit shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against such Letter of Credit Issuer, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or Event of Default, or (iii) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

(f) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of a Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to Section  3.3(c) is required to be returned under any circumstance (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Letter of Credit Issuer in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Letter of Credit Issuer its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

 

78


Section 3.4. Agreement to Repay Letter of Credit Drawings .

(a) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof (such notification provided by such Letter of Credit Issuer to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent being referred to herein as an “ L/C Draw Notice ”). The Borrower hereby agrees to reimburse each Letter of Credit Issuer, by making payment with respect to any drawing under any Letter of Credit in the same currency in which such drawing was made unless such Letter of Credit Issuer (at its option) shall have specified in the notice of drawing that it will require reimbursement in Dollars. Any such reimbursement shall be made by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds for any payment or disbursement made by a Letter of Credit Issuer under any Letter of Credit (each such amount so paid until reimbursed, an “ Unpaid Drawing ”) if (i) an L/C Draw Notice with respect to a Letter of Credit is received by the Borrower (x) on or prior to 11:00 a.m. on the date of any payment by the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer (each such date a payment is made by a Letter of Credit Issuer under a Letter of Credit being referred to herein as an “ Honor Date ”), then, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the Honor Date or (y) after 11:00 a.m. on the Honor Date, then, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the first Business Day following the Honor Date, (such date on which the Borrower, pursuant to clauses (x) and (y) of this sentence, are required to reimburse a Letter of Credit Issuer for a drawing under a Letter of Credit is referred to herein as the “ Reimbursement Date ”); provided , however , that if the Reimbursement Date for a drawing under a Letter of Credit is the Business Day following the Honor Date pursuant to clause (y) of this sentence then the Unpaid Drawing shall accrue interest from and including the Honor Date to the date the Letter of Credit Issuer is reimbursed in full therefor (whether through payment by the Borrower and/or the L/C Participants in accordance with Section  3.3(c) ) at a rate per annum equal to (A) for the period from and including the Honor Date to but excluding the first Business Day to occur thereafter, the Applicable Margin for Base Rate Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans plus the Base Rate as in effect from time to time and (B) thereafter, at the Default Rate in accordance with Section  2.8(c) ). Interest accruing on the Unpaid Drawing pursuant to the proviso to the immediately preceding sentence shall be payable by the Borrower promptly to the Administrative Agent, solely for the account of the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) unless the Borrower shall have notified the Administrative Agent and the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer prior to 11:00 a.m. on the Reimbursement Date that the Borrower intends to reimburse the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer for the amount of such drawing with funds other than the proceeds of Loans, the Borrower shall be deemed to have given a Committed Loan Notice requesting that, with respect to Letters of Credit, the Revolving Credit Lenders make Revolving Credit Loans (which shall be denominated in Dollars and which shall be Base Rate Loans) on the Reimbursement Date in the amount of such drawing and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each L/C Participant of such drawing and the amount of its Revolving Credit Loan to be made in respect thereof, and each L/C Participant shall be irrevocably obligated to make a Revolving Credit Loan to the Borrower in Dollars in the manner deemed to have been requested in the amount of its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the applicable Unpaid Drawing by 2:00 p.m. on such Reimbursement Date by making the amount of such Revolving Credit Loan available to the Administrative Agent. Such Revolving Credit Loans shall be made without regard to the Minimum Borrowing Amount. The Administrative Agent shall use the proceeds of such Revolving Credit Loans solely for purposes of reimbursing the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer

 

79


for the related Unpaid Drawing. In the event that the Borrower fails to Cash Collateralize any Letter of Credit that is outstanding on the L/C Maturity Date, the full amount of the L/C Obligations in respect of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be an Unpaid Drawing subject to the provisions of this Section  3.4 except that the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer shall hold the proceeds received from the L/C Participants as contemplated above as cash collateral for such Letter of Credit to reimburse any drawing under such Letter of Credit and shall use such proceeds first , to reimburse itself for any drawings made in respect of such Letter of Credit following the L/C Maturity Date, second , to the extent such Letter of Credit expires or is returned undrawn while any such cash collateral remains, to the repayment of obligations in respect of any Revolving Credit Loans that have not been paid at such time and third , to the Borrower or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction. Nothing in this Section  3.4(a) shall affect the Borrower’s obligation to repay all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans when due in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b) The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse each Letter of Credit Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit issued by such Letter of Credit Issuer and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents;

(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, set-off, defense or other right that the Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against a beneficiary named in a Letter of Credit, any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such transferee may be acting), the Administrative Agent, relevant Letter of Credit Issuer, any Lender or other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transactions (including any underlying transaction between the Borrower and the beneficiary named in any such Letter of Credit);

(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

(c) waiver by the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer of any requirement that exists for such Letter of Credit Issuer’s protection and not the protection of the Borrower (or any Subsidiary of the Borrower) or any waiver by the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer which does not in fact materially prejudice the Borrower (or any Subsidiary of the Borrower);

(d) any payment made by the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer in respect of an otherwise complying item presented after the date specified as the expiration date of, or the date by which documents must be received under, such Letter of Credit if presentation after such date is authorized by the UCC, the ISP or the UCP, as applicable;

 

80


(e) any payment by the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by such Letter of Credit Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law;

(f) honor of a demand for payment presented electronically even if such Letter of Credit requires that demand be in the form of a draft;

(g) any adverse change in any relevant exchange rates or in the relevant currency markets generally;

(h) honor of demand for payment presented electronically even if such Letter of Credit requires that demand be in the form of a draft; or

(i) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or an equitable discharge of, or provide a right of set off against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder (or any Subsidiary of the Borrower) (other than the defense of payment or performance).

(j) The foregoing shall not be construed to excuse any Letter of Credit Issuer from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by such Letter of Credit Issuer’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of any Letter of Credit Issuer (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), such Letter of Credit Issuer shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, a Letter of Credit Issuer may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

The Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower will immediately notify the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer. The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

 

81


Section 3.5. Increased Costs . If any Change in Law shall either (x) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, deposit, capital adequacy, liquidity or similar requirement against any assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by any Letter of Credit Issuer or any L/C Participant, including any letters of credit issued by any Letter of Credit Issuer, or any L/C Participant’s L/C Participation therein, or (y) impose on any Letter of Credit Issuer or any L/C Participant any other conditions, costs or expense affecting this Agreement or its obligations hereunder in respect of Letters of Credit or L/C Participations therein or any Letter of Credit or such L/C Participant’s L/C Participation therein, and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the actual cost to any Letter of Credit Issuer or L/C Participant of issuing, maintaining or participating in any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to issue or participate in any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the actual amount of any sum received or receivable by such Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant hereunder (including any increased costs or reductions attributable to Taxes, other than any such increase or reduction attributable to (i) Indemnified Taxes, (ii) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes or (iii) Connection Income Taxes) in respect of Letters of Credit or L/C Participations therein, then, promptly after receipt of written demand to the Borrower by such Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant, as the case may be (a copy of which notice shall be sent by such Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant to the Administrative Agent (with respect to a Letter of Credit issued on account of the Borrower (or any Subsidiary of the Borrower))), the Borrower shall pay to such Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant such actual additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant for such increased cost or reduction. A certificate submitted to the Borrower by the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer or an L/C Participant, as the case may be (a copy of which certificate shall be sent by such Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant to the Administrative Agent), setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for the determination of such actual additional amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant as aforesaid shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower absent clearly demonstrable error. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer shall be entitled to seek compensation under this Section  3.5 based on the occurrence of a Change in Law arising solely from (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or any requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith or (y) Basel III or any requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith, unless such Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer (in such Lender’s or Letter of Credit Issuer’s reasonable determination) is generally seeking compensation from other borrowers in the unsecured REIT loan market with respect to its similarly affected commitments, loans and/or participations under agreements with such borrowers (but not necessarily all such borrowers) having provisions similar to this Section  3.5 ; provided that in no event shall any Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer be required to disclose information of other borrowers.

Section 3.6. New or Successor Letter of Credit Issuer .

(a) Any Letter of Credit Issuer may resign as a Letter of Credit Issuer upon 60 days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the other Letter of Credit Issuers and the Borrower; provided that, if at any time any Letter of Credit Issuer assigns all of its Commitments and Loans pursuant to Section  12.6 , such Letter of Credit Issuer may, upon 30 days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the other Letter of Credit Issuers and the Borrower, resign as a Letter of Credit Issuer. The Borrower may, with the written consent of the

 

82


Administrative Agent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), replace any Letter of Credit Issuer for any reason upon written notice to such Letter of Credit Issuer. The Borrower may, with the written consent of the Administrative Agent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), add Letter of Credit Issuers at any time. If any Letter of Credit Issuer shall resign or be replaced, or if the Borrower shall decide to add a new Letter of Credit Issuer under this Agreement, then the Borrower may appoint from among the Lenders a successor issuer of Letters of Credit or a new Letter of Credit Issuer (with the agreement to become a successor issuer of Letters of Credit or a new Letter of Credit Issuer to be in the sole discretion of such Lender), as the case may be, or another successor or new issuer of Letters of Credit, whereupon such successor issuer accepting such appointment shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the replaced or resigning Letter of Credit Issuer under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or such new issuer of Letters of Credit accepting such appointment shall be granted the rights, powers and duties of a Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder, and the term “Letter of Credit Issuer” shall mean such successor or such new issuer of Letters of Credit effective upon such appointment; provided , however , that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of such Letter of Credit Issuer as a Letter of Credit Issuer. At the time such resignation or replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay to the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer all accrued and unpaid fees applicable to the Letters of Credit pursuant to Sections 4.1(b) and (d) . The acceptance of any appointment as a Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder, whether as a successor issuer or new issuer of Letters of Credit in accordance with this Agreement, shall be evidenced by an agreement entered into by such new or successor issuer of Letters of Credit, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, such new or successor issuer of Letters of Credit shall become the Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder. After the resignation or replacement of any Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder, the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of a Letter of Credit Issuer under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation or replacement (including the right to require the Revolving Credit Lenders to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section  3.4(a) or the L/C Participants to fund L/C Participations pursuant to Section  3.3(c) ), but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit. In connection with any resignation or replacement pursuant to this clause  (a) (but, in case of any such resignation, only to the extent that a successor issuer of Letters of Credit shall have been appointed), either (i) the Borrower, the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer and the successor issuer of Letters of Credit shall arrange to have any outstanding Letters of Credit issued by the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer replaced with Letters of Credit issued by the successor issuer of Letters of Credit or (ii) the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the outstanding Letters of Credit issued by such resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer (at 102% of the face amount thereof) or cause the successor issuer of Letters of Credit, if such successor issuer is reasonably satisfactory to the replaced or resigning Letter of Credit Issuer, to issue “back-stop” Letters of Credit naming the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer as beneficiary for each outstanding Letter of Credit issued by the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer, which new Letters of Credit shall be denominated in the same currency as, and shall have a face amount equal to, the Letters of Credit being back-stopped and the sole requirement for drawing on such new Letters of Credit shall be a drawing on the corresponding back-stopped Letters of Credit. After any resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer’s resignation or replacement as Letter of Credit Issuer, the provisions of this Agreement relating to such Letter of Credit Issuer shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it (A) while it was a Letter of Credit Issuer under this Agreement or (B) at any time with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Letter of Credit Issuer.

 

83


(b) To the extent there are, at the time of any resignation or replacement as set forth in Section  3.6(a) , any outstanding Letters of Credit, nothing herein shall be deemed to impact or impair any rights and obligations of any of the parties hereto with respect to such outstanding Letters of Credit (including, without limitation, any obligations related to the payment of Fees or the reimbursement or funding of amounts drawn), except that the Borrower, the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer and the successor issuer of Letters of Credit shall have the obligations regarding outstanding Letters of Credit described in Section  3.6(a) .

Section 3.7. Role of Letter of Credit Issuer . Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, no Letter of Credit Issuer shall have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of any Letter of Credit Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Affiliates nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of any Letter of Credit Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Required Revolving Credit Lenders; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuit of such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of any Letter of Credit Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Affiliates nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of any Letter of Credit Issuer shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in Section  3.3(b) ; provided that anything in such Section to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against a Letter of Credit Issuer, and such Letter of Credit Issuer may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by such Letter of Credit Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or such Letter of Credit Issuer’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit in each case as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, each Letter of Credit Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and such Letter of Credit Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

 

84


Each Letter of Credit Issuer may send a Letter of Credit or conduct any communication to or from the beneficiary via the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication message or overnight courier, or any other commercially reasonable means of communicating with a beneficiary.

Section 3.8. Cash Collateral .

(a) Certain Credit Support Events . If (i) as of the L/C Maturity Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, (ii) the Borrower shall be required to provide Cash Collateral pursuant to Section  10.1 , (iii) there shall exist a Defaulting Lender or (iv) any Letter of Credit Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit issued by it and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing that has not been repaid in full, in each case to the extent the applicable L/C Obligation has not already been Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof, the Borrower shall immediately (in the case of clause (ii)  above) or within one Business Day (in all other cases) following any written request by the Administrative Agent or such Letter of Credit Issuer, provide Cash Collateral in an amount not less than the applicable Minimum Collateral Amount (determined in the case of Cash Collateral provided pursuant to clause  (iii) above, after giving effect to Section  2.16(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender).

(b) Grant of Security Interest . The Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender, hereby grant to (and subject to the control of) the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Lenders, and agree to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein as described in Section  3.8(a) , and all other property so provided as collateral pursuant to this Section  3.8(b) and in the possession of the Administrative Agent, and in all proceeds of the foregoing, all as security for the obligations to which such Cash Collateral may be applied pursuant to Section  3.8(c) . If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent or the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer as herein provided or Liens of the type described in clauses (a)  and (c) of the definition of Permitted Encumbrances, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the Minimum Collateral Amount (including, without limitation, as a result of exchange rate fluctuations), the Borrower will, promptly upon written demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency. Cash Collateral (other than credit support not constituting funds subject to deposit) shall be maintained in blocked, interest bearing deposit accounts with the Administrative Agent (with such interest, to the extent not applied pursuant to Section  3.8(c) , accruing for the benefit of the Borrower). The Borrower shall pay promptly following written demand therefor from time to time all customary account opening, activity and other administrative fees and charges in connection with the maintenance and disbursement of Cash Collateral.

(c) Application . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under any of this Section  3.8 or Sections  2.16 , 5.2 or 10.1 in respect of Letters of Credit shall be held and applied to the satisfaction of the specific L/C Obligations, obligations to fund participations therein (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) and other obligations for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may otherwise be provided for herein.

 

85


(d) Release . Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce Fronting Exposure or to secure other obligations shall be released promptly following ( i ) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure or other obligations giving rise thereto (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender (or, as appropriate, its assignee following compliance with Section  12.6(b)(ii) ) or there is no longer existing an Event of Default) or ( ii ) the determination by the Administrative Agent and the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided , however , (x) Cash Collateral furnished by or on behalf of a Loan Party shall not be released during the continuance of a Default (and following application as provided in this Section  3.8 may be otherwise applied in accordance with Section  10.1 ), and (y) the Person providing Cash Collateral and the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer(s) may agree that Cash Collateral shall not be released but instead held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations.

Section 3.9. Governing Law; Applicability of ISP and UCP . Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued (including any such agreement applicable to an Existing Letter of Credit), each Letter of Credit shall be governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, and to the extent not prohibited by such laws, the rules of the ISP shall apply to each Letter of Credit (or UCP if required, subject to the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer’s approval). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Letter of Credit Issuer shall be responsible to the Borrower for, and no Letter of Credit Issuer’s rights and remedies against the Borrower shall be impaired by, any action or inaction of such Letter of Credit Issuer required or permitted under any law, order, or practice that is required or permitted to be applied to any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, including the applicable law or any order of a jurisdiction where such Letter of Credit Issuer or the beneficiary is located, the practice stated in the ISP or UCP, as applicable, or in the decisions, opinions, practice statements, or official commentary of the ICC Banking Commission, the Bankers Association for Finance and Trade—International Financial Services Association (BAFT-IFSA), or the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, whether or not any Letter of Credit chooses such law or practice.

Section 3.10. Conflict with Issuer Documents . In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control and any grant of security interest in any Issuer Documents shall be void.

Section 3.11. Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries . Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary of the Borrower, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of any Subsidiary of the Borrower inures to the benefit of the Borrower and that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries.

 

86


Section 3.12. Letter of Credit Issuer Reports to Administrative Agent . Unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent, each Letter of Credit Issuer shall, in addition to its notification obligations set forth elsewhere in this Section, provide the Administrative Agent with written reports from time to time, as follows:

(a) reasonably prior to the time that such Letter of Credit Issuer issues, amends, renews, increases or extends a Letter of Credit, a written report that includes the date of such issuance, amendment, renewal, increase or extension and the stated amount and currency of the applicable Letters of Credit after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (and whether the amounts thereof shall have changed);

(b) on each Business Day on which such Letter of Credit Issuer makes a payment pursuant to a Letter of Credit, a written report that includes the date and amount of such payment;

(c) on any Business Day on which the Borrower fails to reimburse a payment made pursuant to a Letter of Credit required to be reimbursed to such Letter of Credit Issuer on such day, a written report that includes the date of such failure and the amount of such payment;

(d) on any other Business Day, a written report that includes such other information as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request as to the Letters of Credit issued by such Letter of Credit Issuer; and

(e) (i) on the last Business Day of each calendar month and (ii) on each date that (1) an L/C Credit Extension occurs or (2) there is any expiration, cancellation and/or disbursement, in each case, with respect to any Letter of Credit issued by such Letter of Credit Issuer, a written report that includes the information for every outstanding Letter of Credit issued by such Letter of Credit Issuer.

ARTICLE IV

FEES; COMMITMENT REDUCTIONS AND TERMINATIONS

Section 4.1. Fees .

(a) Without duplication, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent in Dollars, for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage, an unused fee (the “ Unused Fee ”) for each day during the Availability Period, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article VII is not met. Each Unused Fee shall be payable (x) quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September, and December (for the three-month period (or portion thereof) ended on such day for which no payment has been received) and (y) on the last day of the Availability Period (for the period ended on such date for which no payment has been received pursuant to clause  (x) above), commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and shall be computed for each day during such period at a rate per annum equal to the Unused Fee Rate in effect on such day times the Available Commitment in effect on such day.

 

87


(b) Without duplication, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent in Dollars for the account of the Revolving Credit Lenders pro rata on the basis of their respective Letter of Credit Exposure, a fee in respect of each Letter of Credit issued on the Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ behalf (the “ Letter of Credit Fee ”), for the period from and including the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit to but excluding the termination or expiration date of such Letter of Credit computed at the per annum rate for each day equal to the Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Rate Revolving Credit Loans times the daily Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit. Except as provided below, such Letter of Credit Fees shall be due and payable (x) quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September, and December and (y) on the last day of the Availability Period. If there is any change in the Applicable Margin during any quarter, the daily maximum amount of each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Margin separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Margin was in effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (i) while any Event of Default arising under Section  10.1(a)(i) or Section  10.1(h) exists, all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate, and (ii) upon the request of the Required Revolving Credit Lenders while any Event of Default exists (other than as set forth in clause (i) ), all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate.

(c) Without duplication, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the Bookrunner and the Lead Arrangers in Dollars, for their own respective accounts, and for the Lenders, as applicable, such fees as have been previously agreed in writing or as may be agreed in writing from time to time in the amounts and at the times so specified.

(d) Without duplication, the Borrower agrees to pay to each Letter of Credit Issuer for its own account a fee in Dollars in respect of each Letter of Credit issued by it to the Borrower (the “ Fronting Fee ”) of the greater of (a) $500 per annum and (b) for the period from the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit to the termination date of such Letter of Credit, an amount computed for each day at the rate equal to 0.125% per annum on the daily Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit. Such Fronting Fees shall be due and payable (x) quarterly in arrears on the first Business Day after the end of each of March, June, September and December and (y) on the date upon which the Total Revolving Credit Commitment terminates and the L/C Obligations shall have been reduced to zero or Cash Collateralized (at 102% of the face amount thereof).

(e) Without duplication, the Borrower agrees to pay directly to each Letter of Credit Issuer for its own account in Dollars upon each issuance or renewal of, drawing under, and/or amendment of, a Letter of Credit issued by it such amount as shall at the time of such issuance or renewal of, drawing under, and/or amendment be the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges that such Letter of Credit Issuer is customarily charging for issuances or renewals of, drawings under or amendments of, letters of credit issued by it, in each case, not to exceed $1,500 with respect to any Letter of Credit. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payment of any amounts to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Section  4.1 shall be subject to Section  2.16 .

 

88


Section 4.2. Voluntary Reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments .

(a) Upon prior written notice to the Administrative Agent (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the Lenders), the Borrower shall have the right, without premium or penalty, on any day, permanently to terminate or reduce the Total Revolving Credit Commitment in whole or in part; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. four Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such reduction shall apply proportionately and permanently to reduce the Revolving Credit Commitment of each of the Lenders (and in the case of any resulting reduction of the Letter of Credit Subfacility, the Letter of Credit Sublimit of each Letter of Credit Issuer shall be reduced on a pro rata basis), except that the Borrower may at its election permanently reduce the Revolving Credit Commitment of a Defaulting Lender to $0 without affecting the Revolving Credit Commitments of any other Lender, (iii) any partial reduction pursuant to this Section  4.2 shall be in the amount of at least $5,000,000, and (iv) after giving effect to such termination or reduction and to any prepayments of the Loans made on the date thereof in accordance with this Agreement (x) the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures shall not exceed the Total Revolving Credit Commitment, (y) the aggregate amount of L/C Obligations not fully Cash Collateralized hereunder shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Subfacility and (z) the aggregate amount of Swing Line Loans shall not exceed the Swing Line Sublimit. Following any such termination or reduction, the Administrative Agent may in its discretion replace the existing Schedule 1.1A with an amended and restated schedule that reflects all such terminations and reductions.

(b) The Borrower may terminate the unused amount of the Commitment of a Defaulting Lender upon not less than two (2) Business Days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent (which will promptly notify the Lenders thereof), and in such event the provisions of Section  2.16(a)(ii) will apply to all amounts thereafter paid by the Borrower for the account of such Defaulting Lender under this Agreement (whether on account of principal, interest, fees, indemnity or other amounts), provided that such termination will not be deemed to be a waiver or release of any claim the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, any Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender.

Section 4.3. Mandatory Termination of Commitments .

(a) The Term Loan Commitments shall terminate on the Closing Date, contemporaneously with the Borrowing of the Term Loans.

(b) The Revolving Credit Commitments shall terminate at 12:00 noon on the Revolving Loan Maturity Date.

ARTICLE V

PAYMENTS

Section 5.1. Voluntary Prepayments .

(a) The Borrower shall have the right to prepay Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans, in each case without premium or penalty, in whole or in part from time to time on the following terms and conditions: (1) the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent written notice of its intent to make such prepayment, the date and amount of such prepayment, the Class(es) and Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid and (in the case of Eurodollar Loans) the Interest Periods of such Loans, which notice shall be in a form acceptable to the Administrative Agent

 

89


and be received by the Administrative Agent no later than 11:00 a.m. (i) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, three Business Days prior to, and (ii) in the case of Base Rate Loans, one Business Day prior to, the date of such prepayment and shall promptly be transmitted by the Administrative Agent to each of the Lenders; (2) each partial prepayment of (i) any Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans shall be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and in multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (ii) any Base Rate Loans shall be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and in multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof; provided that no partial prepayment of Eurodollar Loans made pursuant to a single Borrowing shall reduce the outstanding Eurodollar Loans made pursuant to such Borrowing to an amount less than the applicable Minimum Borrowing Amount for such Eurodollar Loans, and (3) in the case of any prepayment of Eurodollar Loans pursuant to this Section  5.1 on any day other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall, promptly after receipt of a written request by any applicable Lender (which request shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount), pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender any amounts required pursuant to Section  2.11 . Subject to Section  2.16 , each such prepayment shall be applied to the Loans of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages in respect of the relevant Facility.

(b) The Borrower may, upon notice by the Borrower to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (ii) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000, or, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Swing Line Lender of the amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.

Section 5.2. Mandatory Prepayments .

(a) Availability Prepayments . If for any reason on any date Availability is less than $0, the Borrower shall forthwith repay on such date the Revolving Credit Loans (including L/C Borrowings) and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount necessary to cause Availability to be greater than or equal to $0; provided , however , that, if, after repaying in full all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and cash collateralizing all Letters of Credit, Availability is still less than $0, then the Borrower will repay outstanding Term Loans in an aggregate amount equal to the amount by which Availability is less than $0. Amounts paid by the Borrower pursuant to this Section  5.2(a) , first , shall be applied ratably to the L/C Borrowings and the Swing Line Loans, second , shall be applied ratably to the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans, third , shall be used to Cash Collateralize the remaining L/C Obligations and, fourth, shall be applied ratably to the outstanding Term Loans. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit that has been Cash Collateralized, the funds held as Cash Collateral shall be applied (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrower or any other Loan Party) to reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuers or the Revolving Credit Lenders, as applicable.

 

90


(b) Repayment of Revolving Credit Loans . If on any date the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures for any reason exceeds the Total Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect, the Borrower shall forthwith repay on such date Revolving Credit Loans and/or Swing Line Loans in an amount equal to such excess. If after giving effect to the prepayment of all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans, the Revolving Credit Exposures exceed the Total Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect, the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations to the extent of such excess.

(c) Application to Loans . With respect to each prepayment of Loans required by Section  5.2(a) or Section  5.2(b) , the Borrower may, if applicable, designate the Types of Loans that are to be prepaid and the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made; provided that subject to Section  2.16 , each such prepayment shall be applied to the Loans of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages in respect of the relevant Facility. In the absence of a designation by the Borrower as described in the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall, subject to the above, make such designation in its reasonable discretion with a view, but no obligation, to minimize breakage costs owing under Section  2.11 .

Section 5.3. Method and Place of Payment .

(a) All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made free and clear of and without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders entitled thereto or the Letter of Credit Issuer entitled thereto, as the case may be, not later than 2:00 p.m., in each case, on the date when due and in immediately available funds to the Administrative Agent’s Office. All repayments or prepayments of any Loans (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) hereunder shall be made in the currency in which such Loans are denominated and all other payments under each Loan Document shall, unless otherwise specified in such Loan Document, be made in Dollars. The Administrative Agent will thereafter cause to be distributed on the same day (if payment was actually received by the Administrative Agent prior to 2:00 p.m. or, otherwise, on the next Business Day in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion) like funds relating to the payment of principal or interest or Fees ratably to the Lenders entitled thereto.

(b) Any payments under this Agreement that are made later than 2:00 p.m. may be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion for purposes of calculating interest and fees thereon. Except as otherwise provided herein, whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal, interest and applicable fees shall be payable during such extension at the applicable rate in effect immediately prior to such extension.

(c) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans, L/C Participations or Swing Line Participations resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of such Loans, L/C Participations or Swing Line Participations and accrued interest thereon greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (i) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and

 

91


(ii) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the applicable Class of Loans, L/C Participations of Swing Line Participations, as applicable, of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans of such Class, L/C Participations or Swing Line Participations, as applicable, and other amounts owing them; provided that (x) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (y) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to (1) any payment made by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), (2) the application of Cash Collateral provided for in Section  3.8 , or (3) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans, L/C Participations or Swing Line Participations to any assignee or participant other than an assignment to the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply).

(d) To the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation in accordance with and subject to the terms of Section  12.7(b) .

Section 5.4. Net Payments .

(a) Payments Free of Taxes; Obligation to Withhold; Payments on Account of Taxes .

(i) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable laws. If any applicable laws (as determined in the good faith discretion of the Administrative Agent) require the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by the Administrative Agent or a Loan Party, then the Administrative Agent or such Loan Party shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding, upon the basis of the information and documentation to be delivered pursuant to paragraph (e)  below.

(ii) If any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent or any other applicable Withholding Agent shall be required by applicable law to withhold or deduct any Taxes from any payment, then (A) such Withholding Agent shall withhold or make such deductions as are reasonably determined by such Withholding Agent to be required based upon the information and documentation it has received pursuant to paragraph (e)  below, (B) such Withholding Agent shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable laws, and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or deductions have been made (including withholding or deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section  5.4 ) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deductions been made.

 

92


(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower . Without limiting the provisions of paragraph  (a) above, the Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law or, at the option of the Administrative Agent, timely reimburse the Administrative Agent or any Lender for the payment of any Other Taxes.

(c) Tax Indemnifications . Without limiting the provisions of paragraph  (a) or (b)  above, the Loan Parties shall jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section  5.4 ) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the nature and amount of any such payment or liability (along with a written statement setting forth in reasonable detail the basis and calculation of such amounts) delivered to the Borrower by a Lender, or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall, and does hereby, indemnify the Administrative Agent, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, for any amount which a Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer for any reason fails to pay indefeasibly to the Administrative Agent as required pursuant to Section  5.4(g) .

(d) Evidence of Payments . As soon as is practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party or the Administrative Agent to a Governmental Authority as provided in this Section  5.4 , such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent shall deliver to such Loan Party, as the case may be, the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by laws to report such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be.

(e) Status of Lenders and Tax Documentation .

(i) Each Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and to the Administrative Agent, at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable laws or by the taxing authorities of any jurisdiction and such other reasonably requested information as will permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine (A) whether or not any payments made hereunder or under any other Loan Document are subject to Taxes, (B) if applicable, the required rate of withholding or deduction, and (C) such Lender’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction of, applicable Taxes in respect of any payments to be made to such Lender by any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document or otherwise to establish such Lender’s status for withholding tax purposes in the applicable jurisdiction. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the

 

93


Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Any documentation and information required to be delivered by a Lender pursuant to this Section  5.4(e) (including any specific documentation set forth in subsection  (ii) below) shall be delivered by such Lender (i) on or prior to the Closing Date (or on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement), (ii) on or before any date on which such documentation expires or becomes obsolete or invalid, (iii) after the occurrence of any change in the Lender’s circumstances requiring a change in the most recent documentation previously delivered by it to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (iv) from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent, and each such Lender shall promptly notify in writing the Borrower and the Administrative Agent if such Lender is no longer legally eligible to provide any documentation previously provided. If any form or certification previously delivered pursuant to this Section expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect with respect to a Lender, such Lender shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of its legal inability to do so. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section  5.4(e)(ii)(A) , 5.4(e)(ii)(B) or 5.4(e)(ii)(D) ) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two (2) executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or such other documentation or information prescribed by applicable laws or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements;

(B) each Lender that is not a U.S. Person (a “ Non-U.S. Lender ) that is entitled under the Code or any applicable treaty to an exemption from or reduction of U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to any payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) whichever of the following is applicable:

(1) two (2) executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable (or any successor form thereto), claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party;

(2) executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or any successor form thereto);

 

94


(3) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit J-1 , J-2 , J-3 or J-4 , as applicable, (a “ Non-Bank Tax Certificate ”), to the effect that such Non-U.S. Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and that no payments under any Loan Document are effectively connected with such Non-U.S. Lender’s conduct of a United States trade or business and (y) two (2) executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable (or any successors thereto);

(4) where such Lender is a partnership (for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or otherwise not a beneficial owner (e.g., where such Lender has sold a participation), Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY (or any successor thereto) and all required supporting documentation (including, where one or more of the underlying beneficial owner(s) is claiming the benefits of the portfolio interest exemption, a Non-Bank Tax Certificate of such beneficial owner(s)) ( provided that, if the Non-U.S. Lender is a partnership and not a participating Lender, the Non-Bank Tax Certificate(s) may be provided by the Non-U.S. Lender on behalf of the direct or indirect partner(s)); or

(5) executed copies of any other form prescribed by applicable laws as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States federal withholding tax together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable laws to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made;

(C) any Non-U.S. Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Non-U.S. Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from, or a reduction in, U.S. Federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code or any applicable intergovernmental agreement) and

 

95


such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA, to determine whether such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause  (D) , FATCA shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section  5.4 , no Lender or the Administrative Agent shall be required to deliver any documentation that it is not legally eligible to deliver.

(f) Treatment of Certain Refunds . Unless required by applicable laws, at no time shall the Administrative Agent have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender or a Letter of Credit Issuer, or have any obligation to pay to any Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer, any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Lender or such Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be. If any Recipient determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by any Loan Party or with respect to which any Loan Party has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section  5.4 , the Administrative Agent or such Lender (as applicable) shall promptly pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Loan Parties under this Section  5.4 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any Taxes) incurred by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agree to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph  (f) , in no event will the Administrative Agent or any Lender be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph  (f) the payment of which would place the Administrative Agent or any Lender in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the Administrative Agent or any Lender would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to any Loan Party or any other Person.

(g) Indemnification by the Lenders . Each Lender shall, and does hereby, severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender,

 

96


in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph  (g) .

(h) FATCA . For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Section  5.4 , the term Lender includes each Letter of Credit Issuer and the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.

(i) Survival . Each party’s obligations under this Section  5.4 shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under the Loan Documents.

Section 5.5. Computations of Interest and Fees ; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate .

(a) All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans (including Base Rate Loans determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate) shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of interest and all computations of fees shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a), bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(b) If, as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of the Company or for any other reason, the Borrower or the Lenders determine that (i) the Total Leverage Ratio as calculated by the Borrower as of any applicable date was inaccurate and (ii) a proper calculation of the Total Leverage Ratio would have resulted in higher pricing for such period, the Borrower shall immediately and retroactively be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders or the Letter of Credit Issuers, as the case may be, within ten (10) Business Days of demand thereof by the Administrative Agent (or, after the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code, automatically and without further action by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Letter of Credit Issuer), an amount equal to the excess of the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid for such period over the amount of interest and fees actually paid for such period. This paragraph shall not limit the rights of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, under Section  2.8(c) , 3.4(a) or 4.1(b) or under Article X . The Borrower’s obligations under this paragraph shall survive the termination of all Commitments and the repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

 

97


Section 5.6. Limit on Rate of Interest .

(a) No Payment Shall Exceed Lawful Rate . Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be obliged to pay any interest or other amounts under or in connection with this Agreement or otherwise in respect of the Obligations in excess of the amount or rate permitted under or consistent with any applicable law, rule or regulation.

(b) Payment at Highest Lawful Rate . If the Borrower is not obliged to make a payment that it would otherwise be required to make, as a result of Section  5.6(a) , the Borrower shall make such payment to the maximum extent permitted by or consistent with applicable laws, rules, and regulations.

(c) Adjustment if Any Payment Exceeds Lawful Rate . If any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents would obligate the Borrower to make any payment of interest or other amount payable to any Lender in an amount or calculated at a rate that would be prohibited by any applicable law, rule or regulation, then notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not be so prohibited by law, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary, by reducing the amount or rate of interest required to be paid by the Borrower to the affected Lender under Section  2.8 ; provided that to the extent lawful, the interest or other amounts that would have been payable but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and after giving effect to all adjustments contemplated thereby, if any Lender shall have received from the Borrower an amount in excess of the maximum permitted by any applicable law, rule or regulation, then the Borrower shall be entitled, by notice in writing to the Administrative Agent to obtain reimbursement from that Lender in an amount equal to such excess, and pending such reimbursement, such amount shall be deemed to be an amount payable by that Lender to the Borrower.

In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the any Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (i) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (ii) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (iii) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

ARTICLE VI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans and to issue, amend or renew the Letters of Credit, the Borrower and the Company each hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, each Letter of Credit Issuer and each Lender that:

 

98


Section 6.1. Financial Condition . (a) The audited financial statements of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Section  7.1(b)  (i) present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date of such financial statement and (ii) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the period covered thereby except as otherwise expressly noted therein.

(b) The unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at September 30, 2017 delivered pursuant to Section  7.1(b) and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholder’s equity and cash flows for the fiscal quarter ended on that date (i) present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date of such financial statement and (ii) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the period covered thereby except to the extent provided in the notes to such financial statements, subject to year-end audit adjustments.

(c) The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at September 30, 2017 (including any notes thereto) (the “ Pro Forma Balance Sheet ” and such date, the “ Pro Forma Balance Sheet Date ”), copies of which have heretofore been furnished to the Administrative Agent, has been prepared giving effect (as if such events had occurred on such date) to the consummation of the Transactions. The Pro Forma Balance Sheet has been prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by the Company to be reasonable as of the date of delivery thereof to the Administrative Agent and as of the date hereof, and, subject to the qualifications and limitations contained in the notes attached thereto, presents fairly in all material respects on a pro forma basis, the estimated financial position of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the Pro Forma Balance Sheet Date, assuming that the events specified in the preceding sentence had actually occurred at such date.

Section 6.2. No Change . Since December 31, 2016, there has been no development or event that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.3. Existence; Compliance with Law . Each Group Member (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent such concept is applicable in the relevant jurisdiction) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the corporate, limited liability or limited partnership, as applicable, power and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged except for where failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (c) is duly qualified to do business in, and in good standing under the laws of, each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification except for where failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

99


Section 6.4. Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations . Each Loan Party has the corporate, limited liability or limited partnership, as applicable, power and authority, and the legal right, to enter into and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to obtain extensions of credit hereunder. Each Loan Party has taken all necessary organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to authorize the extensions of credit on the terms and conditions of this Agreement. No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required in connection with the extensions of credit hereunder or with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, except (a) consents, authorizations, filings and notices have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (b) filings to perfect the Liens created under the Collateral Documents and to release existing Liens or (c) consents, authorizations, filings and notices, the failure of which to do so obtain or make could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each Loan Party party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document upon execution will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party party thereto, enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

Section 6.5. No Legal Bar . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof will not violate any Requirement of Law or any Material Contract or any Governing Document of any Loan Party and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any such Material Contract (other than the Liens created by the Collateral Documents).

Section 6.6. Litigation . No action, suit, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened in writing against any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries or against any of their respective property as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.7. Ownership of Property; Liens ; Qualified Assets; Casualty . (a) Each Group Member has title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its Real Property that is material to its business, and good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in or the right to use, all its other property that is material to its business, in each case other than (x) minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes, or (y) in the case of assets other than Qualified Assets, where the failure to have such title, interest or other right to use would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, and none of the Qualified Assets or assets constituting Collateral is subject to any Lien except Permitted Encumbrances and Permitted Equity Encumbrances.

 

100


(b) Each Qualified Asset included in any calculation of the Borrowing Base or the Financial Covenants satisfied, at the time of such calculation, all of the Eligibility Criteria with respect to the applicable category of Qualified Assets.

(c) Neither the businesses nor the properties of any Group Member are affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or of the public enemy or other casualty that, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.8. Intellectual Property . Each Group Member owns, or is licensed to use, all Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted, except to the extent that the failure to so own or license such Intellectual Property, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No material claim has been asserted against any Group Member and is pending by any Person challenging or questioning the use of any Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any Intellectual Property in each case that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, nor does the Borrower know of any valid basis for any such claim in each case that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The use of Intellectual Property by each Group Member does not infringe on the rights of any Person except to the extent that such infringements, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.9. REIT Status; Stock Exchange Listing; Taxes . The Company (i) qualifies as a “real estate investment trust” as defined in Section 856 of the Code for U.S. Federal income tax purposes (a “ REIT ”), (ii) has elected to be treated as a REIT and has not revoked its election to be a REIT and (iii) is in compliance with all other requirements and conditions imposed under the Code to allow it to maintain its status as a REIT. The Company will cause its common Capital Stock to be listed and to remain listed on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Stock Market. Each Group Member has filed or caused to be filed all federal, state and other material tax returns and reports that are required to have been filed and has paid all Taxes on any assessments made against it or any of its property, and all other material Taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than any Taxes the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the relevant Group Member), except where the failure to file or pay could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; no Tax Lien has been filed with respect to assets of any Group Member that is not a Permitted Encumbrance, and as of the Closing Date, to the knowledge of the Company or the Borrower, no claim is being asserted with respect to any such Taxes, fees or other charges of any Group Member that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.10. Federal Regulations . (a) No part of the proceeds of any Loans or Letters of Credit, and no other extensions of credit hereunder, will be used by any Loan Party (i) for the purpose, whether immediate or ultimate, of “buying” or “carrying” any “margin stock” within the respective meanings of each of the quoted terms under Regulation U as now and from time to time hereafter in effect or (ii) for any purpose that violates the provisions of the Regulations of the Board.

 

101


(b) No Loan Party nor any Subsidiary is engaged or will engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of “buying” or “carrying” any “margin stock” within the respective meanings of each of the quoted terms under Regulation U as now and from time to time hereafter in effect or extending credit for the purpose of “buying” or “carrying” “margin stock”.

Section 6.11. ERISA . (a) Except as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) each Group Member and each of their respective ERISA Affiliates is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the provisions of the Code relating to Plans and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder; and (ii) no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur.

(b) The Borrower is not and will not be using “plan assets” (within the meaning of 29 CFR § 2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA) of one or more Benefit Plans in connection with the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments;

Section 6.12. Investment Company Act . No Group Member is an “investment company” required to be registered as such under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Section 6.13. Subsidiaries . As of the Closing Date, (a)  Schedule  6.13 sets forth the name and jurisdiction of incorporation of each Subsidiary of a Group Member and, as to each such Subsidiary, the percentage of each class of Capital Stock owned by any Group Member and (b) there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments (other than (i) stock options granted to employees or directors and (ii) directors’ qualifying shares) of any nature relating to any Capital Stock of the Borrower or any Subsidiary. Each Subsidiary of the Borrower, other than Excluded Subsidiaries, is a Guarantor.

Section 6.14. Use of Proceeds . The Borrower has not used the proceeds of any Loan or Letter of Credit in any manner in violation of Section  8.11 .

Section 6.15. Environmental Matters . Except as, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(a) the facilities and real properties owned, leased or operated by any Group Member (the “ Properties ”) do not contain any Materials of Environmental Concern in amounts or concentrations or under circumstances that constitute a violation of Environmental Law or would reasonably be expected to result in any Environmental Liability;

(b) no Group Member has received any written notice from any Person alleging, or knows of any basis for, any Environmental Liability with regard to any Group Member, the Properties or the business operated by any Group Member (the “ Business ”);

 

102


(c) Materials of Environmental Concern have not been transported or disposed of to, at or from the Properties by or on behalf of any Group Member in violation of Environmental Law or in a manner that would reasonably be expected to give rise to any Environmental Liability, nor have any Materials of Environmental Concern been generated, used, treated or stored at, on or under any of the Properties in violation of Environmental Law or in a manner that would reasonably be expected to give rise to any Environmental Liability;

(d) no claim, proceeding, suit, action or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, investigation is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which any Group Member is or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, will be named as a party, nor are there any judicial decrees, consent decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other governmental orders outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to any Group Member, the Properties or the Business;

(e) there has been no Release of or exposure to nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threat of Release of Materials of Environmental Concern at, in, on, under or from the Properties or any other location that would reasonably be expected to give rise to any Environmental Liability;

(f) neither the Group Members nor their respective operations at the Properties have failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law; and

(g) no Group Member has retained or assumed (by contract or operation of law) any Environmental Liability of any other Person or with respect to any former or predecessor operations or properties.

Section 6.16. Accuracy of Information, Etc . The Summary Information Memorandum and all other written factual information contained in this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other document or certificate heretofore furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers or the Lenders, or any of them, for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, other than projections, estimates, budgets, forward looking statements and information of a general economic or industry nature concerning the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, does not and will not, when furnished, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein (taken as a whole) not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements were or are made, supplemented or updated from time to time. The projections contained in the materials referenced above will have been prepared in good faith based upon reasonable assumptions believed by management of the Loan Parties to be reasonable at the time made and at the time such projections are made, it being recognized by the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Lenders that such projections are not to be viewed as facts or a guarantee of performance and are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies many of which are beyond the control of the Loan Parties, that no assurance can be given that any particular projections will be realized and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results, and such differences may be material.

 

103


Section 6.17. Collateral Documents . The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein and proceeds thereof (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law). The security interest granted pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement constitutes a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (subject to Permitted Equity Encumbrances). Except as contemplated by the Collateral Documents, no filing or other action will be necessary to perfect or protect such Liens.

Section 6.18. Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions . The Company and the Borrower have implemented and maintain in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Company, the Borrower, the other Group Members and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and the Borrower, the other Group Members and their respective officers and employees and, to the knowledge of the Company and the Borrower after reasonable due diligence, their respective directors and agents, are in compliance with Anti-Terrorism Laws, Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions. None of the Company, the Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge or the Borrower, the Company or any such Subsidiary after reasonable due diligence, any of their respective directors, officers or employees, (i) is a Sanctioned Person, (ii) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Sanctioned Person, (iii) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction related to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to any Anti-Terrorism Law or (iii) engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purposes of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate any Anti-Terrorism Laws. All borrowings, use of proceeds and other transactions contemplated by this Agreement will comply with applicable Sanctions in all respects, and no borrowing, use of proceeds or other transaction contemplated by this Agreement will violate Anti-Corruption Laws (including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977).

Section 6.19. Labor Matters . As of the Closing Date, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns or any other material labor disputes against any Group Member pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened; (ii) the hours worked by and payments made to employees of each of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters; (iii) all payments due from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or for which any claim may be made against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the Borrower or such Subsidiary; and (iv) the consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is bound.

 

104


Section 6.20. Solvency . As of the Closing Date, the Company and its Subsidiaries and the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in each case taken as a whole and on a consolidated basis, immediately after the consummation of the Transactions, are Solvent.

Section 6.21. Insurance . The properties of the Group Members are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Company, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the applicable Group Member operates.

Section 6.22. No Default . No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Section 6.23. EEA Financial Institution . No Loan Party is an EEA Financial Institution.

ARTICLE VII

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

Section 7.1. Conditions to Effectiveness . The effectiveness of this Agreement is subject to satisfaction or waiver of each of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Credit Agreement; Collateral Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received:

(i) this Agreement, executed and delivered by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the Company and each Person listed on Schedule  1.1A ;

(ii) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, executed and delivered by the Administrative Agent and the Loan Parties party thereto;

(iii) a Revolving Credit Note and/or Term Note, as applicable, executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting such Note (which, to the extent delivered via e-mail (in a .pdf format) or telecopies, shall be followed promptly by originals);

(iv) a Borrowing Base Certificate as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower ended at least 45 calendar days prior to the date hereof, duly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower; and

(v) the Escrow Agreement, executed by the Escrow Agent, each of the Loan Parties, each of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and each of the Letter of Credit Issuers.

(b) Financial Statements . The Lenders shall have received (i) audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, (ii) unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2017, June 30, 2017 and September 30, 2017, and (iii) the Pro Forma Balance Sheet.

 

105


(c) No Material Adverse Effect . There shall not have occurred since December 31, 2016, any event, change or condition that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Lien Searches and Perfection . The Administrative Agent shall have received:

(i) the results of a recent Lien search with respect to the Borrower and each other Loan Party, and such search shall reveal no Liens on any Collateral except for Permitted Equity Encumbrances or Liens discharged on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent,

(ii) evidence that (x) all proper financing statements have been or contemporaneously herewith will be duly filed under the Uniform Commercial Code of all applicable jurisdictions and (y) all applicable perfection requirements that the Administrative Agent reasonably may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the Liens created under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, covering the Collateral described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement have been or contemporaneously herewith will be satisfied,

(iii) certificates or instruments, if any, representing the Collateral pledged pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, each together with all endorsements and/or powers required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, executed in blank by a duly authorized officer of the pledgor thereof;

(iv) evidence that all other actions, recordings and filings that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary or desirable in order to perfect the Liens created under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement have been or contemporaneously herewith will be taken; and

(v) a completed Perfection Certificate dated the Closing Date and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, together with all attachments contemplated thereby.

(e) Fees . The Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have received all invoiced fees required to be paid, and all expenses for which invoices have been presented (including the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel), on or before the Closing Date, in each case, to the extent invoiced at least three Business Days prior to the Closing Date. All such amounts will be reflected in the funding instructions given by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent on or before the Closing Date.

(f) Secretary s Certificates . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the Borrower and each other Loan Party, dated the Closing Date and satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, with appropriate insertions and attachments, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, executed by a Responsible Officer and the secretary or any assistant secretary of the Borrower or such Loan Party.

 

106


(g) Proceedings of the Loan Parties . The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of the resolutions, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the Board of Directors (or similar governing body) of the Borrower and each other Loan Party authorizing (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the borrowings contemplated hereunder and (iii) the granting by it of the Liens created pursuant to the Collateral Documents, certified by the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Borrower or such Loan Party as of the Closing Date, which certification shall be included in the certificate delivered in respect of the Borrower or such Loan Party pursuant to Section  7.1(f) and shall state that the resolutions thereby certified have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded.

(h) Incumbency Certificates . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the Borrower and each Loan Party, dated the Closing Date, as to the incumbency and signature of the officers of such Loan Party, as applicable, executing any Loan Document, which certificate shall be included in the certificate delivered in respect of the Borrower or such Loan Party pursuant to Section  7.1(f) , shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall be executed by a Responsible Officer and the secretary or any assistant secretary of the Borrower or such Loan Party.

(i) Governing Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received true and complete copies of the Governing Documents of the Borrower and each other Loan Party certified as of a recent date as complete and correct copies thereof by the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Borrower or such Loan Party, which certification shall be included in the certificate delivered in respect of the Borrower or such Loan Party pursuant to Section  7.1(f) .

(j) Good Standing Certificates . The Administrative Agent shall have received certificates dated as of a recent date from the Secretary of State or other appropriate authority evidencing the good standing and/or existence (to the extent such concept is applicable) of the Borrower and each other Loan Party in the jurisdiction of its organization or formation.

(k) Legal Opinions . The Administrative Agent shall have received (a) a signed legal opinion of King & Spalding LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, (b) a signed legal opinion of Greenberg Traurig LLP, Massachusetts counsel to the Loan Parties, (c) a signed legal opinion of Smith, Gardner, Slusky, Lazer, Pohren & Rogers, LLP, Nebraska counsel to the Loan Parties and (d) a signed legal opinion of Stoel Rives LLP, Minnesota counsel to the Loan Parties, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(l) Closing Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, confirming as of the Closing Date that:

(i) each of the representations and warranties made by the Company and each Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents to which it is a party shall be true and correct in all material respects (or if qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects) on and as of the Closing Date (except where such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such earlier date);

 

107


(ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on such date or would result from any extensions of credit under this Agreement requested to be made on the Closing Date;

(iii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the Company and its Subsidiaries, in each case taken as a whole and on a consolidated basis, are, and immediately before and after giving effect to the transactions expected to occur on the Closing Date, including the making of each Loan to be made on the Closing Date and the application of the proceeds thereof, will be, Solvent; and

(iv) there shall not have occurred since December 31, 2016, any event, change or condition that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(m) Know Your Customer . The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act, in each case as requested at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing Date.

(n) Transactions . The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence of a successful initial public offering by the Company with minimum gross proceeds of $250,000,000 therefrom (the “ REIT IPO ”), and the Transactions shall have been, or substantially concurrently with the Closing Date will be, consummated.

(o) Pro Forma Closing Date Compliance Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a duly completed Compliance Certificate, executed by a Financial Officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, giving pro forma effect to the transactions to occur on the Closing Date (including, without limitation, the consummation of the REIT IPO and the Transactions and all Borrowings and issuances of Letters of Credit, if any, to occur on the Closing Date and the application of proceeds thereof), but calculated as of the last day of the fiscal quarter ending immediately prior to the Closing Date (such Compliance Certificate, the “ Pro Forma Closing Date Compliance Certificate ”).

(p) Closing Date Appraisals . With respect to each Eligible Owned Asset and Eligible Ground Leased Asset to be included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base as of the Closing Date (as set forth in the Borrowing Base Certificate delivered pursuant to clause  (a)(iv) above), the Administrative Agent shall have (i) received an Acceptable Appraisal dated within 120 days of the Closing Date, or (ii) consented to the use of an earlier Acceptable Appraisal dated in or after May 2017; provided that the Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause a new Acceptable Appraisal with respect to any such Qualified Asset to be delivered to the Administrative Agent within 45 days after the Closing Date.

 

108


For the purpose of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section  7.1 , each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have accepted, and to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required under this Section  7.1 unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

Section 7.2. Conditions to Each Extension of Credit . The agreement of each Lender and each Letter of Credit Issuer to make any extension of credit requested to be made by it on any date (including any making of Loans and any issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of Letters of Credit on the Closing Date) is subject to receipt of the request therefor in accordance with the terms of Article II or III , as applicable, and the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties made by the Borrower or any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, if qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects) on and as of such date, before and after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made on such date and the application of the proceeds therefrom, as if made on and as of such date (except where such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects (or, if qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects) as of such earlier date and except that for purposes of this Section  7.2 , the representations and warranties contained in Section  6.1(a) and (b)  shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Sections 8.1(a) and (b) , respectively).

(b) No Default or Event of Default . No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date or after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made on such date.

(c) Availability . After giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made on such date, Availability shall be greater than or equal to $0.

(d) Minimum Properties . The Minimum Property Condition shall be satisfied.

Each borrowing hereunder shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower as of the date of such extension of credit and each issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit that the conditions contained in this Section  7.2 have been satisfied as of such date.

ARTICLE VIII

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Until Payment in Full, the Borrower and the Company shall and (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 8.1 , 8.2 , 8.8 and 8.13(a) and (b) ) shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to:

 

109


Section 8.1. Financial Statements . Furnish to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly make such information available to the Lenders in accordance with customary practices):

(a) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (or, if earlier, 15 days after the date required to be filed with the SEC) (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017), the Company’s audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by Ernst & Young LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like statement, qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and accompanied by a certificate of the accounting firm that reported on such financial statements stating that in the course of its regular audit of the business of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries, which audit was conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, such accounting firm has obtained no knowledge of any Event of Default relating to the Financial Covenants that has occurred and is continuing or, if in the opinion of such accounting firm such an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, a statement as to the nature thereof (which certificate may be limited to the extent required by accounting rules or guidelines); and

(b) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of the fiscal year of the Company (or, if earlier, 5 days after the date required to be filed with the SEC), its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by Financial Officer of the Company as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

Any financial statement or other document, reports, proxy statements or other materials required to be delivered pursuant to this Section  8.1 or Section  8.2 (to the extent any such financial statement or document, reports, proxy statements or other materials included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC, including in the Company’s Form 8-K, 10-K or 10-Q) may be delivered electronically and, if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) such financial statements and/or other documents are posted on the SEC’s website on the Internet at www.sec.gov, (ii) on which the Borrower or the Company posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on the Borrower’s or the Company’s website address listed on Schedule  12.2 or (iii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s or the Company’s behalf on an Internet or Intranet website, if any, to which the Administrative Agent and each Lender has access (whether a commercial third-party website or a website sponsored by the Administrative Agent), provided that (A) the Borrower or the Company shall, at the request of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, continue to deliver copies (which delivery may be by

 

110


electronic transmission (including Adobe pdf copy)) of such documents to the Administrative Agent or such Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent or such Lender and (B) the Borrower or the Company shall notify (which notification may be by facsimile or electronic transmission (including Adobe pdf copy)) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents on any website. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery of or to maintain paper copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower or the Company with any request by a Lender for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents.

Section 8.2. Certificates; Other Information . Furnish to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly make such information available to the Lenders in accordance with customary practices):

(a) (1) concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section  8.1(a) or (b) (commencing with the delivery of the financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017) (which delivery may, unless the Administrative Agent, or a Lender requests executed originals, be by electronic communication including fax or email and shall be deemed to be an original authentic counterpart thereof for all purposes) (x) a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Financial Officer of the Company, which Compliance Certificate shall (i) include a certification as to whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred and if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) set forth a narrative discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) for the reporting period then ended and for the period from the beginning of the then current fiscal year to the end of such period and (iii) set forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with the Financial Covenants (solely in the case of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, giving pro forma effect to the Transactions and the consummation of the REIT IPO, but calculated as of the last day of the fiscal year) and the Minimum Property Condition, and (y) together with such Compliance Certificate, each in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (i) a description of all Real Properties acquired during the most recently ended calendar quarter, including the contribution to EBITDA of each such Real Property based on the reasonable estimate thereof prepared by the Borrower, acquisition costs with respect to such Real Properties and any related mortgage debt, (ii) a description of all Real Properties sold during such calendar quarter, including the contribution to EBITDA of such Real Properties for the twelve month period ending at the end of the most recent fiscal quarter and the sales price, (iii) a statement of the EBITDA contribution by each Real Properties for the twelve month period ending at the end of the most recent fiscal quarter and summary occupancy reports for each such Real Property, (iv) a listing of all Qualified Assets and summary information therefor, including square footage, property type and date acquired or built, (v) a certification that all Qualified Assets so listed fully qualify as such under the applicable Eligibility Criteria for inclusion as Qualified Assets, (vi) the financial information for each category of Qualified Assets, and (vii) a summary of all acquisitions, dispositions or other removals of Qualified Assets completed during the most recently ended calendar quarter not otherwise disclosed pursuant to clause (y)(i) or (y)(ii) above and (2)

 

111


concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section  8.1(a) (commencing with the delivery of the financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017) a list as of such year-end setting forth the name and jurisdiction of incorporation of each Subsidiary of a Group Member and, as to each such Subsidiary, the percentage of each class of Capital Stock owned by any Group Member.

(b) as soon as available, and in any event no later than 90 days after the end of the fiscal year of the Company, a detailed consolidated budget of the Company for the following fiscal year (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of the Company, as of the end of the following fiscal year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow, projected changes in financial position and projected income, and a description of the underlying assumptions applicable thereto), and, as soon as available, significant revisions, if any, of such budget and projections with respect to such fiscal year, which projections shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Company stating that such projections are based on reasonable estimates, information and assumptions;

(c) not later than forty-five (45) days following the end of each fiscal quarter, a Borrowing Base Certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth a calculation of the Borrowing Base as of the end of such fiscal period; provided that such Borrowing Base Certificate shall be supplemented by an interim Borrowing Base Certificate together with delivery of the financial statements required by Section  8.1(a) or Section  8.1(b) , as applicable, if there are any adjustments contained in such financial statements that would affect the calculation of the Borrowing Base contained in such prior Borrowing Base Certificate; provided further that the Borrower shall deliver an interim Borrowing Base Certificate to the Administrative Agent (i) as required by Section  8.7(b) , Section  8.15 , Section  8.16 and Section  8.17 ; and (ii) no later than 5:00 p.m. on the fifth Business Day following any Material Disposition (it being understood and agreed that such Borrowing Base Certificate shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Material Disposition);

(d) promptly following receipt thereof, copies of (i) any documents described in Section 101(k) of ERISA that any Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate requests with respect to any Multiemployer Plan to which a Group Member or ERISA Affiliate is obligated to contribute and (ii) any notices described in Section 101(l) of ERISA that any Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate requests with respect to any Multiemployer Plan to which a Group Member or ERISA Affiliate is obligated to contribute; provided that if the relevant Group Member or ERISA Affiliate has not requested such documents or notices from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Multiemployer Plan, then, upon reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, such Group Member or ERISA Affiliate shall promptly make a request for such documents or notices from such administrator or sponsor and the Borrower shall provide copies of such documents and notices promptly after receipt thereof;

(e) promptly after the same are available, and only to the extent not publicly available on EDGAR, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the stockholders of the Company, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Company may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;

 

112


(f) promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any material statement or report furnished any holder of debt securities of any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof pursuant to the terms of any material indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to Section  8.1 or any other clause of this Section  8.2 ;

(g) promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from the SEC (or comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction) concerning any investigation or possible investigation or other inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof; and

(h) promptly, such additional financial and other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Company, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries as any Lender may from time to time reasonably request; provided that none of the Company, the Borrower nor any Subsidiary will be required to disclose or permit the inspection or discussion of, any document, information or other matter (i) that constitutes trade secrets or similar commercially sensitive information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their representatives or contractors) is prohibited by law, would violate the fiduciary duties owed by the disclosing party or would violate any binding agreement or (iii) that is subject to attorney client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product.

The Borrower and the Company and each Lender acknowledge that (a) the Administrative Agent, the Bookrunner and/or any Lead Arranger may, but shall not be obligated to, make available to the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks, Syndtrak, ClearPar, or a substantially similar electronic transmission system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be Public Lenders and, if documents or notices required to be delivered pursuant to this Section  8.2 or otherwise are being distributed through the Platform, any document or notice that the Borrower has indicated contains Private-Side Information shall not be posted on that portion of the Platform designated for such Public Lenders. The Borrower agrees to clearly and conspicuously mark “PUBLIC” (which, at a minimum means that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof) on all Borrower Materials provided to the Administrative Agent by or on behalf of the Borrower which contains only Public-Side Information, and by doing so the Administrative Agent, the Bookrunner, the Lead Arrangers, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Lenders shall be deemed to have been authorized to treat such Borrower Materials as containing only Public-Side Information. If neither the Borrower nor the Company has indicated whether a document or notice delivered pursuant to this Section  8.2 contains Private-Side Information, the Administrative Agent reserves the right to post such document or notice solely on that portion of the Platform designated for Private Lenders.

The Company will hold quarterly conference calls for the Lenders to discuss financial information of the Borrower and the Loan Parties for the previous quarter. The conference call shall be at a time mutually agreed by the Company and the Administrative Agent. The Company or the Administrative Agent will notify the Lenders as to the time and date of such conference call and provide instructions for Lenders to obtain access to such call.

 

113


Section 8.3. Lines of Business . Maintain, and not fundamentally and substantively alter, the character of their business, taken as a whole, from the business conducted by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, on the Closing Date and other business activities which are extensions thereof or otherwise incidental, reasonably related, or ancillary to any of the foregoing (and non-core incidental businesses acquired in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or permitted Investment, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not be included as a line of business for the purposes of determining Total Asset Value or Eligible Value).

Section 8.4. Taxes . File or cause to be filed, all federal, state and other tax returns and reports that are required to be filed and pay all Taxes on any assessments made against it or any of its property, and all other Taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than (a) any the amount or validity of which are contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP are provided on the books of the relevant Group Member or (b) where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect).

Section 8.5. Maintenance of Existence; Compliance with Law . (a)(i) Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its organizational existence and good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except, in each case, as otherwise permitted by Section  9.4 or 9.12 and except, in the case of clause  (i) (solely with respect to good standing of Group Members other than the Company and the Borrower) and clause (ii)  above, to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) comply with all Requirements of Law except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure compliance by the Company, the Borrower, the other Group Members and their respective directors, officers and employees with Anti-Terrorism Laws, Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.

Section 8.6. Maintenance of Property; Insurance . (a) Keep all property material to the conduct of and necessary in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear, casualty and condemnation excepted and (b) maintain with insurance companies that the Company believes (in the good faith judgment of the management of the Company) are financially sound and reputable insurance on all its property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks (but including in any event public liability, product liability and business interruption) as are usually (as determined in the good faith judgment of the management of the Company) insured against in the same general area by similarly situated companies engaged in the same or a similar business; provided that workers compensation and/or health insurance may be maintained with captive insurance Subsidiaries. Each such policy of liability or casualty insurance maintained by or on behalf of the Company and the Loan Parties will (i) in the case of each liability insurance policy (other than workers’ compensation, director and officer liability or other policies in which such endorsements are not customary), name the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as an additional insured thereunder and (ii) provide for at least 30 days’ (or such shorter number of days as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent) prior written notice to the Administrative Agent of any cancellation of such policy.

 

114


Section 8.7. Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions ; Appraisals .

(a) (x) Keep proper books of records and account in which full, true and correct entries in all material respects in conformity with GAAP and all Requirements of Law shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities and (y) permit representatives of the Lenders once each calendar year upon reasonable prior notice and at a time mutually agreed with the Company (or, after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, at any time or frequency) to visit and inspect its properties (to the extent it is within such Person’s control to permit such inspection), to examine and make extracts from its books and records (other than materials (i) that constitute trade secrets or similar commercially sensitive information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their representatives or contractors) is prohibited by law, would violate the fiduciary duties owed by the disclosing party or would violate any binding agreement or (iii) that is subject to attorney client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product), examine and evaluate the Borrower’s practices in computation of the Borrowing Base, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers, in each case, at the expense of the Borrower once each calendar year (or, after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, at any time).

(b) At the sole expense of the Borrower, permit and cooperate with the Administrative Agent or professionals (including investment bankers, consultants, accountants, lawyers and appraisers) retained by the Administrative Agent to (i) from time to time following the second anniversary of the Closing Date, but no more than and no less than one (1) time in any period of twelve (12) months, obtain an updated Acceptable Portfolio Appraisal and (ii) obtain an updated Acceptable Appraisal for any Qualified Asset at any time and from time to time (x) following the second anniversary of the Closing Date and for which the date of the most recent Acceptable Appraisal of such Qualified Asset is more than twelve (12) months prior to such time or (y) upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default; provided that, without limiting the foregoing, upon prior written request and at the Borrower’s sole expense, the Borrower shall have the right (i) at any time and from time to time, to have the Administrative Agent or professionals (including investment bankers, consultants, accountants, lawyers and appraisers) retained by the Administrative Agent obtain an updated Acceptable Portfolio Appraisal and (ii) from time to time, but no more than one (1) time in any period of twelve (12) months for any Qualified Asset, to have the Administrative Agent or professionals (including investment bankers, consultants, accountants, lawyers and appraisers) retained by the Administrative Agent obtain an updated Acceptable Appraisal for any Qualified Asset; provided further that upon obtaining any Acceptable Appraisal or Acceptable Portfolio Appraisal in connection with this clause (b) , the Borrower shall within five (5) Business Days of any request by the Administrative Agent following receipt by the Administrative Agent of a copy of such Acceptable Appraisal or Acceptable Portfolio Appraisal deliver to the Administrative Agent an interim Borrowing Base Certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth the calculation of the Borrowing Base after giving effect to any change in the Appraised Value of any Qualified Asset contained in such Acceptable Appraisal or Acceptable Portfolio Appraisal.

 

115


Section 8.8. Notices . Promptly give notice to the Administrative Agent (for further distribution to each Lender) of:

(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

(b) any litigation, investigation or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting any Group Member that, if adversely determined, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) any action, suit, investigation or proceeding against any Group Member (i) that, if adversely determined, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) which relates to any Loan Document;

(d) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability to a Group Member in an aggregate amount exceeding $10,000,000;

(e) any transaction or occurrence that results in the material damage, destruction or rendering unfit for normal use of (i) any of the facilities and properties owned, leased or operated by any Group Member, that could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) any of the Qualified Assets;

(f) any pending or threatened notice or claim, administrative, regulatory or judicial action, suit, judgment, demand or other written communication by any other Person alleging or asserting the liability of any Group Member for investigatory costs, clean-up costs, governmental response costs, damages to natural resources or other property, personal injuries, fines or penalties or seeking injunctive relief, in each case relating to the presence, use or Release of any Material of Environmental Concern or the violation, or alleged violation, of any Environmental Law, that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(g) any development or event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(h) of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, including any determination by the Borrower referred to in Section  5.5(b) .

Each notice pursuant to this Section  8.8 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower or the Company setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Loan Parties have taken and propose to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to Section  8.8(a) shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached.

 

116


Section 8.9. Environmental Laws . (a) Comply with, and use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure compliance by all tenants and subtenants, if any, with, all applicable Environmental Laws, and obtain and comply with and maintain, and take commercially reasonable steps to ensure that all tenants and subtenants obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by applicable Environmental Laws; in each case, except for such non-compliance and failure to obtain and maintain that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) Except where failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under Environmental Laws and (ii) promptly comply with all lawful orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws, other than such orders and directives which are being timely contested in good faith by proper proceedings.

Section 8.10. Additional Collateral/Subsidiaries . With respect to (x) any new Subsidiary that owns, operates or leases property or an asset intended for inclusion in the Borrowing Base as a Qualified Asset, or (y) (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) any other new Subsidiary, in each case formed, created or acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (which, for the purposes of this paragraph, shall include any existing Subsidiary that ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary), promptly (and, in any event, within sixty (60) days or as otherwise agreed in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent) (i) cause each such new Subsidiary to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as a Guarantor and a pledgor, (ii) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such supplements to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any additional Collateral Documents, as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a perfected first priority security interest in the Capital Stock of each such new Subsidiary that is owned by any Loan Party, and (iii) deliver to the Administrative Agent the certificates representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the relevant Loan Party; it being understood and agreed that inclusion of any such property or asset in the Borrowing Base as a Qualified Asset shall be subject to satisfaction of the foregoing requirements and all other applicable requirements hereunder.

Section 8.11. Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit .

(a) Use the proceeds of the Loans and Letters of Credit solely for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries including to prepay indebtedness under the Existing Credit Agreement and for working capital and other lawful corporate purposes, in each case not in contravention of the Loan Documents or applicable law.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower will not request any Borrowing or Letter of Credit, and the Borrower shall not use, and shall procure that its Subsidiaries and its or their respective directors, officers, employees and agents shall not use, directly or indirectly, the proceeds of any Borrowing or any Letter of Credit (i) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws or Anti-Terrorism Laws, (ii) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country or (iii) in any manner that would result in a violation by any individual or entity (including any individual or entity participating in the transaction, whether as Lender, Bookrunner, Lead Arranger, Administrative Agent, Letter of Credit Issuer, Swing Line Lender, or otherwise) of Sanctions.

 

117


Section 8.12. Know Your Customer . Promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent, any Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender, provide all documentation and other reasonably available information that the Administrative Agent, such Letter of Credit Issuer or such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act.

Section 8.13. Maintenance of REIT Status; Stock Exchange Listing; Further Assurances .

(a) The Company will continue to be treated as a REIT.

(b) The Company will cause its common Capital Stock to be listed and to remain listed on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Stock Market.

(c) The Borrower will (and will cause each Guarantor to) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such supplements to the Collateral Documents or such other Collateral Documents as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable to (i) grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral and proceeds thereof or (ii) to ensure continued validity, perfection and priority of the Liens on the Collateral, subject in all cases to the limitations set forth in Section  8.10 and the other Loan Documents.

Section 8.14. [Reserved] .

Section 8.15. Removal of Qualified Assets – Borrower . From time to time during the term of this Agreement following (i) the Borrower’s written request (each, a “ Release Request ”) and (ii) satisfaction of the Release Conditions (as defined below), the Administrative Agent shall release the subject Qualified Asset from the Borrowing Base, and thereafter, such property or asset shall no longer be a Qualified Asset for the purposes of this Agreement. The “ Release Conditions ” are the following:

(a) The Borrower shall have delivered an interim Borrowing Base Certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth a calculation of the Borrowing Base after giving effect to the removal of the subject Qualified Asset; provided that such Borrowing Base Certificate shall only be given effect in subsequent determinations of the Borrowing Base upon satisfaction of all other Release Conditions.

(b) After giving effect to the removal of the subject Qualified Asset, (x) Availability shall be greater than or equal to $0 and (y) the Minimum Property Condition shall be satisfied.

(c) Upon release of the subject Qualified Asset, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with the Financial Covenants on a Pro Forma Basis.

 

118


(d) No Default or Event of Default shall exist and be continuing under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents at the time of the Release Request or at the time of any such release, or would result from any such release.

(e) Each of the representations and warranties made by the Borrower or any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (or if qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects) on and as of the date of such release, before and after giving effect to such release, as if made on and as of such release (except where such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects (or, if qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects) as of such earlier date and except that for purposes of this Section  8.15 , the representations and warranties contained in Section  6.1(a) and (b)  shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Sections 8.1(a) and (b) , respectively).

Any failure of any removal and release requested by the Borrower to meet all of the Release Conditions shall be deemed a rejection of the proposed Release Request and, subject to the other terms and conditions hereof as to whether any property or asset is a Qualified Asset, such property or asset shall remain a Qualified Asset hereunder.

Section 8.16. Removal of Qualified Assets – Administrative Agent . Any Qualified Asset shall be immediately removed from the Borrowing Base and shall no longer be deemed to be a Qualified Asset for purposes of determining the Borrowing Base or for any other purposes of this Agreement (including any extension of credit hereunder) upon the determination by the Administrative Agent of the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) Such Qualified Asset ceases to meet the Eligibility Criteria applicable to such Qualified Asset;

(b) An Event of Loss occurs as to such Qualified Asset;

Upon notice by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower of any such removal, the Borrower shall promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days) deliver an interim Borrowing Base Certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth a calculation of the Borrowing Base after giving effect to the removal of the subject Qualified Asset. For the avoidance of doubt, if after giving effect to the removal of such Qualified Asset from the Borrowing Base, Availability shall be less than $0, the Borrower shall be immediately required to make a mandatory prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section  5.2 .

Section 8.17. Additional Qualified Assets . From time to time during the term of this Agreement (including in connection with any Permitted Acquisition) following the Borrower’s written request, the Borrower may request that the Administrative Agent accept additional properties or assets to be designated as Qualified Assets upon the satisfaction of the following conditions, in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (such conditions, the “ Addition Conditions ”):

(a) The proposed Qualified Asset shall satisfy all Eligibility Criteria for the applicable category of Qualified Assets.

 

119


(b) With respect to any proposed Eligible Owned Assets or Eligible Ground Leased Assets, an Acceptable Appraisal shall have been obtained with respect to such proposed Qualified Asset.

(c) The Borrower and the applicable Loan Parties shall have executed and delivered any applicable Loan Documents or supplements thereto.

(d) The Borrower shall pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent for all reasonable legal fees and expenses and other costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with such addition.

(e) No Default or Event of Default shall exist and be continuing under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents at the time of such addition or would result from any such addition.

(f) Each of the representations and warranties made by the Borrower or any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents (except in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or other permitted Investment, in which case customary “specified representations” and those representations and warranties set forth in the related acquisition agreement that are material to the interests of the Lenders) shall be true and correct in all material respects (or if qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects) on and as of the date of such addition, before and after giving effect to such addition, as if made on and as of such addition (except where such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such earlier date and except that for purposes of this Section  8.17 , the representations and warranties contained in Section  6.1(a) and (b)  shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Sections 8.1(a) and (b) , respectively).

(g) The Borrower shall have delivered an interim Borrowing Base Certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth a calculation of the Borrowing Base after giving effect to the addition of the proposed Qualified Asset, including any supporting information reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent; provided that such Borrowing Base Certificate shall only be given effect in subsequent determinations of the Borrowing Base upon satisfaction of all other Addition Conditions.

The Administrative Agent shall give the Borrower prompt written notice of its determination with respect to the admission or rejection of any asset or property as a Qualified Asset.

Section 8.18. Minimum Property Condition . Maintain a minimum of twenty (20) Eligible Owned Assets that are included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base at all times (the “ Minimum Property Condition ”).

Section 8.19. Payment of Obligations . Pay and discharge its material obligations (other than with respect to Non-Recourse Indebtedness of Excluded Subsidiaries), including material Tax liabilities and all Indebtedness as and when due and payable, but subject to any subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) the Borrower or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (c) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

120


ARTICLE IX

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Until Payment in Full, the Borrower and the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to:

Section 9.1. Financial Covenants .

(a) Borrowing Base Coverage Ratio . Permit the Borrowing Base Coverage Ratio for any Reference Period to be less than 1.00 to 1.00.

(b) Total Leverage Ratio . Permit the Total Leverage Ratio for any Reference Period to be greater than 0.60 to 1.00.

(c) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . Permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for any Reference Period ending on (i) December 31, 2017 to be less than 1.40:1.00 and (ii) any date thereafter to be less than 1.50:1.00.

(d) Borrowing Base Debt Service Coverage Ratio . Permit the Borrowing Base Debt Service Coverage Ratio for any Reference Period to be less than 2.00 to 1.00.

(e) Consolidated Tangible Net Worth . Permit Consolidated Tangible Net Worth as of the last day of each fiscal quarter be less than the sum of (i) $900,000,000 plus (ii) an amount equal to seventy percent (70%) of net equity proceeds received by the Company after the Closing Date.

(f) Secured Recourse Leverage Ratio . Permit Consolidated Secured Recourse Indebtedness as of the last day of each fiscal quarter to exceed 20% of Total Asset Value as of such date.

Section 9.2. Indebtedness . Create, issue, incur, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist any Indebtedness (including any Capital Lease Obligations, securitizations and similar Indebtedness), unless (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom and (b) after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness on a Pro Forma Basis (i) Availability is not less than zero ($0) and (ii) the Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with the Financial Covenants;

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall not permit any Qualified Asset Guarantor to create, issue, incur, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist any Indebtedness (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Guarantee Obligations), and to the extent that any Indebtedness of any such Qualified Asset Guarantor exists in breach of the foregoing, all Qualified Assets of such Qualified Asset Guarantor shall no longer be a Qualified Asset for any purposes of this Agreement until compliance is achieved.

 

121


Section 9.3. Liens . Directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on:

(a) any Qualified Asset, other than Permitted Encumbrances;

(b) any Collateral, other than Permitted Equity Encumbrances; and

(c) any income or revenues from, or proceeds of, any of the foregoing;

or sign, file or authorize under the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction a financing statement that includes in its collateral description any portion of any Collateral or any Qualified Asset, or any income or revenue from, or proceeds of, any of the foregoing, except in each case, to perfect a Lien arising under the Collateral Documents.

Section 9.4. Fundamental Changes . Enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or reorganize itself in any non-U.S. jurisdiction, or Dispose of all or substantially all of the property or business of the Group Members, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom (i) any Person other than a Qualified Asset Guarantor may merge into the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the surviving corporation, (ii) any Person other than the Borrower or the Company may merge into any Subsidiary in a transaction in which the surviving entity is a Subsidiary; provided that if one of the parties to such merger is (x) an Other Guarantor, the Other Guarantor shall be the surviving entity and (y) a Qualified Asset Guarantor, the Qualified Asset Guarantor shall be the surviving entity, (iii) any Non-Qualified Asset Subsidiary may Dispose of its assets to the Borrower or to another Subsidiary; provided that if one of the parties to such transaction is a Guarantor, either (1) the Guarantor shall be the transferee or (2) the transaction is permitted by Section  9.12 , (iv) any Subsidiary which is not a Guarantor may liquidate or dissolve if the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower, and (v) any Subsidiary other than a Qualified Asset Guarantor may liquidate or dissolve; provided that (A) if such Subsidiary is an Other Guarantor, all of the assets of such Subsidiary are transferred to a Loan Party and (B) if such Subsidiary is not an Other Guarantor, all of the assets of such Subsidiary are transferred to the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries.

Section 9.5. Restricted Payments . Declare or pay any dividend on, or make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement, cancellation, termination or other acquisition of, any Capital Stock of any Group Member, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, whether in Cash or property or in obligations of any Group Member (collectively, “ Restricted Payments ”), directly or indirectly, except that (i) the Borrower may declare and pay dividends with respect to its Capital Stock payable solely in additional limited or general partnership interests, (ii) Subsidiaries may declare and pay dividends ratably with respect to their Capital Stock, (iii) the Borrower or any Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments pursuant to and in accordance with stock option plans or other benefit plans for management or employees of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, any Plans), (iv) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments the proceeds of which will be used

 

122


to pay tax liabilities of Americold Realty Operation, Inc., a Delaware corporation, to the extent (A) such payments are permitted under the Borrower’s Governing Documents and (B) such tax liability is attributable to Americold Realty Operation, Inc.’s ownership of Capital Stock of the Borrower and (v) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may (directly or indirectly, as the case may be) make Restricted Payments to the Company; provided that (x) the Borrower shall not make aggregate Restricted Payments to the Company that are attributable to any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters in excess of the greater of (A) 90% of Normalized Adjusted FFO for such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ( less any amounts used for Investments in Non-Qualified Asset Subsidiaries) and (B) the minimum amount required for the Company to maintain its REIT status, comply with the minimum distribution requirement under Section 857(a) of the Code and avoid imposition on the Company of income and excise taxes under Sections 857 and 4981 of the Code and (y) if a Default or an Event of Default (other than under Section  10.1(a) or (h) ) has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower may only make Restricted Payments to the Company in the minimum amounts required to be made by the Company in order to maintain its status as a REIT; provided further , however , that the Borrower may not make any Restricted Payments to the Company if a Default or Event of Default under Section  10.1(a) or (h)  has occurred and is continuing or all or any portion of the Obligations have been accelerated.

Section 9.6. Transactions with Affiliates . Enter into any transaction, including any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property, the rendering of any service or the payment of any management, advisory or similar fees, with any Affiliate, except: (a) arrangements in respect of shared services, joint procurement, corporate expense allocation, information technology licensing or in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties; (b) transactions between or among (i) the Borrower and any Non-Qualified Asset Subsidiaries so long as such transaction, as of the date such transaction is consummated, would not have or would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Borrower and the Qualified Asset Guarantors (taken as a whole), (ii) the Borrower and any Qualified Asset Guarantors or (iii) Non-Qualified Asset Subsidiaries, in each case not involving any other Affiliate; (c) the consummation of the Transactions and the payment of the Transaction Costs, and as otherwise permitted by this Agreement (including with respect to any Restricted Payment permitted by Section  9.5 ); (d) as set forth on Schedule 9.6 or any amendment thereto to the extent such amendment is not adverse, taken as a whole, to the Lenders in any material respect; (e) if approved by the governing body of such Person in accordance with applicable law, any indemnity provided for the benefit of directors of such Person; (f) the payment of fees, expenses, compensation or employee benefit arrangements to managers, consultants, employees, officers and outside directors of such Person; (g) transactions between or among Group Members contemplated by any CMBS Financing; and (h) transactions that are made on terms substantially as favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary as would be obtainable by the Company or such Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate.

Section 9.7. Amendments to Organizational Documents . Directly or indirectly, consent to, approve, authorize or otherwise suffer or permit any waiver, amendment, supplement, cancellation, termination or other modification of the partnership agreement, operating agreement, charter, certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents of the

 

123


Company, the Borrower, any Qualified Asset Guarantor or any Loan Party that is a direct owner of any Qualified Asset Guarantor, in each case if such waiver, amendment, supplement, cancellation, termination or modification would reasonably be expected to (a) adversely affect any Loan Party’s ability to repay the Obligations or (b) impair the rights or interests of the

Administrative Agent or any Secured Party hereunder or under any Loan Document or in any Collateral.

Section 9.8. No Further Negative Pledges . Directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than any Loan Document) that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon the ability of (a) the Borrower or any other Loan Party to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets (including the Capital Stock owned by the Borrower or such Loan Party), or (b) any Loan Party to make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any other Loan Party or to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Loan Party or to guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Loan Party or (c) the Borrower or any Subsidiary to otherwise transfer (including by way of a pledge) property to the Borrower or a Loan Party; provided that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by Requirements of Law or by this Agreement, (ii) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder (including, if applicable, in accordance with Section  8.15 ), (iii) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to Secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such restrictions do not apply to any Qualified Asset or to the Capital Stock of any Guarantor), (iv) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions that are binding on an Other Guarantor at the time such Subsidiary first becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as such Contractual Obligations were not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary of the Borrower, (v) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to Joint Ventures that are applicable solely to such Joint Venture and entered into in the ordinary course of business, (vi) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions that are customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions solely relate to the assets subject thereto, (vii)  clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions or conditions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business, (viii) the foregoing shall not apply to provisions restricting the granting of a security interest in Intellectual Property contained in licenses or sublicenses by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of such Intellectual Property, which licenses and sublicenses were entered into in the ordinary course of business (in which case such restriction shall relate only to such Intellectual Property), and (ix) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

Section 9.9. Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.

 

124


Section 9.10. Investments . Make or allow any Investment, unless immediately before and after giving effect to such Investment on a Pro Forma Basis, (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, (ii) Availability is not less than zero ($0), and (iii) the Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with the Financial Covenants.

Section 9.11. Changes in Fiscal Periods . (a) Permit the fiscal year of the Company or the Borrower to end on a day other than December 31 or change the Company’s or the Borrower’s method of determining fiscal quarters or (b) make any change in accounting policies or reporting practices, except as required or permitted by GAAP.

Section 9.12. Asset Sales . Dispose of any property or asset, including Capital Stock owned by it, unless immediately before and after giving effect to such Disposition on a Pro Forma Basis (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such Disposition, (b) Availability is not less than zero ($0), (c) in the case of property constituting a Qualified Asset, only if (x) such Qualified Asset is released in accordance with Section  8.15 concurrently with such Disposition and (y) after giving effect to such Disposition the Minimum Property Condition shall be satisfied and (d) the Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with the Financial Covenants.

Section 9.13. Environmental Matters . (a) Use, or permit any other Person to use, any of the Properties or any portion thereof as a facility for the handling, processing, storage or disposal of Materials of Environmental Concern in amounts or concentrations or under circumstances that constitute a violation of Environmental Law or would reasonably be expected to result in any Environmental Liability where any such use, conduct or other activity has not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (b) conduct, or permit any other Person to conduct, any activity at any of its Properties or use any of its Properties in any manner that could reasonably be contemplated to cause a Release of Materials of Environmental Concern on, upon or into such Property, or any other location, that would reasonably be expected to result in any Environmental Liability, in each case except, with respect to any Property that is not a Qualified Asset, where any such use, conduct or other activity has not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 9.14. Sanctions; Anti-Corruption; Anti-Money Laundering .

(a) Directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of any Borrowing or Letter of Credit, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other individual or entity, to fund, finance or facilitate any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country, or in any other manner that would result in a violation by any individual or entity (including any individual or entity participating in the transaction, whether as Lender, Bookrunner, Lead Arranger, Administrative Agent, Letter of Credit Issuer, Swing Line Lender, or otherwise) of Sanctions.

(b) Directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of any Borrowing or any Letter of Credit in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws or Anti-Terrorism Laws.

 

125


(c) Directly or indirectly engage in any transaction, investment, undertaking or activity that conceals the identity, source or destination of the proceeds from any category of offenses designated in any applicable Law, regulation or other binding measure implementing the “Forty Recommendations” and “Nine Special Recommendations” published by the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development’s Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering or violate these laws or any other applicable anti-money laundering law or engage in these actions.

ARTICLE X

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Section 10.1. Events of Default . If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing:

(a) (i) the Borrower or any other Loan Party shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any Unpaid Drawing, including any L/C Borrowing, when due in accordance with the terms hereof; or (ii) the Borrower or any other Loan Party shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan, any fee or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document within five (5) Business Days after any such interest on any Loan, fee or other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or

(b) any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document or that is contained in any certificate or other document furnished by it at any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan Document shall prove to have been inaccurate or misleading in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made (or, to the extent qualified by materiality, shall be inaccurate or misleading in any respect after giving effect to such qualification when made or deemed made); or

(c) the Company or any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement contained in (i)  Section  8.1(a) or (b) , Section  8.2(a)(1)(x) , Section  8.2(c) , Section  8.5(a)(i) (solely with respect to the existence of the Company, the Borrower, any Qualified Asset Guarantor or any Loan Party that is a direct owner of any Qualified Asset Guarantor), Section  8.8 , Section  8.10 , or Section  8.13 or Section  8.18 or Article IX or Article XIII of this Agreement or any Guarantor fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (ii)  Section  8.6(b) and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 10 days or (iii)  Section  8.2(a) (not specified in clause (i)  above) and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 15 days; or

(d) the Borrower shall fail to deliver any Borrowing Base Certificate required by Section  8.7(b) , Section  8.15 , Section  8.16 or Section  8.17 ; or

(e) any Group Member shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement contained in Section  8.11(a) ;

 

126


(f) any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) through (e) above), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after the earlier of (i) the date upon which an officer of the Company or the Borrower obtains knowledge of such default or (ii) the date upon which the Borrower has received written notice of such default from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; or

(g) any Group Member shall (i) default in making any payment when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace or cure periods (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness (excluding any Indebtedness hereunder and any Non-Recourse Indebtedness) having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of (or, with respect to any Swap Agreements, a Swap Termination Value of) more than $25,000,000; or (ii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or beneficiary) or, in the case of a Swap Agreement, the applicable counterparty, to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due (or to be terminated) or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity or, in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Guarantee Obligation, to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded, or, in the case of a Swap Agreement, to cause the termination thereof or an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Agreement) results therefrom; provided that clauses (i) (other than in the case of clause  (x) below) and (ii)  shall not apply to (x) Secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the Disposition or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such Disposition or transfer is permitted hereunder and under the documents providing for such Indebtedness and (y) Indebtedness that is convertible into Capital Stock and has been converted to Capital Stock in accordance with its terms and such conversion is not prohibited hereunder; or

(h) (i) any Group Member shall commence or consent to the institution of any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any Debtor Relief Law, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or other similar official for it or for all or any material part of its property; or (ii) there shall be commenced against any Group Member any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause  (i) above (except for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for the assets of an Excluded Subsidiary in connection with a default by such Excluded Subsidiary on Non-Recourse Indebtedness) that (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, unstayed or undischarged for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against any Group Member any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a writ or warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any material party of its property that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been released, vacated, discharged, or stayed or fully bonded

 

127


pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) any Group Member shall become unable or admit in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due; or (v) any Group Member shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

(i) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in (i) a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) liability to any Group Member in an aggregate amount exceeding $25,000,000 in any year or $50,000,000 for all periods; or

(j) (i) one or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against any Group Member involving in the aggregate a liability (to the extent not covered by insurance or third-party indemnities as to which the relevant insurance company or third party has not denied coverage) of $25,000,000 or more or (ii) one or more non-monetary final judgments or decrees shall be entered against any Group Member that have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (x) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree, or (y) there is a period of 30 consecutive days during which such judgment or decree is not vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal; or

(k) any provision of any Loan Document, including the Guarantee Obligations contained in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any provision of any Loan Document; or

(l) any Lien created by any of the Collateral Documents shall cease to be a valid and enforceable first priority perfected Lien on the Collateral purported to be covered thereby (subject only to Permitted Equity Encumbrances); or

(m) a Change of Control;

then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause  (i) or (ii)  of paragraph (h)  above with respect to the Company or the Borrower, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall immediately and automatically become due and payable and the deposit of cash collateral in respect of Letter of Credit Exposure in accordance with Section  3.8 shall immediately and automatically become due, or (B) if such event is any other Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions: (i) declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the Letter of Credit Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated forthwith, whereupon such commitments and obligations shall immediately terminate; (ii) declare the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable; (iii) require

 

128


the deposit of cash collateral in respect of Letter of Credit Exposure in accordance with Section  3.8 and (iv) exercise on behalf of itself, the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers all rights and remedies available to it, the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers under the Loan Documents Except as expressly provided above in this Section, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower, the Company and each other Loan Party.

Section 10.2. Application of Funds . After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section  10.1 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in Section  10.1 ), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall, subject to the provisions of Sections 2.16 and 3.8 , be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order.

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Sections 2.10 , 2.11 , 3.5 or 5.4 ) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and Letter of Credit Fees) payable to the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer arising under the Loan Documents and amounts payable under Sections 2.10 , 2.11 , 3.5 or 5.4 , ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Letter of Credit Fees and interest on the Loans, L/C Borrowings and other Obligations arising under the Loan Documents, ratably among the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth , to (a) payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, L/C Borrowings and Obligations then owing under Secured Hedge Agreements and Secured Cash Management Agreements, ratably among the Lenders, the Letter of Credit Issuers, the Qualified Counterparties and the Cash Management Banks in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause (a) and (b) to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuers, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit issued by such Letter of Credit Issuer to the extent not otherwise Cash Collateralized by the Borrower pursuant to Section  3.8 , ratably in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them; and

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

Subject to Section  3.8 , amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.

 

129


Notwithstanding the foregoing, Obligations arising under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements shall be excluded from the application described above if the Administrative Agent has not received written notice thereof, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Qualified Counterparty, as the case may be. Each Cash Management Bank or Qualified Counterparty not a party to the Credit Agreement that has given the notice contemplated by the preceding sentence shall, by such notice, be deemed to have acknowledged and accepted the appointment of the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of Article XI hereof for itself and its Affiliates as if a “Lender” party hereto.

ARTICLE XI

THE AGENTS

Section 11.1. Appointment .

Each Lender and each Letter of Credit Issuer hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Bank of America to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such Lender and each such Letter of Credit Issuer irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or any Letter of Credit Issuer, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent. The provisions of this Article XI (except for Section  11.9 ) are solely for the benefit of the Agents, the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers, and neither the Company nor any other Loan Party shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions thereof. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.

Section 11.2. Delegation of Duties . The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with

 

130


the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and nonappealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.

Section 11.3. Exculpatory Provisions . The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law; and

(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

Neither any Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections  12.1 and 10.1 ) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment.

Neither any Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any recital, statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to, provided for herein or therein, delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the value, validity, enforceability, effectiveness, genuineness or sufficiency of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document,

 

131


any failure of any Loan Party a party thereto to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Collateral Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (v) as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article VII or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party.

Section 11.4. Reliance by Agent . The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in, and shall not incur any liability for, relying, upon any instrument, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy or email message, statement, order or other document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to any Loan Party), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance, extension, renewal or increase of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or a Letter of Credit Issuer, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or such Letter of Credit Issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or such Letter of Credit Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith to be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents) as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith to be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders, all the Letter of Credit Issuers and all future holders of the Loans and the L/C Participations.

Section 11.5. Notice of Default . The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from a Lender, a Letter of Credit Issuer or a Loan Party referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders and the Letter of Credit

 

132


Issuers. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith to be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents); provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers.

Section 11.6. Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders . Each Lender and each Letter of Credit Issuer expressly acknowledges that neither the Agents nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates have made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by any Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of a Loan Party or any Affiliate of a Loan Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent to any Lender or any Letter of Credit Issuer. Each Lender and each Letter of Credit Issuer represents to the Agents that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer, or upon any of the Related Parties of any of the foregoing, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their Affiliates and made its own decision to make its extensions of credit hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and each Letter of Credit Issuer also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer, or upon any of the Related Parties of any of the foregoing, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their Affiliates. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any affiliate of a Loan Party that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.

Section 11.7. Indemnification . The Lenders agree to indemnify the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), each other Agent, each Letter of Credit Issuer and each Related Party of any of the foregoing (each, an “ Agent Indemnitee ”) (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), ratably according to their respective pro rata share (as defined below) in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (whether before or after the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of, the Commitments, the Loans, the Letters of Credit, this Agreement, any of the other Loan

 

133


Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by such Agent Indemnitee under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Agent Indemnitee’s gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or fraud; provided further , with respect to such unpaid amounts owed to any Letter of Credit Issuer in its capacity as such, or to any Related Party of any of Letter of Credit Issuer acting for such Letter of Credit Issuer in connection with such capacity, only the Revolving Credit Lenders shall be required to pay such unpaid amounts. For purposes of this Section, a Lender’s “pro rata share” shall be determined based upon its share of the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures, unused Revolving Credit Commitments and, except for purposes of the second proviso of the immediately preceding sentence, the outstanding Term Loans and unused Term Commitments, in each case at that time. If any indemnity furnished to any Agent Indemnitee for any purpose shall, in the opinion of such Agent Indemnitee, be insufficient or become impaired, such Agent Indemnitee may call for additional indemnity and cease, or not commence, to do the acts indemnified against until such additional indemnity is furnished; provided that in no event shall this sentence require any Lender to indemnify any Agent Indemnitee against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement in excess of such Lender’s pro rata share (as defined below) thereof in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section; and provided further , this sentence shall not be deemed to require any Lender to indemnify any Agent Indemnitee against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement described in the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence. The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the Commitments and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

Section 11.8. Agent in Its Individual Capacity . Each Agent and its affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with any Loan Party or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as though such Agent were not an Agent and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders. Each Agent shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as any Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer, as applicable, and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders”, and the terms “Letter of Credit Issuer” and “Letter of Credit Issuers”, shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include each Agent in its individual capacity as such.

Section 11.9. Successor Agent . The Administrative Agent may resign as the Administrative Agent upon notice to the Lenders, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Borrower. If the Administrative Agent shall resign as the Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, then upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor, which successor agent shall (unless an Event of Default under Section  10.1(a) or (h)  with respect to the Borrower shall have occurred and be continuing) be subject to approval by the Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have

 

134


accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders, the “ Resignation Effective Date ”), then the retiring Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to), on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank, which successor agent shall (unless (i) an Event of Default under Section  10.1(a) or (h)  with respect to the Borrower shall have occurred and be continuing or (ii) such successor agent is a Lender) be subject to approval by the Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed by the Borrower). If no successor agent has accepted appointment as the Administrative Agent by the Resignation Effective Date, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective, and the Required Lenders shall assume and perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as a successor agent is appointed as provided for above. With effect from the Resignation Effective Date (1) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the Letter of Credit Issuers under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (2) except for any indemnity payments or other amounts then owed to the retiring Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and each Letter of Credit Issuer directly, until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as the Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent (other than as provided in Section  5.4(i) and other than any rights to indemnity payments or other amounts owed to the retiring Administrative Agent as of the Resignation Effective Date), the term “Administrative Agent” shall mean such successor agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section), without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Administrative Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Loans. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section  11.5 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them (i) while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as the Administrative Agent and (ii) after such resignation for as long as any of them continues to act in any capacity hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, including (a) acting as collateral agent or otherwise holding any collateral security on behalf of any of the Lenders and (b) in respect of any actions taken in connection with transferring the agency to any successor Administrative Agent.

Section 11.10. Bookrunner; Lead Arrangers; Syndication Agent s; Documentation Agents . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Bookrunner, Lead Arrangers, Syndication Agents or Documentation Agents shall have any duties, responsibilities, obligations, liabilities, powers or rights hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents in its capacity as such.

 

135


Section 11.11. Agents May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender, each Letter of Credit Issuer and each other Secured Party to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, the Letter of Credit Issuers or the other Secured Parties, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or any Letter of Credit Issuer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or any Letter of Credit Issuer to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or any Letter of Credit Issuer in any such proceeding.

The Secured Parties hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at the direction of the Required Lenders, to credit bid all or any portion of the Obligations (including accepting some or all of the Collateral in satisfaction of some or all of the Obligations pursuant to a deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise) and in such manner purchase (either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles) all or any portion of the Collateral (a) at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, including under Sections 363, 1123 or 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, or any similar laws in any other jurisdictions to which a Loan Party is subject, (b) at any other sale or foreclosure or acceptance of collateral in lieu of debt conducted by (or with the consent or at the direction of) the Administrative Agent (whether by judicial action or otherwise) in accordance

 

136


with any applicable law. In connection with any such credit bid and purchase, the Obligations owed to the Secured Parties shall be entitled to be, and shall be, credit bid on a ratable basis (with Obligations with respect to contingent or unliquidated claims receiving contingent interests in the acquired assets on a ratable basis that would vest upon the liquidation of such claims in an amount proportional to the liquidated portion of the contingent claim amount used in allocating the contingent interests) in the asset or assets so purchased (or in the Capital Stock or debt instruments of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles that are used to consummate such purchase). In connection with any such bid (i) the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to form one or more acquisition vehicles to make a bid, (ii) to adopt documents providing for the governance of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles (provided that any actions by the Administrative Agent with respect to such acquisition vehicle or vehicles, including any disposition of the assets or Capital Stock thereof shall be governed, directly or indirectly, by the vote of the Required Lenders, irrespective of the termination of this Agreement and without giving effect to the limitations on actions by the Required Lenders contained in Section  12.1(a) of this Agreement and (iii) to the extent that Obligations that are assigned to an acquisition vehicle are not used to acquire Collateral for any reason (as a result of another bid being higher or better, because the amount of Obligations assigned to the acquisition vehicle exceeds the amount of debt credit bid by the acquisition vehicle or otherwise), such Obligations shall automatically be reassigned to the Lenders pro rata and the Capital Stock and/or debt instruments issued by any acquisition vehicle on account of the Obligations that had been assigned to the acquisition vehicle shall automatically be cancelled, without the need for any Secured Party or any acquisition vehicle to take any further action.

Section 11.12. Agents Under Collateral Documents . Each Secured Party hereby further authorizes the Administrative Agent on behalf of and for the benefit of Secured Parties, to be the agent for and representative of Secured Parties with respect to the Collateral and the Collateral Documents; provided that the Administrative Agent shall not owe any fiduciary duty, duty of loyalty, duty of care, duty of disclosure or (except with respect to the application of proceeds of Collateral pursuant to Section  10.2 ) any other obligation whatsoever to any holder of Secured Cash Management Obligations or Secured Swap Obligations.

The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon, as applicable, or any certificate prepared by any Loan Party in connection therewith, nor shall the Administrative Agent be responsible or liable to any Secured Party for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.

Subject to Section  12.1 , without further written consent or authorization from any Secured Party, the Administrative Agent may execute any documents or instruments necessary to (a) release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), under any Loan Document upon Payment in Full or (ii) that is Disposed of as part of or in connection with any Disposition permitted hereunder to a Person that is not the Borrower or a Guarantor, (iii) as to the extent otherwise provided in the Collateral Documents or (iv) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing in accordance with Section  12.1 ; (b) release any Guarantor from its Guarantee Obligations in respect of the Obligations under the Loan Documents if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary (or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary) as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder. The execution and delivery of any such documents shall be without recourse to, or representation or warranty by, the Administrative Agent.

 

137


Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its Guarantee Obligations in respect of the Obligations under the Loan Documents pursuant to this Section  11.12 .

Anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, and each Secured Party hereby agree that (i) except with respect to the set off rights of any Lender set forth in Section  12.7 or with respect to a Secured Party’s right to file a proof of claim in an insolvency proceeding, no Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce any Guarantee Obligations, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights, and remedies under the Loan Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties, in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof and all powers, rights, and remedies under the Collateral Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent, and (ii) in the event of a foreclosure by the Administrative Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, the Administrative Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition and the Administrative Agent as agent for and representative of the Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing), shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any Collateral payable by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties at such sale or other disposition.

In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation thereof, no Specified Cash Management Agreement or Specified Swap Agreement will create (or be deemed to create) in favor of any Secured Party that is a party thereto any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or of the obligations of any Loan Party under this Agreement or any other Loan Document. By accepting the benefits of the Collateral, each Secured Party that is a party to any such Specified Cash Management Agreement or Specified Swap Agreement shall be deemed to have appointed the Administrative Agent to serve as administrative agent and collateral agent under the Loan Documents and agreed to be bound by the Loan Documents as a Secured Party thereunder, subject to the limitations set forth in this paragraph. No Secured Party that is a party to any such Specified Cash Management Agreement or Specified Swap Agreement that obtains the benefits of any Guarantee Obligation or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of any other Loan Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender or Agent and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents.

 

138


Section 11.13. ERISA . (a) Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, the Bookrunner and the Lead Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true:

(i) Such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of 29 CFR § 2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA) of one or more Benefit Plans in connection with the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments,

(ii) the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement,

(iii) (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, or

(iv) such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.

(b) In addition, unless sub-clause (i)  in the immediately preceding clause (a)  is true with respect to a Lender or such Lender has not provided another representation, warranty and covenant as provided in sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause (a) , such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, the Bookrunner and the Lead Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that:

(i) none of the Administrative Agent, the Bookrunner or any Lead Arranger or any of their respective Affiliates is a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related to hereto or thereto),

 

139


(ii) the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement is independent (within the meaning of 29 CFR § 2510.3-21) and is a bank, an insurance carrier, an investment adviser, a broker-dealer or other person that holds, or has under management or control, total assets of at least $50 million, in each case as described in 29 CFR § 2510.3-21(c)(1)(i)(A)-(E),

(iii) the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with regard to particular transactions and investment strategies (including in respect of the Obligations),

(iv) the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement is a fiduciary under ERISA or the Code, or both, with respect to the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the transactions hereunder, and

(v) no fee or other compensation is being paid directly to the Administrative Agent, the Bookrunner or any Lead Arranger or any their respective Affiliates for investment advice (as opposed to other services) in connection with the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments or this Agreement.

(c) The Administrative Agent, the Bookrunner and the Lead Arrangers hereby inform the Lenders that each such Person is not undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and that such Person has a financial interest in the transactions contemplated hereby in that such Person or an Affiliate thereof (i) may receive interest or other payments with respect to the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (ii) may recognize a gain if it extended the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments for an amount less than the amount being paid for an interest in the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments by such Lender or (iii) may receive fees or other payments in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, the Loan Documents or otherwise, including structuring fees, commitment fees, arrangement fees, facility fees, upfront fees, underwriting fees, ticking fees, agency fees, administrative agent or collateral agent fees, utilization fees, minimum usage fees, letter of credit fees, fronting fees, deal-away or alternate transaction fees, amendment fees, processing fees, term out premiums, banker’s acceptance fees, breakage or other early termination fees or fees similar to the foregoing.

 

140


ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.1. Amendments and Waivers .

(a) Subject to Section  2.9 and Section  12.1(b) , and except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , however , that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(i) waive any condition set forth in Section  7.1 without the written consent of each Lender;

(ii) without limiting the generality of clause (i) above, waive any condition set forth in Section  7.2 as to any Revolving Credit Loan or any Letter of Credit without the written consent of the Required Revolving Lenders or any Term Loan without the written consent of the Required Term Lenders;

(iii) extend (except as provided in Section  2.17 ) or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section  10.1 ) without the written consent of such Lender;

(iv) forgive or otherwise reduce the principal amount or extend the final scheduled date of maturity of any Loan or Unpaid Drawings, reduce the stated rate of any interest or (subject to clause (4)  of the second proviso to this Section  12.1 ) fee payable hereunder (except in connection with the waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates (which waiver shall be effective with the consent of the Required Lenders)) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby (it being understood that any waiver of any condition precedent in Section  7.1 or 7.2 , any obligation of the Borrower to pay default interest or amendment to Section  2.8(c), or any waiver of any Default or Event of Default, and any waiver or amendment of any mandatory prepayment or reduction, any waiver or amendment to the financial covenant definitions, financial ratios or any component thereof, shall be deemed not to have resulted in any increase in the Commitment of any Lender, or forgiveness, reduction, extension or postponement referred to in clause (iii)  or (iv) of this proviso);

(v) (w) change any provision of this Section  12.1 , reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, Required Revolving Lenders, Required Term Lenders or Majority in Interest or change any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent, (x) consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (y) release all or substantially all of the Collateral (other than in connection with any

 

141


sale of Collateral permitted by the Loan Documents) or (z) release (1) the guarantee of the Obligations provided by the Company pursuant to Article XIII or (2) all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantee Obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (other than in connection with any sale of a Guarantor permitted by the Loan Documents), in each case without the written consent of all Lenders;

(vi) amend, modify or waive any provision of any Loan Document in a manner that by its terms adversely affects the rights of Lenders holding Loans or Commitments of any Class in respect of the right to or priority of payments or the security interest (including perfection and priority) of the Lenders holding Loans or Commitments of such Class in Collateral differently than such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights of the Lenders holding Loans or Commitments of any other Class in respect of the right to or priority of payments or the security interest (including perfection and priority) in Collateral, without the written consent of the Majority in Interest of the adversely affected Class of Lenders; or

(vii) (x) amend or modify the definition of Applicable Percentage, (y) amend, modify or waive the provisions of Section  10.2 or Section 4.02 of the Guaranty, (z) amend, modify or waive the provisions of Sections 5.1 or 5.3(c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, in each case without the written consent of each Lender; provided , that (i) with the consent of the Required Lenders, such terms and provisions may be amended on customary terms in connection with an “amend and extend” transaction, but only if all Lenders that consent to such “amend and extend” transaction are treated on a pro rata basis, (ii) such terms and provisions may be amended in connection with the establishment of any Additional TL Tranche, with the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders providing commitments for such Additional TL Tranche, so long as such payments continue to be (1) based on each Lender’s Applicable Percentage with respect to the Classes of Loans and the Facilities in which it participates and (2) distributed ratably as between the Classes of Loans and the Facilities;

and, provided further , that (1) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by Letter of Credit Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of such Letter of Credit Issuer under this Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (2) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (3) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or affect Section  2.9 or any LIBOR Successor Rate; and (4) the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto;

provided that any amendment, waiver or other modification of this Agreement that by its terms affects the rights or duties under this Agreement of the Lenders of a particular Class (but not the Lenders of any other Class), may be effected solely by an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Majority in Interest of the affected Class of Lenders that would be required to consent thereto under this Section if such Class of Lenders were the only Class of Lenders hereunder at the time. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement

 

142


or modification shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers and shall be binding upon the Loan Parties, the Lenders, Letter of Credit Issuers, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the Loans and the L/C Participations. In the case of any waiver, the Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the consent of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as the case may be, shall not be required to effect the provisions of Section  2.14(f) in accordance with the terms thereof.

(b) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary,

(i) no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) any Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender, (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender disproportionately adversely relative to other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender and (z) the outstanding principal balance of any Loan held by any Defaulting Lender may not be reduced without the consent of such Lender;

(ii) any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document may be amended by an agreement in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (but without the consent of any Lender or other Loan Party):

(A) to cure any obvious error or any error or omission of an administrative or technical nature jointly identified by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent so long as, in each case, the Lenders shall have received at least five Business Days prior written notice thereof and the Administrative Agent shall not have received, within five Business Days of the date of such notice to the Lenders, a written notice from (x) the Required Lenders stating that the Required Lenders object to such amendment or (y) if directly and adversely affected by such amendment, any Letter of Credit Issuer stating that it objects to such amendment.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in addition to any credit extensions and related Joinder Agreement(s) effectuated without the consent of Lenders in accordance with Section  2.14 , this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Term Loans and the Revolving Credit Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders and other definitions related to such new Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans.

 

143


Section 12.2. Notices .

(a) Notices Generally . Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b)  below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by facsimile as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower or any other Loan Party, the Administrative Agent, any Letter of Credit Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule  12.2 ; and

(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire (including, as appropriate, notices delivered solely to the Person designated by a Lender on its Administrative Questionnaire then in effect for the delivery of notices that may contain material non-public information relating to the Borrower).

Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b)  below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b) .

(b) Electronic Communications .

(i) Notices and other communications to the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Lenders hereunder or under any other Loan Document may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail, FpML messaging and Internet or intranet websites, including the Platform) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article II , III , IV or V if such Person has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender, any Letter of Credit Issuer or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

(ii) Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (x) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgment), and (y) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received

 

144


upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause  (x) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (x)  and (y) , if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice e-mail or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient.

(iii) THE PLATFORM AND ANY APPROVED ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE”. NONE OF THE AGENTS OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE RELATED PARTIES WARRANT THE ACCURACY, ADEQUACY, OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS, THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM AND EACH EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS, THE PLATFORM AND THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS IS MADE BY THE AGENTS OR THEIR RESPECTIVE RELATED PARTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE PLATFORM OR THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties have any liability to any Loan Party, any Lender, any Letter of Credit Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s, any Loan Party’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials or Approved Electronic Notices through the Platform, any other electronic platform or electronic messaging service, or through the Internet.

(iv) Each Loan Party, each Lender, each Letter of Credit Issuer and each Agent agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, store any Approved Electronic Communications on the Platform in accordance with the Administrative Agent’s customary document retention procedures and policies.

(c) Change of Address . Each Loan Party, the Administrative Agent, each Letter of Credit Issuer and the Swing Line Lender may change its address, facsimile or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, facsimile or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Swing Line Lender. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, facsimile number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender.

(d) Private-Side Information Contacts . In addition to the foregoing, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with

 

145


such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable law, including United States Federal and state securities laws, to make reference to Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public-Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain Private-Side Information. In the event that any Public Lender has determined for itself to not access any information disclosed through the Platform or otherwise, such Public Lender acknowledges that (i) other Lenders may have availed themselves of such information and (ii) neither the Borrower nor the Administrative Agent has any responsibility for such Public Lender’s decision to limit the scope of the information it has obtained in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(e) Reliance by Administrative Agent, Letter of Credit Issuers and Lenders . The Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic notices, Committed Loan Notices, Letter of Credit Applications and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Loan Parties shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Letter of Credit Issuer, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

Section 12.3. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies ; Enforcement . No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent, any Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section  10.1 for the benefit of all the Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuers; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) any Letter of Credit Issuer or the Swing Line Lender from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as a Letter of Credit Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (c) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section  12.7(b) (subject to the terms of Section  12.7(a) ), or (d) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided , further , that if at any time there is no Person acting

 

146


as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section  10.1 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b) , (c) and (d)  of the preceding proviso and subject to Section  12.7(a) , any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.

Section 12.4. Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder, in any other Loan Document and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, or in connection herewith or therewith, shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof and the making of the Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent, each Letter of Credit Issuer and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent, any Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default at the time of any Loan or L/C Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding other than (a) Secured Cash Management Obligations, (b) Secured Swap Obligations and (c) any contingent obligations or contingent indemnification obligations not then due or asserted.

Section 12.5. Payment of Expenses; Damages Waiver . The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Bookrunner, the Lead Arrangers, the Administrative Agent and their respective Affiliates for all their reasonable and documented and invoiced out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including (i) any expenses incurred in connection with the preparation of, or otherwise relating to, any Acceptable Appraisal or FIRREA appraisals and (ii) the reasonable and documented and invoiced fees, disbursements and other charges of legal counsel which shall be limited to one primary counsel for the Bookrunner, Lead Arrangers and the Administrative Agent, taken as a whole, a single counsel in each relevant jurisdiction for all such Persons, taken as a whole (which may include a single firm of special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions) and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where the Person affected by such conflict informs the Borrower of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, of another firm of counsel (and, if reasonably necessary, one firm of local counsel) for such affected Person (or similarly affected Persons taken as a whole)) incurred in connection with the syndication, development, preparation and execution of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the Transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including any filing and recording fees and expenses, with statements with respect to the foregoing to be submitted to the Borrower prior to the Closing Date (in the case of amounts to be paid on the Closing Date) and from time to time thereafter on a quarterly basis or such other periodic basis as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate, (b) to pay all reasonable and documented and invoiced out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Letter of Credit Issuer in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of Letters of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder, (c) to pay or reimburse the Bookrunner, the Lead Arrangers, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Lenders for all their respective reasonable and documented and invoiced out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the

 

147


enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, including (i) the reasonable and documented and invoiced fees, disbursements and other charges of legal counsel which shall be limited to one primary counsel for the Bookrunner, the Lead Arrangers, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Lenders, taken as a whole, one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction for all such Persons, taken as a whole (if reasonably necessary), and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where the Person affected by such conflict informs the Borrower of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, of another firm of counsel (and, if reasonably necessary, one firm of local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction) for such affected Person (or similarly affected Persons taken as a whole), in each case excluding allocated costs of in-house counsel, and (ii) the reasonable and documented and invoiced fees and expenses of other consultants and advisers approved by the Borrower, (d) to pay, indemnify, and hold, the Administrative Agent, each Letter of Credit Issuer and each Lender harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, stamp, excise and other taxes, if any, that may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, and (e) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender, the Bookrunner, each Lead Arranger, the Administrative Agent, each Letter of Credit Issuer and the Affiliates of each of the foregoing and each of their respective Related Parties (each, an “ Indemnitee ”) harmless from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the syndication, execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, including any of the foregoing relating to the use of proceeds of the Loans or the issuance of any Letter of Credit (including any refusal by any Letter of Credit Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit) or any Environmental Liability relating to any Group Member or its current or former operations or to any of the Properties and the reasonable and documented and invoiced fees and expenses of one primary counsel for all Indemnitees, taken as a whole, one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction (which may include a single firm of special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions) for all Indemnitees, taken as a whole (if reasonably necessary), and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where the Indemnitee affected by such conflict informs the Borrower of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, of another firm of counsel (and, if reasonably necessary, one firm of local counsel) for such affected Indemnitee (in each case excluding allocated costs of in-house counsel), whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and whether initiated against or by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any Affiliate of any of the foregoing or any third party (and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto) (all the foregoing in this clause  (e) , collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”) , IN ALL CASES, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED BY OR ARISING, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OUT OF THE COMPARATIVE, CONTRIBUTORY OR SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF THE INDEMNITEE ; provided that the Borrower shall not have any obligation hereunder to any Indemnitee with respect to Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities are found by a final and nonappealable

 

148


decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from (i) the gross negligence, bad faith, fraud or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or its Affiliates or by any of their Related Parties, (ii) any dispute brought solely by an Indemnitee against another Indemnitee, do not involve or relate to any request, act or omission by the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates and do not involve the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as administrative agent, the Bookrunner, in its capacity as the bookrunner, or any Lead Arranger, in its capacity as a lead arranger or (iii) settlements effected without the Borrower’s prior written consent (which shall not be withheld, conditioned or delayed unreasonably) so long as (A) the Borrower has demonstrated, and such Indemnitee has acknowledged (which acknowledgment shall not be withheld, conditioned or delayed unreasonably) that the Borrower has the financial wherewithal to reimburse such Indemnitee for any amount that such Indemnitee may be required to pay with respect to such proceeding or (B) the proceeding presents reputation risk to such Indemnitee (in which case, for the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower’s consent shall not be required for the Indemnitee to settle). Without limiting the foregoing, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower agrees not to assert and to cause its Subsidiaries not to assert, and hereby waives and agrees to cause its Subsidiaries to waive, all rights for contribution or recovery with respect to all claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs and expenses of whatever kind or nature, under or related to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act or other Environmental Laws, that any of them might have by statute or otherwise against any Indemnitee. All amounts due under this Section  12.5 shall be payable not later than 30 days after written demand therefor, including documentation reasonably supporting such demand. No Loan Party nor any Indemnitee shall have any liability for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided , however , that nothing contained in this sentence will limit the indemnity and reimbursement obligations of the Borrower set forth in this Section  12.5 . The agreements in this Section  12.5 shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer, termination of this Agreement and the Commitments and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. This Section  12.5 shall not apply to (i) Taxes indemnifiable under Section  5.4 or (ii) Excluded Taxes. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after demand therefor.

Section 12.6. Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments . (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of any Letter of Credit Issuer that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrower may not assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign, delegate or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer

 

149


upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and permitted assigns (including any Affiliate of any Letter of Credit Issuer that issues any Letter of Credit), Participants (to the extent provided in Section  12.6(c) ) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more banks or financial institutions (each, an “ Assignee ”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent of:

(A) The Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that (i) the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within ten (10) Business Days after having received notice thereof, (ii) with respect to an assignment of a Term Loan or a Term Commitment, no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Term Lender, an Affiliate of a Term Lender or an Approved Fund (as defined below), (iii) with respect to an assignment of a Revolving Credit Loan or a Revolving Credit Commitment, no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Revolving Credit Lender, an Affiliate of a Revolving Credit Lender or an Approved Fund and (iv) no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to any Person if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(B) the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of a Term Loan or a Term Commitment to a Term Lender, an Affiliate of a Term Lender or an Approved Fund (if made in accordance with the applicable terms of this Section  12.6 ); and

(C) solely with respect to an assignment of a Revolving Credit Loan or a Revolving Credit Commitment, each Letter of Credit Issuer and the Swing Line Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitments or the entire remaining principal outstanding balance of the assigning Lender’s Loans, in each case of any Class, the amount of the Commitments or the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $10,000,000 in the case of any assignment in respect of the Term Loan Facility, or $5,000,000, in the case of any assignment in respect of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment, unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent; provided that (1) no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (2) such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;

 

150


(B) no assignment shall be made to (1) any Group Member or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of any of the foregoing, (2) any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, (3) a natural Person (or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of a natural Person) or (4) any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the Persons described in clause (1)  through (3) above;

(C) (1) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided , however , that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment, and (2) the assigning Lender shall have paid in full any amounts owing by it to the Administrative Agent;

(D) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent any tax forms required by Section  5.4(e) and an Administrative Questionnaire in which the Assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower and its Affiliates and their related parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws; and

(E) each partial assignment and delegation shall be made as an assignment and delegation of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided that this clause (E)  shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment and delegation of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans.

For the purposes of this Section  12.6 , “ Approved Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person (or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of a natural Person)) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall agree in writing (in form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) to make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the

 

151


Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent, any Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph  (b)(iv) below, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections  2.10 , 2.11 , 5.4 and 12.5 ); provided that, except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any other party hereto against such Defaulting Lender arising from such Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender. Any assignment, delegation or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section  12.6 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c)  of this Section.

(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower (and such agency being solely for tax purposes), shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it (or the equivalent thereof in electronic form) and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and, as to entries pertaining to it, any Letter of Credit Issuer and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. This Section  12.6(b) shall be interpreted and administered such that the Loans are at all times maintained in “registered form” within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 165(g), 871(h)(2), 881(c)(2) and 4701 of the Code.

 

152


(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, the Assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph  (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment and delegation required by paragraph  (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to accept such Assignment and Assumption or so record the information contained therein if the Administrative Agent reasonably believes that such Assignment and Assumption lacks any written consent required by this Section or is otherwise not in proper form, it being acknowledged that the Administrative Agent shall have no duty or obligation (and shall incur no liability) with respect to obtaining (or confirming the receipt) of any such written consent or with respect to the form of (or any defect in) such Assignment and Assumption, any such duty and obligation being solely with the assigning Lender and the assignee. No assignment or delegation shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph and, following such recording, unless otherwise determined by the Administrative Agent (such determination to be made in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent, which determination may be conditioned on the consent of the assigning Lender and the assignee), shall be effective notwithstanding any defect in the Assignment and Assumption relating thereto. Each assigning Lender and the assignee, by its execution and delivery of an Assignment and Assumption, shall be deemed to have represented to the Administrative Agent that all written consents required by this Section with respect thereto (other than the consent of the Administrative Agent) have been obtained and that such Assignment and Assumption is otherwise duly completed and in proper form, and each assignee, by its execution and delivery of an Assignment and Assumption, shall be deemed to have represented to the assigning Lender and the Administrative Agent that such assignee is an eligible assignee in accordance with the terms of this Section  12.6 .

(c) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Letter of Credit Issuer, sell participations to one or more banks or other financial institutions in accordance with applicable law (other than (x) a natural person, or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of a natural Person, (y) a Defaulting Lender or (z) the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Affiliates) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it, in each case of any Class); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender shall be responsible for the indemnity under Section  11.7 without regard to the existence of any participation. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that (1) requires the consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby pursuant to clause  (iii) , (iv) , or (v)  of Section  12.1(a) and (2) directly

 

153


and adversely affects such Participant. The Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits (and requirements) of Sections  2.10 , 2.11 and 5.4 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section  5.4(e) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section  5.4(e) shall be delivered to the participating Lender)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b)  of this Section; provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Sections  2.12 and 2.15 as if it were an assignee under paragraph  (b) of this Section, and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section  2.10 or 5.4 , with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section  2.12 with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section  12.7(b) as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant shall be subject to Section  12.7(a) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans, Letters of Credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as the Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register. The Borrower, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Lenders expressly acknowledge that the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as such or as an arranger, bookrunner or other agent hereunder) shall not be responsible or have any liability for, or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, monitor or enforce, compliance with the provisions hereof relating to assignments to Defaulting Lenders or natural persons and none of the Borrower, the Letter of Credit Issuers or the Lenders will bring any claim to such effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not (x) be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender or Participant or prospective Lender or Participant is a Defaulting Lender or a natural person or (y) have any liability with respect to or arising out of any assignment or participation of Loans, or disclosure of confidential information, to any Defaulting Lender or a natural person. This Section  12.6(c) shall be interpreted and administered such that the Loans and any participations are at all times maintained in “registered form” within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 165(g), 871(h)(2), 881(c)(2) and 4701 of the Code.

(d) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Letter of Credit Issuer, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such

 

154


Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or another central bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or Assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(e) the Borrower, upon receipt of written notice from the relevant Lender, agrees to issue Notes to any Lender requiring Notes to facilitate transactions of the type described in paragraph (d)  above.

Section 12.7. Adjustments; Set-off ; Payments Set Aside . (a) Except to the extent that this Agreement or a court order expressly provides for payments to be allocated to a particular Lender, if any Lender (a “ Benefitted Lender ”) shall receive any payment of all or part of the Loan Document Obligations owing to it (other than in connection with an assignment made pursuant to and in accordance with Section  12.6 ), or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section  10.1(f) , or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of the Loan Document Obligations owing to such other Lender, such Benefitted Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of the Loan Document Obligations owing to each such other Lender, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefitted Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral ratably with each of the Lenders; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefitted Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

(b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers provided by law, each Lender and each Letter of Credit Issuer shall have the right, without notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any Loan Document Obligations becoming due and payable by the Borrower (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), to apply to the payment of such Loan Document Obligations, by setoff or otherwise, any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, but excluding any tax accounts, trust accounts, withholding, fiduciary or payroll accounts), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or such Letter of Credit Issuer, as applicable, any Affiliate thereof or any of their respective branches or agencies to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or any other Loan Party; provided , that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section  2.16 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Loan Document Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Lender, each Letter of Credit Issuer and their respective

 

155


Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, such L/C Issuer or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender and each L/C Issuer agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. Each Lender and Letter of Credit Issuer agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such application made by such Lender or such Letter of Credit Issuer, as applicable; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such application.

(c) To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of any Loan Party is made to the Administrative Agent, any Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or any proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent, such Letter of Credit Issuer or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (i) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (ii) each Lender and each Letter of Credit Issuer severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence shall survive Payment In Full and the termination of this Agreement.

Section 12.8. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by email or facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Section 12.9. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is prohibited, illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, (a) such provision shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the prohibited, illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the prohibited, illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section  12.9 , if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

 

156


Section 12.10. Integration . This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent or any Letter of Credit Issuer represent the entire agreement of the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative Agent, any Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

Section 12.11. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND UNDER THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (EXCEPT, AS TO ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH THEREIN) AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. (EXCLUDING THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

Section 12.12. Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers . Each of the Borrower and the Company, on behalf of itself and the Guarantors, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Lenders hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York in New York County, the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to its address set forth in Section  12.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of the Administrative Agent or any Letter of Credit Issuer or Lender to sue or bring an enforcement action relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including any such action or proceeding in connection with the exercise of remedies with respect to the Collateral, in any other jurisdiction; and

 

157


(e) agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

Section 12.13. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), the Borrower and each other Loan Party acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent , the Bookrunner, the Lead Arrangers and the Lenders are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower, each other Loan Party and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent , the Bookrunner, the Lead Arrangers and the Lenders, on the other hand, (B) each of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) the Borrower and each other Loan Party is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) the Administrative Agent , the Bookrunner, the Lead Arranger s and each Lender is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) neither the Administrative Agent , the Bookrunner, any Lead Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent , the Bookrunner, the Lead Arrangers and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent, the Bookrunner, any Lead Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates. Each of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties hereby agrees that it will not claim that any of the Administrative Agent , the Bookrunner, the Lead Arrangers, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect or owes any fiduciary duty to it (including your stockholders, employees or creditors) in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

Section 12.14. Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan or L/C Participation, together with all fees, charges and other amounts that are treated as interest on such Loan or L/C Participation under applicable law (collectively the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) that may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan or L/C Participation in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan or L/C Participation hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan or L/C Participation but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or L/C Participations or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

 

158


Section 12.15. Releases of Liens . Upon Payment in Full, the Collateral shall be released from the Liens created by the Collateral Documents, and the Collateral Documents and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party under the Collateral Documents shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any Person, and the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Loan Party, at such Loan Party’s expense, all documents that such Loan Party shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release.

Section 12.16. Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent, each Letter of Credit Issuer and each Lender agrees to keep confidential all non-public information provided to it by any Loan Party; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the Administrative Agent, any Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender from disclosing any such information (a) to the Administrative Agent, any other Letter of Credit Issuer, any other Lender or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing who are informed of the confidential nature of such information and agree to keep such information confidential, (b) subject to an agreement to comply with the provisions of this Section, to any actual or prospective Transferee (other than any Person that the Borrower has affirmatively declined to provide its consent to the assignment thereof) or any Person invited to be a Lender pursuant to Section  2.14 or any direct or indirect counterparty to any Swap Agreement (or any professional advisor to such counterparty), (c) to its employees, directors, agents, attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors or those of any of its Affiliates who are informed of the confidential nature of such information and agree to keep such information confidential, (d) upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority, (e) in response to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority or as may otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law, (f) if requested or required to do so in connection with any litigation or similar proceeding, (g) that has been publicly disclosed other than as a result of a breach of this Section or other confidentiality obligation owed by the Administrative Agent, the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer or the applicable Lender, as the case may be, to any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates, (h) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (i) on a confidential basis to any rating agency in connection with rating the Company, the Borrower or their Subsidiaries or the credit facilities provided hereunder, (j) to the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency to the extent required in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the Loans, (k) upon the request or demand of any regulatory or quasi-regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over such Person or any of its Affiliates, (l) if agreed by the Borrower in its sole discretion, to any other Person or (m) to market data collectors, similar services providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Lenders to the extent necessary for the administration and management of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided that such disclosure under clause (m) is limited to the existence of this Agreement and information about this Agreement; provided that, except with respect to any audit or examination by bank accountants or by any governmental bank regulatory authority or other Governmental Authority exercising examination or regulatory authority, each of the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Lenders shall, to the extent practicable and not prohibited by applicable law, use reasonable efforts to promptly notify the Borrower of disclosure pursuant to clauses (d), (e), (f) or (h), above.

 

159


Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

Each Letter of Credit Issuer and each Lender acknowledges that information furnished to it pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower and its Affiliates and their related parties or their respective securities, and confirms that it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and that it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with those procedures and applicable law, including Federal and state securities laws.

All information, including requests for waivers and amendments, furnished by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent pursuant to, or in the course of administering, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents will be syndicate-level information, which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower and its Affiliates and their related parties or their respective securities. Accordingly, each Letter of Credit Issuer and each Lender represents to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that it has identified in its Administrative Questionnaire a credit contact who may receive information that may contain material non-public information in accordance with its compliance procedures and applicable law, including Federal and state securities laws.

Section 12.17. WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL . THE BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE LETTER OF CREDIT ISSUERS AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN (IN EACH CASE, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

Section 12.18. Patriot Act . Each Lender, each Letter of Credit Issuer and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties and other information that will allow such Lender, such Letter of Credit Issuer and the Administrative Agent to identify the Borrower and the other Loan Parties in accordance with the Patriot Act, and the Borrower agrees to provide (and agrees to cause each other Loan Party to provide) such information from time to time to such Lender, such Letter of Credit Issuer or the Administrative Agent, as applicable.

 

160


Section 12.19. Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents . The words “execute,” “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including without limitation Assignment and Assumptions, amendments or other modifications, Committed Loan Notices, Swing Line Loan Notices, waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, the electronic matching of assignment terms and contract formations on electronic platforms approved by the Administrative Agent, or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act; provided that notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary the Administrative Agent is under no obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the Administrative Agent pursuant to procedures approved by it.

Section 12.20. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES .

Section 12.21. Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions . Solely to the extent any Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer that is an EEA Financial Institution is a party to this Agreement and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer that is an EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

 

161


(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

ARTICLE XIII

CONTINUING GUARANTY

Section 13.1. Guaranty . The Company hereby absolutely and unconditionally guarantees, as a guaranty of payment and performance and not merely as a guaranty of collection, prompt payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, upon acceleration, demand or otherwise, and at all times thereafter, of any and all of the Obligations, whether for principal, interest, premiums, fees, indemnities, damages, costs, expenses or otherwise, of the Borrower to the Secured Parties, and whether arising hereunder or under any other Loan Document, any Secured Cash Management Agreement or any Secured Hedge Agreement (including all renewals, extensions, amendments, refinancings and other modifications thereof and all reasonable, documented and invoiced out-of-pocket costs, attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by the Secured Parties in connection with the collection or enforcement thereof). The Administrative Agent’s books and records showing the amount of the Obligations shall be admissible in evidence in any action or proceeding, and shall be binding upon the Company, and conclusive for the purpose of establishing the amount of the Obligations. This Guaranty shall not be affected by the genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Obligations or any instrument or agreement evidencing any Obligations, or by the existence, validity, enforceability, perfection, non-perfection or extent of any collateral therefor, or by any fact or circumstance relating to the Obligations which might otherwise constitute a defense to the obligations of the Company under this Guaranty, and the Company hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire in any way relating to any or all of the foregoing.

Section 13.2. Rights of Secured Parties . The Company consents and agrees that the Secured Parties may, at any time and from time to time, without notice or demand, and without affecting the enforceability or continuing effectiveness hereof: (a) amend, extend, renew, compromise, discharge, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment or the terms of the Obligations or any part thereof; (b) take, hold, exchange, enforce, waive, release, fail to perfect, sell, or otherwise dispose of any security for the payment of this Guaranty or any Obligations; (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Lenders in their sole discretion may determine; and (d) release or substitute one or more of any endorsers or other guarantors of any of the Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company consents to the taking of, or failure to take, any action which might in any manner or to any extent vary the risks of the Company under this Guaranty or which, but for this provision, might operate as a discharge of the Company.

Section 13.3. Certain Waivers . The Company waives (a) any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of the Borrower or any other guarantor (other than defense of payment or performance), or the cessation from any cause whatsoever (including any act or omission of any Secured Party) of the liability of the Borrower; (b) any defense based on any

 

162


claim that the Company’s obligations exceed or are more burdensome than those of the Borrower; (c) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting the Company’s liability hereunder; (d) any right to proceed against the Borrower, proceed against or exhaust any security for the Obligations, or pursue any other remedy in the power of any Secured Party whatsoever; (e) any benefit of and any right to participate in any security now or hereafter held by any Secured Party; and (f) to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all other defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by applicable law limiting the liability of or exonerating guarantors or sureties (other than defense of payment or performance). The Company expressly waives all setoffs and counterclaims and all presentments, demands for payment or performance, notices of nonpayment or nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and all other notices or demands of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the Obligations, and all notices of acceptance of this Guaranty or of the existence, creation or incurrence of new or additional Obligations.

Section 13.4. Obligations Independent . The obligations of the Company hereunder are those of primary obligor, and not merely as surety, and are independent of the Obligations and the obligations of any other guarantor, and a separate action may be brought against the Company to enforce this Guaranty whether or not the Borrower or any other person or entity is joined as a party.

Section 13.5. Subrogation . The Company shall not exercise any right of subrogation, contribution, indemnity, reimbursement or similar rights with respect to any payments it makes under this Guaranty until this Guaranty is terminated as provided in Section  13.11 . If any amounts are paid to the Company in violation of the foregoing limitation, then such amounts shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties and shall forthwith be paid to the Secured Parties to reduce the amount of the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

Section 13.6. Termination; Reinstatement . This Guaranty is a continuing and irrevocable guaranty of all Obligations now or hereafter existing and shall remain in full force and effect as expressly provided in Section  13.11 . Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Guaranty shall continue in full force and effect or be revived, as the case may be, if any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower or the Company is made, or any of the Secured Parties exercises its right of setoff, in respect of the Obligations and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by any of the Secured Parties in their discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws or otherwise, all as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred and whether or not the Secured Parties are in possession of or have released this Guaranty and regardless of any prior revocation, rescission, termination or reduction. The obligations of the Company under this paragraph shall survive termination of this Guaranty.

Section 13.7. Subordination . The Company hereby subordinates the payment of all obligations and indebtedness of the Borrower owing to the Company, whether now existing or hereafter arising, including but not limited to any obligation of the Borrower to the Company as subrogee of the Secured Parties or resulting from the Company’s performance under this Guaranty, to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all Obligations. If the Secured Parties so

 

163


request, any such obligation or indebtedness of the Borrower to the Company shall be enforced and performance received by the Company as trustee for the Secured Parties and the proceeds thereof shall be paid over to the Secured Parties on account of the Obligations, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of the Company under this Guaranty.

Section 13.8. Stay of Acceleration . If acceleration of the time for payment of any of the Obligations is stayed, in connection with any case commenced by or against the Company or the Borrower under any Debtor Relief Laws, or otherwise, all such amounts shall nonetheless be payable by the Company immediately upon demand by the Secured Parties.

Section 13.9. Condition of Borrower . The Company acknowledges and agrees that it has the sole responsibility for, and has adequate means of, obtaining from the Borrower and any other guarantor such information concerning the financial condition, business and operations of the Borrower and any such other guarantor as the Company requires, and that none of the Secured Parties has any duty, and the Company is not relying on the Secured Parties at any time, to disclose to the Company any information relating to the business, operations or financial condition of the Borrower or any other guarantor (the Company waiving any duty on the part of the Secured Parties to disclose such information and any defense relating to the failure to provide the same).

Section 13.10. Keepwell . The Company hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably with each other Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each Guarantor that would otherwise not be an “ eligible contract participant ” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act to honor all of its obligations under this Agreement in respect of Secured Swap Obligations. The obligations of the Company under this Section  13.10 shall remain in full force and effect until the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations (other than Secured Cash Management Obligations, Secured Swap Obligations or contingent indemnification obligations and other contingent obligations, in each case, not then due or asserted). The Company intends that this Section  13.10 constitute, and this Section  13.10 shall be deemed to constitute, a “ keepwell, support, or other agreement ” for the benefit of each other Loan Party for all purposes of Section la(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Section 13.11. Termination .

(a) This Guarantee shall terminate upon Payment in Full.

(b) In connection with any termination or release, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to the Guarantor, at Guarantor’s expense, all documents that Guarantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section  13.11 shall be without recourse to, or representation or warranty by. the Administrative Agent.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

164


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

AMERICOLD REALTY OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.
By:  

                                          

  Name: Marc J. Smernoff
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST
By:  

 

  Name: Marc J. Smernoff
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer

[ Signature Page to Credit Agreement ]


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as the Administrative Agent

By:  

                                  

  Name:
  Title:

[ Signature Page to Credit Agreement ]


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as a Lender, a Letter of Credit Issuer and the Swing Line Lender

By:  

                                                                   

  Name:
  Title:

[ Signature Page to Credit Agreement ]


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as a Lender and a Letter of Credit Issuer

By:  

                     

 

Name:

 

Title:

[ Signature Page to Credit Agreement ]


COOPERATIEVE RABOBANK U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH,

as a Lender

By:  

                     

  Name:
  Title:

[ Signature Page to Credit Agreement ]


ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

as a Lender

By:  

                     

  Name:
  Title:

[ Signature Page to Credit Agreement ]


COMPASS BANK, AN ALABAMA BANKING CORPORATION,

as a Lender

By:  

                                                      

  Name:
  Title:

[ Signature Page to Credit Agreement ]


CITIZENS BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as a Lender

By:  

                     

  Name:
  Title:

[ Signature Page to Credit Agreement ]


REGIONS BANK,

as a Lender

By:  

                                                  

  Name:
  Title:

[ Signature Page to Credit Agreement ]


SUNTRUST BANK,

as a Lender

By:  

                                                  

  Name:
  Title:

[ Signature Page to Credit Agreement ]


U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as a Lender

By:  

                 

  Name:
  Title:

[ Signature Page to Credit Agreement ]


BRANCH BANK AND TRUST COMPANY,

as a Lender

By:  

                                                  

  Name:
  Title:

[ Signature Page to Credit Agreement ]


GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC,

as a Lender

By:  

                                      

 

Name:

 

Title:

[ Signature Page to Credit Agreement ]


ZB, N.A. dba NATIONAL BANK OF ARIZONA,

as a Lender

By:  

                                                  

  Name:
  Title:

[ Signature Page to Credit Agreement ]


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF

GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

[See attached.]

 

A-1


 

 

GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

dated as of

[                ],

among

AMERICOLD REALTY OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.,

THE SUBSIDIARIES OF

AMERICOLD REALTY OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

IDENTIFIED HEREIN

and

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions

 

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms

     1  

SECTION 1.02. Other Defined Terms

     1  

ARTICLE II

 

Guarantee

 

SECTION 2.01. Guarantee

     4  

SECTION 2.02. Guarantee of Payment; Continuing Guarantee

     4  

SECTION 2.03. No Limitations

     4  

SECTION 2.04. Reinstatement

     5  

SECTION 2.05. Agreement to Pay; Subrogation

     5  

SECTION 2.06. Information

     6  

SECTION 2.07. Keepwell

     6  

ARTICLE III

 

Pledge of Securities

 

SECTION 3.01. Pledge

     6  

SECTION 3.02. Delivery of the Pledged Equity Interests

     7  

SECTION 3.03. Representations and Warranties

     7  

SECTION 3.04. Covenants

     9  

SECTION 3.05. Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations

     12  

SECTION 3.06. Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest

     12  

ARTICLE IV

 

Remedies

 

SECTION 4.01. Remedies Upon Default

     14  

SECTION 4.02. Application of Proceeds

     16  

SECTION 4.03. Securities Act

     16  

SECTION 4.04. Information

     17  

ARTICLE V

 

Indemnity, Subrogation, Contribution and Subordination

 

SECTION 5.01. Indemnity and Subrogation

     17  

SECTION 5.02. Contribution and Subrogation

     18  

SECTION 5.03. Subordination

     18  


ARTICLE VI

 

Miscellaneous

 

SECTION 6.01. Notices

     19  

SECTION 6.02. Waivers; Amendment

     19  

SECTION 6.03. Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification

     19  

SECTION 6.04. Survival

     20  

SECTION 6.05. Counterparts; Effectiveness; Successors and Assigns

     21  

SECTION 6.06. Severability

     21  

SECTION 6.07. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

     21  

SECTION 6.08. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     22  

SECTION 6.09. Headings

     22  

SECTION 6.10. Security Interest Absolute

     22  

SECTION 6.11. Termination or Release

     22  

SECTION 6.12. Additional Subsidiaries

     23  

SECTION 6.13. Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact

     23  

Schedules

Schedule I Subsidiary Loan Party Information

Schedule II Pledged Equity Interests

Exhibits

Exhibit I Form of Supplement


GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT dated as of [                    ], 2017 (this “ Agreement ”), among Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P., the Subsidiary Loan Parties from time to time party hereto and Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of [                    ] (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Borrower ”), Americold Realty Trust, the several Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent. The Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuers have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. The Subsidiary Loan Parties are Affiliates of the Borrower, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement and are willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms . (a) Each capitalized term used but not defined herein and defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Agreement. Each other term used but not defined herein that is defined in the New York UCC (as defined herein) shall have the meaning specified in the New York UCC. The term “ Instrument ” shall have the meaning specified in Article 9 of the New York UCC.

(b) The rules of construction specified in Section 1.2 of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement, mutatis mutandis .

SECTION 1.02. Other Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

Administrative Agent ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereto.

Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereto.

Borrower ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals hereto.

Claiming Party ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section  5.02 .

Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section  3.01 .

Contributing Party ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section  5.02 .

Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals hereto.

 


Federal Securities Laws ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section  4.03 .

Grantors ” means, collectively, (a) the Qualified Asset Guarantors and the Other Guarantors and (b) with respect to (i) the Secured Swap Obligations and Secured Cash Management Obligations owing by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party (other than the Borrower) and (ii) the payment and performance by each Specified Loan Party of its Guarantee Obligations with respect to all Secured Swap Obligations, the Borrower.

Guarantors ” means, collectively, the Borrower and each Subsidiary Loan Party.

Indemnified Amount ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section  5.02 .

New York UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

Perfection Certificate ” means the Perfection Certificate dated as of the Closing Date delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 7.1(d)(v) of the Credit Agreement.

Permitted Assignment ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section  3.04(e) .

Pledged Capital Stock ” means (i) all shares of Capital Stock of any corporation that is a Guarantor, including all shares of Capital Stock set forth on Schedule II under the heading “Pledged Capital Stock” (as such schedule may be supplemented from time to time pursuant hereto), and any certificates, instruments and other documents representing such shares and any interest of any Grantor in the entries on the books of the issuer of such shares or on the books of any securities intermediary pertaining to such shares, (ii) all rights to participate in the economics of the issuer of such shares, including all profits and losses and all rights to receive substitutions, additions, interest, dividends and other distributions from the issuer of such shares and all capital accounts of the issuer of such shares and (iii) all rights to participate in the management of the business and affairs of the issuer of such shares, including all voting rights and rights to information.

Pledged Equity Interests ” means all Pledged Capital Stock, all Pledged LLC Interests and all Pledged Partnership Interests.

Pledged LLC Interests ” means (i) all interests in any limited liability company that is a Guarantor and each series thereof, including all limited liability company interests set forth on Schedule II under the heading “Pledged LLC Interests” (as such schedule may be supplemented from time to time pursuant hereto), and any certificates, instruments and other documents representing such limited liability company interests and any interest of any Grantor on the books and records of such limited liability company or on the books and records of any securities intermediary pertaining to such interest, (ii) all rights to participate in the economics of the issuer of such interests, including all profits and losses and all rights to receive substitutions, additions, interest, dividends and other distributions from the issuer of such interests and all capital accounts of the issuer of such interests, (iii) all rights to participate in the management of the business and affairs of the issuer of such interests, including all voting rights and rights to information and (iv) the status of being a “member” (or analogous term) of the issuer of such interests, including all rights under the formation document or the operating or limited liability agreement (or similar document), including the applicable Pledged Partnership/LLC Agreement, of the issuer of such interests.

 

2


Pledged Partnership Interests ” means (i) all interests in any general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership or other partnership that is a Guarantor, including all partnership interests set forth on Schedule II under the heading “Pledged Partnership Interests” (as such schedule may be supplemented from time to time pursuant hereto), and any certificates, instruments and other documents representing such partnership interests and any interest of any Grantor on the books and records of such partnership or on the books and records of any securities intermediary pertaining to such interest, (ii) all rights to participate in the economics of the issuer of such interests, including all profits and losses and all rights to receive substitutions, additions, interest, dividends and other distributions from the issuer of such interests and all capital accounts of the issuer of such interests, (iii) all rights to participate in the management of the business and affairs of the issuer of such interests, including all voting rights and rights to information and (iv) the status of being a “partner” (or analogous term) of the issuer of such interests, including all rights under the formation document or the partnership, operating, or limited liability agreement (or similar document), including the applicable Pledged Partnership/LLC Agreement, of the issuer of such interests.

Pledged Partnership/LLC Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section  3.04(e) .

Pledged Securities ” means any and all certificates, instruments or other documents representing or evidencing any Collateral, including, without limitation, all stock certificates, unit certificates and limited liability membership interest certificates now or hereafter included in the Collateral.

Qualified ECP Guarantor ” means, in respect of any Secured Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant Guarantee Obligation or grant of the relevant security interest becomes or would become effective with respect to such Secured Swap Obligation and each other Loan Party that constitutes an “ eligible contract participant ” under the Commodity Exchange Act and can cause another person to qualify as an “ eligible contract participant ” at such time by guaranteeing or entering into a keepwell in respect of obligations of such other person under Section la(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Specified Loan Party ” means any Loan Party that is not an “eligible contract participant under the Commodity Exchange Act (determined prior to giving effect to Section  2.07 ).

“Subsidiary Loan Parties ” means, collectively, (a) the Subsidiaries identified on Schedule  I and (b) each other Subsidiary that becomes a party to this Agreement after the Closing Date.

“Supplement” means an instrument substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto, or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent, and in each case reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

3


Uniform Commercial Code ” shall mean the New York UCC; provided , however , that if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, the perfection, the effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority of a security interest is governed by the personal property security laws of any jurisdiction other than New York, “Uniform Commercial Code” shall mean those personal property security laws as in effect in such other jurisdiction for the purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for the definitions related to such provisions.

ARTICLE II

Guarantee

SECTION 2.01. Guarantee. Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, the due and punctual payment and performance of the Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, or amended or modified, without notice to or further assent from it, and that, except as otherwise expressly provided in Section  6.11 , it will remain bound upon its guarantee hereunder notwithstanding any extension, renewal, amendment or modification of any Obligation. Each Guarantor waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the Borrower or any other Loan Party of any of the Obligations, and also waives notice of acceptance of its guarantee hereunder and notice of protest for nonpayment.

SECTION 2.02. Guarantee of Payment; Continuing Guarantee. Each Guarantor further agrees that its guarantee hereunder constitutes a guarantee of payment when due (whether or not any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding shall have stayed the accrual or collection of any of the Obligations or operated as a discharge thereof) and not merely of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to any security held for the payment of the Obligations or to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party in favor of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other Person. Each Guarantor agrees that its guarantee hereunder is continuing in nature and applies to all Obligations, whether currently existing or hereafter incurred.

SECTION 2.03. No Limitations . (a) Except for the termination or release of a Guarantor’s obligations hereunder as expressly provided in Section  6.11 , the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense or set-off, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations, any impossibility in the performance of the Obligations or otherwise (other than a defense of the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations or the performance in full of all the Obligations). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except as otherwise expressly provided in Section  6.11 , the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy under the provisions of any Loan Document or otherwise; (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, any Loan Document or

 

4


any other agreement, including with respect to any other Guarantor under this Agreement; (iii) the release of, or any impairment of or failure to perfect any Lien on or security interest in, any security held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party for any of the Obligations; (iv) any default, failure or delay, wilful or otherwise, in the performance of any of the Obligations; or (v) any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity (other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations or the performance in full of all the Obligations). Each Guarantor expressly authorizes the Secured Parties to take and hold security for the payment and performance of the Obligations, to exchange, waive or release any or all such security (with or without consideration), to enforce or apply such security and direct the order and manner of any sale thereof in their sole discretion or to release or substitute any one or more other guarantors or obligors upon or in respect of the Obligations, all without affecting the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of the Borrower or any other Loan Party or the unenforceability of the Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations or the performance in full of all the Obligations. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties may, at their election, foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Obligations, make any other accommodation with the Borrower or any other Loan Party or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Obligations have been fully and indefeasibly paid in full in cash (other than any Secured Cash Management Obligations, Secured Swap Obligations or contingent indemnification obligations and other contingent obligations not then due or asserted). To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Guarantor against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, as the case may be, or any security.

SECTION 2.04. Reinstatement. Each Guarantor agrees that this Agreement and its guarantee hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or otherwise.

SECTION 2.05. Agreement to Pay; Subrogation . In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right that the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Borrower or any other Loan Party to pay any Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, to the Administrative Agent for

 

5


distribution to the applicable Secured Parties in cash the amount of such unpaid Obligation. Upon payment by any Guarantor of any sums to the Administrative Agent as provided above, all rights of such Guarantor against the Borrower or any other Loan Party arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subject to Article  V .

SECTION 2.06. Information. Each Guarantor (a) assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrower’s and each other Loan Party’s financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and (b) agrees that none of the Administrative Agent or the other Secured Parties will have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.

SECTION 2.07. Keepwell. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each Specified Loan Party to honor all of its obligations under this Agreement in respect of Secured Swap Obligations ( provided , however , that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section  2.07 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section  2.07 or otherwise under this Agreement voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section  2.07 shall remain in full force and effect until the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations (other than Secured Cash Management Obligations, Secured Swap Obligations or contingent indemnification obligations and other contingent obligations, in each case not then due or asserted). Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section  2.07 constitute, and this Section  2.07 shall be deemed to constitute, a “ keepwell, support, or other agreement ” for the benefit of each other Loan Party for all purposes of Section la(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

ARTICLE III

Pledge of Securities

SECTION 3.01. Pledge. (a) As security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations, each Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under: (i) all Pledged Equity Interests; (ii) all other property of such Grantor that may be delivered to and held by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of Section  3.01 , Section  3.02 or Section  3.04 ; (iii) subject to Section  3.06 , all other rights and privileges of such Grantor with respect to the securities, instruments and other property referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and (iv) all Proceeds of any of the foregoing (the items referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as the “ Collateral ”).

 

6


(b) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent (or its designee) at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof and amendments thereto that (i) describe the Collateral in the same manner as described herein or may contain an indication or description of collateral that describes such property in any other manner as the Administrative Agent may determine, in its sole discretion, is necessary, advisable or prudent to ensure the perfection of the security interest in the Collateral granted to the Administrative Agent herein and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment. Each Grantor agrees to provide the information required for any such filing to the Administrative Agent promptly upon request.

Each Grantor also ratifies its authorization for the Administrative Agent (or its designee) to file in any relevant jurisdiction any initial financing statements or amendments thereto if filed prior to the date hereof.

SECTION 3.02. Delivery of the Pledged Equity Interests. (a) Each Grantor agrees to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent any and all Pledged Equity Interests that constitute Pledged Securities (i) on the date hereof, in the case of any such Pledged Securities owned by such Grantor on the date hereof, and (ii) promptly (and, in any event, within thirty (30) days or as otherwise agreed in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent) after the acquisition (by purchase, dividend or otherwise) thereof (and in any event as required under the Credit Agreement), in the case of any such Pledged Equity Interests that constitute Pledged Securities acquired (by purchase, dividend or otherwise) by such Grantor after the date hereof.

(b) Upon delivery to the Administrative Agent, (i) any Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by undated stock powers duly executed by the applicable Grantor in blank or other undated instruments of transfer satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and such other instruments and documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and (ii) all other property comprising part of the Collateral shall be accompanied by undated proper instruments of assignment duly executed by the applicable Grantor in blank and such other instruments and documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

(c) If any Grantor shall acquire (by purchase, dividend or otherwise) any additional Collateral at any time or from time to time after the date hereof, such Grantor, in addition to the actions required to be taken pursuant to Sections 3.02(a) and (b), shall deliver a schedule providing the information required by Schedule II with respect to any Pledged Equity Interests included in such additional Collateral; provided that failure to attach any such schedule hereto shall not affect the validity of such pledge of such Pledged Equity Interests. Each schedule so delivered after the date hereof shall be deemed attached hereto and made a part hereof as a supplement to Schedule II and any prior schedules so delivered.

SECTION 3.03. Representations and Warranties. The Grantors jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that:

 

7


(a) Schedule I sets forth the true and correct legal name of each Grantor, its jurisdiction of organization and the location of its chief executive office;

(b) Schedule II sets forth a true and complete list, with respect to each Grantor, of all the Pledged Equity Interests owned by such Grantor and the percentage of the issued and outstanding units of each class of the Capital Stock of the issuer thereof represented by the Pledged Equity Interests owned by such Grantor (other than any Pledged Equity Interests that are not yet required to have been delivered to the Administrative Agent under the terms of this Agreement or the Credit Agreement);

(c) the Pledged Equity Interests have been duly and validly authorized and issued by the issuers thereof and are fully paid and nonassessable;

(d) except for the security interests granted hereunder and Permitted Equity Encumbrances, each of the Grantors (i) is and, subject to any transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement, will continue to be the direct owner, beneficially and of record, of the Pledged Equity Interests indicated on Schedule II as owned by such Grantor and (ii) holds the same free and clear of all Liens;

(e) except as disclosed on Schedule II and except for restrictions and limitations imposed by the Loan Documents, Permitted Equity Encumbrances or securities laws generally, and, in the case of clause (ii) below, (i) the Collateral is and will continue to be freely transferable and assignable and (ii) none of the Collateral is or will be subject to any option, right of first refusal, shareholders agreement, charter or by-law provisions or contractual restriction of any nature that might prohibit, impair, delay or otherwise affect the pledge of such Collateral hereunder, the sale or disposition thereof pursuant hereto or the exercise by the Administrative Agent of rights and remedies hereunder;

(f) each of the Grantors has the power and authority to pledge the Collateral pledged by it hereunder in the manner hereby done or contemplated;

(g) no consent or approval of any Governmental Authority, any securities exchange or any other Person was, is or will be required for the validity of the pledge effected hereby (other than such as have been obtained and are in full force and effect);

(h) by virtue of the execution and delivery by the Grantors of this Agreement, when any Pledged Equity Interests are delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with this Agreement, the Administrative Agent will obtain a legal, valid and perfected first priority lien upon and security interest in such Pledged Equity Interests as security for the payment and performance of the Obligations and such lien is and shall be prior to any other Lien on such Pledged Equity Interests;

(i) the pledge effected hereby is effective to vest in the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the rights of the Administrative Agent in the Collateral as set forth herein and all action by any Grantor necessary or desirable to protect and perfect the lien on the Collateral has been duly taken;

 

8


(j) the Perfection Certificate has been duly prepared, completed and executed and the information set forth therein, including the exact legal name of each Grantor, is correct and complete as of the Closing Date;

(k) the Uniform Commercial Code financing statements are all the filings, recordings and registrations that are necessary to publish notice of and protect the validity of and to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the United States of America (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary with respect to any such Collateral in any such jurisdiction, except as provided under applicable law with respect to the filing of continuation statements; and

(l) the security interest granted in Section  3.01 constitutes (i) a legal and valid security interest in all the Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Obligations and (ii) subject to the filings described in Section  3.03(k) , a perfected security interest in all Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or analogous document in the United States of America (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law in such jurisdictions.

SECTION 3.04. Covenants. (a) Each Grantor agrees (i) to be bound by the provisions of Section 8.10 of the Credit Agreement with the same force and effect, and to the same extent, as if each reference therein to the Borrower were a reference to such Grantor, (ii) to not effect any change to such Grantor’s (A) legal name, (B) location of its chief executive office, (C) identity or organizational structure, (D) Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number, if any, or (E) jurisdiction of organization (in each case, including by merging with or into any other entity, reorganizing, dissolving, liquidating, reorganizing or organizing in any other jurisdiction), unless (1) such Grantor shall have given the Administrative Agent prior written notice (in the form of a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer), or such other notice period agreed to by the Administrative Agent, of its intention to do so, clearly describing such change and providing such other information in connection therewith as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and (2) such Grantor shall have taken all action reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to maintain the perfection and priority of the security interest of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the Collateral, if applicable, (iii) to provide the Administrative Agent with certified organizational documents reflecting any of the changes described in the foregoing clause (ii), and (iii) to be bound by the provisions of Sections 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 8.11, 8.12, 8.13(c) and 8.19 of the Credit Agreement, in each case to the extent such provisions relate to such Grantor or its assets, with the same force and effect, and to the same extent, as if such Grantor were a party to the Credit Agreement.

 

9


(b) Each year, at the time of delivery of annual financial statements with respect to the preceding fiscal year pursuant to Section 8.1(a) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate executed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower setting forth the information required pursuant to the Perfection Certificate or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the Closing Date or, if more recent, the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section  3.04(b) .

(c) Each Grantor (i) shall, at its own expense, take any and all actions necessary to defend title to the Collateral against all Persons and to defend the security interest of the Administrative Agent in the Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien other than Permitted Equity Encumbrances and (ii) will make no assignment, pledge, hypothecation or transfer of, or create or permit to exist any security interest in or other Lien on, the Collateral, other than Permitted Equity Encumbrances and transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement.

(d) Each Pledged Equity Interest that constitutes a Pledged Security now or hereafter acquired (by purchase, dividend or otherwise) by any Grantor shall be a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code and shall be governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code; and such certificate shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 3.02(a).

(e) Each Grantor that is a member, manager and/or partner of an issuer of a Pledged LLC Interest or a Pledged Partnership Interest and each Grantor that is an issuer of a Pledged LLC Interest or Pledged Partnership Interest hereby (1) grants its irrevocable consent under each limited liability agreement, operating agreement, membership agreement, partnership agreement or similar agreement to which such Grantor is a party and relating to any Pledged LLC Interests or Pledged Partnership Interests (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, each a “ Pledged Partnership/LLC Agreement ”) to permit each member, manager and/or partner of such issuer (A) to pledge all of the Pledged LLC Interests or Pledged Partnership Interests in which such member, manager and/or partner has rights in connection herewith, and (B) to grant and collaterally assign to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a lien on and security interest in such Pledged LLC Interests or such Pledged Partnership Interests in accordance herewith and subject to the terms and limitations hereof and (2) irrevocably agrees that (A) the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and/or the Lenders shall be entitled to exercise any and all of their rights and remedies against such Pledged LLC Interests or Pledged Partnership Interests pursuant to the Loan Documents, including, without limitation any rights to foreclose upon or otherwise effectuate an assignment of such Pledged LLC Interests or Pledged Partnership Interests in accordance therewith, and (B) in connection with the exercise of any remedies in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and/or the Lenders (and/or any Affiliate of the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and/or the Lenders and/or any entity formed by the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and/or the Lenders) shall be entitled to be admitted as a partner (including as the general partner) or as a member (including as the managing member) of any issuer of Pledged LLC Interests or Pledged Partnership Interests, as the case may be, and/or make an assignment of all or any portion of such interest to any Person(s) who shall have the right to be admitted as partner(s) of or as member(s) of any such issuer, as the case may be (each of clauses (1)(A), (1)(B), (2)(A) and (2)(B) collectively, a “ Permitted Assignment ”). For the avoidance of doubt, any assignee of the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and/or the Lenders that shall become a partner or a member of an issuer of Pledged Partnership Interests or Pledged

 

10


LLC Interests, as the case may be, pursuant to a Permitted Assignment (excluding any assignee that is an entity formed by the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and/or the Lenders and continues to hold an interest as a partner of or member of such an issuer, as the case may be) shall thereafter be subject to the terms of this Section  3.04(e) or any subsequent assignment to be made by such partner or member, as the case may be.

(f) (3) to, upon any foreclosure by the Administrative Agent on such Pledged LLC Interests or such Pledged Partnership Interests (or any other sale or transfer of such Pledged LLC Interests or such Pledged Partnership Interests in lieu of such foreclosure), to the extent permitted by applicable law, transfer to the Administrative Agent (or to the purchaser or other transferee of such Pledged LLC Interests or Pledged Partnership Interests in lieu of such foreclosure) such member, manager and/or partner’s rights and powers to manage and control the affairs of the applicable issuer of Pledged LLC Interests or Pledged Partnership Interests, as the case may be, in each case, without any further consent, approval or action by any other party, including, without limitation, any other party to any Pledged Partnership/LLC Agreement or otherwise and (B) to provide that (1) the bankruptcy or insolvency of such member, manager and/or partner shall not cause such member, manager and/or partner to cease to be a holder of such Pledged LLC Interests or such Pledged Partnership Interests, (2) upon the occurrence of such an event, the applicable issuer shall continue without dissolution and (3) until such time as all the Obligations have been paid in full in cash (other than Secured Cash Management Obligations, Secured Swap Obligations or contingent indemnification obligations and other contingent obligations not then due or asserted), such member, manager and/or partner waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the applicable issuer upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such member, manager and/or partner, or the occurrence of an event that causes such member, manager and/or partner to cease to be a holder of such Pledged LLC Interests or Pledged Partnership Interests.

(g) Subject to compliance with applicable law, no further consent, approval or action by any other party, including, without limitation, any other party to the applicable Pledged Partnership/LLC Agreement or otherwise shall be necessary to permit the Administrative Agent or its designee to be substituted as a member, manager or partner pursuant to Section  3.04 or 3.05 . The rights, powers and benefits granted pursuant to this paragraph shall inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent, on its own behalf and on behalf of the Secured Parties, and each of their respective successors, assigns and designees, as intended third party beneficiaries.

(h) Each Grantor and each issuer of a Pledged LLC Interest or a Pledged Partnership Interest agrees that (1) no Pledged Partnership /LLC Agreement shall be amended to be inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement and (2) it shall not directly or indirectly, consent to, approve, authorize or otherwise suffer or permit any waiver, amendment, supplement, cancellation, termination or other modification of the partnership agreement, operating agreement, charter, certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents of (A) the Company, the Borrower any Qualified Asset Guarantor or any Loan Party that is a direct owner of any Qualified Asset Guarantor, in each case if such waiver, amendment, supplement, cancellation, termination or modification would reasonably be expected to (x) adversely affect any Loan Party’s ability to repay the Obligations or (y) impair the rights or interests of the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party hereunder or under any Loan Document or in any Collateral and (B) any other Subsidiary, in each case if such waiver, amendment, supplement, cancellation, termination or modification would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

11


(i) Each Grantor agrees, at its own expense, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments, financing statements, agreements and documents and take all such other actions as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request to better assure, preserve, protect and perfect the Secured Parties’ security interest in the Collateral and the rights and remedies created hereby, including the payment of any fees and Taxes required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the Secured Parties’ security interest in the Collateral and the filing and recording of any financing statements or other documents in connection herewith or therewith. Each Grantor will provide to the Administrative Agent, from time to time upon request, evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent as to the perfection and priority of the Liens created or intended to be created pursuant to this Agreement.

SECTION 3.05. Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations. The Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall have the right (in its sole and absolute discretion) (a) to hold the Pledged Equity Interests in its own name as pledgee, in the name of its nominee (as pledgee or as sub-agent) or in the name of the applicable Grantor, endorsed or assigned in blank or in favor of the Administrative Agent and (b) to be substituted for the applicable Grantor as a member, manager or partner under the applicable Pledged Partnership/LLC Agreement (and the Administrative Agent or its designee shall have all rights, powers and benefits of such Grantor as a member, manager or partner, as applicable, under such Pledged Partnership/LLC Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement). For the avoidance of doubt, such rights, powers and benefits of a substituted member, manager or partner shall include all voting and other rights and not merely the rights of an economic interest holder. Each Grantor will promptly give to the Administrative Agent copies of any notices or other communications received by it with respect to Pledged Equity Interests registered in the name of such Grantor. The Administrative Agent shall at all times have the right to exchange the certificates representing Pledged Equity Interests for certificates of smaller or larger denominations for any purpose consistent with this Agreement.

SECTION 3.06. Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest . (a) Unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and, other than in the case of an Event of Default under Section 10.1(h) of the Credit Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Grantors that the Grantors rights, in whole or in part, under this Section  3.06 are being suspended:

(i) each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and/or other consensual rights and powers inuring to an owner of Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided that such rights and powers shall not be exercised in any manner that could reasonably be expected materially and adversely to affect the rights inuring to a holder of any Collateral or the rights and remedies of any of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the ability of the Secured Parties to exercise the same;

 

12


(ii) the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to each Grantor, or cause to be executed and delivered to such Grantor, all such proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to Section  3.06(a)(i) ; and

(iii) each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all dividends, interest, principal and other distributions paid on or distributed in respect of the Collateral, but only to the extent that such dividends, interest, principal and other distributions are permitted by, and are otherwise paid or distributed in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and applicable law; provided that any noncash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Equity Interests, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Capital Stock of the issuer of any Pledged Equity Interests or received in exchange for Pledged Equity Interests or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be and become part of the Collateral and, if received by any Grantor, and required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent hereunder, shall not be commingled by such Grantor with any of its other funds or property (but shall be held separate and apart therefrom), shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and shall be forthwith delivered to the Administrative Agent in the form in which they shall have been received (with any endorsements, stock or note powers and other instruments of transfer requested by the Administrative Agent).

(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and, other than in the case of an Event of Default under Section  10.1(h) of the Credit Agreement, after the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Grantors of the suspension of the Grantor’s rights under Section  3.06(a)(iii) , all rights of any Grantor to dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor is authorized to receive pursuant to Section  3.06(a)(iii) , shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to receive and retain such dividends, interest, principal or other distributions. All dividends, interest, principal and other distributions received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of this Section  3.06 shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor and shall be forthwith delivered to the Administrative Agent upon demand in the form in which they shall have been received (with any necessary endorsements, stock powers or other instruments of transfer). Any and all money and other property paid over to or received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the provisions of this Section  3.06(b) shall be retained by the Administrative Agent in an account to be established by the Administrative Agent upon receipt of such money or other property, shall be held as security for the payment and performance of the Obligations and shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Section  4.02 . After all Events of Default have been cured or waived and the Administrative Agent has received from the Borrower satisfactory evidence relating to any such cure, the Administrative Agent shall promptly repay to each Grantor (without interest) all dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor would otherwise have been permitted to retain pursuant to the terms of Section  3.06(a)(iii) and that remain in such account.

 

13


(c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and, other than in the case of an Event of Default under Section  10.1(h) of the Credit Agreement, after the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Grantors of the suspension of the Grantors’ rights under Section  3.06(a)(i) , all rights of any Grantor to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to Section  3.06(a)(i) , and the obligations of the Administrative Agent under Section  3.06(a)(ii) , shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such voting and consensual rights and powers; provided that, unless otherwise directed by the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall have the right from time to time following and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit the Grantors to exercise such rights. Solely to the extent that any and all Events of Default have been cured or waived or otherwise cease to be continuing and the Administrative Agent has received a certificate from the Borrower certifying as such, each Grantor will have the right to exercise the voting and consensual rights that such Grantor would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to the terms of Section  3.06(a)(i) (and the obligations of the Administrative Agent under Section  3.06(a)(ii) shall be reinstated).

(d) Any notice given by the Administrative Agent to the Grantors suspending the Grantors’ rights under Section  3.06(a) : (i) may be given by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing, (ii) may be given to one or more of the Grantors at the same or different times and (iii) may suspend the rights and powers of the Grantors under Section  3.06(a)(i) or Section  3.06(a)(iii) in part without suspending all such rights or powers (as specified by the Administrative Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) and without waiving or otherwise affecting the Administrative Agent’s right to give additional notices from time to time suspending other rights and powers so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

ARTICLE IV

Remedies

SECTION 4.01. Remedies Upon Default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it is agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have the right to exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor agrees that the Administrative Agent shall have the right, subject to the mandatory requirements of applicable law, to (a) subject to Section  3.06 , vote all or any part of the Pledged Equity Interests (whether or not transferred into the name of the Administrative Agent) and give all consents, waivers and ratifications in respect of the Collateral and (b) sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral at a public or private sale or at any broker’s board or on any securities exchange, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate. The Administrative Agent shall be authorized to take the actions set forth in Section  4.03 . Each such purchaser at any sale of Collateral shall hold the property sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal that such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.

 

14


The Administrative Agent shall give the applicable Grantors 10 days’ prior written notice (which each Grantor agrees is reasonable notice within the meaning of Section 9-612 of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions) of the Administrative Agent’s intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public sale, shall state the time and place for such sale and, in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral, or portion thereof, will first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Administrative Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any) of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Administrative Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been given. The Administrative Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Administrative Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. In the event of a foreclosure by the Administrative Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, the Administrative Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition, and the Administrative Agent, at the direction of the Required Lenders, as agent for and representative of the Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Loan Document Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any Collateral payable by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties at such sale or other disposition. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Administrative Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Administrative Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Obligations paid in full. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Administrative Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. Any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section  4.01 shall be deemed to conform to commercially reasonable standards as provided in Section 9-610(b) of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions.

 

15


SECTION 4.02. Application of Proceeds. The Administrative Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection, sale, foreclosure or other realization upon any Collateral as follows:

FIRST, to the payment of all costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with such collection, sale, foreclosure or realization or otherwise in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any of the Obligations, including all court costs and the fees and expenses of its agents and legal counsel, the repayment of all advances made by the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document on behalf of any Grantor and any other costs or expenses incurred in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document;

SECOND, to the payment in full of the Obligations in accordance with Section 10.2 of the Credit Agreement (the amounts so applied to be distributed among the Secured Parties pro rata in accordance with the amounts of the Obligations owed to them on the date of any such distribution); and

THIRD, to the Grantors, their successors or assigns, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct in accordance with Section 10.2 of the Credit Agreement.

The Administrative Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds, moneys or balances in accordance with this Agreement. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Administrative Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Administrative Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Administrative Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof. The Grantors shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay all Obligations, including any attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by Administrative Agent or any Lender to collect such deficiency. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the proceeds of any collection, sale, foreclosure or realization upon any Collateral of any Grantor shall not be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligation of such Grantor and shall instead be applied to other Obligations.

SECTION 4.03. Securities Act . In view of the position of the Grantors in relation to the Collateral, or because of other current or future circumstances, a question may arise under the Securities Act of 1933 as now or hereafter in effect or any similar statute hereafter enacted analogous in purpose or effect (such Act and any such similar statute as from time to time in effect being called the “ Federal Securities Laws ”) with respect to any disposition of the Collateral permitted hereunder. Each Grantor understands that compliance with the Federal Securities Laws might very strictly limit the course of conduct of the Administrative

 

16


Agent if the Administrative Agent were to attempt to dispose of all or any part of the Collateral, and might also limit the extent to which or the manner in which any subsequent transferee of any Collateral could dispose of the same. Similarly, there may be other legal restrictions or limitations affecting the Administrative Agent in any attempt to dispose of all or part of the Collateral under applicable Blue Sky or other state securities laws or similar laws analogous in purpose or effect. Each Grantor recognizes that in light of such restrictions and limitations the Administrative Agent may, with respect to any sale of the Collateral, and shall be authorized to, limit the purchasers to those who will agree, among other things, to acquire such Collateral for their own account for investment, and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof, and upon consummation of any such sale may assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that in light of such restrictions and limitations, the Administrative Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, (a) may proceed to make such a sale whether or not a registration statement for the purpose of registering such Collateral or part thereof shall have been filed under the Federal Securities Laws or, to the extent applicable, Blue Sky or other state securities laws and (b) may approach and negotiate with a limited number of potential purchasers (including a single potential purchaser) to effect such sale. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such sale might result in prices and other terms less favorable to the seller than if such sale were a public sale without such restrictions. In the event of any such sale, the Administrative Agent shall incur no responsibility or liability for selling all or any part of the Collateral at a price that the Administrative Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, may in good faith deem reasonable under the circumstances, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially higher price might have been realized if the sale were deferred until after registration as aforesaid or if more than a limited number of potential purchasers (or a single purchaser) were approached. The provisions of this Section  4.03 will apply notwithstanding the existence of a public or private market upon which the quotations or sales prices may exceed substantially the price at which the Administrative Agent sells.

SECTION 4.04. Information . If the Administrative Agent determines to exercise its right to sell any or all of the Collateral, upon written request, each Grantor shall, from time to time, furnish to the Administrative Agent all such information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in order to determine the number of shares and other instruments included in the Collateral which may be sold by the Administrative Agent as exempt transactions under the Federal Securities Laws and rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, as the same are from time to time in effect.

ARTICLE V

Indemnity, Subrogation, Contribution and Subordination

SECTION 5.01. Indemnity and Subrogation. In addition to all such rights of indemnity and subrogation as the Guarantors may have under applicable law (but subject to Section  5.03 ), the Borrower agrees that (a) in the event a payment in respect of any Obligation shall be made by any Guarantor under this Agreement, the Borrower shall indemnify such Guarantor for the full amount of such payment and such Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of the Person to whom such payment shall have been made to the extent of such payment and (b) in the event any assets of any Grantor (other than the Borrower) shall be sold pursuant to this Agreement or any other Collateral Document to satisfy in whole or in part any Obligation, the Borrower shall indemnify such Grantor in an amount equal to the greater of the book value or the fair market value of the assets so sold.

 

17


SECTION 5.02. Contribution and Subrogation. Each Guarantor and Grantor (other than the Borrower) (each such Guarantor or Grantor being called a “ Contributing Party ”) agrees (subject to Section  5.03 ) that, in the event a payment shall be made by any other Guarantor hereunder in respect of any Obligation or assets of any other Grantor other than the Borrower shall be sold pursuant to any Collateral Document to satisfy any Obligation and such other Guarantor or Grantor (the “ Claiming Party ”) shall not have been fully indemnified by the Borrower as provided in Section  5.01 , such Contributing Party shall indemnify the Claiming Party in an amount equal to the amount of such payment or the greater of the book value or the fair market value of such assets (the “ Indemnified Amount ”), as the case may be, in each case multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the net worth of such Contributing Party on the date hereof and the denominator shall be the aggregate net worth of all the Contributing Parties on the date hereof (or, in the case of any Contributing Party becoming a party hereto pursuant to Section  6.12 , the date of the supplement hereto executed and delivered by such Contributing Party). Any Contributing Party making any payment to a Claiming Party pursuant to this Section  5.02 shall (subject to Section  5.03 ) be subrogated to the rights of such Claiming Party under Section  5.01 to the extent of such payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Claiming Party’s right to indemnification hereunder arises from a payment or sale of Collateral made to satisfy Obligations constituting Secured Swap Obligations, only those Contributing Parties for whom such Secured Swap Obligations do not constitute Excluded Swap Obligations shall indemnify such Claiming Party, with the fraction set forth in the second preceding sentence being modified as appropriate to provide for indemnification of the entire Indemnified Amount.

SECTION 5.03. Subordination. (a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Guarantors and Grantors under Sections  5.01 and 5.02 and all other rights of the Guarantors and Grantors of indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations. No failure on the part of the Borrower or any other Guarantor or Grantor to make the payments required by Sections  5.01 and 5.02 (or any other payments required under applicable law or otherwise) shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor or Grantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Guarantor and Grantor shall remain liable for the full amount of the obligations of such Guarantor or Grantor hereunder.

(b) Each Guarantor and Grantor hereby agrees that all Indebtedness and other monetary obligations owed by it to, or to it by, any other Guarantor, Grantor or any other Subsidiary shall be fully subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations.

 

18


ARTICLE VI

Miscellaneous

SECTION 6.01. Notices. All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given in the manner provided in Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Subsidiary Loan Party shall be given to it in care of the Borrower in the manner provided in Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 6.02. Waivers; Amendment. (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section  6.02 , and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the making of a Loan or issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Letter of Credit Issuer may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 12.1 of the Credit Agreement; provided that the Administrative Agent may, without the consent of any Secured Party, consent to a departure by any Loan Party from any covenant of such Loan Party set forth herein or in any other Collateral Document to the extent such departure is not inconsistent with any limitation on the authority of the Administrative Agent set forth in the Credit Agreement.

(c) This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Loan Party and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Loan Party without the approval of any other Loan Party and without affecting the obligations of any other Loan Party hereunder.

SECTION 6.03. Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification. (a) The Guarantors and the Grantors jointly and severally agree to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its fees and expenses incurred hereunder as provided in Section 12.5 of the Credit Agreement as if each reference therein to the Borrower were a reference to the Guarantors and Grantors.

 

19


(b) The Guarantors and Grantors jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee as provided in Section 12.5 of the Credit Agreement as if each reference to the Borrower therein were a reference to the Guarantors and Grantors.

(c) Any amounts payable hereunder, including as provided in Section  6.03(a) or  6.03(b ), shall be additional Obligations secured hereby and by the other Collateral Documents. All amounts due under Section  6.03(a) or  6.03(b) shall be payable promptly after written demand therefor.

(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, no Guarantor or Grantor shall assert, or permit any of its subsidiaries to assert, and each Guarantor and Grantor hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee (i) for any damages arising from the use by others of information or other materials obtained through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems (including the Internet), unless determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, or (ii) on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.

(e) BY ACCEPTING THE BENEFITS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE GUARANTEES AND SECURITY INTERESTS CREATED HEREBY, EACH SECURED PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE XI OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT AND AGREES TO BE BOUND BY SUCH PROVISIONS AS FULLY AS IF THEY WERE SET FORTH HEREIN.

SECTION 6.04. Survival . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made hereunder, in any other Loan Document and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, or in connection herewith or therewith, shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof and the making of the Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent, each Letter of Credit Issuer and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent, any Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default at the time of any Loan or L/C Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect until Payment in Full. The provisions of Section  6.03 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit (other than any Letter of Credit that has been Cash Collateralized) and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

20


SECTION 6.05. Counterparts; Effectiveness; Successors and Assigns. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Loan Party when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Loan Party shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Loan Party and the Administrative Agent and their respective successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Loan Party, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns, except that no Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein or in the Collateral (and any attempted assignment or transfer by any Loan Party shall be null and void), except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic imaging shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 6.06. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is prohibited, illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, (a) such provision shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the prohibited, illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the prohibited, illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions..

SECTION 6.07. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a) THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally: (i) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York in New York County, the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof; (ii) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same; (iii) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to its address set forth in Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto; and (iv) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to sue or bring an enforcement action relating to this Agreement, including any such action or proceeding in connection with the exercise of remedies with respect to the Collateral, in any other jurisdiction.

 

21


SECTION 6.08. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN (IN EACH CASE, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 6.08.

SECTION 6.09. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 6.10. Security Interest Absolute. All rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder, the grant of the security interest in the Collateral and all obligations of each Loan Party hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment to or waiver of, or any consent to any departure from, the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral securing, or any release or amendment to or waiver of, or any consent to any departure from, any guarantee of, all or any of the Obligations or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Loan Party in respect of the Obligations or this Agreement.

SECTION 6.11. Termination or Release. (a) This Agreement, the Guarantee Obligations made herein and all security interests granted hereby shall, subject to Section  2.04 , terminate and be released (all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any Person) upon Payment in Full.

(b) A Subsidiary Loan Party shall automatically be released from its Guarantee Obligations under the Loan Documents, and all security interests created by the Collateral Documents in Collateral with respect to such Subsidiary Loan Party shall be automatically released free and clear of the Liens created hereby (x) as required by the Administrative Agent to effect any sale, transfer or other disposition of Collateral in connection with any exercise of

 

22


remedies of the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement or (y) upon such Collateral becoming an ownership interest in any Excluded Subsidiary solely to the extent permitted by, and in accordance with the terms of, the Credit Agreement; provided that, if so required by the Credit Agreement, the Required Lenders shall have consented to such transaction and the terms of such consent shall not have provided otherwise. In the event of any such termination or release, Schedule II to this Agreement shall be deemed to be modified to remove the Collateral with respect to which the security interests granted hereby have been so released.

(c) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to this Section  6.11 , the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Loan Party, at such Loan Party’s expense, all documents that such Loan Party shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Any execution and delivery of documents by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section  6.11 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 6.12. Additional Subsidiaries. Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, certain Subsidiaries not party hereto on the Closing Date are required to enter in this Agreement. Upon the execution and delivery by the Administrative Agent and any such Subsidiary of a Supplement, such Subsidiary shall become a Subsidiary Loan Party, a Guarantor and a Grantor hereunder, with the same force and effect as if originally named as such herein. The execution and delivery of any Supplement shall not require the consent of any other Loan Party. The rights and obligations of each Loan Party hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Subsidiary Loan Party as a party to this Agreement.

SECTION 6.13. Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact. Each Grantor hereby appoints the Administrative Agent the attorney-in-fact of such Grantor for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary to accomplish the purposes hereof, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, with full power of substitution either in the Administrative Agent’s name or in the name of such Grantor (a) to receive, endorse, assign and/or deliver any and all notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment relating to the Collateral or any part thereof; (b) to demand, collect, receive payment of, give receipt for and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (c) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect or otherwise realize on all or any of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect of any Collateral; (d) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any actions, suits or proceedings relating to all or any of the Collateral; and (e) to use, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Collateral, and to do all other acts and things necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner of the Collateral for all purposes; provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Administrative Agent to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Administrative Agent, or to present or file any claim or notice, or to take any action with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property covered

 

23


thereby. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts actually received as a result of the exercise of the powers granted to them herein, and neither they nor their related parties shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment).

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

AMERICOLD REALTY OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.
    by  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

25


[OTHER SUBSIDIARY LOAN PARTIES]
    by  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

26


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as

Administrative Agent

    by  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

27


Schedule I to

the Guarantee and

Collateral Agreement

Subsidiary Loan Party Information

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction of Organization

  

Chief Executive Office

     
     
     
     
     


Schedule II to

the Guarantee and

Collateral Agreement

Pledged Equity Interests

Pledged Capital Stock

 

Grantor

 

Stock Issuer

 

Certificate Number

  

Number and Class

of Capital Stock

  

Percentage

of Capital Stock

         
         
         
         
         

Pledged LLC Interests

 

Grantor

 

Limited Liability Company

 

Certificate Number

  

Number of

LLC Interests

  

Percentage

of LLC Interests

         
         
         
         
         

Pledged Partnership Interests

 

Grantor

 

Partnership

 

Certificate Number

  

Type of

Partnership Interests

  

Percentage of
Partnership Interests

         
         
         
         
         


Exhibit I to the

Guarantee and

Collateral Agreement

SUPPLEMENT NO.          dated as of [•], 20[•] (this “ Supplement ”), to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of [                    ], 2017 (the “ Collateral Agreement ”), among Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Borrower ”), each subsidiary of the Borrower listed on Schedule I thereto (each such subsidiary individually a “ Subsidiary Guarantor ” and, collectively, the “ Subsidiary Guarantors ”; the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Borrower are referred to collectively herein as the “ Grantors ”) and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national banking association, as administrative and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of [                    ], (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Collateral Agreement and the Credit Agreement referred to therein, as applicable.

C. The Guarantors and Grantors have entered into the Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers to make extensions of credit to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement. Section 6.12 of the Collateral Agreement provides that additional Subsidiaries may become Subsidiary Parties under the Collateral Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned Subsidiary (the “ New Subsidiary ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Subsidiary Loan Party, a Loan Party, a Guarantor and a Grantor under the Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers to make additional extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement and as consideration for such extensions of credit previously made.

Accordingly, the Administrative Agent and the New Subsidiary agree as follows:

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 6.12 of the Collateral Agreement, the New Subsidiary by its signature below becomes a Loan Party, a Subsidiary Loan Party, a Guarantor and a Grantor under the Collateral Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as such, and the New Subsidiary hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Collateral Agreement applicable to it in such capacities and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it in such capacities thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Subsidiary, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations (as defined in the Collateral Agreement), does hereby create and grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, their successors and assigns, a security interest in and lien on all of the New Subsidiary’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral (as


defined in the Collateral Agreement) of the New Subsidiary. Each reference to a “ Loan Party ,” “ Subsidiary Loan Party ,” “ Guarantor ” or “ Grantor ” in the Collateral Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Subsidiary. The Collateral Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

SECTION 2. The New Subsidiary represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law and hereby makes each of the representations and warranties applicable to a Grantor contained in the Collateral Agreement.

SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of the New Subsidiary shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Supplement by facsimile or other electronic imaging shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Supplement.

SECTION 4. The New Subsidiary hereby represents and warrants that (a) Schedule I sets forth, as of the date hereof, the true and correct legal name of the New Subsidiary, its jurisdiction of organization and the location of its chief executive office and (b) Schedule II sets forth, as of the date hereof, a true and complete list of all the Pledged Equity Interests owned by the New Subsidiary and the percentage of the issued and outstanding units of each class of the Capital Stock of the issuer thereof represented by the Pledged Equity Interests owned by the New Subsidiary.

SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Collateral Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS SUPPLEMENT, AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 7. Any provision of this Supplement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction

 

2


SECTION 8. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 6.01 of the Collateral Agreement.

SECTION 9. The New Subsidiary agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel, incurred by it in connection with this Supplement, including the preparation, execution and delivery thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Subsidiary and the Administrative Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Collateral Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NAME OF NEW SUBSIDIARY]
    by  

 

  Name:
  Title:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

    by  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

3


Schedule I

to Supplement No.      to the

Guarantee and

Collateral Agreement

New Subsidiary Loan Party Information

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction of Organization

  

Chief Executive Office

     
     
     


Schedule II

to Supplement No.      to the

Guarantee and

Collateral Agreement

Pledged Equity Interests

Pledged Capital Stock

 

Grantor

 

Stock Issuer

 

Certificate Number

  

Number and Class

of Capital Stock

  

Percentage

of Capital Stock

         
         
         
         

Pledged LLC Interests

 

Grantor

 

Limited Liability Company

 

Certificate Number

  

Number of

LLC Interests

  

Percentage

of LLC Interests

         
         
         
         
         

Pledged Partnership Interests

 

Grantor

 

Partnership

 

Certificate Number

  

Type of

Partnership Interests

  

Percentage of
Partnership Interests

         
         
         
         
         


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

[See attached.]

 

B-1


Submission Date:                     

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

of

AMERICOLD REALTY OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

Period ending                         

Bank of America, N.A.

Agency Management

555 California Street, 4th Floor

Mail Code: CA5-705-04-09

San Francisco, CA 94104

Attention: Aamir Saleem

Facsimile No.: (415) 503-5089

Email: aamir.saleem@baml.com

Reference is made to that Credit Agreement dated as of [                    ] (as amended, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P. (the “ Borrower ”), Americold Realty Trust, the several Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuers from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent. Capitalized terms used herein that are not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned Responsible Officer of the Borrower hereby certifies and represents and warrants on behalf of the Borrower as follows:

1. The information contained in Schedule I of this certificate and the attached information supporting the calculation of the Borrowing Base Amount and the Eligible Value of each Qualified Asset is true, complete and correct as of the close of business on [                    ] (the “ Calculation Date ”) and has been prepared in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement.

2. As of the Calculation Date, the Total Extensions of Credit is equal to $[                ] and does not exceed the Aggregate Borrowing Base Amount of $[                ].

3. Each of the Qualified Assets complies with the Eligibility Criteria applicable thereto.

4. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof or will result from any addition of any Qualified Asset reflected herein.


5. Each of the representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in or pursuant to the Loan Documents is true and correct in all material respects (or, if qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects) on and as of the date hereof before and after giving effect to any addition of any Qualified Asset reflected herein, as if made on and as of the date hereof (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects (or, if qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects) as of such earlier date and except that for purposes of this Borrowing Base Certificate, the representations and warranties contained in Section  6.1(a) and (b)  shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Sections 8.1(a) and (b) , respectively).

[signature page follows]

 

2


In each case, with supporting information showing the computations used in determining the calculations set forth on Schedule I attached hereto.

 

AMERICOLD REALTY OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.,
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Borrowing Base Certificate]


Schedule I to Borrowing Base Certificate

 

     T OTAL E XTENSIONS O F C REDIT T O A GGREGATE B ORROWING B ASE A MOUNT         

1.

  

Aggregate Borrowing Base Amount (see table below)

      $                   

2.

  

Total Extensions of Credit as of the Calculation Date:

     
  

the sum of:

     
  

(a) the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans outstanding:

   $                      
  

(b) the aggregate amount of L/C Obligations

   $                      
  

(c) the aggregate principal of Term Loans outstanding

   $                      
  

(d) the aggregate principal of any term loans made under any Additional

     
  

TL Tranches outstanding (to the extent not included above)

   $                      
         $                   

3.

  

Mandatory prepayment required pursuant to Section 5.2(a) (the excess of (2) over (1))

 

   $                   

 

A GGREGATE B ORROWING B ASE A MOUNT  

(calculated after giving effect to the Borrowing Base Amount Limitations in the tables that follow)

 

(A) Eligible Value of Eligible Capital Leased Assets times 35%

   $                   

plus (B) Eligible Value of Eligible Ground Leased Assets times 65%

   $                   

plus (C) Eligible Value of Eligible Managed Segment times 35%

   $                   

plus (D) Eligible Value of Eligible Operating Leased Assets times 35%

   $                   

plus (E) Eligible Value of Eligible Owned Assets times 65%

   $                   

AGGREGATE BORROWING BASE AMOUNT

  

Sum of items (A) through (E) above

   $                   

 

Schedule I - 1


E LIGIBLE O WNED A SSET S UMMARY

 

1. [Asset Name]

  

(i) Appraised Value ( Eligible Value )

   $ ________  

(ii) Appraised Value multiplied by 65%

   $ ________  

(iii) Borrowing Base Amount (immediately above line, as adjusted to comply with the Borrowing Base Amount Limitations in the following tables)

   $ ________  

2. [Asset Name]

[Replicate 1. above and all subparts for each Eligible Owned Asset]

 

 

 

E LIGIBLE G ROUND L EASED A SSET S UMMARY

 

1. [Asset Name]

  

(i) Appraised Value ( Eligible Value )

   $ ________  

(ii) Appraised Value multiplied by 65%

   $ ________  

(iii) Borrowing Base Amount (immediately above line, as adjusted to comply with the Borrowing Base Amount Limitations in the following tables)

   $ ________  

2. [Asset Name]

[Replicate 1. above and all subparts for each Eligible Ground Leased Asset]

 

 

 

E LIGIBLE C APITAL L EASED A SSET S UMMARY

 

1. [Asset Name]

  

(i) Applicable Qualified EBITDA multiplied by 8.0 ( Eligible Value )

   $ ________  

(ii) Eligible Value multiplied by 35%

   $ ________  

(iii) Borrowing Base Amount (immediately above line, as adjusted to comply with the Borrowing Base Amount Limitations in the following tables)

   $ ________  

2. [Asset Name]

[Replicate 1. above and all subparts for each Eligible Capital Leased Asset]

 

 

 

Schedule I - 2

2


E LIGIBLE O PERATING L EASED A SSET S UMMARY

 

1. [Asset Name]

  

(i) Applicable Qualified EBITDA multiplied by 8.0 ( Eligible Value )

   $ ________  

(ii) Eligible Value multiplied by 35%

   $ ________  

(iii) Borrowing Base Amount (immediately above line, as adjusted to comply with the Borrowing Base Amount Limitations in the following tables)

   $ ________  

2. [Asset Name]

[Replicate 1. above and all subparts for each Eligible Operating Leased Asset]

 

 

 

E LIGIBLE M ANAGED S EGMENT S UMMARY

 

1. [Asset Name]

  

(i) Applicable Qualified EBITDA multiplied by 8.0 ( Eligible Value )

   $ ________  

(ii) Eligible Value multiplied by 35%

   $ ________  

(iii) Borrowing Base Amount (immediately above line, as adjusted to comply with the Borrowing Base Amount Limitations in the following tables)

   $ ________  

2. [Asset Name]

[Replicate 1. above and all subparts for each Eligible Managed Segment]

 

 

 

Schedule I - 3

3


BORROWING BASE AMOUNT LIMITATIONS

 

A GGREGATE B ORROWING B ASE A MOUNT (W ITH S INGLE Q UALIFIED A SSET C ONCENTRATION R ESTRICTION )

 

1. [Asset Name] Concentration Limit Borrowing Base Amount

     $________  

M UST N OT E XCEED 10% O F T OTAL ** (above divided by Total below)

     ________

2. [Asset Name] Concentration Limit Borrowing Base Amount

     $________  

M UST N OT E XCEED 10% O F T OTAL ** (above divided by Total below)

     ________

3. [Asset Name] Concentration Limit Borrowing Base Amount

     $________  

M UST N OT E XCEED 10% O F T OTAL ** (above divided by Total below)

     ________

4. [Asset Name] Concentration Limit Borrowing Base Amount

     $________  

M UST N OT E XCEED 10% O F T OTAL ** (above divided by Total below)

     ________

5. [Asset Name] Concentration Limit Borrowing Base Amount

     $________  

M UST N OT E XCEED 10% O F T OTAL ** (above divided by Total below)

     ________

6. [Asset Name] Concentration Limit Borrowing Base Amount

     $________  

M UST N OT E XCEED 10% O F T OTAL ** (above divided by Total below)

     ________

7. [Asset Name] Concentration Limit Borrowing Base Amount

     $________  

M UST N OT E XCEED 10% O F T OTAL ** (above divided by Total below)

     ________

8. [Asset Name] Concentration Limit Borrowing Base Amount

     $________  

M UST N OT E XCEED 10% O F T OTAL ** (above divided by Total below)

     ________

9. Eligible Managed Segment Concentration Limit Borrowing Base Amount

     $________  

M UST N OT E XCEED 10% O F T OTAL ** (above divided by Total below)

     ________

TOTAL: [Sum of (1) through ([ ])]

     $________  

Eligible Owned Assets

     $________  

Eligible Ground Leased Assets

     $________  

Eligible Capital Leased Assets

     $________  

Eligible Operating Leased Assets

     $________  

Eligible Managed Segment

     $________  

TOTAL:

     $________  

 

** Provided that, to the extent such limitation is exceeded, only such portion of the value of such Qualified Asset shall be excluded from the calculation of the Aggregate Borrowing Base Amount to the extent necessary to comply with the foregoing limitations.

 

Schedule I - 4

4


A GGREGATE C ONCENTRATION L IMITS 1

 

1. Amount of Aggregate Borrowing Base Amount contributed by Eligible Capital Leased Assets

   $ ________  

2. Amount of Aggregate Borrowing Base Amount contributed by Eligible Operating Leased Assets

   $ ________  

3. Amount of Aggregate Borrowing Base Amount contributed by Eligible Managed Segment

   $ ________  

subtotal ((1) through (3))

   $ ________  

S UM O F (1)  T HROUGH (3) M UST N OT E XCEED 10% O F T OTAL ** (above divided by Total below)

     ________

4. Amount of Aggregate Borrowing Base Amount contributed by Eligible Ground Leased Assets

   $ ________  

(4) M UST N OT E XCEED 20% O F T OTAL ** (above divided by Total below)

     ________

subtotal ((1) through (4))

   $ ________  

S UM O F (1)  T HROUGH (4) M UST N OT E XCEED 25% O F T OTAL ** (above divided by Total below)

     ________

5. Amount of Aggregate Borrowing Base Amount contributed by Eligible Owned Assets

   $ ________  

(5) MUST EQUAL OR EXCEED 75% OF TOTAL ** (above divided by Total below)

     ________

TOTAL: [ Sum of (1) through (5)]

   $ ________  

 

1   Aggregate Borrowing Base Amount to be derived after giving effect to concentration limits set forth in preceding table.
** Provided that, to the extent such limitation is exceeded, only such portion of the value of such Qualified Assets shall be excluded from the calculation of the Aggregate Borrowing Base Amount to the extent necessary to comply with the foregoing limitations.

 

Schedule I - 5


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF

PERFECTION CERTIFICATE

[See attached.]

 

C-1


PERFECTION CERTIFICATE

[DATE]

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of [                    ] (as amended, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P. (the “ Borrower ”), Americold Realty Trust, the several Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuers from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned in the Credit Agreement or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement referred to therein, as applicable.

The undersigned, a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, hereby certifies to the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party as follows:

1. Names . (a) Set forth on Schedule 1(a) is (i) the exact legal name of each Grantor, as such name appears in its respective certificate of formation or organization, (ii) the Organizational Identification Number, if any, issued by the jurisdiction of formation of each Grantor that is a registered organization and (iii) the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number of each Grantor.

(b) Set forth on Schedule 1(b) is (i) each other legal name each Grantor has had in the past five years, together with the date of the relevant change and (ii) each other name (including trade names or similar appellations) used by each Grantor or any of its divisions or other business units in connection with the conduct of its business or the ownership of its properties at any time during the past five years.

(c) Except as set forth on Schedule 1(c), no Grantor has changed its identity or corporate structure in any way within the past five years. Changes in identity or corporate structure would include mergers, consolidations and acquisitions (including acquisitions of all or substantially all of the assets of another person), as well as any change in the form, nature or jurisdiction of organization. If any such change has occurred, include in Schedule 1(c) the information required by Sections 1 and 2 of this certificate as to each acquiree or constituent party to a merger or consolidation.

2. Current Locations . Set forth on Schedule 2 is (a) the jurisdiction of formation or organization of each Grantor that is a registered organization, (b) the address of the chief executive office of each Grantor and (c) all locations where each Grantor maintains any books or records relating to any material accounts receivables (in excess of $1,000,000).

3. File Search Reports . File search reports have been obtained from each Uniform Commercial Code filing office identified with respect to such Grantor in Section 2 hereof, and such search reports reflect no liens against any of the Collateral other than those permitted under the Credit Agreement.

4. UCC Filings . Financing statements in substantially the form of Schedule 4 hereto have been prepared for filing in the proper Uniform Commercial Code filing office in the jurisdiction in which each Grantor is located set forth with respect to such Grantor in Section 2 hereof.


5. Capital Stock . Attached hereto as Schedule 5 is a true and correct list of (a) all the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Borrower and each Subsidiary and the record and beneficial owners of such Capital Stock and (b) each equity investment of the Borrower or any Subsidiary that represents 50% or less of the Capital Stock of the Person in which such investment was made, in each case specifying the issuer and certificate number of, and the number and percentage of ownership represented by, such Capital Stock and, if such Capital Stock is not required to be pledged under any of the Loan Documents, the reason therefor.

[signature page immediately follows]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this certificate on the date first written above.

 

AMERICOLD REALTY OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.,
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Perfection Certificate]


Schedule 1(a): Legal Name and Identification Numbers

 

Exact Legal Name of Grantor

  

Organizational Identification Number

  

Federal Taxpayer Identification Number

     

Schedule 1(a)

Legal Name and Identification Numbers


Schedule 1(b): Past Names and Trade Names

 

Grantor

  

Past Names

  

Trade Names

     

Schedule 1(b)

Past Names and Trade Names


Schedule 1(c): Changes in Identity/Corporate Structure

 

Grantor

  

Change in Identity/Corporate Structure

  

Schedule 1(c)

Changes in Identity/Corporate Structure


Schedule 2: Current Locations

 

Grantor

  

Jurisdiction of Formation/

Organization

  

Chief Executive Office

Address

  

Accounts Receivable
Books and Records
Locations

        

Schedule 2

Current Locations


Schedule 4: UCC Filings

 

Grantor

  

Filing Jurisdiction

  

Schedule 4

UCC Filings


Schedule 5: Capital Stock

 

Issuer

  

Owner

  

Certificate Number

  

Percentage of
Ownership

  

Reason Not Pledged
(if applicable)

           

Schedule 5

Capital Stock


EXHIBIT D-1

FORM OF

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

[See attached.]

 

D-1


ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

This Assignment and Assumption (this “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between the Assignor identified in item 1 below and the Assignee identified in item 2 below. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex I attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions referred to below and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below, (a) all the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including any Guarantees with respect to, and the Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans included in, such facilities) and (b) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (a) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) above being referred to herein collectively as the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

  1. Assignor:                                                                                                              

[Assignor [is] [is not] a Defaulting Lender

 

  2. Assignee:                                                                                                              

[Assignee is [a Lender] [an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [identify Lender]]] 1

 

  3. Borrower: Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership

 

  4. Administrative Agent: Bank of America, N.A., as the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement

 

 

1   Select as applicable.


5. Credit Agreement: The Credit Agreement dated as of [                    ], among Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Americold Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust, the several Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuers from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

 

6. Assigned Interest: 2

 

Facility Assigned

   Aggregate Amount of
Commitments/Loans
of the applicable
Class for all Lenders
     Amount of the
Commitments/Loans
of the applicable
Class Assigned
     Percentage Assigned of
Commitments/Loans 3
 

Revolving Credit Commitments/Loans

   $      $        %  

Term Loan Facility

   $      $        %  

Effective Date :                          , 20        [TO BE INSERTED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR]

The Assignee, if not already a Lender, agrees to deliver to the Borrower and Administrative Agent a completed administrative questionnaire supplied by the Administrative Agent in which the Assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower and its Affiliates and their related parties or their respective subsidiaries) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the Assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable law, including Federal, State and foreign securities laws.

 

The terms set forth above are hereby agreed to:      [Consented to and] 4 Accepted:
                                          , as Assignor,      BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent,
By:   

 

     By:   

 

   Name:         Name:
   Title:         Title:

 

2   Must comply with the minimum assignment amounts set forth in Section 12.6(b)(ii)(A) of the Credit Agreement, to the extent such minimum assignment amounts are applicable.
3   Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitments/Loans of all Lenders of any Class, as applicable.
4   No consent of the Administrative Agent is required for an assignment of any Term Commitment or Term Loan to a Term Lender, an Affiliate of a Term Lender or an Approved Fund.

 

2


                                          , as Assignee, 5     

[Consented to:

By:   

 

       
   Name:      AMERICOLD REALTY OPERATING
   Title:      PARTNERSHIP, L.P.,
        By:   

 

           Name:
           Title:] 6
       

[Consented to: 7

       

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Letter of Credit Issuer

        By:   

 

           Name:
           Title:]
        [JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as a Letter of Credit Issuer]
        By:   

 

           Name:
           Title:
       

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Swing Line Lender

        By:   

 

           Name:
           Title:]

 

5   The Assignee must deliver to the Borrower and Administrative Agent all applicable tax forms required to be delivered by it under Section 5.4(e) of the Credit Agreement.
6   No consent of the Borrower is required (x) with respect to Term Commitments or Term Loans, for an assignment to a Term Lender, an Affiliate of a Term Lender or an Approved Fund, (y) with respect to Revolving Credit Commitments or Revolving Credit Loans, for an assignment to a Revolving Credit Lender, an Affiliate of a Revolving Credit Lender or an Approved Fund or (z) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, for any assignment ( provided that the Borrower will be deemed to have consented to any assignment unless it shall object within 10 Business Days after having received notice thereof).
7   To be added only if the assignment is of Revolving Credit Commitments or Revolving Credit Loans, which requires the consent of each Letter of Credit Issuer and the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 12.6(b)(i)(C) of the Credit Agreement.

 

3


ANNEX 1 TO

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

1. Representations and Warranties .

1.1. Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim, (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and (iv) it is [ not ] a Defaulting Lender; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, other than statements made by it herein, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Affiliate of the Borrower or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Affiliate of the Borrower or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

1.2. Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Credit Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section  12.6(b)(i) of the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received or has been accorded the opportunity to receive copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 8.1 thereof (or, prior to the first such delivery, the financial statements referred to in Section 7.1 thereof), and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, (vi) if it is a Lender that is a U.S. Person, attached hereto is an executed original of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. Federal backup withholding tax, (vii) if it is a Non-U.S. Lender, attached hereto is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement (including Section 5.4(e) thereof), duly completed and executed by the Assignee, and (viii) it is an eligible assignee in accordance with the terms of Section 12.6 of the Credit Agreement, and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the

 

4


Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

2. Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments of interest, fees or other amounts paid or payable in kind from and after the Effective Date to the Assignee.

3. General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by facsimile transmission or other electronic imaging shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption and any claim, controversy, dispute or cause of action (whether in contract or tort or otherwise) based upon, arising out of or relating to this Assignment and Assumption and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

 

5


EXHIBIT D-2

FORM OF

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT QUESTIONNAIRE

[See attached.]

 

D-2


LOGO


LOGO

 

2


LOGO

 

3


LOGO

 

4


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF

PROMISSORY NOTE (TERM LOAN)

[INSERT DATE]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned (the “ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to                                          or its registered assigns (the “ Lender ”), in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the principal amount of each Term Loan from time to time made by the Lender to the Borrower under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of [                    ] (as amended, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among the Borrower, Americold Realty Trust, the Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuers from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Term Loan from the date of such Term Loan until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates and at such times as provided in the Credit Agreement. All payments of principal and interest shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lender in Dollars at the Administrative Agent’s Office. If any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder, such unpaid amount shall bear interest, to be paid upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after judgment) computed at the per annum rate set forth in the Credit Agreement.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement, and the holder is entitled to the benefits thereof and may be prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided therein. This Note is also entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the Guaranty. Upon the occurrence and continuation of one or more of the Events of Default specified in the Credit Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable all as provided in the Credit Agreement. Term Loans made by the Lender shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by the Lender in the ordinary course of business. The Lender may also attach schedules to this Note and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of its Term Loans and payments with respect thereto.

The Borrower, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby waives, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest, demand, dishonor and non-payment of this Note.

THIS NOTE, AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

E-1


AMERICOLD REALTY OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

E-2


LOANS AND PAYMENTS WITH RESPECT THERETO

 

Date

 

Type of

Loan Made

 

Amount of

Loan Made

  

End of

Interest

Period

  

Amount of
Principal or
Interest

Paid This

Date

  

Outstanding
Principal
Balance
This Date

  

Notation

Made By

               
               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

E-3


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF

PROMISSORY NOTE (REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN)

[INSERT DATE]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned (the “ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to                                         or its registered assigns (the “ Lender ”), in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the principal amount of each Revolving Credit Loan from time to time made by the Lender to the Borrower under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of [                    ] (as amended, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among the Borrower, Americold Realty Trust, the Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuers from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Credit Loan from the date of such Revolving Credit Loan until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates and at such times as provided in the Credit Agreement. All payments of principal and interest shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lender in Dollars at the Administrative Agent’s Office. If any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder, such unpaid amount shall bear interest, to be paid upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after judgment) computed at the per annum rate set forth in the Credit Agreement.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement, and the holder is entitled to the benefits thereof and may be prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided therein. This Note is also entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the Guaranty. Upon the occurrence and continuation of one or more of the Events of Default specified in the Credit Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable all as provided in the Credit Agreement. Revolving Credit Loans made by the Lender shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by the Lender in the ordinary course of business. The Lender may also attach schedules to this Note and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of its Revolving Credit Loans and payments with respect thereto.

The Borrower, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby waives, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest, demand, dishonor and non-payment of this Note.

 

F-1


THIS NOTE, AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

AMERICOLD REALTY OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

F-2


LOANS AND PAYMENTS WITH RESPECT THERETO

 

Date

 

Type of

Loan Made

 

Amount of

Loan Made

  

End of

Interest

Period

  

Amount of
Principal or
Interest

Paid This

Date

  

Outstanding
Principal
Balance
This Date

  

Notation

Made By

               
               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

               

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

F-3


EXHIBIT G-1

FORM OF

COMMITTED LOAN NOTICE

[See attached.]

 

G-1


COMMITTED LOAN NOTICE

Date:                     ,         

To: Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of [                    ] (as amended, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Americold Realty Operating Partnership L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Borrower ”), Americold Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust, the several Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuers from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

The undersigned hereby requests (select one):

 

☐ A Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans      ☐ A conversion or continuation of Revolving Credit Loans
☐ A Borrowing of Term Loans      ☐ A conversion or continuation of Term Loans

 

1. On _______________________________________ (a Business Day).

 

2. In the amount of $____________________________. 1

 

3. Comprised of ______________________________.

[Type of Loan requested]

 

4. For Eurodollar Loans: with an Interest Period of ___ months. 2

The Revolving Credit Loan Borrowing, if any, requested herein complies with clauses (x)(iv) and (v) and clause (y) of the provisos to Section 2.1(b) of the Credit Agreement.

 

AMERICOLD REALTY OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

1   Minimum principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof
2   Select one, two, three or six months (in each case, subject to availability), or such other period that is twelve months or less consented to by all of the Lenders the Class participating therein.

 

[Committed Loan Notice]


EXHIBIT G-2

FORM OF

SWING LINE LOAN NOTICE

[See attached.]

 

G-2


SWING LINE LOAN NOTICE

Date:                     ,         

 

To: Bank of America, N.A., as Swing Line Lender
     Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of [                                        ] (as amended, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Americold Realty Operating Partnership L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Borrower ”), Americold Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust, the several Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuers from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

The undersigned hereby requests a Swing Line Loan:

 

1. On                                                                                    (a Business Day).

 

2. In the amount of $                                                                       .

The Swing Line Borrowing requested herein complies with the requirements of the provisos to the first sentence of Section  2.3(a) of the Agreement.

 

AMERICOLD REALTY OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

[Swing Line Loan Notice]


EXHIBIT H

FORM OF

DESIGNATION NOTICE

 

TO: Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent

 

RE: Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of [                    ] (as amended, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Borrower ”), Americold Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust, the Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuers from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

 

DATE: [Date]

 

 

[Name of Hedge Bank/Cash Management Bank] hereby notifies you, pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, that it meets the requirements of a [Hedge Bank/Cash Management Bank] under the terms of the Credit Agreement and is a [Hedge Bank/Cash Management Bank] under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this notice by fax transmission or other electronic mail transmission (e.g. “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this notice.

A duly authorized officer of the undersigned has executed this notice as of the day and year set forth above.

 

[NAME OF HEDGE BANK/CASH MANAGEMENT BANK], as a [Hedge Bank/Cash Management Bank]
By:  

 

  Name:                                                                                     
  Title:                                                                                       

 

H-1


AMERICOLD REALTY OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.,
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

H-2


EXHIBIT I

FORM OF

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

[See attached.]

 

I-1


COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

of

AMERICOLD REALTY OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

Check for distribution to PUBLIC and Private side Lenders 1

Financial Statement Date:                     ,

To: Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of [                    ] (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Borrower ”), Americold Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (the “ Company ”), the several Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuers from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

The undersigned Financial Officer hereby certifies as of the date hereof that he/she is the [chief financial officer][principal accounting officer][treasurer][controller] of the Company, and that, as such, he/she is authorized to execute and deliver this Certificate to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Company and the Borrower, and that:

[Use following paragraph 1 for fiscal year-end financial statements]

1. The Borrower has delivered the year-end audited financial statements required by Section 8.1(a) of the Agreement for the fiscal year of the Company ended as of the above date, together with the report and opinion of an independent certified public accountant required by such section.

[Use following paragraph 1 for fiscal quarter-end financial statements]

1. The Borrower has delivered the unaudited financial statements required by Section 8.1(b) of the Agreement for the fiscal quarter of the Company ended as of the above date. Such financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, as at such date and for such period subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

 

 

1   If the box is not checked, this certificate will only be posted to Private Side Lenders.

 

1


2. The undersigned has reviewed and is familiar with the terms of the Agreement and has made, or has caused to be made under his/her supervision, a detailed review of the transactions and condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) during the accounting period covered by such financial statements.

3. A review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during such fiscal period has been made under the supervision of the undersigned with a view to determining whether during such fiscal period the Company and its Subsidiaries performed and observed all their respective Obligations under the Loan Documents, and

[ select one :]

[to the knowledge of the undersigned, during such fiscal period each of the Company and its Subsidiaries performed and observed each covenant and condition of the Loan Documents applicable to it, and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.]

--or--

[to the knowledge of the undersigned, during such fiscal period the following covenants or conditions have not been performed or observed and the following is a list of each such Default and Event of Default and its nature and status:]

4. Schedule 1 attached hereto sets forth a narrative discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) for the fiscal quarter and the portion of the Company’s fiscal year ended on the Financial Statement Date.

5. Schedule 2 attached hereto sets forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with the Financial Covenants and the Minimum Property Condition. The financial covenant analyses and information set forth on Schedule 2 are true and accurate on and as of the date of this Certificate.

6. All of the information and analyses set forth in the schedules attached hereto are true and accurate on and as of the date of this Certificate.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Certificate as of                                         ,                         .

 

AMERICOLD REALTY OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

2


SCHEDULE 1

TO COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

[See attached] / [Please see discussion and analysis contained in                                         .] 1

 

 

1   If discussion and analysis will be delivered by inclusion in materials filed with the SEC, insert description of relevant filing


SCHEDULE 2

TO COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

FINANCIAL COVENANT AND

MINIMUM PROPERTY CONDITION CALCULATIONS

[See attached.]


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


EXHIBIT J-1

FORM OF

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of [                        ] (as amended, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Borrower ”), Americold Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust, the several Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuers from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.4 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any promissory note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a “10-percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a “controlled foreign corporation” related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date:                                         , 20[ ]

 

J-1


EXHIBIT J-2

FORM OF

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Non-U.S. Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of [                    ] (as amended, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Borrower ”), Americold Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust, the several Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuers from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.4 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a “10-percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a “controlled foreign corporation” related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date:                             , 20[ ]

 

J-2


EXHIBIT J-3

FORM OF

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Non-U.S. Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of [                    ] (as amended, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Borrower ”), Americold Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust, the several Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuers from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.4 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect to such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “bank” extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “10-percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “controlled foreign corporation” related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date:                             , 20[ ]

 

J-3


EXHIBIT J-4

FORM OF

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of [                    ] (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Borrower ”), Americold Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust, the several Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuers from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.4 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any promissory note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any promissory note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “bank” extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “10-percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “controlled foreign corporation” related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date:                             , 20[ ]

 

J-4


Schedule 1.1A

Commitments, Applicable Percentages and Sublimits

Revolving Credit Commitments

 

Lender

   Commitment      Applicable
Percentage/Revolving
Credit Commitment
Percentage
    Letter of Credit
Sublimit
 

Bank of America, N.A.

   $ 45,500,000.00        11.375000000   $ 40,000,000.00  

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

   $ 43,500,000.00        10.875000000   $ 40,000,000.00  

Cooperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch

   $ 43,500,000.00        10.875000000   $ 0.00  

Royal Bank of Canada

   $ 43,500,000.00        10.875000000   $ 0.00  

Compass Bank, an Alabama Banking Corporation

   $ 34,500,000.00        8.625000000   $ 0.00  

Citizens Bank, National Association

   $ 34,500,000.00        8.625000000   $ 0.00  

Regions Bank

   $ 34,500,000.00        8.625000000   $ 0.00  

SunTrust Bank

   $ 34,500,000.00        8.625000000   $ 0.00  

U.S. Bank National Association

   $ 26,000,000.00        6.500000000   $ 0.00  

Branch Bank and Trust Company

   $ 20,000,000.00        5.000000000     $ 0.00  

Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC

   $ 20,000,000.00        5.000000000     $ 0.00  

National Bank of Arizona

   $ 20,000,000.00        5.000000000     $ 0.00  

Total

   $ 400,000,000.00        100.000000000   $ 80,000,000.00  

 

Schedule 1.1A

Commitments, Applicable Percentages and Sublimits


Term Commitments

 

Lender

   Commitment      Applicable
Percentage
 

Bank of America, N.A.

   $ 64,500,000.00        12.285714286

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

   $ 56,500,000.00        10.761904762

Cooperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch

   $ 56,500,000.00        10.761904762

Royal Bank of Canada

   $ 56,500,000.00        10.761904762

Compass Bank, an Alabama Banking Corporation

   $ 45,500,000.00        8.666666667

Citizens Bank, National Association

   $ 45,500,000.00        8.666666667

Regions Bank

   $ 45,500,000.00        8.666666667

SunTrust Bank

   $ 45,500,000.00        8.666666667

U.S. Bank National Association

   $ 34,000,000.00        6.476190476

Branch Bank and Trust Company

   $ 25,000,000.00        4.761904761

Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC

   $ 25,000,000.00        4.761904761

National Bank of Arizona

   $ 25,000,000.00        4.761904761

Total

   $ 525,000,000.00        100.000000000

 

Schedule 1.1A

Commitments, Applicable Percentages and Sublimits


Schedule 1.1B

Qualified Assets

 

Eligible Owned Asset

   Owner    Address

Ontario (OR)

   Americold Realty, Inc.    589 N.E. First Street
Ontario, OR 97914

Amarillo

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-2 L.P.
   10300 SE 3rd Avenue
Amarillo, TX 79120

Atlanta (Gateway)

   AmeriCold Real Estate, L.P.    6150 Xavier Drive SW
Atlanta, GA 30336

Atlanta (Westgate)

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-2 L.P.
   1740 Westgate Pkwy
GA 30336

Babcock

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-2 L.P.
   1524 Necedah Road
Babcock WI 54413

Boston

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-2 L.P.
   100 Widett Circle
Boston MA 02118

Clearfield

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-2 L.P.
   755 East 1700 South Street
Clearfield, UT 84106

Connell

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-2 L.P.
   720 West Juniper Street
Connell, WA 99326

Fort Smith

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-2 L.P.
   1634 Midland Boulevard
Fort Smith, AR 72902

Leesport

   AmeriCold Real Estate, L.P.    41 Orchard Lane
Leesport, PA 19533

Murfreesboro

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-2 L.P.
   2641 Stephenson Drive
Murfreesboro, TN 37127

Nampa

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-2 L.P.
   231 Second Road North
Nampa, ID 83687

Portland

   AmeriCold Real Estate, L.P.    165 Read Street
Portland, ME 04103

Russellville (Valley)

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-2 L.P.
   203 Industrial Boulevard
Russellville, AR 72801

Sebree

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-2 L.P.
   1541 U.S. Highway 41 North
Sebree, KY 42455

Strasburg

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-2 L.P.
   545 Radio Station Road
Strasburg, VA 22657

Syracuse (bldg 1, 2, 3)

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-2-L.P.
   264 Farrell Road
Syracuse, NY 13209

Thomasville

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-2 L.P.
   121 Roseway Drive
Thomasville, GA 31792

 

Schedule 1.1B

Qualified Assets


Eligible Owned Asset

   Owner    Address

Turlock (1, 5th Street)

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-2 L.P.
   660 Fifth Street
Turlock, CA 95380

Walla Walla

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-2 L.P.
   1115 West Rose Street
Walla Walla, WA 99362

West Memphis

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-2 L.P.
   1651 South Airport Road
West Memphis, AR 72301

Wichita

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-2 L.P.
   2707 North Mead
Wichita, KS 67219

Woodburn

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-2 L.P.
   1440 Silverton Road
Woodburn, OR 97071

Phoenix 2

   Americold Propco Phoenix Van
Buren LLC
   7600 W Van Buren Street
Phoenix, AZ 85043

Atlanta (Tradewater)

   Americold Acquisition, LLC    6500 Tradewater Pkwy

Atlanta, GA 30336

Atlanta East Point

   AmeriCold Real Estate, L.P.    1239 Oakleigh Drive

East Point, Georgia 30344

Atlanta Skygate

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-1B L.P.
   500 John F Varly Ct

Atlanta, Georgia 30336

Atlanta Southgate

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-1B L.P.
   1845 Westgate Pkwy

Atlanta, Georgia 30336

Augusta

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-1B L.P.
   533 Laney-Walker Blvd Extension

Augusta, Georgia 30901

Carthage

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-1A L.P.
   1331 Civil War Road

Carthage, Missouri 64836

East Dubuque

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-1C L.P.
   18531 U.S Route 20 West

East Dubugue, Illinois 61025

Fort Dodge

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-1B L.P.
   3543 Maple Drive

Fort Dodge, Iowa 50501

Fort Worth Railhead

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-1A L.P.
   200 Railhead Dr

Fort Worth, Texas 76106

Garden City

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-1A L.P.
   2007 West Mary Street

Garden City, Kansas 67846

Hatfield

   AmeriCold Real Estate, L.P.    2525 Bergery Road

Hatfield, Pennsylvania 19440

Indianapolis

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-1B L.P.
   3320 S. Arlington Avenue

Indianapolis, Indiana 46203

Milwaukie

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-1C L.P.
   9501 S.E McLoughlin Boulevard

Milwaukie, Oregon 97269

 

Schedule 1.1B

Qualified Assets


Eligible Owned Asset

   Owner    Address

Pasco

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-1C L.P.
   5805 Industrial Way

Pasco, Washington 99301

Rochelle Americold Drive

   AmeriCold Real Estate, L.P.    1010 Americold Drive

Rochelle, Illinois 61068

San Antonio FM 78

   Americold San Antonio Propco, LLC    5711 FM 78

San Antonio, Texas 78218

Wallula

   ART Mortgage Borrower Propco
2006-1C L.P.
   14060 Dodd Road

Wallula, Washington 99363

Eligible Ground Leased Asset

   Lessor    Address

Burley

   AmeriCold Real Estate, L.P.    280 West Highway 30
Burley, ID 83318

Tacoma

   VCD Pledge Holdings, LLC    1301 26th Avenue East
Tacoma, WA 98424

Tampa (Bartow)

   ART Mortgage Borrower, L.P.    Highway 17

Bartow, FL 33831

Grand Island

   AmeriCold Real Estate, L.P.    204 East Roberts Street

Grand Island, NE 68802

Eligible Capital Leased Asset

   Lessor    Address

Dallas (Catron)

   Versacold Texas, L.P.    5210 Catron Drive,
Dallas TX 75227

Salt Lake City

   AmeriCold Real Estate, L.P.    1646 South 4490 West
Salt Lake City, UT 84104

Belvidere (Imron)

   Versacold USA, Inc.    6765 Imron Drive
Belvidere, IL 61008

Brooklyn Park

   Versacold USA, Inc.    7130 Winnetka Avenue North
Brooklyn Park, MN 55428

Cartersville

   Versacold USA, Inc.    215 Industrial Park Road
Cartersville, GA 30121

Douglas

   Versacold USA, Inc.    2006 Industrial Boulevard
Douglas, GA 31533

Gaffney

   Versacold USA, Inc.    2130 Old Georgia Highway
Gaffney, SC 29340

Gainesville

   Versacold USA, Inc.    1680 Candler Road
Gainesville, GA 30507

New Ulm

   Versacold USA, Inc.    17113 County Road 29
New Ulm, MN 56073

 

Schedule 1.1B

Qualified Assets


Eligible Capital Leased Asset

   Lessor    Address

Pendergrass

   Versacold USA, Inc.    86 Jackson Concourse
Pendergrass, GA 30567

Piedmont

   Versacold USA, Inc.    1619 Antioch Church Road
Piedmont, SC 29673

St. Paul

   Versacold USA, Inc.    240 Chester Street
Saint Paul, MN 55107

Zumbrota

   Versacold USA, Inc.    1000 Artic Avenue
Zumbrota, MN 55992

Ontario, CA (Malaga Place)

   AmeriCold Real Estate, L.P.    700 Malaga Place
Ontario, CA 91761

Eligible Operating Leased Asset

   Lessor    Address

Denver

   AmeriCold Real Estate, L.P.    4475 East 50th Avenue
Denver, CO 80216

City of Industry

   VCD Pledge Holdings, LLC    14890 East Proctor

City of Industry, CA 91746

Vernon 3

   VCD Pledge Holdings, LLC    4224 District Boulevard
Vernon, CA 90058

Heyburn

   AmeriCold Real Estate, L.P.    1110 “O” Street
Heyburn, ID 83336

Massilon (Erie Ave.)

   Americold Realty Operating Partnership
L.P.
   4676 Erie Avenue SW

Navarre, OH 44662

Green Bay

   Versacold Logistics, LLC    1731 Morrow Street
Green Bay, WI 54302

Belvidere (Landmark)

   Versacold USA, Inc.    977 Landmark Drive
Belvidere, IL 61008

Eligible Managed Segment

The business of the Qualified Asset Guarantors listed below used for the operations of the Company’s managed segment in Crete, NE; Atlanta, GA; Denver, CO; Phoenix, AZ; and Roanoke, VA:

 

Atlas Logistics Group Retail Services (Atlanta), LLC

Atlas Logistics Group Retail Services (Denver), LLC

Atlas Logistics Group Retail Services (Phoenix), LLC

Atlas Logistics Group Retail Services (Roanoke), LLC

Americold Nebraska Leasing LLC

 

Schedule 1.1B

Qualified Assets


Schedule 3.1A

Existing Letters of Credit

Americold Realty Trust and Subsidiaries

Outstanding Letters of Credit at 11/30/2017

 

Beneficiary

  

Reason

   L/C Number   

Applicant

  Maturity Date   Outstanding
Amount and
Currency
 
The Travelers Indemnity Company    Workers comp    CPCS-901616    ART Icecap Holdings, LLC for the benefit of Versacold Logistics Services U.S. LLC   11/30/18   $ 3,700,000  
Exelon Energy Company    Security for power    CPCS-901612    Versacold USA, Inc.   03/31/18   $ 30,000  
Liberty Mutual Insurance Company    Workers comp    CPCS-896733    Americold Logistics, LLC   12/06/18   $ 1,685,000  
The Travelers Indemnity Company    Workers comp    CPCS-896721    Americold Logistics, LLC on behalf of Americold Realty Trust   07/07/18   $ 255,000  
Insurance Company of North America    Workers comp    CPCS-896718    Americold Logistics, LLC   11/17/18   $ 25,000  
Hartford Fire Insurance Company    Workers comp    CPCS-896719    Americold Realty Trust   10/01/18   $ 27,996,000  
Alabama Power    Security for power at Mobile site    CPCS-353615    Americold Logistics, LLC   02/17/18   $ 60,000  
Texas Health and Human Services Commission    Security for cold storage contract    TFTS-967694    Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P.   09/30/18   $ 50,000  

 

Schedule 3.1A

Existing Letters of Credit


Schedule 6.13

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiary

  Jurisdiction of
Incorporation
  Owner   Percentage of
Ownership
  Excluded
Subsidiary
(Yes or No)
Americold 2010 LLC   Delaware   Americold MFL 2010 LLC   100%   Yes
Americold Acquisition Partnership GP LLC   Delaware   Americold Realty
Operating Partnership, L.P.
  100%   Yes
Americold Acquisition, LLC   Delaware   Americold Realty
Operating Partnership, L.P.
  100%   No
Americold Australia PTY Ltd.   Australia   Icicle Australia Property PTY
Limited
  100%   Yes
Americold Australian Holdings PTY Ltd.   Australia   Icecap Property AU LLC   100%   Yes
Americold Australian Logistics PTY Ltd.   Australia   Americold Logistics Limited   100%   Yes
Americold Clearfield Opco, LLC   Delaware   Americold Logistics, LLC   100%   Yes
Americold Clearfield Propco, LLC   Delaware   Americold Realty
Operating Partnership, L.P.
  100%   Yes
Americold Food Logistics PTY Ltd.   Australia   Americold Logistics Limited   100%   Yes
Americold Investments PTY Ltd.   Australia   Americold Australia PTY LTD   100%   Yes
Americold Logistics Hong Kong Limited   China   ART AL Holding LLC   100%   Yes
Americold Logistics Limited   Australia   Americold Australia PTY LTD   100%   Yes
Americold Logistics Services NZ Ltd.   New Zealand   Americold NZ Limited   100%   Yes
AmeriCold Logistics, LLC   Delaware   ART AL Holding LLC   100%   No
Americold Middleboro Opco, LLC   Delaware   Americold Logistics, LLC   100%   Yes
Americold Middleboro Propco, LLC   Delaware   Americold Realty
Operating Partnership, L.P.
  100%   Yes
Americold MFL 2010 LLC   Delaware   Americold Realty
Operating Partnership, L.P.
  100%   Yes
Americold Nebraska Leasing LLC   Nebraska   AmeriCold Logistics, LLC   100%   No
Americold NZ Limited   New Zealand   Icicle NZ Property Limited   100%   Yes
Americold Propco Phoenix Van Buren LLC   Delaware   Americold Realty
Operating Partnership, L.P.
  100%   No
Americold Property PTY Ltd.   Australia   Americold Australian Holdings
PTY Ltd.
  100%   Yes
AmeriCold Real Estate, L.P.   Delaware   Americold Realty
Operating Partnership, L.P.
  99% LP   No
AmeriCold Real Estate, L.P.   Delaware   Americold Realty, Inc.   1% GP   No
Americold Realty Hong Kong Limited   China   Americold Realty
Operating Partnership, L.P.
  100%   Yes
Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P.   Delaware   Americold Realty Trust   99% GP   No
Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P.   Delaware   Americold Realty Operations,
Inc.
  1% LP   No
Americold Realty, Inc.   Delaware   Americold Realty
Operating Partnership, L.P.
  100%   No
Americold Realty Operations, Inc.   Delaware   Americold Realty Trust   100%   N/A

 

Schedule 6.13

Subsidiaries


Subsidiary

  Jurisdiction of
Incorporation
  Owner   Percentage of
Ownership
  Excluded
Subsidiary
(Yes or No)
Americold San Antonio Propco LLC   Delaware   Americold Realty
Operating Partnership, L.P.
  100%   No
Americold Storage NB PTY Ltd.   Australia   Americold Logistics Limited   100%   Yes
Americold Transportation, LLC   Delaware   ART Mortgage Borrower Opco
2010 – 5 LLC
  100%   Yes
Americold Transportation Services, LLC   Delaware   ART AL Holding LLC   100%   No
AMLOG Canada Inc.   Canada   AmeriCold Logistics, LLC   100%   Yes
ART AL Holding LLC   Delaware   Americold Realty
Operating Partnership, L.P.
  100%   No
ART First Mezzanine Borrower GP LLC   Delaware   ART Second Mezzanine
Borrower, L.P.
  100%   No
ART First Mezzanine Borrower Opco 2006-2 L.P.   Delaware   AmeriCold Logistics, LLC   99.9% LP   No
ART First Mezzanine Borrower Opco 2006-2 L.P.   Delaware   ART FIRST MEZZANINE
BORROWER OPCO GP
2006-2 LLC
  0.1% GP   No
ART First Mezzanine Borrower Opco 2006-3 L.P.   Delaware   AmeriCold Logistics, LLC   99.9% LP   Yes
ART First Mezzanine Borrower Opco 2006-3 L.P.   Delaware   ART First Mezzanine Borrower
Opco GP 2006-3 LLC
  0.1% GP   Yes
ART FIRST MEZZANINE BORROWER OPCO GP 2006-2 LLC   Delaware   AmeriCold Logistics, LLC   100%   No
ART First Mezzanine Borrower Opco GP 2006-3 LLC   Delaware   AmeriCold Logistics, LLC   100%   Yes
ART First Mezzanine Borrower Propco 2006-2 L.P.   Delaware   Americold Realty

Operating Partnership, L.P.

  99.9% LP   No
ART First Mezzanine Borrower Propco 2006-2 L.P.   Delaware   ART FIRST MEZZANINE
BORROWER PROPCO GP
2006-2 LLC
  0.1% GP   No
ART First Mezzanine Borrower Propco 2006-3 L.P.   Delaware   Americold Realty

Operating Partnership, L.P.

  99.9% LP   Yes
ART First Mezzanine Borrower Propco 2006-3 L.P.   Delaware   ART First Mezzanine Borrower
Propco GP 2006-3 LLC
  0.1% GP   Yes
ART FIRST MEZZANINE BORROWER PROPCO GP 2006-2 LLC   Delaware   Americold Realty

Operating Partnership, L.P.

  100%   No
ART First Mezzanine Borrower Propco GP 2006-3 LLC   Delaware   Americold Realty

Operating Partnership, L.P

  100%   Yes
ART First Mezzanine Borrower, L.P.   Delaware   ART Second Mezzanine
Borrower, L.P.
  99.9% LP   No
ART First Mezzanine Borrower, L.P.   Delaware   ART First Mezzanine Borrower
GP LLC
  0.1% GP   No
ART Icecap Holdings LLC   Delaware   Americold Realty

Operating Partnership, L.P.

  100%   No
ART Leasing LLC   Delaware   AmeriCold Logistics, LLC   100%   Yes

 

Schedule 6.13

Subsidiaries


Subsidiary

  Jurisdiction of
Incorporation
  Owner   Percentage of
Ownership
  Excluded
Subsidiary
(Yes or No)
ART Manager L.L.C.   Delaware   Americold Realty

Operating Partnership, L.P.

  100%   No
ART Mezzanine Borrower Opco 2013 LLC   Delaware   ART Second Mezzanine
Borrower Opco 2013 LLC
  100%   Yes
ART Mezzanine Borrower Propco 2013 LLC   Delaware   ART Second Mezzanine
Borrower Propco 2013 LLC
  100%   Yes
ART Mortgage Borrower GP LLC   Delaware   ART First Mezzanine
Borrower, L.P.
  100%   No
ART Mortgage Borrower Opco 2006-1A L.P.   Delaware   AmeriCold Logistics, LLC   99.9% LP   No
ART Mortgage Borrower Opco 2006-1A L.P.   Delaware   ART Mortgage Borrower Opco
GP 2006-1A LLC
  0.1% GP   No
ART Mortgage Borrower Opco 2006-1B L.P.   Delaware   AmeriCold Logistics, LLC   99.9% LP   No
ART Mortgage Borrower Opco 2006-1B L.P.   Delaware   ART Mortgage Borrower Opco
GP 2006-1B LLC
  0.1% GP   No
ART Mortgage Borrower Opco 2006-1C L.P.   Delaware   AmeriCold Logistics, LLC   99.9% LP   No
ART Mortgage Borrower Opco 2006-1C L.P.   Delaware   ART Mortgage Borrower Opco
GP 2006-1C LLC
  0.1% GP   No
ART Mortgage Borrower Opco 2006-2 L.P.   Delaware   ART First Mezzanine Borrower
Opco 2006-2 L.P.
  99.9% LP   No
ART Mortgage Borrower Opco 2006-2 L.P.   Delaware   ART MORTGAGE
BORROWER OPCO GP
2006-2 LLC
  0.1% GP   No
ART Mortgage Borrower Opco 2006-3 L.P.   Delaware   ART First Mezzanine Borrower
Opco 2006-3 L.P.
  99.9% LP   Yes
ART Mortgage Borrower Opco 2006-3 L.P.   Delaware   ART Mortgage Borrower Opco
GP 2006-3 LLC
  0.1% GP   Yes
ART Mortgage Borrower Opco 2010-4 LLC   Delaware   AmeriCold Logistics, LLC   100%   Yes
ART Mortgage Borrower Opco 2010-5 LLC   Delaware   Versacold Atlas Logistics
Services USA LLC
  100%   Yes
ART Mortgage Borrower Opco 2010-6 LLC   Delaware   Versacold Texas, L.P.   100%   Yes
ART Mortgage Borrower Opco 2013 LLC   Delaware   ART Mezzanine Borrower
Opco 2013 LLC
  100%   Yes
ART Mortgage Borrower Opco GP 2006-1A LLC   Delaware   AmeriCold Logistics, LLC   100%   No
ART Mortgage Borrower Opco GP 2006-1B LLC   Delaware   AmeriCold Logistics, LLC   100%   No
ART Mortgage Borrower Opco GP 2006-1C LLC   Delaware   AmeriCold Logistics, LLC   100%   No
ART MORTGAGE BORROWER OPCO GP 2006-2 LLC   Delaware   ART First Mezzanine Borrower
Opco 2006-2 L.P.
  100%   No
ART Mortgage Borrower Opco GP 2006-3 LLC   Delaware   ART First Mezzanine Borrower
Opco 2006-3 L.P.
  100%   Yes
ART Mortgage Borrower Propco 2006-1A L.P.   Delaware   Americold Realty

Operating Partnership, L.P.

  99.9% LP   No

 

Schedule 6.13

Subsidiaries


Subsidiary

  Jurisdiction of
Incorporation
  Owner   Percentage of
Ownership
  Excluded
Subsidiary
(Yes or No)
ART Mortgage Borrower Propco 2006-1A L.P.   Delaware   ART Mortgage Borrower
Propco GP 2006-1A LLC
  0.1% GP   No
ART Mortgage Borrower Propco 2006-1B L.P.   Delaware   Americold Realty

Operating Partnership, L.P.

  99.9% LP   No
ART Mortgage Borrower Propco 2006-1B L.P.   Delaware   ART Mortgage Borrower
Propco GP 2006-1B LLC
  0.1% GP   No
ART Mortgage Borrower Propco 2006-1C L.P.   Delaware   Americold Realty

Operating Partnership, L.P.

  99.9% LP   No
ART Mortgage Borrower Propco 2006-1C L.P.   Delaware   ART Mortgage Borrower
Propco GP 2006-1C LLC
  0.1% GP   No
ART Mortgage Borrower Propco 2006-2 L.P.   Delaware   ART First Mezzanine Borrower
Propco 2006-2 L.P.
  99.9% LP   No
ART Mortgage Borrower Propco 2006-2 L.P.   Delaware   ART MORTGAGE
BORROWER PROPCO GP
2006-2 LLC
  0.1% GP   No
ART Mortgage Borrower Propco 2006-3 L.P.   Delaware   ART First Mezzanine Borrower
Propco 2006-3 L.P.
  99.9% LP   Yes
ART Mortgage Borrower Propco 2006-3 L.P.   Delaware   ART Mortgage Borrower
Propco GP 2006-3 LLC
  0.1% GP   Yes
ART Mortgage Borrower Propco 2010 -4 LLC   Delaware   Americold Realty
Operating Partnership, L.P.
  100%   Yes
ART Mortgage Borrower Propco 2010 -5 LLC   Delaware   Versacold Logistics, LLC   100%   Yes
ART Mortgage Borrower Propco 2010 -6 LLC   Delaware   Versacold Texas, L.P.   100%   Yes
ART Mortgage Borrower Propco 2013 LLC   Delaware   ART Mezzanine Borrower
Propco 2013 LLC
  100%   Yes
ART Mortgage Borrower Propco GP 2006-1A LLC   Delaware   Americold Realty

Operating Partnership, L.P.

  100%   No
ART Mortgage Borrower Propco GP 2006-1B LLC   Delaware   Americold Realty
Operating Partnership, L.P.
  100%   No
ART Mortgage Borrower Propco GP 2006-1C LLC   Delaware   Americold Realty
Operating Partnership, L.P
  100%   No
ART MORTGAGE BORROWER PROPCO GP 2006-2 LLC   Delaware   ART First Mezzanine Borrower
Propco 2006-2 L.P.
  100%   No
ART Mortgage Borrower Propco GP 2006-3 LLC   Delaware   ART First Mezzanine Borrower
Propco 2006-3 L.P.
  100%   Yes
ART Mortgage Borrower, L.P.   Delaware   ART First Mezzanine
Borrower, L.P.
  99.9% LP   No
ART Mortgage Borrower, L.P.   Delaware   ART Mortgage Borrower GP
LLC
  0.1% GP   No
ART QUARRY TRS LLC   Delaware   Americold Realty
Operating Partnership, L.P.
  100%   No
ART Second Mezzanine Borrower GP LLC   Delaware   Americold Realty
Operating Partnership, L.P.
  100%   No
ART Second Mezzanine Borrower Opco 2013 LLC   Delaware   ART Third Mezzanine
Borrower Opco 2013 LLC
  100%   Yes

 

Schedule 6.13

Subsidiaries


Subsidiary

  Jurisdiction of
Incorporation
  Owner   Percentage of
Ownership
  Excluded
Subsidiary
(Yes or No)
ART Second Mezzanine Borrower Propco 2013 LLC   Delaware   ART Third Mezzanine
Borrower Propco 2013 LLC
  100%   Yes
ART Second Mezzanine Borrower, L.P.   Delaware   Americold Realty
Operating Partnership, L.P.
  99.9% LP   No
ART Second Mezzanine Borrower, L.P.   Delaware   ART Second Mezzanine
Borrower GP LLC
  0.1% GP   No
ART Third Mezzanine Borrower Opco 2013 LLC   Delaware   AmeriCold Logistics, LLC   100%   Yes
ART Third Mezzanine Borrower Propco 2013 LLC   Delaware   Americold Realty
Operating Partnership, L.P.
  100%   Yes
Atlas Cold Storage Logistics LLC   Minnesota   Versacold Atlas Logistics
Services USA LLC
  100%   No
Atlas Logistics Group Retail Services (Atlanta) LLC   Delaware   Atlas Cold Storage Logistics
LLC
  100%   No
Atlas Logistics Group Retail Services (Denver) LLC   Minnesota   Atlas Cold Storage Logistics
LLC
  100%   No
Atlas Logistics Group Retail Services (Phoenix) LLC   Delaware   Atlas Cold Storage Logistics
LLC
  100%   No
Atlas Logistics Group Retail Services (Roanoke) LLC   Delaware   Atlas Cold Storage Logistics
LLC
  100%   No
Atlas Logistics Group Retail Services (Shelbyville) LLC   Delaware   Atlas Cold Storage Logistics
LLC
  100%   No
Cold Logic ULC   British
Columbia,
Canada
  AMLOG Canada Inc.   100%   Yes
Distribution Development, L.L.C.   South Dakota   AmeriCold Logistics, LLC   50%   Yes
Icecap Properties AU LLC   Delaware   ART Icecap Holdings LLC   100%   Yes
Icecap Properties NZ Holdings LLC   Delaware   ART Icecap Holdings LLC   100%   Yes
Icecap Properties NZ Limited LLC   New Zealand   Icecap Properties NZ
Holdings LLC
  100%   Yes
Inland Quarries, L.L.C.   Delaware   ART QUARRY TRS LLC   100%   Yes
KC Underground, L.L.C.   Delaware   AmeriCold Logistics, LLC   100%   No
URS Real Estate, L.P.   Delaware   Americold Realty
Operating Partnership, L.P.
  99% LP   Yes
URS Real Estate, L.P.   Delaware   URS Realty, Inc.   1% GP   Yes
URS Realty, Inc.   Delaware   Americold Realty

Operating Partnership, L.P

  100%   Yes
VCD Pledge Holdings, LLC   Delaware   Versacold USA, Inc.   100%   No
Versacold Atlas Logistics Services USA LLC   Delaware   ART AL Holding LLC   100%   No
Versacold Logistics Argentina SA   Argentina   Americold Logistics Limited   90%   Yes
Versacold Logistics Argentina SA   Argentina   Americold Storage NB PTY
Ltd.
  10%   Yes
Versacold Logistics, LLC   Delaware   Versacold USA, Inc.   100%   No

 

Schedule 6.13

Subsidiaries


Subsidiary

  Jurisdiction of
Incorporation
  Owner   Percentage of
Ownership
  Excluded
Subsidiary
(Yes or No)

Versacold Midwest LLC

  Delaware   Versacold Atlas Logistics
Services USA LLC
  100%   No

Versacold Northeast Logistics, LLC

  Massachusetts   ART AL Holding LLC   100%   No

Versacold Northeast, Inc.

  Massachusetts   ART AL Holding LLC   100%   No

Versacold Texas, L.P.

  Texas   Versacold USA, Inc.   99% LP   No

Versacold Texas, L.P.

  Texas   ART AL Holding LLC   1% GP   No

Versacold USA, Inc.

  Minnesota   ART Icecap Holdings LLC   100%   No

 

Schedule 6.13

Subsidiaries


Schedule 9.6

Transactions with Affiliates

 

    Contribution Agreement dated as of February 27, 2015 by and among YF ART Holdings, L.P., YF ART Holdings GP, LLC, Americold Realty Trust, CF Cold LP and Yucaipa American Alliance Fund II, L.P.

 

    Common Shares Purchase Warrant Issued as of December 10, 2009 by Americold Realty Trust to YF ART Holdings, L.P.

 

    Shareholders Agreement, to be dated on or about the date of the REIT IPO, by and among Americold Realty Trust, YF ART Holdings, L.P., certain affiliates of Goldman Sachs & Co. identified therein, CF Cold L.P., Charm Progress Investment Limited and the other parties thereto.

 

    Equity Investor Agreement, to be dated on or about the date of the REIT IPO, by and among YF ART Holdings ,L.P., GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P., GSCP VI Offshore Icecap Investment, L.P., GSCP VI Gmbh Icecap Investment, L.P., Icecap2 Holdings, L.P., Charm Progress Investment Limited and Americold Realty Trust.

 

    Those certain Registration Rights Agreements, to be dated on or about the date of the REIT IPO, by and among the Company and certain of its significant shareholders, including, without limitation, affiliates of The Yucaipa Companies LLC, Fortress Investment Group LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co.

 

Schedule 9.6

Transactions with Affiliates


Schedule 12.2

Administrative Agent’s Office; Certain Addresses for Notices

BORROWER:

Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P.

10 Glenlake Park, South Tower, Suite 800

Atlanta, GA 30328 _

Attention: Legal Department

Telephone: (678) 441-1479

Facsimile: (678) 387-4744

Electronic Mail: legal@americold.com

Website Address: www.americold.com

Taxpayer Identification Number: 01-0958815

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:

Administrative Agent’s Office

(for payments and Requests for Credit Extensions):

Bank of America, N.A.

2380 Performance Drive - Bldg. C

Mail Code: TX2-984-03-23

Richardson, TX 75082

Attention: Katlyn Tran

Telephone: 469-201-4056

Facsimile: 888-837-1839

Electronic Mail: Katlyn.tran@baml.com

Account No.: 1366072250600

Ref: Americold Realty Operating Partnership

ABA# 026009593

Other Notices as Administrative Agent:

Bank of America, N.A.

Agency Management

555 California Street, 4 th Floor

Mail Code: CA5-705-04-09

San Francisco, CA 94104

Attention: Aamir Saleem

Telephone: (415) 436-2769

Facsimile: (415) 503-5089

Electronic Mail: aamir.saleem@baml.com

 

Schedule 12.2

Administrative Agent’s Office; Certain Addresses for Notices


L/C ISSUER:

Bank of America, N.A.

Trade Operations

1 Fleet Way

Mail Code: PA6-580-02-30

Scranton, PA 18507

Attention: Michael Grizzanti

Telephone: 570-496-9621

Facsimile: 800-755-8743

Electronic Mail: michael.a.grizzanti@baml.com

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

10420 Highland Manor Drive, 4th Floor

Tampa, Florida 33610-9120

Attention: Letter of Credit - Global Trade Services

Facsimile: (312) 288-8950

Electronic Mail: GTS.Client.Services@jpmchase.com

Copy to:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

JPM-Bangalore Loan Operations

500 Stanton Christiana Road, NCC 5, Floor 01

Newark, DE 19713-2107

Attention: Bharath Devaraju

Electronic Mail: Barath.k.devaraju@jpmorgan.com

Telephone: 918067905008

Telecopier: 201 244-3885 and 12012443885@docs.ldsprod.com

Email: na.cpg@jpmorgan.com

Copy to:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

383 Madison Avenue – 24th Floor

New York, NY 10179

Attention: Yannan Qiu

Email: Yannan.Qiu@jpmorgan.com

Telephone: (212) 622-5490

 

Schedule 12.2

Administrative Agent’s Office; Certain Addresses for Notices


SWING LINE LENDER:

Bank of America, N.A.

2380 Performance Drive - Bldg. C

Mail Code: TX2-984-03-23

Richardson, TX 75082

Attention: Katlyn Tran

Telephone: 469-201-4056

Facsimile: 888-837-1839

Electronic Mail: Katlyn.tran@baml.com

Account No.: 1366072250600

Ref: Americold Realty Operating Partnership

ABA# 026009593

 

Schedule 12.2

Administrative Agent’s Office; Certain Addresses for Notices

Exhibit 10.8

 

 

 

GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

dated as of

[                  ],

among

AMERICOLD REALTY OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.,

THE SUBSIDIARIES OF

AMERICOLD REALTY OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

IDENTIFIED HEREIN

and

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I   
Definitions   

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms

     1  

SECTION 1.02. Other Defined Terms

     1  
ARTICLE II   
Guarantee   

SECTION 2.01. Guarantee

     4  

SECTION 2.02. Guarantee of Payment; Continuing Guarantee

     4  

SECTION 2.03. No Limitations

     4  

SECTION 2.04. Reinstatement

     5  

SECTION 2.05. Agreement to Pay; Subrogation

     5  

SECTION 2.06. Information

     6  

SECTION 2.07. Keepwell

     6  
ARTICLE III   
Pledge of Securities   

SECTION 3.01. Pledge

     6  

SECTION 3.02. Delivery of the Pledged Equity Interests

     7  

SECTION 3.03. Representations and Warranties

     7  

SECTION 3.04. Covenants

     9  

SECTION 3.05. Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations

     12  

SECTION 3.06. Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest

     12  
ARTICLE IV   
Remedies   

SECTION 4.01. Remedies Upon Default

     14  

SECTION 4.02. Application of Proceeds

     16  

SECTION 4.03. Securities Act

     16  

SECTION 4.04. Information

     17  
ARTICLE V   
Indemnity, Subrogation, Contribution and Subordination   

SECTION 5.01. Indemnity and Subrogation

     17  

SECTION 5.02. Contribution and Subrogation

     18  

SECTION 5.03. Subordination

     18  
ARTICLE VI   
Miscellaneous   

SECTION 6.01. Notices

     19  


SECTION 6.02. Waivers; Amendment

     19  

SECTION 6.03. Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification

     19  

SECTION 6.04. Survival

     20  

SECTION 6.05. Counterparts; Effectiveness; Successors and Assigns

     21  

SECTION 6.06. Severability

     21  

SECTION 6.07. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

     21  

SECTION 6.08. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     22  

SECTION 6.09. Headings

     22  

SECTION 6.10. Security Interest Absolute

     22  

SECTION 6.11. Termination or Release

     22  

SECTION 6.12. Additional Subsidiaries

     23  

SECTION 6.13. Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact

     23  

Schedules

Schedule I Subsidiary Loan Party Information

Schedule II Pledged Equity Interests

Exhibits

Exhibit I Form of Supplement


GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT dated as of [                  ], 2017 (this “ Agreement ”), among Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P., the Subsidiary Loan Parties from time to time party hereto and Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of [________] (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Borrower ”), Americold Realty Trust, the several Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent. The Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuers have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. The Subsidiary Loan Parties are Affiliates of the Borrower, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement and are willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms . (a) Each capitalized term used but not defined herein and defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Agreement. Each other term used but not defined herein that is defined in the New York UCC (as defined herein) shall have the meaning specified in the New York UCC. The term “ Instrument ” shall have the meaning specified in Article 9 of the New York UCC.

(b) The rules of construction specified in Section 1.2 of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement, mutatis mutandis .

SECTION 1.02. Other Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

Administrative Agent ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereto.

Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereto.

Borrower ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals hereto.

Claiming Party ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section  5.02 .

Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section  3.01 .

Contributing Party ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section  5.02 .

Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals hereto.


 

2

Federal Securities Laws ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section  4.03 .

Grantors ” means, collectively, (a) the Qualified Asset Guarantors and the Other Guarantors and (b) with respect to (i) the Secured Swap Obligations and Secured Cash Management Obligations owing by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party (other than the Borrower) and (ii) the payment and performance by each Specified Loan Party of its Guarantee Obligations with respect to all Secured Swap Obligations, the Borrower.

Guarantors ” means, collectively, the Borrower and each Subsidiary Loan Party.

Indemnified Amount ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section  5.02 .

New York UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

Perfection Certificate ” means the Perfection Certificate dated as of the Closing Date delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 7.1(d)(v) of the Credit Agreement.

Permitted Assignment ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section  3.04(e) .

Pledged Capital Stock ” means (i) all shares of Capital Stock of any corporation that is a Guarantor, including all shares of Capital Stock set forth on Schedule II under the heading “Pledged Capital Stock” (as such schedule may be supplemented from time to time pursuant hereto), and any certificates, instruments and other documents representing such shares and any interest of any Grantor in the entries on the books of the issuer of such shares or on the books of any securities intermediary pertaining to such shares, (ii) all rights to participate in the economics of the issuer of such shares, including all profits and losses and all rights to receive substitutions, additions, interest, dividends and other distributions from the issuer of such shares and all capital accounts of the issuer of such shares and (iii) all rights to participate in the management of the business and affairs of the issuer of such shares, including all voting rights and rights to information.

Pledged Equity Interests ” means all Pledged Capital Stock, all Pledged LLC Interests and all Pledged Partnership Interests.

Pledged LLC Interests ” means (i) all interests in any limited liability company that is a Guarantor and each series thereof, including all limited liability company interests set forth on Schedule II under the heading “Pledged LLC Interests” (as such schedule may be supplemented from time to time pursuant hereto), and any certificates, instruments and other documents representing such limited liability company interests and any interest of any Grantor on the books and records of such limited liability company or on the books and records of any securities intermediary pertaining to such interest, (ii) all rights to participate in the economics of the issuer of such interests, including all profits and losses and all rights to receive substitutions, additions, interest, dividends and other distributions from the issuer of such interests and all capital accounts of the issuer of such interests, (iii) all rights to participate in the management of the business and affairs of the issuer of such interests, including all voting rights and rights to information and (iv) the status of being a “member” (or analogous term) of the issuer of such


 

3

interests, including all rights under the formation document or the operating or limited liability agreement (or similar document), including the applicable Pledged Partnership/LLC Agreement, of the issuer of such interests.

Pledged Partnership Interests ” means (i) all interests in any general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership or other partnership that is a Guarantor, including all partnership interests set forth on Schedule II under the heading “Pledged Partnership Interests” (as such schedule may be supplemented from time to time pursuant hereto), and any certificates, instruments and other documents representing such partnership interests and any interest of any Grantor on the books and records of such partnership or on the books and records of any securities intermediary pertaining to such interest, (ii) all rights to participate in the economics of the issuer of such interests, including all profits and losses and all rights to receive substitutions, additions, interest, dividends and other distributions from the issuer of such interests and all capital accounts of the issuer of such interests, (iii) all rights to participate in the management of the business and affairs of the issuer of such interests, including all voting rights and rights to information and (iv) the status of being a “partner” (or analogous term) of the issuer of such interests, including all rights under the formation document or the partnership, operating, or limited liability agreement (or similar document), including the applicable Pledged Partnership/LLC Agreement, of the issuer of such interests.

Pledged Partnership/LLC Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section  3.04(e) .

Pledged Securities ” means any and all certificates, instruments or other documents representing or evidencing any Collateral, including, without limitation, all stock certificates, unit certificates and limited liability membership interest certificates now or hereafter included in the Collateral.

Qualified ECP Guarantor ” means, in respect of any Secured Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant Guarantee Obligation or grant of the relevant security interest becomes or would become effective with respect to such Secured Swap Obligation and each other Loan Party that constitutes an “ eligible contract participant ” under the Commodity Exchange Act and can cause another person to qualify as an “ eligible contract participant ” at such time by guaranteeing or entering into a keepwell in respect of obligations of such other person under Section la(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Specified Loan Party ” means any Loan Party that is not an “eligible contract participant under the Commodity Exchange Act (determined prior to giving effect to Section  2.07 ).

“Subsidiary Loan Parties ” means, collectively, (a) the Subsidiaries identified on Schedule  I and (b) each other Subsidiary that becomes a party to this Agreement after the Closing Date.

“Supplement” means an instrument substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto, or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent, and in each case reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.


 

4

Uniform Commercial Code ” shall mean the New York UCC; provided , however , that if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, the perfection, the effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority of a security interest is governed by the personal property security laws of any jurisdiction other than New York, “Uniform Commercial Code” shall mean those personal property security laws as in effect in such other jurisdiction for the purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for the definitions related to such provisions.

ARTICLE II

Guarantee

SECTION 2.01. Guarantee. Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, the due and punctual payment and performance of the Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, or amended or modified, without notice to or further assent from it, and that, except as otherwise expressly provided in Section  6.11 , it will remain bound upon its guarantee hereunder notwithstanding any extension, renewal, amendment or modification of any Obligation. Each Guarantor waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the Borrower or any other Loan Party of any of the Obligations, and also waives notice of acceptance of its guarantee hereunder and notice of protest for nonpayment.

SECTION 2.02. Guarantee of Payment; Continuing Guarantee. Each Guarantor further agrees that its guarantee hereunder constitutes a guarantee of payment when due (whether or not any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding shall have stayed the accrual or collection of any of the Obligations or operated as a discharge thereof) and not merely of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to any security held for the payment of the Obligations or to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party in favor of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other Person. Each Guarantor agrees that its guarantee hereunder is continuing in nature and applies to all Obligations, whether currently existing or hereafter incurred.

SECTION 2.03. No Limitations . (a) Except for the termination or release of a Guarantor’s obligations hereunder as expressly provided in Section  6.11 , the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense or set-off, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations, any impossibility in the performance of the Obligations or otherwise (other than a defense of the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations or the performance in full of all the Obligations). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except as otherwise expressly provided in Section  6.11 , the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy under the provisions of any Loan Document or otherwise; (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, any Loan Document or


 

5

any other agreement, including with respect to any other Guarantor under this Agreement; (iii) the release of, or any impairment of or failure to perfect any Lien on or security interest in, any security held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party for any of the Obligations; (iv) any default, failure or delay, wilful or otherwise, in the performance of any of the Obligations; or (v) any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity (other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations or the performance in full of all the Obligations). Each Guarantor expressly authorizes the Secured Parties to take and hold security for the payment and performance of the Obligations, to exchange, waive or release any or all such security (with or without consideration), to enforce or apply such security and direct the order and manner of any sale thereof in their sole discretion or to release or substitute any one or more other guarantors or obligors upon or in respect of the Obligations, all without affecting the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of the Borrower or any other Loan Party or the unenforceability of the Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations or the performance in full of all the Obligations. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties may, at their election, foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Obligations, make any other accommodation with the Borrower or any other Loan Party or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Obligations have been fully and indefeasibly paid in full in cash (other than any Secured Cash Management Obligations, Secured Swap Obligations or contingent indemnification obligations and other contingent obligations not then due or asserted). To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Guarantor against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, as the case may be, or any security.

SECTION 2.04. Reinstatement. Each Guarantor agrees that this Agreement and its guarantee hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or otherwise.

SECTION 2.05. Agreement to Pay; Subrogation . In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right that the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Borrower or any other Loan Party to pay any Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, to the Administrative Agent for


 

6

distribution to the applicable Secured Parties in cash the amount of such unpaid Obligation. Upon payment by any Guarantor of any sums to the Administrative Agent as provided above, all rights of such Guarantor against the Borrower or any other Loan Party arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subject to Article  V .

SECTION 2.06. Information. Each Guarantor (a) assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrower’s and each other Loan Party’s financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and (b) agrees that none of the Administrative Agent or the other Secured Parties will have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.

SECTION 2.07. Keepwell. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each Specified Loan Party to honor all of its obligations under this Agreement in respect of Secured Swap Obligations ( provided , however , that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section  2.07 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section  2.07 or otherwise under this Agreement voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section  2.07 shall remain in full force and effect until the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations (other than Secured Cash Management Obligations, Secured Swap Obligations or contingent indemnification obligations and other contingent obligations, in each case not then due or asserted). Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section  2.07 constitute, and this Section  2.07 shall be deemed to constitute, a “ keepwell, support, or other agreement ” for the benefit of each other Loan Party for all purposes of Section la(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

ARTICLE III

Pledge of Securities

SECTION 3.01. Pledge. (a) As security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations, each Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under: (i) all Pledged Equity Interests; (ii) all other property of such Grantor that may be delivered to and held by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of Section  3.01 , Section  3.02 or Section  3.04 ; (iii) subject to Section  3.06 , all other rights and privileges of such Grantor with respect to the securities, instruments and other property referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and (iv) all Proceeds of any of the foregoing (the items referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as the “ Collateral ”).


 

7

(b) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent (or its designee) at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof and amendments thereto that (i) describe the Collateral in the same manner as described herein or may contain an indication or description of collateral that describes such property in any other manner as the Administrative Agent may determine, in its sole discretion, is necessary, advisable or prudent to ensure the perfection of the security interest in the Collateral granted to the Administrative Agent herein and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment. Each Grantor agrees to provide the information required for any such filing to the Administrative Agent promptly upon request.

Each Grantor also ratifies its authorization for the Administrative Agent (or its designee) to file in any relevant jurisdiction any initial financing statements or amendments thereto if filed prior to the date hereof.

SECTION 3.02. Delivery of the Pledged Equity Interests. (a) Each Grantor agrees to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent any and all Pledged Equity Interests that constitute Pledged Securities (i) on the date hereof, in the case of any such Pledged Securities owned by such Grantor on the date hereof, and (ii) promptly (and, in any event, within thirty (30) days or as otherwise agreed in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent) after the acquisition (by purchase, dividend or otherwise) thereof (and in any event as required under the Credit Agreement), in the case of any such Pledged Equity Interests that constitute Pledged Securities acquired (by purchase, dividend or otherwise) by such Grantor after the date hereof.

(b) Upon delivery to the Administrative Agent, (i) any Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by undated stock powers duly executed by the applicable Grantor in blank or other undated instruments of transfer satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and such other instruments and documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and (ii) all other property comprising part of the Collateral shall be accompanied by undated proper instruments of assignment duly executed by the applicable Grantor in blank and such other instruments and documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

(c) If any Grantor shall acquire (by purchase, dividend or otherwise) any additional Collateral at any time or from time to time after the date hereof, such Grantor, in addition to the actions required to be taken pursuant to Sections 3.02(a) and (b), shall deliver a schedule providing the information required by Schedule II with respect to any Pledged Equity Interests included in such additional Collateral; provided that failure to attach any such schedule hereto shall not affect the validity of such pledge of such Pledged Equity Interests. Each schedule so delivered after the date hereof shall be deemed attached hereto and made a part hereof as a supplement to Schedule II and any prior schedules so delivered.

SECTION 3.03. Representations and Warranties. The Grantors jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that:

(a) Schedule I sets forth the true and correct legal name of each Grantor, its jurisdiction of organization and the location of its chief executive office;


 

8

(b) Schedule II sets forth a true and complete list, with respect to each Grantor, of all the Pledged Equity Interests owned by such Grantor and the percentage of the issued and outstanding units of each class of the Capital Stock of the issuer thereof represented by the Pledged Equity Interests owned by such Grantor (other than any Pledged Equity Interests that are not yet required to have been delivered to the Administrative Agent under the terms of this Agreement or the Credit Agreement);

(c) the Pledged Equity Interests have been duly and validly authorized and issued by the issuers thereof and are fully paid and nonassessable;

(d) except for the security interests granted hereunder and Permitted Equity Encumbrances, each of the Grantors (i) is and, subject to any transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement, will continue to be the direct owner, beneficially and of record, of the Pledged Equity Interests indicated on Schedule II as owned by such Grantor and (ii) holds the same free and clear of all Liens;

(e) except as disclosed on Schedule II and except for restrictions and limitations imposed by the Loan Documents, Permitted Equity Encumbrances or securities laws generally, and, in the case of clause (ii) below, (i) the Collateral is and will continue to be freely transferable and assignable and (ii) none of the Collateral is or will be subject to any option, right of first refusal, shareholders agreement, charter or by-law provisions or contractual restriction of any nature that might prohibit, impair, delay or otherwise affect the pledge of such Collateral hereunder, the sale or disposition thereof pursuant hereto or the exercise by the Administrative Agent of rights and remedies hereunder;

(f) each of the Grantors has the power and authority to pledge the Collateral pledged by it hereunder in the manner hereby done or contemplated;

(g) no consent or approval of any Governmental Authority, any securities exchange or any other Person was, is or will be required for the validity of the pledge effected hereby (other than such as have been obtained and are in full force and effect);

(h) by virtue of the execution and delivery by the Grantors of this Agreement, when any Pledged Equity Interests are delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with this Agreement, the Administrative Agent will obtain a legal, valid and perfected first priority lien upon and security interest in such Pledged Equity Interests as security for the payment and performance of the Obligations and such lien is and shall be prior to any other Lien on such Pledged Equity Interests;

(i) the pledge effected hereby is effective to vest in the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the rights of the Administrative Agent in the Collateral as set forth herein and all action by any Grantor necessary or desirable to protect and perfect the lien on the Collateral has been duly taken;


 

9

(j) the Perfection Certificate has been duly prepared, completed and executed and the information set forth therein, including the exact legal name of each Grantor, is correct and complete as of the Closing Date;

(k) the Uniform Commercial Code financing statements are all the filings, recordings and registrations that are necessary to publish notice of and protect the validity of and to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the United States of America (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary with respect to any such Collateral in any such jurisdiction, except as provided under applicable law with respect to the filing of continuation statements; and

(l) the security interest granted in Section  3.01 constitutes (i) a legal and valid security interest in all the Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Obligations and (ii) subject to the filings described in Section  3.03(k) , a perfected security interest in all Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or analogous document in the United States of America (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law in such jurisdictions.

SECTION 3.04. Covenants. (a)    Each Grantor agrees (i) to be bound by the provisions of Section 8.10 of the Credit Agreement with the same force and effect, and to the same extent, as if each reference therein to the Borrower were a reference to such Grantor, (ii) to not effect any change to such Grantor’s (A) legal name, (B) location of its chief executive office, (C) identity or organizational structure, (D) Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number, if any, or (E) jurisdiction of organization (in each case, including by merging with or into any other entity, reorganizing, dissolving, liquidating, reorganizing or organizing in any other jurisdiction), unless (1) such Grantor shall have given the Administrative Agent prior written notice (in the form of a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer), or such other notice period agreed to by the Administrative Agent, of its intention to do so, clearly describing such change and providing such other information in connection therewith as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and (2) such Grantor shall have taken all action reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to maintain the perfection and priority of the security interest of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the Collateral, if applicable, (iii) to provide the Administrative Agent with certified organizational documents reflecting any of the changes described in the foregoing clause (ii), and (iii) to be bound by the provisions of Sections 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 8.11, 8.12, 8.13(c) and 8.19 of the Credit Agreement, in each case to the extent such provisions relate to such Grantor or its assets, with the same force and effect, and to the same extent, as if such Grantor were a party to the Credit Agreement.

(b) Each year, at the time of delivery of annual financial statements with respect to the preceding fiscal year pursuant to Section 8.1(a) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate executed by a Financial Officer of the


 

10

Borrower setting forth the information required pursuant to the Perfection Certificate or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the Closing Date or, if more recent, the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section  3.04(b) .

(c) Each Grantor (i) shall, at its own expense, take any and all actions necessary to defend title to the Collateral against all Persons and to defend the security interest of the Administrative Agent in the Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien other than Permitted Equity Encumbrances and (ii) will make no assignment, pledge, hypothecation or transfer of, or create or permit to exist any security interest in or other Lien on, the Collateral, other than Permitted Equity Encumbrances and transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement.

(d) Each Pledged Equity Interest that constitutes a Pledged Security now or hereafter acquired (by purchase, dividend or otherwise) by any Grantor shall be a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code and shall be governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code; and such certificate shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 3.02(a).

(e) Each Grantor that is a member, manager and/or partner of an issuer of a Pledged LLC Interest or a Pledged Partnership Interest and each Grantor that is an issuer of a Pledged LLC Interest or Pledged Partnership Interest hereby (1) grants its irrevocable consent under each limited liability agreement, operating agreement, membership agreement, partnership agreement or similar agreement to which such Grantor is a party and relating to any Pledged LLC Interests or Pledged Partnership Interests (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, each a “ Pledged Partnership/LLC Agreement ”) to permit each member, manager and/or partner of such issuer (A) to pledge all of the Pledged LLC Interests or Pledged Partnership Interests in which such member, manager and/or partner has rights in connection herewith, and (B) to grant and collaterally assign to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a lien on and security interest in such Pledged LLC Interests or such Pledged Partnership Interests in accordance herewith and subject to the terms and limitations hereof and (2) irrevocably agrees that (A) the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and/or the Lenders shall be entitled to exercise any and all of their rights and remedies against such Pledged LLC Interests or Pledged Partnership Interests pursuant to the Loan Documents, including, without limitation any rights to foreclose upon or otherwise effectuate an assignment of such Pledged LLC Interests or Pledged Partnership Interests in accordance therewith, and (B) in connection with the exercise of any remedies in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and/or the Lenders (and/or any Affiliate of the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and/or the Lenders and/or any entity formed by the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and/or the Lenders) shall be entitled to be admitted as a partner (including as the general partner) or as a member (including as the managing member) of any issuer of Pledged LLC Interests or Pledged Partnership Interests, as the case may be, and/or make an assignment of all or any portion of such interest to any Person(s) who shall have the right to be admitted as partner(s) of or as member(s) of any such issuer, as the case may be (each of clauses (1)(A), (1)(B), (2)(A) and (2)(B) collectively, a “ Permitted Assignment ”). For the avoidance of doubt, any assignee of the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and/or the Lenders that shall become a partner or a member of an issuer of Pledged Partnership Interests or Pledged


 

11

LLC Interests, as the case may be, pursuant to a Permitted Assignment (excluding any assignee that is an entity formed by the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and/or the Lenders and continues to hold an interest as a partner of or member of such an issuer, as the case may be) shall thereafter be subject to the terms of this Section  3.04(e) or any subsequent assignment to be made by such partner or member, as the case may be.

(f) (3) to, upon any foreclosure by the Administrative Agent on such Pledged LLC Interests or such Pledged Partnership Interests (or any other sale or transfer of such Pledged LLC Interests or such Pledged Partnership Interests in lieu of such foreclosure), to the extent permitted by applicable law, transfer to the Administrative Agent (or to the purchaser or other transferee of such Pledged LLC Interests or Pledged Partnership Interests in lieu of such foreclosure) such member, manager and/or partner’s rights and powers to manage and control the affairs of the applicable issuer of Pledged LLC Interests or Pledged Partnership Interests, as the case may be, in each case, without any further consent, approval or action by any other party, including, without limitation, any other party to any Pledged Partnership/LLC Agreement or otherwise and (B) to provide that (1) the bankruptcy or insolvency of such member, manager and/or partner shall not cause such member, manager and/or partner to cease to be a holder of such Pledged LLC Interests or such Pledged Partnership Interests, (2) upon the occurrence of such an event, the applicable issuer shall continue without dissolution and (3) until such time as all the Obligations have been paid in full in cash (other than Secured Cash Management Obligations, Secured Swap Obligations or contingent indemnification obligations and other contingent obligations not then due or asserted), such member, manager and/or partner waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the applicable issuer upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such member, manager and/or partner, or the occurrence of an event that causes such member, manager and/or partner to cease to be a holder of such Pledged LLC Interests or Pledged Partnership Interests.

(g) Subject to compliance with applicable law, no further consent, approval or action by any other party, including, without limitation, any other party to the applicable Pledged Partnership/LLC Agreement or otherwise shall be necessary to permit the Administrative Agent or its designee to be substituted as a member, manager or partner pursuant to Section  3.04 or 3.05 . The rights, powers and benefits granted pursuant to this paragraph shall inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent, on its own behalf and on behalf of the Secured Parties, and each of their respective successors, assigns and designees, as intended third party beneficiaries.

(h) Each Grantor and each issuer of a Pledged LLC Interest or a Pledged Partnership Interest agrees that (1) no Pledged Partnership /LLC Agreement shall be amended to be inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement and (2) it shall not directly or indirectly, consent to, approve, authorize or otherwise suffer or permit any waiver, amendment, supplement, cancellation, termination or other modification of the partnership agreement, operating agreement, charter, certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents of (A) the Company, the Borrower any Qualified Asset Guarantor or any Loan Party that is a direct owner of any Qualified Asset Guarantor, in each case if such waiver, amendment, supplement, cancellation, termination or modification would reasonably be expected to (x) adversely affect any Loan Party’s ability to repay the Obligations or (y) impair the rights or interests of the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party hereunder or under any


 

12

Loan Document or in any Collateral and (B) any other Subsidiary, in each case if such waiver, amendment, supplement, cancellation, termination or modification would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(i) Each Grantor agrees, at its own expense, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments, financing statements, agreements and documents and take all such other actions as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request to better assure, preserve, protect and perfect the Secured Parties’ security interest in the Collateral and the rights and remedies created hereby, including the payment of any fees and Taxes required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the Secured Parties’ security interest in the Collateral and the filing and recording of any financing statements or other documents in connection herewith or therewith. Each Grantor will provide to the Administrative Agent, from time to time upon request, evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent as to the perfection and priority of the Liens created or intended to be created pursuant to this Agreement.

SECTION 3.05. Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations. The Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall have the right (in its sole and absolute discretion) (a) to hold the Pledged Equity Interests in its own name as pledgee, in the name of its nominee (as pledgee or as sub-agent) or in the name of the applicable Grantor, endorsed or assigned in blank or in favor of the Administrative Agent and (b) to be substituted for the applicable Grantor as a member, manager or partner under the applicable Pledged Partnership/LLC Agreement (and the Administrative Agent or its designee shall have all rights, powers and benefits of such Grantor as a member, manager or partner, as applicable, under such Pledged Partnership/LLC Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement). For the avoidance of doubt, such rights, powers and benefits of a substituted member, manager or partner shall include all voting and other rights and not merely the rights of an economic interest holder. Each Grantor will promptly give to the Administrative Agent copies of any notices or other communications received by it with respect to Pledged Equity Interests registered in the name of such Grantor. The Administrative Agent shall at all times have the right to exchange the certificates representing Pledged Equity Interests for certificates of smaller or larger denominations for any purpose consistent with this Agreement.

SECTION 3.06. Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest . (a) Unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and, other than in the case of an Event of Default under Section 10.1(h) of the Credit Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Grantors that the Grantors rights, in whole or in part, under this Section  3.06 are being suspended:

(i) each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and/or other consensual rights and powers inuring to an owner of Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided that such rights and powers shall not be exercised in any manner that could reasonably be expected materially and adversely to affect the rights inuring to a holder of any Collateral or the rights and remedies of any of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the ability of the Secured Parties to exercise the same;


 

13

(ii) the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to each Grantor, or cause to be executed and delivered to such Grantor, all such proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to Section  3.06(a)(i) ; and

(iii) each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all dividends, interest, principal and other distributions paid on or distributed in respect of the Collateral, but only to the extent that such dividends, interest, principal and other distributions are permitted by, and are otherwise paid or distributed in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and applicable law; provided that any noncash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Equity Interests, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Capital Stock of the issuer of any Pledged Equity Interests or received in exchange for Pledged Equity Interests or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be and become part of the Collateral and, if received by any Grantor, and required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent hereunder, shall not be commingled by such Grantor with any of its other funds or property (but shall be held separate and apart therefrom), shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and shall be forthwith delivered to the Administrative Agent in the form in which they shall have been received (with any endorsements, stock or note powers and other instruments of transfer requested by the Administrative Agent).

(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and, other than in the case of an Event of Default under Section  10.1(h) of the Credit Agreement, after the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Grantors of the suspension of the Grantor’s rights under Section  3.06(a)(iii) , all rights of any Grantor to dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor is authorized to receive pursuant to Section  3.06(a)(iii) , shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to receive and retain such dividends, interest, principal or other distributions. All dividends, interest, principal and other distributions received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of this Section  3.06 shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor and shall be forthwith delivered to the Administrative Agent upon demand in the form in which they shall have been received (with any necessary endorsements, stock powers or other instruments of transfer). Any and all money and other property paid over to or received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the provisions of this Section  3.06(b) shall be retained by the Administrative Agent in an account to be established by the Administrative Agent upon receipt of such money or other property, shall be held as security for the payment and performance of the Obligations and shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Section  4.02 . After all Events of Default have been cured or waived and the Administrative Agent has received from the Borrower satisfactory evidence relating to any such cure, the Administrative Agent shall promptly repay to each Grantor (without interest) all dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor would otherwise have been permitted to retain pursuant to the terms of Section  3.06(a)(iii) and that remain in such account.


 

14

(c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and, other than in the case of an Event of Default under Section  10.1(h) of the Credit Agreement, after the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Grantors of the suspension of the Grantors’ rights under Section  3.06(a)(i) , all rights of any Grantor to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to Section  3.06(a)(i) , and the obligations of the Administrative Agent under Section  3.06(a)(ii) , shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such voting and consensual rights and powers; provided that, unless otherwise directed by the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall have the right from time to time following and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit the Grantors to exercise such rights. Solely to the extent that any and all Events of Default have been cured or waived or otherwise cease to be continuing and the Administrative Agent has received a certificate from the Borrower certifying as such, each Grantor will have the right to exercise the voting and consensual rights that such Grantor would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to the terms of Section  3.06(a)(i) (and the obligations of the Administrative Agent under Section  3.06(a)(ii) shall be reinstated).

(d) Any notice given by the Administrative Agent to the Grantors suspending the Grantors’ rights under Section  3.06(a) : (i) may be given by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing, (ii) may be given to one or more of the Grantors at the same or different times and (iii) may suspend the rights and powers of the Grantors under Section  3.06(a)(i) or Section  3.06(a)(iii) in part without suspending all such rights or powers (as specified by the Administrative Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) and without waiving or otherwise affecting the Administrative Agent’s right to give additional notices from time to time suspending other rights and powers so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

ARTICLE IV

Remedies

SECTION 4.01. Remedies Upon Default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it is agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have the right to exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor agrees that the Administrative Agent shall have the right, subject to the mandatory requirements of applicable law, to (a) subject to Section  3.06 , vote all or any part of the Pledged Equity Interests (whether or not transferred into the name of the Administrative Agent) and give all consents, waivers and ratifications in respect of the Collateral and (b) sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral at a public or private sale or at any broker’s board or on any securities exchange, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate. The Administrative Agent shall be authorized to take the actions set forth in Section  4.03 . Each such purchaser at any sale of Collateral shall hold the property sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby


 

15

waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal that such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.

The Administrative Agent shall give the applicable Grantors 10 days’ prior written notice (which each Grantor agrees is reasonable notice within the meaning of Section 9-612 of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions) of the Administrative Agent’s intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public sale, shall state the time and place for such sale and, in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral, or portion thereof, will first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Administrative Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any) of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Administrative Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been given. The Administrative Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Administrative Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. In the event of a foreclosure by the Administrative Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, the Administrative Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition, and the Administrative Agent, at the direction of the Required Lenders, as agent for and representative of the Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Loan Document Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any Collateral payable by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties at such sale or other disposition. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Administrative Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Administrative Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Obligations paid in full. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Administrative Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. Any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section  4.01 shall be deemed to conform to commercially reasonable standards as provided in Section 9-610(b) of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions.


 

16

SECTION 4.02. Application of Proceeds. The Administrative Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection, sale, foreclosure or other realization upon any Collateral as follows:

FIRST, to the payment of all costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with such collection, sale, foreclosure or realization or otherwise in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any of the Obligations, including all court costs and the fees and expenses of its agents and legal counsel, the repayment of all advances made by the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document on behalf of any Grantor and any other costs or expenses incurred in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document;

SECOND, to the payment in full of the Obligations in accordance with Section 10.2 of the Credit Agreement (the amounts so applied to be distributed among the Secured Parties pro rata in accordance with the amounts of the Obligations owed to them on the date of any such distribution); and

THIRD, to the Grantors, their successors or assigns, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct in accordance with Section 10.2 of the Credit Agreement.

The Administrative Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds, moneys or balances in accordance with this Agreement. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Administrative Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Administrative Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Administrative Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof. The Grantors shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay all Obligations, including any attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by Administrative Agent or any Lender to collect such deficiency. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the proceeds of any collection, sale, foreclosure or realization upon any Collateral of any Grantor shall not be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligation of such Grantor and shall instead be applied to other Obligations.

SECTION 4.03. Securities Act . In view of the position of the Grantors in relation to the Collateral, or because of other current or future circumstances, a question may arise under the Securities Act of 1933 as now or hereafter in effect or any similar statute hereafter enacted analogous in purpose or effect (such Act and any such similar statute as from time to time in effect being called the “ Federal Securities Laws ”) with respect to any disposition of the Collateral permitted hereunder. Each Grantor understands that compliance with the Federal Securities Laws might very strictly limit the course of conduct of the Administrative


 

17

Agent if the Administrative Agent were to attempt to dispose of all or any part of the Collateral, and might also limit the extent to which or the manner in which any subsequent transferee of any Collateral could dispose of the same. Similarly, there may be other legal restrictions or limitations affecting the Administrative Agent in any attempt to dispose of all or part of the Collateral under applicable Blue Sky or other state securities laws or similar laws analogous in purpose or effect. Each Grantor recognizes that in light of such restrictions and limitations the Administrative Agent may, with respect to any sale of the Collateral, and shall be authorized to, limit the purchasers to those who will agree, among other things, to acquire such Collateral for their own account for investment, and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof, and upon consummation of any such sale may assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that in light of such restrictions and limitations, the Administrative Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, (a) may proceed to make such a sale whether or not a registration statement for the purpose of registering such Collateral or part thereof shall have been filed under the Federal Securities Laws or, to the extent applicable, Blue Sky or other state securities laws and (b) may approach and negotiate with a limited number of potential purchasers (including a single potential purchaser) to effect such sale. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such sale might result in prices and other terms less favorable to the seller than if such sale were a public sale without such restrictions. In the event of any such sale, the Administrative Agent shall incur no responsibility or liability for selling all or any part of the Collateral at a price that the Administrative Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, may in good faith deem reasonable under the circumstances, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially higher price might have been realized if the sale were deferred until after registration as aforesaid or if more than a limited number of potential purchasers (or a single purchaser) were approached. The provisions of this Section  4.03 will apply notwithstanding the existence of a public or private market upon which the quotations or sales prices may exceed substantially the price at which the Administrative Agent sells.

SECTION 4.04. Information . If the Administrative Agent determines to exercise its right to sell any or all of the Collateral, upon written request, each Grantor shall, from time to time, furnish to the Administrative Agent all such information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in order to determine the number of shares and other instruments included in the Collateral which may be sold by the Administrative Agent as exempt transactions under the Federal Securities Laws and rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, as the same are from time to time in effect.

ARTICLE V

Indemnity, Subrogation, Contribution and Subordination

SECTION 5.01. Indemnity and Subrogation. In addition to all such rights of indemnity and subrogation as the Guarantors may have under applicable law (but subject to Section  5.03 ), the Borrower agrees that (a) in the event a payment in respect of any Obligation shall be made by any Guarantor under this Agreement, the Borrower shall indemnify such Guarantor for the full amount of such payment and such Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of the Person to whom such payment shall have been made to the extent of such payment and (b) in the event any assets of any Grantor (other than the Borrower) shall be sold pursuant to


 

18

this Agreement or any other Collateral Document to satisfy in whole or in part any Obligation, the Borrower shall indemnify such Grantor in an amount equal to the greater of the book value or the fair market value of the assets so sold.

SECTION 5.02. Contribution and Subrogation. Each Guarantor and Grantor (other than the Borrower) (each such Guarantor or Grantor being called a “ Contributing Party ”) agrees (subject to Section  5.03 ) that, in the event a payment shall be made by any other Guarantor hereunder in respect of any Obligation or assets of any other Grantor other than the Borrower shall be sold pursuant to any Collateral Document to satisfy any Obligation and such other Guarantor or Grantor (the “ Claiming Party ”) shall not have been fully indemnified by the Borrower as provided in Section  5.01 , such Contributing Party shall indemnify the Claiming Party in an amount equal to the amount of such payment or the greater of the book value or the fair market value of such assets (the “ Indemnified Amount ”), as the case may be, in each case multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the net worth of such Contributing Party on the date hereof and the denominator shall be the aggregate net worth of all the Contributing Parties on the date hereof (or, in the case of any Contributing Party becoming a party hereto pursuant to Section  6.12 , the date of the supplement hereto executed and delivered by such Contributing Party). Any Contributing Party making any payment to a Claiming Party pursuant to this Section  5.02 shall (subject to Section  5.03 ) be subrogated to the rights of such Claiming Party under Section  5.01 to the extent of such payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Claiming Party’s right to indemnification hereunder arises from a payment or sale of Collateral made to satisfy Obligations constituting Secured Swap Obligations, only those Contributing Parties for whom such Secured Swap Obligations do not constitute Excluded Swap Obligations shall indemnify such Claiming Party, with the fraction set forth in the second preceding sentence being modified as appropriate to provide for indemnification of the entire Indemnified Amount.

SECTION 5.03. Subordination. (a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Guarantors and Grantors under Sections  5.01 and 5.02 and all other rights of the Guarantors and Grantors of indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations. No failure on the part of the Borrower or any other Guarantor or Grantor to make the payments required by Sections  5.01 and 5.02 (or any other payments required under applicable law or otherwise) shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor or Grantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Guarantor and Grantor shall remain liable for the full amount of the obligations of such Guarantor or Grantor hereunder.

(b) Each Guarantor and Grantor hereby agrees that all Indebtedness and other monetary obligations owed by it to, or to it by, any other Guarantor, Grantor or any other Subsidiary shall be fully subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations.


 

19

ARTICLE VI

Miscellaneous

SECTION 6.01. Notices. All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given in the manner provided in Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Subsidiary Loan Party shall be given to it in care of the Borrower in the manner provided in Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 6.02. Waivers; Amendment. (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section  6.02 , and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the making of a Loan or issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Letter of Credit Issuer may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 12.1 of the Credit Agreement; provided that the Administrative Agent may, without the consent of any Secured Party, consent to a departure by any Loan Party from any covenant of such Loan Party set forth herein or in any other Collateral Document to the extent such departure is not inconsistent with any limitation on the authority of the Administrative Agent set forth in the Credit Agreement.

(c) This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Loan Party and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Loan Party without the approval of any other Loan Party and without affecting the obligations of any other Loan Party hereunder.

SECTION 6.03. Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification. (a) The Guarantors and the Grantors jointly and severally agree to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its fees and expenses incurred hereunder as provided in Section 12.5 of the Credit Agreement as if each reference therein to the Borrower were a reference to the Guarantors and Grantors.


 

20

(b) The Guarantors and Grantors jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee as provided in Section 12.5 of the Credit Agreement as if each reference to the Borrower therein were a reference to the Guarantors and Grantors.

(c) Any amounts payable hereunder, including as provided in Section  6.03(a) or  6.03(b ), shall be additional Obligations secured hereby and by the other Collateral Documents. All amounts due under Section  6.03(a) or  6.03(b) shall be payable promptly after written demand therefor.

(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, no Guarantor or Grantor shall assert, or permit any of its subsidiaries to assert, and each Guarantor and Grantor hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee (i) for any damages arising from the use by others of information or other materials obtained through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems (including the Internet), unless determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, or (ii) on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.

(e) BY ACCEPTING THE BENEFITS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE GUARANTEES AND SECURITY INTERESTS CREATED HEREBY, EACH SECURED PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE XI OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT AND AGREES TO BE BOUND BY SUCH PROVISIONS AS FULLY AS IF THEY WERE SET FORTH HEREIN.

SECTION 6.04. Survival . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made hereunder, in any other Loan Document and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, or in connection herewith or therewith, shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof and the making of the Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent, each Letter of Credit Issuer and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent, any Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default at the time of any Loan or L/C Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect until Payment in Full. The provisions of Section  6.03 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit (other than any Letter of Credit that has been Cash Collateralized) and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.


 

21

SECTION 6.05. Counterparts; Effectiveness; Successors and Assigns. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Loan Party when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Loan Party shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Loan Party and the Administrative Agent and their respective successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Loan Party, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns, except that no Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein or in the Collateral (and any attempted assignment or transfer by any Loan Party shall be null and void), except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic imaging shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 6.06. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is prohibited, illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, (a) such provision shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the prohibited, illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the prohibited, illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions..

SECTION 6.07. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a) THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally: (i) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York in New York County, the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof; (ii) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same; (iii) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to its address set forth in Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto; and (iv) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of the


 

22

Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to sue or bring an enforcement action relating to this Agreement, including any such action or proceeding in connection with the exercise of remedies with respect to the Collateral, in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 6.08. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN (IN EACH CASE, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 6.08.

SECTION 6.09. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 6.10. Security Interest Absolute. All rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder, the grant of the security interest in the Collateral and all obligations of each Loan Party hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment to or waiver of, or any consent to any departure from, the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral securing, or any release or amendment to or waiver of, or any consent to any departure from, any guarantee of, all or any of the Obligations or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Loan Party in respect of the Obligations or this Agreement.

SECTION 6.11. Termination or Release. (a) This Agreement, the Guarantee Obligations made herein and all security interests granted hereby shall, subject to Section  2.04 , terminate and be released (all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any Person) upon Payment in Full.

(b) A Subsidiary Loan Party shall automatically be released from its Guarantee Obligations under the Loan Documents, and all security interests created by the Collateral Documents in Collateral with respect to such Subsidiary Loan Party shall be automatically released free and clear of the Liens created hereby (x) as required by the Administrative Agent to effect any sale, transfer or other disposition of Collateral in connection with any exercise of


 

23

remedies of the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement or (y) upon such Collateral becoming an ownership interest in any Excluded Subsidiary solely to the extent permitted by, and in accordance with the terms of, the Credit Agreement; provided that, if so required by the Credit Agreement, the Required Lenders shall have consented to such transaction and the terms of such consent shall not have provided otherwise. In the event of any such termination or release, Schedule II to this Agreement shall be deemed to be modified to remove the Collateral with respect to which the security interests granted hereby have been so released.

(c) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to this Section  6.11 , the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Loan Party, at such Loan Party’s expense, all documents that such Loan Party shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Any execution and delivery of documents by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section  6.11 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 6.12. Additional Subsidiaries. Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, certain Subsidiaries not party hereto on the Closing Date are required to enter in this Agreement. Upon the execution and delivery by the Administrative Agent and any such Subsidiary of a Supplement, such Subsidiary shall become a Subsidiary Loan Party, a Guarantor and a Grantor hereunder, with the same force and effect as if originally named as such herein. The execution and delivery of any Supplement shall not require the consent of any other Loan Party. The rights and obligations of each Loan Party hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Subsidiary Loan Party as a party to this Agreement.

SECTION 6.13. Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact. Each Grantor hereby appoints the Administrative Agent the attorney-in-fact of such Grantor for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary to accomplish the purposes hereof, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, with full power of substitution either in the Administrative Agent’s name or in the name of such Grantor (a) to receive, endorse, assign and/or deliver any and all notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment relating to the Collateral or any part thereof; (b) to demand, collect, receive payment of, give receipt for and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (c) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect or otherwise realize on all or any of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect of any Collateral; (d) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any actions, suits or proceedings relating to all or any of the Collateral; and (e) to use, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Collateral, and to do all other acts and things necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner of the Collateral for all purposes; provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Administrative Agent to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Administrative Agent, or to present or file any claim or notice, or to take any action with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property covered


 

24

thereby. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts actually received as a result of the exercise of the powers granted to them herein, and neither they nor their related parties shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment).

[Signature Pages Follow]


 

25

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

AMERICOLD REALTY OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.
by    
  Name:
  Title:


 

26

[OTHER SUBSIDIARY LOAN PARTIES]
by    
  Name:
  Title:


 

27

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as
Administrative Agent
by    
  Name:
  Title:


Schedule I to

the Guarantee and

Collateral Agreement

Subsidiary Loan Party Information

 

Name

   Jurisdiction of Organization    Chief Executive Office


Schedule II to

the Guarantee and

Collateral Agreement

Pledged Equity Interests

Pledged Capital Stock

 

Grantor

   Stock Issuer    Certificate
Number
   Number and Class
of Capital Stock
   Percentage of
Capital Stock
           
           
           
           
           

Pledged LLC Interests

 

Grantor

   Limited Liability
Company
   Certificate
Number
   Number of
LLC Interests
   Percentage of
LLC Interests
           
           
           
           
           

Pledged Partnership Interests

 

Grantor

   Partnership    Certificate
Number
   Type of
Partnership
Interests
   Percentage of
Partnership Interests
           
           
           
           
           


Exhibit I to the

Guarantee and

Collateral Agreement

SUPPLEMENT NO. __ dated as of [●], 20[●] (this “ Supplement ”), to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of [                ], 2017 (the “ Collateral Agreement ”), among Americold Realty Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Borrower ”), each subsidiary of the Borrower listed on Schedule I thereto (each such subsidiary individually a “ Subsidiary Guarantor ” and, collectively, the “ Subsidiary Guarantors ”; the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Borrower are referred to collectively herein as the “ Grantors ”) and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national banking association, as administrative and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of [                ], (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Collateral Agreement and the Credit Agreement referred to therein, as applicable.

C. The Guarantors and Grantors have entered into the Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers to make extensions of credit to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement. Section 6.12 of the Collateral Agreement provides that additional Subsidiaries may become Subsidiary Parties under the Collateral Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned Subsidiary (the “ New Subsidiary ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Subsidiary Loan Party, a Loan Party, a Guarantor and a Grantor under the Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers to make additional extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement and as consideration for such extensions of credit previously made.

Accordingly, the Administrative Agent and the New Subsidiary agree as follows:

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 6.12 of the Collateral Agreement, the New Subsidiary by its signature below becomes a Loan Party, a Subsidiary Loan Party, a Guarantor and a Grantor under the Collateral Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as such, and the New Subsidiary hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Collateral Agreement applicable to it in such capacities and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it in such capacities thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Subsidiary, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations (as defined in the Collateral Agreement), does hereby create and grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, their successors and assigns, a security interest in and lien on all of the New Subsidiary’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral (as


 

2

defined in the Collateral Agreement) of the New Subsidiary. Each reference to a “ Loan Party ,” “ Subsidiary Loan Party ,” “ Guarantor ” or “ Grantor ” in the Collateral Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Subsidiary. The Collateral Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

SECTION 2. The New Subsidiary represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law and hereby makes each of the representations and warranties applicable to a Grantor contained in the Collateral Agreement.

SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of the New Subsidiary shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Supplement by facsimile or other electronic imaging shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Supplement.

SECTION 4. The New Subsidiary hereby represents and warrants that (a) Schedule I sets forth, as of the date hereof, the true and correct legal name of the New Subsidiary, its jurisdiction of organization and the location of its chief executive office and (b) Schedule II sets forth, as of the date hereof, a true and complete list of all the Pledged Equity Interests owned by the New Subsidiary and the percentage of the issued and outstanding units of each class of the Capital Stock of the issuer thereof represented by the Pledged Equity Interests owned by the New Subsidiary.

SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Collateral Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS SUPPLEMENT, AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 7. Any provision of this Supplement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction


 

3

SECTION 8. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 6.01 of the Collateral Agreement.

SECTION 9. The New Subsidiary agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel, incurred by it in connection with this Supplement, including the preparation, execution and delivery thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Subsidiary and the Administrative Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Collateral Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NAME OF NEW SUBSIDIARY]
by    
  Name:
  Title:

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
by    
  Name:
  Title:


Schedule I

to Supplement No.      to the

Guarantee and

Collateral Agreement

New Subsidiary Loan Party Information

 

Name

   Jurisdiction of
Organization
   Chief Executive Office


Pledged Equity Interests

Pledged Capital Stock

 

Grantor

   Stock Issuer    Certificate
Number
   Number and Class
of Capital Stock
   Percentage of
Capital Stock
           
           
           
           
           

Pledged LLC Interests

 

Grantor

   Limited Liability
Company
   Certificate
Number
   Number of
LLC Interests
   Percentage of
LLC Interests
           
           
           
           
           

Pledged Partnership Interests

 

Grantor

   Partnership    Certificate
Number
   Type of
Partnership
Interests
   Percentage of
Partnership Interests
           
           
           
           
           

Exhibit 10.9

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is dated this      day of             , 2018, by and between AMERICOLD LOGISTICS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with its principal place of business located in Atlanta, Georgia (the “ Company ”) and FRED BOEHLER (the “ Executive ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Executive currently serves as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company are currently parties to that certain Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated December 14, 2015 (the “ Prior Employment Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company mutually desire to terminate and cancel the Prior Employment Agreement and, in connection therewith, to provide for the continued services and employment of the Executive by the Company on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, each intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

1.     Employment . On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Company hereby agrees to continue to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to continue such employment, for the Employment Term (as defined below). During the Employment Term, the Executive shall serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and shall report to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), performing the normal duties and responsibilities of such position with respect to the business of the Company and such other duties and responsibilities commensurate with such position as the Board may reasonably assign to the Executive from time to time.

2.     Performance . The Executive shall serve the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates faithfully and to the best of his ability and shall devote his full business time, energy, experience and talents to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, as applicable, and will not engage in any other employment activities for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior written approval of the Board; provided , however , that it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for the Executive to manage his personal investments, to engage in or serve such civic, community, charitable, educational, industry, professional, or religious organizations as he may select, or, with the prior approval of the Board, to serve on the boards of directors of other companies, so long as such service does not create an actual or potential conflict of interest with, or impair the Executive’s ability to fulfill his duties hereunder or conflict with the Executive’s covenants under Section 6 of this Agreement, in each case as determined in the sole judgment of the Board. The Executive’s continued service on the Board of Directors of the International Association of Refrigerated Warehouses does not require additional approval of the Board.

 

1


3.     Employment Term .

(a)    Subject to earlier termination pursuant to Section 7, the term of employment of the Executive hereunder shall begin on [●] (the “ Commencement Date ”), and shall continue for an indefinite period of time, unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 7 (the “ Employment Term ”).

4.     Principal Location . The Executive’s principal place of employment shall be the Company’s offices located in the Atlanta, Georgia metropolitan area, subject to required travel.

5.     Compensation and Benefits .

(a)     Base Salary . During the Employment Term, the Company shall pay the Executive a base salary, payable in equal installments in accordance with Company payroll procedures, at an annual rate of Eight Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($850,000), pro-rated to reflect any partial year of employment. The Board or a committee thereof shall review Executive’s base salary on an annual basis and may increase Executive’s base salary from time to time, in which case such increased salary then shall become the Executive’s base salary for purposes of this Agreement.

(b)     Annual Bonus . The Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual performance-based cash bonus in respect of each calendar year that ends during the Employment Term, to the extent earned based on the achievement of performance objectives established by the Board or a committee thereof, after consultation with the Executive, no later than 30 days after commencement of the relevant bonus period, pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Short-Term Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time. The maximum annual performance-based cash bonus that the Executive may earn is one hundred seventy five percent (175%), and the target bonus is one hundred twenty five percent (125%), in each case, of the Executive’s annual base salary at the rate in effect at the end of the relevant calendar year, pro-rated to properly reflect any partial year of employment. If the applicable performances objectives, are not attained at least at the minimum level, no annual performance bonus shall be payable. The amount of such annual bonus awarded for a calendar year shall be determined by the Board or a committee thereof after the end of the calendar year to which such bonus relates and shall be paid to the Executive during the following calendar year when annual bonuses for the prior calendar year are paid to other senior executives of the Company generally. The amount of any such annual bonus shall be pro-rated to properly reflect any partial year of employment. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7(b), to be eligible for any such annual bonus under this Section 5(b), the Executive must be in active working status at the time the Company pays bonuses for the relevant year to other senior executives generally. For purposes of this Agreement, “active working status” means that the Executive is employed by the Company.

(c)     Long Term Incentive Plan.

(i)    The Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Americold Realty Trust 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Stock Plan ”) in such amounts and at such times as the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Americold Realty Trust (“ ART ”) shall determine in its sole discretion. Any such awards shall be governed by the Stock Plan and any Stock Plan award agreements between ART and the Executive.

 

2


(ii)     Restricted Stock Unit Grant . In consideration of the Executive’s entering into this Agreement and as an inducement to remain with the Company, the Executive shall be granted promptly following the Commencement Date, under the Stock Plan, an award of seventy eight thousand one hundred twenty five (78,125) restricted stock units to be settled in shares of the common stock of ART (the “ Restricted Stock Units ”), subject to the approval of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of ART. Such award shall be governed by the Stock Plan and a restricted stock unit award agreement between the Executive and ART. Subject to terms of the Stock Plan and the award agreement for the Restricted Stock Units, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest in equal one-third (1/3) installments on the second, third and fourth anniversary of the date of grant of such award, subject to the Executive’s continuous employment with the Company from the date of grant of such award through such vesting dates, except as otherwise provided in Section 7(b).

(d)     Benefits . During the Employment Term, the Executive shall, subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plan documents in force from time to time and all applicable laws, be eligible to participate in all of the employee benefit, fringe and perquisite plans, practices, policies and arrangements the Company makes available from time to time to its executive employees generally.

(e)     Paid Time Off . The Executive shall be entitled to not less than twenty-nine (29) days of paid time off during each calendar year, pro-rated for any partial calendar year of employment, in accordance with the Company’s policies and practices with respect to its employees generally as in effect from time to time.

(f)     Business Expenses . The Executive shall be reimbursed by the Company for all reasonable and necessary business expenses actually incurred by him in performing his duties hereunder. All payments under this Section 5(f) will be made in accordance with policies established by the Company from time to time and subject to receipt by the Company of appropriate documentation.

(g)     Directors and Officers Liability Insurance . During the Employment Term, the Company shall maintain director and officer liability insurance covering the Executive on terms that are no less favorable than the coverage provided to other senior executives, officers or directors of the Company, as such coverage may be in effect from time to time.

6.     Covenants of the Executive . The Executive acknowledges that in the course of his employment with the Company he will become familiar with the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ trade secrets and with other confidential and proprietary information concerning the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, and that his services are of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Therefore, the Company and the Executive mutually agree that it is in the interest of both parties for the Executive to enter into the restrictive covenants set forth in this Section 6 to, among other things, protect the legitimate business interests of the Company and those of its subsidiaries and

 

3


affiliates, and that such restrictions and covenants contained in this Section 6 are reasonable in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects given the nature of the Executive’s duties and the nature of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ businesses and that such restrictions and covenants do not and will not unduly impair the Executive’s ability to earn a living after termination of his employment with the Company. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Company would not have entered into this Agreement but for the restrictive covenants of the Executive set forth in this Section 6, and (ii) such restrictive covenants have been made by the Executive in order to induce the Company to enter into this Agreement.

(a)     Definitions . For purposes of this Section 6:

Competing Business ” means any person or entity that engages in a business that is the same as or substantially similar to the business conducted by the Company.

Confidential Information ” means confidential information relating to the business of the Company and/or its affiliates that (i) has been made known to the Executive through his relationship with the Company or its affiliates, (ii) has value to the Company and/or its affiliates and (iii) is not generally known to competitors of the Company and/or its affiliates. Confidential Information includes, without limitation, methods of operation, business strategies, plans for acquisition or expansion, terms of transaction documents (including but not limited to purchase and sale agreements, operating agreements, lease agreements and employment agreements), financial information and projections, pricing and discount information, lists of and information regarding current or prospective customers, vendors, licensees and licensors, product development activities, marketing plans and strategies, non-public personnel information, and any other information of whatever kind that gives the Company and/or its affiliates an opportunity to obtain an advantage over competitors who do not possess such information, regardless of whether such information is marked “confidential.” Confidential Information includes trade secrets (as defined under applicable law) as well as information that does not rise to the level of a trade secret, and includes information that has been entrusted to the Company or any of its affiliates by a third party under an obligation of confidentiality. Confidential Information does not include any information that has been voluntarily disclosed to the public by the Company (except where such public disclosure has been made by the Executive without authorization) or that has been independently developed and disclosed by others, or that otherwise enters the public domain through lawful means.

Customer ” means a current or actively sought prospective customer of the Company during the last two (2) years of the Executive’s employment with the Company.

Restricted Period ” means the period in which the Executive is employed with the Company together with the one (1)-year period following termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason.

Services ” means services of the type conducted, authorized, offered or provided by the Executive to or on behalf of the Company during the last two (2) years of the Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

4


Territory ” means each geographic area in which the Company conducted business during the Executive’s employment with the Company; provided , that if the Executive’s duties and responsibilities during the last two (2) years of the Executive’s employment were limited to particular geographic areas, then the “Territory” shall be limited to such geographic areas.

(b)     Noncompetition . During the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, control, consult with, be employed by or otherwise provide Services to, or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of, any Competing Business anywhere in the Territory. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive’s ownership solely as an investor of two percent (2%) or less of the outstanding securities of any class of any publicly-traded securities of any company shall not, by itself, be considered to be competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

(c)     Non-solicitation of Customers . During the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or attempt to solicit any Customer for purposes of providing products or services that are competitive with the products and services provided by the Company or (ii) induce or attempt to induce any Customer to reduce or cease doing business with the Company, or otherwise interfere with the relationship between any Customer and the Company.

(d)     Non-solicitation of Employees . During the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit for employment or attempt to solicit for employment, directly or by assisting others, any person who was an employee or independent contractor of the Company on, or within six (6) months before, the date of such solicitation or attempted solicitation or (ii) induce or attempt to induce any employee or independent contractor of the Company to terminate such person’s employment or independent contractor relationship with the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such person and the Company.

(e)     Non-disclosure of Confidential Information .

(i)    The Executive acknowledges that all Confidential Information is the property of the Company or its applicable affiliates. The Executive further acknowledges that the Company and its affiliates intend, and make reasonable good faith efforts, to protect the Confidential Information from public disclosure. Therefore, the Executive agrees that, except as required by law or regulation or as legally compelled by court order ( provided that in such case, the Executive shall promptly notify the Company of such order, shall cooperate with the Company in attempting to obtain a protective order or to otherwise restrict such disclosure, and shall only disclose Confidential Information to the minimum extent necessary to comply with any such law regulation or order), during the Employment Term and at all times thereafter, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, divulge, transmit, publish, copy, distribute, furnish or otherwise disclose or make accessible any Confidential Information, or use any Confidential Information for the benefit of anyone other than the Company and its affiliates,.

 

5


(ii)    The Company does not wish to incorporate any unlicensed or unauthorized material into its products or services. Therefore, the Executive agrees that he will not disclose to the Company, use in the Company’s business, or cause the Company to use, any information or material which is a trade secret, or confidential or proprietary information, of any third party, including, but not limited to, any former employer, any competitor or any client, unless the Company has a right to receive and use such information or material. The Executive will not incorporate into his work any material or information which is subject to the copyrights of any third party unless the Company has a written agreement with such third party or otherwise has the right to receive and use such material or information.

(f)     Company Intellectual Property . The Executive agrees to promptly disclose to the Company any and all work product, inventions, artistic works, works of authorship, designs, methods, processes, technology, patterns, techniques, data, Confidential Information, patents, trade secrets, trademarks, domain names, copyrights, and the like, and all other intellectual property relating to the business of the Company and any of its affiliates which are created, authored, composed, invented, discovered, performed, perfected, or learned by the Executive (either solely or jointly with others) during the Employment Term (collectively, together with such intellectual property as may be owned or acquired by the Company, the “ Company Intellectual Property ”). The Company Intellectual Property shall be the sole and absolute property of the Company and its affiliates. All work performed by the Executive in authoring, composing, inventing, creating, developing or modifying Company Intellectual Property and/or other work product to which copyright protection may attach during the course of the Executive’s employment with the Company shall be considered “works made for hire” to the extent permitted under applicable copyright law and will be considered the sole property of the Company. To the extent such works, work product or Company Intellectual Property are not considered “works made for hire,” all right, title, and interest to such works, work product and Company Intellectual Property, including, but not limited to, all copyrights, patents, trademarks, rights of publicity, and trade secrets, is hereby assigned to the Company and the Executive agrees, at the Company’s expense, to execute any documents requested by the Company or any of its affiliates at any time in relation to such assignment. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company is and will be the sole and absolute owner of all trademarks, service marks, domain names, patents, copyrights, trade dress, trade secrets, business names, rights of publicity, inventions, proprietary know-how and information of any type, whether or not in writing, and all other intellectual property used by the Company or held for use in the business of the Company, including all Company Intellectual Property. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that any and all derivative works, developments, or improvements based on intellectual property, materials and assets subject to this Section 6 created during the Employment Term (including, without limitation, Company Intellectual Property) shall be exclusively owned by the Company. The Executive will cooperate with the Company and any of its affiliates, at no additional cost to such parties (whether during or after the Employment Term), in the confirmation, registration, protection and enforcement of the rights and property of the Company and its affiliates in such intellectual property, materials and assets, including, without limitation, the Company Intellectual Property.

 

6


(g)     Company Property . All Confidential Information, Company Intellectual Property, files, records, correspondence, memoranda, notes or other documents (including, without limitation, those in computer-readable form) or property relating or belonging to the Company and affiliates, whether prepared by the Executive or otherwise coming into his possession or control in the course of the performance of his services under this Agreement, shall be the exclusive property of the Company and shall be delivered to the Company, and not retained by the Executive (including, without limitation, any copies thereof), promptly upon request by the Company and, in any event, promptly upon termination of the Employment Term. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that he has no expectation of privacy with respect to the Company’s telecommunications, networking or information processing systems (including, without limitation, stored computer files, email messages and voice messages), and that the Executive’s activity and any files or messages on or using any of those systems may be monitored at any time without notice.

(h)     Enforcement . The Executive acknowledges that a breach of his covenants and agreements contained in this Section 6 would cause irreparable damage to the Company and its affiliates, the exact amount of which would be difficult to ascertain, and that the remedies at law for any such breach or threatened breach would be inadequate. Accordingly, the Executive agrees that if he materially breaches any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Section 6, in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, the Company and affiliates shall be entitled to: (i) cease or withhold payment to the Executive of any severance payments described in Section 7, for which he otherwise qualifies under such Section 7, and the Executive shall promptly repay to the Company 90% of any such severance payments he previously received (with the remaining 10% serving as consideration for the Executive’s release of claims described in Section 7(d), (ii) institute and prosecute proceedings in any court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and injunctive and other equitable relief without bond or other security or a showing of irreparable harm or lack of an adequate remedy at law, and (iii) an equitable accounting by any court of competent jurisdiction of all profits or benefits arising out of such violation. Additionally, upon a material breach by the Executive of this Section 6, the unvested Restricted Stock Units (and any other unvested stock-based awards held by the Executive) shall be automatically canceled and forfeited without any further action.

(i)     Scope of Covenants . The Company and the Executive further acknowledge that the time, scope, geographic area and other provisions of this Section 6 have been specifically negotiated by sophisticated commercial parties and agree that they consider the restrictions and covenants contained in this Section 6 to be reasonable and necessary for the protection of the interests of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, but if any such restriction or covenant shall be held by any court of competent jurisdiction to be void but would be valid if deleted in part or reduced in application, such restriction or covenant shall apply in such jurisdiction with such deletion or modification as may be necessary to make it valid and enforceable. The restrictions and covenants contained in each paragraph of this Section 6 shall be construed as separate and individual restrictions and covenants and shall each be capable of being reduced in application or severed without prejudice to the other restrictions and covenants or to the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

(j)     Enforceability . If any court holds any of the restrictions or covenants contained in this Section 6 to be unenforceable by reason of their breadth or scope or otherwise, it is the intention of the parties hereto that such determination not bar or in any way affect the right of the Company and its affiliates to the relief provided in this Section 6 in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographic scope of such restrictions and covenants.

 

7


(k)     Disclosure of Restrictive Covenants . The Executive agrees to disclose in advance the existence and terms of the restrictions and covenants contained in this Section 6 to any employer or other service recipient by whom the Executive may be employed or retained during the Restricted Period.

(l)     Extension of Restricted Period . If the Executive breaches any non-competition or non-solicitation covenant set forth in this Section 6 in any respect, the Restricted Period will be extended for a period equal to the period that the Executive was in breach of such covenant, up to a maximum period of one (1) year.

7.     Termination .

(a)     Termination of Employment . The employment of the Executive hereunder and the Employment Term may be terminated at any time:

(i)    by the Company with or without Cause (as defined herein) upon written notice to the Executive;

(ii)    by the Company due to the Executive’s Disability (as hereinafter defined) upon written notice to the Executive;

 

 

(iii)

by the Executive with Good Reason (as defined herein);

(iv)    by the Executive without Good Reason upon thirty (30) days written notice to the Company (which notice period may be waived by the Company in its absolute discretion, in which case, such termination shall be effective immediately upon the Company’s receipt of notice thereof from the Executive); or

 

 

(v)

without action by the Company, the Executive or any other person or entity, immediately upon the Executive’s death.

If the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason under this Section 7, the Company shall be obligated to pay or provide to the Executive (or his estate, as applicable) in a lump sum within thirty (30) days following such termination, or at such other time prescribed by any applicable plan or applicable laws: (A) any base salary payable to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement, accrued up to and including the date on which the Executive’s employment is terminated, less required statutory deductions; (B) accrued and unpaid time off (if and as required by applicable law or the Company’s policies then in effect); (C) any employee benefits to which the Executive is entitled upon termination of his employment with the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plans of the Company, as in place from time to time; and (D) reimbursement for any unreimbursed business expenses incurred by the Executive prior to his date of termination pursuant to Section 5(f) ((A)-(D) collectively, the “ Accrued Amounts ”).

 

8


(b)     Termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason . If the Executive’s employment is terminated (A) by the Company without Cause or (B) by the Executive for Good Reason (in either case, other than a termination due to the Executive’s death or Disability), in addition to the Accrued Amounts, the Executive shall be entitled to receive as severance (subject to Section 7(d)) the amounts set forth in this Section 7(b), provided the Executive executes and does not revoke the Release as required by Section 7(d).

(i)    The Executive shall be entitled to an amount equal to the product of (A) two times (B) the sum of (a) the Executive’s annual base salary (as described in Section 5(a)) as in effect immediately prior to the date of the Executive’s termination of employment, plus (b) the Executive’s target annual bonus (as described in Section 5(b)) as in effect immediately prior to the Executive’s termination of employment (the “ Separation Pay ”), for a period equal to twenty-four (24) months (the “ Severance Period ”), payable starting on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the date of such termination (but with the first payment being a lump sum payment covering all payment periods from the date of termination through the date of such first payment), in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices during the Severance Period following the date of such termination, subject to reduction pursuant to the last paragraph of this Section 7(b) and/or Section 6(h);

(ii)    To the extent performance objectives applicable to the Executive’s annual bonus in the year of termination (including any objectives applicable to the Company’s targeted budget) are earned as of the end of the relevant bonus period, the Executive shall be entitled to the annual bonus earned for the calendar year of such termination pursuant to Section 5(b) of this Agreement, pro-rated based on the number of days the Executive was actively employed by the Company during such bonus period, payable at the time such annual bonus would otherwise be paid in accordance with Section 5(b) of this Agreement;

(iii)    Continued full participation in the Company’s health and welfare benefit programs (including full reimbursement for all health, dental and vision expenses, but excluding participation in the Company’s short- or long-term disability plans) for a period of eighteen (18) months following his termination date (for the avoidance of doubt, this continuation period shall run concurrently with any required COBRA continuation coverage); and

(iv)    Subject to Section 7(b)(v), if any Restricted Stock Units referenced in Section 5(c)(ii) remain unvested at the time of such termination, the next installment of the Restricted Stock Units that would have vested on the next scheduled vesting date shall vest as of the date of termination and the balance of any unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited. Also, if any awards issued to the Executive under the Stock Plan as to which vesting depends upon the satisfaction of one or more performance conditions remain unvested at the time of such termination, a prorated portion of the performance-vesting awards shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest based on actual performance through the last day of the applicable performance period, based on the number of days during the applicable performance period that the Executive was employed. Any performance-vesting awards that are earned based on actual performance will vest and settle as provided in the applicable award agreement.

 

9


(v)    If such termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason occurs within the twelve (12) month period following a Change in Control (as such term is defined in the Stock Plan), (A) any Restricted Stock Units referenced in Section 5(c)(ii) which are not vested at the time of such termination shall immediately become vested and (B) any other awards granted to the Executive pursuant to the Stock Plan as to which vesting depends upon the satisfaction of one or more performance conditions and which are not vested at the time of termination shall immediately become vested based on actual performance through the termination date.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the payment of the Separation Pay shall be contingent on the Executive acknowledging and certifying by accepting such payments that the Executive has not accepted or obtained any full-time or substantial part-time employment or significant consulting services as of the payment dates. If the Executive accepts full-time or substantial part-time employment or provides significant consulting services at any time during the Severance Period, the Executive shall provide the Company with prompt written notice thereafter and the Executive agrees that the payment of the Separation Pay (or the remaining unpaid balance thereof, as applicable) shall be offset by the total compensation the Executive receives (or is entitled to receive) from such full-time or substantial part-time employment or significant consulting services during the Severance Period. The Executive shall provide such documentation as the Company may reasonably request for purposes of calculating the offset amount.

(c)     Definitions of Certain Terms . For purposes of this Agreement:

(i)    “ Cause ” means the Executive’s (A) commission of an act that constitutes common law fraud or a felony, commission of any other crime involving moral turpitude, or commission of any other tortious or unlawful act causing, or which may likely cause, material harm to the business, standing or reputation of the Company without the good faith belief that such conduct was in the best interests of the Company; (B) material breach of this Agreement, after the Company has given the Executive thirty (30) days written notice and an opportunity to cure such breach to the extent curable; (C) willful failure or refusal to perform the Executive’s material duties or obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, failure or refusal to abide by the directions of the Board or any written policy adopted by the Board, in each case after the Company has given the Executive thirty (30) days written notice and an opportunity to cure such failure or refusal to the extent curable; (D) willful misconduct or gross negligence in the performance of the Executive’s duties as an employee, officer or director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; or and (E) material misappropriation or embezzlement of any property of the Company.

(ii)    “ Disability ” means a condition entitling the Executive to benefits under the Company’s long term disability plan, policy or arrangement in which the Executive participates; provided , however , that if no such plan, policy or arrangement is then

 

10


maintained by the Company and applicable to the Executive, “Disability” shall mean the Executive’s inability to perform, with or without reasonable accommodation, his duties under this Agreement due to a mental or physical condition that can be expected to result in death or that can be expected to last (or has already lasted) for a continuous period of 90 days or more, or for an aggregate of 180 days in any 365 consecutive day period, as determined by the Board in its good faith discretion.

(iii)    “ Good Reason ” means the occurrence, without the Executive’s consent, of any of the following events, other than in connection with a termination of the Executive’s employment for Cause or due to death or Disability: (A) a material reduction in the Executive’s rate of base salary stated in Section 5(a) and/or the amount of the Executive’s annual bonus opportunity described in Section 5(b); (B) an action by the Company resulting in a material diminution in the Executive’s titles, authority, duties, responsibilities or direct reports, (C) the Company’s relocation of the Executive’s principal place of employment to a location outside of the fifty (50)-mile radius of Atlanta, Georgia; or (D) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement; provided , however , that none of the events described in this sentence shall constitute Good Reason unless and until (V) the Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a Good Reason condition has occurred, (W) the Executive first notifies the Company in writing describing in reasonable detail the condition which constitutes Good Reason within sixty (60 days) of its initial occurrence, (X) the Company fails to cure such condition within thirty (30) days after the Company’s receipt of such written notice, (Y) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist, and (Z) the Executive terminates his employment within sixty (60) days after the end of such thirty (30)-day cure period. If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during such cure period, Good Reason shall be deemed not be have occurred.

(d)     Release of Claims . As a condition of receiving any severance for which he otherwise qualifies under Section 7(b), the Executive agrees to execute, deliver and not revoke, within sixty (60) days following the date of the Executive’s termination of employment, a separation agreement containing a general release of claims against the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective affiliates and their respective employees, officers, directors, owners and members, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”), such Release to be delivered, and to have become fully irrevocable, on or before the end of such sixty (60)-day period. If the Release has not been executed and delivered and become irrevocable on or before the end of such sixty (60)-day period, no amounts or benefits under Section 7(b) shall be or become payable.

(e)     No Additional Rights . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that, except as specifically described in this Section 7, all of the Executive’s rights to any compensation, benefits, bonuses or severance from the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates after termination of the Employment Term shall cease upon such termination.

 

11


8.     Notices . All notices, requests, demands, claims, consents and other communications which are required, permitted or otherwise delivered hereunder shall in every case be in writing and shall be deemed properly served if: (a) delivered personally, (b) sent by registered or certified mail, in all such cases with first class postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (c) delivered by a recognized overnight courier service, to the parties at the addresses as set forth below:

 

If to the Company:

  

Americold Logistics, LLC

  

10 Glenlake Parkway

  

South Tower, Suite 600

  

Attention: General Counsel

  

Atlanta, Georgia 30328

With copies to:

  

King & Spalding LLP

  

1180 Peachtree Street

  

Attention: C. Spencer Johnson, III

If to the Executive:

  

At the Executive’s residence address

  

as maintained by the Company in the

  

regular course of its business for

  

payroll purposes.

or to such other address as shall be furnished in writing by either party to the other party; provided that such notice or change in address shall be effective only when actually received by the other party. Date of service of any such notices or other communications shall be: (a) the date such notice is personally delivered, (b) three days after the date of mailing if sent by certified or registered mail, or (c) one business day after date of delivery to the overnight courier if sent by overnight courier.

9.     Arbitration . Except as otherwise provided in Section 6(h) in connection with equitable remedies, any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any dispute, claim or controversy concerning the validity, enforceability, breach or termination hereof, if not resolved by the parties, shall be finally settled by arbitration in accordance with the then-prevailing Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association, as modified herein (“ Rules ”). There shall be one arbitrator who shall be jointly selected by the parties. If the parties have not jointly agreed upon an arbitrator within twenty (20) calendar days of respondent’s receipt of claimant’s notice of intention to arbitrate, either party may request the American Arbitration Association to furnish the parties with a list of names from which the parties shall jointly select an arbitrator. If the parties have not agreed upon an arbitrator within ten (10) calendar days of the transmittal date of such list, then each party shall have an additional five (5) calendar days in which to strike any names objected to, number the remaining names in order of preference, and return the list to the American Arbitration Association, which shall then select an arbitrator in accordance with Rule 13 of the Rules. The place of arbitration shall be Atlanta, Georgia or such other location as mutually agreed in writing by the parties. By agreeing to arbitration, the parties hereto do not intend to deprive any court of its jurisdiction to issue a pre-arbitral injunction or with respect to other proceedings described in Section 6(h) (or delay any such proceedings), pre-arbitral attachment or other order in aid of arbitration. The arbitration shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1-16. Judgment upon the award of the arbitrator may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each party shall bear its or his own costs and expenses in any such arbitration and one-half of the arbitrator’s fees and expenses.

 

12


10.     Waiver of Jury Trial . THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT EACH HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, OR CAUSE OF ACTION (I)  ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR (II)  IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY, OR OTHERWISE. THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT EACH HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY AND THAT THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OF A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

11.     Section 409A .

(a)    The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with, or be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively “ Code Section  409A ”) and the Company shall have complete discretion to interpret and construe this Agreement and any associated documents in any manner that establishes an exemption from (or compliance with) the requirements of Code Section 409A. If, for any reason, such as imprecision in drafting any provision of this Agreement (or of any award of compensation, including, without limitation, equity compensation or benefits) does not accurately reflect its intended establishment of an exemption from (or compliance with) Code Section 409A, as demonstrated by consistent interpretations or other evidence of intent, such provision shall be considered ambiguous as to its exemption from (or compliance with) Code Section 409A and shall be interpreted by the Company in a manner consistent with such intent, as determined in the discretion of the Company.

(b)    A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits that are considered nonqualified deferred compensation under Code Section 409A upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, and, for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean such a “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred for proposes of this Agreement shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations.

(c)    Any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Executive’s separation from service, the Company determines that the Executive is a “specified employee,” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement on account of such separation from service would be considered nonqualified deferred compensation under Code Section 409A such payment or benefit shall be paid or provided at the date which is the earlier of (i) six (6) months and one day after such separation from service and (ii) the date of the

 

13


Executive’s death (the “ Delay Period ”). Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section 11(c) (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or provided to the Executive in a lump-sum, and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.

(d)    Any reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement that constitute deferred compensation within the meaning of Code Section 409A shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A, including, without limitation, that (i) in no event shall any fees, expenses or other amounts eligible to be reimbursed by the Company under this Agreement be paid later than the last day of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the applicable fees, expenses or other amounts were incurred; (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits that the Company is obligated to pay or provide, in any given calendar year shall not affect the expenses that the Company is obligated to reimburse, or the in-kind benefits that the Company is obligated to pay or provide, in any other calendar year; (iii) the Executive’s right to have the Company pay or provide such reimbursements and in-kind benefits may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit; and (iv) in no event shall the Company’s obligations to make such reimbursements or to provide such in-kind benefits apply later than the Executive’s remaining lifetime (or if longer, through the sixth (6th) anniversary of the Commencement Date).

(e)    For purposes of Code Section 409A, the Executive’s right to receive any installment payments shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments. Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days (for example, payment shall be made “within thirty (30) days following such termination”), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company. In no event may the Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of any payment to be made under this Agreement, to the extent such payment is subject to Code Section 409A.

(f)    The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, Code Section 409A.

12.     General .

(a)     Governing Law . Unless preempted by federal law, this Agreement and the legal relations thus created between the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Georgia, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Georgia or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Georgia. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that this Agreement was executed and delivered in the State of Georgia.

 

14


(b)     Construction and Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by, or invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under, any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such prohibition, invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any other jurisdiction, and the parties undertake to implement all efforts which are necessary, desirable and sufficient to amend, supplement or substitute all and any such prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with enforceable and valid provisions in such jurisdiction which would produce as nearly as may be possible the result previously intended by the parties without renegotiation of any material terms and conditions stipulated herein.

(c)     Cooperation . During the Employment Period and thereafter, the Executive shall cooperate with the Company and be reasonably available to the Company with respect to continuing and/or future matters related to the Executive’s employment period with the Company and/or its subsidiaries or affiliates, whether such matters are business-related, legal, regulatory or otherwise (including, without limitation, the Executive appearing at the Company’s request to give testimony without requiring service of a subpoena or other legal process, volunteering to the Company all pertinent information and turning over to the Company all relevant documents which are or may come into the Executive’s possession). Following the Employment Term, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by the Executive in rendering such services that are approved by the Company. In addition, if more than an incidental cooperation is required at any time after the termination of the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall be paid (other than for the time of actual testimony) a per day fee based on his base salary described in Section 5(a) at the time of such termination divided by 225.

(d)     Nondisparagement . During the Employment Term and thereafter, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, take any action, or encourage others to take any action, to disparage the Company, its employees, officers, directors, products, services, customers or owners; provided, however, this provision does not apply to the Executive’s oral or written communications made in the performance of his duties as provided in this Agreement, including but not limited to expressions of opinion communicated internally at the Company or to the Company’s directors.

(e)     Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns and the Executive and the Executive’s heirs, executors, administrators, and successors; provided that the services provided by the Executive under this Agreement are of a personal nature, and rights and obligations of the Executive under this Agreement shall not be assignable or delegable, except for any death payments otherwise due the Executive, which shall be payable to the estate of the Executive; provided further the Company may assign this Agreement to, and all rights hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company or any person, firm or corporation resulting from the reorganization of the Company or succeeding to the business or assets of the Company by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise; and provided further that in the event of the Executive’s death, any unpaid amount due to the Executive under this Agreement shall be paid to his estate.

 

15


(f)     Executive’s Representations . The Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that: (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Executive do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which the Executive is a party or by which the Executive is bound; (ii) the Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompetition or nonsolicitation agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other person or entity besides the Company and (iii) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement shall be the valid and binding obligation of the Executive, enforceable in accordance with its teens. THE EXECUTIVE HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES AND REPRESENTS THAT THE EXECUTIVE HAS CONSULTED WITH INDEPENDENT LEGAL COUNSEL REGARDING THE EXECUTIVE’S RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, TO THE EXTENT DETERMINED NECESSARY OR APPROPRIATE BY THE EXECUTIVE, AND THAT THE EXECUTIVE FULLY UNDERSTANDS THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS CONTAINED HEREIN.

(g)     Compliance with Rules and Policies . The Executive shall perform all services in accordance with the policies, procedures and rules established by the Company and the Board. In addition, the Executive shall comply with all laws, rules and regulations that are generally applicable to the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates and their respective employees, directors and officers.

(h)     Withholding Taxes . All amounts payable hereunder shall be subject to the withholding of all applicable taxes and deductions required by any applicable law.

(i)     Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and terminates and supersedes any and all prior agreements, understandings and representations, whether written or oral, by or between the parties hereto or their affiliates which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way, including, without limitation, the Prior Agreement and any other existing employment agreement or change of control agreement, which is hereby terminated and cancelled and of no further force or effect, without the payment of any additional consideration by or to either of the parties hereto.

(j)     Duration . Notwithstanding the Employment Term hereunder, this Agreement shall continue for so long as any obligations remain under this Agreement.

(k)     Survival . The covenants set forth in Sections 6 and 12(c) of this Agreement shall survive and shall continue to be binding upon the Executive notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever.

(l)     Amendment and Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and the Executive, and no course of conduct or course of dealing or failure or delay by any party hereto in enforcing or exercising any of the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Company’s right to terminate the Employment Term for Cause) shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement or be deemed to be an implied waiver of any similar or

 

16


dissimilar requirement, provision or condition of this Agreement at the same or any prior or subsequent time. Pursuit by either party of any available remedy, either in law or equity, or any action of any kind, does not constitute waiver of any other remedy or action. Such remedies and actions are cumulative and not exclusive.

(m)     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one instrument.

(n)     Section References . Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose. The words Section and paragraph herein shall refer to provisions of this Agreement unless expressly indicated otherwise.

(o)     No Strict Construction . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring either party hereto by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. When the context admits or requires, words used in the masculine gender shall be construed to include the feminine, the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include the plural.

(p)     Time of the Essence; Computation of Time . Time is of the essence for each and every provision of this Agreement. Whenever the last day for the exercise of any privilege or the discharge or any duty hereunder shall fall upon a Saturday, Sunday, or any date on which banks in New York, New York are authorized to be closed, the party having such privilege or duty may exercise such privilege or discharge such duty on the next succeeding day which is a regular business day.

(q)     No Third Party Beneficiaries . Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any person other than the parties to this Agreement and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors or permitted assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision contained herein.

(r)     Protected Rights . Nothing contained in this Agreement limits the Executive’s ability to file a charge or complaint with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any other federal, state or local governmental agency or commission (collectively, “ Government Agencies ”), or prevents the Executive from providing truthful testimony in response to a lawfully issued subpoena or court order. Further, this Agreement does not limit the Executive’s ability to communicate with any Government Agencies or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including providing documents or other information, without notice to the Company.

(s)     Defend Trade Secrets Act . The Executive is hereby notified that under the Defend Trade Secrets Act: (i) no individual shall be held criminally or civilly liable under federal or state trade secret law for disclosure of a trade secret (as defined in the Economic Espionage Act) that is: (A) made in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either

 

17


directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and made solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law or (B) made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal so that it is not made public; and (ii) an individual who pursues a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of the law may disclose the trade secret to the attorney of the individual and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the individual files any document containing the trade secret under seal, and does not disclose the trade secret, except as permitted by court order.

(t)     Legal Fees . The Company shall promptly (and in any event prior to March 15, 2018) pay or reimburse the Executive’s reasonable legal fees and costs associated with entering into this Agreement upon the Company’s receipt of appropriate and reasonable documentation thereof, not to exceed ten thousand dollars ($10,000).

[Signature Page Follows]

 

18


[Signature Page to Employment Agreement]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, have hereunto executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

   

AMERICOLD LOGISTICS, LLC

Date:                                                                      

   

By:

 

                          

   

Name:

 
   

Title:

 
   

FRED BOEHLER

Date: :                                                                      

   

 

 

19


Exhibit A: Form of Release

WAIVER AND RELEASE

This Waiver and Release (this “ Release ”) is executed by Fred Boehler (the “ Executive ”) pursuant to Section 7(d) of the Employment Agreement, dated as of [●], by and between [AMERICOLD LOGISTICS, LLC] and the Executive (the “ Employment Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Release have the meanings given to them in the Employment Agreement.

1.     General Release . In consideration of the payments and benefits to be provided to the Executive pursuant to Section 7(b) of the Employment Agreement, the Executive, on behalf of himself and anyone claiming through him, hereby fully and completely releases, acquits and forever discharges the Company, its affiliates and related entities, and each of their respective current and former employees, officers, directors, shareholders, partners, members, managers, agents, employee benefit plans and fiduciaries, insurers, trustees, attorneys, joint venture partners, transferees, successors and assigns (each a “ Released Party ” and collectively, the “ Released Parties ”), collectively, separately, and severally, of and from any and all claims, demands, damages, causes of action, debts, liabilities, controversies, judgments, and suits of every kind and nature whatsoever, foreseen, unforeseen, known or unknown, that arise out of or relate to the Executive’s employment or termination of employment with the Company and that the Executive has had, now has, or may have against the Released Parties (or any of them) at any time up to and including the date the Executive signs this Release, with the exception of the claims set forth in Section  2 below (the claims released in this Release are collectively referred to as the “ Released Claims ”). The Released Claims include all claims arising under any federal, state or local statute or ordinance, constitutional provision, public policy or common law, including Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (the “ ADEA ”), the Equal Pay Act, the Civil Rights Act of 1866, the Civil Rights Act of 1871, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (with respect to unvested benefits), COBRA, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Georgia Equal Pay Act, the Georgia Prohibition of Age Discrimination in Employment Act, and the Georgia Equal Employment for People with Disabilities Code, all as amended; all claims arising under discrimination laws, whistleblower laws and laws relating to violation of public policy, retaliation, or interference with legal rights; all claims for compensation of any type whatsoever, including claims for wages, bonuses, commissions, equity, vacation, sick leave, PTO and severance; all claims arising under tort, contract and/or quasi-contract law, including all claims arising under the Employment Agreement; and all claims for monetary or equitable relief, including attorneys’ fees, back pay, front pay, reinstatement, experts’ fees, medical expenses, costs and disbursements. The Executive hereby waives any right to seek or recover any individual relief (including any money damages, reinstatement, or other relief) in connection with any of the Released Claims through any charge, complaint, lawsuit, or other proceeding, whether commenced or maintained by the Executive or by any other person or entity, with the exception of any right to seek an award pursuant to Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

20


2.     Excluded Claims . The Released Claims do not include (a) any claims for vested benefits to which the Executive is entitled upon the termination of his employment in accordance with the terms of the applicable benefit plans (for the avoidance of doubt, no term or provision under the Employment Agreement shall be deemed a benefit plan for purposes of this Release); (b) any claims related to acts, omissions or events occurring after the date this Release is signed by the Executive; (c) any right that the Executive may have to indemnification or insurance coverage under the Company’s organizational documents or any directors and officers insurance policy; (d) any claims that cannot legally be waived by private agreement.

3.     Covenant Not to Sue . Except for an action to challenge the validity of the Executive’s release of claims under the ADEA, or as otherwise provided in Section  5 below, the Executive promises that he will not file, instigate or participate in any proceeding against any of the Released Parties relating to any of the Released Claims. In the event the Executive breaches the covenant contained in this Section  3 , the Executive agrees to indemnify the Released Parties for all damages and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by any Released Parties in defending, participating in or investigating any matter or proceeding covered by this Section  3 .

4.     Representations . The Executive represents and warrants that (a) the Executive has been properly paid for all hours worked and has received all wages, bonuses, vacation pay, expense reimbursements and any other sums due from the Company (with the exception of the payments and benefits to be provided pursuant to Section 7(b) of the Employment Agreement); (b) the Executive has returned all Company property in his possession or control and has permanently deleted any Confidential Information stored on any electronic device, web-based email or other storage location not owned by the Company but within the Executive’s possession or control; (c) the Executive has suffered no work-related injury or occupational disease during the course of his employment with the Company that he has not reported in writing to the Company; (d) the Executive is not aware of any activity by the Company or any other Released Party that he believes to be unlawful or potentially unlawful; (e) the Executive has not filed any complaints, claims or actions against the Company or any other Released Party; and (f) the Executive has not assigned, transferred, conveyed or otherwise disposed of any Released Claims.

5.     Protected Rights . Nothing contained in this Release limits the Executive’s ability to file a charge or complaint with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any other federal, state or local governmental agency or commission (collectively, “ Government Agencies ”). Further, this Release does not limit the Executive’s ability to communicate with any Government Agencies or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including providing documents or other information, without notice to the Company.

6.     Consideration Period . The Executive understands that he has [twenty-one (21) days / forty-five (45) days] 1 to consider this Release before deciding whether to sign it. The Executive may sign this Release sooner if he chooses, but no sooner than the date of termination of his employment. If the Executive chooses to sign this Release before the expiration of such [21-day / 45-day] period, he represents that his decision to do so is knowing and voluntary. The Executive agrees that any changes made to this Release after it was delivered to him, whether material or immaterial, do not restart the [21-day / 45-day] period described in this Section. The Company advises the Executive to consult with an attorney before signing this Release.

 

 

1  

To be determined by the Company at the time of termination in accordance with applicable law.

 

21


7.     Right to Revoke . The Executive understands that he has the right to revoke this Release within seven (7) days after signing it. This Release shall not become effective until the eighth day following the date on which the Executive has signed it without having revoked it (the “ Effective Date ”). If the Executive chooses to revoke this Release, he must deliver written notice of revocation to the Company in accordance with Section 8 of the Employment Agreement. Any such notice of revocation must be delivered to the Company in a manner calculated to ensure receipt prior to 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the day prior to the Effective Date. The Executive understands that if he revoke this Release, he will not be entitled to any of the benefits provided hereunder.

8.     General Provisions . The Released Parties expressly deny that they have any liability to the Executive, and this Release is not to be construed as an admission of any such liability. This Release is to be construed under the laws of the State of Georgia. This Release constitutes the entire agreement between the Executive and the Company with respect to the issues addressed in this Release. The Executive represents that he is not relying on any other agreements or oral representations not fully expressed in this Release. This Release may not be modified except in writing signed by the Executive and an authorized Company representative. The headings in this Release are for reference only, and do not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Release. As used herein, the phrase “including” means “including, but not limited to” in each instance. “Or” is used in the inclusive sense of “and/or”. Should any part of this Release be found to be void or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction or Government Agency, such determination will not affect the remainder of this Release.

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED BY:

 

Fred Boehler

 

Date

 

22

Exhibit 10.10

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is dated this          day of             , 2017, by and between AMERICOLD LOGISTICS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with its principal place of business located in Atlanta, Georgia (the “ Company ”) and Marc Smernoff (the “ Executive ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Executive currently serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company are currently parties to that certain Employment Agreement, dated October 2017 (the “ Prior Employment Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company mutually desire to terminate and cancel the Prior Employment Agreement and, in connection therewith, to provide for the continued services and employment of the Executive by the Company on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, each intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

1.     Employment . On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Company hereby agrees to continue to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to continue such employment, for the Employment Term (as defined below). During the Employment Term, the Executive shall serve as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and shall report to the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “ CEO ”), performing the normal duties and responsibilities of such position with respect to the business of the Company and such other duties and responsibilities commensurate with such position as the CEO or the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) may reasonably assign to the Executive from time to time.

2.     Performance . The Executive shall serve the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates faithfully and to the best of the Executive’s ability and shall devote the Executive’s full business time, energy, experience and talents to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, as applicable, and will not engage in any other employment activities for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior written approval of the Board; provided , however , that it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for the Executive to manage the Executive’s personal investments, to engage in or serve such civic, community, charitable, educational, industry, professional, or religious organizations as the Executive may select, or, with the prior approval of the CEO and Board, to serve on the boards of directors of other companies, so long as such service does not create an actual or potential conflict of interest with, or impair the Executive’s ability to fulfill the Executive’s duties hereunder or conflict with the Executive’s covenants under Section 6 of this Agreement, in each case as determined in the sole judgment of the CEO and Board.

 

1


3.     Employment Term .

(a)    Subject to earlier termination pursuant to Section 7, the term of employment of the Executive hereunder shall begin on [●] (the “ Commencement Date ”), and shall continue for an indefinite period of time (the “ Employment Term ”).

4.     Principal Location . The Executive’s principal place of employment shall be the Company’s offices located in the Atlanta, Georgia metropolitan area, subject to required travel.

5.     Compensation and Benefits .

(a)     Base Salary . During the Employment Term, the Company shall pay the Executive a base salary, payable in equal installments in accordance with Company payroll procedures, at an annual rate of Four Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($450,000.00), pro-rated to reflect any partial year of employment. The Board or a committee thereof shall review Executive’s base salary on an annual basis and may increase Executive’s base salary from time to time, in which case such increased salary then shall become the Executive’s base salary for purposes of this Agreement.

(b)     Annual Bonus . The Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual performance-based cash bonus in respect of each calendar year that ends during the Employment Term, to the extent earned based on the achievement of performance objectives established by the Board or a committee thereof, after consultation with the Executive, no later than 30 days after commencement of the relevant bonus period, pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Short-Term Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time. The maximum annual performance-based cash bonus that the Executive may earn is ninety percent (90%), and the target bonus is sixty percent (60%), in each case, of the Executive’s annual base salary at the rate in effect at the end of the relevant calendar year, pro-rated to properly reflect any partial year of employment. If the applicable performance objectives are not attained at least at the minimum level, no annual performance bonus shall be payable. The amount of such annual bonus awarded for a calendar year shall be determined by the Board or a committee thereof after the end of the calendar year to which such bonus relates and shall be paid to the Executive during the following calendar year when annual bonuses for the prior calendar year are paid to other senior executives of the Company generally. The amount of any such annual bonus shall be pro-rated to properly reflect any partial year of employment. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7(b), to be eligible for any such annual bonus under this Section 5(b), the Executive must be in active working status at the time the Company pays bonuses for the relevant year to other senior executives generally. For purposes of this Agreement, “active working status” means that the Executive is employed by the Company.

(c)     Long Term Incentive Plan.

(i)    The Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Americold Realty Trust 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Stock Plan ”) in such amounts and at such times as the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Americold Realty Trust (“ ART ”) shall determine in its sole discretion. Any such awards shall be governed by the Stock Plan and any Stock Plan award agreements between ART and the Executive.

 

2


(ii)     Restricted Stock Unit Grant . In consideration of the Executive’s entering into this Agreement and as an inducement to remain with the Company, the Executive shall be granted promptly following the Commencement Date, under the Stock Plan, an award of 25,000 restricted stock units to be settled in shares of the common stock of ART (the “ Restricted Stock Units ”), subject to the approval of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of ART. Such award shall be governed by the Stock Plan and a restricted stock unit award agreement between the Executive and ART. Subject to terms of the Stock Plan and the award agreement for the Restricted Stock Units, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest in equal one-third (1/3) installments on the second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of grant of such award, subject to the Executive’s continuous employment with the Company from the date of grant of such award through such vesting dates, except as otherwise provided in Section 7(b).

(d)     Benefits . During the Employment Term, the Executive shall, subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plan documents in force from time to time and all applicable laws, be eligible to participate in all of the employee benefit, fringe and perquisite plans, practices, policies and arrangements the Company makes available from time to time to its executive employees generally.

(e)     Paid Time Off . The Executive shall be entitled to not less than twenty-nine (29) days of paid time off during each calendar year, pro-rated for any partial calendar year of employment, in accordance with the Company’s policies and practices with respect to its employees generally as in effect from time to time.

(f)     Business Expenses . The Executive shall be reimbursed by the Company for all reasonable and necessary business expenses actually incurred by the Executive in performing the Executive’s duties hereunder. All payments under this Section 5(f) will be made in accordance with policies established by the Company from time to time and subject to receipt by the Company of appropriate documentation.

(g)     Directors and Officers Liability Insurance . During the Employment Term, the Company shall maintain director and officer liability insurance covering the Executive on terms that are no less favorable than the coverage provided to other senior executives, officers or directors of the Company, as such coverage may be in effect from time to time.

6.     Covenants of the Executive . The Executive acknowledges that in the course of the Executive’s employment with the Company the Executive will become familiar with the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ trade secrets and with other confidential and proprietary information concerning the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, and that the Executive’s services are of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Therefore, the Company and the Executive mutually agree that it is in the interest of both parties for the Executive to enter into the restrictive covenants set forth in this Section 6 to, among other things, protect the legitimate business interests of the Company and those of its subsidiaries and affiliates, and that such restrictions and covenants contained in this Section 6 are reasonable in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects given the nature of the Executive’s duties and the nature of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ businesses and that such restrictions and covenants do not and will not unduly impair

 

3


the Executive’s ability to earn a living after termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Company would not have entered into this Agreement but for the restrictive covenants of the Executive set forth in this Section 6, and (ii) such restrictive covenants have been made by the Executive in order to induce the Company to enter into this Agreement.

(a)     Definitions . For purposes of this Section 6:

Competing Business ” means any person or entity that engages in a business that is the same as or substantially similar to the business conducted by the Company.

Confidential Information ” means confidential information relating to the business of the Company and/or its affiliates that (i) has been made known to the Executive through the Executive’s relationship with the Company or its affiliates, (ii) has value to the Company and/or its affiliates and (iii) is not generally known to competitors of the Company and/or its affiliates. Confidential Information includes, without limitation, methods of operation, business strategies, plans for acquisition or expansion, terms of transaction documents (including but not limited to purchase and sale agreements, operating agreements, lease agreements and employment agreements), financial information and projections, pricing and discount information, lists of and information regarding current or prospective customers, vendors, licensees and licensors, product development activities, marketing plans and strategies, non-public personnel information, and any other information of whatever kind that gives the Company and/or its affiliates an opportunity to obtain an advantage over competitors who do not possess such information, regardless of whether such information is marked “confidential.” Confidential Information includes trade secrets (as defined under applicable law) as well as information that does not rise to the level of a trade secret, and includes information that has been entrusted to the Company or any of its affiliates by a third party under an obligation of confidentiality. Confidential Information does not include any information that has been voluntarily disclosed to the public by the Company (except where such public disclosure has been made by the Executive without authorization) or that has been independently developed and disclosed by others, or that otherwise enters the public domain through lawful means.

Customer ” means a current or actively sought prospective customer of the Company during the last two (2) years of the Executive’s employment with the Company.

Restricted Period ” means the period in which the Executive is employed with the Company together with the one (1)-year period following termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason.

Services ” means services of the type conducted, authorized, offered or provided by the Executive to or on behalf of the Company during the last two (2) years of the Executive’s employment with the Company.

Territory ” means each geographic area in which the Company conducted business during the Executive’s employment with the Company; provided , that if the Executive’s duties and responsibilities during the last two (2) years of the Executive’s employment were limited to particular geographic areas, then the “Territory” shall be limited to such geographic areas.

 

4


(b)     Noncompetition . During the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, control, consult with, be employed by or otherwise provide Services to, or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of, any Competing Business anywhere in the Territory. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive’s ownership solely as an investor of two percent (2%) or less of the outstanding securities of any class of any publicly-traded securities of any company shall not, by itself, be considered to be competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

(c)     Non-solicitation of Customers . During the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or attempt to solicit any Customer for purposes of providing products or services that are competitive with the products and services provided by the Company or (ii) induce or attempt to induce any Customer to reduce or cease doing business with the Company, or otherwise interfere with the relationship between any Customer and the Company.

(d)     Non-solicitation of Employees . During the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit for employment or attempt to solicit for employment, directly or by assisting others, any person who was an employee or independent contractor of the Company on, or within six (6) months before, the date of such solicitation or attempted solicitation or (ii) induce or attempt to induce any employee or independent contractor of the Company to terminate such person’s employment or independent contractor relationship with the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such person and the Company.

(e)     Non-disclosure of Confidential Information .

(i)    The Executive acknowledges that all Confidential Information is the property of the Company or its applicable affiliates. The Executive further acknowledges that the Company and its affiliates intend, and make reasonable good faith efforts, to protect the Confidential Information from public disclosure. Therefore, the Executive agrees that, except as required by law or regulation or as legally compelled by court order ( provided that in such case, the Executive shall promptly notify the Company of such order, shall cooperate with the Company in attempting to obtain a protective order or to otherwise restrict such disclosure, and shall only disclose Confidential Information to the minimum extent necessary to comply with any such law regulation or order), during the Employment Term and at all times thereafter, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, divulge, transmit, publish, copy, distribute, furnish or otherwise disclose or make accessible any Confidential Information, or use any Confidential Information for the benefit of anyone other than the Company and its affiliates,.

(ii)    The Company does not wish to incorporate any unlicensed or unauthorized material into its products or services. Therefore, the Executive agrees that the Executive will not disclose to the Company, use in the Company’s business, or cause the Company to use, any information or material which is a trade secret, or confidential

 

5


or proprietary information, of any third party, including, but not limited to, any former employer, any competitor or any client, unless the Company has a right to receive and use such information or material. The Executive will not incorporate into the Executive’s work any material or information which is subject to the copyrights of any third party unless the Company has a written agreement with such third party or otherwise has the right to receive and use such material or information.

(f)     Company Intellectual Property . The Executive agrees to promptly disclose to the Company any and all work product, inventions, artistic works, works of authorship, designs, methods, processes, technology, patterns, techniques, data, Confidential Information, patents, trade secrets, trademarks, domain names, copyrights, and the like, and all other intellectual property relating to the business of the Company and any of its affiliates which are created, authored, composed, invented, discovered, performed, perfected, or learned by the Executive (either solely or jointly with others) during the Employment Term (collectively, together with such intellectual property as may be owned or acquired by the Company, the “ Company Intellectual Property ”). The Company Intellectual Property shall be the sole and absolute property of the Company and its affiliates. All work performed by the Executive in authoring, composing, inventing, creating, developing or modifying Company Intellectual Property and/or other work product to which copyright protection may attach during the course of the Executive’s employment with the Company shall be considered “works made for hire” to the extent permitted under applicable copyright law and will be considered the sole property of the Company. To the extent such works, work product or Company Intellectual Property are not considered “works made for hire,” all right, title, and interest to such works, work product and Company Intellectual Property, including, but not limited to, all copyrights, patents, trademarks, rights of publicity, and trade secrets, is hereby assigned to the Company and the Executive agrees, at the Company’s expense, to execute any documents requested by the Company or any of its affiliates at any time in relation to such assignment. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company is and will be the sole and absolute owner of all trademarks, service marks, domain names, patents, copyrights, trade dress, trade secrets, business names, rights of publicity, inventions, proprietary know-how and information of any type, whether or not in writing, and all other intellectual property used by the Company or held for use in the business of the Company, including all Company Intellectual Property. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that any and all derivative works, developments, or improvements based on intellectual property, materials and assets subject to this Section 6 created during the Employment Term (including, without limitation, Company Intellectual Property) shall be exclusively owned by the Company. The Executive will cooperate with the Company and any of its affiliates, at no additional cost to such parties (whether during or after the Employment Term), in the confirmation, registration, protection and enforcement of the rights and property of the Company and its affiliates in such intellectual property, materials and assets, including, without limitation, the Company Intellectual Property.

(g)     Company Property . All Confidential Information, Company Intellectual Property, files, records, correspondence, memoranda, notes or other documents (including, without limitation, those in computer-readable form) or property relating or belonging to the Company and affiliates, whether prepared by the Executive or otherwise coming into the Executive’s possession or control in the course of the performance of the Executive’s services under this Agreement, shall be the exclusive property of the Company and shall be delivered to

 

6


the Company, and not retained by the Executive (including, without limitation, any copies thereof), promptly upon request by the Company and, in any event, promptly upon termination of the Employment Term. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Executive has no expectation of privacy with respect to the Company’s telecommunications, networking or information processing systems (including, without limitation, stored computer files, email messages and voice messages), and that the Executive’s activity and any files or messages on or using any of those systems may be monitored at any time without notice.

(h)     Enforcement . The Executive acknowledges that a breach of the Executive’s covenants and agreements contained in this Section 6 would cause irreparable damage to the Company and its affiliates, the exact amount of which would be difficult to ascertain, and that the remedies at law for any such breach or threatened breach would be inadequate. Accordingly, the Executive agrees that if the Executive materially breaches any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Section 6, in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, the Company and affiliates shall be entitled to: (i) cease or withhold payment to the Executive of any severance payments described in Section 7, for which the Executive otherwise qualifies under such Section 7, and the Executive shall promptly repay to the Company 90% of any such severance payments the Executive previously received (with the remaining 10% serving as consideration for the Executive’s release of claims described in Section 7(d), (ii) institute and prosecute proceedings in any court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and injunctive and other equitable relief without bond or other security or a showing of irreparable harm or lack of an adequate remedy at law, and (iii) an equitable accounting by any court of competent jurisdiction of all profits or benefits arising out of such violation. Additionally, upon a material breach by the Executive of this Section 6, the unvested Restricted Stock Units (and any other unvested stock-based awards held by the Executive) shall be automatically canceled and forfeited without any further action.

(i)     Scope of Covenants . The Company and the Executive further acknowledge that the time, scope, geographic area and other provisions of this Section 6 have been specifically negotiated by sophisticated commercial parties and agree that they consider the restrictions and covenants contained in this Section 6 to be reasonable and necessary for the protection of the interests of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, but if any such restriction or covenant shall be held by any court of competent jurisdiction to be void but would be valid if deleted in part or reduced in application, such restriction or covenant shall apply in such jurisdiction with such deletion or modification as may be necessary to make it valid and enforceable. The restrictions and covenants contained in each paragraph of this Section 6 shall be construed as separate and individual restrictions and covenants and shall each be capable of being reduced in application or severed without prejudice to the other restrictions and covenants or to the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

(j)     Enforceability . If any court holds any of the restrictions or covenants contained in this Section 6 to be unenforceable by reason of their breadth or scope or otherwise, it is the intention of the parties hereto that such determination not bar or in any way affect the right of the Company and its affiliates to the relief provided in this Section 6 in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographic scope of such restrictions and covenants.

 

7


(k)     Disclosure of Restrictive Covenants . The Executive agrees to disclose in advance the existence and terms of the restrictions and covenants contained in this Section 6 to any employer or other service recipient by whom the Executive may be employed or retained during the Restricted Period.

(l)     Extension of Restricted Period . If the Executive breaches any non-competition or non-solicitation covenant set forth in this Section 6 in any respect, the Restricted Period will be extended for a period equal to the period that the Executive was in breach of such covenant, up to a maximum period of one (1) year.

7.     Termination .

(a)     Termination of Employment . The employment of the Executive hereunder and the Employment Term may be terminated at any time:

(i)    by the Company with or without Cause (as defined herein) upon written notice to the Executive;

(ii)    by the Company due to the Executive’s Disability (as hereinafter defined) upon written notice to the Executive;

 

  (iii)

by the Executive with Good Reason (as defined herein);

(iv)    by the Executive without Good Reason upon thirty (30) days written notice to the Company (which notice period may be waived by the Company in its absolute discretion, in which case, such termination shall be effective immediately upon the Company’s receipt of notice thereof from the Executive); or

(v)    without action by the Company, the Executive or any other person or entity, immediately upon the Executive’s death.

If the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason under this Section 7, the Company shall be obligated to pay or provide to the Executive (or the Executive’s estate, as applicable) in a lump sum within thirty (30) days following such termination, or at such other time prescribed by any applicable plan or applicable laws: (A) any base salary payable to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement, accrued up to and including the date on which the Executive’s employment is terminated, less required statutory deductions; (B) accrued and unpaid paid time off (if and as required by applicable law or the Company’s policies then in effect); (C) any employee benefits to which the Executive is entitled upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plans of the Company, as in place from time to time; and (D) reimbursement for any unreimbursed business expenses incurred by the Executive prior to the Executive’s date of termination pursuant to Section 5(f) ((A)-(D) collectively, the “ Accrued Amounts ”).

(b)     Termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason . If the Executive’s employment is terminated (A) by the Company without Cause or (B) by the Executive for Good Reason (in either case, other than a termination due to the Executive’s death or Disability), in addition to the Accrued Amounts, the Executive shall be entitled to receive as severance (subject to Section 7(d)) the amounts set forth in this Section 7(b), provided the Executive executes and does not revoke the Release as required by Section 7(d).

 

8


(i)    The Executive shall be entitled to an amount equal to the Executive’s annual base salary (as described in Section 5(a)), for a period equal to twelve (12) months (the “ Severance Period ”), payable starting on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the date of such termination (but with the first payment being a lump sum payment covering all payment periods from the date of termination through the date of such first payment), in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices during the Severance Period following the date of such termination, subject to reduction pursuant to Section 6(h);

(ii)    To the extent performance objectives applicable to the Executive’s annual bonus in the year of termination (including any objectives applicable to the Company’s targeted budget) are earned as of the end of the relevant bonus period, the Executive shall be entitled to the annual bonus earned for the calendar year of such termination pursuant to Section 5(b) of this Agreement, pro-rated based on the number of days the Executive was actively employed by the Company during such bonus period, payable at the time such annual bonus would otherwise be paid in accordance with Section 5(b) of this Agreement;

(iii)    Continued full participation in the Company’s health and welfare benefit programs (including full reimbursement for all health, dental and vision expenses, but excluding participation in the Company’s short- or long-term disability plans) for a period of twelve (12) months following the Executive’s termination date (for the avoidance of doubt, this continuation period shall run concurrently with any required continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“ COBRA ”)); provided that the Company’s obligation to make any payment pursuant to this provision shall cease upon the date the Executive became eligible for coverage under the health plan of a future employer (regardless of whether the Executive elects such coverage) and the Executive shall promptly notify the Company of his eligibility for any such coverage;

(iv)    Subject to Section 7(b)(v), if any Restricted Stock Units referenced in Section 5(c)(ii) remain unvested at the time of such termination, the next installment of the Restricted Stock Units that would have vested on the next scheduled vesting date shall vest as of the date of termination and the balance of any unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited. Also, if any awards issued to the Executive under the Stock Plan as to which vesting depends upon the satisfaction of one or more performance conditions remain unvested at the time of such termination, a prorated portion of the performance-vesting awards shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest based on actual performance through the last day of the applicable performance period, based on the number of days during the applicable performance period that the Executive was employed. Any performance-vesting awards that are earned based on actual performance will vest and settle as provided in the applicable award agreement.

 

9


(v)    If such termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason occurs within the twelve (12) month period following a Change in Control (as such term is defined in the Stock Plan), (A) any Restricted Stock Units referenced in Section 5(c)(ii) which are not vested at the time of such termination shall immediately become vested and (B) any other awards granted to the Executive pursuant to the Stock Plan as to which vesting depends upon the satisfaction of one or more performance conditions and which are not vested at the time of termination shall immediately become vested based on actual performance through the termination date.

(c)     Definitions of Certain Terms . For purposes of this Agreement:

(i)    “ Cause ” means the Executive’s (A) commission of an act that constitutes common law fraud or a felony, commission of any other crime involving moral turpitude, or commission of any other tortious or unlawful act causing, or which may likely cause, material harm to the business, standing or reputation of the Company without the good faith belief that such conduct was in the best interests of the Company; (B) material breach of this Agreement, after the Company has given the Executive thirty (30) days written notice and an opportunity to cure such breach to the extent curable; (C) willful failure or refusal to perform the Executive’s material duties or obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, failure or refusal to abide by the directions of the CEO or the Board or any written policy adopted by the Board, in each case after the Company has given the Executive thirty (30) days written notice and an opportunity to cure such failure or refusal to the extent curable; (D) willful misconduct or gross negligence in the performance of the Executive’s duties as an employee, officer or director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; or (E) material misappropriation or embezzlement of any property of the Company.

(ii)    “ Disability ” means a condition entitling the Executive to benefits under the Company’s long term disability plan, policy or arrangement in which the Executive participates; provided , however , that if no such plan, policy or arrangement is then maintained by the Company and applicable to the Executive, “Disability” shall mean the Executive’s inability to perform, with or without reasonable accommodation, the Executive’s duties under this Agreement due to a mental or physical condition that can be expected to result in death or that can be expected to last (or has already lasted) for a continuous period of 90 days or more, or for an aggregate of 180 days in any 365 consecutive day period, as determined by the CEO or the Board in its good faith discretion.

(iii)     “ Good Reason ” means the occurrence, without the Executive’s consent, of any of the following events, other than in connection with a termination of the Executive’s employment for Cause or due to death or Disability: (A) a material reduction in the Executive’s rate of base salary stated in Section 5(a) and/or the amount of the Executive’s annual bonus opportunity described in Section 5(b); (B) an action by the Company resulting in a material diminution in the Executive’s titles, authority, duties, responsibilities or direct reports, (C) the Company’s relocation of the Executive’s principal place of employment to a location outside of the fifty (50)-mile radius of Atlanta, Georgia; or (D) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement; provided , however , that none of the events described in this sentence shall constitute Good Reason

 

10


unless and until (V) the Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a Good Reason condition has occurred, (W) the Executive first notifies the Company in writing describing in reasonable detail the condition which constitutes Good Reason within sixty (60) days of its initial occurrence, (X) the Company fails to cure such condition within thirty (30) days after the Company’s receipt of such written notice, (Y) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist, and (Z) the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment within sixty (60) days after the end of such thirty (30)-day cure period. If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during such cure period, Good Reason shall be deemed not be have occurred.

(d)     Release of Claims . As a condition of receiving any severance for which the Executive otherwise qualifies under Section 7(b), the Executive agrees to execute, deliver and not revoke, within sixty (60) days following the date of the Executive’s termination of employment, a separation agreement containing a general release of claims against the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective affiliates and their respective employees, officers, directors, owners and members, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”), such Release to be delivered, and to have become fully irrevocable, on or before the end of such sixty (60)-day period. If the Release has not been executed and delivered and become irrevocable on or before the end of such sixty (60)-day period, no amounts or benefits under Section 7(b) shall be or become payable.

(e)     No Additional Rights . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that, except as specifically described in this Section 7, all of the Executive’s rights to any compensation, benefits, bonuses or severance from the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates after termination of the Employment Term shall cease upon such termination.

8.     Notices . All notices, requests, demands, claims, consents and other communications which are required, permitted or otherwise delivered hereunder shall in every case be in writing and shall be deemed properly served if: (a) delivered personally, (b) sent by registered or certified mail, in all such cases with first class postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (c) delivered by a recognized overnight courier service, to the parties at the addresses as set forth below:

 

If to the Company:    Americold Logistics, LLC
   10 Glenlake Parkway
   South Tower, Suite 600
   Attention: General Counsel
   Atlanta, Georgia 30328
With copies to:    King & Spalding LLP
   1180 Peachtree Street
   Attention: C. Spencer Johnson, III
If to the Executive:    At the Executive’s residence address
   as maintained by the Company in the
   regular course of its business for
   payroll purposes.

 

11


or to such other address as shall be furnished in writing by either party to the other party; provided that such notice or change in address shall be effective only when actually received by the other party. Date of service of any such notices or other communications shall be: (a) the date such notice is personally delivered, (b) three days after the date of mailing if sent by certified or registered mail, or (c) one business day after date of delivery to the overnight courier if sent by overnight courier.

9.     Arbitration . Except as otherwise provided in Section 6(h) in connection with equitable remedies, any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any dispute, claim or controversy concerning the validity, enforceability, breach or termination hereof, if not resolved by the parties, shall be finally settled by arbitration in accordance with the then-prevailing Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association, as modified herein (“ Rules ”). There shall be one arbitrator who shall be jointly selected by the parties. If the parties have not jointly agreed upon an arbitrator within twenty (20) calendar days of respondent’s receipt of claimant’s notice of intention to arbitrate, either party may request the American Arbitration Association to furnish the parties with a list of names from which the parties shall jointly select an arbitrator. If the parties have not agreed upon an arbitrator within ten (10) calendar days of the transmittal date of such list, then each party shall have an additional five (5) calendar days in which to strike any names objected to, number the remaining names in order of preference, and return the list to the American Arbitration Association, which shall then select an arbitrator in accordance with Rule 13 of the Rules. The place of arbitration shall be Atlanta, Georgia or such other location as mutually agreed in writing by the parties. By agreeing to arbitration, the parties hereto do not intend to deprive any court of its jurisdiction to issue a pre-arbitral injunction or with respect to other proceedings described in Section 6(h) (or delay any such proceedings), pre-arbitral attachment or other order in aid of arbitration. The arbitration shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1-16. Judgment upon the award of the arbitrator may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each party shall bear its or his or her own costs and expenses in any such arbitration and one-half of the arbitrator’s fees and expenses.

10.     Waiver of Jury Trial . THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT EACH HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, OR CAUSE OF ACTION (I)  ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR (II)  IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY, OR OTHERWISE. THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT EACH HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY AND THAT THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OF A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

12


11.     Section 409A .

(a)    The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with, or be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively “ Code Section  409A ”) and the Company shall have complete discretion to interpret and construe this Agreement and any associated documents in any manner that establishes an exemption from (or compliance with) the requirements of Code Section 409A. If, for any reason, such as imprecision in drafting any provision of this Agreement (or of any award of compensation, including, without limitation, equity compensation or benefits) does not accurately reflect its intended establishment of an exemption from (or compliance with) Code Section 409A, as demonstrated by consistent interpretations or other evidence of intent, such provision shall be considered ambiguous as to its exemption from (or compliance with) Code Section 409A and shall be interpreted by the Company in a manner consistent with such intent, as determined in the discretion of the Company.

(b)    A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits that are considered nonqualified deferred compensation under Code Section 409A upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, and, for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean such a “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred for proposes of this Agreement shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations.

(c)     Any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Executive’s separation from service, the Company determines that the Executive is a “specified employee,” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement on account of such separation from service would be considered nonqualified deferred compensation under Code Section 409A such payment or benefit shall be paid or provided at the date which is the earlier of (i) six (6) months and one day after such separation from service and (ii) the date of the Executive’s death (the “ Delay Period ”). Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section 11(c) (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or provided to the Executive in a lump-sum, and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.

(d)    Any reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement that constitute deferred compensation within the meaning of Code Section 409A shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A, including, without limitation, that (i) in no event shall any fees, expenses or other amounts eligible to be reimbursed by the Company under this Agreement be paid later than the last day of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the applicable fees, expenses or other amounts were incurred; (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits that the Company is obligated to pay or provide, in any given calendar year shall not affect the expenses that the Company is obligated to reimburse, or the in-kind benefits that the Company is obligated to pay or provide, in any other calendar year; (iii) the Executive’s right to have the Company pay

 

13


or provide such reimbursements and in-kind benefits may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit; and (iv) in no event shall the Company’s obligations to make such reimbursements or to provide such in-kind benefits apply later than the Executive’s remaining lifetime (or if longer, through the sixth (6th) anniversary of the Commencement Date).

(e)    For purposes of Code Section 409A, the Executive’s right to receive any installment payments shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments. Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days (for example, payment shall be made “within thirty (30) days following such termination”), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company. In no event may the Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of any payment to be made under this Agreement, to the extent such payment is subject to Code Section 409A.

(f)    The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, Code Section 409A.

12.     General .

(a)     Governing Law . Unless preempted by federal law, this Agreement and the legal relations thus created between the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Georgia, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Georgia or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Georgia. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that this Agreement was executed and delivered in the State of Georgia.

(b)     Construction and Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by, or invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under, any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such prohibition, invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any other jurisdiction, and the parties undertake to implement all efforts which are necessary, desirable and sufficient to amend, supplement or substitute all and any such prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with enforceable and valid provisions in such jurisdiction which would produce as nearly as may be possible the result previously intended by the parties without renegotiation of any material terms and conditions stipulated herein.

(c)     Cooperation . During the Employment Period and thereafter, the Executive shall cooperate with the Company and be reasonably available to the Company with respect to continuing and/or future matters related to the Executive’s employment period with the Company and/or its subsidiaries or affiliates, whether such matters are business-related, legal, regulatory or otherwise (including, without limitation, the Executive appearing at the Company’s request to give testimony without requiring service of a subpoena or other legal process, volunteering to the

 

14


Company all pertinent information and turning over to the Company all relevant documents which are or may come into the Executive’s possession). Following the Employment Term, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by the Executive in rendering such services that are approved by the Company. In addition, if more than an incidental cooperation is required at any time after the termination of the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall be paid (other than for the time of actual testimony) a per day fee based on the Executive’s base salary described in Section 5(a) at the time of such termination divided by 225.

(d)     Nondisparagement . During the Employment Term and thereafter, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, take any action, or encourage others to take any action, to disparage the Company, its employees, officers, directors, products, services, customers or owners; provided, however, this provision does not apply to the Executive’s oral or written communications made in the performance of the Executive’s duties as provided in this Agreement, including but not limited to expressions of opinion communicated internally at the Company or to the Company’s directors.

(e)     Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns and the Executive and the Executive’s heirs, executors, administrators, and successors; provided that the services provided by the Executive under this Agreement are of a personal nature, and rights and obligations of the Executive under this Agreement shall not be assignable or delegable, except for any death payments otherwise due the Executive, which shall be payable to the estate of the Executive; provided further the Company may assign this Agreement to, and all rights hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company or any person, firm or corporation resulting from the reorganization of the Company or succeeding to the business or assets of the Company by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise; and provided further that in the event of the Executive’s death, any unpaid amount due to the Executive under this Agreement shall be paid to the Executive’s estate.

(f)     Executive’s Representations . The Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that: (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Executive do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which the Executive is a party or by which the Executive is bound; (ii) the Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompetition or nonsolicitation agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other person or entity besides the Company and (iii) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement shall be the valid and binding obligation of the Executive, enforceable in accordance with its teens. THE EXECUTIVE HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES AND REPRESENTS THAT THE EXECUTIVE HAS CONSULTED WITH INDEPENDENT LEGAL COUNSEL REGARDING THE EXECUTIVE’S RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, TO THE EXTENT DETERMINED NECESSARY OR APPROPRIATE BY THE EXECUTIVE, AND THAT THE EXECUTIVE FULLY UNDERSTANDS THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS CONTAINED HEREIN.

 

15


(g)     Compliance with Rules and Policies . The Executive shall perform all services in accordance with the policies, procedures and rules established by the Company and the Board. In addition, the Executive shall comply with all laws, rules and regulations that are generally applicable to the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates and their respective employees, directors and officers.

(h)     Withholding Taxes . All amounts payable hereunder shall be subject to the withholding of all applicable taxes and deductions required by any applicable law.

(i)     Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and terminates and supersedes any and all prior agreements, understandings and representations, whether written or oral, by or between the parties hereto or their affiliates which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way, including, without limitation, the Prior Agreement and any other existing employment agreement or change of control agreement, which is hereby terminated and cancelled and of no further force or effect, without the payment of any additional consideration by or to either of the parties hereto.

(j)     Duration . Notwithstanding the Employment Term hereunder, this Agreement shall continue for so long as any obligations remain under this Agreement.

(k)     Survival . The covenants set forth in Sections 6 and 12(c) of this Agreement shall survive and shall continue to be binding upon the Executive notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever.

(l)     Amendment and Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and the Executive, and no course of conduct or course of dealing or failure or delay by any party hereto in enforcing or exercising any of the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Company’s right to terminate the Employment Term for Cause) shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement or be deemed to be an implied waiver of any similar or dissimilar requirement, provision or condition of this Agreement at the same or any prior or subsequent time. Pursuit by either party of any available remedy, either in law or equity, or any action of any kind, does not constitute waiver of any other remedy or action. Such remedies and actions are cumulative and not exclusive.

(m)     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one instrument.

(n)     Section References . Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose. The words Section and paragraph herein shall refer to provisions of this Agreement unless expressly indicated otherwise.

(o)     No Strict Construction . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring either party hereto by

 

16


virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. When the context admits or requires, words used in the masculine gender shall be construed to include the feminine, the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include the plural.

(p)     Time of the Essence; Computation of Time . Time is of the essence for each and every provision of this Agreement. Whenever the last day for the exercise of any privilege or the discharge or any duty hereunder shall fall upon a Saturday, Sunday, or any date on which banks in New York, New York are authorized to be closed, the party having such privilege or duty may exercise such privilege or discharge such duty on the next succeeding day which is a regular business day.

(q)     No Third Party Beneficiaries . Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any person other than the parties to this Agreement and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors or permitted assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision contained herein.

(r)     Protected Rights . Nothing contained in this Agreement limits the Executive’s ability to file a charge or complaint with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any other federal, state or local governmental agency or commission (collectively, “ Government Agencies ”), or prevents the Executive from providing truthful testimony in response to a lawfully issued subpoena or court order. Further, this Agreement does not limit the Executive’s ability to communicate with any Government Agencies or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including providing documents or other information, without notice to the Company.

(s)     Defend Trade Secrets Act . The Executive is hereby notified that under the Defend Trade Secrets Act: (i) no individual shall be held criminally or civilly liable under federal or state trade secret law for disclosure of a trade secret (as defined in the Economic Espionage Act) that is: (A) made in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and made solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law or (B) made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal so that it is not made public; and (ii) an individual who pursues a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of the law may disclose the trade secret to the attorney of the individual and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the individual files any document containing the trade secret under seal, and does not disclose the trade secret, except as permitted by court order.

[Signature Page Follows.]

 

17


[Signature Page to Employment Agreement]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, have hereunto executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

    AMERICOLD LOGISTICS, LLC
Date:                                                                           By:  

                     

    Name:  
    Title:  
    MARC SMERNOFF
Date: :                                                                          

 

 


 

18


Exhibit A: Form of Release

WAIVER AND RELEASE

This Waiver and Release (this “ Release ”) is executed by Marc Smernoff (the “ Executive ”) pursuant to Section 7(d) of the Employment Agreement, dated as of [●], by and between AMERICOLD LOGISTICS, LLC and the Executive (the “ Employment Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Release have the meanings given to them in the Employment Agreement.

1.     General Release . In consideration of the payments and benefits to be provided to the Executive pursuant to Section 7(b) of the Employment Agreement, the Executive, on behalf of the Executive and anyone claiming through the Executive , hereby fully and completely releases, acquits and forever discharges the Company, its affiliates and related entities, and each of their respective current and former employees, officers, directors, shareholders, partners, members, managers, agents, employee benefit plans and fiduciaries, insurers, trustees, attorneys, joint venture partners, transferees, successors and assigns (each a “ Released Party ” and collectively, the “ Released Parties ”), collectively, separately, and severally, of and from any and all claims, demands, damages, causes of action, debts, liabilities, controversies, judgments, and suits of every kind and nature whatsoever, foreseen, unforeseen, known or unknown, that arise out of or relate to the Executive’s employment or termination of employment with the Company and that the Executive has had, now has, or may have against the Released Parties (or any of them) at any time up to and including the date the Executive signs this Release, with the exception of the claims set forth in Section  2 below (the claims released in this Release are collectively referred to as the “ Released Claims ”). The Released Claims include all claims arising under any federal, state or local statute or ordinance, constitutional provision, public policy or common law, including Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (the “ ADEA ”), the Equal Pay Act, the Civil Rights Act of 1866, the Civil Rights Act of 1871, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (with respect to unvested benefits), COBRA, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Georgia Equal Pay Act, the Georgia Prohibition of Age Discrimination in Employment Act, and the Georgia Equal Employment for People with Disabilities Code, all as amended; all claims arising under discrimination laws, whistleblower laws and laws relating to violation of public policy, retaliation, or interference with legal rights; all claims for compensation of any type whatsoever, including claims for wages, bonuses, commissions, equity, vacation, sick leave, PTO and severance; all claims arising under tort, contract and/or quasi-contract law, including all claims arising under the Employment Agreement; and all claims for monetary or equitable relief, including attorneys’ fees, back pay, front pay, reinstatement, experts’ fees, medical expenses, costs and disbursements. The Executive hereby waives any right to seek or recover any individual relief (including any money damages, reinstatement, or other relief) in connection with any of the Released Claims through any charge, complaint, lawsuit, or other proceeding, whether commenced or maintained by the Executive or by any other person or entity, with the exception of any right to seek an award pursuant to Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

19


2.     Excluded Claims . The Released Claims do not include (a) any claims for vested benefits to which the Executive is entitled upon the termination of the Executive’s employment in accordance with the terms of the applicable benefit plans (for the avoidance of doubt, no term or provision under the Employment Agreement shall be deemed a benefit plan for purposes of this Release); (b) any claims related to acts, omissions or events occurring after the date this Release is signed by the Executive; (c) any right that the Executive may have to indemnification or insurance coverage under the Company’s organizational documents or any directors and officers insurance policy; (d) any claims that cannot legally be waived by private agreement.

3.     Covenant Not to Sue . Except for an action to challenge the validity of the Executive’s release of claims under the ADEA, or as otherwise provided in Section  5 below, the Executive promises that the Executive will not file, instigate or participate in any proceeding against any of the Released Parties relating to any of the Released Claims. In the event the Executive breaches the covenant contained in this Section  3 , the Executive agrees to indemnify the Released Parties for all damages and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by any Released Parties in defending, participating in or investigating any matter or proceeding covered by this Section  3 .

4.     Representations . The Executive represents and warrants that (a) the Executive has been properly paid for all hours worked and has received all wages, bonuses, vacation pay, expense reimbursements and any other sums due from the Company (with the exception of the payments and benefits to be provided pursuant to Section 7(b) of the Employment Agreement); (b) the Executive has returned all Company property in the Executive’s possession or control and has permanently deleted any Confidential Information stored on any electronic device, web-based email or other storage location not owned by the Company but within the Executive’s possession or control; (c) the Executive has suffered no work-related injury or occupational disease during the course of the Executive’s employment with the Company that the Executive has not reported in writing to the Company; (d) the Executive is not aware of any activity by the Company or any other Released Party that the Executive believes to be unlawful or potentially unlawful; (e) the Executive has not filed any complaints, claims or actions against the Company or any other Released Party; and (f) the Executive has not assigned, transferred, conveyed or otherwise disposed of any Released Claims.

5.     Protected Rights . Nothing contained in this Release limits the Executive’s ability to file a charge or complaint with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any other federal, state or local governmental agency or commission (collectively, “ Government Agencies ”). Further, this Release does not limit the Executive’s ability to communicate with any Government Agencies or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including providing documents or other information, without notice to the Company.

6.     Consideration Period . The Executive understands that the Executive has [twenty-one (21) days / forty-five (45) days] 1 to consider this Release before deciding whether to sign it. The Executive may sign this Release sooner if the Executive chooses, but no sooner than the date of termination of the Executive’s employment. If the Executive chooses to sign this Release before the expiration of such [21-day / 45-day] period, the Executive represents that the Executive’s decision to do so is knowing and voluntary. The Executive agrees that any changes

  

 

1  

To be determined by the Company at the time of termination in accordance with applicable law.

 

20


made to this Release after it was delivered to the Executive, whether material or immaterial, do not restart the [21-day / 45-day] period described in this Section. The Company advises the Executive to consult with an attorney before signing this Release.

7.     Right to Revoke . The Executive understands that the Executive has the right to revoke this Release within seven (7) days after signing it. This Release shall not become effective until the eighth day following the date on which the Executive has signed it without having revoked it (the “ Effective Date ”). If the Executive chooses to revoke this Release, the Executive must deliver written notice of revocation to the Company in accordance with Section 8 of the Employment Agreement. Any such notice of revocation must be delivered to the Company in a manner calculated to ensure receipt prior to 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the day prior to the Effective Date. The Executive understands that if the Executive revokes this Release, the Executive will not be entitled to any of the benefits provided hereunder.

8.     General Provisions . The Released Parties expressly deny that they have any liability to the Executive, and this Release is not to be construed as an admission of any such liability. This Release is to be construed under the laws of the State of Georgia. This Release constitutes the entire agreement between the Executive and the Company with respect to the issues addressed in this Release. The Executive represents that the Executive is not relying on any other agreements or oral representations not fully expressed in this Release. This Release may not be modified except in writing signed by the Executive and an authorized Company representative. The headings in this Release are for reference only, and do not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Release. As used herein, the phrase “including” means “including, but not limited to” in each instance. “Or” is used in the inclusive sense of “and/or”. Should any part of this Release be found to be void or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction or Government Agency, such determination will not affect the remainder of this Release.

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED BY:

 

MARC SMERNOFF

 

Date

 

21

Exhibit 10.11

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is dated this      day of             , 2017, by and between AMERICOLD LOGISTICS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with its principal place of business located in Atlanta, Georgia (the “ Company ”) and Tom Novosel (the “ Executive ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Executive currently serves as Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company are currently parties to that certain Employment Agreement, dated October 12, 2015 (the “ Prior Employment Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company mutually desire to terminate and cancel the Prior Employment Agreement and, in connection therewith, to provide for the continued services and employment of the Executive by the Company on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, each intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

1.     Employment . On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Company hereby agrees to continue to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to continue such employment, for the Employment Term (as defined below). During the Employment Term, the Executive shall serve as Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer of the Company and shall report to the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “ CEO ”), performing the normal duties and responsibilities of such position with respect to the business of the Company and such other duties and responsibilities commensurate with such position as the CEO or the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) may reasonably assign to the Executive from time to time.

2.     Performance . The Executive shall serve the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates faithfully and to the best of the Executive’s ability and shall devote the Executive’s full business time, energy, experience and talents to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, as applicable, and will not engage in any other employment activities for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior written approval of the Board; provided , however , that it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for the Executive to manage the Executive’s personal investments, to engage in or serve such civic, community, charitable, educational, industry, professional, or religious organizations as the Executive may select, or, with the prior approval of the CEO and Board, to serve on the boards of directors of other companies, so long as such service does not create an actual or potential conflict of interest with, or impair the Executive’s ability to fulfill the Executive’s duties hereunder or conflict with the Executive’s covenants under Section 6 of this Agreement, in each case as determined in the sole judgment of the CEO and Board.

 

1


3.     Employment Term .

(a)    Subject to earlier termination pursuant to Section 7, the term of employment of the Executive hereunder shall begin on [●] (the “ Commencement Date ”), and shall continue for an indefinite period of time (the “ Employment Term ”).

4.     Principal Location . The Executive’s principal place of employment shall be the Company’s offices located in the Atlanta, Georgia metropolitan area, subject to required travel.

5.     Compensation and Benefits .

(a)     Base Salary . During the Employment Term, the Company shall pay the Executive a base salary, payable in equal installments in accordance with Company payroll procedures, at an annual rate of Three Hundred Fourteen Thousand Dollars ($314,000.00), pro-rated to reflect any partial year of employment. The Board or a committee thereof shall review Executive’s base salary on an annual basis and may increase Executive’s base salary from time to time, in which case such increased salary then shall become the Executive’s base salary for purposes of this Agreement.

(b)     Annual Bonus . The Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual performance-based cash bonus in respect of each calendar year that ends during the Employment Term, to the extent earned based on the achievement of performance objectives established by the Board or a committee thereof, after consultation with the Executive, no later than 30 days after commencement of the relevant bonus period, pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Short-Term Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time. The maximum annual performance-based cash bonus that the Executive may earn is seventy five percent (75%), and the target bonus is fifty percent (50%), in each case, of the Executive’s annual base salary at the rate in effect at the end of the relevant calendar year, pro-rated to properly reflect any partial year of employment. If the applicable performance objectives are not attained at least at the minimum level, no annual performance bonus shall be payable. The amount of such annual bonus awarded for a calendar year shall be determined by the Board or a committee thereof after the end of the calendar year to which such bonus relates and shall be paid to the Executive during the following calendar year when annual bonuses for the prior calendar year are paid to other senior executives of the Company generally. The amount of any such annual bonus shall be pro-rated to properly reflect any partial year of employment. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7(b), to be eligible for any such annual bonus under this Section 5(b), the Executive must be in active working status at the time the Company pays bonuses for the relevant year to other senior executives generally. For purposes of this Agreement, “active working status” means that the Executive is employed by the Company.

(c)     Long Term Incentive Plan.

(i)    The Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Americold Realty Trust 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Stock Plan ”) in such amounts and at such times as the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Americold Realty Trust (“ ART ”) shall determine in its sole discretion. Any such awards shall be governed by the Stock Plan and any Stock Plan award agreements between ART and the Executive.

 

2


(ii)     Restricted Stock Unit Grant . In consideration of the Executive’s entering into this Agreement and as an inducement to remain with the Company, the Executive shall be granted promptly following the Commencement Date, under the Stock Plan, an award of 14,063 restricted stock units to be settled in shares of the common stock of ART (the “ Restricted Stock Units ”), subject to the approval of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of ART. Such award shall be governed by the Stock Plan and a restricted stock unit award agreement between the Executive and ART. Subject to terms of the Stock Plan and the award agreement for the Restricted Stock Units, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest in equal one-third (1/3) installments on the second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of grant of such award, subject to the Executive’s continuous employment with the Company from the date of grant of such award through such vesting dates, except as otherwise provided in Section 7(b).

(d)     Benefits . During the Employment Term, the Executive shall, subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plan documents in force from time to time and all applicable laws, be eligible to participate in all of the employee benefit, fringe and perquisite plans, practices, policies and arrangements the Company makes available from time to time to its executive employees generally.

(e)     Paid Time Off . The Executive shall be entitled to not less than twenty-four (24) days of paid time off during each calendar year, pro-rated for any partial calendar year of employment, in accordance with the Company’s policies and practices with respect to its employees generally as in effect from time to time.

(f)     Business Expenses . The Executive shall be reimbursed by the Company for all reasonable and necessary business expenses actually incurred by the Executive in performing the Executive’s duties hereunder. All payments under this Section 5(f) will be made in accordance with policies established by the Company from time to time and subject to receipt by the Company of appropriate documentation.

(g)     Directors and Officers Liability Insurance . During the Employment Term, the Company shall maintain director and officer liability insurance covering the Executive on terms that are no less favorable than the coverage provided to other senior executives, officers or directors of the Company, as such coverage may be in effect from time to time.

6.     Covenants of the Executive . The Executive acknowledges that in the course of the Executive’s employment with the Company the Executive will become familiar with the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ trade secrets and with other confidential and proprietary information concerning the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, and that the Executive’s services are of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Therefore, the Company and the Executive mutually agree that it is in the interest of both parties for the Executive to enter into the restrictive covenants set forth in this Section 6 to, among other things, protect the legitimate business interests of the Company and those of its subsidiaries and affiliates, and that such restrictions and covenants contained in this Section 6 are reasonable in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects given the nature of the Executive’s duties and the nature of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ businesses and that such restrictions and covenants do not and will not unduly impair

 

3


the Executive’s ability to earn a living after termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Company would not have entered into this Agreement but for the restrictive covenants of the Executive set forth in this Section 6, and (ii) such restrictive covenants have been made by the Executive in order to induce the Company to enter into this Agreement.

(a)     Definitions . For purposes of this Section 6:

Competing Business ” means any person or entity that engages in a business that is the same as or substantially similar to the business conducted by the Company.

Confidential Information ” means confidential information relating to the business of the Company and/or its affiliates that (i) has been made known to the Executive through the Executive’s relationship with the Company or its affiliates, (ii) has value to the Company and/or its affiliates and (iii) is not generally known to competitors of the Company and/or its affiliates. Confidential Information includes, without limitation, methods of operation, business strategies, plans for acquisition or expansion, terms of transaction documents (including but not limited to purchase and sale agreements, operating agreements, lease agreements and employment agreements), financial information and projections, pricing and discount information, lists of and information regarding current or prospective customers, vendors, licensees and licensors, product development activities, marketing plans and strategies, non-public personnel information, and any other information of whatever kind that gives the Company and/or its affiliates an opportunity to obtain an advantage over competitors who do not possess such information, regardless of whether such information is marked “confidential.” Confidential Information includes trade secrets (as defined under applicable law) as well as information that does not rise to the level of a trade secret, and includes information that has been entrusted to the Company or any of its affiliates by a third party under an obligation of confidentiality. Confidential Information does not include any information that has been voluntarily disclosed to the public by the Company (except where such public disclosure has been made by the Executive without authorization) or that has been independently developed and disclosed by others, or that otherwise enters the public domain through lawful means.

Customer ” means a current or actively sought prospective customer of the Company during the last two (2) years of the Executive’s employment with the Company.

Restricted Period ” means the period in which the Executive is employed with the Company together with the nine (9) month period following termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason.

Services ” means services of the type conducted, authorized, offered or provided by the Executive to or on behalf of the Company during the last two (2) years of the Executive’s employment with the Company.

Territory ” means each geographic area in which the Company conducted business during the Executive’s employment with the Company; provided , that if the Executive’s duties and responsibilities during the last two (2) years of the Executive’s employment were limited to particular geographic areas, then the “Territory” shall be limited to such geographic areas.

 

4


(b)     Noncompetition . During the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, control, consult with, be employed by or otherwise provide Services to, or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of, any Competing Business anywhere in the Territory. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive’s ownership solely as an investor of two percent (2%) or less of the outstanding securities of any class of any publicly-traded securities of any company shall not, by itself, be considered to be competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

(c)     Non-solicitation of Customers . During the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or attempt to solicit any Customer for purposes of providing products or services that are competitive with the products and services provided by the Company or (ii) induce or attempt to induce any Customer to reduce or cease doing business with the Company, or otherwise interfere with the relationship between any Customer and the Company.

(d)     Non-solicitation of Employees . During the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit for employment or attempt to solicit for employment, directly or by assisting others, any person who was an employee or independent contractor of the Company on, or within six (6) months before, the date of such solicitation or attempted solicitation or (ii) induce or attempt to induce any employee or independent contractor of the Company to terminate such person’s employment or independent contractor relationship with the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such person and the Company.

(e)     Non-disclosure of Confidential Information .

(i)    The Executive acknowledges that all Confidential Information is the property of the Company or its applicable affiliates. The Executive further acknowledges that the Company and its affiliates intend, and make reasonable good faith efforts, to protect the Confidential Information from public disclosure. Therefore, the Executive agrees that, except as required by law or regulation or as legally compelled by court order ( provided that in such case, the Executive shall promptly notify the Company of such order, shall cooperate with the Company in attempting to obtain a protective order or to otherwise restrict such disclosure, and shall only disclose Confidential Information to the minimum extent necessary to comply with any such law regulation or order), during the Employment Term and at all times thereafter, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, divulge, transmit, publish, copy, distribute, furnish or otherwise disclose or make accessible any Confidential Information, or use any Confidential Information for the benefit of anyone other than the Company and its affiliates,.

(ii)    The Company does not wish to incorporate any unlicensed or unauthorized material into its products or services. Therefore, the Executive agrees that the Executive will not disclose to the Company, use in the Company’s business, or cause the Company to use, any information or material which is a trade secret, or confidential

 

5


or proprietary information, of any third party, including, but not limited to, any former employer, any competitor or any client, unless the Company has a right to receive and use such information or material. The Executive will not incorporate into the Executive’s work any material or information which is subject to the copyrights of any third party unless the Company has a written agreement with such third party or otherwise has the right to receive and use such material or information.

(f)     Company Intellectual Property . The Executive agrees to promptly disclose to the Company any and all work product, inventions, artistic works, works of authorship, designs, methods, processes, technology, patterns, techniques, data, Confidential Information, patents, trade secrets, trademarks, domain names, copyrights, and the like, and all other intellectual property relating to the business of the Company and any of its affiliates which are created, authored, composed, invented, discovered, performed, perfected, or learned by the Executive (either solely or jointly with others) during the Employment Term (collectively, together with such intellectual property as may be owned or acquired by the Company, the “ Company Intellectual Property ”). The Company Intellectual Property shall be the sole and absolute property of the Company and its affiliates. All work performed by the Executive in authoring, composing, inventing, creating, developing or modifying Company Intellectual Property and/or other work product to which copyright protection may attach during the course of the Executive’s employment with the Company shall be considered “works made for hire” to the extent permitted under applicable copyright law and will be considered the sole property of the Company. To the extent such works, work product or Company Intellectual Property are not considered “works made for hire,” all right, title, and interest to such works, work product and Company Intellectual Property, including, but not limited to, all copyrights, patents, trademarks, rights of publicity, and trade secrets, is hereby assigned to the Company and the Executive agrees, at the Company’s expense, to execute any documents requested by the Company or any of its affiliates at any time in relation to such assignment. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company is and will be the sole and absolute owner of all trademarks, service marks, domain names, patents, copyrights, trade dress, trade secrets, business names, rights of publicity, inventions, proprietary know-how and information of any type, whether or not in writing, and all other intellectual property used by the Company or held for use in the business of the Company, including all Company Intellectual Property. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that any and all derivative works, developments, or improvements based on intellectual property, materials and assets subject to this Section 6 created during the Employment Term (including, without limitation, Company Intellectual Property) shall be exclusively owned by the Company. The Executive will cooperate with the Company and any of its affiliates, at no additional cost to such parties (whether during or after the Employment Term), in the confirmation, registration, protection and enforcement of the rights and property of the Company and its affiliates in such intellectual property, materials and assets, including, without limitation, the Company Intellectual Property.

(g)     Company Property . All Confidential Information, Company Intellectual Property, files, records, correspondence, memoranda, notes or other documents (including, without limitation, those in computer-readable form) or property relating or belonging to the Company and affiliates, whether prepared by the Executive or otherwise coming into the Executive’s possession or control in the course of the performance of the Executive’s services under this Agreement, shall be the exclusive property of the Company and shall be delivered to

 

6


the Company, and not retained by the Executive (including, without limitation, any copies thereof), promptly upon request by the Company and, in any event, promptly upon termination of the Employment Term. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Executive has no expectation of privacy with respect to the Company’s telecommunications, networking or information processing systems (including, without limitation, stored computer files, email messages and voice messages), and that the Executive’s activity and any files or messages on or using any of those systems may be monitored at any time without notice.

(h)     Enforcement . The Executive acknowledges that a breach of the Executive’s covenants and agreements contained in this Section 6 would cause irreparable damage to the Company and its affiliates, the exact amount of which would be difficult to ascertain, and that the remedies at law for any such breach or threatened breach would be inadequate. Accordingly, the Executive agrees that if the Executive materially breaches any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Section 6, in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, the Company and affiliates shall be entitled to: (i) cease or withhold payment to the Executive of any severance payments described in Section 7, for which the Executive otherwise qualifies under such Section 7, and the Executive shall promptly repay to the Company 90% of any such severance payments the Executive previously received (with the remaining 10% serving as consideration for the Executive’s release of claims described in Section 7(d), (ii) institute and prosecute proceedings in any court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and injunctive and other equitable relief without bond or other security or a showing of irreparable harm or lack of an adequate remedy at law, and (iii) an equitable accounting by any court of competent jurisdiction of all profits or benefits arising out of such violation. Additionally, upon a material breach by the Executive of this Section 6, the unvested Restricted Stock Units (and any other unvested stock-based awards held by the Executive) shall be automatically canceled and forfeited without any further action.

(i)     Scope of Covenants . The Company and the Executive further acknowledge that the time, scope, geographic area and other provisions of this Section 6 have been specifically negotiated by sophisticated commercial parties and agree that they consider the restrictions and covenants contained in this Section 6 to be reasonable and necessary for the protection of the interests of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, but if any such restriction or covenant shall be held by any court of competent jurisdiction to be void but would be valid if deleted in part or reduced in application, such restriction or covenant shall apply in such jurisdiction with such deletion or modification as may be necessary to make it valid and enforceable. The restrictions and covenants contained in each paragraph of this Section 6 shall be construed as separate and individual restrictions and covenants and shall each be capable of being reduced in application or severed without prejudice to the other restrictions and covenants or to the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

(j)     Enforceability . If any court holds any of the restrictions or covenants contained in this Section 6 to be unenforceable by reason of their breadth or scope or otherwise, it is the intention of the parties hereto that such determination not bar or in any way affect the right of the Company and its affiliates to the relief provided in this Section 6 in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographic scope of such restrictions and covenants.

 

7


(k)     Disclosure of Restrictive Covenants . The Executive agrees to disclose in advance the existence and terms of the restrictions and covenants contained in this Section 6 to any employer or other service recipient by whom the Executive may be employed or retained during the Restricted Period.

(l)     Extension of Restricted Period . If the Executive breaches any non-competition or non-solicitation covenant set forth in this Section 6 in any respect, the Restricted Period will be extended for a period equal to the period that the Executive was in breach of such covenant, up to a maximum period of nine (9) months.

7.     Termination .

(a)     Termination of Employment . The employment of the Executive hereunder and the Employment Term may be terminated at any time:

(i)    by the Company with or without Cause (as defined herein) upon written notice to the Executive;

(ii)    by the Company due to the Executive’s Disability (as hereinafter defined) upon written notice to the Executive;

 

 

(iii)

by the Executive with Good Reason (as defined herein);

(iv)    by the Executive without Good Reason upon thirty (30) days written notice to the Company (which notice period may be waived by the Company in its absolute discretion, in which case, such termination shall be effective immediately upon the Company’s receipt of notice thereof from the Executive); or

(v)    without action by the Company, the Executive or any other person or entity, immediately upon the Executive’s death.

If the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason under this Section 7, the Company shall be obligated to pay or provide to the Executive (or the Executive’s estate, as applicable) in a lump sum within thirty (30) days following such termination, or at such other time prescribed by any applicable plan or applicable laws: (A) any base salary payable to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement, accrued up to and including the date on which the Executive’s employment is terminated, less required statutory deductions; (B) accrued and unpaid paid time off (if and as required by applicable law or the Company’s policies then in effect); (C) any employee benefits to which the Executive is entitled upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plans of the Company, as in place from time to time; and (D) reimbursement for any unreimbursed business expenses incurred by the Executive prior to the Executive’s date of termination pursuant to Section 5(f) ((A)-(D) collectively, the “ Accrued Amounts ”).

(b)     Termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason . If the Executive’s employment is terminated (A) by the Company without Cause or (B) by the Executive for Good Reason (in either case, other than a termination due to the Executive’s death or Disability), in addition to the Accrued Amounts, the Executive shall be entitled to receive as severance (subject to Section 7(d)) the amounts set forth in this Section 7(b), provided the Executive executes and does not revoke the Release as required by Section 7(d).

 

8


(i)    The Executive shall be entitled to an amount equal to the Executive’s annual base salary (as described in Section 5(a)), for a period equal to nine (9) months (the “ Severance Period ”), payable starting on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the date of such termination (but with the first payment being a lump sum payment covering all payment periods from the date of termination through the date of such first payment), in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices during the Severance Period following the date of such termination, subject to reduction pursuant to Section 6(h);

(ii)    To the extent performance objectives applicable to the Executive’s annual bonus in the year of termination (including any objectives applicable to the Company’s targeted budget) are earned as of the end of the relevant bonus period, the Executive shall be entitled to the annual bonus earned for the calendar year of such termination pursuant to Section 5(b) of this Agreement, pro-rated based on the number of days the Executive was actively employed by the Company during such bonus period, payable at the time such annual bonus would otherwise be paid in accordance with Section 5(b) of this Agreement;

(iii)    If the Executive is eligible for and timely elects continued health coverage (and, if applicable, the Executive’s eligible dependents) under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“ COBRA ”), the Company will pay or reimburse the Executive’s COBRA premiums for up to nine (9) months following the Executive’s termination date, provided that the Company’s obligation to make any payment pursuant to this provision shall cease upon the date the Executive became eligible for coverage under the health plan of a future employer (regardless of whether the Executive elects such coverage) and the Executive shall promptly notify the Company of his eligibility for any such coverage;

(iv)    Subject to Section 7(b)(v), if any Restricted Stock Units referenced in Section 5(c)(ii) remain unvested at the time of such termination, the next installment of the Restricted Stock Units that would have vested on the next scheduled vesting date shall vest as of the date of termination and the balance of any unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited. Also, if any awards issued to the Executive under the Stock Plan as to which vesting depends upon the satisfaction of one or more performance conditions remain unvested at the time of such termination, a prorated portion of the performance-vesting awards shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest based on actual performance through the last day of the applicable performance period, based on the number of days during the applicable performance period that the Executive was employed. Any performance-vesting awards that are earned based on actual performance will vest and settle as provided in the applicable award agreement.

(v)    If such termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason occurs within the twelve (12) month period following a Change in Control (as such term is defined in the Stock Plan), (A) any

 

9


Restricted Stock Units referenced in Section 5(c)(ii) which are not vested at the time of such termination shall immediately become vested and (B) any other awards granted to the Executive pursuant to the Stock Plan as to which vesting depends upon the satisfaction of one or more performance conditions and which are not vested at the time of termination shall immediately become vested based on actual performance through the termination date.

(c)     Definitions of Certain Terms . For purposes of this Agreement:

(i)    “ Cause ” means the Executive’s (A) commission of an act that constitutes common law fraud or a felony, commission of any other crime involving moral turpitude, or commission of any other tortious or unlawful act causing, or which may likely cause, material harm to the business, standing or reputation of the Company without the good faith belief that such conduct was in the best interests of the Company; (B) material breach of this Agreement, after the Company has given the Executive thirty (30) days written notice and an opportunity to cure such breach to the extent curable; (C) willful failure or refusal to perform the Executive’s material duties or obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, failure or refusal to abide by the directions of the CEO or the Board or any written policy adopted by the Board, in each case after the Company has given the Executive thirty (30) days written notice and an opportunity to cure such failure or refusal to the extent curable; (D) willful misconduct or gross negligence in the performance of the Executive’s duties as an employee, officer or director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; or (E) material misappropriation or embezzlement of any property of the Company.

(ii)    “ Disability ” means a condition entitling the Executive to benefits under the Company’s long term disability plan, policy or arrangement in which the Executive participates; provided , however , that if no such plan, policy or arrangement is then maintained by the Company and applicable to the Executive, “Disability” shall mean the Executive’s inability to perform, with or without reasonable accommodation, the Executive’s duties under this Agreement due to a mental or physical condition that can be expected to result in death or that can be expected to last (or has already lasted) for a continuous period of 90 days or more, or for an aggregate of 180 days in any 365 consecutive day period, as determined by the CEO or the Board in its good faith discretion.

(iii)     “ Good Reason ” means the occurrence, without the Executive’s consent, of any of the following events, other than in connection with a termination of the Executive’s employment for Cause or due to death or Disability: (A) a material reduction in the Executive’s rate of base salary stated in Section 5(a) and/or the amount of the Executive’s annual bonus opportunity described in Section 5(b); (B) an action by the Company resulting in a material diminution in the Executive’s titles, authority, duties, responsibilities or direct reports, (C) the Company’s relocation of the Executive’s principal place of employment to a location outside of the fifty (50)-mile radius of Atlanta, Georgia; or (D) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement; provided , however , that none of the events described in this sentence shall constitute Good Reason unless and until (V) the Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a Good

 

10


Reason condition has occurred, (W) the Executive first notifies the Company in writing describing in reasonable detail the condition which constitutes Good Reason within sixty (60) days of its initial occurrence, (X) the Company fails to cure such condition within thirty (30) days after the Company’s receipt of such written notice, (Y) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist, and (Z) the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment within sixty (60) days after the end of such thirty (30)-day cure period. If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during such cure period, Good Reason shall be deemed not be have occurred.

(d)     Release of Claims . As a condition of receiving any severance for which the Executive otherwise qualifies under Section 7(b), the Executive agrees to execute, deliver and not revoke, within sixty (60) days following the date of the Executive’s termination of employment, a separation agreement containing a general release of claims against the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective affiliates and their respective employees, officers, directors, owners and members, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”), such Release to be delivered, and to have become fully irrevocable, on or before the end of such sixty (60)-day period. If the Release has not been executed and delivered and become irrevocable on or before the end of such sixty (60)-day period, no amounts or benefits under Section 7(b) shall be or become payable.

(e)     No Additional Rights . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that, except as specifically described in this Section 7, all of the Executive’s rights to any compensation, benefits, bonuses or severance from the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates after termination of the Employment Term shall cease upon such termination.

8.     Notices . All notices, requests, demands, claims, consents and other communications which are required, permitted or otherwise delivered hereunder shall in every case be in writing and shall be deemed properly served if: (a) delivered personally, (b) sent by registered or certified mail, in all such cases with first class postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (c) delivered by a recognized overnight courier service, to the parties at the addresses as set forth below:

 

If to the Company:

  

Americold Logistics, LLC

  

10 Glenlake Parkway

  

South Tower, Suite 600

  

Attention: General Counsel

  

Atlanta, Georgia 30328

With copies to:

  

King & Spalding LLP

  

1180 Peachtree Street

  

Attention: C. Spencer Johnson, III

If to the Executive:

  

At the Executive’s residence address

  

as maintained by the Company in the

  

regular course of its business for

  

payroll purposes.

 

11


or to such other address as shall be furnished in writing by either party to the other party; provided that such notice or change in address shall be effective only when actually received by the other party. Date of service of any such notices or other communications shall be: (a) the date such notice is personally delivered, (b) three days after the date of mailing if sent by certified or registered mail, or (c) one business day after date of delivery to the overnight courier if sent by overnight courier.

9.     Arbitration . Except as otherwise provided in Section 6(h) in connection with equitable remedies, any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any dispute, claim or controversy concerning the validity, enforceability, breach or termination hereof, if not resolved by the parties, shall be finally settled by arbitration in accordance with the then-prevailing Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association, as modified herein (“ Rules ”). There shall be one arbitrator who shall be jointly selected by the parties. If the parties have not jointly agreed upon an arbitrator within twenty (20) calendar days of respondent’s receipt of claimant’s notice of intention to arbitrate, either party may request the American Arbitration Association to furnish the parties with a list of names from which the parties shall jointly select an arbitrator. If the parties have not agreed upon an arbitrator within ten (10) calendar days of the transmittal date of such list, then each party shall have an additional five (5) calendar days in which to strike any names objected to, number the remaining names in order of preference, and return the list to the American Arbitration Association, which shall then select an arbitrator in accordance with Rule 13 of the Rules. The place of arbitration shall be Atlanta, Georgia or such other location as mutually agreed in writing by the parties. By agreeing to arbitration, the parties hereto do not intend to deprive any court of its jurisdiction to issue a pre-arbitral injunction or with respect to other proceedings described in Section 6(h) (or delay any such proceedings), pre-arbitral attachment or other order in aid of arbitration. The arbitration shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1-16. Judgment upon the award of the arbitrator may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each party shall bear its or his or her own costs and expenses in any such arbitration and one-half of the arbitrator’s fees and expenses.

10.     Waiver of Jury Trial . THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT EACH HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, OR CAUSE OF ACTION (I) ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR (II) IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY, OR OTHERWISE. THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT EACH HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY AND THAT THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OF A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

12


11.     Section 409A .

(a)    The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with, or be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively “ Code Section  409A ”) and the Company shall have complete discretion to interpret and construe this Agreement and any associated documents in any manner that establishes an exemption from (or compliance with) the requirements of Code Section 409A. If, for any reason, such as imprecision in drafting any provision of this Agreement (or of any award of compensation, including, without limitation, equity compensation or benefits) does not accurately reflect its intended establishment of an exemption from (or compliance with) Code Section 409A, as demonstrated by consistent interpretations or other evidence of intent, such provision shall be considered ambiguous as to its exemption from (or compliance with) Code Section 409A and shall be interpreted by the Company in a manner consistent with such intent, as determined in the discretion of the Company.

(b)    A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits that are considered nonqualified deferred compensation under Code Section 409A upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, and, for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean such a “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred for proposes of this Agreement shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations.

(c)     Any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Executive’s separation from service, the Company determines that the Executive is a “specified employee,” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement on account of such separation from service would be considered nonqualified deferred compensation under Code Section 409A such payment or benefit shall be paid or provided at the date which is the earlier of (i) six (6) months and one day after such separation from service and (ii) the date of the Executive’s death (the “ Delay Period ”). Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section 11(c) (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or provided to the Executive in a lump-sum, and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.

(d)    Any reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement that constitute deferred compensation within the meaning of Code Section 409A shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A, including, without limitation, that (i) in no event shall any fees, expenses or other amounts eligible to be reimbursed by the Company under this Agreement be paid later than the last day of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the applicable fees, expenses or other amounts were incurred; (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits that the Company is obligated to pay or provide, in any given calendar year shall not affect the expenses

 

13


that the Company is obligated to reimburse, or the in-kind benefits that the Company is obligated to pay or provide, in any other calendar year; (iii) the Executive’s right to have the Company pay or provide such reimbursements and in-kind benefits may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit; and (iv) in no event shall the Company’s obligations to make such reimbursements or to provide such in-kind benefits apply later than the Executive’s remaining lifetime (or if longer, through the sixth (6th) anniversary of the Commencement Date).

(e)    For purposes of Code Section 409A, the Executive’s right to receive any installment payments shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments. Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days (for example, payment shall be made “within thirty (30) days following such termination”), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company. In no event may the Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of any payment to be made under this Agreement, to the extent such payment is subject to Code Section 409A.

(f)    The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, Code Section 409A.

12.     General .

(a)     Governing Law . Unless preempted by federal law, this Agreement and the legal relations thus created between the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Georgia, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Georgia or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Georgia. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that this Agreement was executed and delivered in the State of Georgia.

(b)     Construction and Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by, or invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under, any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such prohibition, invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any other jurisdiction, and the parties undertake to implement all efforts which are necessary, desirable and sufficient to amend, supplement or substitute all and any such prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with enforceable and valid provisions in such jurisdiction which would produce as nearly as may be possible the result previously intended by the parties without renegotiation of any material terms and conditions stipulated herein.

(c)     Cooperation . During the Employment Period and thereafter, the Executive shall cooperate with the Company and be reasonably available to the Company with respect to continuing and/or future matters related to the Executive’s employment period with the Company and/or its subsidiaries or affiliates, whether such matters are business-related, legal, regulatory or

 

14


otherwise (including, without limitation, the Executive appearing at the Company’s request to give testimony without requiring service of a subpoena or other legal process, volunteering to the Company all pertinent information and turning over to the Company all relevant documents which are or may come into the Executive’s possession). Following the Employment Term, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by the Executive in rendering such services that are approved by the Company. In addition, if more than an incidental cooperation is required at any time after the termination of the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall be paid (other than for the time of actual testimony) a per day fee based on the Executive’s base salary described in Section 5(a) at the time of such termination divided by 225.

(d)     Nondisparagement . During the Employment Term and thereafter, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, take any action, or encourage others to take any action, to disparage the Company, its employees, officers, directors, products, services, customers or owners; provided, however, this provision does not apply to the Executive’s oral or written communications made in the performance of the Executive’s duties as provided in this Agreement, including but not limited to expressions of opinion communicated internally at the Company or to the Company’s directors.

(e)     Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns and the Executive and the Executive’s heirs, executors, administrators, and successors; provided that the services provided by the Executive under this Agreement are of a personal nature, and rights and obligations of the Executive under this Agreement shall not be assignable or delegable, except for any death payments otherwise due the Executive, which shall be payable to the estate of the Executive; provided further the Company may assign this Agreement to, and all rights hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company or any person, firm or corporation resulting from the reorganization of the Company or succeeding to the business or assets of the Company by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise; and provided further that in the event of the Executive’s death, any unpaid amount due to the Executive under this Agreement shall be paid to the Executive’s estate.

(f)     Executive’s Representations . The Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that: (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Executive do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which the Executive is a party or by which the Executive is bound; (ii) the Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompetition or nonsolicitation agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other person or entity besides the Company and (iii) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement shall be the valid and binding obligation of the Executive, enforceable in accordance with its teens. THE EXECUTIVE HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES AND REPRESENTS THAT THE EXECUTIVE HAS CONSULTED WITH INDEPENDENT LEGAL COUNSEL REGARDING THE EXECUTIVE’S RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, TO THE EXTENT DETERMINED NECESSARY OR APPROPRIATE BY THE EXECUTIVE, AND THAT THE EXECUTIVE FULLY UNDERSTANDS THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS CONTAINED HEREIN.

 

15


(g)     Compliance with Rules and Policies . The Executive shall perform all services in accordance with the policies, procedures and rules established by the Company and the Board. In addition, the Executive shall comply with all laws, rules and regulations that are generally applicable to the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates and their respective employees, directors and officers.

(h)     Withholding Taxes . All amounts payable hereunder shall be subject to the withholding of all applicable taxes and deductions required by any applicable law.

(i)     Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and terminates and supersedes any and all prior agreements, understandings and representations, whether written or oral, by or between the parties hereto or their affiliates which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way, including, without limitation, the Prior Agreement and any other existing employment agreement or change of control agreement, which is hereby terminated and cancelled and of no further force or effect, without the payment of any additional consideration by or to either of the parties hereto.

(j)     Duration . Notwithstanding the Employment Term hereunder, this Agreement shall continue for so long as any obligations remain under this Agreement.

(k)     Survival . The covenants set forth in Sections 6 and 12(c) of this Agreement shall survive and shall continue to be binding upon the Executive notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever.

(l)     Amendment and Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and the Executive, and no course of conduct or course of dealing or failure or delay by any party hereto in enforcing or exercising any of the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Company’s right to terminate the Employment Term for Cause) shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement or be deemed to be an implied waiver of any similar or dissimilar requirement, provision or condition of this Agreement at the same or any prior or subsequent time. Pursuit by either party of any available remedy, either in law or equity, or any action of any kind, does not constitute waiver of any other remedy or action. Such remedies and actions are cumulative and not exclusive.

(m)     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one instrument.

(n)     Section References . Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose. The words Section and paragraph herein shall refer to provisions of this Agreement unless expressly indicated otherwise.

(o)     No Strict Construction . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring either party hereto by

 

16


virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. When the context admits or requires, words used in the masculine gender shall be construed to include the feminine, the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include the plural.

(p)     Time of the Essence; Computation of Time . Time is of the essence for each and every provision of this Agreement. Whenever the last day for the exercise of any privilege or the discharge or any duty hereunder shall fall upon a Saturday, Sunday, or any date on which banks in New York, New York are authorized to be closed, the party having such privilege or duty may exercise such privilege or discharge such duty on the next succeeding day which is a regular business day.

(q)     No Third Party Beneficiaries . Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any person other than the parties to this Agreement and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors or permitted assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision contained herein.

(r)     Protected Rights . Nothing contained in this Agreement limits the Executive’s ability to file a charge or complaint with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any other federal, state or local governmental agency or commission (collectively, “ Government Agencies ”), or prevents the Executive from providing truthful testimony in response to a lawfully issued subpoena or court order. Further, this Agreement does not limit the Executive’s ability to communicate with any Government Agencies or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including providing documents or other information, without notice to the Company.

(s)     Defend Trade Secrets Act . The Executive is hereby notified that under the Defend Trade Secrets Act: (i) no individual shall be held criminally or civilly liable under federal or state trade secret law for disclosure of a trade secret (as defined in the Economic Espionage Act) that is: (A) made in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and made solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law or (B) made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal so that it is not made public; and (ii) an individual who pursues a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of the law may disclose the trade secret to the attorney of the individual and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the individual files any document containing the trade secret under seal, and does not disclose the trade secret, except as permitted by court order.

[Signature Page Follows.]

 

17


[Signature Page to Employment Agreement]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, have hereunto executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

   

AMERICOLD LOGISTICS, LLC

Date:                                     

   

By:

 

 

     

Name:

     

Title:

   

TOM NOVOSEL

Date: :                                     

   

 

 

18


Exhibit A: Form of Release

WAIVER AND RELEASE

This Waiver and Release (this “ Release ”) is executed by Tom Novosel (the “ Executive ”) pursuant to Section 7(d) of the Employment Agreement, dated as of [●], by and between AMERICOLD LOGISTICS, LLC and the Executive (the “ Employment Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Release have the meanings given to them in the Employment Agreement.

1.     General Release . In consideration of the payments and benefits to be provided to the Executive pursuant to Section 7(b) of the Employment Agreement, the Executive, on behalf of the Executive and anyone claiming through the Executive , hereby fully and completely releases, acquits and forever discharges the Company, its affiliates and related entities, and each of their respective current and former employees, officers, directors, shareholders, partners, members, managers, agents, employee benefit plans and fiduciaries, insurers, trustees, attorneys, joint venture partners, transferees, successors and assigns (each a “ Released Party ” and collectively, the “ Released Parties ”), collectively, separately, and severally, of and from any and all claims, demands, damages, causes of action, debts, liabilities, controversies, judgments, and suits of every kind and nature whatsoever, foreseen, unforeseen, known or unknown, that arise out of or relate to the Executive’s employment or termination of employment with the Company and that the Executive has had, now has, or may have against the Released Parties (or any of them) at any time up to and including the date the Executive signs this Release, with the exception of the claims set forth in Section  2 below (the claims released in this Release are collectively referred to as the “ Released Claims ”). The Released Claims include all claims arising under any federal, state or local statute or ordinance, constitutional provision, public policy or common law, including Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (the “ ADEA ”), the Equal Pay Act, the Civil Rights Act of 1866, the Civil Rights Act of 1871, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (with respect to unvested benefits), COBRA, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Georgia Equal Pay Act, the Georgia Prohibition of Age Discrimination in Employment Act, and the Georgia Equal Employment for People with Disabilities Code, all as amended; all claims arising under discrimination laws, whistleblower laws and laws relating to violation of public policy, retaliation, or interference with legal rights; all claims for compensation of any type whatsoever, including claims for wages, bonuses, commissions, equity, vacation, sick leave, PTO and severance; all claims arising under tort, contract and/or quasi-contract law, including all claims arising under the Employment Agreement; and all claims for monetary or equitable relief, including attorneys’ fees, back pay, front pay, reinstatement, experts’ fees, medical expenses, costs and disbursements. The Executive hereby waives any right to seek or recover any individual relief (including any money damages, reinstatement, or other relief) in connection with any of the Released Claims through any charge, complaint, lawsuit, or other proceeding, whether commenced or maintained by the Executive or by any other person or entity, with the exception of any right to seek an award pursuant to Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

2.     Excluded Claims . The Released Claims do not include (a) any claims for vested benefits to which the Executive is entitled upon the termination of the Executive’s employment

 

19


in accordance with the terms of the applicable benefit plans (for the avoidance of doubt, no term or provision under the Employment Agreement shall be deemed a benefit plan for purposes of this Release); (b) any claims related to acts, omissions or events occurring after the date this Release is signed by the Executive; (c) any right that the Executive may have to indemnification or insurance coverage under the Company’s organizational documents or any directors and officers insurance policy; (d) any claims that cannot legally be waived by private agreement.

3.     Covenant Not to Sue . Except for an action to challenge the validity of the Executive’s release of claims under the ADEA, or as otherwise provided in Section  5 below, the Executive promises that the Executive will not file, instigate or participate in any proceeding against any of the Released Parties relating to any of the Released Claims. In the event the Executive breaches the covenant contained in this Section  3 , the Executive agrees to indemnify the Released Parties for all damages and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by any Released Parties in defending, participating in or investigating any matter or proceeding covered by this Section  3 .

4.     Representations . The Executive represents and warrants that (a) the Executive has been properly paid for all hours worked and has received all wages, bonuses, vacation pay, expense reimbursements and any other sums due from the Company (with the exception of the payments and benefits to be provided pursuant to Section 7(b) of the Employment Agreement); (b) the Executive has returned all Company property in the Executive’s possession or control and has permanently deleted any Confidential Information stored on any electronic device, web-based email or other storage location not owned by the Company but within the Executive’s possession or control; (c) the Executive has suffered no work-related injury or occupational disease during the course of the Executive’s employment with the Company that the Executive has not reported in writing to the Company; (d) the Executive is not aware of any activity by the Company or any other Released Party that the Executive believes to be unlawful or potentially unlawful; (e) the Executive has not filed any complaints, claims or actions against the Company or any other Released Party; and (f) the Executive has not assigned, transferred, conveyed or otherwise disposed of any Released Claims.

5.     Protected Rights . Nothing contained in this Release limits the Executive’s ability to file a charge or complaint with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any other federal, state or local governmental agency or commission (collectively, “ Government Agencies ”). Further, this Release does not limit the Executive’s ability to communicate with any Government Agencies or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including providing documents or other information, without notice to the Company.

6.     Consideration Period . The Executive understands that the Executive has [twenty-one (21) days / forty-five (45) days] 1 to consider this Release before deciding whether to sign it. The Executive may sign this Release sooner if the Executive chooses, but no sooner than the date of termination of the Executive’s employment. If the Executive chooses to sign this Release before the expiration of such [21-day / 45-day] period, the Executive represents that the Executive’s decision to do so is knowing and voluntary. The Executive agrees that any changes

 

 

1  

To be determined by the Company at the time of termination in accordance with applicable law.

 

20


made to this Release after it was delivered to the Executive, whether material or immaterial, do not restart the [21-day / 45-day] period described in this Section. The Company advises the Executive to consult with an attorney before signing this Release.

7.     Right to Revoke . The Executive understands that the Executive has the right to revoke this Release within seven (7) days after signing it. This Release shall not become effective until the eighth day following the date on which the Executive has signed it without having revoked it (the “ Effective Date ”). If the Executive chooses to revoke this Release, the Executive must deliver written notice of revocation to the Company in accordance with Section 8 of the Employment Agreement. Any such notice of revocation must be delivered to the Company in a manner calculated to ensure receipt prior to 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the day prior to the Effective Date. The Executive understands that if the Executive revokes this Release, the Executive will not be entitled to any of the benefits provided hereunder.

8.     General Provisions . The Released Parties expressly deny that they have any liability to the Executive, and this Release is not to be construed as an admission of any such liability. This Release is to be construed under the laws of the State of Georgia. This Release constitutes the entire agreement between the Executive and the Company with respect to the issues addressed in this Release. The Executive represents that the Executive is not relying on any other agreements or oral representations not fully expressed in this Release. This Release may not be modified except in writing signed by the Executive and an authorized Company representative. The headings in this Release are for reference only, and do not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Release. As used herein, the phrase “including” means “including, but not limited to” in each instance. “Or” is used in the inclusive sense of “and/or”. Should any part of this Release be found to be void or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction or Government Agency, such determination will not affect the remainder of this Release.

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED BY:

 

TOM NOVOSEL

 

Date

 

21

Exhibit 10.12

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is dated this     day of             , 2017, by and between AMERICOLD LOGISTICS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with its principal place of business located in Atlanta, Georgia (the “ Company ”) and Tom Musgrave (the “ Executive ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Executive currently serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company are currently parties to that certain Employment Agreement, dated October 9, 2015 (the “ Prior Employment Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company mutually desire to terminate and cancel the Prior Employment Agreement and, in connection therewith, to provide for the continued services and employment of the Executive by the Company on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, each intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

1.     Employment . On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Company hereby agrees to continue to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to continue such employment, for the Employment Term (as defined below). During the Employment Term, the Executive shall serve as Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer of the Company and shall report to the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “ CEO ”), performing the normal duties and responsibilities of such position with respect to the business of the Company and such other duties and responsibilities commensurate with such position as the CEO or the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) may reasonably assign to the Executive from time to time.

2.     Performance . The Executive shall serve the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates faithfully and to the best of the Executive’s ability and shall devote the Executive’s full business time, energy, experience and talents to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, as applicable, and will not engage in any other employment activities for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior written approval of the Board; provided , however , that it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for the Executive to manage the Executive’s personal investments, to engage in or serve such civic, community, charitable, educational, industry, professional, or religious organizations as the Executive may select, or, with the prior approval of the CEO and Board, to serve on the boards of directors of other companies, so long as such service does not create an actual or potential conflict of interest with, or impair the Executive’s ability to fulfill the Executive’s duties hereunder or conflict with the Executive’s covenants under Section 6 of this Agreement, in each case as determined in the sole judgment of the CEO and Board.

 

1


3.     Employment Term .

(a)    Subject to earlier termination pursuant to Section 7, the term of employment of the Executive hereunder shall begin on [●] (the “ Commencement Date ”), and shall continue for an indefinite period of time (the “ Employment Term ”).

4.     Principal Location . The Executive’s principal place of employment shall be the Company’s offices located in the Atlanta, Georgia metropolitan area, subject to required travel.

5.     Compensation and Benefits .

(a)     Base Salary . During the Employment Term, the Company shall pay the Executive a base salary, payable in equal installments in accordance with Company payroll procedures, at an annual rate of Three Hundred Twenty Thousand Dollars ($320,000.00), pro-rated to reflect any partial year of employment. The Board or a committee thereof shall review Executive’s base salary on an annual basis and may increase Executive’s base salary from time to time, in which case such increased salary then shall become the Executive’s base salary for purposes of this Agreement.

(b)     Annual Bonus . The Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual performance-based cash bonus in respect of each calendar year that ends during the Employment Term, to the extent earned based on the achievement of performance objectives established by the Board or a committee thereof, after consultation with the Executive, no later than 30 days after commencement of the relevant bonus period, pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Short-Term Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time. The maximum annual performance-based cash bonus that the Executive may earn is ninety percent (90%), and the target bonus is sixty percent (60%), in each case, of the Executive’s annual base salary at the rate in effect at the end of the relevant calendar year, pro-rated to properly reflect any partial year of employment. If the applicable performance objectives are not attained at least at the minimum level, no annual performance bonus shall be payable. The amount of such annual bonus awarded for a calendar year shall be determined by the Board or a committee thereof after the end of the calendar year to which such bonus relates and shall be paid to the Executive during the following calendar year when annual bonuses for the prior calendar year are paid to other senior executives of the Company generally. The amount of any such annual bonus shall be pro-rated to properly reflect any partial year of employment. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7(b), to be eligible for any such annual bonus under this Section 5(b), the Executive must be in active working status at the time the Company pays bonuses for the relevant year to other senior executives generally. For purposes of this Agreement, “active working status” means that the Executive is employed by the Company.

(c)     Long Term Incentive Plan.

(i)    The Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Americold Realty Trust 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Stock Plan ”) in such amounts and at such times as the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Americold Realty Trust (“ ART ”) shall determine in its sole discretion. Any such awards shall be governed by the Stock Plan and any Stock Plan award agreements between ART and the Executive.

 

2


(ii)     Restricted Stock Unit Grant . In consideration of the Executive’s entering into this Agreement and as an inducement to remain with the Company, the Executive shall be granted promptly following the Commencement Date, under the Stock Plan, an award of 14,063 restricted stock units to be settled in shares of the common stock of ART (the “ Restricted Stock Units ”), subject to the approval of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of ART. Such award shall be governed by the Stock Plan and a restricted stock unit award agreement between the Executive and ART. Subject to terms of the Stock Plan and the award agreement for the Restricted Stock Units, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest in equal one-third (1/3) installments on the second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of grant of such award, subject to the Executive’s continuous employment with the Company from the date of grant of such award through such vesting dates, except as otherwise provided in Section 7(b).

(d)     Benefits . During the Employment Term, the Executive shall, subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plan documents in force from time to time and all applicable laws, be eligible to participate in all of the employee benefit, fringe and perquisite plans, practices, policies and arrangements the Company makes available from time to time to its executive employees generally.

(e)     Paid Time Off . The Executive shall be entitled to not less than twenty-nine (29) days of paid time off during each calendar year, pro-rated for any partial calendar year of employment, in accordance with the Company’s policies and practices with respect to its employees generally as in effect from time to time.

(f)     Business Expenses . The Executive shall be reimbursed by the Company for all reasonable and necessary business expenses actually incurred by the Executive in performing the Executive’s duties hereunder. All payments under this Section 5(f) will be made in accordance with policies established by the Company from time to time and subject to receipt by the Company of appropriate documentation.

(g)     Directors and Officers Liability Insurance . During the Employment Term, the Company shall maintain director and officer liability insurance covering the Executive on terms that are no less favorable than the coverage provided to other senior executives, officers or directors of the Company, as such coverage may be in effect from time to time.

6.     Covenants of the Executive . The Executive acknowledges that in the course of the Executive’s employment with the Company the Executive will become familiar with the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ trade secrets and with other confidential and proprietary information concerning the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, and that the Executive’s services are of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Therefore, the Company and the Executive mutually agree that it is in the interest of both parties for the Executive to enter into the restrictive covenants set forth in this Section 6 to, among other things, protect the legitimate business interests of the Company and those of its subsidiaries and affiliates, and that such restrictions and covenants contained in this Section 6 are reasonable in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects given the nature of the Executive’s duties and the nature of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ businesses and that such restrictions and covenants do not and will not unduly impair

 

3


the Executive’s ability to earn a living after termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Company would not have entered into this Agreement but for the restrictive covenants of the Executive set forth in this Section 6, and (ii) such restrictive covenants have been made by the Executive in order to induce the Company to enter into this Agreement.

(a)     Definitions . For purposes of this Section 6:

Competing Business ” means any person or entity that engages in a business that is the same as or substantially similar to the business conducted by the Company.

Confidential Information ” means confidential information relating to the business of the Company and/or its affiliates that (i) has been made known to the Executive through the Executive’s relationship with the Company or its affiliates, (ii) has value to the Company and/or its affiliates and (iii) is not generally known to competitors of the Company and/or its affiliates. Confidential Information includes, without limitation, methods of operation, business strategies, plans for acquisition or expansion, terms of transaction documents (including but not limited to purchase and sale agreements, operating agreements, lease agreements and employment agreements), financial information and projections, pricing and discount information, lists of and information regarding current or prospective customers, vendors, licensees and licensors, product development activities, marketing plans and strategies, non-public personnel information, and any other information of whatever kind that gives the Company and/or its affiliates an opportunity to obtain an advantage over competitors who do not possess such information, regardless of whether such information is marked “confidential.” Confidential Information includes trade secrets (as defined under applicable law) as well as information that does not rise to the level of a trade secret, and includes information that has been entrusted to the Company or any of its affiliates by a third party under an obligation of confidentiality. Confidential Information does not include any information that has been voluntarily disclosed to the public by the Company (except where such public disclosure has been made by the Executive without authorization) or that has been independently developed and disclosed by others, or that otherwise enters the public domain through lawful means.

Customer ” means a current or actively sought prospective customer of the Company during the last two (2) years of the Executive’s employment with the Company.

Restricted Period ” means the period in which the Executive is employed with the Company together with the one (1)-year period following termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason.

Services ” means services of the type conducted, authorized, offered or provided by the Executive to or on behalf of the Company during the last two (2) years of the Executive’s employment with the Company.

Territory ” means each geographic area in which the Company conducted business during the Executive’s employment with the Company; provided , that if the Executive’s duties and responsibilities during the last two (2) years of the Executive’s employment were limited to particular geographic areas, then the “Territory” shall be limited to such geographic areas.

 

4


(b)     Noncompetition . During the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, control, consult with, be employed by or otherwise provide Services to, or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of, any Competing Business anywhere in the Territory. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive’s ownership solely as an investor of two percent (2%) or less of the outstanding securities of any class of any publicly-traded securities of any company shall not, by itself, be considered to be competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

(c)     Non-solicitation of Customers . During the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or attempt to solicit any Customer for purposes of providing products or services that are competitive with the products and services provided by the Company or (ii) induce or attempt to induce any Customer to reduce or cease doing business with the Company, or otherwise interfere with the relationship between any Customer and the Company.

(d)     Non-solicitation of Employees . During the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit for employment or attempt to solicit for employment, directly or by assisting others, any person who was an employee or independent contractor of the Company on, or within six (6) months before, the date of such solicitation or attempted solicitation or (ii) induce or attempt to induce any employee or independent contractor of the Company to terminate such person’s employment or independent contractor relationship with the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such person and the Company.

(e)     Non-disclosure of Confidential Information .

(i)    The Executive acknowledges that all Confidential Information is the property of the Company or its applicable affiliates. The Executive further acknowledges that the Company and its affiliates intend, and make reasonable good faith efforts, to protect the Confidential Information from public disclosure. Therefore, the Executive agrees that, except as required by law or regulation or as legally compelled by court order ( provided that in such case, the Executive shall promptly notify the Company of such order, shall cooperate with the Company in attempting to obtain a protective order or to otherwise restrict such disclosure, and shall only disclose Confidential Information to the minimum extent necessary to comply with any such law regulation or order), during the Employment Term and at all times thereafter, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, divulge, transmit, publish, copy, distribute, furnish or otherwise disclose or make accessible any Confidential Information, or use any Confidential Information for the benefit of anyone other than the Company and its affiliates,.

(ii)    The Company does not wish to incorporate any unlicensed or unauthorized material into its products or services. Therefore, the Executive agrees that the Executive will not disclose to the Company, use in the Company’s business, or cause the Company to use, any information or material which is a trade secret, or confidential

 

5


or proprietary information, of any third party, including, but not limited to, any former employer, any competitor or any client, unless the Company has a right to receive and use such information or material. The Executive will not incorporate into the Executive’s work any material or information which is subject to the copyrights of any third party unless the Company has a written agreement with such third party or otherwise has the right to receive and use such material or information.

(f)     Company Intellectual Property . The Executive agrees to promptly disclose to the Company any and all work product, inventions, artistic works, works of authorship, designs, methods, processes, technology, patterns, techniques, data, Confidential Information, patents, trade secrets, trademarks, domain names, copyrights, and the like, and all other intellectual property relating to the business of the Company and any of its affiliates which are created, authored, composed, invented, discovered, performed, perfected, or learned by the Executive (either solely or jointly with others) during the Employment Term (collectively, together with such intellectual property as may be owned or acquired by the Company, the “ Company Intellectual Property ”). The Company Intellectual Property shall be the sole and absolute property of the Company and its affiliates. All work performed by the Executive in authoring, composing, inventing, creating, developing or modifying Company Intellectual Property and/or other work product to which copyright protection may attach during the course of the Executive’s employment with the Company shall be considered “works made for hire” to the extent permitted under applicable copyright law and will be considered the sole property of the Company. To the extent such works, work product or Company Intellectual Property are not considered “works made for hire,” all right, title, and interest to such works, work product and Company Intellectual Property, including, but not limited to, all copyrights, patents, trademarks, rights of publicity, and trade secrets, is hereby assigned to the Company and the Executive agrees, at the Company’s expense, to execute any documents requested by the Company or any of its affiliates at any time in relation to such assignment. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company is and will be the sole and absolute owner of all trademarks, service marks, domain names, patents, copyrights, trade dress, trade secrets, business names, rights of publicity, inventions, proprietary know-how and information of any type, whether or not in writing, and all other intellectual property used by the Company or held for use in the business of the Company, including all Company Intellectual Property. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that any and all derivative works, developments, or improvements based on intellectual property, materials and assets subject to this Section 6 created during the Employment Term (including, without limitation, Company Intellectual Property) shall be exclusively owned by the Company. The Executive will cooperate with the Company and any of its affiliates, at no additional cost to such parties (whether during or after the Employment Term), in the confirmation, registration, protection and enforcement of the rights and property of the Company and its affiliates in such intellectual property, materials and assets, including, without limitation, the Company Intellectual Property.

(g)     Company Property . All Confidential Information, Company Intellectual Property, files, records, correspondence, memoranda, notes or other documents (including, without limitation, those in computer-readable form) or property relating or belonging to the Company and affiliates, whether prepared by the Executive or otherwise coming into the Executive’s possession or control in the course of the performance of the Executive’s services under this Agreement, shall be the exclusive property of the Company and shall be delivered to

 

6


the Company, and not retained by the Executive (including, without limitation, any copies thereof), promptly upon request by the Company and, in any event, promptly upon termination of the Employment Term. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Executive has no expectation of privacy with respect to the Company’s telecommunications, networking or information processing systems (including, without limitation, stored computer files, email messages and voice messages), and that the Executive’s activity and any files or messages on or using any of those systems may be monitored at any time without notice.

(h)     Enforcement . The Executive acknowledges that a breach of the Executive’s covenants and agreements contained in this Section 6 would cause irreparable damage to the Company and its affiliates, the exact amount of which would be difficult to ascertain, and that the remedies at law for any such breach or threatened breach would be inadequate. Accordingly, the Executive agrees that if the Executive materially breaches any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Section 6, in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, the Company and affiliates shall be entitled to: (i) cease or withhold payment to the Executive of any severance payments described in Section 7, for which the Executive otherwise qualifies under such Section 7, and the Executive shall promptly repay to the Company 90% of any such severance payments the Executive previously received (with the remaining 10% serving as consideration for the Executive’s release of claims described in Section 7(d), (ii) institute and prosecute proceedings in any court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and injunctive and other equitable relief without bond or other security or a showing of irreparable harm or lack of an adequate remedy at law, and (iii) an equitable accounting by any court of competent jurisdiction of all profits or benefits arising out of such violation. Additionally, upon a material breach by the Executive of this Section 6, the unvested Restricted Stock Units (and any other unvested stock-based awards held by the Executive) shall be automatically canceled and forfeited without any further action.

(i)     Scope of Covenants . The Company and the Executive further acknowledge that the time, scope, geographic area and other provisions of this Section 6 have been specifically negotiated by sophisticated commercial parties and agree that they consider the restrictions and covenants contained in this Section 6 to be reasonable and necessary for the protection of the interests of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, but if any such restriction or covenant shall be held by any court of competent jurisdiction to be void but would be valid if deleted in part or reduced in application, such restriction or covenant shall apply in such jurisdiction with such deletion or modification as may be necessary to make it valid and enforceable. The restrictions and covenants contained in each paragraph of this Section 6 shall be construed as separate and individual restrictions and covenants and shall each be capable of being reduced in application or severed without prejudice to the other restrictions and covenants or to the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

(j)     Enforceability . If any court holds any of the restrictions or covenants contained in this Section 6 to be unenforceable by reason of their breadth or scope or otherwise, it is the intention of the parties hereto that such determination not bar or in any way affect the right of the Company and its affiliates to the relief provided in this Section 6 in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographic scope of such restrictions and covenants.

 

7


(k)     Disclosure of Restrictive Covenants . The Executive agrees to disclose in advance the existence and terms of the restrictions and covenants contained in this Section 6 to any employer or other service recipient by whom the Executive may be employed or retained during the Restricted Period.

(l)     Extension of Restricted Period . If the Executive breaches any non-competition or non-solicitation covenant set forth in this Section 6 in any respect, the Restricted Period will be extended for a period equal to the period that the Executive was in breach of such covenant, up to a maximum period of one (1) year.

7.     Termination .

(a)     Termination of Employment . The employment of the Executive hereunder and the Employment Term may be terminated at any time:

(i)    by the Company with or without Cause (as defined herein) upon written notice to the Executive;

(ii)    by the Company due to the Executive’s Disability (as hereinafter defined) upon written notice to the Executive;

 

 

(iii)

by the Executive with Good Reason (as defined herein);

(iv)    by the Executive without Good Reason upon thirty (30) days written notice to the Company (which notice period may be waived by the Company in its absolute discretion, in which case, such termination shall be effective immediately upon the Company’s receipt of notice thereof from the Executive); or

(v)    without action by the Company, the Executive or any other person or entity, immediately upon the Executive’s death.

If the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason under this Section 7, the Company shall be obligated to pay or provide to the Executive (or the Executive’s estate, as applicable) in a lump sum within thirty (30) days following such termination, or at such other time prescribed by any applicable plan or applicable laws: (A) any base salary payable to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement, accrued up to and including the date on which the Executive’s employment is terminated, less required statutory deductions; (B) accrued and unpaid paid time off (if and as required by applicable law or the Company’s policies then in effect); (C) any employee benefits to which the Executive is entitled upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plans of the Company, as in place from time to time; and (D) reimbursement for any unreimbursed business expenses incurred by the Executive prior to the Executive’s date of termination pursuant to Section 5(f) ((A)-(D) collectively, the “ Accrued Amounts ”).

(b)     Termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason . If the Executive’s employment is terminated (A) by the Company without Cause or (B) by the Executive for Good Reason (in either case, other than a termination due to the Executive’s death or Disability), in addition to the Accrued Amounts, the Executive shall be entitled to receive as severance (subject to Section 7(d)) the amounts set forth in this Section 7(b), provided the Executive executes and does not revoke the Release as required by Section 7(d).

 

8


(i)    The Executive shall be entitled to an amount equal to the Executive’s annual base salary (as described in Section 5(a)), for a period equal to twelve (12) months (the “ Severance Period ”), payable starting on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the date of such termination (but with the first payment being a lump sum payment covering all payment periods from the date of termination through the date of such first payment), in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices during the Severance Period following the date of such termination, subject to reduction pursuant to Section 6(h);

(ii)    To the extent performance objectives applicable to the Executive’s annual bonus in the year of termination (including any objectives applicable to the Company’s targeted budget) are earned as of the end of the relevant bonus period, the Executive shall be entitled to the annual bonus earned for the calendar year of such termination pursuant to Section 5(b) of this Agreement, pro-rated based on the number of days the Executive was actively employed by the Company during such bonus period, payable at the time such annual bonus would otherwise be paid in accordance with Section 5(b) of this Agreement;

(iii)    Continued full participation in the Company’s health and welfare benefit programs (including full reimbursement for all health, dental and vision expenses, but excluding participation in the Company’s short- or long-term disability plans) for a period of twelve (12) months following the Executive’s termination date (for the avoidance of doubt, this continuation period shall run concurrently with any required continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“ COBRA ”)); provided that the Company’s obligation to make any payment pursuant to this provision shall cease upon the date the Executive became eligible for coverage under the health plan of a future employer (regardless of whether the Executive elects such coverage) and the Executive shall promptly notify the Company of his eligibility for any such coverage;

(iv)    Subject to Section 7(b)(v), if any Restricted Stock Units referenced in Section 5(c)(ii) remain unvested at the time of such termination, the next installment of the Restricted Stock Units that would have vested on the next scheduled vesting date shall vest as of the date of termination and the balance of any unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited. Also, if any awards issued to the Executive under the Stock Plan as to which vesting depends upon the satisfaction of one or more performance conditions remain unvested at the time of such termination, a prorated portion of the performance-vesting awards shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest based on actual performance through the last day of the applicable performance period, based on the number of days during the applicable performance period that the Executive was employed. Any performance-vesting awards that are earned based on actual performance will vest and settle as provided in the applicable award agreement.

(v)    If such termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason occurs within the twelve (12) month

 

9


period following a Change in Control (as such term is defined in the Stock Plan), (A) any Restricted Stock Units referenced in Section 5(c)(ii) which are not vested at the time of such termination shall immediately become vested and (B) any other awards granted to the Executive pursuant to the Stock Plan as to which vesting depends upon the satisfaction of one or more performance conditions and which are not vested at the time of termination shall immediately become vested based on actual performance through the termination date.

(c)     Definitions of Certain Terms . For purposes of this Agreement:

(i)    “ Cause ” means the Executive’s (A) commission of an act that constitutes common law fraud or a felony, commission of any other crime involving moral turpitude, or commission of any other tortious or unlawful act causing, or which may likely cause, material harm to the business, standing or reputation of the Company without the good faith belief that such conduct was in the best interests of the Company; (B) material breach of this Agreement, after the Company has given the Executive thirty (30) days written notice and an opportunity to cure such breach to the extent curable; (C) willful failure or refusal to perform the Executive’s material duties or obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, failure or refusal to abide by the directions of the CEO or the Board or any written policy adopted by the Board, in each case after the Company has given the Executive thirty (30) days written notice and an opportunity to cure such failure or refusal to the extent curable; (D) willful misconduct or gross negligence in the performance of the Executive’s duties as an employee, officer or director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; or (E) material misappropriation or embezzlement of any property of the Company.

(ii)    “ Disability ” means a condition entitling the Executive to benefits under the Company’s long term disability plan, policy or arrangement in which the Executive participates; provided , however , that if no such plan, policy or arrangement is then maintained by the Company and applicable to the Executive, “Disability” shall mean the Executive’s inability to perform, with or without reasonable accommodation, the Executive’s duties under this Agreement due to a mental or physical condition that can be expected to result in death or that can be expected to last (or has already lasted) for a continuous period of 90 days or more, or for an aggregate of 180 days in any 365 consecutive day period, as determined by the CEO or the Board in its good faith discretion.

(iii)     “ Good Reason ” means the occurrence, without the Executive’s consent, of any of the following events, other than in connection with a termination of the Executive’s employment for Cause or due to death or Disability: (A) a material reduction in the Executive’s rate of base salary stated in Section 5(a) and/or the amount of the Executive’s annual bonus opportunity described in Section 5(b); (B) an action by the Company resulting in a material diminution in the Executive’s titles, authority, duties, responsibilities or direct reports, (C) the Company’s relocation of the Executive’s principal place of employment to a location outside of the fifty (50)-mile radius of Atlanta, Georgia; or (D) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement; provided , however , that none of the events described in this sentence shall constitute Good Reason

 

10


unless and until (V) the Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a Good Reason condition has occurred, (W) the Executive first notifies the Company in writing describing in reasonable detail the condition which constitutes Good Reason within sixty (60) days of its initial occurrence, (X) the Company fails to cure such condition within thirty (30) days after the Company’s receipt of such written notice, (Y) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist, and (Z) the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment within sixty (60) days after the end of such thirty (30)-day cure period. If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during such cure period, Good Reason shall be deemed not be have occurred.

(d)     Release of Claims . As a condition of receiving any severance for which the Executive otherwise qualifies under Section 7(b), the Executive agrees to execute, deliver and not revoke, within sixty (60) days following the date of the Executive’s termination of employment, a separation agreement containing a general release of claims against the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective affiliates and their respective employees, officers, directors, owners and members, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”), such Release to be delivered, and to have become fully irrevocable, on or before the end of such sixty (60)-day period. If the Release has not been executed and delivered and become irrevocable on or before the end of such sixty (60)-day period, no amounts or benefits under Section 7(b) shall be or become payable.

(e)     No Additional Rights . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that, except as specifically described in this Section 7, all of the Executive’s rights to any compensation, benefits, bonuses or severance from the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates after termination of the Employment Term shall cease upon such termination.

8.     Notices . All notices, requests, demands, claims, consents and other communications which are required, permitted or otherwise delivered hereunder shall in every case be in writing and shall be deemed properly served if: (a) delivered personally, (b) sent by registered or certified mail, in all such cases with first class postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (c) delivered by a recognized overnight courier service, to the parties at the addresses as set forth below:

 

If to the Company:

  

Americold Logistics, LLC

  

10 Glenlake Parkway

  

South Tower, Suite 600

  

Attention: General Counsel

  

Atlanta, Georgia 30328

With copies to:

  

King & Spalding LLP

  

1180 Peachtree Street

  

Attention: C. Spencer Johnson, III

If to the Executive:

  

At the Executive’s residence address

  

as maintained by the Company in the

  

regular course of its business for

  

payroll purposes.

 

11


or to such other address as shall be furnished in writing by either party to the other party; provided that such notice or change in address shall be effective only when actually received by the other party. Date of service of any such notices or other communications shall be: (a) the date such notice is personally delivered, (b) three days after the date of mailing if sent by certified or registered mail, or (c) one business day after date of delivery to the overnight courier if sent by overnight courier.

9.     Arbitration . Except as otherwise provided in Section 6(h) in connection with equitable remedies, any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any dispute, claim or controversy concerning the validity, enforceability, breach or termination hereof, if not resolved by the parties, shall be finally settled by arbitration in accordance with the then-prevailing Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association, as modified herein (“ Rules ”). There shall be one arbitrator who shall be jointly selected by the parties. If the parties have not jointly agreed upon an arbitrator within twenty (20) calendar days of respondent’s receipt of claimant’s notice of intention to arbitrate, either party may request the American Arbitration Association to furnish the parties with a list of names from which the parties shall jointly select an arbitrator. If the parties have not agreed upon an arbitrator within ten (10) calendar days of the transmittal date of such list, then each party shall have an additional five (5) calendar days in which to strike any names objected to, number the remaining names in order of preference, and return the list to the American Arbitration Association, which shall then select an arbitrator in accordance with Rule 13 of the Rules. The place of arbitration shall be Atlanta, Georgia or such other location as mutually agreed in writing by the parties. By agreeing to arbitration, the parties hereto do not intend to deprive any court of its jurisdiction to issue a pre-arbitral injunction or with respect to other proceedings described in Section 6(h) (or delay any such proceedings), pre-arbitral attachment or other order in aid of arbitration. The arbitration shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1-16. Judgment upon the award of the arbitrator may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each party shall bear its or his or her own costs and expenses in any such arbitration and one-half of the arbitrator’s fees and expenses.

10.     Waiver of Jury Trial . THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT EACH HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, OR CAUSE OF ACTION (I)  ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR (II)  IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY, OR OTHERWISE. THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT EACH HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY AND THAT THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OF A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

12


11.     Section 409A .

(a)    The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with, or be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively “ Code Section  409A ”) and the Company shall have complete discretion to interpret and construe this Agreement and any associated documents in any manner that establishes an exemption from (or compliance with) the requirements of Code Section 409A. If, for any reason, such as imprecision in drafting any provision of this Agreement (or of any award of compensation, including, without limitation, equity compensation or benefits) does not accurately reflect its intended establishment of an exemption from (or compliance with) Code Section 409A, as demonstrated by consistent interpretations or other evidence of intent, such provision shall be considered ambiguous as to its exemption from (or compliance with) Code Section 409A and shall be interpreted by the Company in a manner consistent with such intent, as determined in the discretion of the Company.

(b)    A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits that are considered nonqualified deferred compensation under Code Section 409A upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, and, for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean such a “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred for proposes of this Agreement shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations.

(c)     Any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Executive’s separation from service, the Company determines that the Executive is a “specified employee,” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement on account of such separation from service would be considered nonqualified deferred compensation under Code Section 409A such payment or benefit shall be paid or provided at the date which is the earlier of (i) six (6) months and one day after such separation from service and (ii) the date of the Executive’s death (the “ Delay Period ”). Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section 11(c) (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or provided to the Executive in a lump-sum, and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.

(d)    Any reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement that constitute deferred compensation within the meaning of Code Section 409A shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A, including, without limitation, that (i) in no event shall any fees, expenses or other amounts eligible to be reimbursed by the Company under this Agreement be paid later than the last day of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the applicable fees, expenses or other amounts were incurred; (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits that the Company is obligated to pay or provide, in any given calendar year shall not affect the expenses that the Company is obligated to reimburse, or the in-kind benefits that the Company is obligated to pay or provide, in any other calendar year; (iii) the Executive’s right to have the Company pay

 

13


or provide such reimbursements and in-kind benefits may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit; and (iv) in no event shall the Company’s obligations to make such reimbursements or to provide such in-kind benefits apply later than the Executive’s remaining lifetime (or if longer, through the sixth (6th) anniversary of the Commencement Date).

(e)    For purposes of Code Section 409A, the Executive’s right to receive any installment payments shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments. Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days (for example, payment shall be made “within thirty (30) days following such termination”), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company. In no event may the Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of any payment to be made under this Agreement, to the extent such payment is subject to Code Section 409A.

(f)    The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, Code Section 409A.

12.     General .

(a)     Governing Law . Unless preempted by federal law, this Agreement and the legal relations thus created between the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Georgia, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Georgia or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Georgia. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that this Agreement was executed and delivered in the State of Georgia.

(b)     Construction and Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by, or invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under, any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such prohibition, invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any other jurisdiction, and the parties undertake to implement all efforts which are necessary, desirable and sufficient to amend, supplement or substitute all and any such prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with enforceable and valid provisions in such jurisdiction which would produce as nearly as may be possible the result previously intended by the parties without renegotiation of any material terms and conditions stipulated herein.

(c)     Cooperation . During the Employment Period and thereafter, the Executive shall cooperate with the Company and be reasonably available to the Company with respect to continuing and/or future matters related to the Executive’s employment period with the Company and/or its subsidiaries or affiliates, whether such matters are business-related, legal, regulatory or otherwise (including, without limitation, the Executive appearing at the Company’s request to give testimony without requiring service of a subpoena or other legal process, volunteering to the

 

14


Company all pertinent information and turning over to the Company all relevant documents which are or may come into the Executive’s possession). Following the Employment Term, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by the Executive in rendering such services that are approved by the Company. In addition, if more than an incidental cooperation is required at any time after the termination of the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall be paid (other than for the time of actual testimony) a per day fee based on the Executive’s base salary described in Section 5(a) at the time of such termination divided by 225.

(d)     Nondisparagement . During the Employment Term and thereafter, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, take any action, or encourage others to take any action, to disparage the Company, its employees, officers, directors, products, services, customers or owners; provided, however, this provision does not apply to the Executive’s oral or written communications made in the performance of the Executive’s duties as provided in this Agreement, including but not limited to expressions of opinion communicated internally at the Company or to the Company’s directors.

(e)     Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns and the Executive and the Executive’s heirs, executors, administrators, and successors; provided that the services provided by the Executive under this Agreement are of a personal nature, and rights and obligations of the Executive under this Agreement shall not be assignable or delegable, except for any death payments otherwise due the Executive, which shall be payable to the estate of the Executive; provided further the Company may assign this Agreement to, and all rights hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company or any person, firm or corporation resulting from the reorganization of the Company or succeeding to the business or assets of the Company by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise; and provided further that in the event of the Executive’s death, any unpaid amount due to the Executive under this Agreement shall be paid to the Executive’s estate.

(f)     Executive’s Representations . The Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that: (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Executive do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which the Executive is a party or by which the Executive is bound; (ii) the Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompetition or nonsolicitation agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other person or entity besides the Company and (iii) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement shall be the valid and binding obligation of the Executive, enforceable in accordance with its teens. THE EXECUTIVE HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES AND REPRESENTS THAT THE EXECUTIVE HAS CONSULTED WITH INDEPENDENT LEGAL COUNSEL REGARDING THE EXECUTIVE’S RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, TO THE EXTENT DETERMINED NECESSARY OR APPROPRIATE BY THE EXECUTIVE, AND THAT THE EXECUTIVE FULLY UNDERSTANDS THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS CONTAINED HEREIN.

 

15


(g)     Compliance with Rules and Policies . The Executive shall perform all services in accordance with the policies, procedures and rules established by the Company and the Board. In addition, the Executive shall comply with all laws, rules and regulations that are generally applicable to the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates and their respective employees, directors and officers.

(h)     Withholding Taxes . All amounts payable hereunder shall be subject to the withholding of all applicable taxes and deductions required by any applicable law.

(i)     Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and terminates and supersedes any and all prior agreements, understandings and representations, whether written or oral, by or between the parties hereto or their affiliates which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way, including, without limitation, the Prior Agreement and any other existing employment agreement or change of control agreement, which is hereby terminated and cancelled and of no further force or effect, without the payment of any additional consideration by or to either of the parties hereto.

(j)     Duration . Notwithstanding the Employment Term hereunder, this Agreement shall continue for so long as any obligations remain under this Agreement.

(k)     Survival . The covenants set forth in Sections 6 and 12(c) of this Agreement shall survive and shall continue to be binding upon the Executive notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever.

(l)     Amendment and Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and the Executive, and no course of conduct or course of dealing or failure or delay by any party hereto in enforcing or exercising any of the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Company’s right to terminate the Employment Term for Cause) shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement or be deemed to be an implied waiver of any similar or dissimilar requirement, provision or condition of this Agreement at the same or any prior or subsequent time. Pursuit by either party of any available remedy, either in law or equity, or any action of any kind, does not constitute waiver of any other remedy or action. Such remedies and actions are cumulative and not exclusive.

(m)     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one instrument.

(n)     Section References . Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose. The words Section and paragraph herein shall refer to provisions of this Agreement unless expressly indicated otherwise.

(o)     No Strict Construction . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring either party hereto by

 

16


virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. When the context admits or requires, words used in the masculine gender shall be construed to include the feminine, the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include the plural.

(p)     Time of the Essence; Computation of Time . Time is of the essence for each and every provision of this Agreement. Whenever the last day for the exercise of any privilege or the discharge or any duty hereunder shall fall upon a Saturday, Sunday, or any date on which banks in New York, New York are authorized to be closed, the party having such privilege or duty may exercise such privilege or discharge such duty on the next succeeding day which is a regular business day.

(q)     No Third Party Beneficiaries . Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any person other than the parties to this Agreement and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors or permitted assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision contained herein.

(r)     Protected Rights . Nothing contained in this Agreement limits the Executive’s ability to file a charge or complaint with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any other federal, state or local governmental agency or commission (collectively, “ Government Agencies ”), or prevents the Executive from providing truthful testimony in response to a lawfully issued subpoena or court order. Further, this Agreement does not limit the Executive’s ability to communicate with any Government Agencies or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including providing documents or other information, without notice to the Company.

(s)     Defend Trade Secrets Act . The Executive is hereby notified that under the Defend Trade Secrets Act: (i) no individual shall be held criminally or civilly liable under federal or state trade secret law for disclosure of a trade secret (as defined in the Economic Espionage Act) that is: (A) made in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and made solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law or (B) made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal so that it is not made public; and (ii) an individual who pursues a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of the law may disclose the trade secret to the attorney of the individual and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the individual files any document containing the trade secret under seal, and does not disclose the trade secret, except as permitted by court order.

[Signature Page Follows.]

 

17


[Signature Page to Employment Agreement]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, have hereunto executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

   

AMERICOLD LOGISTICS, LLC

Date:                                                                      

   

By:

 

                          

   

Name:

 
   

Title:

 
   

TOM MUSGRAVE

Date: :                                                                      

   

 

 

18


Exhibit A: Form of Release

WAIVER AND RELEASE

This Waiver and Release (this “ Release ”) is executed by Tom Musgrave (the “ Executive ”) pursuant to Section 7(d) of the Employment Agreement, dated as of [●], by and between AMERICOLD LOGISTICS, LLC and the Executive (the “ Employment Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Release have the meanings given to them in the Employment Agreement.

1.     General Release . In consideration of the payments and benefits to be provided to the Executive pursuant to Section 7(b) of the Employment Agreement, the Executive, on behalf of the Executive and anyone claiming through the Executive , hereby fully and completely releases, acquits and forever discharges the Company, its affiliates and related entities, and each of their respective current and former employees, officers, directors, shareholders, partners, members, managers, agents, employee benefit plans and fiduciaries, insurers, trustees, attorneys, joint venture partners, transferees, successors and assigns (each a “ Released Party ” and collectively, the “ Released Parties ”), collectively, separately, and severally, of and from any and all claims, demands, damages, causes of action, debts, liabilities, controversies, judgments, and suits of every kind and nature whatsoever, foreseen, unforeseen, known or unknown, that arise out of or relate to the Executive’s employment or termination of employment with the Company and that the Executive has had, now has, or may have against the Released Parties (or any of them) at any time up to and including the date the Executive signs this Release, with the exception of the claims set forth in Section  2 below (the claims released in this Release are collectively referred to as the “ Released Claims ”). The Released Claims include all claims arising under any federal, state or local statute or ordinance, constitutional provision, public policy or common law, including Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (the “ ADEA ”), the Equal Pay Act, the Civil Rights Act of 1866, the Civil Rights Act of 1871, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (with respect to unvested benefits), COBRA, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Georgia Equal Pay Act, the Georgia Prohibition of Age Discrimination in Employment Act, and the Georgia Equal Employment for People with Disabilities Code, all as amended; all claims arising under discrimination laws, whistleblower laws and laws relating to violation of public policy, retaliation, or interference with legal rights; all claims for compensation of any type whatsoever, including claims for wages, bonuses, commissions, equity, vacation, sick leave, PTO and severance; all claims arising under tort, contract and/or quasi-contract law, including all claims arising under the Employment Agreement; and all claims for monetary or equitable relief, including attorneys’ fees, back pay, front pay, reinstatement, experts’ fees, medical expenses, costs and disbursements. The Executive hereby waives any right to seek or recover any individual relief (including any money damages, reinstatement, or other relief) in connection with any of the Released Claims through any charge, complaint, lawsuit, or other proceeding, whether commenced or maintained by the Executive or by any other person or entity, with the exception of any right to seek an award pursuant to Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

2.     Excluded Claims . The Released Claims do not include (a) any claims for vested benefits to which the Executive is entitled upon the termination of the Executive’s employment

 

19


in accordance with the terms of the applicable benefit plans (for the avoidance of doubt, no term or provision under the Employment Agreement shall be deemed a benefit plan for purposes of this Release); (b) any claims related to acts, omissions or events occurring after the date this Release is signed by the Executive; (c) any right that the Executive may have to indemnification or insurance coverage under the Company’s organizational documents or any directors and officers insurance policy; (d) any claims that cannot legally be waived by private agreement.

3.     Covenant Not to Sue . Except for an action to challenge the validity of the Executive’s release of claims under the ADEA, or as otherwise provided in Section  5 below, the Executive promises that the Executive will not file, instigate or participate in any proceeding against any of the Released Parties relating to any of the Released Claims. In the event the Executive breaches the covenant contained in this Section  3 , the Executive agrees to indemnify the Released Parties for all damages and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by any Released Parties in defending, participating in or investigating any matter or proceeding covered by this Section  3 .

4.     Representations . The Executive represents and warrants that (a) the Executive has been properly paid for all hours worked and has received all wages, bonuses, vacation pay, expense reimbursements and any other sums due from the Company (with the exception of the payments and benefits to be provided pursuant to Section 7(b) of the Employment Agreement); (b) the Executive has returned all Company property in the Executive’s possession or control and has permanently deleted any Confidential Information stored on any electronic device, web-based email or other storage location not owned by the Company but within the Executive’s possession or control; (c) the Executive has suffered no work-related injury or occupational disease during the course of the Executive’s employment with the Company that the Executive has not reported in writing to the Company; (d) the Executive is not aware of any activity by the Company or any other Released Party that the Executive believes to be unlawful or potentially unlawful; (e) the Executive has not filed any complaints, claims or actions against the Company or any other Released Party; and (f) the Executive has not assigned, transferred, conveyed or otherwise disposed of any Released Claims.

5.     Protected Rights . Nothing contained in this Release limits the Executive’s ability to file a charge or complaint with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any other federal, state or local governmental agency or commission (collectively, “ Government Agencies ”). Further, this Release does not limit the Executive’s ability to communicate with any Government Agencies or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including providing documents or other information, without notice to the Company.

6.     Consideration Period . The Executive understands that the Executive has [twenty-one (21) days / forty-five (45) days] 1 to consider this Release before deciding whether to sign it. The Executive may sign this Release sooner if the Executive chooses, but no sooner than the date of termination of the Executive’s employment. If the Executive chooses to sign this Release before the expiration of such [21-day / 45-day] period, the Executive represents that the Executive’s decision to do so is knowing and voluntary. The Executive agrees that any changes

 

1  

To be determined by the Company at the time of termination in accordance with applicable law.

 

20


made to this Release after it was delivered to the Executive, whether material or immaterial, do not restart the [21-day / 45-day] period described in this Section. The Company advises the Executive to consult with an attorney before signing this Release.

7.     Right to Revoke . The Executive understands that the Executive has the right to revoke this Release within seven (7) days after signing it. This Release shall not become effective until the eighth day following the date on which the Executive has signed it without having revoked it (the “ Effective Date ”). If the Executive chooses to revoke this Release, the Executive must deliver written notice of revocation to the Company in accordance with Section 8 of the Employment Agreement. Any such notice of revocation must be delivered to the Company in a manner calculated to ensure receipt prior to 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the day prior to the Effective Date. The Executive understands that if the Executive revokes this Release, the Executive will not be entitled to any of the benefits provided hereunder.

8.     General Provisions . The Released Parties expressly deny that they have any liability to the Executive, and this Release is not to be construed as an admission of any such liability. This Release is to be construed under the laws of the State of Georgia. This Release constitutes the entire agreement between the Executive and the Company with respect to the issues addressed in this Release. The Executive represents that the Executive is not relying on any other agreements or oral representations not fully expressed in this Release. This Release may not be modified except in writing signed by the Executive and an authorized Company representative. The headings in this Release are for reference only, and do not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Release. As used herein, the phrase “including” means “including, but not limited to” in each instance. “Or” is used in the inclusive sense of “and/or”. Should any part of this Release be found to be void or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction or Government Agency, such determination will not affect the remainder of this Release.

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED BY:

 

TOM MUSGRAVE

 

Date

 

21

Exhibit 10.13

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is dated this      day of             , 2017, by and between AMERICOLD LOGISTICS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with its principal place of business located in Atlanta, Georgia (the “ Company ”) and Andrea Darweesh (the “ Executive ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Executive currently serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company are currently parties to that certain Employment Agreement, dated September 6, 2016 (the “ Prior Employment Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company mutually desire to terminate and cancel the Prior Employment Agreement and, in connection therewith, to provide for the continued services and employment of the Executive by the Company on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, each intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

1.     Employment . On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Company hereby agrees to continue to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to continue such employment, for the Employment Term (as defined below). During the Employment Term, the Executive shall serve as Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer of the Company and shall report to the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “ CEO ”), performing the normal duties and responsibilities of such position with respect to the business of the Company and such other duties and responsibilities commensurate with such position as the CEO or the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) may reasonably assign to the Executive from time to time.

2.     Performance . The Executive shall serve the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates faithfully and to the best of the Executive’s ability and shall devote the Executive’s full business time, energy, experience and talents to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, as applicable, and will not engage in any other employment activities for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior written approval of the Board; provided , however , that it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for the Executive to manage the Executive’s personal investments, to engage in or serve such civic, community, charitable, educational, industry, professional, or religious organizations as the Executive may select, or, with the prior approval of the CEO and Board, to serve on the boards of directors of other companies, so long as such service does not create an actual or potential conflict of interest with, or impair the Executive’s ability to fulfill the Executive’s duties hereunder or conflict with the Executive’s covenants under Section 6 of this Agreement, in each case as determined in the sole judgment of the CEO and Board.

 

1


3.     Employment Term .

(a)    Subject to earlier termination pursuant to Section 7, the term of employment of the Executive hereunder shall begin on [●] (the “ Commencement Date ”), and shall continue for an indefinite period of time (the “ Employment Term ”).

4.     Principal Location . The Executive’s principal place of employment shall be the Company’s offices located in the Atlanta, Georgia metropolitan area, subject to required travel.

5.     Compensation and Benefits .

(a)     Base Salary . During the Employment Term, the Company shall pay the Executive a base salary, payable in equal installments in accordance with Company payroll procedures, at an annual rate of Three Hundred Seventy Five Thousand Dollars ($375,000.00), pro-rated to reflect any partial year of employment. The Board or a committee thereof shall review Executive’s base salary on an annual basis and may increase Executive’s base salary from time to time, in which case such increased salary then shall become the Executive’s base salary for purposes of this Agreement.

(b)     Annual Bonus . The Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual performance-based cash bonus in respect of each calendar year that ends during the Employment Term, to the extent earned based on the achievement of performance objectives established by the Board or a committee thereof, after consultation with the Executive, no later than 30 days after commencement of the relevant bonus period, pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Short-Term Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time. The maximum annual performance-based cash bonus that the Executive may earn is ninety percent (90%), and the target bonus is sixty percent (60%), in each case, of the Executive’s annual base salary at the rate in effect at the end of the relevant calendar year, pro-rated to properly reflect any partial year of employment. If the applicable performance objectives are not attained at least at the minimum level, no annual performance bonus shall be payable. The amount of such annual bonus awarded for a calendar year shall be determined by the Board or a committee thereof after the end of the calendar year to which such bonus relates and shall be paid to the Executive during the following calendar year when annual bonuses for the prior calendar year are paid to other senior executives of the Company generally. The amount of any such annual bonus shall be pro-rated to properly reflect any partial year of employment. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7(b), to be eligible for any such annual bonus under this Section 5(b), the Executive must be in active working status at the time the Company pays bonuses for the relevant year to other senior executives generally. For purposes of this Agreement, “active working status” means that the Executive is employed by the Company.

(c)     Long Term Incentive Plan.

(i)    The Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Americold Realty Trust 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Stock Plan ”) in such amounts and at such times as the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Americold Realty Trust (“ ART ”) shall determine in its sole discretion. Any such awards shall be governed by the Stock Plan and any Stock Plan award agreements between ART and the Executive.

 

2


(ii)     Restricted Stock Unit Grant . In consideration of the Executive’s entering into this Agreement and as an inducement to remain with the Company, the Executive shall be granted promptly following the Commencement Date, under the Stock Plan, an award of 15,625 restricted stock units to be settled in shares of the common stock of ART (the “ Restricted Stock Units ”), subject to the approval of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of ART. Such award shall be governed by the Stock Plan and a restricted stock unit award agreement between the Executive and ART. Subject to terms of the Stock Plan and the award agreement for the Restricted Stock Units, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest in equal one-third (1/3) installments on the second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of grant of such award, subject to the Executive’s continuous employment with the Company from the date of grant of such award through such vesting dates, except as otherwise provided in Section 7(b).

(d)     Benefits . During the Employment Term, the Executive shall, subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plan documents in force from time to time and all applicable laws, be eligible to participate in all of the employee benefit, fringe and perquisite plans, practices, policies and arrangements the Company makes available from time to time to its executive employees generally.

(e)     Paid Time Off . The Executive shall be entitled to not less than twenty-nine (29) days of paid time off during each calendar year, pro-rated for any partial calendar year of employment, in accordance with the Company’s policies and practices with respect to its employees generally as in effect from time to time.

(f)     Business Expenses . The Executive shall be reimbursed by the Company for all reasonable and necessary business expenses actually incurred by the Executive in performing the Executive’s duties hereunder. All payments under this Section 5(f) will be made in accordance with policies established by the Company from time to time and subject to receipt by the Company of appropriate documentation.

(g)     Directors and Officers Liability Insurance . During the Employment Term, the Company shall maintain director and officer liability insurance covering the Executive on terms that are no less favorable than the coverage provided to other senior executives, officers or directors of the Company, as such coverage may be in effect from time to time.

6.     Covenants of the Executive . The Executive acknowledges that in the course of the Executive’s employment with the Company the Executive will become familiar with the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ trade secrets and with other confidential and proprietary information concerning the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, and that the Executive’s services are of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Therefore, the Company and the Executive mutually agree that it is in the interest of both parties for the Executive to enter into the restrictive covenants set forth in this Section 6 to, among other things, protect the legitimate business interests of the Company and those of its subsidiaries and affiliates, and that such restrictions and covenants contained in this Section 6 are reasonable in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects given the nature of the Executive’s duties and the nature of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ businesses and that such restrictions and covenants do not and will not unduly impair

 

3


the Executive’s ability to earn a living after termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Company would not have entered into this Agreement but for the restrictive covenants of the Executive set forth in this Section 6, and (ii) such restrictive covenants have been made by the Executive in order to induce the Company to enter into this Agreement.

(a)     Definitions . For purposes of this Section 6:

Competing Business ” means any person or entity that engages in a business that is the same as or substantially similar to the business conducted by the Company.

Confidential Information ” means confidential information relating to the business of the Company and/or its affiliates that (i) has been made known to the Executive through the Executive’s relationship with the Company or its affiliates, (ii) has value to the Company and/or its affiliates and (iii) is not generally known to competitors of the Company and/or its affiliates. Confidential Information includes, without limitation, methods of operation, business strategies, plans for acquisition or expansion, terms of transaction documents (including but not limited to purchase and sale agreements, operating agreements, lease agreements and employment agreements), financial information and projections, pricing and discount information, lists of and information regarding current or prospective customers, vendors, licensees and licensors, product development activities, marketing plans and strategies, non-public personnel information, and any other information of whatever kind that gives the Company and/or its affiliates an opportunity to obtain an advantage over competitors who do not possess such information, regardless of whether such information is marked “confidential.” Confidential Information includes trade secrets (as defined under applicable law) as well as information that does not rise to the level of a trade secret, and includes information that has been entrusted to the Company or any of its affiliates by a third party under an obligation of confidentiality. Confidential Information does not include any information that has been voluntarily disclosed to the public by the Company (except where such public disclosure has been made by the Executive without authorization) or that has been independently developed and disclosed by others, or that otherwise enters the public domain through lawful means.

Customer ” means a current or actively sought prospective customer of the Company during the last two (2) years of the Executive’s employment with the Company.

Restricted Period ” means the period in which the Executive is employed with the Company together with the one (1)-year period following termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason.

Services ” means services of the type conducted, authorized, offered or provided by the Executive to or on behalf of the Company during the last two (2) years of the Executive’s employment with the Company.

Territory ” means each geographic area in which the Company conducted business during the Executive’s employment with the Company; provided , that if the Executive’s duties and responsibilities during the last two (2) years of the Executive’s employment were limited to particular geographic areas, then the “Territory” shall be limited to such geographic areas.

 

4


(b)     Noncompetition . During the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, control, consult with, be employed by or otherwise provide Services to, or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of, any Competing Business anywhere in the Territory. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive’s ownership solely as an investor of two percent (2%) or less of the outstanding securities of any class of any publicly-traded securities of any company shall not, by itself, be considered to be competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

(c)     Non-solicitation of Customers . During the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or attempt to solicit any Customer for purposes of providing products or services that are competitive with the products and services provided by the Company or (ii) induce or attempt to induce any Customer to reduce or cease doing business with the Company, or otherwise interfere with the relationship between any Customer and the Company.

(d)     Non-solicitation of Employees . During the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit for employment or attempt to solicit for employment, directly or by assisting others, any person who was an employee or independent contractor of the Company on, or within six (6) months before, the date of such solicitation or attempted solicitation or (ii) induce or attempt to induce any employee or independent contractor of the Company to terminate such person’s employment or independent contractor relationship with the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such person and the Company.

(e)     Non-disclosure of Confidential Information .

(i)    The Executive acknowledges that all Confidential Information is the property of the Company or its applicable affiliates. The Executive further acknowledges that the Company and its affiliates intend, and make reasonable good faith efforts, to protect the Confidential Information from public disclosure. Therefore, the Executive agrees that, except as required by law or regulation or as legally compelled by court order ( provided that in such case, the Executive shall promptly notify the Company of such order, shall cooperate with the Company in attempting to obtain a protective order or to otherwise restrict such disclosure, and shall only disclose Confidential Information to the minimum extent necessary to comply with any such law regulation or order), during the Employment Term and at all times thereafter, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, divulge, transmit, publish, copy, distribute, furnish or otherwise disclose or make accessible any Confidential Information, or use any Confidential Information for the benefit of anyone other than the Company and its affiliates,.

(ii)    The Company does not wish to incorporate any unlicensed or unauthorized material into its products or services. Therefore, the Executive agrees that the Executive will not disclose to the Company, use in the Company’s business, or cause the Company to use, any information or material which is a trade secret, or confidential

 

5


or proprietary information, of any third party, including, but not limited to, any former employer, any competitor or any client, unless the Company has a right to receive and use such information or material. The Executive will not incorporate into the Executive’s work any material or information which is subject to the copyrights of any third party unless the Company has a written agreement with such third party or otherwise has the right to receive and use such material or information.

(f)     Company Intellectual Property . The Executive agrees to promptly disclose to the Company any and all work product, inventions, artistic works, works of authorship, designs, methods, processes, technology, patterns, techniques, data, Confidential Information, patents, trade secrets, trademarks, domain names, copyrights, and the like, and all other intellectual property relating to the business of the Company and any of its affiliates which are created, authored, composed, invented, discovered, performed, perfected, or learned by the Executive (either solely or jointly with others) during the Employment Term (collectively, together with such intellectual property as may be owned or acquired by the Company, the “ Company Intellectual Property ”). The Company Intellectual Property shall be the sole and absolute property of the Company and its affiliates. All work performed by the Executive in authoring, composing, inventing, creating, developing or modifying Company Intellectual Property and/or other work product to which copyright protection may attach during the course of the Executive’s employment with the Company shall be considered “works made for hire” to the extent permitted under applicable copyright law and will be considered the sole property of the Company. To the extent such works, work product or Company Intellectual Property are not considered “works made for hire,” all right, title, and interest to such works, work product and Company Intellectual Property, including, but not limited to, all copyrights, patents, trademarks, rights of publicity, and trade secrets, is hereby assigned to the Company and the Executive agrees, at the Company’s expense, to execute any documents requested by the Company or any of its affiliates at any time in relation to such assignment. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company is and will be the sole and absolute owner of all trademarks, service marks, domain names, patents, copyrights, trade dress, trade secrets, business names, rights of publicity, inventions, proprietary know-how and information of any type, whether or not in writing, and all other intellectual property used by the Company or held for use in the business of the Company, including all Company Intellectual Property. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that any and all derivative works, developments, or improvements based on intellectual property, materials and assets subject to this Section 6 created during the Employment Term (including, without limitation, Company Intellectual Property) shall be exclusively owned by the Company. The Executive will cooperate with the Company and any of its affiliates, at no additional cost to such parties (whether during or after the Employment Term), in the confirmation, registration, protection and enforcement of the rights and property of the Company and its affiliates in such intellectual property, materials and assets, including, without limitation, the Company Intellectual Property.

(g)     Company Property . All Confidential Information, Company Intellectual Property, files, records, correspondence, memoranda, notes or other documents (including, without limitation, those in computer-readable form) or property relating or belonging to the Company and affiliates, whether prepared by the Executive or otherwise coming into the Executive’s possession or control in the course of the performance of the Executive’s services under this Agreement, shall be the exclusive property of the Company and shall be delivered to

 

6


the Company, and not retained by the Executive (including, without limitation, any copies thereof), promptly upon request by the Company and, in any event, promptly upon termination of the Employment Term. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Executive has no expectation of privacy with respect to the Company’s telecommunications, networking or information processing systems (including, without limitation, stored computer files, email messages and voice messages), and that the Executive’s activity and any files or messages on or using any of those systems may be monitored at any time without notice.

(h)     Enforcement . The Executive acknowledges that a breach of the Executive’s covenants and agreements contained in this Section 6 would cause irreparable damage to the Company and its affiliates, the exact amount of which would be difficult to ascertain, and that the remedies at law for any such breach or threatened breach would be inadequate. Accordingly, the Executive agrees that if the Executive materially breaches any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Section 6, in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, the Company and affiliates shall be entitled to: (i) cease or withhold payment to the Executive of any severance payments described in Section 7, for which the Executive otherwise qualifies under such Section 7, and the Executive shall promptly repay to the Company 90% of any such severance payments the Executive previously received (with the remaining 10% serving as consideration for the Executive’s release of claims described in Section 7(d), (ii) institute and prosecute proceedings in any court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and injunctive and other equitable relief without bond or other security or a showing of irreparable harm or lack of an adequate remedy at law, and (iii) an equitable accounting by any court of competent jurisdiction of all profits or benefits arising out of such violation. Additionally, upon a material breach by the Executive of this Section 6, the unvested Restricted Stock Units (and any other unvested stock-based awards held by the Executive) shall be automatically canceled and forfeited without any further action.

(i)     Scope of Covenants . The Company and the Executive further acknowledge that the time, scope, geographic area and other provisions of this Section 6 have been specifically negotiated by sophisticated commercial parties and agree that they consider the restrictions and covenants contained in this Section 6 to be reasonable and necessary for the protection of the interests of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, but if any such restriction or covenant shall be held by any court of competent jurisdiction to be void but would be valid if deleted in part or reduced in application, such restriction or covenant shall apply in such jurisdiction with such deletion or modification as may be necessary to make it valid and enforceable. The restrictions and covenants contained in each paragraph of this Section 6 shall be construed as separate and individual restrictions and covenants and shall each be capable of being reduced in application or severed without prejudice to the other restrictions and covenants or to the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

(j)     Enforceability . If any court holds any of the restrictions or covenants contained in this Section 6 to be unenforceable by reason of their breadth or scope or otherwise, it is the intention of the parties hereto that such determination not bar or in any way affect the right of the Company and its affiliates to the relief provided in this Section 6 in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographic scope of such restrictions and covenants.

 

7


(k)     Disclosure of Restrictive Covenants . The Executive agrees to disclose in advance the existence and terms of the restrictions and covenants contained in this Section 6 to any employer or other service recipient by whom the Executive may be employed or retained during the Restricted Period.

(l)     Extension of Restricted Period . If the Executive breaches any non-competition or non-solicitation covenant set forth in this Section 6 in any respect, the Restricted Period will be extended for a period equal to the period that the Executive was in breach of such covenant, up to a maximum period of one (1) year.

7.     Termination .

(a)     Termination of Employment . The employment of the Executive hereunder and the Employment Term may be terminated at any time:

(i)    by the Company with or without Cause (as defined herein) upon written notice to the Executive;

(ii)    by the Company due to the Executive’s Disability (as hereinafter defined) upon written notice to the Executive;

 

 

(iii)

by the Executive with Good Reason (as defined herein);

(iv)    by the Executive without Good Reason upon thirty (30) days written notice to the Company (which notice period may be waived by the Company in its absolute discretion, in which case, such termination shall be effective immediately upon the Company’s receipt of notice thereof from the Executive); or

(v)    without action by the Company, the Executive or any other person or entity, immediately upon the Executive’s death.

If the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason under this Section 7, the Company shall be obligated to pay or provide to the Executive (or the Executive’s estate, as applicable) in a lump sum within thirty (30) days following such termination, or at such other time prescribed by any applicable plan or applicable laws: (A) any base salary payable to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement, accrued up to and including the date on which the Executive’s employment is terminated, less required statutory deductions; (B) accrued and unpaid paid time off (if and as required by applicable law or the Company’s policies then in effect); (C) any employee benefits to which the Executive is entitled upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plans of the Company, as in place from time to time; and (D) reimbursement for any unreimbursed business expenses incurred by the Executive prior to the Executive’s date of termination pursuant to Section 5(f) ((A)-(D) collectively, the “ Accrued Amounts ”).

(b)     Termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason . If the Executive’s employment is terminated (A) by the Company without Cause or (B) by the Executive for Good Reason (in either case, other than a termination due to the Executive’s death or Disability), in addition to the Accrued Amounts, the Executive shall be entitled to receive as severance (subject to Section 7(d)) the amounts set forth in this Section 7(b), provided the Executive executes and does not revoke the Release as required by Section 7(d).

 

8


(i)    The Executive shall be entitled to an amount equal to the Executive’s annual base salary (as described in Section 5(a)), for a period equal to twelve (12]) months (the “ Severance Period ”), payable starting on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the date of such termination (but with the first payment being a lump sum payment covering all payment periods from the date of termination through the date of such first payment), in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices during the Severance Period following the date of such termination, subject to reduction pursuant to Section 6(h);

(ii)    To the extent performance objectives applicable to the Executive’s annual bonus in the year of termination (including any objectives applicable to the Company’s targeted budget) are earned as of the end of the relevant bonus period, the Executive shall be entitled to the annual bonus earned for the calendar year of such termination pursuant to Section 5(b) of this Agreement, pro-rated based on the number of days the Executive was actively employed by the Company during such bonus period, payable at the time such annual bonus would otherwise be paid in accordance with Section 5(b) of this Agreement;

(iii)    Continued full participation in the Company’s health and welfare benefit programs (including full reimbursement for all health, dental and vision expenses, but excluding participation in the Company’s short- or long-term disability plans) for a period of twelve (12) months following the Executive’s termination date (for the avoidance of doubt, this continuation period shall run concurrently with any required continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“ COBRA ”)); provided that the Company’s obligation to make any payment pursuant to this provision shall cease upon the date the Executive became eligible for coverage under the health plan of a future employer (regardless of whether the Executive elects such coverage) and the Executive shall promptly notify the Company of his eligibility for any such coverage;

(iv)    Subject to Section 7(b)(v), if any Restricted Stock Units referenced in Section 5(c)(ii) remain unvested at the time of such termination, the next installment of the Restricted Stock Units that would have vested on the next scheduled vesting date shall vest as of the date of termination and the balance of any unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited. Also, if any awards issued to the Executive under the Stock Plan as to which vesting depends upon the satisfaction of one or more performance conditions remain unvested at the time of such termination, a prorated portion of the performance-vesting awards shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest based on actual performance through the last day of the applicable performance period, based on the number of days during the applicable performance period that the Executive was employed. Any performance-vesting awards that are earned based on actual performance will vest and settle as provided in the applicable award agreement.

(v)    If such termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason occurs within the twelve (12) month

 

9


period following a Change in Control (as such term is defined in the Stock Plan), (A) any Restricted Stock Units referenced in Section 5(c)(ii) which are not vested at the time of such termination shall immediately become vested and (B) any other awards granted to the Executive pursuant to the Stock Plan as to which vesting depends upon the satisfaction of one or more performance conditions and which are not vested at the time of termination shall immediately become vested based on actual performance through the termination date.

(c)     Definitions of Certain Terms . For purposes of this Agreement:

(i)    “ Cause ” means the Executive’s (A) commission of an act that constitutes common law fraud or a felony, commission of any other crime involving moral turpitude, or commission of any other tortious or unlawful act causing, or which may likely cause, material harm to the business, standing or reputation of the Company without the good faith belief that such conduct was in the best interests of the Company; (B) material breach of this Agreement, after the Company has given the Executive thirty (30) days written notice and an opportunity to cure such breach to the extent curable; (C) willful failure or refusal to perform the Executive’s material duties or obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, failure or refusal to abide by the directions of the CEO or the Board or any written policy adopted by the Board, in each case after the Company has given the Executive thirty (30) days written notice and an opportunity to cure such failure or refusal to the extent curable; (D) willful misconduct or gross negligence in the performance of the Executive’s duties as an employee, officer or director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; or (E) material misappropriation or embezzlement of any property of the Company.

(ii)    “ Disability ” means a condition entitling the Executive to benefits under the Company’s long term disability plan, policy or arrangement in which the Executive participates; provided , however , that if no such plan, policy or arrangement is then maintained by the Company and applicable to the Executive, “Disability” shall mean the Executive’s inability to perform, with or without reasonable accommodation, the Executive’s duties under this Agreement due to a mental or physical condition that can be expected to result in death or that can be expected to last (or has already lasted) for a continuous period of 90 days or more, or for an aggregate of 180 days in any 365 consecutive day period, as determined by the CEO or the Board in its good faith discretion.

(iii)     “ Good Reason ” means the occurrence, without the Executive’s consent, of any of the following events, other than in connection with a termination of the Executive’s employment for Cause or due to death or Disability: (A) a material reduction in the Executive’s rate of base salary stated in Section 5(a) and/or the amount of the Executive’s annual bonus opportunity described in Section 5(b); (B) an action by the Company resulting in a material diminution in the Executive’s titles, authority, duties, responsibilities or direct reports, (C) the Company’s relocation of the Executive’s principal place of employment to a location outside of the fifty (50)-mile radius of Atlanta, Georgia; or (D) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement; provided , however , that none of the events described in this sentence shall constitute Good Reason

 

10


unless and until (V) the Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a Good Reason condition has occurred, (W) the Executive first notifies the Company in writing describing in reasonable detail the condition which constitutes Good Reason within sixty (60) days of its initial occurrence, (X) the Company fails to cure such condition within thirty (30) days after the Company’s receipt of such written notice, (Y) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist, and (Z) the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment within sixty (60) days after the end of such thirty (30)-day cure period. If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during such cure period, Good Reason shall be deemed not be have occurred.

(d)     Release of Claims . As a condition of receiving any severance for which the Executive otherwise qualifies under Section 7(b), the Executive agrees to execute, deliver and not revoke, within sixty (60) days following the date of the Executive’s termination of employment, a separation agreement containing a general release of claims against the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective affiliates and their respective employees, officers, directors, owners and members, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”), such Release to be delivered, and to have become fully irrevocable, on or before the end of such sixty (60)-day period. If the Release has not been executed and delivered and become irrevocable on or before the end of such sixty (60)-day period, no amounts or benefits under Section 7(b) shall be or become payable.

(e)     No Additional Rights . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that, except as specifically described in this Section 7, all of the Executive’s rights to any compensation, benefits, bonuses or severance from the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates after termination of the Employment Term shall cease upon such termination.

8.     Notices . All notices, requests, demands, claims, consents and other communications which are required, permitted or otherwise delivered hereunder shall in every case be in writing and shall be deemed properly served if: (a) delivered personally, (b) sent by registered or certified mail, in all such cases with first class postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (c) delivered by a recognized overnight courier service, to the parties at the addresses as set forth below:

 

 

If to the Company:

  

Americold Logistics, LLC

    

10 Glenlake Parkway

    

South Tower, Suite 600

    

Attention: General Counsel

    

Atlanta, Georgia 30328

 

With copies to:

  

King & Spalding LLP

    

1180 Peachtree Street

    

Attention: C. Spencer Johnson, III

 

If to the Executive:

  

At the Executive’s residence address

    

as maintained by the Company in the

    

regular course of its business for

    

payroll purposes.

 

11


or to such other address as shall be furnished in writing by either party to the other party; provided that such notice or change in address shall be effective only when actually received by the other party. Date of service of any such notices or other communications shall be: (a) the date such notice is personally delivered, (b) three days after the date of mailing if sent by certified or registered mail, or (c) one business day after date of delivery to the overnight courier if sent by overnight courier.

9.     Arbitration . Except as otherwise provided in Section 6(h) in connection with equitable remedies, any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any dispute, claim or controversy concerning the validity, enforceability, breach or termination hereof, if not resolved by the parties, shall be finally settled by arbitration in accordance with the then-prevailing Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association, as modified herein (“ Rules ”). There shall be one arbitrator who shall be jointly selected by the parties. If the parties have not jointly agreed upon an arbitrator within twenty (20) calendar days of respondent’s receipt of claimant’s notice of intention to arbitrate, either party may request the American Arbitration Association to furnish the parties with a list of names from which the parties shall jointly select an arbitrator. If the parties have not agreed upon an arbitrator within ten (10) calendar days of the transmittal date of such list, then each party shall have an additional five (5) calendar days in which to strike any names objected to, number the remaining names in order of preference, and return the list to the American Arbitration Association, which shall then select an arbitrator in accordance with Rule 13 of the Rules. The place of arbitration shall be Atlanta, Georgia or such other location as mutually agreed in writing by the parties. By agreeing to arbitration, the parties hereto do not intend to deprive any court of its jurisdiction to issue a pre-arbitral injunction or with respect to other proceedings described in Section 6(h) (or delay any such proceedings), pre-arbitral attachment or other order in aid of arbitration. The arbitration shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1-16. Judgment upon the award of the arbitrator may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each party shall bear its or his or her own costs and expenses in any such arbitration and one-half of the arbitrator’s fees and expenses.

10.     Waiver of Jury Trial . THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT EACH HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, OR CAUSE OF ACTION (I)  ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR (II)  IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY, OR OTHERWISE. THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT EACH HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY AND THAT THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OF A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

12


11.     Section 409A .

(a)    The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with, or be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively “ Code Section  409A ”) and the Company shall have complete discretion to interpret and construe this Agreement and any associated documents in any manner that establishes an exemption from (or compliance with) the requirements of Code Section 409A. If, for any reason, such as imprecision in drafting any provision of this Agreement (or of any award of compensation, including, without limitation, equity compensation or benefits) does not accurately reflect its intended establishment of an exemption from (or compliance with) Code Section 409A, as demonstrated by consistent interpretations or other evidence of intent, such provision shall be considered ambiguous as to its exemption from (or compliance with) Code Section 409A and shall be interpreted by the Company in a manner consistent with such intent, as determined in the discretion of the Company.

(b)    A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits that are considered nonqualified deferred compensation under Code Section 409A upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, and, for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean such a “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred for proposes of this Agreement shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations.

(c)     Any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Executive’s separation from service, the Company determines that the Executive is a “specified employee,” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement on account of such separation from service would be considered nonqualified deferred compensation under Code Section 409A such payment or benefit shall be paid or provided at the date which is the earlier of (i) six (6) months and one day after such separation from service and (ii) the date of the Executive’s death (the “ Delay Period ”). Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section 11(c) (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or provided to the Executive in a lump-sum, and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.

(d)    Any reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement that constitute deferred compensation within the meaning of Code Section 409A shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A, including, without limitation, that (i) in no event shall any fees, expenses or other amounts eligible to be reimbursed by the Company under this Agreement be paid later than the last day of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the applicable fees, expenses or other amounts were incurred; (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits that the Company is obligated to pay or provide, in any given calendar year shall not affect the expenses that the Company is obligated to reimburse, or the in-kind benefits that the Company is obligated to pay or provide, in any other calendar year; (iii) the Executive’s right to have the Company pay

 

13


or provide such reimbursements and in-kind benefits may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit; and (iv) in no event shall the Company’s obligations to make such reimbursements or to provide such in-kind benefits apply later than the Executive’s remaining lifetime (or if longer, through the sixth (6th) anniversary of the Commencement Date).

(e)    For purposes of Code Section 409A, the Executive’s right to receive any installment payments shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments. Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days (for example, payment shall be made “within thirty (30) days following such termination”), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company. In no event may the Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of any payment to be made under this Agreement, to the extent such payment is subject to Code Section 409A.

(f)    The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, Code Section 409A.

12.     General .

(a)     Governing Law . Unless preempted by federal law, this Agreement and the legal relations thus created between the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Georgia, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Georgia or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Georgia. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that this Agreement was executed and delivered in the State of Georgia.

(b)     Construction and Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by, or invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under, any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such prohibition, invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any other jurisdiction, and the parties undertake to implement all efforts which are necessary, desirable and sufficient to amend, supplement or substitute all and any such prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with enforceable and valid provisions in such jurisdiction which would produce as nearly as may be possible the result previously intended by the parties without renegotiation of any material terms and conditions stipulated herein.

(c)     Cooperation . During the Employment Period and thereafter, the Executive shall cooperate with the Company and be reasonably available to the Company with respect to continuing and/or future matters related to the Executive’s employment period with the Company and/or its subsidiaries or affiliates, whether such matters are business-related, legal, regulatory or otherwise (including, without limitation, the Executive appearing at the Company’s request to give testimony without requiring service of a subpoena or other legal process, volunteering to the

 

14


Company all pertinent information and turning over to the Company all relevant documents which are or may come into the Executive’s possession). Following the Employment Term, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by the Executive in rendering such services that are approved by the Company. In addition, if more than an incidental cooperation is required at any time after the termination of the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall be paid (other than for the time of actual testimony) a per day fee based on the Executive’s base salary described in Section 5(a) at the time of such termination divided by 225.

(d)     Nondisparagement . During the Employment Term and thereafter, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, take any action, or encourage others to take any action, to disparage the Company, its employees, officers, directors, products, services, customers or owners; provided, however, this provision does not apply to the Executive’s oral or written communications made in the performance of the Executive’s duties as provided in this Agreement, including but not limited to expressions of opinion communicated internally at the Company or to the Company’s directors.

(e)     Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns and the Executive and the Executive’s heirs, executors, administrators, and successors; provided that the services provided by the Executive under this Agreement are of a personal nature, and rights and obligations of the Executive under this Agreement shall not be assignable or delegable, except for any death payments otherwise due the Executive, which shall be payable to the estate of the Executive; provided further the Company may assign this Agreement to, and all rights hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company or any person, firm or corporation resulting from the reorganization of the Company or succeeding to the business or assets of the Company by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise; and provided further that in the event of the Executive’s death, any unpaid amount due to the Executive under this Agreement shall be paid to the Executive’s estate.

(f)     Executive’s Representations . The Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that: (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Executive do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which the Executive is a party or by which the Executive is bound; (ii) the Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompetition or nonsolicitation agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other person or entity besides the Company and (iii) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement shall be the valid and binding obligation of the Executive, enforceable in accordance with its teens. THE EXECUTIVE HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES AND REPRESENTS THAT THE EXECUTIVE HAS CONSULTED WITH INDEPENDENT LEGAL COUNSEL REGARDING THE EXECUTIVE’S RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, TO THE EXTENT DETERMINED NECESSARY OR APPROPRIATE BY THE EXECUTIVE, AND THAT THE EXECUTIVE FULLY UNDERSTANDS THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS CONTAINED HEREIN.

 

15


(g)     Compliance with Rules and Policies . The Executive shall perform all services in accordance with the policies, procedures and rules established by the Company and the Board. In addition, the Executive shall comply with all laws, rules and regulations that are generally applicable to the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates and their respective employees, directors and officers.

(h)     Withholding Taxes . All amounts payable hereunder shall be subject to the withholding of all applicable taxes and deductions required by any applicable law.

(i)     Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and terminates and supersedes any and all prior agreements, understandings and representations, whether written or oral, by or between the parties hereto or their affiliates which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way, including, without limitation, the Prior Agreement and any other existing employment agreement or change of control agreement, which is hereby terminated and cancelled and of no further force or effect, without the payment of any additional consideration by or to either of the parties hereto.

(j)     Duration . Notwithstanding the Employment Term hereunder, this Agreement shall continue for so long as any obligations remain under this Agreement.

(k)     Survival . The covenants set forth in Sections 6 and 12(c) of this Agreement shall survive and shall continue to be binding upon the Executive notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever.

(l)     Amendment and Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and the Executive, and no course of conduct or course of dealing or failure or delay by any party hereto in enforcing or exercising any of the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Company’s right to terminate the Employment Term for Cause) shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement or be deemed to be an implied waiver of any similar or dissimilar requirement, provision or condition of this Agreement at the same or any prior or subsequent time. Pursuit by either party of any available remedy, either in law or equity, or any action of any kind, does not constitute waiver of any other remedy or action. Such remedies and actions are cumulative and not exclusive.

(m)     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one instrument.

(n)     Section References . Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose. The words Section and paragraph herein shall refer to provisions of this Agreement unless expressly indicated otherwise.

(o)     No Strict Construction . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring either party hereto by

 

16


virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. When the context admits or requires, words used in the masculine gender shall be construed to include the feminine, the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include the plural.

(p)     Time of the Essence; Computation of Time . Time is of the essence for each and every provision of this Agreement. Whenever the last day for the exercise of any privilege or the discharge or any duty hereunder shall fall upon a Saturday, Sunday, or any date on which banks in New York, New York are authorized to be closed, the party having such privilege or duty may exercise such privilege or discharge such duty on the next succeeding day which is a regular business day.

(q)     No Third Party Beneficiaries . Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any person other than the parties to this Agreement and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors or permitted assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision contained herein.

(r)     Protected Rights . Nothing contained in this Agreement limits the Executive’s ability to file a charge or complaint with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any other federal, state or local governmental agency or commission (collectively, “ Government Agencies ”), or prevents the Executive from providing truthful testimony in response to a lawfully issued subpoena or court order. Further, this Agreement does not limit the Executive’s ability to communicate with any Government Agencies or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including providing documents or other information, without notice to the Company.

(s)     Defend Trade Secrets Act . The Executive is hereby notified that under the Defend Trade Secrets Act: (i) no individual shall be held criminally or civilly liable under federal or state trade secret law for disclosure of a trade secret (as defined in the Economic Espionage Act) that is: (A) made in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and made solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law or (B) made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal so that it is not made public; and (ii) an individual who pursues a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of the law may disclose the trade secret to the attorney of the individual and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the individual files any document containing the trade secret under seal, and does not disclose the trade secret, except as permitted by court order.

[Signature Page Follows.]

 

17


[Signature Page to Employment Agreement]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, have hereunto executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

   

AMERICOLD LOGISTICS, LLC

Date:                                                                      

   

By:

 

                          

   

Name:

 
   

Title:

 
   

ANDREA DARWEESH

Date: :                                                                      

   

 

 

18


Exhibit A: Form of Release

WAIVER AND RELEASE

This Waiver and Release (this “ Release ”) is executed by Andrea Darweesh (the “ Executive ”) pursuant to Section 7(d) of the Employment Agreement, dated as of [●], by and between AMERICOLD LOGISTICS, LLC and the Executive (the “ Employment Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Release have the meanings given to them in the Employment Agreement.

1.     General Release . In consideration of the payments and benefits to be provided to the Executive pursuant to Section 7(b) of the Employment Agreement, the Executive, on behalf of the Executive and anyone claiming through the Executive , hereby fully and completely releases, acquits and forever discharges the Company, its affiliates and related entities, and each of their respective current and former employees, officers, directors, shareholders, partners, members, managers, agents, employee benefit plans and fiduciaries, insurers, trustees, attorneys, joint venture partners, transferees, successors and assigns (each a “ Released Party ” and collectively, the “ Released Parties ”), collectively, separately, and severally, of and from any and all claims, demands, damages, causes of action, debts, liabilities, controversies, judgments, and suits of every kind and nature whatsoever, foreseen, unforeseen, known or unknown, that arise out of or relate to the Executive’s employment or termination of employment with the Company and that the Executive has had, now has, or may have against the Released Parties (or any of them) at any time up to and including the date the Executive signs this Release, with the exception of the claims set forth in Section  2 below (the claims released in this Release are collectively referred to as the “ Released Claims ”). The Released Claims include all claims arising under any federal, state or local statute or ordinance, constitutional provision, public policy or common law, including Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (the “ ADEA ”), the Equal Pay Act, the Civil Rights Act of 1866, the Civil Rights Act of 1871, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (with respect to unvested benefits), COBRA, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Georgia Equal Pay Act, the Georgia Prohibition of Age Discrimination in Employment Act, and the Georgia Equal Employment for People with Disabilities Code, all as amended; all claims arising under discrimination laws, whistleblower laws and laws relating to violation of public policy, retaliation, or interference with legal rights; all claims for compensation of any type whatsoever, including claims for wages, bonuses, commissions, equity, vacation, sick leave, PTO and severance; all claims arising under tort, contract and/or quasi-contract law, including all claims arising under the Employment Agreement; and all claims for monetary or equitable relief, including attorneys’ fees, back pay, front pay, reinstatement, experts’ fees, medical expenses, costs and disbursements. The Executive hereby waives any right to seek or recover any individual relief (including any money damages, reinstatement, or other relief) in connection with any of the Released Claims through any charge, complaint, lawsuit, or other proceeding, whether commenced or maintained by the Executive or by any other person or entity, with the exception of any right to seek an award pursuant to Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

2.     Excluded Claims . The Released Claims do not include (a) any claims for vested benefits to which the Executive is entitled upon the termination of the Executive’s employment

 

19


in accordance with the terms of the applicable benefit plans (for the avoidance of doubt, no term or provision under the Employment Agreement shall be deemed a benefit plan for purposes of this Release); (b) any claims related to acts, omissions or events occurring after the date this Release is signed by the Executive; (c) any right that the Executive may have to indemnification or insurance coverage under the Company’s organizational documents or any directors and officers insurance policy; (d) any claims that cannot legally be waived by private agreement.

3.     Covenant Not to Sue . Except for an action to challenge the validity of the Executive’s release of claims under the ADEA, or as otherwise provided in Section  5 below, the Executive promises that the Executive will not file, instigate or participate in any proceeding against any of the Released Parties relating to any of the Released Claims. In the event the Executive breaches the covenant contained in this Section  3 , the Executive agrees to indemnify the Released Parties for all damages and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by any Released Parties in defending, participating in or investigating any matter or proceeding covered by this Section  3 .

4.     Representations . The Executive represents and warrants that (a) the Executive has been properly paid for all hours worked and has received all wages, bonuses, vacation pay, expense reimbursements and any other sums due from the Company (with the exception of the payments and benefits to be provided pursuant to Section 7(b) of the Employment Agreement); (b) the Executive has returned all Company property in the Executive’s possession or control and has permanently deleted any Confidential Information stored on any electronic device, web-based email or other storage location not owned by the Company but within the Executive’s possession or control; (c) the Executive has suffered no work-related injury or occupational disease during the course of the Executive’s employment with the Company that the Executive has not reported in writing to the Company; (d) the Executive is not aware of any activity by the Company or any other Released Party that the Executive believes to be unlawful or potentially unlawful; (e) the Executive has not filed any complaints, claims or actions against the Company or any other Released Party; and (f) the Executive has not assigned, transferred, conveyed or otherwise disposed of any Released Claims.

5.     Protected Rights . Nothing contained in this Release limits the Executive’s ability to file a charge or complaint with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any other federal, state or local governmental agency or commission (collectively, “ Government Agencies ”). Further, this Release does not limit the Executive’s ability to communicate with any Government Agencies or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including providing documents or other information, without notice to the Company.

6.     Consideration Period . The Executive understands that the Executive has [twenty-one (21) days / forty-five (45) days] 1 to consider this Release before deciding whether to sign it. The Executive may sign this Release sooner if the Executive chooses, but no sooner than the date of termination of the Executive’s employment. If the Executive chooses to sign this Release before the expiration of such [21-day / 45-day] period, the Executive represents that the Executive’s decision to do so is knowing and voluntary. The Executive agrees that any changes

 

1  

To be determined by the Company at the time of termination in accordance with applicable law.

 

20


made to this Release after it was delivered to the Executive, whether material or immaterial, do not restart the [21-day / 45-day] period described in this Section. The Company advises the Executive to consult with an attorney before signing this Release.

7.     Right to Revoke . The Executive understands that the Executive has the right to revoke this Release within seven (7) days after signing it. This Release shall not become effective until the eighth day following the date on which the Executive has signed it without having revoked it (the “ Effective Date ”). If the Executive chooses to revoke this Release, the Executive must deliver written notice of revocation to the Company in accordance with Section 8 of the Employment Agreement. Any such notice of revocation must be delivered to the Company in a manner calculated to ensure receipt prior to 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the day prior to the Effective Date. The Executive understands that if the Executive revokes this Release, the Executive will not be entitled to any of the benefits provided hereunder.

8.     General Provisions . The Released Parties expressly deny that they have any liability to the Executive, and this Release is not to be construed as an admission of any such liability. This Release is to be construed under the laws of the State of Georgia. This Release constitutes the entire agreement between the Executive and the Company with respect to the issues addressed in this Release. The Executive represents that the Executive is not relying on any other agreements or oral representations not fully expressed in this Release. This Release may not be modified except in writing signed by the Executive and an authorized Company representative. The headings in this Release are for reference only, and do not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Release. As used herein, the phrase “including” means “including, but not limited to” in each instance. “Or” is used in the inclusive sense of “and/or”. Should any part of this Release be found to be void or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction or Government Agency, such determination will not affect the remainder of this Release.

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED BY:

 

ANDREA DARWEESH

 

Date

 

21

Exhibit 10.15

Americold Realty Trust

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

Effective [●], 2018


Contents

 

 

 

Section 1. Establishment, Purpose and Duration

     1  

Section 2. Definitions

     1  

Section 3. Administration

     6  

Section 4. Shares Subject to This Plan and Maximum Awards

     8  

Section 5. Eligibility and Participation

     10  

Section 6. Stock Options

     11  

Section 7. Stock Appreciation Rights

     13  

Section 8. Restricted Stock

     13  

Section 9. Restricted Stock Units

     15  

Section 10. Performance Shares

     15  

Section 11. Performance Units

     16  

Section 12. Other Stock-Based Awards and Cash-Based Awards

     16  

Section 13. Effect of Termination of Service

     17  

Section 14. Transferability of Awards and Shares

     17  

Section 15. Performance-Based Compensation

     18  

Section 16. Nonemployee Trustee Awards

     20  

Section 17. Effect of a Change in Control

     21  

Section 18. Dividends and Dividend Equivalents

     23  

Section 19. Beneficiary Designation

     23  

Section 20. Rights of Participants

     23  

Section 21. Amendment and Termination

     24  

Section 22. General Provisions

     26  


Americold Realty Trust

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

Section 1. Establishment, Purpose and Duration

1.1      Establishment . Americold Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust, establishes an incentive compensation plan to be known as the Americold Realty Trust 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, as set forth in this document. This Plan permits the grant of various forms of equity- and cash-based awards. This Plan shall become effective upon shareholder approval (the “ Effective Date ”) and shall remain in effect as provided in Section 1.3. This Plan and each Award granted hereunder are conditioned on and shall be of no force or effect until this Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after its adoption by the Board.

1.2      Purpose of this Plan . The purpose of this Plan is to enable the Company and its Subsidiaries to attract and retain qualified individuals for positions of significant responsibility and to provide additional incentives to Participants by providing them with, among other things, an opportunity for investment in the Company.

1.3      Duration of this Plan . Unless sooner terminated as provided herein, this Plan shall terminate ten (10) years after the Effective Date. After this Plan is terminated, no Awards may be granted but Awards previously granted shall remain outstanding in accordance with their applicable terms and conditions and this Plan’s terms and conditions.

Section 2. Definitions

Whenever used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below, and when the meaning is intended, the initial letter of the word shall be capitalized.

2.1      “Award” means a grant under this Plan of Nonqualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Units, Cash-Based Awards or Other Stock-Based Awards, in each case subject to the terms of this Plan.

2.2      “Award Agreement” means a written agreement entered into by the Company and a Participant, or a written or electronic statement issued by the Company to a Participant, which in either case contains (either expressly or by reference to this Plan or any subplan created hereunder) the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under this Plan, including any amendment or modification thereof. The Committee may provide for the use of electronic, internet or other non-paper Award Agreements, and the use of electronic, Internet or other non-paper means for the acceptance thereof and actions thereunder by a Participant (including, but not limited to, the use of electronic signatures).

2.3      “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act and the terms “Beneficial Ownership” and “Beneficially Own” shall have the corresponding meanings.

2.4      “Board” means the Board of Trustees (or equivalent governing body) of the Company.


2.5      “Cash-Based Award” means an Award, denominated in cash, granted to a Participant as described in Section 12.

2.6     “ Cause ” means if the Participant is a party to a written employment or service agreement with the Company or its Subsidiaries and such agreement provides for a definition of Cause, the definition contained therein, or if no such agreement exists, or if such agreement does not define Cause, (a) the commission of, or plea of guilty or no contest to, a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude or the commission of any other act involving willful malfeasance or material fiduciary breach with respect to the Company or a Subsidiary; (b) theft or embezzlement of the property of the Company or a Subsidiary; (c) conduct that results in or is reasonably likely to result in material harm to the reputation or business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (d) gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Company or a Subsidiary; (e) the willful and continued failure to perform substantially the Participant’s duties with the Company or one of its Subsidiaries; or (f) a material violation of state or federal securities laws.

2.7     A “Change in Control” means, except as may otherwise be provided in an Award Agreement, the occurrence of any one of the following events:

(a)    the acquisition by any Person (other than the Company or a Subsidiary or any Company employee benefit plan (including its trustee)), of Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(b)    individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a Trustee subsequent to the Effective Date whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Trustees then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of Trustees or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

(c)    consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or stock of the Company (a “ Business Combination ”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the Beneficial Owners, respectively, of the total number of shares of the Company’s outstanding securities immediately prior to such Business Combination Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities immediately prior to such Business Combination, (ii) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination, or any employee benefit plan (including its trustee) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of, respectively, the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were Trustees of the Company immediately prior to the signing of the agreement providing for such Business Combination.

 

2


Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Award constitutes a deferral of compensation subject to Code Section 409A, and if that Award provides for payment or a change in the time or form of payment based upon a Change in Control, then, solely for purposes of applying such payment or a change in the time or form of payment provision, a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred upon an event described in Section 2.7 only if the event would also constitute a change in ownership or effective control of, or a change in ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of, the Company under Code Section 409A.

A “Change in Control” shall not result from any transaction precipitated by the Company’s insolvency, appointment of a conservator, or determination by a regulatory agency that the Company is insolvent, nor from any transaction initiated by the Company in regard to converting from a publicly traded company to a privately held company.

2.8      “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. For purposes of this Plan, references to sections of the Code shall be deemed to include references to any applicable regulations thereunder and any successor or similar provision.

2.9      “Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

2.10     “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or any other committee designated by the Board to administer this Plan. The members of the Committee shall be appointed from time to time by and shall serve at the discretion of the Board. The Committee shall consist of three or more Nonemployee Trustees. If the Committee does not exist or cannot function for any reason, the Board may take any action under this Plan that would otherwise be the responsibility of the Committee. To the extent required by applicable law, rule or regulation, it is intended that each member of the Committee shall be (i) an independent director within the meaning of the rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange (or such other national securities exchange or quotation system on which the Shares may be listed or quoted) and (ii) a non-employee director within the meaning of Exchange Act Rule 16b-3, or alternatively, the Committee may designate a subcommittee or establish other procedures for purposes of satisfying such requirements.

2.11      “Company” means Americold Realty Trust, and any successor thereto as provided in Section 22.21.

2.12      “Dividend Equivalent” has the meaning set forth in Section 18.

2.13      “Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

2.14      “Employee” means any individual performing services for the Company or a Subsidiary and designated as an employee of the Company or the Subsidiary on its payroll records. An Employee shall not include any individual during any period he or she is classified or treated by the Company or Subsidiary as an independent contractor, a consultant or an employee of an employment, leasing, consulting or temporary agency or any other entity other than the Company or Subsidiary, without regard to whether such individual is subsequently determined to have been, or is subsequently retroactively reclassified, as a common-law employee of the Company or Subsidiary during such period.

 

3


2.15     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

2.16      “Exercise Price” means the price at which a Share may be purchased by a Participant pursuant to an Option.

2.17      “Fair Market Value” means, as applied to a specific date and unless otherwise specified in an Award Agreement, the price of a Share that is equal to the closing price of a Share on the New York Stock Exchange (or, on such other national securities exchange or quotation system on which the Shares may be listed or quoted) on the date of determination, or if no sales of Shares shall have occurred on such exchange on the date of determination, the closing price of the Shares on such exchange on the most recent date on which the Shares were publicly traded. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Shares are not traded on any established stock exchange, the Fair Market Value means the price of a Share as established by the Committee acting in good faith (and to the extent applicable, based on a reasonable valuation method that is consistent with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder).

2.18      “Grant Date” means the date an Award to a Participant pursuant to this Plan is approved by the Committee (or such later date as specified in such approval by the Committee) or, in the case of an Award granted to a Nonemployee Trustee, the date on which such Award is approved by the Board (or such later date as specified in such approval by the Board).

2.19      “Grant Price” means the per Share price established at the time of grant of a SAR pursuant to Section 7.

2.20      “Incentive Stock Option” or “ISO” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 6 that is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and that is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 422 or any successor provision.

2.21      “Nonemployee Trustee” means a Trustee who is not an Employee.

2.22      “Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 6 that is not intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 422, or that otherwise does not meet such requirements.

2.23      “Option” means an Award consisting of a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 6 to purchase a specified number of Shares at a specified Exercise Price, which Award may be an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option.

2.24      “Other Stock-Based Award” means an equity-based or equity-related Award not otherwise described by the terms of this Plan that is granted pursuant to Section 12.

2.25      “Participant” means any eligible individual as set forth in Section 5 to whom an Award is granted, and includes any individual who holds an Award after the death of the original recipient.

2.26      “Performance-Based Compensation” means compensation payable under an Award which is conditioned upon the achievement of performance goals based upon one or more Performance Measures as described in Section 15.

 

4


2.27      “Performance Measures” means measures, as described in Section 15.2, upon which performance goals are based pursuant to this Plan in order to qualify Awards as Performance-Based Compensation.

2.28      “Performance Period” means the period of time during which pre-established performance goals must be met in order to determine the degree of payout and/or vesting with respect to an Award.

2.29      “Performance Shares” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 10.

2.30      “Performance Unit” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 11.

2.31      “Period of Restriction” means the period when Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are subject to a vesting requirement (based on continued service, the achievement of performance goals or upon the occurrence of other events as determined by the Committee, in its discretion) as provided in Sections 8 and 9.

2.32      “Person” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d) thereof.

2.33      “Plan” means this Americold Realty Trust 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, as the same may be amended from time to time.

2.34      “Restricted Stock” means Shares issued to a Participant that are subject to an Award granted pursuant to Section 8 and to such restrictions on transfer, forfeiture conditions and other restrictions or limitations as may be set forth in this Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

2.35      “Restricted Stock Unit” means the right under an Award granted pursuant to Section 9 to receive at a future time one Share, or the Fair Market Value thereof, subject to such restrictions on transfer, forfeiture conditions and other restrictions or limitations as may be set forth in this Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

2.36      “Share” means a share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

2.37      “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means the right under an Award granted pursuant to Section 7 to receive, in cash and/or Shares as determined by the Committee, an amount equal to the appreciation in value of a specified number of Shares between the Grant Date of the SAR and its exercise date.

2.38      “Subsidiary” means any corporation or other entity, whether domestic or foreign, in which the Company has or obtains, directly or indirectly, ownership of more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or comparable interests.

2.39      “Substitute Award” means an Award granted upon the assumption of, or in substitution or exchange for, outstanding awards granted by a company or other entity acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines.

2.40      “Termination of Service” means the following:

(a)    for an Employee, the date on which the Employee is no longer an Employee;

 

5


(b)    for a Nonemployee Trustee, the date on which the Nonemployee Trustee is no longer a member of the Board; and

(c)    for a consultant, the date on which service as a consultant to the Company and its Subsidiaries has ceased.

With respect to any payment of an Award subject to Code Section 409A, a Termination of Service shall mean a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A.

 

  2.41 “Trustee” means any individual who is a member of the Board.

Section 3. Administration

3.1      General . The Committee shall be responsible for administering this Plan, subject to this Section 3 and the other provisions of this Plan. The Committee may employ attorneys, consultants, accountants, agents and other individuals, any of whom may be an Employee, and the Committee, the Company, and its officers and Trustees shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions or valuations of any such individuals. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee shall be final and binding upon the Participants, the Company or Subsidiary, and all other interested parties. Any action of the Committee shall be valid and effective even if the members of the Committee at the time of such action are later determined not to have satisfied all of the criteria for membership in clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 2.10.

3.2      Authority of the Committee . Subject to any express limitations set forth in this Plan, the Committee shall have full and exclusive discretionary power and authority to take such actions as it deems necessary and advisable with respect to the administration of this Plan including, but not limited to, the following:

(a)    To determine from time to time which of the persons eligible under this Plan shall be granted Awards, when and how each Award shall be granted, what type or combination of types of Awards shall be granted, the provisions of each Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to receive Shares pursuant to an Award and the number of Shares subject to an Award;

(b)    To construe and interpret this Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend, and revoke rules and regulations for its administration;

(c)    To correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in this Plan or in an Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make this Plan fully effective;

(d)    To approve forms of Award Agreements for use under this Plan;

(e)    To determine the Fair Market Value of a Share or whether a Change in Control shall have occurred;

(f)    To amend any Award Agreement as permitted under this Plan;

(g)    To adopt subplans and/or special provisions applicable to stock awards regulated by the laws of a jurisdiction other than and outside of the United States, to Cash-Based Awards, or to awards to

 

6


Trustees (as contemplated by Section 16). Such subplans and/or special provisions shall be subject to and consistent with the terms of this Plan, except to the extent the Committee determines that different terms and conditions are necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of a jurisdiction other than and outside of the United States;

(h)    To authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award;

(i)    To determine whether Awards will be settled in Shares of common stock, cash or in any combination thereof;

(j)    To determine whether Awards will provide for Dividend Equivalents;

(k)    To establish a program whereby Participants designated by the Committee may reduce compensation otherwise payable in cash in exchange for Awards under this Plan;

(l)    To authorize a program permitting eligible Participants to surrender outstanding Awards in exchange for newly granted Awards subject to any applicable shareholder approval requirements set forth in Section 21.1 of this Plan;

(m)    To impose such restrictions, conditions or limitations as it determines appropriate as to the timing and manner of any resales by a Participant or other subsequent transfers by a Participant of any Shares, including, without limitation, “blackout” periods, restrictions under an insider trading policy and restrictions as to the use of a specified brokerage firm for such resales or other transfers;

(n)    To waive any restrictions, conditions or limitations imposed on an Award at the time the Award is granted or at any time thereafter including but not limited to forfeiture, vesting and treatment of Awards upon a Termination of Service;

(o) To permit Participants to elect to defer payments of Awards, provided that any such deferrals shall comply with applicable requirements of the Code, including Code Section 409A;

(p) To certify the satisfaction of, performance goals in compliance with the requirements of Section 15; and

(q) To issue rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan.

3.3      Delegation. To the extent permitted by law, the Committee may delegate to one or more of its members or to one or more officers of the Company or any Subsidiary or to one or more agents or advisors such administrative duties or powers as it may deem advisable, and the Committee or any individuals to whom it has delegated duties or powers as aforesaid may employ one or more individuals to render advice with respect to any responsibility the Committee or such individuals may have under this Plan. To the extent permitted by applicable law and the applicable rules of a stock exchange, the Committee may, by resolution, authorize one or more officers of the Company to do one or both of the following on the same basis as can the Committee: (a) designate Employees to be recipients of Awards; and (b)  determine the size of any such Awards; provided , however , (i) the Committee shall not delegate such responsibilities to any such officer for Awards granted to a Nonemployee Trustees or an officer (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) of the Exchange Act); (ii) the resolution providing such authorization sets forth the total number of Awards (including Share limitations) such officer(s) may grant; and (iii) the officer(s)

 

7


shall report periodically to the Committee regarding the nature and scope of the Awards granted pursuant to the authority delegated. In the event that the Committee’s authority is delegated to officers or employees in accordance with the foregoing, all provisions of the Plan relating to the Committee shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the foregoing by treating any such reference as a reference to such officer or employee for such purpose. Any action undertaken in accordance with the Committee’s delegation of authority hereunder shall have the same force and effect as if such action was undertaken directly by the Committee and shall be deemed for all purposes of the Plan to have been taken by the Committee.

Section 4. Shares Subject to This Plan and Maximum Awards

4.1      Number of Shares Authorized and Available for Awards . Subject to adjustment as provided under Section 4.4, the maximum number of Shares reserved for issuance under this Plan is 9,000,000 Shares. The maximum number of these reserved Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options may be granted under the Plan is 9,000,000. Each Share with respect to which an Option or stock-settled SAR is granted under the Plan shall reduce the aggregate number of Shares that be delivered under the Plan by one Share and each Share with respect to which any other Award denominated in Shares granted under the Plan shall reduce the aggregate number of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan by one Share. For SARs settled in Shares, each Share with respect to which such stock-settled SAR is exercised shall be counted as one Share against the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be delivered pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan, regardless of the number of Shares actually delivered upon settlement of such stock-settled SAR.

4.2      Share Usage . In determining the number of Shares available for grant under this Plan at any time, the following rules shall apply:

(a) If any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Unit or Other Stock-Based Award granted under the Plan expires, terminates or is canceled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of Shares subject to such Award that were not issued with respect to such Award shall again be available for the purpose of Awards under the Plan without reducing the number of Shares that remain available for issuance.

(b)    If any shares of Restricted Stock, Performance Awards or Other Stock-Based Awards denominated in Shares awarded under the Plan to a Participant are forfeited for any reason, the number of forfeited shares of Restricted Stock, Performance Awards or Other Stock-Based Awards denominated in Shares shall again be available for purposes of Awards under the Plan.

(c) Awards that by their terms may only be settled in cash shall not be counted against the foregoing maximum share limitations.

(d)    If any Award is settled in cash in lieu of Shares pursuant to an Award, such Shares shall not become available again for issuance under this Plan.

(e)    Any Shares that are surrendered, withheld or tendered to the Company in payment of the exercise price of an Option or any taxes required to be withheld in respect of any Award shall not become available again to be delivered pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan, and shall be taken into account as Shares issued under this Plan.

 

8


(f)    Any Shares subject to Substitute Awards shall not be counted against the share reserve specified in Section 4.1, nor shall they reduce the Shares authorized for grant to a Participant in any calendar year.

(g)    Any Shares delivered pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares or Shares acquired by the Company.

4.3      Annual Award Limits . Subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 4.4, the following limits (each an “Annual Award Limit” and, collectively, “Annual Award Limits”) shall apply to grants of such Awards under this Plan:

(a) The maximum aggregate number of Shares for which Options or SARs may be granted to any Participant other than a Nonemployee Trustees or consultant in any calendar year shall be 1,000,000 Shares, (for avoidance of doubt, this limit applies, in the aggregate, to all Awards subject to this paragraph (a), including Incentive Stock Options).

(b) The maximum aggregate number of Shares for which Awards other than Options or SARs that are Performance-Based Compensation that are denominated in Shares, and granted to any Participant other than a Nonemployee Trustees or consultant in any calendar year shall be 1,500,000 Shares (for avoidance of doubt, this limit applies, in the aggregate, to all forms of Awards subject to this paragraph (b)). The foregoing maximum shall apply to any Performance Period that is equal to a fiscal year, which maximum shall be adjusted to the corresponding fraction or multiple of that amount for any Performance Period of a different duration.

(c) The maximum aggregate amount that may be paid to any Participant other than a Nonemployee Trustees or consultant in any calendar year under Awards that are Performance-Based Compensation and that are denominated in cash, shall be $5,000,000 (for avoidance of doubt, this limit applies in the aggregate, to all forms of Awards subject to this paragraph (c)). The foregoing maximum shall apply to any Performance Period that is equal to a fiscal year, which maximum shall be adjusted to the corresponding fraction or multiple of that amount for any Performance Period of a different duration.

4.4      Adjustments . All Awards shall be subject to the following provisions:

(a)    In the event of any equity restructuring (within the meaning of FASB ASC Topic 718 or any successor provision) or similar event that causes the per share value of Shares to change, such as a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split up, spin-off, rights offering or recapitalization through an extraordinary dividend, the Committee, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights under this Plan, shall substitute or adjust, as applicable, (i) the number and kind of Shares or other securities that may be issued under this Plan or under particular forms of Award Agreements, (ii) the number and kind of Shares or other securities subject to outstanding Awards, (iii) the Exercise Price or Grant Price applicable to outstanding Awards, (iv) the Annual Award Limits, and (v) other value determinations applicable to outstanding Awards. In the event of any other change in corporate capitalization (including, but not limited to, a merger, consolidation, any reorganization (whether or not such reorganization comes within the definition of such term in Code Section 368), or any partial or complete liquidation of the Company to the extent such events do not constitute equity restructurings or business combinations within the meaning of FASB ASC Topic 718 or any successor provision, such equitable adjustments described in the foregoing sentence may be made as determined to be appropriate and equitable by the Committee to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights. The Committee, in its discretion, shall determine the methodology or manner of making such substitution or adjustment. In

 

9


either case, any such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of this Plan. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the number of Shares subject to an Award shall always be a whole number.

(b)    In addition to the adjustments required and permitted under paragraph (a) above, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may make such other adjustments or modifications in the terms of any Awards that it deems appropriate to reflect any of the events described in Section 4.4(a), including, but not limited to, (i) modifications of performance goals and changes in the length of Performance Periods, or (ii) the substitution of other property of equivalent value (including, without limitation, cash, other securities and securities of entities other than the Company that agree to such substitution) for the Shares available under this Plan or the Shares covered by outstanding Awards, including arranging for the assumption, or replacement with new awards, of Awards held by Participants, and (iii) in connection with any sale of a Subsidiary, arranging for the assumption, or replacement with new awards, of Awards held by Participants employed by the affected Subsidiary by the Subsidiary or an entity that controls the Subsidiary following the sale of such Subsidiary.

(c)    Any actions taken under Section 4.4 shall be subject to compliance with the rules under Code Sections 409A, 422 and 424, as and where applicable. The determination of the Committee as to the foregoing adjustments set forth in this Section 4.4, if any, shall be conclusive and binding on Participants under this Plan.

4.5      Effect of Plans Operated by Acquired Companies. If a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by shareholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under this Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under this Plan, subject to applicable legal requirements. Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not Employees, Nonemployee Trustees or consultants providing services to the Company or any Subsidiary prior to such acquisition or combination.

4.6. No Limitation on Corporate Actions. The existence of the Plan and any Awards granted hereunder shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or any Subsidiary to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in its capital structure or business structure, any merger or consolidation, any issuance of debt, preferred or prior preference stock ahead of or affecting the Shares, additional shares of capital stock or other securities or subscription rights thereto, any dissolution or liquidation, any sale or transfer of all or part of its assets or business or any other corporate act or proceeding.

Section 5. Eligibility and Participation

5.1      Eligibility to Receive Awards . The Committee may designate any of the following as a Participant from time to time:

(a) any officer or other Employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

10


(b) an individual that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has engaged to become an officer or other employee;

(c) a member of the Board; or

(d) a consultant who provides bona fide services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as an independent contractor.

The Committee’s designation of a Participant in any year shall not require the Committee to designate such person to receive an Award in another year.

5.2      Participation in this Plan . Subject to the provisions of this Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, select from all individuals eligible to participate in this Plan, those individuals to whom Awards shall be granted and shall determine, in its sole discretion, the nature of any and all terms permissible by law and the amount of each Award.

5.3      Award Agreements . The Committee shall have the exclusive authority to determine the terms of an Award Agreement evidencing an Award granted under this Plan, subject to the provisions herein. The terms of an Award Agreement need not be uniform among all Participants or among similar types of Awards.

Section 6. Stock Options

6.1      Grant of Options . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan, Options may be granted to Participants covering such number of Shares, and upon such terms, and at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Committee. Each grant of an Option shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, which shall specify whether the Option is in the form of a Nonqualified Stock Option or an Incentive Stock Option.

6.2      Exercise Price . The Exercise Price for each Option shall be determined by the Committee and shall be specified in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option; provided , however , the Exercise Price must be at least equal to 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share as of the Option’s Grant Date, except in the case of Substitute Awards (to the extent consistent with Code Section 409A and, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, Code Section 424), and subject to adjustment as provided for under Section 4.4.

6.3      Term of Option . The term of an Option granted to a Participant shall be determined by the Committee; provided , however , no Option shall be exercisable later than the tenth anniversary of its Grant Date.

6.4      Exercise of Option . An Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, at such times and be subject to such restrictions and vesting conditions as the Committee shall in each instance approve, which terms and restrictions need not be the same for each grant or for each Participant.

6.5      Payment of Exercise Price . An Option shall be exercised by the delivery of a notice of exercise to the Company or an agent designated by the Company in a form specified or accepted by the Committee, or by complying with any alternative procedures that may be authorized by the Committee, setting forth the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised, accompanied by full payment for the Shares. Any Shares issued upon exercise of an Option are subject to the transfer

 

11


restrictions set forth in Section 14.3. A condition of the issuance of the Shares as to which an Option shall be exercised shall be the payment of the Exercise Price and the payment of applicable withholding taxes. The Exercise Price of any exercised Option shall be payable to the Company in accordance with one of the following methods:

(a)    In cash or its equivalent,

(b)    By tendering (either by actual delivery or by attestation) previously acquired Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value at the time of exercise equal to the Exercise Price (subject to such procedures and conditions as the Committee may establish),

(c)    By a cashless (broker-assisted) exercise,

(d)    By authorizing the Company to withhold Shares otherwise issuable upon the exercise of the Option having an aggregate Fair Market Value at the time of exercise equal to the Exercise Price to the extent approved by the Committee,

(e)    By any combination of (a), (b), (c) or (d), or

(f)    By any other method approved or accepted by the Committee.

Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, all payments under all of the methods indicated above shall be paid in United States dollars or Shares, as applicable.

6.6      Special Rules Regarding ISOs . Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, an Option granted in the form of an ISO to a Participant shall be subject to the following rules:

(a)    An Incentive Stock Option may be granted only to an Employee of the Company or of any parent or subsidiary corporation (within the meaning of Code Section 424).

(b) An Option will constitute an Incentive Stock Option only to the extent that (i) it is so designated in the applicable Award Agreement and (ii) the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Option’s Grant Date) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options held by the Participant first become exercisable in any calendar year (under this Plan and all other plans of the Company and its Subsidiaries) does not exceed $100,000.

(c)    No Participant may receive an Incentive Stock Option under this Plan if, immediately after the grant of such Award, the Participant would own Shares possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or an affiliate (determined in accordance with Code Section 422), unless (i) the exercise price for that Incentive Stock Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to that Incentive Stock Option on the Grant Date and (ii) that Option will expire no later than five years after its Grant Date.

(d) Any Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan shall contain such terms and conditions, consistent with the Plan, as the Committee may determine to be necessary to qualify such Option as an “incentive stock option” under Code Section 422.

 

12


Section 7. Stock Appreciation Rights

7.1      Grant of SARs . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan, SARs may be granted to Participants in such number, and upon such terms, and at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Committee. Each grant of SARs shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.

7.2      Grant Price . The Grant Price for each grant of a SAR shall be determined by the Committee and shall be specified in the Award Agreement evidencing the SAR; provided , however , the Grant Price must be at least equal to 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share as of the Grant Date, except in the case of Substitute Awards (to the extent consistent with Code Section 409A), and subject to adjustment as provided for under Section 4.4.

7.3      Term of SAR . The term of a SAR granted to a Participant shall be determined by the Committee; provided , however , no SAR shall be exercisable later than the tenth anniversary of its Grant Date.

7.4      Exercise of SAR . A SAR shall be exercisable at such times and be subject to such restrictions and vesting conditions as the Committee shall in each instance approve, which terms and restrictions need not be the same for each grant or for each Participant.

7.5      Notice of Exercise . A SAR shall be exercised by the delivery of a notice of exercise to the Company or an agent designated by the Company in a form specified or accepted by the Committee, or by complying with any alternative procedures that may be authorized by the Committee, setting forth the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is to be exercised.

7.6      Settlement of SARs . Upon the exercise of a SAR, pursuant to a notice of exercise properly completed and submitted to the Company in accordance with Section 7.5, a Participant shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount equal to the product of (a) and (b) below:

(a)    The excess of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the Grant Price.

(b)    The number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.

Payment shall be made in cash, Shares or a combination thereof as provided for under the applicable Award Agreement. Any Shares issued in payment of a SAR are subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 14.3.

Section 8. Restricted Stock

8.1      Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan, Restricted Stock Awards may be granted to Participants in such number of Shares, and upon such terms, and at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Committee. Each grant of Restricted Stock shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.

8.2      Nature of Restrictions . Each grant of Restricted Stock may be subject to a requirement that a Participant pay a stipulated purchase price for each Share of Restricted Stock, and shall be subject to a Period of Restriction that shall lapse upon the satisfaction of such vesting conditions as are determined by

 

13


the Committee and set forth in an applicable Award Agreement. Such conditions or restrictions may include, without limitation, one or more of the following:

(a)    That the Shares of Restricted Stock may not be transferred in any fashion prior to their applicable vesting date,

(b)    That the Shares of Restricted Stock may vest only to the degree that specific performance goals are achieved,

(c)    That the Shares of Restricted Stock may vest only upon completion of a specified period of continuous employment or other service and to the degree that specific performance goals have been achieved, or

(d)    That the Shares of Restricted Stock may vest only upon completion of a specified period of continuous employment or other service.

8.3      Delivery of Shares . Unvested Shares subject to a Restricted Stock Award shall be evidenced by a book-entry in the name of the Participant with the Company’s transfer agent or Plan agent or by one or more stock certificates issued in the name of the Participant. Any such stock certificate shall be deposited with the Company or its designee, together with an assignment separate from the certificate, in blank, signed by the Participant, and bear an appropriate legend referring to the restricted nature of the Restricted Stock evidenced thereby. Any book-entry Shares shall be subject to comparable restrictions and corresponding stop transfer instructions. Upon the vesting of Shares of Restricted Stock, and the Company’s determination that any necessary conditions precedent to the release of vested Shares (such as satisfaction of tax withholding obligations and compliance with applicable legal requirements) have been satisfied, such vested Shares shall be made available to the Participant in such manner as may be prescribed or permitted by the Committee. Such vested Shares are subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 14.3.

8.4      Voting Rights . As set forth in a Participant’s applicable Award Agreement, the Committee shall determine the extent to which a Participant holding Shares of Restricted Stock shall be granted the right to exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares.

8.5      Section 83(b) Election . The Committee may provide in an Award Agreement that the Award of Restricted Stock is conditioned upon the Participant making or refraining from making an election with respect to the Award under Code Section 83(b). If permitted by the Award Agreement and a Participant makes an election pursuant to Code Section 83(b) concerning a Restricted Stock Award, the Participant shall be required to file promptly a copy of such election with the Company.

8.6      Certificate Legend . In addition to any legends placed on certificates pursuant to Section 8.3, each certificate representing Shares of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to this Plan may bear a legend such as the following or as otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole discretion:

“The transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture) of the Americold Realty Trust 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and a Restricted Stock Award Agreement entered into between the registered owner and Americold Realty Trust. Copies of such Plan and Agreement are on file in the offices of Americold Realty Trust, 10 Glenlake Parkway, South Tower, Suite 600, Atlanta, Georgia 30328.”

 

14


Section 9. Restricted Stock Units

9.1      Grant of Restricted Stock Units . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan, Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Participants in such number, and upon such terms, and at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Committee. A grant of Restricted Stock Units shall not represent the grant of Shares but shall represent a promise to deliver a corresponding number of Shares or the value of such number of Shares based upon the completion of service, performance conditions, or such other terms and conditions as specified in the applicable Award Agreement over the Period of Restriction. Each grant of Restricted Stock Units shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.

9.2      Nature of Restrictions . Each grant of Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to a Period of Restriction that shall lapse upon the satisfaction of such vesting conditions as are determined by the Committee and set forth in an applicable Award Agreement. Such conditions or restrictions may include, without limitation, one or more of the following:

(a)    That the Restricted Stock Units may not be transferred in any fashion, subject to Section 14.1;

(b)    That the Restricted Stock Units may vest only to the degree that specific performance goals are achieved;

(c)    That the Restricted Stock Units may vest only upon completion of a specified period of continuous employment or other service and to the degree that specific performance goals have been achieved; or

(d)    That the Restricted Stock Units may vest only upon completion of a specified period of continuous employment or other service.

9.3      Voting Rights . A Participant shall have no voting rights with respect to any Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder.

9.4      Settlement and Payment of Restricted Stock Units . Unless otherwise elected by the Participant as permitted under the Award Agreement, or otherwise provided for in the Award Agreement, Restricted Stock Units shall be settled upon the date such Restricted Stock Units vest (or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter). Such settlement shall be made in Shares unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement. Any Shares issued in settlement of Restricted Stock Units are subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 14.3.

Section 10. Performance Shares

10.1      Grant of Performance Shares . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan, Performance Shares may be granted to Participants in such number, and upon such terms and at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Committee. Each grant of Performance Shares shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.

10.2      Value of Performance Shares . Each Performance Share shall have a value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date. The Committee shall set performance goals that, depending on the extent to which they are met over the specified Performance Period and the satisfaction of applicable service-based vesting conditions, shall determine the number of Performance Shares that shall vest, which may be greater than the target number of Performance Shares granted, and be paid to a Participant.

 

15


10.3      Earning of Performance Shares . After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the number of Performance Shares earned by the Participant for the Performance Period shall be determined as a function of the extent to which the applicable corresponding performance goals have been achieved. This determination shall be made by the Committee.

10.4      Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Shares . The Company shall pay at the close of the applicable Performance Period, or as soon as practicable thereafter, any earned Performance Shares in the form of Shares unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement. Any Shares issued in settlement of Performance Shares are subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 14.3.

Section 11. Performance Units

11.1      Grant of Performance Units . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan, Performance Units may be granted to a Participant in such number, and upon such terms and at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Committee. Each grant of Performance Units shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.

11.2      Value of Performance Units . Each Performance Unit shall have an initial notional value equal to a dollar amount determined by the Committee. The Committee shall set performance goals in its discretion that, depending on the extent to which they are met over the specified Performance Period and the satisfaction of applicable service-based vesting conditions, will determine the number of Performance Units that shall vest (which may be greater than the target number of Performance Units granted), the settlement value of each Performance Unit (if variable), and the settlement amount to be paid to the Participant.

11.3      Earning of Performance Units . After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the number of Performance Units earned by the Participant over the Performance Period shall be determined as a function of the extent to which the applicable corresponding performance goals have been achieved. This determination shall be made by the Committee.

11.4      Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units . The Company shall pay at the close of the applicable Performance Period, or as soon as practicable thereafter, any earned Performance Units in the form of cash or in Shares or in a combination thereof, as specified in a Participant’s applicable Award Agreement. Any Shares issued in settlement of Performance Units are subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 14.3.

Section 12. Other Stock-Based Awards and Cash-Based Awards

12.1      Grant of Other Stock-Based Awards and Cash-Based Awards .

(a)    Subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan, the Committee may grant Other Stock-Based Awards not otherwise described by the terms of this Plan to a Participant in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions, as the Committee shall determine. Such Awards may involve the transfer of actual Shares to Participants, or payment in cash or otherwise of amounts based on the value of Shares.

 

16


(b)    The Committee may grant Cash-Based Awards not otherwise described by the terms of this Plan to a Participant in such amounts and upon such terms as the Committee shall determine.

(c)    Each grant of Other Stock-Based Awards and Cash-Based Awards shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement and/or subject to a subplan or special provisions approved by the Committee.

12.2      Value of Other Stock-Based Awards and Cash-Based Awards . Each Other Stock-Based Award shall be expressed in terms of Shares or units based on Shares, as determined by the Committee. Each Cash-Based Award shall specify a payment amount or payment range as determined by the Committee. If the Committee exercises its discretion to establish performance goals, the number and/or value of Cash-Based Awards or Other Stock-Based Awards that shall be paid to the Participant will depend on the extent to which such performance goals are met and any service-based payment conditions are satisfied.

12.3      Payment of Other Stock-Based Awards and Cash-Based Awards . Payment, if any, with respect to Cash-Based Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards shall be made in accordance with the terms of the applicable Award Agreement in the form of cash, Shares or other forms of Awards under this Plan or a combination of cash, Shares and other forms of Awards. The determination of the form in which Awards subject to this Section 12 will be paid shall be made by the Committee, unless the Committee chooses to provide in an applicable Award Agreement that a Participant may elect, in accordance with such procedures and limitations as the Committee may specify, the form in which such an Award will be paid. To the extent any Award subject to this Section 12 is to be paid in other forms of Awards under this Plan, such Awards issued in payment shall be valued for purposes of such payment at their fair value on the Grant Date of such Awards. If the Committee permits a Participant to elect to receive some or all of an amount that would otherwise be payable in cash under an Award subject to this Section 12 in Shares or other forms of Awards, the Committee may also provide in the applicable Award Agreement that the Fair Market Value of the Shares or the Grant Date fair value of the other forms of Awards may exceed the amount of cash that otherwise would have been payable.

Section 13. Effect of Termination of Service

Each Award Agreement evidencing the grant of an Award shall provide for the following:

(a)    The extent to which a Participant shall vest in or forfeit such Award as a result of or following the Participant’s Termination of Service.

(b)    With respect to an Award in the form of an Option or SAR, the extent to which a Participant shall have the right to exercise the Option or SAR following the Participant’s Termination of Service.

The foregoing provisions shall be determined by the Committee, shall be included in each Award Agreement entered into with each Participant, need not be uniform among all Award Agreements and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination.

Section 14. Transferability of Awards and Shares

14.1      Transferability of Awards . Except as provided in Section 14.2, Awards shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, subject to the consent of the Committee, pursuant to a domestic relations order entered into by a court of competent jurisdiction. No Awards shall be subject, in whole or in part, to attachment, execution or levy of any kind; and any

 

17


purported transfer in violation of this Section 14.1 shall be null and void. The Committee may establish such procedures as it deems appropriate for a Participant to designate a beneficiary to whom any amounts payable or Shares deliverable in the event of, or following, the Participant’s death may be provided.

14.2      Committee Action . The Committee may, in its discretion, approve a Participant’s transfer, by gift, of an Award (except in the case of an ISO), on such terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate and to the extent permissible with Code Section 409A and applicable securities laws, (i) to an “Immediate Family Member” (as defined below) of the Participant, (ii) to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the Award is to be passed to the Participant’s designated beneficiaries, or (iii) to a charitable institution. Any transferee of the Participant’s rights shall succeed and be subject to all of the terms of the applicable Award Agreement and this Plan, including restrictions on further transferability, compliance with applicable securities laws, and providing required investment representations. “Immediate Family Member” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, a trust in which any of these persons have more than fifty (50%) percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which any of these persons (or the Participant) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Participant) own more than fifty (50%) percent of the voting interests.

14.3      Restrictions on Share Transferability . The Committee may impose such restrictions on any Shares acquired by a Participant under this Plan as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, minimum holding period requirements, restrictions under applicable federal securities laws, under the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which such Shares are then listed or traded or under any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such Shares.

Section 15. Performance-Based Compensation

15.1      Performance-Based Compensation. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may designate any Award as Performance-Based Compensation upon grant.

15.2      Performance Measures . The performance goals upon which the grant, payment or vesting of an Award that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation are conditioned must be based on one or more of the following Performance Measures:

(a)    Total shareholder return (on an absolute and/or relative basis measured against comparable peers or a real estate index),

(b)    Net operating income,

(c)    Funds from operations or adjusted funds from operations,

(d)    Funds available for distribution,

(e)    Dividends or funds available for distribution payment,

(f)    Returns on assets, returns on investment, returns on capital or returns on equity,

(g)    Operating expenses/costs,

 

18


(h)    Cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on equity, and cash flow return on investment),

(i)    Earnings per share,

(j)    Earnings before or after either, or any combination of, interest, taxes, depreciation, or amortization,

(k)    Economic value added (net operating profit after tax minus the sum of capital multiplied by the cost of capital) or economic value created,

(l)    Gross or net earnings or income,

(m)    Gross or net operating margins,

(n)    Gross or net operating profits,

(o)    Gross or net sales or revenues,

(p)    Market share,

(q)    Net earnings or net income (before or after taxes),

(r)    Operating efficiency and/or property operating expense savings,

(s)    Productivity ratios and measures,

(t)    Customer satisfaction survey results,

(u)    Strategic business objectives (including objective project milestones),

(v)    Personal professional objectives (including implementation of policies and plans, negotiations or completions of transactions, and development of long-term business goals)

(w)    Successful negotiation or renewal of contracts with new or existing customers,

(x)    Transactions relating to acquisitions or divestitures, or

(y)    Operating portfolio metrics including leasing and tenant retention.

Any Performance Measure(s) may, as the Committee, in its sole discretion deems appropriate, (i) relate to the performance of the Company or any Subsidiary as a whole or any business unit, division or segment of the Company or any Subsidiary or any combination thereof, (ii) be compared to the performance of a group of comparator companies, or published or special index, (iii) be based on change in the Performance Measure over a specified period of time and such change may be measured based on an arithmetic change over the specified period (e.g., cumulative change or average change), or percentage change over the specified period (e.g., cumulative percentage change, average percentage change or compounded percentage change), (iv) relate to or be compared to one or more other Performance Measures, or (v) any combination of the foregoing. The Committee also has the authority to provide for accelerated vesting of any Award based on the achievement of performance goals pursuant to the Performance Measures specified in this Section 15.

 

19


Performance goals shall be established by the Committee as set forth in this Section 15, and may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. With regard to a particular Performance Period, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall, within the first 90 days of a Performance Period, determine the length of the Performance Period (provided any such Performance Period shall be not less than one fiscal quarter in duration), the type(s) of Performance-Based Compensation Awards to be issued, and the Performance Measures that will be used to establish the performance goals. Following the completion of a Performance Period, the Committee shall review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the performance goals for the Performance Period have been achieved and, if so, calculate and certify in writing the amount of the Performance-Based Compensation Awards earned for the period.

15.3      Evaluation of Performance . The Committee may provide in any Award intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation that any evaluation of performance may, among other things, include or exclude the impact, if any, on reported financial results of any of the following events that occurs during a Performance Period: (a) asset write-downs, (b) litigation, claims, judgments or settlements, (c) changes in tax laws, accounting principles or other laws or provisions, (d) reorganization or restructuring programs, (e) acquisitions or divestitures, (f) foreign exchange gains and losses or (g) gains and losses that are treated as unusual in nature or infrequent in their occurrence and which are disclosed in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in the Company’s annual report to shareholders. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, payment or vesting of any such Award that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall not be made until the Committee certifies in writing that the applicable performance goals and any other material terms of such Award were in fact satisfied, except as otherwise provided in Section 15.3.

15.4      Adjustment of Performance-Based Compensation . The Committee shall have no discretion to increase the amount payable pursuant to Awards that are intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation beyond the amount that would otherwise be payable upon attainment of the applicable performance goal(s). The Committee may not waive the achievement of the applicable performance goals, except in the case of the Participant’s death or disability or a Change in Control. The Committee shall, however, retain the discretion to decrease the amount payable pursuant to such Awards below the amount that would otherwise be payable upon attainment of the applicable performance goal(s), either on a formula or discretionary basis or any combination, as the Committee determines, in its sole discretion.

Section 16. Nonemployee Trustee Awards

16.1      Awards to Nonemployee Trustees . The Committee shall approve all Awards to Nonemployee Trustees. The terms and conditions of any grant of any Award to a Nonemployee Trustee shall be set forth in an Award Agreement.

16.2      Awards in Lieu of Fees. The Committee may permit a Nonemployee Trustee the opportunity to receive an Award in lieu of payment of all or a portion of future trustee fees (including but not limited to cash retainer fees and meeting fees) or other type of Awards pursuant to such terms and conditions as the Committee may prescribe and set forth in an applicable sub-plan or Award Agreement. If the Committee permits a Participant to elect to receive payment of all or a portion of future trustee fees that would otherwise be payable in cash in the form of an Award, the Committee may also provide in the applicable Award Agreement that the Grant Date fair value of the Award may exceed the amount of cash that otherwise would have been payable.

 

20


16.3      Annual Award Limit . Equity-based Awards granted to Nonemployee Trustees shall be subject to the following limitation: The maximum number of Shares subject to any (i) Award of Options, (ii) Award of Restricted Stock or (iii) Award of Restricted Stock Units, which may be granted to any Nonemployee Trustee during any calendar year shall be 50,000 Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the annual award limit set forth in this Section 16.3 shall (i) not apply to any Awards granted in connection with the initial public offering of the Shares, (ii) solely apply to Awards granted under this Plan and (iii) not apply to Shares or Share equivalents granted to a Nonemployee Trustee in lieu of all or any portion of such Nonemployee Trustee’s cash-based trustee fees.

Section 17. Effect of a Change in Control

17.1      Default Vesting Provisions. Unless otherwise provided for in an Award Agreement, and except to the extent that an Award meeting the requirements of Section 17.2(a) (a “ Replacement Award ”) is provided to the Participant pursuant to Section 4.4 to replace an existing Award (the “Replaced Award”), upon a Change in Control, all then-outstanding Awards shall vest in accordance with paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) below.

(a)     Outstanding Options and SARs . Upon a Change in Control, a Participant’s then-outstanding Options and SARs that are not vested shall immediately become fully vested (and, to the extent applicable, all performance conditions shall be deemed satisfied at target performance) and, subject to Section 17.3, exercisable over the exercise period set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

(b)     Outstanding Awards, other than Options and SARs, Subject Solely to a Service Condition . Upon a Change in Control, subject to Section 17.3, a Participant’s then-outstanding Awards, other than Options and SARs, that are not vested and as to which vesting depends solely on the satisfaction of a service obligation by the Participant to the Company or any Subsidiary shall become fully vested and shall be settled in cash, Shares or a combination thereof as provided for under the applicable Award Agreement within thirty (30) days following such Change in Control (except to the extent that settlement of the Award must be made pursuant to its original schedule in order to comply with Code Section 409A).

(c)     Outstanding Awards, other than Options and SARs, Subject to a Performance Condition. Upon a Change in Control, subject to Section 17.3, a Participant’s then-outstanding Awards, other than Options and SARs, that are not vested and as to which vesting depends upon the satisfaction of one or more performance conditions shall immediately vest and all performance conditions shall be deemed satisfied as if target performance was achieved and shall be settled pro rata, based on the proportion of the applicable Performance Period that lapsed through the date of the Change in Control, in cash, Shares or a combination thereof as provided for under the applicable Award Agreement within thirty (30) days following such Change in Control (except to the extent that settlement of the Award must be made pursuant to its original schedule in order to comply with Code Section 409A); notwithstanding that the applicable Performance Period, retention period or other restrictions and conditions have not been completed or satisfied.

17.2      Definition of Replacement Award .

(a)    An Award shall meet the conditions of this Section 17.2(a) (and hence qualify as a Replacement Award) if: (i) it is of the same type as the Replaced Award (or, it is of a different type as the

 

21


Replaced Award, provided that the Committee, as constituted immediately prior to the Change in Control, finds such type acceptable); (ii) it has an intrinsic value at least equal to the value of the Replaced Award; (iii) it relates to publicly traded equity securities of the Company or its successor in the Change in Control or another entity that is affiliated with the Company or its successor following the Change in Control; (iv) its terms and conditions comply with Section 17.2(b); and (v) its other terms and conditions are not less favorable to the holder of the Award than the terms and conditions of the Replaced Award (including the provisions that would apply in the event of a subsequent Change in Control). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Replacement Award may take the form of a continuation of the Replaced Award if the requirements of the preceding sentence are satisfied. The determination of whether the conditions of this Section 17.2(a) are satisfied shall be made by the Committee, as constituted immediately before the Change in Control, in its sole discretion. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may determine the value of Awards and Replacement Awards that are stock options or stock appreciation rights by reference to either their intrinsic value or their fair value.

(b)    Upon an involuntary termination of service of a Participant (i) by the Company other than for Cause, or (ii) to the extent specifically permitted in the Participant’s Award Agreement, a termination by the Participant for “good reason” (as defined in the Participant’s Award Agreement, change of control agreement or employment agreement, as applicable), in either case occurring within two years following the Change in Control, unless otherwise specified in the award agreement and approved by the Committee as constituted prior to the Change in Control, all Replacement Awards held by the Participant shall become fully vested and free of restrictions and, in the case of Replacement Awards in the form of (x) stock options or stock appreciation rights shall be fully exercisable, (y) performance-based Awards shall be deemed to be satisfied at target level performance and paid pro rata (based upon the proportion of the applicable Performance Period that has lapsed through the date of the Participant’s involuntary termination of service) upon or within 60 days of such termination of service, or (z) service-based Awards (other than stock options or stock appreciation rights) shall be paid upon or within 60 days of such termination of service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award that is considered deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A, settlement of such Award shall be made pursuant to its original schedule if necessary to comply with Code Section 409A.

17.3 Cashout of Awards.

(a)    Unless otherwise provided for in an Award Agreement, in the event of a Change in Control, with respect to any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right, the Committee shall have discretion to cause a cash payment to be made to the person who then holds such Option or Stock Appreciation Right, in lieu of the right to exercise such Option or Stock Appreciation Right or any portion thereof. In the event the Committee exercises its discretion to cause such cash payment to be made, the amount of such cash payment shall be equal to the amount by which (i) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the Change in Control) of the Shares that are subject to such Option or Stock Appreciation Right exceeds (ii) the aggregate Exercise Price or Grant Price (as applicable) of such Shares under such Option or Stock Appreciation Right. If the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the Change in Control) of the Shares that are subject to such Option or Stock Appreciation Right is less than the aggregate Exercise Price or Grant Price (as applicable) of such Shares under such Option or Stock Appreciation Right, such Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be cancelled without any payment.

(b)    Unless otherwise provided for in an Award Agreement, in the event of a Change in Control, with respect to an Award (other than an Option or Stock Appreciation Right) that would otherwise be payable in Common Shares, the Committee shall have discretion to cause the payment of such Award to be made in cash instead of Shares. In the event the Committee exercises its discretion to cause such cash payment to be made, the amount of such cash payment shall be equal to the aggregate Fair Market Value, on the date of the Change in Control, of the Shares that would otherwise then be payable under such Award.

 

22


Section 18. Dividends and Dividend Equivalents

18.1      Payment of Dividends on Restricted Stock. With respect to an Award of Restricted Stock, the Committee may grant or limit the right of a Participant to receive dividends declared on Shares that are subject to such Award to the extent the Award is not yet vested. If the Committee grants the right of a Participant to receive dividends declared on Shares subject to an unvested Award of Restricted Stock, then such dividends shall be paid to the Participant as of the applicable dividend payment dates or such other dates as determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement; provided however, that in the case of an Award of Restricted Stock as to which vesting depends upon the satisfaction of one or more performance conditions, such dividends shall be subject to the same performance conditions and service conditions, as applicable, as the underlying Award. Dividends shall be paid in cash or reinvested in additional Shares or Awards by such formula and at such time and subject to such limitations as may be determined by the Committee.

18.2      Payment of Dividend Equivalents on Awards Other than Options, SARs and Restricted Stock . Except for Options, SARs and Restricted Stock, the Committee may grant Dividend Equivalents on the units or other Share equivalents subject to an Award based on the dividends actually declared and paid on outstanding Shares. The terms of any Dividend Equivalents will be as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, including the time and form of payment and whether such Dividend Equivalents will be credited with interest or deemed to be reinvested in additional units or Share equivalents. Dividend Equivalents payable with respect to the unvested portion of an Award whose vesting depends upon the satisfaction of one or more performance conditions shall be subject to the same performance conditions and service conditions, as applicable, as the underlying Award.

Section 19. Beneficiary Designation

The Committee may, from time to time, establish procedures it deems appropriate for a Participant to name a beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) to whom any benefit under this Plan is to be paid in case of the Participant’s death before the Participant receives any or all of such benefit. Each such designation shall revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Committee, and will be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing, including electronically, with the Company during the Participant’s lifetime. In the absence of any such beneficiary designation, benefits remaining unpaid or rights remaining unexercised at the Participant’s death shall be paid to or exercised by the Participant’s executor, administrator or legal representative.

Section 20. Rights of Participants

20.1      Employment and Service . Nothing in this Plan or an Award Agreement shall (a) interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate any Participant’s employment with, or provision of service to, the Company or any Subsidiary at any time or for any reason not prohibited by law or (b) confer upon any Participant any right to continue the Participant’s employment or service as a Trustee for any specified period of time. Neither an Award nor any benefits arising under this Plan shall constitute an employment or service contract with the Company or any Subsidiary and, accordingly, subject to Sections 3 and 21, this Plan and the benefits hereunder may be amended or terminated at any time in the sole and exclusive discretion of the Board or Committee without giving rise to any liability on the part of the Company, any Subsidiary, the Committee or the Board.

 

23


20.2      Participation . No individual shall have the right to be selected to receive an Award under this Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future Award.

20.3      Rights as a Shareholder . Except as otherwise provided herein, a Participant shall have none of the rights of a shareholder with respect to Shares covered by any Award until the Participant becomes the record holder of such Shares.

Section 21. Amendment and Termination

21.1      Amendment and Termination of this Plan and Awards .

(a)    Subject to subparagraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 21.1, Section 21.3 and Section 21.4 of this Plan, the Board may at any time amend, suspend or terminate this Plan, and the Board or Committee may at any time amend, suspend or terminate any outstanding Award Agreement.

(b)    Without the prior approval of the Company’s shareholders and except as provided for in Section 4.4, no Option or SAR Award may be (i) amended to reduce the Exercise Price or the Grant Price thereof, as applicable; (ii) cancelled in exchange for the grant of any new Option or SAR with a lower Exercise Price or Grant Price, as applicable; or (iii) cancelled in exchange for cash, other property or the grant of any new Award at a time when the Exercise Price of the Option or the Grant Price of the SAR is greater than the current Fair Market Value of a Share.

(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment of this Plan shall be made without shareholder approval if shareholder approval is required (as provided below or otherwise) pursuant to rules promulgated by any stock exchange or quotation system on which Shares are listed or quoted or by applicable U.S. state corporate laws or regulations, or applicable U.S. federal laws or regulations, including but not limited to, the then-applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any requirements under the Code relating to ISOs. Amendments to the Plan that require shareholder approval include, but are not limited to: (i) except as is provided in Section 4.4, an increase the maximum number of Shares which may be sold or awarded under the Plan or increase the maximum limitations set forth in Section 4; (ii) a change the class of persons eligible to receive Awards under the Plan; or (iii) an extension of the duration of the Plan or the maximum period during which Options or SARs may be exercised.

21.2      Adjustment of Awards Upon the Occurrence of Certain Unusual or Nonrecurring Events .

(a)    Except as may be limited by Section 15 with respect to Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, the Committee may make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, the events described in Section 4.4) affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent unintended dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under this Plan.

(b) Any subplan may provide that the Committee or its authorized delegate shall retain the discretion to decrease the amount payable pursuant to a Cash-Based Award granted under such subplan

 

24


below the amount that would otherwise be payable upon attainment of the applicable performance goal(s) over a Performance Period that does not exceed a term of one (1) year, either on a formula or discretionary basis or any combination, as the Committee or its authorized delegate determines is appropriate.

(c)    The determination of the Committee (or its authorized delegate, if applicable) as to any adjustments made pursuant to subparagraphs (a) and (b) above shall be conclusive and binding on Participants under this Plan. By accepting an Award under this Plan, a Participant agrees to any adjustment to the Award made pursuant to this Section 21.2 without further consideration or action.

21.3      Awards Previously Granted . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, other than Sections 21.2 and 21.4, no termination or amendment of this Plan or an Award Agreement shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted under this Plan, without the written consent of the Participant holding such Award.

21.4      Amendment to Conform to Law. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Board may amend this Plan and the Board or the Committee may amend an Award Agreement, to take effect retroactively or otherwise, as deemed necessary or advisable for the purpose of conforming this Plan or an Award Agreement to (i) any law relating to plans of this or similar nature (including, but not limited to Code Section 409A), and to the administrative regulations and rulings promulgated thereunder, (ii) any applicable stock exchange requirements and (iii) any compensation recoupment policy adopted by the Company. By accepting an Award under this Plan, a Participant agrees to any amendment made pursuant to this Section 21.4 to this Plan and any Award without further consideration or action.

21.5      Deferred Compensation .

(a)    It is intended that any Award under this Plan shall either be exempt from, or shall comply (in form and operation) with, Code Section 409A and shall be limited, construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. To the extent that any Award is subject to Code Section 409A, it shall be paid in a manner that is intended to comply with Code Section 409A, including proposed, temporary or final regulations or any other guidance issued by the Secretary of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any provision in the Plan that is inconsistent with Code Section 409A shall be deemed to be amended to comply with Code Section 409A and to the extent such provision cannot be amended to comply therewith for any reason, such provision shall be null and void. The Company shall have no liability to a Participant, or any other party, if an Award that is intended to be exempt from, or compliant with, Code Section 409A is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Committee or the Company and, in the event that any amount or benefit under the Plan becomes subject to penalties under Code Section 409A, responsibility for payment of such penalties shall rest solely with the affected Participant and not with the Company. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan or Award Agreement, any payment(s) of “nonqualified deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Code Section 409A) that are otherwise required to be made under the Plan to a “specified employee” (as defined under Code Section 409A) as a result of such employee’s separation from service (other than a payment that is not subject to Code Section 409A) shall be delayed for the first six (6) months following such separation from service (or, if earlier, the date of death of the specified employee) and shall instead commence (in a manner set forth in the Award Agreement) upon expiration of such delay period.

(b)    Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan and/or Award Agreement to the contrary, the Company does not make any representation to any Participant or beneficiary as to the tax consequences of

 

25


any Awards made pursuant to this Plan, and the Company shall have no liability or other obligation to indemnify or hold harmless the Participant or any beneficiary for any tax, additional tax, interest or penalties that the Participant or any beneficiary may incur as a result of the grant, vesting, exercise or settlement of an Award under this Plan.

Section 22. General Provisions

22.1      Forfeiture Events .

(a)    In addition to the forfeiture events specified in paragraph (b) below, the Committee may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable treatment of an Award. Such events may include, without limitation, breach of non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality, or other restrictive covenants that are contained in the Award Agreement or otherwise applicable to the Participant, a Termination of Service for Cause, or other conduct by the Participant that is detrimental to the business or reputation of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Plan, any Award which is subject to recovery under any law, government regulation, or stock exchange listing requirement, or any policy adopted by the Company or determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement will be subject to such deductions and clawback as may be required to be made pursuant to such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement or any policy adopted by the Company or determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, and the Committee, in its sole and exclusive discretion, may require that any Participant reimburse the Company all or part of the amount of any payment in settlement of any Award granted hereunder.

22.2    Tax Withholding.

(a)     Tax Withholding Generally . The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable federal, state and local tax withholding requirements, domestic or foreign, with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of the grant, vesting, exercise or settlement of an Award to the Participant under this Plan.

(b)     Share Withholding . Unless otherwise required by the Committee, the Company may withhold, or permit a Participant to elect to have withheld, from a payment in Shares the number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld to satisfy applicable federal, state and local tax withholding requirements, domestic or foreign, or such greater amount up to the maximum statutory withholding rate under applicable law as applicable to such Participant, if such other greater amount would not result in adverse financial accounting treatment as determined by the Committee (including in connection with the effectiveness of FASB Accounting Standards Update 2016-09).

22.3      Legend. The certificates for Shares may include any legend that the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer of such Shares.

 

26


22.4      Gender and Number. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine, the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include the plural.

22.5      Severability. In the event any provision of this Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of this Plan, and this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

22.6      Requirements of Law. The granting of Awards and the issuance of Shares under this Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required. It is the intent of the Company that this Plan satisfy, and be interpreted in a manner that satisfies, the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3, as promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, so that Participants will be entitled to the benefit of Rule 16b-3 (or any successor provisions) and will not be subject to short-swing liability under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. If any provision of this Plan would conflict with this intent, such provision to the extent possible shall be interpreted and/or deemed amended so as to avoid such conflict.

22.7      Delivery of Shares. The Company shall have no obligation to issue or deliver Shares under this Plan prior to:

(a)    Obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary or advisable; and

(b)    Completion of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any applicable national or foreign law or ruling of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable.

22.8      Inability to Obtain Authority. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or deliver such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

22.9      Investment Representations. The Committee may require any individual receiving Shares pursuant to an Award under this Plan to represent and warrant in writing that the individual is acquiring the Shares for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares.

22.10      Employees Based Outside of the United States. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which the Company or any Subsidiaries operate or have Employees or Trustees, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to:

(a)    Determine which Subsidiaries shall be covered by this Plan;

(b)    Determine which Employees or Trustees outside the United States are eligible to participate in this Plan;

(c)    Modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to Employees or Trustees outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws;

 

27


(d)    Establish sub-plans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable. Any sub-plans and modifications to Plan terms and procedures established under this Section 22.10 by the Committee shall be attached to this Plan document as appendices; and

(e)    Take any action, before or after an Award is made, that it deems advisable to obtain approval or comply with any necessary local government regulatory exemptions or approvals.

Notwithstanding the above, the Committee may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate applicable law.

22.11      Uncertificated Shares . To the extent that this Plan provides for issuance of certificates to reflect the transfer of Shares, the transfer of such Shares may be effected on a noncertificated basis, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange.

22.12      Unfunded Plan. Participants shall have no right, title or interest whatsoever in or to any investments that the Company or any Subsidiaries may make to aid it in meeting its obligations under this Plan. Nothing contained in this Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Participant, beneficiary, legal representative or any other individual. To the extent that any individual acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any Subsidiary under this Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company or the Subsidiary, as the case may be. All payments to be made hereunder shall be paid from the general funds of the Company, or the Subsidiary, as the case may be, and no special or separate fund shall be established, and no segregation of assets shall be made to assure payment of such amounts except as expressly set forth in this Plan.

22.13      No Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to this Plan or any Award. The Committee shall determine whether cash, Awards or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

22.14      Retirement and Welfare Plans. Neither Awards made under this Plan nor Shares or cash paid pursuant to such Awards may be included as “compensation” for purposes of computing the benefits payable to any Participant under the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s retirement plans (both qualified and nonqualified) or welfare benefit plans unless such other plan expressly provides that such compensation shall be taken into account in computing a Participant’s benefit.

22.15      Nonexclusivity of this Plan. The adoption of this Plan shall not be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board or Committee to adopt such other compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable for any Participant.

22.16      No Constraint on Corporate Action. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to: (i) limit, impair, or otherwise affect the Company’s or a Subsidiary’s right or power to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, or to merge or consolidate, or dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets; or, (ii) limit the right or power of the Company or a Subsidiary to take any action that such entity deems to be necessary or appropriate.

22.17      Governing Law and Construction. This Plan and each Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of Georgia excluding any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Plan to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.

 

28


Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, recipients of an Award under this Plan are deemed to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the federal or state courts of Georgia to resolve any and all issues that may arise out of or relate to this Plan or any related Award Agreement. This Plan shall be construed in a manner consistent with the Company’s status as a real estate investment trust (“ REIT ”). No Award shall be granted, and with respect to any Award granted under this Plan, such Award shall not vest, be exercisable, or be settled: (i) to the extent that the grant, vesting, or settlement of such Award could cause the Participant or any other person to be in violation of the ownership limit or any other provision of the Company’s organizing documents; or (ii) if, in the discretion of the Committee, the grant, vesting, or settlement of such Award could impair the Company’s status as a REIT.

22.18      Delivery and Execution of Electronic Documents. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company may (i) deliver by email or other electronic means (including posting on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company) all documents relating to this Plan or any Award thereunder (including without limitation, prospectuses required by the Commission) and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including without limitation, annual reports and proxy statements) and (ii) permit Participant’s to electronically execute applicable Plan documents (including, but not limited to, Award Agreements) in a manner prescribed to the Committee.

22.19      No Representations or Warranties Regarding Tax Effect. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Company, Subsidiaries, the Board and the Committee neither represent nor warrant the tax treatment under any federal, state, local or foreign laws and regulations thereunder (individually and collectively referred to as the “ Tax Laws ”) of any Award granted or any amounts paid to any Participant under this Plan including, but not limited to, when and to what extent such Awards or amounts may be subject to tax, penalties and interest under the Tax Laws.

22.20      Indemnification. Subject to requirements of the laws of the state of Georgia, each individual who is or shall have been a member of the Board, or a Committee appointed by the Board, or an officer of the Company or other person to whom authority was delegated in accordance with Section 3, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under this Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf, unless such loss, cost, liability or expense is a result of his or her own willful misconduct or except as expressly provided by statute. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such individuals may be entitled under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

22.21      Successors. All obligations of the Company under this Plan with respect to Awards granted hereunder shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

22.22      Right of Offset. Subject to applicable legal requirements, including Code Section 409A, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall have the right to offset against the obligations to make payment or issue any Shares to any Participant under this Plan, any outstanding amounts (including travel and

 

29


entertainment advance balances, loans, tax withholding amounts paid by the employer or amounts repayable to the Company or Subsidiary pursuant to tax equalization, housing, automobile or other employee programs) such Participant then owes to the Company or a Subsidiary and any amounts the Committee otherwise deems appropriate pursuant to any tax equalization policy or agreement.

 

30

Exhibit 10.17

SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

by and among AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST

and

THE SHAREHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY SIGNATORIES HERETO

Dated: [●], 2018

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

          Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

     1  

1.1

  

Definitions

     1  

1.2

  

Rules of Construction

     6  

ARTICLE II CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

     6  

2.1

  

Election of Trustees

     6  

2.2

  

Resignation; Removal; Board Vacancies; Board Meetings

     9  

2.3

  

Expenses of Trustees and Yucaipa Observer

     9  

2.4

  

Insurance; Indemnification Agreements

     9  

2.5

  

Information Sharing

     9  

2.6

  

Trustee Compensation

     10  

2.7

  

Cooperation; Voting of Shares

     10  

2.8

  

Yucaipa Observer

     10  

2.9

  

Mirror Voting

     11  

ARTICLE III TRANSFERS

     11  

3.1

  

Condition of Transfer

     11  

3.2

  

Coordination Committee; Transfer Restrictions

     11  

3.3

  

Tag-Along Rights

     13  

3.4

  

Transfer of Shares to the Fortress Investor

     14  

ARTICLE IV COVENANTS

     15  

4.1

  

Regulatory Matters

     15  

4.2

  

Company Logo

     16  

4.3

  

Use of Name

     16  

4.4

  

Certain Activities

     16  

4.5

  

Information Rights

     16  

4.6

  

Tax Matters

     17  

4.7

  

Confidentiality

     18  

4.8

  

Amendment of Declaration of Trust and Bylaws

     19  

ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     19  

5.1

  

Authority; Enforceability

     19  

5.2

  

No Breach

     19  

5.3

  

Consents

     20  

ARTICLE VI EFFECTIVE TIME; TERMINATION

     20  

6.1

  

Effective Time

     20  

6.2

  

Termination

     20  

ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS

     21  

7.1

  

Business Opportunities

     21  

7.2

  

Notices

     24  

7.3

  

Delays or Omissions

     24  

7.4

  

Remedies; Specific Performance

     24  

7.5

  

Assignment

     24  

7.6

  

Governing Law

     25  


7.7

  

Jurisdiction; Court Proceedings; Waiver of Jury Trial

     25  

7.8

  

Share Certificates; Legends

     25  

7.9

  

Entire Agreement

     26  

7.10

  

Additional Securities; Recapitalizations; Exchanges; etc.

     26  

7.11

  

Severability

     26  

7.12

  

Amendment; Waiver

     27  

7.13

  

Counterparts

     27  

 

ii


SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

This SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated [●], 2018, and effective as of the Effective Time, is by and among (a) Americold Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (the “ Company ”), (b) the Yucaipa Shareholder (as defined below), (c) the GSCP Shareholders (as defined below), (d) Charm Progress Investment Limited (the “ CM Shareholder ”), (e) the Fortress Investor (as defined below) and (f) the Yucaipa Investor.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company is undertaking an underwritten initial public offering (“ IPO ”) of shares of its Common Shares (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, in connection with, and effective upon, the consummation of the IPO, the Company, the Yucaipa Shareholder, the GSCP Shareholders, the CM Shareholder, the Fortress Investor and the Yucaipa Investor desire to enter into this Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

1.1 Definitions .

Affiliate ” of any particular Person means any other Person Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with such particular Person. For purposes of this Agreement, none of the Company or its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any Shareholder, and no Person shall be deemed an Affiliate of any other, by virtue of the existence of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or by virtue of its participation therein. In addition, for purposes of this Agreement, neither the Fortress Investor nor the Yucaipa Shareholder shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the other.

Beneficially Own ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act; provided that, except as provided in the last sentence of Section 2.1(a), for purposes of Sections 2.1, 2.9 and 6.2, no Shareholder shall be deemed to “Beneficially Own” any Shares owned by another Shareholder that is not an Affiliate of such Shareholder.

Board ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

Bylaws ” means the bylaws of the Company as in effect at the Effective Time, as may be amended from time to time in compliance with its terms and the terms of this Agreement.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.


Committee Members ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.

Common Shares ” means the common shares of beneficial interest of the Company, par value $0.01 per share.

“Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Control ” or “ Controlled ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, as trustee or executor, or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, a general partner or managing member of a Person shall always be considered to Control such Person.

Coordination Committee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.

Declaration of Trust ” means the declaration of trust of the Company as in effect at the Effective Time, as may be amended or supplemented from time to time in compliance with its terms and the terms of this Agreement.

Designation Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

Direct Designation Condition ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(g).

Direct Designation Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(g).

Disposing Investor ” has the meaning in Section 3.3(a).

Effective Time ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

Equity Equivalents ” means rights, options or warrants (or similar securities) to purchase equity securities, and any securities or obligations of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible into or exercisable for equity securities.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Exempt Transfer ” means any (a) Transfer to an Affiliate of the Transferring Sponsor Investor, (b) Transfer to be effected pursuant to a Public Offering, (c) Transfer to be effected pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (d) Transfer of Shares by a Sponsor Investor to its partners, members, or other equityholders in the form of a distribution in kind in accordance with the terms of such Sponsor Investor’s constitutional documents, including without limitation a Fortress Transfer and a Partnership Transfer, (e) to the extent not otherwise covered by clause (d) above, a Fund Distribution, (f) Legal or Regulatory Transfers pursuant to Section 3.2, or (g) to the extent not otherwise covered by clause (b) above, Transfer under a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2


Foreign Shares ” means Shares held by the GSCP Shareholders, the Fortress Investor or the Yucaipa Shareholder, as the case may be, which are owned, directly or indirectly, by foreign persons within the meaning of Section 897(h)(4)(B) of the Code.

Fortress Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(b).

Fortress Investor ” means CF Cold LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

Fortress Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(a).

Fully Diluted Outstanding Shares ” means, at the relevant time, the number of Common Shares outstanding, assuming all Equity Equivalents then outstanding have been converted, exercised, or exchanged, as the case may be, into Common Shares at the then applicable conversion or exercise price.

Fund Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(f).

Fund Investor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(f).

Governmental Authority ” means any nation, state, territory, province, county, city or other unit or subdivision thereof or any entity, authority, agency, department, board, commission, instrumentality, court or other judicial body authorized on behalf of any of the foregoing to exercise legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including with respect to taxes, in each case whether federal, state, local or foreign.

GSCP Parallel ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of GSCP Shareholders.

GSCP Shareholders ” means GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P. (“ GSCP Parallel ”), GSCP VI Offshore IceCap Investment, L.P. and GSCP VI GmbH IceCap Investment, L.P., IceCap2 Holdings, L.P. and any Affiliate of any of the foregoing that holds Shares at the relevant time.

GSCP Trustee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

IPO ” has the meaning given to such term in the Recitals.

Legal or Regulatory Transfer ” means any transfer which a Shareholder reasonably, in good faith and upon the advice of counsel (either internal or external) believes is necessary to bring any investor in such Shareholder (or such investor’s affiliates) into compliance with applicable law, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Listed Tenant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(a)(i).

 

3


Litigation ” means any claim, action, suit, audit, investigation, inquiry, proceeding or Governmental Authority investigation.

Maximum Tag-Along Sale Number ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).

MGCL ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9.

Partnership Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(a).

Person ” means any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, unincorporated organization or association, estate, trust (including the trustees thereof, in their capacity as such) or other entity.

Proprietary Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.7.

Public Offering ” means an underwritten public offering and sale of equity securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for cash pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act (other than a Registration Statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor form), including any bought deal or block sale to a financial institution conducted as an underwritten Public Offering.

Record Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the date hereof and effective as of the Effective Time, by and among the Company, the Yucaipa Shareholder and the GSCP Shareholders, as may be amended from time to time.

REIT ” means a real estate investment trust within the meaning of Sections 856-857 of the Code.

Related Party Shareholder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(a)(i).

Representatives ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(a).

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Shareholders ” mean the parties to this Agreement (other than the Company) and any other subsequent holder of Shares who agrees or is required to agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement; provided that neither the Fortress Investor nor the Yucaipa Investor shall be a “Shareholder” under this Agreement unless and until they become a holder of Shares as a result of a Fortress Transfer or Partnership Transfer, respectively.

Shares ” means the Common Shares, Warrants and any other Equity Equivalents of the Company.

Sponsor Investors ” means the Yucaipa Shareholder and the GSCP Shareholders and, solely for purposes of Section 3.3 of this Agreement, the CM Shareholder.

 

4


Subsidiary ” means with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership or other Person (a) of which shares of capital stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other similar managing body of such corporation, partnership or other Person are at the time owned or Controlled by such first Person, or (b) the management of which is otherwise Controlled, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries by such first Person.

Tag-Along Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).

Tag-Along Offer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).

Tag-Along Offeror ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).

Tag-Along Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).

Tag-Along Sale Number ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).

Third Party ” means, with respect to any Shareholder, a third party that is not an Affiliate of such Shareholder.

Total Number of Trustees ” means the total number of Trustees comprising the Board.

Total Tag-Along Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).

Transfer ” means any direct or indirect transfer, sale, exchange, assignment, distribution, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or other disposition of Shares, or any legal or beneficial interest therein, in whole or in part, including the grant of an option or other right or the grant of any interest that would result in the transferor no longer having the economic consequences of ownership in, or the power to vote, or cause to be voted, in whole or in part, any Shares, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, including by gift, by contract, by way of merger (forward or reverse) or similar transaction, by operation of law or otherwise.

Trustee ” means a member of the Board.

USRPI ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(c).

Warrants ” means the warrants to purchase 11,197,634 Common Shares and 7,376,634 Common Shares issued to the Yucaipa Shareholder, as amended, as may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof.

Yucaipa Investor ” means YF ART Holdings Aggregator, LLC.

Yucaipa Observer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.

Yucaipa Shareholder ” means YF ART Holdings, L.P. and any Affiliate of YF ART Holdings, L.P. that holds Shares at the relevant time.

Yucaipa Trustees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

 

5


1.2 Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) References in the singular or to “him,” “her,” “it,” “itself,” or other like references, and references in the plural or the feminine or masculine reference, as the case may be, shall also, when the context so requires, be deemed to include the plural or singular, or the masculine or feminine reference, as the case may be;

(b) References to Articles, Sections and Exhibits shall refer to articles, sections and exhibits of this Agreement, unless otherwise specified;

(c) The headings in this Agreement are for convenience and identification only and are not intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof;

(d) This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or other rule requiring construction against the party that drafted and caused this Agreement to be drafted;

(e) All monetary figures shall be in United States dollars unless otherwise specified;

(f) References to “including” in this Agreement shall mean “including,without limitation,” whether or not so specified;

(g) The word “extent” in the phrase “to the extent” shall mean the degree to which a subject or other theory extends and such phrase shall not mean “if”;

(h) Any action required by this Agreement to be taken on a day that is not a business day, shall be deemed to be required to be taken on the first business day thereafter; and

(i) All references in this Agreement to an amount or number of shares or price per Share shall be deemed to be appropriately adjusted for any share dividends, splits, reverse splits, combinations, reclassifications, recapitalizations, reorganizations and the like occurring after the date hereof.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

2.1 Election of Trustees . Following the Effective Time, the Shareholders and the Company hereby agree that the Board of Trustees of the Company (the “ Board ”) shall, subject to Section 2.1(e) below, initially consist of nine (9) members, and each Shareholder will vote all voting Shares held by it in order that:

(a) Subject to Section 2.1(g), the Yucaipa Shareholder shall have the right to designate a number of individuals for nomination for election as Trustees (the “ Yucaipa Trustees ”) by or at the direction of the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof equal to: (i) if the Yucaipa Shareholder Beneficially Owns 10% or more of the Fully Diluted Outstanding Shares at a date on which the Yucaipa Shareholder designates such Yucaipa Trustees for

 

6


nomination for election as trustees at a meeting of shareholders (the “ Designation Date ”) and at the related record date for such meeting (the “ Record Date ”), two (2) Trustees; or (ii) if the Yucaipa Shareholder Beneficially Owns 5% or more (but less than 10%) of the Fully Diluted Outstanding Shares at a Designation Date and the related Record Date, one (1) Trustee. The Yucaipa Trustees shall initially be Jeffrey M. Gault and Joel A. Holsinger. After a Fortress Transfer, solely for purposes of determining the number of Trustees the Yucaipa Shareholder may designate pursuant to this Section 2.1(a) (and not, for example, for purposes of calculating Beneficial Ownership under Section 6.2), the Yucaipa Shareholder shall be deemed to Beneficially Own any and all Shares Beneficially Owned by the Fortress Investor (without duplication).

(b) So long as the GSCP Shareholders collectively Beneficially Own 5% or more of the Fully Diluted Outstanding Shares at a Designation Date and the related Record Date, the GSCP Shareholders shall have the right to designate one (1) Trustee for nomination for election as Trustee (the “ GSCP Trustee ”) by or at the direction of the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof. The GSCP Trustee shall initially be Bradley J. Gross.

(c) If at any time the Yucaipa Shareholder or the GSCP Shareholders, as applicable, have designated fewer than the total number of individuals that such shareholder(s) is or are then entitled to designate pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or Section 2.1(b), as applicable, the Yucaipa Shareholder or the GSCP Shareholders, as applicable, shall have the right to designate such additional individuals which it is entitled to so designate, in which case, any individuals nominated by or at the direction of the Board or any duly authorized committee thereof for election as Trustees to fill any vacancy on the Board shall include such designees, and the Company shall use its best efforts to (x) effect the election of such additional designees, whether by increasing the size of the Board or otherwise, and (y) cause the election of such additional designees to fill any such newly-created vacancies or to fill any other existing vacancies.

(d) The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, include in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board or any duly authorized committee thereof at any meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of electing trustees, the persons designated pursuant to this Section 2.1 and use its best efforts to cause the election of each such designee to the Board, including nominating each such individual to be elected as a Trustee as provided herein, and recommending such individual’s election and soliciting proxies or consents in favor thereof. In the event any person designated pursuant to this Section 2.1 is not elected as a Trustee in accordance with the Declaration of Trust or Bylaws, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, appoint such person or another person designated by the nominating Shareholder to the Board and, if necessary, increase the size of the Board in order to permit such appointment.

(e) In addition to any vote or consent of the Board or the shareholders of the Company required by applicable Law or the Declaration of Trust or Bylaws, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any action by the Board to increase the Total Number of Trustees (other than any increase in the Total Number of Trustees in connection with the election of one or more trustees elected exclusively by the holders of one or more classes or series of the Company’s stock other than Common Shares) shall require the prior written consent, in each case delivered in accordance with this Agreement, of (i) the Yucaipa

 

7


Shareholder for so long as the Yucaipa Shareholder Beneficially Owns 10% or more of the Fully Diluted Outstanding Shares and (ii) the GSCP Shareholders for so long as the GSCP Shareholders collectively Beneficially Own 10% or more of the Fully Diluted Outstanding Shares; provided that the Total Number of Trustees shall automatically increase by the requisite number of seats in order to effectuate the provisions of Sections 2.1(d) above.

(f) The Shareholders each agree to vote, or act by written consent with respect to, all Common Shares Beneficially Owned by it, at each annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Company at which Trustees are to be elected or to take all actions by written consent in lieu of any such meeting as are necessary, to cause the election of the Yucaipa Trustees and GSCP Trustees.

(g) If one or more Fortress Transfers results in the Fortress Investor Beneficially Owning 5% or more of the Fully Diluted Outstanding Shares at a time when it is no longer a limited partner of the Yucaipa Shareholder (the “ Direct Designation Condition ”), then the Yucaipa Shareholder shall immediately assign to the Fortress Investor all rights relating to the designation of one Yucaipa Trustee under this Agreement, the Declaration of Trust and the Bylaws (including all rights hereunder and thereunder relating to removal and filling of vacancies with respect to such Yucaipa Trustee); provided that such assignment shall be only effective for the period commencing on the date on which the Direct Designation Condition occurs and ending on the date that the Fortress Investor Beneficially Owns less than 5% of the Fully Diluted Outstanding Shares (such period, the “ Direct Designation Period ”). The Trustee so designated by the Fortress Investor shall be deemed to be a “Yucaipa Trustee” for all purposes under this Agreement, the Declaration of Trust and the Bylaws, except that the Fortress Investor (and not the Yucaipa Shareholder or Yucaipa Investor) shall be exclusively entitled to exercise the rights of the Yucaipa Shareholder with respect to such Trustee under this Agreement, the Declaration of Trust and the Bylaws during the Direct Designation Period. During the Direct Designation Period, the Fortress Investor shall be deemed to be the “Yucaipa Shareholder” under this Agreement, the Declaration of Trust and the Bylaws to the maximum extent necessary to effectuate the rights assigned to the Fortress Investor under this Section 2.1(g) (but on a co-extensive basis with the Yucaipa Shareholder with respect to the Yucaipa Shareholder’s other Yucaipa Trustee, if any). If this Agreement terminates as to the Yucaipa Shareholder but not the Fortress Investor during the Direct Designation Period, then the Fortress Investor shall nevertheless retain its rights under this Section 2.1(g) through the expiration of the Direct Designation Period as if such termination had not occurred, and the Fortress Investor shall be deemed to be the “Yucaipa Shareholder” for purposes of calculating the Yucaipa Shareholder’s Beneficial Ownership of Fully Diluted Outstanding Shares under Section 2.1(a) to the extent of the Fortress Investor’s rights under this Section 2.1(g).

(h) A Shareholder seeking to designate a Trustee for election by shareholders at an annual meeting of shareholders shall endeavor to submit its designation to the Company on a Designation Date occurring in the month of January in the calendar year in which such annual meeting is to occur.

 

8


2.2 Resignation; Removal; Board Vacancies; Board Meetings.

(a) Each Trustee shall hold his office until his resignation, removal or death, or until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. The Yucaipa Shareholder may remove any Yucaipa Trustee for any reason at the Yucaipa Shareholder’s written request to the Company. The GSCP Shareholders may remove the GSCP Trustee for any reason at the GSCP Shareholders’ written request to the Company. Upon delivery of a written request to the Company described in this Section 2.2(a), the Company and the Shareholders shall promptly take all such action necessary or desirable to cause the removal of the applicable Trustee from office. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing is not in limitation of the right of the shareholders of the Company to remove a trustee for cause to the extent provided in the Declaration of Trust.

(b) If (i) any person designated by the Yucaipa Shareholder pursuant to Section 2.1 shall cease for any reason to serve as a Trustee or shall fail to receive the requisite vote in his or her election, the Yucaipa Shareholder shall have the exclusive right to designate a person to fill the vacancy resulting thereby and (ii) any person designated by the GSCP Shareholders pursuant to Section 2.1 shall cease for any reason to serve as a Trustee or shall fail to receive the requisite vote in his or her election, the GSCP Shareholders shall have the exclusive right to designate a person to fill the vacancy resulting thereby. The Company and the Shareholders take all necessary action to cause the Board to be so constituted.

(c) Any single trustee of the Company, including a Yucaipa Trustee and the GSCP Trustee, shall have the right to call a special meeting of the Board at any time in accordance with the procedures therefor set forth in the Bylaws.

2.3 Expenses of Trustees and Yucaipa Observer . The Company shall reimburse the Yucaipa Trustees, the Yucaipa Observer and the GSCP Trustee for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at meetings of the Board, the board of directors (or similar governing bodies) of the Company’s Subsidiaries and any committees thereof, including travel, lodging and meal expenses. If any Yucaipa Trustee is paid a fee (whether in cash or otherwise) for serving on any such board (or any committee thereof), the GSCP Trustee also serving on such board shall also be entitled to such fee, subject to Section 2.6 below.

2.4 Insurance; Indemnification Agreements . The Company shall obtain and cause to be maintained in effect a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance covering each of the Yucaipa Trustees, the Yucaipa Observer and the GSCP Trustee and each member of the board of directors (or similar governing bodies) of the Company’s Subsidiaries in an amount and upon such terms as shall be determined by the Board. The Company shall enter into an indemnification agreement with each of the Yucaipa Trustees, the Yucaipa Observer and the GSCP Trustee in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

2.5 Information Sharing . Each Shareholder and the Company agrees that the Yucaipa Trustees, the Yucaipa Observer and the GSCP Trustee may share confidential, non-public information about the Company with the Shareholder that designated such Trustee or observer (and, in the case of any Yucaipa Trustee designated by the Yucaipa Shareholder at the direction of the Fortress Investor pursuant to the limited partnership agreement of the Yucaipa Shareholder, with Fortress) and its Affiliates, as such Trustee deems appropriate, subject to applicable law.

 

9


2.6 Trustee Compensation . In the event that (a) the Yucaipa Shareholder designates, at the direction of its general partner, a Yucaipa Trustee who is an employee of The Yucaipa Companies LLC or one of its Affiliates, (b) (i) the Yucaipa Shareholder designates, at the direction of the Fortress Investor pursuant to the limited partnership agreement of the Yucaipa Shareholder, or (ii) the Fortress Investor designates, pursuant to Section 2.1(g), a Yucaipa Trustee who is an employee of Fortress Investment Group LLC or one of its Affiliates, or (c) the GSCP Shareholders designate a GSCP Trustee who is an employee of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC or one of its Affiliates, then the Trustee designated by such Shareholder shall not receive compensation for service as a Trustee, including compensation in the form of equity awards.

2.7 Cooperation; Voting of Shares .

(a) The Company and each Shareholder shall take all necessary or desirable actions within its control to ensure that at all times the Company’s organizational documents, including the Declaration of Trust and Bylaws, and the organizational documents of the Company’s Subsidiaries (i) comply with and do not at any time conflict with any provisions of this Agreement and (ii) permit each Shareholder to receive the benefits to which it is entitled under this Agreement.

(b) Each Shareholder shall vote all of its voting Shares, execute proxies or, to the extent permitted by the Declaration of Trust or Bylaws, execute written consents, as the case may be, and take all other necessary or desirable actions within its control, including attending and voting at meetings in person or by proxy for purposes of obtaining a quorum, to effectuate the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) No Shareholder shall grant any proxy or enter into or agree to be bound by any voting trust with respect to its Shares, and no Shareholder shall enter into any other agreements or arrangements of any kind with any Person with respect to its Shares, in each case on terms which conflict with the provisions of this Agreement (whether or not such proxy, voting trust, agreements or arrangements are with other Shareholders, holders of Shares that are not parties to this Agreement or otherwise).

(d) The Company shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, take all necessary or desirable actions within its control (including calling special Board and shareholder meetings, nominating for election to the Board those individuals designated in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and providing therefor in the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ organizational documents) to cause the Board to be constituted in accordance with the provisions of this Article II and to otherwise effect the provisions of this Agreement (including this Article II).

2.8 Yucaipa Observer . The Yucaipa Shareholder shall have the right (but not the obligation) to designate an individual (the “ Yucaipa Observer ”) to attend, strictly as an observer, all meetings of the Board, telephone or in-person, it being agreed that the Yucaipa Observer shall have no power or authority to act or to vote at such meeting (but shall be permitted to raise

 

10


matters for discussion at such meeting and to participate in discussions at such meeting). The Yucaipa Shareholder shall designate and replace the Yucaipa Observer by written notice to the Company, and subject to the foregoing, the Company shall provide to the Yucaipa Observer all written notices of Board meetings and all written materials that are provided to Trustees in connection therewith, including minutes of previous meetings of the Board, at the same time and in the same manner as provided to the Trustees; provided that the Yucaipa Observer shall not be entitled to be present for or receive any privileged communication from counsel to the Company or the Board if the presence of the Yucaipa Observer would be reasonably likely to adversely affect such privilege. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, for the avoidance of doubt, the Yucaipa Observer shall not owe any duties, statutory or otherwise, to the Company or its shareholders other than obligations of confidentiality set forth in Section 4.7 below and duties imposed by securities laws generally.

2.9 Mirror Voting . At any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Company at which a vote will be taken (i) to opt-in to the “business combination” provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “ MGCL ”) by revoking, altering or amending Section 15 of Article II of the Bylaws, (ii) to opt-in to the “control share” provisions of the MGCL by revoking, altering or amending Section 13 of Article II of the Bylaws, or (iii) to opt-in to Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL, or with respect to any written consent with respect to such matter(s) in lieu of a meeting, so long as the Yucaipa Shareholder Beneficially Owns 20% or more of the Fully Diluted Outstanding Shares as of the record date for such meeting, the Yucaipa Shareholder agrees to vote, or act by written consent with respect to, all Common Shares Beneficially Owned by it, at such meeting or to take all actions by written consent in lieu of such meeting as are necessary, for and against such matter(s) in proportion to the vote taken on all Common Shares not Beneficially Owned by it with respect to such matter(s).

ARTICLE III

TRANSFERS

3.1 Condition of Transfer . The parties hereto hereby agree that it shall be a condition of the Transfer of any Shares to any Person who is not a party to this Agreement that such Transfer shall not be effected unless and until such Person agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement; provided , that the foregoing shall not apply to any transferee in a Transfer of Shares made pursuant to (i) an open market transaction, (ii) a Public Offering or (iii) a Fund Distribution.

3.2 Coordination Committee; Transfer Restrictions .

(a) Promptly following the Effective Time, the Shareholders agree that the Sponsor Investors shall create a coordination committee (the “ Coordination Committee ”), which shall not be a committee of the Board, and will maintain such committee for so long as required pursuant to this Section 3.2 or until disbanded with the written consent of the Sponsor Investors. The Coordination Committee shall, as provided in this Section 3.2, facilitate coordination of (i) exercises of demand registration rights under the Registration Rights Agreement, (ii) Transfers of Shares by any of the Shareholders to Third Parties, (iii) any distributions of any Shares by any of the Shareholders to its direct or indirect Third Party partners, members, or other equityholders and (iv) any other transactions in Shares with Third Parties effected by any of the Shareholders.

 

11


Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 3.2(a) shall not apply to a Fortress Transfer. Each of the Sponsor Investors, the Fortress Investor and the CM Shareholder shall be permitted to designate one representative (who may, but need not, be a Trustee) to participate on the Coordination Committee (the “ Committee Members ”), and shall be permitted to remove and replace such designee from time to time. The procedures governing the conduct of the Coordination Committee shall be established from time to time by the written consent of the Sponsor Investors. The Coordination Committee shall meet as needed at the request of any Committee Member. Notice of the date, time and place of the proposed meeting shall be given to all Committee Members at least 24 hours in advance by electronic mail. The failure of one or more Committee Members to attend a Coordination Committee meeting shall not invalidate the occurrence of the meeting for which such electronic mail notice was given.

(b) A Shareholder wishing to (i) exercise demand registration rights under the Registration Rights Agreement (if applicable to such Shareholder), (ii) Transfer any Shares to Third Parties, (iii) distribute any Shares to such Shareholder’s direct or indirect Third Party partners, members, or other equityholders or (iv) effect any other transaction in Shares with Third Parties shall consult with the Coordination Committee prior to taking such action or entering into any definitive agreement with respect to such action, and shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any adverse impact to the other Shareholder in respect of such exercise, Transfer, distribution or transaction; provided that no Shareholder shall take any such action that would reasonably be expected to cause the Company to fail to qualify as a REIT or as a “domestically-controlled qualified investment entity” within the meaning of Section 897(h) of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 3.2(b) shall not apply to a Fortress Transfer.

(c) To the actual knowledge of the GSCP Shareholders, as of the date hereof, no more than 46% of the Shares owned by the GSCP Shareholders are Foreign Shares. The GSCP Shareholders shall use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent a change in ownership of the GSCP Shareholders that, taken in the aggregate with all other changes in ownership of the GSCP Shareholders, causes more than 46% of the Shares owned by the GSCP Shareholders to be Foreign Shares; provided , that, no transfer of ownership of the GSCP Shareholders shall be prohibited if such transfer is a Legal or Regulatory Transfer; provided , further , that prior to any Legal or Regulatory Transfer the GSCP Shareholders shall reasonably consult with the Company and reasonably cooperate with the Company in order to mitigate or prevent any liability, harm or regulatory scrutiny that may result from such Legal or Regulatory Transfer.

(d) To the actual knowledge of the Yucaipa Shareholder, as of the date hereof, no more than 46% of the Shares owned by the Yucaipa Shareholder are Foreign Shares. The Yucaipa Shareholder shall use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent a change in ownership of the Yucaipa Shareholder that, taken in the aggregate with all other changes in ownership of the Yucaipa Shareholder, causes more than 46% of the Shares owned by the Yucaipa Shareholder to be Foreign Shares; provided , that, no transfer of ownership of the Yucaipa Shareholder shall be prohibited if such transfer is a Legal or Regulatory Transfer; provided , further , that prior to any Legal or Regulatory Transfer the Yucaipa Shareholder shall reasonably consult with the Company and reasonably cooperate with the Company in order to mitigate or prevent any liability, harm or regulatory scrutiny that may result from such Legal or Regulatory Transfer.

 

12


(e) Each Shareholder, the Fortress Investor and the Yucaipa Investor shall consult with and provide draft filings to the Coordination Committee prior to making any filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the Shares with a reasonable opportunity for the Committee Members to comment thereon.

(f) Prior to the distribution or dividend of Shares by any Fund Investor (as hereinafter defined) to such Fund Investor’s direct or indirect Third Party partners, members, or other equityholders (excluding a Fortress Transfer) (“ Fund Distribution ”), such Fund Investor shall notify the Coordination Committee at least 10 Business Days prior to such Fund Distribution, or the declaration thereof. All Fund Investors and the CM Shareholder shall in good faith discuss and coordinate such Fund Distribution with a view to allowing all other Fund Investors to also make a Fund Distribution of Shares to their respective Third Party partners, members or other equityholders on a pro-rata basis to the initiating Fund Investor or, if applicable, for such other Fund Investors to exercise their respective rights under Section 2.1(k) of the Registration Rights Agreement on a pro rata basis to the initiating Fund Investor, or for such other Fund Investors or the CM Shareholder to otherwise sell to a Third Party (pursuant to an open market transaction, a private sale, or otherwise) on a pro-rata basis to the initiating Fund Investor, such Shares, in each case, substantially concurrently with the initial Fund Investor’s Fund Distribution or, if applicable, in accordance with the timing provided for in Section 2.1(k) of the Registration Rights Agreement. Any sale of Shares by a non-initiating Fund Investor to a Third Party as contemplated by this Section 3.2(f), up to the applicable pro-rata amount, shall not be subject to the tag-along rights of any Sponsor Investor provided for in Section 3.3 below. For purposes of this Section 3.2(f), a “ Fund Investor ” means the Yucaipa Shareholder, the Yucaipa Investor (at such time as it holds Shares), the Fortress Investor (at such time as it holds Shares), and any of the GSCP Shareholders.

3.3 Tag-Along Rights .

(a) In the event that any Sponsor Investor (other than the CM Shareholder and the Fortress Investor) (a “ Disposing Investor ”) proposes to Transfer Shares to one or more Persons (other than in an Exempt Transfer or as expressly provided above in Section 3.2(f)), prior to effecting such Transfer of Shares, the Disposing Investor shall give not less than fourteen (14) days’ prior written notice (the “ Tag-Along Notice ”) of such intended Transfer to the other Sponsor Investors, which shall specifically identify the proposed transferee or transferees (together, the “ Tag-Along Offeror ”), the number of Shares as is proposed to be Transferred by the Disposing Investor(s) to the Tag-Along Offeror (the “ Tag-Along Sale Number ”), the maximum number of Shares that the Tag-Along Offeror is willing to purchase (the “ Maximum Tag-Along Sale Number ”), the purchase price therefor and a summary of the other material terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer, and shall contain an offer (the “ Tag-Along Offer ”) by the Tag-Along Offeror to each other Sponsor Investor, which Tag-Along Offer shall be irrevocable for a period of ten (10) days after delivery thereof (the “ Tag-Along Period ”) (and, to the extent the Tag-Along Offer is accepted during such period, shall remain irrevocable until the consummation of the Transfer contemplated by the Tag-Along Offer), to purchase from such Sponsor Investor at the same price per share (on an as converted basis to Common Shares, if applicable) to be paid to, and upon the same terms offered by the Tag-Along Offeror to, the Disposing Investor, which shall be set forth in the Tag-Along Notice, that number of Shares owned by such Sponsor Investor as is equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of

 

13


which is the Tag-Along Sale Number and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Shares owned as of the date of the Tag-Along Offer by the Disposing Investor and its Affiliates and (B) the number of Shares owned by such Sponsor Investor as of the date of the Tag-Along Offer; provided that the number of Shares required to be purchased from such Sponsor Investor by the Tag-Along Offeror shall be subject to reduction in accordance with the last sentence of this Section 3.3(a). A copy of the Tag-Along Notice shall promptly be sent to the Company. The Tag-Along Offer may be accepted in whole or in part at the option of each of the other Sponsor Investors. Notice of any Sponsor Investor’s intention to accept a Tag-Along Offer, in whole or in part, shall be evidenced by a writing signed by such Sponsor Investor and delivered to the Tag-Along Offeror and the Company prior to the end of the Tag-Along Period, setting forth the number of Shares that such Sponsor Investor elects to Transfer. In the event that the number of Shares proposed to be sold by the Disposing Investor(s) to the Tag-Along Offeror plus the aggregate number of Shares all Sponsor Investors elect to Transfer to a Tag-Along Offeror (the “ Total Tag-Along Shares ”) is greater than the Maximum Tag-Along Sale Number, the Disposing Investor(s) and each Sponsor Investor shall be entitled to Transfer to the Tag-Along Offeror only that number of Shares that is equal to (1) the number of shares that it sought or elected, as applicable, to be Transferred to such Tag-Along Offeror by the Disposing Investor or Sponsor Investor, as applicable, multiplied by (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Maximum Tag-Along Sale Number and the denominator of which is the Total Tag-Along Shares.

(b) All Transfers of Shares to the Tag-Along Offeror pursuant to this Section 3.3 shall be consummated on the later of (i) a mutually satisfactory business day as soon as practicable, but in no event more than fifteen (15) days after the expiration of the Tag-Along Period, or (ii) the fifth business day following the expiration or termination of all waiting periods under the Hart-Scott Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, or receipt of other regulatory approvals applicable to such Transfers, in each case, to the extent applicable, or at such other time and/or place as the parties to such Transfers may agree. The delivery of certificates or other instruments evidencing such Shares duly endorsed for transfer shall be made on such date against payment of the purchase price for such Shares.

(c) Any calculation of an amount or number of shares or price per Share (including Common Shares and Warrants) pursuant to this Section 3.3 shall be determined on an as converted basis to Common Shares.

3.4 Transfer of Shares to the Fortress Investor . Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees to the following:

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Transfer of Common Shares or Warrants (i) to the Fortress Investor by the Yucaipa Shareholder subsequent to the date hereof (such Transfer, a “ Fortress Transfer ”) and (ii) to the Yucaipa Investor by the Yucaipa Shareholder subsequent to the date hereof (such Transfer, a “ Partnership Transfer ”), in each case pursuant to the Yucaipa Shareholder’s partnership agreement, shall not be subject to Section 3.2 or Section 3.3 or any other restriction on Transfer hereunder and shall otherwise be deemed to be made in compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(b) Upon the occurrence of a Fortress Transfer (the “ Fortress Effective Date ”), the Fortress Investor shall subsequently be deemed to be a “Shareholder” under this Agreement (subject to Section 3.4(c) below) with respect to all rights and obligations pertaining to Shareholders thereunder so long as the Fortress Investor continues to own Common Shares.

 

14


(c) As of the Fortress Effective Date and so long as the Fortress Investor continues to own Common Shares, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement:

(i) Clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of Section 3.2(a) shall include demand registration rights, Transfers and distributions by the Fortress Investor, as applicable;

(ii) solely for purposes of Section 3.3 of this Agreement, the Fortress Investor shall be deemed to be a “Sponsor Investor” and will be entitled to tag-along rights to the same extent, and subject to the same terms and conditions (as applicable), as the Sponsor Investors under Section 3.3 of this Agreement;

(iii) the Fortress Investor agrees that it shall use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent a change in ownership of the Fortress Investor which, taken in the aggregate with all other changes in ownership of the Fortress Investor, causes more than 46% of the Shares owned by the Fortress Investor to be Foreign Shares; provided that no transfer of ownership of the Fortress Investor shall be prohibited if such transfer is a Legal or Regulatory Transfer; provided , further , that prior to any Legal or Regulatory Transfer the Fortress Investor shall reasonably consult with the Company and reasonably cooperate with the Company in order to mitigate or prevent any liability, harm or regulatory scrutiny that may result from such Legal or Regulatory Transfer; and

(iv) the Fortress Investor agrees that it shall not Transfer any Common Shares to any Disqualified Transferees (as defined in the Yucaipa Shareholder’s partnership agreement).

(d) In the event of a Partnership Transfer as a result of which the Yucaipa Shareholder no longer owns any Shares, but without limitation of the Fortress Investor’s rights under Section 2.1(g), the Yucaipa Investor shall succeed to all the rights and obligations of, and shall be deemed to be, the “Yucaipa Shareholder” under this Agreement.

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

4.1 Regulatory Matters . The Company shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep the GSCP Shareholder and the Yucaipa Shareholder informed of any material events, notices or changes with respect to any criminal (other than petty crimes committed by employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) or material regulatory investigation or other material regulatory action involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries promptly following an officer or Trustee becoming aware thereof, so that such Shareholders will have the opportunity to take appropriate steps to avoid or mitigate any regulatory consequences to them or their Affiliates that might arise from such investigation or action. Additionally, upon and to the extent of a prior written request therefor, the Company shall provide to the GSCP Shareholder and the Yucaipa Shareholder reasonable access during normal business hours to personnel, books and records and such other information as any such Shareholder may reasonably require for tax or regulatory purposes that are customary for investments of this type.

 

15


4.2 Company Logo . The Company hereby grants the Shareholders (and their Affiliates) that are private equity funds permission to use the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ name and logo in marketing materials; provided , that any such Shareholder or Affiliate complies with reasonable guidelines and restrictions requested by the Company with respect to any such usage. The Shareholders and their Affiliates, as applicable, shall include a trademark attribution notice giving notice of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ ownership of its trademarks in any materials in which the Company’s or any of its Subsidiary’s name and logo appear.

4.3 Use of Name . The Company agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the applicable Shareholder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), (a) use in advertising or marketing the name of such Shareholder or any of its Affiliates or any partner or employee of such Shareholder, nor any trade name, trademark, trade device, service mark, symbol or any abbreviation, contraction or simulation thereof owned by such Shareholder or its Affiliates, or (b) represent, directly or indirectly, that any product or any service provided by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has been approved or endorsed by such Shareholder or any of its Affiliates. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 4.3 shall not prohibit the Company from disclosing the names and beneficial ownership of its Shareholders as required by law, legal process, regulation (including filings for federal, foreign and state securities and other laws in connection with the offering of interests in and the making of investments by the Company or its subsidiaries) or the rules of any self-regulatory organization.

4.4 Certain Activities . The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that nothing in this Agreement shall create a fiduciary duty of any Shareholder or any of its Affiliates to the Company or its Shareholders. It is understood that neither any Shareholder nor any Affiliate of any Shareholder is acting as a financial advisor, agent or underwriter to the Company or any of its Affiliates or otherwise on behalf of the Company or any of its Affiliates unless retained to provide such services pursuant to a separate written agreement.

4.5 Information Rights . If requested by the Yucaipa Shareholder, the GSCP Shareholders or, after a Fortress Transfer, the Fortress Investor, the Company shall enter into a non-disclosure agreement with a prospective purchaser of all or any portion of such Shareholder’s Shares, pursuant to which the Company shall provide confidential information regarding the Company to such prospective purchaser as reasonably requested by such Shareholder.

 

16


4.6 Tax Matters .

(a) The Company and the Shareholders will use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Company to continue to qualify and be taxed as a REIT pursuant to Sections 856-860 of the Code. With respect to issues arising under Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code, the Company’s and the Shareholders’ responsibilities to use commercially reasonable efforts under this Section 4.6(a) shall be as follows:

(i) The Company will send to each Shareholder that owns 10% or more of the Company (each, a “ Related Party Shareholder ”), on a quarterly basis, a list containing each tenant of the Company the revenue from which is expected to represent 1% or more of the gross warehouse revenue of the Company for the calendar year (each, a “ Listed Tenant ”), such notification to be subject to reasonable confidentiality arrangements.

(ii) Upon receipt of the quarterly list, each Related Party Shareholder will use commercially reasonable efforts to make reasonable inquiry into whether it owns an equity interest in a Listed Tenant and will promptly notify the Company of any Listed Tenants in which it identifies ownership of 5% or more of the equity thereof, such notification to be subject to reasonable confidentiality arrangements.

(iii) Any Related Party Shareholder that acquires actual ownership of, or becomes aware that it otherwise owns, 5% or more of the equity of any tenant listed on the most recent quarterly list shall promptly notify the Company of such ownership, such notification to be subject to reasonable confidentiality arrangements.

(iv) Promptly following any notification described in clause (ii) or (iii), if necessary to maintain the Company’s qualification as a REIT, the Company and such Related Party Shareholder (or Related Party Shareholders if more than one Related Party Shareholder owns equity of any Listed Tenant) will use commercially reasonable efforts to cure or mitigate any issues attributable to such Related Party Shareholder’s ownership of Listed Tenants, taking into account the relative costs and benefits of each available alternative; it being understood that such Related Party Shareholder shall in no case be required to divest any interest in a Listed Tenant; and it being further understood that such Related Party Shareholder’s commercially reasonable efforts to cure or mitigate shall in no case bind or require any action (including divestment) on the part of any holders of equity in such Related Party Shareholder.

For purposes of the foregoing, the terms “owns,” “owned,” and “ownership” (unless noted as “actual ownership”) shall mean actual or constructive ownership within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) as modified by Section 856(d)(5), but, for the avoidance of doubt, shall in all cases be limited to beneficial ownership and, with respect to any GSCP Shareholder, shall not include assets held in accounts on behalf of clients of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. or its Subsidiaries.

(b) The Company and the Shareholders will take commercially reasonable actions to cause the Company not to voluntarily terminate its REIT status.

(c) The Company and the Shareholders will use their commercially reasonable efforts to take all actions necessary (or cease from taking any action, including issuance of Shares of the Company to any Person other than the GSCP Shareholders or amending the Declaration of Trust in a manner that could result in the Company being treated as other than a “domestically-controlled qualified investment entity”) to cause the Company to continue to qualify at all times as a “domestically-controlled qualified investment entity” within the meaning of Section 897(h) of the Code. Upon request of any of the Yucaipa Shareholder, any GSCP Shareholder or the Fortress Investor, or any of their respective Affiliates, the Company will provide a certification meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(g) (and

 

17


shall provide any notice described therein), that Shares of the Company are not United States real property interests (“ USRPI ”) as such term is defined in Section 897 of the Code, based on the Company’s determination that the Company is a “domestically-controlled qualified investment entity.” Each Shareholder shall provide the Company, at such times as the Company may request in connection with any certification by the Company that Shares of the Company are not USRPI, with ownership information in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto. Each Shareholder acknowledges and agrees that any certification provided by the Company pursuant to this Section 4.6(c) will be based upon the information provided by the Shareholders.

4.7 Confidentiality . Each Shareholder shall maintain the confidentiality of any confidential and proprietary information of the Company and its Subsidiaries (“ Proprietary Information ”) using the same standard of care, but in no event less than reasonable care, as it applies to its own confidential information, except (i) for any Proprietary Information which is or becomes publicly available (other than as a result of dissemination by such Shareholder) or a matter of public knowledge generally, (ii) if the release of such Proprietary Information is required by applicable law (including by a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction), following delivery of prior written notice to the Company (to the extent permitted under applicable law), (iii) or any information which is developed by the Shareholder or its Representatives (as defined below) without reference to or use of the Proprietary Information or (iv) for Proprietary Information that was known to such Shareholder or its Representatives prior to its disclosure by the Company, or becomes known by such Shareholder or its Representatives, in each case on a non-confidential basis, without, to such Shareholders’ knowledge, breach of any third party’s confidentiality obligations. Each Shareholder further acknowledges and agrees that it shall not disclose any Proprietary Information to any Person, except that Proprietary Information may be disclosed by such Shareholder and its Representatives:

(a) to such Shareholder’s and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, stockholders, members, partners, agents, counsel, accountants, consultants, insurers, lenders, investment advisers or other representatives (all such persons being collectively referred to as “ Representatives ”) in the normal course of the performance of their duties to such Shareholder or its Affiliates; provided such recipient agrees to be bound by a confidentiality agreement consistent with the provisions hereunder or is otherwise bound under law or contract to a duty of confidentiality to such Shareholder or its Affiliates;

(b) to the extent requested or required by any regulatory authority, governmental authority or stock exchange; provided that to the extent legally permissible and practicable, such Shareholder gives prior notice of such disclosure to the Company, and provided further , that such recipient is advised of the confidential nature of such information;

(c) to the extent related to the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including all materials of any kind, such as opinions or other tax analyses that the Company, its Affiliates or any of its Representatives have provided to such Shareholder relating to such tax treatment and tax structure); provided that the foregoing does not constitute an authorization to disclose the identity of any existing or future party to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or their Affiliates or Representatives, or, except to the extent relating to such tax structure or tax treatment, any specific pricing terms or commercial or financial information;

 

18


(d) to any Person, including a prospective purchaser of Common Shares, as long as such Person has agreed to maintain the confidentiality of such Proprietary Information; or

(e) if the prior written consent of the Board shall have been obtained.

Nothing contained herein shall prevent the use (subject, to the extent possible, to a protective order) of Proprietary Information in connection with the assertion or defense of any claim by or against the Company or any Shareholder.

4.8 Amendment of Declaration of Trust and Bylaws . Any amendment, alteration or repeal, or adoption, of a provision in the Declaration of Trust or Bylaws which, by the terms of the Declaration of Trust or Bylaws, as applicable, requires compliance with this Section 4.8 in order to be valid, shall only be valid with the prior written consent of the Yucaipa Shareholder, the GSCP Shareholders and, after a Fortress Transfer, the Fortress Investor, in each case if then a party to this Agreement, in addition to any requirements that otherwise apply under the terms of the Declaration of Trust or Bylaws, as applicable.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

5.1 Authority; Enforceability . Each of the parties hereto hereby severally represents and warrants to each of the other parties hereto that such party has the legal capacity or corporate power and authority, as applicable, to enter into this Agreement and to carry out each of such party’s obligations hereunder as they may hereafter arise. Such party (in the case of parties that are not natural persons) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of such party’s jurisdiction of organization, and the execution of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated herein have been duly authorized by all necessary action. No other act or proceeding, corporate or otherwise, on such party’s part is necessary to authorize the execution of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed by such party and constitutes such party’s legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against such party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.

5.2 No Breach . Each of the parties hereto severally represents and warrants to each of the other parties hereto that neither the execution of this Agreement nor the performance by such party of its obligations hereunder does or will:

(a) in the case of parties that are not natural persons, conflict with or violate such party’s organizational documents;

(b) violate, conflict with or result in the termination of, or otherwise give any other Person the right to accelerate, renegotiate or terminate or receive any payment or constitute a default or any event of default, with or without notice, lapse of time, or both, under the terms of, any contract or agreement to which it is a party or by which it or any of its assets or operations are bound or affected; or

 

19


(c) constitute a violation by such party of any law, ruling, writ, injunction, award, determination or decree of any Governmental Authority.

5.3 Consents . Each of the parties hereto hereby severally represents and warrants to each of the other parties hereto that no consent, waiver, approval, authorization, exemption, registration, license or declaration is required to be made or obtained by such party, other than those which have been made or obtained, in connection with (a) the execution or enforceability of this Agreement or (b) the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

ARTICLE VI

EFFECTIVE TIME; TERMINATION

6.1 Effective Time . This Agreement shall become effective upon the closing of the IPO (the “ Effective Time ”).

6.2 Termination . This Agreement shall terminate on the delivery of a written notice to the Company by the Yucaipa Shareholder, the GSCP Shareholders and, after a Fortress Transfer, the Fortress Investor, in each case if then a party hereto. In addition, except to the extent provided in the final sentence of this Section 6.2, this Agreement shall earlier terminate with respect to (a) the Yucaipa Shareholder at such time as the Yucaipa Shareholder Beneficially Owns less than 5% of the Fully Diluted Outstanding Shares (for the avoidance of doubt, inclusive of Shares Beneficially Owned by the Yucaipa Investor); provided that, if the Direct Designation Condition occurs prior to or concurrent with such termination, the rights of the Yucaipa Shareholder under Sections 2.1 through 2.7 assigned to the Fortress Investor shall survive any such termination until the expiration of the Direct Designation Period; (b) the GSCP Shareholders at such time as the GSCP Shareholders Beneficially Own less than 5% of the Fully Diluted Outstanding Shares; (c) the CM Shareholder at such time as (i) the CM Shareholder ceases to Beneficially Own any Shares or (ii) at such time as the GSCP Shareholders Beneficially Own less than 5% of the Fully Diluted Outstanding Shares and the CM Shareholder Beneficially Owns less than 5% of the Fully Diluted Outstanding Shares; (d) the Fortress Investor at such time as (i) the Yucaipa Shareholder Beneficially Owns less than 5% of the Fully Diluted Outstanding Shares and the Fortress Investor Beneficially Owns less than 5% of the Fully Diluted Outstanding Shares or (ii) after a Fortress Transfer, the Fortress Investor ceases to Beneficially Own any Shares and ceases to be a limited partner of the Yucaipa Shareholder; and (e) the Yucaipa Investor, before the occurrence of the circumstances described in Section 3.4(d), at such time as this Agreement has been terminated as to the Yucaipa Shareholder. Any termination with respect to a particular Shareholder pursuant to this Section 6.2 shall not affect the rights and obligations between or among the remaining parties to this Agreement. In the event that a Shareholder entitled to designate a Trustee under Article II (including without limitation the Fortress Investor, under Section 2.1(g)) ceases to Beneficially Own 5% or more of the Fully Diluted Outstanding Shares after a Designation Date and related Record Date for the designation of a Trustee, and in the event this Agreement would otherwise terminate as to that Shareholder at such time without the operation of this sentence, then the following provisions of

 

20


this Agreement shall survive as to such Shareholder until the expiration of the designated Trustee’s term of service on the Board arising from such designation (including as such term may be commenced or completed by a replacement designee pursuant to Sections 2.1(d) or 2.2(b)): Section 2.1(a), Section 2.1(b), Section 2.1(d), the proviso set forth in Section 2.1(e), Section 2.1(f), Section 2.2(a), Section 2.2(b), Section 2.2(c), Section 2.3, Section 2.4, Section 2.5, Section 2.6, Section 2.7, Section 2.8, Section 4.7 and Article VII.    

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

7.1 Business Opportunities .

(i) Definitions . For the purpose of this Section 7.1 , the following terms shall have the following meanings:

i. “ Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who or which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including, without limitation, any general partner, managing member or partner, officer, director, employee, trustee or other agent of such Person or any private equity fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” or “under common control with” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of (i) the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise, or (ii) the power to elect or appoint at least 50% of the directors, managers, general partners, or Person exercising similar authority with respect to such Person.

ii. “ Business Opportunity ” shall mean a business opportunity (i) that the Company is financially able to undertake, (ii) that the Company is not prohibited by contract or applicable law from pursuing or undertaking, (iii) that, from its nature, is in the Company’s line of business, (iv) that is of practical advantage to the Company, and (v) in which the Company has an interest or a reasonable expectancy.

iii. “ Fortress Entity ” and “ Fortress Entities ” shall mean the Fortress Investor, its respective Affiliates and any portfolio company in which any of the foregoing has any equity investment (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries).

iv. “ GSCP Entity ” and “ GSCP Entities ” shall mean the GSCP Shareholders, their respective Affiliates and any portfolio company in which any of the foregoing has any equity investment (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries).

v. “ Identified Persons ” shall mean any reference to the Yucaipa Entities, the GSCP Entities, the Fortress Entities, and their respective Affiliates.

vi. “ Non-Employee Trustee ” shall mean a Trustee of the Company who is not an employee of the Company or its Affiliates.

 

21


vii. “ Yucaipa Entity ” and “ Yucaipa Entities ” shall mean the Yucaipa Shareholder, their respective Affiliates and any portfolio company in which any of the foregoing has any equity investment (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries).

(ii) In recognition and anticipation that (i) certain Identified Persons may serve as Trustees, officers or agents of the Company and (ii) the Identified Persons may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, may engage, or in other business activities that overlap or compete with those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, may engage, the provisions of this Section 7.1 are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Company with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities as they may involve any of the Identified Persons and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Company and its Trustees, officers and shareholders in connection therewith.

(iii) To the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Maryland law, each Identified Person, on such Identified Person’s own behalf or on behalf of any other Person, shall have the right to, and shall have no obligation to abstain from exercising such right to: (a) engage or invest, directly or indirectly, in the same or similar business activities or lines of business in which the Company or any of its Affiliates now engages or proposes to engage, (b) do business with any customer, supplier or lessor of the Company or its Subsidiaries or (c) employ or otherwise engage any officer, trustee or employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

(iv) If any Identified Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a Business Opportunity, none of the Company or its Affiliates or shareholders shall have any interest in such Business Opportunity or any expectation that such Business Opportunity be offered to it or that it be offered an opportunity to participate therein, and any such interest, expectation, offer or opportunity to participate, and any other interest or expectation otherwise due to the Company or its Affiliates or shareholders with respect to such Business Opportunity, is hereby renounced by the Company on its behalf and on behalf of its subsidiaries and shareholders. Accordingly, (i) no Identified Person will be under any obligation or duty to present, communicate or offer any such Business Opportunity to the Company or any of its Affiliates or shareholders, and (ii) each Identified Person shall have the right to hold and exploit any such Business Opportunity for its own account, or to direct, recommend, sell, assign or otherwise transfer such Business Opportunity to any Person other than the Company and its Affiliates or shareholders and shall be under no obligation or duty to act otherwise.

(v) To the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Maryland law, the Company renounces any interest or expectancy in, or any right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any Business Opportunity that from time to time may be presented to or developed by any Non-Employee Trustee or any Affiliate of any Non-Employee Trustee, unless the Business Opportunity was expressly offered or made known to the Non-Employee Trustee in his or her capacity as a Trustee. To the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Maryland law, in the event that any Identified Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other Business Opportunity, no Identified Person will have any obligation to communicate or offer such transaction or Business Opportunity to the Company or any of the Company’s Affiliates and such Identified Person may take any such opportunity for himself, herself or itself, or offer it to another Person or entity unless the Business Opportunity is expressly offered to such Identified Person in his or her capacity as a Trustee, officer or employee of the Company.

 

22


(vi) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.1(iv) above, the Company does not renounce any interest or expectancy it may have under applicable law in any Business Opportunity that is expressly offered to an Identified Person solely in, and as a direct result of, his or her capacity as a Trustee, officer or employee of the Company. If the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Company (or, during the vacancy of any of those titles, the executive officer performing the functions of such vacant role) shall be an Identified Person by virtue of his or her respective relationship with a Yucaipa Entity, the GSCP Entities or a Fortress Entity, then any Business Opportunity offered to such officer shall be deemed to have been offered solely in, and as a direct result of, such officer’s capacity as an officer of the Company unless such offer clearly and expressly is presented to such officer solely in, and as a direct result of, his or her capacity as an officer, trustee, director, partner, member, manager, employee or other agent of a Yucaipa Entity, the GSCP Entities or a Fortress Entity, as applicable.

(vii) An Identified Person may in his, her or its personal capacity, or in his, her or its capacity as a director, officer, trustee, stockholder, partner, member, equity owner, manager, advisor or employee of any other Person, have business interests and engage, directly or indirectly, in business activities that are similar to those of the Company or compete with the Company, that the Company could seize and develop or that include the acquisition, syndication, holding, management, development, operation or disposition of interests in temperature-controlled warehouses or Persons engaged in related industries.

(viii) No alteration, amendment, termination, expiration or repeal of this Section 7.1, nor the adoption of any provision of this Agreement inconsistent with this Section 7.1 shall eliminate, reduce, apply to or have any effect on (i) the protections afforded hereby to any Identified Person for or with respect to any investments, activities, or opportunities of which such Identified Person, as applicable, becomes aware prior to such alteration, amendment, termination, expiration, repeal or adoption or (ii) any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Section 7.1, would accrue or arise, prior to such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

23


7.2 Notices . All notices, demands and other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when personally delivered, (b) when transmitted via telecopy (or other facsimile device) to the number set out below or transmitted by electronic mail if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice in accordance with immediately following clause (c) or (c) the day on which the same has been delivered to the intended recipient if sent prepaid by (i) with respect to a delivery in the United States, a nationally recognized overnight delivery service (with tracking capability) and (ii) with respect to a delivery outside of the United States, an internationally recognized overnight delivery service (with tracking capability), in each case to the respective parties at the address set forth below, or at such other address as such party may specify by written notice to the other party hereto:

 

If to the Company:    Americold Realty Trust
   10 Glenlake Parkway
   South Tower, Suite 800
   Atlanta, Georgia 30328
   Attn: General Counsel
   Fax: (678) 387-4774
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
   King & Spalding LLP NE
   1180 Peachtree Street
   Atlanta, Georgia 30309
   Attn: C. Spencer Johnson, III
   Fax: (404) 572-5100
If to any other party hereto:    To the address set forth in Exhibit C ;

7.3 Delays or Omissions . No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement will impair any such right, power or remedy of such party; no such delay or omission will be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; no waiver of any single breach or default shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring; and no provision of this Agreement shall be implied from any course of dealing between the parties hereto. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach of default under this Agreement or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be made in writing and will be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing.

7.4 Remedies; Specific Performance . All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to the parties hereunder, shall be cumulative and not alternative. The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. Accordingly, the parties agree that, in addition any other remedies, each party shall be entitled to enforce the terms of this Agreement by a decree of specific performance without the necessity of proving the inadequacy of money damages as a remedy. Each party hereby waives any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with such remedy. Each party further agrees that the only permitted objection that it may raise in response to any action for equitable relief is that it contests the existence of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement.

7.5 Assignment . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding on the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided , that, except as expressly provided herein, no successor or assign will derive any rights under this Agreement unless and until such successor or assign has delivered to the Company a valid undertaking to become, and becomes, bound by the terms of this Agreement to which the transferor of such Shares is subject. This Agreement may not be assigned without the express prior written consent

 

24


of the other parties hereto; provided , that the Yucaipa Shareholder, the GSCP Shareholders, the CM Shareholder and, after a Fortress Transfer or a Partnership Transfer, the Fortress Investor and the Yucaipa Investor, respectively, may assign this Agreement to any of its Affiliates, as applicable, or to any Transferee permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, in each case contingent on such assignee agreeing in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.    

7.6 Governing Law . This Agreement shall in all respects be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws (excluding conflict of laws rules and principles) of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such State, including all matters of construction, validity and performance.

7.7 Jurisdiction; Court Proceedings; Waiver of Jury Trial . Any Litigation against any party to this Agreement arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement shall be brought in any federal or state court located in New York County in the State of New York, and each of the parties hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts for the purpose of any such Litigation; provided , that a final judgment in any such Litigation shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Each party irrevocably and unconditionally agrees not to assert (a) any objection which it may ever have to the selection of venue of any such Litigation in any federal or state court located in New York County in the State of New York, (b) any claim that any such Litigation brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum and (c) any claim that such court does not have jurisdiction with respect to such Litigation. To the extent that service of process by mail is permitted by applicable law, each party irrevocably consents to the service of process in any such Litigation in such courts by the delivery of such process in the manner contemplated by Section 7.2. Each party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right to a trial by jury and agrees that any of them may file a copy of this Section  7.7 with any court as written evidence of the knowing, voluntary and bargained-for agreement among the parties irrevocably to waive its right to trial by jury in any Litigation.

7.8 Share Certificates; Legends .

(a) In addition to any legends required under the Declaration of Trust, each certificate evidencing Shares owned by the Shareholders (or their successors or transferees) will bear the following legend:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD ONLY IF REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR IF AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE. THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE ISSUED, ACCEPTED, AND HELD SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THE SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT DATED [●], 2018, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND ARRANGEMENTS REGARDING CORPORATE GOVERNANCE ISSUES. A COPY OF SUCH SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT HAS BEEN FILED AT THE PRINCIPAL

 

25


OFFICE OF THE COMPANY AND IS AVAILABLE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST WITHOUT CHARGE. THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, MORTGAGED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE ENCUMBERED OR DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT AS PERMITTED BY SUCH SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT.

(b) If any securities become registered pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise, the Company, upon the written request of the holder thereof, will issue to such holder a new certificate evidencing such securities without the legend required by Section 7.8(a) endorsed thereon. If any Shares cease to be subject to any and all restrictions on Transfer set forth in this Agreement, the Company, upon the written request of the holder thereof, will issue to such holder a new certificate evidencing such securities without the second, third or fourth sentences of the legend required by Section 7.8(a) endorsed thereon.

7.9 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior contracts or agreements, whether oral or written, relating to such matter, including without limitation the Shareholders Agreement by and among the Company and the shareholders of the Company party thereto dated December 9, 2010, as amended by the Assignment and Amendment of Shareholders Agreement dated as of February 27, 2015 and the First Amendment to Shareholders Agreement dated as of March 29, 2016, as it may have been amended, which the parties hereto agree is terminated as of the Effective Time. In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and any document executed or delivered to effect the purposes of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Bylaws and the Declaration of Trust, this Agreement shall govern as among the parties hereto.

7.10 Additional Securities; Recapitalizations; Exchanges; etc. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement will apply to the full extent set forth herein with respect to (a) the Shares held by, or issued to, any Shareholder on or after the date hereof; and (b) any and all Shares or shares of capital stock of any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, exchange, sale of assets or otherwise), which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or in substitution for such shares, by reason of any share dividend, share split, reverse split, combination, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise. References to the “Company” in this Agreement will be deemed to refer to any such successor or assign, and such entity will execute an appropriate instrument of assumption agreeing to be bound by the terms hereof.

7.11 Severability . Should any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance be held invalid or unenforceable to any extent: (a) such provision shall be ineffective to the extent, and only to the extent, of such unenforceability or prohibition and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law, (b) such unenforceability or prohibition in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision as applied (i) to other Persons or circumstances or (ii) in any other jurisdiction, and (c) such unenforceability or prohibition shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of this Agreement.

 

26


7.12 Amendment; Waiver . This Agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified only by a written instrument executed by the Company and the other parties hereto, except that (a) with respect to the Fortress Investor, this Agreement may be amended, supplemented or modified in a manner that does not, prior to a Fortress Transfer, disproportionately adversely affect the Fortress Investor and, after a Fortress Transfer, adversely affect the Fortress Investor, without the written consent of the Fortress Investor and (b) with respect to the CM Shareholder, this Agreement may be amended, supplemented or modified in a manner that does not increase the obligations or liabilities of the CM Shareholder in any material respect without the written consent of the CM Shareholder. Neither the failure nor the delay on the part of any party hereto to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof; no single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege shall preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any other right, remedy, power or privilege; and no waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence shall be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.

7.13 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by facsimile or .pdf signatures and in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signatory parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[ Signature Pages Follow ]

 

27


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered in its name and on its behalf, all as of the day and year above first written.

 

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST
By:  

                          

Name:  

                          

Title:  

                          

[Signatures continue on following page]


YUCAIPA SHAREHOLDER:
YF ART HOLDINGS, L.P.
By: YF ART Holdings GP, LLC, its general partner
By:  

                              

Name:  

                                  

Title:  

                                      

[Signatures continue on following page]


GSCP SHAREHOLDERS:
GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI FUND, L.P.

By: GSCP VI Advisors, L.L.C.,

its general partner

By:  

 

Name:   Bradley Gross
Title:   Vice President
GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI PARALLEL, L.P.

By: GS Advisors VI, L.L.C.,

its general partner

By:  

 

Name:   Bradley Gross
Title:   Vice President
GSCP VI OFFSHORE ICECAP INVESTMENT, L.P.

By: GSCP VI Offshore IceCap Holdings Entity GP, Ltd.,

its general partner

By:  

 

Name:   Bradley Gross
Title:   Vice President
GSCP VI GMBH ICECAP INVESTMENT, L.P.
By: GSCP VI GmbH IceCap Holdings Entity GP,

Ltd.,

its general partner

By:  

 

Name:   Bradley Gross
Title:   Vice President


ICECAP2 HOLDINGS, L.P.

By: IceCap2 Holdings Entity GP, Ltd.,

its general partner

By:  

                              

Name:   Bradley Gross
Title:   Vice President
[Signatures continue on following page]

 


CM SHAREHOLDER:
CHARM PROGRESS INVESTMENT LIMITED
By:  

                              

Name:  

                     

Title:  

                                  


FORTRESS INVESTOR:
CF COLD, LP
By: CF Cold GP LLC, its general partner
By:  

                              

Name:  

                                                      

Title:  

                                      


YUCAIPA INVESTOR:
YF ART HOLDINGS AGGREGATOR, LLC
By:  

                              

Name:  

                                      

Title:  

                                                  


Exhibit A

Form of Indemnification Agreement


INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the              day of             , 20     , by and between Americold Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (the “Company”), and                      (“Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS, at the request of the Company, Indemnitee will serve or currently serves as a trustee [or observer] of the Company and may, therefore, be subjected to claims, suits or proceedings arising as a result of such service [or position]; and

WHEREAS, as an inducement to Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a trustee [or observer], the Company has agreed to indemnify and to advance expenses and costs incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any such claims, suits or proceedings, to the maximum extent permitted by law; and

WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and advance of expenses and to supersede any prior agreement to which the Company and Indemnitee are parties regarding the same; provided that this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the declaration of trust or bylaws of the Company, any agreement entered into after the date hereof or a resolution of the shareholders entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees or of the Board of Trustees, or otherwise.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “Change in Control” means a change in control of the Company occurring after the Effective Date of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided, however, that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if, after the Effective Date (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 15% or more of the combined voting power of all of the Company’s then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees without the prior approval of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Board; (ii) the Company is a party to a merger, consolidation, sale of assets, plan of liquidation or other reorganization not approved by at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Board, as a consequence of which members of the Board of Trustees in office immediately prior to such transaction or event constitute less than a majority of the Board of Trustees thereafter; or (iii) at any time, a majority of the members of the Board of Trustees are not individuals from the Incumbent Board.


(b) “Company Status” means the status of a person as a present or former trustee, board observer, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a director, trustee, board observer, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company. As a clarification and without limiting the circumstances in which Indemnitee may be serving at the request of the Company, service by Indemnitee shall be deemed to be at the request of the Company: (i) if Indemnitee serves or served as a director, trustee, board observer, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (1) of which a majority of the voting power or equity interest is or was owned directly or indirectly by the Company or (2) the management of which is controlled directly or indirectly by the Company, and (ii) if, as a result of Indemnitee’s service to the Company or any of its affiliated entities, Indemnitee is subject to duties by, or required to perform services for, an employee benefit plan or its participants or beneficiaries, including as a deemed fiduciary thereof.

(c) “Disinterested Trustee” means a trustee of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification and/or advance of Expenses is sought by Indemnitee.

(d) “Effective Date” means the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

(e) “Expenses” means any and all reasonable and out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and costs, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, arbitration and mediation costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and any other disbursements or expenses incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in or otherwise participating in a Proceeding. Expenses shall also include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding including, without limitation, the premium for, security for and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedes bond or other appeal bond or its equivalent.

(f) “Incumbent Board” includes the individuals who as of the Effective Date are members of the Board of Trustees and any individual becoming a trustee subsequent to the Effective Date for service as a “Yucaipa Trustee” or “GSCP Trustee” (as such terms are defined in the Shareholders Agreement among the Company and certain of its shareholders in effect as of the Effective Date) or whose election by the Board of Trustees, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the trustees then comprising the Incumbent Board;

 

-2-


provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, no individual shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board if such individual initially assumed office (i) as a result of either an actual or threatened “election contest” (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than the Board of Trustees (a “Proxy Contest”) or (ii) with the approval of the other members of the Board of Trustees, but by reason of any agreement intended to avoid or settle an actual or threatened Proxy Contest.

(g) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporate law and neither is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to or participant or witness in the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(h) “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing, claim, demand or discovery request, or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil (including intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, except one pending or completed on or before the Effective Date, unless otherwise specifically agreed in writing by the Company and Indemnitee. If Indemnitee reasonably believes that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding, such situation shall also be considered a Proceeding.

Section 2. Services by Indemnitee . Indemnitee will serve as a trustee of the Company. However, this Agreement shall not impose any independent obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any other entity) and Indemnitee.

Section 3. General . The Company shall indemnify, and advance Expenses to, Indemnitee (a) as provided in this Agreement and (b) otherwise to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect on the Effective Date and as amended from time to time; provided, however, that no change in Maryland law shall have the effect of reducing the benefits available to Indemnitee hereunder based on Maryland law as in effect on the Effective Date. The rights of Indemnitee provided in this Section 3 shall include, without limitation, the rights set forth in the other sections of this Agreement, including any additional indemnification permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”), as applicable to a Maryland real estate investment trust by virtue of Section 8-301(15) of the Maryland REIT Law.

 

-3-


Section 4. Standard for Indemnification . If, by reason of Indemnitee’s Company Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to any Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with any such Proceeding or any action, discovery event, claim, issue or matter therein or related thereto unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (i) was committed in bad faith or (ii) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal Proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 5. Certain Limits on Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 6), Indemnitee shall not be entitled to:

(a) indemnification hereunder if the Proceeding was one by or in the right of the Company and Indemnitee is adjudged, in a final adjudication of the Proceeding not subject to further appeal, to be liable to the Company;

(b) indemnification hereunder if Indemnitee is adjudged, in a final adjudication of the Proceeding not subject to further appeal, to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received in any Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to Indemnitee, whether or not involving action in Indemnitee’s Company Status; or

(c) indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder if the Proceeding was brought by Indemnitee, unless: (i) the Proceeding was brought to enforce indemnification under this Agreement, and then only to the extent in accordance with and as authorized by Section 12 of this Agreement, or (ii) the Company’s declaration of trust or bylaws, a resolution of the shareholders entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees or of the Board of Trustees or an agreement approved by the Board of Trustees to which the Company is a party expressly provide otherwise.

Section 6. Court-Ordered Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, a court of appropriate jurisdiction, upon application of Indemnitee and such notice as the court shall require, may order indemnification of Indemnitee by the Company in the following circumstances:

(a) if such court determines that Indemnitee is entitled to reimbursement under Section 2-418(d)(1) of the MGCL, the court shall order indemnification, in which case Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover the Expenses of securing such reimbursement; or

(b) if such court determines that Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not Indemnitee (i) has met the standards of conduct set forth in Section 2-418(b) of the MGCL or (ii) has been adjudged liable for receipt of an improper personal benefit under Section 2-418(c) of the MGCL, the court may order such indemnification as the court shall deem proper without regard to any limitation on such court-ordered indemnification contemplated by Section 2-418(d)(2)(ii) of the MGCL.

 

-4-


Section 7. Indemnification of an Indemnitee Who is Wholly or Partially Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and without limiting any such provision, to the extent that Indemnitee was or is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Company Status, made a party to (or otherwise becomes a participant in) any Proceeding and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for all Expenses that are actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee under this Section 7 for all Expenses that are actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each such claim, issue or matter, allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis. For purposes of this Section 7 and, without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, and a decision by any government, regulatory or self-regulatory authority, agency or body not to commence or pursue any investigation, civil or criminal enforcement matter or case or any civil suit shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 8. Advance of Expenses for Indemnitee . If, by reason of Indemnitee’s Company Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to any Proceeding, the Company shall, without requiring a preliminary determination of Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification hereunder, advance all reasonable Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding. The Company shall make such advance or advances within ten days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding and may be in the form of, in the reasonable discretion of Indemnitee (but without duplication) (a) payment of such Expenses directly to third parties on behalf of Indemnitee, (b) advance of funds to Indemnitee in an amount sufficient to pay such Expenses or (c) reimbursement to Indemnitee for Indemnitee’s payment of such Expenses. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee (provided, however, that following a Change in Control or in the event of a Proceeding brought by or in the name of the Company, Indemnitee shall be required to submit to the Company only summary statements and invoices and, in connection with such submissions, Indemnitee shall have the right to withhold or redact any documents or information that are protected by the attorney-client privilege or the attorney work product doctrine) and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written affirmation by Indemnitee of Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Company as authorized by law and by this Agreement has been met and a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A or in such form as may be required under applicable law as in effect at the time of the execution thereof. To the extent that Expenses advanced to Indemnitee do not relate to a specific claim, issue or matter in the Proceeding, such Expenses shall be allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis. The undertaking required by this Section 8 shall be an unlimited general obligation by or on behalf of Indemnitee, shall be interest free and shall be accepted without reference to Indemnitee’s financial ability to repay such advanced Expenses and without any requirement to post security therefor.

 

-5-


Section 9. Indemnification and Advance of Expenses as a Witness or Other Participant . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is or may be, by reason of Indemnitee’s Company Status, made a witness or otherwise asked to participate in any Proceeding, whether instituted by the Company or any other party, and to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be advanced and indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith within ten days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting any such advance or indemnification from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee. In connection with any such advance of Expenses, the Company may require Indemnitee to provide an affirmation and undertaking substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

Section 10. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification; provided that the failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise to the extent the failure or delay does not materially prejudice the Company. Indemnitee may submit one or more such requests from time to time and at such time(s) as Indemnitee deems appropriate in Indemnitee’s sole discretion. The officer of the Company receiving any such request from Indemnitee shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Trustees in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) above, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall promptly be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change in Control has occurred, by Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board of Trustees, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, which Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Trustees in accordance with Section 2-418(e)(2)(ii) of the MGCL, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; or (ii) if a Change in Control has not occurred, (A) by the Board of Trustees by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Trustees or, if such quorum cannot be obtained, then by a majority vote of a duly authorized committee of the Board of Trustees consisting solely of one or more Disinterested Trustees, (B) if Independent Counsel has been selected by the Board of Trustees in accordance with Section 2-418(e)(2)(ii) of the MGCL and approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, by Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board of Trustees, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (C) if so directed by the Board of Trustees, by the shareholders of the Company, provided, however, that shares held by trustees or officers who are parties to the Proceeding shall not be voted. If it is so determined that

 

-6-


Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall make payment to Indemnitee within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary or appropriate to such determination in the discretion of the Board of Trustees or Independent Counsel if retained pursuant to clause (ii)(B) of this Section 10(b). Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company shall indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(c) The Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel, if one is appointed.

Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

(a) In making any determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of overcoming that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption.

(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or entry of an order of probation prior to judgment, does not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct described herein for indemnification.

(c) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any other director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining any other right to indemnification under this Agreement.

(d) For purposes of any determination as to whether or not Indemnitee acted in bad faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have not acted in bad faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on any information, opinion, report or statement, including any financial statement or other financial data of the Company (or other applicable entity) prepared or presented by: (i) an officer or employee of the Company (or other applicable entity) whom Indemnitee reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented, (ii) a lawyer, certified public accountant, or other person, as to a matter which Indemnitee reasonably believes to be within the person’s professional or expert competence or (iii) a committee of the Board of Trustees on which Indemnitee does not serve, as to a matter with its designated authority, if Indemnitee reasonably believes the committee to merit confidence; provided, in each case, Indemnitee has no knowledge concerning the matter in question which would cause such reliance to be

 

-7-


unwarranted. The provisions of this Section 11(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed or found to have met the requisite standard of conduct described herein for indemnification.

Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) If (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advance of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 or 9 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 7 or 9 of this Agreement within ten days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to any other section of this Agreement or the declaration of trust or bylaws of the Company is not made within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court located in the State of Maryland, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, or arbitration, conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification or advance of Expenses. The judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the prior adverse determination. Indemnitee shall commence a proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply to a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under Section 7 of this Agreement. Except as set forth herein, the provisions of Maryland law (without regard to its conflicts of laws rules) shall apply to any such arbitration. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration. If Indemnitee seeks an adjudication in a court located in the State of Maryland, the parties agree to request that the action be assigned to the business and technology case management program of the circuit in which the action is filed.

(b) In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, or otherwise arising out of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses, as the case may be, under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses, as the case may be. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 12, or otherwise arising out of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed). The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

-8-


(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification that was not introduced into evidence in connection with the determination.

(d) In the event that Indemnitee is successful in seeking, pursuant to this Section 12, a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Company, and shall be indemnified by the Company for, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in such judicial adjudication or arbitration. If it shall be determined in such judicial adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advance of Expenses sought, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication or arbitration shall be appropriately prorated.

(e) Interest shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee at the maximum rate allowed to be charged for judgments under the Courts and Judicial Proceedings Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland for amounts which the Company pays or is obligated to pay for the period commencing with the date on which the Company was requested to advance expenses in accordance with Section 8 or 9 of this Agreement or was required to make the determination of entitlement to indemnification under Section 10(b) above and ending on the date such payment is made to Indemnitee by the Company.

(f) The parties further agree to waive trial by jury with respect to the determination whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses.

Section 13. Defense of the Underlying Proceeding .

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company promptly in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, request or other document relating to any Proceeding which may result in the right to indemnification or the advance of Expenses hereunder and shall include with such notice a description of the nature of the Proceeding and a summary of the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure to give any such notice shall not disqualify Indemnitee from the right, or otherwise affect in any manner any right of Indemnitee, to indemnification or the advance of Expenses under this Agreement unless the Company’s ability to defend in such Proceeding or to obtain proceeds under any insurance policy is materially and adversely prejudiced thereby, and then only to the extent the Company is thereby actually so prejudiced.

(b) Subject to the provisions of the last sentence of this Section 13(b) and of Section 13(c) below, the Company shall have the right to defend Indemnitee in any Proceeding which may give rise to indemnification hereunder; provided, however, that the Company shall notify Indemnitee of any such decision to defend within 15 calendar days following receipt of notice of any such Proceeding under Section 13(a) above. The Company shall not, without the

 

-9-


prior written consent of Indemnitee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, consent to the entry of any judgment against Indemnitee or enter into any settlement or compromise which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, (ii) does not include, as an unconditional term thereof, the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding, which release shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee or (iii) would impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee. This Section 13(b) shall not apply to a Proceeding brought by Indemnitee under Section 12 of this Agreement.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13(b) above, if in a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party by reason of Indemnitee’s Company Status, (i) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, that Indemnitee may have separate defenses or counterclaims to assert with respect to any issue which may not be consistent with other defendants in such Proceeding, (ii) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, that an actual or apparent conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest exists between Indemnitee and the Company, or (iii) if the Company fails to assume the defense of such Proceeding in a timely manner, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be represented by separate legal counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, subject to the prior approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, at the expense of the Company. In addition, if the Company fails to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement or in the event that the Company or any other person takes any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any Proceeding to deny or to recover from Indemnitee the benefits intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall have the right to retain counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, subject to the prior approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, at the expense of the Company (subject to Section 12(d) of this Agreement), to represent Indemnitee in connection with any such matter.

(d) Indemnitee shall reasonably assist and cooperate with the Company in any manner reasonably requested by the Company in connection with any Proceeding which may result in the right to indemnification or the advance of Expenses hereunder (whether or not Indemnitee has provided notice as contemplated by Section 13(a) above).

Section 14. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Subrogation .

(a) The rights of indemnification and advance of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the declaration of trust or bylaws of the Company, any agreement entered into after the date hereof or a resolution of the shareholders entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees or of the Board of Trustees, or otherwise. Unless consented to in writing by Indemnitee, no amendment, alteration or repeal of the Company’s declaration of trust, the Company’s bylaws, this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Company Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal, regardless of whether a claim with respect to such action or inaction is raised prior or subsequent

 

-10-


to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right or remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right or remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prohibit the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) Except as provided in Section 16, in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute, at the request of the Company, all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

Section 15. Insurance .

(a) The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to acquire directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, on terms and conditions deemed appropriate by the Board of Trustees covering Indemnitee for any claim made against Indemnitee by reason of Indemnitee’s Company Status and covering the Company for any indemnification or advance of Expenses made by the Company to Indemnitee for any claims made against Indemnitee by reason of Indemnitee’s Company Status. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for trustees, officers, employees or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any other person with a similar title or role with the Company. In the event of a Change in Control, the Company shall maintain in force any and all directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies that were maintained by the Company immediately prior to the Change in Control for a period of six years with the insurance carrier or carriers in place at the time of the Change in Control; provided, however, (i) if the carriers will not offer the same policy and an expiring policy needs to be replaced, a policy substantially comparable in scope and amount shall be obtained and (ii) if any replacement insurance carrier is necessary to obtain a policy substantially comparable in scope and amount, such insurance carrier shall have an AM Best rating that is the same or better than the AM Best rating of the existing insurance carrier; provided, further, however, in no event shall the Company be required to expend in the aggregate in excess of 250% of the annual premium or premiums paid by the Company for directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect on the date of the Change in Control. In the event that 250% of the annual premium paid by the Company for such existing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance is insufficient for such coverage, the Company shall spend up to that amount to purchase such lesser coverage as may be obtained with such amount.

(b) Without in any way limiting any other obligation under this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for any payment by Indemnitee which would otherwise be indemnifiable hereunder arising out of the amount of any deductible or retention and the amount of any excess of the aggregate of all judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding over the coverage of any insurance

 

-11-


referred to in Section 15(a). The purchase, establishment and maintenance of any such insurance shall not in any way limit or affect the rights or obligations of the Company or Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights or obligations of the Company under any such insurance policies. If, at the time the Company receives notice from any source of a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.

(c) Indemnitee shall reasonably cooperate with the Company or any insurance carrier of the Company with respect to any investigation or Proceeding.

Section 16. Primacy of Indemnification; Coordination of Payments .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has or may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by [                    ] and/or certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort for any claims made against Indemnitee by reason of his Company Status (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance Expenses or to provide indemnification for the same Expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee by reason of his Company Status are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of Expenses incurred by Indemnitee by reason of his Company Status and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Company’s declaration of trust or Bylaws (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and, (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution or subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect of any claims made against Indemnitee by reason of his Company Status. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company as permitted by this Agreement. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 16(a).

(b) Except as provided in paragraph (a) above,the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable or payable or reimbursable as Expenses hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

-12-


Section 17. Contribution .

(a) If the indemnification provided in this Agreement is unavailable in whole or in part and may not be paid to Indemnitee for any reason, other than for failure to satisfy the standard of conduct set forth in Section 4 or due to the provisions of Section 5, then, with respect to any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying and holding harmless Indemnitee, shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, penalties, and/or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any Proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment, and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have at any time against Indemnitee.

(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in Section 17(a) and provided Indemnitee has met the requisite standard of conduct described herein for indemnification, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, penalties, and/or amounts actually incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, trustees or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such Proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, trustees or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such Expenses, judgments, penalties and/or amounts paid in settlement, as well as any other equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, trustees or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

(c) Provided that Indemnitee has met the requisite standard of conduct described herein for indemnification, the Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee from any claims for contribution which may be brought by officers, trustees or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

Section 18. Reports to Shareholders . To the extent required by the MGCL, the Company shall report in writing to its shareholders the payment of any amounts for indemnification of, or advance of Expenses to, Indemnitee under this Agreement arising out of a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company with the notice of the meeting of shareholders of the Company next following the date of the payment of any such indemnification or advance of Expenses or prior to such meeting.

 

-13-


Section 19. Duration of Agreement; Binding Effect .

(a) This Agreement shall continue until and terminate on the later of (i) the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company and (ii) the date that Indemnitee is no longer subject to any actual or possible Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto and any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement).

(b) The indemnification and advance of Expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Company or a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

(c) The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

(d) The Company and Indemnitee agree that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which Indemnitee may be entitled. Indemnitee shall further be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertakings in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that, in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by a court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.

 

-14-


Section 20. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, void, illegal or otherwise unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, the Company in good faith shall expeditiously take all necessary or appropriate action to provide Indemnitee with rights under this Agreement (including with respect to indemnification, advance of Expenses and other rights) that effect the original intent of this Agreement as closely as possible.

Section 21. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts (delivery of which may be by facsimile, or via email as a portable document format (.pdf) or other electronic format), each of which will be deemed an original, and it will not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement or the terms of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one (1) of such counterparts. One such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought shall be sufficient to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

Section 22. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

Section 23. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor, unless otherwise expressly stated, shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

Section 24. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, on the day of such delivery, or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

(a) If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

-15-


(b) If to the Company, to:

Americold Realty Trust

10 Glenlake Parkway, South Tower

Suite 600

Atlanta, GA 30328

or to such other address as may have been furnished in writing to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

Section 25. Spousal Indemnification . The Company shall provide Indemnitee’s spouse to whom Indemnitee is legally married at any time Indemnitee is covered under the indemnification provided in this Agreement (even if Indemnitee did not remain married to him or her during the entire period of coverage) against any Proceeding that is related to a Proceeding against Indemnitee if Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under the Agreement with respect to the applicable Proceeding against Indemnitee, including, without limitation, any Proceeding that seeks damages recoverable from marital community property, jointly-owned property or property purported to have been transferred from Indemnitee to his or her spouse (or former spouse). Indemnitee’s spouse or former spouse also shall be entitled to advance of Expenses in connection with a Proceeding that is related to a Proceeding against Indemnitee if Indemnitee is entitled to advance of Expenses under the Agreement with respect to the applicable Proceeding against Indemnitee to the same extent that Indemnitee is entitled to advance of Expenses provided under Section 8 or 9 of this Agreement. The Company may maintain insurance to cover its obligations hereunder with respect to Indemnitee’s spouse (or former spouse) or set aside assets in a trust or escrow fund for that purpose; provided, however, that the Company agrees that the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in effect regardless of whether such liability or other insurance coverage is obtained or retained by the Company; except that any payments made to, or on behalf of, Indemnitee’s spouse under such an insurance policy shall reduce the obligations of the Company hereunder.

Section 26. Time is of the Essence . The parties expressly agree that time is of the essence with respect to all provisions of this Agreement.

Section 27. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to its conflicts of laws rules.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-16-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:
AMERICOLD REALTY
TRUST
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
INDEMNITEE:

 

Name:  
Address:  

 

-17-


EXHIBIT A

AFFIRMATION AND UNDERTAKING TO REPAY EXPENSES ADVANCED

To: The Board of Trustees of Americold Realty Trust.

Re: Affirmation and Undertaking

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Affirmation and Undertaking is being provided pursuant to that certain Indemnification Agreement dated the      day of             , 20    , by and between Americold Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment company (the “Company”), and the undersigned Indemnitee (the “Indemnification Agreement”), pursuant to which I am entitled to advance of Expenses in connection with [Description of Proceeding] (the “Proceeding”).

Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the Indemnification Agreement.

I am subject to the Proceeding by reason of my Company Status or by reason of alleged actions or omissions by me in such capacity. I hereby affirm my good faith belief that at all times, insofar as I was involved as a [trustee] of the Company, in any of the facts or events giving rise to the Proceeding, I (1) did not act with bad faith or active or deliberate dishonesty, (2) did not receive any improper personal benefit in money, property or services and (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that any act or omission by me was unlawful.

In consideration of the advance of Expenses by the Company for reasonable attorneys’ fees and related Expenses incurred by me in connection with the Proceeding (the “Advanced Expenses”), I hereby agree that if, in connection with the Proceeding, it is established that (1) an act or omission by me was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (a) was committed in bad faith or (b) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty or (2) I actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, I had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful, then I shall promptly reimburse the portion of the Advanced Expenses relating to the claims, issues or matters in the Proceeding as to which the foregoing findings have been established. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Affirmation and Undertaking on this      day of             , 20    .

 

Name:  

 


Exhibit B

Shareholder Ownership Information

Section 4.6(c) of the Shareholders Agreement provides that the Company and the Shareholders will use their commercially reasonable efforts to take all actions necessary (or cease from taking any action) to cause the Company to continue to qualify at all times as a “domestically-controlled qualified investment entity” within the meaning of Section 897(h) of the Code. Section 4.6(c) further provides that each Shareholder will provide the Company with certain ownership information at such times as the Company may request in connection with any certification by the Company that Shares of the Company are not USRPI.

Shareholder hereby provides the Company with the following ownership information for purposes of the Company’s determination that it is a “domestically-controlled qualified investment entity.”

Please indicate the following:

 

    For U.S. federal income tax purposes, Shareholder is a US person / Shareholder is a non- US person (circle one).

 

    For U.S. federal income tax purposes, Shareholder is a corporation / partnership / disregarded entity / trust / estate / individual / other (please indicate ) (circle one).

 

    Number of shares of each class of stock of the Company held at all times during the prior 5 year period ending on             . Include a separate schedule as necessary.

 

    If Shareholder is not a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, no more than    % of the ultimate beneficial ownership of Shareholder is foreign.

 

    If Shareholder is not the beneficial owner of the shares, no more than     % of the ultimate beneficial ownership of shares owned as of record by Shareholder is foreign.

If you have any questions or need additional assistance, please contact                    .

Please provide the information requested above by                     .


Exhibit C

 

GSCP SHAREHOLDERS   
GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P.    c/o GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P.
GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P.   
GSCP VI Offshore IceCap Investment, L.P.    200 West Street
GSCP VI GmbH IceCap Investment, L.P.    New York, NY 10282-2198
IceCap2 Holdings, L.P.    Attention: Bradley Gross
   Facsimile: (212) 357-5505
   Email: bradley.gross@gs.com
   with copies to (which shall not constitute notice):
   Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP
   One New York Plaza
   New York, NY 10004
   Attention: Robert Schwenkel, Esq. and
   Randi Lally, Esq.
   Facsimile: (212) 859-4000
   Email: robert.schwenkel@friedfrank.com and
   randi.lally@friedfrank.com

YUCAIPA SHAREHOLDER

YUCAIPA INVESTOR

 

YF ART Holdings, L.P.    c/o The Yucaipa Companies LLC
YF ART Holdings Aggregator LLC    9130 W. Sunset Blvd.
   Los Angeles, CA 90069
   Attention: Robert P. Bermingham
   Facsimile: (310) 789-1791
   Email: legal@yucaipaco.com
   with copies (which shall not constitute notice):
   Munger, Tolles & Olson LLP
   350 S. Grand Ave., 50th Floor
   Los Angeles, CA 90071
   Attn: Judith T. Kitano
   Facsimile: (213) 683-4052
   Email: judith.kitano@mto.com


FORTRESS INVESTOR   
CF Cold LP    c/o Fortress Investment Group
   1345 Avenue of the Americas
   46th Floor
   New York, NY 10105
   United States of America
   Attention: Constantine Dakolias
   Telephone: (212) 798 6050
   Facsimile: (404) 264-4775
   Email: ddakolias@fortress.com
   and
   c/o Fortress Investment Group
   3290 Northside Parkway NW
   Suite 350
   Atlanta, GA 30327
   Attention: Joel Holsinger
   Telephone: (404) 264-4775
   Facsimile: (678) 550-9105
   Email: jholsinger@fortress.com
   with copies (which shall not constitute notice):
   Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
   300 South Grand Avenue, Suite 3400
   Los Angeles, CA 90071
   Attention: Jonathan L. Friedman
   Facsimile: (213) 621-5396
   Email: jonathan.friedman@skadden.com


CM SHAREHOLDER   
Charm Progress Investment Limited    12/F, China Merchant Building
   152-155 Connaught Road Central, Hong Kong
   Attention: Company Secretary, Board of Directors
   and Legal Department
   Facsimile: (852) 2587 8811

Exhibit 10.18

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

by and among AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST

and

THE SHAREHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY SIGNATORIES HERETO

Dated: [●], 2018


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

    1  

1.1

 

Definitions

    1  

ARTICLE II REGISTRATION RIGHTS

    6  

2.1

 

Demand Registrations

    6  

2.2

 

Piggyback Registrations

    11  

2.3

 

Allocation of Securities Included in Registration Statement or Offering

 

2.4

 

Registration Procedures

    15  

2.5

 

Registration Expenses

    22  

2.6

 

Certain Limitations on Registration Rights

    22  

2.7

 

Limitations on Sale or Distribution of Other Securities

    22  

2.8

 

No Required Sale

    23  

2.9

 

Indemnification

    23  

2.10

 

Limitations on Registration of Other Securities; Representation

    27  

2.11

 

No Inconsistent Agreements

    27  

ARTICLE III UNDERWRITTEN OFFERINGS

    27  

3.1

 

Requested Underwritten Offerings

    27  

3.2

 

Piggyback Underwritten Offerings

    27  

ARTICLE IV TRANSFERS OF SHARES

    28  

4.1

 

Transfer of Shares and Partial Assignment to the Fortress Investor

    28  

4.2

 

Transfer of Shares and Partial Assignment to the Yucaipa Investor

    29  

4.3

 

GSCP Rights

    30  

ARTICLE V GENERAL

    30  

5.1

 

Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities

    30  

5.2

 

Rule 144 and Rule 144A

    30  

5.3

 

Amendments and Waivers

    31  

5.4

 

Notices

    31  

5.5

 

Successors and Assigns

    32  

5.6

 

Effective Time

    32  

5.7

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Affiliates

    32  

5.8

 

Entire Agreement

    32  

5.9

 

Governing Law

    32  

5.10

 

Jurisdiction; Court Proceedings; Waiver of Jury Trial

    32  

5.11

 

Interpretation; Construction

    33  

5.12

 

Counterparts

    33  

5.13

 

Severability

    33  

5.14

 

Remedies; Specific Performance

    34  

5.15

 

Further Assurances

    34  

5.16

 

Independent Nature of the Rights and Obligations of Holders

    34  

5.17

 

Termination as to a Holder

    34  

5.18

 

Opt-Out Requests

    34  

 

i


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated [●], 2018, and effective as of the Effective Time, is by and among (a) Americold Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (“ Americold ”), (b) Yucaipa (as defined below), (c) the GSCP Shareholders (as defined below), (d) the Fortress Investor (as defined below) and (e) the Yucaipa Investor (as defined below).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Americold is currently undertaking an underwritten initial public offering (“ IPO ”) of shares of its Common Shares (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, Americold, Yucaipa, the GSCP Shareholders, the Fortress Investor and the Yucaipa Investor desire to enter into this Agreement contingent on and effective as of the closing of the IPO.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

1.1     Definitions .

Additional Piggyback Rights ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b).

Affiliate ” of any particular Person means any other Person Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with such particular Person. For purposes of this Agreement, none of the Company or its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of Yucaipa or the GSCP Shareholders, and no Person shall be deemed an Affiliate of any other, by virtue of the existence of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or by virtue of its participation therein.

Assign ” means to directly or indirectly sell, transfer, assign, distribute, exchange, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, grant a security interest in, encumber or otherwise dispose of Registrable Securities, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, including by way of a merger. “ Assignor ,” “ Assignee ,” “ Assigning ” and “ Assignment ” have meanings corresponding to the foregoing.

automatic shelf registration statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

Board ” means the Board of Trustees of the Company.

Business Day ” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York City are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.


Claims ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(a).

Common Equity ” means the Common Shares and any and all securities of any kind whatsoever of the Company which may be issued after the date hereof in respect of, or in exchange for, such common shares of the Company pursuant to a merger, consolidation, stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization of the Company or otherwise.

Common Equity Equivalents ” means all options, warrants and other securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for (at any time or upon the occurrence of any event or contingency and without regard to any vesting or other conditions to which such securities may be subject) shares of Common Equity or other equity securities of the Company (including, without limitation, the Warrants, any note or debt security convertible into or exchangeable for Common Equity, or other equity securities of the Company).

Common Shares ” means the common shares of beneficial interest of the Company, par value $0.01 per share.

Company ” means Americold, any Subsidiary of Americold, and any successor to Americold.

Control ”, “ Controlling ” or “ Controlled ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, as trustee or executor, or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, a general partner or managing member of a Person shall always be considered to Control such Person.

Coordination Committee ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Shareholders Agreement.

Demand Exercise Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

Demand Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

Demand Registration Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

Effective Time ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Expenses ” means any and all fees and expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with Article II, including, without limitation: ( i ) SEC, stock exchange or FINRA and all other registration and filing fees and all listing fees and fees with respect to the inclusion of securities on the New York Stock Exchange or on any other U.S. or non-U.S. securities market on which the Common Equity is or may be listed or quoted, ( ii ) fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or “blue sky” laws and in connection with the preparation of a “blue sky” survey, including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of outside “blue sky” counsel, ( iii ) word processing, printing and copying expenses (including,

 

2


without limitation, expenses of printing certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposits with The Depositary Trust Company and of printing any prospectus or free writing prospectus), ( iv ) messenger and delivery expenses, ( v ) expenses incurred in connection with any road show, ( vi ) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, ( vii ) with respect to each registration or underwritten offering, the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Participating Holder(s) and one counsel for GSCP or any GSCP Shareholder(s), ( viii ) fees and disbursements of all independent public accountants (including the expenses of any audit/review and/or “cold comfort” letter and updates thereof) and fees and expenses of other Persons, including special experts, retained by the Company, ( ix ) fees and expenses payable to a Qualified Independent Underwriter (but expressly excluding any underwriting discounts and commissions), ( x ) fees and expenses of any transfer agent or custodian, ( xi ) any other fees and disbursements of underwriters, if any, customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, including fees and disbursements of underwriters and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the underwriters in connection with any filing with or review by FINRA and ( xii ) expenses for securities law liability insurance and, if any, rating agency fees.

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

Fortress Assignment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

Fortress Investor ” means CF Cold LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

Fortress Registrable Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

Fortress Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

Fund Investor Underwriting ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(k).

Governmental Authority ” means any nation, state, territory, province, county, city or other unit or subdivision thereof or any entity, authority, agency, department, board, commission, instrumentality, court or other judicial body authorized on behalf of any of the foregoing to exercise legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including with respect to taxes, in each case whether federal, state, local or foreign.

GSCP ” means the GSCP Shareholders, collectively.

GSCP Shareholders ” means GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P., GSCP VI Offshore IceCap Investment, L.P. and GSCP VI GmbH IceCap Investment, L.P., IceCap2 Holdings, L.P. and any Affiliate of any of the foregoing that holds Registrable Securities at the relevant time.

Holder ” or “ Holders ” means the GSCP Shareholders, Yucaipa or any transferee of Registrable Securities to whom any Person who is a party to this Agreement shall Assign any rights hereunder in accordance with Section 5.5.

Initiating Holder(s) ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

IPO ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

3


Litigation ” means any claim, action, suit, audit, investigation, inquiry, proceeding or Governmental Authority investigation.

Majority Participating Holders ” means Participating Holders holding more than 50% of the Registrable Securities proposed to be included in any registration or offering of Registrable Securities by such Participating Holders pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2.

Manager ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(g).

NASD ” means the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

Opt-Out Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.18.

Participating Holders ” means all Holders of Registrable Securities which are proposed to be included in any registration or offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2.

Partner Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d).

Person ” means any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, unincorporated organization or association, estate, trust (including the trustees thereof, in their capacity as such) or other entity.

Piggyback Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a)(iv).

Qualified Independent Underwriter ” means a “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of NASD Conduct Rule 2720.

Registrable Securities ” means ( a ) any shares of Common Equity held by the Holders at any time (including those held as a result of, or issuable upon, the conversion or exercise of Common Equity Equivalents), whether now owned or acquired by the Holders at a later time, ( b ) any shares of Common Equity issued or issuable, directly or indirectly in exchange for or with respect to the Common Equity referenced in clause (a) above by way of stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares or in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, share exchange or conversion, consolidation or other reorganization and ( c ) any securities issued in replacement of or exchange for any securities described in clause (a) or (b) above. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when ( A ) a registration statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have been declared effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with such registration statement, ( B ) such securities shall have been sold (other than in a privately negotiated sale in which the transferring Holder’s rights under this Agreement are assigned to the transferee of such securities to the extent permitted under this Agreement) in compliance with the requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule 144 may be amended (or any successor provision thereto), or ( C ) such securities shall cease to be outstanding.

Rule 144 ” and “ Rule 144A ” have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

4


Section  2.3(a) Sale Number ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

Section  2.3(b) Sale Number ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).

Section  2.3(c) Sale Number ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c).

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC issued under such Act, as they may from time to time be in effect.

Shareholders Agreement ” means the Shareholders Agreement dated as of the date hereof and effective as of the Effective Time, by and among the Company, Yucaipa, the GSCP Shareholders, Charm Progress Investment Limited, the Fortress Investor and the Yucaipa Investor, as may be amended from time to time.

Shelf Registrable Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(i).

Shelf Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(i).

Shelf Underwriting ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(i).

Shelf Underwriting Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(i).

Shelf Underwriting Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(i).

Subsidiary ” means with respect to any Person, ( i ) any corporation, partnership or other Person of which shares of capital stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other similar managing body of such corporation, partnership or other Person are at the time owned or Controlled by such first Person, or ( ii ) the management of which is otherwise Controlled, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries by such first Person.

Valid Business Reason ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b)(iii).

Warrants ” means the warrants to purchase 11,197,634 Common Shares and 7,376,634 Common Shares issued to Yucaipa, as amended, as may be adjusted from time to time in compliance with the Shareholders Agreement.

WKSI ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

Yucaipa ” means YF ART Holdings, L.P. and any Affiliate of YF ART Holdings, L.P. that holds Registrable Securities at the relevant time.

Yucaipa Assignment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a).

Yucaipa Investor ” means YF ART Holdings Aggregator LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Yucaipa Registrable Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a).

Yucaipa Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a).

 

5


ARTICLE II

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

2.1     Demand Registrations .

(a)    After the Effective Time, if any of GSCP or Yucaipa wishes to provide the Company with a written request that the Company file a registration statement with respect to Registrable Securities (a “ Demand Registration Request ,” and the registration so requested is referred to herein as a “ Demand Registration ,” and the sender(s) of such request or any similar request pursuant to this Agreement shall be known as the “ Initiating Holder(s) ”), such Initiating Holder(s) shall consult with the Coordination Committee prior to providing such Demand Registration Request.

(b)    If the Company shall receive from an Initiating Holder, at any time and from time to time after the Effective Time, a Demand Registration Request, then the Company shall, within five (5) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice (the “ Demand Exercise Notice ”) of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 2.1, use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, the registration under the Securities Act (including, without limitation, by means of a shelf registration pursuant to Rule 415 thereunder if so requested and if the Company is then eligible to use such a registration) of all Registrable Securities that the Holders request to be registered. The Demand Registration Request shall specify if it is a demand registration of a type described in Section 2.1(k). The Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect any Demand Registration:

(i)    after it has effected (A) two (2) Demand Registrations in the aggregate for GSCP (it being understood that if a single Demand Registration Request is delivered by more than one GSCP Shareholder, the registration requested by such Demand Registration Request shall constitute only one Demand Registration), and (B) four (4) Demand Registrations for Yucaipa, in each case inclusive of any Fund Investor Underwritings requested by an Initiating Holder that are not a Shelf Underwriting or a block trade Shelf Underwriting;

(ii)    within ninety (90) days after a Demand Registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 that has been declared or ordered effective;

(iii)    if the Company shall furnish to such Holders a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, any registration of Registrable Securities should not be made or continued (or sales under a shelf registration statement should be suspended) because such registration (or continued sales under a shelf registration statement) would materially interfere with a material financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization or merger or other material transaction or event involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (a “ Valid Business Reason ”), then ( x ) the Company may postpone filing a registration statement relating to a Demand Registration Request (or suspend sales under an existing shelf registration statement) until five (5) Business Days after such Valid Business Reason no longer exists, but in no event for more than forty-five (45) days after the date the Board determines a Valid Business Reason exists and ( y ) in case a registration statement has been filed

 

6


relating to a Demand Registration Request, if the Valid Business Reason has not resulted from actions taken by the Company, the Company may cause such registration statement to be withdrawn and its effectiveness terminated or may postpone amending or supplementing such registration statement until five (5) Business Days after such Valid Business Reason no longer exists, but in no event for more than forty–five (45) days after the date the Board determines a Valid Business Reason exists; and the Company shall give written notice to the Participating Holders of its determination to postpone or withdraw a registration statement or suspend sales under a shelf registration statement and of the fact that the Valid Business Reason for such postponement, withdrawal or suspension no longer exists, in each case, promptly after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that the Company shall not defer its obligation in this manner more than once in any twelve (12) month period; or

(iv)    in an amount less than the lesser of (x) the amount of Registrable Securities that have an anticipated offering price, net of any underwriting discounts or commissions, of $50,000,000 or (ii) the amount of Registrable Securities then held by the Initiating Holder.

If the Company shall give any notice of postponement, withdrawal or suspension of any registration statement pursuant to clause 2.1(b)(iii) above, the Company shall not, during the period of postponement, withdrawal or suspension, register any Common Equity, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8 (or an equivalent registration form then in effect). Each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company that the Company has determined to withdraw any registration statement pursuant to clause 2.1(b)(iii) above, such Holder will discontinue its disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement and, if so directed by the Company, will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Holder’s possession of the prospectus covering such offering of Registrable Securities that was in effect at the time of receipt of such notice. If the Company shall have withdrawn or prematurely terminated a registration statement filed pursuant to a Demand Registration (whether pursuant to clause 2.1(b)(iii) or as a result of any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court), the Company shall not be considered to have effected an effective registration for the purposes of this Agreement until the Company shall have filed a new registration statement covering the Registrable Securities covered by the withdrawn registration statement and such registration statement shall have been declared effective and shall not have been withdrawn. If the Company shall give any notice of withdrawal or postponement of a registration statement, the Company shall, not later than five (5) Business Days after the Valid Business Reason that caused such withdrawal or postponement no longer exists (but in no event later than forty-five (45) days after the date of the postponement or withdrawal), use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities covered by the withdrawn or postponed registration statement in accordance with Section 2.1 (unless the Initiating Holders shall have withdrawn such request, in which case the Company shall not be considered to have effected an effective registration for the purposes of this Agreement), and such registration shall not be withdrawn or postponed pursuant to clause 2.1(b)(iii).

 

7


(c)    The Company, subject to Sections 2.3 and 2.6, shall include in a Demand Registration ( x ) the Registrable Securities of the Initiating Holders and ( y ) the Registrable Securities of any other Holder of Registrable Securities, which shall have made a written request to the Company for inclusion in such registration pursuant to Section 2.2 (which request shall specify the maximum number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Participating Holder) within thirty (30) days after the receipt of the Demand Exercise Notice.

(d)    The Company shall, as expeditiously as possible, but subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 2.1, use its commercially reasonable efforts to ( x ) effect such registration under the Securities Act as soon as reasonably practicable (including, without limitation, by means of a shelf registration pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act if so requested and if the Company is then eligible to use such a registration) of the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register, for distribution in accordance with such intended method of distribution, including a distribution to, and resale by, the members or partners of a Holder (a “ Partner Distribution ”) and ( y ) if requested by the Majority Participating Holders, obtain acceleration of the effective date of the registration statement relating to such registration.

(e)    Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Company shall, at the request of any Holder seeking to effect a Partner Distribution, file any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendments and otherwise take any action necessary to include therein all disclosure and language deemed necessary or advisable by such Holder if such disclosure or language was not included in the initial registration statement, or revise such disclosure or language if deemed necessary or advisable by such Holder, including filing a prospectus supplement naming the Holders, partners, members and shareholders to the extent required by law, to effect such Partner Distribution.

(f)    No Demand Registration shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of Section 2.1 (i) if the registration statement relating thereto (x) does not become effective, (y) is not maintained effective for a period of at least one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date thereof (or, with respect to a Shelf Registration Statement, three (3) years) or such shorter period during which all Registrable Securities included in such registration statement have actually been sold ( provided , however , that such period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period during which the Holders of Registrable Securities refrain from selling any securities included in such registration statement at the request of the Company or an underwriter of the Company) or (z) is subject to a stop order, injunction, or similar order or requirement of the SEC during such period, (ii) if the method of disposition is a firm commitment underwritten public offering and any of the applicable Registrable Securities have not been sold pursuant thereto or (iii) if the conditions to closing specified in any underwriting agreement, purchase agreement or similar agreement entered into in connection with the registration relating to such request are not satisfied (other than as a result of a default or breach thereunder by the Initiating Holders) or are otherwise not waived by the Initiating Holders.

(g)    In connection with any Demand Registration, the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities to be included in such Demand Registration shall have the right to designate the lead managing underwriter (any lead managing underwriter for the purposes of this Agreement, the “ Manager ”) in connection with any underwritten offering pursuant to such registration and each other managing and non-managing underwriter for such underwritten offering; provided , that in each case, each such Manager and each other managing and non-managing underwriter is reasonably satisfactory to the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

8


(h)    If so requested by the Company, all Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting in accordance with Section 2.1(g).

(i)    Upon a Demand Registration Request made in accordance with Section 2.1, at any time following such time as the Company shall have become eligible to file a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 in accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act (such registration statement, a “ Shelf Registration Statement ”), (i) the Company shall use its best efforts to file a Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 in accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act and to effect and maintain in effect a Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 in accordance with this Section 2.1(i) (including, if requested by a Holder, filing a replacement registration statement upon expiration of such Shelf Registration Statement), (ii) such Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for an offer to be made on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act relating to the offer and sale, from time to time, of all of those Registrable Securities held by the Holders that are requested to be registered on such Shelf Registration Statement, (iii) the method of distribution set forth in the shelf registration shall allow for sales pursuant to an underwritten offering and such other methods of distribution as the Holders may request and (iv) the Holders shall have the right at any time and from time to time to elect (without limitation on the number of such elections) to sell pursuant to an underwritten offering Registrable Securities available for sale pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (“ Shelf Registrable Securities ”), so long as the Shelf Registration Statement remains in effect. The Initiating Holders and such other Holders shall make such election by delivering to the Company a written request (a “ Shelf Underwriting Request ”) for such underwritten offering to the Company specifying the number of Shelf Registrable Securities that the Holders desire to sell pursuant to such underwritten offering (the “ Shelf Underwriting ”), provided that the Holders making such election shall have consulted with the Coordination Committee prior to delivering any such request. As promptly as practicable, but no later than two (2) Business Days after receipt of a Shelf Underwriting Request, the Company shall give written notice (the “ Shelf Underwriting Notice ”) of such Shelf Underwriting Request to all other Holders of record of Shelf Registrable Securities. The Company, subject to Sections 2.3 and 2.6, shall include in such Shelf Underwriting ( x ) the Shelf Registrable Securities of the Initiating Holders and ( y ) the Shelf Registrable Securities of any other Holder of Shelf Registrable Securities which shall have made a written request to the Company for inclusion in such Shelf Underwriting (which request shall specify the maximum number of Shelf Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Holder) within five (5) days after the receipt of the Shelf Underwriting Notice. The Company shall, as expeditiously as possible (and in any event within twenty (20) days after the receipt of a Shelf Underwriting Request), but subject to Section 2.1(b), use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such Shelf Underwriting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Holder wishes to engage in an underwritten block trade off of a Shelf Registration Statement (either through filing an automatic shelf registration statement or through a takedown from an already existing Shelf Registration Statement), then notwithstanding the foregoing time periods, but provided that the Holder shall have consulted with the Coordination Committee prior to giving such notice, the Holder only needs to notify the Company of the block trade Shelf Underwriting on the day such offering is to

 

9


commence and the Company shall notify other Holders and other Holders must elect whether or not to participate on the day such offering is to commence, and the Company shall as expeditiously as possible use its reasonable best efforts to consummate such shelf offering (which may close as early as two (2) business days after the date it commences). The Company shall, at the request of any Initiating Holder or any other Holder of Registrable Securities registered on such Shelf Registration Statement, file any prospectus supplement or, if the applicable Shelf Registration Statement is an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Section 2.4), any post-effective amendments and otherwise take any action necessary to include therein all disclosure and language deemed necessary or advisable by the Initiating Holders or any other Holder of Registrable Securities registered on such Shelf Registration Statement to effect such Shelf Underwriting. Once a Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective, the Holders of Registrable Securities may request, and the Company shall be required to consummate, an unlimited number of Shelf Underwritings and underwritten block trades with respect to such Shelf Registration Statement.

(j)    Any Initiating Holder may withdraw or revoke a Demand Registration Request delivered by such Initiating Holder at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Demand Registration and such Demand Registration shall have no further force or effect and such request shall not count as a Demand Registration Request under this Agreement. The Company shall give written notice of such withdrawal or revocation to each Holder and thereupon will be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such Demand Registration.

(k)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if a Fund Distribution (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement) is effected by the initiating Fund Investor (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement) through a registration statement pursuant to a Demand Registration requested by such initiating Fund Investor, then each other Holder party hereto agrees not to exercise its piggyback registration rights in connection with such Fund Distribution without the prior written consent of such initiating Fund Investor. Within forty-five (45) days following the consummation of a Fund Distribution by Yucaipa, the Yucaipa Investor or the Fortress Investor, whether registered or unregistered, if the GSCP Shareholders have not otherwise distributed or sold up to their pro rata allocation of Shares as provided under Section 3.2(f) of the Shareholders Agreement, then the GSCP Shareholders shall have the right to request a Demand Registration or a Shelf Underwriting (including a block trade Shelf Underwriting) which includes a number of Shares not to exceed such undistributed or unsold portion of such pro rata allocation of Shares (a “ Fund Investor Underwriting ”) pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; provided , that no other Holder shall exercise its piggyback registration rights in connection with a Fund Investor Underwriting initiated by the GSCP Shareholders without the prior written consent of the GSCP Shareholders; provided , further , that if the GSCP Shareholders do not request a Fund Investor Underwriting within such forty-five (45) day period, then any Fund Investor that did not initiate the Fund Distribution shall have the right to request a Fund Investor Underwriting on the same terms as applicable to the GSCP Shareholders so long as (i) such Fund Investor has not otherwise distributed or sold up to their pro rata allocation of Shares as provided under Section 3.2(f) of the Shareholders Agreement and (ii) such right is exercised within the next thirty (30) days. In addition, within forty-five (45) days following the consummation of a Fund Distribution initiated by the GSCP Shareholders, whether registered or unregistered, if Yucaipa, the Yucaipa Investor and/or the Fortress Investor have not otherwise distributed or sold up to their respective pro rata allocation of Shares as provided under Section 3.2(f) of the Shareholders Agreement, then Yucaipa,

 

10


the Yucaipa Investor and/or the Fortress Investor shall have the right to request a Fund Investor Underwriting pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; provided , that Yucaipa, the Yucaipa Investor and the Fortress Investor shall have the right to exercise their piggyback registration rights in connection with such Fund Investor Underwriting with respect to a number of Shares not to exceed their respective undistributed or unsold portion of their respective pro rata allocation of Shares under the Shareholders Agreement, and no other Holder shall have piggyback registration rights in connection with such Fund Investor Underwriting without the prior written consent of the Fund Investor initiating such Fund Investor Underwriting. Upon request of the managing underwriter for a Fund Investor Underwriting or of the Fund Investor initiating such Fund Investor Underwriting, each Holder of Registrable Securities not participating in the Fund Investor Underwriting shall enter into a ninety (90) day lock-up agreement, in customary form, in order to facilitate such Fund Investor Underwriting.

2.2     Piggyback Registrations .

(a)    If, at any time or from time to time, the Company will register or commence an offering of any of its securities for its own account or otherwise (including but not limited to the registrations or offerings pursuant to Section 2.1) (other than pursuant to registrations on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar successor forms thereto), the Company will:

(i)    promptly give to each Holder written notice thereof (in any event within five (5) Business Days); and

(ii)    except as set forth in Section 2.1(k), include in such registration and in any underwriting involved therein (if any), all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request or requests, made within twenty (20) days after mailing or personal delivery of such written notice from the Company, by any of the Holders, with the securities which the Company at the time proposes to register or sell to permit the sale or other disposition by the Holders (in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereof) of the Registrable Securities to be so registered or sold, including, if necessary, by filing with the SEC a post-effective amendment or a supplement to the registration statement filed by the Company or the prospectus related thereto. There is no limitation on the number of such piggyback registrations pursuant to the preceding sentence which the Company is obligated to effect. No registration of Registrable Securities effected under this Section 2.2 shall relieve the Company of its obligations to effect Demand Registrations under Section 2.1 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company wishes to engage in an underwritten block trade off of a Shelf Registration Statement (either through filing an automatic shelf registration statement or through a takedown from an already existing Shelf Registration Statement), then notwithstanding the foregoing time periods, the Company shall notify each Holder and each such Holder must elect whether or not to participate on the day such offering is to commence, and the Company shall as expeditiously as possible use its commercially reasonable efforts to consummate such shelf offering (which may close as early as two (2) Business Days after the date it commences).

(b)    The Company, subject to Sections 2.3 and 2.6, may elect to include in any registration statement and offering pursuant to demand registration rights by any Person (other than demand registrations of a type described in Section 2.1(k)), ( i ) authorized but unissued shares of Common Equity or (to the extent applicable under Maryland law) shares of Common Equity

 

11


held by the Company as treasury shares and ( ii ) any other shares of Common Equity which are requested to be included in such registration pursuant to the exercise of piggyback registration rights granted by the Company after the Effective Time and which are not inconsistent with the rights granted in, or otherwise conflict with the terms of, this Agreement (“ Additional Piggyback Rights ”); provided , however , that such inclusion shall be permitted only to the extent that it is pursuant to, and subject to, the terms of the underwriting agreement or arrangements, if any, entered into by the Initiating Holders.

(c)    If, at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register or sell any Common Equity or Common Equity Equivalents and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration or sale thereof, the Company shall determine for any reason not to register or sell or to delay registration or sale thereof, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to all Holders of record of Registrable Securities and ( i ) in the case of a determination not to register or sell, shall be relieved of its obligation to register or sell any Registrable Securities in connection with such abandoned registration or sale, without prejudice, however, to the rights of Holders under Section 2.1, and ( ii ) in the case of a determination to delay such registration or sale thereof, shall be permitted to delay the registration or sale of such Registrable Securities for the same period as the delay in registering such other Common Equity or Common Equity Equivalents.

(d)    Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Company shall, at the request of any Holder (including to effect a Partner Distribution), file any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendments and otherwise take any action necessary to include therein all disclosure and language deemed necessary or advisable by such Holder if such disclosure or language was not included in the initial registration statement, or revise such disclosure or language if deemed necessary or advisable by such Holder including filing a prospectus supplement naming the Holders, partners, members and shareholders to the extent required by law.

(e)    Any Holder shall have the right to withdraw its request for inclusion of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement or offering pursuant to this Section 2.2 by giving written notice to the Company of its request to withdraw; provided, however, that such request must be made in writing prior to the earlier of the execution of the underwriting agreement or the execution of the custody agreement with respect to such registration or offering or as otherwise required by the underwriters.

 

12


2.3     Allocation of Securities Included in Registration Statement or Offering .

(a)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in connection with an underwritten offering made pursuant to Section 2.1 (including a Shelf Underwriting), if the Manager advises the Company and the Participating Holders in writing that, in its opinion, the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number (such number, the “ Section  2.3(a) Sale Number ”) which can be sold in such offering without having a material and adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered in such offering, the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated as follows:

(i)    first, all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration or offering by the Holders thereof (including pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2.2); provided , however , that if such number of Registrable Securities exceeds the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number, the number of such Registrable Securities (not to exceed the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number) to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all such Holders requesting inclusion thereof, based on the aggregate number of Registrable Securities then owned by each such Holder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Holders requesting inclusion;

(ii)    second, if by the withdrawal of Registrable Securities by a Participating Holder, a greater number of Registrable Securities held by other Holders may be included in such registration or offering (up to the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number), then the Company shall offer to all Holders who have included Registrable Securities in the registration or offering the right to include additional Registrable Securities in the same proportions as set forth in Section 2.3(a)(i);

(iii)    third, to the extent that the number of Registrable Securities to be included pursuant to clause (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.3(a) is less than the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number, and if the underwriter so agrees, any securities that the Company proposes to register or sell, up to the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number; and

(iv)    fourth, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 2.3(a) is less than the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number, the remaining securities to be included in such registration or offering shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all Persons requesting that securities be included in such registration or offering pursuant to the exercise of Additional Piggyback Rights (“ Piggyback Shares ”), based on the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares then owned by each Person requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares owned by all Persons requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number.

(b)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in a registration involving an underwritten offering on behalf of the Company, which was initiated by the Company, if the Manager advises the Company and the Participating Holders in writing that, in its opinion, the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number (such number, the “ Section  2.3(b) Sale Number ”) which can be sold in such offering without having a material and adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered in such offering, the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated as follows:

(i)    first, all Common Equity and Common Equity Equivalents that the Company proposes to register for its own account;

(ii)    second, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 2.3(b) is less than the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number, the remaining Registrable Securities to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all Holders requesting that Registrable Securities be included in such underwritten offering pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2.2, based on the

 

13


aggregate number of Registrable Securities then owned by each such Holder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Holders requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number; and

(iii)    third, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.3(b) is less than the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number, the remaining securities to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all Persons requesting that securities be included in such registration pursuant to the exercise of Additional Piggyback Rights, based on the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares then owned by each Person requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares owned by all Persons requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number.

(c)    If any registration pursuant to Section 2.2 involves an underwritten offering that was initially requested by any Person(s) other than a Holder to whom the Company has granted registration rights which are not inconsistent with the rights granted in, or otherwise conflict with the terms of, this Agreement, and the Manager advises the Company and the Participating Holders in writing that, in its opinion, the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number (the “ Section  2.3(c) Sale Number ”) which can be sold in such offering without having a material and adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered in such offering, the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated as follows:

(i)    first, the shares requested to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among such Person(s) requesting the registration and all Holders requesting that Registrable Securities be included in such registration pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2.2, based on the aggregate number of securities or Registrable Securities, as applicable, then owned by each of the foregoing requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of securities or Registrable Securities, as applicable, owned by all such Holders and Persons requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number;

(ii)    second, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 2.3(c) is less than the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number, the remaining shares to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all Persons requesting that securities be included in such registration pursuant to the exercise of Additional Piggyback Rights, based on the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares then owned by each Person requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares owned by all Persons requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number; and

(iii)    third, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.3(c) is less than the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number, the remaining shares to be included in such registration shall be allocated to shares the Company proposes to register for its own account, up to the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number.

(d)    If any Holder of Registrable Securities disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, or if, as a result of the proration provisions set forth in clauses (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 2.3, any Holder shall not be entitled to include all Registrable Securities in a registration or offering that such Holder has requested be included, such Holder may elect to withdraw such

 

14


Holder’s request to include Registrable Securities in such registration or offering or may reduce the number requested to be included; provided , however , that ( x ) such request must be made in writing, to the Company, Manager and, if applicable, the Initiating Holder(s), prior to the earlier of the execution of the underwriting agreement or the execution of any custody agreement with respect to such registration and ( y ) such withdrawal or reduction shall be irrevocable and, after making such withdrawal or reduction, such Holder shall no longer have any right to include such withdrawn Registrable Securities in the registration as to which such withdrawal or reduction was made to the extent of the Registrable Securities so withdrawn or reduced.

2.4     Registration Procedures . If and whenever the Company is required by the provisions of this Agreement to use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect or cause the registration and/or participate in any offering or sale of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall, as expeditiously as possible (but, in any event, within forty-five (45) days after a Demand Registration Request in the case of Section 2.4(a) below), in connection with the registration of the Registrable Securities and, where applicable, a takedown off of a shelf registration statement:

(a)    prepare and file all filings with the SEC and FINRA required for the consummation of the offering, including preparing and filing a registration statement (including all required exhibits and financial statements) on an appropriate registration form for the disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof (including, without limitation, a Partner Distribution), which registration form ( i ) shall be selected by the Company (except as provided for in a Demand Registration Request) and ( ii ) shall, in the case of a shelf registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the selling Holders thereof and such registration statement shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable registration form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith, and the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and remain continuously effective for such period as any Participating Holder pursuant to such registration statement shall request; provided , however , that as far in advance as reasonably pacticable before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, or comparable statements under securities or state “blue sky” laws of any jurisdiction, or any free writing prospectus related thereto, the Company shall ( x ) furnish to the Participating Holders and to the Manager, if any, copies of reasonably complete drafts of all such documents proposed to be filed (including all exhibits thereto and each document incorporated by reference therein to the extent then required by the rules and regulations of the SEC), which documents will be subject to their reasonable review, and such other documents reasonably requested by the Participating Holders, ( y ) fairly consider such reasonable changes in any such documents prior to or after the filing thereof as the Participating Holders may request, and ( z ) make such of the representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably be requested by the Participating Holders available for the discussion of such documents, and the Company shall not file any registration statement or amendment thereto, any prospectus or supplement thereto or any free writing prospectus related thereto to which the Majority Participating Holders or the underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object;

 

15


(b)    prepare and file with the SEC such pre- and post-effective amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith and such free writing prospectuses and Exchange Act Reports as may be necessary to keep such registration statement continuously effective for such period as any Participating Holder pursuant to such registration statement shall request and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the sale or other disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Participating Holders set forth in such registration statement (and, in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement, file one or more prospectus supplements covering Registrable Securities upon the request of one or more Holders wishing to offer or sell Registrable Securities whether in an underwritten offering or otherwise);

(c)    in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the Manager of such offering;

(d)    furnish, without charge, to each Participating Holder and each underwriter, if any, of the securities covered by such registration statement such number of copies of such registration statement, each pre- and post-effective amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus), any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act and each free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, in each case, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and other documents, as such Participating Holder and underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Participating Holder (the Company hereby consenting to the use in accordance with all applicable law of each such registration statement (or amendment or post- effective amendment thereto) and each such prospectus (or preliminary prospectus or supplement thereto) or free writing prospectus by each such Participating Holder and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement or prospectus);

(e)    use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or state “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any Participating Holders or any managing underwriter, if any, shall reasonably request in writing, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Participating Holders or underwriter, if any, to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions (including keeping such registration or qualification in effect for so long as such registration statement remains in effect), except that in no event shall the Company be required to qualify to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction where it would not, but for the requirements of this paragraph (e), be required to be so qualified, to subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or to consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(f)    promptly notify each Participating Holder and each managing underwriter, if any: ( i ) when the registration statement, any pre-effective amendment, the prospectus or any prospectus supplement related thereto, any post-effective amendment to the registration statement or any free writing prospectus has been filed with the SEC and, with respect to the registration statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective; ( ii ) of any request by the SEC or state securities authority for amendments or supplements to the registration

 

16


statement or the prospectus related thereto or for additional information; ( iii ) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; ( iv ) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the securities or state “blue sky” laws of any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose; ( v ) of the existence of any fact of which the Company becomes aware which results in the registration statement or any amendment thereto, the prospectus related thereto or any supplement thereto, any document incorporated therein by reference, any free writing prospectus or the information conveyed to any purchaser at the time of sale to such purchaser containing an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statement therein not misleading (which notice shall notify the Participating Holders only of the occurrence of such an event and shall provide no additional information regarding such event to the extent such information would constitute material non-public information); and ( vi ) if at any time the representations and warranties contemplated by any underwriting agreement, securities sale agreement, or other similar agreement, relating to the offering shall cease to be true and correct in all material respects, and, if the notification relates to an event described in clause (v), the Company shall promptly prepare and furnish to each such Participating Holder and each underwriter, if any, a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading;

(g)    comply (and continue to comply) with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC (including, without limitation, maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) in accordance with the Exchange Act), and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable after the effective date of the registration statement (and in any event within forty-five (45) days, or ninety (90) days if it is a fiscal year, after the end of such twelve (12) month period described hereafter), an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering the period of at least twelve (12) consecutive months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

(h)    ( i ) ( A ) cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on the principal securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed (if any), if the listing of such Registrable Securities is then permitted under the rules of such exchange, or ( B ) if no similar securities are then so listed, to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on a national securities exchange and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, take all actions that may be required by the Company as the issuer of such Registrable Securities in order to facilitate the managing underwriter’s arranging for the registration of at least two market makers as such with respect to such shares with FINRA, and ( ii ) comply (and continue to comply) with the requirements of any self-regulatory organization applicable to the Company, including without limitation all corporate governance requirements;

 

17


(i)    cause its senior management, officers, employees and independent public accountants to participate in, make themselves available, supply such information as may be reasonably requested and to otherwise facilitate and cooperate with the preparation of the registration statement and prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto (including participating in meetings, drafting sessions, due diligence sessions and rating agency presentations) taking into account the Company’s reasonable business needs;

(j)    provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement not later than the effective date of such registration statement and, in the case of any secondary equity offering, provide and enter into any reasonable agreements with a custodian for the Registrable Securities;

(k)    enter into such customary agreements (including, if applicable, an underwriting agreement) and take such other actions as any Participating Holder or the underwriters shall reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (it being understood that the Holders of the Registrable Securities which are to be distributed by any underwriters shall be parties to any such underwriting agreement and may, at their option, require that the Company make to and for the benefit of such Holders the representations, warranties and covenants of the Company which are being made to and for the benefit of such underwriters);

(l)    use its commercially reasonable efforts ( i ) to obtain opinions from the Company’s counsel, including without limitation local and/or regulatory or tax counsel, and a “cold comfort” letter, updates thereof and consents from the independent public accountants who have certified the financial statements of the Company (and/or other financial statements) included or incorporated by reference in such registration statement, in each case, in customary form and covering such matters as are customarily covered by such opinions and “cold comfort” letters (including, in the case of such “cold comfort” letter, events subsequent to the date of such financial statements) delivered to underwriters in underwritten public offerings, which opinions and letters shall be dated the dates such opinions and “cold comfort” letters are customarily dated and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the underwriters, if any, and to any Participating Holders, and ( ii ) furnish to each Participating Holder and to each underwriter, if any, a copy of such opinions and letters addressed to such Participating Holder or underwriter;

(m)    deliver promptly to counsel for each Participating Holder and to each managing underwriter, if any, copies of all correspondence between the SEC and the Company, its counsel or auditors and all memoranda relating to discussions with the SEC or its staff with respect to the registration statement, and, upon receipt of such confidentiality agreements as the Company may reasonably request, make reasonably available for inspection by counsel for each Participating Holder, by counsel for any underwriter, participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such registration statement and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any Participating Holder or any such underwriter, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause all of the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such counsel for a Participating Holder, counsel for an underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement;

 

18


(n)    use its commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance or obtain the prompt withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement, or the prompt lifting of any suspension of the qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction, in each case, as promptly as reasonably practicable;

(o)    provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities, not later than the effective date of the registration statement and, if applicable, provide the applicable transfer agent with printed certificates of the Registrable Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company;

(p)    use its commercially reasonable efforts to make available its senior management, employees and personnel for participation in “road shows” and other marketing efforts and otherwise provide reasonable assistance to the underwriters (taking into account the Company’s reasonable businesses needs and the requirements of the marketing process) in the marketing of Registrable Securities in any underwritten offering;

(q)    promptly prior to the filing of any document which is to be incorporated by reference into the registration statement or the prospectus (after the initial filing of such registration statement), and prior to the filing or use of any free writing prospectus, provide copies of such document to counsel for each Participating Holder and to each managing underwriter, if any, and make the Company’s representatives reasonably available for discussion of such document and make such changes in such document concerning the Participating Holders prior to the filing thereof as counsel for the Participating Holders or underwriters may reasonably request;

(r)    furnish to counsel for each Participating Holder and to each managing underwriter, without charge, at least one signed copy of the registration statement and any post- effective amendments or supplements thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated therein by reference, the prospectus contained in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus), any other prospectus and prospectus supplement filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act and all exhibits (including those incorporated by reference) and any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith;

(s)    cooperate with the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates not bearing any restrictive legends representing the Registrable Securities to be sold, and cause such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names in accordance with the underwriting agreement at least two (2) Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities to the underwriters or, if not an underwritten offering, in accordance with the instructions of the Participating Holders at least two (2) Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities and instruct any transfer agent and registrar of Registrable Securities to release any stop transfer orders in respect thereof (and, in the case of Registrable Securities registered on a Shelf Registration Statement, at the request of any Holder, prepare and deliver certificates representing such Registrable Securities not bearing any restrictive legends and deliver or cause to be delivered an opinion or instructions to the transfer agent in order to allow such Registrable Securities to be sold from time to time);

 

19


(t)    include in any prospectus or prospectus supplement if requested by any managing underwriter updated financial or business information for the Company’s most recent period or current quarterly period (including estimated results or ranges of results) if required for purposes of marketing the offering in the view of the managing underwriter;

(u)    cooperate with any due diligence investigation by any Manager, underwriter or Participating Holder and make available such documents and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries that they reasonably request (which, in the case of the Participating Holder, may be subject to the execution by the Participating Holder of a customary confidentiality agreement in a form which is reasonably satisfactory to the Company);

(v)    take no direct or indirect action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act; provided , however , that to the extent that any prohibition is applicable to the Company, the Company will take such action as is necessary and feasible to make any such prohibition inapplicable;

(w)    use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the Participating Holders or the underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(x)    take all reasonable action to ensure that any free writing prospectus utilized in connection with any registration covered by Section 2.1 or 2.2 complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, will not conflict with a related prospectus, prospectus supplement and related documents and, when taken together with the related prospectus, prospectus supplement and related documents, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(y)    in connection with any underwritten offering, if at any time the information conveyed to a purchaser at the time of sale includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, promptly file with the SEC such amendments or supplements to such information as may be necessary so that the statements as so amended or supplemented will not, in light of the circumstances, be misleading;

(z)    if requested by an underwriter or any Participating Holder, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as such underwriter or such Participating Holder reasonably requests to be included therein, including, with respect to the number of Registrable Securities being sold by such Participating Holder to such underwriter, the purchase price being paid therefor by such underwriter and with respect to any other terms of the underwritten offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after being notified of the matters incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

 

20


(aa)    cooperate with each Participating Holder and each underwriter participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings to be made with FINRA; and

(bb)    take all such other commercially reasonable actions as are necessary or advisable in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

To the extent the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (a “ WKSI ”) at the time any Demand Registration Request is submitted to the Company, and such Demand Registration Request requests that the Company file an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (an “ automatic shelf registration statement ”) on Form S-3, the Company shall file an automatic shelf registration statement which covers those Registrable Securities which are requested to be registered. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which the Registrable Securities remain Registrable Securities. If the Company does not pay the filing fee covering the Registrable Securities at the time the automatic shelf registration statement is filed, the Company agrees to pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold in compliance with the SEC rules. If the automatic shelf registration statement has been outstanding for at least three years, at the end of the third year the Company shall refile a new automatic shelf registration statement covering the Registrable Securities that remain outstanding. If at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to refile the shelf registration statement on Form S-3 and, if such form is not available, Form S-11 and keep such registration statement effective during the period during which such registration statement is required to be kept effective.

If the Company files any Shelf Registration Statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Holders, the Company agrees that it shall include in such registration statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B under the Securities Act (referring to the unnamed selling security holders in a generic manner by identifying the initial offering of the securities to the Holders) in order to ensure that the Holders may be added to such shelf registration statement at a later time through the filing of a prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment.

It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2, or 2.4 that each Participating Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request provided that such information is necessary for the Company to consummate such registration and shall be used only in connection with such registration.

If any such registration statement or comparable statement under state “blue sky” laws refers to any Holder by name or otherwise as the Holder of any securities of the Company, then such Holder shall have the right to require ( i ) the insertion therein of language, in form and substance satisfactory to such Holder and the Company, to the effect that the holding by such Holder of such securities is not to be construed as a recommendation by such Holder of the

 

21


investment quality of the Company’s securities covered thereby and that such holding does not imply that such Holder will assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the Company, or ( ii ) in the event that such reference to such Holder by name or otherwise is not in the judgment of the Company, as advised by counsel, required by the Securities Act or any similar federal statute or any state “blue sky” or securities law then in force, the deletion of the reference to such Holder.

2.5     Registration Expenses . All Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, filing, qualification or compliance pursuant to Article II shall be borne by the Company, whether or not a registration statement becomes effective or the offering is consummated. All underwriting discounts and all selling commissions relating to securities registered by the Holders shall be borne by each Participating Holder pro rata in accordance with the number of shares sold in the offering by such Participating Holder.

2.6     Certain Limitations on Registration Rights . In the case of any registration under Section 2.1 pursuant to an underwritten offering, or, in the case of a registration under Section 2.2, all securities to be included in such registration shall be subject to the underwriting agreement and no Person may participate in such registration or offering unless such Person ( i ) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided therein and completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, and other documents (including custody agreements and powers of attorney, if any) which must be executed in connection therewith; provided, however, that all such documents shall be consistent with the provisions hereof and ( ii ) provides such other information to the Company or the underwriter as may be necessary to register such Person’s securities.

2.7     Limitations on Sale or Distribution of Other Securities .

(a)    Each Holder agrees, ( i ) to the extent requested in writing by a managing underwriter, if any, of any registration effected pursuant to Section 2.1, not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, any Common Equity, or any Common Equity Equivalents (other than as part of such underwritten public offering) during the time period reasonably requested by the managing underwriter, not to exceed ninety (90) days (and the Company hereby also so agrees (except that the Company may effect any sale or distribution of any such securities pursuant to a registration on Form S-4 (if reasonably acceptable to such managing underwriter) or Form S-8, or any successor or similar form which is ( x ) then in effect or ( y ) shall become effective upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any then outstanding Common Equity Equivalent), to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each holder of any Common Equity or Common Equity Equivalents purchased from the Company at any time other than in a public offering so to agree), and ( ii ) to the extent requested in writing by a managing underwriter of any underwritten public offering effected by the Company for its own account, not to sell any Common Equity (other than as part of such underwritten public offering) during the time period reasonably requested by the managing underwriter, which period shall not exceed ninety (90) days.

(b)    The Company hereby agrees that, if it shall previously have received a request for registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.2, and if such previous registration shall not have been withdrawn or abandoned, the Company shall not sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of, any Common Equity, or any Common Equity Equivalents (other than as part of such underwritten public offering, a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar form which is

 

22


( x ) then in effect or ( y ) shall become effective upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any then outstanding Common Equity Equivalent), until a period of ninety (90) days shall have elapsed from the effective date of such previous registration; and the Company shall ( i ) so provide in any registration rights agreements hereafter entered into with respect to any of its securities and ( ii ) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each holder of any Common Equity or Common Equity Equivalents purchased from the Company at any time other than in a public offering to so agree.

2.8     No Required Sale . Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create an independent obligation on the part of any Holder to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to any effective registration statement. A Holder is not required to include any of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement, is not required to sell any of its Registrable Securities which are included in any effective registration statement, and, subject to Section 2.7 and the provisions of the Shareholders Agreement, may sell any of its Registrable Securities in any manner in compliance with applicable law (including pursuant to Rule 144) even if such shares are already included on an effective registration statement.

2.9     Indemnification .

(a)    In the event of any registration and/or offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act pursuant to this Article II, the Company will, and hereby agrees to, and hereby does, indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Holder, its directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, stockholders, members or general and limited partners (and the directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, stockholders, members or general and limited partners thereof), each other Person who participates as a seller (and its directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, stockholders, members or general and limited partners), underwriter or Qualified Independent Underwriter, if any, in the offering or sale of such securities, each officer, director, employee, stockholder, fiduciary, managing director, agent, affiliate, consultant, representative, successor, assign or partner of such underwriter or Qualified Independent Underwriter, and each other Person, if any, who controls such seller or any such underwriter or Qualified Independent Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, actions or proceedings (whether commenced or threatened) and expenses (including reasonable fees of counsel and any amounts paid in any settlement effected with the Company’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to which each such indemnified party may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise in respect thereof (collectively, “ Claims ”), insofar as such Claims arise out of or are based upon ( i ) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement under which such securities were registered under the Securities Act or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, ( ii ) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary or final prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, together with the documents incorporated by reference therein, or any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or ( iii ) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact in the information conveyed by the Company to any purchaser at the time of the

 

23


sale to such purchaser, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or ( iv ) any violation by the Company of any federal, state or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Company and relating to action required of or inaction by the Company in connection with any such registration, and the Company will reimburse any such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the Company shall not be liable to any such indemnified party in any such case to the extent such Claim arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission of a material fact made in such registration statement or amendment thereof or supplement thereto or in any such prospectus or any preliminary or final prospectus or free writing prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such indemnified party specifically for use therein. Such indemnity and reimbursement of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such indemnified party or any termination of this Agreement.

(b)    Each Participating Holder shall, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 2.9) to the maximum extent permitted by law the Company, its officers, directors, partners or agents each Person controlling the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, with respect to any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact in, or omission or alleged omission of any material fact from, such registration statement, any preliminary or final prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, to the extent, if such statement or alleged statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company or its representatives by or on behalf of such Participating Holder, specifically for use therein, and reimburse such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the aggregate amount which any such Participating Holder shall be required to pay pursuant to this Section 2.9(b) and Sections 2.9(c) and 2.9(e) shall in no case be greater than the amount of the net proceeds actually received by such Participating Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement giving rise to such Claim. The Company and each Participating Holder hereby acknowledge and agree that, unless otherwise expressly agreed to in writing by such Participating Holders to the contrary, for all purposes of this Agreement, the only information furnished or to be furnished to the Company for use in any such registration statement, preliminary or final prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto or any free writing prospectus are statements specifically relating to ( a ) the beneficial ownership of shares of Common Equity by such Participating Holder and its Affiliates and ( b ) the name and address of such Participating Holder. Such indemnity and reimbursement of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Holder.

(c)    Indemnification similar to that specified in the preceding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 2.9 (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the Company and each Participating Holder with respect to any required registration or other qualification of securities under any applicable securities and state “blue sky” laws.

 

24


(d)    Any Person entitled to indemnification under this Agreement shall notify promptly the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of any action or proceeding with respect to which a claim for indemnification may be made pursuant to this Section 2.9, but the failure of any indemnified party to provide such notice shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 2.9, except to the extent the indemnifying party is materially and actually prejudiced thereby and shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Article II. In case any action or proceeding is brought against an indemnified party, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to ( x ) participate in such action or proceeding and ( y ), unless, in the reasonable opinion of outside counsel to the indemnified party, a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such claim, assume the defense thereof jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party. The indemnifying party shall promptly notify the indemnified party of its decision to assume the defense of such action or proceeding. If, and after, the indemnified party has received such notice from the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense of such action or proceeding other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided , however , that ( i ) if the indemnifying party fails to take reasonable steps necessary to defend diligently the action or proceeding within twenty (20) days after receiving notice from such indemnified party that the indemnified party believes it has failed to do so; or ( ii ) if such indemnified party who is a defendant in any action or proceeding which is also brought against the indemnifying party reasonably shall have concluded that there may be one or more legal or equitable defenses available to such indemnified party which are not available to the indemnifying party or which may conflict with those available to another indemnified party with respect to such Claim; or ( iii ) if representation of both parties by the same counsel is otherwise inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct, then, in any such case, the indemnified party shall have the right to assume or continue its own defense as set forth above (but with no more than one firm of counsel for all indemnified parties in each jurisdiction, except to the extent any indemnified party or parties reasonably shall have made a conclusion described in clause (ii) or (iii) above) and the indemnifying party shall be liable for any expenses therefor. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim), unless such settlement or compromise ( i ) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action or claim and ( ii ) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of an indemnified party. The indemnity obligations contained in Sections 2.9(a) and 2.9(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the indemnified party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

25


(e)    If for any reason the foregoing indemnity is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party under Sections 2.9(a), 2.9(b) or 2.9(c), then each applicable indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable to such indemnified party as a result of any Claim in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and the indemnified party, on the other hand, with respect to such Claim as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault shall be determined by a court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. If, however, the allocation provided in the preceding sentences of this Section 2.9(e) is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative faults but also the relative benefits of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if any contribution pursuant to this Section 2.9(e) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the preceding sentences of this Section 2.9(e). The amount paid or payable in respect of any Claim shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.9(e) to the contrary, no indemnifying party (other than the Company) shall be required pursuant to this Section 2.9(e) to contribute any amount greater than the amount of the net proceeds actually received by such indemnifying party upon the sale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement giving rise to such Claim, less the amount of any indemnification payment made by such indemnifying party pursuant to Sections 2.9(b) and 2.9(c).

(f)    The indemnity and contribution agreements contained herein shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution which any indemnified party may have pursuant to law or contract and shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made or omitted by or on behalf of any indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of the Registrable Securities by any such party and the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement. In the event one or more Holders effect a Partner Distribution pursuant to a registration statement in which the name of partners, members or shareholders who receive a distribution are named in a prospectus supplement or registration statement, the partners, members or shareholders so named shall be entitled to indemnification and contribution by the Company to the same extent as a Holder hereunder.

(g)    The indemnification and contribution required by this Section 2.9 shall be made by periodic payments of the amount thereof during the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or expense, loss, damage or liability is incurred; provided , however , that the recipient thereof hereby undertakes to repay such payments if and to the extent it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such recipient is not entitled to such payment hereunder.

 

26


2.10     Limitations on Registration of Other Securities; Representation . The Company shall not enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company giving such holder or prospective holder any registration rights the terms of which are more favorable taken as a whole than the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder unless the Company shall also give such rights to such Holders.

2.11     No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company shall not hereafter enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent in any material respects with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement.

ARTICLE III

UNDERWRITTEN OFFERINGS

3.1     Requested Underwritten Offerings . If the Initiating Holders request an underwritten offering pursuant to a registration under Section 2.1 (pursuant to a request for a registration statement to be filed in connection with a specific underwritten offering or a request for a shelf takedown in the form of an underwritten offering), the Company shall enter into a customary underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Such underwriting agreement shall ( i ) be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Participating Holders, ( ii ) contain terms not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement and ( iii ) contain such representations and warranties by, and such other agreements on the part of, the Company and such other terms as are generally prevailing in agreements of that type, including, without limitation, indemnities and contribution agreements on substantially the same terms as those contained herein. Any Participating Holder shall be a party to such underwriting agreement and may, at its option, require that any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters shall also be made to and for the benefit of such Participating Holder and that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement be conditions precedent to the obligations of such Participating Holder; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to make any representations or warranties with respect to written information specifically provided by a Participating Holder for inclusion in the registration statement. Each such Participating Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding its ownership of and title to the Registrable Securities, any written information specifically provided by such Participating Holder for inclusion in the registration statement; and any liability of such Participating Holder to any underwriter or other Person under such underwriting agreement shall be limited to the amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement and shall not relate to anything other than information about such Holder specifically provided by such Holder for use in the registration statement.

3.2     Piggyback Underwritten Offerings . In the case of a registration pursuant to Section 2.2 which involves an underwritten offering, the Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement in connection therewith and all of the Participating Holders’ Registrable Securities to be included in such registration shall be subject to such underwriting agreement. Any Participating Holder may, at its option, require that any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters shall also be made to and for the benefit of such Participating Holder and that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement be conditions

 

27


precedent to the obligations of such Participating Holder; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to make any representations or warranties with respect to written information specifically provided by a Participating Holder for inclusion in the registration statement. Each such Participating Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding its ownership of and title to the Registrable Securities, any written information specifically provided by such Participating Holder for inclusion in the registration statement; and any liability of such Participating Holder to any underwriter or other Person under such underwriting agreement shall be limited to the amount of the net proceeds received by such Participating Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement and shall not relate to anything other than information about such Holder specifically provided by such Holder for use in the registration statement.

ARTICLE IV

TRANSFERS OF SHARES

4.1     Transfer of Shares and Partial Assignment to the Fortress Investor . Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees to the following:

(a)    Upon notice from Yucaipa to the Company that it has transferred Registrable Securities to the Fortress Investor subsequent to the Effective Time pursuant to the terms of Yucaipa’s partnership agreement (such transfer, a “ Fortress Transfer ”), effective as of the date of such transfer, ( A ) without limiting Section 4.2 with respect to a Yucaipa Transfer, Yucaipa shall assign, convey and transfer to the Fortress Investor the right, title and interest of Yucaipa in, to and under this Agreement with respect to, and to the extent of, the number of Registrable Securities so transferred to the Fortress Investor pursuant to such Fortress Transfer (the “ Fortress Registrable Securities ”); provided that the Fortress Investor shall have all of the rights of a Holder with respect to all of its Registrable Securities, and ( B ) subject to Section 4.1(c), the Fortress Investor hereby accepts and assumes from Yucaipa all rights of, and obligations to perform all of the duties, terms, covenants and conditions imposed upon Yucaipa under this Agreement with respect to, and to the extent of, the Fortress Registrable Securities (such assignment and assumption, the “ Fortress Assignment ”).

(b)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, including Section 5.5 hereof, any Fortress Assignment made pursuant to Section 4.1(a) above shall be deemed to have been made in compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(c)    Upon the completion of a Fortress Assignment and so long as the Fortress Investor continues to own Registrable Securities:

(i)    the Fortress Investor shall be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement as a “Holder” hereunder; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, including the last sentence of Section 5.5 hereof, the Fortress Investor shall not be entitled to, and shall not be able to exercise or enforce, any rights under this Agreement specifically designated to “Yucaipa”;

 

28


(ii)    at any time and from time to time, the Fortress Investor shall be entitled to make Demand Registration Requests to the Company to the same extent as GSCP in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.1(b) of this Agreement;

(iii)    for purposes of Section 2.1(b)(i) of this Agreement and notwithstanding anything to the contrary therein, the Company shall be obligated to effect for the Fortress Investor in respect of its Registrable Securities, only ( x ) two (2) Demand Registrations, plus ( y ) such number of Yucaipa’s remaining Demand Registrations as it, in its sole discretion, assigns to the Fortress Investor as part of the Fortress Assignment; and

(iv)    in connection with the rights granted to the Fortress Investor in clauses (ii) and (iii) above, the Fortress Investor agrees to be bound by and subject to all terms and conditions of this Agreement with respect to a Demand Registration and/or a Demand Registration Request, including, without limitation, Section 2.1 and Section 2.3 hereof (including the priority of allocations contained therein).

4.2     Transfer of Shares and Partial Assignment to the Yucaipa Investor . Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees to the following:

(a)    Upon notice from Yucaipa to the Company that it has transferred Registrable Securities to the Yucaipa Investor subsequent to the Effective Time pursuant to the terms of Yucaipa’s partnership agreement (such transfer, a “ Yucaipa Transfer ”), effective as of the date of such transfer, the right, title and interest of Yucaipa in, to and under this Agreement with respect to, and to the extent of, the number of Registrable Securities so transferred to the Yucaipa Investor pursuant to such Yucaipa Transfer (the “ Yucaipa Registrable Securities ”) shall automatically be assigned, conveyed and transferred to the Yucaipa Investor, and the Yucaipa Investor shall accept and assume from Yucaipa all rights of, and obligations to perform all of the duties, terms, covenants and conditions imposed upon Yucaipa under this Agreement with respect to, and to the extent of, the Yucaipa Registrable Securities (such assignment and assumption, the “ Yucaipa Assignment ”).

(b)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Rights Agreement, including Section 5.5 hereof, any Yucaipa Assignment made pursuant to Section 4.2(a) above shall be deemed to have been made in compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(c)    Upon the completion of a Yucaipa Assignment and so long as the Yucaipa Investor continues to own the Yucaipa Registrable Securities, the Yucaipa Investor shall (i) become bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement as a “Holder” and “Yucaipa” hereunder with respect to the Yucaipa Registrable Securities, and (ii) be entitled to, and shall be able to exercise and enforce, any and all rights under this Agreement specifically designated to “Yucaipa”.

(d)    For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of Section 2.1(b)(i) of this Agreement, upon a Yucaipa Assignment, the rights of Yucaipa, including the aggregate number of Demand Registrations the Company shall be obligated to effect for Yucaipa, shall apply in the aggregate to Yucaipa and the Yucaipa Investor and shall not be altered by the provisions of Section 4.1 in connection with any Fortress Assignment (other than, if applicable, pursuant to the proviso contained in Section 4.1(c)(iii) above).

 

29


4.3     GSCP Rights . For the avoidance of doubt, the rights of GSCP under this Agreement, including its rights under Section 2.1(b) hereof, shall not be altered by the provisions of Sections 4.1 or 4.2 hereof in connection with any Fortress Assignment or Yucaipa Assignment.

ARTICLE V

GENERAL

5.1     Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities . The Company agrees that it shall not effect or permit to occur any combination or subdivision of shares of Common Equity which would adversely affect the ability of any Holder of any Registrable Securities to include such Registrable Securities in any registration or offering contemplated by this Agreement or the marketability of such Registrable Securities in any such registration or offering. The Company agrees that it will take all reasonable steps necessary to effect a subdivision of shares of Common Equity if in the reasonable judgment of ( a ) the Initiating Holder(s) or ( b ) the managing underwriter for the offering in respect of such Demand Registration Request, such subdivision would enhance the marketability of the Registrable Securities. Each Holder agrees to vote all of its shares of beneficial interest in a manner, and to take all other actions necessary, to permit the Company to carry out the intent of the preceding sentence including, without limitation, voting in favor of an amendment to the Company’s organizational documents in order to increase the number of authorized shares of beneficial interest of the Company. In any event, the provisions of this Agreement shall apply, to the full extent set forth herein with respect to the Registrable Securities, to any and all shares of beneficial interest of the Company or any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, share exchange, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for or in substitution of, Registrable Securities and shall be appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, reverse splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like occurring after the Effective Time.

5.2     Rule 144 and Rule 144A . The Company covenants that ( i ) so long as it remains subject to the reporting provisions of the Exchange Act, it will timely file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (including, but not limited to, the reports under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act referred to in subparagraph (c)(1) of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended (“ Rule 144 ”)) or, if the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Holder, make available other information so long as necessary to permit sales by such Holder under Rule 144, Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended (“ Rule 144A ”), or any similar rules or regulations hereafter adopted by the SEC, and ( ii ) it will take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by ( A ) Rule 144, ( B ) Rule 144A or ( C ) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Holder of Registrable Securities, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of Rule 144, the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company and such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

 

30


5.3     Amendments and Waivers . Any provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified, supplemented or waived with the written approval of each of the Company, GSCP (for so long as GSCP owns Registrable Securities), Yucaipa (for so long as Yucaipa owns Registrable Securities) and, after a Fortress Transfer, the Fortress Investor (for so long as the Fortress Investor owns Registrable Securities). Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 5.3 shall be binding upon each Holder and the Company. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement will impair any such right, power or remedy of such party, nor will it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor will any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring, nor will any provision of this Agreement be implied from any course of dealing between the parties hereto. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach of default under this Agreement or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be made in writing and will be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing.

5.4     Notices . All notices, demands and other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given ( a ) when personally delivered, ( b ) when transmitted via telecopy (or other facsimile device) to the number set out below or transmitted by electronic mail if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice in accordance with immediately following clause (c) or ( c ) the day on which the same has been delivered to the intended recipient if sent prepaid by ( i ) with respect to a delivery in the United States, a nationally recognized overnight delivery service (with tracking capability) and ( ii ) with respect to a delivery outside of the United States, an internationally recognized overnight delivery service (with tracking capability), in each case to the respective parties at the address set forth below, or at such other address as such party may specify by written notice to the other party hereto:

 

If to the Company:    Americold Realty Trust
   10 Glenlake Parkway
   South Tower, Suite 800
   Atlanta, Georgia 30328
   Attn: General Counsel
   Fax: (678) 387-4774
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
   King & Spalding LLP
   1180 Peachtree Street
   Atlanta, Georgia 30309
   Attn: C. Spencer Johnson, III
If to the Holders:    To the addresses set forth in Schedule A .

 

31


5.5     Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns and each Holder and his, her and its respective successors, permitted assigns, heirs and personal representatives, personal representatives and assigns of the parties hereto, whether so expressed or not. This Agreement may not be assigned by the Company, without the prior written consent of GSCP and Yucaipa. Each Holder shall have the right to assign all or part of its or his rights and obligations under this Agreement to any Affiliate of such Holder or, otherwise, only in accordance with transfers of 7,000,000 or more Registrable Securities on an as-converted basis (subject to adjustment in the event of stock splits, reverse stock splits and similar transactions) permitted under, and made in compliance with, the Shareholders Agreement, in each case contingent on such assignee agreeing in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Upon any such assignment, such assignee shall have and be able to exercise and enforce all rights of the assigning Holder which are assigned to it and, to the extent such rights are assigned, any reference to the assigning Holder shall be treated as a reference to the assignee.

5.6     Effective Time . This Agreement shall become effective upon the closing of the IPO (the “ Effective Time ”).

5.7     Goldman, Sachs  & Co. and Affiliates . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, none of the provisions of this Agreement shall in any way limit Goldman, Sachs & Co. or any of its Affiliates (other than any GSCP Shareholder as expressly set forth in this Agreement) from engaging in any brokerage, investment advisory, financial advisory, anti-raid advisory, principaling, merger advisory, financing, asset management, trading, market making, arbitrage, investment activity and other similar activities conducted in the ordinary course of their business.

5.8     Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Shareholders Agreement and the other agreements referenced herein and therein constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersede any prior agreement or understanding among them relating to such matter, whether oral or written, including without limitation the Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 9, 2010, by and among Americold Realty Trust, YF ART Holdings, L.P. as assignee of each of Yucaipa Corporate Initiatives Fund I, LP, Yucaipa American Alliance Fund I, LP, Yucaipa American Alliance (Parallel) Fund I, LP, Yucaipa American Fund II, L.P., and Yucaipa American Alliance (Parallel) Fund II, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P., GSCP VI Offshore IceCap Investment, L.P., GSCP VI GmbH IceCap Investment, L.P., and IceCap2 Holdings, L.P., as it may have been amended, which the parties hereto agree is terminated as of the Effective Time.

5.9     Governing Law . This Agreement shall in all respects be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws (excluding conflict of laws rules and principles) of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such State, including all matters of construction, validity and performance.

5.10     Jurisdiction; Court Proceedings; Waiver of Jury Trial . Any Litigation against any party to this Agreement arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement shall be brought in any federal or state court located in the State of New York in New York County and each of the parties hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts for the purpose of any such

 

32


Litigation; provided, that a final judgment in any such Litigation shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Each party irrevocably and unconditionally agrees not to assert ( a )  any objection which it may ever have to the laying of venue of any such Litigation in any federal or state court located in the State of New York in New York County, ( b )  any claim that any such Litigation brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum and ( c )  any claim that such court does not have jurisdiction with respect to such Litigation. To the extent that service of process by mail is permitted by applicable law, each party irrevocably consents to the service of process in any such Litigation in such courts by the delivery of such process in the manner contemplated by Section 5.4. Each party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right to a trial by jury and agrees that any of them may file a copy of this paragraph with any court as written evidence of the knowing, voluntary and bargained-for agreement among the parties irrevocably to waive its right to trial by jury in any Litigation.

5.11     Interpretation; Construction . The Article and Section headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. References to Articles, Sections of Schedules in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, are references to Articles, Sections and Schedules of or to this Agreement. The parties to this Agreement have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises with respect to any term or provision of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties to this Agreement, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party to this Agreement by virtue of the authorship of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement. Any reference to any federal, state, county, local or foreign statute or law shall be deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. For all purposes of and under this Agreement, ( i ) the word “including” shall be deemed to be immediately followed by the words “without limitation;” ( ii ) words (including defined terms) in the singular shall be deemed to include the plural and vice versa; ( iii ) words of one gender shall be deemed to include the other gender as the context requires; ( iv ) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereto,” “herewith” and any other words of similar import shall, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole (including all of the Schedules to this Agreement) and not to any particular term or provision of this Agreement, unless otherwise specified; ( v ) the use of the word “or” shall not be exclusive; ( vi ) all monetary figures shall be in United States dollars unless otherwise specified; ( vii ) the word “extent” in the phrase “to the extent” shall mean the degree to which a subject or other theory extends and such phrase shall not mean “if” and ( viii ) any action required by this Agreement to be taken on a day that is not a Business Day, shall be deemed to be required to be taken on the first Business Day thereafter.

5.12     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by facsimile or .pdf signatures and in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signatory parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument.

5.13     Severability . Should any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance be held invalid or unenforceable to any extent: ( a ) such provision shall be ineffective to the extent, and only to the extent, of such unenforceability or prohibition and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law, ( b ) such unenforceability or prohibition in any

 

33


jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision as applied ( i ) to other Persons or circumstances or ( ii ) in any other jurisdiction, and ( c ) such unenforceability or prohibition shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of this Agreement.

5.14     Remedies; Specific Performance . All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to the parties hereunder, shall be cumulative and not alternative. The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. Accordingly, the parties agree that, in addition to any other remedies, each party shall be entitled to enforce the terms of this Agreement by a decree of specific performance without the necessity of proving the inadequacy of money damages as a remedy. Each party hereby waives any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with such remedy. Each party further agrees that the only permitted objection that it may raise in response to any action for equitable relief is that it contests the existence of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement.

5.15     Further Assurances . Each party hereto shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all such further acts and things and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments, and documents as any other party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

5.16     Independent Nature of the Rights and Obligations of Holders . The rights and obligations of each Holder hereunder are several and not joint with the obligations of any Holder, and no Holder shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Holder hereunder. The decision of each Holder to enter into this Agreement has been made by such Holder independently of any Holder. Nothing contained herein, and no action taken by any Holder pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Holders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Holders are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby and the Company acknowledges that the Holders are not acting in concert or as a group, and the Company will not assert any such claim, with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby.

5.17     Termination as to a Holder . Any Person who ceases to hold any Registrable Securities shall cease to be a Holder and shall have no further rights or obligations under this Agreement (except with respect to any indemnification or contribution rights or obligations under Section 2.9, which shall survive).

5.18     Opt-Out Requests . Each Holder shall have the right, at any time and from time to time (including after receiving information regarding any potential public offering), to elect to not receive any notice that the Company or any other Holders otherwise are required to deliver pursuant to this Agreement by delivering to the Company a written statement signed by such Holder that it does not want to receive any notices hereunder (an “ Opt-Out Request ”); in which case, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company and other Holders shall not be required to, and shall not, deliver any notice or other information required to be provided to Holders hereunder to the extent that the Company or such other Holders reasonably expect such notice or information would result in a Holder acquiring material non-public

 

34


information within the meaning of Regulation FD promulgated under the Exchange Act. An Opt-Out Request may state a date on which it expires or, if no such date is specified, shall remain in effect indefinitely. A Holder who previously has given the Company an Opt-Out Request may revoke such request at any time, and there shall be no limit on the ability of a Holder to issue and revoke subsequent Opt-Out Requests; provided , that each Holder shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the administrative burden on the Company arising in connection with any such Opt-Out Requests.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

35


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered in its name and on its behalf, all as of the day and year above first written.

 

AMERICOLD REALTY TRUST
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[Signatures continue on following page]

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


YUCAIPA:
YF ART HOLDINGS, L.P.

By: YF ART Holdings GP, LLC,

its general partner

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

YUCAIPA INVESTOR:
YF ART HOLDINGS AGGREGATOR, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[Signatures continue on following page]

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


GSCP SHAREHOLDERS:
GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI FUND, L.P.

By: GSCP VI Advisors, L.L.C.,

its general partner

By:  

    

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI PARALLEL, L.P.

By: GS Advisors VI, L.L.C.,

its general partner

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

GSCP VI OFFSHORE ICECAP INVESTMENT, L.P.

By: GSCP VI Offshore IceCap Holdings Entity GP, Ltd.

its general partner

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

GSCP VI GMBH ICECAP INVESTMENT, L.P.

By: GSCP VI GmbH IceCap Holdings Entity GP, Ltd.

its general partner

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


ICECAP2 HOLDINGS, L.P.
By: IceCap2 Holdings Entity GP, Ltd., its general partner
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


FORTRESS INVESTOR:
CF COLD, LP
By: CF Cold GP LLC, its general partner
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


Schedule A

GSCP SHAREHOLDERS

 

GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P.

 

GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P.

 

GSCP VI Offshore IceCap Investment, L.P.

 

GSCP VI GmbH IceCap Investment, L.P.

 

IceCap2 Holdings, L.P.

 

c/o GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P.

 

200 West Street

New York, NY 10282-2198

Attention: Bradley Gross

Facsimile: (212) 357-5505

Email: bradley.gross@gs.com

 

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

One New York Plaza

New York, NY 10004

Attention: Robert Schwenkel, Esq. and

Randi Lally, Esq.

Facsimile: (212) 859-4000

Email: robert.schwenkel@friedfrank.com and

randi.lally@friedfrank.com

YUCAIPA

YUCAIPA INVESTOR

 

YF ART Holdings, L.P.

 

YF ART Holdings Aggregator LLC

 

c/o The Yucaipa Companies LLC

9130 W. Sunset Blvd.

Los Angeles, CA 90069

Attention: Robert P. Bermingham

Facsimile: (310) 789-1791

 

Email: legal@yucaipaco.com

 

with copies (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Munger, Tolles & Olson LLP

350 S. Grand Ave., 50th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90071

Attn: Judith T. Kitano

Facsimile: (213) 683-4052

Email: judith.kitano@mto.com


FORTRESS INVESTOR

 

CF Cold LP   

c/o Fortress Investment Group

1345 Avenue of the Americas

46th Floor

New York, NY 10105

United States of America

Attention: Constantine Dakolias

Telephone: (212) 798 6050

Facsimile: (404) 264-4775

Email: ddakolias@fortress.com

 

and

 

c/o Fortress Investment Group

3290 Northside Parkway NW

Suite 350

Atlanta, GA 30327

Attention: Joel Holsinger

Telephone: (404) 264-4775

Facsimile: (678) 550-9105

Email: jholsinger@fortress.com

 

with copies (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

300 South Grand Avenue, Suite 3400

Los Angeles, CA 90071

Attention: Jonathan L. Friedman

Facsimile: (213) 621-5396

Email: jonathan.friedman@skadden.com

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated September 1, 2017, in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-11 No. 333-221560) and related Prospectus of Americold Realty Trust for the registration of 27,600,000 shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Atlanta, GA

January 8, 2018

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Auditors

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated March 17, 2017 (except for Note 30 and 31, as to which the date is September 1, 2017), with respect to the consolidated financial statements of China Merchants Americold Holdings Company Limited and our report dated March 17, 2017 (except for Note 29 and 30, as to which the date is September 1, 2017), with respect to the consolidated financial statements of China Merchants Americold Logistics Company Limited, in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-11 No. 333-221560) and related Prospectus of Americold Real Trust dated January 8, 2018 for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young Hua Ming LLP

Shenzhen, the People’s Republic of China

January 8, 2018

Exhibit 23.3

[Letterhead of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Certified Public Accountants LLP Shenzhen Branch]

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of Americold Realty Trust on Form S-11 of our report dated December 26, 2016 related to the financial statements of China Merchants Logistics Company Limited and China Merchants Holdings Company Limited as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014, (which report expresses an unmodified opinion and includes an emphasis-of-matter paragraph relating to the fact the accompanying consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flow for the year ended December 31, 2013, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements were not audited, reviewed, or compiled by us, and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on them), appearing in the prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Certified Public Accountants LLP Shenzhen Branch

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Certified Public Accountants LLP Shenzhen Branch

Shenzhen

The People’s Republic of China

January 8, 2018